INTRODUCTION

- How to Use This Manual — — General Information

T h i s m a n u a l is divided Into m u l t i p l e s e c t i o n s . T h e f i r s t p a g e of
each s e c t i o n is m a r k e d w i t h a black t a b t h a t lines u p w i t h its
corresponding t h u m b index tab o n this page and the back cover. Specifications specs
Y o u can quickly find the first page of each section w i t h o u t
l o o k i n g t h r o u g h a full t a b l e o f c o n t e n t s . T h e s y m b o l s p r i n t e d at
the t o p c o m e r of each page can also be used as a quick
reference system.
Maintenance
Each section includes:
1. A table of c o n t e n t s , or a n e x p l o d e d v i e w i n d e x s h o w i n g :

"Engine Electrical
* Parts d i s a s s e m b l y sequence,
* Bolt t o r q u e s a n d t h r e a d sizes.
* Page r e f e r e n c e s t o d e s c r i p t i o n s in text,
2. D i s a s s e m b l y / a s s e m b l y p r o c e d u r e s a n d t o o l s .

Engine Mechanical
3. Inspection,
4. Testing/troubleshooting. MDBh
5. Repair.
8. Adjustments,

Engine Cooling
• Safety Messages

Fuel and Emissions

Y o u r s a f e t y , a n d t h e s a f e t y o f o t h e r s , is v e r y i m p o r t a n t , T o h e l p
you make i n f o r m e d decisions, w e have provided safety
messages, and other safety information throughout this manual.
O f c o u r s e , it is n o t p r a c t i c a l o r p o s s i b l e t o w a r n y o u a b o u t all t h e
hazards associated w i t h servicing this vehicle. Y o u m u s t use
your o w n good judgment,
Y o u w i l l f i n d i m p o r t a n t safety i n f o r m a t i o n in a variety of f o r m s
including:
• Safety Labels — on the vehicle.
* S a f e t y M e s s a g e s — preceded by a safety alert s y m b o l £ ^ and
one of three signal words, DANGER, W A R N I N G , or CAUTION,
These signal w o r d s mean:
Suspension
_ik _ D A
_ N_G E
_R Y o u W I L L b e K I L L E D o r S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
you don't follow instructions.
(IncfudingTPMS)
IBfli'lIIIIlSI Y o u C A N b e K I L L E D o r S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
you don't follow instructions, I B r a k e s
| F ^ | | i | | | 3 3 Y o u C A N b e H U R T if y o u d o n ' t f o l l o w
instructions,
Instructions — h o w t o service this vehicle correctly and safely.

A l l i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a i n e d i n t h i s m a n u a l is b a s e d o n t h e l a t e s t
p r o d u c t i n f o r m a t i o n available at t h e t i m e o f p r i n t i n g . W e r e s e r v e
t h e r i g h t t o m a k e c h a n g e s at a n y t i m e w i t h o u t n o t i c e . N o p a r t o f *Heatsng, Ventilation,
this publication m a y be r e p r o d u c e d , or stored in a retrieval
s y s t e m , or t r a n s m i t t e d , in a n y f o r m b y a n y m e a n s , e l e c t r o n i c ,
and Air Conditioning
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, w i t h o u t the
prior written p e r m i s s i o n of the publisher. This includes text,
figures, and tables. 'Bocly;Eleetrica
A s y o u r e a d t h i s m a n u a l , y o u w i l l f i n d i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t is
p r e c e d e d b y a j NOTICE j s y m b o l . T h e p u r p o s e o f t h i s m e s s a g e is
to help p r e v e n t d a m a g e t o y o u r vehicle, o t h e r p r o p e r t y , or t h e
environment.

First E d i t i o n 11/2008 H O N D A IViQTOR C O , , LTD,

All Rights Reserved S e r v i c e P u b l i c a t i o n Office I
Specifications apply to U S A and Canada

As s e c t i o n s w i t h * Include SRS c o m p o n e n t s ;
s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d w h a n servicing.

I p l g f l l H m a r k e d s e c t i o n s are n o t i n c l u d e d in t h i s
f l t i f i t l m a n u a l , s e e V o l u m e 2. 2008-09 Accord
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s airbag in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the

glove box, s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s in the front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the r o o t a n d s i d e
airbags in the front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e the S R S is i n c l u d e d in this S e r v i c e M a n u a l .
Items m a r k e d w i t h a n asterisk ( * ) on the contents page include or are located near S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e i t e m s r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d tools, a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by an authorized
Honda dealer.

• T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S inoperative, w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or death in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n authorized Honda dealer.
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , including incorrect r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury-
c a u s e d by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
* Do not b u m p or impact the S R S unit, front impact s e n s o r s , s i d e Impact s e n s o r s , or rear s a t i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N (II), or for at least 3 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is turned to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
* s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y deploy.
• S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w color c o d i n g . Related c o m p o n e n t s are located in the steering
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the g l o v e box, in the front s e a t s ,
in the roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t on these-circuits.
General Information

Chassis and Paint Codes

'08 4-door Model 1-2
'08 2-door Model - 1-3
'09 4-door Model 1-4
'09 2-door Model 1-5

Identification Number Locations 1-6

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations .... 1-7
Under-hood Emission Control Label 1-10
Lift and Support Points 1-11
Towing 1-12
Parts Marking 1-14
General Information

Chassis and Paint Codes

'08 4-door Model

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Mutnber

1HG CP2 5 3 * 8 A 000001 K24Z2 - 1000001

l I llll I I
a b c d e f g h
a b

a . M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , a n d T y p e ©f V e h i c l e a. Engine T y p e
1 H G : H o n d a of A m e r i c a Mfg. Inc., U . S . A . K 2 4 Z 2 : 2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
Honda p a s s e n g e r vehicle F u e l - i n j e c t e d , 177HP e n g i n e
J H M i H o n d a Motor C o . , L t d . K24Z3: 2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
Honda p a s s e n g e r vehicle F u e l - i n j e c t e d , 190HP e n g i n e
b. L i n e , B o d y , a n d E n g i n e T y p e b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
CP2: Accord/K24Z2, K24Z3 1000001—: All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in
Body Type and Transmission Type Marysville
5:4-door S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d Manual 1400001™: All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in
6:4-door S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d Automatic Saitama
d. Vehicle G r a d e ISeries! 1500001—: P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in M a r y s v i l l e
U S A models Canada models 1700001—: P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in S a i t a m a
3: L X , L X P Z E V 3: L X
4: L X - P , L X - P P Z E V 4: L X - P Transmission Wumber
7; E X , E X P Z E V 7: E X
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V 8: E X - L
e. C h e c k Digit 88E5 - 8000001
f. Model Year
8/08
g. F a c t o r y C o d e a b
A ; M a r y s v i f l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U . S . A .
C : S a i t a m a F a c t o r y in J a p a n a. T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
h. S e r i a l number 88E5: 5-speed Manual
000001—: U S A models M91A: 5-speed Automatic
800001—: Canada models B90A: 5-speed Automatic
b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
V e h i c l e Identification
Number, Federal M o t o r 8000001 - : 8 8 E 5
Vehicle Safety Standard 1000001—: M91A, B90A
Certification, and
Paint Code Label.
Paint Code
V e h i c l e Identification
N u m b e r , C a n a d i a n SVSotor
Vehicle Safety Standard Code Color USA Canada
Certification, and
Paint Code Label. models models
B-92P N i g h t h a w k B l a c k Pearl O O
B-536P R o y a l B l u e Pearl O o
G-530M M y s t i c G r e e n Metallic o o
NH-578 Taffeta W h i t e
o
NH-603P- White D i a m o n d Pearl o o
NH-700M Alabaster Silver Metallic
o
NH-737M P o l i s h e d Metal Metallic
o o
R-530P B a s q u e R e d Pearl
o o
d m
YR-574M B o l d B e i g e Metallic o o
NH-731P Crystal Black Pearl
o o
PAINT CODE INTERIOR COLOR CODE

1-2
'08 Model

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Nymber

1HG CS1 1 3 * 8 A 000001 K24Z3 - 1400001

a b c d i g h II I

a , IVianyfacturer, Rflake, a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e a. Engine Type

1 H G : H o n d a of A m e r i c a Mfg. Inc., U . S . A . K 2 4 A 3 : 2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
Honda passenger vehicle F u e l - i n j e c t e d , 190HP e n g i n e
b. L i n e , B o d y , a n i l E n g i n e T y p e b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
CS1; Accord Coupe/K24Z3 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 - -: AH m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
c» B o d y T y p e a n d T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e 1500001- PZEV
1:2-door C o u p e / 5 - s p e e d M a n u a l
2; 2-door C o u p e / 5 - s p e e d A u t o m a t i c Transmission Number
d. V e h i c l e G r a d e ( S e r i e s )
U S A models Canada models
3; L X , L X P Z E V 7; E X • 8000001
7: E X E X P Z E V
? 8: E X - L
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
e . C h e e k Digit
i Model Year
8:'08
g, F a c t o r y C o d e Transmission Type
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U . S . A . 88E5: 5-speed Manual
h. S e r i a l N u m b e r B90A: 5-speed Automatic
000001—: U S A models b. S e r i a l N y m b e r
800001—: Canada models 8000001 - : 8 8 E 5
1000001 —: B 9 0 A
.Vehicle Identification
/ N y m b s r , Federal Motor
/ Vehicle Safety Standard Paint Code
Certification, and
Paint Code L a b e l
Code Color USA Canada
Vehicle Identification modtefs
Number, Canadian M o t o r
Vehicle Safety Standard
B-92P Nighth'awk B l a c k Pear! o O
Certification, and
Paint Code Label.
G-551P Belize B l u e P e a r l o •

NH-578 Taffeta W h i t e o o
NH-7Q0M Alabaster Silver Metallic r~ o o
NH-737M P o l i s h e d Metal Metallic o o
R-94 S a n Marino Red o o

PAINT CODE INTERIOR COLOR CODE

1-3
General Information

Chassis and Paint Codes (cont'd!

'09 4-door Model

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

1HG CP2 5 3 * 9 A 000001 K24Z2 - 1000001

a b cdef gh
M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , arid T y p e of V e h i c l e a. Engine T y p e
1 H G : H o n d a of A m e r i c a Mfg. I n c . , U . S . A . K 2 4 Z 2 : 2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
Honda passenger vehicle Fuel-injected, 177HP engine
J H M : H o n d a Motor C o . , L t d . K 2 4 Z 3 : 2.4 L D O H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
Honda passenger vehicle F u e l - i n j e c t e d , 190HP e n g i n e
Line, Body, and Engine Type Serial Wumber
CP2: Accord/K24Z2, K24Z3 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 — : All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in
B o d y T y p e arid T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e Marysville
5:4-door S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d Manual 1400001—: All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in
6:4-door Sedan/5-speed Automatic Saitama
Vehicle Grade (Series! 1500001—: P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in M a r y s v i l l e
U S A models Canada models 1700001—: P Z E V , p r o d u c e d in S a i t a m a
3: L X , L X P Z E V . 3: L X
4: L X - P , L X - P P Z E V 4: L X - P . Transmission Nynnfoer
7: E X , E X P Z E V 7: E X
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V 8: E X - L
C h e c k Digit 88E5 - 8000001
Model Year
9: '09
Factory Code
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U . S . A .
C : S a i t a m a F a c t o r y in J a p a n
h. S e r i a l N u m b e r Transmission Type
000001—: U S A models 88E5: 5-speed Manual
800001—: Canada models M91A: 5-speed Automatic
B90A: 5-speed Automatic
B«tJiTiP©r, rSG©s38 IV!otor Serial dumber
Vehicle Safety Standard 8000001 — : 8 8 E 5
Paint Code tabeS. 1000Q01-:M91A, B90A
Vehicle identification
Number, Canadian Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard Paint Code
Certification, and
Paint Cod© Label.
Code Color USA Canada
models models
NH-731P C r y s t a l B l a c k Pearl O O
B-536P R o y a l - B l u e Pearl o O
G-530M M y s t i c G r e e n Metallic o o
NH-578 Taffeta W h i t e o o
NH-603P White D i a m o n d Pearl o o
NH-700M Alabaster Silver Metallic o o
NH-737M P o l i s h e d Metal Metallic ' o o
HDL
R-530P B a s q u e R e d Pearl o o
YR-574M B o l d B e i g e Metallic o o
PAINT CODE INTERIOR COLOR CODE

1-4
 D
'09 2-door Model

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Wyinber

1HG CS1 1 3 * 9 A 000001 K24Z3 - 1400001

a b c d e g h a

M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a t e , a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e a. Engine T y p e
1 H G : H o n d a of A m e r i c a Mfg. Inc., U . S . A . K 2 4 A 3 : 2.4 L D G H C i - V T E C S e q u e n t i a l Multiport
Honda passenger vehicle F u e l - i n j e c t e d , 190HP e n g i n e
Line,. B o d y , a n d E n g i n e T y p e b, S e r i a l d u m b e r
CS1: Accord Coupe/K24Z3 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 — : All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
B o d y T y p e arid T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e 1500001—: P Z E V
1:2-door C o u p e / 5 - s p e ' e d M a n u a l
2:2-door Coupe/5-speed Automatic Transmission dumber
Vehicle Grade ISeries)
3: L X , L X P Z E V
7: E X , E X P Z E V 88E5 • 8000001
8: E X - L , E X - L P Z E V
C h e e k Digit
Model Year
9: '09
F a c t o r y C©d@
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U . S . A . Transmission Type
Serial Number 88E5: 5-speed Manual
000001—: U S A models B90A: 5-speed Automatic
800001—: C a n a d a models Serial Number
8000001 - ~ : 8 8 E 5
Vehicle identification
1000001™: B90A
N u m b e r , F e d e r a l M&tm
Vehicle Safety Standard
Certification, and
Pal f i t C o d e L a b e l ,
Faint Code
Vehicle Identification Code Color USA Canada
Number, Canadian M o t o r
moduls moduls
Vehicle Safety Standard
Certification, a n d
Paint C o d e Label.
B-551P Belize B l u e Pearl o o
NH-578 Taffeta W h i t e o o
NH-700M Alabaster Silver Metallic o o
NH-737M P o l i s h e d Metal Metallic o o
R-94 S a n Marino Red o o
NH-731P C r y s t a l B l a c k Pearl o o

PAINT CODE INTERIOR COLOR CODE

1-5
General Information

1-6
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations

Front Passenger's C o m p a r t m e n t ;

S R S W A R D I N G lIMFOBIVIATIOISi SRS I N F O R M A T I O N
USA models

PASSENGER AIHSAG
MODULE DAGGER

SRS W A R N I N G INFORMATION

FRONT PASSENGER
AIRBAG WARMING TAG
(CHILD S E A T !
USA models

SIDE A I R B A G M O D U L E
DANGER

FRONT SEAT BELT

S T E E R I N G C O L U M N NOTICE MONITOR NOTICE TENSIONER CAUTION

Steering Whmek Rear P a s s e n g e r s C o m p a r t m e n t :

C A B L E HEEL CAUTION
/

DRIVER A I R B A G ROOF-SIDE A I R B A G
IVfODULE D A N G E R IVIODULE D A N G E R
/

DRI¥ER AIRBAG
IVIODULE D A N G E R

(cont'd)

1-7
General Information

Danger/Warning/Caution Labe! Locations (cont'd)

2-door

Front Passenger's C o m p a r t m e n t :

STEERING C O L U M N NOTICE M O N I T O R NOTICE TENSIONER CAUTION

Steering Wheel: Bear Passenger's C o m p a r t m e n t :

1-8
 i w n i
Mfljli
I

4-door Model: 2-door Model:

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

SRS WARNING and ENGINE COOLANT INFORMATION SRS W A R N I N G and ENGINE COOLANT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING \ BATTERY

INFORMATION RAOFATOR C A P D A N G E R DANGER AIR CONDITIONING \ BATTERY
INFORMATION RADIATOR CAP DANGER DANGER

, SIDE AIRBAG C A U T I O N
/ Located o n driver's and
/ passenger's doorjamb

HI
SIDE A I R B A G C A U T I O N
Located on driver's and
passenger's doorjamb

i a
•i is

> >,'

4 | r ^

TIRE I N F O R M A T I O N
TIRE I N F O R M A T I O N

1-9
Genera! Information
Under-hood Emission Control Label

Emission Group Identification Test Group and Evaporative Family

Example: Test Group:

9 MUX V 02,4 YB3

a b c d e

a. Model Year
8: '08
'OS M o d e l 9: '09
C O M F O R M S T O R E G U L A T I O N S : 2008 M Y b. M a n u f a c t u r e r S u b c o d e
HNX: H O N D A
'09 M o d e l c. F a m i l y T y p e
C O M F O R M S T O R E G U L A T I O N S : 2009 M Y V: L D V
d„ D i s p l a c e m e n t G r o u p
e. S e q u e n c e C h a r a c t e r s
T K R : '08 m o d e l ( U L E V )
E M C : '08 m o d e l ( S U L E V / P Z E V )
Y B 3 : '09 m o d e l ( U L E V )
T C 3 : '09 m o d e l ( S U L E V / P Z E V )

Evaporative Family:

9 MUX R 0150 VEA

a b c d e

a. Model Y e a r
8: '08
9: '09
b. M a n u f a c t u r e r S u b c o d e
HNX: H O N D A
c. F a m i l y T y p e
R: Refueling
d. C a n i s t e r W o r k i n g C a p a c i t y G r o u p
e. S e q u e n c e C h a r a c t e r s
B C A , B B A : '08 m o d e l
V E A , V Z A : '09 m o d e l

1-10
Lift and Support Points
N O T E ; If y o u a r e g o i n g to r e m o v e h e a v y c o m p o n e n t s Floor Jack
s u c h a s s u s p e n s i o n or t h e fuel tank f r o m the rear of the
v e h i c l e , first s u p p o r t t h e front of t h e v e h i c l e w i t h tall 1. W h e n lifting t h e front of the v e h i c l e , s e t the parking
safety s t a n d s , W h e n s u b s t a n t i a l w e i g h t is r e m o v e d brake. W h e n lifting the rear of the v e h i c l e , put the
f r o m the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , t h e c e n t e r of gravity c a n shift l e v e r in r e v e r s e for m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n , o r in
c h a n g e , c a u s i n g t h e v e h i c l e to tip f o r w a r d on the lift. the P position for a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n . •

Vehicle Lift 2. B l o c k the w h e e l s that a r e not being lifted.

1 > Position t h e lift b l o c k s (A) u n d e r the v e h i c l e ' s front 3. Position the floor j a c k u n d e r the front jacking
s u p p o r t p o i n t s (B) a n d rear s u p p o r t points C O . bracket (A) or the rear j a c k i n g bracket (B). C e n t e r
the j a c k i n g bracket on the j a c k lift platform (G), a n d
j a c k up t h e v e h i c l e high e n o u g h to fit the safety
s t a n d s under it,

2. R a i s e t h e lift a f e w i n c h e s , a n d rock the v e h i c l e

gently to be s u r e it is f i r m l y s u p p o r t e d .

3, R a i s e the lift to its full height, a n d i n s p e c t the

v e h i c l e s u p p o r t points for s o l i d c o n t a c t w i t h the lift
blocks,
B
LJ J
Safety Stands 4, Position the s a f e t y s t a n d s u n d e r the s u p p o r t points,
a n d a d j u s t t h e m s o the v e h i c l e is l e v e l
T o support: t h e v e h i c l e o n s a f e t y s t a n d s , u s e the s a m e
s u p p o r t p o i n t s IB a n d C ) a s for a v e h i c l e lift. A l w a y s u s e 5. L o w e r the v e h i c l e onto the s t a n d s .
s a f e t y s t a n d s w h e n w o r k i n g on or u n d e r a n y v e h i c l e
t h a t Is o n l y s u p p o r t e d by a j a c k .

1-11
General information
Towing

If t h e v e h i c l e n e e d s to be t o w e d , call a p r o f e s s i o n a l Rear:
towing service. Never tow the vehicle behind another
v e h i c l e with j u s t a rope or c h a i n . It is v e r y d a n g e r o u s .

Emergency Towing
T h e r e are three p o p u l a r m e t h o d s of t o w i n g a v e h i c l e .

F l a t - b e d E q u i p m e n t — T h e operator l o a d s the v e h i c l e
o n the b a c k of a truck. T h i s Is t h e b e s t w a y of
t r a n s p o r t i n g t h e wehiele.

T o a c c o m m o d a t e flat-bed e q u i p m e n t , the v e h i c l e is
e q u i p p e d with front t o w i n g h o o k s (A), front tie d o w n
h o o k s l o t s (B), rear t o w i n g hook fC), a n d rear tie d o w n
h o o k s l o t s (D).

T h e t o w i n g h o o k s c a n be u s e d with a w i n c h to pull the

v e h i c l e onto t h e truck, a n d t h e tie d o w n hook s l o t s c a n
b e u s e d to s e c u r e t h e v e h i c l e to the truck.

Front:

B
W h e a l Lift E q u i p m e n t — T h e t o w truck u s e s t w o
pivoting a r m s that g o u n d e r t h e t i r e s (front or rear) a n d * I m p r o p e r t o w i n g p r e p a r a t i o n will d a m a g e the
lifts t h e m off t h e g r o u n d . T h e other t w o w h e e l s r e m a i n t r a n s m i s s i o n . F o l l o w t h e a b o v e p r o c e d u r e e x a c t l y . If
o n t h e g r o u n d . T h i s i s art a c c e p t a b l e w a y of t o w i n g t h e y o u c a n n o t shift the t r a n s m i s s i o n or start the e n g i n e
vehicle, (automatic t r a n s m i s s i o n ) , the v e h i c l e m u s t be
t r a n s p o r t e d on .a flat-bed.
S l i n g - t y p e E q u i p m e n t — T h e t o w truck u s e s m e t a l • T r y i n g to lift or t o w t h e v e h i c l e by the b u m p e r s will
c a b l e s with hooks on the ends. T h e s e hooks go around c a u s e s e r i o u s d a m a g e . T h e b u m p e r s a r e not
parts of t h e f r a m e or s u s p e n s i o n , a n d t h e c a b l e s lift that d e s i g n e d to s u p p o r t the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
e n d of the v e h i c l e off the g r o u n d . T h e v e h i c l e ' s
s u s p e n s i o n a n d b o d y c a n be s e r i o u s l y d a m a g e d if t h i s
m e t h o d of t o w i n g i s a t t e m p t e d . T h i s m e t h o d of t o w i n g
the vehicle is unacceptable,

If the v e h i c l e c a n n o t b e t r a n s p o r t e d b y a flat-bed, it
s h o u l d be t o w e d w i t h the front w h e e l s off the g r o u n d . If
t h e v e h i c l e Is d a m a g e d , a n d m u s t b e t o w e d with t h e
front w h e e l s on t h e g r o u n d , or with all four w h e e l s o n
the ground, do this:

Manual Transmission
* R e l e a s e the parking brake.
• Shift t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n in neutral.
* L e a v e the ignition s w i t c h in A C C E S S O R Y (I) s o t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l d o e s not lock,
• M a k e s u r e all a c c e s s o r i e s a r e t u r n e d off to m i n i m i z e
battery c u r r e n t d r a w .

Automatic Transmission
* R e l e a s e t h e parking b r a k e ,
* S t a r t the e n g i n e ,
* S h i f t to D, t h e n to N.
* T u r n off t h e e n g i n e .
* L e a v e the ignition s w i t c h in A C C E S S O R Y (!) s o t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l d o e s not lock.
* M a k e s u r e all a c c e s s o r i e s a r e t u r n e d off to m i n i m i z e
battery c u r r e n t d r a w .

It is b e s t to t o w t h e v e h i c l e no farther t h a n 50 m i l e s
(80 k m ) , a n d k e e p t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d b e l o w 35 m p h
155 k m / h ) .

1-13
General Information
Parts Marking

T o deter v e h i c l e theft, c e r t a i n m a j o r c o m p o n e n t s a r e m a r k e d w i t h the v e h i c l e Identification n u m b e r I V I M l O r i g i n a l

parts h a v e s e l f - a d h e s i v e l a b e l s . R e p l a c e m e n t b o d y parts h a v e g e n e r i c s e l f - a d h e s i v e l a b e l s . T h e s e l a b e l s s h o u l d not be
r e m o v e d . T h e original e n g i n e or t r a n s m i s s i o n VIN plates a r e not t r a n s f e r a b l e to the r e p l a c e m e n t e n g i n e or
transmission.

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the parts m a r k i n g labels d u r i n g body repair. M a s k the l a b e l s before repairing the part.

1-14
Specifications

Standards and Service Limits

Engine Electrical .................... .. ......................... 2-2
Engine Assembly ... ... ....................... .. .... 2-2
Cylinder Head _____ 2-3
Engine Block ......... ....... ... ............ 2-4
Engine Lubrication .............. * ............ 2-5
Cooling System ................... ............. ......... -- 2-5
Fuel and Emissions ............ ................ 2-6
Ciutch .............. • . 2-6
Manual Transmission and M/T Differentia! ............... 2-7
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential . .. 2-9
Steering .......... .......................... ................... . 2-15
Suspension . ......... . 2-15
Brakes 2-16
Air Conditioning ......................... ... 2-16

Design Specifications
Dimensions (4-door) ............ ................................ 2-17
Dimensions (2-door) ........ 2-17
Weight (4-door) . .. .. 2-17
Weight (2-door) 2-17
Engine ............. _____ 2-17
Starter ... . 2-17
Clutch . . 2-18
Manual Transmission ...... .... .... 2-18
Automatic Transmission ...... ... .......... ... 2-18
Steering ....................... ...................... .. 2-18
Suspension ...... 2-18
Tires • 2-18
Wheel Alignment ...... 2-18
Brakes ......... 2-19
Air Conditioning .... ............... ................ 2-19
Electrical Ratings .... ............ 2-20
Body Specifications ............. .............. . «*. 2-21
Standards and Service Limits
Engine Electrical _____
r
!t@tn fWI@iisijreiTi@rit Qualification Standard or M e w Service Limit
Ignition coil Rated v o l t a g e 12V
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Sparkplug Type All models NGK:ILZKR7B-11S
e x c e p t PZEV DENSO:SXU22HCR11S
PZEV NGK: DILZKR7A11GS
Gap 1 . 0 - 1 . 1 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
Ignition t i m i n g A t idle M/T(in neutral), 8±2°BTDC
Check t h e r e d m a r k A / T {in N o r P)
Drive belt Tension Auto-tenssoner
Alternator Output A t 13.5 V a n d 105A
normal engine
temperature
Coil ( r o t o r ) r e s i s t a n c e A t 68 °F (20 °C) 3.4-3.8 Q
S l i p r i n g O.D. 14.4 m m (0.57 in.) 14.0 m m (0.55 in.)
Brush length 10.5 m m (0.41 in.) 1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
Brush spring tension 3.2 N (0.33 kgf, 2.4 Ibf)
Starter Output 1.6 k W
Commutator mica depth 0.4—0.5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.) 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Commutator runout 0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x . 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
C o m m u t a t o r O.D. 2 8 . 0 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 - 1 . 1 1 in.) 27.5 m m (1.08 in.)
Brush length 11.1 —11.5 m m ( 0 . 4 4 0 - 0 . 4 5 3 in.) 4.3 m m (0.17 in.)

Engine Assembly
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d o r New
Compression Pressure Minimum 2
930 kPa (9.5 k g f / c m , 135 psi)
Check t h e engine w i t h t h e starter Maximum 2
200 kPa (2.0 k g f / c m , 28 psi)
cranking variation

2-2
Cylinder Head
MeBSiifSinsiit Qualification Standard or N e w Service Limit
Head Warpage 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Height 103.95—104.05 m m ( 4 . 0 3 3 - 4 . 0 9 6 in.)
Camshaft End play 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.) 0,4 m m (0.02 in.)
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance No. 1 journal 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 8 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 in.) 0,15 m m (0.006 in.)
No. 2,3, 4,5 0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 0 9 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.) 0,15 m m (0.006 in.)
journals •
Total runout 0,03 m m (0.0012 in,) m a x . 0,04 m m (0.002 in.)
C a m lobe height Intake, p r i m a r y 33.744 m m (1.3285 in.)
Intake, m i d 35.456 m m (1.3959 in.)
Intake, 33.744 m m (1.3285 in.)
secondary
AfS m o d e l s 34.291 m m (1.3500 in.)
e x c e p t PZEV
PZEV 34.232 m m (1.3477 in.)
Valve C l e a r a n c e (cold) Intake 0 . 2 1 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
Exhaust 0.25-0.29 m m (0.010-0.011 in.)'
S t e m OX). Intake 5 . 4 7 5 - 5 . 4 8 5 m m ( 0 . 2 1 5 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 9 in.) •5,445 m m (0.214 in.)
Exhaust 5 . 4 5 0 - 5 . 4 6 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 4 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.) 5.42 m m (0.213 in.)
Stem-to-guide clearance Intake 0.030—0.055 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.) 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
Exhaust 0 . 0 5 5 - 0 . 0 8 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.) 0.11 m m (0.004 in.)
V a l v e seat Width Intake 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.) 2.00 m m (0.079 in.)
Exhaust 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.) 2.00 m m {0,079 in.)
S t e m installed height Intake 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.) 44.7 m m (1.76 in.)
Exhaust 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.) 44,7 m m (1.76 in.)
Valve spring Free l e n g t h Intake NIPPON H A T S U J O :
47.15 m m (1.858 in.)
CHUO HATSUJO:
47.14 m m (1.856 in.)
Exhaust 48.42 m m (1.906 in.)
Valve guide ID. Intake 5 . 5 1 5 - 5 . 5 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 7 1 - 0 . 2 1 7 7 in.) 5.55 m m (0.219 in.)
Exhaust 5 . 5 1 5 - 5 . 5 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 7 1 - 0 , 2 1 7 7 in.) 5,55 m m (0.219 in.)
Instclted height Intake 1 5 . 2 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 9 8 - 0 . 6 3 8 in.)
Exhaust 1 5 . 5 - 1 6 . 5 m m (0.610—0.650 in.)
Rocker a r m Arm-to-shaft clearance Intake 0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 in.) 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
{All m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV) Exhaust 0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in,) 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
Arm-to-shaft clearance Intake 0 , 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 in.)
Exhaust 0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 in.)

2-3
Standards and Service Limits
Engine Block
item Measurement Qualification Standard or Hew Service Limit
Block Warpage of deck' 0.07 m m (0.003 in.) m a x . 0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
Bore diameter A or I 87.010~~87.020 m m ( 3 . 4 2 5 6 - 3 . 4 2 6 0 in,) 87.070 m m (3.4280 in.)
BorSl 8 7 . 0 0 0 - 8 7 . 0 1 0 m m ( 3 . 4 2 5 2 - 3 . 4 2 5 6 in.) 8 7 . 0 7 0 m m (3.4280 in.)'
Bore taper 0.02 m m (0.0008 in.)
Reboring limit 0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
Piston Skirt O.D. at 11 m m (0.4 in.) f r o m N o letter o r A 8 6 . 9 8 0 - 8 6 . 9 9 0 m m ( 3 . 4 2 4 4 - 3 . 4 2 4 8 in.) 86.930 m m (3.4224 in.)
b o t t o m o f skirt Letter B 8 6 . 9 7 0 - 8 6 . 9 8 0 m m ( 3 . 4 2 4 0 - 3 . 4 2 4 4 in.) 86.920 m m (3.4220 in.)
C l e a r a n c e in c y l i n d e r 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.) 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Ring g r o o v e w i d t h Top 1 . 2 4 5 - 1 . 2 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 0 - 0 . 0 4 9 4 in.) 1.265 m m (0.050 in.)
Second 1 . 2 3 0 - 1 . 2 4 0 m m (0.0484—0.0488 in.) 1.26 m m (0.050 in.)
Oil 2 . 0 0 5 - 2 . 0 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 7 8 9 - 0 . 0 7 9 7 in.) 2.55 m m (0.100 in.)
Piston ring Ring-to-groove clearance Top 0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 0 8 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 0 3 3 in.) 0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
Second 0 . 0 4 0 - 0 . 0 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 0 2 6 in.) 0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
Ring end g a p Top 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.) 0.60 m m (0.024 in.)
Second 0 . 5 0 - 0 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 2 6 in.) 0.70 m m (0.028 in.)
Oil 0 . 2 0 - 0 J O m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 8 in.) 0.75 m m (0.030 in.)
Piston pin O.D. 2 1 . 9 6 1 - 2 1 . 9 6 5 m m ( 0 . 8 6 4 6 - 0 . 8 6 4 8 in.) 21.953 m m (0.8643 in.)
Pin-to-piston clearance —0.005 t o + 0 . 0 0 2 m m 0.005 m m (0.0002 in.)
( - 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 t o + 0 . 0 0 0 0 8 in.)
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod clearance 0 . 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 6 in.) 0.02 m m (0.0008 in.)
Small-end bore diameter 2 1 . 9 7 0 - 2 1 . 9 7 6 m m ( 0 . 8 6 5 0 - 0 . 8 6 5 2 in.)
Large-end bore diameter 51.0 m m (2.01 in.)
End play installed o n crankshaft 0 . 1 5 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.) 0.40 m m (0.016 in.)
Crankshaft Main journal diameter N o . 1,2, 4 , 5 5 4 . 9 8 4 - 5 5 . 0 0 8 m m ( 2 . 1 6 4 7 - 2 . 1 6 5 7 in.)
journals
No. 3 journal 5 4 . 9 7 6 - 5 5 . 0 0 0 m m ( 2 . 1 6 4 4 - 2 . 1 6 5 4 in.)
Rod journal diameter 4 7 . 9 7 6 - 4 8 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 8 8 8 8 - 1 . 8 8 9 8 in.)
R o d / m a i n Journal t a p e r 0.005 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x . 0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)
Rod/main journal out-of-round 0.004 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x . 0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)
End play 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.) 0.45 m m (0.018 in.)
Runout 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.) m a x . 0.04 m m (0.002 in.)
Crankshaft M a i n bearing-to-journal oil clearance No. 1,2,4,5 0 . 0 1 7 - 0 . 0 4 1 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.) 0.050 m m (0.0020 in.)
bearing journals
No. 3 journal 0.025—0.049 m m (0.0010—0.0019 in.) 0.055 m m (0.0022 in.)
Rod bearing clearance 0 . 0 3 2 - 0 . 0 6 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 3 - 0 . 0 0 2 6 in.) 0.077 m m (0.0030 in.)

2™4
Engine Lybrieation
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w | Service Limit
Engine oil Capacity Engine overhaul 5.3 L (5.6 U S q t )
Oil c h a n g e 4.2 L (4.4 U S qt)
including filter
Oil change 4.0 L (4.2 U S qt)
w i t h o u t filter
Oil p u m p Inner-to-outer rotor clearance 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 1 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.) - 0.19 m m (0.008 in.)
Pump hoysing-to-outer rotor Q. 1 5 - 0 . 2 1 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.) 0.23 m m (0.009 in.)
radial clearance
P u m p housing-to-rotor axial 0 . 0 3 5 - 0 . 0 7 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 0 2 8 in.) 0.12 m m (0.005 in.)
clearance
Balancer shafts, j o u r n a l diameter No. 1 j o u r n a l , f r o n t 1 9 . 9 3 8 - 1 9 . 9 5 0 m m ( 0 . 7 8 5 0 - 0 . 7 8 5 4 in.) 19.92 m m (0.784 in.)
shaft
N o . 1 j o u r n a l , rear s h a f t 2 3 . 9 3 8 - 2 3 . 9 5 0 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 4 - 0 . 9 4 2 9 in.) 23.92 m m (0.942 in.)
No, 2 journal, f r o n t and 3 2 . 9 4 9 - 3 2 . 9 8 1 m m (1.2972—1.2977 in.) 32.93 m m (1.296 in.)
rear s h a f t s
Balancer shafts, Journal taper 0.005 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x .
Balancer shafts, e n d play Front 0 . 0 8 3 - 0 . 1 0 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 4 3 in.) 0.14 m m (0.008 in.)
Rear 0 . 0 6 3 - 0 . 1 0 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 5 - 0 . 0 0 4 3 in.) 0.14 m m (0.006 in.)
Balancer shafts, shaft-to-bearing No. 1 journal, front 0 . 0 5 0 - 0 . 0 8 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 2 in.) 0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
clearance shaft
N o . 1 J o u r n a l , rear s h a f t 0 . 0 5 0 - 0 . 0 8 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 2 in.) 0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
No. 2 journal, front and 0 . 0 8 0 - 0 . 1 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 0 4 7 in.) 0L15 m m (0.006 in.)
rear s h a f t s
Balancer shaft bearings, LB. No. 1 journal, front 2 0 . 0 0 0 - 2 0 . 0 2 0 m m ( 0 . 7 8 7 4 - 0 . 7 8 8 2 in.) 20.03 m m (0.789 In.)
shaft
No. 1 j o u r n a l , rear shaft 2 4 . 0 0 0 - 2 4 . 0 2 0 m m ( 0 . 9 4 4 9 - 0 . 9 4 5 7 in.) 24.03 m m (0.946 in.)
No, 2 journal, front and 3 3 . 0 2 1 - 3 3 . 0 6 9 m m ( 1 . 3 0 0 0 - 1 . 3 0 1 9 in.) '33.09 m m (1.303 in.)
rear shafts
2
Relief v a l v e , o i l p r e s s u r e w i t h o i l A t idle 70 kPa (0.7 k g f / c r n , 1 0 psi) m i n .
C
t e m p e r a t u r e at 176 T (80 C) A t 3,000 r p m 3 0 0 kPa (3.1 kgf/cnf, 44 psi) m i n .

Coaling rstem
Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w
Radiator Coolant capacities (including M/T: e n g i n e o v e r h a u l DENSO 8.2 L (2.17 U S gal)
engine,, h e a t e r , h o s e s , a n d TRAD 8.1 L (2.14 U S gal)
reservoir) M/T: c o o l a n t c h a n g e DENSO 6.1 L (1.61 U S gal)
U s e H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / TRAD 6 . 0 1 ( 1 . 5 9 U S gal)
Coolant Type 2 A/T: engine overhaul DENSO 8.1 L (2.14 U S gal)
N O T E : If t h e v e h i c l e is r e g u l a r l y TRAD 8.0 L (2.11 U S gal)
driven in v e r y l o w t e m p e r a t u r e s A/T: coolant change DENSO 6,0 L (1.59 U S g a l )
( u n d e r - 3 1 T {-35 *C)), a h i g h e r TRAD 5 . 9 L ( 1 . 5 6 U S gal)
concentration of c o o l a n t s h o u l d be
u s e d (see p a g e 10-8).
Coolant Coolant capacity 0 . 6 8 L ( 0 . 1 8 0 U S gal)
reservoir
2
Radiator cap Opening pressure 9 3 - 1 2 3 kPa ( 0 . 9 5 - 1 . 2 5 k g f / c r n , 1 4 - 1 8 psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begins t o open 1 6 9 - 1 7 6 °F ( 7 6 - 8 0 °C)
Fully o p e n 194 T (90 V)
V a l v e lift a t f u l l y o p e n 8.0 m m (0.31 in.) m i n .

2-5
Standards arid Service Limits
Fuel and Emissions
Item M @iisij r f i t n l i n t Qyallfieatson Standard or New
2
Fuel p r e s s u r e Pressure w i t h r e g u l a t o r v a c u u m hose 3 3 0 - 3 8 0 kPa ( 3 . 4 - 3 . 9 k g f / c m , 4 8 - 5 5 psi)
regulator disconnected
Fuel t a n k Capacity 7 0 L (18.5 U S gal)
E n g i n e idle Idle s p e e d w i t h o u t l o a d M / T (in n e u t r a l ) 780:1:50 r p m
A / T (in N o r P) 800±50 rpm
Idle s p e e d w i t h h i g h e l e c t r i c a l l o a d M / T (in n e u t r a l ) 780±50 rpm
(A/C s w i t c h O N , t e m p e r a t u r e set t o A / T (in N or P) 800±50 rpm
m a x c o o l , b l o w e r f a n o n H i g h , rear
w i n d o w defogger O N , and headlights
on high beam)

Clutch
lt®m IVl©asiJr@iTi6iit Qualification Standard or Hem Service Limit
Clutch pedal Height f r o m floor 174 m m (6.85 in.)
Stroke 1 3 0 - 1 4 0 m m ( 5 . 1 2 - 5 . 5 1 in.)
Flywheel Runout on clutch mating surface 0.05 m m (0.002 in.) m a x . 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Clutch disc Rivet h e a d d e p t h 1 . 1 5 - 1 . 7 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 5 - 0 . 0 6 9 in.) 0.7 m m (0.03 in.)

Thickness 7 . 3 0 - 7 . 9 0 m m ( 0 . 2 8 7 - 0 . 3 1 1 in.) 6.0 m m (0.24 in.)

Pressure plate Warpage 0.03 m m (0.001 in.) m a x . 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)

Evenness of the height of the 0.6 m m (0.02 in.) m a x . 0.8 m m (0.03 in.)
diaphragm spring fingers

2-6
 specs

Manyal Transmission arid M/T Differential

Item IVi e a s u r e i r i e f i t Qualification S t a n d a r d or M e w | Service Limit
Manual Capacity Fluid change 1.9 L (2.0 U S qt)
transmission U s e H o n d a IV1TF Overhaul 2.0 L (2.1 U S qt)
fluid
Mainshaft End play 0 . 1 1 - 0 . 1 7 m m (0.004—0.007 In.) Adjust
D i a m e t e r o f b a l l b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 2 7 . 9 8 7 - 2 8 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 1 9 - 1 . 1 0 2 4 in.) 27.93 m m (1.100 In.)
( t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g side)
D i a m e t e r o f 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e 3 1 . 9 8 4 - 3 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 5 9 2 - 1 . 2 5 9 8 in.) 31.93 m m (1.257 in.)
collar contact area
Diameter of needle bearing contact 3 8 . 9 8 4 - 3 9 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 3 4 8 - 1 . 5 3 5 4 in.) 38.93 m m (1.533 In.)
area
D i a m e t e r o f ball b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 2 7 . 9 7 7 - 2 7 . 9 9 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 1 5 - 1 . 1 0 2 0 in.) 27.92 m m (1.099 in.)
(clutch h o u s i n g side)
D i a m e t e r o f b u s h i n g c o n t a c t area 2 0 . 8 0 - 2 0 . 8 5 m m ( 0 . 8 1 9 - 0 . 8 2 1 In.) 20.75 m m (0.817 In.)
Runout 0.02 m m (0.001 In.) m a x . 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Mainshaft ID. 4 4 . 0 0 9 - 4 4 . 0 2 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 2 6 - 1 . 7 3 3 3 in.) 44.08 m m (1.735 in.)
3rd, 4th, a n d 5th Clearance 2nd-3rd 0 . 0 8 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.) 0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
gear E n d p l a y ( d i s t a n c e c o l l a r side) 4th, 5th 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.) 0.25 m m (0,010 in.)
Thickness 2 3 . 9 2 - 2 3 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.) 23.80 m m (0.937 in.)
fvlainshaft I.D. 3 2 . 0 0 - 3 2 . 0 1 m m ( 1 . 2 5 9 8 - 1 . 2 8 0 2 In.) 32.02 m m (1.261 In.)
4th/5th g e a r O.D. 3 8 . 9 8 9 - 3 9 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 3 5 0 - 1 . 5 3 5 4 in.) 38.94 m m (1.533 in.)
distance collar Length A 5 1 . 9 5 - 5 2 . 0 5 m m ( 2 . 0 4 5 - 2 . 0 4 9 in.)

i1

B 2 4 . 0 3 - 2 4 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 4 6 - 0 . 9 4 8 in.)

-*
A I

1*

M B S distance ID. 2 8 . 0 0 - 2 8 . 1 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 2 - 1 . 1 0 6 In.) 28.12 m m (1.107 in.)

collar Length 2 3 . 9 5 - 2 4 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 9 4 3 - 0 . 9 4 7 In.)
Countershaft D i a m e t e r o f b a l l b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 3 0 . 0 2 0 - 3 0 . 0 3 3 m m ( 1 . 1 8 1 9 - 1 . 1 8 2 4 In.) 29.97 m m (1.180 in.)
(transmission h o u s i n g side)
D i a m e t e r o f 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r 3 9 . 9 3 7 - 3 9 . 9 5 0 m m ( 1 . 5 7 2 3 - 1 . 5 7 2 8 In.) 39.88 m m (1.570 In.)
contact area
Diameter of needle bearing contact 4 0 . 0 0 0 - 4 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 8 - 1 . 5 7 5 4 In.) 39.95 m m (1.573 in.)
area (clutch h o u s i n g side)
Runout 0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x . 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
3 5 mm s h i m - t o - b e a r i n g i n n e r race 0 . 0 4 — 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 0 3 9 In.) Adjust
clearance
C o u n t e r s h a f t 1st LD. 5 2 . 0 1 0 — 5 2 . 0 2 9 m m ( 2 . 0 4 7 6 - 2 . 0 4 8 4 In.) 52.08 m m (2.050 in.)
and 2nd gear End play (distance collar side) 1st 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.) 0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
Clearance 2nd—3rd 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.) 0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
Thickness 1st 2 2 . 9 2 - 2 2 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 9 0 2 - 0 . 9 0 4 in.) 22.87 m m (0.900 in,)
2nd 2 7 . 9 2 - 2 7 . 9 7 m m ( 1 . 0 9 9 - 1 . 1 0 1 in.) 27.87 m m (1.097 in.)
C o u n t e r s h a f t 1st LD, 3 9 . 9 5 - 3 9 . 9 6 m m ( 1 . 5 7 2 8 - 1 . 5 7 3 2 In.) 39.97 m m (1.574 in.)
and 2nd gear 4 6 . 9 8 9 - 4 7 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 8 5 0 0 - 1 . 8 5 0 4 in.) 46.94 m m (1.848 in.)
distance collar Length 1st 2 3 . 0 3 - 2 3 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 0 7 - 0 . 9 0 9 In.)
2nd 2 8 . 0 3 - 2 8 . 0 8 m m ( 1 . 1 0 4 - 1 . 1 0 6 in.)

(cont'd)

2-7
Standards and Service Limits
Manual Transmission and M/T Differential (cont'd)
Item fVI@asyr@rn@tit Qualification S t a n d a r d o r Mew Service Limit
R e v e r s e idler I.D. 2 0 . 0 1 6 - 2 0 . 0 4 3 m m ( 0 , 7 8 8 0 - 0 . 7 8 9 1 in.) 20.90 m m (0.823 in.)
gear Gear-to-reverse idler gear shaft 0 . 0 3 6 - 0 . 0 8 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 0 3 3 in.) 0.16 m m (0.006 in.)
clearance
Synchro ring Ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 7 0 - 1 . 4 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 in.) 0.4 m m (0.016 in.)
against gear
Double cone Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone Ring pushed 0 . 7 0 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 In.)
synchro and clearance against gear
triple cone Synchro cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 5 0 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 In.)
synchro against gear
Outer synchro ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 9 5 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 6 6 in.) 0.6 m m (0.024 In.)
against gear
Shift fork Finger thickness 7 . 4 - 7 . 6 m m ( 0 . 2 9 - 0 . 3 0 in.)
Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance 0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 6 in.) 1.0 m m (0.039 In.)
Reverse shift Fingerwidth 1 3 . 4 - 1 3 . 7 m m ( 0 . 5 2 8 - 0 . 5 3 9 in.)
fork Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 5 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 3 in.) 1.2 m m (0.047 in.)
Shift a r m I.D. 1 3 . 9 7 3 - 1 4 . 0 0 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 0 1 - 0 . 5 5 1 2 in.)
Fingerwidth 1 6 . 9 - 1 7 . 0 m m . ( 0 . 6 6 5 - 0 . 6 6 9 In.)
Shift arm-to-shift fork clearance 0 . 2 - 0 . 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.) 0.6 m m (0.024 In.)
Select lever Fingerwidth 1 4 . 8 5 - 1 4 . 9 5 m m ( 0 . 5 8 5 - 0 . 5 8 9 in.)
C h a n g e lever Shaft-to-select lever clearance 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 1 0 In.) 0.50 m m (0.020 in.)
Groove width 1 5 . 0 0 - 1 5 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 1 - 0 . 5 9 4 In.)
Shaft-to-shift a r m clearance 0 . 0 1 3 - 0 . 0 7 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 2 8 in.) 0.1 m m (0.004 In.)
M/T differential Backlash 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 1 0 3 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 1 - 0 . 0 0 4 1 in.)
carrier
M/T differential 80 m m s h i m - t o - b e a r i n g o u t e r race 0 - 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 9 in.) Adjust
80 m m shim c l e a r a n c e in t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g

2-8
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential
item Standard or N e w Service Limit
Automatic Capacity Fluid change 2.5 L (2.6 U S qt)
transmission Use Honda ATF-Z1 Overhaul 6.5 L (6.9 U S qt)
fluid
ATF pressure Line pressure A t 2,000 r p m i n 927-™985 kPa 877 kPa
2
NorP { 9 . 4 5 - 1 0 . 0 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 4 - 1 4 3 psi) 2
(8.95 kgf/cm , 127 psi)
1st clutch p r e s s u r e A t 2,000 r p m in 9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa 867 kPa
2 2
1 ( 3 . 3 5 - 1 0 . 1 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi) (8.85 k g f / c m , 1 2 6 psi)
2nd clutch pressure A t 2,000 r p m in 9 1 7 — 9 9 5 kPa 867 kPa
2 a
2 ( 9 . 3 5 - 1 0 . 1 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi) (8.85 kgf/crn , 126 psi)
3 r d clutch p r e s s u r e A t 2,000 r p m i n 9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa 867 kPa
2
3 r d gear in D ( 9 . 3 5 - 1 0 . 1 5 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi) (6,85 kgf/cm% 126 psi)
4th clutch pressure A t 2,000 r p m i n 9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa 867 kPa
2
4 t h g e a r an D 2
.(9.35—10.15 k g f / c m , 1 3 2 - 1 4 4 psi) (8.85 k g f / c m , 1 2 6 psi)
5th d u t c h pressure A t 2,000 r p m i n 9 1 7 - 9 9 5 kPa 867 kPa
2
5th gear in D 2
(9.35—10.15 kgf/cm ..132~-144 psi) (8.85 k g f / c m , 1 2 6 psi)
Torque converter Stall speed 2,100 r p m 1,950-2,250 rpm
Check w i t h vehicle o n level g r o u n d
Clutch Clearance b e t w e e n clutch end-plate 1st 1.38-1.58 m m
and t o p disc (0.054—0.062 in.)
2nd 1.14-1.34 mm
( 0 , 0 4 5 - 0 . 0 5 3 in.)
3rd 1.23-1.43 mm
( 0 . 0 4 8 - 0 . 0 5 6 in.)
4th, 5th 0.93—1.13 m m
( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 4 4 in.)
Clutch return spring free length 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d 45.1 m m (1.78 in.) 43.1 m m (1.70 in.)
4 t h , 5th 33.5 m m (1.32 in.) 31,5 m m (1.24 in.)
Clutch disc thickness 1.94 m m (0.076 in.)
Clutch plate thickness 1st, 3 r d 1.6 m m (0.063 in.) W h e n discolored
2nd 2.0 m m (0.079 in.) W h e n discolored
4th, 5th 2.0 m m (0.079 in.) W h e n discolored
Clutch wave-plate phase difference 1st 0 . 1 5 - 0 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.) 0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
<2PLCS> <2PLCS>
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.) 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
<2PLCS> <2PLCS>

(cont'd)

2-9
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Ddifferential I cont'd)
Item f¥Ie«isijref¥i0tTt Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
C l u t c h (cont'd) 1st c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e t h i c k n e s s Markl 2.6 m m (0.102 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 2 2.7 m m (0.106 in.) W h e n discolored
SVSarkS 2.8 m m (0.110 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 4 2.9 m m (0.114 in.) W h e n discolored
MarkB 3.0 m m (0.118 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 6 3.1 m m (0.122 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark? 3.2 m m (0.126 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 8 3.3 m m (0.130 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 9 3.4 m m (0.134 in.) W h e n discolored
2nd clutch end-plate thickness M a r k 10 2.4 m m (0.094 in.) When discolored
M a r k 11 2.5 m m (0.098 in.) When discolored
Mark 1 2.6 m m (0.102 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 2 2.7 m m (0.106 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark3 2.8 m m (0.110 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 4 2.9 m m (0.114 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark5 3.0 m m (0.118 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark6 3.1 m m (0.122 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark? 3.2 m m (0.126 in.) W h e n discolored
3rd, 4th, 5th clutch end-plate thickness Markl 2.1 m m (0.083 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 2 2.2 m m (0.087 in.) W h e n discolored
MarkS 2.3 m m (0.091 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 4 2.4 m m (0.095 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 5 2.5 m m (0.098 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark6 2.6 m m (0.102 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark? 2.7 m m (0.106 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 8 2.8 m m (0.110 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 9 2.9 m m (0.114 in.) W h e n discolored

2-10
 specs

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or N e w Service Limit

Mainshaft Diameter of needle bearing contact A t stator shaft 2 2 . 9 8 4 — 2 3 . 0 0 0 m m ( 0 . 9 0 5 - 0 . 9 0 6 in.) When worn or damaged
area A t 5th gear 51.975—51.931 m m { 2 . 0 4 8 - 2 , 0 4 7 In.) When worn or damaged
A t 4th gear collar 3 3 . 9 7 5 - 3 3 . 9 9 1 m m ( 1 . 3 3 7 6 - 1 . 3 3 8 2 in.) When worn or damaged
ID. o f g e a r s 5th gear 5 7 . 0 0 0 - 5 7 . 0 1 9 m m ( 2 . 2 4 4 1 - 2 . 2 4 4 8 In.) When w o r n or damaged
4th gear 4 0 . 0 0 0 - 4 0 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 8 - 1 . 5 7 5 4 in.) When worn or damaged
End play o f gears 5th gear 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 4 0 in.)
4th g e a r 0 . 1 - 0 . 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 9 in.)
4 1 x 83 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s No. 1 4.450 m m (0.1752 in.) When worn or damaged
No. 2 4.475 m m (0.1762 in.) When worn or damaged
No. 3 4.500 m m (0.1772 in.) When w o r n or damaged
No. 4 4.525 m m (0.1781 in.) When w o r n or damaged
No. 5 4.550 m m (0.1791 in.) When w o r n or damaged
No. 8 4.575 m m (0.1801 in.) When w o r n or damaged
No. 7 4.600 m m (0.1811 in.) When worn or damaged
No. 8 4.625 m m (0.1821 in.) When worn or damaged
No. 9 4.050 m m (0.1831 in.) When worn or damaged
N o . 10 4.675 m m (0.1841 in.) When worn or damaged
N o . 11 4.700 m m (0.1850 in.) When worn or damaged
N o . 12 4.725 m m (0.1860 in.) When w o r n or damaged
N o . 13 4.750 m m (0.1870 in.) When w o r n or damaged
N o . 14 4.775 m m (0.1880 in.) When worn or damaged
N o . 15 4.800 m m (0.1890 in.) When worn or damaged
4th gear collar length 6 6 . 3 - 6 6 . 4 m m ( 2 . 6 1 0 - 2 . 6 1 4 in.)
Length o f 4th gear collar flange f r o m 1 9 . 1 5 - 1 9 . 3 0 m m ( 0 . 7 5 4 - 0 . 7 6 0 in.) When w o r n or damaged
end
Sealing ring thickness 1 . 9 1 - 1 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 - 0 . 0 7 8 in.) 1.86 m m (0.073 in.)
W i d t h of sealing ring groove 2 . 0 2 5 - 2 . 0 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 7 9 7 - 0 . 0 8 1 1 in.) 2.080 m m (0.0819 in.)
C l u t c h f e e d p i p e O.D, 7.97—7.98 m m ( 0 . 3 1 3 8 - 0 . 3 1 4 2 in.) 7.95 m m (0.313 in.)
Clutch feed pipe bushing I D . 8 . 0 0 0 - 8 . 0 1 5 m m (0.3150—0.3156 in.) 8.030 m m (0.3161 in.)
Countershaft Diameter of needle bearing contact At torque 3 6 . 0 0 5 - 3 6 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 4 1 7 5 - 1 . 4 1 7 9 in.) When worn or damaged
area converter
housing
A t 4th gear 3 4 . 9 8 2 - 3 4 . 9 9 8 m m ( 1 . 3 7 7 2 - 1 . 3 7 7 9 in.) When w o r n or damaged
A t reverse gear 3 9 . 9 7 9 - 4 0 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 0 - 1 . 5 7 4 8 in.) When w o r n or damaged
L D . of g e a r s 4th gear 4 1 . 0 0 0 — 4 1 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 6 1 4 2 - 1 . 6 1 4 8 in.) When w o r n or damaged
Reverse gear 4 6 . 0 0 0 — 4 6 . 0 1 6 m m (1.8110—1.8116 in.) When w o r n or damaged
End play of gears 5th gear 0 . 0 0 - 0 . 4 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 - 0 . 0 1 9 in.)
4th gear 0 . 0 4 — a 12 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 in.)
Reverse gear 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
Collar, 3 5 x 47 x 7.8 m m t h i c k n e s s 7.8 m m (0.31 in.)
Collar, 37 x 41 x 54.3 m m l e n g t h 5 4 . 2 5 - 5 4 . 3 0 m m ( 2 . 1 3 6 - 2 . 1 3 8 in.)
Reverse selector h o b w i d t h 2 5 . 4 5 - 2 5 . 6 5 m m (1.002—1.010 in.)
R e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b O.D. 5 5 . 8 7 - 5 5 . 9 0 m m ( 2 . 2 0 0 - 2 . 2 0 1 in.) When worn or damaged

(cont'd)

2-11
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
IVi@asyF#nn©iit Qualification Standard or N e w Service Limit
Secondary shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact A t 1st g e a r 3 9 . 9 8 6 - 3 9 . 3 9 9 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 2 - 1 . 5 7 4 8 in.) When worn or damaged
area A t 2 n d gear 3 9 . 9 8 6 - 3 9 . 9 9 9 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 2 — 1 . 5 7 4 8 in.) When worn or damaged
A t 3rd gear collar 3 6 . 9 7 5 - 3 6 . 9 9 1 m m (1.4557—1.4563 i n . When worn or damaged
I.D. o f g e a r s 1st g e a r 47.000-47.016 m m (1.8504-1.8510 in. When w o r n or damaged
2nd gear 46.000—46.016 m m (1.8110—1.8116 in. When worn or damaged
3rd gear 4 3 . 0 0 0 - 4 3 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 6 9 2 9 - 1 . 6 9 3 5 In.) When worn or damaged
End play of gears 1st g e a r 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 In.)
2nd gear 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 In.)
•3rd g e a r 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 9 In.)
37 x 58 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s No. 1 3,900 m m (0.154 in.! When worn or damaged
Ho. 2 3.925 m m (0.155 in, When worn or damaged
No, 3 3.950 m m (0.156 in.; When w o r n or damaged
No. 4 3.975 m m (0.156 i n . When worn or damaged
No. 5 4.000 m m (0.157 in.; When worn or damaged
No. 6 4.025 m m (0.158 in, When w o r n or damaged
No. 7 4.050 m m (0.159 in.; When worn or damaged
No. 8 4.075 m m (0.160 in.; When worn or damaged
No. 9 4.100 m m (0.161 in.; When w o r n or damaged
N o . 10 4.125 m m (0.162 in, When worn or damaged
N o . 11 4.150 m m (0.163 in.; When worn or damaged
N o . 12 4.175 m m (0.164 in, When worn or damaged
N o . 13 4.200 m m (0.165 i n . When worn or damaged
N o . 14 4.225 m m (0.166 in.' When w o r n or damaged
N o . 15 4.250 m m (0.167 in. When worn or damaged
N o . 16 4.275 m m (0.168 in, When w o r n or damaged
N o . 17 4.300 m m (0.169 in. When worn or damaged
N o . 18 4.325 m m (0.170 in. When worn or damaged
N o . 19 4.350 m m (0.171 in. When worn or damaged
N o . 20 4.375 m m (0.172 in.' When worn or damaged
40 x 51.5 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s No. 1 4.80 m m (0.189 in.) When w o r n or damaged
No. 2 4.85 m m (0.191 in.) When w o r n or damaged
No. 3 4.90 m m (0.193 in,) When worn or damaged
No. 4 4.95 m m (0.195 in.) When worn or damaged
No. 5 5.00 m m (0.197 in.) When worn or damaged
No. 6 5.05 m m (0.199 in.) When worn or damaged
3rd gear collar length 4 3 . 9 - 4 4 . 0 m m (1.728—1.732 in.)
Length of 3rd gear collar flange f r o m 5 . 2 5 - 5 . 4 0 m m ( 0 . 2 0 7 - 0 . 2 1 3 in.) When worn or damaged
end
Sealing ring thickness 1 . 9 1 - 1 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 2 - 0 . 0 7 7 6 In.) 1.86 m m (0.0732 In.)
W i d t h o f s e a l i n g ring g r o o v e 2 . 0 2 5 - 2 . 0 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 7 9 7 - 0 . 0 8 1 1 in.) 2.080 m m (0.0819 in.)
C l u t c h f e e d p i p e O.D. 3rd clutch feed 1 1 . 4 7 - 1 1 . 4 8 m m (0.4516—0.4520 in.) 11.45 m m (0.4508 in.)
pipe
1st c l u t c h f e e d 6 . 9 7 - 6 . 9 8 m m ( 0 . 2 7 4 4 - 0 . 2 7 4 8 In.) 6.95 m m (0.2736 in.)

pipe
C l u t c h f e e d p i p e b u s h i n g I.D. 3rd clutch feed 11.500-11.518 m m (0.4528-0.4535 in. 11.530 m m (0.4539 In.)
pipe
1st c l u t c h f e e d 7 . 0 1 8 - 7 . 0 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 7 6 3 - 0 . 2 7 6 8 in.) 7.045 m m (0.2774 in.)
pipe
A T F g u i d e c o l l a r o f s e a l i n g ring c o n t a c t 2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 1 4 1 7 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 In.) 29.05 m m (1.144 in.)
LD.

2-12
 specs

Item Wessiirsifieiit Gynlificnti©!"! Standard or New Service Limit

Idler g e a r s h a f t Diameter of needle bearing contact End cover side 3 2 . 0 0 3 — 3 2 . 0 1 3 m m ( 1 . 2 6 0 0 - 1 . 2 6 0 4 in.) When worn or damaged
area
Thickness of cotters 1.39—1.42 m m (0.055—0.056 in.)
Reverse idler Reverse idler gear shaft diameter at 1 4 . 9 9 - 1 5 . 0 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 0 - 0 . 5 9 1 in.) When worn or damaged
gear needle bearing contact area
LD. 2 0 . 0 0 7 — 2 0 . 0 2 0 m m ( 0 . 7 8 7 7 - 0 . 7 8 8 2 in.) When worn or damaged
LD, o f r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r s h a f t c o n t a c t 1 4 . 8 0 0 - 1 4 . 8 1 8 m m ( 0 . 5 8 2 7 - 0 . 5 8 3 4 in,)
area o n t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
LD, o f r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r s h a f t h o l d e r 1 4 . 8 0 0 - 1 4 . 8 2 4 m m ( 0 . 5 8 2 7 - 0 . 5 8 3 6 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump ATF p u m p thrust clearance 0 . 0 3 - 0 . 0 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 - 0 . 0 0 2 in.) 0.07 m m (0.003 in.)
Clearance b e t w e e n ATF p u m p gear Drive gear 0 . 2 1 0 - 0 . 2 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 3 - 0 . 0 1 0 4 in.)
and body Driven gear 0 . 0 7 0 - 0 . 1 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 0 4 9 in.)
ATF p u m p driven gear LD. 14.016—14.034 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 8 - 0 . 5 5 2 5 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF p u m p driven gear shaft O.D. 1 3 . 9 8 0 - 1 3 . 9 9 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 0 4 - 0 . 5 5 0 8 in.) When worn or damaged
Stator shaft Needle bearing contact LD. Torque converter 2 7 . 0 0 0 — 2 7 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 0 6 3 0 - 1 . 0 6 3 8 in.) When worn or damaged
side
ATF p u m p side 2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m (1.1417 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 In.)
S e a l i n g r i n g c o n t a c t area L D . 2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 1 4 1 7 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 in.) 29,05 m m (1,144 in.)
Reverse shift Fork finger thickness 5 . 9 0 - 6 . 0 0 m m ( 0 . 2 3 2 - 0 . 2 3 6 in.) 5.40 m m (0.213 in.)
fork
Path g e a r a n d When worn or damaged
pa w i
Servo body Shift f o r k shaft bore LD, 1 4 . 0 0 0 - 1 4 . 0 1 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 2 - 0 . 5 5 1 6 in.)
Shift fork shaft valve bore LD. 3 7 . 0 0 0 - 3 7 . 0 3 9 m m ( 1 . 4 5 6 7 - 1 . 4 5 8 2 in.) 37.045 m m (1.4585 in,)
Regulator valve S e a l i n g r i n g c o n t a c t LD. 2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 1 4 1 7 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 in.) 29.05 m m (1.144 in.)
body

Item M m i s i t f ®im s o t Qualification & i a n c m r o o r ro@w

Wire Diameter O.D. Free L e n g t h No. o f C o i l s
M a i n v a l v e foody Shift valve A spring 0.8 m m 5.6 m m 28.1 m m 15.9
s p r i n g (see p a g e (0.031 in.) (0.220 in.) (1.106 in.)
14-322) Shift valve B spring 0.8 m m 5.6 m m 28.1 m m 15.9
(0.031 in.) (0.220 in.) (1.106 in.)
Shift valve C spring 0.8 m m 5.6 m m 28.1 m m 15.9
(0.031 in.) (0.220 in.) (1.106 in.)
Relief v a l v e s p r i n g 1.0 m m 9.6 m m 34.1 m m 10.2
(0.039 in.) (0.378 in.) (1,343 in.)
Lock-up control valve spring 0.65 m m 7.1 m m 23.1 m m 12.7
(0.026 in.) (0.280 in.) (0.909 in.)
Cooler check valve s p r i n g 0.85 m m 6.6 m m 27.0 m m 11.3
(0.034 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.063 in.)
Servo control valve spring 0.7 m m 6.6 m m 35.7 m m 17.2"
(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.406 in.)
Shift valve E spring 0.8 m m 5.6 m m 28.1 m m 15.9
(0.031 in.) . (0.220 in.) • (1.106 in.)

(cont'd)

2-13
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic 1
Iransmission and A/T Ddifferential fcomt^d)
Item M@8siJF@m©fit Qualification Standard or N e w
W i r e Drarn@t®r O.D. Ff@B L e n g t h Mo. of Coils
Regulator valve Stator reaction spring 45 mm ' 35.4 m m 30.3 m m 1.92
body spring (0.177 in.) (1.394 In.) (1.193 In.)
(see p a g e Regulator valve spring A 1.85 m m 14.7 m m 83.0 m m 16.9
14-324) (0.073 In.) (0.579 in.) (3.268 in.)
Regulator valve spring B 1.6 m m . 9.2 m m 44.0 m m 12.5
(0.063 in.) (0.362 in.) (1.732 In.)
T o r q u e converter check valve spring 1.2 m m 8.6 m m 33.8 m m 12.2
(0.047 in.) (0.339 In.) (1.331 In.)
Lock-up shift valve spring 1.0 m m 6.6 m m 35.5 m m 18.2
(0.039 In.) (0.260 In.) (1.398 in.)
3rd accumulator spring 2.5 m m 14.6 m m 29.4 m m 4.9
(0.098 In.) (0.575 In.) (1.157 in.)
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A 2.4 m m 18.6 m m 49.0 m m 7.1
(0.094 In.) ( 0 J 3 2 in.) (1.929 In.)
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B 2.3 m m 12.2 m m 31.5 m m 6.6 '
(0.091 In.) (0.480 In.) (1.240 In.)
Servo body Shift valve D spring 0.8 m m 5.6 m m 28.1 m m 15.9
s p r i n g (see p a g e (0.031 in.) (0.220 In.) (1.106 In.)
14-325) 4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B 2.3 m m 12.2 m m 31.5 m m 6.6
(0.091 in.) (0.480 in.) (1.240 In.)
4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A 2.4 m m 18.6 m m 49.0 m m 7.1
(0.094 in.) (0.732 in.) (1.929 In.)
2nd accumulator spring B 2.1 m m 10.8 m m 34.0 m m 8.2
(0.083 In.) (0.425 In.) (1.339 in.)
2nd accumulator spring A 2.1 m m 16.6 m m 48.7 m m 8.4
(0.083 in.) (0.654 In.) (1.917 in.)
5th accumulator spring 2.5 m m 14.6 m m 29.9 m m 4.9
(0.098 In.) (0.575 in.) (1.177 In.)

Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d o r Mew Service Limit

A / T differential P i n i o n s h a f t c o n t a c t area LD. 1 8 . 0 0 0 - 1 8 . 0 2 5 m m ( 0 . 7 0 8 7 - 0 . 7 0 9 6 In.)
carrier Clearance b e t w e e n carrier a n d p i n i o n 0 . 0 1 3 - 0 . 0 5 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 2 1 in.) 0.1 m m (0.004 in.)
shaft
D r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t a r e a I.D. 2 8 . 0 2 1 — 2 8 . 0 5 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 3 2 - 1 . 1 0 4 4 in.)
Clearance b e t w e e n carrier a n d 0 . 0 7 1 - 0 . 1 1 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 0 4 6 In.) 0.12 m m (0.005 In.)
driveshaft
Carrier bearing starting t o r q u e For n e w b e a r i n g 2.7—3.9 N-m Adjust
(preload) ( 2 8 - 4 0 kgf-cm, 2 4 - 3 5 Ibf-in.)
For u s e d b e a r i n g 2.5—3.6 N-m Adjust
( 2 5 — 3 7 k g f - c m , 2 2 - 3 2 Ibf-in.)
Final d r i v e n g e a r b a c k l a s h 0 . 0 8 6 - 0 . 1 4 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 3 4 - 0 . 0 0 5 6 In.) 0.2 m m (0.008 In.)
A/T differential Backlash 0.05—0.15 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
pinion gear LD. 1 8 . 0 4 2 - 1 8 . 0 6 6 m m ( 0 . 7 1 0 3 - 0 . 7 1 1 3 In.)
Clearance b e t w e e n p i n i o n gear and 0 . 0 5 5 - 0 . 0 9 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 7 in.) 0.12 m m (0.005 In.)
pinion shaft

2-14
Steering
If ©HI M@asuF©inCTt Qualification S t a n d a r d ©r N e w
Steering wheel R o t a t i o n a l p l a y m e a s u r e d at o u t s i d e 0—10 m m (0—0.39 in.)
edge w i t h engine running
Initial t u r n i n g l o a d m e a s u r e d at 2 9 N (3.0 k g t 6.6 Ibf)
outside edge with engine running
Gearbox A n g l e of rack guide screw loosened 15±5°
f r o m locked position
Pump Output pressure w i t h shut-off valve 2
8 , 1 4 0 - 8 , 8 3 0 kPa ( 8 3 - 9 0 k g f / c m , 1 , 1 8 0 - 1 , 2 8 0 psi)
closed
Power steering Capacity Reservoir 0.32 L (0.33 U S qt)
fluid Use Honda Power Steering Fluid capacity
System capacity 1.05 L (1.11 U S q t )

Suspension
item Qualification Standard or N e w | Service Limit
W h e e l alignment Camber Front
Rear
Caster Front (4-door)
Front (2-door)
Total toe-in Front 0 ± 2 m m ( 0 ± 0 . 0 8 in.)
Rear 2 ± 2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 + 0 . 0 8 in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inward
c ?
Outward 31 5 0
(reference)
Wheel A l u m i n u m wheel runout Axial 0—0.7 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 3 In.) 2.0 m m (0.08 In.)
Radial 0—0.7 m m (0—0.03 in.) 1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
Steel w h e e l r u n o u t Axial 0 - 1 . 0 m m ( 0 — 0 . 0 4 in.) 2.0 m m (0.08 in.)
Radial 0—1.0 m m (0—0.04 in.) 1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
Wheel bearing End play Front 0 - 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
Rear 0 - 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 - 0 . 0 0 2 In.)

2-15
Standards and Service Limits
Brakes
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d ©r N e w Service Limit
Parking brake Distance t r a v e l e d w h e n lever p u l l e d 7 t o 9 clicks
w i t h 196 N (20 kgf, 44 Ibf) o f f e r e e
B r a k e pedaS Pedal h e i g h t ( c a r p e t m o v e d aside) M/T 156 m m (6 1/8 in.)
A/T 160 m m (6 5/16 in.)
Free p l a y 1 ~ 5 m m ( 1 / 1 6 - 3 / 1 6 in.)
Brake disc Thickness Front 2 7 . 9 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 - 1 . 1 1 in.) 26.0 m m (1.02 in.)
•(NISSIN)
Front 2 2 . 9 - 2 3 . 1 m m ( 0 . 9 0 - 0 . 9 1 in.) 21.0 m m (0.83 in.)
(AKEBONO)
Rear . 8 . 9 - 9 . 1 m m ( 0 . 3 5 - 0 . 3 6 in.) 8.0 m m (0.31 in.)
Runout 0.04 m m (0.0016 in.)
Parallelism 0.015 m m (0.0006 in.)
Brake pad Thickness Front 1 0 . 5 - 1 1 . 2 m m ( 0 . 4 1 - 0 . 4 4 in.) 1.6 m m (0.06 in.)
(NISSIN) •
Front 1 0 . 5 - 1 0 . 8 m m ( 0 . 4 1 - 0 . 4 3 in.) 1.6 m m (0.06 in.)
(AKEBONO)
Rear 8 . 3 - 9 . 0 m m ( 0 . 3 3 - 0 . 3 5 in.) 1.0 m m (0.04 in.)

^ir Conditioning
St© i n Measurement Qualification Standard or N e w
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Capacity of s y s t e m 4 0 0 - 4 5 0 g ( 1 4 . 1 - 1 5 . 9 oz)
Refrigerant oil Type D E N S O N D - O I L 8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01 A H o r 38997-PR7-A01)
Capacity of c o m p o n e n t s Condenser 25 m L (5/6 fl-oz)
Evaporator 3 5 m L (1 1/5 fl-oz)
Each line a n d 10 m L (1/3 fl-oz)
hose
Reserver/Dryer 1 0 m L ( 1 / 3 fl-oz)
Compressor 7 0 - 8 2 m L (2 3 / 8 - 2 7/9 fl-oz)
Compressor Field c o i l r e s i s t a n c e A t 68 °F (20 O c
3.9-4.3 Q
Puliey-to-armature-plate clearance 0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 4 in.)

2-16
 specs
Design Specifications
ftetn SVfsnstirfsnriSFit Qualification Specification
DIMENSIONS Overall length 4,930 m m (194.1 in.)
(4-door) Overall width 1,847 m m (72.7 in.)
Overall height 1,475 m m (58.1 in.)
Wheelbase 2,800 m m (110.2 in.)
Track F r o n t (18 i n c h w h e e l s ) 1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
F r o n t (17 i n c h w h e e l s ) 1,590 m m (62.6 in.)
Rear (18 i n c h w h e e l s ) 1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Rear (17 i n c h w h e e l s ) 1,590 m m (62.6 in.)
Seating capacity f i v e (5)
DIMENSIONS Overall length 4,849 m m (190.9 in,)
12-door) Overall w i d t h 1,848 m m (72.7 in.)
O v e r a l l height 1,432 m m (58,3 in.)
Wheelbase 2,740 m m (107,9 in.)
Track Front 1,580 m m (82.2 in.)
Rear 1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Seating capacity f i v e (5)
WEIGHT Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating L X , L X PZEV, LX- P, 1,350 k g (4,299 lbs)
14-cioor) IGVWR! LX- P PZEV
USA models E X , E X - L , EX PZEV, E X - L PZEV 2,010 k g (4,431 lbs)
Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating LX, L X - P 1,970 kg (4,343 lbs)
fGVWRI EX, E X - L 2,030 k g (4,475 lbs)
Canada models
WEIGHT Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating L X , L X PZEV 1,950 kg (4,299 lbs)
12-door) IGVWR) E X , E X - L , EX PZEV, EX-L PZEV 2,000 kg (4,409 lbs)
USA models
Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating LX 1,970 k g (4,343 lbs)
IGVWR) E X , EX-L 2,020 k g (4,453 lbs)
Canada models
ENGINE Type W a t e r c o o l e d , 4 - s t r o k e D O H C i- VTEC g a s o l i n e e n g i n e
Cylinder arrangement I n l i n e 4-cy Under, t r a n s v e r s e
Bore and stroke 8 7 x 9 9 m m (3.43 x 3.90 in.)
3
Displacement 2,354 c m (144 c u in.)
Compression ratio 10.5
Valve train C h a i n d r i v e , D O H C i-VTEC 4 v a l v e s p e r c y l i n d e r
Lubrication s y s t e m Forced, w e t s u m p , w i t h trochoid p u m p
Gil p u m p d i s p l a c e m e n t A t 6,000 r p m 54.3 L (57.4 U S q t ) / m i n u t e
Water p u m p displacement A t 6,000 r p m 8 2 L (87 U S q t ) / m i n u t e
Fuel r e q u i r e d . R e g u l a r U N L E A D E D g a s o l i n e w i t h 87 P u m p O c t a n e
N u m b e r or higher
STARTER Type Gear reduction
Normal output 1.6 k W
Normal voltage 12V
Hour rating 30 seconds
R o t a t i o n of d i r e c t i o n C l o c k w i s e as v i e w e d f r o m d r i v e e n d

(cont'd)

2-17
Design Specifications
Item Measurement Qualification ©peciiscaiion
CLUTCH Type Single plate dry, d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g
MANUAL Type S y n c h r o n i z e d , five-speed f o r w a r d , o n e reverse
TRANSMISSION Primary reduction D i r e c t 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 3,267
2nd 1.778
3rd 1.154
4th 0.870
5th 0.647
Reverse 3.583
Final r e d u c t i o n Type' Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.389
AUTOMATIC Type Electronically-controlled automatic, five-speed f o r w a r d ,
TRANSMISSION one reverse, three-element t o r q u e converter w i t h lock-up
clutch
Primary reduction D i r e c t 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 2.651
2nd K24Z2 1.516
K24Z3 1.613
3rd K24Z2 1.037
K24Z3 1.081
4th K24Z2 0.738
K24Z3 0.772
5th 0.566
Reverse 2.000
Final r e d u c t i o n Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.437
STEERING Type H y d r a u l i c p o w e r - a s s i s t e d rack a n d p i n i o n
Overall ratio 13.1
T u r n s , lock t o Sock 2.56
Steering wheel diameter 3 7 0 m m (14.6 In.)
SUSPENSION Type Front Independent d o u b l e w i s h b o n e , w i t h stabilizer, coll spring
Rear I n d e p e n d e n t mufti I ink w i t h stabilizer, coil s p r i n g
Shock absorber Front Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
Rear Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
TIRES Size (4-door) F r o n t a n d rear ( L X , L X PZEV, P215/60R16 9 4 H
L X - P , LX-P PZEV)
F r o n t a n d r e a r (EX, E X - L , P225/50R17 9 3 V
EX PZEV, EX-L PZEV)
Spare T135/80D16101M
Size ( 2 - d o o r ) Front a n d rear P225/50R17 9 3 V
Spare T135/80D16101M
WHEEL Camber Front 0*00'
ALIGNMENT Rear ~-1 w
Caster Front (4-door) 3°48'
Front (2-door) 3°47'
Total toe-in Front 0 m m (0 in.)
Rear 2 m m (0.08 in.)
Front w h e e l turning angle Inward 39 TO'
O u t w a r d (reference) 3 1 °5Q

2-18
 specs

Item Rfensuref¥i©fit Qualification Sp@€iffeirti©fi

BRAKES T y p e of service brake Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc
T y p e of p a r k i n g b r a k e Mechanical actuating, rear w h e e l s
Pad friction surface area F r o n t (NISSIN) 2
50,6 c m (7.84 s q i n . ) x 2
2
Front: (AKEBONO) 45.7 c m (7.08 s q i n . ) x 2
Rear 2
27.3 c m (4.23 s q i n . ) x 2
AIR Compressor Type Swash plate/DENSO
CONDITIONING Capacity 154.4 m L (9.42 c u in.)/rev.
M a x i m u m speed 8,400 r p m
Lubricant capacity 7 0 m L ( 2 3/8fl-oz)
Lubricant type DENSO ND-OIL 8
Condenser Type Corrugated fin
Evaporator Type Corrugated fin
Blower Type Stabilizer swirling f l o w
Motor type 216W/12V
Speed control infinitely variable
3
M a x i m u m capacity 5 0 5 m (17,834 c u f t ) / h
Temperature control Air-mix type
Compressor clutch Type Dry, single plate, poly V-belt drive
Electrical p o w e r c o n s u m p t i o n 3 5 W m a x i m u m a t 12 V
at 68 T (20 <C)
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Capacity 4 0 0 - 4 5 0 g ( 1 4 . 1 - 1 5 . 9 oz)

(cont'd)

2-19
Design Specifications
Item fVleiisu rennenit Qualification Specification
ELECTRICAL Battery AH m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV 1 2 V - - 4 7 A h / 2 0 HR (12 V - 3 8 A h / 5 HR)
RATINGS PZEV 12 V - 6 5 A h / 2 0 HR (12 V - - 5 2 A h / 5 HR)
Fuse Under-hood fuse/relay box 100 A , 60 A \ 50 A , 4 0 A , 3 0 A , 2 0 A , 15 A , 7.5 A
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay 20 A , 15 A , 10 A , 7.5 A
box
Passenger's under-dash fuse/ 20 A , 15 A , 10 A , 7.5 A
relay b o x
Light bulbs Headlight high beam 12V-60W
Headlight l o w b e a m (4-door) 12 V—51 W
Headlight l o w b e a m (2-door) 12V-55W
Front t u r n signal/parking 12V-21/5W
lights (4-door)
Front t u r n signal/parking 12 V — 2 4 CP/2.2 CP
lights (2-door)
Front side marker light 1 2 V - 3 CP
(4-door)
Front side marker light 12V-5W
(2-door)
Rear t u r n s i g n a l l i g h t s 12V-21 W
Brake/tail l i g h t s 12V-21W/5W
High m o u n t brake light 12V-21W
Back-up lights (4-door) • 12V-21W
Back-up lights (2-door) 12 V—21 W
License p l a t e l i g h t s 12V-5W
Ceiling light 12V-8W
T r u n k Sight 12V-5W
Front m a p light 12 V - 8 W
A m b i e n t light LED
V a n i t y m i r r o r Sights 12V-1.1 W
G l o v e b o x Sight 12V-2CP
Door courtesy light 12V-2CP
Gauge lights LED
Indicator lights LED
Washer reservoir Capacity (4-door U S A models) 2.5 L (2.64 U S q t )
Capacity (All 2-door m o d e l s 4.5 L (4.75 U S q t )
and 4-door Canada models)
*: E x c e p t L X , L X PZEV

2-20
 pecs

Body Specifications

4-door:

1,847 m m 172.6 in.)

4 , 9 3 0 m m f 1 3 4 / 1 in.)

*1:16 inch wheels

*2:17 inch w h e e l s

(cont'd)

2-21
Design Specifications

Body Specifications (cont'd)

2-door:

2-22
Maintenance

Lubricants and Fluids

Maintenance Minder
General Information
Maintenance Main Items
Maintenance Sub Items
Lubricants and Fluids

For d e t a i l s of t h e lubrication p o i n t s a n d the t y p e of lubricants to be a p p l i e d , refer to the illustrated i n d e x a n d the

v a r i o u s w o r k p r o c e d u r e s ( s u c h a s A s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , R e p l a c e m e n t O v e r h a u l , Installation, etc.) c o n t a i n e d in e a c h
section.
Application L y b r i c a i i t ©f F l u i d
A Engine H o n d a M o t o r Oil:
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 2 3 (5W-20)
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N C A 6 6 8 0 6 (5W-20)
L o o k for the API certification s e a l o n the oil c o n t a i n e r . M a k e s u r e
it s a y s " F o r G a s o l i n e E n g i n e / ' S A E V i s c o s i t y : S e e c h a r t
B Manual Transmission Honda Manual T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (MTF):
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 08798-9031
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 3 1 C
A l w a y s u s e H o n d a M T F . U s i n g m o t o r oil c a n c a u s e stiffer
shifting b e c a u s e it d o e s not c o n t a i n t h e p r o p e r a d d i t i v e s .
Automatic Transmission H o n d a A u t o m a t i c T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid ( A T F - Z 1 ) :
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 08200-9001
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N C A 6 6 6 8 9
A l w a y s u s e H o n d a A T F - Z 1 . U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a A T F c a n affect
shift quality.
C B r a k e s y s t e m (including V S A lines) H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e fluid: P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 8
D Clutch s y s t e m (manual transmission) A l w a y s u s e H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e F l u i d , U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a brake
fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d d e c r e a s e the life of the s y s t e m .
E Shift l e v e r ( m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ) S u p e r High T e m p U r e a G r e a s e : P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2
F B r a k e b o o s t e r c l e v i s pin Multipurpose grease
G C l u t c h m a s t e r c y l i n d e r c l e v i s pin
(manual transmission)
H R e l e a s e fork ( m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n )
1 Battery t e r m i n a l s
J H o o d h i n g e s a n d h o o d latch
K F u e l fill d o o r
L Trunk hinges'
M Shift c a b l e e n d s ( m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ) H o n d a S i l i c o n e G r e a s e : P/N 0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M
N C a l i p e r piston b o o t s , c a l i p e r p i n s , a n d
boots
0 Power steering s y s t e m Honda Power Steering Fluid:
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 0 8 2 0 6 - 9 0 0 2
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N 0 8 2 0 6 - 9 0 0 2 C
A l w a y s u s e H o n d a P o w e r S t e e r i n g F l u i d . U s i n g a n y other t y p e
of p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid or a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid c a n
c a u s e i n c r e a s e d w e a r a n d poor s t e e r i n g in c o l d w e a t h e r .
P Air conditioning c o m p r e s s o r C o m p r e s s o r oil: D E N S O N D - O I L 8 (P/N 3 8 8 9 7 - P R 7 - A 0 1 A H or
3 8 8 9 9 - P R 7 - A 0 1 ) for refrigerant H F C - 1 3 4 a (R-134a)
Q Coolant system H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t - T y p e 2: P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 1 1
H o n d a E x t r e m e C o l d W e a t h e r A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2:
P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 2 0

3-2
IMOTE:
* L u b r i c a t e t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s u s i n g the r e c o m m e n d e d l u b r i c a n t s a n d fluids.
* In c o r r o s i v e a r e a s , m o r e f r e q u e n t lubrication Is n e c e s s a r y .

O A J E L

3-3
Maintenance Minder
General Information

Maintenance Display

T h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r is a n important feature of the information d i s p l a y . B a s e d on e n g i n e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n

o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s , the A c c o r d ' s o n b o a r d c o m p u t e r ( E C M / P C M ) c a l c u l a t e s the r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil a n d the
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid life. T h e s y s t e m a l s o d i s p l a y s the r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life a l o n g with the c o d e s for other s c h e d u l e d
m a i n t e n a n c e Items n e e d i n g s e r v i c e .

MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR

INFORMATION DISPLAY SEL/RESET K N O B

3-4
Service Information 3.. W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life i s 1 % to 5 % ,
the m a i n t e n a n c e m e s s a g e " S E R V I C E " (A) a p p e a r s
1. T h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life o n t h e e n g i n e oil life a l o n g w i t h t h e s a m e m a i n t e n a n c e Item c o d e f s ) ,
indicator (A) i s d i s p l a y e d a s a p e r c e n t a g e o n t h e w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h Is O N (II).
i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y . T o s e e t h e c u r r e n t e n g i n e oil
life, turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III), t h e n p u s h A
a n d r e l e a s e t h e S e l e c t / R e s e t k n o b r e p e a t e d l y until
t h e e n g i n e oil life is d i s p l a y e d .

Oll_LIFE%

BO
4. W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life is 0 % , t h e
e n g i n e oil life indicator blinks.
A
T h i s d i s p l a y c o m e s o n w h e n t h e Ignition s w i t c h is
O N III). A t t h i s point, t h e Indicated m a i n t e n a n c e
2. W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life is 6 % to 15 % , must be done a s s o o n a s possible.
t h e e n g i n e oil fife i n d i c a t o r w i l l b e d i s p l a y e d for
s e v e r a l s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is OSM (II).
T h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r i n d i c a t o r (A) will a l s o
c o m e o n a n d t h e m a i n t e n a n c e item c o d e ( s ) for
f

other s c h e d u l e d maintenance items needing

SERVICI E A OILLIFE%
s e r v i c e will a p p e a r in t h e i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y .
n
f u
* C o m p l e t e list of m a i n t e n a n c e m a i n i t e m s (B)
{ s e e p a g e 3-7).
* C o m p l e t e list of m a i n t e n a n c e s u b i t e m s (C)
( s e e p a g e 3-8),

5. If t h e I n d i c a t e d m a i n t e n a n c e i s not d o n e , t h e e n g i n e
oil life indicator s h o w s a negative m i l e a g e , for
e x a m p l e " — 1 0 " blinking o n t h e d i s p l a y . % n e g a t i v e
*A
m i l e a g e will d i s p l a y after t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n 10
m i l e s (for U S A m o d e l s ) or 10 k m (for C a n a d a
m o d e l s ) after t h e d i s p l a y b e g i n s to blink.
T h i s m e a n s that t h e Indicated m a i n t e n a n c e item
s h o u l d h a v e b e e n d o n e 10 m i l e s (for U S A m o d e l s )
or 10 k m (for C a n a d a m o d e l s ) a g o .
AB OILLIFE%

£345 .'5
C

SERVICE I A
1 _ i n
t 1 u

(cont'd)

3-5
Maintenance Minder
General Information (cont'd)

Resetting the Maintenance Information Resetting Individual IViaintenance Items

Display
1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e
NOTE: data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
• T h e v e h i c l e m u s t be s t o p p e d to reset.
* If the required s e r v i c e is d o n e a n d the d i s p l a y is not 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
r e s e t or if the d i s p l a y is r e s e t w i t h o u t d o i n g t h e
s e r v i c e , t h e s y s t e m will not s h o w t h e p r o p e r 3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s - w i t h the v e h i c l e
m a i n t e n a n c e t i m i n g . T h i s c a n lead to s e r i o u s a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e / p o w e r t r a i n control
m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m s b e c a u s e t h e r e will be no r e c o r d m o d u l e ( E C M / P C M ) . If it d o e s n ' t c o m m u n i c a t e ,
of w h e n m a i n t e n a n c e is n e e d e d . t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II). 4. S e l e c t G A U G E S in t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L .with the

HDS.
2. If oil life is m o r e t h a n 15 % , p r e s s the S e l e c t / R e s e t
k n o b r e p e a t e d l y until t h e e n g i n e oil life is d i s p l a y e d . 5. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T in t h e G A U G E S with the H D S .

3. P r e s s t h e S e l e c t / R e s e t k n o b for a b o u t 10 s e c o n d s . 6. S e l e c t S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R in the A D J U S T M E N T
T h e e n g i n e oil life a n d the m a i n t e n a n c e item with the H D S .
c o d e ( s ) will blink.
7. S e l e c t R E S E T in the S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R with t h e
N O T E : If y o u a r e resetting the d i s p l a y w h e n t h e HDS.
e n g i n e oil life is m o r e t h a n 15 % , m a k e s u r e t h e
m a i n t e n a n c e items requiring s e r v i c e have been 8. S e l e c t the individual m a i n t e n a n c e item y o u w i s h to
d o n e before resetting t h i s d i s p l a y , reset.

4. P r e s s the S e l e c t / R e s e t k n o b for a n o t h e r 5 s e c o n d s .
T h e m a i n t e n a n c e item c o d e ( s ) will d i s a p p e a r a n d
t h e e n g i n e oil life will r e s e t to " 1 0 0 . "

OILLIFE%
/DO

3-6
Maintenance Main Items
if m e s s a g e " ' S E R V I C E " d o e s not a p p e a r m o r e than 12 m o n t h s after the d i s p l a y Is r e s e t c h a n g e t h e e n g i n e oil e v e r y
year.

MOTE:
• I n d e p e n d e n t of the m a i n t e n a n c e m e s s a g e s In t h e s m a r t m a i n t e n a n c e d i s p l a y , r e p l a c e the brake fluid e v e r y 3 y e a r s .
• I n s p e c t idle s p e e d e v e r y 160,000 m i l e s (256,000 km).
• A d j u s t the v a l v e s during: s e r v i c e s A , 6 , 1, 2, or 3 if t h e y a r e n o i s y .
Symbol Maintenance Main Items
A R e p l a c e e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9}=
E n g i n e oil c a p a c i t y w i t h o u t oil filter: 4.0 L (4.2 U S qt),
B R e p l a c e e n g i n e oil a n d oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).
E n g i n e oil c a p a c i t y w i t h oil filter: 4.2 L (4.4 U S qt). •
C h e c k front a n d r e a r b r a k e s ( s e e p a g e 19-3).
* C h e c k p a d s a n d d i s c s for w e a r ( t h i c k n e s s ) , d a m a g e , a n d c r a c k s .
* C h e c k c a l i p e r s for d a m a g e , l e a k s , a n d t i g h t n e s s of m o u n t i n g bolts.
C h e c k p a r k i n g brake a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 13-7).
C h e c k t h e n u m b e r of c l i c k s (7 to 9) w h e n t h e parking brake l e v e r is pulled w i t h 196 N (20 k g i 44 Ibf) of
force.
I n s p e c t tie-rod e n d s , s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , a n d g e a r b o x b o o t s ( s e e p a g e 17-3).
* C h e c k s t e e r i n g linkage,
* C h e c k b o o t s for d a m a g e a n d leaking g r e a s e ,
* C h e c k fluid l i n e s for d a m a g e or l e a k s .
I n s p e c t s u s p e n s i o n c o m p o n e n t s ( s e e p a g e 18-3).
* C h e c k bolts for t i g h t n e s s .
* C h e c k c o n d i t i o n of ball joint b o o t s for deterioration a n d d a m a g e .
i n s p e c t d r i v e s h a f t b o o t s ( s e e p a g e 18-4).
C h e c k b o o t s for c r a c k s a n d boot b a n d s for t i g h t n e s s .
I n s p e c t b r a k e h o s e s a n d l i n e s Including V S A fines ( s e e p a g e 19-38),
C h e c k t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a n d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit for d a m a g e a n d l e a k a g e .
I n s p e c t all fluid l e v e l s a n d c o n d i t i o n of fluids.
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6)
* C l u t c h fluid ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 12-6)
* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e p a g e 13-5)
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e p a g e 14-230)
* P o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid ( s e e p a g e 17-14)
* B r a k e fluid ( s e e p a g e 19-3)
* W i n d s h i e l d w a s h e r fluid ( s e e p a g e 22-296)
Inspect exhaust s y s t e m " (see page S-8).
C h e c k catalytic c o n v e r t e r heat s h i e l d s , e x h a u s t p i p e s , a n d muffler for d a m a g e , l e a k s , a n d t i g h t n e s s .
I n s p e c t fuel l i n e s ( s e e p a g e 11-336) a n d c o n n e c t i o n s * ( s e e p a g e 11-339).
C h e c k for l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s , c r a c k s , a n d deterioration; retighten l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d r e p l a c e
d a m a g e d parts,
N O T E : A c c o r d i n g to state a n d f e d e r a l r e g u l a t i o n s , failure to d o t h e m a i n t e n a n c e i t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) will
n o t v o i d the c u s t o m e r ' s e m i s s i o n s w a r r a n t i e s . H o w e v e r , H o n d a r e c o m m e n d s that all m a i n t e n a n c e s e r v i c e s be d o n e at
t h e r e c o m m e n d e d interval, to e n s u r e long-term reliability.

3-7
Maintenance Minder
Maintenance Sub Items

Nymber Maintenance Sub items

1 Rotate t i r e s , a n d c h e c k tire inflation a n d c o n d i t i o n .
F o l l o w t h e pattern s h o w n in the O w n e r ' s M a n u a l .
2 R e p l a c e air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t ( s e e p a g e 11-360).
If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n p r i m a r i l y in d u s t y c o n d i t i o n s , r e p l a c e e v e r y 15,000 m i l e s (24,000 km).
R e p l a c e d u s t a n d pollen filter ( s e e p a g e 21-77).
* If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n m o s t l y in a r e a s that h a v e high c o n c e n t r a t i o n s of d u s t , p o l l e n , or s o o t in t h e air,
r e p l a c e e v e r y 15,000 m i l e s (24,000 k m ) .
* R e p l a c e the filter w h e n e v e r a i r f l o w f r o m the heating a n d air c o n d i t i o n i n g - s y s t e m Is l e s s t h a n n o r m a l .
Inspect d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-29). • •
Look for c r a c k s a n d d a m a g e , t h e n c h e c k t h e position of the d r i v e belt a u t o - t e n s l o n e r indicator.
3 R e p l a c e m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e page-13-5)
C a p a c i t y : 1.9 L (2.0 U S qt); u s e H o n d a M T F ,
R e p l a c e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( s e e p a g e 14-231)
• C a p a c i t y : 2.5 L (2.6 U S qt); u s e H o n d a A T F - 2 1 .
* Driving In m o u n t a i n o u s a r e a s at v e r y l o w v e h i c l e s p e e d s r e s u l t s in h i g h e r t r a n s m i s s i o n t e m p e r a t u r e s .
T h i s r e q u i r e s t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid c h a n g e s m o r e f r e q u e n t l y t h a n r e c o m m e n d e d by the m a i n t e n a n c e
m i n d e r . If t h e v e h i c l e Is r e g u l a r l y d r i v e n u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s , c h a n g e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid at
60,000 m i l e s (100,000 k m ) , t h e n e v e r y 30,000 m i l e s (48,000 km).
4 R e p l a c e s p a r k p l u g s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
• U s e I L Z K R 7 B - 1 1 S ( N G K ) or 3 X U 2 2 H C R 1 1 3 ( D E N S O ) for all m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V .
* U s e D I L Z K R 7 A 1 1 G S ( N G K ) for P Z E V .
I n s p e c t v a l v e c l e a r a n c e (cold) ( s e e p a g e 6-9).
Intake: 0 , 2 1 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.), E x h a u s t : 0 . 2 5 - 0 . 2 9 m m (0.010—0.011 in.).
5 R e p l a c e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6). •
C a p a c i t y (Including r e s e r v o s r / D E N S O ) :
• M/T 6.1 LC1.61 U S gal)
* A / T 6,0 L (1.59 U S gal)
C a p a c i t y (Including r e s e r v e ! r / T R A D ) :
• M/T 6.0 L (1.59 U S gal)
* A / T 5.9 L (1.56 U S gal)
U s e H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2, a n d a d d H o n d a E x t r e m e C o l d W e a t h e r A n t i f r e e z e /
C o o l a n t T y p e 2 in s e v e r e c o l d t e m p e r a t u r e .

3-8
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) fif engine electrical maintenance is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the

g l o v e box, s e a t belt t e n s s o n e r s in t h e front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in t h e s i d e s of t h e roof, a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in the front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e t h e S R S is i n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l .
I t e m s m a r k e d with a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e i t e m s r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer.

• T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or d e a t h in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
• I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g Incorrect r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury
c a u s e d by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
• Do not b u m p or I m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front I m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f l n g s e n s o r w h e n t h e
ignition s w i t c h Is In O N (II), or for at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s after the Ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
s y s t e m m a y fall In a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
• S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , In the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e b o x , In the front s e a t s ,
in the roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t o n t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
Engine Electrical

Engine Electrical
S p e c i a l T o o l s ............................ 4-2 Alternator Control
Circuit Troubleshooting ....... 4-28
Starting System Drive Belt Inspection ............... 4-29
C o m p o n e n t Location Index .... 4-3 Drive Belt R e m o v a l /
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Installation ............................ 4-30
Index ...................................... 4-4 Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Circuit Diagram ........................ 4-5 Inspection ...... ,
8Bao(aa88 4-30
aBa88BS

Starter S y s t e m Circuit Drive Belt Auto-tensioner

Troubleshooting ................... 4-7 Removal/installation ............ 4-31
Clutch Interlock S w i t c h T e s t ... 4-9 T e n s i o n e r Pulley
Starter Performance T e s t ........ 4-10 Replacement ........ ........... 4-32
Starter R e m o v a l a n d Alternator R e m o v a l and
Installation ............................ 4-11 Installation ...................... 4-32
Starter O v e r h a u l ...................... 4-12 Alternator Overhaul ................. 4-34

Ignition System Cruise Control

C o m p o n e n t Location Index ...» 4-17 C o m p o n e n t Location Index .... 4-39
Circuit Diagram ........................ 4-18 S y m p t o m Troubleshooting
Ignition T i m i n g Inspection ...... 4-19 Index ........ ...... 4-40
Ignition Coil R e m o v a l / Circuit Diagram * ....... 4-42
Installation 4-20 Cruise Control Input T e s t ........ 4-43
Spark Plug Inspection .............. 4-20 * Cruise Control Combination
Switch T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t .... 4-45
Charging System Clutch Pedal Position
C o m p o n e n t Location Index .... 4-22 Switch T e s t ........................... 4-45
Symptom; Troubleshooting
Index ..................................... 4-23 Engine Mount Control System
Circuit Diagram ........................ 4-24 C o m p o n e n t Location Index .... 4-46
C h a r g i n g S y s t e m Indicator Circuit Diagram .............. . 4-47
Circuit Troubleshooting ....... 4-25 Troubleshooting ...................... 4-48
Alternator a n d Regulator
Circuit Troubleshooting ....... 4-27
Engine Electrical
Special Tools

Ref. N o . Tool Number Description Qty

© 07746-0010300 A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m 1
® 07749-0010000 Driver 1

4-2
Starting System
Component Location index

STARTER T R A N S M I S S I O N R A N G E SWITCH
S t a r t e r S y s t e m CircuIt T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , p a g e 4-7 I A / T model!
Performance T e s t page 4-10 T e s t page 1 4 - 2 7 8
R e m o v a l a n d installation, p a g e 4-11 R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-280
O v e r h a u l , p a g e 4-12
Starting System

Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o c h e c k for
E n g i n e d o e s not start 1. C h e c k for l o o s e battery t e r m i n a l s or c o n n e c t i o n s . P o o r g r o u n d at G101
( d o e s not crank) 2. T e s t the battery for a l o w state of c h a r g e ( s e e p a g e ( A / T m o d e l ) or G 3 0 2
22-88). (M/T m o d e l )
3. C h e c k the P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y s (see p a g e 22-91).
4. C h e c k the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-7).
5. C h e c k the starter cut relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
6. C h e c k the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( A / T m o d e l )
(see p a g e 14-278).
7. C h e c k the clutch interlock s w i t c h (M/T m o d e l ) (see p a g e
4-9).
8. C h e c k the ignition s w i t c h or w i r e (see p a g e 22-94).
E n g i n e c r a n k s , but d o e s 1. C h e c k for PGM-FS D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
not start 2. C h e c k for I M M O B l s t a t u s a n d function ( s e e p a g e
22-396).
3. C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-335),
4. C h e c k for a p l u g g e d or d a m a g e d fuel line ( s e e p a g e
11-336).
5. C h e c k for a p l u g g e d fuel filter ( s e e p a g e 11-350).
6. C h e c k the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
7. C h e c k for l o w e n g i n e c o m p r e s s i o n :
• All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-6)
• P Z E V m o d e l (see p a g e 6-54)
8. C h e c k for a d a m a g e d or b r o k e n c a m c h a i n .
9. Do t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n control
m o d u l e ( P C M ) r e s e t in t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N m e n u
to c a n c e l t h e A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P w i t h the H o n d a
Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS).
E n g i n e is hard to start 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
2. C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335).
3. C h e c k for a p l u g g e d or d a m a g e d fuel Sine ( s e e p a g e
11-336). .
4. C h e c k for a p l u g g e d fuel filter ( s e e p a g e 11-350).
Engine cranks slowly 1 C h e c k for l o o s e battery t e r m i n a l s or c o n n e c t i o n s .
2. T e s t the battery for a l o w state of c h a r g e ( s e e p a g e
22-88).
3. C h e c k t h e starter for binding ( s e e p a g e 4-12).
4. C h e c k for e x c e s s i v e d r a g in the e n g i n e .

4-4
Circuit Diagram
M/T model

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/BEIAf BOX IGWfON SWITCH

BATTERY
b.1{1<KIA}
»WHT

BLIC/WHT
BLK YEL

1
CLUTCH
® 2
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
/ON: Pedal )

STARTER

BUC

XL

6302
Starting System
Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

A / T model

O^DER-HOOD FUSE/BELAY BOX

BATTERY

RANGE
SWITCH
1 (ON:P,N)

G101

4-6
 [I Eum T

Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting

Special Tools Required 3. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
Alternator, Regulator, Battery & Starter tester OTC3131 data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
P r o g r a m 888-424-8857 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

NOTE: 5. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
* A i r t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t b e w i t h i n 5 9 — 1 0 0 °F a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
115—38 °C) d u r i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e , t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
* After t h i s i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t r e s e t t h e e n g i n e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e (ECIV!)/po wertratn control m o d u l e 6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P in the P G M - F I
( P C M ) . O t h e r w i s e , t h e E C M / P C M will c o n t i n u e to s t o p • I N S P E C T I O N m e n u with the H D S .
t h e fuel i n j e c t o r s f r o m o p e r a t i n g .
* T h e battery m u s t be in g o o d c o n d i t i o n a n d fully 7. S e t t h e parking b r a k e , t h e n w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in N
charged, or P ( A / T m o d e l ) or the c l u t c h pedal p r e s s e d ( M / T
m o d e l ) , turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to S T A R T (IIS),
1, C o n n e c t t h e alternator, regulator, battery & starter
t e s t e r ( O T C 3 1 3 1 ) t o the battery a s s h o w n , Does the starter crank the engine normally?

N O T E : T h e p r o b e is not u s e d for battery t e s t i n g . Y E S — T h e starting s y s t e m is O K . G o to s t e p 14.

OTC3131
N O — G o to s t e p 8.

8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Q).

9. C h e c k t h e electrical c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e battery, the

n e g a t i v e battery c a b l e to t h e b o d y , t h e e n g i n e
g r o u n d c a b l e s , a n d the starter for l o o s e n e s s a n d
c o r r o s i o n . T h e n try c r a n k i n g the e n g i n e a g a i n .

Does the starter crank the engine normally?

Y E S — R e p a i r i n g the l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n c o r r e c t e d the
p r o b l e m . T h e starting s y s t e m is O K , G o to s t e p 14.

N O — B a s e d o n the f o l l o w i n g s y m p t o m s , take the

2, D o t h e B A T T E R Y T E S T , a p p r o p r i a t e action: •

Does the display indicate GOOD or GOOD, LOW * If t h e starter d o e s not c r a n k the e n g i n e at a l l , g o
CHARGE? to s t e p 10.
* Sf t h e starter c r a n k s the e n g i n e erratically or too
Y E S — T h e battery is O K . G o to s t e p 3. s l o w l y , g o to s t e p 12.
* If the starter d o e s not d i s e n g a g e f r o m the
MO—If the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s B A D B A T T E R Y , r e p l a c e f l y w h e e l ring-gear ( M / T m o d e l ) o r torque
t h e battery, t h e n retest. If the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s c o n v e r t e r ring g e a r ( A / T m o d e l ) w h e n y o u
C H A R G E & R E T E S T , c h a r g e the battery, t h e n retest. r e l e a s e t h e key, r e p l a c e the starter, or r e m o v e
a n d d i s a s s e m b l e it, a n d c h e c k for t h e f o l l o w i n g :
- Starter solenoid a n d switch malfunction
- Dirty d r i v e g e a r or d a m a g e d o v e r r u n n i n g
clutch

(cont'd)

4-7
Starting System
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. M a k e s u r e the shift fever is in N or P ( A / T m o d e l ) or 11. C h e c k the f o l l o w i n g i t e m s in t h e o r d e r listed until

neutral (M/T m o d e ! ) , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the e n g i n e y o u will find t h e p r o b l e m circuit:
w i r e h a r n e s s 1P c o n n e c t o r (A). C o n n e c t a j u m p e r
w i r e f r o m the battery p o s i t i v e t e r m i n a l to the N O T E : After the o p e n circuit or high r e s i s t a n c e in
starter s u b h a r n e s s 1P c o n n e c t o r (B). the circuit is f o u n d a n d r e p a i r e d , go to s t e p 14.

* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the Y E L w i r e a n d
c o n n e c t o r s b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the ignition s w i t c h .
* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the B L K / W H T w i r e
a n d c o n n e c t o r s b e t w e e n the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s 1P
connector.
* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the O R N w i r e a n d
connectors between the driver's under-dash
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h
(M/T m o d e l ) .
* C h e c k for a n o p e n or s h o r t in the L T G R N w i r e ,
B \ X
: "A B L U / W H T w i r e a n d c o n n e c t o r s b e t w e e n the
d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box a n d t h e
Does the starter crank the engine? transmission range switch (A/T model).
* C h e c k for p o o r g r o u n d at G 3 0 2 (M/T m o d e l ) or
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.- G101 (A/T m o d e l ) .
* C h e c k for a faulty ignition s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 22-94).
W O — C h e c k the starter s u b h a r n e s s . ff t h e w i r e is O K , * C h e c k for a faulty c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (M/T
r e m o v e the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-11), t h e n repair or m o d e l ) ( s e e p a g e 4-9).
r e p l a c e ( s e e p a g e 4-12) it a s n e c e s s a r y . • * C h e c k for a faulty t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( A / T
m o d e l ) ( s e e p a g e 14-278).
* C h e c k for a faulty starter cut relay ( s e e p a g e
22-91).

4-8
 Clutch Interlock Switch Test
12, Do the S T A R T I N G T E S T w i t h the alternator, M/T model
regulator, battery & starter tester.
1. D i s c o n n e c t the clutch interlock s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r
OTC3131
(A).

Terminal side of
male terminals „

2. R e m o v e the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (B).

3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s

a c c o r d i n g to t h e table.
Does the display indicate cranking voltage greater
than or equal to 8,5 ¥ (M/T model)/!. 7 ¥ (A/T * If t h e continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the
model) and is the current draw less than or equal c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 12-9).
• to 380 A (M/T model)/400 A (A/T model)? * If O K , install t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h a n d
a d j u s t the p e d a l height ( s e e p a g e 12-7).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.
\ Terminal
1 2
N O — R e p l a c e the starter, or r e m o v e a n d
Position . \
d i s a s s e m b l e it, a n d c h e c k for t h e s e p r o b l e m s : •
C l u t c h Interlock S w i t c h
• D r a g in the starter a r m a t u r e {PRESSED) %J kj
* S h o r t in t h e a r m a t u r e w i n d i n g
C l u t c h Interlock S w i t c h
• E x c e s s i v e d r a g in the e n g i n e
(RELEASED)
• O p e n circuit in starter a r m a t u r e c o m m u t a t o r
segments
• E x c e s s i v e l y w o r n starter b r u s h e s
* O p e n circuit In t h e starter b r u s h e s
* Dirty or d a m a g e d h e l i c a l s p l i n e s or d r i v e g e a r
* Faulty overrunning clutch

13, R e m o v e t h e starter, a n d i n s p e c t its d r i v e g e a r a n d

t h e f l y w h e e l ring g e a r (M/T m o d e l ) or the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r ring g e a r { A / T m o d e l I for d a m a g e .
R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d parts,

14. S e l e c t E C M / P C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 11-4) in the P G M -

Fl I N S P E C T I O N m e n u to c a n c e l A L L I N J E C T O R S
S T O P w i t h the H D S ,

4-9
Starting System
Starter Performance Test

1. R e m o v e the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-11). 5. F i r m l y c l a m p the starter in a v i s e .

2. M a k e the c o n n e c t i o n s for t h i s t e s t u s i n g the t h i c k e s t 6. C o n n e c t the starter to the battery a s s h o w n , a n d

(gauge) w i r e p o s s i b l e (preferably the s a m e g a u g e c o n f i r m that the m o t o r r u n s .
a s u s e d on the v e h i c l e ) .

N O T E : T o a v o i d d a m a g i n g the starter, n e v e r l e a v e
the battery c o n n e c t e d for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .

A A
© Q 7. If the electric c u r r e n t m e e t s the s p e c i f i c a t i o n w h e n
the battery voltage is at 11.5 V , the starter is
w o r k i n g properly.
3. C o n n e c t the battery a s s h o w n . If y o u h e a r the
o p e r a t i o n s o u n d of the starter, it is w o r k i n g Specification
properly. E l e c t r i c C u r r e n t : 8 0 A ©r Sess

4. D i s c o n n e c t the battery f r o m the starter body. If y o u

d o not h e a r the o p e r a t i o n s o u n d of the starter, it is
w o r k i n g properly.

4-10
Starter Removal and Installation
Removal Installation

1. D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90), 1. Install t h e starter, t h e n tighten t h e t w o bolts.

2. R e m o v e t h e Intake m a n i f o l d { s e e p a g e 9-3).

3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o s i t i v e s t a r t e r c a b l e (A) a n d t h e 8
terminal connector (B).

14.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf.ft) 12 x 1.25 m m

(6.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibfft)

2, Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A).

8 k 1.25 mill

/
4. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C).
9 N m (0.9 k g f m , 7 Ifof-ft)

5, R e m o v e t h e t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g t h e starter, t h e n B

C
r e m o v e t h e starter.

3. C o n n e c t t h e positive starter c a b l e ( B ) a n d t h e S
t e r m i n a l c o n n e c t o r (C). M a k e s u r e t h e c r i m p e d s i d e
of t h e ring t e r m i n a l f a c e s a w a y f r o m t h e starter
w h e n you connect it

4. install t h e intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-5)..

5. D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).

6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e to m a k e s u r e t h e starter w o r k s
properly.

4-11
Starting System
Starter Overhaul

Disassembly/Reassembly

RING G E A R HOLDER

Apply m o l y b d e n u m disulfide.

4-12
Armature Inspection and T e s t 5. C h e c k the c o m m u t a t o r d i a m e t e r . If t h e d i a m e t e r is
b e l o w the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the a r m a t u r e .
1, R e m o v e the starter ( s e e p a g e 4-11}.
Commutator Diameter
2, D i s a s s e m b l e the starter a s s h o w n in t h e e x p l o d e d S t a n d a r d (New): 2 8 . 0 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 2 - 1 . 1 0 6 In.)
view, Service Limit: 2 7 . 5 m m (1.083 In,)

3, I a s p e c t the a r m atu re fo r w e a r o r d a m a g e f r o m
c o n t a c t w i t h the p e r m a n e n t m a g n e t If t h e r e is w e a r
or d a m a g e , r e p l a c e t h e a r m a t u r e .

6. M e a s u r e the c o m m u t a t o r (A) r u n o u t

4, C h e c k t h e c o m m u t a t o r ( A ) s u r f a c e , If t h e s u r f a c e is * If the c o m m u t a t o r runout is within t h e s e r v i c e

dirty or b u r n t r e s u r f a c e it with a n e m e r y cloth or a limit, c h e c k the c o m m u t a t o r for c a r b o n d u s t o r
lathe to the s p e c i f i c a t i o n s in s t e p 5, or recondition brass chips between the s e g m e n t s ,
w i t h # 5 00 o r # 8 0 0 s a n d p a p e r (B). * If the c o m m u t a t o r runout is not w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e
limit, r e p l a c e the a r m a t u r e .

Commutator Runout
S t a n d a r d {Mew}: 0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .
Service Limit: 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)

(confd)

4-13
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

7. C h e c k the m i c a depth (A). If t h e m i c a is too high (B), 9. P l a c e the a r m a t u r e (A) o n a n a r m a t u r e tester (B).
u n d e r c u t the m i c a w i t h a h a c k s a w blade to the Hold a h a c k s a w b l a d e (C) o n the a r m a t u r e c o r e . If
p r o p e r depth. C u t a w a y all the m i c a CC; b e t w e e n the blade is attracted to t h e c o r e or v i b r a t e s w h i l e
the c o m m u t a t o r s e g m e n t s . T h e u n d e r c u t s h o u l d the c o r e is t u r n e d , the a r m a t u r e is s h o r t e d . R e p l a c e
not be too s h a l l o w , too n a r r o w , o r V - s h a p e d (Dh the a r m a t u r e .

Commutator Mica Depth

S t a n d a r d { N e w ) : 0 . 4 0 - 0 . 5 0 m m f 0 . 0 1 @ - 0 . 0 2 © In J
Ser¥fce Limit: 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)

10. U s e a n o h m m e t e r to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n

8. U s e a n o h m m e t e r to c h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e c o m m u t a t o r (A) a n d t h e a r m a t u r e coil c o r e (B),
the s e g m e n t s of the c o m m u t a t o r . If t h e r e is a n a n d between the commutator a n d armature shaft
o p e n circuit b e t w e e n a n y of t h e - s e g m e n t s , r e p l a c e (C). If t h e r e is continuity, r e p l a c e the a r m a t u r e .
the armature.

4-14
 ENGIM

Starter B r a s h Inspection Planetary G e a r Inspection

11. M e a s u r e the b r u s h length. If it is s h o r t e r t h a n the 13. C h e c k t h e p l a n e t a r y g e a r s (A) a n d the internal ring

s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the b r u s h h o l d e r a s s e m b l y . g e a r ( B ) . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d .

Brush Length
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 1 . 1 — 1 1 . 5 mm { 0 , 4 4 - 0 . 4 5 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 4 3 m m (0.17 in.)

Starter B r u s h Holder T e s t A

12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the ( + ) b r u s h e s (A)

a n d t h e {—) b r u s h e s ( B ) . Sf t h e r e is continuity,
replace the brush holder a s s e m b l y .

(cont'd)

4-15
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

Overrunning Clutch inspection Starter Reassembly

14. W h i l e h o l d i n g the drive g e a r (A), turn the g e a r 17, Install the b r u s h into the b r u s h holder, a n d s e t the
shaft (B) c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . C h e c k that the drive a r m a t u r e (A) in the b r u s h holder (B).
g e a r c o m e s out to the other e n d . If the drive g e a r
d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e the g e a r c o v e r N O T E : T o s e a t the n e w b r u s h e s , slip a strip of # 500
assembly. or # 6 0 0 s a n d p a p e r , w i t h the grit s i d e u p , b e t w e e n
the c o m m u t a t o r a n d e a c h b r u s h , a n d s m o o t h l y turn
B the a r m a t u r e . T h e c o n t a c t s u r f a c e of the b r u s h e s
will be s a n d e d to the s a m e c o n t o u r a s the
commutator.

15. W h i l e h o l d i n g the d r i v e g e a r , turn the g e a r shaft

c l o c k w i s e . T h e g e a r shaft s h o u l d turn freely. If the
g e a r shaft d o e s not turn freely, r e p l a c e the g e a r
cover assembly.

16, If the drive g e a r is w o r n or d a m a g e d ; r e p l a c e the

- o v e r r u n n i n g clutch a s s e m b l y ; the g e a r is not 18. W h i l e s q u e e z i n g a s p r i n g (C), insert it in the hole on
available separately. the b r u s h holder, a n d p u s h it until it b o t t o m s .
C h e c k the condition of the f l y w h e e l ring g e a r (IV1/T R e p e a t this for the other t h r e e s p r i n g s (D, E , a n d F ) .
m o d e l ) or the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r ring g e a r (A/T
m o d e l ) to s e e if the starter d r i v e g e a r teeth a r e 19. Install the a r m a t u r e a n d the b r u s h holder a s s e m b l y
damaged. into the h o u s i n g .

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the a r m a t u r e s t a y s in the holder.

4-16
Ignition System
Component Location index

SPARK PLUG IGNITION COIL

Inspection., p a g e 4 - 2 0 I g n i t i o n T i m i n g I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 4-19
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 4-20

4-17
Ignition System
Circuit Diagram

UNDER-HOOP FUSE/BELAY BOX

BATTERY
No. 13 (15 A)

4 1

COIL
RELAY

5V

REP/BLK BLK/WHT

IK3PLS4 I IGPLS3 UGPLS1 1MRLY

C16 A7

WHT/BLU BLU/RED YEL/GRN

BLK/WHT BLK/WSfT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT

ICM ICM ICM

IGNITION
COSLS

Li U

1 I J
SPARK
PLUGS

G101
ICM: Ignition Control Module

4-18
Ignition Timing Inspection
1. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the 9. A i m t h e tight t o w a r d t h e pointer (A) o n t h e c a m
data fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) { s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3). c h a i n c a s e . C h e c k t h e ignition t i m i n g u n d e r a n o
load-condition ( h e a d l i g h t s , b l o w e r f a n , rear w i n d o w
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft). d e f o g g e r , a n d air c o n d i t i o n e r a r e t u r n e d off).

3 . M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e Ignition T i m i n g :

a n d t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n M / T m@det 8 ° ± 2 ° B T D C ( R E D m a r k (B)) a t idle In
control m o d u l e (PCIVIK If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e , neutral
t r o u b i e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192). A / T model: 8 ° ± 2 ° B T D C f R E D m a r k (B)) a t Idle In
WorP
4. C h e c k for D T C s f s e e p a g e 11-3). If a D T C is p r e s e n t ,
diagnose a n d repair the c a u s e before continuing
with this test.

5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h n o l o a d (in N or P ( A / T m o d e l ) o r
neutral (IV1/T mode!)) until the radiator fan c o m e s
o n , t h e n let it idle,

6. C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).

7. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

M O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect t h e E C M /
P C M from damage,

8. C o n n e c t t h e t i m i n g light to the s e r v i c e loop (white 10. If t h e ignition t i m i n g differs f r o m t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,

tape). c h e c k the c a m t i m i n g . If t h e c a m t i m i n g is O K ,
u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d ECSV1/PCM ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y s t e m w o r k s properly, a n d t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-216).

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S a n d the t i m i n g l i g h t

4-19
Ignition System
Ignition Coil Removal/Installation Spark Plug Inspection

1. R e m o v e the ignition coil c o v e r (A). - 1. R e m o v e the s p a r k p l u g s , a n d i n s p e c t the e l e c t r o d e s

a n d t h e c e r a m i c insulator.

* B u r n e d or w o r n e l e c t r o d e s m a y be c a u s e d by
these conditions:
- A d v a n c e d ignition t i m i n g
- L o o s e s p a r k plug
- P l u g heat range too hot
- Insufficient c o o l i n g

* F o u l e d p l u g s m a y be c a u s e d by t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
- R e t a r d e d ignition t i m i n g
- Oil in c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r
- Incorrect s p a r k plug g a p
- Plug heat r a n g e too c o l d
- E x c e s s i v e idling/low s p e e d running
- C l o g g e d air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t
- Deteriorated ignition c o i l s

W o r n ©r d e f o r m e d
electrodes

2. D i s c o n n e c t the ignition coil c o n n e c t o r s <B), t h e n

r e m o v e the ignition c o i l s (C).

3. Install the ignition c o i l s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.

2. If the s p a r k plug e l e c t r o d e is dirty or c o n t a m i n a t e d ,

c l e a n the e l e c t r o d e w i t h a plug c l e a n e r .

NOTE:
* D o not u s e a w i r e b r u s h or s c r a p e the i n d i u m
e l e c t r o d e s i n c e t h i s will d a m a g e the e l e c t r o d e .
• W h e n u s i n g a s a n d b l a s t e r s p a r k plug c l e a n e r , d o
not c l e a n for m o r e t h a n 20 s e c o n d s to a v o i d
d a m a g i n g the e l e c t r o d e .

4-20
 j|| ENGINE |

3. R e p l a c e t h e p l u g at t h e s p e c i f i e d interval, if t h e
c e n t e r e l e c t r o d e Is r o u n d e d (A), or if t h e s p a r k plug
g a p I B ) i s o u t of s p e c i f i c a t i o n . U s e only t h e s p a r k
p l u g s listed;

N O T E ; D o not adjust the gap of i n d i u m tip p l u g s .

All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
Spark Piy§s
NGKr ILZK87B-11S
DENSO: SXU22HCR11S
Electrode G a p
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 , 0 - 1 . 1 m m 1 0 , 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 3 in.)

P Z E V model
Spark Plugs
MG§€: DILZKR7A11GS
Electrode S a p

S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 . 0 - 1 , 1 m m f d . i 3 9 - C I . 0 4 3 In.)

AH m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
A B

4. A p p l y a s m a l l a m o u n t of a n t l - s e i z e c o m p o u n d to
the p l u g t h r e a d s , a n d s c r e w t h e p l u g s into t h e
c y l i n d e r h e a d , f i n g e r - t i g h t T o r q u e t h e m to 18 N-m
0 . 8 k g f m , 13lbf-ft).

4-21
Charging System
Component Location index

DRIVE BELT
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 4-29
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 4-30

4-22
Symptom Troubleshooting Index
Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o e h e c k for
Charging system T r o u b l e s h o o t the c h a r g i n g s y s t e m indicator circuit
indicator d o e s not c o m e ( s e e p a g e 4-25).
o n w i t h t h e ignition
s w i t c h in O N . (II)
Charging system 1. T r o u b l e s h o o t the c h a r g i n g s y s t e m indicator circuit
indicator s t a y s o n ( s e e p a g e 4-25).
2. C h e c k for a b r o k e n drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-29).
3. C h e c k the drive belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
4. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
Battery d i s c h a r g e d 1.. C h e c k for a p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at the battery t e r m i n a l .
2, T e s t t h e battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88).
3, T r o u b l e s h o o t the alternator a n d regulator circuit
( s e e p a g e 4-27).
4, C h e c k for a b r o k e n drive belt (see p a g e 4-29).
5, C h e c k t h e drive belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
6, C h e c k for e x c e s s i v e p a r a s i t i c electrical c u r r e n t d r a w
w i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), a n d the key
r e m o v e d . T h e m u l t i p l e x control units m a y take up to 10
m i n u t e s to turn off ( s l e e p m o d e ) for s o m e m o d e l s .
Battery o v e r c h a r g e d 1. T e s t t h e battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88).
2, T r o u b l e s h o o t the alternator a n d regulator circuit
( s e e p a g e 4-27).

4-23
Charging System
Circuit Diagram

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

4-24
 1
Charging System Indicator Cireyit Troubleshooting
N O T E : C h e c k for s t o r e d D T C s In t h e P G M - F I before 7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g t h e c h a r g i n g s y s t e m Indicator,
8. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N ( I t ) , d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).

Does the charging system indicator come on? 9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 2, 10. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e (ECfV1)/powertrain
N O — G o to s t e p 14. control m o d u l e ( P C M ) , If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit (see p a g e 11-192).
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
2,000 r p m for 1 m i n u t e . 11. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S , t h e n t u r n t h e
ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Does the charging system indicator go off?
N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect t h e E C M /
Y E S — C h a r g i n g ; s y s t e m indicator circuit is O K . G o PCM from damage.
to the a l t e r n a t o r a n d r e g u l a t o r circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e page 4-27). • 12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

N O — G o to s t e p 3. 13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal B48 and body ground.
3. Do the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
function p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
E C M / P C M C O M N E C T 0 R B (49P)

Does the charging system indicator flash?

JTTTfaUlXMTTehiioT;
Y E S — G o to s t e p 4, fflE3EQQE!]iD[QiDBDIQlEI]

W O — R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324). • ALTL
JWHT/BLU)

4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

5. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator 4 P c o n n e c t o r . Terminal side of female terminals

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

is there continuity?
Does the charging system indicator go off?
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), or alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d E C M /
r e p a i r t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-34). • P C M connector terminal B 4 6 . B

N O — G o to s t e p 7. N O — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

(cont'd)

4-25
Charging System
Charging System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
14. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c 19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
function p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-304),
20. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C { s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e
Does the charging system indicator fiash? 11-3).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 15. 21. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

N O — R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e

22-324). • a n d the E C M / P C M . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
23. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S , t h e n turn t h e
16. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r . ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

17. C o n n e c t alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 to N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect the E C M /

body ground with a j u m p e r wire. PCM from damage.

24. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
A L T E R N A T O R 4P C 0 M N E C T O R

25. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l B 4 6 a n d alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 3.

(WHT/BLU)
(1 z) E C M / P C M C O W t M E C T O R B (49P)

u 4j T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

JUIViPEfR
WIRE
13 14|l5 16 17118 19
,-'
21

><
24 25 X 28 27 28

Wire side of female terminals

31 82|33 34 35J3S / 38 /

(WHT/BLU)
18. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

(WHT/BLU)
Does the charging system indicator come on?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), or A L T E R N A T O R 4P C O N N E C T O R

Wire side of female terminals
repair the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-34). •

N O — D i s c o n n e c t the j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n g o to is there continuity?

s t e p 19.
Y E S — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d scats on g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n alternator 4P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B46.fi

4-26
 ENGI

Alternator arid Regulator Circuit Troubleshooting

S p e c i a l T@0ls B e q y i r eel 5. C h e c k t h e d i o d e c o n d i t i o n on the d i s p l a y .

Alternator, R e g u l a t o r , Battery & S t a r t e r t e s t e r O T C 3 1 3 1
Available tlirough the Honda Tool and Equipment Does the display indicate GOOD?
P r o g r a m 888-424-0857
Y E S — T h e d i o d e is O K . T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
1. M a k e s u r e t h e battery c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d a n d complete. •
the battery is sufficiently c h a r g e d ,
N O — I f the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s B A D , r e p l a c e the
2, C o n n e c t t h e alternator, regulator, battery & starter alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32) or r e p a i r the alternator
t e s t e r ( O T C 3 1 3 1 ) to t h e battery a s s h o w n . (see p a g e 4-34), then r e t e s t If the d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s
N/A, t h e d i o d e pattern c o u l d not.be d i a g n o s e d . '
OTC3131

3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h no load fin N or P ( A / T m o d e l ) or
neutral (M/T m o d e l } ) until the radiator fan c o m e s
o n , t h e n let it idle.

4, D o t h e C H A R G I N G S Y S T E M T E S T .

Does the display indicate voltage within 13.5

15* 1 V and amperage of 87.5 A or more?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

N O — I f t h e v o l t a g e is l e s s t h a n 13.5 V , g o to
a l t e r n a t o r c o n t r o l circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
4-28), If t h e v o l t a g e is o v e r 15,1 V a n d a m p e r a g e is
l e s s t h a n 8 7 . 5 A , r e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e
4-32} or r e p a i r t h e alternator { s e e p a g e 4-34).

4-27
Charging System
Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting
1. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3). terminal B45 and body ground.

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
a n d t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n
c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

4. C h e c k for D T G s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). if a D T C is p r e s e n t ,
d i a g n o s e a n d repair the c a u s e before c o n t i n u i n g
with this t e s t

5. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r . W i r e side of female terminals

6. Start the e n g i n e , a n d turn o n the h e a d l i g h t s to high

beam. is there continuity?

7. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n alternator 4P Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n

. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d t h e positive t e r m i n a l alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M /
of t h e battery. P C M connector terminal B 4 5 . H

W O — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the

BATTERY latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). 11

11. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S , t h e n turn the

C (WHT/GRIM)
ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
ALTERNATOR [1 2] W i r e side of
4P C O N N E C T O R
u 4j female terminals N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect the E C M /
P C M from damage.

12, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
Is there 1 V or less?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.

W O — G o to s t e p S .

8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S , t h e n turn the

ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect the E C M /
P C M from damage.

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

4-28
 Drive- Beit Inspection
13, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 1. Inspect the belt for c r a c k s or damage." If the belt Is
t e r m i n a l B 4 5 a n d alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l c r a c k e d or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it f s e e p a g e 4-30).
N o , 2.
2. C h e c k the position of the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR B (48P) pointer (A) is within the s t a n d a r d r a n g e (B) a s
Terminal side of female terminals
s h o w n , If it is out of the s t a n d a r d r a n g e , r e p l a c e the
drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

ALTIRNATOR Wire side of

4P C O N N E C T O R female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e alternator f s e e p a g e 4-32), or
r e p a i r t h e alternator f s e e p a g e 4-34). •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n alternator 4P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal 845. •

4-29
Charging System
Drive Belt Removal/Installation Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Inspection
Special Tools Required
Belt t e n s i o n r e l e a s e tool S n a p - o n Y A 9 3 1 7 or e q u i v a l e n t
commercially available Special Toois Required
Belt t e n s i o n r e l e a s e tool S n a p - o n Y A 9 3 1 7 or e q u i v a l e n t ,
1. M o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A) w i t h the belt t e n s i o n commercially available
r e l e a s e tool IB) in the direction s h o w n to r e l i e v e
t e n s i o n f r o m the drive belt ( C I t h e n r e m o v e t h e 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d m a k e s u r e
drive belt the A / C s w i t c h is O F F , t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0).

2. C h e c k the position of t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s

pointer (A). Start the e n g i n e t h e n c h e c k the position
a g a i n with the e n g i n e idling. If t h e position of the
indicator m o v e s or f l u c t u a t e s v e r y m u c h , r e p l a c e
the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).

2. Install the n e w d r i v e belt in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal

3. C h e c k for a b n o r m a l n o i s e f r o m t h e t e n s i o n e r pulley.
If y o u h e a r a b n o r m a l n o i s e , r e p l a c e t h e t e n s i o n e r
pulley ( s e e p a g e 4-32).

4. R e m o v e the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

5. M o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r w i t h i n its limit with the

belt t e n s i o n r e l e a s e tool in the direction s h o w n .
C h e c k that t h e t e n s i o n e r m o v e s s m o o t h l y a n d
w i t h o u t a n y a b n o r m a l n o i s e . If t h e t e n s i o n e r d o e s
not m o v e s m o o t h l y , or if y o u h e a r a b n o r m a l n o i s e ,
r e p l a c e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).

4-30
 Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Removal/
Installation
8, R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).

7, C l a m p t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A) b y u s i n g t w o 8 m m 1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

bolts IB) a n d a v i s e (C) a s s h o w n , D o not c l a m p the
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r Itself. 2. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) fluid r e s e r v o i r
f r o m t h e holder.

3. R e m o v e the P / S p u m p (A) w i t h o u t d i s c o n n e c t i n g
the P / S h o s e s , then r e m o v e the P / S h o s e bracket (B).

10 x 1.25 mm
44 N»m (4.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf.ft)

4. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

8. S e t t h e t o r q u e w r e n c h ID) on t h e pulley bolt, a n d

align it a s s h o w n ,

9. A l i g n t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s pointer (E) o n

the t e n s i o n e r b a s e w i t h M a x , belt position m a r k (F)
o n t h e t e n s i o n e r a r m by u s i n g the t o r q u e w r e n c h ,
a n d m e a s u r e t h e t o r q u e . Sf t h e t o r q u e v a l u e is out
of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e p l a c e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r 5. Install the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
( s e e p a g e 4-31). removal.

N O T E : If t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r ' s pointer
e x c e e d s t h e M a x , belt position m a r k , r e c h e c k t h e
torque.

Auto-tensioner Spring Torque:

3 3 . 1 - 4 0 . 5 N-m ( 3 . 3 8 - 4 . 1 3 kgf-m, 2 4 . 4 — 2 9 . 9 Ibf-ft)

4-31
Charging System
Tensioner Pulley Replacement Alternator Removal and Installation
1. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4-31). Removal

2. C l a m p the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A) by u s i n g t w o 8 m m 1. Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e

bolts (B) a n d a v i s e (C) a s s h o w n . Do not c l a m p the ( s e e p a g e 22-89).
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r itself, t h e n r e m o v e the t e n s i o n e r
pulley bolt (D), t h e n r e m o v e the t e n s i o n e r pulley (E). 2. R e m o v e t h e drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

D
10x1.25 mm
3. R e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the alternator.
5 6 N-m
(5.7 kgf-m, 41 Ibf-ft)

4. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e

3. Install the t e n s i o n e r p u l l e y in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of positive alternator c a b l e ( B ) , a n d r e m o v e the
removal. h a r n e s s c l a m p ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the alternator.

4-32
Installation

1, Install t h e alternator, t h e n c o n n e c t t h e alternator

c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e p o s i t i v e alternator c a b l e (B),
a n d install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C). M a k e s u r e the
c r i m p e d s i d e of t h e ring t e r m i n a l f a c e s a w a y f r o m
the alternator w h e n y o u c o n n e c t it.

2. T i g h t e n the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g t h e alternator.

8 x 1.25 mm
22.N-m
f 2 £ kgf-m,
1 6 Ibf-ft)

1 0 x 1.25 m m
44 N - m \ /
(4.5 k g f - m ,
33 Ibf-ft)

3. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30K

4. D o the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul

Exploded View
FRONT BEARING RETAINER

4-34
Special Tools Required 5. R e m o v e the e n d c o v e r .
- D r i v e r 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0

M O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g
this procedure.

1. T e s t t h e alternator a n d regulator before y o u

r e m o v e t h e m ( s e e p a g e 4-27),

2. R e m o v e t h e alternator fsee p a g e 4-32),

3. If the front b e a r i n g n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e m o v e t h e
pulley lockout w i t h a 10 m m w r e n c h (A) a n d a
22 m i n w r e n c h I B ) . If n e c e s s a r y , u s e a n i m p a c t
wrench.

A B
6. R e m o v e the b r u s h holder a s s e m b l y .

4, R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s s t a y a n d the t h r e e f l a n g e nuts
f r o m t h e alternator.

(cont'd)

4-35
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul fcont^ci)

7. R e m o v e the four t h r o u g h bolts, t h e n r e m o v e the 9. Inspect the rotor shaft for s c o r i n g , a n d i n s p e c t the
rear h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y (A), a n d w a s h e r (B). b e a r i n g journal s u r f a c e in the d r i v e - e n d h o u s i n g for
seizure marks.

* If the rotor is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the rotor

assembly.
* If the rotor is O K , g o to s t e p 10.

10. R e m o v e the front b e a r i n g retainer.

8. If y o u a r e not replacing the front b e a r i n g , g o to

s t e p 13. R e m o v e the rotor f r o m the d r i v e - e n d
housing.

11. Drive out the front b e a r i n g w i t h a b r a s s drift a n d a

hammer.

4-36
12. Install a n e w front b e a r i n g in t h e d r i v e r - e n d Rotor Slip Ring T e s t
h o u s i n g w i t h a h a m m e r , the d r i v e r , a n d t h e
a t t a c h m e n t , 43 x 47 m m . 14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the slip rings (A).

* If t h e r e is continuity, g o to s t e p 15.
• If t h e r e is no continuity, r e p l a c e t h e rotor
assembly.

07746-0010300 h~

ASt@rriat®f B r u s h I n s p e c t i o n 15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n e a c h slip r i n g , t h e

rotor ( B ) , a n d t h e rotor s h a f t (C).
13. M e a s u r e t h e length of both b r u s h e s (A) w i t h a
vernier caliper IB). * If t h e r e is no continuity, g o t o s t e p 18.
• If t h e r e is continuity, r e p l a c e t h e rotor a s s e m b l y .
* If either b r u s h Is s h o r t e r t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit,
replace the brush holder a s s e m b l y ,
* If b r u s h length is O K , g o to s t e p 14.

Alternator Brysh Length

S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 10.5 m m (0.41 in.)
Service Limit: 1.5 m m 10,06 in.)

(cont'd)

4-37
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul (cont'd)

Alternator Reassembly

16. If y o u r e m o v e d the pulley, put the rotor in the d r i v e -

e n d h o u s i n g , then tighten its lockout to 110 N-m
(11.2 kgf-m, 81.0 Ibf-ft).

17. R e m o v e a n y g r e a s e or oil f r o m t h e s l i p r i n g s .

18. Put the rear h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y a n d the d r i v e - e n d

h o u s i n g / r o t o r a s s e m b l y together, a n d tighten the
four t h r o u g h bolts.

19. P u s h the b r u s h e s (A) i n , t h e n insert a pin or drill bit

(B) (about 1.6 m m (0.06 in.) d i a m e t e r ) to hold t h e m
there.

20. Install the b r u s h h o l d e r a s s e m b l y , a n d pull out t h e

pin or drill bit.

2 1 . Install t h e e n d c o v e r .

22. After a s s e m b l i n g t h e alternator, turn the p u l l e y by

h a n d to m a k e s u r e t h e rotor t u r n s s m o o t h l y a n d
without noise.

2 3 . install the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-33) a n d the d r i v e

belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

4-38
Cruise Control

Component Location Index

T R A N S M I S S I O N RAIMGE S W I T C H ( A / T m o d e ! ) Cruise C o n t r o l I n p u t T e s t p a g e 4-43

Test, p a g e 14-278
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-280

4 - 3 9
Cruise Control

Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o c h e e k for

C r u i s e control c a n n o t be 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). P o o r g r o u n d G101
set 2. C h e c k the No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / ( A / T m o d e l ) or G 3 0 2
r e l a y box, a n d t h e No. 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s (M/T model)
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
3. Do the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e
4-45).
4. Do the c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
C r u i s e control c a n be s e t 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). F a u l t y g a u g e control
but t h e c r u i s e m a i n 2. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function module
indicator d o e s not c o m e ' p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
on 3. Do t h e c r u i s e control input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
T e s t t h e c r u i s e control m a i n s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t
C r u i s e control c a n b e s e t 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). F a u l t y g a u g e control
but t h e c r u i s e control 2. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function module
indicator d o e s not c o m e (see p a g e 22-304).
on 3. Do t h e c r u i s e control input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
T e s t the c r u i s e control indicator s i g n a l input.
V e h i c l e d o e s not 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). O p e n c i r c u i t l o o s e or
accelerate accordingly 2. Do the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e disconnected
w h e n the r e s u m e / a c c e l 4-45). terminals: G R Y ,
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d 3. Do t h e c r u i s e control input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43). LTGRNorLTBLU,
T e s t the c r u i s e control r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t G R Y wire
S e t s p e e d d o e s not 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). • S h o r t to p o w e r o n
c a n c e l w h e n the brake 2. Do t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e 19-6). the O R N wire
p e d a l is p r e s s e d 3. Do the c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43). * Faulty brake pedal
T e s t the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l input. position s w i t c h
S e t s p e e d d o e s not 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). • S h o r t to g r o u n d in
cancel (engine rpm s t a y s 2. Do the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-45). the B R N wire
high) w h e n the c l u t c h 3. Do the c r u i s e c ontrol I n p u t t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43). • Faulty clutch pedal
p e d a l is p r e s s e d (M/T T e s t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t position switch
model)
S e t s p e e d d o e s not 1. " C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). S h o r t to p o w e r on t h e
c a n c e l w h e n the c r u i s e 2. Do the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e LTGRN, YELwire
control m a i n s w i t c h is 4-45).
pressed 3. Do t h e c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43).
T e s t the c r u i s e control m a i n s w i t c h s i g n a l input.
S e t s p e e d d o e s not 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). - O p e n c i r c u i t l o o s e or
c a n c e l w h e n the c a n c e l 2. D o t h e c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e disconnected
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d 4-45). terminals: G R Y ,
3. D o t h e c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43). L T G R N or L T B L U f

T e s t t h e c r u i s e control c a n c e l s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t G R Y wire

4-40
 Symptom Diagnostic pracedyre A l s o c h e e k for
S e t s p e e d d o e s not 1. C h e c k for P G M - F f D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). • F a u l t y b r a k e pedal
r e s u m e w h e n the 2. C h e c k t h e b r a k e pedal position s w i t c h a d j u s t m e n t position s w i t c h
r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h is ( s e e p a g e 19-6). * O p e n circuit, l o o s e or
p r e s s e d (with t h e c r u i s e 3, D o t h e c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h t e s t ( s e e p a g e disconnected
control m a i n s w i t c h 4-45), terminals: L T B L U ,
turned on, a n d set s p e e d 4, Do t h e c r u i s e control input test ( s e e p a g e 4-43). GRYwire
t e m p o r a r i l y c a n c e l e d by T e s t the c r u i s e control resume/accel switch signal input
pressing the brake pedal) T e s t the brake pedal position switch s i g n a l i n p u t
S e t s p e e d d o e s not 1. C h e c k for P G M - F t D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3), * O p e n c i r c u i t l o o s e or
resume w h e n the 2. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h a d j u s t m e n t disconnected
r e s u m e / a c c e ! s w i t c h is ( s e e p a g e 12-7). terminals:
p r e s s e d {with t h e c r u i s e 3. D o the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e LT B L U , - G R Y w i r e
control m a i n s w i t c h 4-45). * Faulty c l u t c h p e d a l
turned on, and set s p e e d 4. D o the c r u i s e control input t e s t ( s e e p a g e 4-43). position s w i t c h
temporarily c a n c e l e d by T e s t the r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h s i g n a l i n p u t
pressing; the c l u t c h p e d a l ) T e s t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l input.
W / T model)
W i t h the ignition s w i t c h C h e c k the c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test ( s e e p a g e
in O N (II), a n d the lighting 4-45).
switch turned on, the
c r u i s e control
combination switch
I l l u m i n a t i o n d o e s not
c o m e on

4-41
Cruise Control

Circuit Diagram

UNDERSTOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

"V-iCAWH fCAML f BKSW IBKS

FT FT
if i j
SG3
C4 C3 C12 CIO C21 C43
BLU/RED GRN/YEL BLU RED/BLSC RED/BLU CRM

OUTPUT SHAFT
{COUNTERSHAFT!
SPEED SENSOR

THROTTLE
ACTUATOR

4-42
Cruise Control Input Test

N O T E : A l w a y s m a k e s u r e t h a t y o u h a v e the latest H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) s o f t w a r e .

1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N III),

3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e a n d t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n control

m o d u l e CPCIVtK If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

4. G o to P G M - F I , - a n d c h e c k for D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

5. D o the f o l l o w i n g t e s t s w h i l e m o n i t o r i n g p a r a m e t e r s in t h e PGIVI-F! D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .

N O T E : Intermittent f a i l u r e s a r e often c a u s e d by l o o s e circuit c o n n e c t i o n s . W h i l e m o n i t o r i n g c r u i s e control i n p u t s ,

flex the c i r c u i t w i r e s , a n d note if a n y of t h e t e s t r e s u l t s c h a n g e .

Signal to be tested T e s t condition Parameter: Desired result P o s s l b l n cutis© if result i s n o t - o b t a i n e d

Brake pedal Brake pedal pressed, CRUISE BRAKE S W * F a u l t y b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h
position then released s h o u l d indicate O F F • B l o w n No. 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
switch signal w h e n t h e brake p e d a l is under-dash fuse/relay box
pressed and ON when * A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
t h e brake p e d a l is P C M a n d the brake pedal position s w i t c h
released. • A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e
E C M / P C M a n d the brake p e d a l position
I j
switch
: Clutch pedal Clutch pedal pressed, SHIFT/CLUTCH S W * Faulty c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h
I position < then released s h o u l d indicate O N * A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
switch signal w h e n the clutch pedal a n d the c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h
(M/T m o d e l ) is p r e s s e d a n d O F F * A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e
w h e n the clutch pedal E C M a n d t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h
is r e l e a s e d . * Poor ground G302
Transmission Shift fever in D a n d SHIFT/CLUTCH S W * Faulty t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
range switch D3 s h o u l d indicate O N in P, * A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
signal (A/T R, N, 2, a n d 1 a n d O F F a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
j model) in D a n d D3. * A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n the
P C M a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
* P o o r g r o u n d G101
Cruise control , C r u i s e control m a i n CRUISE MASTER * F a u l t y c r u i s e control m a i n s w i t c h
main switch switch pressed and (MAIN) S W should * A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
signal released i n d i c a t e O N w h e n the control module and the c r u i s e control
c r u i s e control m a i n main switch
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d a n d * A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e
O F F w h e n the cruise g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e
control m a i n s w i t c h is control m a i n s w i t c h
released.
Set switch Set/decel switch CRUISE SET S W * Faulty c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
signal pressed and released s h o u l d indicate O N * A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
w h e n the set/decel control m o d u l e a n d the c r u i s e control
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d a n d combination switch
O F F w h e n t h e set/deceS * A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n the
s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d . g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the c r u i s e
control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h

(cont'd)

4-43
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Input Test (cont'd)

Signal to be tested T e s t condition Parameter: Desired result P o s s i b l e c a u s e if r e s u l t i s n o t o b t a i n e d

Resume .Resume/accel switch CRUISE RESUME S W * F a u l t y c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
switch signal pressed and released s h o u l d indicate O N * A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
w h e n the r e s u m e / a c c e l control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e control
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d a n d combination switch
O F F w h e n the r e s u m e / * A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e
a c c e l s w i t c h Is r e l e a s e d . g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the c r u i s e
control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
Cancel switch Cancel switch CRUISE CANCEL S W * F a u l t y c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
signal pressed and released s h o u l d indicate O N * A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
w h e n the c a n c e l switch control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e control
is p r e s s e d a n d O F F combination switch
w h e n the cancel switch * A w i r e s h o r t e d to g r o u n d b e t w e e n t h e
is r e l e a s e d . g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e c r u i s e
control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
C r u i s e control Start the engine, C R U I S E INDICATOR F a u l t y g a u g e control m o d u l e
indicator p r e s s the c r u i s e s h o u l d indicate O N
signal control main switch w h e n t h e c r u i s e control
o n , a n d drive the is s e t a n d O F F w h e n
v e h i c l e to s p e e d s the c r u i s e control is
o v e r 2 5 m p h (40 k m / canceled.
h). S e t a n d c a n c e l the
cruise control.

4-44
Cruise Control Combination Switch Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test
Test/Replacement
M/T m o d e !

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w t h e 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h 3 P
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations: c o n n e c t o r (A).

* 4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-19)
* 2 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-21)

P r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s f s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e
doing repairs or service. Terminal side of
male terminals

1, R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the c a b l e reel s u b h a r n e s s 2 0 P
connector,

2. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h (B).

3. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s

a c c o r d i n g to t h e table.

* If the continuity is not a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e the

c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 12-9).
Wire side of female terminals
* If O K , install t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h a n d
3. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in e a c h a d j u s t t h e p e d a l height ( s e e p a g e 12-7).
c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h position
a c c o r d i n g to t h e table. \ Terminal
1 2 3
Position \,
* If t h e r e is continuity, a n d it m a t c h e s t h e t a b l e , but
Clutch Pedal
the c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h f a i l u r e
Position Swlteh
o c c u r r e d on t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l input test, c h e c k (PRESSED!
and: r e p a i r t h e w i r e h a r n e s s o n t h e s w i t c h circuit. Clutch Pedal
Position S w i t c h f\ . rs
• If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y In o n e o r both p o s i t i o n s , KJ~
(RELEASED)
r e p l a c e t h e c r u i s e control c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 17-25}.

\ Termias!
3 4 8 9 11 12
Position \
Cwmm c o m r o i c\ A
mam mm KJ

Cruise mmtml
m a i n fOPR

Set/rfeeei r\
\j KJ

Resume/aoeei r°\ O
IPRESSEDI KJ KJ

CANCEL C~*\
KJ
{PRESSED! o
L i g h t (ON) a

4-45
Engine Mount Control System
Component Location Index

FRONT ENGINE MOUNT

Replacement, page 5-23

4-46
Circuit Diagram

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

to. 1(100 A) No. 3-1 (50 A)

Engine Mount Control System
Troubleshooting

Special Tools Reqylred 7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t

V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y and body ground.
available

ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL

N O T E : C h e c k the v a c u u m h o s e s a n d l i n e s for d a m a g e S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
a n d p r o p e r c o n n e c t i o n s before t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

F o l l o w t h i s p r o c e d u r e if the e n g i n e v i b r a t e s e x c e s s i v e l y 1 2
w h e n idling. IG1
(BLK/YEL)

1. C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).

2. R a i s e the e n g i n e s p e e d f r o m idling to 2,000 r p m .

W i r e s i d e of female t e r m i n a l s
3. C h e c k the M O U N T C T R L S O L in t h e P G M - F I D A T A
L I S T w i t h the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) .
Is there battery voltage?
Is ON indicated at idling and OFF indicated at
2,000 rpm? Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4. M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n e n g i n e
m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r
W O — U p d a t e the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d t h e No. 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e
p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) if it d o e s not driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), 8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the e n g i n e m o u n t control s y s t e m
w o r k s properly, a n d t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
(see page 1 1 - 2 1 6 ) . •

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

5. D i s c o n n e c t the e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control
solenoid valve.

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

4-48
 ENGINE

M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t 10. R a i s e the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m .

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No,
a n d N o . 2 w i t h t h e e n g i n e at idle. 11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d No. 2.
ENGINE M O U N T CONTROL
S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR

ENGINE M O U N T CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR

MCS IG1
fBLU/YEL) (BLK/YEL)

MCS IG1
fBLU/YEL) (BLK/YEL)

Wire side of female terminals

Wire side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10. is there battery voltage? .

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 4 0 a n d e n g i n e m o u n t control b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 4 0 a n d the
s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1. If t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e . If t h e w i r e is
w i r e i s O K , u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e O K , u p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it-does not h a v e the
the latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), a n d k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), a n d
r e c h e c k . l i t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control s y s t e m w o r k s r e c h e c k . If the e n g i n e m o u n t control s y s t e m w o r k s
p r o p e r l y , a n d the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t h e p r o p e r l y , a n d the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , the
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
(see page 11-218KH ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

W O — G o t o s t e p 12.

12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

(cont'd)

4-49
Engine Mount Control System
Troubleshooting (cont'd)

13. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the 14. R e l e a s e the v a c u u m , t h e n a p p l y v a c u u m a g a i n .

e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e (B) a n d
#

c o n n e c t a v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, to the is there a noticeable change in idle smoothness

h o s e . A p p l y a b o u t 20 in.Hg of v a c u u m , a n d w a i t with and without vacuum applied?
20 s e c o n d s .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 1 5 >

N O — R e p l a c e the front e n g i n e m o u n t •

15. C o n n e c t a v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 i n . H g , to the
e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e (A).

Does the engine mount hoid vacuum?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 14.

N O — E s t h e r the v a c u u m h o s e or the e n g i n e m o u n t
h a s a v a c u u m leak. R e p a i r a s n e e d e d . •
is there manifold vacuum at idle, and a decrease
in manifold vacuum when you raise the engine
speed above 1,000 rpm?

Y E S — T h e s y s t e m is O K . B

N O — R e p l a c e the e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d
valve. •

4-50
Engine Mechanical

Engine Assembly
Special Tools ... . .... ...................... .... 5-2
Engine Removal- ............. ....... ............. . 5-3
Engine installation ... ....... ..... . 5-12
Engine Mount Replacement . ..... . ........... 5-23

Cylinder Head _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 6-1

Engine Block ...................................... 7-1
Engine Lubrication 8-1
Intake Manifold and Exhayst System ..... 9-1
Engine Assembly
Special Tools

Ref. N o . Tool Number Description Qty

© 07AAK-SNAA120 Universal Eyelet 1
© 070AG-SJAA10S S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin 1

© ©

5-2
Engine Removal
Special Tools Required 6. R e m o v e t h e intake air duct ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e
* Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 * 10-12).
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 *
* Front s u b f r a m e adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 8 * 7. R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
* Universal eyelet 0 7 A A K - S N AA120
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l tools a r e available through the Honda 8. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the '
Tool and E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857 battery b a s e (B).

MOTE:
* U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.
* T o avoid d a m a g i n g the wiring and terminals, unplug
the wiring c o n n e c t o r s carefully while holding the
c o n n e c t o r portion,
* M a r k all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s to a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
A l s o , be s u r e t h a t t h e y d o not c o n t a c t o t h e r w i r i n g or
h o s e s , or interfere w i t h other p a r t s .

1, R e m o v e the h o o d s u p p o r t r o d , t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n
to p r o p t h e h o o d in t h e w i d e - o p e n p o s i t i o n .

9, R e m o v e t h e w a t e r s e p a r a t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e
9-3),

10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e battery c a b l e s (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r -

h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

2. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :

* 2-door (see page 20-257)

• 4-door fsee page 20-257)

3 . R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-289).

4. R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d r e m o v e
5. D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 22-90). t h e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e bracket (C).

(cont'd)

5-3
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

12. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / 15. D i s c o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P )

powertrasn control m o d u l e ( P C M ) c o v e r (Ah t h e n c a n i s t e r h o s e (A) a n d t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r v a c u u m
r e m o v e the t h r e e bolts (B) s e c u r i n g the E C M / P C M . hose(B).

16. R e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A), t h e n

13. D i s c o n n e c t the E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s (A) a n d the d i s c o n n e c t the fuel f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 11-340).
e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (Bh

14. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) a n d the bracket (D).

5-4
17, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30). 2 5 . R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

18. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) p u m p (A) w i t h o u t
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e P / S h o s e s , a n d the P / S h o s e
bracket (B).

26. L o o s e n the d r a i n plug in the radiator, a n d d r a i n the

e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

19. W a l t until t h e e n g i n e is c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e 27. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9).

the radiator c a p ,
2 8 . D r a i n the t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid:
20. R e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 10-13). • M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-5)
• A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-231)
2 1 . M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e the t h r e e bolts s e c u r i n g t h e
shift c a b l e h o l d e r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e a n d 29. R e m o v e e x h a u s t pipe A .
t h e s e l e c t c a b l e . Do not b e n d the c a b l e s e x c e s s i v e l y
( s e e s t e p S o n p a g e 13-8),

2 2 . fvl/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h s l a v e c y l i n d e r a n d
t h e c l u t c h line bracket m o u n t i n g nut. Do not
o p e r a t e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l o n c e the s l a v e c y l i n d e r h a s
b e e n r e m o v e d ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 13-7).

2 3 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n the lift.

2 4 . R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s .

(cont'd)

5-5
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

30. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the shift c a b l e : 3 5 . R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x

m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t (A) a n d the h e a t s h i e l d (B). (right
8
For S a i t a m a Factory-produced models (see step side)
44 on p a g e 14-238).
* For Marysville, Ohio Factory-produced models
(see s t e p 46 o n p a g e 14-239).

31. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork (see p a g e 18-31).

32. S e p a r a t e the k n u c k l e s f r o m the l o w e r a r m s

( s e e p a g e 18-14).

3 3 . R e m o v e the d r i v e s h a f t s (see p a g e 16-4). C o a t all

p r e c i s i o n - f i n i s h e d s u r f a c e s w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil. T i e
a plastic b a g o v e r the d r i v e s h a f t e n d s .

34. R e m o v e t h e bolt (A) s e c u r i n g the P / S fluid line

b r a c k e t a n d u n c l a m p the P / S fluid line c l a m p (B) on
the front s u b f r a m e .

A B

5-6
38. R e m o v e the bolts securing the steering gearbox 40. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h e a t e r h o s e s (A) a n d the u p p e r
stiffeners (A) a n d t h e w a s h e r s (B). (left s i d e ) radiator h o s e (B).

39, A / T model: Disconnect the A T F cooler h o s e s , then 41, D i s c o n n e c t the quick c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e

p l u g the l i n e s a n d h o s e s . t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 10-8).

42. A t t a c h t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
to t h e t h r e a d e d hole in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

' 7
m

(cont'd)

5-7
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)
43. Install the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) , 46. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t
t h e n attach the hook to t h e slotted hole in the

44. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) a n d r e m o v e t h e 47. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t (A), t h e n

front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), t h e n r e m o v e the front r e m o v e the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r bracket (B).

5-8
48. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e on t h e lift. 51, R e m o v e the s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t s ,

49. R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n
mount.

5 2 . A t t a c h t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 )
to t h e s u b f r a m e a n d h a n g the belt (A) of the
50. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c o n n e c t o r s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r o v e r the front of the s u b f r a m e
f A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e A C c o m p r e s s o r (B) w i t h o u t (B), t h e n s e c u r e the belt with its s t o p (C).
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e A / C h o s e s . Do not b e n d the A / C
hoses excessively.

53, R a i s e t h e j a c k a n d line up t h e s l o t s in t h e front

s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a r m s w i t h the bolt h o l e s o n t h e
j a c k b a s e , t h e n s e c u r e l y attach t h e m with f o u r bolts.

(cont'd)

5-9
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)
54. R e m o v e t h e four 12 x 1.25 m m bolts (A), the front 59. Install the u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t ( 0 7 A A K - S N A A 1 2 0 ) .
s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (B) s e c u r i n g four
stsffeners (C), t h e n l o w e r the front s u b f r a m e (D).

60. Attach a c h a i n hoist (A) to the u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t (B),

• a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o o k ( C ) , t h e n lift t h e e n g i n e /
t r a n s m i s s i o n until it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d b y the
c h a i n h o i s t a n d r e m o v e the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r .

Replace. Replace. A/T model

5 5 . L o w e r the v e h i c l e on t h e lift.

56. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block

u n d e r the oil p a n .

57. R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e (A).

M / T model

58. R e m o v e the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket (B).

5-10
61. R e m o v e the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket 63. C h e c k that the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n is c o m p l e t e l y
m o u n t i n g bolts. free of v a c u u m h o s e s , fuel h o s e s , c o o l a n t h o s e s ,
a n d electrical w i r i n g .
N O T E : Do not r e m o v e the T O R X bolt (A) f r o m the
u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t . If the TORX bolt is 64. S l o w l y l o w e r the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n a b o u t •
r e m o v e d , the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be 150 m m (6 in.). C h e c k o n c e again that all h o s e s a n d
replaced a s an assembly. electrical w i r i n g are d i s c o n n e c t e d a n d free f r o m the
e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n , then l o w e r it all the w a y .
M/T model
6 5 . D i s c o n n e c t the c h a i n hoist f r o m t h e e n g i n e /
transmission.

66. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d r e m o v e t h e e n g i n e /
transmission from under the vehicle.

8 2 . R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e .

5-11
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation

Special Tools Required

* Universal eyelet 0 7 A A K - S N A A 1 2 0 \ '
* E n g i n e hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
* Engine support hanger, A and R e d s A A R - T 1 2 5 6 *
* Front subframe adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 *
* S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S
* - . T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7

1. Install the e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t s a n d the a c c e s s o r y b r a c k e t s , t h e n tighten their bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

R E A R EiMGilME
MOUNT B R A C K E T (A/T model)

A/C COMPRESSOR BRACKET

5-12
2, R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift, a n d position t h e 3. A t t a c h t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n u n d e r t h e v e h i c l e ; L o w e r the to t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
v e h i c l e , a n d install t h e u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t ( 0 7 A A K -
VSB02C000015
S N A A 1 2 0 ) . A t t a c h a c h a i n h o i s t to t h e u n i v e r s a l
e y e l e t a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n hook, t h e n lift t h e
e n g i n e into p o s i t i o n in t h e v e h i c l e .

N O T E : R e i n s t a l l t h e m o u n t i n g bolts a n d s u p p o r t
n u t s in t h e s e q u e n c e g i v e n in t h e f o l l o w i n g s t e p s .
Failure to follow this s e q u e n c e m a y c a u s e
e x c e s s i v e noise a n d vibration, a n d reduce engine
m o u n t life.

A / T model

4. Install t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) ,
t h e n attach t h e hook to t h e slotted hole in t h e
e n g i n e h a n g e r adapter. T i g h t e n t h e w i n g nut (A) by
h a n d to lift a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n .

N O T E : B e careful w h e n w o r k i n g a r o u n d t h e
windshield.

M/T modal

(cont'd)

5-13
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)
8. R e m o v e the c h a i n h o i s t .
5. T i g h t e n the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket
m o u n t i n g bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . 9. R e m o v e t h e u n i v e r s a l e y e l e t .

M/T model

10. Install the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t t h e n tighten

the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolts in
the n u m b e r e d s e q u e n c e s h o w n .

A / T model

1 2 m 1.25 mm
5 9 N - m (6.0 k g f - m , 4 3 I b f - f t )
Replace.

1 2 M*m © 1 2 x 1.25 m m
( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f - f t ) 6 4 N-m (6.5 k g f - m , 47 Ibf-ft)

6. Install the g r o u n d c a b l e .
11. Install the g r o u n d c a b l e .
7. S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r the oil p a n .

5-14
12. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift. 17. Insert t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin ( 0 7 0 A G -
S J A A 1 0 S ) t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g slot (A) o n the
13. U s i n g t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 ) right r e a r stiff e n e r , t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g hole (B)
a n d a j a c k , r a i s e the front s u b f r a m e u p to t h e b o d y . o n t h e s u b f r a m e , a n d into the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C)
on t h e b o d y , t h e n l o o s e l y tighten t h e s u b f r a m e
right r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt.

VSBO2C0OO016

070AG-SJAA10S
N O T E : U s e 15.7 m m s i d e .

B C A 18. Insert the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin t h r o u g h t h e

12 x1.25 m m 12 x 1.25 mm 1 4 x 1 , 5 mm
5 4 N-m 9 3 N-m 1 0 3 N*m p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t o n the l e f t r e a r s t i f f e n e d t h r o u g h
15,5 k g f . m , ( 9 . 5 k g f - m , 6 9 Ibf-ft) 110.5 kgf-m, 7 5 . 9 Ibf-ft) the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e s u b f r a m e , a n d into t h e
40 Ibf-ft) Replace. Replace.
p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e b o d y , t h e n l o o s e l y tighten
14. L o o s e l y instal t h e n e w f r o n t s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g the s u b f r a m e left r e a r m o u n t i n g b o l t
b o l t s t f o u i H A l t h e 1 2 x 1 , 2 5 m m b o l t s ( f o u r ) IB) ( C I
a n d t h e s t i f f e n e r s t f o u r ) CD) 19. U s i n g the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in p l a c e , tighten
the right r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt.
15. L o o s e l y instal? t h e s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t
20. U s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in p l a c e , tighten
A \ \ ( \ the left rear m o u n t i n g b o l t

21. T i g h t e n the stsffener m o u n t i n g bolts to the

specified torque.

22. T i g h t e n the front a n d rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts

to the s p e c i f i e d torque.

2 3 . C h e c k that the p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t s o n t h e right/left

r e a r s t i f f e n e d the positioning h o l e s o n t h e
s u b f r a m e , a n d the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e s o n the b o d y
a r e a l i g n e d u s i n g the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n .

16. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r .

(cont'd)

5-15
Engine Assembly
Engine installation (cont'd)

24. T i g h t e n the bolts s e c u r i n g the s u b f r a m e m i d d l e 28. Tighten the front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), t h e n install
mounts. the front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B) a n d c o n n e c t the
v a c u u m h o s e "(C).

25. T i g h t e n the nuts s e c u r i n g the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n

mount.

29. A / T m o d e l : Install the A T F c o o l e r pipe b r a c k e t s (D).

30. M/T m o d e l : Install the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t

4 4 N-m ( 4 . 5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)

26. L o w e r the v e h i c l e on the Sift.

27. R e m o v e the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r a n d the e n g i n e

h a n g e r adapter.

5-16
31. A / T m o d e l : Install the rear e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r 3 3 . L o o s e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts for the u p p e r
bracket f A h t h e n install t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t (B). t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b r a c k e t t h e n retighten t h e m to
the specified torque.

M/T model

3 2 , L o o s e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts for the s i d e e n g i n e

m o u n t b r a c k e t , t h e n retighten t h e bolts in the
numbered sequence shown.
A/T model

12x1.25 m m
5 9 N-m (6.0 kgf-in. 4 3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

(D 1 2 x 1=25 m m
6 4 N-m | 6 S kgf-m, 47 I b f f t )

(cont'd)

5-17
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

3 4 . C o n n e c t the q u i c k c o n n e c t o r to the t h e r m o s t a t 3 7 . Install the bolts s e c u r i n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x

c o v e r { s e e s t e p 11 o n p a g e 10-8). stiffeners (A) a n d t h e w a s h e r s (B). (left s i d e )

10 x 1.25 m m
3 5 . C o n n e c t the heater h o s e s (A) a n d t h e u p p e r
5 9 N-m |6.0 k g f - m , 4 3 Ibf-ft)
radiator h o s e (B).

3 6 , A / T m o d e l : C o n n e c t the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A), a n d
s e c u r e the h o s e s w i t h t h e c l i p s IB) ( s e e p a g e 38, Install t h e t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the p o w e r s t e e r i n g
14-260). ( P / S ) fluid line b r a c k e t s .

B A

B A

39. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n the lift.

5-18
40. Install t h e bolts s e c u r i n g t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x 42. Install t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r 1 A ) , t h e n c o n n e c t the
m o u n t i n g bracket (A) a n d t h e h e a t s h i e l d (B). (right A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c o n n e c t o r (B).
side)

4 3 . Install a n e w s e t ring on t h e e n d of e a c h d r i v e s h a f t ,
t h e n install the d r i v e s h a f t s ( s e e p a g e 16-20). M a k e
s u r e e a c h ring " c l i c k s " into p l a c e in t h e differential
4 1 . Install t h e P / S fly id line b r a c k e t (A), a n d s e c u r e t h e a n d t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft.
h o s e w i t h t h e h o s e c l a m p (B).
44. C o n n e c t the l o w e r a r m s to t h e k n u c k l e s ( s e e s t e p 5
6x1.0mm
o n p a g e 18-21).
12 N-m 11.2 tcgfrn, 8 . 7 Ibf-ft) B

45. Install the d a m p e r fork ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 18-21).

46. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e shift c a b l e :

* For S a i t a m a Factory-produced models (see step

32 o n p a g e 14-248).
* For Marysville, Ohio Factory-produced models
( s e e s t e p 3 5 o n p a g e 14-249).

(confd)

5-19
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

47. Install e x h a u s t pipe A u s i n g n e w g a s k e t s (B) a n d 50. L o w e r the v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.

n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts (C).
51. SV1/T m o d e l : Install the c l u t c h s l a v e c y l i n d e r a n d t h e
c l u t c h line b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g nut ( s e e s t e p 49 o n
p a g e 13-231

5 2 . M/T m o d e l : Install the shift c a b l e a n d t h e s e l e c t

c a b l e , t h e n tighten the t h r e e bolts s e c u r i n g the shift
c a b l e h o l d e r ( s e e s t e p 47 o n p a g e 13-23).

5 3 . Install the A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
• ( s e e p a g e 10-13).

54. Install t h e P / S p u m p ( A ) a n d the P / S h o s e b r a c k e t

r

(B).

10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N - m (43 kgf-m, 3 3 I b f - f t )

55. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

49. Install the front w h e e l s .

5-20
C o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (A) ( s e e p a g e 11-343), 58. C o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) /
t h e n Install t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (B), p o w e r t r a l n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) c o n n e c t o r s (A)
a n d the engine wire h a r n e s s connector ( B ) .

Connect the evaporative emission fEVAP) canister

h o s e (A) a n d t h e brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e ( B ) .

59. Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) a n d t h e bracket (D).

60. Install t h e E C M / P C M (A), t h e n install the E C M / P C M

cover (B).

S x 1.0 m m
1.2 N - m | 1 . 2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t )

(cont'd)

5-21
Engine Assembly

Engine Installation (cont'd)

61. C o n n e c t the battery c a b l e s (A) to the u n d e r - h o o d 6 9 . Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

. fuse/relay box. 22-90).

70. I n s p e c t for fuel l e a k s . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to

O N (SI) (do not o p e r a t e t h e starter) s o the fuel p u m p
r u n s for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s a n d p r e s s u r i z e s the fuel
Sine. R e p e a t t h i s o p e r a t i o n t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k
for fuel l e a k a g e at a n y point in the fuel line.

7 1 . Refill t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d e n g i n e oil
( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 8-9).

7 2 . Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h fluid:

* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-5)
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-231)

6 2 . C o n n e c t the h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d install t h e 73. A / T m o d e l : M o v e the shift l e v e r to e a c h g e a r , a n d

h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r to t h e bracket (C). v e r i f y that t h e A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator f o l l o w s
the t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h .
6 3 . Install the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r ( s e e s t e p 10 o n p a g e 9-7).
74. M/T m o d e l : C h e c k that the t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t s into
6 4 . Install the battery b a s e {A), then-install the h a r n e s s all g e a r s s m o o t h l y .
c l a m p s (B).
7 5 . Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d
the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the h e a t e r
kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft) v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 10-6).

76. Do the E C M / P C M r e s e t p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-4).

7 7 . Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

7 8 . Do the c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

7 9 . I n s p e c t the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).

80. I n s p e c t the ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19).

8 1 . C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

6 5 . Install t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

66. Install the intake air d u c t ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 10-12).

6 7 . Install the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).

68. Install the front grille c o v e r :

• 2-door (see page 20-257)

* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )

5-22
Engine Mount Replacement

1 2 x 1.25 m m 1 6 K 1.2S m m
§ 4 N-m 5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 I b f f t )
{63 k g f - m , 4 7 I b f f t ) Replace.

R E A R E N G I N E M O U N T fA / T m o d e l )

1 0 k 1.26 m m
5 4 N-m
(5,5 k g f . n i , 4 0 I b f - f t )

REAR ENGINE M O U N T ( M / T model)

12 x 1 . 2 5 m m
6 4 N - m IS.5 k g f - m , 4 7 Ibf-ft)
Replace,
F R O N T ENGW4E MOUNT

1 2 x 1.25 m m
78 N-m
(8.0 k g f - m . 5 8 I b f - f t )
Replace,

1 0 x 1.25 t u r n UPPER T R A N S M I S S I O N
S4 N-m M O U N T CA/T m o d s ! )
(6.5 k g f - m , 4 7 Ibf-ft}
Replace.
1 0 x 1.25 m m
54 N-m
LOWER TRANSMISSION
(53 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
M O U N T (A/T model)
Replace.

Do not remove.

10x1.25 m m
1 0 x 1.25 m m 5 4 N-m
5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft (5,5 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace,
Replace,

Do not r e m o / e .

UPPER T R A N S M I S S I O N
M O U N T ( M / T model)

1 0 x 1.25 m m
LOWER TRANSMISSION 5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 I b f - f t !
M O U N T (M/T model! Replace.

5-23
Engine Mechanical

Cylinder Head (AH Models Except PZEV)

Special Tools ... .......... ......... ... 6-2
Component Location Index .. ............ 0SBBgB89H . 6-3
Engine Compression Inspection .......... 6-6
VTEC Rocker Arm Test ........... ............ 6-7
VTC Actuator Inspection .. ......................... .... 6-8
Valve Clearance Adjustment ..... 8-9
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation ...... 6-12
Cam Chain Removal . ....... ......... ................. 6-13
Cam Chain Installation ................................................. 6-15
Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation ......... .. 6-20
Chain Case Oil Seal Installation .......... * - » . . « 8-22
Cam Chain Inspection ........................... ......... ... 6-23
Cylinder Head Cover Removal ............... .. ... 6-24
Cylinder Head Cover Installation .......... 6-25
Cylinder Head Removal ...... ........................... * 6-27
CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement ........... ........ 6-29
CMP Pulse Plate B Replacement ........ 6-30
VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket
Replacement ............. ............................ ........ 6-30
Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage .......... ... 6-31
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 6-32
Rocker Arm and Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly * ... ............. .... 6-33
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection ........ 6-34
Camshaft Inspection ............. ......... 6-35
Valve, Spring, and Vafve Seal Removal ............. 6-37
Valve inspection . ...... . - 6-38
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection ............... 6-38
Valve Guide Replacement ................ .. 6-39
Valve Seat Reconditioning * . 6-41
Valve, Spring/and Valve Seal Installation 6-42
Rocker Arm Assembly Installation ............................... 6-43
Cylinder Head Installation ..................... ................. 6-44
Sealing Bolt Installation ........... .... 6-48

Cylinder Head (PZEV Model) ...•„. - 6-49

Cylinder Head
Special Tools

Bel. No. Tool Number Description Oty

® 07AAB-RJAA100 C r a n k s h a f t P u l l e y Holder 1
® 07 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0 C a m s h a f t L o c k Pin S e t 1
® 07AAJ-PNAA101 Air Pressure Regulator 1
® 07 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0 C a m Chain Inspection G a u g e 1
® 07HAH-PJ7A100 V a l v e G u i d e R e a m e r , 5.5 m m 1
(D 07JAA-001020A S o c k e t 19 m m 1
® 07JAB-001020B Holder Handle 1
® 07MAA-PR70110 Adjuster 1
® 07MAA-PR70120 Locknut W r e n c h • 1
® 07PAD-O01O0O0 S t e m S e a l Driver 1
® 07ZAJ-PNAA101 V T E C Air Adapter
® 07ZAJ-PNAA200 V T E C Air Stopper 1
@ 07ZAJ-PNAA300 Air Joint Adapter 1
® 07742-0010100 V a l v e G u i d e D r i v e r , 5.5 m m 1
© 07746-0010400 A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
© 07757-PJ1010A Valve Spring Compressor Attachment 1

® ® © ©

© ® ® ®

® ® ® ®

6- ® ®
^

6-2
Component Location Indeic

IGNITION COIL C O V E R

CYLINDER HEAD COVER

R e m o v a l p a g e 6-24
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-25

CAM CHAM
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-13
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-15
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-23

GAM CHAM GUIDE B

CAM CHAIN GUIDE A

0-R1NC3

VARIABLE VALVE
TIDING CONTROL
fVTCl OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE

T E N S I O N S ARM CRANKSHAFT PULLEY

Removal/Installation,
p a g e 6-12

AUTO-TENSIONER
Removal-Installation,
p a g e 8-20

CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY BOLT
Removal/Installation,
p a g e 6-12
CHAIN C A S E COVER

(confd)

§ « 3
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont'd)

CAMSHAFT HOLDERS

C A M CHAM GUIDE B

DOWEL PINS

C M P PULSE PLATE B E X H A U S T C A M S H A F T SPROCKET

Replacement R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 6-30
p a g e 6-30

C M P PULSE PLATE A
Replacement
p a g e 6-29

VTC ACTUATOR
CMP SENSOR B I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-8
IEXHAUST) R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 6-30

EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-35

D O W E L PIMS

ROCKER A R M A S S E M B L Y
V T E C R o c k e r A r m T e s t , p a g e 6-7
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y R e m o v a l ,
p a g e 6-32
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly,
p a g e 6-33
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft Inspection,
p a g e 6-34
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y Installation,
p a g e 6-43

6-4
 VALVE COTTERS CYLINDER HEAD BOLT
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-44

INTAKE V A L V E SPRING

EXHAUST VALVE SPRING

INTAKE V A L V E S E A L
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-37
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-42

INTAKE VALVE GUIDE

R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 6-39

LOST MOTION ASSEMBLY

R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID FILTER

VTC STRAINER
HEAT SHIELD

V T C FILTER

CYLINDER HEAD
R e m o v a l p a g e 6-27
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-31
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-44

EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-37
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-39
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-42

R O C K E R A R M OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID

CYLINDER HEAD GASKET

COOLANT SEPARATOR

6-5
Cylinder Head
Engine Compression Inspection

N O T E : After t h i s i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t r e s e t the e n g i n e 11. S t e p on the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to o p e n the throttle

control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e fully, t h e n c r a n k the e n g i n e w i t h the starter m o t o r ,
( P C M ) , o t h e r w i s e the E C M / P C M w i l l c o n t i n u e to s t o p a n d m e a s u r e the c o m p r e s s i o n .
t h e fuel injectors f r o m o p e r a t i n g .
Compression Pressure:
2
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating A b o v e 9 3 0 k P a (9.5 k g f / c m , 1 3 5 psi)
t e m p e r a t u r e (cooling f a n c o m e s o n ) .
12. M e a s u r e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n o n t h e r e m a i n i n g
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), cylinders.

3. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the IVIaximym V a r i a t i o n :

2
d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3). W i t h i n 2 0 0 k P a (2,0 k g f / c m , 2 8 psi)

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 13. If the c o m p r e s s i o n is not w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,

c h e c k t h e f o l l o w i n g stems, t h e n r e m e a s u r e t h e
5. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e compression.
a n d the E C M / P C M . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192). * Incorrect v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
* C o n f i r m a t i o n of c a m t i m i n g
6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P in the P G M - F I , * D a m a g e d of w o r n c a m l o b e s
* D a m a g e d or w o r n v a l v e s a n d s e a t s
I N S P E C T I O N m e n u w i t h the H D S . * Damaged cylinder head gasket
* D a m a g e d or w o r n piston r i n g s
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). * D a m a g e d or w o r n piston a n d c y l i n d e r b o r e

8. R e m o v e the four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20). 14. R e m o v e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e f r o m t h e s p a r k

plug hole.
9. R e m o v e the four s p a r k p l u g s .
10. A t t a c h a c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e to t h e s p a r k plug h o l e . 15. Install t h e four s p a r k p l u g s .

16. Install t h e four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).

17. S e l e c t E C M / P C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 11-4) in t h e P G M -
FI, I N S P E C T I O N m e n u to c a n c e l A L L I N J E C T O R S
S T O P w i t h the H D S .

6-6
VTEC Rocker Arm Test

Special Tools Required 5. R e p e a t s t e p 4 on t h e r e m a i n i n g s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r

* V T E C air stopper 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 2 0 0 a r m s w i t h e a c h piston at T D C . W h e n all the
- V T E C air a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 1 0 1 s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test, go to s t e p 6.
• A i r Joint a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 3 0 0
• A i r p r e s s u r e regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 6. C h e c k that t h e air p r e s s u r e on the s h o p air
c o m p r e s s o r g a u g e i n d i c a t e s o v e r 400 kPa
2
1, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it run for 5 m i n u t e s , t h e n (4.0 k g f / c m , 57 psi).
turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
7. I n s p e c t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-9).
2, R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24).
8. R e m o v e the s e a l i n g bolt (A) f r o m the relief h o l e ,
3, S e t the N o . 1 p i s t o n at top d e a d c e n t e r (TDC) ( s e e a n d install the V T E C air s t o p p e r (B).
s t e p 5 on p a g e 6-13).

4, Move the s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m (A) for the No. 1

cylinder. T h e s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s h o u l d m o v e
i n d e p e n d e n t l y of the m i d r o c k e r a r m (B).

* If t h e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m m o v e s freely, g o to
step 5
* If the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m d o e s not m o v e
i n d e p e n d e n t l y , r e m o v e the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d
s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m s a s an a s s e m b l y , a n d
c h e c k that the p i s t o n s in the rocker a r m s m o v e
s m o o t h l y , If a n y rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c i n g ,
r e p l a c e the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker
a r m s a s an a s s e m b l y , t h e n r e t e s t
07ZAJ-PNAA101

9, R e m o v e the No. 2 a n d No. 3 c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts,

a n d install the V T E C air a d a p t e r s (C) finger-tight.

10. C o n n e c t the air joint a d a p t e r (D) a n d the air

p r e s s u r e regulator ( E h

11. L o o s e n the v a l v e on the air p r e s s u r e regulator, a n d

a p p l y t h e s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e .

S p e c i f i e d Air P r e s s u r e :
2
2 9 § k P a (3.0 k g f / c m , 42 psIJ

N O T E : If t h e rocker a r m piston d o e s not m o v e after

a p p l y i n g air p r e s s u r e ; m o v e the r o c k e r a r m u p a n d
d o w n m a n u a l l y by rotating t h e c r a n k s h a f t •
clockwise.

(cont'd)

6-7
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont'd) VTC Actuator inspection

12= W i t h the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e a p p l i e d , m o v e the 1. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13).

s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for t h e No. 1 cylinder.
T h e m i d rocker a r m (B) the p r i m a r y rocker a r m (C),
# 2. L o o s e n the rocker a r m adjusting s c r e w s (see s t e p 2
a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s h o u l d m o v e on p a g e 6-32).
together.
3. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t holder (see step 3 o n p a g e
* If the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s 6-32).
m o v e together, go to s t e p 13.
* If the m i d a n d primary rocker a r m s do not m o v e 4. R e m o v e the Intake c a m s h a f t .
together with the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m , r e m o v e
the m i d , primary, a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s 5. C h e c k that the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control (VTC)
a s an a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k that the p i s t o n s in the actuator is locked by turning the V T C actuator
rocker a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If it is not l o c k e d , turn the V T C
. n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e p l a c e the m i d , the p r i m a r y , actuator c l o c k w i s e until It s t o p s , then r e c h e c k ft If it
a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s an a s s e m b l y , is still not l o c k e d , r e p l a c e the V T C actuator.
then retest.
6. Seal the retard holes (A) In the No. 1 c a m s h a f t
journal with tape a n d a w i r e tie.
A

13. R e p e a t step 12 on the r e m a i n i n g s e c o n d a r y rocker

a r m s with e a c h piston at T D C . W h e n all the
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test, go to s t e p 14.

14. R e m o v e the air p r e s s u r e regulator, the air joint

adapter, the V T E C air a d a p t e r s , a n d the V T E C air
stopper.
7. S e a l one of the advance h o l e s ( A ) w i t h t a p e .

15. T i g h t e n the c a m s h a f t holder m o u n t i n g bolts to

22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Sbf-ft).

16. T i g h t e n the s e a l i n g bolt to 10 N-m (1.0 kgf-m,

7.2 Ibf-ft).

17. Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-25).

6-8
 Valve Clearance Adjustment
8. Apply air to the u n s e a l e d advance hole to release the S p e d a l Tools Reqylred
lock * Lockout w r e n c h 07IVIAA-PR70120
* Adjuster 07MAA-PR70110

N O T E : C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m (HDS) to
the data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) a n d monitor the e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) s e n s o r 1 w i t h the H D S .
A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e only w h e n the E C T s e n s o r 1
temperature- is l e s s t h a n 100 °F (38 °C).

1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (see p a g e 6-24), .

2. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d center (TDC). T h e

p u n c h mark (A) on the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
(VTC) actuator a n d the p u n c h mark (B) on the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at the top.
Align the T D C m a r k s (C) on the V T C actuator a n d
t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t sprocket.
9. C h e c k that the V T C actuator m o v e s s m o o t h l y . If the
V T C a c t u a t o r d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e the
V T C actuator,

10. R e m o v e the w i r e tie, t h e t a p e , a n d the a d h e s i v e

residue from the camshaft journal.

11. Make sure the p u n c h m a r k s on the V T C actuator

arid the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t a r e facing up,
t h e n s e t the c a m s h a f t s in the h e a d (see s t e p 6 o n
page 6 - 4 4 ) .

12. S e t the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s a n d c a m c h a i n guide B in

p l a c e ( s e e s t e p 7 o n p a g e 6-44).

13. T i g h t e n the c a m s h a f t holder bolts to the s p e c i f i e d

t o r q u e ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 6-44),

14. Hold the c a m s h a f t , a n d turn t h e V T C actuator

c l o c k w i s e until y o u h e a r it click, M a k e s u r e to lock
the V T C actuator by turning i t

15. Install the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15).

18. A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-9).

(confd)

6-9
Cylinder Head
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)

3. S e l e c t the c o r r e c t f e e l e r g a u g e for the v a l v e 5. If y o u feel too m u c h or too little d r a g , l o o s e n the

c l e a r a n c e y o u a r e g o i n g to c h e c k . locknut w i t h the locknut w r e n c h a n d a d j u s t e r , a n d
turn t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w until the d r a g on t h e f e e l e r
Valve Clearance g a u g e Is c o r r e c t .
Intake: 0 . 2 1 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 0 In.)
O7IVIAA-PR7011O
Exhaust 0 , 2 5 - 0 . 2 9 m m ( 0 . 0 1 0 - 0 , 0 1 1 in.)

EXHAUST

Mo. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4

No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 . No. 4 ©7IVIAA-PR70120

INTAKE
6. T i g h t e n the locknut to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , a n d
4. Insert t h e f e e l e r g a u g e (A) b e t w e e n the a d j u s t i n g r e c h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e . R e p e a t the a d j u s t m e n t If
s c r e w (B) a n d t h e e n d of t h e v a l v e s t e m , a n d s l i d e it necessary.
b a c k a n d forth; y o u s h o u l d feel a slight a m o u n t of
drag. Specified Torque
Intake:
7 x 0.75 m m
14 N-m (1.4 k g f - m , 10 Ibf-ft)
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t© t h e n o t t h r e a d s .
Exhaust:
7 x 0.75 m m
14 N-m (1.4 k g f - m , 10 Ibf-ft)
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e n u t t h r e a d s .

6-10
 7. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t 180 ° c l o c k w i s e ( c a m s h a f t 11. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t 180 ° c l o c k w i s e ( c a m s h a f t
pulley t u r n s 9 0 °), pulley turns 90°).

8, C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e 12. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e

on t h e Mo, 3 c y l i n d e r . o n the No, 2 c y l i n d e r ,

9. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t 180 ° c l o c k w i s e ( c a m s h a f t 13, Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-25).

pulley t o r n s 9 0 %'

10. C h e c k a n d ; if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
o n the N o . 4 c y l i n d e r .

6-11
Cylinder Head
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation

Special Tools Required Installation

* Holder handle 07JAB-001020B
* C r a n k s h a f t pulley h o l d e r G 7 A A B - R J A A 1 G 0 1. C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (A), the c r a n k s h a f t (B),
* S o c k e t , 19 m m 0 7 J A A - 0 0 1 0 2 0 A or a c o m m e r c i a l l y t h e bolt {€}, a n d t h e w a s h e r (D). L u b r i c a t e w i t h n e w
a v a i l a b l e 19 m m s o c k e t e n g i n e oil a s s h o w n .

O" Clean
Remowal
#:Lybricate

1. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

2 . R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-5).

3. R e m o v e the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

4. Hold the pulley w i t h the h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d the

c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y h o l d e r (B).

07 A A B - R J A A 1 0 0

2. Install the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y , a n d hold the pulley

w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y
h o l d e r (B).

O7AAB-RJAA10O

O7JAA-0O1020A
for c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e !

5. R e m o v e the bolt w i t h a s o c k e t , 19 m m (C) a n d a

b r e a k e r b a r , t h e n r e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.

@7JAA-@01@2@A
for c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e )

3. T i g h t e n the bolt to 49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft) with

a t o r q u e w r e n c h a n d s o c k e t , 19 m m (C). Do not u s e
a n i m p a c t w r e n c h . If t h e p u l l e y bolt or c r a n k s h a f t
a r e n e w , tighten the bolt to 177 N-m (18.0 kgf-m,
130 Ibf-ft), t h e n r e m o v e t h e bolt a n d tighten it to
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 3 6 Ibfft).

4. T i g h t e n the p u l l e y bolt a n additional 90 °.

5. Install t h e drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

6. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 o n p a g e 5-20).

7. Install the front w h e e l s .

6-12
 1

Cam Chain Removal

N O T E ; K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c f i e l d s . 7. • R e m o v e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

( s e e p a g e 11-300).
1, R e m o v e the front w h e e l s ,
8. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6-12).
2, R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5).
9. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e with a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
3, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30), u n d e r the oil p a n .

4, R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24). 10. R e m o v e t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (A), t h e n r e m o v e the s i d e

e n g i n e m o u n t bracket (B).
5, S e t t h e Mo. 1 p i s t o n at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e
p u n c h m a r k (A) o n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
( V T C ) a c t u a t o r a n d the p u n c h m a r k IB) o n the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d b e at the top.
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s CO o n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r a n d
the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t .

11. R e m o v e the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket m o u n t i n g

bolts.

6 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (B),

(cont'd)

6-13
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Removal (cont'd)

12. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n c a s e (A) a n d the s p a c e r (B), 15. A l i g n the h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the auto-
t e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/W 14511-PNA-003) (C)
into the h o l e s . T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to
s e c u r e the pin.

N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to t h e first
e d g e of the rack.

13. L o o s e l y install the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.

14. T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the auto-tensioner.

16. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

6^ 14
 Cam Chain Installation
17, R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B. S p e c i a l To@Ss R e q y i r e d
C a m s h a f t lock pin s e t 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0

NOTE:
* K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c fields.
• B e f o r e d o i n g this p r o c e d u r e , c h e c k that the v a r i a b l e
v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) actuator is locked by
turning the V T C a c t u a t o r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If not
l o c k e d , turn the V T C actuator c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s ,
t h e n r e c h e c k it. if it is still not locked, r e p l a c e the V T C
actuator.

1. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) , A l i g n
the T D C m a r k (A) o n the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h
t h e pointer (B) o n the e n g i n e block.

18, R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r
a r m (B).

Hi
2. S e t the c a m s h a f t s to T D C . T h e p u n c h m a r k (A) on
the V T C actuator a n d the p u n c h m a r k (B) on the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at the top.

I
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s (C) on the V T C actuator a n d
the exhaust camshaft s p r o c k e t
s

>'' Ki %

19, R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n .

(cont'd)

6-15
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Installation {cont'd)

3. T o h o l d t h e intake c a m s h a f t , insert a c a m s h a f t lock 6. Install t h e c a m c h a i n o n t h e V T C actuator a n d the

pin ( 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0 ) (A) into the m a i n t e n a n c e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h the p u n c h m a r k s
hole in c a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) p u l s e plate A (B) (A) a l i g n e d w i t h the c e n t e r of the t w o c o l o r e d link
a n d t h r o u g h the N o . 5 rocker shaft holder (C). plates (B).

7. Install c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B).

4. T o hold the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t , insert a c a m s h a f t

lock pin (A) into the m a i n t e n a n c e hole in C M P p u l s e
6 x 1.0 m m
plate B (D) a n d t h r o u g h the No. 5 rocker shaft
h o l d e r (C). (1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)

5, Install the c a m c h a i n on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t

w i t h the c o l o r e d link plate (A) a l i g n e d w i t h the m a r k
(B) o n t h e c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t

8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
{2.2 kgf-m,
16 Ibf-ft)

6-16
8. C o m p r e s s t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r w h e n r e p l a c i n g the 10. Install t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
c a m c h a i n . R e m o v e the pin f r o m the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
T u r n t h e plate (A! c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , to r e l e a s e t h e N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n , if the
lock, t h e n p r e s s t h e rod I B ) , a n d s e t t h e first c a m (C) position is not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first
to t h e first e d g e of t h e rack (D). Insert the 1,2 m m e d g e of t h e rack.
(0,05 in,) d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-
P N A - 0 0 3 ) (E) into the h o l e s (F).

N O T E : If t h e c h a i n t e n s i o n e r i s not s e t u p a s
d e s c r i b e d , the t e n s i o n e r will b e c o m e d a m a g e d .

(1.2 kgf-m, 8 J Ibf-ft)

11. R e m o v e the pin or lock pin f r o m t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

9. Install c a m c h a i n g u i d e B.

(cont'd)

6-17
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Installation (cont'd)

12. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t lock pin s e t 16. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to t h e e n g i n e
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the c h a i n c a s e , a n d to the
inside e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t within 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the- liquid
gasket.

NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed within 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

13. C h e c k the c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l for d a m a g e . If the oil

s e a l is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l
( s e e p a g e 6-22).

14. R e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e c h a i n c a s e

m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , t h e b o l t s , a n d the bolt h o l e s .

15. C l e a n a n d dry the c h a i n c a s e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .

A p p l y liquid gasket
along the broken line.

17. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t to the e n g i n e block u p p e r

s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (A) o n the c h a i n c a s e a n d
l o w e r block u p p e r s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (B) o n t h e
chain case.

18. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the oil pan
m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the c h a i n c a s e , a n d to t h e i n s i d e
e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the liquid
gasket.

NOTE:
• If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d within 4 m i n u t e s .
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

A p p l y liquid gasket
along t h e broken line.

6-18
19, Install t h e s p a c e r (A), t h e n install t h e n e w O-ring (B) 2 0 . Install t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t , t h e n tighten
o n the c h a i n c a s e . S e t t h e e d g e of the c h a i n c a s e (C) the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket m o u n t i n g bolts.
to the e d g e of t h e oil p a n (D), t h e n install t h e c h a i n
c a s e o n t h e e n g i n e block ( E ) . W i p e off t h e e x c e s s
liquid g a s k e t on the oil p a n a n d c h a i n c a s e m a t i n g
surface. 1 0 x 1.25 mm
44M-m
14,5 kgf-m, 3 3 I b f - f t )
NOTE:
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g t h e c h a i n c a s e , d o not s l i d e the
b o t t o m s u r f a c e onto the oil p a n m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e .
* W a i t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e
w i t h 01!
* Do not run the e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
i n s t a l l i n g the c h a n c a s e .

2 1 . T i g h t e n t h e n e w s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket .
m o u n t i n g bolts in the n u m b e r e d s e q u e n c e s h o w n .

6 x 1.0 m m CO12 x 1.25 m m

1 0 K 1.25 m m
12N-m
44W»m (5.5 kgf-m* 4 0 I b f - f t )
(4;5 k g f » m (1.2 kgf-m, 8 . 7 I b f - f t )
#
Replace.
33 Ibft

§ x 1,0 mm S x 1.0 m m
12Um 12N.m
11 2 kgf.m 8 1 Jbf.ftf 11,2 kgf-m, 8.7 I b f - f t )

(D 1 2 x 1 . 2 5 m m
6 4 N - m 18.5 k g f - m , 4 7 I b f - f t )

2 2 . Install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e .

2 3 . R e m o v e the j a c k a n d the w o o d block.

(cont'd)

6-19
Cylinder Head
Cain Chain Installation (cont'd) Auto-tensioner Removal and
Installation
24. Install the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6-12).

25. Install the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e Removal

11-300).
1. R e m o v e the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
26. C o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d install the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).

2 7 . Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-25).

2. T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
2 8 . Install the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30). the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

2 9 . Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 o n p a g e 5-20).

30. Install the front w h e e l s .

3 1 . Do t h e c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

6-20
3. A l i g n t h e h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the auto- Installation
t e n s i o n e r | B ) , t h e n i n s e r t a 1.2 m m (0,05 in J
d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin {P/N 14511-PNA-003) (C) 1. Install t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
into t h e h o l e s . T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to
s e c u r e the pin. N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m position. If the
position is not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first
N O T E : C h e c k t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If t h e e d g e of the rack.
position is not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to t h e first
e d g e of t h e rack ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 6-17).

6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t I

4, R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . 2. R e m o v e the 1.2 m m (0.05 in.) d i a m e t e r pin or lock

pin (P/N 14511-PNA-003) f r o m the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

3. R e m o v e all of the old liquid g a s k e t f r o m the c h a i n

c a s e c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , the bolts, a n d the bolt
holes.

4. C l e a n a n d dry the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .

(cont'd)

6-21
CyUnder Head
Auto-tensioner Removal and Chain Case Oil Seal Installation
installation (cont'd!
Special Tools Required
• Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
5. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , * A t t a c h m e n t 52 x 55 m m 07746-0010400
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the c h a i n
c a s e mating s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r , a n d to 1. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d the
the i n s i d e e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install crankshaft
t h e - c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t 2. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the lip of the
c h a i n c a c e oil s e a l .
NOTE:
• If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e 3. U s e t h e h a n d l e d r i v e r a n d a t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d within 4 m i n u t e s . to drive a n e w oil s e a l s q u a r e l y into the c h a i n c a s e
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the to the s p e c i f i e d installed height.
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

A p p l y liquid gasket
along the broken line.

6. Install the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
4. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the c h a i n c a s e
NOTE: s u r f a c e (A) a n d the oil s e a ! (B).
* W a i t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e
w i t h oil. Oil S e a l I n s t a l l e d Height:
* Do not run the e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after 3 2 . 4 - 3 3 . 1 m m ( 1 . 2 8 — 1 . 3 0 in.)
installing the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .

32.4—33.1 mon
( 1 . 2 8 - 1 . 3 0 In.)

6-22
Cam Chain Inspection
S p e c i a l To©Is Required 6. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c a m c h a i n (A)
a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B) with t h e c a m c h a i n
Cam chain inspection gauge 0 7 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0 inspection'gauge (07AAJ-RWCA100).

I. R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s . * If the c l e a r a n c e is O K , g o t o s t e p 17,

• If the c l e a r a n c e is m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit, go
L R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5), to s t e p 7.

3, R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24), Chain-to-Arm Clearance

S e r v i c e Limit:
4, Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t pulley t w o t u r n s c l o c k w i s e . M I L o n w i t h P 0 3 4 1 : 4 J m m (0.17 in J
5, S e t the No, 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e W i t h o u t MIL: 5.5. mm 10,22 in.)
p u n c h m a r k (A) o n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
07AAJ-BWCA100
( V T C ) a c t u a t o r a n d t h e p u n c h m a r k (8) on the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at t h e top.
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s IC) on the V T C actuator a n d
the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t .

7, R e m o v e the oil pan (see p a g e 7-11).

8, S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r the e n g i n e block.

N O T E : Do not-hit the oil p u m p a n d the baffle plate

w h e n p l a c i n g the j a c k on the e d g e of the e n g i n e
block,

3. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13), a n d c h e c k
the teeth on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t , the V T C
actuator, a n d the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of t h e m a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .

10. C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e on the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r for

c l o g s . If the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e it.

(confd)

6-23
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Inspection (cont'd) Cylinder Head Cover Removal

11. M e a s u r e the length of the oil p u m p c h a i n auto- 1. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

t e n s i o n e r rod. 20-289).

Oil P y m p C h a i n Auto-Tensloner R o d Length 2. R e m o v e the e n g i n e c o v e r .

Service Limit 13 mm (0.51 in.)

12. If the length i s o v e r the s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e the oil 3. R e m o v e the four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
p u m p c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 8-23). W h e n r e p l a c i n g , c h e c k
the teeth o n the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t a n d oil p u m p 4. R e m o v e the dipstick (A) a n d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g
s p r o c k e t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of t h e m a r e (P/S) h o s e bracket (B) a n d d i s c o n n e c t the b r e a t h e r
w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y . h o s e (C) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (D).

B
13. C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e on the oil p u m p c h a i n auto-
t e n s i o n e r for c l o g s . If the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d ,
replace it

14. Install the n e w c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15).

15. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d the w o o d block.

16. Install the oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31),

17. Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-25).

18. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).

19. Install the front w h e e l s .

5. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (E) s e c u r i n g the e v a p o r a t i v e

e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge valve b r a c k e t

6-24
 Cylinder Head Cover Installation
8. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r . 1. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t a n d t h e
groove.

2. Install the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) in t h e g r o o v e of

the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).

3. C h e c k that t h e mating s u r f a c e s a r e c l e a n a n d dry.

4. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , o n t h e c h a i n c a s e a n d
t h e N o . 5 rocker shaft h o l d e r m a t i n g a r e a s . Install
t h e c o m p o n e n t within- 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t

NOTE:
• If y o u a p p l y liquid-gasket P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
- liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e the o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

Apply liquid gasket Apply liquid gasket

to these points. to these points.

(cont'd)

6-25
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cower Installation (cont'd)

5. S e t the s p a r k plug s e a l s (A) on the s p a r k plug t u b e s . 8. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the e v a p o r a t i v e
P l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B) on the c y l i n d e r e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e bracket.
h e a d , t h e n s l i d e the c o v e r s l i g h t l y back a n d forth to
s e a t the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t .

9. C o n n e c t the b r e a t h e h o s e (B) a n d the brake b o o s t e r

v a c u u m h o s e (C) a n d install the p o w e r s t e e r i n g
6. I n s p e c t the c o v e r w a s h e r s (C). R e p l a c e a n y w a s h e r ( P / S ) h o s e bracket (D), a n d the dipstick (E).
that is d a m a g e d or d e t e r i o r a t e d .
10. Install the four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
7. T i g h t e n the bolts in t h r e e s t e p s . Sn the final s t e p
tighten all bolts, in s e q u e n c e , to 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 11. Install the e n g i n e c o v e r .
8.7 Ibf-ft).

NOTE:
• W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e
w i t h oil. 6 x 1.0mm
* D o not run the e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after 12 N-m
C1.2 kgf.m,
installing the h e a d c o v e r . 8.7 Ibf-ft!

12. Install the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).

6-26
Cylinder Head Removal
NOTE: 8. R e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A), t h e n
* U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted d i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 11-340).
surfaces.
* T o a v o i d d a m a g e , u n p l u g the w i r i n g c o n n e c t o r s
c a r e f u l l y w h i l e h o l d i n g the c o n n e c t o r portion.
* C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , a n d m o n i t o r t h e e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e f E C T } s e n s o r 1. T o a v o i d
d a m a g i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d , w a i t until t h e E C T
s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s b e l o w 100 T (38 °C)
b e f o r e l o o s e n i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts,
* IVlark all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s to a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
A l s o , be s u r e that t h e y d o not c o n t a c t other w i r i n g or
h o s e s , or interfere w i t h other p a r t s .

1, R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
20-283).
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s (A), the
2, R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332). e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d r e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e s (C),
3, D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

4, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

5, R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-3).

6, R e m o v e the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-367).

7, D i s c o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P )
c a n i s t e r h o s e {A}.

(cont'd)

6-27
Cylinder Head

Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)

10. R e m o v e the four bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r 12. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g
p u r g e v a l v e bracket. pipe.

11. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the heater

h o s e s (B), a n d the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C).

13. D i s c o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (B).

14. D i s c o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
connectors and remove the wire h a r n e s s c l a m p s
f r o m the c y l i n d e r h e a d :

* Engine coolant temperature (ECT) s e n s o r 1

connector
• C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A (Intake)
connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
• R o c k e r a r m oil control v a l v e c o n n e c t o r
• R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
* E V A P canister purge valve connector
• V a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) oil control
solenoid valve connector
* E n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r

6-28
 CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement

15. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 8-13). 1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-24).

18, R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y { s e e p a g e 6-32). 2. R e m o v e c a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A

( s e e p a g e 11-301).
17, R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts. T o p r e v e n t
w a r p a g e , l o o s e n t h e bolts in s e q u e n c e 1/3 t u r n at a 3. Hold t h e c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
t i m e ; r e p e a t t h e s e q u e n c e until all bolts a r e l o o s e n t h e bolt.
loosened.

^ .5 1

© © @ ® ®

18. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d . 4. R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate A .

5, Install C M P p u l s e plate A in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

-removal.

6-29
Cylinder Head
CMP Pulse Plate B Replacement VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft
Sprocket Replacement
1. R e m o v e the cylinder h e a d c o v e r (see p a g e 6-24).

2. R e m o v e c a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B Removal

( s e e page 11-210).
1. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13).
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t with a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , then
N O T E : F o r e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t r e m o v a l , do
l o o s e n the bolt.
s t e p s 3 a n d 4.

2. If the V T C actuator will be r e u s e d , d o t h e s e s t e p s to

a v o i d d a m a g i n g the actuator lock pin.
-1 R e m o v e the intake c a m s h a f t f r o m the c y l i n d e r
h e a d , a n d s e a t the retard h o l e s in the No. 1
c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l w i t h tape a n d a w i r e tie (see
s t e p 6 on p a g e 6-8).
- 2 S e a l o v e r o n e of the a d v a n c e h o l e s w i t h tape ( s e e
s t e p 7 o n p a g e 6-8).
- 3 A p p l y air to the u n s e a l e d a d v a n c e hole to r e l e a s e
t h e lock (see s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-9).
-4 R e m o v e t h e w i r e tie, t h e t a p e , a n d t h e a d h e s i v e
r e s i d u e f r o m the c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l .
- 5 T e m p o r a r i l y reinstall the c a m s h a f t a n d the c a m
j o u r n a l s on the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

3. Hold the c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
l o o s e n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C )
4. R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate B.
actuator m o u n t i n g bolt or the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t
s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt.

5. Install C M P p u l s e plate B in the r e v e r s e order of

4. R e m o v e the V T C actuator a n d / o r the e x h a u s t
removal. c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t f r o m the c a m s h a f t .

6-30
 Cylinder Head Inspection for
Warpage
Installation

1, Install the V T C actuator a n d / o r the exhaust camshaft 1 . R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6-27).

sprocket onto the camshaft.
2. I n s p e c t t h e c a m s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 6-35).
MOTE: T o a v o i d d a m a g e to t h e V T C a c t u a t o r , it
m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d in t h e u n l o c k e d position. If 3. C h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d for w a r p a g e . M e a s u r e
n e c e s s a r y , t e m p o r a r i l y install t h e V T C a c t u a t o r
a l o n g t h e e d g e s , a n d three w a y s a c r o s s t h e c e n t e r .
m o u n t bolt h a n d - t i g h t , a n d u n l o c k t h e a c t u a t o r
f s e e s t e p 2 of r e m o v a l ) .
* If w a r p a g e is l e s s t h a n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
c y l i n d e r h e a d r e s u r f a c i n g is not r e q u i r e d .
* If w a r p a g e is b e t w e e n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.) a n d
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e t h r e a d s of t h e V T C
- 0=2 m m (0.008 in J , r e s u r f a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
a c t u a t o r m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t
* T h e m a x i m u m r e s u r f a c e limit i s 0 . 2 m m (0.008 in.)
m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install t h e m ,
b a s e d o n a height of 104 m m (4,09 in.).

3, Hold t h e c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
Cylinder Head Height
tighten t h e bolts.
S t a n d a r d (Mew): 1 0 3 . 9 5 - 1 0 4 = 0 5 m r n
( 4 . 0 9 3 — 4 . 0 9 6 in.)

Specified Torque
V T C Actuator Mounting BoH:
12x1.25 mm
1 1 3 N - m {11.5 kgf»m, 8 3 Ibf-ft)
E x h a u s t C a m s h a f t S p r o c k e t M o u n t i n g Bolt:
10 x 1 . 2 5 mm
72 M~m 17,3 kgf-m, 5 3 Ibf-ft!

4. Hold the camshaft w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , a n d

t u r n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r b y h a n d c l o c k w i s e until y o u
h e a r a n d feel t h e a c t u a t o r lock pin click into
place,

5. install the c a m c h a i n f s e e p a g e 6-15).

6-31
Cylinder Head

Rocker Arm Assembly Removal

1. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13). 4, R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B (A), the c a m s h a f t
h o l d e r s (B), a n d the c a m s h a f t s (C).

3. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T o p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the c a m s h a f t s , l o o s e n the bolts, in 5. Insert the bolts (A) into t h e r o c k e r shaft h o l d e r , t h e n
s e q u e n c e , t w o t u r n s at a t i m e . r e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B).

6-32
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly

NOTE:
* Identify e a c h part a s ft Is r e m o v e d s o that e a c h Item c a n be reinstalled in its original p o s i t i o n .
* I n s p e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m s h a f t a n d r o c k e r a r m s ( s e e p a g e 6-34).
* If r e u s e d , t h e r o c k e r a r m s m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d in t h e s a m e p o s i t i o n s ,
* W h e n r e m o v i n g , o r installing the r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , d o not r e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T h e bolts w i l l k e e p
the holders a n d rocker a r m s on the shaft.
* Prior to r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all t h e p a r t s in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to a n y c o n t a c t p o i n t s .
* B u n d l e t h e intake r o c k e r a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s to k e e p t h e m t o g e t h e r a s a s e t .
* W h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e intake r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , r e m o v e t h e f a s t e n i n g h a r d w a r e f r o m the n e w intake r o c k e r a r m
assembly.

EXHAUST ROCKER
SHAFT
- T V -

EXHAUST ROCKER
ASSEMBLY

No. §
mmm ROCKER
SHAFT HOLDER
SHAFT HOLDER

R U B B E R BAWD

No. 2 No, 3 No. 4 IOTAKE ROCKER

ROCKER SHAFT ROCKER SHAFT ROCKER SHAFT ARM ASSEMBLY
HOLDER HOLDER HOLDER

_TL_
• INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT

6-33
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection

1. R e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-32). 5. M e a s u r e the i n s i d e d i a m e t e r of the rocker a r m , a n d

c h e c k It for a n out-of-round condition.
2. D i s a s s e m b l e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
6-33). Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance
Standard (New):
3. M e a s u r e the d i a m e t e r of the s h a f t at the first rocker Intake: 0.018—0.059 m m
location. ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 In.)
Exhaust: 0,018—0.056 m m
f O . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 In.)
Serwlee L i m i t : 0,08 m m (0.003 In.)

4. Z e r o t h e g a u g e (A) to the shaft d i a m e t e r .

6. R e p e a t for all rocker a r m s a n d both s h a f t s . If the
c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the
rocker shaft a n d ail out of s e r v i c e limit rocker a r m s .
If a n y V T E C rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c e m e n t , , r e p l a c e
the rocker a r m s ( p r i m a r y , m i d , a n d s e c o n d a r y ) , a s a
set.

7. I n s p e c t the r o c k e r a r m p i s t o n s (A). P u s h on e a c h
piston m a n u a l l y . If It d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e the r o c k e r a r m s e t .

N O T E : A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the r o c k e r a r m
pistons w h e n reassembling.

8. Install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-43).

6-34
Camshaft Inspection
N O T E : D o n o t rotate t h e c a m s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n . 3. S e a t t h e c a m s h a f t by p u s h i n g it a w a y f r o m t h e
c a m s h a f t pulley e n d of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
1. R e m o v e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y { s e e p a g e 6-32),
4. Z e r o t h e dial indicator a g a i n s t t h e e n d of t h e
2, Pot t h e r o c k e r s h a f t h o l d e r s , c a m s h a f t , a n d c a m s h a f t , t h e n push: t h e c a m s h a f t b a c k a n d forth,
c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s o n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n tighten a n d r e a d t h e e n d play. If t h e e n d p l a y i s b e y o n d t h e
the bolts, in s e q u e n c e , to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . s e r v i c e limit, replace t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d r e c h e c k .
If it is still b e y o n d t h e service- limit, r e p l a c e t h e
N O T E : If t h e e n g i n e d o e s not h a v e bolt @ , s k i p it camshaft.
and continue the torque s e q u e n c e .
C a m s h a f t E n d Play
Specified Tmque S t a n d a r d (New): 0.05—0.20 m m
8 x1.25 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 — 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
2 2 N - m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft) Service Limit: 0.4 m m (0.02 in.)
§ K 1,0 m m
12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8,7 Ibf-ft)
6 K 1.0 m m B o l t s : 21 2 , |3

B » 1} 2 2 4
v 6, % 3 1 m

(cont'd)

6-35
Cylinder Head

Camshaft inspection (cont'd)

5. L o o s e n the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts t w o t u r n s at a 10. C h e c k the total runout w i t h the c a m s h a f t s u p p o r t e d
t i m e , in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern. T h e n r e m o v e the on V-blocks.
camshaft holders from the cylinder head.
* If the total runout of t h e c a m s h a f t is within the
6. • Lift the c a m s h a f t s out of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , a n d s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
w i p e t h e m c l e a n , t h e n i n s p e c t the lift r a m p s . '• If the total runout is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit,
R e p l a c e the c a m s h a f t if a n y l o b e s a r e pitted, s c o r e d , r e p l a c e the c a m s h a f t a n d r e c h e c k the c a m s h a f t -
or e x c e s s i v e l y w o r n . t o - h o l d e r oil c l e a r a n c e . Sf the oil c l e a r a n c e is still
b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
7. C l e a n the c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l s u r f a c e s in the c y l i n d e r head.
h e a d , t h e n s e t the c a m s h a f t s back in p l a c e . P l a c e a
p l a s t i g a g e strip a c r o s s e a c h j o u r n a l Camshaft Total Ryrteyt
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.) mm.
8. Install the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s , t h e n tighten the bolts Servloe Limit: 0.04 m m 10.002 in.)
to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a s s h o w n In s t e p 2.

9. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s . M e a s u r e the w i d e s t
portion of p l a s t i g a g e o n e a c h j o u r n a l .

* Sf the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n t h e *
s e r v i c e limits, g o to s t e p 11.
* If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the
s e r v i c e limit, a n d the c a m s h a f t h a s b e e n r e p l a c e d ,
r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d , 11. M e a s u r e the c a m lobe height.
* If t h e c a m s h a f t - t o - h o i d e r c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the
s e r v i c e limit, a n d t h e c a m s h a f t h a s not b e e n C a m L o b e Height S t a n d a r d (New):
r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 10. INTAKE EXHAUST
PR! 33.744 m m 34.291 m m
CamshafMo-Holder Oil Giearance (1.3285 in.) (1.3500 in J .
S t a n d a r d (New): MID 35.456 m m
No. 1 Journal: 0.030-0.069 mm (1.3959 in.)
( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 in.) SEC 33.744 m m
No. 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 Journals: 0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 0 9 9 m m (1.3285 in.)
C0.002~~0.004 in.) PR!: P r i m a r y MID: M i d S E C : Secondary
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.15 m m (0.006 in.) C/C: C a m Chain

INTAKE

PBI MIB SEC

6-36
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal
S p e c i a l T o o l s Fteqylred 5. Install the v a l v e g u i d e s e a l remover.
V a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r attachment: 0 7 7 5 7 - P J 1 0 1 0 A

Identify t h e v a l v e s a n d the v a l v e s p r i n g s a s t h e y a r e
r e m o v e d s o that e a c h item c a n be r e i n s t a l l e d In its
original p o s i t i o n ,

f. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d f s e e p a g e 8-27).

2. U s i n g a n a p p r o p r i a t e - s i z e d s o c k e t (A) a n d plastic
m a l l e t (8), lightly t a p t h e s p r i n g retainer to l o o s e n
the v a l v e c o t t e r s .

6, R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s e a l .

3, Install the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d
the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r . C o m p r e s s the s p r i n g ,
a n d r e m o v e the v a l v e cotters.

07757-PJ1010A

4, R e m o v e the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d the v a l v e
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t t h e n r e m o v e the
s p r i n g retainer a n d t h e v a l v e s p r i n g .

6-37
Cylinder Head

Valve Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

Inspection
1. R e m o v e the v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-37).

2. M e a s u r e the v a l v e in t h e s e a r e a s , 1. R e m o v e the v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-37).

intake Valve D i m e n s i o n s 2. S l i d e the v a l v e out of its g u i d e a b o u t 10 m m

A Standard (New): 3 5 . 8 5 - 3 6 . 1 5 mm (0.33 in.), t h e n m e a s u r e the s t e m - t o - g u i d e
(1.411-1,423 in.) c l e a r a n c e w i t h a dial indicator w h i l e rocking the
B Standard (New): 1 0 8 . 5 - 1 0 9 . 1 mm s t e m in the direction of n o r m a l t h r u s t ( w o b b l e
(4.272-4.295 in.) method).
C Standard (New): 5 . 4 7 5 - 5 . 4 8 5 mm * If the m e a s u r e m e n t e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit,
( 0 . 2 1 5 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 9 in.) r e c h e c k it u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
C S e r v i c e Limit: 5 . 4 4 5 m m (0.214 in.) * If the m e a s u r e m e n t is n o w w i t h i n the s e r v i c e
limit, r e a s s e m b l e u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
Exhayst Valve Dimensions * If the m e a s u r e m e n t w i t h a n e w v a l v e still
A Standard (New): 30.85—31.15 m m e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to s t e p 3.
( 1 . 2 1 5 - 1 . 2 2 6 In.)
B Standard (New): 1 0 8 . 4 - 1 0 9 . 0 m m Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G o i d e C l e a r a n c e
( 4 , 2 6 8 - 4 . 2 9 1 in.) Standard (New): 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 1 m m
C S t a n d a r d (New): 5 . 4 5 0 - 5 . 4 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 * 0 0 4 in.)
( 0 . 2 1 4 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.) Serviee Limit: 0.16 m m (0.006 in.).
C Serwlee L i m i t : 5.42 m m 10.213 in.)
E x h a u s t Vai¥@ S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 1 1 - 0 . 1 6 m m
( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 , 0 0 6 in J
Service Limit: 0.22 m m (0.009 in.)

3. S u b t r a c t the O . D . of the v a l v e s t e m , m e a s u r e d w i t h
a m i c r o m e t e r , f r o m the L D . of the v a l v e g u i d e ,
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n i n s i d e m i c r o m e t e r or ball g a u g e .
T a k e the m e a s u r e m e n t s in t h r e e p l a c e s a l o n g the
v a l v e s t e m a n d t h r e e p l a c e s i n s i d e the v a l v e g u i d e .
T h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n the l a r g e s t g u i d e
m e a s u r e m e n t a n d the s m a l l e s t s t e m m e a s u r e m e n t
s h o u l d not e x c e e d the s e r v i c e limit.

Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 5 5 m m
( § , 0 0 1 2 - 0 , 0 0 2 2 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)

E i c h a y s t Valwe S t e m - t © ~ G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 5 5 - 0 , 0 8 0 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
Service Limit 0.11 m m (0.0043 in.)

6-38
Valve Guide Replacement
Special Tools Required 5. W o r k i n g f r o m t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e , u s e t h e d r i v e r a n d
* V a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 7 4 2 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 a n a i r h a m m e r to drive the g u i d e a b o u t 2 m m
* V a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 H A H - P J 7 A 1 0 0 (0.1 in.) t o w a r d s the c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r . T h i s will
k n o c k off s o m e of t h e c a r b o n a n d m a k e r e m o v a l
1. I n s p e c t the v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e e a s i e r . Hold the air h a m m e r directly in fine w i t h t h e
I s e e p a g e 6-38). v a l v e g u i d e to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e d r i v e r .

2. A s illustrated, u s e a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e air- 6. T u r n t h e h e a d o v e r , a n d drive t h e g u i d e out t o w a r d

i m p a c t v a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r (A) m o d i f i e d to fit the t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e of the h e a d .
d i a m e t e r of trie v a l v e g u i d e s , In m o s t c a s e s , the
s a m e p r o c e d u r e c a n be d o n e u s i n g t h e v a l v e g u i d e
d r i v e r , 5.5 m m a n d a c o n v e n t i o n a l h a m m e r .

5.3 m m
10.21 in.) ,
1
_ i

L 87 m m \ M M 57 mm T
pt3.43in.rT 12.24 fii.J 10.8 m m
10.43 In.)

S e l e c t t h e p r o p e r r e p l a c e m e n t g u i d e s , a n d chill
t h e m in t h e f r e e z e r s e c t i o n of a refrigerator for at
least an hour.

U s e a hot plate o r o v e n to e v e n l y h e a t t h e c y l i n d e r
head to 3 0 0 °F (150 *€). M o n i t o r t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
w i t h a c o o k i n g t h e r m o m e t e r . D o not get the h e a d
hotter t h a n 3 0 0 T (150 *C); e x c e s s i v e h e a t m a y
l o o s e n the v a l v e s e a t s .

7. If a v a l v e g u i d e will not m o v e , drill it o u t w i t h a

8 m m (5/16 in.) bit, t h e n try a g a i n .

N O T E : Drill g u i d e s o n l y in e x t r e m e c a s e s ; y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e the c y l i n d e r h e a d if t h e g u i d e b r e a k s .

8. R e m o v e the n e w g u i d e ( s ) f r o m t h e f r e e z e r , o n e at a
time, a s you need them.

(cont'd)

6-39
Cylinder Head
Valve Guide Replacement (cont'd)

9. A p p l y a thin c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the o u t s i d e of 10. C o a t both the v a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m a n d the

the n e w v a l v e g u i d e . Install t h e g u i d e f r o m the v a l v e g u i d e w i t h cutting o i l
c a m s h a f t s i d e of the h e a d ; u s e the v a l v e g u i d e
d r i v e r to drive the g u i d e in to the s p e c i f i e d installed 11. Rotate the r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e to the full length of the
height (A) of the g u i d e (B). If y o u h a v e all 16 g u i d e s valve guide bore.
to d o , y o u m a y h a v e to r e h e a t the h e a d .

V a l v e G u i d e Installed H e i g h t
Intake: 1 5 . 2 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 9 8 - 0 . 6 3 8 in.)
E x h a u s t : 1 5 . 5 - 1 6 . 5 m m ( 0 . 6 1 0 - 0 . 6 5 0 in.)

12. C o n t i n u e to rotate the r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e

r e m o v i n g it f r o m the b o r e .

13. T h o r o u g h l y w a s h the g u i d e in d e t e r g e n t a n d w a t e r
to r e m o v e a n y cutting r e s i d u e .

14. C h e c k the c l e a r a n c e s w i t h a v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 6-38).

Verify that a v a l v e s l i d e s into the intake a n d
exhaust valve guides without sticking.

15. I n s p e c t the v a l v e s e a t i n g , if n e c e s s a r y r e n e w the

v a l v e s e a t u s i n g a v a l v e s e a t cutter ( s e e p a g e 6-41).

6-40
Valve Seat Reconditioning
1. I n s p e c t the v a l v e stern-to-guide c l e a r a n c e 5. M a k e o n e m o r e v e r y light p a s s w i t h t h e 45 ° cutter
( s e e p a g e 8-38). If the v a l v e g u i d e s a r e w o r n , to r e m o v e a n y p o s s i b l e b u r r s c a u s e d by the other
r e p l a c e t h e m ( s e e p a g e §-39) b e f o r e cutting the cutters,
valve seats,
Valve Seat Width
2* R e n e w t h e v a l v e s e a t s in the c y l i n d e r h e a d u s i n g a S t a n d a r d (New): 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m CO.O49~-0.O61 .in.)
v a l v e s e a t cutter, Service Limit: 2.00 m m (0.079 in.)

6. After r e s u r f a c i n g t h e s e a t i n s p e c t f o r e v e n v a l v e
s e a t i n g . A p p l y P r u s s i a n B l u e c o m p o u n d (A) to t h e
v a l v e f a c e . Insert the v a l v e in its original location in
t h e h e a d , t h e n lift it a n d s n a p it c l o s e d a g a i n s t the
seat several times.

3. C a r e f u l l y c u t a 45 ° s e a t , r e m o v i n g o n l y e n o u g h
m a t e r i a l to e n s u r e a s m o o t h a n d c o n c e n t r i c s e a t .

4, B e v e l t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r e d g e s at t h e a n g l e s
s h o w n in t h e illustration. 7. T h e a c t u a l v a l v e s e a t i n g - s u r f a c e ( B ) , a s s h o w n by
C h e c k t h e w i d t h of the s e a t a n d a d j u s t a c c o r d i n g l y . the b l u e c o m p o u n d , s h o u l d be c e n t e r e d o n the s e a t

INTAKE: 35 °
EXHAUST: 30 °
* If it is too high ( c l o s e r to t h e v a l v e s t e m ) , y o u
m u s t m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h t h e 67.5 ° cutter to
m o v e it d o w n , t h e n o n e m o r e cut w i t h the 45 °
cutter to r e s t o r e s e a t w i d t h .
* If it is too low ( c l o s e to t h e v a l v e e d g e ) , y o u m u s t
m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h the 3 5 ° c u t t e r (intake
s i d e ) or the 30 ° cutter ( e x h a u s t s i d e ) to m o v e it
u p , t h e n m a k e o n e m o r e c u t w i t h the 45 ° c u t t e r
to r e s t o r e s e a t w i d t h .

N O T E : T h e final cut s h o u l d a l w a y s be m a d e w i t h
the 4 5 ° c u t t e r .

(cont'd)
Cylinder Head
Valve Seat Reconditioning (cont'd) Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal
Installation
8. Insert the Intake a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e s In the h e a d ,
a n d m e a s u r e the v a l v e s t e m installed height (A),
Special Tools Required
Intake Valve S t e m Installed Height * S t e m s e a l d r i v e r 07PAD-GO 10QGG
S t a n d a r d (Mew): 4 4 . 0 — 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 — 1 . 7 5 In.) * Valve spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment 07757-PJ1010A
S e r v i c e Limit: 44.7 m m (1.76 In.)
1. C o a t the v a l v e s t e m s w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil. Install
E x h a u s t V a l v e S t e m Installed Height the v a l v e s In the v a l v e g u i d e s .
S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 In.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 44,7 m m (1.76 in.) 2. C h e c k that the v a l v e s m o v e up a n d d o w n s m o o t h l y .

3. Install the s p r i n g s e a t s o n the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

4. Install t h e n e w v a l v e s e a l s (A) u s i n g the 5.5 m m

s i d e of the s t e m s e a l d r i v e r (B)..

N O T E : T h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s e a l (C) h a s a black s p r i n g
(D), a n d the intake v a l v e s e a l (E) h a s a w h i t e s p r i n g
(F). T h e y a r e not I n t e r c h a n g e a b l e .

) )
L_ _ .L__

9. If v a l v e s t e m Installed height Is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e

limit, r e p l a c e the v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k . If it Is still
b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ;
the v a l v e s e a t in the h e a d Is too d e e p .

07PAD-001000©

6-42
 Rocker Arm Assembly Installation
5. Install t h e v a l v e s p r i n g a n d the s p r i n g retainer. 1. R e a s s e m b l e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
P l a c e the end of t h e v a l v e s p r i n g w i t h t h e c l o s e l y 6-32).
w o u n d c o i l s t o w a r d the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
2. C l e a n a n d d r y the No. 5 rocker shaft h o l d e r m a t i n g
6. Install the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d surface.
the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r , C o m p r e s s the s p r i n g ,
a n d install t h e v a l v e c o t t e r s . 3. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the c y l i n d e r
07757-PJ1010A
h e a d m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the No. 5 rocker shaft
. h o l d e r , a n d to the i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt
h o l e s . Install the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of
a p p l y i n g the liquid g a s k e t

NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
• If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e the old l i q u i d g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

JTnTI]__JTjLl

7, R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d the v a l v e
spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment.

8, Lightly t a p t h e e n d of e a c h v a l v e s t e m t w o or t h r e e
t i m e s w i t h a p l a s t i c m a l l e t (A) to e n s u r e p r o p e r
A p p l y liquid gasket
s e a t i n g of t h e v a l v e a n d the v a l v e c o t t e r s . T a p the along the broken line.
v a l v e s t e m o n l y a l o n g its a x i s s o y o u d o not b e n d
the s t e m . 4. Insert the bolts (A) into the r o c k e r shaft holder, t h e n
install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B) on the c y l i n d e r
head.

5. R e m o v e the bolts f r o m the rocker shaft holder.

(cont'd)

6-43
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm Assembly Installation Cylinder Head Installation
{cont'd)
1. Install a n e w c o o l a n t s e p a r a t o r (A) In t h e e n g i n e
block w h e n e v e r t h e e n g i n e block Is r e p l a c e d .
6. M a k e s u r e the p u n c h m a r k s o n t h e v a r i a b l e v a l v e
t i m i n g control ( V T C ) a c t u a t o r a n d t h e e x h a u s t
c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t a r e f a c i n g u p , t h e n s e t the
c a m s h a f t s (A) In t h e holder. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to
the c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l s a n d l o b e s .

2. C l e a n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d t h e e n g i n e block
surface.

3. Install t h e n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d g a s k e t (A) a n d t h e
d o w e l p i n s (B) on the e n g i n e block. A l w a y s u s e a
7. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s (B) a n d the c a m c h a i n new cylinder head g a s k e t
g u i d e B (C) In p l a c e .

8. T i g h t e n t h e bolts to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

N O T E : If t h e e n g i n e d o e s not h a v e bolt @ , s k i p it
and continue the torque s e q u e n c e .

Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N-m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
§ x 1,0 m m
12 N«m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m B o l t s : @ , © , ®

m ® <s> ® ® (i) CD ® eg. m m

® ® CD © CD © m (?) © ® (§) ( D

9. Install t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15), t h e n a d j u s t
the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-9).

6-44
4. S e t t h e c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n 8. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r the
the T D C m a r k (A) o n the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h bolt h e a d s of all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts,
the pointer {8} o n t h e e n g i n e block.
9. T i g h t e n the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in s e q u e n c e to
39 N-m (4.0 kgf°m, 29 Ibf-ft). U s e a b e a m - t y p e
t o r q u e w r e n c h . W h e n u s i n g a p r e s e t click-type
torque w r e n c h , be s u r e to tighten s l o w l y a n d d o not
overtighten. If a bolt m a k e s a n y n o i s e w h i l e y o u a r e
torqusng it, l o o s e n the bolt a n d retighten it f r o m the
first s t e p .

® ® ® ® ®

5, Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d o n the e n g i n e block.

8, M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of e a c h c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt at
point A a n d point B.

50 mm (2.0 in J | @ © ® ® ®
45 mm (1.8 in.)
^sg --5Ss> 10. After t o r q u i n g , tighten all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in t w o
i n s t e p s (90 ° per step) u s i n g the s e q u e n c e s h o w n in
( B ) ( A ) :J s t e p 9. If y o u a r e u s i n g a n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt,
. r
tighten the bolt a n extra 90 °.

N O T E : R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt if y o u
tightened it b e y o n d the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d go
b a c k to s t e p 6 of the p r o c e d u r e . D o not l o o s e n it
b a c k to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .

7. If either d i a m e t e r i s l e s s t h a n 10.6 m m (0.42 in.),

r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t

(cont'd)

6-45
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)

11. install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y fsee page 6-43). 16. C o n n e c t the u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the heater
h o s e s (B), a n d the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C).
12. Install the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-15).

13. C o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r s , a n d install the w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s to
the c y l i n d e r h e a d :

* Engine coolant temperature (ECT) s e n s o r 1

connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A (Intake)
connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
* R o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r
* R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
* Evaporative e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge
valve connector
* V a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) oil control
solenoid valve connector 17. Install the four bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r
* E n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r purge v a l v e b r a c k e t

S x 1.0 mm
14. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g
12SSf.iT!
pipe.

A
6 x 1.0 mm

15. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (B).

6-46
18. C o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s [A), t h e 20. C o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r h o s e (A).
e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e s (C).

6x1.0 mm

21. Install the catalytic c o n v e r t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-367).

22. Install the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-5).

19. C o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (A! ( s e e p a g e 11-343),
t h e n install the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (B). 2 3 . Install the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

24. install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).

25. After installation, c h e c k that all t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d

c o n n e c t o r s a r e Installed c o r r e c t l y .

26. I n s p e c t for fuel leaks. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to

O N (If) (do not o p e r a t e t h e starter ) s o the fuel p u m p
r u n s for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s a n d p r e s s u r i z e s the fuel
line. R e p e a t t h i s operation t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k
for fuel l e a k a g e at a n y point in t h e fuel line,

27. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t a n d b l e e d

the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the h e a t e r
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 10-6).

28. C h e c k for fluid leaks.

2 9 . Do t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) idle lean p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 11-317).

30. D o the c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P

pattern lean p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

3 1 . I n s p e c t the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).

3 2 . I n s p e c t the ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19),

6-47
Cylinder Head
Sealing Bolt Installation

N O T E : W h e n installing the s e a l i n g b o l t a l w a y s u s e a
new washer.

22 x 1.5 m m
7 4 N-m I 7 . 5 k g f - m , 5 4 Sbf-ft)

6-48
Engine Mechanical

Cylinder Head (All Models Except PZEV) 6-1

Cylinder Head fPZEV Model)
Special Tools .................. ..................... ............ 6-50
Component Location Index ................. * ..... 6-51
Engine Compression Inspection ............. . .... 6-54
VTEC Rocker Arm Test . ..... . .......... 6-55
VTC Actuator Inspection .. .. 6-57
Valve Clearance Adjustment ... 6-58
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation .............. 6-61
Cam Chain Removal .. 6-62
Cam Chain Installation 6-64
Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation .................. 6-69
Chain Case Oil Seal Installation ........... 6-71
Cam Chain Inspection 6-72
Cylinder Head Cover Removal ...... 6-73
Cylinder Head Cover Installation 6-74
Cylinder Head Removal ............................................... 6-76
CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement 6-78
CMP Pulse Plate B Replacement 6-79
VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket
Replacement 6-79
Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage 6-80
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal .... 6-81
Rocker Arm and Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly 6-82
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection ........ 6-83
Camshaft Inspection .... 6-84
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal .... 6-86
Valve Inspection . 6=37
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 6-88
Valve Guide Replacement 6-88
Valve Seat Reconditioning ................... . . . 6-90
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation ... .. .. 6-92
Rocker Arm Assembly Installation 6-93
Cylinder Head Installation . ...................... 6-94
Sealing Bolt Installation 6-97
Cylinder Head
Special Toois

Ref. N o . Tool Nymber Description

© 07AAB-RJAA100 C r a n k s h a f t Pulley Holder
® 07AAB-R WCA120 C a m s h a f t Lock Pin S e t 1
© 07AAJ-PNAA101 Air Pressure Regulator 1
© 07AAJ-RWCA100 C a m C h a i n Inspection G a u g e 1
® 07HAH-PJ7A100 V a l v e G u i d e R e a m e r , 5.5 m m ' 1
© 07JAA-001020A S o c k e t 19 m m 1
® 07JAB-001020B Holder H a n d l e 1
(D 07IV1AA-PR70110 Adjuster 1
CD 07MAA-PR70120 Locknut W r e n c h 1
® 07PAD-0010000 S t e m S e a l Driver 1
® 07ZAJ-PNAA101 V T E C Air Adapter
© 07ZAJ-PNAA200 V T E C Air Stopper 1
© 07ZAJ-PNAA300 Air Joint Adapter 1
© 07742-0010100 V a l v e G u i d e Driver, 5.5 m m 1
® 07746-0010400 A t t a c h m e n t 52 x 55 m m 1
® 07749-0010000 Driver 1
© 07757-PJ1010A Valve Spring C o m p r e s s o r Attachment 1

® ® ® ® ©

6-50
Component Location Index

IGNITION COIL COVER

CYLINDER HEAD COVER

R e m o v a l , p a g e 8-73
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-74

GAIV! C H A I N
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-62
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-64
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-72

C A M CHAIN GUIDE B

C A M CHAIN GUIDE A

0-RING

VARIABLE VALVE
TIMING'CONTROL
(VTC) OIL C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE

Is "("\ m

TENSIONER ARM CRANKSHAFT PULLEY

Removal/Installation,
p a g e 6-61

/
SPACER

AUTO-TENSIONER
R e m o v a 1/i r e t a l i a t i o n , O-RING
p a g e 6-69

C H A I N CAS
CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY BOLT
Removal/Installation,
p a g e 6-61
CHAIN CASE COVER

(cont'd)

6^51
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont'd)

CAMSHAFT HOLDERS

C A M CHAIN GUIDE B

DOWEL PINS

CMP P U L S E P L A T E B EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SPROCKET

Replacement, R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 6-79
p a g e 6-79

CMP P U L S E P L A T E A
Replacement,
p a g e 6-78

CMP SENSOR B VTC ACTUATOR

fEXHAUST) R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 6-79

R O C K E R ARIWI A S S E M B L Y
V T E C Rocker A r m T e s t , p a g e 6-55
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y R e m o v a l ,
p a g e 6-81
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly,
p a g e 6-82
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft Inspection,
p a g e 6-83
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y Installation,
p a g e 6-93

6-52
 V A L V E COTTERS CYLINDER HEAD BOLT
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-94
SPRING RETAINER

INTAKE V A L V E SPRING

E X H A U S T V A L V E SPRING (€$

INTAKE VALVE SEAL

R e m o v a l , p a g e 8-86
I n s p e c t i o n p a g e 6-87
i n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-92

INTAKE V A L V E GUIDE
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 6-88

LOST MOTION ASSEMBLY

ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L
S O L E N O I D FILTER

HEAT SHIELD
VTC STRAINER

V T C FILTER

CYLINDER HEAD
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-76
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-80
Installation, p a g e 6-94

EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , page 6-86
I n s e p c t i o n p a g e 6-87
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e "6-92
H O O K E R ARIVI O I L
CONTROL SOLENOID

CYLINDER HEAD GASKET

COOLANT SEPARATOR

6-53
Cylinder Head
Engine Compression Inspection

N O T E : After t h i s i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t r e s e t the 11. S t e p on t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to o p e n the throttle

p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) , o t h e r w i s e the PCM fully, t h e n c r a n k the e n g i n e with the starter m o t o r ,
will c o n t i n u e to s t o p the fuel injectors f r o m o p e r a t i n g . a n d m e a s u r e the c o m p r e s s i o n .

1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g Compression Pressure:

2
t e m p e r a t u r e (cooling f a n c o m e s on). Abowe 93@ k P a (9.5 k g f / e m , 1 3 5 psf)

. 2, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 12. M e a s u r e the c o m p r e s s i o n o n the r e m a i n i n g

cylinders.
3. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC).
( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3). Maximum Variation:
2
W i t h i n 2 0 0 k P a (2.0 k g f / c m , 2 8 pslf
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
13. If the c o m p r e s s i o n is not w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
5. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s , with the v e h i c l e check the following items, then r e m e a s u r e the
a n d the P C M . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e , compression.
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192),
• Incorrect v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P in the P G M - F I , • C o n f i r m a t i o n of c a m t i m i n g
I N S P E C T I O N m e n u with the H D S . • D a m a g e d of w o r n c a m l o b e s
* Damaged or w o r n v a l v e s a n d s e a t s
8
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). Damaged cylinder head gasket
* Damaged or w o r n piston rings
8. R e m o v e the four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20). * Damaged or w o r n piston a n d c y l i n d e r bore

9. R e m o v e the four s p a r k p l u g s . 14. R e m o v e the c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e f r o m t h e s p a r k

plug hole.
10. A t t a c h a c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e to the s p a r k plug hole.
15. Install the four s p a r k p l u g s .

16. Install t h e four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).

17. S e l e c t P C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 11-4) in the P G M - F I ,

I N S P E C T I O N m e n u A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P with the
HDS.

6-54
VTEC Rocker Arm Test
Special Tools Required 5. E x h a u s t s i d e : M o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A)
* V T E C air s t o p p e r 07Z.AJ~PNA.A200 for the No, 1 c y l i n d e r . T h e s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m
* V T E C air a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 1 0 1 s h o u l d m o v e i n d e p e n d e n t l y of the p r i m a r y rocker'
* A i r Joint a d a p t e r 0 7 Z A J - P N A A 3 0 Q a r m (B).
* Air p r e s s u r e regulator 0 7 A A J - P N A A 1 0 1
• If the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m m o v e s freely, g o to
1. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it run for 5 m i n u t e s , t h e n s t e p 8,
turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK * If the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m d o e s not m o v e
I n d e p e n d e n t l y , r e m o v e the p r i m a r y a n d the
2< R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73). s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , a n d
c h e c k that the pistons in the rocker a r m s m o v e
3. S e t t h e N o . 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r (TDC) ( s e e s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c i n g ,
s t e p 5 o n p a g e 6-62), r e p l a c e the p r i m a r y a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker
a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n retest.
4, Intake s i d e : M o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for
t h e No, 1 c y l i n d e r . T h e s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m
s h o u l d m o v e i n d e p e n d e n t l y of the m i d rocker a r m
IBK

* if the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m m o v e s freely, go to

s t e p 5.
* if the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m d o e s not m o v e
independently, remove the mid, primary, and
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , a n d
c h e c k that t h e p i s t o n s In the rocker a r m s m o v e
s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c i n g ,
r e p l a c e the m i d , primary,- a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker
a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n retest

8. R e p e a t s t e p 4 t h r o u g h 5 on the remaining-.
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s w i t h e a c h piston at T D C .
W h e n all the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test,
g o to s t e p 7.

7, C h e c k that the air p r e s s u r e on the s h o p air ,

c o m p r e s s o r g a u g e indicates o v e r 400 kPa
2
(4.0 k g f / c m , 57 psi).

3. I n s p e c t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-58).

A* ~

(cont'd)

6-55
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont'd)

9. R e m o v e the s e a l i n g bolt (A) f r o m the relief h o l e , 13. Intake s i d e : W i t h the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e a p p l i e d ,

a n d install the V T E C air s t o p p e r (B). m o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for the N o . 1
c y l i n d e r . T h e m i d rocker a r m (B), the p r i m a r y
rocker a r m (C), a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m
s h o u l d m o v e together.

* If the m i d , the p r i m a r y , a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker

a r m s m o v e t o g e t h e r , go to s t e p 14.
* If the mid a n d p r i m a r y rocker a r m s do not m o v e
t o g e t h e r w i t h the s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m , r e m o v e
the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s
a n a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k that t h e p i s t o n s in the
rocker a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y rocker a r m
n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e p l a c e the m i d , p r i m a r y , a n d
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n
retest.

B C
©7ZAJ-P!MAA20e 07ZAJ-PWAA1O1

10. R e m o v e the No. 3 c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts, a n d install

t h e V T E C a i r a d a p t e r s (C) finger-tight.

11. C o n n e c t the air joint a d a p t e r (D) a n d the air

p r e s s u r e regulator (E).

12. L o o s e n the v a l v e on t h e air p r e s s u r e regulator, a n d

a p p l y the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e .

Specified Air Pressure:

2
2 9 0 k P a (3.0 k g f / e m , 4 2 psl)

N O T E : If the rocker a r m piston d o e s not m o v e after

a p p l y i n g air p r e s s u r e ; m o v e the rocker a r m up a n d
d o w n m a n u a l l y by rotating the c r a n k s h a f t
clockwise.

6-56
 VTC Actuator Inspection
14, E x h a u s t s i d e : W i t h the s p e c i f i e d air p r e s s u r e 1. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n (see page 6-62).
a p p l i e d , m o v e the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m (A) for the
No.. 1 c y l i n d e r . T h e p r i m a r y rocker a r m (B) a n d the 2. L o o s e n the rocker a r m adjusting s c r e w s (see s t e p 2
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s h o u l d m o v e together, on p a g e 6-81).

• If t h e p r i m a r y a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s 3. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t holder (see s t e p 3 on p a g e

m o v e together, g o to s t e p 15. 6-81).
* If the p r i m a r y rocker a r m s d o not m o v e together
with the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m , r e m o v e the 4. R e m o v e the intake c a m s h a f t ,
p r i m a r y a n d the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n
a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k that the p i s t o n s in the 5. C h e c k that the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control (VTC)
rocker a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y , If a n y rocker a r m actuator is locked by turning the V T C actuator
n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e p l a c e the p r i m a r y a n d the c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If it is' not l o c k e d , turn the V T C
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s a s a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n actuator c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s , t h e n r e c h e c k it. If it
retest. is still not l o c k e d , replace the V T C actuator.

6. Seal the retard holes (A) in the No. 1 c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l

•with tape a n d a w i r e tie. -

15, R e p e a t s t e p 13 through 14 on the r e m a i n i n g

s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s with e a c h piston at T D C .
W h e n all the s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s p a s s the test,
g o to s t e p 16.

16, R e m o v e the air p r e s s u r e regulator, the air joint

a d a p t e r , the V T E C air adapter, a n d the V T E C air

17, T i g h t e n t h e c a m s h a f t holder m o u n t i n g bolts to

22 M*m {2,2 kgf.m, 16 Ibf-ft).
7. S e a l over one of the advance h o l e s (A) w i t h t a p e .

18, T i g h t e n the s e a l i n g bolt to 10 U*m (1,0 kgf-m,

7.4 Ibf.ft).

19, Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r fsee p a g e 6-74).

(cont'd)

6-57
Cylinder Head
VTC Actuator Inspection (cont'd) Valve Clearance Adjustment
8. A p p l y air to the u n s e a l e d a d v a n c e hole to r e l e a s e Special Tools Required
lock. • Locknut w r e n c h Q7MAA-PR7Q120
• Adjuster 07MAA-PR70110

N O T E : C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m (HDS) to
the data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) a n d monitor the e n g i n e
coolant t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) s e n s o r 1 with the H D S .
A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e only w h e n the E C T s e n s o r 1
t e m p e r a t u r e is l e s s than 100 °F (38 °C).

1. R e m o v e the cylinder h e a d c o v e r (see page 6-73).

2. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d center (TDC). T h e

p u n c h mark (A) on the v a r i a b l e v a l v e timing control
(VTC) actuator a n d the p u n c h mark (B) on the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at the top.
Align the T D C m a r k s (C) on the V T C actuator a n d
9. C h e c k that the V T C actuator m o v e s s m o o t h l y . If the the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t sprocket.
V T C actuator d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y , replace the
V T C actuator.

10. R e m o v e the w i r e tie, the t a p e , a n d the a d h e s i v e

r e s i d u e f r o m the No. 1 c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l .

11. M a k e s u r e the p u n c h m a r k s on the V T C actuator

a n d the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t are facing up,
then s e t the c a m s h a f t s in the h e a d ( s e e s t e p 6 on
p a g e 6-93).

12. S e t the c a m s h a f t holders a n d c a m c h a i n guide B in

place ( s e e step 7 on page 6-93).

13. T i g h t e n the c a m s h a f t holder bolts to the s p e c i f i e d

torque ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-93).

14. Hold the c a m s h a f t , a n d turn the V T C actuator

c l o c k w i s e until y o u hear it click. M a k e s u r e to lock
the V T C actuator by turning i t

15. Install the c a m c h a i n (see p a g e 6-64).

16. A d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e (see p a g e 6-58).

6-58
3, S e l e c t t h e c o r r e c t f e e l e r g a u g e for the v a l v e 5. If y o u f e e l too m u c h or too- little d r a g , - l o o s e n the •
c l e a r a n c e y o u a r e g o i n g to c h e c k . locknut w i t h t h e Socknut w r e n c h a n d a d j u s t e r , a n d
turn t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w until t h e d r a g on the f e e l e r
Valve Clearance g a u g e is c o r r e c t . •
Intake: 0.21 — 0 . 2 5 mm ( 0 . 0 0 8 — 0 . 0 1 0 In.)
O7I¥tAA-PR7©110
E x h a u s t : 0 , 2 5 - 0 , 2 9 m m ( 0 . 0 1 0 - 0 . 0 1 1 in.)

EXHAUST

No. 1 No. 2 No 3 No. 4

O7I¥IAA-Pfl7012O
Wo. 1 No. 2 Wo. 3 No. 4

INTAKE 6. T i g h t e n the locknut to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , a n d

r e c h e c k the c l e a r a n c e . R e p e a t the a d j u s t m e n t i f
4. Insert t h e f e e l e r g a u g e (A) b e t w e e n t h e a d j u s t i n g necessary.
s c r e w | B ) a n d t h e e n d of t h e v a l v e s t e m , a n d s l i d e it
b a c k a n d forth; y o u s h o u l d feel a slight a m o u n t of Specif led Torque
drag. Intake:-
7 x 0 . 7 5 min
14 N-m (1.4 k g f - m , 10 Ibf-ft)
Apply n e w engine oil t o t h e n u t t h r e a d s .
Exhaust:
7x0.75 mm
14 M<m f l . 4 k g f m , 10 Ibf-ft)
Apply n e w engine oil t© t h e nut t h r e a d s .

(cont'd)

6-59
Cylinder Head

Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)

7. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t 180 ° c l o c k w i s e ( c a m s h a f t 11. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t 180 ° c l o c k w i s e ( c a m s h a f t

p u l l e y t u r n s 90 % pulley t u r n s 9 0 °).

8. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e 12. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e

o n the No. 3 c y l i n d e r . o n the No. 2 c y l i n d e r .

9. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t 180 ° c l o c k w i s e ( c a m s h a f t 13. Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-74).

pulley t u r n s 9 0 ° ) .

10. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
- o n t h e No. 4 c y l i n d e r .

6-60
 h9
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation
Special Tools Required Installation
* Holder h a n d l e 0 7 J A B - 0 0 1 Q 2 Q B
* Crankshaft pulley holder 0 7 A A B - R J A A 1 0 0 1. C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (A), t h e c r a n k s h a f t (B),
• S o c k e t , 19 m m O7JAA-GO102OA or a c o m m e r c i a l l y t h e bolt ( C ) , a n d t h e w a s h e r (D). L u b r i c a t e w i t h n e w
a v a i l a b l e 19 m m s o c k e t e n g i n e oil a s s h o w n .

O Clean
Removal
#:Lybrieate

1, R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s .

2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 24 on p a g e 5-5).

3, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
ooooc^
4. Hold t h e p u l l e y w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e
c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y h o l d e r IB).

07 A A B - R J A A 1 0 0

2. Install t h e c r a n k s h a f t pulley, a n d h o l d t h e p u l l e y
w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y
h o l d e r (B).

07AAB-RJAA100

G7JAA-001O20A
for commercially available)

5, R e m o v e t h e bolt w i t h a s o c k e t , 19 m m (C) a n d a
b r e a k e r bar, t h e n r e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y .

©7JAA-001020A
for c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e )

3. T i g h t e n t h e bolt to 49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft) w i t h

a t o r q u e w r e n c h a n d s o c k e t , 19 m m (C). Do not u s e
a n i m p a c t w r e n c h . If t h e p u l l e y bolt or c r a n k s h a f t
a r e n e w , tighten t h e bolt to 177 N-m (18.0 kgf-m,
130 Ibf-ft), t h e n r e m o v e the bolt a n d tighten it to
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 3 6 Ibf-ft).

4. T i g h t e n t h e p u l l e y bolt a n additional 90 °.

5. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30),

6. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).

7. Install t h e front w h e e l s .

6-61
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Removal

N O T E : K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c f i e l d s . 7. R e m o v e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

( s e e p a g e 11-300).
1. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .
8. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6-61).
2. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5).
9. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d b l o c k
3. R e m o v e the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30). u n d e r the oil p a n .

4. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73), 10. R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e (A), t h e n r e m o v e the s i d e

e n g i n e m o u n t bracket (B).
5. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e
p u n c h m a r k (A) o n t h e v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
( V T C ) actuator a n d the p u n c h m a r k (B) o n the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at the top.
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s (C) o n the V T C actuator a n d
the exhaust camshaft s p r o c k e t

11. R e m o v e the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket m o u n t i n g

bolts.
C

6. D i s c o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B),

6-62
12. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n c a s e (A) a n d s p a c e r (B). 15, A l i g n the h o l e s on the lock (A) a n d the auto- '
t e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/N 14511-PNA-0G3) (C)
into t h e h o l e s . T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to
s e c u r e the pin.

N O T E : C h e c k t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
p o s i t i o n a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first
e d g e of the rack.

13. L o o s e l y install t h e c r a n k s h a f t pulley.

14, T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the auto-tensioner,

16. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

(cont'd)

6-63
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Removal (cont'd) Cam Chain Installation

17. R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B. Speelal Tools Required

Camshaft: lock pin s e t 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0

NOTE:
• K e e p the c a m c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c f i e l d s .
* B e f o r e d o i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e , c h e c k that the v a r i a b l e
v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) a c t u a t o r is l o c k e d by
t u r n i n g the V T C a c t u a t o r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If not
l o c k e d , turn the V T C a c t u a t o r c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s ,
t h e n r e c h e c k it. If it is still not l o c k e d , r e p l a c e t h e V T C
actuator.

1. S e t t h e c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n
the T D C m a r k (A) o n the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h
the pointer (B) o n the e n g i n e block.

18. R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r
a r m IB).

2. S e t the c a m s h a f t s to T D C . T h e p u n c h m a r k (A) on
the V T C a c t u a t o r a n d the p u n c h m a r k (B) on t h e
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at the top.
A l i g n the T D C m a r k s (C) o n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r a n d
the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t .

19. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n .

6-64
3. T o h o l d t h e intake c a m s h a f t , i n s e r t a c a m s h a f t lock 6. Install t h e c a m c h a i n o n the V T C a c t u a t o r a n d t h e
pin {P/N 0 7 A A B - R W C A 1 2 0 } (A) into the exhaust camshaft sprocket with the punch marks
m a i n t e n a n c e h o l e in c a m s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C M P ) p u l s e (A) a l i g n e d w i t h the c e n t e r of the t w o c o l o r e d link
plate A (B) a n d t h r o u g h the N o , 5 rocker shaft p l a t e s (B).
holder (CI
B B

7. Install c a m c h a i n g u i d e A a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B).

4, T o h o l d t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t , i n s e r t a c a m s h a f t
lock p i n (A) into t h e m a i n t e n a n c e h o l e in C M P p u l s e
plate B ID) a n d t h r o u g h the N o , 5 r o c k e r s h a f t
holder (C).

5 . Install the c a m c h a i n o n t h e c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t
w i t h the c o l o r e d link plate (A) a l i g n e d w i t h t h e m a r k
(8) o n the crankshaft sprocket.

(2.2 k g f - m ,
.16 Ibf-ft)

(cont'd)

6-65
Cy linear-Head
Cam Chain installation (cont'd)

8. C o m p r e s s the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e 10. Install the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

c a m c h a i n . R e m o v e t h e pin f r o m the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
. T u r n t h e plate (A) c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , to r e l e a s e t h e N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
lock, t h e n p r e s s t h e rod (B), a n d s e t the first c a m ( O position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to t h e first
to t h e first e d g e of t h e rack (D). Insert the 1.2 m m e d g e of the rack.

6-66
12. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t lock pin s e t , 16. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the e n g i n e
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e , a n d to the
i n s i d e e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e liquid
gasket.

NOTE:
• If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
• If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t .

13, C h e c k the c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l for d a m a g e . If the oil

s e a l is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e c h a i n c a s e oil s e a l
(see p a g e 6-71).

14,. R e m o v e t h e o l d liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e c h a i n c a s e
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , t h e bolts, a n d t h e bolt h o l e s .

15, C l e a n a n d d r y t h e chain c a s e mating surfaces.

A p p l y liquid gasket
along the broken line.

17. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t to the e n g i n e block u p p e r

s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (A) o n the c h a i n c a s e a n d
l o w e r block u p p e r s u r f a c e c o n t a c t a r e a s (B) on t h e
chain case.

18. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to t h e oil p a n
m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e , a n d to the i n s i d e
e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the liquid
gasket.

NOTE:
• If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

A p p l y liquid gasket
along the broken line.

(confd)

6-67
Cylinder Head
Cam Chain Installation (cont'd)

19. Install t h e s p a c e r (A), t h e n install the n e w O - r i n g (B) 20. Install t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket, t h e n tighten
on the c h a i n c a s e . S e t t h e e d g e of t h e c h a i n c a s e (C) the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolts.
to t h e e d g e of the oil p a n (D), t h e n install the c h a i n
c a s e o n the e n g i n e block ( E h W i p e off t h e e x c e s s
liquid g a s k e t o n the oil p a n a n d c h a i n c a s e m a t i n g
surface.

NOTE:
• W h e n installing t h e c h a i n c a s e , d o not s l i d e the
b o t t o m s u r f a c e onto the oil p a n m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e .
• W a i t at least.30 m i n u t e s before filling t h e e n g i n e
w i t h oil.
• D o not run the e n g i n e for at feast 3 h o u r s after
installing t h e c h a i n c a s e .

21. T i g h t e n the n e w s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t bracket

m o u n t i n g bolts in the n u m b e r e d s e q u e n c e s h o w n .

© 1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
6 4 N-m (S.5 kgf-m, 4 7 Ibf-ft)

2 2 . Install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e .

2 3 . R e m o v e the j a c k a n d t h e w o o d block.

6-68
 Auto-tensioner Removal and
Installation
24. install the c r a n k s h a f t pulley ( s e e p a g e 6-81),

2 5 . Install the V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e Removal

11-300).
1. R e m o v e the c h a i n c a s e c o v e r .
28, C o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d install the h a r n e s s c l a m p ( B ) .

2 7 . Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-74).
2. T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
2 8 . Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30). the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

29. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).

3 0 . Install the front w h e e l s .

3 1 . D o the c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P

pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

(cont'd)

6-89
Cylinder Head

Auto-tensioner Removal and installa ion (cont'd)

3. A l i g n the h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the auto- Installation
t e n s i o n e r | B ) , t h e n insert a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
d i a m e t e r pin or lock pin (P/N 1 4 5 1 1 - P N A - 0 0 3 ) (C) 1. Install the auto-tensioner.,
into the h o l e s , T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to
s e c u r e the pin. N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to t h e first
N O T E : C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m position. If the e d g e of the rack.
position a r e not a l i g n e d , s e t the first c a m to the first
e d g e of the rack ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-66).

S x 1.0 mm
12 N - m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

4. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . 2. R e m o v e the 1.2 m m (0.05-in.) d i a m e t e r pin or lock

pin (P/N 1 4 5 1 1 - P N A - 0 0 3 ) f r o m t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

3. R e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t f r o m the c h a i n c a s e

c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , the bolts, a n d t h e bolt h o l e s .

4. C l e a n a n d dry t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .

6-70
 Chain Case Oil Seal Installation

5. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 3 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , Special Tools Reqylred

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the c h a i n -Driver 07749-0010000
c a s e m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r , a n d to * A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 07746-0010400
t h e i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install
the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e 1. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e
liquid g a s k e t crankshaft.

NOTE: 2. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e lip of t h e

• If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e c h a i n c a s e oil s e a L
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s ,
* if too m u c h t i m e l i a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e 3. U s e the d r i v e r a n d a t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m to d r i v e
liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e the o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d a n e w oil s e a l s q u a r e l y into t h e c h a i n c a s e to the
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t . specified installed height -

A p p l y liquid gasket
a l o n g the broken line.

6 . Install t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r ,

NOTE:
* W a i t at l e a s t 3 0 m i n u t e s b e f o r e filling the e n g i n e 4. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c h a i n c a s e
with o i l s u r f a c e a n d t h e oil s e a l .
* Do not run the e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
installing t h e c h a i n c a s e c o v e r . Oil S e a l i n s t a l l e d Height:
32.4—33.1 m m ( 1 . 2 8 - 1 . 3 0 in.)

32.4—33.1 m m
( 1 . 2 8 - 1 . 3 0 In.f

6-71
Cylinder Head

Cain Chain Inspection

Special Tools Required 6. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c a m c h a i n (A)

a n d the t e n s i o n e r a r m (B) w i t h t h e c a m c h a i n
C a m chain inspection g a u g e 0 7 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0 inspection gauge ( 0 7 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0 ) .

1. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s . * If the c l e a r a n c e is O K , g o to s t e p 17.

* If t h e c l e a r a n c e is m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit, g o
2. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-5). to s t e p 7.

3. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73). Chaiii-to-Arm Clearance

Serwice Limit:
4. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y t w o t u r n s c l o c k w i s e . M I L o n w i t h P0341:4.3 m m 10,17 in.)
5. S e t the No. 1 piston at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . T h e W i t h o u t MIL: 5.5 m m (0.22 in.)
p u n c h m a r k (A) on the v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control
07 A A J - R W C A 1 0 0
( V T C ) actuator a n d t h e p u n c h m a r k (B) on the
e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t s h o u l d be at the top.
A l i g n t h e T D C m a r k s (C) o n the V T C a c t u a t o r a n d
the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t .

7. R e m o v e the oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11).

8. S u p p o r t the e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r the e n g i n e block.

c N O T E : D o not hit the oil p u m p a n d the baffle plate

w h e n p l a c i n g the j a c k o n the e d g e of t h e e n g i n e
block,

9. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-62), a n d c h e c k
the teeth on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t the V T C
actuator, a n d the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of t h e m a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .

10. C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e on t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r for

c l o g s . If the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e it.

6-72
 Cylinder Head Cower Removal

11. M e a s u r e t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r rod 1. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

length. 20-289).

Oil P u m p C h a i n Auto-Tensioner R o d Length 2. R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d c o v e r .

Service Limit: 13 m m 10.51 In,)

12, If the length is o v e r t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e oil 3. R e m o v e t h e f o u r ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).

p u m p c h a i n { s e e p a g e 8-23). W h e n r e p l a c i n g , c h e c k
the t e e t h o n t h e c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t a n d t h e oil 4. R e m o v e t h e dipstick (A), a n d the p o w e r s t e e r i n g
p y m p s p r o c k e t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If a n y of ( P / S ) h o s e bracket (B) a n d d i s c o n n e c t the breather
t h e m a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y . h o s e (C) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (DK

B
13. C h e c k t h e oil p a s s a g e o n t h e oil p u m p c h a i n auto-
t e n s i o n e r for c l o g s . If t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r is c l o g g e d ,
r e p l a c e It,

14. Install t h e n e w c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-64).

15, R e m o v e t h e Jack a n d t h e w o o d block.

18. Install t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31).

17. Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-74).

18. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 o n p a g e 5-20).

19. Install the front w h e e l s .

5. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (E) s e c u r i n g t h e e v a p o r a t i v e

e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge v a l v e b r a c k e t

(cont'd)

6-73
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cover Removal Cylinder Head Cower Installation
(cont'd)
1. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t a n d t h e
groove.
6. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r .
2. Install the h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) in the g r o o v e of
t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).

3. C h e c k that the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s a r e c l e a n a n d dry.

4. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 08718-0001,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , on t h e c h a i n c a s e a n d
the No, 5 rocker s h a f t h o l d e r m a t i n g a r e a s , a n d to
t h e i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install
t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t .

NOTE:
• If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be i n s t a l l e d w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t .

A p p l y liquid gasket A p p l y liquid gasket

to these points. to these points.

6-74
5. S e t the s p a r k p l u g s e a l s (A) o n t h e s p a r k plug t u b e s . 8. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the e v a p o r a t i v e
P l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B) o n the c y l i n d e r e m i s s i o n (EVAP) canister purge valve bracket •
h e a d , t h e n s l i d e the c o v e r s l i g h t l y b a c k a n d forth to
seat the head c o v e r gasket.

9. C o n n e c t the b r e a t h e r h o s e (B) a n d the brake

b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (C) a n d install t h e p o w e r
6, I n s p e c t t h e c o v e r w a s h e r s (C). R e p l a c e a n y w a s h e r s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) h o s e b r a c k e t (D), a n d the dipstick ( E ) .
that is d a m a g e d o r d e t e r i o r a t e d .
10. Install t h e four ignition c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4-20).
7, T i g h t e n t h e bolts in t h r e e s t e p s . In the final s t e p
tighten all b o l t s , in s e q u e n c e , to 12 N-m {1.2 kgf-m, 11. Install t h e intake m a n i f o l d c o v e r .
8.7 Ibf-ft).

NOTE:
* W a i t at feast 30 m i n u t e s b e f o r e filling t h e e n g i n e
w i t h oil,
* Do not r u n t h e e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
installing t h e h e a d c o v e r .

12. Install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) (s • page

20-289).

6-75
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal

NOTE: 8. R e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A), t h e n

* U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted- d i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 11-340).
surfaces.
* T o avoid d a m a g e , unplug the wiring-connectors
c a r e f u l l y w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c o n n e c t o r portion.
* C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e
data Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , a n d m o n i t o r the e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T ) s e n s o r 1. T o a v o i d
d a m a g i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d , w a i t until t h e E C T
s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s b e l o w 100 °F (38 *€)
before l o o s e n i n g the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts.
* M a r k all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s to a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
A l s o , be s u r e that t h e y d o not c o n t a c t other w i r i n g or
h o s e s , or interfere w i t h other p a r t s .

1. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289),
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s (A), the
2. R e l i e v e the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332). e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d r e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e s (C).
3 . Drain the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

4. R e m o v e the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

- 5. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-3).

6. R e m o v e the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-367).

7. D i s c o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P )
c a n i s t e r h o s e (A). B

6-76
10. R e m o v e the f o u r bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r 12. R e m o v e the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g
p u r g e v a l v e bracket. • pipe.

11, D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the h e a t e r

h o s e s (&), a n d t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C).

13. D i s c o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (B).

14. D i s c o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e wire" h a r n e s s

c o n n e c t o r s a n d w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s f r o m the
cylinder head:

* Engine coolant temperature (ECT) s e n s o r 1

connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A (Intake)
connector
* C a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
* T w o rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r s
* T w o rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r s
* E V A P canister purge valve connector
* V a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) oil control
solenoid valve connector
* E n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r

(cont'd)

6-77
Cylinder Head

Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd) CMP Pulse Plate A Replacement

15. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-62). 1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6-73).

16. R e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-81). 2. R e m o v e c a m s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C M P ) s e n s o r A

( s e e p a g e 11-301).
17. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts. T o p r e v e n t
w a r p a g e , l o o s e n t h e bolts in s e q u e n c e 1/3 turn at a 3. Hold the c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
t i m e ; repeat the s e q u e n c e until all bolts a r e l o o s e n the b o l t
loosened.

® . ® ® ® ®

® ® ® ® ®
18. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d . 4. R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate A .

A p p l y n e w engine oil to
the bolt threads.

5. Install C M P p u l s e plate A in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.

6-78
CMP Pulse Plate B Replacement VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft
Sprocket Replacement
1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r fsee p a g e 6-73).

2 . R e m o v e c a m s h a f t position (CMP) sensor B Removal

( s e e p a g e 11-210).
1. R e m o v e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-62).
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t with a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , then
N O T E : For exhaust camshaft sprocket removal,
l o o s e n the bolt.
do s t e p s 3 a n d 4.

2. If the V T C actuator will be r e u s e d , do t h e s e s t e p s to

a v o i d d a m a g i n g the actuator lock pin,

-1 R e m o v e the intake c a m s h a f t f r o m the c y l i n d e r

h e a d , a n d s e a l the retard h o l e s in the No. 1
c a m s h a f t journal with tape a n d a w i r e tie (see
s t e p 6 on p a g e 6-57).
- 2 S e a l o v e r o n e o n e of the a d v a n c e h o l e s with tape
( s e e p a g e 7 o n p a g e 6-57).
- 3 A p p l y air to the u n s e a l e d a d v a n c e hole to r e l e a s e
the lock ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 6-58).
- 4 R e m o v e the w i r e tie, the t a p e , a n d the a d h e s i v e
residue from the camshaft journal.
- 5 T e m p o r a r i l y reinstall the c a m s h a f t a n d the c a m
j o u r n a l s on the cylinder h e a d .

3. Hold the c a m s h a f t with a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n

4, R e m o v e C M P p u l s e plate B. l o o s e n the v a r i a b l e valve-timing control ( V T C )
•actuator m o u n t i n g bolt or the e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t
sprocket mounting bolt

5. Install C M P p u l s e plate B in the r e v e r s e order of

4. R e m o v e the V T C actuator a n d / o r the e x h a u s t
removal.
c a m s h a f t s p r o c k e t f r o m the c a m s h a f t .

(cont'd)

6-79
Cylinder Head
VTC Actuator, Exhaust Camshaft Cylinder Head Inspection for
Sprocket Replacement (cont'd) Warpage

1. Install the V T C actuator or the exhaust camshaft 1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6-76).

sprocket onto the camshaft.
2. Inspect the c a m s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 6-84).
N O T E : T o a v o i d d a m a g e to t h e V T C actuator, it
m u s t b e installed in t h e u n l o c k e d position. If
3. C h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d for w a r p a g e . M e a s u r e
n e c e s s a r y , t e m p o r a r i l y install t h e V T C a c t u a t o r
m o u n t bolt hand-tight, a n d u n l o c k t h e a c t u a t o r a l o n g the e d g e s , a n d t h r e e w a y s a c r o s s the c e n t e r .
• . ( s e e s t e p 2 of r e m o v a l ) .
* If w a r p a g e is l e s s t h a n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
c y l i n d e r h e a d r e s u r f a c i n g is not r e q u i r e d .
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of the V T C * If w a r p a g e is b e t w e e n 0.05 m m (0.002 in.) a n d
. actuator m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e e x h a u s t c a m s h a f t 0,2 m m (0.008 in.), r e s u r f a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install t h e m . * T h e m a x i m u m r e s u r f a c e limit is 0.2 m m (0.008 in.)
b a s e d o n a height of 104 m m (4.09 in.).
3. Hold the c a m s h a f t w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , t h e n
tighten the bolts. Cylinder Head Height
Standard (New): 1 0 3 . 9 5 - 1 0 4 . 0 5 m m
( 4 . 0 9 2 5 - 4 . 0 9 6 5 in.)

Specified Torque
V T C A c t u a t o r M o u n t i n g Bolt:
12 x 1.25 mm
113 N-m (11.5 kgf«m, 8 3 Ibf-ft)
E x h a u s t C a m s h a f t S p r o e k e t M o u n t i n g Bolt:
10 x 1.25 m m
72 N-m (7.3 k g f - m . 5 3 Ibf-ft)

4. Hold the camshaft w i t h a n o p e n - e n d w r e n c h , a n d

t u r n t h e V T C a c t u a t o r by h a n d c l o c k w i s e until y o u
h e a r a n d feel t h e a c t u a t o r lock pin click into
place.

5. Install the c a m chain (see page 6-64).

6-80
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal
1, R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-82). 4. R e m o v e c a m c h a i n g u i d e B (A), the c a m s h a f t
. h o l d e r s (8), a n d the c a m s h a f t s (C).

3, R e m o v e t h e c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T o p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the c a m s h a f t s , l o o s e n t h e bolts, in
s e q u e n c e , t w o t u r n s at a t i m e . 5. Insert t h e bolts (A) into the r o c k e r shaft h o l d e r , t h e n
r e m o v e the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B).

6-81
Cylinder Head

Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly

NOTE:
* Identify e a c h part a s it is r e m o v e d s o that e a c h stem c a n be reinstalled in its original p o s i t i o n .
* i n s p e c t the rocker a r m shaft a n d rocker a r m s ( s e e p a g e 6-83).
* If r e u s e d , the rocker a r m s m u s t be installed in the s a m e p o s i t i o n s .
* W h e n r e m o v i n g , or installing the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y , do not r e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r bolts. T h e bolts will keep
the h o l d e r s a n d rocker a r m s o n the shaft.
* Prior to r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all the parts in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y lubricant to a n y c o n t a c t points.
* B u n d l e the rocker a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s to k e e p t h e m t o g e t h e r a s a s e t .
* W h e n r e p l a c i n g the V T E C rocker a r m a s s e m b l y , r e m o v e the f a s t e n i n g h a r d w a r e f r o m t h e n e w V T E C rocker a r m
assembly.

- EXHAUST ROCKER
SHAFT
_n __r\-

RUBBER BAND ^ ^ EXHAUST ROCKER ARM

^ 0 - - ^ ASSEMBLY

No. 1 No. 5
ROCKER ROCKER
SHAFT HOLDER SHAFT HOLDER

RUBBER BAND

No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 INTAKE ROCKER

ROCKER SHAFT ROCKER SHAFT ROCKER SHAFT ARIVi A S S E M B L Y
HOLDER HOLDER HOLDER

- INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT

6-82
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-81), 5. M e a s u r e t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r of the rocker a r m , a n d
c h e c k it for a n out-of-round c o n d i t i o n .
2. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
6-82), Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance
S t a n d a r d (Mew): O.018-0-.059 m m
3. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of t h e s h a f t at the first r o c k e r ( 0 , 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 3 In.)
location. Service Limit: 0.08 m m (0,003 in.)

6. R e p e a t for all intake rocker a r m s a n d intake s h a f t If

the c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
4., Z e r o the g a u g e ( A ) to the shaft d i a m e t e r , ^ the rocker shaft a n d all out of s e r v i c e limit r o c k e r
a r m s . If a n y V T E C rocker a r m n e e d s r e p l a c e m e n t ,
r e p l a c e the intake rocker a r m s (primary, m i d , a n d
s e c o n d a r y ) , a s a set.

7. R e p e a t for all e x h a u s t rocker a r m s a n d e x h a u s t

shaft. If the c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e the r o c k e r shaft a n d all out of s e r v i c e limit
rocker a r m s . If a n y V T E C rocker a r m n e e d s
r e p l a c e m e n t , r e p l a c e the e x h a u s t rocker a r m s
(primary a n d s e c o n d a r y ) , a s a s e t

(confd)

6-83
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Camshaft Inspection
(cont'd)
N O T E : Do not rotate the c a m s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .

8. I n s p e c t the rocker a r m p i s t o n s (A). P u s h o n e a c h 1. R e m o v e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-81).

piston m a n u a l l y . If it d o e s not m o v e s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e t h e rocker a r m s e t . 2. Put t h e rocker shaft h o l d e r s , t h e c a m s h a f t , a n d t h e
c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s o n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n tighten
N O T E : A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e rocker a r m the bolts, in s e q u e n c e , to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque.
pistons w h e n reassembling.
N O T E : If t h e e n g i n e d o e s not h a v e bolt ® , skip it
intake side a n d c o n t i n u e the t o r q u e s e q u e n c e .

Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 m m
22 M-m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1 . 0 mm
12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8=7 Ibf-ft)
6 is 1.0 mm B o l t s : @ , @ , ®

@ m dl ® @ ® CD' CD @ ® @

® ® (D @ (D © I (D ® @ ® @

9. install t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y fsee p a g e 6-93).

6-84
S e a t t h e c a m s h a f t b y p u s h i n g it a w a y f r o m t h e 5. L o o s e n the c a m s h a f t holder bolts t w o t u r n s at a
c a m s h a f t pulley e n d of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d . t i m e , in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern. T h e n r e m o v e the
c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s f r o m the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
Z e r o t h e dial indicator a g a i n s t t h e e n d of t h e
c a m s h a f t , t h e n p u s h the c a m s h a f t b a c k a n d forth, 6. Lift the c a m s h a f t s out of the c y l i n d e r h e a d , w i p e
a n d r e a d the e n d play. If t h e e n d p l a y ' i s b e y o n d the t h e m c l e a n , t h e n i n s p e c t the Sift r a m p s . R e p l a c e the
s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d r e c h e c k . c a m s h a f t if a n y l o b e s are pitted, s c o r e d , or
If it is still b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the excessively worn.
camshaft.
7. C l e a n t h e c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l s u r f a c e s in the c y l i n d e r
Camshaft E n d Flay h e a d , t h e n s e t the c a m s h a f t s back in p l a c e . P l a c e a
S t a n d a r d CNewi: 0 , 0 5 - 0 . 2 0 m m p l a s t i g a g e strip a c r o s s e a c h j o u r n a l .
1 0 , 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
Service limit: 0.4 m m 10,02 In.} 8. Install the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s , t h e n tighten the bolts
to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a s s h o w n in s t e p 2.

9. R e m o v e the c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s . M e a s u r e the w i d e s t
portion of p l a s t i g a g e o n e a c h j o u r n a l .

• If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n the
s e r v i c e limits, g o to s t e p 11.
* If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the
s e r v i c e - l i m i t , a n d the c a m s h a f t h a s been replaced,
r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
* If the c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d the
s e r v i c e limit, a n d the c a m s h a f t h a s not b e e n
r e p l a c e d , go to s t e p 10.

Camshaft-to-Holder Oil C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New):
No. 1 Journal: 0.030—0.069 m m
(0.0012-^-0.003-in.)
No, 2 , 3 , 4 . 5 Journals: 0.060—0.09S m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.15 m m f0.006 in.)

(confd)

6-85
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection (cont'd) Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal
Removal
10= C h e c k t h e total runout w i t h the c a m s h a f t s u p p o r t e d
on-V-blocks.
Special Tools Reqyired
* If the total runout of the c a m s h a f t is w i t h i n the Valve spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment 07757-PJ1010A
s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d .
* If the total runout is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, Identify the v a l v e s a n d the v a l v e s p r i n g s a s t h e y a r e
r e p l a c e the c a m s h a f t a n d r e c h e c k the c a m s h a f t - r e m o v e d s o that e a c h item c a n be reinstalled in its
to-holder oil c l e a r a n c e . If the oil c l e a r a n c e is still original position.
b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
head. 1. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6-76).

Camshaft Total Runout 2. U s i n g a n a p p r o p r i a t e - s i z e d s o c k e t (A) a n d plastic

S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.! m a x . m a l l e t (B), lightly tap the s p r i n g retainer to l o o s e n
Service Limit: 0.04 m m (0.002 in.) the v a l v e cotters.

11. M e a s u r e the c a m lobe h e i g h t

C a m Lobe Height Standard (New):

INTAKE . EXHAUST
PR! 33.744 m m 34.232 m m
(1.3285 in.) (1.3477 in.)
MID 35.456 m m
(1.3959 in.)
SEC 33.744 m m Z E R O LIFT
(1.3285 in.)
PRI: P r i m a r y MID: Mid S E C : Secondary
C/C: C a m Chain

IWTAKE EXHAUST

PHI MID SEC PRI SEC

4. R e m o v e the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d the v a l v e
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t , t h e n r e m o v e the
s p r i n g retainer a n d the v a l v e s p r i n g .

Z E R O LIFT)

6-86
 Valve Inspection
5. Install the v a l v e g u i d e s e a l r e m o v e r . 1. R e m o v e the v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-86).

2. M e a s u r e the v a l v e in t h e s e a r e a s .

Intake V a l v e D i m e n s i o n s
A S t a n d a r d (New): 35.85—36.15 m m
(1.411 - 1 . 4 2 3 in.)
B S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 108.5—109.1 m m
I 4 . 2 7 2 ~ 4 . 2 9 5 in.)
C S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 5.475-—5.485 m m
( 0 . 2 1 5 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 9 in.)
C Service Limit: 5.445 m m (0.214 in.)

Exhayst Valve Dimensions

A Standard (New): 3 0 . 8 5 - 3 1 . 1 5 mm
fl.215-1.226 in.)
B S t a n d a r d (New): 108.4—109.0 mm
(4.268-4.291 in.)
C S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : -5.450—5.460 mm
6 . R e m o v e the valve seal. ( 0 . 2 1 4 6 — 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.)
C Service Limit: 5.42 m m (0,213 in.)

6-87
Cylinder Head
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Valve Guide Replacement
Inspection
Special Tools Required
* V a l v e g u i d e driver, 5.5 m m 0 7 7 4 2 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
1. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-86). - V a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 H A H - P J 7 A 1 0 0

2. S l i d e the v a l v e out of its g u i d e a b o u t 10 m m 1. I n s p e c t the v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e

(0.39 in.), t h e n m e a s u r e the s t e m - t o - g u i d e (see p a g e 6-88).
c l e a r a n c e w i t h a dial indicator w h i l e rocking the
s t e m in the direction of n o r m a ! t h r u s t ( w o b b l e 2. A s illustrated, u s e a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e air-
method). i m p a c t v a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r (A) m o d i f i e d to fit the
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e l i m i t d i a m e t e r of the v a l v e g u i d e s . In m o s t c a s e s , t h e
r e c h e c k it u s i n g a n e w v a l v e . s a m e p r o c e d u r e c a n be d o n e u s i n g the v a l v e g u i d e
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t is n o w w i t h i n the s e r v i c e driver, 5.5 m m a n d a c o n v e n t i o n a l h a m m e r .
limit, r e a s s e m b l e u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t w i t h a n e w v a l v e still 5.3 m m
e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to s t e p 3,
/ (0.21 in

Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G o i d e C l e a r a n c e
S t a n d a r d {New): 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 1 m m L
3£
87 m m 57 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 In.! r ~ (3.43 in.)" (2.24 In.) 10.8 m m
(0.42 In.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.16 m m (0.006 In.)

Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance 3. S e l e c t the p r o p e r r e p l a c e m e n t g u i d e s , a n d chill

Standard (New): 0 . 1 1 - 0 . 1 6 m m t h e m in the freezer s e c t i o n of a refrigerator for at
( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.) least an hour.-
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.22 m m (0.009 in.)
4. U s e a hot plate or o v e n to e v e n l y h e a t the c y l i n d e r
h e a d to 300 °F (150 °C). Monitor the t e m p e r a t u r e
w i t h a c o o k i n g t h e r m o m e t e r . Do not get the h e a d
hotter t h a n 300 °F (150 °C); e x c e s s i v e heat m a y
l o o s e n the v a l v e s e a t s .

3. S u b t r a c t the O . D . of the v a l v e s t e m , m e a s u r e d w i t h
a m i c r o m e t e r , f r o m the I.D. of the v a l v e g u i d e ,
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n i n s i d e m i c r o m e t e r or ball g a u g e .
T a k e the m e a s u r e m e n t s in t h r e e p l a c e s a l o n g the
v a l v e s t e m a n d t h r e e p l a c e s i n s i d e the v a l v e g u i d e .
T h e difference b e t w e e n the l a r g e s t g u i d e
m e a s u r e m e n t a n d the s m a l l e s t s t e m m e a s u r e m e n t
s h o u l d not e x c e e d the s e r v i c e limit.

Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 5 5 m m
( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)

Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

S t a n d a r d (New): 0 . 0 5 5 - 0 . 0 8 0 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.11 m m (0.004 in.)

6-88
5, W o r k i n g f r o m t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e , u s e the d r i v e r a n d 9. A p p l y a thin c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the o u t s i d e of
a n air h a m m e r to d r i v e t h e g u i d e a b o u t 2 m m t h e n e w v a l v e g u i d e . Install the g u i d e f r o m t h e
|0.1 i n . | t o w a r d s the c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r . T h i s will c a m s h a f t s i d e of the h e a d ; u s e the v a l v e g u i d e
knock off s o m e of t h e c a r b o n a n d m a k e r e m o v a l d r i v e r , 5.5 m m to d r i v e t h e g u i d e in to.the s p e c i f i e d
e a s i e r . H o l d t h e air h a m m e r directly in line with t h e i n s t a l l e d height (A) of t h e g u i d e <B). If y o u have-all
v a l v e g u i d e to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e driver. 16 g u i d e s to d o , y o u m a y h a v e to reheat the h e a d .

6. T u r n t h e h e a d o v e r , a n d d r i v e t h e g u i d e out t o w a r d Valve Guide Installed Height

the c a m s h a f t s i d e of t h e h e a d . Intake: 1 5 . 2 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 9 8 - 0 . 6 3 8 In.)
Exhaust: 1 5 . 5 - 1 6 . 5 m m (0.610-0.650 InJ

7, If a v a l v e g u i d e w o n t m o v e , drill it out w i t h a 8 m m
#

(5/16 in J bit, t h e n try a g a i n .

N O T E : Drill g u i d e s o n l y in e x t r e m e c a s e s ; y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d if t h e g u i d e b r e a k s .

8, R e m o v e t h e n e w g u i d e ( s ) f r o m t h e f r e e z e r , o n e at a
time, a s you need them.

(cont'd)
Cylinder Head
Valve Guide Replacement (cont'd) Valve Seat Reconditioning

10. C o a t both t h e v a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m a n d the 1. I n s p e c t the v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e

v a l v e g u i d e w i t h cutting oil. ( s e e p a g e 6-88). if the v a l v e g u i d e s a r e w o r n ,
r e p l a c e t h e m ( s e e p a g e 6-88) before cutting the
11. Rotate t h e r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e to the full length of the valve seats.
• v a l v e guide bore.
2. R e n e w the v a l v e s e a t s in the c y l i n d e r h e a d u s i n g a
v a l v e s e a t cutter.

12. C o n t i n u e to rotate the r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e

r e m o v i n g it f r o m the b o r e .
3. C a r e f u l l y cut a 45 ° s e a t , r e m o v i n g o n l y e n o u g h
13. T h o r o u g h l y w a s h the g u i d e in d e t e r g e n t a n d w a t e r material to e n s u r e a s m o o t h a n d c o n c e n t r i c s e a t .
to r e m o v e a n y cutting r e s i d u e .
4. B e v e l the u p p e r a n d l o w e r e d g e s at the a n g l e s
14. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e s w i t h a v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 6-88). s h o w n in the illustration.
Verify t h a t a v a l v e s l i d e s into the intake a n d C h e c k the w i d t h of the s e a t a n d a d j u s t a c c o r d i n g l y .
e x h a u s t valve guides without sticking.
I N T A K E : 35 °

6-90
5. M a k e o n e m o r e v e r y light p a s s w i t h the 45 ° c u t t e r 8. Insert the intake a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e s in the h e a d ,
to r e m o v e a n y p o s s i b l e b u r r s c a u s e d by the other a n d m e a s u r e the v a l v e s t e m installed height (A).
cutters.
Intake V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
Valve Seat Width S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.)
S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 1 , 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m f 0 . i 4 9 - O . O 6 1 in.) S e r v i c e Limit: 44.7 m m (1.76 in.)
Service Limit: 2.00 m m fO.079 in.)
E x h a u s t V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
8. After r e s u r f a c i n g the s e a t i n s p e c t for e v e n v a l v e S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 4 4 . 0 - 4 4 . 5 m m ( 1 . 7 3 - 1 . 7 5 in.)
s e a t i n g . A p p l y P r u s s i a n B l u e c o m p o u n d (A) to t h e S e r v i c e Limit: 44.7 m m (1.76 in.)
v a l v e f a c e . Insert t h e v a l v e in its original location in
t h e h e a d , t h e n lift it a n d s n a p it c l o s e d a g a i n s t the
seat several times.

9. If v a l v e s t e m i n s t a l l e d height is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e
7 . T h e actual v a l v e s e a t i n g s u r f a c e (B), a s s h o w n by limit, r e p l a c e t h e v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k . If it is still
the blue c o m p o u n d , s h o u l d be c e n t e r e d o n the s e a t . b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d ;
;
the v a l v e s e a t in t h e h e a d is too d e e p .
* If it i s t o o high ( c l o s e r to t h e v a l v e s t e m ) , y o u
m o s t m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h t h e 67.5 ° cutter to
m o v e it d o w n , t h e n o n e m o r e c u t w i t h the 45 °
cutter to r e s t o r e s e a t w i d t h .
• If it is too l o w { c l o s e to t h e v a l v e e d g e ) , y o u m u s t
m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h the 3 5 ° c u t t e r (intake
s i d e ) or the 3 0 ° c u t t e r ( e x h a u s t s i d e ) to m o v e it
u p , t h e n m a k e o n e m o r e cut w i t h t h e 45 ° cutter
to restore s e a t w i d t h .

M O T E : T h e final cut s h o u l d a l w a y s be m a d e w i t h
t h e 4 5 ° cutter.

691
Cylinder Head
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation

Special Tools Required 5. install the v a l v e s p r i n g a n d the s p r i n g retainer.

* S t e m seal driver 07PAD-0010000 P l a c e t h e e n d of the v a l v e s p r i n g w i t h the c l o s e l y
* Valve spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment 07757-PJ1010A w o u n d c o i l s t o w a r d the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

1. C o a t the v a l v e s t e m s w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil. Install 6. Install the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d

the v a l v e s in t h e v a l v e g u i d e s . the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r . C o m p r e s s the s p r i n g ,
a n d install the v a l v e cotters.
2. C h e c k that the v a l v e s m o v e up a n d d o w n s m o o t h l y .
07757-PJ1010A

3. Install the s p r i n g s e a t s o n the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

4. Install the n e w v a l v e s e a l s (A) u s i n g the 5.5 m m

s i d e of t h e s t e m s e a l driver (B).

N O T E : T h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s e a l (C) h a s a black s p r i n g
(D), a n d the intake v a l v e s e a l (E) h a s a w h i t e s p r i n g
IF). T h e y a r e not i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e .

\
-> , — )
——> '—• - - ^

7. R e m o v e the v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d t h e v a l v e
spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment.

8. Lightly tap the e n d of e a c h v a l v e s t e m t w o or t h r e e

t i m e s w i t h a plastic m a l l e t (A) to e n s u r e p r o p e r
s e a t i n g of the v a l v e a n d t h e v a l v e cotters. T a p the
O7PAD-0O10OO©
v a l v e s t e m o n l y a l o n g its a x i s s o y o u d o not b e n d
the s t e m .

6-92
Rocker Arm Assembly Installation
1, R e a s s e m b l e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y { s e e p a g e 6. M a k e s u r e t h e p u n c h m a r k s o n the v a r i a b l e v a l v e
8-82), t i m i n g control ( V T C ) actuator a n d t h e e x h a u s t
c a m s h a f t sprocket are facing up, then set the
2, C l e a n a n d d r y the N o . 5 rocker s h a f t h o l d e r m a t i n g c a m s h a f t s (A) in t h e holder.
surface.

3 , A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y t o t h e c y l i n d e r
h e a d m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e No, 5 r o c k e r s h a f t
h o l d e r , a n d to t h e i n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt
h o l e s , Install the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of
a p p l y i n g t h e liquid g a s k e t .

NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed within 4 minutes.
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t .

7. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t h o l d e r s (B) a n d c a m c h a i n g u i d e B
(C) in p l a c e .

8, T i g h t e n the bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

N O T E : If t h e e n g i n e d o e s not h a v e bolt @ , s k i p it
A p p l y liquid gasket and continue the torque s e q u e n c e .
along t h e broken line.
Specified Torqye
4, Insert t h e bolts (A! into t h e rocker shaft h o l d e r , t h e n 8 x 1,25 m m
install the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (B) o n t h e c y l i n d e r 2 2 N-m 12.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
head. 6x1.0 mm
12 N-m {1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m B o l t s : @ , @ , ®

m m ® ® a>

9. Install t h e c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-64), t h e n a d j u s t
the v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6-58),
5. R e m o v e t h e bolts f r o m t h e rocker s h a f t h o l d e r .

6-93
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head installation

1. Install a n e w c o o l a n t s e p a r a t o r (A) in the e n g i n e 4. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n

block w h e n e v e r the e n g i n e block is r e p l a c e d . the T D C m a r k (A) on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h
the pointer (B) on the e n g i n e block.

5. Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d o n the e n g i n e block.

2. C l e a n the c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d the e n g i n e block 6. M e a s u r e the d i a m e t e r of e a c h c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt at

surface. point A a n d point B.

J5Q mm (2.0 I n . ^
3. Install the n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d g a s k e t (A) a n d the
d o w e l pins (B) on the e n g i n e block. A l w a y s u s e a 45 mm (1.8 in.)
n e w cylinder head g a s k e t

7. If either d i a m e t e r is l e s s t h a n 10.6 mm. (0.42 in.),

r e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt.

6-94
 3, A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r t h e 11. Install t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-93).
bolt h e a d s of all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts.
12. Install the c a m c h a i n (see p a g e 6-64).
9. T i g h t e n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in s e q u e n c e to
39 N-m ( 4 . 0 kgf-m, 29 Ibf-ft). U s e a b e a m - t y p e 13. C o n n e c t the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
t o r q u e w r e n c h , W h e n u s i n g a p r e s e t click-type c o n n e c t o r s , a n d install the w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s to
t o r q u e w r e n c h , b e s u r e to t i g h t e n s l o w l y a n d d o not the cylinder head:
overtighten. If a bolt m a k e s a n y n o i s e w h i l e y o u a r e
t o r q u i n g i t l o o s e n the bolt a n d retighten it f r o m the * Engine coolant temperature (ECT) s e n s o r 1
first s t e p , connector
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r A (Intake)
connector
* C a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B ( E x h a u s t )
connector
* T w o rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r s
* T w o rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r s
' * E v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r purge
valve connector
* V a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) oil control
solenoid valve connector
* E n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r

14. Install the t w o bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g

pipe,.

A
10, After torqutng, tighten all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in t w o
8x1.0mm
s t e p s 190 ° per step) u s i n g the s e q u e n c e s h o w n in
s t e p 9. If y o u a r e u s i n g a n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t
tighten the bolt a n e x t r a 90 °.

N O T E : R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d bolt if y o u
t i g h t e n e d it-beyond the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d go
b a c k to s t e p 6 of the p r o c e d u r e . D o not l o o s e n it
b a c k to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .

15. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e ( B ) .

(cont'd)

6-95
Cylinder Head

Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)

16. C o n n e c t t h e u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the heater 18. C o n n e c t t h e four fuel injector c o n n e c t o r s (A), t h e
h o s e s (B), a n d the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C). e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e s (C).

6x1.© m m
12 N-m «

17. Install the four bolts s e c u r i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r

p u r g e v a l v e bracket. 19. C o n n e c t the fuel f e e d h o s e (A) ( s e e p a g e 11-343),
t h e n install the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (B).
S x 1.0 m m
12 N - m

6-96
 Sealing Bolt Installation

2 0 , C o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r h o s e (A). N O T E : W h e n installing the s e a l i n g bolt, a l w a y s u s e a

new washer.
A

2 2 x 1.5 m m
7 4 N>m (7.5 kgf-m, 5 4 i b f - f t )
2 1 . Install the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r f s e e p a g e 11-367).

22. Install the intake m a n i f o l d f s e e p a g e 9-5).

2 3 . Install the d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

24. Install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).

2 5 . After i n s t a l l a t i o n , c h e c k that all t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d

c o n n e c t o r s are i n s t a l l e d c o r r e c t l y .

26. I n s p e c t for fuel l e a k s . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to

O N {!!} | d o not o p e r a t e t h e starter) s o t h e fuel p u m p
r u n s for about 2 s e c o n d s a n d p r e s s u r i z e s the fuel
line. R e p e a t t h i s o p e r a t i o n t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k
for fuel l e a k a g e at a n y point in t h e fuel line.

2 7 . Refill the radiator with e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d

the s i r f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the h e a t e r
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 10-6).

2 8 . C h e c k for fluid l e a k s .

2 9 . D o the p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) idle l e a n
p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-317).

3 0 . D o t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C K P ) pattern c l e a r / C K P
pattern lean p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

3 1 . I n s p e c t the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).

3 2 . I n s p e c t t h e ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19).

6-97
Engine Mechanical

Engine Block
Special Tools ....... - - - - 7-2
Component Location Index ............ ...... 7-3
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play
Inspection ....... .......... .... ...... 7-5
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement ........ ....... 7-6
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement .............. 7-9
Oil Pan Removal .......... ....... ................. ...... 7-11
Crankshaft and Piston Removal ........... 7-14
Crankshaft Inspection .... 7-16
Block and Piston Inspection ........... ...... . 7-17
Cylinder Bore Honing „= 9.. .... ............. 7-19
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement 7-19
Piston Ring Replacement .... . 7-22
Piston installation . ................ ..... . 7-24
Connecting Rod Bolt inspection 7-26
Crankshaft Installation ........ ................... ........... 7-27
CKP Pulse Plate Replacement ... ............. 7-30
Oil Pan Installation .... ............ - 7-31
Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal
installation - In Car ...... 7-34
Sealing Bolt Installation ...................... . 7-35
Engine Block
Special Tools

Raf. No. Tool dumber Description Qty

© 07ZAD-PNAA100 Oil S e a l Driver-Attachmerit 9 6 ' 1
© 07746-0010700 A t t a c h m e n t 24 x 26 m m 1
© 07749-0010000 Driver 1

© © ©

7-2
Component Location index

(cont'd)

7-3
Engine Block
Component Location Index (cont'd)

PISTON RINGS
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 7-22

PISTON PIN
R e m o v a l , p a g e 7-19
PfSTOW I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 7-20
R e m o v a l , p a g e 7-14 I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 7-21
M e a s u r e m e n t p a g e 7-17
Installation, p a g e 7-24

CONNECTING ROD
E n d P l a y , p a g e 7-5
S m a l l E n d M e a s u r e m e n t , p a g e 7-20

ENGINE BLOCK
C y l i n d e r B o r e I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 7-17
a r p a g e I n s p e c t i o n , s t e p 6 o n p a g e 7-18
C y l i n d e r B o r e H o n i n g , p a g e 7-19
R i d g e R e m o v a l , s t e p 16 o n p a g e 7-15

CONNECTING BOO
BEARINGS
Oil Clearance Inspection,
p a g e 7-9
CONNECTING ROD
S e l e c t i o n , p a g e 7-10
BEARING CAP

CONNECTING ROD BOLTS

I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 7-26

7-4
Connecting Bod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection

1> R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-14}, 5. P u s h the c r a n k s h a f t firmly a w a y f r o m -the dial

indicator, a n d z e r o t h e dial a g a i n s t t h e e n d of the
2. R e m o v e t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 7-14). c r a n k s h a f t . T h e n pull the c r a n k s h a f t firmly b a c k
t o w a r d t h e indicator; t h e dial r e a d i n g s h o u l d not
3. M e a s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod e n d p l a y with a f e e l e r e x c e e d t h e s e r v i c e limit.
g a u g e b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod a n d the
crankshaft. Crankshaft E n d Play
Standard (New): 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m (0.004-0.014 In.)
Connecting R o d E n d Play Serwlee L i m i t : 0.45 m m (0.018 in.)
S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 0 . 1 5 - 0 . 3 5 m m C G . 0 0 6 - 0 , 0 1 4 In.)
Service Limit: 0.4© m m | § . 0 1 6 in.)

4. If the c o n n e c t i n g rod e n d play is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e

limit, install a n e w c o n n e c t i n g r o d , a n d r e c h e c k , If it 6. If t h e e n d p l a y is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
is still b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s a n d r e c h e c k , if it is still b e y o n d
c r a n k s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 7-14), t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the c r a n k s h a f t ( s e e p a g e
7-14).

7-5
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement

SVIaio Bearing Clearance Inspection 6, R e m o v e the l o w e r block a n d the b e a r i n g s a g a i n ,

a n d m e a s u r e the w i d e s t part of the p l a s t i g a g e .
1. T o c h e c k the m a i n b e a r i n g - t o - j o u r n a l oil c l e a r a n c e ,
r e m o v e the l o w e r block a n d t h e b e a r i n g h a l v e s M a i n B e a r i n g - t o - J o u r n a l Oil C l e a r a n c e
( s e e p a g e 7-14). No. 1,2,-4,5 Journals:
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ! : 0.017 - 0.041 mm
2. C l e a n e a c h m a i n j o u r n a l a n d the b e a r i n g half w i t h a (0.0007 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 In.)
• clean shop towel. Service Limit: 0.050 m m (0=0020 in.)
No. 3 J o u r n a l :
3. P l a c e o n e strip of p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s e a c h m a i n S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 2 5 — 0.049 m m
journal. ( 0 . 0 0 1 0 - 0 . 0 0 1 9 In.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0 . 0 5 5 m m (0.0022 In.)
4. R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g s a n d the l o w e r block, t h e n
tighten the bolts to 29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft).

" NOTE:
* A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e bolt t h r e a d s a n d
flanges.
* Do not rotate the c r a n k s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .

® © ® ® ®

7. If the p l a s t i g a g e m e a s u r e s too w i d e or too n a r r o w ,

r e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t , a n d r e m o v e the u p p e r half
of the b e a r i n g . Install a n e w , c o m p l e t e b e a r i n g w i t h
the a p p r o p r i a t e c o l o r c o d e ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k t h e
c l e a r a n c e . Do not file, s h i m , or s c r a p e the b e a r i n g s
or the c a p s to a d j u s t c l e a r a n c e .

8. If the p l a s t i g a g e s h o w s the c l e a r a n c e is still

i n c o r r e c t , try the next l a r g e r or s m a l l e r b e a r i n g (the
® (D © ® ® c o l o r listed a b o v e or b e l o w the c u r r e n t o n e ) , a n d
c h e c k a g a i n . If the p r o p e r c l e a r a n c e c a n n o t be
5. T i g h t e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p bolts a n additional 48 °. o b t a i n e d by u s i n g t h e a p p r o p r i a t e l a r g e r or s m a l l e r
b e a r i n g s , r e p l a c e the c r a n k s h a f t a n d start o v e r .

7-6
 tea

Main Bearing Selection Main Journal Code Location

C r a n k s h a f t B o r e C©d© L o c a t i o n 2. T h e m a i n j o u r n a l c o d e s a r e s t a m p e d o n t h e
c r a n k s h a f t in either location.
1, N u m b e r s , letters, o r b a r s h a v e b e e n s t a m p e d o n
the e n d o f t h e e n g i n e block a s a c o d e for t h e s i z e of
e a c h of t h e five m a i n j o u r n a l b o r e s . W r i t e d o w n the
crank bore c o d e s .
If y o u c a n n o t r e a d t h e c o d e s b e c a u s e of
a c c u m u l a t e d dirt a n d d u s t , d o not s c r u b t h e m w i t h
a wire brush or scraper. C l e a n t h e m only with
solvent or d e t e r g e n t

No. 1 J O U R N A L
No. 5 J O U R N A L (PULLEY EWDi
{TRANSMISSION END,

No. 5 JOURNAL No. 1 JOURNAL

(cont'd)

7-7
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont'd)

3. U s e the c r a n k bore c o d e s a n d c r a n k j o u r n a l c o d e s K24Z3 engine

to s e l e c t the a p p r o p r i a t e r e p l a c e m e n t b e a r i n g s
B e a r i n g Identification
f r o m the f o l l o w i n g table. C o l o r c o d e I s o n t h e e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g

- • Larger block bore

K24Z2 engine
1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or
B e a r i n g Ident'rfication A or I B o r II C o r III D o r IIII
C o l o r c o d e Is o n t h e e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g - • S m a l l e r bearing (Thicker)
• Larger block bore
Bed/
1 ©r 2 or 3©r 4 or Red Pink Yellow
Pink
A or I B o r II C o r III D o r HIS

= > S m a l l e r bearing (Thicker) Red/ Yellow/

Pink Yellow
Fink Green
Pink/
Pink Yellow Green Yellow/
Yellow Pink Yellow Green
Green
Pink/ Green/
Yellow Green •Yellow/
Yellow Brown Yellow Green Brown
Green
Green/
Yellow Green Brown Brown/
Brown Yellow/
Green Brown
Green Black
Green/
Green Brown Black Brown/
Brown Green Brown Black
6 Black
Green/ Black/
Brown Black Smaller Smaller - - N O T E : W h e n using bearing
Brown Blue
main bearing h a l v e s of d i f f e r e n t c o l o r s ,
Journal (Thicker) it d o e s not m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r
Black/ is u s e d in t h e t o p o r b o t t o m .
Brown Black Blue
Blue

Smaller Smaller N O T E : W h e n using bearing

main bearing h a l v e s of d i f f e r e n t c o l o r s ,
Journal {Thicker} it d o e s not m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r
is u s e d in t h e t o p or b o t t o m .

7-8
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement

Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance 8. If t h e p l a s t i g a g e m e a s u r e s too w i d e or too n a r r o w ,

Inspection r e m o v e t h e c a p , a n d the upper-half of the b e a r i n g ,
install a n e w , c o m p l e t e b e a r i n g w i t h the
1, R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-15). appropriate color
c o d e ( s ) , a n d r e c h e c k the c l e a r a n c e . D o not file,
2, R e m o v e t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 7-14). s h i m , or s c r a p e the b e a r i n g s or the c a p s to a d j u s t
clearance.
3, R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p a n d the b e a r i n g
half, 9. If t h e p l a s t i g a g e s h o w s the c l e a r a n c e is still
i n c o r r e c t try t h e next larger o r s m a l l e r b e a r i n g (the
4, C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t rod j o u r n a l a n d t h e b e a r i n g c o l o r listed a b o v e or b e l o w t h e c u r r e n t o n e ) , a n d
half w i t h a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l . c h e c k c l e a r a n c e a g a i n . If the p r o p e r c l e a r a n c e
c a n n o t b e o b t a i n e d by u s i n g the a p p r o p r i a t e larger
5, P l a c e p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s the rod j o u r n a l . or s m a l l e r b e a r i n g , r e p l a c e the c r a n k s h a f t a n d start
over.
6, R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g half a n d the c a p , a n d tighten
t h e bolts to 41 N - m (4,2 kgf-m, 30 Ibf-ft) + 1 2 0 °

NOTE:
* A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the bolt t h r e a d s a n d
flanges.
* Do not rotate the c r a n k s h a f t d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .

7, R e m o v e t h e r o d c a p a n d the b e a r i n g half, a n d
m e a s u r e t h e w i d e s t part of the p l a s t i g a g e .

C o n n e c t i n g R o d Bearlog-to-Joyraa! Oil C l e a r a n c e
Standard P e w ) : 0.032-0.066 mm
( 0 . 0 0 1 3 — 0 . 0 0 2 6 In.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.077 m m (0.0030 in.)

(cont'd)

7-9
Engine Block
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Connecting Rod Journal Code Location

1. I n s p e c t e a c h c o n n e c t i n g rod for c r a c k s a n d heat 3. T h e c o n n e c t i n g rod j o u r n a l c o d e s a r e s t a m p e d on

damage. the c r a n k s h a f t in .either l o c a t i o n .

C o n n e c t i n g Rod B i g E n d B o r e C o d e L o c a t i o n s

2. E a c h c o n n e c t i n g rod h a s a t o l e r a n c e r a n g e f r o m 0
to 0.024 m m (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 m m (0.0002 in.)
- i n c r e m e n t s , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e s i z e of its big e n d
b o r e , ft is t h e n s t a m p e d w i t h a n u m b e r or bar ( 1 , 2 ,
3, or 4/I, II, III, or Sill) indicating the r a n g e . Y o u m a y
find a n y c o m b i n a t i o n of n u m b e r s a n d b a r s in a n y
e n g i n e . (Half the n u m b e r or b a r is s t a m p e d o n the
b e a r i n g c a p , the other half is o n the rod.)
If y o u c a n n o t r e a d t h e c o d e b e c a u s e of a n
a c c u m u l a t i o n of oil a n d v a r n i s h , d o not s c r u b it
w i t h a w i r e b r u s h or s c r a p e r . C l e a n it o n l y w i t h
s o l v e n t or detergent.

N o r m a l B o r e S i z e : 51 J ) m m 12,01 i n . !

No. 4 J O U R W A L No. 1 J O U R N A L

7-10
 OH Pan Removal
4, U s e t h e big e n d b o r e c o d e s a n d rod j o u r n a l c o d e s 1. If t h e e n g i n e is a l r e a d y out of t h e v e h i c l e , g o to s t e p
to s e l e c t a p p r o p r i a t e r e p l a c e m e n t b e a r i n g s f r o m 19.
the following table.
2. R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
Bearing identification
Color cod© is o n t h e e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g
20-289).

—. • Larger big end bore

3. D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

1 or I 2 o r II 3 o r III 4 o r III!
4. R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
• Smaller bearing {Thicker)
5. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
Red Pink/ Yellow battery b a s e ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 5-3).
A Pink
Yellow

Yellow/
6. R e m o v e t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (A), t h e n
B Pink Yellow Green
Green r e m o v e t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (B).

Green/ A
C Yellow Green Brown
Brown

D Brown/
Green Brown Black
Black

1f
Smaller Smaller NOTE: W h e n using bearing
rod bearing halves of different colors,
journal (Thicker! it d o e s n o t m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r
is u s e d in t h e t o p o r b o t t o m .

(cont'd)

7-11
Engine Block
Oil Pan Removal (cont'd)

7. L o o s e n the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t m o u n t i n g bolts (A). 8. L o o s e n t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket

m o u n t i n g bolts ( A ) .
M/T model
M/T model
A

7-12
 9 , R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n the lift, 19, R e m o v e the c l u t c h / t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A), a n d
r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
10. R e m o v e t h e left front w h e e l .

11. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d f s e e s t e p 25 o n p a g e 5-5).

12. Drain t h e e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9).

13. S e p a r a t e t h e left s i d e k n u c k l e f r o m the l o w e r a r m

f s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 18-21).

14. R e m o v e the left s i d e d a m p e r fork I s e e s t e p 3 o n

p a g e 18-21).

15. R e m o v e t h e left s i d e d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-4).

C o a t all p r e c i s i o n - f i n i s h e d s u r f a c e w i t h n e w e n g i n e
oil. T i e a p l a s t i c b a g o v e r the d r i v e s h a f t e n d .

18, R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n
m o u n t ( s e e s t e p 49 o n p a g e 5-3),

17. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e b r a c k e t
20. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g t h e oil p a n .
* S a i t a m a F a c t o r y p r o d u c e d m o d e l s ( s e e s t e p 44
o n p a g e 14-238). 21. U s i n g a flat b l a d e s c r e w d r i v e r , s e p a r a t e the oil p a n
* Marysville, Ohio Factory produced models (see f r o m t h e e n g i n e block in the p l a c e s s h o w n .
s t e p 48 o n p a g e 14-239).

18, U s e a t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k to lift: t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
3 0 — 4 0 m m { 1 . 2 — 1 . 6 in.).

2 2 . R e m o v e the oil p a n .

7-13
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Removal

1. R e m o v e the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 5-3). 9. R e m o v e the 8 m m bolts.

2. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n :
© ® ® ® ® ® ®

* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-7)
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-232)

3. SWT m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 17 on
p a g e 12-19).

4. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e
14-257).

5. R e m o v e the oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11).

6. R e m o v e the o i l . p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-15).

7. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r h e a d :
® ® @ • ® ® ® ®
* AS! m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-27)
* P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-76) 10. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g c a p bolts. T o p r e v e n t w a r p a g e ,
l o o s e n the bolts in s e q u e n c e 1/3 t u r n at a t i m e ;
8. R e m o v e t h e baffle plate. repeat t h e s e q u e n c e until all bolts a r e l o o s e n e d .

© © ® © ®

® ® ® ® ®

7-14
11. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r b l o c k a n d the b e a r i n g s . K e e p all 16. If y o u c a n feel a ridge of m e t a l or h a r d c a r b o n •
t h e b e a r i n g s in o r d e r . a r o u n d the top of e a c h c y l i n d e r , r e m o v e it w i t h a
ridge r e a m e r (A). F o l l o w the- r e a m e r m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
i n s t r u c t i o n s . If the ridge is not r e m o v e d , it m a y
d a m a g e the p i s t o n s a s t h e y a r e p u s h e d o u t

•A

17. U s e the w o o d e n h a n d l e of a h a m m e r (A) to d r i v e

12, R e m o v e t h e r o d c a p s / b e a r i n g s , K e e p a l l the c a p s / out t h e p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod a s s e m b l y (B).
b e a r ! r i g s in o r d e r .

13, Lift the c r a n k s h a f t o u t of the e n g i n e . B e c a r e f u l not

to d a m a g e t h e J o u r n a l s a n d the C K P p u l s e plate.

18. R e i n s t a l l t h e Sower block a n d the b e a r i n g s on the

e n g i n e block in the p r o p e r order.

19. R e i n s t a l l t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod b e a r i n g s a n d the c a p s

after r e m o v i n g e a c h p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod
assembly.

20. M a r k e a c h p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g r o d - a s s e m b l y w i t h its
1 4 . R e m o v e t h e C K P p u l s e plate f r o m the c r a n k s h a f t c y l i n d e r number-to- m a k e s u r e t h e y a r e r e i n s t a l l e d
( s e e p a g e 7-30). in t h e original order.

15. R e m o v e the u p p e r b e a r i n g h a l v e s f r o m the N O T E : T h e e x i s t i n g n u m b e r o n t h e . c o n n e c t i n g rod

c o n n e c t i n g r o d s , a n d s e t t h e m a s i d e w i t h their d o e s not indicate its position in t h e e n g i n e , it
respective caps, i n d i c a t e s the rod bore-size.

7-15
Engine' Block
Crankshaft Inspection

Out-0f-R©und a n d Taper Straightness

1. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t f r o m the e n g i n e block 7. P l a c e the V - b l o c k s on a flat s u r f a c e .

( s e e p a g e 7-14).
8. C h e c k the total r u n o u t w i t h t h e c r a n k s h a f t
2. R e m o v e t h e C K P p u l s e plate f r o m the c r a n k s h a f t s u p p o r t e d on V - b l o c k s .
( s e e p a g e 7-30).
9 . M e a s u r e the runout o n all m a i n j o u r n a l s . Rotate t h e
3. C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t oil p a s s a g e s w i t h pipe crankshaft two complete revolutions. T h e
c l e a n e r s or a s u i t a b l e b r u s h . difference b e t w e e n m e a s u r e m e n t s o n e a c h j o u r n a l
m u s t not be m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit.
4. C l e a n t h e k e y w a y a n d t h r e a d s , a n d c h e c k for
damage. Crankshaft Total Runoyt
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.) m a x .
5 . . M e a s u r e t h e out-of-round at t h e m i d d l e of e a c h rod S e r v i c e Limit: 0.04 m m (0,0016 in.)
a n d t h e m a i n j o u r n a l in t w o p l a c e s . T h e difference
b e t w e e n m e a s u r e m e n t s o n e a c h j o u r n a l m u s t not
be m o r e t h a n the s e r v i c e limit.

Journal Out-of-Round
S t a n d a r d (New): 0.004 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x .
Ser¥lee Limit: 0.010 m m {0.0004 in.)

L - J ,

6. M e a s u r e the t a p e r at the e d g e s of e a c h rod a n d t h e

main journal. T h e difference between
m e a s u r e m e n t s o n e a c h j o u r n a l m u s t not be m o r e
t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit.

Journal Taper
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.005 m m {0.0002 in.) m a x .
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)

7-16
Block and Piston inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t a n d t h e p i s t o n s ( s e e p a g e 4,- M e a s u r e t h e w e a r a n d t a p e r in direction X a n d Y at
7-14), t h r e e l e v e l s i n s i d e e a c h c y l i n d e r a s s h o w n . If the
m e a s u r e m e n t s in a n y c y l i n d e r a r e b e y o n d t h e
2. C h e c k t h e p i s t o n for distortion or c r a c k s . O v e r s i z e B o r e S e r v i c e L i m i t r e p l a c e the e n g i n e
block. If t h e e n g i n e block is b e i n g whored, refer to
3. M e a s u r e the p i s t o n d i a m e t e r at a point 13 m m s t e p 7 after r e b o r i n g .
10,5 in.) f r o m the b o t t o m of t h e skirt. T h e r e a r e t w o
s t a n d a r d - s i z e p i s t o n s ( N o Letter or A , a n d B ) . T h e CySinder B o r e S i z e
letter is s t a m p e d o n t h e top of t h e p i s t o n , L e t t e r s Standard (New):
a r e a l s o s t a m p e d o n t h e e n g i n e block a s the A ©r I: 87.010—87.020 m m
cylinder bore sizes. ( 3 . 4 2 5 6 - 3 . 4 2 6 0 in.)
B o r II: 87.000-87.010 mm
Piston Skirt Diameter ( 3 . 4 2 5 2 - 3 . 4 2 5 6 in.)
Standard (New): S e r v i c e Limit: 8 7 . 0 7 0 m m (3.4279 In.)
Ho L e t t e r for A ) : 8 6 , 9 8 0 - 8 6 , 9 9 0 m m
1 3 . 4 2 4 4 - 3 . 4 2 4 8 In.) Oversize Bore
B: 86.970-86.980 mm
( 3 . 4 2 4 0 — 3 . 4 2 4 4 In.) 0.25: 8 7 . 2 5 0 - 8 7 . 2 6 0 m m ( 3 . 4 3 5 0 - 3 . 4 3 5 4 in.)
Service Limit:
N o L e t t e r lor A ) : 86.930' m m (3.4224 In.) Reboring Limit: 0.25 m m (0.01 i n j m a x .
B: 8 6 . 9 2 0 m m (3,4220 in.)
Bore Taper
Oversize Piston Skirt Diameter L i m i t (Difference b e t w e e n first
a n d third measurement): 0.02 m m (0.0008 in.)
0.25: 8 7 . 2 3 i - 8 7 . 2 4 0 m m ( 3 . 4 3 4 2 — 3 . 4 3 4 6 In.)
S mm |0.2 in.)

(cont'd)

7-17
Engine Block
Block and Piston Inspection (cont'd)

.5. S c o r e d o r s c r a t c h e d c y l i n d e r b o r e s m u s t b e h o n e d . 7. C a l c u l a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e c y l i n d e r bore
d i a m e t e r a n d t h e piston d i a m e t e r . If t h e c l e a r a n c e
6. C h e c k the top of t h e e n g i n e block for w a r p a g e . is n e a r o r e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e limit, i n s p e c t t h e
M e a s u r e a l o n g the e d g e s a n d a c r o s s the c e n t e r as" piston a n d c y l i n d e r b o r e for e x c e s s i v e w e a r .
shown.
Piston-to-CySinder B o r e C l e a r a n c e
Engine Block Warpage Standard (New): 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 0 m m
S t a n d a r d ! ( N e w ) : 0.07 m m (0.003 in.)' m a x . ( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)-
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.10 m m (0.004 in.) Service L i m i t : 0 . 0 5 m m (0.002 in.)

S E R V I C E LIMIT
0.05 m m 10.002 In.)

PRECISION S T R A I G H T E D G E

7-18
Cylinder Bore Honing Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod
Replacement
O n l y a s c o r e d o r s c r a t c h e d c y l i n d e r b o r e m u s t be h o n e d .

1. M e a s u r e t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e s ( s e e p a g e 7-17). Disassembly
If t h e e n g i n e block i s to be r e u s e d , h o n e the
cylinders^ a n d remaasure the b o r e s . 1. R e m o v e the piston f r o m the e n g i n e block ( s e e p a g e
7-14).
2. R e m o v e t h e oil j e t s f s e e p a g e 8-13).
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the p i s t o n pin s n a p r i n g s
3 . H o n e the c y l i n d e r b o r e s w i t h h o n i n g oil a n d a fine (A), a n d turn t h e m in the ring g r o o v e s until the e n d
(400 grit) s t o n e in a 8 0 d e g r e e c r o s s - h a t c h pattern g a p s a r e lined up w i t h the c u t o u t s in the piston pin
(A). U s e o n l y a rigid h o n e w i t h 400 grit or finer b o r e s (B).
s t o n e s u c h a s S u n n e n , A m m c o , or e q u i v a l e n t . Do
not u s e s t o n e s t h a t a r e w o r n or b r o k e n . N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e the ring g r o o v e s .

4. W h e n h o n i n g is c o m p l e t e , t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the
e n g i n e block of all m e t a l p a r t i c l e s . W a s h the
c y l i n d e r b o r e s w i t h hot s o a p y w a t e r , t h e n d r y a n d 3. R e m o v e both s n a p r i n g s . Start at the cutout in the
oil t h e m i m m e d i a t e l y to p r e v e n t r u s t i n g . N e v e r u s e piston pin b o r e . R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g s c a r e f u l l y s o
s o l v e n t , it will o n l y redistribute t h e grit o n the t h e y d o not g o flying or get lost. W e a r e y e
cylinder walls. protection.

5. If s c o r i n g or s c r a t c h e s a r e still p r e s e n t in the
c y l i n d e r b o r e s after h o n i n g the e n g i n e block to the
s e r v i c e limit, r e b o r e t h e e n g i n e block. S o m e light
vertical s c o r i n g a n d s c r a t c h i n g is a c c e p t a b l e if it is
not d e e p e n o u g h to c a t c h y o u r f i n g e r n a i l , a n d d o e s
not run t h e full length of the b o r e .

8. Install the oil j e t s ( s e e p a g e 8-13).

(cont'd)

7-19
Engine Block
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement (cont'd)

4. Heat t h e piston a n d t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod a s s e m b l y to Inspection

a b o u t 158 °F (70 °C), t h e n r e m o v e the piston pin.
N O T E : I n s p e c t t h e p i s t o n , the piston p i n , a n d the
c o n n e c t i n g rod w h e n t h e y a r e at r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .

1. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of the p i s t o n psn.

P i s t o n Pin D i a m e t e r
Standard (New): 2 1 . 9 6 1 - 2 1 . 9 6 5 m m
( 0 . 8 6 4 6 - 0 . 8 6 4 8 in.)
Service Limit: 2 1 . 9 5 3 m m (0.8643 in.)

2. Z e r o t h e dial indicator to t h e p i s t o n pin d i a m e t e r .

7-20
3.- C h e e k t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e piston pin Reassembly
d i a m e t e r a n d t h e piston p i n h o l e d i a m e t e r in t h e
piston. 1 . Install a-piston pin s n a p ring (A).

P i s t o n Pin-to-Piston C l e a r a n c e
S t a n d a r d (New): - 0 . 0 0 5 t o + 0 . 0 0 2 m m
{—0.00020 t o + 0 . 0 0 0 0 8 in.}
Service Limit: 0.005 m m {0.0002 in.)

2. C o a t the piston pin bore in t h e p i s t o n , t h e b o r e in

the c o n n e c t i n g r o d , a n d t h e piston pin with n e w
e n g i n e oil.

3. Heat the piston to a b o u t 158 °F (70 °C).

4. M e a s u r e t h e piston p i n - t o - c o n n e c t i n g rod c l e a r a n c e .

Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance

Standard P e w ) : §.§§5-0.015 m m
fO.0TO2-~O.OOOe in.)
Service Limit: 0 , 0 2 m m {0.0008 in.)

(cont'd)

7-21
Engine Block

Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Piston Ring Replacement

Replacement (cont'd!
1. R e m o v e the piston f r o m t h e e n g i n e block ( s e e p a g e
7-14).
4. A s s e m b l e t h e p i s t o n (A) a n d the c o n n e c t i n g rod (B)
w i t h the a r r o w (C) a n d the e m b o s s e d m a r k (D) on 2. U s i n g a ring e x p a n d e r (A), r e m o v e the old piston
t h e s a m e s i d e . Install t h e piston pin (E). rings (B).

3. C l e a n ail ring g r o o v e s t h o r o u g h l y w i t h a s q u a r e d -
off broken ring or ring g r o o v e c l e a n e r w i t h a b l a d e
to fit t h e piston g r o o v e s .
T h e top a n d 2 n d ring g r o o v e s a r e 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
w i d e . T h e oil ring g r o o v e is 2.0 m m (0.08 in.) w i d e .
File d o w n a b l a d e if n e c e s s a r y .
Do not u s e a w i r e b r u s h to c l e a n the ring g r o o v e s ,
or cut the ring g r o o v e s d e e p e r w i t h the c l e a n i n g
tools.

N O T E : If the piston is to be s e p a r a t e d f r o m the

c o n n e c t i n g r o d , do not install t h e n e w r i n g s yet.

5. Install the r e m a i n i n g s n a p ring (F).

6. T u r n t h e s n a p r i n g s in t h e ring g r o o v e s until the

e n d g a p s a r e p o s i t i o n e d at t h e bottom of the p i s t o n .

7-22
4, U s i n g a piston t h a t h a s its r i n g s r e m o v e d , p u s h a Install t h e top ring a n d the s e c o n d ring a s s h o w n .
n e w ring (A) into the c y l i n d e r bore 15—20 m m T h e top ring (A) h a s a 1R m a r k , a n d the s e c o n d ring
10,6—0,8 i n . ) f r o m t h e b o t t o m . IB) h a s a 2RW m a r k . T h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g m a r k s (C)
must face upward.

1 5 - 2 0 m m 1 0 , 6 - 0 . 8 in.)

§, M e a s u r e the p i s t o n ring e n d - g a p (6) w i t h a f e e l e r

gauge:

* If the g a p is t o o s m a l l , c h e c k to s e e if y o u h a v e
the p r o p e r r i n g s for y o u r e n g i n e .
* If t h e g a p i s t o o l a r g e , r e c h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e
d i a m e t e r a g a i n s t t h e w e a r limits { s e e p a g e 7-17).
tf t h e bore is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, the e n g i n e
block m y st be re b o r e d .

Piston Ring End-Gap

Tep Ring:
Standard (New): 0 . 2 0 - 0 , 3 5 m m
( 0 . 0 0 8 — 0 . 0 1 4 In.)
Service L i m i t : 0.60 m m fd.024 In.)

Piston Ring Dimensions

Second Ring: T o p Ring (Standard):
S t a n d a r d {Hew}: 0.50—0.85 m m At 2.7 mm (0.11 In.)
f § . 0 2 § - § . 0 2 6 in.) B : 1.2 m m (0.05 In.)

Service Limit: 0.70 m m (0,028 in.) S e c o n d Ring (Standard):

A: 3.4 m m (0.13 In.)
B: 1.2 m m (0.05 in.)
Oil Ring:
S t a n d a r d (New): 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 7 0 m m
( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 8 In.)
Service L i m i t : 0.75 m m (0.030 In.)

(cont'd)

7-23
Engine Block
Piston Ring Replacement (cont'd) Piston Installation

7. After installing a n e w s e t of r i n g s , m e a s u r e the if the Crankshaft is Already Installed

ring-to-groove c l e a r a n c e s :
1. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to bottom d e a d c e n t e r ( B D C ) for
Top Ring Clearance e a c h c y l i n d e r a s its piston is i n s t a l l e d .
Standard (New): 0.O60--0.085 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 4 - 0 , 0 0 3 3 in.) 2. R e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p s , t h e n install the
Service Limit: 0.13 m m fO.005 in.) ring c o m p r e s s o r . C h e c k that the b e a r i n g is s e c u r e l y
in p l a c e .
S e c o n d Ring Clearance
Standard (New): 0 . 0 4 0 - 0 . 0 6 5 m m 3. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the p i s t o n , the i n s i d e of the
( 0 . 0 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 0 2 6 in.) ring c o m p r e s s o r , a n d the c y l i n d e r b o r e , t h e n attach
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.13 m m (0.005 in.) the ring c o m p r e s s o r to the p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod
assembly.

4. Position the m a r k (A) to f a c e the c a m c h a i n s i d e of

the e n g i n e block.

8. Rotate the r i n g s in their g r o o v e s to m a k e s u r e t h e y

d o not bind.

9. Position the ring e n d g a p s a s s h o w n :

About 9 0 °
O I L RING G A P ^ S E C O N D RING GAP

A b o u t 45 °

T O P RING G A P and OIL RING GAP

S P A C E R RING GAP
P I S T O N PIN

7-24
5. P o s i t i o n t h e p i s t o n In t h e c y l i n d e r , a n d t a p it in 7. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h
u s i n g t h e w o o d e n h a n d l e of a h a m m e r (A). p l a s t i g a g e ( s e e p a g e 7-9),
P u s h d o w n o n the ring c o m p r e s s o r (B) to p r e v e n t
t h e r i n g s f r o m e x p a n d i n g before entering the 8. I n s p e c t the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts ( s e e p a g e 7-26).
cylinder bore.
9 . A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the bolt t h r e a d s , t h e n
install t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p s w i t h b e a r i n g s .
T i g h t e n the bolts to 41 N-m (4.2 k g f m , 30- Ibfft).

10. T i g h t e n the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts a n additional 120 °.

N O T E : . R e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolt if y o u

t i g h t e n e d it b e y o n d the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d g o
back to s t e p 8 of the p r o c e d u r e . D o not l o o s e n it
back to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .

6 . S t o p after t h e ring c o m p r e s s o r p o p s f r e e , a n d
c h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod-to-rod j o u r n a l a l i g n m e n t
before p u s h i n g t h e piston into p l a c e .

(cont'd)

7-25
Engine Block

Piston Installation {cont'd) Connecting Rod Bolt inspection

If the Crankshaft is Not Installed 1. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r of e a c h c o n n e c t i n g rod bolt

at point A - a n d point B. •
1. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod c a p s , t h e n install the
r i n g - c o m p r e s s o r , a n d c h e c k that the b e a r i n g is 3 5 m m (1.38 in.)

s e c u r e l y in p l a c e .

2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e p i s t o n , the i n s i d e of the III I B A

ring c o m p r e s s o r , a n d t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e , t h e n attach
the ring c o m p r e s s o r to t h e p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g rod
2 0 m m (0.79 in.)
assembly.

3. Position t h e m a r k (A) to f a c e t h e c a m chain- s i d e of

t h e e n g i n e block.

2 . C a l c u l a t e the difference in d i a m e t e r b e t w e e n point

A a n d point B.

P o i n t A — P o i n t B = D i f f e r e n c e in D i a m e t e r

D i f f e r e n c e in D i a m e t e r
S p e c i f i c a t i o n : 0—0.1 m m ( 0 — 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
4. Position the piston in t h e c y l i n d e r , a n d tap it in
u s i n g the w o o d e n h a n d l e of a h a m m e r (A). 3. If the difference in d i a m e t e r is out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
P u s h d o w n o n the ring c o m p r e s s o r (B) to p r e v e n t r e p l a c e the c o n n e c t i n g rod b o l t
t h e r i n g s f r o m e x p a n d i n g b e f o r e e n t e r i n g the
cylinder bore.

5. Position all p i s t o n s at top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) .

7-26
Crankshaft Installation

Special Tools Required 4. Install t h e b e a r i n g h a l v e s in t h e e n g i n e block a n d

* Driver 07749-0010000 the connecting rods.
* A t t a c h m e n t 24 x 28 m m 07746-0010700
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 9 6 0 7 Z A D - P N A A 1 0 0 5. A p p l y a c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the m a i n b e a r i n g s
a n d t h e rod b e a r i n g s .
1, M/T m o d e l : Install t h e c r a n k s h a f t e n d b u s h i n g
w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e c r a n k s h a f t . U s i n g the d r i v e r 6. Install t h e C K P p u l s e plate to the c r a n k s h a f t
a n d t h e a t t a c h m e n t , 2 4 x 26 m m , d r i v e in t h e ( s e e p a g e 7-30).
c r a n k s h a f t e n d b u s h i n g until t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e
attachment bottom against the crankshaft. 7. Hold t h e c r a n k s h a f t s o rod j o u r n a l No. 2 a n d rod
j o u r n a l No. 3 a r e straight up, a n d l o w e r the
c r a n k s h a f t into the e n g i n e block. B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e j o u r n a l s a n d t h e C K P p u l s e plate.

8. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s u r f a c e s ,
install t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s (A) in t h e No. 4 j o u r n a l of
t h e e n g i n e block.

2. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h
p l a s t i g a g e ( s e e p a g e 7-9}.

3. C h e c k t h e m a i n b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h p l a s t i g a g e
( s e e p a g e 7-6),
9. I n s p e c t t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod. bolts ( s e e p a g e 7-26).

10. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s of the

c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts.

11. S e a t t h e rod j o u r n a l s into c o n n e c t i n g rod No. l a n d

c o n n e c t i n g rod N o . 4. L i n e up t h e m a r k (B) on t h e
c o n n e c t i n g rod a n d the c a p , t h e n install the c a p s
a n d bolts f i n g e r - t i g h t

12. Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e , a n d s e a t t h e

j o u r n a l s into c o n n e c t i n g rod No. 2 a n d c o n n e c t i n g
rod No. 3. L i n e u p the m a r k o n t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod
a n d t h e c a p , t h e n install t h e c a p s a n d bolts finger-
tight.

(cont'd)

7-27
Engine Block
Crankshaft Installation (cont'd)

13. T i g h t e n the c o n n e c t i n g rod bolts to 41 N-m 18. Put t h e l o w e r block o n the e n g i n e block.
(4.2 kgf-m, 30 Ibf-ft).
19. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of the b e a r i n g
14. T i g h t e n the c o n n e c t i n g r o d bolts a n additional 1 2 0 ' c a p bolts. T i g h t e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p bolts In
s e q u e n c e , to 29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft). -
N O T E : R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g rod bolt if y o u
tightened it b e y o n d t h e s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d g o
back to s t e p 9 of the p r o c e d u r e . Do not l o o s e n i t
back to the s p e c i f i e d a n g l e .

@ ® © (D ®
15. R e m o v e all of the old liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e l o w e r
block mating s u r f a c e s , t h e bolts, a n d the bolt h o l e s . 20. T i g h t e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p bolts a n additional 48 °.

16. C l e a n a n d dry the l o w e r block m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .

17. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the e n g i n e
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of-the l o w e r block, a n d to the
Inside e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the liquid
gasket.

NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t b e Installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t .

A p p l y liquid gasket
a l o n g t h e b r o k e n Sine.

7-28
21. T i g h t e n t h e 8 m m bolts in s e q u e n c e to 22 N-m 25. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the e n g i n e block (A)
{2.2 kgf-m, 18 Ibf-ft). a n d the c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l ( B ) .

2 3 . A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the lip of t h e 26. Install t h e baffle plate,

c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l ,

(cont'd)

7-29
Engine Block
Crankshaft Installation (cont'd) CKP Pulse Plate Replacement
27. Install' t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-21). 1. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t f r o m the e n g i n e block
(see p a g e 7-14).
28. Install t h e oil p a n fsee p a g e 7-31).
2. R e m o v e the C K P p u l s e plate (A) f r o m the
2 9 . Install the c y l i n d e r h e a d : crankshaft.

• A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-44)
• P Z E V m o d e l (see p a g e 6-94)

30. M/T m o d e l : Install the f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 18 on

p a g e 12-19), the c l u t c h d i s c ( s e e s t e p 26 o n p a g e
12-20), a n d the p r e s s u r e plate ( s e e s t e p 27 on p a g e
12-20).

3 1 . A / T m o d e l : Install the d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e 14-257).

3 2 . Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n :

* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-16)
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-243)

3 3 . Install the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 5-12).

N O T E : W h e n e v e r a n y c r a n k s h a f t or c o n n e c t i n g rod
b e a r i n g is r e p l a c e d , run the e n g i n e at idle until it 3. Install the C K P p u l s e plate i n the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
reaches normal operating temperature, then removal.
c o n t i n u e to run It for a b o u t 15 m i n u t e s .

7-30
Oil Pan Installation
1. R e m o v e all of the o l d liquid g a s k e t f r o m t h e oil p a n 5. T i g h t e n t h e bolts in t h r e e s t e p s . In the final s t e p ,
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s , t h e bolts, a n d t h e bolt h o l e s . tighten all b o l t s , in s e q u e n c e , to 12 N«m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft). W i p e off the e x c e s s liquid
2. C l e a n a n d dry t h e oil p a n m a t i n g s u r f a c e s . g a s k e t o n t h e e a c h s i d e of c r a n k s h a f t pulley a n d the
f l y w h e e l / d r i v e plate.
3. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t , P/N 08717-0004/08718-0001,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to t h e e n g i n e NOTE:
block m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e oil p a n , a n d to t h e * W a i t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling t h e e n g i n e
I n s i d e e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install t h e w i t h oil.
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e liquid * Do not run t h e e n g i n e for at l e a s t 3 h o u r s after
gasket installing t h e oil p a n .

NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed within 4 minutes.
* if too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e the o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

© CD ® ® ©

6. Install t h e c l u t c h / t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A), a n d
install t h e t w o bolts s e c u r i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .

A p p l y liquid gasket
along tile broken line.

4. Install t h e oil p a n .

§4 N-m
|6.S kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft!

(cont'd)

7-31
Engine Block
Oil Pan Installation (cont'd)

7. If t h e e n g i n e is still in t h e v e h i c l e , d o s t e p s 8 17. T i g h t e n t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b r a c k e t
t h r o u g h 24. m o u n t i n g bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

8. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k from, t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n . M/T model

9. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket.

* S a i t a m a Factory produced models (see step 33

on p a g e 14-248).
• Marysville,"Ohio Factory p r o d u c e d m o d e l s (see
s t e p 36 o n p a g e 14-249).

10. T i g h t e n the nuts s e c u r i n g t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n

m o u n t ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-16).

11. Install a n e w s e t ring o n t h e e n d of d r i v e s h a f t , t h e n

install the d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-20). M a k e s u r e
the ring " c l i c k s " into p l a c e in t h e differential.

12. Install the left s i d e d a m p e r fork ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e

18-21).
A / T model
13. C o n n e c t t h e Sower a r m to t h e left s i d e k n u c k l e ( s e e
12 JC 1.25 mm
s t e p 5 o n p a g e 18-21). 5 9 N - m (6.0 k g f - m , 4 3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
14. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).

15. Install the left front w h e e l .

16. L o w e r the v e h i c l e o n t h e lift. •

7-32
18, T i g h t e n t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t m o u n t i n g bolts to 1 9 . T i g h t e n t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), then install
the specified torque, t h e front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B).

12 x 1.25 mm
M/T model

12 x 1,25 min
7 8 N-m {8.® kgf-m, 5 8 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

5 4 N-m
(5.5 kgf-m, 4© Ibf-ft}
Replace.

20. Install the battery b a s e , then- install t h e h a r n e s s

c l a m p s ( s e e s t e p 64 on p a g e 5-22).

21. Install t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359),

22. Do t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).

2 3 . Install t h e strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).

24. Refill t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d e n g i n e oil

( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 8-9). •.

7-33
Engine Block
Transmission End Crankshaft OiS Seal Installation - In Car

Special Tools Required 8. M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e e n g i n e block (A)

* Driver 07749-0010000 a n d the c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l (B).
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 96 0 7 Z A D - P N A A 1 0 0
OIS S e a l I n s t a l l e d Height: 0.2-1.2 mm
1. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n : ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 In.)

* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-7) »l 0 . 2 - 1 . 2 mm
{0.008-0.047 in.)
• A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-232)

2. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 17 on
p a g e 12-19), the c l u t c h d i s c ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e
12-17), a n d the p r e s s u r e plate ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e
12-16).

3. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e
14-257).-

4. C l e a n a n d dry the c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l h o u s i n g .

5. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e
c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l .

6. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the lip of the

c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l .
9. M/T m o d e l : Install t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e s t e p 18 o n
7. U s e t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 9 6 p a g e 12-19), the c l u t c h d i s c ( s e e s t e p 26 o n p a g e
to d r i v e a n e w c r a n k s h a f t oil s e a l s q u a r e l y into the 12-20), a n d the p r e s s u r e plate ( s e e s t e p 27 o n p a g e
e n g i n e block to the s p e c i f i e d i n s t a l l e d height. 12-20).

07749-0010000
10. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e d r i v e plate ( s e e p a g e 14-257).

11. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n :

• M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-16)
* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-243)

7-34
Sealing Bolt installation
N O T E : W h e n installing t h e s e a l i n g bolt (A), a l w a y s u s e
a new washer,

A
2 8 x 1.5 mm
1 0 0 W*m
1 8 x 1 . © mm ( 1 0 . 0 k g f - m , 7 2 . 3 Ibf-ft)

2 0 x 1 .0 mm
34 N-m
(3.5 k g f - m . 2 5 Ibf-ft)
Engine Mechanical

Engine Lubrication
Special Tools ............... .............................. .......... 8-2
Component Location Index ................... 8-3
Symptom Troubleshooting index ............... ........... 8-4.
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram ............... 8-5
Low Oil Pressure indicator Circuit
Troubleshooting (Open) ... ..... . ...... 8-6
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit
Troubleshooting (Short) ................................. 8-7
Oil Pressure Switch Test ......... .................... 8-8
Oil Pressure Switch Replacement ........... ........ 8-8
Oil Pressure Test .................................. . 8-9
Engine Oil Replacement ........................... ... . 8-3
Engine Oil Filter Replacement .......... 8-10
Oil Filter Base Replacement .... ............................. 8-11
Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement 8-12
Engine Oil Gallery Cap Replacement .............. . 8-12
Oil Jet Replacement 8-13
Oil Jet Inspection ............................. .. ................ 8-13
Oil Pump Overhaul ............. . 8-14
Oil Pump Chain Inspection .... 8-22
Oil Pump Chain Replacement ......... ....................... 8-23
Engine Lubrication
Special Tools

Ref. N o . Tool Number Description Qty

® 07AAA-PLCA100 Oil Filter W r e n c h 1

8-2
Component Location index

OIL F A N
R e m o v a l , p a g e 7-11
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 7-31

WASHER

DRAIN BOLT

O I L P U M P CHAM
TENSIONER

OIL C O N T R O L ORIFICE

BAFFLE PLATE

OIL PUMPCHAffli
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 8-22
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 8-23

O I L FILTER
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 8-10

OIL PUMP CHAIN

GUIDE O I L FILTEFI F E E D PIPE
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 8-12

O I L FILTER B A S E
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 8-11

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

C i r c u i t D i a g r a m , p a g e 8-5
T e s t , p a g e 8-8
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 8-8 ENGINE OIL GALLERY CAP
O i l P r e s s u r e T e s t p a g e 8-9 R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 8-12
Engine Lubrication

Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o c h e e k for

E x c e s s i v e e n g i n e oil 1. Verify the e n g i n e oil filler c a p , the oil d r a i n bolt,
consumption a n d the oil filter a r e t i g h t
2. C h e c k for oil l e a k s .
3. C h e c k for w o r n v a l v e g u i d e ( s ) :
* All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-38)
• P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-88)
or w o r n v a l v e s t e m s e a l ( s ) :
* A H ' m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-38)
• P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-88)
4. C h e c k for d a m a g e d or w o r n piston ring(s)
( s e e p a g e 7-22).
5. C h e c k for d a m a g e d or w o r n e n g i n e Internal parts
(cylinder w a l l , p i s t o n s , etc.) ( s e e p a g e 7-17).
L o w oil p r e s s u r e indicator d o e s 1. Do the Sow oil p r e s s u r e Indicator circuit A n o p e n in the w i r e
not c o m e o n w i t h the Ignition t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( O p e n ) ( s e e p a g e 8-6). between the engine
s w i t c h in O N (11) 2. T e s t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8). control m o d u l e ( E C M ) /
p o w e r t r a l n control
m o d u l e ( P C M ) a n d the
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
L o w oil p r e s s u r e Indicator s t a y s 1. C h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l . A w i r e s h o r t e d to
on 2. Do the l o w oil p r e s s u r e Indicator circuit g r o u n d b e t w e e n the
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (Short) ( s e e p a g e 8-7). E C M / P C M a n d the oil
3. T e s t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8). pressure switch
4. C h e c k the e n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 8-9).
5. C h e c k the oil filter for c l o g g i n g .
6. C h e c k the oil s c r e e n for c l o g g i n g .
7. C h e c k the relief v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 8-14).
8. T e s t t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-16),

8-4
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

Engine Lubrication
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open)

1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3). t e r m i n a l B 7 a n d the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR B (49P)
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Terminal side of female terminals

OPSW fYEL/REO)
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e
II II
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a t n
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
II 13 14|15 16 i r | l 8 19 / 21
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
H
22]
29^
24
X 25
>< 26 27 28
31 32J33 34 35|36 / 38 /
43Sy^J45|46
4. C h e c k for D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). If a D T C is p r e s e n t 32
d i a g n o s e , a n d r e p a i r the c a u s e before c o n t i n u i n g OPSW fYEL/REDl
w i t h t h i s test.

5. C h e c k the O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H in the P G M - F I OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR

D A T A L I S T with the H D S . W i r e side of f e m a l e terminal

Is ON indicated? is there continuity?

Y E S ™ R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e Y E S — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e

22-324). • latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
W O — G o to s t e p 6. r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)= E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

7. C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8)= W O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the oil

pressure switch and E C M / P C M connector terminal
Is the oil pressure switch OK ? B7.B

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

W O — R e p l a c e the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d j u m p the

S C S line with the H D S , t h e n turn the ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0).

N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect the E C M /
P C M from damage.

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P) a n d the oil

pressure switch connector.

8-6
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short)
1, C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to t h e 10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d j u m p the
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3). S C S line w i t h the .HDS, t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0).
2, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (It).
N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect t h e E C M /
3, M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e PCM from damage.
a n d the engine control m o d u l e (ECM}/powertrain
c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e , 11. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the oil p r e s s u r e
4, C h e c k for D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). If a D T C is p r e s e n t switch connector and body ground.
d i a g n o s e , a n d r e p a i r t h e c a u s e before c o n t i n u i n g
w i t h t h i s test.
OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H C O N N E C T O R

5, Start the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k t h e O I L P R E S S U R E
S W I T C H in the P G M - F I D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
1_
is OFF indicated? I OPSW
1 fYEL/RED)
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e { s e e p a g e
22-3241 •

NO—Go to s t e p 6.
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l
8, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK

7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r , is there continuity?

8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k the O I L P R E S S U R E Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
S W I T C H in t h e P G M - F I D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B 7 . B
Is OFF indicated?
W O — U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
Y E S — T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n g o latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
to s t e p 9. k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
N O — T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n g o a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
to s t e p 10. E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

9, C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).

is the oil pressure switch OK?

Y E S — D o the oil p r e s s u r e t e s t ( s e e p a g e 8-9).

N O — R e p l a c e the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8-8).

8-7
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pressure Switch Test Oil Pressure Switch Replacement

1. D i s c o n n e c t the oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A) 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A),

•" "from the oil p r e s s u r e - s w i t c h (B). t h e n r e m o v e t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (B).

B
18 N - m
2. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the oil p r e s s u r e (1.8 kgf-m, 13 Ibf-ft)
s w i t c h t e r m i n a l a n d the e n g i n e (ground). T h e r e
s h o u l d be continuity w i t h the e n g i n e s t o p p e d . 2. R e m o v e a n y old liquid g a s k e t f r o m the s w i t c h a n d
T h e r e s h o u l d be no c o n t i n u i t y w i t h the e n g i n e switch mounting hole.
running.
3. A p p l y a v e r y s m a l l a m o u n t of liquid g a s k e t to the
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h t h r e a d s , t h e n install the oil
pressure switch,

N O T E : U s i n g too m u c h l i q u i d g a s k e t m a y c a u s e
liquid g a s k e t to e n t e r the oil p a s s a g e or t h e e n d of
t h e n e w oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .

8-8
Oil Pressure Test Engine Oil Replacement
N O T E : If the l o w oil p r e s s u r e w a r n i n g indicator s t a y s on 1. W a r m up the e n g i n e .
w i t h the e n g i n e r u n n i n g , c h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l . If
the oil level i s c o r r e c t d o the f o l l o w i n g test: 2. R e m o v e the drain bolt (A), a n d d r a i n the e n g i n e oil.

1, W i t h the e n g i n e s t o p p e d , r e m o v e the oil p r e s s u r e

s w i t c h f s e e p a g e 8-8), a n d install a n oil p r e s s u r e
g a u g e (A),

Do n o t o v e r t i g h t e n .

3. Reinstall the drain bolt w i t h a n e w w a s h e r (B).

4, Refill t h e e n g i n e w i t h the r e c o m m e n d e d oil

( s e e p a g e 3-2).
2. Start the e n g i n e . S h u t it off i m m e d i a t e l y if the
g a u g e r e g i s t e r s n o oil p r e s s u r e . R e p a i r the p r o b l e m Capacity
before c o n t i n u i n g , A t OH C h a n g e :
4.0 L (4.2 U S qt)
3. A l l o w the e n g i n e to r e a c h o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e A t Oil C h a n g e Including'Filter:
(fan c o m e s o n at l e a s t t w i c e ) . T h e p r e s s u r e s h o u l d 4.2 L (4.4 U S qt)
be: After Engine Overhaul:
5.3 L (5.6 U S qt)
E n g i n e O i l T e m p e r a t u r e : 176 TWO)
Engine Oil Pressure:
2
A t Idle: 7 0 k P a (0.7 k g f / c m , 1 0 psi] ruin.
A t 3,000 r p m : 3 0 0 kPa (3.1 k g f / € m , 44 psi) m i n .
2

4. If t h e oil p r e s s u r e i s out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , i n s p e c t
these items:

* B l o c k i n g of oil filter.
* B l o c k i n g of oil screen,
* I n s p e c t the oil p r e s s u r e relief v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
8-14),
* I n s p e c t the oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-16).

5, R u n the e n g i n e for m o r e t h a n 3 m i n u t e s , t h e n c h e c k
for oil l e a k a g e .

(cont'd)

8-9
Engine Lubrication
Engine Oil Replacement (cont'd) Engine Oil Filter Replacement

6. If the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e g u i r e d e n g i n e oil Speelal Tools Required

r e p l a c e m e n t , r e s e t the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r Oil filter w r e n c h 0 7 A A A - P L C A 1 0 0
(see p a g e 3-4), a n d this p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e . If
the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r did not reguire e n g i n e oil 1. R e m o v e the oil filter w i t h the oil filter w r e n c h .
r e p l a c e m e n t g o to step 7.
2. I n s p e c t the filter to m a k e s u r e the r u b b e r s e a l is not
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). . s t u c k to the oil filter s e a t i n g s u r f a c e of the e n g i n e .

8. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the 3. I n s p e c t the t h r e a d s (A) a n d the r u b b e r s e a l (B) on

data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3). the n e w filter. C l e a n the s e a t on the oil filter b a s e ,
t h e n a p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil to the filter
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). r u b b e r s e a l . U s e o n l y filters w i t h a built-in b y p a s s
system..
10. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e (ECM)/powertrain
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) . Sf it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

11. S e l e c t G A U G E S in the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L with the

HDS.

12. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T in G A U G E S with the H D S .

13. S e l e c t S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R in the A D J U S T M E N T
w i t h the H D S .

14. S e l e c t R E S E T in the S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R w i t h the

HDS.

15. S e l e c t R E S E T T I N G T H E E N G I N E O I L L I F E w i t h the
HDS. 4. Install the oil filter by h a n d .

N O T E : If y o u c h a n g e d the a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n 5. After the r u b b e r s e a l s e a t s , tighten the oil filter

fluid ( A T F ) at the s a m e t i m e w i t h the e n g i n e oil, c l o c k w i s e w i t h the oil filter w r e n c h .
select R E S E T T I N G T H E E N G I N E OIL LIFE A N D A T F
w i t h the H D S i n s t e a d . Tighten: 3/4 Turn Clockwise
Tightening Torque: 12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)

8-10
 Oil Filter Base Replacement
8. If four n u m b e r s or m a r k s (1 to 4 or • to • • • • ) 1. R e m o v e t h e oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).
a r e printed a r o u n d the o u t s i d e of t h e filter, u s e t h e
f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e to tighten t h e filter. 2. R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t pipe bracket (A), t h e n r e m o v e
the oil filter b a s e (B).
• S p i n the filter o n until its s e a l lightly s e a t s a g a i n s t
t h e oil filter b a s e , a n d note w h i c h n u m b e r or
m a r k is at t h e b o t t o m ,
* T i g h t e n t h e filter by t u r n i n g it c l o c k w i s e t h r e e
n u m b e r s or m a r k s f r o m t h e o n e y o u noted. F o r
e x a m p l e . If n u m b e r 2 is at the b o t t o m w h e n the
s e a l is s e a t e d , tighten t h e filter until the n u m b e r 1
c o m e s a r o u n d the b o t t o m .

C 1© x 1.25 m m
Replace. 4 4 N-m
(43 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf-ft)

3. C l e a n t h e O-ring g r o o v e s a n d t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e
Number when rubber N u m b e r after tightening, with t h e oil filter b a s e .
seal is seated.

4. Install the oil filter b a s e w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (C).

N u m b e r or 1 2 3 4 5. Install the oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).

Mark w h e n or or or or
rubber seal • • • • • • • • • •
is s e a t e d

Number or 4 1 2 3
Mark after or or or or
tightening • • • • • • • •

7. After i n s t a l l a t i o n , fill t h e e n g i n e with oil up to the

s p e c i f i e d l e v e l , run t h e e n g i n e for m o r e t h a n
3 m i n u t e s , t h e n c h e c k for oil l e a k s .

8-11
Engine Lubrication
Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement Engine Oil Gallery Cap Replacement

1. R e m o v e the oil filter b a s e ( s e e p a g e 8-11). 1. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s b r a c k e t (Ah t h e n r e m o v e the

e n g i n e oil g a l l e r y c a p (B). •
2. R e m o v e the oil filter f e e d p i p e .
A B

2 2 N-m 41 N-m
(2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft) (4.2 kgf-m, 3 0 Ibf-ft)

2. C l e a n the O-ring g r o o v e a n d m a t i n g s u r f a c e w i t h
the e n g i n e oil g a l l e r y c a p .

3. Install the e n g i n e oil g a l l e r y c a p w i t h n e w O - r i n g s

(C), t h e n install the h a r n e s s b r a c k e t

4. T i g h t e n the oil filter f e e d pipe to the oil filter b a s e to

49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 3 6 Ibf-ft), t h e n r e m o v e the n u t s
f r o m the oil filter f e e d p i p e .

5. Install the oil filter b a s e ( s e e p a g e 8-11).

8-12
Oil Jet Replacement Oil Jet inspection
1, R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-15). 1. R e m o v e the oil jet ( s e e p a g e 8-13), a n d i n s p e c t it a s
follows.
2, R e m o v e t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 8 o n p a g e 7-14).
* M a k e s u r e that a 1.2 m m (0.05 in.) d i a m e t e r drill
3, R e m o v e t h e oil jet bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e the oil jets will g o t h r o u g h the nozzle hole (A) (1.31 m m
(B). (0.052 in.) d i a m e t e r ) .
* insert t h e other e n d of a 3.7 m m (0.15 in.) drill
into t h e oil Intake (3.8 m m (0.15 in.) d i a m e t e r ) .
M a k e s u r e the c h e c k ball (B) m o v e s s m o o t h l y a n d
h a s a stroke of a b o u t 2.0 m m (0.079 in.).
* C h e c k the oil jet o p e r a t i o n with a n air nozzle. St
2
s h o u l d take at least 3 8 0 kPa (3.9 k g f / c m , 55 psi)
to u n s e a t the c h e c k ball.

N O T E : R e p l a c e the oil jet a s s e m b l y , if t h e nozzle is

d a m a g e d or b e n t

1.31 m m ( 0 . 0 5 2 I n . )

4. C a r e f u l l y install the oil j e t s , a n d tighten the oil jet

bolts,

5. Install t h e baffle plate ( s e e s t e p 26 o n p a g e 7-29). 2. C a r e f u l l y install'the oil j e t T h e m o u n t i n g t o r q u e is

critical.
6. Install t h e oil p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8-21),
Specified Torque: 16 M-m 11.6 k g f - m , 12 ibf-ft)

8-13
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul

Exploded View
8x1.25 m m
2 7 N « m (2.8 kgf-m, 2 0 I b f - f t )
A p p l y n e w engine oil to t h e bolt threads.

8 x 1.0 m m
N-m
(1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t )

BAFFLE PLATES

1 0 x 1.25 m m D O W E L PIN
4 4 N-m
14.5 k g f - m , 3 3 I b f - f t ) O-RING
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil Replace.
to the bolt threads.

8 x 1.0 m m UPPER B A L A N C E R
12 N-m SHAFT HOLDER
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 I b f - f t )

REAR BALANCER
SHAFT

FRONT BLANCER
SHAFT

BALANCER SHAFT
BEARINGS

SEALING BOLT RELIEF V A L V E

39 N-m Valve m u s t slide freely
(4.0 k g f - n i , 2 9 Ibf-ft) in h o u s i n g bore.
Replace t h e oil p u m p
a s a s s e m b l y if s c o r e d .
LOWER BALANCER
D O W E L PIN SHAFT HOLDER

8-14
Oil Pymp Removal 5, Align t h e h o l e s on the lock (A) a n d the oil p u m p
c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a 3.0' m m
1. T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t pulley s o Its top d e a d c e n t e r (0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (C) into the h o l e s . T u r n the
( T D C ) m a r k (A) l i n e s up w i t h the pointer (B). c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to s e c u r e the pin.

N O T E : C h e c k the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
c a m . p o s i t i o n . Sf the position is not a l i g n e d , s e t the
first c a m to the first e d g e of t h e rack.

2. R e m o v e the oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11).

3. T o hold t h e rear b a l a n c e r shaft, i n s e r t a 6 m m long

pin p u n c h (A) ( S n a p - o n P P C 1 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t ) 6. L o o s e n the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
into the m a i n t e n a n c e hole in the b a l a n c e r s h a f t
h o l d e r a n d t h r o u g h the r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft.

4. T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

( c o n f d)

8-15
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont'd)

7. R e m o v e the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t (A) a n d the-oil p u m p Oil Pomp inspection

• (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e oil- p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
(C). 1. R e m o v e the p u m p h o u s i n g .

2. A l i g n the i n n e r rotor tooth (A) w i t h the m a r k (B) o n

the outer rotor, then c h e c k t h e inner-to-outer rotor
radial c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e i n n e r rotor a n d the
outer rotor. If the inner-to-outer rotor radial
c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the oil
pump.

Inner R o t o r - t o - O u t e r R o t o r R a d i a l C l e a r a n c e
S t a n d a r d (Mem): 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 1 5 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 0 — 0 . 0 0 5 9 in.)
Service Limit: 0.19 m m (§ 0©75 in.)
s

8-16
3, C h e c k the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - r o t o r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e Balancer Shaft Inspection
b e t w e e n t h e rotor (A) a n d t h e p u m p h o u s i n g (B). If
the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - r o t o r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s 1. S e a t t h e b a l a n c e r shaft by p u s h i n g it a w a y f r o m the
the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e oil p u m p . oil p u m p s p r o c k e t e n d of t h e oil p u m p .

Pump Housing-to-Rotor Axial Clearance 2. Z e r o the dial indicator a g a i n s t t h e e n d of the

S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 3 5 — 0 . 0 7 0 mm b a l a n c e r s h a f t , t h e n p u s h the b a l a n c e r shaft b a c k
10,0014-0,0028 in.) a n d forth a n d r e a d the e n d play,
Service Limit: 0,12 m m |0»005 In.)
Balancer Shaft E n d Play
Front Balancer Shaft:
S t a n d a r d {New): 0.063-0.108 mm
(0.0025-0.0043 In.)
Service Limit: 0.14 m m (0.006 In.)

4, C h e c k the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - o u t e r rotor radial

c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e outer rotor (A) a n d t h e
p u m p h o u s i n g (B). if the p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - o u t e r
. rotor radial c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e t h e oil p u m p .

P u m p Housing-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance 3. R e m o v e the p u m p h o u s i n g .

S t a n d a r d (Maw): 0 . 1 5 0 — 0 . 2 1 0 m m
( 0 . 0 0 5 9 — 0 . 0 0 8 3 in.)
Service Limit: 0.23 m m 10,009 in.)

(cont'd)

8-17
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont'd)

4. R e m o v e the u p p e r b a l a n c e r - s h a f t holder (with 5. M e a s u r e t h e inner d i a m e t e r of t h e No. 1 b e a r i n g for

b e a r i n g s ) (A) a n d t h e baffle plates (B), t h e n r e m o v e the front b a l a n c e r shaft hole a n d t h e rear b a l a n c e r
the front b a l a n c e r shaft (C) a n d t h e rear b a l a n c e r shaft hole.
s h a f t (D).
Bearing inner Diameter
Front"
Standard (New): 20.0e0-20.020 m m
( 0 . 7 8 7 4 - 0 . 7 8 8 2 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 2 0 . 0 3 m m (0.798 in.)
Rear:
Standard (New): 24.000-24.020 m m
(0.9449-0.9457 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 24.03 m m (0.946 in.)

Front

8-18
8. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r s of the N o , 1 j o u r n a l s o n the 7. C l e a n both b a l a n c e r s h a f t N o . 2 j o u r n a l s a n d the
front b a l a n c e r s h a f t a n d the rear b a l a n c e r s h a f t . bearing h a l v e s with a clean s h o p t o w e l then place
both b a l a n c e r s h a f t s into the b a l a n c e r holder.
Journal Diameter
Front: 8. P l a c e o n e strip of p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s e a c h No. 2
S t a n d a r d P e w ) : 1 9 , 1 3 8 ™ 13,950 m m journal.
( 0 . 7 8 5 0 - 0 . 7 8 5 4 in.)
Service Limit: 19.92 m m {0,784 in.) 9. R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g s a n d t h e u p p e r b a l a n c e r s h a f t
Rear: h o l d e r , t h e n tighten the bolts.
S t a n d a r d (New): 23.938—23»35§ m m
( 0 . 9 4 2 4 - 0 . 9 4 2 9 In,) N O T E : Do not rotate the b a l a n c e r s h a f t s during
Service Limit: 2 3 , 9 2 m m (0,942 In.! inspection.

Front

(cont'd)

8-19
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont'd)

10. R e m o v e the u p p e r b a l a n c e r shaft holder a n d the 12. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the t h r e a d s of the 8 m m

b e a r i n g s , a g a i n , a n d m e a s u r e the w i d e s t part w i t h bolts (A).
the p l a s t i g a g e . If b a l a n c e r shaft No. 2 j o u r n a l oil
c l e a r a n c e is out-of-tolerance, install n e w b e a r i n g s ,
a n d r e c h e c k . If it is still out-of-tolerance, r e p l a c e the
balancer shafts.

N o . 2 J o u r n a l Oil C l e a r a n c e
Standard (New): 0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 1 2 0 m m
f O . 0 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 0 4 7 In.)
Servsee Limit: 0.15 m m (0.006 In.)

13. Install t h e u p p e r b a l a n c e r shaft holder IB) w i t h a

n e w O-ring (C).
11. A l i g n the p u n c h m a r k o n the r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft in
the c e n t e r of the t w o p u n c h m a r k s o n the front 14. Install the p u m p h o u s i n g .
b a l a n c e r shaft, t h e n install the b a l a n c e r s h a f t s o n
the l o w e r b a l a n c e r s h a f t h o l d e r .

8-20
Oil Pump Installation T o hold the rear b a l a n c e r shaft, insert a 8 m m Song
pin p u n c h (A) ( S n a p - o n P P C 1 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t )
1. M a k e s u r e the N o , 1 piston top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) into the m a i n t e n a n c e hole in t h e b a l a n c e r s h a f t
m a r k (A) l i n e s up w i t h the pointer IB), h o l d e r a n d t h r o u g h the rear b a l a n c e r shaft.

2. A l i g n the d o w e l p i n (A) on the rear b a l a n c e r s h a f t

w i t h t h e m a r k (B) o n the oil p u m p . T u r n the plate (A) c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , to r e l e a s e the
lock, t h e n p u s h the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
a r m (B), a n d s e t the first c a m (C) to the first e d g e of
the rack (D). Insert a 3.0 m m (0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin
(E) into the hole (F).

N O T E : If the c h a i n t e n s i o n e r i s not s e t up a s
d e s c r i b e d , the t e n s i o n e r will b e c o m e d a m a g e d .

(confd)

8-21
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont'd) Oil Pump Chain inspection

5. Install t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A). 1. R e m o v e t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11).

2. M e a s u r e t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r rod
length. If t h e length is o v e r t h e s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
10 x 1,25 m m
44 N-m the oil p u m p c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 8-23).

3 3 Ibf-ft)
Oil P u m p C h a i n A u t o - T e n s i o n e r R o d L e n g t h
E S e r v i s e L i m i t : 13 m m (0.51 in.)
Replace,

6 K 1.0 mm
1 2 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)

8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N-m
10 x 1.25 mm (2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
4 4 N-m (43 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf-ft)

6. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of t h e oil p u m p
m o u n t i n g bolts (B) a n d t h e oil p u m p s p r o c k e t
m o u n t i n g bolt ( C ) , t h e n L o o s e l y install the oil p u m p 3. Install t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31).
(D) w i t h a n e w O-ring ( E ) , t h e n install t h e oil p u m p
s p r o c k e t (F).

7. T i g h t e n the oil p u m p m o u n t i n g bolts a n d t h e oil

pump sprocket mounting bolt

8. R e m o v e t h e 6 m m pin p u n c h ( G ) .

9. R e m o v e t h e 3.0 m m (0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (A) f r o m

the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

10. Install t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31).

8-22
Oil Pump Chain Replacement
N O T E : K e e p the oil p u m p c h a i n a w a y f r o m m a g n e t i c 3, A l i g n the h o l e s o n the lock (A) a n d the oil p u m p
fields. c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (B), t h e n insert a '3.0 m m
(0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (C) into the h o l e s . T u r n the
Removal c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e to. s e c u r e the pin.

1, R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30). N O T E : C h e c k the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r

c a m position is not a l i g n e d , s e t t h e first c a m to the
2, R e m o v e t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-11). first e d g e of the rock.

3, S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r t h e e d g e of the e n g i n e block.

N O T E : D o not hit t h e oil p u m p a n d baffle plate

w h e n p l a c i n g t h e j a c k o n the e d g e of the e n g i n e
block,

4, R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n :

* A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-13)
* P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-62)

5, L o o s e l y install the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.

10. L o o s e n the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
8, T o hold t h e r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft, i n s e r t a 6 m m long
pin p u n c h (A) f S n a p - o n P P C 1 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t )
into the m a i n t e n a n c e h o l e in t h e b a l a n c e r s h a f t
h o l d e r a n d t h r o u g h t h e rear b a l a n c e r shaft.

7, T u r n the c r a n k s h a f t c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to c o m p r e s s
the oil p o m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .

8. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t pulley.

(confd)

8-23
Engine Lubrication

Oil Pump Chain Replacement (cont'd)

11. L o o s e n the l o w e r oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r installation

bolt (A), t h e n r e m o v e the u p p e r oil p u m p c h a i n
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r bolt (B), t h e n turn the oil p u m p 1. S e t the c r a n k s h a f t to top d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) . A l i g n
c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c l o c k w i s e (C). ^- the T D C m a r k (A) on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t w i t h
the pointer (B) on the e n g i n e block.

12. R e m o v e the oil p u m p s p r o c k e t (A) a n d the oil p u m p

c h a i n g u i d e IB). 2. Install the oil p u m p c h a i n o n the c r a n k s h a f t
s p r o c k e t w i t h the c o l o r e d link plate (A) a l i g n e d w i t h
the T D C m a r k (B) on the c r a n k s h a f t s p r o c k e t .

3. C h e c k the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r c a m p o s i t i o n . If the
13. R e m o v e the oil p u m p c h a i n (C). position i s not .aligned, s e t the first c a m to the first
e d g e of the rack ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e 8-21).

8-24
4, S e t t h e oil p u m p c h a i n on the oil p u m p c h a i n 7. T u r n the oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (A)
s p r o c k e t (A) w i t h t h e p u n c h m a r k (B) a l i g n e d w i t h c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , t h e n install the u p p e r oil p u m p
t h e c e n t e r of the c o l o r e d link p l a t e s (C), t h e n install c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r bolt (B), a n d tighten the l o w e r
the oil p u m p c h a i n s p r o c k e t to t h e oil p u m p . oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r bolt (C).

C
S x 1.0 m m
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8 J Ibf-ft)

8. R e m o v e the 3.0 m m (0.12 in.) d i a m e t e r pin (A) f r o m

5. T o h o l d t h e r e a r b a l a n c e r shaft, insert a pin d r i v e r t h e oil p u m p c h a i n a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
(D) ( S n a p - o n P P C T 0 8 L A or e q u i v a l e n t ) into the
m a t n t e n a n c e hole in t h e b a l a n c e r s h a f t h o l d e r a n d
through the rear balancer shaft.

8. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to t h e t h r e a d s of the oil p u m p

s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt { E h t h e n install the oil
p u m p s p r o c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt a n d oil p u m p c h a i n
g u i d e (F).

9. Install the c a m c h a i n :

• All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V ( s e e p a g e 6-15)

* P Z E V m o d e l ( s e e p a g e 6-64)

10. R e m o v e the w o o d block a n d the j a c k .

11. Install t h e oil p a n ( s e e p a g e 7-31 ).

12. Install the d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

8-25
Engine Mechanical

intake Manifold and Exhaust System

Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 9-2
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement 9-8
intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation

Exploded View
ENGINE M O U N T CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E
INJECTOR BASE
R e p l a c e If c r a c k e d o r
if m a t i n g s u r f a c e is d a m a g e d .

8 M 1=25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-

6 x 1.0 m m
12 N - m
(1.2 k g f
8.7 ibfft)

FUEL RAIL

8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)

THROTTLE BODY
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 I b f - f t )

INTAKE MANIFOLD
R e p l a c e if c r a c k e d o r
if m a t i n g s u r f a c e is d a m a g e d .
5 x 0.8 m m
3,4 N - m
( 0 . 3 5 k g f - m , 2 . 5 Ibf-
S x 1.0 m m
12 N - m

(1.2 k g f . n i , 8.7 I b f - f t )
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
MANIFOLD BRACKET
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR 8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N-m (2.2 k g f * m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
Removal 5. - R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .

(cont'd)

9-
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation {cont'd!

7. D i s c o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) 10. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d bracket.

c a n i s t e r h o s e (A) a n d t h e brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m
h o s e (B).

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e intake

8. D i s c o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (C), t h e n plug manifold.
the water bypass hoses.

9. D i s c o n n e c t the m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e ( M A P )
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e throttle actuator
c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e w i r e h a r n e s s -
c l a m p s (C).

9-4
12. R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t Installation
t h e p o s i t i v e c r a n k c a s e v e n t i l a t i o n ( P C V ) h o s e (B)
f r o m the intake m a n i f o l d . 1, C o n n e c t the. positive c r a n k c a s e ventilation ( P C V )
h o s e (A) to t h e intake m a n i f o l d , t h e n install the
intake m a n i f o l d (B) w i t h n e w g a s k e t s C O , a n d
tighten the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in
t h r e e s t e p s , b e g i n n i n g with t h e i n n e r b o l t

22 U-m
(2.2 k g f - m , - 1 6 Ibf-ft)

2. C o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) to t h e intake

manifold..

(confd)

9-5
intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont'd)

3.- Install the intake m a n i f o l d b r a c k e t 5. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (A).

8 x 1~25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 kgf-m, 1 6 Ibf-ft)
6. C o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r
4. C o n n e c t the m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e (MAP) h o s e (B) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (C).
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d the throttle a c t u a t o r
c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e n install t h e w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s 7. Install the intake air d u c t (A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e
(C). b r e a t h e r pipe (B).

N O T E : W h e n t i g h t e n i n g t h e s c r e w of the h o s e b a n d
(C), a l i g n the e d g e of t h e h o s e b a n d (D) w i t h t h e
m a r k (E) p a i n t e d on the h o s e b a n d . If y o u tighten
the s c r e w o v e r the m a r k , r e p l a c e the h o s e b a n d .

9-6
 8. Install the e n g i n e c o v e r . 11. Install the front grille c o v e r :

" • 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257)

12. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).

13. After installation, c h e c k that all t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d

• c o n n e c t o r s a r e installed correctly.

14. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t .

15. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d

the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the h e a t e r
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 10-6).

9. Install t h e battery b a s e , t h e n Install the h a r n e s s

c l a m p s ( s e e s t e p 84 o n p a g e 5-22),

10. Install t h e w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the intake air

duct {B>.

9-7
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement

N O T E : U s e n e w g a s k e t s a n d s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts w h e n r e a s s e m b l i n g .

3 3
8 x 1.25 m m N j f - n \ 2 5 Ibf-ft)
2 2 N-m ( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft) Replace.
T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s in steps, a l t e r n a t i n g side-to-side.

9-8
Engine Cooling

Cooling System
Component Location Index .......... » .... 10-2
Radiator Cap Test ............... ............................ 10-3
Radiator Test ........... 10-3
Fan Motor Test ............ . .... 10-4
Thermostat Test .................................. * ....... 10-4
Water Pump Inspection ............. ........ 10-5
Water Pump Replacement .. ...... ... . ...... 10-5
Coolant Check ........... ................. .............. 10-6
Coolant Replacement . ............... 10-6
Thermostat Replacement ................ .... 10-8
Water Passage Replacement ..................... .................. 10-9
Water Outlet Removal and Installation ........ .. 10-12
Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal
and Installation ........................... _____ .... 10-13
Radiator Replacement ........................... 10-16

Fan Controls
Component Location Index 10-18
Symptom Troubleshooting Index . ... ....... 10-19
Circuit Diagram ........................................ 10-20
Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting »»» 10-21
Cooling System
Component Location Index

E N G I N E COOLANT
T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) S E N S O R 2

10-2
Radiator Cap Test Radiator Test
1. W a i t until t h e e n g i n e i s c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e 1. Wast until the e n g i n e is c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e
t h e radiator c a p (A), W e t the radiator c a p s e a l w i t h t h e radiator c a p a n d fill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e
e n g i n e c o o l a n t t h e n install it o n a c o m m e r c i a l l y c o o l a n t to the b a s e of the filler neck.
a v a i l a b l e p r e s s u r e t e s t e r (B).
2. A t t a c h a c o m m e r c i a l f y a v a i l a b l e p r e s s u r e t e s t e r (A)
B to the radiator, a n d a p p l y a p r e s s u r e of 9 3 — 1 2 3 kPa
2
{ 0 . 9 5 — 1 . 2 5 k g f / c m , H ™ 1 8 psi).

2, A p p l y a p r e s s u r e of 9 3 — 1 2 3 k P a
2
{ 0 . 9 5 - 1 . 2 5 k g f / c m , 1 4 ™ » 1 8 psi).

3, C h e c k for a d r o p in p r e s s u r e .

4, If the p r e s s u r e d r o p s , r e p l a c e t h e radiator c a p . 3. I n s p e c t for e n g i n e c o o l a n t l e a k s a n d a d r o p in

pressure.

4. C h e c k for e n g i n e oil in the c o o l a n t a n d / o r c o o l a n t in

the e n g i n e oil.

5. R e m o v e t h e t e s t e r , a n d reinstall the radiator c a p .

10-
Cooling System
Fan Motor Test Thermostat Test

1. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the radiator fan R e p l a c e t h e t h e r m o s t a t if it is s t u c k in the o p e n position

motor and the A / C c o n d e n s e r fan m o t o r at r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .

T o test a c l o s e d t h e r m o s t a t :

1. S u s p e n d the t h e r m o s t a t (A) in a c o n t a i n e r of w a t e r .
D o not let t h e t h e r m o s t a t a n d the t h e r m o m e t e r (B)
t o u c h the bottom of the hot c o n t a i n e r .

2. T e s t the m o t o r by c o n n e c t i n g battery p o w e r to
t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d g r o u n d to t e r m i n a l No. 1.

3. If t h e motor fails to r u n or d o e s not run s m o o t h l y ,

r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 10-13).
2. Heat t h e w a t e r , a n d c h e c k the t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h a
t h e r m o m e t e r . C h e c k t h e t e m p e r a t u r e at w h e n t h e
t h e r m o s t a t first o p e n s , t h e n c h e c k the t e m p e r a t u r e
a g a i n w h e n the t h e r m o s t a t is fully o p e n ,

3. M e a s u r e the Sift h e i g h t of t h e t h e r m o s t a t w h e n it is
fully o p e n . If the t h e r m o s t a t is not w i t h i n the
specification, replace it

Standard Thermostat
Lift H e i g h t A b o w e 8.0 m m (0.31 In.)
S t a r t s Opening: 169-—176 °F ( 7 6 — 8 0 *C)
Folly O p e n : 194 T 190 °C)

10-4
Water Pump Inspection Water Pump Replacemen
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt { s e e p a g e 4-30). 1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

2, T u r n t h e w a t e r p u m p p u l l e y c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d 2. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
c h e c k t h a t it t u r n s freely a n d s m o o t h l y . If It d o e s not
turn s m o o t h l y , r e p l a c e t h e w a t e r p u m p ( s e e p a g e 3. R e m o v e t h e t e n s i o n e r p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 4-32).
10-51,
4. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p u m p p u l l e y (A).
N O T E : W h e n y o u check the water pump, y o u m a y
s e e a s m a l l a m o u n t of " w e e p i n g " f r o m t h e b l e e d C
h o l e s (A), T h i s Is n o r m a l .
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N - m
(1.2 k g f - m , BJ Ibf-ft)

6 x 1.0 m m
14 N - m
(1.4 k g f - m , 1 0 Ibf-ft)

5. R e m o v e t h e s i x bolts s e c u r i n g t h e w a t e r p u m p ,
3, Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30), t h e n r e m o v e the w a t e r p u m p ( B ) .

6. I n s p e c t a n d c l e a n t h e O-rsng g r o o v e a n d t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e of t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e .

7. Install t h e w a t e r p u m p w i t h a n e w O-rsng (C) a n d

the w a t e r p u m p pulley.

8. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t

9. Install t h e t e n s i o n e r pulley ( s e e p a g e 4-32).

10. Install t h e d r i v e belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

11. Refill t h e radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d

t h e air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e h e a t e r
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 10-6).

10-5
Cooling System
Coolant Check Coolant Replacement

1. C h e c k the c o o l a n t level in the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r . 1. W a i t until the e n g i n e is c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e

M a k e s u r e it is b e t w e e n t h e M A X m a r k (A) a n d MIN the radiator c a p .
mark(B).
2. S t a r t the e n g i n e . S e t t h e heater t e m p e r a t u r e control
dial to m a x i m u m heat, t h e n turn the ignition s w i t c h
to L O C K (0). M a k e s u r e the e n g i n e a n d the radiator
a r e c o o l to the t o u c h .

3. L o o s e n t h e drain plug (A), a n d d r a i n the c o o l a n t .

2. If the c o o l a n t level in the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r is at or

b e l o w the MIN m a r k , a d d c o o l a n t to bring it up to
the M A X m a r k , then i n s p e c t the c o o l i n g s y s t e m for
leaks.

4. After the c o o l a n t h a s d r a i n e d , tighten the radiator

d r a i n plug s e c u r e l y .

5. R e m o v e , d r a i n , a n d reinstall the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r .

6. Fill the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r to the M A X m a r k .(A) w i t h

H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2
(P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 1 1 ) .

10-6
7, Pour H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2 8. L o o s e l y Install the radiator c a p .
Into t h e radiator u p to t h e b a s e of t h e filler neck,
9. S e t the h e a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e control dial to
NOTE: m a x i m u m heat. •
* A l w a y s u s e H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t
T y p e 2, U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a c o o l a n t c a n result in 10. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It run until It w a r m s up (the
c o r r o s i o n , c a u s i n g t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m to radiator fan c o m e s on at least t w i c e ) .
m a l f u n c t i o n or fail.
* H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2 is a 11. T u r n off t h e e n g i n e . C h e c k t h e level in the radiator,
m i x t u r e of 50 % antifreeze a n d 50 % w a t e r . Do a n d a d d H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2,
not a d d w a t e r , if n e e d e d .
* If the v e h i c l e Is r e g u l a r l y d r i v e n in v e r y l o w
t e m p e r a t u r e s (under —31 °F, —35 °C) a 60 % 12. Install t h e radiator c a p s e c u r e l y , t h e n start the
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of c o o l a n t s h o u l d be u s e d . T o e n g i n e a g a i n , a n d c h e c k for l e a k s .
a c c o m p l i s h t h i s , p o u r 1.6 L (0.4 U S gal) of H o n d a
Extreme C o l d Weather Antifreeze/Coolant T y p e 2 13. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e coolant.
{P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 2 0 ) Into t h e radiator first, t h e n a d d
H o n d a L o n g Life a n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2 until 14. If the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e q u i r e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t
the radiator Is f u l l r e p l a c e m e n t reset the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r
( s e e p a g e 3-6), a n d this p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e . If
E n g i n e C o o l a n t Refill C a p a c i t i e s (Inducting t h e t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r did not r e q u i r e e n g i n e
c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t y of 0.68 L f 0.180 U S gal)) c o o l a n t r e p l a c e m e n t , g o t o s t e p 15.
At Coolant Change:
DENSO TRAD 15. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). -
M/T m o d e l 6.1 L 6.0 L.
{1,81 U S gal) (1.59 U S gal) 16. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m (HDS) to the
A/T model 8.0 L 5.9 L • d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
(1.59 U S gal) (1.56 U S gal)
After Engine Overhaul: 17. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
DEWSO TRAD
M/T m o d e l 8.2 L 8.1 L 18. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
(2.17 U S gal) 12.14 U S gal) a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e (ECIVI)/powertraIn
A/T model 8.1 L 8.0 L control m o d u l e (PCM)., if It d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
|2.14USc|al) (2,11 U S gal) t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

19. S e l e c t G A U G E S in the B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L with the

HDS.

20. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T In the G A U G E S w i t h the H D S .

21. S e l e c t S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R in the A D J U S T M E N T
with the HDS.

2 2 . S e l e c t R E S E T in the S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R w i t h t h e
HDS.

23. S e l e c t M A I N T E N A N C E S U B I T E M 5 R E S E T w i t h the
HDS.

10-7
Cool log System
Thermostat Replacement

1. D r a i n the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6). 6. C h e c k the quick c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d the s e t ring (B)

for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . If the c o n n e c t o r a n d / o r the
2. C l e a n a n y dirt off the q u i c k c o n n e c t o r (A), the s e t ring are c r a c k e d or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the
t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r , a n d the l o w e r radiator h o s e . connector.

E A

7. M a k e s u r e the s e t ring Is in p l a c e I n s i d e the quick

c o n n e c t o r . If the s e t ring is off the c o n n e c t o r ,
r e p l a c e the quick c o n n e c t o r .

3 . Pull out the lock (B) by h a n d , t h e n w i g g l e the quick 8. R e p l a c e the O-ring (C) in t h e quick c o n n e c t o r .
c o n n e c t o r l o o s e , a n d r e m o v e It f r o m the t h e r m o s t a t
c o v e r . Do not u s e a n y t o o l s to r e m o v e the quick 9. C h e c k the lock (D). If the lock Is d a m a g e d or
connector. d e f o r m e d , r e p l a c e it. W h e n installing the n e w lock
to the c o n n e c t o r , p u s h it straight d o w n a l o n g the
4. R e m o v e the t h e r m o s t a t a s s e m b l y (A). groove.

10. C l e a n the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e of the t h e r m o s t a t

cover (E), then apply clean engine coolant around
the connecting surface.

11. P u s h the lock (A) d o w n , t h e n p u s h the q u i c k

c o n n e c t o r (B) onto t h e t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r until y o u
h e a r It click.

12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

5. Install a n e w t h e r m o s t a t w i t h a n e w O-ring (B).

12. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d

the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the h e a t e r
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e 10-6).

13. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t .

10-8
Water Passage Replacement
1, Drain t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-8). 9. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g pipe m o u n t i n g bolts (A)
s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g pipe (B).
2, R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 2 5 o n p a g e 5-5).

3, C l e a n a n y dirt off the quick c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e

t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r , a n d t h e l o w e r radiator h o s e .

10. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g pipe a n d d i s c o n n e c t the

w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C) a n d t h e ' p o s i t i v e c r a n k c a s e
ventilation ( P C V ) h o s e (D).

11. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e (A).

4, Pull out t h e lock IB) b y h a n d , t h e n w i g g l e the quick

c o n n e c t o r l o o s e , a n d r e m o v e it f r o m t h e t h e r m o s t a t
c o v e r , D o not u s e a n y t o o l s to r e m o v e t h e q u i c k
connector,

5, R e m o v e the A / C c o m p r e s s o r w i t h o u t d i s c o n n e c t i n g
t h e A / C h o s e s ( s e e s t e p 50 o n p a g e 5-9).

8. R e m o v e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32).

7. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e
4-31).

8. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-3),

12. R e m o v e the t h e r m o s t a t h o u s i n g (B).

13. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p u m p ( s e e p a g e 10-5).

(confd)

10-9
Cooling System
Water Passage Replacement (cont'd)

14. Install the w a t e r p u m p ( s e e p a g e 10-5). 18. Install the w a t e r p a s s a g e (A) with a n e w O-ring (B).

15. Install the t h e r m o s t a t h o u s i n g (A) w i t h a n e w O-ring NOTE:

(B). • W a l t at l e a s t 30 m i n u t e s before filling the e n g i n e
with c o o l a n t
• Do not run the e n g i n e for at least 3 h o u r s after
Installing the w a t e r p a s s a g e .

16. C l e a n a n d dry the w a t e r p a s s a g e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .

1 0 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N - m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)
17. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 , e v e n l y to the e n g i n e 19. C o n n e c t the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (A) a n d the P C V
block mating s u r f a c e of the w a t e r p a s s a g e , a n d to h o s e (B).
the i n s i d e of the t h r e a d e d bolt h o l e s . Install the
c o m p o n e n t within 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g the liquid
gasket.

NOTE:
* If y o u a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the
c o m p o n e n t m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d within 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e the old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t

B 0 C
Replace.

20. Install the c o n n e c t i n g pipe (C) w i t h a n e w O-ring (D),

t h e n tighten the c o n n e c t i n g pipe m o u n t i n g bolts (E)
s e c u r i n g the c o n n e c t i n g pipe.

10-10
 7C

21, Install t h e Intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-5). 3 1 . P u s h t h e lock (A) d o w n , t h e n p u s h the q u i c k

c o n n e c t o r (B) onto the t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r until y o u
22, Install t h e drive belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r { s e e p a g e 4-31). h e a r It click.

23, Install the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-33).

24, install t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r ( s e e s t e p 42 on p a g e
5-19),

25, Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 48 on p a g e 5-20).

2 6 , C h e c k t h e q u i c k c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e s e t ring (B)

for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . If the c o n n e c t o r a n d / o r the
s e t ring a r e c r a c k e d or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the
connector,

3 2 . Refill the radiator with e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d

the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e h e a t e r
v a l v e o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-6).

33. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t .

E A

27. M a k e s u r e t h e s e t ring Is in p l a c e i n s i d e the q u i c k

c o n n e c t o r . If t h e s e t ring is off t h e c o n n e c t o r ,
replace the quick connector.

28. R e p l a c e the O - r i n g (C) In the q u i c k c o n n e c t o r .

2 9 . C h e c k t h e lock ID). If the lock is d a m a g e d or

d e f o r m e d , r e p l a c e it. W h e n Installing t h e n e w lock
o n the c o n n e c t o r , p u s h it straight d o w n a l o n g the
groove.

30. C l e a n the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e t h e r m o s t a t
c o v e r (Eh then apply clean engine coolant around
the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e .

10-11
Cooling System
Water Outlet Removal and Installation

1. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6). 4. R e m o v e the intake m a n i f o l d ( s e e page 9-3).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the b r e a t h e r pipe (Ah t h e n r e m o v e t h e 5. R e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g pipe m o u n t i n g bolts (A),

intake air duct (B). then r e m o v e the c o n n e c t i n g pipe (B).

N O T E : W h e n tightening the s c r e w of the h o s e b a n d

(C), align the e d g e of the h o s e b a n d (D) w i t h the
m a r k (E) painted on t h e h o s e b a n d . If y o u tighten
the s c r e w o v e r the m a r k , r e p l a c e the h o s e b a n d .

6. D i s c o n n e c t the e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T )
s e n s o r 1 c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e w a t e r
outlet (B).

3. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r radiator h o s e (A), the h e a t e r

h o s e (B), a n d the w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e (C).

7. Install the w a t e r outlet w i t h a n e w O-rsng (C).

8. Install t h e other p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.

9. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t a n d b l e e d

t h e air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the heater
v a l v e o p e n ( s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e 10-6).

10. C l e a n up a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t

10-12
Fan, Fan Motor and Shroyd Removal and Installation
#

Removal 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f a n motor c o n n e c t o r s (A), t h e n

r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).
1, Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

2 , R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s , t h e n r e m o v e the
battery b a s e ( s e e s t e p 8 on p a g e 5-3).

3, R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :

* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257)

4, R e m o v e the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the intake air

duct (B).

7. R e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
(A) , t h e n r e m o v e the radiator f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
(B) .

N O T E : M o v e the radiator fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y

t o w a r d t h e right s i d e of the v e h i c l e to a l l o w e n o u g h
s p a c e to lift it up a n d a w a y f r o m t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r
fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y .

5. R e m o v e t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r .

(confd)

10-13
Cooling System
Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal and Installation (cont'd)

8. D i s a s s e m b l e the fan s h r o u d s . installation

1. R e a s s e m b l e the fan s h r o u d s .

6 N-m
(0.6 k g f - m , 4 . 4 i b f - f t )

4 N-m (OA k g f - m , 2.9 I b f - f t )

2. Install the radiator fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y (A), t h e n

install the A / C c o n d e n s e r fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y (B).

6x1.© m m
7 N-m
(0.7 k g f - m , 5 I b f - f t )

10-14
3, C o n n e c t t h e f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r s (A), t h e n Install 5, Install the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the intake air
the h a r n e s s c l a m p IB). duct (B).

4, Install t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r . 6. Install the front grille c o v e r :

• 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257}
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257}

7. Install the battery b a s e , t h e n install the h a r n e s s

c l a m p s ( s e e s t e p 64 o n p a g e 5-22).

8. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).

10-15
Cooling System
Radiator Replacement
1. Do the battery removaS p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90). 9. D i s c o n n e c t the fan motor c o n n e c t o r s (A) a n d
engine coolant temperature (ECT) s e n s o r 2
2. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s , t h e n r e m o v e the c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e n r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C).
battery b a s e (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 5-3).

3. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :

* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
* 4-door (see p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )

4. R e m o v e the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d the Intake air

duct (B).

10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r radiator h o s e (A) a n d r e m o v e

the u p p e r b r a c k e t s (B) a n d the c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r (C).

5. Drain the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

6. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 25 on p a g e 5-5).

7. A / T m o d e l : D i s c o n n e c t t h e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid ( A T F ) c o o l e r h o s e s (A) ( s e e p a g e 14-260), t h e n
plug the c o o l e r h o s e a n d the lines.

8. D i s c o n n e c t the l o w e r radiator h o s e (B) f r o m the

radiator.

10-16
 7%.

1-1, R e m o v e t h e radiator,

12. R e m o v e t h e fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l i e s f r o m t h e radiator.

13, Install the radiator in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l . M a k e s u r e t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r c u s h i o n s (4) are s e t s e c u r e l y .

14, D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

15, Fill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t a n d b l e e d the air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m with the h e a t e r v a l v e o p e n ( s e e .

s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-6).

16, C l e a n u p a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t

10-17
Fan Controls
Component Location Index

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Removal and Installation,

a e 1 0 1 3
(ECT) S E N S O R 2 P 9 "
R e p l a c e m e n t page 11-212

10-18
Symptom Troubleshooting IndeM
Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o c h e c k for
Engine overheats 1. C h e c k the coolant level. P r o p e r radiator a n d
2. C h e c k for e n g i n e c o o l a n t l e a k s (from g a s k e t s , c o n d e n s e r fan
h o s e s , G - r i n g s , etc.). control a n d
3. C h e c k for dirt, l e a v e s , or i n s e c t s on radiator operation
and A / C condenser.
4. C h e c k for deteriorated c o o l a n t .
5. C h e c k for d a m a g e d or d e f o r m e d f a n s h r o u d .
6. I n s p e c t the f a n m o t o r s f s e e p a g e 10-4) or
radiator f a n relay f s e e p a g e 22-91).
7. C h e c k the radiator c a p f s e e p a g e 10-3).
8. C h e c k t h e t h e r m o s t a t f s e e p a g e 10-4).
9. I n s p e c t the w a t e r p u m p f s e e p a g e 10-5).
10. C h e c k for c l o g g e d or deteriorated radiator
hoses.
11. C h e c k for c l o g g e d h e a t e r c o r e or h o s e s .
12. C h e c k for a d a m a g e d c y l i n d e r h e a d g a s k e t
T h e radiator f a n d o e s not run at all 1. C h e c k for P G M - F I D T C s f s e e p a g e 11-3). Cleanliness and
2„ R a d i a t o r f a n circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e t i g h t n e s s of all
10-21). connectors
T h e A / C c o n d e n s e r fan d o e s not A / C c o n d e n s e r fan circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e * General
run at all 21-47). troubleshooting
( s e e p a g e 21-10)
* Cleanliness and
t i g h t n e s s of all
connectors

10-19
Fan Controls
Circuit Diagram

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGMIT10M SWITCH

BATTERY
M®. 1(100 A) . No. 3-1 (50 A| BAT
-<ru>—f <rvx>-» -WHT—"+0 ORN-

:, 18 UWDER-DASH
IG2 HOT in ON (it)
(7.5 A) FUSE/RELAY
BOX
F2@

No. 14 (15 A} SUB RELAY

No. 21 (7.5 AS

No. 5 (2© AS No. 34 (30 A)

-GRY-

RELAY
CIRCUIT
BOARD

A/C

BLU/YEL BLU/BLK

RADIATOR
(u) CONDENSER (M) FAM
Vgf MOTOR
\Lf 1 FAMIVfOTQR 1
fYEL
sue

A. BLK

0201
A8
ECM/PCM G201
FANC

5V

ECU S06 ECT2

B24

BLK YEL RED

E COOLANT EGOOLAMT
lATURE
(ECT) SENSOR 1 (ECT) SENSOR 2

10-20
Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting
1, C h e c k the N o , 3 — 8 (30 A ) f u s e in the urider-hood 3, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n radiator fan r e l a y 4 P
f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d N o , 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.

R A D I A T O R FAN B E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
Are the fuses OK ?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 2. 1
2
M O — R e p l a c e the f u s e ( s ) a n d r e c h e c k . if t h e f u s e
c o n t i n u e s to b l o w , locate a n d r e p a i r the s h o r t in the 4 3
circuit b e t w e e n t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d
the radiator f a n m o t o r a n d d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/relay box connector terminal F26 and under-
hood fuse/relay box connector terminal B6.
Terminal side of female terminals
2. R e m o v e t h e radiator f a n relay a n d d i s c o n n e c t a n d
r e m o v e t h e r e l a y circuit b o a r d f r o m t h e u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d test It ( s e e p a g e 22-91). is there battery voltage?

is the relay and/or the relay circuit board OK? Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 3. N O — R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x . B

N O — R e p l a c e the radiator f a n r e l a y a n d / o r t h e r e l a y 4. C o n n e c t radiator fan relay 4P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l s

circuit b o a r d , • • No. 1 a n d No. 2 with a j u m p e r w i r e .

R A D I A T O R FAN B E L A Y 4P S O C K E T

1 JUMPER
WIRE
2
4 3

Terminal side of female terminals

Does the radiator fan run?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

N O — G o to s t e p 5.

5. T e s t the radiator fan m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 10-4).

Is the motor OK?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.

W O — R e p l a c e the radiator fan m o t o r ( s e e p a g e

10-13).

(cont'd)

10-21
Fan Controls
Radiator Fan Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. D i s c o n n e c t the radiator fan m o t o r 2P c o n n e c t o r . 9. D i s c o n n e c t the j u m p e r , a n d turn the ignition s w i t c h

to O N (II). C h e c k for v o l t a g e b e t w e e n radiator f a n
7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n radiator fan r e l a y 4 P relay 4 P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
s o c k e t t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d radiator fan m o t o r 2 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.
RADIATOR FAN R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T

RADIATOR FAN R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T

T e r m i n a l side of
female terminals

JBLU/BLK
Wire side of
Terminal side of female terminals
female terminals

RADIATOR FAN IVIOTOR 2P CONNECTOR

is there battery voltage?

Is there continuity? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.

Y E S — G o t o step.8. W O ~ - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r -

stood f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
W O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r - f u s e / r e l a y box. •
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d radiator fan m o t o r 2P
connector terminal No. 2 . 1

8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n radiator f a n m o t o r 2 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. l a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ZP CONNECTOR

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the urider-hood f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e
radiator fan m o t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d G 2 0 1 . I I

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n radiator fan
m o t o r 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d . If the w i r e is O K , c h e c k for a poor g r o u n d at
G201.ll

10-22
10. D i s c o n n e c t u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r B 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
(UP).
13. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n radiator f a n relay 4P data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 11-3).
socket terminal No. 3 and under-hood fuse/relay
box connector terminal 88, 14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).

R A D I A T O R F A N R E L A Y 4P S O C K E T
15. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e
Terminal side of female terminals
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M V p o w e r t r a i n
control m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

16. J u m p t h e S C S line with the H D S , t h e n turn t h e

ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

N O T E : T h i s s t e p m u s t be d o n e to protect the E C M /
PCM from damage.
1 , ,n
1 2 3 4 5 6
F=l
17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P), t h e n
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
u — L c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B7 a n d E C M / P C M
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R B (14P) connector terminal A6.
Wire side of female terminals
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R B (14P)
W i r e side of female terminals
is there continuity?
p n
1 2 3 4 5 6
Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
™ i
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n radiator fan YEL
relay 4P s o c k e t t e r m i n a l Wo, 3 a n d u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y box c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 8 . F A N C (YEL)

JTJA > | 9 | 1 0 | J
11 / / / | 1 5 16 / 1 8 19 20 21
&
2 2 23 24 25 20 2 7 28
s
29 30 A 3 2 1 / 34 35 36 ></ /
i

/ 4 1 42|43|44l/|46
AAA
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (48P)
Terminal side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the

latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminal A 8 and under-hood fuse/relay
box connector terminal B 7 . H

10-23
Fuel arid Emissions
Fuel and Emissions Systems Fuel Supply System
Special T o o l s 11-2 Component Location Index • 11-318
General Troubleshooting Information . 11-3 • D T C Troubleshooting 11-320
D T C Troubleshooting Index .......................... 11-9 Fuel P u m p Circuit Troubleshooting 11-326
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index ................. 11-13 Fuel Pressure Relieving .................................. 11-332
S y s t e m Description ....................................... 11-15 Fuel Pressure T e s t 11-335
H o w to S e t R e a d i n e s s C o d e s ........................ 11-62 Fuel Tank Draining 11-335
Fuel Line Inspection ....................................... 11-336
PGM-FI System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ........................... 11-65 Precautions .................................................. 11-339
D T C Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-87 Fuel Lsne/Qusck-Connect Fitting
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting ..................... 11-182 Removal 11-340
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting .............. .. 11-191 Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting ......................... 11-192 installation » » • 11-343
Injector Replacement ..................................... 11-207 Fuel Tank Unit
A/F S e n s o r Replacement ............................... 11-209 R e m o v a l and Installation 11-347
S e c o n d a r y H G 2 S Replacement ..................... 11-209 Fuel Pulsation Damper Replacement ........... 11-349
CMP S e n s o r B Replacement ......................... 11-210 Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement ......... 11-350
C K P S e n s o r Replacement .............................. 11-210 Fuel Filter Replacement 11-350
M A P S e n s o r Replacement ............................. 11-211 Fuel Pump/Fuel G a u g e Sending Unit
M A F S e n s o r / I A T S e n s o r Replacement ......... 11-211 Replacement ...................... 11-351
E C T S e n s o r 1 Replacement ........................... 11-212 Fuel Tank Replacement 11-352
E C T S e n s o r 2 Replacement ........................... 11-212 Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation ................ 11-354
Output Shaft (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r Fuel G a u g e Sending Unit Test 11-355
Replacement ............................................... 11-213 L o w Fuel Indicator Test .................................. 11-356
Knock S e n s o r Replacement 11-213
E L D Replacement ........................................... 11-214 intake Air System
E C M / P C M Update _ , „ . . „ , . . . . . . . ™ . . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-215 C o m p o n e n t Location Index 11-357
E C M / P C M Replacement 11-216 Throttle Body Test 11-358
Throttle Body Cleaning 11-359
Electronic Throttle Control System Air Cleaner Removal/Installation .. 11-359
C o m p o n e n t Location Index 11-219 Air Cleaner Element
D T C Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-220 Inspection/Replacement .. . 11-360
A P P S e n s o r Signal Inspection ....................... 11-258 Intake Air Resonator
Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 11-361
Removal/installation .................................. 11-259 Throttle Body Removal/Installation 11-362
Throttle Body D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y ..... 11-363
VTEC/VTC
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ........................... 11-260 Catalytic Converter System
Component Location Index 11-364
D T C Troubleshooting ..................................... 11-261
D T C Troubleshooting 11-365
V T C Oil Control Solenoid Valve
W a r m Up Three W a y Catalytic Converter
R e m ova I/Test/! nsta Nation .......................... 11-300
Removal/Installation 11-367
C M P S e n s o r A Replacement ......................... 11-301
Under-floor T h r e e W a y Catalytic Converter
Rocker A r m Oil Control V a l v e
Removal/Installation .................................. 11-368
Removal/Installation .................................. 11-302
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h
Removal/Installation .................................. 11-304 PCV System
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure Switch A Component Location Index ........................... 11-369
PCV Valve Inspection 11-370
Removal/Installation ...................... 11-305
Rocker Arm: Oil Pressure Switch B PCV Valve Replacement 11-370
Removal/Installation 11-305
EVAP System
Idle Control System C o m p o n e n t Location Index ........................... 11-371
Component Location Index ........................... 11-306 D T C Troubleshooting ....... 11-372
D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ..................................... 11-307 Fuel C a p Warning M e s s a g e S y s t e m
A C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting .............. 11-310 Troubleshooting 11-400
Alternator FR S i g n a l Circuit E V A P Canister Replacement ......................... 11-402
Troubleshooting .... ................ 11-311 FTP S e n s o r Replacement 11-404
P S P S w i t c h Signal Circuit E V A P Canister Vent Shut Valve
Troubleshooting ......................................... 11-312 Replacement ..... 11-405
Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit E V A P Canister Purge Valve
Troubleshooting ......................................... 11-314 Replacement 11-405
Idle S p e e d Inspection 11-316
E C M / P C M Idle Learn Procedure .................... 11-317
Fuel and Emissions Systems
Special Tools

Ref. N o . Tool Number Description Qty

© 07AAA-S0XA100 Fuel S e n d e r W r e n c h 1
® 07AAJ-S6MA150 Fuel Pressure G a u g e Attachment S e t 1
© 07JAZ-001000B V a c u u m / P r e s s u r e G a u g e , 0—4 in.Hg 1
® 07NAJ-P07010A Pressure Gauge Adapter 1
© 07ZAJ-S5AA200 Oil P r e s s u r e H o s e 1
®~1 07408-0020201 A/T Pressure Hose 1
®-2 07406-0070301 A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel 1
®-3 07MAJ-PY4011A A / T P r e s s u r e H o s e , 2,210 mm 1
®-4 07MAJ-PY40120 A/T Pressure Adapter 1
© 07406-004000B Fuel Pressure G a u g e 1

11-2
General Troubleshooting Information

Intermittent'Failures 2. If t h e M I L s t a y s o n , c o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link

c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e
T h e t e r m intermittent failure m e a n s a s y s t e m m a y h a v e of the d a s h b o a r d .
h a d a failure, but it c h e c k s O K n o w . If the m a l f u n c t i o n
indicator l a m p (MIL) o n t h e d a s h d o e s not c o m e o n ,
c h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at all
c o n n e c t o r s related to t h e circuit that y o u a r e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , If the M I L w a s o n but t h e n w e n t out,
the original p r o b l e m m a y h a v e b e e n intermittent.

Service Information

P e r i o d i c a l l y , n e w E C M / P C M s o f t w a r e or n e w s e r v i c e
procedures m a y b e c o m e available. A l w a y s check
o n l i n e for t h e latest s o f t w a r e or s e r v i c e information
related to the D T C s o r s y m p t o m s y o u a r e
troubleshooting.

Opens and Shorts

O p e n a n d s h o r t a r e c o m m o n electrical t e r m s . A n o p e n 3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

is a b r e a k in a w i r e or at a c o n n e c t i o n . A s h o r t is a n
a c c i d e n t a l c o n n e c t i o n of a w i r e to g r o u n d or to a n o t h e r 4. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
w i r e . In s i m p l e e l e c t r o n i c s , t h i s u s u a l l y m e a n s P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to
s o m e t h i n g w o n ' t w o r k at aSL W i t h c o m p l e x e l e c t r o n i c s t h e D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
( s u c h a s ECfVIs o r P C M s ) t h i s c a n s o m e t i m e s m e a n
s o m e t h i n g w o r k s , but not t h e w a y it's s u p p o s e d to. 5. C h e c k t h e d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e ( D T C ) a n d note it.
A l s o c h e c k the freeze data a n d / o r o n - b o a r d
H o w to U s e t h e HDS (Honda Diagnostic s n a p s h o t data, and download any data found. T h e n
System) refer to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , a n d
begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
If t h e MIL ( m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r lamp) h a s mm® on
NOTE:
1, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k t h e M I L (A). * F r e e z e d a t a i n d i c a t e s the e n g i n e c o n d i t i o n s w h e n
t h e first s y s t e m m a l f u n c t i o n , m i s f i r e , or fuel t r i m
M O T E ; If the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II), a n d m a l f u n c t i o n that activated t h e M I L w a s d e t e c t e d .
the e n g i n e is not s t a r t e d , t h e M I L s t a y s o n for * T h e H D S c a n r e a d the D T C , f r e e z e d a t a , o n - b o a r d
1 5 — 2 0 s e c o n d s ( s e e p a g e 11-62). s n a p s h o t , c u r r e n t d a t a , a n d o t h e r e n g i n e control
m o d u l e ( E C M ) or p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e
. (PCM) data.
* F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to t h e u s e r ' s
m a n u a l that c a m e w i t h the H D S .

6. If no D T C s a r e f o u n d , g o to M I L t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 11-191).

(cont'd)

11-3
Fuel and Emissions Systems
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

If t h e M I L d i d n o t s t a y e n DTC Clear
If t h e M i l did not s t a y on but t h e r e is a driveability
p r o b l e m , d o the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 1. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S w h i l e the e n g i n e is
stopped.
If y o u c a n ' t d y p l i e a t e t h e D T C
S o m e of the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g r e q u i r e s y o u to r e s e t the 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
E C M / P C M a n d try to d u p l i c a t e the D T C . If the p r o b l e m is
intermittent a n d y o u c a n ' t d u p l i c a t e the c o d e , d o not 3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t •
c o n t i n u e t h r o u g h the p r o c e d u r e . T o do s o will o n l y 30 s e c o n d s .
r e s u l t in c o n f u s i o n a n d p o s s i b l y , a n e e d l e s s l y r e p l a c e d
ECM/PCM. 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d
disconnect the H D S from the D L C .
HDS Clear Command
ECM/PCM Reset
T h e E C M / P C M s t o r e s v a r i o u s s p e c i f i c data to c o r r e c t the
s y s t e m e v e n if t h e r e is no e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r s u c h a s 1. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e the e n g i n e
w h e n the battery n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l or No. 17 FS M A I N is s t o p p e d .
(15 A) f u s e are d i s c o n n e c t e d . S t o r e d data b a s e d on
failed parts s h o u l d be c l e a r e d by u s i n g t h e C L E A R 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
C O M M A N D of t h e H D S , if p a r t s are r e p l a c e d .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t
T h e H D S h a s three k i n d s of c l e a r c o m m a n d s to m e e t 30 s e c o n d s .
this purpose. T h e y are D T C clear, E C M / P C M reset, a n d
C K P pattern c l e a r . D T C c l e a r c o m m a n d e r a s e s ail s t o r e d 4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d
D T C c o d e s , freeze d a t a , o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m the D L C .
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s . T h i s m u s t be d o n e w i t h the H D S after
reproducing the D T C during troubleshooting. 5. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
T h e E C M / P C M r e s e t c o m m a n d e r a s e s all s t o r e d D T C 11-317).
c o d e s , freeze d a t a , o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , r e a d i n e s s c o d e s ,
a n d all s p e c i f i c data to c o r r e c t the s y s t e m e x c e p t C K P
pattern. If t h e C K P pattern d a t a in t h e E C M / P C M w a s
c l e a r e d , y o u m u s t d o the C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e .
T h e C K P pattern c l e a r c o m m a n d e r a s e s only C K P
pattern d a t a . T h i s c o m m a n d is for repair of a m i s f i r e or
the C K P s e n s o r .

Scan Tool Clear Command

Sf y o u a r e u s i n g a g e n e r i c s c a n tool to c l e a r c o m m a n d s ,
be a w a r e that t h e r e is o n l y o n e setting for c l e a r i n g t h e
E C M / P C M , a n d it c l e a r s all c o m m a n d s at the s a m e t i m e
( C K P pattern l e a r n , idle l e a r n , r e a d i n e s s c o d e s , freeze
d a t a , o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d D T C s ) . After y o u c l e a r all
c o m m a n d s , y o u t h e n n e e d to d o t h e s e p r o c e d u r e s , in
t h i s order: E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317); C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ; test-drive to s e t
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s to c o m p l e t e ( s e e p a g e 11-62).

11-4
CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Learn Procedure {without the HDS)

Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n .
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
2. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e o n a level r o a d : D e c e l e r a t e
(with the throttle fully c l o s e d ) f r o m a n e n g i n e s p e e d
of 2,500 r p m d o w n to 1,000 r p m w i t h t h e A / T in 2,
or the M/T in 2 n d .

3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 s e v e r a l t i m e s .

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t

30 s e c o n d s .

How to End a Troubleshooting Session

(required after any troubleshooting)

1. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with t h e H D S .

2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). 2. Do the E C M / P C M " idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the E C M /
P C M and o t h e r v e h i c l e s y s t e m s , If it d o e s n ' t , g o to 3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 11-192).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m the D L C .
4. S e l e c t C R A N K P A T T E R N in the A D J U S T M E N T
M E N U w i t h the H D S , N O T E : T h e E C M / P C M is part of t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
s y s t e m . If y o u r e p l a c e the E C M / P C M , it will h a v e a
5- S e l e c t C R A N K P A T T E R N L E A R N I N G with the H D S , different i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e . F o r t h e e n g i n e to start,
a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s , y o u m u s t rewrite the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e with the
H D S (immobilizer s y s t e m section).

(cont'd)

11-5
Fuel and Emissions Systems
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the E C M / 5. C o n n e c t o n e s i d e of the patch c o r d (A) t e r m i n a l s to

PCM Connectors a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e digital m u l t i m e t e r (B),
a n d c o n n e c t t h e o t h e r s i d e to a c o m m e r c i a l l y
N O T E : T h e E C M / P C M o v e r w r i t e s data a n d m o n i t o r s the available banana jack ( P o m o n a Electronics Tool
E V A P s y s t e m for up to a b o u t 40 m i n u t e s after the No. 3 5 6 3 or equivalent) ( C ) .
ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0). J u m p i n g the S C S
line after turning the ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0) c a n c e l s
this function. D i s c o n n e c t i n g the E C M / P C M d u r i n g this
f u n c t i o n , without j u m p i n g the S C S line first, c a n
d a m a g e the E C M / P C M .

1. J u m p t h e - S C S line w i t h the H D S .

2. R e m o v e the bolts (D).

0
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibfft)

6. G e n t l y c o n t a c t the pin probe -(male) at the t e r m i n a l

test port f r o m the t e r m i n a l s i d e . Do not f o r c e the
tips into the t e r m i n a l s .

[NOTICE]
* F o r a c c u r a t e r e s u l t s , a l w a y s u s e the pin
probe (male).
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s , d o not insert t e s t e q u i p m e n t
p r o b e s , p a p e r c l i p s , or other s u b s t i t u t e s a s
t h e y c a n d a m a g e the t e r m i n a l s . D a m a g e d
t e r m i n a l s c a u s e a poor c o n n e c t i o n a n d a n
incorrect m e a s u r e m e n t .
* Do not p u n c t u r e the i n s u l a t i o n o n a w i r e .
3. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C . P u n c t u r e s c a n c a u s e poor or intermittent
electrical c o n n e c t i o n s .
4. W h e n d i a g n o s i s / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is d o n e at the
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r , u s e the t e r m i n a l test port (A)
a b o v e the t e r m i n a l y o u n e e d to c h e c k .

11-6
Substituting the ECM/PCM 7. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S , -

Special Tools Required 8. Do t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

* H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet t e s t e r
* H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n 9. R e m o v e t h e bolts (D).
w i t h H D S a n d CM u p d a t e s o f t w a r e
* H D S pocket tester
* G N A 6 0 0 a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
update software
U s e a n y o n e of t h e s e u p d a t e t o o l s .

N O T E : U s e t h i s p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u h a v e to substitute
a known-good E C M / P C M during troubleshooting
procedure. E

1, C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .

10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s - A , B, a n d C , t h e n
r e m o v e the E C M / P C M a s s e m b l y (E).

N O T E : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e
s y m b o l s ( A = D , B = A , C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d o n t h e m for
identification.

11. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A) a n d t h e b r a c k e t (B) f r o m the

E C M / P C M (C). -

2, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),

3, M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t g o to
the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192). If
y o u a r e returning f r o m D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
s k i p s t e p s 4 a n d 5, a n d the c l e a n the throttle b o d y
after substituting the E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

4, S e l e c t the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h t h e H D S ,

5, S e l e c t the E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
C H E C K , and follow the s c r e e n prompts.

N O T E : If the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue this procedure,
12. Install a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M in t h e r e v e r s e
6, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

(cont'd)

11-7
Fuel and Emissions Systems
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

13. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e OBD Status

22-90).
T h e O B D s t a t u s s h o w s the c u r r e n t s y s t e m s t a t u s of
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). e a c h D T C a n d all of the p a r a m e t e r s . T h i s function is
u s e d to s e e if the r e p a i r w a s s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d .
N O T E : D T C P0630 (VIN Not P r o g r a m m e d or T h e r e s u l t s of d i a g n o s t i c t e s t s for t h e D T C a r e d i s p l a y e d
M i s m a t c h ) m a y be s t o r e d b e c a u s e the V I N h a s not as:
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d into the E C M / P C M ; ignore I t
a n d c o n t i n u e this p r o c e d u r e . • P A S S E D : T h e o n b o a r d d i a g n o s i s is s u c c e s s f u l l y
finished.
15. M a n u a l l y input the V I N to the E C M / P C M w i t h the • F A I L E D : T h e o n b o a r d d i a g n o s i s h a s f i n i s h e d but
HDS. failed.
• E X E C U T I N G : T h e v e h i c l e is in e n a b l e criteria •
16. S e l e c t the SMMOBI S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S . c o n d i t i o n s for the D T C a n d t h e on b o a r d d i a g n o s i s is
running.
17. E n t e r the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e that y o u o b t a i n e d f r o m • N O T C O M P L E T E D : T h e on b o a r d d i a g n o s i s w a s
iN or ISSS u s i n g the E C M / P C M r e p l a c e m e n t r u n n i n g but is out of the e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s of the D T C .
p r o c e d u r e in the H D S ; t h i s a l l o w s y o u to start the • O U T O F C O N D I T I O N : T h e v e h i c l e h a s s t a y e d out of
engine. the e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s for the D T C .

18. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215).

19. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

20. If the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 5, c l e a n

the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

21. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

22. D o the C K P pattern c S e a r / C K P pattern learn

procedure.

11-8
DTC Troubleshooting Index
DTC T w o Drive Cycle Detection item MIL Note
(MIL i n d i c a t i o n ' ) Detection
P0010{56) V a r i a b l e V a l v e T i m i n g C o n t r o l (VTC) Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e ON (see p a g e 11-261)
Malfunction
P001K56) o V a r i a b l e V a l v e T i m i n g C o n t r o l (VTC) S y s t e m M a l f u n c t i o n hoisj (see p a g e 11-204)
P0101(50) o M a s s A i r F l o w (MAF) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m ON (see page 11-67)
P01G2(50) M a s s A i r F l o w (MAF) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-68)
P0103I50) Mass A i r Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see p a g e 11-71)
P0107(3) M a n i f o l d A b s o l u t e Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit L o w Voltage ON (see p a g e 11-73)
P0108(3) M a n i f o l d A b s o l u t e Pressure ( M A P ) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i q h V o l t a a e ON (see p a g e 11-75)
P0111(10) o Intake A i r - T e m p e r a t u r e (SAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e ON (see p a g e 11-77)
Problem
P0112(10) o Intake A i r T e m p e r a t u r e (IAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e hoN~~ (see p a g e 11-78)
P0113H0) o Intake Asr T e m p e r a t u r e (IAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i q h V o l t a q e ON (see p a g e 11-80)
P0116(86) o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e ON (see p a g e 11-82)
Problem
P0117 m E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-83)

mnsm
E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-85)
P0122(7) T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-220)
P0123m T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-222)
P0125{86) O • E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 M a l f u n c t i o n / S l o w ON (see p a g e 11-87)
Response
P0128187} o Cooling System Malfunction ON (see page 11-88)
P0133(61> o A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) M a l f u n c t i o n / S l o w R e s p o n s e ON (see page 11-90)
P0134<41> o A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r S y s t e m M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-91) '
P0135C41) o A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-92)

°
P0137{83} S e c o n d a r y H e a t e d O x y g e n S e n s o r ( S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)) ON (see page 11-96)
Circuit L o w Voltage.
P0138(63)
o S e c o n d a r y H e a t e d O x y g e n S e n s o r ( S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2))
Circuit High Voltage
ON (see p a g e 11-98)

P0139(83) o S e c o n d a r y H e a t e d O x y g e n S e n s o r ( S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)) ON (see p a g e 11-101)

S l o w Response
P0141 (85) o S e c o n d a r y H e a t e d O x y g e n S e n s o r ( S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)) ON (see p a g e 11-102)
Heater Circuit Malfunction
P0171 145} o Fuel S y s t e m T o o L e a n ON (see page 11-105)
P0172 145} o F u e l S y s t e m T o o Rich ON (see page 11-105)
T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r B C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-224)
P0223C7) T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r B C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-227)
P0222 m
P0300175} o R a n d o m Misfire Detected ON (see page 11-107)
any combination
of the following
P03Q1171)
P03021721
PG3G3173!
P0304C74)
P0301 171) o No, 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON (see page 11-110)
P0302I72)
P0303C73) o No, 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected
No, 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected
ON
ON
(see
(see
page
page
11-110)
11-110)
P0304I74) o N o . 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON • (see page 1 1 -110)
PH325I23) o Knock Sensor Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-116)
P0335C4I C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP) S e n s o r N o S i g n a l ON - (see page 11-118)
C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n ON (see page 11-121)
P0340I57) o C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CMP) S e n s o r A N o S i g n a l ON (see page 11-265)
posse m
NOTE:; T h e a b o v e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs c a u s e t h e M I L t o
c o m e o n . If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs are i n d i c a t e d in t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d check f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.

* : T h e s e DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S l i n e is j u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e
S C S line is jumped. T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e D T C s a r e s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .

(confd)

11-9
Fuel and Emissions Systems
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
DTC T w o Drive Cycle Detection Item MIL Note
(MIL I n d i c a t i o n ' ) Detection
P0341 (57) O C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CMP) S e n s o r A a n d C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP) ON (see p a g e 11-288)
S e n s o r I n c o r r e c t Phase D e t e c t e d
P0344(57) o C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CMP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t . I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n ON (see page 11-269)
P0351 (71) N o . 1 C y l i n d e r I q n i t i o n CoiS C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n . ON (see page 11-122)
P0352 (72) N o . 2 C y l i n d e r I q n i t i o n Coil C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-122)
P0353 (73) N o . 3 C y l i n d e r I q n i t i o n Coil C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-122) '
P0354 (74) No. 4 C y l i n d e r I g n i t i o n Coil C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-122)
P0365 (8) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B Circuit No Signal ON (see page 11-126)
P0389(8) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B Circuit Intermittent Interruption ON (see page 11-128)
P0420 (67) o Catalyst S y s t e m Efficiency B e l o w T h r e s h o l d ON (see page 11-365)
P0443 (92) O E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r P u r g e V a l v e C i r c u i t . ON (see page 11-372)
Malfunction
P0451 (91) O Fuel T a n k Pressure (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m ON (see page 11-376)
P0452 (91) o Fuel T a n k Pressure (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-377)
P0453 (91) o Fuel T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-380)
P0455 (90) o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m L a r g e Leak D e t e c t e d ON (see page 11-383)
P0458 (90) o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m V e r y S m a l l Leak D e t e c t e d ON (see page 11-383)
P0457 E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m Leak D e t e c t e d / F u e l Fill C a p OFF (see page 11-387)
Loose or Missing
P0461 Fuel L e v e l S e n s o r (Fuel G a u g e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t R a n g e / OFF (see p a g e 11-320)
Performance Problem
P0462 o Fuel Level S e n s o r (Fuel G a u g e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e OFF (see p a g e 11-320)
P0463 o Fuel Level S e n s o r (Fuel G a u q e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e OFF (see p a g e 11-322)
P0496 (92) o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m H i g h P u r g e F l o w D e t e c t e d ON (see p a g e 11-388)
P0497 (90) o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m L o w P u r g e F l o w D e t e c t e d ON (seepage 11-389) '
P0498 0 1 7 ) o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-393)
Voltage
P0499 0 1 7 ) o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-396)
Voltage
P0506(14) o Idle C o n t r o l S y s t e m R P M L o w e r T h a n E x p e c t e d ON (see p a g e 11-307)
P0507(14) o Idle C o n t r o l S y s t e m R P M H i g h e r T h a n E x p e c t e d ON (see p a g e 11-309)
P050A(167) o C o l d S t a r t Idle A i r C o n t r o l S y s t e m P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m ON (see p a g e 11-129)
P050B(167) o Cold Start Ignition T i m i n g Control System Performance Problem ON (seepage 11-131)
P0562 Charging System Low Voltage OFF (see p a g e 11-134)
P0563 o E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a s n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM) OFF (see p a g e 11-135)
Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage
P0602(196) Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-138)
P r o g r a m m i n g Error
P0606 (0) E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a s n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-138)
Processor M a l f u n c t i o n
P060AC131)* 1
P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM) ( A / T S y s t e m ) I n t e r n a l C o n t r o l ON (see p a g e 11-139)
Module Malfunction
P062F(131) E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-139)
I n t e r n a l C o n t r o l M o d u l e K e e p Alive M e m o r y (KAM) E r r o r
P0630 (139) V I N Not P r o g r a m m e d or M i s m a t c h ON (see p a g e 11-140)
P0685O35) o E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e s t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-141)
Power Control Circuit/Internal Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n

N O T E : T h e a b o v e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n D T C s c a u s e t h e M I L t o
c o m e o n . ff t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs are i n d i c a t e d i n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.

* : T h e s e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S line is J u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L to b l i n k w h e n t h e

SCS line is J u m p e d . T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e DTCs are s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
*1:A/T

11-10
 DTC T w o Drive Cycle Detection i t e m MIL Note
(MIL HKfeatiori'* Detection
o
2
P0720I122K O u t p u t Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction ON (see page 11-142)
P I 009156) V a r i a b l e V a l v e T i m i n g C o n t r o l (VTC) A d v a n c e M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-270)
P11091131 o B a r o m e t r i c Pressure- ( B A R O ) S e n s o r C i r c u i t O u t o f Range" H i g h ON (see page 11-145)
P I ! 1 6 (86) o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t R a n g e / ON (see page 11-146)
Performance Problem
o M a n i f o l d Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Lower T h a n ON (see p a g e 11-148)
Expected
PI128m o M a n i f o l d Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Higher T h a n ON (see p a g e 11-149)
Expected
P1157 (48) o A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) A F S C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-150)
P1172C61) o A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r "(Sensor 1) C i r c u i t O u t of R a n g e H i g h ON (see page 11-153)
P1297 o Electrical L o a d D e t e c t o r (ELD) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e • OFF (see page 11-154)
P1298 • o Electrical L o a d D e t e c t o r {ELD) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e - OFF (see page 11-155)
P1454191| o Fuel T a n k Pressure (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m ON "(see page 11-397)
P145C(9G) o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m P u r g e F l o w M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-399)
P1549 Charging System High Voltage OFF (see page 11-157)
PI658(40) E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) C o n t r o l Relay O N ON (see page 11-229)
Malfunction
P I 6 5 9 (40) E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) C o n t r o l Relay OFF ON (see p a g e 11-231)
Malfunction
P1683(40) Throttle Valve Default Position S p r i n g Performance Problem ON (see p a g e 11-235)
P1684(40) Throttle Valve Return S p r i n g Performance Problem ON (see p a g e 11-238)
P16B8 Alternator B T e r m i n a l Circuit L o w Voltage - OFF (see p a g e 11-158)
P I SBC A l t e r n a t o r FR T e r m i n a l CireuIt/iGP C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e OFF (see p a g e 11-159)
P2101 (40) E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see p a g e 11-237)
P2118(4Q) Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem ON (see p a g e 11-240)
P2122 (37) A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (seepage 11-243)
S e n s o r D) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
P2123C37) A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-246)
S e n s o r D) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e -
P2127 (37) A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-247)
S e n s o r E) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
P2128(37) A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-250)
S e n s o r E) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
P213517) T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A / B i n c o r r e c t V o l t a g e C o r r e l a t i o n ON (see p a g e 11-252)
P2138(37) A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A / B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-254)
S e n s o r D/E) I n c o r r e c t V o l t a g e C o r r e l a t i o n
P2176(40) T h r o t t l e A c t u a t o r C o n t r o l S y s t e m Idle P o s i t i o n N o t L e a r n e d ON (see p a g e 11-258)
P2183(192) E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t R a n g e / ON (see p a g e 11-182)
Performance Problem
P2184H92) o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (seepage 11-164)
P2185I192! o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-165).
P2195(48) o A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) S i g n a l S t u c k L e a n ON (see p a g e 11-168)

°o
P2227 (13) Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance ON (see p a g e 11-169)
Problem
P2228I13I Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit L o w Voltage ON (see p a g e 11-171)
P2229H3) o Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see p a g e 11-171)
P2238 (48) r> A i r F u e l Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) A F S + C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-172
P2252 (48) o A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) A F S - C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON .(seepage 11-173 1

N O T E : T h e a b o v e DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs c a u s e t h e M I L t o

c o m e o n , If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs are i n d i c a t e d i n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.

* : T h e s e DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S line is j u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e

S C S l i n e is j u m p e d , T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e DTCs a r e s h o w n i n t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
*2:M/T

(cont'd)

11-11
Fuel and Emissions Systems
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
DTC • T w o Drive Cycle Detection Item MIL Not©
(MIL i n d i c a t i o n ' ) Detection
P2422(117) O E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e S t u c k C l o s e d ON (see p a g e 11-397)
Malfunction
P2610(132) E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-175).
I g n i t i o n Off Internal T i m e r M a l f u n c t i o n
P2646 (22) * 3
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-271)
P2648(22r . Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h A C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-273)
3
P2647 ( 2 2 ) * Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e • ON (see page 11-278)
P2647(22)* 4
Rocker A r m Gil Pressure S w i t c h A C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-273)
3
P2648(21)* Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-281)
P2648 C21)* 4
Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A (Intake V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t L o w ON (see page 11-283)
Voltage
3
P2649(21)* Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-285)
P2649'(21)* 4
Rocker A r m OSI C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A (Intake V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-287)
Voltage
P2651 ( 5 2 ) * 4
O Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h B "Circuit L o w V o l t a g e ' ON (see p a g e 11-290)
P2652 ( 5 2 ) * 4
o Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h B C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-290)
P2653 ( 5 1 P o Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d B"(Exhaust V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t L o w ON < (see p a g e 11-295)
Voltage
P2654 (51V 4
o Rocker A r m Oil C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d B ( E x h a u s t V a l v e S i d e ) C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-297)
Voltage
P2A00 (61) o A i r Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e ON (see p a g e 11-178)
Problem
U0029(126) F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (BUS-OFF ( E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / ON (see p a g e 11-177)
P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)))
U0122 . F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n ( E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrasn OFF (see p a g e 11-177)
Control M o d u l e (PCM)-VSA Modulator-Control Unit)
U0155(126) F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n ( E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a i n ON (see p a g e 11-179)
Control M o d u l e (PCM)-Gauge Control Module)
U0300(13ir 1
PGM-FI S y s t e m a n d A/T S y s t e m P r o g r a m Version M i s m a t c h ON (see p a g e 11-181)

N O T E : T h e a b o v e DTCs are I n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs c a u s e t h e MIL t o

c o m e o n . If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs a r e I n d i c a t e d in t h e PGM-FI s y s t e m , select t h e A / T s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.

* : T h e s e DTCs are i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S line is J u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e DTCs d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e

S C S line is j u m p e d . T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e DTCs are s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
*1:A/T
* 3: A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
* 4 : PZEV m o d e l

11-12
 4P>
Symptom Troubleshooting Index
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e h a s o n e of t h e s e s y m p t o m s , c h e c k f o r a d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e ( D T C ) w i t h the H D S . If t h e r e is no
D T C , d o the d i a g n o s t i c p r o c e d u r e for t h e s y m p t o m , in t h e s e q u e n c e listed, until y o u find the c a u s e .

Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o c h e c k for

E n g i n e will not start 1. T e s t the battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88). * Low compression
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s s e t ! 2. T e s t t h e starter ( s e e p a g e 4-10)= • No ignition s p a r k
3. C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335). • Intake air l e a k s
4. T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e fuel p u m p circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-326). • L o c k e d up e n g i n e
* Broken c a m chain
* Fuel contamination
E n g i n e will n o t start T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192). • * No p o w e r to- E C M /
{MIL c o m e s o n a n d s t a y s o n , PCM
no D T C s set) • No g r o u n d to E C M /
PCM
* Shorted-reference
voltage
MIL c o m e s on and stays on, T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e M I L circuit { s e e p a g e 11-191).
or n e v e r c o m a s o n at all, no
D T C s set
E n g i n e will not start C h e c k t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 22-392).
(MIL w o r k s O K n o D T C s s e t ,
f

i m m o b i l i z e r indicator s t a y s
on o r f l a s h e s )
E n g i n e s t a r t s but s t a l l s C h e c k t h e i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 22-392).
immediately
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s s e t
i m m o b i l i z e r indicator s t a y s
on or f l a s h e s )
E n g i n e is h a r d to start 1. T e s t the battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88). • Low compression
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s set) 2. C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335). * Intake air l e a k s
3. C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359). • Fuel contamination
* W e a k spark
C o l d fast idle too l o w 1. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s set) 11-317).
2. C h e c k t h e idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
3. C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
C o l d f a s t Idle too high 1. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Intake air l e a k s
(MIL w o r k s O K n o D T C s set)
? 11-317).
2. C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
3. D o the throttle position l e a r n i n g c h e c k ( s e e p a g e
11-358).
Idle s p e e d fluctuates 1. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Incorrect v a l v e
(MIL w o r k s O K , n o D T C s set) 11-317). t i m i n g or c l e a r a n c e
2. C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316). adjustment
3. D o t h e c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k ( s e e p a g e 11-358).
4. T r o u b l e s h o o t the A / C s i g n a l circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-310).

(confd)

11-13
Fuel and Emissions Systems
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)

Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o c h e c k for

After w a r m i n g up, idle s p e e d 1. • T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e alternator F R s i g n a l circuit Incorrect v a l v e
is b e l o w s p e c i f i c a t i o n w i t h o u t (see p a g e 11-311). adjustment
load 2. Do the c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k (see p a g e 11-358).
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set)
After w a r m i n g up, idle s p e e d 1. T r o u b l e s h o o t the alternator F R s i g n a l circuit Intake air l e a k s
is a b o v e s p e c i f i c a t i o n w i t h o u t ( s e e p a g e 11-311).
load- 2. I n s p e c t the A P R s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-258).
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set)
After w a r m i n g up, idle s p e e d 1. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Power steering
d r o p s w h e n s t e e r i n g w h e e l is 11-317). system problems
turned 2. T r o u b l e s h o o t the P S P s w i t c h s i g n a l circuit ( s e e p a g e
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set) 11-312).
3. Do the c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k (see p a g e 11-358).
Low power C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335). * Low compression
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set) * Incorrect c a m s h a f t
timing
• Incorrect e n g i n e oil
level
• E x h a u s t restriction
Engine stalls 1. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e • Intake air leaks
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set) 11-317). • Faulty harness and
2. C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335). sensor
3. C h e c k the idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316). connections
4. T r o u b l e s h o o t the b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l • Fuel contamination
circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-314).
Difficult to refuel 1. C h e c k the fuel v e n t t u b e b e t w e e n the E V A P c a n i s t e r Malfunctioning gas
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set) a n d the fuel tank. station filling nozzle.
2. C h e c k the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation t u b e b e t w e e n
the fuel pipe a n d the fuel tank.
3. R e p l a c e the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-352).
Fuel overflows during R e p l a c e the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-352). Malfunctioning gas
refueling station filling nozzle.
(No D T C s set)
Fuel cap warning m e s s a g e T r o u b l e s h o o t the fuel c a p w a r n i n g m e s s a g e s y s t e m
s t a y s on ( s e e p a g e 11-400).
(MIL w o r k s O K , no D T C s set)
- H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e T r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192). Correct HDS
w i t h the E C M / P C M or t h e software
vehicle

11-14
 4^
System Description
Electronic Control System

T h e functions- of t h e fuel a n d e m i s s i o n control" s y s t e m s a r e m a n a g e d by the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) on v e h i c l e s

with m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n s or the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) o n v e h i c l e s with a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n s .

Self-diagnosis
T h e E C M / P C M d e t e c t s the failure of a s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit a n d s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C or
a D T C , D e p e n d i n g on the failure, a D T C is s t o r e d in either the first or the. s e c o n d drive c y c l e . W h e n a D T C is s t o r e d , the
E C M / P C M t u r n s o n t h e m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) by a signal- s e n t to the g a u g e v i a F - C A N .

* O n e D r i v e C y c l e Detect!©!! M e t h o d
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control u n i t t h e E C M / P C M s t o r e s a D T C
a n d turns o n the M I L i m m e d i a t e l y .

* T w o Drive C y c l e Detection Method

W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in the s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit in t h e first d r i v e c y c l e , the
E C M / P C M s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C , T h e M I L d o e s not c o m e o n at this t i m e . If t h e failure c o n t i n u e s in the s e c o n d
d r i v e c y c l e , the E C M / P C M s t o r e s a D T C a n d t u r n s on t h e MIL.

Fail-safe Function
W h e n an a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r control u n i t the E C M / P C M i g n o r e s that s i g n a l
a n d s u b s t i t u t e s a p r e - p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e for t h e m that a l l o w s t h e e n g i n e to c o n t i n u e r u n n i n g . T h i s c a u s e s a D T C to be
s t o r e d a n d t h e M I L to c o m e o n ,

M L B u l b C h e c k a n d R e a d i n e s s Cod© C o n d i t i o n
W h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II), the E C M / P C M t u r n s o n the M I L v i a the F - C A N circuit for a b o u t 15 to
2 0 s e c o n d s to c h e c k the bulb c o n d i t i o n . If a n y r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e not s e t to c o m p l e t e , the M I L f l a s h e s five t i m e s . If all
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e , t h e MIL g o e s off.

Sell Shut O w n (SSD) Mode

After the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0), the E C M / P C M s t a y s on (about 40 m i n u t e s ) . If the E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r is
d i s c o n n e c t e d d u r i n g t h i s t i m e , the E C M / P C M m a y be d a m a g e d . T o c a n c e l t h i s m o d e , d i s c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e
f r o m t h e battery or J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S after the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0).

(confd)

11-15
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M Electrical Connections

IGNITION COIL
RELAY

UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/BELAY BOX:
~~" . 21 FAN R L Y (7.5 A)
. 14 FI S U B |15 A)
o. 1 8 D B W (THROTTLE
ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A)

*1:M/T
*2: A / T

11-16
No. 11NJECTOR VGC1 C I 3

No. 2 I N J E C T O R

No. 3 I N J E C T O R

O U T P U T SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT!
SPEED SENSOR

Uq, 4 I N J E C T O R

<6 C 8 I N J 4
5
MAF S E N S O R

SG2 S34 SATS

ECTSENSOR 1

B A R © SEMSOR
{Built Into
the ECM/PCM)

KNOCK SENSOR

CMP S I M S O B &
I
OIL PRESSURE

CKP SENSOR

(confd)

11-17
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M E l e c t r i c a l C o n n e c t i o n s (cont'd)

EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE

A F S + C29

EVAP CANISTER
PURGE V A L V E A/FSENSO
(SENSOR i :

SOZSHTC B 4

SECONDARY
ALTERNATOR H02S
(SENSOR 2)

® 6 B46 A L T L

a
C M P SENSOR A

To
SPARK
PLUG
V T C OIL CONTROL
> VALVE
Mo. 1 IGNITION COIL

T©<#—
SPARK
PLUG
ICM

No. 2 IGNITION COIL

^

V T P S W C22
r ROCKER A R M
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH (A)*3

r
(VTPSWA)*3
To
SPARK
PLUG

No. 3 IGNITION COIL ROCKER A R M

OIL CONTROL
SOLENOID (A)*3
T o ^ ™
SPARK V T S B35

r
PLUG (VTSA)*3

No. 4 IGNITION COIL

To MICU,
S-NET5V A 4 6 IMMOBIUZER-KEYLESS
CONTROL U N I T

*3: P Z E V m o d e l

11-18
 mm

FTP SENSOR

A20VCC6
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH

BKSWNCA41

VSS0UTA3G * * ¥ To NAVIGATION UNIT

6 A U 0 E CONTROL M O D U L E To AUDIO UNIT

CRMTCLS A 4 3

~ CLUTCH P
POSITION SWITCH

PSPSW A23

A44WEN
— PSP SWITCH
DATA U N K A32SCS
CONNECTOR

ENGINE M O U N T
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

"•1: M/T

(cont'd)

11-19
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M E l e c t r i c a l C o n n e c t i o n s (cont'd)

C20TPSA VCC4A26

C4 E T C S M +

C3 E T C S M - APSBA19
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR APPSENSOR A / B

THROTTLE
BODY

ROCKER A R M
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH B

r
VTPSWB 843

ROCKER A R M
OIL CONTROL
SOLENOID B

*3: P Z E V model

11-20
 I P

*2: A/T
• "

E C M / P C M A O ) imp) E C M / P C M B ( A ) (49P! ECM/PCM C (O) (49P)

Ii II

,M»,u,kVi,' 3,MJ5l6l7 a• I a hp
K 0

2S 80 X
L
I a
16 1Tfl8
1 2 2
3*|35|^
U|15

S I «l7l

TERMINAL LOCATIONS

(confd)

11-21
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

Vacuum Hose Routing

ENGINE MOUNT

11-22
Vacuum Distribution

A I R F U E L R A T I O ( A / F ) S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) F U E L FILTER
S E C O N D A R Y HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FUEL P U M P
{ S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ) ( S E N S O R 21 FUELTANK
MANIFOLD A B S O L U T E PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR AIR CLEANER
ERK3INE C O O L A N T T E M P E R A T U R E ( E C T ) S E N S O R 1 INTAKE AIR RESONATOR
M A S S AIR F L O W (MAF) S E N S O R a n d POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (P€V| V A L V E
I N T A K E A I R T E M P E R A T U R E ff A T } S E N S O R W A R M UP THREE W A Y CATALYTIC CONVERTER |WU»TWC)
C R A N K S H A F T POSITION (CKP) S E N S O R UNDER-FLOOR THREE W A Y CATALYTIC CONVERTER (TWC)
K N O C K SIEfiSQH E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAPJ C A N I S T E R P U R G E V A L V E
C A M S H A F T POSITION ICMP1 S E N S O R B EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER
C A M S H A F T POSITION fCMP) SENSOR A E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER
THROTTLE BODY VENT SHUT VALVE
INJECTOR F U E L T A N K P R E S S U R E (FTP) S E N S O R
FUEL P R E S S U R E REGULATOR FUEL T A N K VAPOR CONTROL V A L V E

(cont'd)

11-23
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd)

ECM/PCM inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( • ) (48P)

Terminal side of female terminals

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V .

Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

RED V B S O L (POWER S O U R C E Power source for solenoid W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (li): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e

FOR S O L E N O I D V A L V E S ) valves
3 WHT C A N H (CAN Sends communication W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s ( a b o u t 2.5 V)
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL signal
HIGH)
4 RED C A N ! (CAN Sends communication W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s ( a b o u t 2.5 V )
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL signal
LOW)
6 YEL FANC (RADIATOR FAN D r i v e s r a d i a t o r f a n relay With radiator fan running: about 0 V
CONTROL) With radiator fan stopped: battery voltage
7 RED/BLK M R L Y (PGM-FI M A I N D r i v e s PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 With ignition s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
R E L A Y 1) P o w e r s o u r c e f o r DTC With ignition s w i t c h OFF: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
memory
9 YEL/BLK IGP (POWER S O U R C E ) Power source for ECM/PCM W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
circuit
10 BLK SG6 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor g r o u n d Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
11 RED VSV (EVAPORATIVE Drives EVAP canister v e n t W i t h , i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
E M I S S I O N (EVAP) shut valve
CANISTER V E N T S H U T
VALVE)
15 PUR A C C (A/C C O M P R E S S O R Drives A/C c o m p r e s s o r W i t h c o m p r e s s o r ON:' a b o u t 0 V
C L U T C H RELAY) • clutch-relay W i t h c o m p r e s s o r OFF: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
16 GRY IMOFPR ( I M M O B I L I Z E R D r i v e s PGM-FI m a i n r e l a y 2 A b o u t 0 V f o r 2 seconds after t u r n i n g Ignition switch
FUEL P U M P RELAY) (FUEL P U M P ) O N (II), t h e n b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
With engine running: about 0 V
* 1:A/T

11-24
ECM/PCM Inputs and Oytpyts at Connector A O (49P)

Terminal side of female-terminals

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e Is a b o u t 12 V .

Wire color T u r i n i n n ! nand® Description Signal

number
18 YEL A P S A (ACCELERATOR Detects APP sensor A signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r pedal
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APP) p r e s s e d : a b o u t 4.8 V
SENSOR A) ' W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (I!) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r pedal
r e l e a s e d : a b o u t 1,0 V
19 ORM A P S B (ACCELERATOR D e t e c t s A P P s e n s o r B-signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r pedal
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APP) p r e s s e d : a b o u t 2.4 V
S E N S O R B) W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h ON'(II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r pedal
r e l e a s e d : a b o u t 0.5 V
20 YEL VCC6 ( S E N S O R VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h I g n i t i o n switch" O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
21 WHT E T C S R L Y (ELECTRONIC Drives electronic throttle W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
THROTTLE CONTROL c o n t r o l s y s t e m (ETCS)
S Y S T E M (ETCS) C O N T R O L control relay
BELAY)
22 RED/YEL S U B R L Y (AIR FUEL R A T I O Drives A/F sensor relay W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
(A/F) S E N S O R R E L A Y !
23 PNK P S P S W (POWER S T E E R I N G D e t e c t s PSP s w i t c h s i g n a l A t idle w i t h s t e e r i n g w h e e l i n s t r a i g h t a h e a d
PRESSURE S W I T C H position: about 0 V
SIGNAL) A t idle w i t h s t e e r i n g - w h e e l at f u l l lock:
battery voltaqe
24 BLU/SLK E L D (ELECTRICAL L O A D D e t e c t s ELD s i g n a l W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 - 4 . 8 V
DETECTOR (ELD)) ( d e p e n d i n g o n electrical l o a d )

(cont'd)

11-25
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( • ) (49P)

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

N O T E : S t a n d a r d battery voltage is about 12 V.

Terminal Wire color Terminal nam© Description Signal

25 BRN VCC5 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V

voltage
26 RED VCC4 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference With ignition switch O N (SI): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
27 LTGRN FTP (FUEL T A N K Detects F T P s e n s o r signal With i g n i t i o n switch O N (II) a n d f u e l f i l l c a p
PRESSURE (FTP) S E N S O R ) r e m o v e d : a b o u t 2.5 V
28" PNK S L S (SHIFT L O C K Drives shift lock s o l e n o i d W i t h i g n i t i o n switch O N (II), in P, b r a k e p e d a l
SOLENOID) p r e s s e d , and accelerator r e l e a s e d : about 0 V
29 BLU NEP (ENGINE S P E E D Outputs engine speed With engine running: pulses
SIGNAL) signal
30 BLU V S S O U T (VEHICLE S P E E D Sends vehicle speed signal Depending on vehicle s p e e d : p u l s e s
SIGNAL OUTPUT)
32 ORN S C S (SERVICE CHECK D e t e c t s s e r v i c e check s i g n a l With s e r v i c e c h e c k signal shorted u s i n g t h e H D S :
SIGNAL) • about 0 V
W i t h s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l o p e n e d : a b o u t 5.0 V
34 YEL/RED ECT2 ( E N G I N E C O O L A N T Detects ECT s e n s o r 2 s i g n a l With ignition s w i t c h O N (II): about 0 . 1 - 4 . 8 V
T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
S E N S O R 2)
35 GRN SG5 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at ail t i m e s
36 BLU SG4 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground L e s s than 0.5 V a t all t i m e s
*1:A/T

11-26
ECM/PCM inputs and Outputs at Connector A { • ) I49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

MOTE: S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e Is a b o u t 12 V .

Terminal W i r e TOlor Terminal name Description Signal

numbm
41 ORM B K S W N C ( B R A K E PEDAL Detects brake p e d a l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (11) a n d b r a k e p e d a l
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal released: battery voltage
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d b r a k e p e d a !
p r e s s e d : a b o u t 0 V...
42 LTGRN B K S W (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal W i t h brake pedal released: a b o u t 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal W i t h brake pedal pressed: battery voltaae •
43' 2
BRN C R M T C L S (CRUISE Detects clutch pedal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II)- a n d c l u t c h p e d a l
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION position switch signal released' about 0 V
SWITCH SIGNAL) W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d c l u t c h p e d a l
p r e s s e d : b a t t e r y voltage-
44 BED W E N (WRITE E N A B L E Detects w r i t e enable signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
SIGNAL)
46 LTGRN S - N E T 5 V (SERIAL S e n d s serial W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h ON'(II): p u l s e s
C O M M U N I C A T I O N FOR communication signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h OFF: a b o u t 5.0 V
IMMOBILIZER)

(confd)

11-27
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B ( A ) (49P)

Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals

SMOTE: S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.

Terminal Wlre color T e r m i n a l nam© Description Signal

number
1 BLK PG2 (POWER G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for ECM/ Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
PCM i
3 YEL/BLU PCS ( E V A P O R A T I V E Drives EVAP canister purge W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g , e n g i n e c o o l a n t b e l o w 131 °F
E M I S S I O N (EVAP) valve (55 °C): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
CANISTER PURGE VALVE) W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g , e n g i n e c o o l a n t a b o v e 131 T
(55 <C): d u t y c o n t r o l l e d
4 BLK/WHT S02SHTC (SECONDARY Drives secondary H 0 2 S W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
HEATED O X Y G E N SENSOR h e a t e r ( s e n s o r 2) -With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
(SECONDARY H02S) duty controlled
HEATER ( S E N S O R 2))
7 YEL/RED O P S W (OIL P R E S S U R E ' Detects engine oil pressure W i t h Ignition switch O N : about 0 V
SWITCH) signal With enqine running: battery voltage
1
8* BLU/RED OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH Detects 2 n d c l u t c h W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): •
;
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : a b o u t 5.0 V
PRESSURE S W I T C H ) switch input W i t h 2nd clutch pressure: about 0 V
1
9* BLU/WHT O P 3 S W (3RD C L U T C H Detects 3 r d c l u t c h W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (SI):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : a b o u t 5.0 V
PRESSURE S W I T C H ) switch Input W i t h 3rd clutch pressure: about 0 V
10- BLK PG1 (POWER G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for ECM/ Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
PCM
BLU/BLK S H A (SHIFT S O L E N O I D
11- VALVE A)
Drives shift solenoid
valve A
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in R, D (In 1st, 4th a n d 5 t h
gears) D3 (In 1st), a n d 1: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
f

W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, N, D, a n d D 3 (in 2 n d a n d
3 r d gears) a n d 2: a b o u t 0 V
12- GRN/WHT S H B (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g In P R, N, D, a n d D 3 (in 1st a n d
t

V A L V E B) valve B 2 n d g e a r s ) , 2, a n d 1: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in D (In 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t h g e a r s ) , D3
(In 3 r d g e a r ) , 2 a n d 1: a b o u t 0 V
13- RED/BLK ATPN (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In N: about 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H N) switch N position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n N: a b o u t 5.0 V
Input
14'- BLU/BLK ATPP (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e In P: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H P) P position signal input In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P: a b o u t 5.0 V
15- WHT ATPR ( T R A N S M I S S I O N Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e ' In R: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H R) switch R position signal in a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: a b o u t 5.0 V
Input
16- RED • ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D3: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H D3) switch D3 position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D3: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
Input
* 1:A/T

11-28
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (^) (49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.

Wire color Tsfiniiial nam® Description Signal

number
17*' GRN/RED ATP2-1 ( T R A N S M I S S I O N Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e In 2 a n d 1 : a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H 2-1) s w i t c h 2-1 p o s i t i o n s i g n a l Sn a n y p o s i t i o n "other t h a n 2 a n d 1: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
input
WHT/RED M M (INPUT SHAFT Detects i n p u t shaft W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t O V
( M A I N S H A F T ) SPEED (mainshaft) speed sensor W i t h e n g i n e i d l i n g i n N p o s i t i o n : a b o u t 2.5 V
SENSOR) signal
w YEL/BLU V C C 2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage W i t h i a n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (If): a b o u t 5.0 V
2V %
GRN S H C (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n N, D (in 1 s t
V A L V E C) valve C 3 r d , a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , D3 (in I s l a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) , a n d 1:
battery voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, D (in 2 n d a n d 4 t h
g e a r s ) , D3 (in 2 n d a e a r ) , a n d 2: a b o u t 0 V
22 YEL/GRN ATPD (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H D) switch D position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
input
23^ RED/WHT ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In R: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H RVS) s w i t c h RVS p o s i t i o n s i g n a l In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
input
24 RED/WHT ECT1 ( E N G I N E C O O L A N T Detects ECT s e n s o r 1 s i g n a l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 - 4 . 8 V
T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
S E N S O R 1)
25" YEL S H E (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P a n d R: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
V A L V E E) valve E W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in R (Reverse i n h i b i t in R), N D, f

D3 (in 1st gear),.2, a n d 1 : a b o u t 0 V

26" BLU/YEL LSC ( A / T C L U T C H Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve C
SOLENOID VALVE Q
27" GRN/RED S H D (SHIFT S O L E N O I D . Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n D (in 2 n d a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , D 3
V A L V E D) valve D (in 2 n d g e a r ) , a n d 2 : b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, N, D (in 1st, 3 r d a n d 4th
g e a r s ) , D3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) , a n d 1 : a b o u t 0V
28" RED/YEL T A T F (ATF T E M P E R A T U R E Detects A T F t e m p e r a t u r e W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 2 - 4 . 8 V
SENSOR) " signal ( a b o u t 1.8 V at o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e )
(depending on ATF temperature)
29" BLU/YEL ATPFWD {TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D, D 3 , a n d 2 p o s i t i o n s : a b o u t 0 V
RANGE SWITCH FWD) switch FWD position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D, D3, a n d 2:
battery voltage ... ...„ ,
* 1:A/T

(cont'd)

11-29
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd!

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B f A ) (49P)

n
3 " 7 10
S02S
PG2 OPSW _PG1_
11 12 7 IF 2T
A P
SHB 2zl NM VCC2 SHC
26""
ATPD RVS ECT1 SHE LSC SHD TATF
32 m 34

i AT V G - SG2
48

LSB ALTC ALU, ALTF. LSA

Terminal side of female terminals

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e Is a b o u t 12 V .

Terminal W i r e color Terminal name Description Signal

number
31 RED/BLK V G + ( M A S S AIR FLOW - Detects M A F s e n s o r s i g n a l A t Idle: a b o u t 1.3 V
(MAF) S E N S O R - f SIDE) •
32 RED/YEL SAT ( I N T A K E A I R Detects l A T s e n s o r s i g n a l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 - 4 . 0 V
T E M P E R A T U R E (IAT) ( a b o u t 1.8 V a t n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e )
SENSOR)
33 BLK/BLU V G — ( M A S S AIR FLOW Ground f o r M A F sensor Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
(MAF) SENSOR - S I D E ) signal
34 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR G R O U N D ) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
35 GRN/YEL 2
V T S ( V T S A ) * (ROCKER - Drives rocker a r m oil A t Idle: a b o u t 0 V
A R M OIL C O N T R O L control solenoid ( A ) ' ' 2

2
SOLENOID (A)* )
36 WHT/RED S H 0 2 S (SECONDARY Detects s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S W i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y o p e n e d f r o m idle w i t h f u l l y
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR ( s e n s o r 2) s i g n a l w a r m e d u p e n g i n e : a b o v e 0.8 V
(SECONDARY H02S) W h i l e t h r o t t l e q u i c k l y c l o s e d : b e l o w 0.1 V
S E N S O R 2)
38 BLK/WHT NC (OUTPUT SHAFT Detects o u t p u t s h a f t W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (SI): a b o u t 0 V o r 5.0 V
( C O U N T E R S H A F T ) SPEED (countershaft) speed sensor W h i l e driving: pulses
SENSOR) signal
40" BRN LSB ( A / T C L U T C H " Drives A / T clutch pressure W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t controSSed
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve B
S O L E N O I D V A L V E B)
< 2
43 BLU V T P S W B (ROCKER A R M Detects r o c k e r a r m o i l A t idle: about 0 V "
OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B) pressure switch B signal
45 WHT/GRN ALTC (ALTERNATOR Sends alternator control W i t h f u l l y w a r m e d u p e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 7.5 V
CONTROL) signal ( d e p e n d i n g o n efectiicaS Soad)
46 WHT/BLU ALTL (ALTERNATOR L Detects a l t e r n a t o r L s i g n a l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): a b o u t 0 V
SIGNAL) W i t h engine running: battery voltage
47 WHT/RED A L T F ( A L T E R N A T O R FR Detects a l t e r n a t o r FR s i g n a l ' W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 0.5—2.7 V
SIGNAL) ( d e p e n d i n g o n electrical l o a d )
48- RED/BLK LSA (A/T CLUTCH Drives A / T clutch pressure W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve A
SOLENOID VALVE A)
* 1:A/T
* 2: PZEV m o d e l

11-30
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector-C (O) (49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.

Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

number
1 YEl/GRN I G 1 E T C S (IGNITION Detects ignition signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
SIGNAL ETCS)
2 BLK P G M E T C S (POWER G r o u n d circuit f o r E C M / Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
G R O U N D ETCS) PCM
3 GRN/YEL ETC S M ( T H R O T T L E Ground for throttle actuator W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
ACTUATOR - S I D E )
4 BLU/RED E T C S M - f (THROTTLE ' Drives throttle actuator W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
ACTUATOR +S1DE)
5 BRN 1NJ1 ( N o , 1 I N J E C T O R ) Drives N o , 1 injector W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
6 RED INJ2 ( N o , 2 INJECTOR) Drives N o . 2 injector A t idle: d u t y controlled
7 BLU INJ3 ( N o , 3 I N J E C T O R ) D r i v e s N o . 3 injector
8 YEL INJ4 ( N o . 4 I N J E C T O R ) Drives N o . 4 injector
9 GRN A F S H T C (AIR F U E L R A T I O Drives A/F sensor heater W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h ON (II): battery v o l t a g e
(A/F) S E N S O R HEATER ( s e n s o r 1) W i t h fully w a r m e d u p engine r u n n i n g : pulses
C O N T R O L ( S E N S O R 11)
10 BLK/RED IG1 ( I G N I T I O N S I G N A L ) Detects i g n i t i o n s i q n a ! W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (Sf): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
11 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLD Detects M A P sensor signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 3.0 V
A B S O L U T E PRESSURE A t i d l e : a b o u t 1.0 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n e n g i n e s p e e d )
(MAP) SENSOR)
12 BLU VCC3 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5,0 V
voltage
13 YEURED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (If): a b o u t 5,0 V
voltage
14 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR G R O U N D ) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
15 YEL/GRN I6PL51 (No. 1 IGNITION Drives N o . 1 ignition coil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
COIL PULSE) W i t h engine r u n n i n g : pulses
18 BLU/RED IGPLS2 (No. 2 I G N I T I O N Drives N o . 2 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
17 WBT/BLO IGPLS3 ( N o . 3 I G N I T I O N Drives N o . 3 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
18 BRN IGPLS4 ( N o . 4 I G N I T I O N Drives No. 4 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
20 RED/BLK TPSA (THROTTLE Detects TP sensor A signal With throttle fully o p e n : a b o u t 3.9 V
P O S I T I O N (TP) S E N S O R A ) With throttle fully c l o s e d : a b o u t 0.8 V
21 RED/BLU T P S B (THROTTLE Detects TP sensor B signal With throttle fully o p e n : a b o u t 4.1 V
P O S I T I O N (TP) S E N S O R B) With throttle fully d o s e d : a b o u t .1.7 V

(confd)

11-31
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)
ECIVI/PC1V1 Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (O) (49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.

Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

- number
22 BLU/BLK VTPSW ( V T P S W A P Detects r o c k e r a r m o i l A t idle: a b o u t 0 V
2
(ROCKER A R M OIL pressure switch (A)* signal
2
PRESSURE S W I T C H (A)* }
23 BLU/WHT V T C (VTC OIL C O N T R O L D r i v e s V T C oil c o n t r o l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
SOLENOID VALVE) solenoid valve
2
24* GRN/RED V T S B (ROCKER A R M OIL Drives rocker a r m oil A t idle: about 0 V
C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D B) control solenoid B
29 RED A F S + (AIR FUEL R A T I O Detects A / F s e n s o r A t idle: a b o u t 2.2 V
(A/F) S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) ( s e n s o r 1) s i g n a l
+SIDE)
30 RED/YEL A F S — (AIR FUEL R A T I O Detects A/F sensor A t i d l e : a b o u t 1.8 V
(A/F) S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) ( s e n s o r 1) s i g n a l
-SIDE)
31 GRN CSVfPB ( C A M S H A F T Detects C M P s e n s o r B W i t h engine r u n n i n g : pulses
P O S I T I O N (CMP) S E N S O R signal
B)
32 BLU/YEL CKP ( C R A N K S H A F T Detects CKP s e n s o r s i g n a l W i t h engine r u n n i n g : pulses
P O S I T I O N (CKP) S E N S O R )
40 BLU/YEL M C S (ENGINE M O U N T Drives engine m o u n t A t idle: about 0 V
CONTROL SOLENOID" control solenoid A b o v e idle: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
VALVE)
43 GRN SG3 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
44 BRN/YEL L G 1 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for E C M / Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
PCM
45 BLU/WHT CMPA (CAMSHAFT Detects C M P s e n s o r A W i t h engine r u n n i n g : pulses
P O S I T I O N (CMP) S E N S O R signal
A)
46 RED/BLU KS ( K N O C K S E N S O R ) Detects k n o c k s e n s o r s i g n a l W i t h engine knocking: pulses
48 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for E C M / Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
PCM
* 2: PZEV m o d e l

11-32
PGMffl System Crankshaft Position (CKP) S e n s o r
T h e C K P s e n s o r d e t e c t s c r a n k s h a f t s p e e d a n d is u s e d b y
T h e p r o g r a m m e d f u e l Injection ( P G M - F I ) s y s t e m Is a the E C M / P C M to d e t e r m i n e ignition t i m i n g , t i m i n g f o r
s e q u e n t i a l rnu Iff port fuel injection s y s t e m . the fuel injection of e a c h c y l i n d e r , a n d e n g i n e m i s f i r e
detection.
Air C o n d i m m m g J A / C ) C o m p r e s s o r C l y t c h Relay
W h e n t h e E C M / P C M r e c e i v e s a demand for c o o l i n g
TERMINAL O-RING
f r o m the A / C s y s t e m , It d e l a y s the c o m p r e s s o r f r o m
b e i n g e n e r g i z e d , a n d e n r i c h e s t h e m i x t u r e to a s s u r e MAGWET

s m o o t h t r a n s i t i o n to t h e A / C m o d e .

Ah Fuel R a t i o f A/Ff S e n s o r
T h e A / F s e n s o r o p e r a t e s o v e r a w i d e air/fuel r a n g e . T h e
A / F s e n s o r i s i n s t a l l e d u p s t r e a m of the W U - T W C , a n d
s e n d s s i g n a l s to the E C M / P C M w h i c h v a r i e s the
duration of fuel Injection a c c o r d i n g l y .

SENSOR
TERMINALS

Engine Coolant Temperatyre (ECT) S e n s o r s 1 a n d 2

E C T s e n s o r s 1 a n d 2 are t e m p e r a t u r e d e p e n d e n t
r e s i s t o r s (thermistors).. T h e r e s i s t a n c e d e c r e a s e s a s the
engine coolant temperature increases.

THERMISTOR

B a r o m e t r i c P r e s s u r e IBAROI Sensor
T h e B A R O s e n s o r i s i n s i d e the ECM/PCM. ft c o n v e r t s
a t m o s p h e r i c p r e s s u r e into a v o l t a g e s i g n a l that
m o d i f i e s t h e b a s i c d u r a t i o n of t h e fuel Infection TERMINAL
discharge, O-RING

C a m s h a f t P o s i t i o n ( C M P ) Sensor B
C M P s e n s o r B d e t e c t s the position of the No. 1 c y l i n d e r Ignition T i m i n g C o n t r o l
a s a r e f e r e n c e for s e q u e n t i a l fuel Injection to e a c h T h e E C M / P C M c o n t a i n s the m e m o r y for b a s i c ignition
cylinder. t i m i n g at v a r i o u s e n g i n e s p e e d s a n d m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e
p r e s s u r e s . It a l s o a d j u s t s t h e t i m i n g a c c o r d i n g to e n g i n e
TERMINAL
O-RING c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e a n d intake air t e m p e r a t u r e .

Injector T i m i n g a n d D u r a t i o n
T h e E C M / P C M c o n t a i n s the m e m o r y for b a s i c d i s c h a r g e
duration at v a r i o u s e n g i n e s p e e d s a n d m a n i f o l d
p r e s s u r e s . T h e b a s i c d i s c h a r g e d u r a t i o n , after b e i n g
r e a d out f r o m the m e m o r y , is further m o d i f i e d by
s i g n a l s s e n t f r o m v a r i o u s s e n s o r s to obtain t h e final
discharge duration.
B y m o n i t o r i n g long t e r m fuel t r i m , the E C M / P C M c a n
IVIAGMET
detect long t e r m m a l f u n c t i o n s in the fuel s y s t e m a n d
a s e t D T C s ( d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ) If n e e d e d .

(cont'd)

11-33
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)
Knock Sensor M a l f u n c t i o n Indicator L a m p (MIL) I n d i c a t i o n (In r e l a t i o n
T h e knock control s y s t e m a d j u s t s the ignition t i m i n g to to Readiness Codes}
m i n i m i z e knock. T h e v e h i c l e h a s certain r e a d i n e s s c o d e s that are part of
the o n - b o a r d d i a g n o s t i c s for the e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s . If
the v e h i c l e ' s battery h a s b e e n d i s c o n n e c t e d or g o n e
TERMINAL
d e a d , if D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the E C M / P C M h a s
b e e n r e s e t t h e s e c o d e s a r e r e s e t . In s o m e s t a t e s , part
of t h e e m i s s i o n s testing is to m a k e s u r e t h e s e c o d e s a r e
s e t to c o m p l e t e . If all of t h e m a r e not s e t to c o m p l e t e ,
PIEZO t h e v e h i c l e m a y fail the test, or the test c a n n o t be
ELEMENT
finished.

DIAPHRAGM T o c h e c k if the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e ,
turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), but do not start the
e n g i n e . T h e M I L will c o m e on for 15—20 s e c o n d s . If it
t h e n g o e s off, t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s are c o m p l e t e . If it
f l a s h e s five t i m e s , o n e or m o r e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e not
c o m p l e t e . T o s e t e a c h c o d e , d r i v e the v e h i c l e or run the
Manifold A b s o l u t e P r e s s u r e (MAP} S e n s o r e n g i n e a s d e s c r i b e d in t h e p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 11-62).
T h e MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressures
into e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l s to t h e . E C M / P C M . IViass A i r F l o w ( M A F ) S e n s o r / I n t a k e A i r T e m p e r a t u r e
(IAT! S e n s o r
T h e m a s s asr f l o w ( M A F ) s e n s o r / i n t a k e asr t e m p e r a t u r e
(IAT) s e n s o r c o n t a i n s a hot w i r e s e n s o r , a c o l d w i r e
s e n s o r , a n d a t h e r m i s t o r . It is l o c a t e d in the intake asr
p a s s a g e . T h e r e s i s t a n c e of the hot w i r e s e n s o r , the c o l d
w i r e s e n s o r , a n d t h e t h e r m i s t o r c h a n g e s d u e to intake
air t e m p e r a t u r e a n d air flow. T h e control circuit in the
M A F s e n s o r c o n t r o l s t h e c u r r e n t to k e e p the hot w i r e at
a s e t t e m p e r a t u r e . T h e c u r r e n t is c o n v e r t e d to v o l t a g e
in the control circuit, t h e n output to the E C M / P C M .

O-RING

I A T SEIMSOR
(THERMISTOR!

COLD WIRE
SENSOR

11-34
O y t p y t Shaft (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r Electron!© Throttle Control System
This sensor detects countershaft speed.
T h e throttle is e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by t h e e l e c t r o n i c
throttle control s y s t e m . R e f e r to the s y s t e m d i a g r a m to
s e e a f u n c t i o n a l layout of the s y s t e m .

Idle control: W h e n the e n g i n e Is Idling, the E C M / P C M

c o n t r o l s t h e throttle actuator to m a i n t a i n the p r o p e r Idle
s p e e d a c c o r d i n g to e n g i n e l o a d s .

A c c e l e r a t i o n control: W h e n the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal Is

p r e s s e d , the E C M / P C M o p e n s the throttle v a l v e
d e p e n d i n g o n the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l p o s i t i o n (APP}
sensor signal.

O-RIIMGS C r u i s e control: T h e E C M / P C M c o n t r o l s the throttle

M/T model shown a c t u a t o r to m a i n t a i n s e t s p e e d w h e n the c r u i s e control
i s o p e r a t i n g . T h e throttle a c t u a t o r t a k e s t h e p l a c e of t h e
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor fSecondary H02SI c r u i s e control actuator.
T h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S d e t e c t s t h e o x y g e n c o n t e n t In the
e x h a u s t g a s d o w n s t r e a m of t h e w a r m u p t h r e e w a y A c c e l e r a t o r P e d a l P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r
catalytic c o n v e r t e r ( W U - T W C ) , a n d s e n d s s i g n a l s to the A s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r pedal position c h a n g e s , t h e s e n s o r
E C M / P C M w h i c h v a r i e s t h e d u r a t i o n of fuel injection v a r i e s t h e s i g n a l v o l t a g e to t h e E C M / P C M .
a c c o r d i n g l y . T o stabilize its output, t h e s e n s o r h a s a n
internal h e a t e r . T h e E C M / P C M c o m p a r e s t h e H 0 2 S
output w i t h t h e A / F s e n s o r output to d e t e r m i n e c a t a l y s t
efficiency. T h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S i s i n s t a l l e d
d o w n s t r e a m of t h e W U - T W C .

HEATER
TERMINALS

(cont'd)

11-35
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

Throttle Body' Fuel Supply System

T h e throttle b o d y Is a s i n g l e - b a r r e l s i d e draft t y p e . T h e
l o w e r portion of the throttle v a l v e is h e a t e d by e n g i n e F u e l Cutoff C o n t r o l
c o o l a n t f r o m the c y l i n d e r h e a d to p r e v e n t icing of the During d e c e l e r a t i o n w i t h t h e throttle v a l v e c l o s e d ,
throttle plate. c u r r e n t to t h e i n j e c t o r s is c u t off to i m p r o v e fuel
e c o n o m y at e n g i n e s p e e d s o v e r 850 r p m (A/T) or
1,000 r p m | M / T ) . F u e l cutoff a l s o o c c u r s w h e n t h e
e n g i n e s p e e d e x c e e d s 7,000 r p m ( L X ) or 7,300 r p m ( E X ) ,
r e g a r d l e s s of t h e position of t h e throttle v a l v e , to
protect the e n g i n e f r o m o v e r - r e v v i n g . W h e n t h e v e h i c l e
is s t o p p e d , the E C M / P C M c u t s the fuel at e n g i n e s p e e d s
o v e r 5,000 r p m ( A / T ) , 7,000 r p m ( L X M/T), or 7,100 r p m
( E X M/T). T h e e n g i n e s p e e d of fuel cut is l o w e r o n a
cold engine.

Fyel P o m p Gootrol
W h e n the ignition s w i t c h is.turned to O N (II), the E C M /
P C M g r o u n d s P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) w h i c h
f e e d s c u r r e n t to the fuel p u m p for 2 s e c o n d s to
p r e s s u r i z e t h e fuel s y s t e m . W i t h t h e e n g i n e r u n n i n g , the
E C M / P C M grounds PGM-FI main relay 2 ( F U E L PUMP)
a n d f e e d s c u r r e n t to the fuel p u m p , W h e n the e n g i n e is
Idle Control System not r u n n i n g a n d t h e ignition is O N (II), the E C M / P C M
c u t s g r o u n d to P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) w h i c h
W h e n the e n g i n e is c o l d , the A / C c o m p r e s s o r is o n , the c u t s c u r r e n t to the fuel p u m p .
t r a n s m i s s i o n is in g e a r , t h e brake pedal is p r e s s e d , the
p o w e r s t e e r i n g load is h i g h , or the alternator is PGM-FI Main Relay 1 and 2
c h a r g i n g , the E C M / P C M c o n t r o l s c u r r e n t t o the throttle P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 i s e n e r g i z e d w h e n e v e r the ignition
actuator to m a i n t a i n t h e c o r r e c t idle s p e e d . s w i t c h is O N (II) to s u p p l y battery v o l t a g e to the E C M /
P C M , p o w e r to. the i n j e c t o r s , a n d p o w e r for P G M - F I
Brake Pedal Position S w i t c h m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) . P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L
T h e brake pedal position s w i t c h s i g n a l s the E C M / P C M P U M P ) is e n e r g i z e d to s u p p l y p o w e r to the fuel p u m p
w h e n the brake p e d a l is p r e s s e d . for 2 s e c o n d s w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to
O N (II), a n d w h e n the e n g i n e is c r a n k i n g or r u n n i n g .
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) S w i t c h
T h e P S P s w i t c h s i g n a l s the E C M / P C M w h e n the p o w e r
s t e e r i n g load is h i g h .

11-36
i-VTEC

* T h e i - V T E C system- h a s a v a r i a b l e v a l v e t i m i n g control ( V T C ) m e c h a n i s m - o n the intake c a m s h a f t in addition to the

usual V T E C .
T h i s s y s t e m I m p r o v e s fuel efficiency a n d r e d u c e s e x h a u s t e m i s s i o n s at all l e v e l s of e n g i n e s p e e d , v e h i c l e s p e e d ,
a n d engine load,
* T h e V T E C s y s t e m c h a n g e s the intake v a l v e lift a n d t i m i n g by u s i n g m o r e t h a n o n e c a m profile.
* P Z E V m o d e l ; T h e V T E C s y s t e m p a u s e s o n e s i d e of the e x h a u s t v a l v e s in addition to c h a n g i n g the intake v a l v e lift
and timing.
* T h e V T C s y s t e m c h a n g e s the p h a s e of the intake c a m s h a f t via oil p r e s s u r e . It c h a n g e s the intake v a l v e t i m i n g
continuously.

v
LOW I t

L 0 W ^ _ ™ ENGINE SPEED HIGH

Driving Condition V T C Control D@S€fiption

0 Light-load B a s e Position F o r s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n the c a m a n g l e is r e t a r d e d , a n d
r e d u c e s t h e entry of e x h a u s t g a s Into the c y l i n d e r .
@ Medium/high-load A d v a n c e Control C a m p h a s e a n g l e is c o n t r o l l e d to optimize v a l v e •
t i m i n g , i m p r o v i n g fuel efficiency a n d r e d u c i n g
emissions.
© High s p e e d A d v a n c e - B a s e Position T o r e d u c e p u m p i n g l o s s , the intake v a l v e is c l o s e d
quickly. T h i s g i v e s the air/fuel m i x t u r e a c h a r g i n g
effect that h e l p s to m a x i m i z e e n g i n e p o w e r .

(cont'd)

11-37
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd)

VTC System
* T h e V T C s y s t e m m a k e s c o n t i n u o u s Intake v a l v e t i m i n g c h a n g e s b a s e d on o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s .
• I n t a k e v a l v e t i m i n g Is o p t i m i z e d to a l l o w the e n g i n e to p r o d u c e m a x i m u m p o w e r .
* C a m a n g l e is a d v a n c e d to obtain the E G R effect a n d r e d u c e p u m p i n g l o s s . T h e Intake v a l v e is c l o s e d q u i c k l y to
r e d u c e the entry of the air/fuel m i x t u r e Into the intake port a n d I m p r o v e the c h a r g i n g effect.
* T h e s y s t e m r e d u c e s the c a m a d v a n c e at Idle, s t a b i l i z e s c o m b u s t i o n , a n d r e d u c e s e n g i n e s p e e d .
* If a m a l f u n c t i o n o c c u r s , the V T C s y s t e m control is d i s a b l e d a n d the v a l v e t i m i n g is f i x e d at the fully r e t a r d e d p o s i t i o n .

11-38
VTC Systein Diagram

T h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n t r o l s oil p r e s s u r e to the a d v a n c e c h a m b e r / r e t a r d c h a m b e r of the V T C actuator

a c c o r d i n g to a s i g n a l f r o m the E C M / P C M . W h e n the V T C actuator v a n e s rotate to t h e a d v a n c e or retard position, t h e
intake c a m s h a f t t i m i n g i s c h a n g e d .
C M P s e n s o r A d e t e c t s the intake c a m s h a f t a n g l e a n d s e n d s the information to t h e E C M / P C M . T h e E C M / P C M c o n t r o l s
t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e a s the intake c a m s h a f t a n g l e c h a n g e s .

VAWE ROTATION

From
OIL PUMP

(confd)

11-39
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

V T E C System

I n t a k e waive s i d e (All m o d e l s !
• T h e V T E C s y s t e m c h a n g e s t h e c a m profile to c o r r e s p o n d to e n g i n e s p e e d . It m a x i m i z e s t o r q u e at Sow e n g i n e s p e e d
a n d output at high e n g i n e s p e e d .
• T h e l o w lift c a m is u s e d a t l o w e n g i n e s p e e d s , a n d t h e high lift c a m is u s e d at high e n g i n e s p e e d s .
• T h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ) s w i t c h e s the Intake v a l v e s i d e of t h e V T E C
s y s t e m o n a n d off; t h e s o l e n o i d Is c o n t r o l l e d b y the E C M / P C M .
• T h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ) detects V T E C s y s t e m oil p r e s s u r e (intake v a l v e
s i d e ) a n d s e n d s t h i s I n f o r m a t i o n to t h e E C M / P C M .

E x h a u s t waive s i d e ( P Z E V m o d e l )
• T h e V T E C s y s t e m s w i t c h e s t h e o p e r a t i o n of o n e of t h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s to p a u s e a n d lift t h e v a l v e .
• A t Idle a n d l o w e n g i n e s p e e d , o n e s i d e of t h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s Is p a u s e d , a n d t h e v a l v e lifts w h e n t h e e n g i n e s p e e d
g o e s up.
• T h e s y s t e m r e d u c e s h y d r o c a r b o n s ( H Q e x h a u s t e m i s s i o n s at l o w e n g i n e s p e e d .
• R o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B s w i t c h e s t h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s i d e of t h e V T E C s y s t e m o n a n d off; t h e s o l e n o i d Is
c o n t r o l l e d by the P C M .
• R o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B detects t h e V T E C s y s t e m oil p r e s s u r e ( e x h a u s t v a l v e s i d e ) , a n d s e n d s t h i s
I n f o r m a t i o n to the P C M .

All m o d e l s except P Z E V (Intake v a l v e V T E C )

ENGINE SPEED R O C K E R A R M OIL CONTROL ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E INTAKE V A L V E LIFT
SOLENOID SWITCH
LOW OFF ON LOW
HIGH ON OFF HIGH

11-40
P Z E V model ( I n t a k e a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e V T E C f
ENGINE ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM INTAKE ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM EXHAUST
SPEED OIL C O N T R O L OIL P R E S S U R E V A L V E LIFT OIL C O N T R O L OIL P R E S S U R E VALVE 2
SGL£f\SOSDA SWITCH A SOLENOID B SWITCH B OPERATION
IDLE-LOW OFF ON LOW OFF ON PAUSE
MID OFF ON LOW ON OFF LIFT
HIGH ON OFF HIGH ON OFF LIFT

I D L E - L O W ENGINE SPEED R O C K E R ARM

OIL C O N T R O L V A L V E
fPZEV m o d e l )

(confd)

11-41
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

VTEC System Operation

intake valve side

At l o w e n g i n e s p e e d , the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ) is t u r n e d off by the E C M /
P C M . Oil p r e s s u r e f r o m the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e d o e s not enter the Intake rocker shaft. E a c h Intake rocker a r m
Is s e p a r a t e d by a return s p r i n g a n d lifted' by e a c h l o w lift c a m lobe.

VALVE

INTAKE IVtiD ROCKER ARM

At high e n g i n e s p e e d , the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d (rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ) Is t u r n e d o n by the E C M /

P C M . OH p r e s s u r e f r o m the rocker a r m control s o l e n o i d e n t e r s into the p r i m a r y intake r o c k e r a r m v i a t h e intake rocker
shaft, a n d It m o v e s the V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston In the rocker a r m .
T h i s c a u s e s the V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston to s l i d e Into the Intake m i d rocker a r m a n d the intake s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m ,
locking the rocker a r m s together. Both Intake rocker a r m s a r e lifted b y the high lift c a m lobe.

HIGH LIFT CAM LOBE

11-42
Exhaust valve side (PZEV model)
At idle a n d l o w e n g i n e s p e e d , r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B is t u r n e d off by the P C M . Oil p r e s s u r e f r o m the r o c k e r
a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e d o e s not e n t e r t h e e x h a u s t r o c k e r s h a f t . E a c h e x h a u s t r o c k e r a r m is s e p a r a t e d by a return s p r i n g ,
a n d lifted by a t i m i n g c a m lobe. T h e e x h a u s t p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m i s m o v e d by t h e n o r m a l Sift c a m lobe (valve a c t i v e ) ,
a n d t h e e x h a u s t s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m is m o v e d by the no lift c a m lobe (valve p a u s e ) .

HQ LIFT C A M LOBE

VALVE

EXHAUST SECONDARY VTEC SWITCHING

ROCKER A R M PISTON

W h e n the e n g i n e s p e e d r e a c h e s 2,500 r p m or m o r e , r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B is t u r n e d o n by the P C M . Oil

p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d e n t e r s into the p r i m a r y e x h a u s t r o c k e r a r m v i a the e x h a u s t rocker
s h a f t , a n d it m o v e s t h e V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston In t h e r o c k e r a r m . T h i s c a u s e s the V T E C s w i t c h i n g piston to s l i d e into
t h e e x h a u s t s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m , locking the e x h a u s t rocker a r m s together. Both e x h a u s t rocker a r m s are m o v e d b y
t h e n o r m a l lift c a m lobe ( v a l v e a c t i v e ) .

VALVE
ROCKER ABM PISTON

(cont'd)

11-43
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

Catalytic Converter S f stem Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System

W a r m U p T h r e e W a y Catalytic Converter .(WU-TWC) T h e PCV valve prevents blow-by g a s s e s from escaping

a n d Under-floor T h r e e W a y Catalytic Converter fUnder- into the a t m o s p h e r e by v e n t i n g t h e m Into t h e intake
floor T W O manifold.
The WU-TWC/Under-fSoor T W C converts hydrocarbons
( H Q , c a r b o n m o n o x i d e ( C O ) , a n d o x i d e s of nitrogen
( N O x ) in the e x h a u s t g a s to c a r b o n d i o x i d e ( C 0 ) ,
2

nitrogen (N ) a n d w a t e r v a p o r .
2 #

W U - T W C (ATTACHED T O T H E C Y L I N D E R HEAD)

PCV V A L V E

UNDER-FLOOR TWC

HOUSING

UNDER-FLO0R
T H R E E WAY
CATALYST

11-44
Evaporative Emission {EVAP} Control FyeS T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r
System T h e F T P s e n s o r c o n v e r t s fuel tank a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e
into a n electrical Input to-the E C M / P C M .
R e f e r to the s y s t e m d i a g r a m to s e e a functional layout
of the s y s t e m : , S E N S O R UNIT

E V A P Canister
T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r t e m p o r a r i l y s t o r e s fuel v a p o r f r o m
t h e fuel tank until It c a n be p u r g e d b a c k Into the e n g i n e
and burned.

E V A P Canister Purge Vaive

W h e n the e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is b e l o w 131 °F
(55 «C), the E C M / P C M t u r n s off t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
v a l v e w h i c h c u t s v a c u u m to t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r .

O-RING
OUT

E V A P Canister Vent Shut Valve

T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e is o n the E V A P
canister.
T h e E V A P canister vent shut valve controls the venting
of the E V A P c a n i s t e r .

TERMINAL

O-RIMG VALVE O-RING

(cont'd)

11-45
Fuel and Emissions Systems
S f stem Description (cont'd)

FyeS Cap Warning Message To make the message go off {with the HDS)

T h e E C M / P C M will detect a l o o s e or m i s s i n g fuel fill c a p Procedure

a s a n e v a p o r a t i v e s y s t e m leak, a n d alerts the d r i v e r by
s h o w i n g a w a r n i n g m e s s a g e in the g a u g e d i s p l a y . 1. T i g h t e n t h e fuel fill c a p until It c l i c k s .

T h e first t i m e a leak is d e t e c t e d , a C H E C K F U E L C A P 2. C l e a r the T e m p o r a r y D T C with the H D S .

m e s s a g e a p p e a r s on the g a u g e d i s p l a y (A). T o s c r o l l to
a n o t h e r m e s s a g e , p r e s s the s e l e c t / r e s e t button. T h e 3. Verify t h e r e is no leak by d o i n g t h e E V A P
C H E C K F U E L C A P m e s s a g e appears each time you F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with
restart t h e e n g i n e until the s y s t e m t u r n s the m e s s a g e the H D S .
off. T u r n the e n g i n e off, t h e n r e p l a c e or tighten the fuel
fill c a p until It clicks at l e a s t o n c e . To make the message g© ©If (without the
HDS)

Procedure

1. T i g h t e n the fuel fill c a p until It c l i c k s .

Shows CHECK FUEL CAP
In th© gauge display.
2. S t a r t the e n g i n e , t h e n turn the Ignition s w i t c h to
L O C K (0).

3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 t w o m o r e t i m e s . .

11-46
Electronic Throttle Control System Diagram

T h e e l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of the throttle actuator, throttle position (TP) s e n s o r A / B , a c c e l e r a t o r

pedal position ( A P P ) s e n s o r A / B , t h e e l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m ( E T C S ) control r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M .

(cont'd)

11-47
Fuel and Emissions Systems

Systein Description (cont'd)

Evaporative Emission fEVAP) Control Diagram

T h e E V A P c o n t r o l s m i n i m i z e the a m o u n t of fuel v a p o r e s c a p i n g to the a t m o s p h e r e . V a p o r f r o m the fuel tank is

t e m p o r a r i l y s t o r e d in the E V A P c a n i s t e r until It c a n be p u r g e d f r o m the c a n i s t e r Into the e n g i n e a n d b u r n e d .

T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r is p u r g e d by d r a w i n g f r e s h asr t h r o u g h It a n d Into a port on the intake m a n i f o l d .

T h e p u r g i n g v a c u u m Is c o n t r o l l e d b y the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , w h i c h o p e r a t e s w h e n e v e r e n g i n e c o o l a n t
t e m p e r a t u r e i s a b o v e 131 °F (55 °C). -

11-48
E C M / P C M Circuit Diagram

ECM/PCM 24P J U N C T I O N
CONNECTOR

r u ii ii
I YEL/BLSC -YEL/BLSC 1

f K~1 No. 11NJECTOR

-YEL/BLIC •

'> C Mo. 2 INJECTOR

a -YEL/BL& •
C7
i K
No. 3 IPJJECTOR

-YEL/8LK •

, £ He. 4 INJECTOR

-BLK/YEL •

cmm

-BRN/YEL -

•BLU/YEL
CKP

CUP S E N S O R

YEL/ YEL/ B R N /
BLK BLK YEL

A
AA
E F G

(cont'd)

11-49
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M Circuit D i a g r a m (cont'd)

* 1 : P Z E V model
*3: A/T

11-50
 f 1

111 t t

KNOCKSENSOR

-BLK/RED
=3
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH

CLUTCH PEDAL

j 6302

*1: P Z E V model
*2: M / T

(confd)

11-51
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M C i r c u i t D i a g r a m (cont'd)

ra
- RED/BLK - -RED/BLK -

T B33
VG™
• BLSC/BLU •
- BLK/BLU -

-YEL/BLK -

- GRN/BLK -
B32
- RED/YEL- " RED/YEL 88

1AT

- GRN/BLK -

R S

*" GRN/BLK •
- RED/WHT - - RED/WHT •
ECTSENSOR 1
24P
JUNCTION
=* BLK/WHT •
COMNECTOB

m m
C13
= YEL/RED ' - YEL/RED —
VCC1
» GRIM/RED
«GRN/WHT«
C11
" GRN/RED 0=1

C14
- GRN/WHT •
SG1

- YEL/RED —

- BLSC/WHT -

- GRSWWHT -
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR

X MCS
• BLU/YEL - BLU/YEL

r
BLK/YEL
E N G I N E MOUNT
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE

*3: A / T

11-52
 -BLK/YEL —
-BLK/YEL I—n
-BLIC/YEL 24P J U N C T I O N
-BLK/YEL — —•« i CONNECTOR
»2£

, C I 01

™ BLSC/YEL •
-YEL/BLU "YEL/BLU •
PCS
EVAP CANISTER
I VALVE
RED

1 1
—BLK/YEL - "BLIC/YEL -

®
jI
-WHT/BLU WHT/BLU - WHT/BLU •

WHT/RED -WHT/RED •

'HT/GRN . -WHT/GBN •
B47
-WHT/RED •
ALTF
24P J U N C T I O N ALTERNATOR
CONNECTOR
B4S
ALTC
- WHT/GRN •
J 1I I I

- YEL/GRM «
-BLK/WHT
n S P

PLUG

No. 11GNITION COIL

-BLK/WHT
C1S ™ • SPA
• BLU/RED • -BLU/RED - PLUG

No. 2 IGNITION COIL

-BLK/WHT '
•WHT/BLU < NT/BLU —
2 s - ^ s P L U G

Mo. 3 IGNITION COIL

-BLK/WHT
SPA
PLUG

WHT N o . 4 IGNITION COIL

T
WHT

G102

(confd)

11-53
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M C i r c u i t D i a g r a m (cont'd)

-REO/YEL

-BLU/BLK

-GRN/WHT •

— G R N — * ORT^

B48
-RED/BLK. 1
-RED/BLK

A/T CLUTCH F
C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E A
B40 a
BRN •

1
A/T CLUTCH F
C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E B

"BLU/YEL •

3
A/T CLUTCH t
C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E C
-YEL/BLU

X
-YEL/BLU

B18
-WHT/RED •

=GRN/BLK >
I N P U T SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR

*3: A / T

11-54
 EE;-7 I 10
r
J/
9|

WHT
- BLU/BLK — J

-BLU/WHT • - BLU/WHT —
B15
ATFR -BLU/BLK - •BLK/BLU —

-WHT "WHT -

B13
M
»RED/BLK - RED/BLK ™
ATPN » YEL/GRN -

-RED

- GRIM/RED

ATP03 -8LU/YEL ™ -YEL/RED -

- RED/WHT "• W H T / R E D

B17

ATP2-1

R A N G E SWITCH

ATPFWD

2 N D CLUTCH
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID
E SWITCH

•BLU/RED

3RD CLUTCH
1
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID
H SWITCH

LU/WHT
-IE

CLUTCH
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
*2: M/T
*3; A / T

(cont'd)

11-55
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M C i r c u i t D i a g r a m (cont'd)

TPS

VCC3
-RED/BLSC 1

C20
-RED/BLfC • -RED/BLU •
IPSA

-<Bh
C21
-RED/BLU •
=BLU/RED

THROTTLE
SG3 ACTUATOR

C4 THROTTLE BODY
•BLU/RED •
ETCSM+

"GRW/YEL •
ETCSM—

-RED —

-»RED/Y£L

C30
"RED/YEL
4HP -WHT/BLK -

A/F SENSOR
(SENSOR 1)
N T

BRN/
YEL

J ~ GRN/BLK •
"WHT/RED- "WHT/RED
SH02S

B4
-BLK/WHT - -BLK/WHT J -BLK/YEL

" SECONDARY
H02S
ISENSOR 2)

-YEL/REO

OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
1

VCC4
A18

I SG4
A25
B

VCC5 1
A19
»ORN •

I A/B

11-56
 EVAP CANISTER
V E N T SHUT V A L V E

*3: A / T

(cont'd)

11-57
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Description (cont'd)
E C M / P C M C i r c u i t D i a g r a m (cont'd)

UNDER-HOOP FUSE/RELAYBOiL.

ELECTRONIC
YEL/ YEL/ THROTTLE
BLK BLK CONTROL
SYSTEM
CONTROL

- YEL/BLK J RADIATOR
FASSS RELAY

88
"WHT"
ETCSRLY
-YEL/BLK
AT
-RED/BLK A/C
COM
FAW RELAY
-RED/YEL
SUBRLY
A15
-PUR •
(D

IGISIITSOSM
COIL
BLK/WHT - RELAY
ram AB
®

PGM-FI
— MAIN
RELAY 1

•3
C101
C1
= YEL/GRS\I" BLU — < ©
-0--0-
YEL/BLK
WHT —

A/C
COMPRESSOR

5
CLUTCH
RELAY

-WHT •
®
»WHT •
®
® ®
-RED • iff]
A
-BLK/RED ^>
A3

1 ELD -BLU/BLK —
A2

AD AE AF G 3 0 1 -A* BATTERY

G1

11-58
 DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
AB AC
1* w
I-
BLK/RED
T
LT GRIM
(ORN)*2
STARTER
CUT RELAY
1ST CUT)

C 1 0 ,
LS F3
3
®
•8UC/RED ™ 1

F12
•RED

F16
- WHT
F2

F22

"5Tl F31
- YEL/BLK — 3 5
- LT GR! F28
A3 F25
RELAY 2
"WHT "
(FUEL P U M P )
F24
"RED -
CANL

* 2 : M/T
*3: A / T

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX:

® N a 18 D B W ( T H R O T T L E
A C T U A T O R C O N T R O L ) (15 A|
. 1 3 1 G C O I L (15 A )
. 1 7 FI M A I N (15 A )
x 14 FI S U B ( 1 5 A )
® N » . 21 FAf^ R L Y (7.5 A)
. 1 5 B A C K U P (10 A)
s . 3 i G M A I N 150 A )
10 S T O P / H O R W 120 A )
, 1 B A T T E R Y 1100 Al

DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX:
' ^'x7ACG(15A)
-IOVBSOL(IOA)
. 9 F U E L P U M P 120 A )
, 1 8 A / C .(7.5 At
. 5 METER-(7.5 A)

(cont'd)

11-59
Fuel and Emissions Systems

System Description (cont'd)

E C M / P C M Circuit Diagram (confd)

DRIVER'S
JLMCTSOSM BOX 1
I F7
F8

*3

5 W-

T
CENTER J U N C T I O N B O X

To AUDIO,
"LT BLU - N A V I G A T I O N UIMiT
i B3
LT BLU •

I J G 2
LT BLU •

WHT™

GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE

-LTBLU •

-WHT - -WHT -

-RED •

T P M S CONTROL
UNIT
> — R E D -

-Mil
T_K4

CONTROL UMIT

*3: A / T
#
4 : Wire color mav be B L U or BRH

11-60
 5
I _____ „
I P A S S E N G E R ' S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX

A19

j£22_WHT
_J
~TJ2_ HT W - W H T -

_ > _ R E D -RED -

V S A I V I O D U L A "lTOR- .
C O N T R O L U UMi NIT

12P J U N C T I O N
CONNECTOR

-WHT *
_5JT
H29

H13

NAVIGATION
UNIT

IC202

T.

VSA MODULATOR-
CONTROL UNIT

DRIVER'S
JUMCTIO^ BOX 2

dJT TT

Y A W RATE-LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR

#
5: With navigation system
*6: Without navigation system
*7: L X model
*8: All except LX model

11
Fuel and Emissions Systems

How to Set Readiness Codes

Maffunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) indication Catalytic Converter Monitor and Readiness
(In relation to Readiness Codes) Code

T h e v e h i c l e h a s c e r t a i n r e a d i n e s s c o d e s that a r e part of NOTE:

the o n - b o a r d d i a g n o s t i c s for the e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s . If • Do not turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (!).
the v e h i c l e ' s battery h a s b e e n d i s c o n n e c t e d or g o n e during the p r o c e d u r e .
d e a d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the E C M / P C M * All r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the battery is
h a s b e e n r e s e t t h e s e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e reset to d i s c o n n e c t e d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the
i n c o m p l e t e . In s o m e s t a t e s , part of the e m i s s i o n s E C M / P C M i s reset w i t h the H D S .
testing is to m a k e s u r e t h e s e c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e . * L o w a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e s or e x c e s s i v e s t o p - a n d - g o
If all of t h e m a r e not s e t to c o m p l e t e , the v e h i c l e m a y traffic m a y i n c r e a s e the d r i v e t i m e n e e d e d to s w i t c h
fail the e m i s s i o n t e s t or t h e t e s t c a n n o t be f i n i s h e d . the r e a d i n e s s c o d e f r o m i n c o m p l e t e to c o m p l e t e .
• T h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e will not s w i t c h to c o m p l e t e until
T o c h e c k if the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e , all the e n a b l e criteria are m e t .
turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but d o not start the * If a fault in the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S s y s t e m c a u s e d the
e n g i n e . T h e MIL w i l l c o m e on for 1 5 — 2 0 s e c o n d s . If it MIL to c o m e o n , the r e a d i n e s s c o d e c a n n o t be s e t to
t h e n g o e s off, the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t to c o m p l e t e . c o m p l e t e until y o u c o r r e c t t h e f a u l t
If it f l a s h e s five t i m e s , o n e or m o r e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s are
not s e t to c o m p l e t e . T o s e t r e a d i n e s s c o d e s f r o m Enable Criteria
i n c o m p l e t e to c o m p l e t e , d o the p r o c e d u r e for the
appropriate code. • E C T S E N S O R 1 at 158 °F (70 °C) or m o r e .
• IAT S E N S O R at 20 T ( —7 °C) or m o r e .
T o c h e c k the s t a t u s of a s p e c i f i c D T C s y s t e m , c h e c k the * V e h i c l e s p e e d ( V S S ) a b o v e 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) .
O B D s t a t u s In the D T C M E N U w i t h the H D S ( s e e p a g e
11-8). T h i s s c r e e n d i s p l a y s the c o d e , the c u r r e n t data list Procedure
of the e n a b l e c r i t e r i a , a n d the s t a t u s of the r e a d i n e s s
testing.' 1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the v e h i c l e ' s data link
c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) , a n d bring up the R E A D I N E S S
C O D E s s c r e e n for C a t a l y s t in t h e D T C s M E N U .

2. S t a r t the e n g i n e .

3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e u n d e r s t o p - a n d - g o c o n d i t i o n s
w i t h s h o r t p e r i o d s of s t e a d y c r u i s e . After a b o u t
5 m i l e s (8 k m ) , the r e a d i n e s s c o d e s h o u l d s w i t c h to
complete.

4. Sf the r e a d i n e s s c o d e is still not s e t to c o m p l e t e ,

c h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C w i t h the H D S . If t h e r e is
no D T C , o n e or m o r e of the e n a b l e criteria w e r e
' p r o b a b l y not met; r e p e a t t h e p r o c e d u r e .

11-62
 $0
Evaporative Emission fEWAPl Control Air Fuel Ratio (A/F)- Sensor Monitor and
System Monitor and Readiness Code Readiness Code

N O T E : A l l r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the battery NOTE:

Is d i s c o n n e c t e d , If the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or If the • Do not turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
E C M / P C M Is r e s e t w i t h t h e H D S . d u r i n g the p r o c e d u r e ,
* All r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the battery is
Ermfolii C r i t e r i e d i s c o n n e c t e d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if t h e
E C M / P C M is reset w i t h the H D S .
* Battery v o l t a g e is m o r e t h a n 10.5 V .
* E n g i n e at Idle. Enable Criteria
* E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d S E N S O R 2 b e t w e e n 176 °F (80 °C)
a n d 2121= { 1 0 0 * 0 . E C T S E N S O R 1 at 140 T (60 °C) or m o r e .
* M A P s e n s o r l e s s t h a n 46.6 kPa (14 in.Hg, 350 m m H g ) .
* V e h i c l e s p e e d ( V S S ) 0 m p h (0 km/h). Procedure
* l A T S E N S O R 1 b e t w e e n 32 °F {0 °C) a n d 212 T
(100 °C), 1.. S t a r t the e n g i n e .

Procedure 2. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e u n d e r s t o p - a n d - g o c o n d i t i o n s
w i t h s h o r t p e r i o d s of s t e a d y c r u i s e . D u r i n g the
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C , d r i v e , - d e c e l e r a t e (with the throttle fully c l o s e d ) for
5 s e c o n d s . After a b o u t 3.5 m i l e s (5.6 k m ) , the
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . r e a d i n e s s c o d e s h o u l d s w i t c h f r o m i n c o m p l e t e to
complete.
3. S e l e c t E V A P T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S , t h e n s e l e c t t h e F U N C T I O N T E S T in the 3. C h e c k t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s s c r e e n for the AIR F U E L
EVAP TEST-MENU. R A T I O (A/F) S E N S O R in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the
HDS.
* If the result i s n o r m a l , r e a d i n e s s is c o m p l e t e .
• If the r e s u l t is not n o r m a l , g o to the next s t e p . * If the s c r e e n s h o w s c o m p l e t e , r e a d i n e s s is
complete.
4. C h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is n o D T C , o n e * If the s c r e e n s h o w s not c o m p l e t e , g o to the next
or m o r e of t h e e n a b l e criteria w e r e p r o b a b l y not step.
met; repeat the procedure.
4. C h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is no D T C , the
e n a b l e criteria w a s p r o b a b l y not m e t . S e l e c t the
D A T A L I S T M E N U . C h e c k the E C T S E N S O R 1 in the
A L L D A T A - L I S T with-the H D S . If the E C T S E N S O R 1
is l e s s t h a n 140 °F (60 «C), run the e n g i n e until it i s
m o r e t h a n 140 °F (60 °C) t h e n repeat the p r o c e d u r e .
t

(cont'd)

11-63
Fuel and Emissions Systems

How to Set Readiness Codes (cont'd)

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Heater Monitor

Readiness Code

N O T E : All r e a d i n e s s c o d e s are c l e a r e d w h e n the battery

is d i s c o n n e c t e d , if the D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , or if the
E C M / P C M Is reset w i t h t h e H D S .

Procedure

1. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let. it Idle for 1 m i n u t e . T h e

r e a d i n e s s c o d e s h o u l d s w i t c h f r o m i n c o m p l e t e to
complete.

2. If the r e a d i n e s s c o d e Is still not s e t to c o m p l e t e ,

c h e c k for a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is n o D T C ,
repeat the p r o c e d u r e .

Misfire Monitor and Readiness Code

* T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e Is a l w a y s s e t to a v a i l a b l e
b e c a u s e m i s f i r i n g is c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r e d .
* M o n i t o r i n g p a u s e s , a n d the misfire c o u n t e r r e s e t s , if
the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n o v e r a r o u g h r o a d .
• M o n i t o r i n g a l s o p a u s e s , a n d the m i s f i r e c o u n t e r
h o l d s at its c u r r e n t v a l u e , if the throttle position
c h a n g e s m o r e t h a n a p r e d e t e r m i n e d v a l u e , or if
driving c o n d i t i o n s fall o u t s i d e the r a n g e of a n y
related e n a b l e criteria.

Fuel System Monitor and Readiness Code

* T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e is a l w a y s s e t to a v a i l a b l e
b e c a u s e the fuel s y s t e m is c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r e d
during c l o s e d loop operation.
• M o n i t o r i n g p a u s e s w h e n the c a t a l y t i c c o n v e r t e r ,
E V A P control s y s t e m , a n d A / F s e n s o r m o n i t o r s are
active.
• M o n i t o r i n g a l s o p a u s e s w h e n a n y related e n a b l e
criteria a r e not b e i n g m e t M o n i t o r i n g r e s u m e s w h e n
the e n a b l e criteria is a g a i n b e i n g m e t

Gomprehensiwe Component Monitor and

Readiness Code

T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e is a l w a y s s e t to a v a i l a b l e b e c a u s e
the c o m p r e h e n s i v e component monitor is continuously
r u n n i n g w h e n e v e r t h e e n g i n e is c r a n k i n g or r u n n i n g .

11-64
PGM-FI System
Component Location index

C A M S H A F T P O S I T I O N (CMP)
S E N S O R B ( E X H A U S T SIDE)
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-210

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

(ECT) S E N S O R 1
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-212
I G N I T I O N COILS
PGM-FI M A I N RELAY 1

PGM-FI SUBFtELAY

IGNITION COIL RELAY

ELECTRICAL LOAD
D E T E C T O R (ELD)
Replacement
p a g e 11-214

M A S S A I R F L O W (MAF)
S E N S O R / I N T A K E AIR
T E M P E R A T U R E HAT)
SENSOR
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-211

OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR (M/T)
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-213

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ECM)/
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
R e p l a c e m e n t page 11-218

WJ1CTORS C R A N K S H A F T P O S I T I O N (CKP)
Replacement, SENSOR
p a g e 11-207 R e p l a c e m e n t page 11-210

KifQClC S E N S O R ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

R e p l a c e m e n t page 11-213 (ECT) S E N S O R 2
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-212

(confd)

11-65
PGM-FI System
Component Location Index (cont'd)

11-66
DTC Troubleshooting
D T C P0101: M A F S e n s o r Circuit R a n g e / 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Performance Problem
5- T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
NOTE:
« B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d 6. C h e c k t h e M A F S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
a n y oo-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the general HDS.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
* If D T C P 1 1 2 8 , P 1 1 2 9 , P 2 2 2 8 , a n d / o r P2229 a r e s t o r e d is there about 0.2 gm/s or 0.5 V?
at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 0 1 0 1 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 0 1 0 1 . Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

1, C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r d a m a g e to t h e s e N O — G o t o s t e p 13.
parts:
7. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
* PCV hose
* Intake a i r d u c t 8. V a r y t h e e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2,000 r p m a n d
* Air cleaner 3,000 r p m ,
* P u r g e ( P C S ) line
•.Brake booster 9. C h e c k the M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e
* Brake booster hose
HDS.
Are the parts OK ?
Does the reading change?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2,
Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.
N O — R e p a i r or replace the d a m a g e d parts, then go
to s t e p 15. N O — G o to s t e p 13.
10. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load
2, C h e c k for d a m a g e o r l o o s e n e s s at t h e a i r d u c t in ( A / T in P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator f a n
c o m e s o n , t h e n let It idle.
the air cleaner.
11. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e
I s it OK? r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze d a t a p a r a m e t e r s :

Y E S — G o t o step 3, • ENGINE SPEED

N O — R e c o n n e c t o r r e p l a c e the a i r d u c t In t h e a i r * vss
c l e a n e r , t h e n g o to s t e p 15, • MAP SENSOR
* MAFSENSOR .
3, C h e c k for a dirty air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t
12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P0101 in t h e
I s ii dirty? D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Y E S — R e p l a c e the a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t ( s e e p a g e Does the screen indicate FAILED?

11-360), t h e n g o t o s t e p 15.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.
HO—Go to s t e p 4,
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F
s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 11 a n d
recheck.

(confd)

11-67
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC P0102:-MAF Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

14. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

11-211). and any on-board snapshot, and reviewthe general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d w a i t
16. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . 2 seconds.

17. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 2. C h e c k the M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the

11-317). HDS.

18. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e Is about 0 gm/s, or 0.1 V or less indicated?

r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e d a t a p a r a m e t e r s :
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS WO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
• MAP SENSOR t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
• MAF SENSOR at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . •

19. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Is DTC P0101 indicated? • 4. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P

connector.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e 5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
P J O — G o t o ' s t e p 20. s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y
ground.
20. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0101 in t h e
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
IVIAF S E I M S O R / I A T SEWSOR 5P C O N N E C T O R

Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 1 2 3
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 19,
IGP (YEL/BLK)
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

MO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the" M A F s e n s o r /
IAT s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p W i r e side of female terminals
18.

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n
r e l a y 1 a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o to
s t e p 19.

11-68
 MP*
7, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

8, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

s e n s o r 5P connector terminal No. 1 and body t e r m i n a l B31 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
ground,
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

MA¥ S E N S O R / I A T S E M S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R

T3 j 14, j i 5 j 1S j 1TJ18 9|/l21

22 23 1 ^ 27 28
31 [32 j 33 j 34 j 35 m y
1 2 3 4 5
V G - f (RE0/BLK1
VG+ (RED/BLK)

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity?
Is there 190-210 kQ ?
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 13. P C M (B31) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o
to s t e p 20.
N O — G o t o s t e p 9.
N O — G o t o s t e p 12.
3, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
sensor 5P connector terminal No. 1 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal B31.

M A F S E W S O R / I A T S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R

1 2 3
Y G + (RED/BLtC)

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

E C M / P C M C O M W E C T O R B (49P)

7 8 | 9 |10|.
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24
21
26 27 28
/
29 / >< >< /
31 32 33 34 35 36 38
I
/
143|/|45|46 47|48|X|

V G + (RED/BLIC)

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 25,

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B31) a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n go
to s t e p 20.

(confd)

11-69
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

13. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r .• 2 3 . Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

-(see p a g e 11-211). 11-317).

14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 24. C h e c k . f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

15. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). is DTC P0102 indicated?

16. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
17. Start the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
2,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
neutral). N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Is DTC P0102 indicated? 25. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

YES—-Reinstall the original M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , 26. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

t h e n g o to s t e p 26. s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
W O — R e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 11-211), t h e n g o to s t e p 19. 27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

19. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). is DTC P0102 indicated?

20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
21. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). E C M / P C M . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
22. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with the H D S . r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.

NO™-If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M : ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-70
DTC PG103: MAF Sensor Circuit High Voltage 7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data connector terminal B33.
and any on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3),

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III), a n d w a i t 1 2 3 4 5
2 seconds. VG- fBLK/BLU!

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a
2 . C h e c k t h e IV1AF S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS, E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (4SP)

I s about 202 gm/s, or 4.89 ¥ or more indicated?

BDDB 18 17 18 19
/ 21
25 26 27 28
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3,
></
34 35 36 38 /
m

B
BEE
U ! ^|45|46
W O — l n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
V G — fBLf€/BLU)
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . • T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals

3. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10). Is there continuity?

4. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S — G o t o step8.

5. D i s c o n n e c t the MAF s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P W 0 — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

connector, P C M f B33) a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , then go
to s t e p 15.
8, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B I49P).

(cont'd)

11-71
PGM-FI-System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8, R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 19. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

9. C o n n e c t M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r Is DTC P0103 indicated?

t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No, 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e -

M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
3 4 5 T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
VG+ (RED/BLK) VG- fBLK/BLU1

20. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

JUMPERWIRE 21. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s 22. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
- g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
23. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
11. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC P0103 indicated?
12. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Is DTC P0103 indicated? t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the
E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 20. a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
N O — G o t o s t e p 13. s t e p 1.

13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
14. R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
11-211). a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
15. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

17. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

18. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

11-72
 MP*
PTC P0107: MAP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage is there about 5 V?

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Y E S — G o to s t e p 16.

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3), W O — G o to s t e p 8.

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fit), 8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the 9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

HDS,
10, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
is about 3 kPa (1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 V or
less indicated? 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C13 and MAP sensor 3P connector
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3. t e r m i n a l No. 1.

P A P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
MO—Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •

VCC1 fYEL/RED! Wire side of female terminals

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
VCC1 fYEL/RED! E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),

6. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,

is about 3 kPa (1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 ¥ or Terminal side of female terminals
iess indicated?
is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 23.
§ T O — G Q to s t e p 7.
N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3 P P C M (C13) a n d the M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 3.

M A P S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R

VCC1 ( Y E L / R E D ) SGI (GRN/WHT)

H2H

Wire side of female terminals

(confd)

11-73
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . •

13. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . Is DTC P0107 indicated?

14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). Y E S - — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3 P t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
W O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the
MAP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

M A P (GRN/RED!
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Wire side of female terminals Is DTC P0107 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Is there continuity? t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
P C M (C11) a n d the M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 18. E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

W O — G o t o s t e p 23. WO—If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

. is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
16. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
17. R e p l a c e the M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-211). g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

20. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

21. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

11-74
DTC P0108: MAP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). •

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data 7. C h e c k the M A P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general HDS.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3),
is about 160 kPa (47.1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg) } or
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), 4.49 V or more indicated?

2. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
HDS.
N O — G o t o s t e p 18.
is about 160 kPa (47,1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or
4,49 ¥ or more indicated? 8. R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P
connector.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3,
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3 P
W O — i n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3.
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . • M A P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .

VCC1 (YEL/RED) SG1 (GFtN/WHT)

5. C o n n e c t M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2
and No. 3 with a j u m p e r wire.

M A P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

Wire side of female terminals

^X

is there about 5 V?
M A P fGRN/RED) SGI IGRN/WHT)

Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.

JUMPER WIRE N O — G o t o s t e p 10.

W i r e side of female terminals

(cont'd)

11-75
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

11. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S . 15. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . .

12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 17. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal C 1 4 and M A P s e n s o r 3P connector t e r m i n a l C11 a n d M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 3. t e r m i n a l No. 2.

M A P S E N S O R 3 P CONNECTOR M A P S E N S O R 3 P CONNECTOR

Titn
Wire side of female terminals S G I fGRN/WHT) M A P CGRN/RED)
1
Wire side of female terminals

ECM/PCM
CONNECTOR C (49P) SGI ( G R N / W H T ) M A P CORN/RED) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
II II _
4• | 5 j 6 \ 7 | 8 | 9 110 3 | 4 | 5 j 6 j 7 j 8 | 9 110
14-115 J16 [ 17118 ^120J 21 ^~ .18]14|15|16|17[
22 23 24 22 23
*^7^777 .

Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 25. Y E S — G o to s t e p 25.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C14) a n d t h e M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 20. P C M (C11) a n d the M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 0 .

11-76
18, T o m t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK DTC P011-1: IAT Sensor Circuit Range/
Performance Problem
19, R e p l a c e t h e M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-211).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
20, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
21, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll),
1. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
22, Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S . E C T s e n s o r s 1 a n d 2, a n d the I A T s e n s o r .

23, D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Are the connections and terminals OK?

11-317),
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2."
24, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
W O — R e p a i r the c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o
is DTC P0108 indicated? to s t e p 15.

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e 2. R e m o v e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e MAP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , 11-211).
t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
3. A l l o w I A T s e n s o r to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
W O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e 4. Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
5. C o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r to its 5 P
2 5 , R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . c o n n e c t o r , but do not Install t h e s e n s o r onto t h e air
cleaner.
2 8 , U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t l o n s w i t c h to O N (SI).
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
7. Note t h e v a l u e of the IAT S E N S O R q u i c k l y in the
27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P0108 indicated? 8. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of t h e I A T S E N S O R a n d the

ambient temperature.
Y E S — C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If Does the vaiue of the IAT- SENSOR differ 5.4 °F
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known- (3 °C) or more?
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.

W O — i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g N O — G o to s t e p 9.
is c o m p l e t e , if the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf 9. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r f r o m its 5 P
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , connector.
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
10. U s i n g a h e a t g u n , b l o w hot air o n t h e M A F s e n s o r /
I A T s e n s o r for a f e w s e c o n d s . D o not a p p l y t h e heat
l o n g e r t h a n a f e w s e c o n d s or y o u w i l l d a m a g e t h e
. sensor.

(confd)

11-77
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. C o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r to t h e 5 P DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

c o n n e c t o r , but do not install the s e n s o r onto t h e air
cleaner, N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data •
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
12. C h e c k the SAT S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
HDS.
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
Does the IAT SENSOR change 63 °F (35 °C) or
more? 2. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the .
HDS.
Y E S — i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more, or 0.08 V or less
at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . • indicated?

• N O — G o t o s t e p 13. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 3.

13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s

t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
14. R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •
11-211).
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
15. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P
16. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . connector.

17. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e - p a g e 5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-317).
6. C h e c k t h e IAT S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . HDS. •

Is DTC P0111 indicated? Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more, or 0.08 V or less

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e indicated? -
t e r m i n a l s at the' M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other N O — G o to s t e p 11.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • 7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

11-78
 w*
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T 17.. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
sensor 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body
ground. is DTC P0112 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
M A F S E N S O B / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / S A T s e n s o r a n d the
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

2 3 N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
IAT fRED/YEL)
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

Wire side of female terminals s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e '11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
. g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

I s ?/?ere continuity ? - 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e M A F is DTC P0112 indicated?

s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B32>, t h e n g o
to s t e p 13, Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the
N O — G o to s t e p 18. E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to
s t e p 1.
12. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / S A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211). NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
14. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). • g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

15. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

16. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

11-79
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit High Voltage 7. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

HDS.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l Is about -40°F ( -40 °C) or less, or 4.90 V or
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). higher indicated?

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

2. C h e c k the I A T S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the N O — G o t o s t e p 20.

HDS.- •'
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). •
Is about -40°F(-40 °C) or less, or 4.90 V or
higher indicated ? 9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the M A F s e n s o r / I A T
s e n s o r 5P connector.
Y E S — - G o to s t e p 3.
10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s 11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
• at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . • s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d b o d y
ground.
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P
• connector.

5. C o n n e c t M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r 12 3 4 5
t e r m i n a l s No. 4 a n d N o . 5 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
IAT (RED/YEL)

M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R

1 2 3 W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

SG2 (GRN/BLK) IAT (RED/YEL)

Is there about 5 V?

JUMPER WIRE Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s N O — G o t o s t e p 16.

6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-80
 MP*
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 16. T u r n the ignition-switch to L O C K (0).

13. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 17. J u m p t h e - S C S line with the H D S .

14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

15. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T 19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T

s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 4 a n d E C M / P C M s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m I rial B 3 4 . connector terminal B32.

M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E M S O R BP C O W M E C T O R MAP S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R

1 2 3 1 2 3
SG2 ( G R N / B L K ) IAT f RED/YEL)

W i r e side of female terminals Wire side of female termina

E C M / P C M C O M N E C T O H B (49P) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (48P)

m e | s | i o L 1
11 12 13 !4|15 16 17 18 19 /21 14 15 17J18
22 23 24
29 / >< >< /
25
31 32|33 34 36 36
26 27 28
m/
i
22 23
Mm
I K 26 2 7 2 8

47i48M

SG2 ( G R N / B L K ) IAT (RED/YEL)

Terminal side of female terminals T e r m i n a l side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 27. Y E S — G o to s t e p 27.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (834) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / S A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o P C M (B32) a n d the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , then go
to s t e p 2 2 . to s t e p 22.

(confd)

11-81
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

20. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC P0116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/
Performance Problem
21. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211). N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the. g e n e r a l
22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

23. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

24. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . 2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
25. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). is about 176 °F (80 °C) or more, or 0.78 V or less
indicated?
26. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
Is DTC P0113 indicated?
N O — G o to s t e p 3.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the 3. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 in the D A T A L I S T
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. w i t h the H D S .

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 4. Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
idle.
27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
5. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
28. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest HDS.
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 °F (10 °C) or
more?
29. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
is DTC P0113 indicated? t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d the E C M / P C M . Ill
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e N O — G o t o s t e p 11.
1
E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n 6. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 In the D A T A L I S T
r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to with the H D S .
s t e p 1.
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , 8. O p e n the h o o d , a n d Set the e n g i n e c o o l for 3 h o u r s .
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , 9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-82
10. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the DTC P0117: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage
HDS.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 °F (10 °C) or a n d any on-board snapshot, and review the general
more? t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

Y E S ™ I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at this 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d the E C M / P C M . B 2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
N O — G o to s t e p 11.
is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more, or 0.08 V or iess
11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), indicated?

12. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 { s e e p a g e 11-212). Y E S — G o t o step3.

13. T y r o the Ignition s w i t c h to O N fII). N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
14. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d the E C M / P C M . •

15. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11-317).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
is DTC P0116 indicated ?
6. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e HDS.
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1. is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more, or 0.08 ¥ or less
indicated?
' N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the Y E S — G o t o step7.
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
N O — G o to s t e p 11.

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

(confd)

11-83
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

' 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P 17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
Is DTC P0117 indicated?

E C T S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
go to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
E C U (RED/WHT)
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

Wire side of female terminals 19. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
Is there continuity?
20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — - R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n E C T
s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( B 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p Is DTC P0117 indicated?
13.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
N O — G o to s t e p 18. t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . Sf the
E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good
11. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
12. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t I n g . i l
15. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

16. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-317).

11-84
 MP*
DTC P0118: E C T S e n s o r 1 Circuit High 6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Voltage
7. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
N O T E ; B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a HDS.
and a n y on-board snapshot, a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). is about -40°F (-40 °C) or ies$ s or 4.90 V or
higher indicated?
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS. N O — G o to s t e p 20.

is about - 40 °F ( -40 °C) or iess s or 4.90 V or 8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

higher indicated?
9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3. connector.

WO "-Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s 10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

time* C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . ill 11. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P
connector terminal No. 1 a n d body ground.
3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
E C T S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r .

5. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o , 1
and No, 2 with a jumper wire. 1 2
ECT1 ( R E D / W H T )
ECT S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R

Wire side of female terminals

1CT1 ( R E D / W H T ) S G 2 fGRN/BLK)

Is there about 5 V?
JUMPER WIRE
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.
W i r e side o f female terminals
N O — G o to s t e p 16.

(confd)

11-85
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

13. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . 17. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) . 18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2P 19. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B34. terminal B24.

ECT S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R ECT S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R

1 1

<5
SG2 ( G R N / B L K ) I ECT1 (RED/WHT)

W i r e side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals

F
E C M I PCM C O N N E C T O R B (49P) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

8 | 9 |1Q|M J 1 1 ?'sui/vit' 8 S 9 |10|J

14115 17118 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 7 1 8 19 21/
8
M M M S ^ ^ 2 8 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
31|32J33 34 35 38 38 29 / >< ></
c i 32j33 34 35 36 38 /
M S 143|/|45|45

SG2 (GRN/BLK) ECT1 (RED/WHT)

Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p ' 2 7 . Y E S — G o t o s t e p 27.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M (B34) a n d E C T s e n s o r 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 22. P C M (B24) a n d E C T s e n s o r 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 2 2 .

11-86
20. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K <0). DTC P0125: ECT Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow
Response
2 1 . R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212),
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3),
2 3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 5 m i n u t e s or
24. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S , more.

2 5 . Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

11-317), HDS.

26. C h e e k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . is about 0°F (-18 °C) or iess indicated?

is DTC POi 18 indicated? Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d the
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e E C M / P C M . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l are O K ,
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n r e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-212), t h e n go to
g o t o s t e p 1, stepS.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r N O — G o to s t e p 3.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , • 3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 4. A l l o w the e n g i n e to c o o l to 104 °F (40 °C) or l e s s .

2 8 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest 5. M a k e s u r e the t e m p e r a t u r e d i f f e r e n c e of E C T

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R 2 Is a b o u t 50 °F
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). (10 °C) in the D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S .

2 9 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 6. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle until E C T S E N S O R 1

g o e s up to a b o u t 158 °P (70 <C).
is DTC P0118 indicated?
Does ECT sensor 2 also show about 158 °F
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e (70 °C)?
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the
E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M . ill
Is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

(confd)

11-87
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. C h e c k t h e t h e r m o s t a t ( s e e p a g e 10-4). DTC P0128: Cooling System Malfunction

is the thermostat OK? N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the
E C M / P C M . If the c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l a r e O K , 1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
r e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n go to
s t e p 8. 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

N O — R e p l a c e the t h e r m o s t a t ( s e e p a g e 10-8), then 3. M a k e s u r e the b l o w e r s w i t c h is O F F .

g o to s t e p 8.
4. C h e c k the F A N C T R L in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). HDS.

9. A l l o w the e n g i n e to c o o l to 104 °F (40 °C) or l e s s . is it OFF?

10. M a k e s u r e t h e t e m p e r a t u r e difference b e t w e e n E C T Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R 2 is a b o u t 50 °F
(10 «€) In the D A T A L I S T with the H D S . N O — W a s t until the F A N C T R L is off, t h e n g o to s t e p
5.
11. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle until E C T S E N S O R 1
g o e s up to about 158 °F (70 °C). 5. C h e c k the radiator f a n o p e r a t i o n .

Does ECT sensor 2 aiso show about 158 °F Does the radiator fan keep running?
(70 °C)?
Y E S — C h e c k the radiator fan circuit ( s e e p a g e
Y E S — G o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . 10-21), a n d the radiator f a n relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
If the c i r c u i t s a n d the relay a r e O K , g o to s t e p 19.
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . •
NO—Goto step6.

6. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e Is
1 0 4 ° F ( 4 0 °C) or l e s s .

7. Note t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R
2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

8. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle.

9. Let the e n g i n e idle until E C T S E N S O R 1 g o e s up

41 °F (23 °C) or m o r e f r o m t h e r e c o r d e d
temperature.

10. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS. .

11-88
11, C o m p a r e t h e r e c o r d e d v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2 a n d 19. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
the p r e s e n t v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2, s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
Did the temperature rise 14 °F (8 °C) or more?.
20.. L e t t h e . e n g i n e c o o l until the c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is
<
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s b e t w e e n 21 °F ( - 6 X ) a n d 104 T (40 € ) ,
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M . • 21. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at •'
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
M O — T e s t t h e t h e r m o s t a t ( s e e p a g e 10-4), t h e n g o neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
to s t e p 12. idle.

12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N 111). 22. T e s t - d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 5 — 7 5 m p h

( 2 4 — 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 10 m i n u t e s ,
13, Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .
23. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
14, L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is
b e t w e e n 21 °F f - 6 °C) a n d 104 1= (40 °C). J s DTC PQ128 indicated?

15, Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

11-317). t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the
E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
18,: T e s t - d r i v e at a .steady s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 5 — 7 5 m p h a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M - ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o
( 2 4 — 1 2 0 k m / h ! for 10 m i n u t e s . to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.
17,. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
M O — G o t o s t e p 24.
is DTC P0128 indicated?
24. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 2 8 In the
Y E S — C h e c k t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m , t h e n go to s t e p 13. D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

W O — G o to s t e p 18, Does the screen indicate PASSED?

18. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 2 8 in the Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,

D T C s M E N U with the H D S , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M .
Does the screen indicate PASSED? (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 3 , go-to the i n d i c a t e d
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other D T C s troubleshooting. •
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17,
go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I MO—Sf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1,
NO—If the s c r e e n indicates F A I L E D , check the E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M
c o o l i n g s y s t e m , t h e n g o to s t e p 19. Sf the s c r e e n w a s - u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14. (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 20.

11-89
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0133: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 10. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
Malfunction/Slow Response 11-317).

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 11. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at

a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the genera! 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e ! 1-3}. neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
12. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
• E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
3. Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C)
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in • A / T i n D, in 3 r d or 4th
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it • Drive the v e h i c l e at 25 m p h (40 km/h) or l e s s for
idle. 5 m i n u t e s , then drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d a b o u t
32 m p h (52 km/h) or m o r e
4. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
13. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 ° F ( 7 0 °C) Is DTC P0133 indicated?
* A / T in D, M/T in 3 r d o r 4th
* Drive the v e h i c l e at 2 5 m p h (40 km/h) or l e s s for Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
5 m i n u t e s , t h e n d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d a b o u t t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M /
32 m p h (52 k m / h ) or m o r e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 3 in the N O — G o to s t e p 14.

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
14. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 3 in the
Does the screen indicate FAILED? D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6. Does the screen indicate PASSED?

N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other

failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13,
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until a result N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3 a n d ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If
recheck. t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until
a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 11.

7. R e p l a c e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

9. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with t h e H D S .

11-90
 J0
DTC P0134: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater 10. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
System Malfunction
is DTC P0134 indicated?
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s hoot, r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
* If the v e h i c l e w a s o u t of fuel a n d t h e e n g i n e s t a l l e d
before t h i s D T C w a s s t o r e d , refuel a n d c l e a r t h e D T C N O — G o to s t e p 11.
with the H D S ,
* If D T C P 0 1 3 5 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 0 1 3 4 , 11. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 4 In the
t r o u b f e s h o o t D T C P 0 1 3 5 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
PQ134,
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 10,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
3, Start: t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T In
P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
on, c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M ,
4, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , keep idling until a result c o m e s o n . .
is DTC P0134 indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ,
and the E C M / P C M . •

5, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6, R e p l a c e t h e A/F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).

7< T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

8. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

9, D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317),

11-91
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0135: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater 7. R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (A) f r o m the under-

Circuit Malfunction h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at

3,000 rpm w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
8. T e s t the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
Is DTC P0135 indicated?
is the relay OK ?
Y E S — G o t o step5.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s W O — R e p l a c e the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o to s t e p
at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , 24.
a n d the E C M / P C M . H
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r .
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
10. At t h e s e n s o r s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n
6. C h e c k the No. 14 Fl S U B (15 A ) f u s e in the under- ' - A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box. a n d No. 4."

Is the fuse OK? A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 4 P C O N N E C T O R

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.

N O — G o to s t e p 19. 1 2 AFSHTC
+B
3 4 -

T e r m i n a l side of male terminals

Is there 2,0-2.7 Q at room temperature?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.

N O — G o t o s t e p 23.

11-92
 J0
11. At t h e s e n s o r s i d e , c h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n 15. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d E C M / P C M
a n d N o . 3 , a n d b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d No. 4 connector terminal C9.
individually,
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 4P C O N N E C T O R

A / F S E N S O R { S E N S O R 11 4P C O N N E C T O R

AFS-
Wire side of female terminals AFSHTC (GRN)

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P> AFSHTC (GRN)

AFSNTC

Terminal side of male terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to step 23. is there continuity ?

N O — G o to s t e p 12. Y E S — G o to s t e p 16.

12. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S . N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

PCM (C9) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n go to
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). s t e p 24.

14. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C 9 and body ground.

E C f t l / P C M COMfMECTOR C (49P)

AFSHTC {mm

T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t In the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M <C9) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1 ), t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.

W O — G o to s t e p 15.

(cont'd)

11-93
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d P G M - F I s u b r e l a y
4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2. 18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I s u b r e l a y 4 P
connector terminal No. 3 and E C M / P C M connector
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 4P C O N N E C T O R
terminal A22.

P G M - F I S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R

1
+ B (WHT/BLK) W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
2
4
X 3

T e r m i n a l s i d e of SUBRLY
P G M - F I S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
female terminals

SUBRLY
(RED/YEL) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)

Is there
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

continuity ?
22 23 24 J X C m
29j30 / j 3 2 " | ^ 3 4 | 8 B ] 3 6
/
20 21
25 > < J 2 6 27 28
A \ A A
s

Y E S — G o to s t e p 17.
Terminal side of female terminals

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the A / F Is there continuity?

s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o
to s t e p 24. Y E S — G o to s t e p 30.

W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A22) a n d t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.

11-94
19. R e m o v e the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (A! f r o m t h e u n d e r - 23. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
hood fuse/relay box. 11-209).

24. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

25. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

26. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

27. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

' 28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0135 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
2 0 , D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4 P c o n n e c t o r . t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r (Sensor" 1), the P G M - F I
s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
21, D i s c o n n e c t the E V A P canister vent shut valve 2P
connector. M O — G o t o s t e p 29.

2 2 , C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 2 9 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 5 In t h e

4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the screen indicate PASSED?

A / F S E N S O R f S E N S O R 11 4 P C O N N E C T O R

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 28,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

+ B (WHT/BLK) N O — I f t h e s c r e e n Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , keep Idling until a result c o m e s o n .
Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the PGfVI-FI
s u b r e l a y , t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), a n d the E V A P
c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e . A l s o r e p l a c e the N o . 14 FI
S U B 0 5 A ) fuse* t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

TO—Check the under-hood fuse/relay box, a n d

r e p l a c e it If n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.

(cont'd)

11-95
PGM-FS System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0137: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)

Circuit Low Voltage
3 1 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
32. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
33. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC P0135 indicated?
3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
• Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , then let it
s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s Idle.
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 2 . If the E C M / P C M 4. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
Does the voltage stay at 0.05 V or less?
N O — G o to s t e p 34.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
34. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 5 in the
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
Does the screen indicate PASSED? at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M /
PCM.B
Y E S - I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s 5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M . .
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or 6. D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P
D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 3 3 , g o to the Indicated connector.
D T C s troubleshooting. •
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r 8. C h e c k the H 0 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
( S e n s o r 1), the P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d the E C M / P C M .
If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - Does the voltage stay at 0.05 V or less?
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 3 2 .
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling
until a result c o m e s o n . N O — G o t o s t e p 13.

9. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

10. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

11. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

11-96
12. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S 20. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 2 a n d b o d y
ground, * E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 158 T (70 °C)
• A / T In D, M/T In 4th •
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S f S E M S G f t 214P CONNECTOR
* E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,500—3,000 r p m
B
* D r i v e a b o u t 1 minute or m o r e
SH02S {WHT/RED)
1 2 -
21. - C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s - o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
3 4
is DTC P0137 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
Terminal side of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
N O — G o to s t e p 22.

Is there continuity? 2 2 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0137 in the

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
PCM {B36) a n d the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2), Does the screen indicate PASSED?
t h e n g o to s t e p 15=
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
N O — G o to s t e p 2 3 , T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 2 1 ,
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
MO—If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
14. R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
11-209). H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
15. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T '
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 19,
18, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
17. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
24. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest
18. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
11-317). g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

19. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in 25. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T in

P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s
on. on.

26. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

• E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 158 °F (70 <C)
• A / T in D, M/T In 4th
• E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,500—3,000 r p m
* Drive 1 minute or m o r e

(cont'd)

11-97
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

2 7 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . DTCP0138: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)

Circuit High Voltage
Is DTC P0137 Indicated?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), 1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
t h e n g o to s t e p 25. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1. 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

N O — G o t o s t e p 28. 3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
28. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0137 In the neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . idle.

Does the screen Indicate PASSED? 4. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .

Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more?

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 2 7 , g o to the indicated N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
D T C s troubleshooting. • t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M /
N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r PCM.H
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . Sf t h e E C M / 5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 25. If the E C M / 6 ; D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P
- P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf the s c r e e n connector.
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until a result
c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F 7. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 2 5 . t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R

J U M P E R WIRE

1 2
SG2 (GRN/BLK) SH02S (WHT/RED)
3 4

Terminal side of male terminals

11-98
 J0
8, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 15. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

9. C h e c k t h e H G 2 S S 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . 16. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

Does the vol tags stay at 1,27 ¥ or more? 17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10. 18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal B36 and body ground.
N O — G o to s t e p 19.
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR B (49P)

10. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r ,

12. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 2 to body g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . S H 0 2 S (WHT/RED)

S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2 ) 4 P CONNECTOR

' SH02SIWHT/REO)
Terminal side of female terminals
1 2h
3 4 Is there continuity?

J U M P E R WIRE
Y E S — G o to s t e p 29.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B36) a n d the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2),
Terminal side of male terminals t h e n g o t o s t e p 21.

19, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

13, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
20., R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
14. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S 8 2 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S . 11-209).

Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more? 21. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15. 2 2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / 23. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

PCM (B34) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2),
t h e n g o to s t e p 21, 24. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

(cont'd)

11-99
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

25. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It Idle without load ( A / T In 29. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

P or N, M/T sn neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s
on. 30. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
26. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) 31. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T in

a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C) P or N, M/T In neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s
• A / T in D, M/T In 4th on.
* E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,500 —-3,000 r p m
• D r i v e a b o u t 1 m i n u t e or m o r e 32. Test-drive under these conditions:

27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . * E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C)
Is DTC P0138 Indicated? * A / T In D M/T In 4th
r

* E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,500—3,000 r p m
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e * D r i v e a b o u t 1 m i n u t e or m o r e
t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. 33. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

M O — G o to s t e p 28. is DTC P0138 Indicated?

28. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 8 In the Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

D T C s M E N U with the H D S . t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
Does the screen indicate PASSED? substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
Y E S - - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other go. to s t e p 1.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 7 ,
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • N O - G o t o s t e p 34.

N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor 34. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 8 In t h e

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
• H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g Does the screen indicate PASSED?
until a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 25. YES™~ If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 3 3 , go to the i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting. •

N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 . If the E C M /
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until a result
c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N o r N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3 1 .

11-100
 J0
DTC TO139: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2} Slow 10. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
Response 11-317).

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u I r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data 11. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d Set it idle w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3). on.

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), 12. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . * E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 ° F ( 7 0 °C)
3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at * A / T in D, M/T in 4th
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T In P or N, M/T In * Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it ( 8 8 — 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 1 m i n u t e , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
idle. (with throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 10 s e c o n d s

4. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : 13. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) Is DTC P0139 indicated?

a b o v e 158 °F (70 <C)
* A / T in D, M/T in 4th Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
* D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
{ 8 8 — 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 1 m i n u t e , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
{with throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 10 s e c o n d s
N O — G o to s t e p 14.
5. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P0139 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . 14. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 1 3 9 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
Does the screen indicate FAILED?
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13,
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If N O — I f t h e s c r e e n Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e s e c o n d a r y
a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3 a n d 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
recheck. until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 11.
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).

8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

9. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

11-101
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0141: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 8. A t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) s i d e , m e a s u r e

Heater Circuit Malfunction the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d No. 4.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l SECONDARY H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2 ) 4 P CONNECTOR
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1 2
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 3 4
3. Start the e n g i n e .

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0141 indicated? W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.
is there 5A— 7 . 3 Q at room temperature?
NO™~Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9.
at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M /
PCM.H N O — G o t o s t e p 22.

5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 9. A t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) s i d e , c h e c k for

continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d s e c o n d a r y
6. C h e c k the No. 7 A C G (15 A) f u s e In the u n d e r - d a s h H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d
f u s e / r e l a y box. No. 4 individually.

Is the fuse OK ? SECONDARY H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR

Y E S — - G o to s t e p 7.

W O — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e No. 7 A C G
- (15 A ) f u s e . A l s o r e p l a c e the N o . 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 23.

7. D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P
connector.
Wire side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 22.

I M O - G o t o s t e p 10.

11-102
 MP*
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK 15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n . E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B 4 a n d body ground.
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2} 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 a n d N o , 4. E C M / P C M CONNECTOR B (48P)

— — —

S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 21 4 P C O W N E C T O R S 0 2 S H T C (BLK/WHT)

e l QI ioL
11 1218 1 4 | l 5 18 J7|18,

S Q 2 S H T C (BLK/WHT)
1 2 !G1 f B L K / Y E L !
32|33jMl35|a6

3 4 -

T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s

T e r m i n a l side of male terminals

is there continuity?

is there battery voltage? Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /

P C M (B4) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2), t h e n
Y E S — G o to s t e p 12. - g o to s t e p 2 3 .

N O — G o to s t e p 16. N O — G o . t o s t e p 29.

12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K |0K 16. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S

( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y
13. J y m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S , ground.

14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). S E C O N D A R Y H02S-(SENSOR 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R

1. 2 IG1 f B L K / Y E L )
3 4 -

Terminal side of male terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 1 7 . ,

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e N o . 7 A C G
(15 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 3 .

(confd)

11-103
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd!

17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 22. R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e

11-209).
18. J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h the H D S .
23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
19. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
24. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
20. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 3 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . 2 5 . R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

26. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R

11-317).

1 2
27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
3 4
Is DTC P0141 indicated?
S 0 2 S H T C (BLK/WHT)
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
J U M P E R WIRE t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

Terminal side of male terminals N O — G o to s t e p 28.

28. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0141 in the

21. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
terminal B4 and body ground.
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
S 0 2 S H T C f BLK/WHT) T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 7 ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
3 UI/I/IT' 8|9|10|
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 / 21
N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
24 25 26 27 28

31 ><
32 33 34 35 36 / 38
/ c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
/ | 4 3 1 / | 45146 " l < B | / l H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep
idling until a result c o m e s o n .

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 29.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (B4) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2), t h e n
g o to s t e p 23.

11-104
2 9 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0171: Fuel System Too Lean

30. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest DTC P'0172: Fuel System Too Rich
s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M { s e e p a g e 11-7), NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
3 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle. any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
3 2 . " C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . * If a n y of the D T C s listed b e l o w a r e Indicated at the
s a m e t i m e a s D T C P0171 a n d / o r P 0 1 7 2 , t r o u b l e s h o o t
Is DTC P0141 indicated? t h o s e D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for P0171 a n d / o r P 0 1 7 2 .

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e P 0 1 0 1 , P 0 1 0 2 , P0103: M a s s a i r f l o w ( M A F ) s e n s o r
t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d P 0 1 0 7 , P 0 1 0 8 , P 1 1 2 8 , P1129: M a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e
the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , pressure (MAP) s e n s o r
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), P0133, P1172, P1157, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2A00: Air
t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , fuel ratio (A/F) s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
g o to s t e p 1. P 0 1 3 4 , P0135: A i r fuel ratio (A/F) s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
heater
N O — G o to s t e p 3 3 . P0137, P 0 1 3 8 , P0139: S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)
P0141: S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) h e a t e r
33. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P0141 in t h e P2646, P2647, P2648, P2849: V T E C s y s t e m
P0443, P0498: E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
1. C h e c k the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335).
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
is the fuel pressure OK ?
Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s Y E S — G o to s t e p 2.
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
{ s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or NO-
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 2 , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d •• If t h e p r e s s u r e is too h i g h , r e p l a c e t h e fuel
D T C s troubleshooting. • p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e 11-350), t h e n g o to
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r s t e p 7.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y • If t h e p r e s s u r e is too low, c h e c k the fuel p u m p ,
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / t h e fuel f e e d pipe a n d t h e fuel, filter. If t h e y a r e
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / O K , r e p l a c e the fuel p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e
PCfvi f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 1 . Sf t h e E C M / 11-350), t h e n go to s t e p 7.
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a
result c o m e s on.

(cont'd)

11-105
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

2. C h e c k for v a c u u m l e a k s at t h e s e parts: 6. W h i l e holding the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k

the M A F S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
* PCV valve
* PCV hose Is there about 5.6- 7.8 gm/s (M/T) or 6.5-
* E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e 9.1 gm/s(A/T)?
* Throttle b o d y
* Intake m a n i f o l d Y E S — C h e c k the e n g i n e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e s , a n d
* Brake booster a d j u s t t h e m if n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 6-9). If the v a l v e
* Brake booster hose c l e a r a n c e s a r e O K , r e p l a c e the injectors ( s e e p a g e
11-207), t h e n go to s t e p 7.
* Intake air duct
W O — R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
Are the parts OK ? 11-211), t h e n g o to s t e p 7.

Y E S — G o t o stepS. 7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

W O — R e p a i r or r e p l a c e parts w i t h l e a k s , t h e n go to
s t e p 7. 8. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,

3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 9. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in 11-317).
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle. 10. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m without load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
4. C h e c k for t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C) 11. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
* A / T in N, M/T in neutral
* All electrical l o a d s off . * E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C)
5. M o n i t o r the E N G I N E S P E E D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h * A / T in D, M/T in 4th
the H D S , a n d hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m . * Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 5 — 7 5 m p h
O n c e the e n g i n e s p e e d is m e t hold the a c c e l e r a t o r ( 2 4 — 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 15 m i n u t e s
p e d a l s t e a d y for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
N O T E : D T C P0171 a n d / o r P 0 1 7 2 m a y take up to
Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from 80 m i n u t e s of t e s t d r i v i n g to set. U s i n g the H D S ,
2,500 rpm? m o n i t o r the air fuel f e e d b a c k a v e r a g e ( A F F B A V E ) .
If the A F F B A V E s t a y s within 0 . 8 0 — 1 . 2 5 , there is no
Y E S — R e p e a t s t e p 5. p r o b l e m at t h i s t i m e .

W O — G o t o s t e p 6. 12. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0171 or P0172 indicated?

Y E S - G o t o s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , •

11-106
 MP*
DTC P0300: Random Misfire and Any 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
Combination of the Fof lowing:
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC P0301: H o . 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T in
DTC P03O2: Wo 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected P or N, M/T in neutral).

DTC P0303: Mo. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected 4. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,

P 0 3 0 3 , or P 0 3 0 4 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC P0304: No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected
Does the screen indicate FAILED? •
Special Tools Required
* P r e s s u r e g a u g e adapter 0 7 N A J - P 0 7 0 1 G A Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9.
* A / T low pressure gauge w/panei 07406-0070301
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e 07406-0020201 WO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o to s t e p 5. Sf
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until
* A / T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
* Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A 0 2 0 0 C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , wast for s e v e r a l
minutes, then recheck.
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 5. C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E in t h e D A T A L I S T
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). for 10 m i n u t e s with, the H D S .
* If t h e m i s f i r e is f r e q u e n t e n o u g h to trigger detection
of i n c r e a s e d e m i s s i o n s d u r i n g t w o c o n s e c u t i v e Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
d r i v i n g c y c l e s , t h e M I L will c o m e o n , a n d D T C P 0 3 0 0 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire
l a n d s o m e c o m b i n a t i o n of P0301 t h r o u g h P 0 3 0 4 ) will counts?
be s t o r e d ,
* If t h e m i s f i r e is f r e q u e n t e n o u g h to d a m a g e t h e Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
c a t a l y s t , the M I L w i l l f l a s h w h e n e v e r t h e m i s f i r e
o c c u r s , a n d D T C P 0 3 0 0 (and s o m e c o m b i n a t i o n of W O — G o t o s t e p 6,
P03G1 t h r o u g h P03D4) will b e s t o r e d , W h e n the
m i s f i r e s t o p s , t h e M I L will r e m a i n o n . 6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
* If a n y of t h e D T C s listed b e l o w a r e i n d i c a t e d at the r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze d a t a p a r a m e t e r s :
s a m e time a s the random misfire D T C s , troubleshoot
t h o s e D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for r a n d o m m i s f i r e * ENGINE SPEED
DTCs: * VSS
* RELTP SENSOR
PG101, P 0 1 0 2 , P 0 1 0 3 : M a s s a i r f l o w ( M A F ) s e n s o r * C L V ( c a l c u l a t e d load v a l u e )
P 0 1 0 7 , P0108: M a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e ( M A P ) * APPSENSOR
sensor
P0171, P0172: Fuel s y s t e m 7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P0335, P0339; C r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r P 0 3 0 3 , or P 0 3 0 4 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
P0365, P0369: C a m s h a f t position (CMP) s e n s o r B
P0506, P0507: Idle control s y s t e m Does the screen indicate FAILED?
P 2 6 4 6 , P 2 6 4 7 , P 2 S 4 S , P2649: V T E C s y s t e m
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

MO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until
a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6 a n d
recheck.

(confd)

11-107
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3 14. C h e c k t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-335).

M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E In the D A T A L I S T
for 10 m i n u t e s with t h e H D S . Is the fuel pressure OK?

Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15.

MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE'show misfire
counts? NO-
* If t h e fuel p r e s s u r e is too h i g h , r e p l a c e t h e fuel
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9. p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e 11-350), t h e n g o to
s t e p 25.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this * If the fuel p r e s s u r e is too l o w , c h e c k t h e fuel
time.B p u m p , t h e fuel f e e d p i p e , a n d t h e fuel filter. If
t h e y a r e O K , r e p l a c e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e regulator
9. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). ( s e e p a g e 11-350), t h e n g o to s t e p 25.

10. C h e c k the fuel quality. 15. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T In
Is the quality good ? neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.
16. C h e c k for t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
N O — D r a i n the tank a n d fill with a k n o w n - g o o d f u e l ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 25. * E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1761= (80 °C)
11. - I n s p e c t the s p a r k p l u g s ( s e e p a g e 4-20). If the s p a r k * A / T In P or N, M/T in neutral
p l u g s a r e f o u l e d or w o r n , r e p l a c e t h e m . * AH electrical l o a d s off

12. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the 17. M o n i t o r the E N G I N E S P E E D In the D A T A L I S T w i t h

r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e d a t a p a r a m e t e r s : t h e H D S , a n d h o l d the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m .
O n c e the e n g i n e s p e e d is m e t , hold t h e a c c e l e r a t o r
• ENGINE SPEED p e d a l s t e a d y for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
• VSS
• RELTP SENSOR Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from
• C L V (calculated load value) 2,500 rpm?
• APPSENSOR
Y E S — R e p e a t s t e p 17.
13. C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E in t h e D A T A L I S T N O — G o t o s t e p 18.
for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h t h e H D S .
18. W h i l e holding t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k
Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 t h e M A F S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S .
MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire
counts? Is there about 5.6- 7.8 gm/s (M/T) or 6.5—
. 9.1 gm/s (A/T)?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 19.
N O — G o t o s t e p 25.
N O — R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
11-211), t h e n go to s t e p 25.

19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11-108
2 0 . R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 2 . R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 11-304} ( P Z E V m o d e l : R e m o v e r o c k e r (rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ) 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A) ( s e e p a g e 11-305).
23. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
21, A t t a c h t h e s p e c i a l t o o l s to the rocker a r m oil control 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
v a l v e a s s h o w n , t h e n attach the r o c k e r a r m oil neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (A) in the p r e s s u r e g a u g e a d a p t e r idle.
(B).
24. C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e at e n g i n e s p e e d s of
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V 1,000 r p m a n d 2,000 r p m . •

0 7 4 0 6 4 ) 0 2 0 2 0 1 or
07MAJ-PY4011Aand Is the oil pressure below 49 kPa (0.5 kgf/cnf,
07408-0070301 07IV1AJ-PY40120 7 psi)?

Y E S — - C h e c k for air in t h e fuel line, t h e n g o to s t e p

25.
A
2 2 U°m
(2.2 kgf-m. N O — I n s p e c t the V T E C s y s t e m , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .
18 Ibf-ft)

25. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

26. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

O7WAJ-PO701OA
27. C l e a r t h e C K P pattern w i t h the H D S .

28. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

07JAZ-S5AA200
11-317).

2 9 . Do t h e C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

(confd)

11-109
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

30. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e data p a r a m e t e r s :
DTC P0302: No. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected
* ENGINE SPEED
* VSS DTC P0303: No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected
* RELTP SENSOR
* C L V (calculated load v a l u e ) DTC P0304: No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected
- A P P SENSOR
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
3 1 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
Is DTC P0300, P03Q1, P0302, P0303, or P0304
indicated? 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Y E S ""--Check for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e - 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

t e r m i n a l s at the ignition c o i l s , t h e i n j e c t o r s , a n d the
E C M / P C M , t h e n go to the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C 3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T In
P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 , P 0 3 0 3 , or P 0 3 0 4 ( s e e p a g e 11-110). P o r N, M/T in neutral).

N O — G o to s t e p 3 2 . 4. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,

P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in t h e D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
32. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . Does the screen indicate FAILED?

Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9.

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o to s t e p 5. if
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 1 , the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , keep idling until
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , w a i t for s e v e r a l
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1 minutes, and recheck.
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G ,
k e e p driving until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n 5. C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E In the D A T A L I S T
g o to s t e p 30. for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h t h e H D S .

Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3

MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire
counts?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9.

N O — G o to s t e p 6.

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s :

• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
• RELTP SENSOR
• C L V (calculated load value)
• APP S E N S O R

11-110
 4

7, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0301 , P 0 3 0 2 , 12. C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3

P03G3, o r P 0 3 0 4 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E in the D A T A L I S T
for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h the H D S .
Does the screen indicate FAILED?
Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9. MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire
counts?
N O — I f the s c r e e n indicates P A S S E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.
a result c o m e s o n - if the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N o r HOT C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6 a n d N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t misfire d u e to p o o r c o n t a c t at the
recheck, ignition coil c o n n e c t o r (no misfire at this t i m e ) .
C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t ' .
a C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3 the ignition c o l l . •
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E In the D A T A L I S T
for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h the H D S . 13. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d the m i s f i r e .

Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 Does the misfire occur In the cylinder where the
MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire ignition coil was exchanged?
counts?
Y E S — R e p l a c e the faulty Ignition coll (see p a g e
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9, 4-20), t h e n g o to s t e p 40.

WO—Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this N O — G o to s t e p 14.

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e w i r e s or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s in
t h e fuel s y s t e m circuit. S 14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

9, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 15. E x c h a n g e the s p a r k plug from" the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r

w i t h o n e f r o m another c y l i n d e r .
10. E x c h a n g e t h e ignition coll f r o m t h e p r o b l e m
cylinder with one from another cylinder. 16. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e data p a r a m e t e r s :
11, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s : * ENGINE SPEED
- VSS
* ENGINE SPEED * RELTP SENSOR
* VSS • C L V (calculated load v a l u e )
* RELTP S E N S O R • APP S E N S O R
* C L V (calculated load value)
* APP S E N S O R 17. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E In t h e D A T A L I S T
for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h the H D S .

Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3

MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire
counts?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 18.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t misfire d u e to s p a r k plug fouling

(no misfire at this time). I I

(cont'd)

11-111
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

18. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d the misfire. 25. Do a n e n g i n e c o m p r e s s i o n a n d a c y l i n d e r l e a k d o w n

test ( s e e p a g e 6-6).
Does the misfire occur in the cyUnder where the
spark plug was exchanged? Did the engine pass both tests?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the faulty s p a r k p l u g , then go to s t e p Y E S — G o to s t e p 26.

40.
N O — R e p a i r the engine,- t h e n g o to s t e p 40.
N O — G o t o step 19.
26. Do the V T E C rocker a r m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 6-7).
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Did the engine pass the test?
20. E x c h a n g e the Injector f r o m the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r
w i t h o n e f r o m the a n o t h e r c y l i n d e r . Y E S — G o to s t e p 27.

21. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 2 m i n u t e s . N O — R e p a i r the V T E C rocker a r m ( s e e p a g e 6-34),

t h e n go to s t e p 40.
22. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e data p a r a m e t e r s : 27. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

• ENGINE SPEED 28. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

• VSS
• REL TP SENSOR 29. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
• C L V (calculated l o a d v a l u e )
• APPSENSOR 30. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

23. C h e c k the C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
M I S F I R E , a n d / o r C Y L 4 M I S F I R E In the D A T A L I S T
for 10 m i n u t e s w i t h t h e H D S .

Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3

MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire
counts?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 24.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t m i s f i r e d u e to b a d c o n t a c t at the
Injector c o n n e c t o r (no m i s f i r e at this t i m e ) . C h e c k
for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the
injector. •

24. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d t h e m i s f i r e .

Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the

injector was exchanged?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the faulty injector ( s e e p a g e 11-207),

t h e n g o to s t e p 40.

N O — G o to s t e p 25.

11-112
3 1 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the 3 2 ; T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
a p p r o p r i a t e E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of t h e
p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r ( s e e table). 3 3 . D i s c o n n e c t the injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m the
problem cylinder.
PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE
CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR 34. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Mo. 1 P0301 C5 BRN
Mo. 2 P03O2 C6 RED 3 5 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r
No. 3 P0303 C7 BLU t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d body g r o u n d .
No. 4 P0304 C8 YEL

I N J E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C W P I

A -
1 2
IGPIYEL/BLIC1

Wire side of female terminals

T e r m i n a l s i d e of female terminals
is there battery voltage?

is there battery voltage? Y E S — G o to s t e p 36.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 39. N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e Injector
a n d P G M - F I m a i n relay 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 40.
N O — G o to s t e p 3 2 .
3 6 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

(confd)

11-113
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

37. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the 38. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n a p p r o p r i a t e Injector

E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of the p r o b l e m 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d the E C M / P C M
c y l i n d e r ( s e e table). c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of t h e p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r (see
table).
PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE
CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WSRE
No. 1 P0301 C5 BRN CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
No. 2 P0302 C6 RED No. 1 P0301 CS BRN
No. 3 P0303 C7 BLU No. 2 P0302 C6 RED
No. 4 P03G4 C8 YEL No. 3 P0303 C7 BLU
No. 4 P0304 C8 YEL
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C (49P)
I N J E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R

W i r e side of female terminals

ECM/PCM
C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
Terminal side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M a n d the Injector, t h e n go to s t e p 40. Terminal side of female terminals

N O — G o t o s t e p 38. Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 39.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M a n d the injector, t h e n go to s t e p 40.

11-114
 MP*
3 9 . At the injector s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e 47. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
b e t w e e n Injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze d a t a p a r a m e t e r s :
No, 2.
• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR
• RELTP SENSOR
• C L V ( c a l c u l a t e d load v a l u e )
• APP SENSOR

12 48. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

IGP INJ
is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304
indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Terminal side of male terminals t e r m i n a l s at t h e Ignition c o i l s , t h e i n j e c t o r s , a n d the
E C M / P C M , t h e n go to the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C
P0300, P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 , P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 ( s e e p a g e
is there 10- 13 0 ? 11-107).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5 0 . N O — G o to s t e p 49.

N O — R e p l a c e t h e injector ( s e e p a g e 11-207), t h e n 49. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,

g o to s t e p 4 0 , P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in the D T C s M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .

40. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). Does the screen indicate PASSED?

41. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 48,
42. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

43. Reset the E C W P C M with the H D S . N O — I f t h e s c r e e n Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e Ignition c o i l s ,
44. C l e a r t h e C K P pattern w i t h t h e H D S . the i n j e c t o r s , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
If the s c r e e n Indicates E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
45. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
11-3171, O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 47,

46. Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5). 50. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

51. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

52. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the

r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s :

• ENGINE SPEED
• VSS
• RELTP SENSOR
• C L V ( c a l c u l a t e d load v a l u e )
• APPSENSOR

(confd)

11-115
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

5 3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the .HDS. DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction

Is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

indicated? a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the ignition c o i l s , t h e i n j e c t o r s , a n d t h e 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (I!).
E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
to s t e p 52. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to
s t e p 1. 3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
NO—Gotostep54. neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
Idle.
54. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P 0 3 0 3 , or P0304 in t h e D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . 4. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 3 , 0 0 0 — 4 , 0 0 0 r p m
for at least 10 s e c o n d s .
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s is DTC P0325 indicated?
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
- ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 5 3 , g o to the Indicated
D T C s troubleshooting. • N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
MO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor at the knock s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the Ignition c o l l s ,
• the i n j e c t o r s , a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n - g o o d £ C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 5 2 . If the E C M / P C M 7. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until a result c o m e s o n . If 8. D i s c o n n e c t the knock s e n s o r 1P c o n n e c t o r
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T (see p a g e 11-213).
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5 2 .
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

11-116
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C 4 6 a n d body ground. terminal C46 and body ground.

E C M / F C M CONNECTOR C(49P)' E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C (49P)

1~| 2 Y3 | 4 j 5 | 6 | 7 8~l 9 |101

13 1 4 | l 5 16 1TJ1S 20 21
24 / /
31 / / /

ICS (RED/BLU) KS ( R E D / B L U )

Terminal side of female terminals T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there continuity ? is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.

P C M ( C 4 6 ) a n d t h e knock s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
N O — G o to s t e p 11. P C M (C46) a n d the knock s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.

11. C o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r 1P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l to 13. R e p l a c e t h e knock s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-213).

body ground with a j u m p e r wire.
14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

KNOCK S E N S O R 1P C O N N E C T O R
15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

16. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

17. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

ICS (RED/BLU)
11-317).
JUMPER WIRE

18. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 3 , 0 0 0 — 4 , 0 0 0 r p m

for at l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . '

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
19. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P0325 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 21.

N O — G o to s t e p 20.

(confd)

11-117
PGIVNFI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

20. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 2 5 in the DTC P0335: CKP Sensor No Signal
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
Does the screen indicate PASSED? and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 19, 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e knock s e n s o r 3. Start t h e e n g i n e .
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 18. 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

21. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest Is DTC P0335 indicated?

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.

22. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 3 , 0 0 0 — 4 , 0 0 0 r p m N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s

for at l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e C K P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . •
23. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s . o r . D T C s with-the H D S .
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Is DTC P0325 indicated?
6. • D i s c o n n e c t the C K P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r . •
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the knock s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If 7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
the E C M / P C M ' w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ' ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 22.. 8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

N O — G o to s t e p 24. C K P S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR

24. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 3 2 5 in the

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the screen indicate PASSED?

IGP (YEL/BLK)

. Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 3 , g o to t h e indicated W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
D T C s troubleshooting. •

N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor Is there battery voltage ?

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e knock s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9.
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n g o to s t e p 22. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the C K P
g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T s e n s o r a n d P G M - F I m a i n relay 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 22.

11-118
 9, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P 11. T u r n t h e ignition-switch to L O C K (0).
connector terminal No. 1 a n d body ground.
12. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

C K P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

1 2 3 terminal C32 and body ground.

CKP {BLU} ECM/PCM'CONNECTOR C (4SP)

W i r e side of female terminals

Is them about 5 ¥?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.

N O — G o t o s t e p 11. Terminal side of female terminals

10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P Is there continuity?

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o , 2 a n d No* 3.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C32) a n d t h e C K P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
CKP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR

N O — G o to s t e p 15.

15. C o n n e c t C K P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 to
body ground with a jumper wire.
LG (BRN/VEU | | 1GP f Y E L / B L K )

C K P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

Wire side of female terminals

12
CKP {BLU)

is there battery voltage? JUMPER WIRE

Y E S — G o to s t e p 17.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e C K P Wire side of female terminals

s e n s o r a n d G 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-20), t h e n g o to s t e p
19.

(cont'd)

11-119
PGM-FJ System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

terminal C32 and body ground.
Is DTC P0335 indicated?
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the C K P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
then go to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

26. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

27. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest

Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
Is there continuity?
28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 26.
Is DTC P0335 indicated?
N O — R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (C32) a n d the C K P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 19. Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). the E C M / P C M ' w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
18. R e p l a c e the C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-210). E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
2 0 : T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
21. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . go to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

22. C l e a r the C K P pattern w i t h the H D S .

23. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

24. Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

11-120
DTC P0339: C K P S e n s o r Circuit Intermittent 8. R e m o v e t h e c a m c h a i n c a s e ( s e e p a g e 6-13), a n d
Interruption • ' c h e c k for d a m a g e on the C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate.

•NOTE: B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data is the putser plate- damaged?

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information f s e e p a g e 11-3). Y E S — R e p l a c e the C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate
( s e e p a g e 7-30), t h e n go to s t e p 11.
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — G o t o s t e p 9.
2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
3, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
10. R e p l a c e t h e C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-210).
4, C h e e k t h e C K P N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T with the
HDS, 11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Are 0 counts indicated? 12. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — G o to s t e p ? . 13. C l e a r t h e C K P pattern w i t h the H D S .

N O — G o to s t e p 5 , 14. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
5, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n the
r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e d a t a p a r a m e t e r s : 15. D o the C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

* ENGINE SPEED 16. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 s e c o n d s .

* VSS
17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
6, C h e c k t h e C K P N O I S E in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS, is DTC P0339 indicated?

Are 0 counts indicated? Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the C K P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7. t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
t i m e , C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , . g o to the
at the C K P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . • indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

7 , C h e c k for p o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
at t h e s e l o c a t i o n s :

* CKP sensor
* ECM/PCM
* Engine ground

* Body ground

Are the connections and terminals OK?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8,
N O — R e p a i r t h e c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o
to s t e p 11,

11-121
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd}

DTC P0351: No. 1 Cylinder Ignition Coil 9 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .

Circuit Malfunction
10. Check the No. 13 IG C O I L (15 A) f u s e in the under-
DTC P0352: No. 2 Cylinder Ignition Coil hood fuse/relay box.
Circuit Malfunction
Is the fuse OK ?
DTC P0353: No. 3 Cylinder Ignition Coil
Circuit Malfunction YES—Go to step 11.

DTC P0354: No. 4 Cylinder Ignition Coil N O — G o to s t e p 12.

Circuit Malfunction
11. Test the ignition coil relay (A) in the under-hood
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot record all freeze data fuse/relay box (see page 22-91).
and any on-board snapshot and review the general
troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
2. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, and/or P0354
indicated?

YES—Go to step 5.
Is the ignition coil relay OK ?
NO—Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Y E S — G o to s t e p 15.
at the ignition coil and the ECM/PCM. •
N O — R e p l a c e the ignition coil r e l a y , t h e n g o to s t e p
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 25.

6. Exchange the ignition coil from the problem

cylinder with one from another cylinder.
7. Start the engine.
8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
Is a DTC indicated at the exchanged cylinder?

YES—Replace the faulty ignition coil (see page

4-20), then go to step 25.

NO—Goto step 9.

11-122
12, R e m o v e t h e ignition coil r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 15. R e i n s t a l l t h e Ignition coil r e l a y .
h o o d fuse/relay box.
16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e Ignition coil 3 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e
problem cylinder.

17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n ignition coil 3 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 of the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r
a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( s e e table).

PROBLEM DTC
CYLINDER
No. 1 P0351
No. 2 P0352
No. 3 P0353
No. 4 P0354
13, D i s c o n n e c t all ignition coil 3 P c o n n e c t o r s .

IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR

14, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n N o , 1 ignition coil 3 P
connector terminal No. 3 a n d body ground.

N o . 1 I G N I T I O N C O I L 3 P CONNECTOR
+ B I BLK/WHT)

+ B fBLK/WHT)

W i r e side of female t e r m i n a l s

is there battery voitage?

W i r e side of female terminals
Y E S — G o to s t e p 19.

is there continuity? N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e ignition

coil a n d the ignition coil r e l a y , t h e n g o to s t e p 25.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e ignition
c o i l s a n d the ignition coil relay. A l s o r e p l a c e t h e
Mo, 1 3 I G C O I L (15 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .

N O — C h e c k t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box, a n d
r e p l a c e it if n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o to
step 25.

(cont'd)

11-123
PGM-FI S f stem

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

19. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 23. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e

E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of t h e p r o b l e m
20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n ignition coil 3 P c y l i n d e r ( s e e table).
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 of t h e p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r
and body ground (see table). PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE
CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
PROBLEM DTC No. 1 P0351 C15 YEL/GRN
CYLINDER No. 2 P0352 C16 BLU/RED
No. 1 P0351 No. 3 P0353 C17 WHT/BLU
No. 2 P0352 No. 4 P0354 C18 BRN
No. 3 P0353
ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R C |49P)
No. 4 P0354

IGPLS2 (BLU/RED) 1GPLS3 f W H T / B L U )

I G N I T I O N COIL 3P C O N N E C T O R IOPLS1 (YEL/GRN) 1GPLS4 ( B R N )

3|4ji5JjsjjJ7 eTT Dq]

"tall 4-115J18 j 1T118

GND (BLK) 221

Terminal side of female terminals

W i r e side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Is there continuity? Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
PCM a n d the ignition c o i l , t h e n go to s t e p 25.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 21.
N O — G o to s t e p 24.
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e ignition
coif a n d G 1 0 2 , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .

21. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . -

22. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

11-124
2 4 . C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a p p r o p r i a t e ignition 30. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
coil 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d the E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r terminaf of the p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r ( s e e is DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, and/or P0354
table). indicated?

PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR t e r m i n a l s at the ignition coil a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
No, 1 P0351 •C15 YEL/GRN t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
No. 2 P0352 C16 BLU/RED
No. 3 P0353 C17 WHT/BLU N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
No. 4 P0354 C18 BRN T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
IGNITION COIL 3P C O N N E C T O R

3 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
1
3 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
IGPLS Wire side of female terminals
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

IGPLS3 3 3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

IGPLS2 (BLU/RED) (WHT/BLU)
1GPLS1 (YEL/GRN) IGPLS4 (BRN)
is DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, and/or P0354
ECM/PCM indicated?
CONNECTOKCI49P!

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e ignition coil a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. '

Terminal side of female terminals

N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
fs there continuity? r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
Y E S — G o t o step 31, g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — - R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M a n d t h e ignition c o i l , t h e n g o to s t e p 25.

2 5 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2 6 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

2 7 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

28. Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

2 9 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

11-125
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0365: CMP Sensor B Circuit No Signal 9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r B 3 P

connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l CMP S E N S O R B 3P C O N N E C T O R
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). /X
1
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
CMPB (GRN)

3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0365 indicated? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
Is there about 5 V?
M 0 — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.
at C M P s e n s o r B a n d t h e E C M / P C M . II
N O — G o t o s t e p 11.
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r 3 P
6. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r B 3 P c o n n e c t o r . c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d No. 3.

7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (11). C M P S E N S O R B 3P C O N N E C T O R

8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r B 3 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . Zx
1
CMP S E N S O R B 3P C O N N E C T O R LG fBRN/YELI IGP fYEL/BLK)

IGP (YEL/BLK)
Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Wire side of female terminals Y E S — G o to s t e p 16.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
is there battery voltage? B a n d G 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 0 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
B a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.

11-126
11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), 15. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r B 3 P
connector terminal No. 1 a n d E C M / P C M connector
12. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . terminal C31.

CMP S E N S O R B 3P CONNECTOR
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C31 a n d body ground.
1
CMPB (GRN)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C f 4SP) Wire side of female terminals

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C(49P)
3 i 4 j 5 i 8 j 7 8|9|10|
IT 11 12 16 17|18 2D 21
22 23 24
i
29 30 31 /
7y 1

146M
143|44|46|46
/
CMPB IGRN}
CMPB (GRN)
Terminal side of female terminals

is there continuity?
Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 3 .
is there continuity?
N O — - R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
YES™-Repair s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / P C M (C31) a n d C M P s e n s o r B, t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
PCM; (C31) a n d C M P s e n s o r B, t h e n g o to s t e p 18.

P J O — G o t o s t e p 15,

(confd)

11-127
PGM*F1 System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

16. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC P0369: CMP Sensor B Circuit Intermittent
Interruption
17. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r B ( s e e p a g e 11-210).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll).
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
20. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
2 1 . Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). 3. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s .

2 2 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 4. C h e c k t h e C M P B N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

Is DTC P0365 indicated? HDS.

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Are 0 counts indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r B a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1. Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other N O — G o t o s t e p 5.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the 5. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d f r e e z e data p a r a m e t e r s :

2 3 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . • ENGINE SPEED

* VSS
24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - 6. C h e c k t h e C M P B N O I S E In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). HDS.

2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Are 0 counts indicated?

Is DTC P0365 indicated? Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r B a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good at C M P s e n s o r B a n d the E C M / P C M . •
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. 7. C h e c k for p o o r or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
at t h e s e l o c a t i o n s :
N O — i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Is c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , • CMP sensor B
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf * ECM/PCM
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , * Engine ground
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • • Body ground

Are the connections and terminals OK?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

N O — R e p a i r t h e c o n n e e t o r s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to
s t e p 11.

11-128
 8, C h e e k for d a m a g e o n t h e CfVIP s e n s o r B p u l s e r DTC P050A: Cold Start Idle Air Control
plate ( s e e p a g e 6-30). System Performance Problem

is the pulser pi ate damaged? N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a

and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e C M P s e n s o r B p u l s e r plate t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e . p a g e 11-3). •
{ s e e p a g e 8-30), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — G o to s t e p 9.
2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y DTCs=or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs other than
10. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r B { s e e p a g e 11-210). P050A indicated?

11. T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N {Ilk Y E S — G o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

12. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . N O — G o to s t e p 3 . .

13. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 3. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or b l o c k a g e at t h e

11-317). intake a i r d u c t

14. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , arid let It idle for 10 s e c o n d s . is it OK?

15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y - D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.

is DTC P0369 Indicated? N O — R e c o n n e c t or repair t h e intake air d u c t , t h e n

g o to s t e p 20.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r B a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n 4. C h e c k for d a m a g e at the air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g .
g o t o s t e p 1.
Is it OK?
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
N O — R e p l a c e t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-359), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.

5. C h e c k for dirt or d e b r i s in the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t .

Is It dirty?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t or r e m o v e
t h e d e b r i s ( s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 0 .

N O — G o to s t e p 6.

(cont'd)

11-129
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o ! until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 12. M o n i t o r t h e E N G I N E S P E E D in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h

1 is 122 °F (50 °C) or l e s s . the H D S , a n d hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m
for at l e a s t 30 s e c o n d s .
7. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .
13. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k
8. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s or • the M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T - w i t h the H D S .
more.
Is there about 5.6- 7.8 gm/s (M/T) or
9. Monitor.the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 A in the 6.5-9.1 gm/s (A/T)?
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.
Does the screen indicate FAILED?
N O — R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10. 11-211), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent 14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle 15. A l l o w the e n g i n e to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
b o d y , t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , a n d the E C M /
P C M . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p 16. Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
Idling until a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , 17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
g o to s t e p 6.
18. Note t h e v a l u e of SAT S E N S O R q u i c k l y in the D A T A
10. Do t h e E T C S T E S T In t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with L I S T with the H D S .
the H D S .
19. C o m p a r e the v a l u e of the I A T S E N S O R a n d the
Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL ambient temperature.
VALVE normal?
Does the value of the IAT SENSOR differ 5.4 °F
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11. (3 °C)or more?

N O — R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362), Y E S — R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r

t h e n g o to s t e p 20. ( s e e p a g e 11-211), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.

11. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at N O — C h e c k for dirt, c a r b o n , or d a m a g e In t h e

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T In P or N, M/T in throttle bore. If t h e r e is dirt or c a r b o n , c l e a n t h e
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
Idle. Sf t h e r e is d a m a g e in t h e throttle b o r e , r e p l a c e t h e
throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.

11-130
20. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N {III DTC P050B: Cold Start Ignition Timing
Control System Performance Problem
21. Beset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
2 2 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
11-317), t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

2 3 . L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1 i s 122 T (50 «€) or l e s s .
2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s or
more, Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs other than
P050B indicated?
2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — G o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
is DTC PQ50A indicated?
N O — G o to s t e p 3.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y , the M A F s e n s o r / I A T 3. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or a b l o c k a g e at t h e
s e n s o r , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1, intake a i r duct.

N O — G o to s t e p 2 6 . Is it OK?

26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 A in the Y E S ™ G o to s t e p 4.

D T C s MBHU with the H D S ,
N O — R e c o n n e c t or r e p a i r the intake air d u c t , t h e n
Does the screen indicate PASSED ? g o to s t e p 25,

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 4. C h e c k f o r d a m a g e at t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g .
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 5 ,
g o t o the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Is it OK?

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y ,
t h e MAF s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , N O — R e p l a c e t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. if t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s 11-359), t h e n g o to s t e p 25.
E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T 5. C h e c k for dirt or d e b r i s in the air c l e a n e r . e l e m e n t .
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 2 3 .
is it dirty?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t o r r e m o v e
t h e d e b r i s ( s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 .

N O — G o to s t e p 6.

(confd)

11-131
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 12. Do the E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h

1 is 122 °F (50 °C) or l e s s . the H D S .

7. C l e a r t h e D T C with t h e H D S . Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL

VALVE normal? '
8. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s o r
more. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 13.

9. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 B in t h e N O — R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362),

D T C s M E N U with the H D S . ' t h e n g o to s t e p 25.

Does the screen indicate FAiLED ? 13. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

' 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d .(A/T in P or N, M/T in
Y E S — G o to s t e p 10. neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n Set it
idle.
N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for 14. Monitor the E N G I N E S P E E D in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P t h e H D S , a n d hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m
s e n s o r , the throttle b o d y , t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T for at least 3 0 s e c o n d s .
s e n s o r , E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M /
P C M . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p 15. W h i l e h o l d i n g the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m , c h e c k
idling until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n ' t h e M A F S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S . •
i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 6. is there about 5.6- 7.8 gm/s (M/T) or
6.5-9.1 gm/s (A/T)?
10. I n s p e c t the Ignition t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4-19).
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 16.
Is the ignition timing OK ?
N O — R e p l a c e the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12. 1 1 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 25.

N O — G o to s t e p 11. 16. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11. C h e c k for d a m a g e at the C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 17. Drain t h e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

11-210) a n d the C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate ( s e e p a g e
7-30). 18. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), a n d E C T

is the CKP sensor and/or the CKP sensor pulser s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).

plate damaged?
19. A l l o w t h e s e n s o r s to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
Y E S — R e p l a c e the C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-210)
a n d / o r t h e C K P s e n s o r p u l s e r plate ( s e e p a g e 7-30), 20. Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
t h e n g o to s t e p 6. 21. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2 to their 2 P
;
c o n n e c t o r s , but do not install t h e m .
N O — G o to s t e p 3 2 .
22. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

23. Note t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R
2 q u i c k l y in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

11-132
 MP*
24. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e 31. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 B in the
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d t h e v a l u e of E C T D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
S E N S O R 2 and the a m b i e n t temperature
individually. Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Does either sensor differ more than 5 A °F (3 °C) Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other

from the ambient temperature? T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated-in s t e p 3 0 ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e s e n s o r that differed m o r e t h a n
5.4 °F {3 °C) f r o m t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o N O — I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
to s t e p 2 5 . c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r ,
t h e throttle b o d y , the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T
N O — C h e c k a n d repair a n y p r o b l e m s with the s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o
f o l l o w i n g i t e m s , R e p a i r or r e p l a c e t h e m if n e e d e d , to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 , If all of the i t e m s a r e O K , g o to idling until a result c o m e s o n . Sf t h e s c r e e n
step 32. i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 28.
* Engine compression and cylinder leakdown
* VTEC system 3 2 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
* E n g i n e oil s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
* A C system g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
* Power steering
3 3 . Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
25. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 11-317).

26. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with the H D S . "34. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R

1 is 122 °F (50 °C) or l e s s .
2 7 . Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). 35. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 s e c o n d s or
more.
2 8 . L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R
1 is 122 °F (50 <C) or l e s s . 36. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

29. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s or is DTC P050B indicated?

more.
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
30. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r , the throttle b o d y , the
M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r
Is DTC P050B indicated? 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t h e n g o to s t e p 34. Sf t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
t e r m i n a l s at t h e C K P s e n s o r , the throttle b o d y , t h e g o to s t e p 1.
M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r
2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. M O — G o to s t e p 3 7 .

N O — G o t o step 31.

(confd)

11-133
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

3 7 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 B In t h e DTC P0562: Charging System Low Voltage

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
NOTE:
Does the screen indicate PASSED? * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
Y E S — i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s * If a n y high c u r r e n t l o a d a c c e s s o r i e s a r e I n s t a l l e d , t h i s
substituted, replace the original E C M / P C M D T C c a n be s e t .
( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or * If D T C P 1 6 B B a n d / o r P 1 6 B C is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e
D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 3 6 , g o to the indicated as D T C P0562, troubleshoot D T C P16BB and/or P 1 6 B C
D T C s troubleshooting. • first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 0 5 6 2 .

N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r 1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the C K P s e n s o r ,
t h e throttle b o d y , the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , E C T 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
• s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the
E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good 3. Start t h e e n g i n e .
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 34. If t h e
" E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the 4. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p Idling until a
result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F * A / C on
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 34. * T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
* B l o w e r fan at m a x i m u m s p e e d
* Rear w i n d o w defogger on
* H e a d l i g h t s o n high b e a m

5. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,
M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .

6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0562 indicated?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n

go to s t e p 7.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box,
a n d c h e c k t h e battery p e r f o r m a n c e ( s e e p a g e
22-88). •

11-134
 7, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). DTC P0563: ECM/PCM Power Source Circuit
Unexpected Voltage
8, R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
9, Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
11-317). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

10. Start the e n g i n e . 1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

* A / C on 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

* T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
* B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d 4. W a i t 10 s e c o n d s .
* Rear w i n d o w defogger on
* Headlights on high b e a m 5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

12, Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m { A / T in P or N, 6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

M/T In neutral) for 1 m i n u t e ,
is DTC P0563 indicated?
13, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
is DTC P0562 Indicated?
MO—Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
t e r m i n a l s at the alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d at P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •
f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
7. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
M O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e 8. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

(confd)

11-135
PGM-fi System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A7 and body ground. terminal A7 a n d body ground.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)

MRLY (RED/BLK) MRLY (RED/BLK)

Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 13. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A7) a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n g o t o s t e p
N O — G o to s t e p 11. 16.

11. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r - N O — G o t o s t e p 15.

hood fuse/relay box.
13. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

11-136
14 Measure the voltage between E C M / P C M connector 16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
terminal A 9 and body ground.
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)
18. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
IGP {YEL/BLK)
19. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
7T
23 28 27 28
34J35J38 20. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
42 14314*1x1*.^S i
21. W a i t 10 s e c o n d s .

22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals
is DTC P0563 indicated?

is there battery voltage? Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 a n d the E C M / P C M ,
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
t h e E C M / P C M <A9) a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n
g o to s t e p 16. P J 0 - — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
W O — G o to s t e p 15. Indicated D T C s troubleshooting.il

15. T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-91). 23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

Is PGM-Pi main relay 1 OK? 24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r substitute a k n o w n -
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 3 , g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

M O — R e p l a c e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
16.
is DTC P0563 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 a n d the E C M / P C M .
If t h e E C M / P C M . w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

Is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o t o t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-137
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

DTC P0602: ECM/PCM Programming Error DTC P0606: ECM/PCM Processor Malfunction

NOTE: N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
• T h i s D T C is indicated w h e n a n E C M / P C M update is 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
not c o m p l e t e d .
• D o not turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I) 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
w h i l e updating the E C M / P C M . If y o u turn t h e Ignition
s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I) before c o m p l e t i o n , the 3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
E C M / P C M c a n be d a m a g e d .
4. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
1. Do the E C M / P C M u p d a t e p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-215). 5. W a i t 40 s e c o n d s .

2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . 6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P0602 Indicated? Is DTC P0606 indicated?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.
11-216KB
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
N O — U p d a t e is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other T e m p o r a r y time.B
D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting. • 7. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (H).

10. W a l t 40 s e c o n d s .

11. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0606 indicated?

. Y E S — i f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to
s t e p 8. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
1.

N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
go to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-138
 IP
PTC FOSOA: PCM (A/T system) Internal DTC P062F: ECM/PCM Internal Control
Control Module Malfunction Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data

and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1 T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

3, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC P060A indicated? is DTC P062F indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 4. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.

M O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s W O ™ I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.a time.H

4, U p d a t e t h e PCM if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest 4. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

5, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S , 5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC PO&GA indicated? is DTC P062F indicated?

Y E S - H f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Y E S — S f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a

g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1, • r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.
HO—lf the P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216), If a n y other is c o m p l e t e . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-139
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed or 8. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Mismatch
is DTC P0630 indicated?
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
any on-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
* T h i s D T C Is s t o r e d o n l y w h e n t h e E C M / P C M d o e s not time.il
h a v e the VIN Information of t h e v e h i c l e . U s e t h e H D S '
to Input the m i s s i n g V I N i n f o r m a t i o n . 9. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute-a k n o w n -
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

2. C h e c k t h e VIN w i t h the H D S . 10. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS show the vehicle's VIN? Is DTC P0630 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,-substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
• N O — G o to s t e p 3. r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.
3. Input the V I N to the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
Does the screen show COMPLETE? is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s are I n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . U
N O — G o t o s t e p 4.

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P062F indicated?

- - Y E S — G o to the D T C P 0 6 2 F t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-139). •

N O — G o t o s t e p 9.

5. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

6. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t

5 seconds.

11-140
 MP*
DTC P0685: ECM/PCM Power Control Circuit/ 13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Internal Circuit Malfunction
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e HDS.- -
any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). is DTC P0685 indicated?
* If the p r o b l e m d o e s n ' t return after y o u c l e a r the D T C ,
or it t h i s D T C is s t o r e d intermittently, c h e c k for l o o s e Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a
t e r m i n a l s at t h e I G P line c o n n e c t o r s b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to
the E C M / P C M . s t e p 10. If the E C M / P C M w a s .substituted, g o to s t e p
1.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
WO—If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216), If
3, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 3 0 s e c o n d s . a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o t o t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
4, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 30 s e c o n d s .

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

8. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S ,

is DTC P0685 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

PiO—intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B

9. Update the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),

10, S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 30 s e c o n d s .

11, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

12< S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 3 0 s e c o n d s .

11-141
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0720: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft

Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
O U T P U T S H A F T(COUNTERSHAFT)
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O M N E C T O R

1. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in neutral) until the
radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it idle.
VCC1 (YEL/RED)

2. T e s t - d r i v e s e v e r a l m i n u t e s .

3. C h e c k the C S H A F T S P D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is any vehicle speed indicated?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s Is there about 5 V?
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d Y E S — G o t o step8.
the E C M . B
IMO—Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M
NO—Goto s t e p 4. (C13) a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft
5. D i s c o n n e c t the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
s e n s o r 3P connector. No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)

S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

NC (BLK/WHT)

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there about 5 V?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

N O — G o t o s t e p 10.

11-142
 ST I
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft 13. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
(countershaft:) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s terminal B38 and body ground..
Ho, 1 a n d N o , 3,
E C M CONNECTOR B I4SP)

m
OUTPUT SHAFT ( C O U N T E R S H A F T )
S P E E D SENSOR-3P C O N N E C T O R
40
77 ,
77 31 32J3S 34 36138

V€C1 (YEL/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT)

NC ( B L K / W H T )

W i r e side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?
Is there about 5 V?
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
Y E S — - G o t o s t e p 18. (B38) a n d t h e output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r , t h e n go to step 18.
W O — R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(014) a n d t h e output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d W O — G o to s t e p 14.
s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
14. C o n n e c t output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
jumper wire.
11. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

OUTPUT SHAFT fCOUNTERSHAFT)

12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). SPEED S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

1 2 3
NC (BLK/WHT)

JUMPER WIRE

Wire side of female terminals

(cont'd)

11-143
PGiVi-FS System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r 23. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .

terminal B38 and body ground.
Is DTC POT20 indicated ?
ECM CONNECTOR B (49P)

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r a n d the E C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.

7 38 7 N O — G o to s t e p 24.

UC ( B L K / W H T ) 24. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 7 2 0 in the

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Terminal side of female terminals Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 3 ,
Is there continuity ? go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 5 . N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the output s h a f t
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the E C M , t h e n g o
(B38) a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 18. go to s t e p 22.

•16. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). • 25. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17. R e p l a c e the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d 26. U p d a t e the E C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest

s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-213). s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
27. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
19. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
20. R e s e t the E C M with the H D S . a b o v e 1 7 6 ° F ( 8 0 °C)
* T r a n s m i s s i o n In 5th
21. Do t h e E C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317). * Engine s p e e d between 2,000—3,000 rpm
* Drive for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with
22. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : the throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 8 s e c o n d s

• E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 176 °F (80 °C)
• T r a n s m i s s i o n in 5th
* Engine s p e e d between 2,000—3,000 rpm
* Drive for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with
t h e throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 8 s e c o n d s

11-144
28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S . DTC P1109: BARO Sensor Circuit Out of
Range High
Is DTC POT20 indicated?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t e r m i n a l s at t h e output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n 1. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
g o to s t e p 2 7 , If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
1. 2. Start t h e e n g i n e .

N O — G o to s t e p 29. 3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

2 9 . M o n i t o r flie O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 7 2 0 in t h e is DTC P1109 indicated?

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.
Does the screen Indicate PASSED?
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Y E S — i f t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is time.!
c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original E C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other 4. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 8 , s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o t o the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

N O — i f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r 5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M . If t h e Is DTC P1109 indicated?
E C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 7 . If t h e E C M w a s Y E S — i f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 27. r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.

N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
1
is complete.. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-145
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P1116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/ 11. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 to Its 2P c o n n e c t o r , but d o

Performance Problem not Install it.

SMOTE: 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l 13. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 quickly in t h e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
* If D T C P0111 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 1 1 1 6 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P0111 f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C 14. C o m p a r e the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e
P1116. ambient temperature.

1. C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at Does the value of ECT SENSOR 1 differ 5A °F

E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2. (3 °C) or more from the ambient temperature?

Are the connections and terminals OK? Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n

g o to s t e p 27.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
N O — R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
s t e p 27. at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M . •

2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 15. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 m i n u t e s .

3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 16. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS.
Are DTCP1116 and P2183 indicated at the same
time? is about 113 °F (45 °C) or less indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15. Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 27.
- N O — G o to s t e p 4.
N O — G o t o s t e p 17.
4. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 m i n u t e s .
17. Let the e n g i n e idle 10 m i n u t e s .
5. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS. 18. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is about 113 °F (45 °C) or less indicated?
Is about 113 °F (45 °C) or less indicated?
Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n
go to s t e p 27. Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 27.
N O — G o to s t e p 6.
N O — G o to s t e p 19.
6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. Drain the c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

8. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).

9. A l l o w E C T s e n s o r 1 to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .

10. Note the a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .

11-146
19. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 27. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

20. Drain t h e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6). 28. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

21. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212) a n d E C T 29. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212). 11-317).

2 2 . A l l o w t h e s e n s o r s to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e . 30. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

2 3 . Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e . is DTC P1116 indicated?

24. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2 to their 2 P Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

c o n n e c t o r s , but d o not install t h e m . t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
25. Note t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R
2 q u i c k l y in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
2 8 , C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , •
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d t h e v a l u e of E C T
S E N S O R 2 a n d the ambient temperature
individually.

Does one of the sensors differ more than 5.4 °F

(3 °C) from the ambient temperature?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the s e n s o r that differed m o r e t h a n

c
5,4 f |3 *C) f r o m t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o
to s t e p 2 7 .

WO—Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this

t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M . •

11-147
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P1128: MAP Sensor Signal Lower Than 9. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Expected
10. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
NOTE-
• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 11. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l 11-317).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
• B e f o r e y o u begin c h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or 12. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
b l o c k a g e at the intake air duct. 3,000 r p m without load ( A / T In P or N, M/T In
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Idle.

2. C h e c k the M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T with the 13. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

HDS.
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
Is less than 54.1 kPa (16.0 in.Hg, 406 mmHg), or a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C)
* E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,400—5,400 r p m
1:61 V held for more than 5 seconds? • A / T i n D , M/T in 3rd
• V e h i c l e s p e e d a c c e l e r a t e d f r o m 16—31 mph
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7. ( 2 5 ™ 5 0 km/h) u n d e r half throttle

NO—Goto step3. 14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

3. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . IsDTCP1128 indicated?

4. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , then let it t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
Idle. t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.

5. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : N O — G o to s t e p 15.

* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) 15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 1 1 2 8 In t h e

a b o v e 1581= ( 7 0 * 0 D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
* E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,400—5,400 r p m
* A / T In D, M/T In 3rd Does the screen indicate PASSED?
* V e h i c l e s p e e d a c c e l e r a t e d f r o m 16—31 m p h
(25—50 k m / h ) u n d e r half throttle Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 14,
6. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 1 1 2 8 in the g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
Does the screen indicate FAILED? c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7. I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 12.

NO—If the s c r e e n indicates P A S S E D , intermittent

failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P
s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 4 a n d r e c h e c k .

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. R e p l a c e the M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-211).

11-148
 mP
DTC P1129: MAP Sensor Signal Higher Than 5. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
Expected
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) •
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a b o v e 158 T (70 O
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l * A / T in D, M/T in 5th
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). * D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 — 1 2 0 k m / h ) for 10 s e c o n d s
1, C h e c k f o r v a c u u m l e a k s in t h e s e parts: •' During-the d r i v e , d e c e l e r a t e (with throttle fully
c l o s e d ) for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s
* PCV valve
* PCV hose 6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 1 1 2 9 In the
* E V A P canister purge v a l v e D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
* Throttle b o d y
* Intake m a n i f o l d ' Does the screen indicate FAILED?
* Brake booster
* Brake booster h o s e Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

Are there any vacuum leaks? N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent

failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
Y E S — R e p a i r or r e p l a c e p a r t s w i t h v a c u u m l e a k s , poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r - l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P
t h e n g o to s t e p 9 . s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 5 and recheck.
N O — G o to s t e p 2*
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3.000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, IVt/T in 8. R e p l a c e the. M A P s e n s o r .(see p a g e 11-211).
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle. 9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). -

3, C h e c k t h e W A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e 10. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with t h e H D S .

HDS,
11. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
Is more than 38.9 kPa (11.0 in.Hg, 277 rnrnHg), or . 11-317).

1.1 V held for more than for 5 seconds? 12. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in' P o r N, M/T in
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7. neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
idle.
N O — G o to s t e p 4.

4. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,

(confd)

11-149
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

13. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : DTC P1157: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) APS Circuit

High-Voltage
• E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 ° F (70 0 N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
• A / T i n D , M/T in 5th a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
• D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
( 8 8 — 1 2 0 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s
• D u r i n g the d r i v e , d e c e l e r a t e (with throttle fully 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (Si).
c l o s e d ) for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s
2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
14. ' C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t 1 minute.
Is DTC P1129 Indicated?
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M , Is DTC P1157 indicated?
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.
N O — G o to s t e p 15.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1129 in the t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
D T C s * M E N U with the H D S . at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M . •

Does the screen indicate PASSED?. • 5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 6. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 14,
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 11 7. D i s c o n n e c t the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r .

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r 8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). •
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the M A P s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 12.

11-150
9, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 10." C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l Mo. 1 a n d E C M / P C M 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal C29. connector terminal C30.

A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 4 P CONNECTOR A / F S E N S Q f U S E N S O R 1! 4 P CONNECTOR

AFS-K(RED) A F S — (RED/YEL)

1 2 1 2
3 4 3 4
W i r e side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals

E C M / P C M C O f W E C T O R C (49P) E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C (49P)

7TT 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 3 14J15 16 1 7 1 1 8 / a)
Z2 23
9 30
33
« l ^A«F SN—«(RED/YEL)
,r«g
A F S + IRED)

Terminal side of female terminals- Terminal side of female terminals

I s there continuity ? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10* Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / N O - - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M (C29) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1 ) , t h e n g o to P C M (C30) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), then g o to
s t e p 12, s t e p 12.

11. R e p l a c e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) (see p a g e

11-209).

12* R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS),.

14. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

15. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

(confd)

11-151
TOll-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

•16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC P1157 indicated? is DTC P1157 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a

t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to
P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If the c o n n e c t o r a n d s t e p 19. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
t e r m i n a l fits are O K , g o to s t e p 18. 1.

N O — G o to s t e p 17. N O — G o t o s t e p 21.

17. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1157 in the 21. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1157 in t h e

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . D T C s M E N U with t h e - H D S . •

Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other Y E S - l f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 16, t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
go to the I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 20, go to the i n d i c a t e d
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r D T C s troubleshooting. •
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep idling N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1. If
until a result c o m e s o n . the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), then g o t o s t e p 19.
18. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep idling
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). until a result c o m e s o n .

19. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.

11-152
DTC P1172: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1). Circuit Out 11. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . /=
of Range High
IsDTCP1172 indicated ?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
1. T y r o the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — G o to step 12.
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
12. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1172 in t h e
3. Start the e n g i n e . H o l d the e n g i n e s p e e d at D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t Soad ( A / T in P or N, M/T In
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n Set it Does the screen indicate PASSED ?
Idle,
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
4. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P1172 in the T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e .indicated in s t e p 11,
D T C s MEMU w i t h the H D S . g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Does the screen indicate FAiLED ? N O — I f the. s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r •
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to step. 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent a result c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 10.
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , keep idling until a result
c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 3 a n d
recheck,

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8, R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

8. R e s e t t h e ECM/PCM w i t h the H D S .

9, D o the ECM/PCM idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

10, Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

3/00G r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or H, M/T in
neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.

11-153
PG'M-FI S f stem
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTCP1297: ELD Circuit Low Voltage 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A24 and body ground.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
ECM/PCM COfy WECTOR A (49P)
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

3 | 4 l X [ 6 j / ZliMoL
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If). 16 / p a 19 20 21
A /
11
B
24 25 26 27 28
2. C h e c k the E L D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
22 23
29 30 / >< /
34 35 36
S
41 „ | 4 3 | 4 4 t / | 4 8
AAA
Is 72 A or more indicated? ELD (BLU/BLK)

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

at t h e E L D a n d the E C M / P C M . •
Is there continuity?
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
" 4. D i s c o n n e c t the E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r . • P C M (A24) a n d the E L D , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). N O — G o t o s t e p 20.

6. C h e c k the E L D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S . 11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Is 72 A or more indicated? 12. R e p l a c e the E L D ( s e e p a g e 11-214).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7. 13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

N O — G o t o s t e p 11. 14. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 15. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 16. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 11-317).

17. Start t h e e n g i n e .

18. T u r n on the h e a d l i g h t s .

11-154
19, C h e e k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S , DTC PI298: ELD Circuit High Voltage

is DTC P1297 indicated? N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e - p a g e 11-3).
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to
s t e p 1. 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 2. C h e c k the E L D in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • is 0.2 A or less indicated?

20, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S — - G o to s t e p 3.

2 1 , U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-2151, or substitute a k n o w n - t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). at t h e E L D a n d the E C M / P C M . •

22, Start the e n g i n e . 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

23, T u r n on t h e h e a d l i g h t s . 4. D i s c o n n e c t the E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r .

24 C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . 5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (11).

is DTC P1297 indicated? 6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / ELD 3P C O N N E C T O R
PCSV1 w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M /
PCM ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 22. If the E C M /
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
2 3
M O - H I the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
IG1 C8LK/RED!
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — C h e c k t h e No. 7 A C G (15 A) f u s e In the d r i v e r ' s

u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box-. If the f u s e is O K , repair
o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e No.-7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e
a n d the E L D , then go to s t e p 12.

(confd)

11-155
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd!

7. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S . 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r

terminal No. 2 and body ground,
8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

E L D 3 P CONNECTOR
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. S a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
A24.
2
ELD 3P CONNECTOR
G N O (BLK)

1
ELD !BLU/BLf€f

Wire side of f e m a l e terminals

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P) Wire side of f e m a l e terminals

3|4|X|6|7 /|9|«L
n // 7|15 16 / | 1 8 1 9 2 0 21
e Is there continuity?
2 2 2 3 24 25 26 27 28
a
29 30
A 321/ ></
34 35 36
/
B

4 Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.
ELD ( B L U / B L K )
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E L D a n d
Terminal side of female terminals G301 ( s e e p a g e 22-28), t h e n go to s t e p 12.

Is there continuity? 11. R e p l a c e the E L D ( s e e p a g e 11-214).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10. 12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / 13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

P C M (A24) a n d the E L D , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
14. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

15. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P1298 indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 17.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e "indicated, g o to t h e
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-156
17. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest DTC P1549: Charging System High Voltage
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . any on-board snapshot, and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information (see p a g e 11-3).
is DTC P1298 indicated? * If a high v o l t a g e battery (24 V , etc.) is c o n n e c t e d to
the v e h i c l e , t h i s D T C c a n be s t o r e d .
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M 2. C l e a r t h e D T C with t h e H D S . •
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , 4. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1-1-216). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , • A / C off
g o t o the indicated D T C s . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • • H e a d l i g h t s off
• R e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r off

5. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2,000 r p m ( A / T i n P or N,
M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .

6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P1549 indicated?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 7.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box.B

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

8. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

9. Do the E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-317).

(confd)

11-157
I^^^l System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. S t a r t the e n g i n e , DTC P16BB: Alternator B Terminal Circuit

Low Voltage
11. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
• A / C off a n d a n y o n - b o a r d . s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l •
• Headlights off t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
• R e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r off
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
12. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,
M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e . 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h H D S .

13. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 3. S t a r t the e n g i n e .

Is DTC P1549 indicated? 4. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e * A / C on
t e r m i n a l s at t h e alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d * T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n g o to s t e p 1. * B l o w e r fan at m a x i m u m s p e e d
* R e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r on
IMO—Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other * H e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • 5. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,
M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .

6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P16BB indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

MO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x ,
a n d c h e c k the battery p e r f o r m a n c e ( s e e p a g e
22-88). •

7. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box
( + B line).

Are the connections and terminals OK?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to
s t e p 9.

11-158
 8, C h e c k for a n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the DTC PI SBC: Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/
a l t e r n a t o r a n d u r i d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x at the IGP Circuit Low Voltage
starter s u b h a r n e s s ,
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
is the harness OK ? a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e page 11-3).
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n
go to s t e p 9, 1. C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
t h e alternator 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
H O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
alternator a n d t h e urider-hood f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n Are the connections and terminals OK?
g o to s t e p 9,
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 2.
9, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — R e p a i r the c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o
10. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . to s t e p 18.

11. D o the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 2. C h e c k t h e alternator m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e for

11-317). corrosion.

12. Start t h e e n g i n e . Is the mounting surface corroded?

13. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : Y E S — R e m o v e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32). C l e a n

all m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e s , reinstall t h e alternator, t h e n
* A / C on g o t o s t e p 18.
* T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
* B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d N O — G o to s t e p 3.
* Rear w i n d o w defogger on
* H e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m 3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

14. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N, 4. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
6. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s ;
is DTC P16BB Indicated?
* A/Con
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e * T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
t e r m i n a l s at t h e alternator a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d * B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. * Rear w i n d o w defogger on
* H e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m
M O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the 7. Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,
indicated D T C s troubleshooting.'• M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .

(cont'd)

11-159
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n alternator 4P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
Is DTC P16BC indicated?
ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

1 2 ALTF (WHT/RED)
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e alternator. • 3 4

9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r .

11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n alternator 4P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . Is there about 5 V?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the alternator ( s e e p a g e 4-32), t h e n

ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR
g o to s t e p 18.

IG1 (BLK/YEL)
N O — G o t o s t e p 14.
1 2
3 4 14. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

15. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

Wire side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the
alternator (IG1 line) a n d t h e No. 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e
in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , then g o
to s t e p 18.

11-160
 MP*
17. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n alternator 4 P 25. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P or N,
connector terminal No. 4 a n d E C M / P C M connector M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .
t e r m in a! 8 4 7 .
26. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR

is DTC P16BC indicated?

1 2
3 4 Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
ALTF IWHT/RED) t e r m i n a l s at the alternator a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1.
Wire side of female terminals

W O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s complete.. If a n y o t h e r
E C M / P C M COWiyECTOe B C49P)
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
s 1 © ho L
11 12 14 15 18 17 18 19 / 21
22 23 24 25 X :.c 27 28
X s 27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
29 y 3Z|38 35)38 / 38 /
MX 47 148 M
28. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
A L T F (WHT/RED) s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - '
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
Terminal side of femaleterminals

I s f/iere continuity? 29. Start the engine.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 27. 30. C h e c k under t h e s e conditions:

H O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / * A / C on
P C M 1847} a n d t h e alternator, t h e n go to s t e p 18. * T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m c o o l
* B l o w e r fan at m a x i m u m s p e e d
18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). * R e a r w i n d o w defogger on
* H e a d l i g h t s o n high b e a m
I S . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
3 1 . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d 2,000 r p m ( A / T in P o r N,
2 0 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e / .•

21. Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S . 3 2 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

2 2 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e is DTC P16BC indicated?

11-317K
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
2 3 . S t a r t the e n g i n e . t e r m i n a l s at the alternator.and t h e E C M / P C M . If the
E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
24. C h e c k under t h e s e conditions: E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 2 9 . Sfthe
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1..
* A C on
* T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
* B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
* Rear w i n d o w defogger on r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
* H e a d l i g h t s on h i g h b e a m a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-161
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2183: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Range/ 11. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 2 to its 2P c o n n e c t o r , but d o

Performance Problem not install i t

NOTE:- 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l 13. Note the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2 quickly in t h e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). D A T A L I S T with the H D S .
* If D T C PQ111 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 2 1 8 3 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P0111 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C 14. C o m p a r e the v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 2 a n d t h e
P2183. ambient temperature.

1. C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at Does ECT SENSOR 2 differ 5.4 °F (3 °C) or

E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2. more?

Are the connections and terminals OK? Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n

go to s t e p 27.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
N O — R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
s t e p 27. at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d the E C M / P C M . I I

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 15. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 m i n u t e s .

3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 16. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS.
Are DTC P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same
time? Is about 113 °F (45 °C) or less indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15. Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n
g o to s t e p 27.
N O — G o t o s t e p 4.
N O — G o to s t e p 17.
4. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle for 10 m i n u t e s .
17. Let the e n g i n e Idle 10 m i n u t e s .
5. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 in the D A T A L I S T with the
HDS. 18. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is about 113 °F (45 °C) indicated?
is about 113 °F (45 °C) or less indicated?
Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n
g o to s t e p 27. Y E S — R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212), t h e n
. go to s t e p 27.
N O — G o t o s t e p 6.
N O — G o t o s t e p 19.
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. D r a i n the c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

8. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).

9. A l l o w E C T s e n s o r 2 to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .

10. Note the a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .

11-162
19, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10). 2 7 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

20, D r a i n the c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-8). 28. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

21 R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 f s e e p a g e 11-212) a n d E C T 2 9 . Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
s e n s o r 2 f s e e p a g e 11-212). 11-317).

2 2 . A l l o w the s e n s o r s to c o o l to a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e . $ 0 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

23. Note t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , is DTC P2183 indicated?

24. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d E C T s e n s o r 2 to their 2 P Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

c o n n e c t o r s , but d o not install t h e m . t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
2 5 . Mote t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R
2 quickly In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
28, C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d the v a l u e of E C T
S E N S O R 2 and the ambient temperature
individually.

Does one of the sensors differ more than 5,4 °F

C
(3 C) from the ambient temperature?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e s e n s o r that differed m o r e t h a n
5.4 °F (3 *C) from the a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o
to s t e p 2 7 .

H O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •

11-163
F4^M^ System

DTC Troubleshooting fcont'd)

DTC P2184: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l E C T S E N S O R 2 2P CONNECTOR
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). •

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),

2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
ECT2 f Y E L / R E D )
HDS.

Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more, or 0.08 V or less

indicated?

Y E S — G o t o step3. Wire side of female terminals

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s Is there continuity ?
at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d the E C M / P C M . •
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 2 a n d the E C M / P C M (A34), t h e n go to s t e p 13.

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P c o n n e c t o r . N O — G o to s t e p 18.

5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). 11. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the 12. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 ( s e e p a g e 11-212).

HDS.
13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more, or 0.08 V or less
Indicated? 14. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7. 15. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

N O — G o to s t e p 11. 16. Do the E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

11-164
17, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . DTC P2185: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit High
Voltage
is DTC P2184 indicated?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e a n d any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
g o t o s t e p 1,
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e 2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In the D A T A L I S T with-the
f
indicated D T C s troubleshooting, • HDS.

18. R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s . Is about-40°F( -40 °C) or less, or 4.90 V or

more indicated?
19. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s -
20, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d the E C M / P C M . •
Is DTC P2184 indicated?
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e 4* D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-71 t h e n r e c h e c k . If the 5. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. a n d No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

U O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting ECT S E N S O R 2 2P C O N N E C T O R

Is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

ECT2 (YEL/RED) S G 6 (BLK)

JUMPER WIRE

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

(cont'd)

11-165
MM^fl System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to ON'(II). 12. T u r n the ignition-switch to L O C K (0).

7. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the 13. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

HDS.
14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
. Is about -40°F(-40 °C) or less, or 4.90 V or
more indicated? 15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8. terminal A10.

N O — G o t o s t e p 20.
E C T S E N S O R 2 2P CONNECTOR
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

9. R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the E C T s e n s o r 2 2P Wire s i d e o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s ! S G 6 ( B L K )

connector.

10.- T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P) I S G 6 (BLK)

11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

ECT S E N S O R 2 2P C O N N E C T O R
T e r m i n a l s i d e .of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 27.
ECT2 fYEL/RED)

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A10) a n d E C T s e n s o r 2, t h e n g o to s t e p 22.

W i r e side of female terminals

Is there about 5 V?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.

N O — G o t o s t e p 16.

11-166
16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 20. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

17. J u m p t h e S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S , 21. R e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 2 { s e e p a g e 11-212).

18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P 2 3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 1 a n d : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A34, 24. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

ECT SENSOR 2 2P CONNECTOR

2 5 . D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

| ECT2 fYEL/RED) 26. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is DTC P2185 indicated?
ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R A I49PI
Y E S — C h e e k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
Terminal side of female terminals
27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
is there continuity?
2 8 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 7 . . s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M { A 3 4 ) - a n d E C T s e n s o r 2, t h e n g o to s t e p 22. 29. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P2185 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at E C T s e n s o r - 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M . w a s . s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-167
IGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

DTC P2195: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Signal 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Stuck Lean
7. R e i n s t a l l t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
NOTE: 11-209).
• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a ! 8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
* If the v e h i c l e w a s out of fuel a n d t h e e n g i n e s t a l l e d 9. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
before t h i s D T C w a s s t o r e d , refuel a n d c l e a r t h e D T C
with the HDS. 10. Dot-he E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
•' If D T C P 2 1 0 1 , P 2 1 1 8 , P 2 1 3 5 , P 2 1 3 8 , P 2 1 7 6 , or a 11-317).
c o m b i n a t i o n of P 2 1 2 2 a n d P 2 1 2 7 , P 2 1 2 2 , a n d P 2 1 3 8 ,
or P2127 a n d P 2 1 3 8 is s t o r e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , 11. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 1 9 5 .
Is DTC P2195 indicated?
1. C h e c k the installation of t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1).
Y E S — - C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Is the A/F sensor loose or disconnected from the t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
exhaust pipe? P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1..

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6. N O — G o t o s t e p 12.

N O — G o to s t e p 2. 12. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 1 9 5 in t h e

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
3. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
4. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle w i t h o u t load ( A / T i n T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 11,
P o r N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s go to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
on.
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If
Is DTC P2195 indicated? the s c r e e n Indicated N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling
until a result c o m e s o n .
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.

1
NO —Intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-168
 ml
13, U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest DTC P2227: BARO Sensor Circuit Range/
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - Performance Problem
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
NOTE;
14. Start the e n g i n e , a n d Set it idle w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
P o r N, M/T In oeotral) until the radiator fan c o n i e s a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
on, t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e ' p a g e 11-3).
* If D T C P 0 1 0 7 , P 0 1 0 8 , P 1 1 2 8 , a n d / o r P 1 1 2 9 a r e s t o r e d
18, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 2 2 2 7 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 2 2 7 .
Is DTC P2195 indicated?
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 2 seconds.
t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M /
P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a 2. C h e c k the B A R O S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to the H D S .
s t e p 14. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1. Is about 101 kPa (29.9 in.Hg, 760 mmHg), or about
2.9 V at sea level indicated?
N O — G o to s t e p 18.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
16, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 1 9 5 in t h e
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O — G o to s t e p 7.

Does the screen indicate PASSED? 3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , 4. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s 3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let It
( s e e p a g e 11-216), If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or idle.
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 15, g o to the i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting. • 5. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

N O — i f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor • E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r a b o v e 1 5 8 ° F ( 7 0 °C)
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s • A / T in D, M/T in 4th
updated, substitute a known-good E C M / P C M • R E L T P S E N S O R b e t w e e n 16 d e g a n d 28 d e g for
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14, Sf the E C M / P C M at l e a s t 3 s e c o n d s
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s 6. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2227 in the
on. D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the screen indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.

N O — f f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
s o m e t h i n g that m a y h a v e c l o g g e d the Intake air
s y s t e m . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 4 a n d r e c h e c k .

(confd)

11-169
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. C h e c k the intake air s y s t e m for c l o g g i n g or 12. Monitor the- O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2227 in t h e

restrictions (foreign m a t e r i a l , dirty air c l e a n e r D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
e l e m e n t , etc.).
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Is the intake air system dogged or restricted?
Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
Y E S — R e m o v e the c l o g or restriction, t h e n g o to t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M . w a s
s t e p 9.. s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e . 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
N O — G o t o s t e p 8. D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 11, go to the I n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting. •
8. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - N O — I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the E C M / P C M . If
t h e E C M / P C M was- u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
9. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 9. If
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 9.
Idle.

10. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

• E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C)
• A / T In D, M/T in 4th
• R E L T P S E N S O R b e t w e e n 16 d e g a n d 28 d e g for
at least 3. s e c o n d s

11. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P2227 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 9. If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.

N O — G o t o s t e p 12.

11-170
 MP*
DTC P2228: BARO Sensor Circuit Low Voltage DTC P2229: BARO Sensor Circuit High
Voltage
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n { s e e p a g e 11-3). a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
2. C h e c k t h e B A R O S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S . 2. C h e c k t h e B A R O S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .
Is about 53 kPa (15,6 in.Hg, 397 mmHg), or 1.58 V
or less indicated? Is about 160 kPa (47.2 in.Hg, 1,200 mmHg), or
4.5 V or more indicated?
YES—Goto step3,
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
f U O ^ Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.H N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time.B
3. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 3. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC P2228 indicated?
Is DTC P2229 indicated?
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
updated, substitute a known-good E C M / P C M terminals, at the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1, ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216), If is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , •

11-171
KJM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2238: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) A F S + 9. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e

Circuit Low Voltage 11-209).

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 10. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g - i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 12. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 13. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 11-317).

is DTC P2238 indicated? 14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Y E S — G o to s t e p 4. is DTC P2238 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e '
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e c o n n e c t o r a n d
at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . • t e r m i n a l fits a r e O K , g o to s t e p 16.

4. - T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O — G o t o s t e p 15.

5. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . 15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 3 8 In t h e

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r .
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 14,
terminal C29 and body ground. go to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II

ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P)

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. if
t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling
until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n .

16. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

17. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.

T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there continuity ?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C29) a n d the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o to
s t e p 10.

N O — G o to s t e p 9.

11-172
18, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S , DTC P2252: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) A F S —
Circuit Low Voltage :
Is DTC P2238 indicated?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
Y E S — i f t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
s t e p 17, If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1. 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

TO—Go to s t e p 19. 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

19, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 3 8 in t h e 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Is DTC P2252 indicated? •
Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e origInaI E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m - I s O K at t h i s
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 18, g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
D T C s troubleshooting.! at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1. If 5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 17, 6. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf t h e
s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4P c o n n e c t o r .
until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n .
8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P),

(cont'd)

11-173
PGM-FI System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

terminal C30 and body ground.
Is DTC P2252 indicated?
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C (49P)

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the c o n n e c t o r a n d
t e r m i n a l fits a r e O K , g o to s t e p 17.

N O — G o t o s t e p 16.

16. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 5 2 In t h e

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the screen indicate PASSED ?

Terminal s i d e of female t e r m i n a l s
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
Is there continuity ? T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 15,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . i l
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
. . P G M (C30) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o to N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
z s t e p 11. c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
N O — G o to s t e p 10. t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling
until a result c o m e s o n .
10. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1} ( s e e p a g e
11-209). 17. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M . if it d o e s not h a v e t h e l a t e s t '
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
11. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

12. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 18. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.

13. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . 19. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

14. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Is DTC P2252 indicated?

11-317).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k .

N O — G o t o s t e p 20.

11-174
.20, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 2 5 2 In the DTC P2610: ECM/PCM Ignition Off Internal
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . Timer Malfunction

Does the screen indicate PASSED? N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

and a n y on-board snapshot, and review the general
Y E S - l f the E C M / P C M w a s updated, t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M 1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w a s indicated in s t e p 13, g o to the i n d i c a t e d 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
D T C s troubleshooting. •
3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1. Sf
t h e E C M / P C M : w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - is DTC P2610 Indicated?
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.
idling until a result c o m e s o n .
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B

4. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
software (see page 11-215)/or substitute a known-
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).

5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P2610 indicated?

Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a •
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.

N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-175
PGM-FS System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2A00: A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit 10. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
Range/Performance Problem 11-317).

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data 11. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3), • E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 ° F ( 7 0 °C)
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). • A / T in D, M/T in 3rd
• V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2 5 — 5 5 m p h (40 —
2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . 88 k m / h ) for 5 m i n u t e s
• Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at ( 8 8 — 1 2 0 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in (with throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 5 s e c o n d s
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
Idle. 12. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

4. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : Is DTC P2A00 indicated?

* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
a b o v e 1 5 8 ° F ( 7 0 °C) t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M /
•. A / T in D, M/T in 3rd P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
* V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2 5 — 5 5 m p h (40 —
88 km/h) for 5 m i n u t e s N O — G o to s t e p 13.
* Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h
. (88—120 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e 13. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 A 0 0 in the
(with throttle fully c l o s e d ) for 5 s e c o n d s D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 A 0 0 in the Does the screen indicate PASSED?

•' D T C s M E N U with t h e H D S .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
Does the screen indicate FAILED? T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 12,
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A / F s e n s o r
failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
• poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the A/F the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d the E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g until a result C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 11.
c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3 a n d
recheck.

6. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. R e p l a c e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).

8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

9. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

11-176
DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCM-
(ECM/PCM)) VSA Modulator-Control Unit)

M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l a n d a n y o n - b o a r d - s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3)...

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).

2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y . D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Are DTC U0029 and U0122 indicated at the-same

time?
Is DTC U0029 indicated?
Y E S — G o to t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C U 0 0 2 9
Y E S — G o to s t e p 4. ( s e e p a g e 11-177). •

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s N O — G o to s t e p 3.
time.H
3. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
4. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
"' Is DTC U0122 Indicated? .-
5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
is DTC UG029 indicated ?
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is OK. at this
Y E S — i f t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a t i m e . Check, for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n at t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e E C M /
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to PCM. I T
s t e p 1.
5. C h e c k for c o m m u n i c a t i o n to the V S A s y s t e m w i t h
MO—If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the H D S .
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If Does the HDS communicate with the VSA
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , modulator-control unit?
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H
Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — G o to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 1 1 - 1 9 2 ) . •

(confd)

11-177
PGH-F! System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0)= 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l A 4 a n d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
7. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.

ECM/PCM COWWECTOR A (49P!

8. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector. CANL(RED)

I
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). x i 9 h o I,

\Z7\
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
34|35|3S|/l//j
t e r m i n a l A 3 a n d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P 42 43 44
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 14.
Terminal side of female terminals
E C M / P C M G 0 I M N E C T O R A (49P)
—
V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O I M T R O L UNIT 3 6 P CONNECTOR
" "~ CAUH (WHT)

H i M3|4|/|6|/l8|9|l"o[Tll
rnr*
12 13
>L9jl0i, CANL
11 ^ l / H / l 18119 | / l 2 1 1 / | 2 3 | / |
// /| 15 X
a
11 16 /118 1 9 2 0 21 (RED) 35 36
22 23 24 25 28 27 28
s 125126 j 2 7 \ / \ / \ 301/|//| 341
a i
2 9 SO
/ 34 35 36 /
M 4 , 421431441/| 46 W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals

T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there continuity?

V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L U N I T 36P C0NWECTOR
Y E S — U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it
d o e s ' n o t h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140),
i 1
12 13
or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l -
CAfMH
(WHT)
lffi|26|^|/Vl30|/|A^34| 35 36 unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141), t h e n go to s t e p 12 a n d
r e c h e c k . If D T C U 0 1 2 2 is not Indicated after
s u b s t i t u t i o n , r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r -
W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
control unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141), t h e n go to s t e p 12.
Is there continuity?
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11. P C M (A4) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e n
go to s t e p 12.
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e n
g o t o s t e p 12.

11-178
12, R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s , DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCM-
Gauge Control Module)
13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
H. Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S , a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w t h e general'
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
16. Do t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

is DTC U0122 indicated? 3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e is DTC U0155 indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s

T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • at t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the E C M / P C M . •

4. C h e c k f o r b o d y electrical D T C s in t h e D T C s M E N U
w i t h the H D S .

is DTC B1168, B1169, and/or B1178 indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.

N O — D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e input test

(see page 2 2 - 3 2 0 ) . •

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)..

6. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

7. R e m o v e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324).

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector.

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

(confd)

11-179
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. C o n n e c t g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r 12. C o n n e c t g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l No. 3 0 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . t e r m i n a l No. 29 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

G A U G E CONTROL M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR G A U G E CONTROL M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR

1 1 2 1/1/1/16p
/ | 8 | 9 | 1 0
r/ 1 / | L 3 | / l / T L 6 | 1|2|/1>|/|6 /18|9|10
| 1 7 | 1 8 | 1 9 | / 1 / | 2 2 | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 6 | 2 6 | 2 7 [ 2 8 | 2 9 | 3 0 | / 1 3 2 | L 7 | L 8 | L 9 | / ] / | 2 2 | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 5 | 2 6 | 2 7 | 2 8 | 2 9 | 3 0 | / | 3 2

CM4L (RED)
CANH mm)
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE

Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals

11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A 3 and body ground. terminal A4 and body ground.

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) ECtVi/PCM C O N W E C T O R A (49P)

CAWH (WHT) CAISIL ( R E D )

I
m r

Y2\ 15 16 / I 1 8 VTA 15 18 / 1 1 8 19 20 21

,34|36|36 32|X|34|36|36
42[43J44L>l46
\7U

Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals

/ s fftere continuity? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 12. Y E S — S u b s t i t u t e a known-good gauge control

m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 14 a n d
W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / r e c h e c k . If D T C U 0 1 5 5 is not i n d i c a t e d after
P C M (A3) a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e n g o to substitution, replace the original g a u g e control
s t e p 14. m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 14. •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A4) a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e n g o to
s t e p 14.

11-180
14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , DTC U0300: PGM-FI System and A/T System
Program Version Mismatch
15. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
NOTE;
16. B e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
17* D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
11-317). * Do not turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
w h i l e updating the P C M . If y o u turn the ignition
18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I) before c o m p l e t i o n , the
P C M will be d a m a g e d .
Is DTC U0155 Indicated?
1. Do the P C M update p r o c e d u r e ( P G M - F I s y s t e m a n d
. Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e A / T s y s t e m ) ( s e e p a g e 11-215).
t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. 2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

W O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If a n y other Is DTC U0300 indicated?

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • Y E S — R e p l a c e the original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-181
PGM-FI System

F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK • 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :

2. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . • G a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P ( s e e p a g e 22-324).

• V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P ( s e e p a g e
3. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 19-141).
• Y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5P ( s e e p a g e
4. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M ; 19-138).
- connector terminals A 3 and A4. • S R S unit A ( 3 9 P ) ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
• T P M S control unit (20P) ( s e e p a g e 18-83).
• N a v i g a t i o n unit A (32P) (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)
23-240).

6. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
CANH (WHT) terminals A 3 and A4.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)

CANH (WHT) CANL (RED)

Terminal side of female terminals

19 20 2 [
26127 28
Is there about 88- 111 Q?
M^Tfe 143144 \ / \ * & \ /
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 1 .
Terminal side of female terminals
N O — G o t o s t e p 5.

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminals A3 and A4. •

N O — G o to s t e p 7.

11-182
 MP*
7* C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m sua S A 3 to b o d y 9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A . m o d u l a t o r -
ground with a jumper wire. control unit 3 6 P G o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 14 a n d
body ground.

E C M / P C M COfSffMECTQe A I 4 3 P )
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL U N I T 3 S P C O N N E C T O R
cmm CWHT)

M I / | 3 | 4 1 / 1 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12
^
13
J h / I / \ / \ / I I Q I I Q I /\ <?11 y l o ^ l / \
i 1 / - \ / V I 1 l / 1 \/1 !/S
1 4
1 8 1 9 21
23
35 38
|25|26|27[/l/l30[/|/l/|34|
J
C A N H (WHT)
J U M P E R WIRE

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Wire side of female terminals

8. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n g a u g e control
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 30 a n d b o d y Is there continuity?
ground.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.

G A U G E CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR

W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t •

/l8|Tfio
|17]18|191/L/122|23|24|25126|27|28|29|30|/|32
CANB (WHT)

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9 .

MQ—Repair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e . •

(confd)

11-183
PGM-FI System
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 4 to b o d y 12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -

ground with a jumper wire. control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A ( 4 9 P )
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
C A N L (RED)

HH/|3|4|/|6M8|9|10|11| 12 13

M/|/|/|18|19|/| 2 1
l / l 2 3
I/I
35 36
125126127 | / t / | 30 l / l / l / l 34 [

CANL (RED)

Terminal side of female terminals

Wire side of female terminals

11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n g a u g e control

m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 29 a n d b o d y Is there continuity?
ground.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.

G A U G E CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A4) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t •
p —n
ykt/ki/[»l A 8 I 9 (10
| 1 7 | 1 8 | 1 9 | / 1 / 1 2 2 | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 5 | 2 6 | 2 7 | 2 8 | 2 9 | 3 0 | / | 3 2

CANL (RED)

Wire side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A4) a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e . •

11-184
13, R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the E C M / P C M 16. D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector, connector.

14 R e c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r . 17. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P

connector.
1 5 , M e a s u r e the resistance between E C M / P C M
connector terminals A 3 and A 4 . 18. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminals A3 and A4.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A C48P)

CAUH (WHT) CANL (RED)

CANH (WHT)

f l u t/1/l/|l:5llS I/1l8"
;

Nl30f/l32|/t34T3S!38

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

I s fftere adoi/f 2 . 3 4 - 2 . 8 6 kQ ?
is there about 108-132 Q ?
¥ E S — G o to s t e p 18.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 19.
W O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-324), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / WO-"Substitute a known-good V S A modulator-
P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If t h e H D S identifies the v e h i c l e , control unit ( s e e p a g e 13-141), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M /
replace the original gauge control module P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e , "
f s e e p a g e 22-324). • r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 19-141).Ii .

(confd)

11-185
PGM-FI System

F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

19. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P 22. D i s c o n n e c t t h e y a w - r a t e lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
connector. 5P c o n n e c t o r .

20. R e c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 23. R e c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).

5P connector.
24. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M •
21. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M connector terminals A 3 and A4.
connector terminals A 3 and A4.
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)

CANH (WHT)
C A N H (WHT)

\z\/\zfa\^/\AA 8

T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s '
Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there about 2.34- 2.86 kQ ?

Is there about 2.34-2.88 kQ, ?
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 25.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 22.
N O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d S R S unit ( s e e p a g e
N O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d y a w rate-lateral 24-221), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If
a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138), a n d the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e , r e p l a c e the original
r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If the H D S S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221). •
identifies the v e h i c l e , r e p l a c e t h e original y a w rate-
lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). I I

11-186
25, D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (33P). 28, D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control -unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

28, R e c o n n e c t t h e TPIVIS control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r . 29, R e c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (32P).

27, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M 30, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminals A3 and A 4 . connector terminals A3 and A4.

ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)

CANH IWHTJ CANH (WHT)

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

T e r m i n a l side of female terminals T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there about 2.34-2,88 kQ ? is there about 2.34- 2.86 kQ ?

YES— Y E S — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the

* W i t h n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m : G o t o s t e p 28, latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
* W i t h o u t n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m : U p d a t e the E C M / k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e r e c h e c k . If the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e w i t h a
( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •
H D S identifies the v e h i c l e w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M N O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d n a v i g a t i o n unit
(see page 1 1 - 2 1 8 ) , • ( s e e p a g e 23-240), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A . if the H D S identifies the v e h i c l e ,
M O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit r e p l a c e the original navigation unit ( s e e p a g e
fsee p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M 23-240)= •
c o n n e c t o r A , If t h e H D S identifies the v e h i c l e ,
r e p l a c e t h e original T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
18-83). •

(cont'd)

11-187
PGM-FI System
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

31.. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s : 3 3 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A 4 and body ground,
• G a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
* V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P ( s e e p a g e E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
19-141).
• Y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5P ( s e e p a g e C A N L (RED)
lr—il
19-138).
B 3 4 M 6 | 7 Z|9hol.
* S R S unit A.(39P) ( s e e p a g e 24-221).
* T P M S control unit (20P) ( s e e p a g e 18-83).
a
n22BEI /
24
/ | 1 5 18
25
19 20 21
Z6 27 23
e

• N a v i g a t i o n unit A (32P) (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

s —
2SE3 X
32 \ / 34 S5|36 /
s

23-240). V\en 42|43|44|XJ46

/ \AA\
3 2 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A3 and body ground.
Terminal side of female terminals

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A ( 4 9P)

CANH (WHT) Is (here continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A4) a n d the g a u g e control m o d u l e , t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e y a w rate-lateral
a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r , the S R S unit, t h e T P M S contr ol
unit, the n a v i g a t i o n unit, or the D L C . •

N O — G o t o s t e p 34.
Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e , the V S A
moduIator-controI unit, t h e y a w rate-lateral
a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r , the S R S unit, t h e T P M S control
unit, the n a v i g a t i o n unit, or the D L C . i l

W O — G o t o step 33.

11-188
 IP
3 4 , R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 43. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector.
3 5 . C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
44. D i s c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
38, D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P 5 P connector.
connector.
45. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d the
3 7 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d r e a d the HDS.
HDS.
Does the HDS identify the vehicle?
Does the HDS identify the vehicle?
Y E S — R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
Y E S — R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •
22-324). •
W O — G o to s t e p 46.
W O — G o to s t e p 3 8 .
46. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
38. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
47. - R e c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
39. R e c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r . 5P connector.

40. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P 48. D i s c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).

connector.
49. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e
41. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e HDS.
HDS.
Does the HDS identify the vehicle? -
Does the HDS identify the vehicle?
Y E S — R e p l a c e the S R S unit ( s e e p a g e 24-221). Ill
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
(see page 1 9 - 1 4 D . H WO—Goto s t e p 50.

W O — G o to s t e p 4 2 .

42. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

(confd)

11-189
 Sf stem

F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd!

50. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

51. R e c o n n e c t S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P).

5 2 . D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S c o n t r o l unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

53. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d the

HDS.

' Does the HDS identify the vehicle?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
18-83).B

NO-
• W i t h navigation s y s t e m : G o to s t e p 54.
• Without navigation s y s t e m : Update the E C M /
P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
H D S identifies the v e h i c l e w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
(seepage 11-216KB

54. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). .

55. R e c o n n e c t the T P M S c o n t r o l unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

56. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n unit c o n n e c t o r A (32P).

57. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e

HDS.

Does the HDS identify the vehicle?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the n a v i g a t i o n unit ( s e e p a g e 23-240).

N O — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If the H D S identifies t h e v e h i c l e w i t h a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

11-190
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N {11}. 7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A32 and body ground.
2. Do t h e g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n f s e e p a g e
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)
22-304).

Does the MIL indicator flash ?

TTT 3 | 4 I/I 6 | 7

11 / / / | 1 5 18 1 9 20 21
a
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3. 22 23 24 26 27 28
s
29 30 /
25

34 35>< /
86
i

N O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
| / | 41 42
i*|441/1.45 / •\AA
m o d u l e , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n SCS (ORIM)
g o e s a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e , replace t h e o r i g i n a l g a u g e control m o d u l e
( s e e p a g e 22-324). •

3, C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Terminal side of female terminals

4, C h e c k t h e S C S in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . I s there continuity ?

I s a short Indicated? Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A32) a n d t h e D L C . B
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
N O — U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e t h e
N O — U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n .
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . Sf t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M (see page 11-216KB
PCM (see page 11-216KB

5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P), t h e n
disconnect the H D S ,

11-191
P i M - R System

DLC Circuit Troubleshooting

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the H D S a n d t h e H D S D L C c a b l e a r e 6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON- (II), a n d w a t c h t h e

not defective. S R S indicator.

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK Does the SRS indicator stay on?

2. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Y E S — G o to the S R S s y s t e m ' s g e n e r a l

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 24-34). •
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the H D S is properly c o n n e c t e d to
the D L C . N O — G o to s t e p 15.

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d r e a d the 7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

HDS.
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a t c h t h e
Does the HDS identify the vehicle? V S A indicator.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4. Does the VSA indicator stay on?

N O — G o to s t e p 21. Y E S — G o to the V S A s y s t e m ' s g e n e r a l

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information (see p a g e 1 9 - 4 6 ) . B
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the P G M - F I
s y s t e m w i t h the H D S . N O — G o t o s t e p 15.

Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? 9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Y E S — G o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • 10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a t c h the

T P M S indicator.
NO-
• If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the S R S Does the TPMS indicator stay on?
s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 5.
• If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the V S A Y E S — G o to the T P M S g e n e r a l t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 7. information ( s e e p a g e 18-57). •
• If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the T P M S
s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 9. N O — G o t o s t e p 15.
• If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the
IMMOBS (Immobilizer) s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 11.
• If the H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the B O D Y
E L E C T R I C A L s y s t e m , g o to s t e p 13.

5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11-192
11, T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10). 18. C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n D L C
terminal No. 7 a n d body ground while
12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a t c h the d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s , o n e at a t i m e :
i m m o b i l i z e r indicator.
* S R S unit c o n n e c t o r A (39P)
Does the immobilizer indicator stay on or flash? * V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r
* T P M S c o n t r o l unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r
Y E S — G o to the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m ' s * I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control unit 7 P c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 22-392). • * A u d i o unit c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
* Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector Q
N O — G o t o s t e p 13. (20P)

13, Do the g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e Does continuity go away when one of the above
22-304). connectors is disconnected?

14, C h e c k t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y . Y E S — R e p l a c e the part that c a u s e d a n o p e n w h e n it

w a s disconnected. •
Is Error 2 indicated?
W O — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e D L C
Y E S — C h e c k for B - C A N s y s t e m D T C s ( s e e p a g e (K-line) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e
22-96!. • S R S unit, the T P M S control unit, the i m m o b i l i z e r -
k e y l e s s control unit, the a u d i o unit, or the d r i v e r ' s
M O — G o to s t e p 15. u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. •

15, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

16, D i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m t h e D L C .

17, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l No. 7

a n d body ground.

D A T A UNK C O N N E C T O R f O L C l

K-LINE ( L T B L U )

T e r m i n a l side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 18.

N O — G o t o s t e p 19,

(confd)

11-193
PGM-FI System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
19, C o n n e c t D L C t e r m i n a l No. 7 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a 21. C h e c k for B - C A N s y s t e m D T C s w i t h o u t the H D S
jumper wire. (see p a g e 22-125).

Is DTC U0029 and/or U0100 indicated?

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)

K L I N E (LT BLU) Y E S — G o t o step34.

N O — G o to s t e p 22.

22. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

J U M P E R WIRE

23. D i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m the D L C .

24. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l No. 16

Terminal side of female terminals and body ground.

D A T A LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)

20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
these connector terminals:

Connector Terminal
SRSun(tA(39P) No. 18 ( L T B L U ) 12 14 16/
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit No. 3 ( L T B L U ) + 8 (WHT)
36P
T P M S control unit 2 0 P No. 7 ( L T B L U )
I m m o b i l i z e r - k e y l e s s control No. 5 (LT B L U )
unit7P
A u d i o unit A (24P) No. 3 ( L T B L U ) Terminal side of female terminals
Driver's under-dash fuse/ No. 1 6 ( L T B L U j
relay box Q (20P)
is there battery voltage?
Is there continuity between the body ground and
each of the terminals in the chart? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 25.

Y E S — R e p l a c e the part that d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e N O — R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l

with the H D S . B No. 16 a n d the No. 15 B A C K U P (10 A ) f u s e in the
under-hood fuse/relay box.fl
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the D L C
(K-isne) a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c o n n e c t o r . •

11-194
25, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l s No. 4 30. C o n n e c t D L C t e r m i n a l N o . 6 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
a n d N o . 18. jumper wire.

D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC) D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)

C A N H (WHT) "

G N D (BLK)

JUMPER WIRE

T e r m i n a l s i d e o f f e m a l e terminals Terminal side of female terminals

is there battery voltage? 3 1 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A 3 and body ground. •
Y E S — G o to s t e p 28.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A |49P)
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l
No. 4 and body ground (G502) (see page 22-34).B CANH (WHT)
i — r
:
|^3|4Me|7
2 8 . C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
W7\
22 > < 26 ZTJSB
2 7 . J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S .
42|43|4»|>H6"

2 8 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

29. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m the D L C .
Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 32.

W O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A3) a n d D L C t e r m i n a l No. 6 . B

(confd)

11-195
PGM-FI System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
3 2 . C o n n e c t D L C t e r m i n a l No. 14 to b o d y g r o u n d with a 34. T r y to start the e n g i n e .
jumper wire.
Does the engine start and idle smoothly?

D A T A LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)

Y E S — G o to the F - C A N circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see page 11-182).H
7
A N O — G o to-step 35.
12
CANL ( R E D ) 3 5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

JUMPER WIRE
36. C h e c k the No. 3 SG M A I N (50 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r -
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

Terminal side of female terminals Is the fuse OK?

Y E S — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 3 SG

3 3 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r M A I N (50 A ) f u s e a n d t h e ignition s w i t c h . If the w i r e
terminal A 4 and body ground. is O K , go to s t e p 3 7 .

N O — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o , 3 IG
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)
M A I N (50 A ) f u s e a n d t h e ignition s w i t c h . A l s o
CANL (RED) r e p l a c e the No. 3 IG M A I N (50 A ) f u s e . •

Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ' ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . Sf the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A4) a n d D L C t e r m i n a l No. 1 4 . B

11-196
3 7 , I n s p e c t t h e N o . 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - 40. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box. PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminals No. 1
a n d N o , 4 individually.
is the fuse OK?

PGM-FI M A I N R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S — G o to s t e p 44.

1
N O — G o t o step 38,

+B
3a R e m o v e t h e b l o w n N o . 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e f r o m
the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
231
39, R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
hood fuse/relay box.

T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the under-hood fuse/relay box

(see p a g e 22-83). A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 17 FI M A I N
(15 A ) f u s e . •

N O — G o t o s t e p 41.

(confd)

11-197
PGM-FI System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

41. W h i l e d i s c o n n e c t i n g e a c h of the parts or 42. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e parts or connectors:'

- c o n n e c t o r s . b e l o w , o n e at a t i m e , c h e c k for
continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 4 P * PGM-FI main relay 2 ( F U E L PUMP)
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d : * E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P)
* Injectors
* P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) * C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B
* E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) * MAF sensor/IAT sensor
* E a c h injector 2 P c o n n e c t o r * C r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r
* C a m s h a f t position ( C M P ) s e n s o r B 3P c o n n e c t o r * E l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m ( E T C S ) control
* C r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r relay
* M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P connector
* E l e c t r o n i c throttle control s y s t e m ( E T C S ) control 43. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1
relay 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

P G M - F I M A I M R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R

IGP iGP
2

Ed

Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

Does continuity go away when one of the above is there continuity?

parts or connectors Is disconnected ?
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P G M - F I
Y E S — R e p l a c e the part t h a t m a d e t h e s h o r t to b o d y m a i n relay 1 a n d e a c h part. A l s o r e p l a c e t h e No. 17
g r o u n d g o a w a y w h e n d i s c o n n e c t e d . If t h e part is FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e . B
t h e E C M / P C M , u p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not
h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or N O — R e p l a c e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1. A l s o r e p l a c e t h e
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), No. 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e . B
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original 44. I n s p e c t the No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e in t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). A l s o r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
No. 17 FI M A I N (15 A ) f u s e . B
Is the fuse OK?
N O — G o to s t e p 42.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 56.

N O — G o t o s t e p 45.

45. R e m o v e the b l o w n No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e

f r o m the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.

11-198
46. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) |A) 49. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
50. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

51. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal C10 and body ground. •

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C (49P)

1G1 C B L K / R E D )

47, T e s t P G M - F f m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) ( s e e p a g e T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
22-91).

Is the relay OK ? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 4 8 . Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 9

F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d the E C M / P C M (C1G),
N O - R e p l a c e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) . b e t w e e n t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d
A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e . B P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) , or b e t w e e n the
N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
4 8 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 control u n i t A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P
( F U E L P U M P ) 4P connector terminal No. 2 a n d (20 A ) f u s e . B
body ground.
N O - R e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e ,
a n d u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the
P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 2 ( F U E L PUMP1 4P C O N N E C T O R
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
4
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / I n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
El a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). fl
3
IG1

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 49.

N O — G o to s t e p 5 2 ,

(confd)

11-199
PGtVhFI System

DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

52. R e m o v e the rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225). 59. M e a s u r e , the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal C10 and body ground.
53. R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e floor ( s e e p a g e
11-347). E C M / P C M C O N W E C T O R C (49P)

54. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel p u m p 4 P c o n n e c t o r . 1G1 ( B L K / R E D )

55. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n f u e l p u m p 4P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

FUEL P U M P 4P C O N N E C T O R

TUELPUMP(PNK)
1 2
Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals
3 4

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 60.

Wire side of female terminals N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 9

F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d the E C M / P C M (C10).

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e fuel
p u m p and PGM-FI main relay 2 ( F U E L PUMP). A l s o
r e p l a c e the No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A) f u s e . •

N O — C h e c k the fuel p u m p , a n d r e p l a c e it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 11-351). A l s o r e p l a c e t h e No. 9
F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e . •

56. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,

57. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P) a n d C
(49P).

58. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-200
 MP*
60, M e a s u r e the voltage between E C M / P C M connector 63. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 1
terminal A7 and body ground. 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A |49P) P G M - F I MAIN R E L A Y 1 4 P C O N N E C T O R

MRLY (RED/BLK)

Hsu

Terminal side of female terminals T e r m i n a l side of female terminals

is there battery voltage? Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6 5 . Y E S — G o to s t e p 64.

N O — G o to s t e p 6 1 . M O — R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(see p a g e 22-83). •
8! T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6 2 . R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

(confd)

11-201
PGM-FI S f stem
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

64. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 65. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal A7. 66. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (A) f r o m the u n d e r -
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1 4P CONNECTOR

4
EE
Terminal side of jiVSBLV
female terminals ( T V )

ECM/PCM
CONNECTOR A (49P) MRLY (RED/BLUC)
H

67. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1
Terminal side of female terminals
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
Is there continuity?
P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S — T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-91). If
t h e relay is O K , update t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not +B
1
h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
E C M / P C M (see page 11-216).B

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A7) a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 . B
Terminal side of femaleterminals

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 68.

N O — R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(see p a g e 22-83). •

11-202
88, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 70. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal A S . 7 1 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
E C M / P C M connector terminals B1, 810, C 2 , C44,
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1 4 P CGfSffSfECTOR a n d C 4 8 individually.

1 ECM/PCM CONNECTORS
IGP
2 B (49P)

EE P G 2 (BLK) P G 1 (BLK)

Terminal side of
female terminals
\\AzU\A7U FI~91 IO[ B

14 16 17 18
23
32J33 34|35|a6
E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A C49F1 IGP (YEL/BLK)
40 \/\Af> \A ^\mWVm\7\

29 30

C (49P)
P G M E T C S (BLK)
Terminal side of female terminals

Is fftere continuity?

Y E S — G o to step 89.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / LG2
CBRN/YEL)
P C M (A9) a n d P G M - F I m a i n relay l . B

89. T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-91).
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals
Is PGM-FI main relay 1 OK?
Is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7 0 .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7 2 .
N O — R e p l a c e PGM-FS m a i n r e l a y 1 8
N O — - R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (61, B10, C 2 , C44, C48) a n d G101 (see page
22-20). •

(cont'd)

11-203
PGM-FI System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7 2 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 74. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal C13 and body ground. t e r m i n a l B 19 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (4SP)

VCC1 (YEL/RED) VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

1 2 4 5 8 7 819|10|
'13|14|15]16]J7|18 18 1 4 | l 5 | 1 6 | l 7 [ l 8

3li32|33|M[36T36

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o step 73. Y E S — G o to s t e p 7 5 .

NO- N O — G o t o step 76.

* A / T : G o to s t e p 7 4 .
* M/T: G o to s t e p 7 6 . 7 5 . C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminal B19 and body ground while
7 3 . C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M d i s c o n n e c t i n g the .input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
connector terminal C 1 3 a n d body ground, while sensor 3P connector.
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s , o n e at a t i m e :
Is there continuity?
* MAP sensor 3P connector
* Output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the - E C M /
connector P C M (B19) a n d t h e input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
sensor. •
Does continuity go away when one of the above
connectors is disconnected? N O — R e p l a c e t h e input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226).
Y E S — R e p l a c e the part that c a u s e d continuity to g o
a w a y w h e n it w a s d i s c o n n e c t e d . •

N O — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C13) a n d the M A P s e n s o r or t h e output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r . i l

11-204
 MP*
76* C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n ECiWPCIVI c o n n e c t o r 78.- C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C 1 2 a n d body ground. terminal A 2 6 and body ground.

ECSVt/FCM CONNECTOR A (49P)

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C |49P)

V C C 3 CBLU)
. L _ l

LI 11i N 3|4|5[6|T 8 |9|10|

12 IS 16 / 20 21
22 23 24
29 30 31
x;
HA
/,
/ >^
AA
/
/
/I
| 4 0 j / ^|43[44HB|46 VCC4 (RED)
A«v\

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal, side of female terminals

is there continuity? is there continuity ?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 77, Y E S — G o to s t e p 79.

N O — G o t o s t e p 7a W O — G o t o s t e p 80.

77. C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M 7 9 , C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M

connector terminal C12 and body ground while connector terminal A26 and body ground while
d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r . d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e A P P s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r .

is there continuity? is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

PCM ( C I 2 ) a n d t h e throttle b o d y . • P C M (A26) a n d the A P P s e n s o r . Ill

N O — R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362). • N O — R e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e

( s e e p a g e 11-259). •

(confd)

11-205
PGM-FI S f stem

DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

80. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 8 2 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A25 and body ground. terminal A20 and body ground.

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (4SP)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (4SP)

V C C S (YEL)
3 I 4 | / | 6 J 7/ l l l i o j .
11 / / / 1 5 16 / 1 8 1 9 2 0 21
s
22 23 24 > < 2 5>C 2 6 .27 2 8
i
29 30 / 3 2 / ; If 3 5 3 6 / /
| / | 41 42|43[44
/I/I/I
V C C 5 (BRN)

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there continuity ? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o step 81. Y E S — G o to s t e p 83.

N O — G o to s t e p 8 2 . M O — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the

latest software, ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
81. C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
connector terminal A 2 5 and body ground while r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r . a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M (see p a g e 11-216). •
is there continuity?
83. C o n t i n u e to c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A.19 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w h i l e
P C M (A25) and-the A P P s e n s o r . • - disconnecting the F T P s e n s o r 3P connector.

NO™-Replace the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal, m o d u l e ' Is there continuity?

(see p a g e 11-259). •
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A20) a n d the F T P s e n s o r . I I

N O — R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404).

11-206
injector Replacement
1, R e l i e v e the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).

2, R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .

3, D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting (A).

4, D i s c o n n e c t the injector c o n n e c t o r s (B) a n d t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (C).

5. R e m o v e the g r o u n d c a b l e bolts (G101 a n d G 1 0 2 ) (D).

6, R e m o v e the fuel rail m o u n t i n g nuts (E) f r o m the fuel rail (F).

7, R e m o v e t h e fuel rail a n d the i n j e c t o r s f r o m the injector b a s e .

8. R e m o v e t h e injector c l i p s (G) f r o m the fuel rail. .

9. R e m o v e t h e injectors f r o m the fuel rail.

PGM-FI Sf stern
Injector Replacement (cont'd)

10. C o a t the n e w O - r i n g s (black) (A) w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil, a n d insert the injectors (B) into the fuel rail (C).

. G
/ • 22 N-m ( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibff-ft)

11. Install the injector c l i p s (D).

12. C o a t the n e w injector O - r i n g s (brown) (E) w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e o i l

13. Install the fuel rail a n d t h e injectors in the injector b a s e (F).

14. Install the fuel rail m o u n t i n g n u t s (G) a n d the g r o u n d c a b l e bolts (G101 a n d G 1 0 2 ) .

15. C o n n e c t the injector c o n n e c t o r s a n d the e n g i n e m o u n t control s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r .

16. C o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting.

17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll), but d o not o p e r a t e t h e starter. After the fuel p u m p r u n s for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s , the
fuel rail will be p r e s s u r i z e d . R e p e a t this t w o or t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel l e a k a g e .

18. R e i n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .

11-208
A/F Sensor Replacement Secondary H02S Replacement
Special Tools Required Special Tools Required
0 2 s e n s o r w r e n c h , S n a p - o n S 6 1 7 8 or e q u i v a l e n t , 0 2 s e n s o r w r e n c h , S n a p - o n S 6 1 7 6 or e q u i v a l e n t ,
commercially available commercially available

! . D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r 4P c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n 1.. D i s c o n n e c t the s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S 4P c o n n e c t o r (A),

r e m o v e the A / F s e n s o r (B). t h e n r e m o v e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (B).

2. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e order of r e m o v a l . 2. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

11-209
PGM-FI System
CMP Sensor B Replacement CKP Sensor Replacement

1. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d h o s e s (B) f r o m 1. Lift the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h j a c k s t a n d s .

- the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (C), then r e m o v e the
E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e a s s e m b l y . 2. R e m o v e the C K P s e n s o r c o v e r (A).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r B c o n n e c t o r (A). 3. D i s c o n n e c t the C K P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).

4. R e m o v e the C K P s e n s o r (C).

5. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w O-ring (D).

6. Do the C K P pattern c l e a r / C K P pattern learn

p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).

12 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)

3. R e m o v e C M P s e n s o r B (B).

4. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w O-ring (C).

11-210
 y0\
MAP Sensor Replacement MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor
Replacement
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e MAP sensor connector ( A ) .

1. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
(A).

2, R e m o v e t h e M A P s e n s o r (B).

3. Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (CI, 2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s IB).

3. R e m o v e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (C).

4. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w O-ring (D).

11-211
PGM-FI S f stem
ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement

1. Drain the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6). 1. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

- 2. D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 1 c o n n e c t o r (A). 2. Drain the e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).

3. D i s c o n n e c t the E C T s e n s o r 2 c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n
r e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 2 (B).

B
1 2 N-m
11,2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)

3. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 (B).

4. Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w O-ring (C), t h e n refill t h e radiator w i t h 4. Install E C T s e n s o r 2 w i t h a n e w O-ring (C).
e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
5. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

6. Refill the radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e

10-6).

11-212
 4fi
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Knock Sensor Replacement
Sensor Replacement
1. R e m o v e the intake manifold (see p a g e 9-3).

M O T E : F o r A / T m o d e l s ( s e e p a g e 14-226). 2. D i s c o n n e c t the knock s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A).

M/T

1. D i s c o n n e c t trie output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r f A).

B
31 N-m
(3.2 k g f - m ,
2 3 Ibf.ft)

11.2 kgf-m,
3. R e m o v e the knock s e n s o r (B).

4. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

2, R e m o v e the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r (B).

3 , Install t h e parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

with a n e w O-ring (C).

11-213
PGM-FI System
ELD Replacement
1. Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e 6. R e m o v e the f u s e s (A) a n d (B).
( s e e p a g e 22-89).
B

2. R e m o v e the u p p e r c o v e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e the t w o

positive ( + ) t e r m i n a l s (B).

7. R e l e a s e the three lock t a b s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the

E L D (B).

_ .B
B

3. R e m o v e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box (C) f r o m the

bracket.

4.. R e m o v e the l o w e r c o v e r (A).

8. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e order of r e m o v a l .

9. Do the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).

5. D i s c o n n e c t the E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r (B).

11-214
ECM/PCM Update
Special Tools Required 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but do not start
* H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet t e s t e r the engine.
* H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n
with H D S a n d C M update software 2. C o n n e c t the H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
* H D S pocket t e s t e r (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
* G N A 6 Q 0 a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
update s o f t w a r e
U s e a n y o n e of t h e s e u p d a t e t o o l s .

NOTE:
* U s e this p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u n e e d to .update t h e
E C M / P C M at a n y t i m e ,
* M a k e s u r e t h e H D S / H I M h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e
version.
* B e f o r e y o u update t h e E C M / P C M , m a k e s u r e the
battery in t h e v e h i c l e is fully c h a r g e d , a n d c o n n e c t a
j u r o p e r battery (not a battery c h a r g e r ) to m a i n t a i n
s y s t e m voltage.
* N e v e r turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
d u r i n g the u p d a t e , If t h e r e i s a p r o b l e m with t h e
u p d a t e , l e a v e t h e ignition s w i t c h O N (II).
* T o p r e v e n t E C M / P C M d a m a g e , d o not operate
anything electrical (headlights, audio s y s t e m , brakes, 3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
A / C , p o w e r w i n d o w s , m o o n roof fif e q u i p p e d ) , d o o r P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t g o to
l o c k s , etc.} d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e . t h e D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g - ( s e e p a g e 11-192), If
* T o e n s u r e t h e latest p r o g r a m i s i n s t a l l e d , d o a n E C M / y o u a r e returning f r o m t h e D L C .circuit
P C M u p d a t e w h e n e v e r the E C M / P C M i s substituted or t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , skip s t e p s 4 a n d 5, a n d c l e a n the
replaced. throttle b o d y after updating t h e E C M / P C M .
* Y o u c a n n o t u p d a t e a n E C M / P C M w i t h a p r o g r a m it ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
a l r e a d y h a s . It will o n l y a c c e p t a n e w p r o g r a m .
* High t e m p e r a t u r e in t h e e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t might 4. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with the H D S .
c a u s e t h e E C M / P C M to b e c o m e too hot to run the
u p d a t e . If t h e e n g i n e h a s b e e n r u n n i n g before this 5. S e l e c t t h e E T C S T E S T , then s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
p r o c e d u r e , o p e n t h e h o o d a n d c o o ! the e n g i n e C H E C K , a n d follow t h e H D S s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
compartment
* If y o u n e e d to d i a g n o s e t h e H o n d a interface m o d u l e N O T E : Sf the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K , i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
(HIM) b e c a u s e t h e H I M ' s r e d ( # 3) light c a m e o n or continue this procedure.
w a s f l a s h i n g d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e , l e a v e t h e ignition
s w i t c h in O N (II) w h e n y o u d i s c o n n e c t the HIM f r o m 6. E x i t the H D S d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m , t h e n s e l e c t the
t h e d a t a fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) . T h i s will p r e v e n t E C M / u p d a t e m o d e , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s to
PCM damage. u p d a t e the E C M / P C M .

(confd)

11-215
PGM-FI System

ECM/PCM Update (cont'd) ECM/PCM Replacement

7. If the s o f t w a r e in t h e E C M / P C M is the latest, Special Tools Required
d i s c o n n e c t the H D S / H I M f r o m the D L C , a n d go b a c k • H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet tester
to t h e p r o c e d u r e that y o u w e r e d o i n g . If the • H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n
s o f t w a r e in the E C M / P C M is not the l a t e s t f o l l o w with H D S a n d C M update s o f t w a r e
t h e instructions on t h e s c r e e n . If p r o m p t e d to • H D S pocket t e s t e r
c h o o s e the PGM-FS s y s t e m or the A / T s y s t e m , m a k e • G N A 6 0 0 a n d a n IN w o r k s t a t i o n with H D S a n d C M
s u r e y o u update both. update s o f t w a r e
U s e a n y o n e of t h e s e update t o o l s .
N O T E : If the E C M / P C M u p d a t e s y s t e m r e q u i r e s y o u
to c o o l the E C M / P C M , f o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s o n 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
s c r e e n . If y o u run into a problem, d u r i n g t h e update (A) located u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
p r o c e d u r e ( p r o g r a m m i n g t a k e s o v e r 15 m i n u t e s ,
s t a t u s bar g o e s o v e r 100 % , D or i m m o b i l i z e r light
f l a s h e s , H D S tablet f r e e z e s , . e t c . ) , f o l l o w t h e s e s t e p s
to m i n i m i z e the c h a n c e of d a m a g i n g the E C M / P C M :
• L e a v e t h e ignition s w i t c h in t h e O N (II) p o s i t i o n .
• C o n n e c t a j u m p e r battery (do not c o n n e c t a
battery c h a r g e r ) .
• S h u t d o w n the H D S .
• "Disconnect the H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
• R e b o o t the H D S .
• R e c o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C , a n d try the
update p r o c e d u r e again.-

8. Sf t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 5, c l e a n
the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).
A
9. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

10. Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e . 3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the E C M /

P C M a n d other v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to
the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192). If
y o u a r e returning f r o m t h e D L C circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , s k i p s t e p s 4 t h r o u g h 9, 20 t h r o u g h
2 5 , a n d 28 t h r o u g h 3 0 , a n d d o this after r e p l a c i n g
the E C M / P C M :

* R e p l a c e the e n g i n e oil ( s e e p a g e 8-9) a n d the

' e n g i n e oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10).
* R e p l a c e the A T F ( A / T m o d e l ) ( s e e p a g e 14-231).
* C l e a n the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

11-216
 4. S e l e c t t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m w i t h t h e H D S . 13. R e m o v e the bolts ( D ) .

D
5. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S , 9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
6. S e l e c t the E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
C H E C K , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .

N O T E : If t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue with this procedure.

7. S e l e c t the R E P L A C E E C M / P C M M E N U , t h e n R E A D
DATA, and follow the s c r e e n prompts.

NOTE:
* D o i n g t h i s s t e p c o p i e s ( R E A D S ) t h e e n g i n e oil life
data f r o m the original E C M / P C M s o y o u c a n later
d o w n l o a d ( W R I T E S ) it Into t h e n e w E C M / P C M .
* If R E A D D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c o n t i n u e w i t h
this procedure.

8. A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t t h e A / T s y s t e m w i t h the H D S .

3, A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t t h e R E P L A C E T C M / P C M M E N U ,
then select R E A D DATA, and follow the s c r e e n
prompts. 14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C , t h e n
r e m o v e the E C M / P C M a s s e m b l y ( E ) .
NOTE:
* D o i n g t h i s s t e p c o p i e s ( R E A D S ) the A T F life data N O T E : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e
f r o m t h e original P C M s o y o u c a n later d o w n l o a d s y m b o l s ( A = d , B - A , C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d o n t h e m for
{ W R I T E S } It into the n e w P C M . identification.
* If B E A D D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c o n t i n u e w i t h
this procedure,

10, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

1 1 , J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

12, D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

(cont'd)

11-217
PGM-FI System

ECM/PCM Replacement (cont'd)

15. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A) a n d the bracket (B) f r o m the 23. A / T m o d e l s : If the R E A D D A T A ( A T F life) failed in
E C M / P C M (C). s t e p 9, g o to s t e p 26. O t h e r w i s e g o to s t e p 24.

24. A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t the A / T S Y S T E M ' w i t h t h e H D S .

2 5 . A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t the R E P L A C E T C M / P C M MENU,
t h e n s e l e c t W R I T E D A T A , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n
prompts.

N O T E : If the W R I T E D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
c o n t i n u e w i t h this p r o c e d u r e .

26. S e l e c t I M M O B I s y s t e m w i t h the H D S .

27. E n t e r the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e that y o u o b t a i n e d f r o m

iN or I S I S w i t h the E C M / P C M r e p l a c e m e n t
p r o c e d u r e in the H D S ; it a l l o w s y o u to start t h e
engine.

28. If the TP P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 6 c l e a n the

throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359), t h e n g o to s t e p 29.
16. Install the E C M / P C M in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal. 29. If the R E A D D A T A f a i l e d in s t e p 7 or the W R I T E
D A T A f a i l e d in s t e p 2 2 , r e p l a c e t h e e n g i n e oil
17. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e (see p a g e 8-9) a n d e n g i n e oil filter ( s e e p a g e 8-10),
22-90). t h e n go to s t e p 30 ( A / T m o d e l ) or s t e p 31 (M/T
model).
N O T E : W h i l e d o i n g the battery installation
p r o c e d u r e , d o not start the e n g i n e . 30. If t h e R E A D D A T A failed in. s t e p 9 or the W R I T E
D A T A failed in s t e p 2 5 , r e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e
18. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). 14-231), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 1 .

19. M a n u a l l y input the V I N to the E C M / P C M w i t h the 31. S e l e c t P G M - F I s y s t e m , a n d r e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h

HDS. the H D S .

N O T E : D T C P0630 " V I N Not P r o g r a m m e d or 3 2 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

M i s m a t c h " m a y be s t o r e d b e c a u s e the VIN h a s not s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215).
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d into the E C M / P C M ; ignore it,
a n d c o n t i n u e this p r o c e d u r e . 33. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
20. If the R E A D D A T A ( e n g i n e oil life) failed in s t e p 7,
go to s t e p 23 (A/T m o d e l ) or s t e p 26 (M/T m o d e l ) . 34. Do the C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
O t h e r w i s e , g o to s t e p 21.

21. S e l e c t t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m w i t h the H D S .

22. S e l e c t the R E P L A C E E C M / P C M M E N U , t h e n s e l e c t
W R I T E D A T A , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .

N O T E : If the W R I T E D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue with this procedure.

11-218
Electronic Throttle Control System

Component Location index

T H R O T T L E A C T U A T O R and U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
T H R O T T L E P O S I T I O N {TP} S E I M S O R S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11 -7
Replacement, page 11-216

11-219
Electronic Throttle Control System

DTC Troubleshooting

DTC P0122: TP Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage 9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l THROTTLE BODY SP CONNECTOR
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1 2 3 4 5 6
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
T P S A (RED/BLK)

3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R A in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.

Is there about 0.3 V or less?

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this Is there continuity?

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . • Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 2 0 ) , t h e n go to s t e p 18.
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
N O — G o to s t e p 23.
Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same
time? 10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.
THROTTLE B O D Y BP CONNECTOR
W O — G o to s t e p 5.

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

1 2 3 4 5 6
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
VCC3 (BLU)

7. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h t h e H D S .

8 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there about 5 V?

Y E S — ' G o to s t e p 16.

N O — G o t o s t e p 11.

11-220
 MP*
1 1 . T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 21. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
12. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
Is DTC P0122 indicated?
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t e r m i n a l C 1 2 a n d throttle b o d y 8 P c o n n e c t o r t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
t e r m i n a l Mo. 2.
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T H R O T T L E BODY BP CONNECTOR
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting, •
2 3 4 5 6
¥CC3 (BLU) Wire side of female terminals 2 3 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - •
VCC3 (BLU) E C M / P C M COWNECTOR C (49P)
if ;t — — - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
3 4 * 5 6 7
k
11 20 25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
22 23

Is DTC P0122 indicated ?

Terminal side of female terminals Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
is there continuity ? the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 3 . E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle NO—Sf t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 1 2 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 18. is c o m p l e t e . If t h e - E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
18, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). • a n y other T e m p o r a r y . D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
17, R e p l a c e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).

18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2 0 , R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

11-221
Electronic Throttle Control System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0123: TP Sensor A Circuit High Voltage 8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
and a n y on-boerd s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP CONNECTOR
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1 2 3 4 5 6
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
TPSA (RED/BLK)

3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R A in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.

Is there about 4,8 V or more? •

Wire side of female terminals
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at this Is there about 5 V?

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . • Y E S — G o t o s t e p 18.

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . N O — G o t o s t e p 9.

Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same 9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
time?
10. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 13.
11. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
N O — G o to s t e p 5.

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-222
12, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C I V I / P C M c o n n e c t o r 17. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C 2 0 a n d throttle b o d y 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 4 3 a n d throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 1. t e r m i n a l No. 4.

T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP C O N N E C T O R T H F t O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R

1 2 3 4 5 8 12 3 4 5 6
IPSA flEP/BLICJ Wire side of female terminals I SG3 (GRN)
W i r e side of female terminals

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C I49PI TPSA fRED/BLK! E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

T e r m i n a l side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is there continuity ?
is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 5 .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 5 .
W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 2 0 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 20. M 0 - ~ R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M (C43), t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO).
18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
14. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
19. R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
15. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
18, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
2 1 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2 2 . R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

(cont'd)

11-223
Electronic Throttle Control System

DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd!

2 3 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e DTGP0222: TP Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage

11-317).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
24. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
is DTC P0123 indicated?
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
t h e n go to s t e p 1.
3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R B in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other HDS.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Is there about 0.3 V or less?

25. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.

26. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . II

27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P0123 indicated? Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same
time?
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e N O — G o to s t e p 5.
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to-step 1.

N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-224
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO). 10, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r .

THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR

7, J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

8, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
1 2 3 4 5 6
9, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P
VCC3 (BLU!
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l Mo. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

THROTTLE BODY BP CONNECTOR

W i r e side of female terminals

1 2 3 4 5 6
T P S B fRED/BLU)
is thereabouts V?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 16.

N O — G o t o s t e p 11.
Wire side of female terminals
11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Is there continuity? 12. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle 13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 2 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
W 0 — G o to s t e p 2 3 ,

(cont'd)

11-225
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 2 1 . Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

t e r m i n a l C 1 2 a n d throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r 11-317).
t e r m i n a l No. 2.
22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP C O N N E C T O R

Is DTC P0222 indicated?

1 2 3 4 5 6
VCC3 (BLU) W i r e side of female terminals Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n go to s t e p 1.

VCC3 (BLU) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P)

; N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
3 4ir 5 n
6 7 8 I 9 pZo ] T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t I n g . i l

23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

Terminal side of female terminals

24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
is there continuity? g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). ,

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 23. 2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle Is DTC P0222 indicated?

b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ( C 1 2 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
17. R e p l a c e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362). g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll). is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M : ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
20. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-226
DTC P0223: TP Sensor B Circuit High Voltage 8. Measure" the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P
connector terminal No. 3 and body ground.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l THROTTLE BODY BP CONNECTOR
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III),
1 2 3 4 5 6
2, Clear the D T C with the H D S .
T P S B (RED/BLU)

3 , C h e c k T P S E N S O R B in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS,

Is there about 4,8 ¥ or more?

W i r e side" o f f e m a l e terminals
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s is there about 5 ¥?

t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . • Y E S — G o t o s t e p 13.

4, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S , M O — G o to s t e p 9.

Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same 9. T u r n - t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
time?
10. J u m p t h e S C S line with t h e H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.
11. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
MQ—Go t o s t e p 5,

5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6, D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .

7, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

(cont'd)

11-227
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 17. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l C21 a n d throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 4 3 a n d throttle b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 3. t e r m i n a l No. 4.

THROTTLE B O D Y SP C O N N E C T O R T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP C O N N E C T O R

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
T P S B (RED/BLU) I W i r e s i d e o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s S G 3 CORN!
W i r e side of f e m a l e termsna

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) TPSB fRED/BLU! E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

*~<k>

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals
Is there continuity?
is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 25.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 25.
N O ™ R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M (C21), t h e n g o to s t e p 20. N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ( C 4 3 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
'13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
18. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
14. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
19. R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
15. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
21. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

22. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

11-228
23. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e DTC P1658: ETCS Control Relay ON
11-317). Malfunction

24. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
Is DTC P0223 indicated? t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

¥ 1 8 — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. 2. Do t h e E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the Is the RELAY circuit OK?
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
25. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the E T C S control relay a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •
26. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - N O — G o t o s t e p 3.
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
4. R e m o v e the E T C S control r e l a y (A) f r o m the u n d e r -
is DTC P0223 indicated? h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

A
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

TO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

Is c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216), If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

5. T e s t t h e E T C S control relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91).

Is the ETCS control relay OK?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — R e p l a c e t h e E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n g o to
s t e p 13.

(cont'd)

11-229
Electronic Throttle Control System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l C1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l A21 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . I G 1 E T C S (YEL/GRN)

ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
1 2 3
H l f I, 1,
6 7 8 9 10

13 14|15 16 17|18

ETCSRLY (WHT)
T T

28 27 28

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage?

Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e b e t w e e n
the E C M / P C M ( C D a n d the E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n
Is there continuity? g o to s t e p 12.

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / N O — G o to s t e p 18.
P C M (A21) a n d the E T C S control relay, t h e n go to
s t e p 13. 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

:
NO—Goto step9. 13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

10. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N III). 15. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

16. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P1658 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the E T C S c o n t r o l relay a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.

W O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-230
18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P1659: ETCS Control Relay OFF
Malfunction
19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
2 0 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC P1658 indicated?
3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E T C S control r e l a y a n d t h e E C M / Is DTC P1659 Indicated?
P C M , ff t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1. IMO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
MO—ff t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g at t h e E T C S control relay a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •
Is c o m p l e t e , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s are Indicated,
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • 5. C h e c k t h e No. 18 D B W ( T H R O T T L E A C T U A T O R
C O N T R O L ) (15 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box.

Is the fuse OK?

Y E S — G o t o step6.

N O — G o to s t e p 17.

6. R e m o v e t h e E T C S control r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

(cont'd)

11-231
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. T e s t t h e E T C S control r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 22-91). 10. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E T C S control r e l a y

4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
Is the ETCS control relay OK?
E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
+ B

N O — R e p l a c e the E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n go to
1
s t e p 23.

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

3XE
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E T C S control relay
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

Terminal side of female terminals

E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P C O N W E C T O R

Is there battery voltage?

IGP
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.

N O — R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(see p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o to s t e p 22.

11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Terminal side of female terminals
12. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

Is there battery voltage? 13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.

N O — R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box
(see p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o to s t e p 22.

11-232
 MP*
14, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y 4 P 16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E T C S control r e l a y 4P
connector terminal No. 2 and E C M / P C M connector c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C I , terminal A21.

ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4PCONNECTOR E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R

1 1
IG1ETCS
2
4
X 3

Terminal side of Terminal side of

female terminals female terminals

Id 1 E T C S
(YEL/GRN) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C mn

1 | 2 3 j4 j5 | 6 1 78 I a I io i
11 12 13 16 17 18 / 20 21 •

8
22 23 24
X / / / / i
29 30 31 321/
/ A/ / /
\«\S / 143|44|45|46

Terminal side of female terminals T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there continuity? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 15. Y E S — G o to s t e p 28.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( C D a n d t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y , t h e n g o to P C M (A21) a n d the E T C S control r e l a y , t h e n g o to
step 23, s t e p 23.

15. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 17. R e m o v e t h e E T C S control r e l a y (A) f r o m the u n d e r -

h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

(confd)

11-233
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

18. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 21. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E T C S control r e l a y 4 P

connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
19. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P COWIMECTOR
20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . +B
1

2
EE
E C M / P C M C O N I M E C T O R C (49P)

1G1ETCS (YEL/GRfM)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 9 110
17)18

40 l > M 4 3 1 4 4 1 ^ 4 6 ^ T e r m i n a l side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there continuity?
Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S — R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x
( s e e p a g e 22-83), t h e n go to s t e p 2 3 .
Is there continuity ?
N O — G o t o s t e p 28.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M ( C D a n d the E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y , t h e n go to 2 2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
s t e p 23.
2 3 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
N O — G o t © s t e p 21.
24. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

25. Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

26. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

2 7 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P1659 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the E T C S control r e l a y a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

11-234
28. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P1S83: Throttle Valve Default Position
Spring Performance Problem
29. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). ACAUTION
Do not Insert y o u r f i n g e r s into t h e installed throttle
30. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . b o d y w h e n y o u turn the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) or
w h i l e t h e ignition s w i t c h Is O N "(11). If y o u d o , y o u
is DTC P1859 indicated? will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if the throttle v a l v e
is a c t i v a t e d .
Y E S ™ C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E T C S control r e l a y a n d t h e E C M /
P C M , If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-71 t h e n and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
step 1 .
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
WO—If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , 3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d wast

10 s e c o n d s .

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P1683 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

MO—Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . •

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. D i s c o n n e c t the intake air duct f r o m t h e throttle

b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).

(confd)

11-235
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

9. P u s h the throttle v a l v e c l o s e d a s s h o w n . DTC P1684: Throttle Valve Return Spring

Performance Problem

Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the installed throttle

body w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) or
w h i l e t h e ignition s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u
will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if the throttle v a l v e
is a c t i v a t e d .

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
and any on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

10. R e l e a s e the throttle v a l v e . 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Does the throttle valve return? 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

Y E S — C l e a n the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359), 3. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at

t h e n go to s t e p 12 a n d r e c h e c k . if D T C P1683 is 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T In
Indicated, go to s t e p 11, neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n Set It
idle.
N O — G o t o s t e p 11.
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t
11. R e p l a c e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362). 10 s e c o n d s .

12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

13. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with t h e H D S . 6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

14. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e - is DTC P1684 indicated?

11-317).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t
10 s e c o n d s . N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . •

17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . 7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Is DTC P1683 indicated? 8. D i s c o n n e c t the Intake air duct from: the throttle
b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
Y E S ™ C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n go to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H

11-236
 B, P u s h t h e throttle v a l v e o p e n a s s h o w n . DTC P2101: Electronic Throttle Control
System (ETCS) Malfunction

ACAUTION
D o not insert y o u r f i n g e r s Into the i n s t a l l e d throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (I?) or
w h i l e the ignition s w i t c h Is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u
will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if the throttle v a l v e
is a c t i v a t e d .

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

10. R e l e a s e the throttle v a l v e . 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Does the throttle vaive return? 2. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

Y E S — C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11 -359), 3. Do t h e E T C S T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with

t h e n g o to s t e p 12 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C P 1 6 8 4 is the H D S .
i n d i c a t e d , g o t o s t e p 11.
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
N O — G o to s t e p 11.
Is DTC P2101 indicated?
11. R e p l a c e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — G o to s t e p 5.
13. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,
5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the
14. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s :
11-317).
* ENGINE SPEED
15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t * VSS
10 s e c o n d s ,
* APP SENSOR
18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
6. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .
17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC P2101 indicated?
is DTC P1884 indicated?
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
t h e n go to s t e p 1. at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n c l e a n
t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 5 9 ) . H
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

(cont'd)

11-237
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 17. C o n n e c t throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5

a n d No. 6 with a j u m p e r w i r e .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the Intake air duct f r o m the throttle
.. b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-382). T H R O T T L E B O D Y BP C O N W E C T O R

9. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

10. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . 1 2 3 4 5 6

ETCSM- ETGStVt+
11. Do the E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U with (GRN/YEL) (BLU/RED)
the HDS.

12. V i s u a l l y c h e c k the throttle v a l v e o p e r a t i o n . JUMPER WIRE

Does the throttle valve operate smoothly? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — C l e a n the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362),

t h e n g o to s t e p 22 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C P2101 Is 18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
i n d i c a t e d , go to s t e p 19. terminals C3 and C4.

W O — G o t o s t e p 13. ECM/PCM CONWECTOB C (49P)

13. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

14. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r . ETCSIVf— ( G R N / Y E L ) E T C S M + (BLU/RED)

15. J u m p the S C S line with t h e H D S .

16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 27.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ( 0 3 , C 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 21.

11-238
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), 27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

20. R e p l a c e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362). 28. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
21 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

22, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N III). 2 9 . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the

r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s :
2 3 , R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
• ENGINE SPEED
24, Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e • VSS
11-317). • APPSENSOR

25, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the 30. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s :
is DTC P2101 indicated?
* ENGINE SPEED
* VSS Y E S - - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
* APP S E N S O R t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
26, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 29.
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to step 1 *
is DTC P2101 indicated?
WO—If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e Is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
t h e n c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y f s e e p a g e 11-359), a n d a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e Indicated,
g o to s t e p 1, g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . i l

N O — - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-239
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2118: Throttle Actuator Current Range/ 9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

Performance Problem t e r m i n a l C 4 3 a n d throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 4.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
T H R O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R
and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (li). - SG3 ( G R N )
W i r e side o f f e m a l e terminals I
2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C (49P)
3. S l o w l y p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to the floor.

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC P2118 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s Is there continuity?
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . •
Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle
6. J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h the H D S . b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M (C43), t h e n g o to s t e p 14.

7. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r .

8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

11-240
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n throttle b o d y S P 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n body g r o u n d a n d
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d No. 6. throttle b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d
No* 6 individually.

THROTTLE B O D Y SP CONNECTOR
T H R O T T L E B O D Y SP C O W N E C T O R

1
2 3 4 5 6
ETCSf¥f™ (GRN/YEL) E T C S M + (BLU/RED!
ETCSM+
CBLU/RED)

W i r e side of female terminals

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is filere continuity?
is there continuity?
YES™-Repair s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n throttle
b o d y S P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 5 ( E T C S — line) a n d Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t In the w i r e b e t w e e n throttle
No, 8 ( E T C S 4 - line), t h e n g o to s t e p 14. b o d y BP c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d , t h e n go to
s t e p 14.
M O — G o to s t e p 11,
N O — G o to s t e p 12.

(confd)

11-241
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd)

12. A t t h e throttle b o d y s i d e , m e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5
and- No. 6 with the throttle fully c l o s e d . 23. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
T H R O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R

24. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

25. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).

1 2 3 4 5 6
ETCSSVI ETCSM+
26. S l o w l y p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal to the floor.

27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC P2118 indicated?

Terminal side of male terminals
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . If
Is there about 1.0 Q or less? the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 27.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 13. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.

N O — G o t o s t e p 22. NO—Sf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

is c o m p l e t e . Sf the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
13. R e p l a c e the throttle body ( s e e p a g e 11-362). r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

16. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

17. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

18. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

20. S l o w l y p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to the floor.

21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P2118 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-242
DTC P2122: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D) 7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Circuit L o w Voltage
8. J u m p the S C S line with t h e H D S .
N O T E ; B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d alt freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l 9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3),
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6P
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
HDS,

is there about 0,2 ¥ or iess?

1 2 3 4 5 6
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
A P S A (YEL)

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the ECIV1/PCM. •

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), W i r e side of female terminals

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
is there continuity?
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS),
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
8. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P P C M (A18) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2 a n d N o . 3.
N O — G o to step 11.
APP SEMSOR 6P CONNECTOR
11. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 to
body ground with a jumper wire.

1 2 3 4 5 6 A P P S E N S O R SP C O N N E C T O R
SG4 (BLU) ¥CC4 (RED!

ZX
1 2 3 4 5 6
APSA (YEL)

Wire side of female terminals JUMPER WIRE

is there about 5 ¥?
W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7 .

N O — G o to s t e p 17.

(confd)

11-243
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

terminal A18 and body ground.
16. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A C49PJ

A P S A (YEL) Is there about 0.2 V or less?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 29.

N O — G o to s t e p 22.

17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

18. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .

Terminal side of female terminals
19. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

Is there continuity? 20. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 to

body ground with a j u m p e r wire.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.
A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
MO-—Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A18) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 24.

13. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 1 2 3 4 5 6
VCC4 (RED)
14. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d No. 3 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . JUMPER WIRE

A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

2 3 5 6
A P S A (YEL) V C C 4 (RED)

JUMPER WIRE

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

11-244
 MP*
21. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 29. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
terminal A28 and body ground.
30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A mm

31. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
>d Njj9
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
lit/' / 18 / | 18 IS 20 21
m
22i23 24
2SJ30 /
X 25
34 35 36
27 28
s
V 32. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
Mzi^L^j/L*, 1/1/1
V C C 4 (RED) is DTC P2122 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
Terminal side of female terminals g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.
is there continuity ?
WO—If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Y E S - G o to s t e p 30. is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-216). If
HQ—Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
P C M (A26) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24. , g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 11

22, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0L

2 3 , R e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r pedat m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-259).

24, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

2 5 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii),

26, B e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

27, Do the E C M / P C M idle Searn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-3171

28, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S ,

is DTC P2122 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p j .

W O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

11-245
Electronic Throttle Control S f stem
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

DTC P2123: A P P S e n s o r A (TP S e n s o r D) 7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Circuit High Voltage
8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
and any on-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the general 9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
10. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 to
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). b o d y g r o u n d with a j u m p e r w i r e .

2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h the APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR

HDS.

Is there about 4.9 V or more?

1 2 3 4 5 6
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 . S 0 4 (BLU)

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this J U M P E R WIRE

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). Wire side of female terminals

4. D i s c o n n e c t the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (if). t e r m i n a l A 3 6 a n d body g r o u n d .

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)
6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d N o . 3.

APP S E N S O R 6 P CONNECTOR \Z7\

r
IBS
.34-|3g|3S
\/\*lu\43\*\/J^
2 3 5 6 SG4 (BLU)

SG4 (BLU) V C C 4 (RED)

Terminal side of female terminals

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 19.
Is there about 5 V?
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12. P C M (A36) a n d t h e A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.

NO—Go to s t e p 7.

11-246
12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC P2127: APP S e n s o r B (TP S e n s o r E)
Circuit L o w Voltage
13, R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-2591 N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

16, R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S , 2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R B in the D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

HDS.
17, D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). is there about 0,2 V or less?

18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.

I s DTC P2123 indicated? WO—Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
Y E S — - C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . •
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. 3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

1 ^ 0 — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y other 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • 5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d N o . 6.
2 0 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

21, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . ^X

1 2 3 4 5 6
Is DTC P2123 indicated? S G 5 (GRN) VCC5 (BRN)

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf
t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , is there about 5 V?
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
N O ™ G o t o s t e p 17.

(cont'd)

11-247
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A19 and body ground.
8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
A P S B CORN)

10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . 8 1 1
M / 1 / P 5 16 / j 1 8 19 20 21 1
2 2 | 2 3 [ 2 4 J > < 25 > < 26 27 28 j

A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R

APSB (ORN) T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

I s there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A19) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
Is there continuity?
13. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / »
P C M (A19) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 24. 14. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 4
and No. 6 with a j u m p e r wire.
W O — G o t o s t e p 11.

APP S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
11. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 to
body ground with a j u m p e r wire.

A P P S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R 1 2 3 4 5 6
A P S B CORN) VCC5 (BRN)

1 2 3 5 6
J U M P E R WIRE
A P S B CORN!

JUMPER WIRE W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

11-248
15. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll). 2 1 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A 2 5 and body ground.
16. C h e e k A P P S E N S O R B in the D A T A L I S T with t h e
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (JSP)
HDS,

is there about 0.2 V or less?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 9 .

N O — G o to s t e p 22,

17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

18. J u m p t h e S C S line with the H D S .

19. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). Terminal side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

20. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6 to is there continuity?

body ground with a j u m p e r wire.
Y E S — G o t o step30.

A F P S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A25) a n d the A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

1 2 3 4 5 6 2 2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

¥CC5 (BRN)
2 3 . R e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
JUMPER WIRE 11-259).

24. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

W i r e side of female terminals 2 5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

26. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

27. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC P2127 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n go to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

(confd)

11-249
Electronic Throttle Control System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

2 9 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC P2128: A P P S e n s o r B (TP S e n s o r E)
Circuit High Voltage"
30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
31. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
1 . T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
3 2 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R B In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
Is DTC P2127 indicated? HDS.

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Is there about 4,9 V or more?

t e r m i n a l s at the A P P . s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g at the A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . •
Is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). if 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
go to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • 4. D i s c o n n e c t the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

6. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d No. 6.

APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR

1 12 j 8 5 6
SG5 (GRN) VCC5 (GRN)

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there about 5 V? •

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.

N O — G o t o s t e p 7.

11-250
 7, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8* J u m p t h e S C S Sine w i t h the H D S . 13. R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e

11-259).
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
10. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 to
body ground with a jumper wire. 15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (if).

.16. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
A F P S E N S O R BP C O N N E C T O R

17. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).
1 2 3 4 5 6
18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
SOS (GRN)

JUMPER WIRE is DTC P2128 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
Wire side of female terminals t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
terminal A 3 5 and body ground. indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)

19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

20. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P2128 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
Terminal side of female terminals t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
is there continuity? E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 19. N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
M O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
P C M (A35) a n d t h e A P P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 14. a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , •

11-251
Electronic Throttle Control System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2135: TP S e n s o r A/B incorrect Voltage 8. V i s u a l l y c h e c k the throttle v a l v e operation w h i l e

Correlation y o u c l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

Does the valve temporarily move to its fully

CAUTION closed position?
Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the installed throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) or Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15.
w h i l e the Ignition s w i t c h is O N 111). 'If y o u d o , y o u
will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if the throttle v a l v e N O — G o t o s t e p 9.
is activated.
9, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 10. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 11. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If). 12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminals C20 and C21.
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3. Do the E T C S T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C (49P)

the H D S .
r - @ - |

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC P2135 indicated?

TPSB
Y E S — - G o to s t e p 5. ~ J
fRED/BLU)

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . •

5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). Is there continuity?

6. D i s c o n n e c t the Intake air duct f r o m the throttle Y E S — G o t o s t e p 13.

b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).
N O — G o to s t e p 22.
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-252
 MP*
13. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y 8 P c o n n e c t o r . 2 1 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

14. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r is DTC P2135 Indicated?

terminals C20 and C21.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.

IPSA IMO—Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other

(RED/BLKl
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
3 j4 j 5 j 8 j 7 8 ||8 110 |

ts j 14 f i s j i e f i T h a \ / ' m' 21
2 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
. TPSB
(RED/BLU)
2 3 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

24. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is there continuity?
. is DTC P2135 indicated?
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n the E C M /
PCM C 2 0 C T P 5 A line) a n d t h e C21 ( T P S B line), t h e n Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
g o to s t e p 17. t e r m i n a l s a t the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
M O — G o to s t e p 15. g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. •
15. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
18. R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362). is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
17. R e c o n n e c t alt c o n n e c t o r s . a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

19. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

20. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

11-253
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2138: A P P S e n s o r A / B (TP S e n s o r D/E) 9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

Incorrect Voltage Correlation terminals A18 and A19.

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data

ECfVi/PCIVI C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). A P S A (YEL) A P S B CORN)

^ 3
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h H D S ,
16 / i18Tl9
25 > < 28 27 28 "
3 . P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal to the floor. J34l35|36 7j7l7l
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is DTC P2138 Indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5. Is there continuity?

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.

t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . • N O — G o to s t e p 22.

5 . C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A a n d A P P S E N S O R B in the 10= D i s c o n n e c t the A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .

D A T A L I S T with the H D S . 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminals A18 and A19.
Are they the same voltage?

E C M / P C M C 0 W I M E C T O R A I49P)
YES™Gotostep6.

N O — G o to s t e p 12.
A P S A (YEL) APSB (ORN)
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
li !^3l4lX!6lt'>l7h^

m
7. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . 20 21
26 27 28
30 ^ / j 32 [ / j 34 j 35 j 36
8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s A 1 8 ( A P S A line) a n d A 1 9
( A P S B line), t h e n go to s t e p 14.

N O — G o t o s t e p 13.

11-254
12, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh 2 7 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

13, R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e Is DTC P2138 Indicated?

11-259).
Y E S — - C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
14, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . - t e r m i n a l s at the A P P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M J f
.the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
15, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), g o o d E C M / P C M (sep p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
16, R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
17, Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e Is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
11-317). r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
18, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

19, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N ill),

20, P r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to t h e floor.

2 1 , C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P2138 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting, •

2 2 , R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

2 3 , U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

2 4 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2 5 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2 6 , P r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to the floor.

11-255
Electronic Throttle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

D T C P2176: Throttle Actuator Control S y s t e m 10. V i s u a l l y c h e c k the throttle v a l v e operation w h i l e

Idle Position Not L e a r n e d p e r f o r m i n g t h e E T C S T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U w i t h the H D S .

ACAUTION Does the throttle valve move to its fully closed

Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the instaSled throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll) or position?
w h i l e t h e ignition s w i t c h is O N (II).' If y o u d o , y o u
will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if the throttle v a l v e Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.
is a c t i v a t e d .
N O ' — G o to s t e p 12.

NOTE: 11. C h e c k for s l u d g e or c a r b o n on the throttle v a l v e .

• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l Is there sludge or carbon on the throttle valve?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Y E S — C l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359),
• If D T C P 2 1 3 5 is s t o r e d at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 2 1 7 6 , t h e n g o to s t e p 21 a n d r e c h e c k .
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P 2 1 3 5 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
P2176. N O — G o to s t e p 18.

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . 13. D i s c o n n e c t the throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 14. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Si), a n d w a i t 15. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . -

10'seconds.
16. C o n n e c t throttle b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5
5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . a n d No. 6 with a j u m p e r w i r e .

Is DTC P2176 indicated?

T H R O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this 1 2 3 4 5 6
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
ETCSM- ETCSM+
at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n c l e a n (ORN/YEL) (BLU/RED)
the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359). •

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). JUMPER WIRE

7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e intake air duct f r o m the throttle W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).

8 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

9. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

11-256
 MP*
17, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 26. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
t e r m i n a l s C 3 a n d C4<
is DTC P2176 indicated?

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C <49P)
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359), a n d
ETCSM— (GRN/YEL) ETGSIVI+ fBLU/REO) g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Terminal side of female terminals
28. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
is there continuity ? g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 27. 29. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .

W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n the throttle is DTC P2176 indicated?

b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( C 3 , C 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 20.
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
18. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-
19. R e p l a c e t h e throttle b o d y f s e e p a g e 11-362). g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If the
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting
2 1 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf
2 2 . R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
23. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

24. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2 5 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t
10 s e c o n d s .

11-257
Electronic Throttle Control System
APP Sensor Signal Inspection

NOTE: 5. M a k e s u r e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is not p r e s s e d ,

• T h i s p r o c e d u r e c h e c k s the A P P s e n s o r in its fully t h e n c h e c k the A P P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h
c l o s e d p o s i t i o n . In a n y other p o s i t i o n , the A P P s e n s o r the H D S .
s t o r e s D T C s w h i c h are c o v e r e d in other
troubleshooting procedures. • If it is 0 % , the A P P s e n s o r is O K .
• C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S • If it is not 0 % , r e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
before d o i n g this p r o c e d u r e . If a n y D T C s a r e m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 11 -259), t h e n go to s t e p 1.
i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m first, t h e n d o this
procedure.
• P r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s , to c h e c k its
o p e r a t i o n . Sf it d o e s not o p e r a t e s m o o t h l y , c h e c k the
p e d a l . If y o u find a p r o b l e m , r e p l a c e the a c c e l e r a t o r
pedal m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 11-259).

1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )

(A) located u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the E C M / .
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , go to the D L C circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

4. M a k e s u r e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is not p r e s s e d ,
t h e n c h e c k the A P P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .

* If it is 0 % the A P P s e n s o r is O K .
* If it is not 0 % , update the E C M / P C M ' if it d o e s not
h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e
11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 5.

11-258
2, R e m o v e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e (B).

N O T E : T h e A P P s e n s o r is not a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
D o not d i s a s s e m b l e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e .

3, Install the p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

11-259
VTEC/VTC
Component Location Index

All m o d e l s except P Z E V

ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H

R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-304

ROCKER A R M OIL
CONTROL VALVE CAMSHAFT POSITION
Removal/Installation, (CMP) S E N S O R A
p a g e 11-302 (INTAKE SIDE)
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-301

ENGINE CONTROL
V T C OIL CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/
SOLENOID VALVE POWERTRAIN CONTROL
Removal/Test/Installation, M O D U L E (PCM)
p a g e 11-300 U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
VTC STRAINER R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-216

P Z E V model

f ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H A

R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-305

f ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B

R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-305

ROCKER A R M OIL
CONTROL VALVE - CAMSHAFT POSITION
Removal/Installation, ICMP) SENSOR A
p a g e 11-303 (INTAKE SIDE!
R e p l a c e m e n t page 11-301

- POWERTRAIN CONTROL
V T C OIL C O N T R O L M O D U L E (PCM)
SOLENOID VALVE U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
R e m o v a I/Test/I r e t a l i a t i o n , S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
p a g e 11-300 R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-216

VTC STRAINER

11-260
DTC Troubleshooting

DTC P0010: VTC Oil Control Solenoid Vaive 8. A t t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e

Malfunction b e t w e e n V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d N o . 2.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l V T C O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 1 2

3* S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
T e r m i n a l s i d e of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
4, D o t h e V T C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S ,
is there 6.75- 8.25 Q at room temperature?
5, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
is DTC PO010 indicated?
M O — G o to s t e p 14.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8,

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a i v e a n d t h e
ECM/PCM. •

8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P
connector.

(confd)

11-261
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
9, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V T C oil control 13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V T C oil control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No.. 2 a n d
body ground. E C M / P C M connector terminal C23.

VTC OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
V T C OIL C O N T R O L SOLENOID V A L V E 2P COMPACTOR

1 2
VTC (BLU/WHT)

Wi r e side of f e m a l e terminals

G N D (BLK)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

J t j 2 |3 | 4 I5 | 6 j 7 [ 8 I 9 j 10
11 12 20 21
13 14115 18117 [18
22 23
29 cD
W i r e side of female terminals 43 44 45 46

VTC (BLU/WHT)

Is there continuity? T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10. is there continuity?

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the V T C oil Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 2 .
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
t h e n g o to s t e p 15. N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C23) a n d the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,
10. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . t h e n g o to s t e p 15.

11. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal C23 and body ground.

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (C23) a n d t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 15.

N O — G o t o s t e p 13.

11-262
14, R e p l a c e t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 23. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
(see p a g e 11-300). s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
15. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
24. D o t h e V T C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
18. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). the H D S .

17. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . 25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

18. D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e is DTC P0010 indicated?

11-317).
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
19. D o t h e V T C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d
the H D S . t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S . t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
is DTC PO010 indicated?
N O — G o to s t e p 26.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d 26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 0 1 0 in the
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

N O — G o to s t e p 2 1 . Does the screen indicate PASSED?

2 1 . M o n i t o r the O B O S T A T U S f o r D T C PO010 in t h e . Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,

D T C s M E N U with the H D S . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
substituted, replace the original E C M / P C M
Does the screen indicate PASSED? (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 5 , g o to t h e indicated
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other D T C s troubleshooting. •
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p . 2 0 ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil
MO—If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r • c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
control solenoid valve a n d the E C M / P C M , then go E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 4 . Sf t h e
to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the
g o t o s t e p 19. s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.

22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

11-263
VTEC/VTC

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0011: V T C S y s t e m Malfunction 8. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0011 in the

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d ail f r e e z e data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l Does the screen indicate FAILED?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — i f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go-to s t e p 5 a n d
3. Start the e n g i n e . recheck.

4. W a t c h the l o w oil p r e s s u r e indicator w i t h the 9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

engine running.
10. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).
Is the low oil pressure indicator on?
11. R e m o v e the V T C s t r a i n e r (A), a n d c h e c k it for
Y E S — C h e c k the oi! p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 8-9), t h e n g o clogging.
to s t e p 15.

N O — G o to step 5.

5. Do the V T C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .

Is the result OK?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.

N O — G o t o s t e p 9.

6. T e s t - d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 9 — 3 8 m p h
(30—60 km/h) for 10 m i n u t e s .
Is the strainer OK ?
7. C h e c k the V T C S T A T U S in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
. HDS. Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.

Does it indicate ON? N O — C l e a n the V T C s t r a i n e r , r e p l a c e the e n g i n e oil

filter a n d the e n g i n e oil, t h e n go to s t e p 14.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
12. T e s t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
N O — G o to s t e p 6 a n d r e c h e c k . 11-300).

Is the VTC oil control solenoid vaive OK?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.

N O — - R e p l a c e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

( s e e p a g e 11-300), t h e n g o to s t e p 14.

11-264
13, I n s p e c t the V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-8), DTC P0340: C M P S e n s o r A No Signal

is the VTC actuator OK? N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
Y E S — C h e c k t h e V T C s y s t e m oil p a s s a g e s , t h e n g o t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
to s t e p 14.
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
N O — R e p l a c e t h e V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-30),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 14. 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

14, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .

15, R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S , 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

16, C l e a r the C K P pattern w i t h t h e H D S , is DTC P0340 indicated?.

17, Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

11-3171
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
18, Do the C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5). t i m e , C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at C M P s e n s o r A a n d the E C M / P C M . •
19, Do t h e V T C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S . 5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

20, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 6. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r A 3 P c o n n e c t o r .

is DTC PO011 indicated? 7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A 3 P
t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

C M P S E N S O R A 3P CONNECTOR
N O — G o to s t e p 21,

21, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0011 in t h e

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

1G1 ( B L K / Y E L )
Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 0 ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II
W i r e side of female terminals
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o is there battery voltage?
to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 19. Y E S — G o t o step9.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
A a n d t h e No. 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 18,

(cont'd)

11-265
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A 3 P 11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
12. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

C M P S E N S O R A 3P C O N N E C T O R
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal C45 and body ground.

C M P A (BLU/WHT) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (4SP)

W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

CMPA (BLU/WHT)
Is there about 5 V?

¥ E S ™ ~ G o t o s t e p 10.

N O — G o to s t e p 11. Terminal side of female terminals

10. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A S P Is there continuity?

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2 a n d No. 3.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (C45) a n d C M P s e n s o r A , t h e n g o to s t e p 18.
C M P S E N S O R A 3P C O N N E C T O R

N O — G o to s t e p 15.

1
LG (BRN/YEL) IG1 ( B L K / Y E L )

W i r e side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 16.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r
A a n d G 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-20), t h e n g o to s t e p 18.

11-266
15, C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r A 3 P 16. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
connector terminal No. 1 a n d E C M / P C M connector
terminal C45. 17. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r A ( s e e p a g e 11-301).

C M P S E N S O R A 3P CONNECTOR
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

1 19. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

I CMP A fBLU/WHTi
20. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with t h e H D S .
Wire side of female terminals

21. D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR C | 4 9 P !
11-317).

2 2 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P0340 indicated?

CMPA (BLU/WHT! Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

Terminal side of female terminals t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r A a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1.
is there continuity?
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
Y E S — G o to s t e p 23. T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
N o — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( C 4 5 ) a n d C M P s e n s o r A t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
/ 23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

24. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC P0340 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r A a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . Sf t h e
E C M / P C M w a s substituted, g o to s t e p 1.

N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e Indicated,
g o t o t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-267
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0341: CMP Sensor A and CKP Sensor Does the screen indicate FAILED?
Incorrect Phase Detected
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the general, N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C ol!
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf the
s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . and recheck.

3. T e s t - d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 9 — 3 8 m p h 9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

(30—60 km/h) for 10 m i n u t e s .
10. T e s t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 11-300).

Is DTC P0341 indicated? is the VTC oiTcontroi solenoid valve OK?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.

N O — G o t o s t e p 5. N O — R e p l a c e the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e

(see p a g e 11-300), t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
5. Do the V T C T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S . 11. C h e c k the c a m s h a f t t i m i n g ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 6-9).

Is the result OK? Is the camshaft timing OK ?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6. Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.

N O — G o to s t e p 9. N O — R e s e t the c a m s h a f t t i m i n g ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e
6-9), then go to s t e p 14.
6. T e s t - d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 9 — 3 8 m p h
( 3 0 — 6 0 km/h) for 10 m i n u t e s . 12. C h e c k for d a m a g e or stretch at the c a m c h a i n
(see p a g e 6-23).
7. C h e c k the V T C S T A T U S in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS. Is the cam chain damaged or stretched ?

Does it indicate ON? Y E S — R e p l a c e the c a m c h a i n ( s e e p a g e 6-13) a n d

the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 6-20), t h e n go to s t e p
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8. 14.

N O — G o to s t e p 6 a n d r e c h e c k . N O — G o t o s t e p 13.

8. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0341 in the 13. Inspect the V T C actuator ( s e e p a g e 6-8).
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Is the actuator OK?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.

- N O — R e p l a c e the V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-30),
t h e n go to s t e p 14.

11-268
14. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), DTC P0344: C M P S e n s o r A Circuit
Intermittent Interruption
15. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
18. C l e a r the C K P pattern w i t h the H D S , a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
17, Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317), 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. D o t h e C K P pattern learn p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-5). 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

18. T e s t - d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 9 — 3 8 m p h 3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let It idle for 10 s e c o n d s .

( 3 0 — 6 0 k m / h ) for 10 m i n u t e s .
4. C h e c k the C M P A N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
2 0 , C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . HDS.

is DTC PQ341 indicated? Are 0 counts Indicated ?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d
the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. I M O — G o t o s t e p 5.

N O — G o to s t e p 21. 5. ' T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s In the

r a n g e of t h e s e r e c o r d e d freeze data p a r a m e t e r s :
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0341 in the
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . * ENGINE SPEED
* VSS
Does the screen Indicate PASSED?
6. C h e c k the C M P A N O I S E in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other HDS.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 20,
g o to the I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Are 0 counts indicated?

HO—if t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V T C oil
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o WO—Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
g o to s t e p 19, at C M P s e n s o r A a n d the E C M / P C M . •

7. C h e c k for poor or l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
at t h e s e l o c a t i o n s :

* CMP sensor A
* ECM/PCM
* Engine ground

* Body ground

Are the connections and terminals OK?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
N O — R e p a i r t h e c o n n e c t i o n s or t e r m i n a l s , t h e n go
to s t e p 11.

(confd)

11-269
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
8. C h e c k for d a m a g e o n t h e C M P s e n s o r A p u l s e r DTC P1009: VTC Advance Malfunction
plate ( s e e p a g e 6-29).
NOTE:
Is the pulser plate damaged ? • Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
Y E S — R e p l a c e the C M P s e n s o r A p u l s e r plate t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
( s e e p a g e 6-29), t h e n g o to s t e p 11. • If D T C P0341 is s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C P I 0 0 9 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P 1 0 0 9 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C
N O — G o t o s t e p 9. P0341.

9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

10. R e p l a c e C M P s e n s o r A ( s e e p a g e 11-301). 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

11. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 3. Start t h e e n g i n e .

12. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

13. Do the E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e . Is DTC P1009 indicated?

11-317).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
14. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 10 s e c o n d s .
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . time.B

Is DTC P0344 Indicated? 5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 6. R e m o v e the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4-31).

t e r m i n a l s at C M P s e n s o r A a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n
go to s t e p 1. 7. R e m o v e the V T C s t r a i n e r (A), a n d c h e c k it for
clogging.
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Is the strainer OK ?

Y E S — G o t o step8.

N O — C l e a n the V T C s t r a i n e r , r e p l a c e the e n g i n e oil

filter a n d the e n g i n e oil, t h e n g o to s t e p 10.

11-270
 4?*
8, T e s t t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e f s e e p a g e DTC P2646: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch
11-300). Circuit Low Voltage (AH models except PZEV)

is the vaive OK ? Special Tools Reqylred

* Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
Y E S - - G o to s t e p 9. * A / T l o w p r e s s u r e g a u g e w / p a n e l 07406-0070301
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e 07406-0020201
N O — R e p l a c e t h e V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e * A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
fsee p a g e 11-300), t h e n g o to s t e p 10. * A / T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
* Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A A 2 0 0
9. I n s p e c t t h e V T C a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 6-8).
NOTE:
is the actuator OK ? * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a a n d
a n y on-board snapshot, a n d review the general
Y E S — C h e c k t h e V T C s y s t e m oil p a s s a g e s , t h e n g o t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
to s t e p 10, * If D T C P 2 6 4 8 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 9 a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e
t i m e a s D T C P2646, t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e D T C s f i r s t
M O — R e p l a c e t h e V T C actuator ( s e e p a g e 6-30), t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P2646.
t h e n g o t o s t e p 10,
1. C h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l .
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ii).
is the level OK?
11. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2.
12. C l e a r t h e C K P pattern w i t h the H D S .
N O — A d j u s t the e n g i n e oil to t h e p r o p e r l e v e l , t h e n
13. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e g o to s t e p 20.
11-317).
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
14. Do t h e C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
3. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
' 4. Do the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
is DTC PI009 indicated? the H D S .

Y E S — C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e s at t h e V T C s y s t e m , . Is the result OK?

t h e n g o to s t e p 1,
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other • t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the at the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e rocker
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d the E C M / P C M . •

N O — G o to s t e p 5.

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2P
connector.

7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). ..

(confd)

11-271
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. C h e c k ' t h e V T E C P R E S S W in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h 14. C h e c k t h e oil p r e s s u r e .

the-HDS.
Does the oil pressure increase to at least 392 kPa
Is SWITCH ON indicated? (4.0 kgf/cnf, 56.9 psi)?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15. Y E S — R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h

(see p a g e 11-304), t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
NO—Go to s t e p 9.
N O — I n s p e c t the V T E C s y s t e m . If it is O K , r e p l a c e
9. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-302),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
10. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (A), a n d
' attach the s p e c i a l t o o l s a s s h o w n , t h e n attach the 15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h to the oil p r e s s u r e
g a u g e a d a p t e r (B). 16. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

© 7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 2 0 1 or
17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
07tVIAJ-PY4CI11Aancl
07406-0070301 @7IVfAJ-PY40120
18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n . E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C22 and body ground.

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

J 1 | 2 j3 | 4 I5 | 6 I 7 I 8 | 9 j10j

©7NAJ-P07O10A

07ZAJ-S5AA2O0

Terminal side of female terminals

11. R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P Is there continuity?

connector.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / •
12. S t a r t the e n g i n e . P C M (C22) a n d the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
13. D o the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S . N O — G o t o s t e p 25.

11-272
19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P2646: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch
A Circuit Low Voltage (PZEV model)
20. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
DTC P2647: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch
2 1 . R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . A Circuit High Voltage (PZEV model)

22. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Special Tools Required

11-317). * Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
* A / T l o w p r e s s u r e g a u g e w / p a n e l 07406-0070301
2 3 . Do t h e V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h * A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e 07406-0020201
the H D S . * A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
* A / T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
24. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S . * Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A A 2 0 0

is DTC P2646 indicated? NOTE:

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t e r m i n a l s at the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d the E C M / P C M , * If D T C P 2 6 4 8 a n d / o r P2649 a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e
t h e n g o s t e p 1. t i m e a s D T C P2646 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 7 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
D T C s first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 6 4 6 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 7 .
M O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the 1. C h e c k t h e e n g i n e oil l e v e l .
i n d i c a t e d DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Is the level OK?
2 5 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2.
26. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), o r substitute a k n o w n - HQ—Adjust the e n g i n e oil level to t h e p r o p e r l e v e l ,
g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7). t h e n g o to s t e p 29.

27. D o t h e V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

the H D S .
3. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
2 8 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC P2646 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the
r o c k e r a m i oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d the E C M / P C M .
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 27.
If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

WO—If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

(confd)

11-273
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

4. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 7. A t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A s i d e of the

w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T . c o n n e c t o r , c h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e 2P
connector terminals.
Are VTECIN-Oand VTECEX-0 indicated?

ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH A 2P CONNECTOR

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s VTPSWA
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M . H

N O — I f the result is

* V T E C I N - 1 : G o to s t e p 5.
* V T E C I N - 3 : G o t o s t e p 14.
GNO
* V T E C I N - 3 a n d V T E C E X - 3 indicated at the s a m e
t i m e : C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e b e t w e e n the e n g i n e T e r m i n a l s i d e of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e filter. If it Is O K , go to s t e p 14.
* V T E C I N - 2 , V T E C I N - 4 : I n s p e c t the intake v a l v e Is there continuity?
s i d e of the V T E C s y s t e m . If it Is O K , r e p l a c e the
rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-303), Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
t h e n g o to s t e p 29.
* V T E C E X - 1 , 2 , 3 , 4: T h e e x h a u s t v a l v e s i d e V T E C N O — R e p l a c e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A
s y s t e m is faulty. G o to the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for (see p a g e 11-305), t h e n g o to s t e p 29.
P2651/P2652 ( s e e p a g e 11-290).

5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2P

connector.

11-274
 ill
8, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK 13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
• p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil P C M connector terminal C22.
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
R O C K E R ARM O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H A 2 P C O N N E C T O R
body ground.
VTPSWA IBLU/BLK) J

ROCKER mm OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H A 2P CONNECTOR

^ VTPSWA (BLU/BLK)
x
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e terminals

P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

Wire side of female terminals

-Terminal side of female terminals

is there battery voltage? is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m Y E S — - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20), t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 28, rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M . If
the c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , go to s t e p
N O — G o to s t e p 10. 35.

10, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m

oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A a n d the P C M (C22), t h e n g o to
11, J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . s t e p 29.

12, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .

15. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2P

connector.

(confd)

11-275
VT.EG/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 22. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U

with the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T .
17. C h e c k R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H A In
the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S . 23. C h e c k the oil p r e s s u r e d u r i n g the High V / T / L I F T
( T E S T S T A T U S 4).
Is SWITCH ON indicated?
Does the oil pressure increase to at least 191. kPa
Y E S — G o to s t e p 24. 2
(2.0kgf/cm , 27.7psi)?

N O — G o t o s t e p 18. Y E S — R e p l a c e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A

( s e e p a g e 11-305), t h e n go to s t e p 29.
18. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O — I n s p e c t the Intake v a l v e s i d e of the V T E C
19. R e m o v e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A ( s e e p a g e s y s t e m . If It Is O K , r e p l a c e t h e rocker a r m oil control
11-305), t h e n reinstall the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-303), t h e n go to s t e p 29.
v a l v e a n d its filter ( s e e p a g e 11-303) w i t h o u t
Installing rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A . 24. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

20. A t t a c h the s p e c i a l t o o l s to t h e rocker a r m oil control 25. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

v a l v e a s s h o w n , t h e n attach rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h A to the oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e a d a p t e r (B). 26. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

©7406-0020201 or
07MAJ-PY4011A and
27. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
©7406-0070301 07i¥IAJ»PY4012O terminal C22 and body ground.

PCIVI C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

A
22 N-m
12.2 k g f - m ,
16 lbf-ft)

VTPSWA (BLU/BLK!

07NAJ-P0701OA

07ZAJ-S5AA200 Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
(C22) a n d rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , t h e n g o
to s t e p 29..
21, R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 2P
connector. N O — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M . If the c o n n e c t o r s
a n d the t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , go to s t e p 3 5 .

11-276
 w*
28. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), 3 7 . . S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T . '
2 9 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
Are VTECIN-0 and VTECEX'-0 indicated?
30. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N fll).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 38.
3 1 . B e s e t the P C M w i t h the H D S .
N O — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
32. Do the P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317). g o o d P C M fsee page 11-7), then r e c h e c k . If the P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
3 3 . S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the V T E C T E S T . 38. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Are VTECIN-Oand V TECEX-0 indicated? Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 34. Y E S — I f a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e
i n d i c a t e d , g o to the indicated D T C s -
N O — - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s troubleshooting. •
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A , r o c k e r a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A , a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. N O — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
complete.. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
34. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . original P C M ( s e e page 1 1 - 2 1 6 ) . H

Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated?

Y E S — I f a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e
I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting. •

MO—Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . i f

35. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

36. U p d a t e the PCM if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).

11-277
VTEC/VIC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2647: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 5. C h e c k t h e result of s t e p 4.

Circuit High Voltage (All models except
PZEV) • V T E C Switch Failure
• V T E C Switch Open
NOTE: • V T E C Switch S I G Line Open
* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d • V T E C Switch G N D Line Open
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
' t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Is the test result any of those above?
* If D T C . P 2 6 4 8 a n d / o r P 2 6 4 9 a r e s t o r e d at t h e s a m e
time a s D T C P2647, troubleshoot t h o s e D T C s f i r s t Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P 2 6 4 7 .
N O — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
1. C h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l . at the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . If It is O K ,
r e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
Is the level OK? 11-302), t h e n , g o to s t e p 15.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 2. 6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

N O — A d j u s t the e n g i n e oil to the p r o p e r l e v e l , then 7. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P

g o t o s t e p 17. connector.

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 8. At the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h s i d e , c h e c k for

continuity b e t w e e n its 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
3. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P CONNECTOR
4. Do t h e V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S . VTPSW

N O T E : If D T C s t o r e d d u r i n g V T E C T E S T , c h e c k for
D T C s M E N U . If D T C P 2 6 4 7 . i n d i c a t e d , go to s t e p 6. If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d ,
go to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

Is the result OK? GND

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this Terminal side of male terminals

t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the rocker
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d the E C M / P C M . I I Is there continuity?

N O — G o to s t e p 5. Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

N O — R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h

( s e e p a g e 11-304), t h e n g o to s t e p 16.

11-278
 9, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil E C M / P C M connector terminal C22.
pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and
R O C K E R ARM O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
body ground.
V T P S W (BLU/BLK)

R O C K E R mm OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R

^ x V T P S W (BLU/BLK) W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

8 I 9 liol
14|15
22

43 44
@5p a z i

Wire s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s V T P S W (BLU/BLK)
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there battery voltage? is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the r o c k e r Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 2 .
a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d 6 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
t h e n g o to s t e p 15. N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (C22) a n d the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
N O — G o to s t e p 11. t h e n g o to s t e p 22.

11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) . 15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

12. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S , 16. R e c o n n e c t aSS c o n n e c t o r s .

13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

19. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).

(cont'd)

11-279
VTEC/VTC

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . 25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P2647 indicated? Is DTC P2647 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil- p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the
rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d the E C M / P C M , r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d t h e - E C M / P C M . ;
t h e n go to s t e p 1. Sf the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
N O — G o t o step 21. Sf the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.

21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2647 in t h e N O — G o to s t e p 26.

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2647 in the
Does the screen indicate PASSED? D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other Does the screen indicate PASSED?

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 20,
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 1 s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
C O M P L E T E D , keep idling until a result c o m e s o n . D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 5 , g o to the i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting. •
22. R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s .
N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
23. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil
" s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If t h e E C M / P C M
24. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it Idle. w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idiing until a result c o m e s
on.

11-280
 MP*
DTC P2648: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 7. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
Circuit Low Voltage (All models except PZEV)
8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l 9. C h e e k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). terminal B35 and body ground.

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
. M l /
11 12 13 14 15 16 17J18 1 9 / 21

>< >< /
3, D o the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h s 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

the H D S , 29
/ 31 32 33 34 35|36 38 /
514S

is the result OK? VTS fGRN/YEL)

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d the
ECM/PCM, • Terminal side of female terminals

HO—Go to s t e p 4. is there continuity?

4, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). YES™-Repair s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M (B35) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d ,
5, D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d 2 P t h e n g o to s t e p 11.
connector,
N O — G o t o s t e p 18.
8* M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d 10. R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
No, 2. 11-302).

11. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
R O C K E R ABM OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D 2P C O N N E C T O R

12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

13. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

14. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

15. Do the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h

the H D S .
Terminal side of male terminals

is there 14—30 Q at room temperature?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

NO—Goto s t e p 10.

(confd)

11-281
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 22. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2648 in the
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
Is DTC P2648 indicated?
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d Y E S - H f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , •.
the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
N O — G o t o s t e p 17. (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 1 , g o to the Indicated
17. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2648 in the D T C s troubleshooting. •
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S ,
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
Does the screen indicate PASSED? c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M /
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / .
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 16, P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 20. If the E C M /
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • .PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 2 0 .
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
step 15.

18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
. g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

20. Do the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the H D S .

21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P2648 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d
the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n go to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M ' w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1.

N O — G o t o s t e p 22.

11-282
 MP*
DTC P2648: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
A (Intake Valve Side) Circuit Low Voltage
(PZEV mode!) 9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (43P).

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

and any on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general terminal B35 and body ground.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).
P C M CONNECTOR B (49P)

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 14(15

3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 32J33 u\asi| as y\E

4i> Ue
w i t h t h e H D S , a n d d o the S o l e n o i d V a l v e
A C T I V A T I O N of t h e R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D A . V T S A (GRIM/YEL)

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC P2648 indicated ?

Terminal side of female terminals

YES—Go to s t e p 5.
is there continuity?
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the P C M
at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A a n d the P C M . B (B35) a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A , t h e n g o
to s t e p 12.
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A 2 P at t h e P C M a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ,
connector,: t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.

7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil
control solenoid A 2 P connector terminals No. 1
a n d N o , 2.

ROCKER mm O I L C O N T R O L S O L E M G 1 D A 2P C O N N E C T O R

Terminal side of male terminals

is there 14— 30 Q at room temperature?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

NO—Go to s t e p 11.

(confd)

11-283
VTEC/VTC

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

11-303).
20. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
21. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
14. R e s e t the P C M w i t h the H D S . with the H D S , a n d do the S o l e n o i d V a l v e
A C T I V A T I O N of the R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D A.
15. D o the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y . D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
16. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o the S o l e n o i d V a l v e Is DTC P2648 indicated?
A C T I V A T I O N of the R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D A .
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d
the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
Is DTC P2648 indicated? k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), then g o t o s t e p
21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d N O — G o t o s t e p 23.
the P C M , then go to s t e p 1.
23. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2648 in the
N O — G o t o s t e p 18. D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

18. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2648 In the Does the screen indicate PASSED?
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
Does the screen indicate PASSED? c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 2 ,
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 17, go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
NO—Sf the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1 c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T control s o l e n o i d A a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 16. u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
11-7), then g o t o s t e p 21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. Sf the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
- C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 21.

11-284
DTC P2643: Rocker A r m Oil Control S o l e n o i d 7. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
Circuit High Voltage (All m o d e l s except c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d
PZEV) No. 2.

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data R O C K E R A R M OIL CONTROL SOLENOID 2P CONNECTOR

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
1 2
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3. S t a r t the e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P o r N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle. Terminal side of male terminals

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

is there 14—30 Q at room temperature?
is DTC P2849 indicated?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
N O — G o to s t e p 12.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s 8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil control
at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e • s o l e n o i d 2 P c o n n e c t o r terminal. No. 1 a n d b o d y
ECM/PCM. • ground.

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID 2P CONNECTOR

8. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d 2P

connector,

GND (BLK)

Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e rocker
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
t h e n g o to s t e p 13.

9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

(cont'd)

11-285
VTEC/VTC

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 12. R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e

t e r m i n a l B 3 5 a n d rocker arm. oil control s o l e n o i d 2 P 11-302).
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.
13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
ROCKER ARM O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D 2P C O N N E C T O R

14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1
VTS (GRN/YEL) 15. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

Wire side of female terminals

16. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-317).
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

3 4 9 ll0j c

11J12 13 19
14115 17118
24 > < 25 ] > < ^ 28 27 Is DTC P2649 indicated?
32|33 ylsslH/tis
«&]ZL Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
VTS fGRN/YEL) t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d
Terminal side of female terminals t h e E C M / P C M , , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

Is there continuity? N O ™ G o to s t e p 18.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 19. 18. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 4 9 In the

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
WO—-Repair o p e n in t h e wire- b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (B35) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , Does the screen indicate PASSED?
t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 17,
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
1. If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , keep
Idling until a result c o m e s o n .

11-286
 w*
19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , DTC P2649: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid
A (Intake Valve Side) Circuit High Voltage
20. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest (PZEV model)
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7). N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
2 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Is DTC P2649 indicated? 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
t e r m i n a l s at the r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator
t h e E C M / P C M , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it idle.
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
to s t e p 1.
Is DTC P2649 indicated?
N O — G o t o s t e p 23.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2649 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t "failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
Does the screen indicate PASSED? at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d the P C M . •

Y E S - I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated 5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M 6. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A 2 P
( s e e p a g e 11-218), If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or connector.
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 2 , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting. • 7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r a n d No. 2.
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
R O C K E R ARM O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D - A 2P C O N N E C T O R
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s
on,

Terminal side of m a l e terminals

is there 14-30 Q at room temperature?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — G o t o s t e p 12.

(confd)

11-287
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil control 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

s o l e n o i d A 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d body, t e r m i n a l B 3 5 a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A
ground. 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.

R O C K E R A R M O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A 2P C O N N E C T O R
R O C K E R A R M O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A 2P C O N N E C T O R

V I S A IGRN/YEL)

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a

G N D (BLK1
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

8 i 9 IIOE
13 u | l 6 16 ITIIS 19 / 21
24
31 ><
X 26 2738 28
25

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
32(33 34 35|36 / /

V T S A (GRW/YEL)

is there continuity? T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9. is there continuity?

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the rocker Y E S — G o t o step 1 9 .

a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o to
s t e p 13. N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the P C M
(B35) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A ,
9 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . t h e n go to s t e p 13.

10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 12. R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e

11-303).

11-288
13, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , 19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

14, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ill), 20. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
15, Reset the P C M with the H D S . g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

16, Do the P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-317). 21. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

17, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 2 2 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P2649 indicated? Is DTC P2649 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A a n d t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A a n d
t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If
N O — G o to s t e p 18, t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

18, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 4 9 in t h e N O — G o to s t e p 2 3 .
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 4 9 in t h e
Does the screen indicate PASSED? D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other Does the screen indicate PASSED?

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the.
WO—if t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 1 o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 2 ,
C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n . g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

NO-—If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d A a n d t h e P C M . If the- P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good P C M , then
r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If
t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling
until a result c o m e s o n .

11-289
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P2651: Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h 4. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U

B Circuit L o w Voltage (PZEV model) w i t h the H D S , a n d do the V T E C T E S T .

D T C P2652: Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h Are VTECEX-0 and VTECIN-0 indicated?

B Circuit High Voltage ( P Z E V model)
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Special Tools Required t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
• P r e s s u r e gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, a n d rocker a r m
• A / T low pressure gauge w / p a n e l 07406-0070301 oil control s o l e n o i d B, a n d the P C M . B
• A / T pressure hose 07406-0020201
• A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A N O — I f t h e result is
• A / T pressure adapter 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 2 0
• Oil p r e s s u r e h o s e 0 7 Z A J - S 5 A A 2 0 0 • V T E C E X - 1 : G o to s t e p 5.
• V T E C E X - 3 : G o to s t e p 14.
NOTE: • • V T E C E X - 3 a n d V T E C I N - 3 i n d i c a t e d at the s a m e
• B e f o r e - y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t ; r e c o r d all freeze data a n d t i m e : C h e c k the oil p a s s a g e b e t w e e n the e n g i n e
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the r o c k e r a r m oil control
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). v a l v e filter. If it is O K , g o to s t e p 14.
• If D T C P 2 6 5 3 a n d / o r P 2 6 5 4 a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e • V T E G E X - 2 , V T E C E X - 4 : I n s p e c t the e x h a u s t s i d e of
t i m e a s D T C P2651 a n d / o r P 2 6 5 2 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e t h e V T E C s y s t e m , if it is O K , r e p l a c e the r o c k e r
D T C s f i r s t t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C P2651 a n d / o r P 2 6 5 2 . a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1• 1-303), t h e n g o
to s t e p 29.
1. C h e c k the e n g i n e oil l e v e l . • V T E C I N - 1 , 2 , 3 , 4: T h e intake v a l v e s i d e V T E C
s y s t e m is faulty. G o to t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for
Is the level OK? P 2 6 4 6 / P 2 6 4 7 ( s e e p a g e 11-273).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 2. 5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

- W O — A d j u s t the e n g i n e oil l e v e l to the p r o p e r l e v e l , 6. D i s c o n n e c t the' r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P

t h e n go to s t e p 29. connector.

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

3. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

11-290
 MP*
7. At t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B s i d e , c h e c k 8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n its 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil
R O C K E R mm O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H B 2P C O N N E C T O R
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
body ground.
VTPSWB

R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H B 2P C O N N E C T O R

^ v V T P S W B (BLU)

GNO

Terminal side o f male terminals

is there continuity ? W i r e side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
is there battery voltage?
N O — R e p l a c e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B
f s e e p a g e 11-305), t h e n g o to s t e p 29. Y E S — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B a n d G101 ( s e e p a g e 22-20),
t h e n g o to s t e p 28.

N O — G o to s t e p 10.

10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11. J u m p the S C S line with t h e H D S .

12. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

(confd)

11-291
¥TEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil 16. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d
P C M connector terminal B43. 17. C h e c k the R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H B
. In t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B 2P CONNECTOR

V T P S W B {BLU) Is SWITCH ON indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 24.

Wire side of female terminals N O — G o to s t e p 18.

PCIWI C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
18. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8 I 9 IH
14 15 16 17 18 19. R e m o v e rocker arm. oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B ( s e e p a g e

»- ;29 ESI
82|33 34I351-36
26 27 28
381
11-305), t h e n reinstall t h e rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e a n d Its filter ( s e e p a g e 11-303) w i t h o u t '
"401X1^1431X145^
i n s t a l l i n g r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B.
VTPSWB (BLU)
Terminal side of female terminals 20. A t t a c h the s p e c i a l t o o l s to t h e rocker a r m oil control
v a l v e a s s h o w n , t h e n attach rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e
Is there continuity? s w i t c h B to the oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e a d a p t e r (A).

07406-0020201 or
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
07MAJ-PY4011Aand
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, 07406-0070301 07MAJ-PY40120
rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B, a n d the P C M . If
the c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , go to s t e p
35.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B a n d the P C M (B43), t h e n g o to
s t e p 29.

14. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

07NAJ-P07010A
15. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P
connector.

07ZAJ-S5AA200

21. R e c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B 2 P

connector.

11-292
2 2 , S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 2 7 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
w i t h t h e H D S a n d d o the V T E C T E S T .
r terminal B43 and body ground.

PCM GOPJPJECTOR B (49P)

2 3 , C h e c k t h e oil p r e s s u r e d u r i n g t h e L o w V / T / L I F T a n d
t h e High V / T / L I F T ( T E S T S T A T U S 3 a n d 4).

3 | 4 ! / M 7 8 I 9 hO
Does the oil pressure increase to at least 191 kPa .hi/
11 12 13 14 15 10 1T|18 19 / 21
I

(2.0 kgf/cm , s
27.7 psi)? I 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 / ><
31 32 33 34 35 36 / a
a

Y E S — R e p l a c e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B I«K 7^m,

( s e e p a g e 11-305}, t h e n g o to s t e p 29. VTPSWB (BLU)

W O — I n s p e c t the V T E C s y s t e m . If it is O K , r e p l a c e
t h e rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 11-303),
t h e n g o to s t e p 29,
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

24. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Is there continuity?
2 5 . J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
28. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). (B43) a n d rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, t h e n g o
to s t e p 29.

WO™"-Check for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s

at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d B, a n d the P C M . If the c o n n e c t i o n s
a n d the t e r m i n a l s are O K , g o to s t e p 3 5 . -

(confd)

lt-293
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

2 8 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) . 37. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U

w i t h the H D S , a n d do the V T E C T E S T .
29. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Are VTECEX-0 and VTECIN-0 Indicated?
30. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 38.
3 1 . R e s e t the P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
N O — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
3 2 . Do the P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317). g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
3 3 . S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
- w i t h the H D S , a n d d o t h e V T E C T E S T . 38. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Are VTECEX-0 and VTECIN-0 indicated? Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 34. Y E S — I f a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e
I n d i c a t e d , go to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
N O — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s troubleshooting. •
at rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B, rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d B, a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. N O — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
34. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated?

Y E S — i f a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e
i n d i c a t e d , g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting. •

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . •

3 5 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

36. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d PCM. ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

11-294
DTC P2653: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
B (Exhaust Valve Side) Circuit Low Voltage
9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). terminal C24 and body ground.

PCM CONNECTOR C (49P)

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if),

T T
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13 1 4 1 8 16 17 18
3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U ,
a n d d o t h e S o l e n o i d V a i v e A C T I V A T I O N of R O C K E R
A R M S O L E N O I D B with the H D S .
V T S B (GRN/RED)
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P2653 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5, Terminal side of female terminals

W O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s Is there continuity?
t i m e . C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d t h e P C M . Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
(C24) a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B, t h e n g o
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). to s t e p 12.

6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B 2P W O — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s

connector, at t h e P C M a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B,
t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d N o . 2.

R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D B 2P C O N N E C T O R

1 2

T e r m i n a l side of male t e r m i n a l s

is there 14-30 Q at room temperature?

Y E S — G o t o step8.

M O — G o to s t e p 11.

(confd)

11-295
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

• 11-303).
20. U p d a t e the P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
21. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
14. R e s e t the P C M w i t h t h e H D S . w i t h the H D S , a n d do t h e S o l e n o i d V a l v e
A C T I V A T I O N of the R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D B.
15. D o t h e P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).
22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
16. S e l e c t the V T E C T E S T In t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d o t h e S o l e n o i d V a l v e is DTC P2653 indicated?
A C T I V A T I O N of t h e R O C K E R A R M S O L E N O I D B. '
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d
the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
Is DTC P2653 indicated? k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p
21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
YES™™Check for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d N O — G o to s t e p 23.
t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
23. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2653 in the
M O — G o to s t e p 18. D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

18. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P2653 in t h e Does the screen indicate PASSED?
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
. Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
Does the screen indicate PASSED? c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 2 2 ,
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 17, g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
N O ™ If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
N O — I f t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 1 c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T control s o l e n o i d B a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 16. u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 21. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 21.

11-296
D T C P2854: Rocker A r m Oil Control S o l e n o i d 8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil control
B (Exhaust Valve S i d e ) Circuit High Voltage s o l e n o i d B 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
and any on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B 2P CONNECTOR
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2, Clear t h e D T C w i t h the H D S ,
GND (BLK)

3, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P or N) until the radiator
f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it idle.

4, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Wire side of female terminals

is DTC P2854 indicated?

is there continuity?
Y E S - - G o t o stepS.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
WO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s W O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the rocker
at r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d the P C M . B a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 13.
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
8. D i s c o n n e c t the r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B 2 P
connector, 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

7, M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil

control s o l e n o i d 8 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1
a n d No, 2,

ROCICEB mm OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B 2P CONNECTOR

1 2

Terminal side of male terminals

Is there 14—30 Q at room temperature?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8,

N O — G o to s t e p 12,

(confd)

11-297
VTEC/VTC
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 1 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

t e r m i n a l C 2 4 a n d rocker a r m oil'control s o l e n o i d B
2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2. 13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

R O C K E R ARM O I L CONTROL SOLENOID B 2P C O N N E C T O R

14. R e s e t the P C M w i t h the H D S .

15. Do the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).

V T S B (GRN/RED)
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is DTC P2054 indicated?

PCM C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

• Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
J T T 2 T h T s 1817 ®Tnfl t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B a n d
13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21
the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

43 44 45 46
3ZL N O — G o t o s t e p 17.
V T S B (GRN/RED)

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s 17. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 5 4 In the

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Is there continuity?
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 19.
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the P C M T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 16,
(C24) a n d the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B, g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
N O — i f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .

11-298
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. U p d a t e t h e P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).

20. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P2854 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s a t r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B a n d
t h e PCM, If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d PCM f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . if
t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

W O — G o to s t e p 2 2 .

2 2 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 2 6 5 4 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
o r i g i n a l P C M { s e e p a g e 11-216), Sf a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 1 ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

W O — l f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
control s o l e n o i d B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d PCIVt ( s e e p a g e
11-7), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
t o s t e p 1, If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s M O T C O M P L E T E D ,
k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n .

11-299
¥TEC/¥TC

VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve Removal/Test/Installation

1. D i s c o n n e c t the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P 5. C o n n e c t the battery p o s i t i v e t e r m i n a l to V T C oil

c o n n e c t o r (A). control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.

V T C OIL CONTROL SOLENOID V A L V E 2 P CONNECTOR

B
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, BATTERY
8.7 Ibf-ft)
Terminal side of male terminals

6. C o n n e c t the battery n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l to V T C oil

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
A p p e a r a n c e of the I n n e r v a l v e (A) In t h e port s h o u l d
R e m o v e the bolt (B) a n d t h e V T C oil control be at least 0.05 in. (1.2 m m ) . If the inner v a l v e d o e s
s o l e n o i d v a l v e (C). not o p e n , r e p l a c e it; t h e n g o to s t e p 7.

C h e c k the V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s t r a i n e r Open

for c l o g g i n g . If the s t r a i n e r Is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e t h e
V T C oil control s o l e n o i d v a l v e . 0.05 In.
(1.2 m m ]

Note the a m o u n t of v a l v e o p e n i n g by o b s e r v i n g the

position of the piston s h o u l d e r (A) t h r o u g h the
v a l v e retard d r a i n port. If y o u s e e t h e s h o u l d e r of
the p i s t o n , t h e v a l v e is o p e n a n d m u s t be r e p l a c e d .

Closed

11-300
 MP*
CMP Sensor A Replacement
7. R e m o v e t h e V T C oil c o n t r o l v a i v e O-ring (A), 1. D i s c o n n e c t the C M P s e n s o r A 3 P c o n n e c t o r (B).

N-m
(1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)

2. R e m o v e C M P s e n s o r A f r o m the intake c a m s h a f t
8, C o a t a n e w O - r i n g w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil, t h e n install s i d e of t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
it on t h e v a l v e .
3. Install t h e p a r t s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
9. C l e a n a n d d r y t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e v a l v e . w i t h a n e w O-rsng ( C ) .

10. Install t h e V T C oil control v a l v e (B).

N O T E : D o not install t h e v a l v e w h i l e w e a r i n g cloth

f i b r o u s g l o v e s , B e c a r e f u l not to c o n t a m i n a t e t h e
cylinder head opening.

11-301
VTEC/VTC
Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation

All models except PZEV 5. R e m o v e the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s bracket (A) ( a l s o

(B) (If equipped)) f r o m the rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l
1. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e ( s e e p a g e 20-289). v a l v e (C).

3. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) a n d the bolts (D).

4. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e a s s e m b l y

(E) a n d the rocker a r m oil control v a l v e filter (F).

11-302
 MP*
PZE¥ model 5. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s bracket (A) ( a l s o
|B) (if e q u i p p e d ) ) f r o m the r o c k e r a r m off control
1 . R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e ( s e e p a g e 20-283). v a l v e (C).

2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A
c o n n e c t o r (A),, t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B
c o n n e c t o r I B ) , t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A
c o n n e c t o r ( C ) , a n d t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h B c o n n e c t o r ID).

12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m,
8.7 Ibf-ft)

6. Install the parts in t h e - r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w rocker a r m oil control v a l v e filter.

3. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s IE) a n d the bolts (F).

4, R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control v a l v e a s s e m b l y
CG) a n d t h e r o c k e r a r m oil control v a l v e filter (H),

11-303
VTEC/VTC
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation

All models-except PZEV

1. D i s c o n n e c t the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h

c o n n e c t o r (A).

2. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (B).

3. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w O-ring (C).

11-304
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch A Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch B
Removal/Installation Removal/Installation

PZEV model PZEV model

1. R e m o v e the r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1. R e m o v e the rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e ( s e e p a g e

11-303), 11-303).

2. R e m o v e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A . 2. R e m o v e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h B.

3. Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l 3. Install the parts In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h a n e w O - r i n g IB), w i t h a n e w O-ring (A).

11-305
Kdle£&ntrol System
Component Location Index

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

Signal Circuit Troubleshooting,
page 11-314

11-306
 MP*
DTC Troubleshooting
P T C P0506: idle Control S y s t e m R P M L o w e r 7. C h e c k for dirt, c a r b o n , or d a m a g e in the throttle
Than Expected bore,

M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle

and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general bore?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).
Y E S — I f t h e r e is.dirt or c a r b o n , c l e a n t h e throttle
1,. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N |H). b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359). A l s o c h e c k for d a m a g e to
the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t f s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n go
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . to s t e p 9. If t h e r e is damage in the throttle b o r e , g o
to s t e p 8.
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d { A / T in P o r N, M/T in N O — C h e c k the A / C s y s t e m or p o w e r . s t e e r i n g
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it s y s t e m , t h e n go to s t e p 9.
idle.
8. R e p l a c e the throttle body ( s e e p a g e 11-382).
4. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e D A T A L I S T p a r a m e t e r
c o n d i t i o n s with the H D S : 9. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

* E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 156 °F (70 °C) 10. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

* I A T S E N S O R a b o v e 32 °F ( 0 <C) 11-317).
* V S S Is 0 m p h (0 km/h)
* S T F U E L TRIM between 0 . 6 9 - 1 . 4 7 11. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
* F S S is C L O S E D 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , then let it
5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 6 in t h e idle.
D T C s M E N U with the HDS.
12. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e D A T A L I S T p a r a m e t e r
Does the screen indicate FAILED? c o n d i t i o n s w i t h the H D S :

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6. * E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 158 °F (70 °C)

* I A T S E N S O R a b o v e 32 1= (0 °C)
N O — J f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 15. * V S S is 0 m p h (0 km/h)
If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling * S T F U E L T R I M b e t w e e n 0.69—1.47
until a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 4 * F S S is C L O S E D
and recheck.
13. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
8. R e m o v e t h e intake air d u c t f r o m t h e throttle b o d y
( s e e p a g e 11-362), is DTC P0506 indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 19.

N O — G o to s t e p 14.

(confd)

11-307
Idle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0506 in the 19. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
Does the screen indicate PASSED ?
20. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 3,000 r p m without l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 13, neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , then let it
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • idle.

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 19. Sf 21. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e D A T A L I S T p a r a m e t e r
the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until c o n d i t i o n s with, the H D S :
a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 11 • E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 156 °F (70 °C)
and recheck. • IAT S E N S O R a b o v e 32 T (0 °C)
• V S S is 0 m p h (0 km/h)
15. R e m o v e the intake air d u c t f r o m the throttle b o d y • S T F U E L T R I M b e t w e e n 0.69—1.47
(see p a g e 11-362). • F S S is C L O S E D

16. C h e c k for dirt, c a r b o n , or d a m a g e in the throttle 22. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

bore.
is DTC P0506 indicated?
is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttie
bore? Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or loose
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . If
Y E S — I f there is dirt or c a r b o n , c l e a n the throttle the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
b o d y fsee p a g e 11-359). A l s o c h e c k for d a m a g e to g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 20.
the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t ( s e e p a g e 11-360), t h e n go If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
to s t e p 9. If there is d a m a g e in the throttle b o r e , g o
to s t e p 8. N O — G o t o s t e p 23.

N O — G o t o s t e p 17. 23. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0506 in the

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
17. R e c h e c k with different load c o n d i t i o n s (turn o n the
h e a d l i g h t s , b l o w e r motor, rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r Does the screen indicate PASSED?
a n d / o r A / C , c h a n g e the g e a r p o s i t i o n , etc.).
Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
1
18. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0506- in the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
Does the screen indicate PASSED? D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 2 , go to the indicated
D T C s troubleshooting.fi
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
time, a NO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k the A / C a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s y s t e m a n d / o r p o w e r s t e e r i n g s y s t e m , then go to substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s then go to s t e p 20. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
E X E C U T I N G , keep Idling until a result c o m e s o n . If g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G ,
the s c r e e n indicates O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n
C O M P L E T E D , go to step 17. indicates O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 20.

11-308
DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Than Expected
7. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M with the H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l 8. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e - p a g e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3), 11-317).

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 9. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle for at l e a s t 20 s e c o n d s .
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d f A / T in P or N, M/T in 10. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle for at l e a s t 20 s e c o n d s . is DTC P0507 indicated?

4. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0507 in the Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
N O — G o t o s t e p 11.
Does the screen indicate FAILED?
11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 5 0 7 in the
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. D T C s M E N U with the H D S ,

WO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent Does the screen indicate PASSED?

f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , keep idling until a result Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T O F T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 10,
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , r e c h e c k w i t h g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
different l o a d c o n d i t i o n s (electrical, A / C , g e a r
p o s i t i o n , e t c ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 3, MO—If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 12. If
the"screen i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p idling until
5. C h e c k f o r v a c u u m l e a k s at t h e s e parts: a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , r e c h e c k w i t h
* PCV valve different l o a d c o n d i t i o n s (turn o n the h e a d l i g h t s ,
* PCV hose b l o w e r m o t o r , or A / C ; c h a n g e t h e g e a r p o s i t i o n , etc.),
* E V A P canister purge valve t h e n go to s t e p 9 ,
* Throttle b o d y
* Intake m a d i f o i d
* Brake booster hose
* Brake booster

Are there any leaks?

Y E S — R e p a i r o r r e p l a c e t h e leaking part(s), t h e n g o
to s t e p 6,

W O — G o t o step a

(cont'd)

11-309
Idle Control System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) A / C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

12, U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest 1. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). 2. T u r n t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h o n .

. 13. Start the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 3. T u r n the A / C s w i t c h o n .

3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it 4. C h e c k the A / C C L U T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
idle for at least 20 s e c o n d s . HDS.

14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . Does it indicate ON?

Is DTC P0507 Indicated? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e NO—Do the A / C s y s t e m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 8 8 ) . •

t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . Sf
the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - 5. C h e c k the A / C s y s t e m .
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 13.
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Does the A/C system operate?

NO—Goto s t e p 15. Y E S — T h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m ' circuit is O K . B

15. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0507 in the NO—Goto s t e p 6.

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s 8 . A c t i v a t e the A / C C L U T C H in the I N S P E C T I O N
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M M E N U w i t h the H D S .
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 14, g o to the indicated Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor
D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II clutch?

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r Y E S — D o the A / C s y s t e m test ( s e e p a g e 2 1 - 8 8 ) . B

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y
a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , NO—Goto step 9.
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7),
t h e n go to s t e p 13. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , 9 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G ,
k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n . If the s c r e e n 10. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
i n d i c a t e s O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o s t e p 13. 11. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

1 2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-310
 Alternator FR Signal Circuit
Troubleshooting
13. M o m e n t a r i l y c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
A 1 5 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e s e v e r a l
times. 1. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A I 4 9 P !
2. M o n i t o r the A L T E R N A T O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the H D S .

3. C h e c k if the i n d i c a t e d p e r c e n t a g e v a r i e s w h e n the
h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h is t u r n e d o n .

Does the percentage vary?

ACC fPURJ
Y E S — T h e alternator s i g n a l circuit is OKM
J U M P E R WIRE

N O — G o to s t e p 4.

Terminal side of female terminals 4. T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h off a n d ignition s w i t c h to

L O C K (0).
is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor
clutch? 5. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e 6. D i s c o n n e c t the alternator 4P c o n n e c t o r .

latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n 7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a known-good E C M / P C M , replace the original E C M / 8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). • terminal B47 and body ground.

ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (4SP)

N O — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h r e l a y a n d t h e E C M /
P C M , If the c o n n e c t i o n s a r e O K , c h e c k the A / C
c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h relay ( s e e p a g e 22-91). If n e e d e d ,
r e p a i r o p e n in the wire between the E C M / P C M
(A 15), t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h r e l a y , a n d t h e
o t h e r AiQ s y s t e m s , •
A L T F (WHT/RED)

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B47) a n d the alternator. •

N O — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . Sf the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M (see page 11-216).B

11-311
ldte:jControl System
PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Start the e n g i n e , a n d Set It idle. 13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P S P s w i t c h 2 P

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
2. A l i g n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l straight a h e a d .

P S P S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
3. C h e c k the P S P S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
PSPSW (PNK)

Does it Indicate ON?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.

N O — G o to s t e p 14.

4. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l to the full lock position.

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
5. C h e c k the P S P S W I T C H in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.
Is there continuity?
Does it change to OFF?
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
Y E S — T h e P S P s w i t c h s i g n a l circuit is O K . • P C M (A23) a n d the P S P s w i t c h . •

N O — G o to s t e p 6. N O — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the

latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
6. Turn, the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
7. D i s c o n n e c t the P S P s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r . a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e the original E C M /
P C M (see page 1 1 - 2 1 6 K B
8. Start the e n g i n e .
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
9. C h e c k the P S P S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS. 15. D i s c o n n e c t the P S P s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r .

Does it change to OFF? 16. C o n n e c t P S P s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1

a n d N o . 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n start the e n g i n e .
Y E S — R e p l a c e the P S P s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 17-15). •
P S P S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
N O — G o to s t e p 10.

10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

PSPSW (PNK)
11. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
J U M P E R WIRE

12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). G N D (BLK)

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals

11-312
17, C h e c k t h e P S P S W I T C H in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the 23. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
HDS, terminal A 2 3 and body ground.

ECM/PCM C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
Does it change to ON?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e P S P s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 17-15), •

N O — G o to s t e p 18. 22 23 26 27 a
29
42i43|44M46p
18, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
PSPSW (PNK)
19, R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the P S P s w i t c h 2P
connector.

20, J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,

Terminal side of female terminals
21 D i s c o n n e c t ECfVI/PCIVI c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
is there continuity?
22, C o n n e c t P S P s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 to
body ground with a jumper wire. Y E S — G o to s t e p 24.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the P S P
P S P S W I T C H 2P CONNECTOR
s w i t c h a n d the E C M / P C M (A23). •

PSPSW (PNK)
24.' C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P S P s w i t c h 2P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

JUMPER WIRE PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR

GND (BLK)
Wire side of female terminals

Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P S P
s w i t c h a n d G201 ( s e e p a g e 22-24). •

11-313
Idle Control System
Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A42 and body ground.
2. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)
the H D S .

Does it indicate OFF?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.

N O — I n s p e c t the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h

(see page 1 9 - 6 ) . B

3. P r e s s the brake p e d a l , a n d c h e c k the B R A K E

S W I T C H in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

Does it change to ON? Terminal side of female terminals

Y E S — T h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h s i g n a l circuit Is there continuity?

(BKSWIine)isOK.H
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
N O — G o to s t e p 4. P C M (A42) a n d the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h .
R e p l a c e the No. 1 0 H O R N / S T O P (20 A ) f u s e . f i
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O — G o t o s t e p 9.
5. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

6. D i s c o n n e c t the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h 4 P

connector.

7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

11-314
 9, C o n n e c t brake p e d a l position s w i t c h 4P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l Mo, 2 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR

BKSWflTGRfM)

J U M P E R WIRE

Wire side o f female terminals

10. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A 4 2 and body ground,

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e b r a k e
p e d a l position s w i t c h a n d t h e No, 10 H O R N / S T O P
(20 A ) f u s e . I n s p e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h
f s e e p a g e 19-6). •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A42) a n d t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h . •
Idle Control S f stem
Idle Speed Inspection

NOTE: " 4. Start the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

• B e f o r e c h e c k i n g the idle s p e e d , c h e c k t h e s e i t e m s : 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
- T h e m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) h a s not b e e n neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
reported o n , a n d there a r e no D T C s . idle.
- Ignition timing
- Spark plugs 5. C h e c k the idle s p e e d w i t h o u t load c o n d i t i o n s :
- A i r cleaner h e a d l i g h t s , b l o w e r f a n , radiator f a n , a n d air
- PCV system c o n d i t i o n e r off.
* A p p l y the parking b r a k e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e
h e a d l i g h t s are off. Idle s p e e d s h o u l d b e :
M/T 7 8 0 ± 5 0 rpm
1. D i s c o n n e c t the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) A/T 8 0 0 ± 5 0 r p m (In P ©r N)
c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e c o n n e c t o r .
6. Let the e n g i n e idle for 1 m i n u t e w i t h high electric
2. C o n n e c t the H D S t o t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) load ( A / C s w i t c h o n , t e m p e r a t u r e s e t to m a x c o o l ,
(A) located u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d . b l o w e r f a n on h i g h , a n d h e a d l i g h t s on high b e a m ) ,

Idle s p e e d s h o u l d b e :
M/T 7 8 0 ± 5 0 rpm
A/T 8 0 0 ± 5 0 r p m (In P ©r N)

N O T E : If the idle s p e e d is not within s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,

d o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). If the idle s p e e d is still not within
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , go to the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

7. R e c o n n e c t the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
connector.

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the E C M /
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t g o to the D L C circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

11-316
ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure
T h e idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e m u s t be d o n e s o t h e E C M / P C M
c a n l e a r n the e n g i n e idle c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s .

Do t h e idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e w h e n e v e r y o u d o a n y of
these actions:

* Replace ECM/PCM,
* Reset E C M / P C M .
* Update ECfWPCiV!
* R e p l a c e or c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y .
* D i s a s s e m b l e the e n g i n e or the t r a n s m i s s i o n .

N O T E : E r a s i n g D T C s w i t h the H D S d o e s not require y o u

to d o the idle learn p r o c e d u r e .

Procedure

1. M a k e s u r e all e l e c t r i c a l i t e m s { A / C , a u d i o , lights, etc.)

a r e off.

2. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N III), a n d w a i t

2 seconds.

4. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P o r N , M/T in
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , or until the
e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e r e a c h e s 194 °F (90 °C),

5. L e t the e n g i n e idle for a b o u t 5 m i n u t e s w i t h the

throttle fully c l o s e d .

N O T E : If the radiator fan c o m e s o n , d o not i n c l u d e

its r u n n i n g t i m e in the 5 m i n u t e s .

Verify o n t h e H D S data list that the idle learn

p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e .
Fuel Syppiy System
Component Location Index

F U E L TANK
D r a i n i n g , _p a g e 1 1 - 3 3 5
R e p l a c e mlee n t , p a g e 1 1 - 3 5 2

FUEL T A N K UNIT
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-347
FUEL P U M P
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-351
FUEL G A U G E SENDING UNIT
Test, p a g e 11-355
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-351
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
p a g e 11-350
FILTER
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-350

FUEL BAIL

F U E L FILL C A P

F U E L F I L L PIPE
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-354

FUEL LINE/
QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
Precautions, p a g e 11-339
R e m o v a l , p a g e 11-340
Installation, p a g e 11-343

FUEL LINE/ FUEL VAPOR LINE

QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
Precautions, p a g e 11-339
R e m o v a l , p a g e 11-340
Installation, p a g e 11-343

11-318
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Update, page 11-215
Substitution, page 11-7
Replacement, page 11-216

11-319
Fuel Supply System
DTC Troubleshooting

DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge
Sending Unit) Circuit Range/Performance Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage
Problem
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
NOTE: a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
* B e c a u s e it r e q u i r e s 162 m i l e s (260" km) of d r i v i n g
w i t h o u t refueling to c o m p l e t e t h i s d i a g n o s i s , D T C 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S , a n d w a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
P0461 c a n n o t be d u p l i c a t e d d u r i n g t h i s
troubleshooting. 3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

1. T e s t t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e 11-355). Is DTC P0462 indicated?

Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t e r m i n a l s at the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit a n d the t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
g a u g e control m o d u l e . • at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel g a u g e
sending u n i t H
N O — R e p l a c e the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e
1 1 - 3 5 1 1 t h e n go to s t e p 2. 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 5. R e m o v e the rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).

3. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . 6. R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m the floor ( s e e p a g e

11-347).
4. Do the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317). 7. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r .

5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? 9. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S , a n d wast 5 s e c o n d s .

Y E S — G o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 10. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . H Is DTC P0463 indicated?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit

( s e e p a g e 11-351), t h e n g o t o s t e p 23.

" N O — G o to s t e p 11.

11-320
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4 P 16. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
17. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11-347).
FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P COMNECTOFI
18. C o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r .

I NAL \mm
SG 1 2 19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
3 4
20. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

2 1 . S e t the float (A) to the E p o s i t i o n .

Wire side o f female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 16.

N O — G o to s t e p 12,

12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK

E
0.6 I n . T

13. R e m o v e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 115.9 m m ) I

22-324),
22. C h e c k t h e fuel g a u g e .
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector, Does the gauge move to the empty position?

15, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P Y E S — G o to s t e p 30.

connector terminal No. 1 a n d body ground.
M O — R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P CONNECTOR 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 23.

23. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

SIGNAL iPUm
1 2
3 4 24. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

25. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

W i r e side o f female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e (signal line) a n d t h e f u e l g a u g e
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

N O — R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

(confd)

11-321
Fuel Supply System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

26. T u r n t h e ignition-switch to O N (II). DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge
Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage
27. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
2 8 . Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
11-317). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

29. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Is DTC P0462 indicated? 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S , a n d w a i t 5 s e c o n d s .

Y E S - — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

t e r m i n a l s at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel
g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t t h e n g o to s t e p 1. is DTC P0463 indicated?

M O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
30. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel g a u g e
sending u n i t . •
3 1 . Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
32. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
5. R e m o v e the rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).
33. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 6. R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e floor ( s e e p a g e
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). 11-347).

34. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 7. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r .

is DTC P0462 indicated? 8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the fuel
g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
to s t e p 1.

N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

11-322
 9, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P 12. R e m o v e the g a u g e control m o d u l e (see p a g e
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3. 22-324).

13. D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P
F U E L 1AUK U N I T 4P CONNECTOR
connector.

14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n g a u g e control

SIGNAL fPUH!
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 28 a n d b o d y

1 2 ground,

3 4
G A U G E C O N T R O L IVIODULE 3 2 P C O N N E C T O R
G N D (ORN)

/]8|9|10
Wire side of female terminals |17|18|19|/|/|22|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/|32

G N D (CRN)

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 17.

N O — G o to s t e p 1 0 . Wire side of female terminals

10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK

Is there continuity?
1 1 . C o n n e c t fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l H o . 3
to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . Y E S — G o to s t e p 15.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
F U E L TAMK U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
control m o d u l e ( G N D line) a n d the fuel g a u g e
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n go to s t e p 27.

1 2
3 4
G N D (ORN)

JUMPER WIRE

Wire side of female terminals

(confd)

11-323
Fuel Supply System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

15. C o n n e c t fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

to b o d y g r o u n d with a j u m p e r w i r e .
18. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11-347).

FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
19. T e s t the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e 11-355).

SIGNAL (PUR)
Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK?
1 2
3 4 Y E S — G o to s t e p 20.

JUMPER WIRE
N O — R e p l a c e the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e
. 11-351), t h e n go to s t e p 2 6 .

20. C o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r .

Wire side of female terminals
21. R e c o n n e c t the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r .

16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n g a u g e control 22. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 27 a n d b o d y
ground. 23. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

24. S e t the float (A) to t h e F p o s i t i o n .

G A U G E CONTROL M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR

p n n
l r .... .. ... " P I
5 H
1 I2 l / l / l / l 6 / ] 8 | 9 | 1 0 /I/|13|/V116|
17|18|19|/1/122|23|24|2E|26|27|28|29|30|/|32
S I G N A L (PUR)

F
6.1 I n .
(155.2 m m )
Wire side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n go to s t e p 18. 25. C h e c k the fuel g a u g e .

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e Does the gauge move to the full position?

control m o d u l e ( s i g n a l line) a n d t h e fuel g a u g e
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o to s t e p 27. Y E S — G o t o step 33.

N O — - R e p l a c e t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
22-324), t h e n g o to s t e p 26.

11-324
2 6 , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (01.

2 7 , R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

28, Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

2 3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III).

30. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

3 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317),

3 2 , C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .

I s DTC P0463 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e fuel
g a u g e s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

3 3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

3 4 , Install t h e p a r t s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

3 5 , R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

3 8 , U p d a t e t h e ECM/PCM if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).

3 7 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC P0463 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e fuel
g a u g e s e n d i n g unit. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
to s t e p 1 .

NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting
Sf y o u s u s p e c t a p r o b l e m w i t h t h e fuel p u m p , c h e c k that 5. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2
t h e fuel p u m p actually r u n s ; w h e n it is o n , y o u will h e a r ( F U E L P U M P ) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d
s o m e n o i s e if y o u listen to t h e fuel fill port w i t h t h e fuel body ground.
fill c a p r e m o v e d . T h e fuel p u m p s h o u l d run for
2 s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d o n . If the
PGM«FI M A I N R E L A Y 2 (FUEL P U M P ) 4P COt\fWECT0R
fuel p u m p d o e s not m a k e n o i s e , c h e c k a s f o l l o w s :
IGP
4
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
M 1

2. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
( s e e p a g e 20-153).

3. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) (A) in
t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.

N O — G o to s t e p 6.

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n relay 1 (A) a n d t h e E T C S
control r e l a y (B) from, the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
box.

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-326
 8, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 13. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 31
9, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). and body ground.

10, D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r C 1 0 1 at
D R I V E R ' S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY B O X
the left s i d e of the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t . C O N N E C T O R F (33P)

11, D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
c o n n e c t o r F (33P).

12, C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 4 P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o , 2 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

P G M - F I MAIM BELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR

Wire side of female t e r m i n a l s

1GP

Is there continuity?

•JUMPER WIRE Y E S — R e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y

b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). •

NO™
Terminal side of female terminals * R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box a n d the driver's u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
relay box. •
• If t h e w i r e i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84), •

(confd)

11-327
Ftiel. Supply System

Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 16. C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4P

( F U E L P U M P ) 4P c o n n e c t o r terminal-'No. 2 a n d c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
body ground. jumper wire, •

PGM-FI M A I N R E L A Y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4 P C O N N E C T O R P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 2 (FUEL P U M P ) 4P C O N N E C T O R

M
IG1
ItVfOFPR

JUMPER WIRE

Terminal side of female-terminals Terminal side of female terminals

is there battery voltage? 17. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — G o to s t e p 15. 18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

NO— 19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d

• C h e c k the No. 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e in the E C M / P C M connector terminal A16.
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. • •
* If the f u s e i s O K , r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)
f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). 11
IMOFPR (GRY)

15. T u r n the ignition .switch to L O C K (0). •

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 20.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n
relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) a n d the E C M / P C M (A16). •

20. R e i n s t a l l P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) .

11-328
 f
2 1 . C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 7 to b o d y 26. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e the
ground with a j u m p e r wire. voltage between driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 22 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
within 2 seconds.
ECM/PCM GOfWECTQR A (49P)

M R L Y CRED/BLKI
DRIVER'S U W D E R - D A S H F U S E / R E L A Y B O X
CONNECTOR F (33P)
A 9 |iol
/ZA 19 20 21
X a X 28 27 28
\/ 3Z|/l»|36|38 /
/ \AA
s JUMPER WIRE

T e r m i n a l side of female terminals

. W i r e side of female t e r m i n a l s
2 2 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

23. M e a s u r e the voltage between E C M / P C M connector is there battery voltage?

terminal A16 and body ground.
Y E S — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
ECM/PCM CORRECTOR A |43P}
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
f M O F P R (GRY) r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M (see page 11-216).B

W O — G o to s t e p 27.

Terminal side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 24.

W O - R e p l a c e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) . B

24. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2 5 . R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (43P).

(cont'd)

11-329
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd!
21. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (If), a n d m e a s u r e t h e 3 1 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e the
voltage between driver's under-dash fuse/relay box v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r
c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 22 a n d b o d y g r o u n d t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w i t h i n 2 s e c o n d s .
after 2 s e c o n d s .
FUEL TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
CONNECTOR F (33P) FUEL P U M P (PNK)
1 2
/r~F=
fl
2 3 4 B 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 19 3 4
I 7
,| 1S 11@ | I T 118 33
1 20
21 ?? n 24 26 27 23 31 32

M
I OFPR (GRY)

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
Wire s i d e o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

is there battery voltage?

Is there battery voltage?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 36.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 28.
N O — G o to s t e p 3 2 .
WO—Sf n e e d e d , r e p l a c e the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y box f s e e p a g e 22-84), t h e n go to s t e p 28. 3 2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

28. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 3 3 . R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) .

29. R e m o v e t h e rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).

30. R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e floor ( s e e p a g e

11-347).

11-330
34, C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4 P 36. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to LOCK'(O). •
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r
wire, 37. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P
:
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

P G M - F I MAM R E L A Y 2 I F U E L PUMP) 4P C O N N E C T O R
FUEL T A N K UNIT 4P CONNECTOR

4
1 2
3 4
IGI FUEL P U M P
G N D (BLK)

JUMPER WIRE

Terminal side of female terminals

W i r e side of female terminals

3 5 , T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), a n d m e a s u r e the

v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r Is there continuity?
terminal No, 2 a n d body ground.
Y E S — R e p l a c e the fuel p u m p ( s e e p a g e 11-351 ) . •

FUEL T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the fuel tank
unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r a n d G 6 0 3 ; 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e
FUEL P U M P (PNK)
22-50), 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 22-52). •
1 2
3 4

Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — R e p l a c e PGM-FS m a i n r e l a y 2
(FUEL PUMP).«

NO-
* R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x (D10) a n d t h e fuel tank
unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r . •
* l i t h e w i r e is O K , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x ( s e e p a g e 22-84). I I

11-331
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure Relieving

B e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g fuel l i n e s or h o s e s , r e l i e v e 8 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

p r e s s u r e f r o m the s y s t e m by d i s a b l i n g the fuel p u m p ,
r u n n i n g the e n g i n e until it s t a l l s , t h e n a n d 9. Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the fuel line/quick c o n n e c t fitting in t h e ( s e e p a g e 22-89).
engine compartment
10. R e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A)
With the HDS ( s e e p a g e 11-340).

1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .

11. C h e c k t h e fuel q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting for dirt, a n d

. c l e a n it if n e e d e d .
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
12. P l a c e a rag or s h o p t o w e l o v e r t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t
3. Make s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the E C M / fitting (A).
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to the D L C circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192),

4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

5. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p to r e l i e v e the p r e s s u r e in

the fuel tank.

6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

7. F r o m t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U of t h e H D S , s e l e c t
F u e l P u m p O F F , t h e n start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle
until it s t a l l s .

NOTE:
* Do not a l l o w the e n g i n e to idle a b o v e 1,000 r p m
or t h e E C M / P C M will c o n t i n u e to o p e r a t e the fuel
pump.
9
A D T C or a T e m p o r a r y D T C m a y be s e t d u r i n g
t h i s p r o c e d u r e . C h e c k for D T C s , a n d c l e a r t h e m
a s n e e d e d ( s e e p a g e 11-4).

11-332
13." D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting (A): Hold t h e Without the HDS
c o n n e c t o r | B l w i t h o n e h a n d , a n d s q u e e z e the
retainer t a b s f C | w i t h t h e other h a n d to r e l e a s e 1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d Sower c o v e r
t h e m f r o m the l o c k i n g t a b s I D ) . Pull t h e c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 20-153).
off.
2. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n relay 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) (A)
NOTE: f r o m the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the fine IE) o r o t h e r
parts.
* Do not u s e t o o l s ,
* If t h e c o n n e c t o r d o e s not m o v e , k e e p t h e retainer
t a b s p r e s s e d d o w n , a n d alternately pull a n d p u s h
t h e c o n n e c t o r until it c o m e s off e a s i l y .
* D o n o t r e m o v e the retainer f r o m the line; o n c e
r e m o v e d , t h e retainer m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a
new one.

3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle until it stalls.

N O T E : If a n y D T C s a r e s t o r e d , c l e a r a n d ignore
them.

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

5. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p to r e l i e v e the p r e s s u r e in

14. After d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k the fuel tank.
It for dirt o r d a m a g e ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 11-342),
6. D o the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
15, D o the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-89).
( s e e p a g e 22-89),

(cont'd)

11-333
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure Relieving (cont'd)

7. R e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r (A) 10. D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting (A): Hold the

( s e e p a g e 11-340). c o n n e c t o r (B) w i t h o n e h a n d , a n d s q u e e z e the
retainer t a b s (C) w i t h t h e other h a n d to r e l e a s e
t h e m f r o m the locking, t a b s (D). Pull the c o n n e c t o r
off.

NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the line (E) or other
parts.
* Do not u s e t o o l s .
* If the c o n n e c t o r d o e s not m o v e , k e e p the retainer
t a b s p r e s s e d d o w n , a n d alternately pull a n d p u s h
the c o n n e c t o r until it c o m e s off e a s i l y .
* Do not r e m o v e the retainer f r o m the line; o n c e
r e m o v e d , the retainer m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a
new one.

8. C h e c k the fuel q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting for dirt, a n d

c l e a n it if n e e d e d .

9. P l a c e a rag or s h o p t o w e l o v e r the q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting (A).

A
11. After d i s c o n n e c t i n g the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k
it for dirt or d a m a g e ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 11-342).

12. Do the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e

( s e e p a g e 22-89).

11-334
Fuel Pressure Test Fuel Tank Draining
Special Touts Required 1. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11 -347).
* Fuel pressure gauge 07406-004000B
* F u e l p r e s s u r e g a u g e a t t a c h m e n t s e t G7AAJ-S6fv1A150 2. U s i n g a h a n d p u m p , a h o s e , a n d a c o n t a i n e r
suitable for f u e l , d r a w the fuel f r o m t h e fuel tank.
1, R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
3. Reinstall the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11-348).
2. Attach t h e fuel p r e s s u r e g a u g e s e t a n d the fuel
pressure gauge.

3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

* If the e n g i n e s t a r t s , g o to s t e p 5.
* Sf t h e e n g i n e d o e s not start, g o to s t e p 4.

4. C h e c k to s e e if t h e fuel p u m p is r u n n i n g : L i s t e n to
the fuel filler port with t h e fuel fill c a p r e m o v e d .
T h e fuel p u m p s h o u l d run for 2 s e c o n d s w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h i s first t u r n e d o n .

* If the p u m p r u n s , g o t o s t e p 5.
* If t h e p u m p d o e s not r u n , d o the fuel p u m p circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-326).

5. R e a d the fuel p r e s s u r e g a u g e . T h e p r e s s u r e s h o u l d
2
be 3 3 0 - 3 8 0 k P a ( 3 . 4 - 3 . 9 k g f / c m , 4 8 - 5 5 p s i ) .

* If the p r e s s u r e is O K , the test is c o m p l e t e .

* If the p r e s s u r e i s out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e p l a c e the
fuel p r e s s u r e regulator ( s e e p a g e 11-350) a n d the
fuel filter ( s e e p a g e 11-350), t h e n r e c h e c k the fuel
pressure.

11-335
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line inspection

C h e c k the fuel s y s t e m lines a n d h o s e s for d a m a g e , l e a k s , a n d deterioration. R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d parts.

Make sure the connections are

secure and the quick-connect
f i t t i n g c o v e r s are f i r m l y locked in place.

11.-336
 MP*
C h e c k all clamps, a n d m a k e sure t h e y a r e properly p o s i t i o n e d a n d t i g h t e n e d .

All m o d e l s eKeepi P 2 E ¥

F U E L TASMIC U N I T L O C K N U T
Replace.

f
ToEVAPCAWlSTER
PURGE V A L V E T o P U R G E PIPE

(confd)

11-337
Fuel Supply System

Fuel Line Inspection (cont'd)

C h e c k all c l a m p s , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e y are properly p o s i t i o n e d a n d t i g h t e n e d .

PZEV model

FUEL T A N K UNIT LOCKNUT

Replace.

f
To EVAP CANISTER
PURGE V A L V E T© P U R G E PIPE

11-338
Fuel Line/Guick-Connect Fitting Precautions
T h e f u e l l i n e / q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A), (B), ( C ) , (D), ( E ) ,
a n d IF) c o n n e c t t h e fuel rail I G ) to t h e fuel f e e d h o s e (H),
the fuel f e e d h o s e to the fuel line (I), t h e fuel line (J) to
t h e fuel tank unit {K>, the fuel v a p o r line (L) to the E V A P
c a n i s t e r (M), a n d t h e fuel tank v a p o r r e c i r c u l a t i o n t u b e
iU) I P Z E V m o d e l , a n d f u e l fill n e c k t u b e CO) to t h e fuel
fill p i p e (P)), W h a n r e m o v i n g or i n s t a l l i n g t h e fuel f e e d
h o s e , t h e fuel tank unit, or t h e f u e l tank, it is n e c e s s a r y
to d i s c o n n e c t or c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings.
P a y attention to t h e f o l l o w i n g :

* T h e fuel f e e d h o s e s , fuel line, a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t

fittings a r e not h e a t - r e s i s t a n t ; be c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e m d u r i n g w e l d i n g o r other heat-
generating procedures.
* T h e fuel f e e d h o s e s , f u e l line, a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fittings a r e not a c i d - p r o o f ; d o not t o u c h t h e m w i t h a
s h o p t o w e l that w a s u s e d for w i p i n g battery
e l e c t r o l y t e . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y c o m e in c o n t a c t w i t h
e l e c t r o l y t e or s o m e t h i n g s i m i l a r .
* W h e n c o n n e c t i n g or d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e fuel f e e d
h o s e s , f u e l line, a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings, be c a r e f u l
not to b e n d or t w i s t t h e m e x c e s s i v e l y . R e p l a c e t h e m
If t h e y a r e d a m a g e d .

P Z E V model s h o w n

(cont'd)

11-339
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
Precautions (cont'd) Remowal

A d i s c o n n e c t e d q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c a n be N O T E : Before y o u w o r k on the fuel lines a n d fittings,

r e c o n n e c t e d , but the retainer o n the m a t i n g line c a n n o t r e a d the F u e l L i n e / Q u i c k - C o n n e c t Fitting P r e c a u t i o n s
be r e u s e d o n c e it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line. (see p a g e 11-339).
R e p l a c e the retainer w h e n :
1. If e q u i p p e d , r e m o v e the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r
• replacing the fuel rail. f r o m the fuel line. R a i s e t h e c o v e r (A) f r o m the fuel
• replacing the fuel fine. line (B), a n d r e m o v e it a s s h o w n .
8
replacing the fuel p u m p .
• replacing the fuel filter.
• replacing the E V A P canister.
• replacing the fuel fill pipe.
• r e p l a c i n g the fuel tank.
• it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
• it is d a m a g e d .

U s e the s a m e m a n u f a c t u r e r retainer a n d the s a m e s i z e

retainer w h e n the r e p l a c i n g the retainer.

Location Manufacturer Retainer Line

eolor diameter
A . Tokai Blue 0.3 in.
green (3 m m )
B Tokai Green 0.2 in.
(6.3 m m ) 2. R e l i e v e the fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).
C Sanoh White 0.4 in,
(9.5 m m ) 3. C h e c k the fuel q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A) for dirt,
D Sanoh White 0.5 in. a n d c l e a n t h e m if n e e d e d .
(12 m m )
E Tokai Natural 0.5 in.
(12 m m )
F Tokai Green 1.1 in.
(PZEV (28.6 m m )
model)

11-340
 MP*
4. P l a c e a rag or s h o p t o w e l o v e r the q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting. Hold t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) with o n e h a n d , a n d
s q u e e z e the retainer t a b s (B) w i t h the other h a n d to
r e l e a s e t h e m f r o m the locking t a b s (C). Pull the
c o n n e c t o r off.

NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the Sine (D) or other
parts. D o not u s e tools.
* If t h e c o n n e c t o r d o e s not m o v e , k e e p the retainer
t a b s p r e s s e d d o w n , a n d alternately pull a n d p u s h
the c o n n e c t o r until it c o m e s off e a s i l y .
* Do not r e m o v e the retainer f r o m the Sine; o n c e
r e m o v e d , the retainer m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a
new one.

PZEV m o d e ! s h o w n

(confd)

11-341
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal (cont'd)

5. C h e c k the c o n t a c t a r e a (A) of the Sine (B) for dirt or 6. T o prevent d a m a g e a n d k e e p foreign matter out,
damage. c o v e r t h e d i s c o n n e c t e d c o n n e c t o r a n d line e n d s
w i t h plastic b a g s (A).
• If it is dirty, c l e a n the c o n n e c t o r w i t h a p r e s s u r e
w a s h e r , a n d d r y it w i t h the c o m p r e s s e d air. N O T E : T h e retainer c a n n o t be r e u s e d o n c e it h a s
* If it is rusty or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e the fuel filter or b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
the fuel f e e d line. R e p l a c e the retainer w h e n :
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel rail.
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel Sine.
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel p u m p .
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel filter.
* r e p l a c i n g the E V A P c a n i s t e r .
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel fill pipe.
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel tank.
* it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
* it is d a m a g e d .

11-342
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u w o r k o n t h e fuel l i n e s a n d fittings, 3. B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g a n e w fuel t u b e / q u i c k - c o n n e c t
r e a d t h e F u e l L m e / Q u i c k - C o n n e c t Fitting P r e c a u t i o n s fitting a s s e m b l y (A), r e m o v e t h e old retainer (B)
(see p a g e 11-339). f r o m t h e m a t i n g line.

1. C h e c k t h e c o n t a c t a r e a (A) of t h e line IB) for dirt or

d a m a g e , a n d c l e a n it if n e e d e d .

Insert a n e w r e t a i n e r (A) into t h e c o n n e c t o r (B) if the

retainer is d a m a g e d , o r after:

* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel ralL
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel line.
* r e p l a c i n g the fuel p u m p ,
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel filter.
* replacing the E V A P canister.
* r e p l a c i n g t h e foe! fill pipe,
* r e p l a c i n g t h e fuel tank.
* r e m o v i n g t h e retainer f r o m t h e line.

N O T E : W h e n y o u r e p l a c e a retainer, u s e the
s a m e s i z e a n d m a n u f a c t u r e r a s t h e original
retainer ( s e e p a g e 11-340).

(confd)

11-343
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connecf Fitting Installation (cont'd)

4. A l i g n the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings with the line (A),

a n d align t h e retainer locking t a b s (B) with t h e
c o n n e c t o r g r o o v e s (C). T h e n p r e s s the quick-
c o n n e c t fittings onto t h e line until both retainer t a b s
lock with a clicking s o u n d .

N O T E : If It is h a r d to c o n n e c t put a s m a l l a m o u n t of
n e w e n g i n e oil on the line e n d .

Connection w i t h n e w retainer

Connection w i t h n e w retainer:
F u e l fill n e c k t u b e f P Z E V m o d e l )

PZEV m o d e l s h o w n

11-344
C o n n e c t i o n t o n e w f u e l line Reconnection to existing retainer

Saeoh-macfe

Ree®riri@ctIon t o e x i s t i n g r e t a i n e r :
F u e l fiSS n e c k t u b e ( P Z E V m o d e l }

(cont'd)

11-345
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation (cont'd)

5. W h e n y o u r e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r w i t h the old R e c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e c a b l e to t h e battery, a n d

retainer, m a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) (but do not
the t a b s (A) a r e f i r m l y l o c k e d into p l a c e ; c h e c k o p e r a t e the starter m o t o r ) . T h e fuel p u m p will run
v i s u a l l y a n d a l s o by pulling the c o n n e c t o r (B). for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s , a n d f u e l p r e s s u r e will rise.
W h e n y o u r e p l a c e the fuel line w i t h a n e w o n e , R e p e a t t h i s t w o o r t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel
m a k e s u r e y o u r e m o v e t h e ring pull (C) u p w a r d s leaks.
after y o u c o n f i r m the c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e .
If e q u i p p e d , install the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting c o v e r .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u r e m o v e t h e ring pull, m a k e s u r e S e t the g r o o v e of the c o v e r (A) on the fuel line (B)
t h e fuel line c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n a s s h o w n , t h e n install i t M a k e s u r e the c o v e r is
is not s e c u r e , t h e ring pull c o u l d break w h e n y o u try firmly l o c k e d in p l a c e .
to r e m o v e it.

C o n n e c t i o n t o n e w f u e l line

Tokai-made

11-346
Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation
Speelal Tools Required 7, U s i n g the s p e c i a l t o o l , l o o s e n the locknut (A).
f u e l s e n d e r w r e n c h 07A.AA~S0X.A100

Retnowai
1L R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).

2, R e m o v e t h e fuel fill c a p .

3, R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n f s e e p a g e 20-225).

4, R e m o v e t h e a c c e s s p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e floor.

07AAA-S0XA100

8. R e m o v e t h e locknut (A) a n d t h e fuel tank unit (B).

.A

5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r CB).

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting -(C) f r o m t h e
fuel tank unit,

(cont'd)

11-347
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Insta (cont'd)

Installation 4. U s i n g the s p e c i a l tool, tighten a n e w locknut (A)

w i t h a n e w locknut plate (B) to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
1. T e m p o r a r i l y attach a n e w b a s e g a s k e t (A) to the
fuel tank unit (B), t h e n insert the fuel tank unit NOTE:
partially into the fuel tank. * After t i g h t e n i n g , m a k e s u r e the m a r k s a r e still
aligned.
NOTE: * After installation, c h e c k the b a s e g a s k e t , v i s u a l l y
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the n e w b a s e g a s k e t . or by h a n d , to m a k e s u r e it is not p i n c h e d .
* B e c a r e f u l not to b e n d t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g
unit.
* Do not c o a t the b a s e g a s k e t w i t h oil.

A.

5. C o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n

c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting.

6. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e to the battery, a n d
turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) (but do not
o p e r a t e the starter motor). T h e fuel p u m p will run
2. T r a n s f e r the b a s e g a s k e t (A) f r o m the f u e l tank unit for a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s , a n d fuel p r e s s u r e r i s e s .
to t h e fuel tank. R e p e a t t h i s t w o o r t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel
leaks.

7. Install the a c c e s s p a n e l .

8. Install the rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).

9. Install the fuel fill c a p .

3. A l i g n the m a r k s (B) on the fuel tank a n d fuel tank

unit, t h e n insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank
until the fuel t a n k unit r e s t s o n t o p of t h e b a s e
gasket.

N O T E : T o a v o i d ' a fuel leak, c h e c k t h e b a s e g a s k e t ,

v i s u a l l y or by h a n d , to m a k e s u r e it is not p i n c h e d .

11-348
Fuel Pulsation Damper Replacement

PZEV model 5. R e m o v e the fuel p u l s a t i o n d a m p e r (A) f r o m t h e fuel

rail (B).
1. R e l i e v e t h e fuel p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-332).

2. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .

3. P l a c e a w r e n c h CAi o n t h e fuel rail IB),

6, Install t h e parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

with a n e w sealing w a s h e r ( C ) .

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but d o not

o p e r a t e t h e starter motor. After t h e fuel p u m p r u n s
4, P l a c e a w r e n c h CO o n the fuel p u l s a t i o n d a m p e r (D), for a b o u t 2 seconds,- t h e fuel rail will-be p r e s s u r i z e d .
a n d l o o s e n it. R e p e a t t h i s t w o or t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n c h e c k for fuel
leakage.

11-349
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure Regulator Fuel Filter Replacement
Replacement
T h e fuel filter s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d w h e n e v e r the fuel
p r e s s u r e d r o p s b e l o w the s p e c i f i e d v a l u e (see p a g e
1. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11-347). 11-335), after m a k i n g s u r e that the fuel p u m p a n d the
fuel p r e s s u r e regulator a r e O K .
2. R e m o v e the r e s e r v o i r (A).
1. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit ( s e e p a g e 11-347).

2. R e m o v e the fuel filter s e t (A).

3. R e m o v e t h e bracket (B).

4. R e m o v e the fuel p r e s s u r e regulator (C).

5. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D) a n d a n e w b r a c k e t W h e n
installing the fuel tank u n i t align the m a r k s o n the
unit a n d the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-348). 3. C h e c k t h e s e i t e m s before installing the fuel tank
unit:
NOTE:
• C o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil; d o not u s e * W h e n c o n n e c t i n g the w i r e h a r n e s s (B), m a k e
a n y other oils or f l u i d s . s u r e the c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d the c o n n e c t o r s
• D o not p i n c h the O - r i n g s d u r i n g installation. a r e f i r m l y locked into p l a c e .
• U s e all the n e w parts s u p p l i e d in the p r e s s u r e * W h e n installing the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit (C),
regulator r e p l a c e m e n t kit. m a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d the
c o n n e c t o r is f i r m l y l o c k e d into p l a c e . B e c a r e f u l
not to b e n d or t w i s t it e x c e s s i v e l y .

4. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D) a n d a n e w bracket (E). W h e n
installing the fuel tank unit, align the m a r k s o n the
unit a n d the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-348).

NOTE:
* C o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil; d o not u s e
a n y other oil or fluid.
* Do not p i n c h the O - r i n g s d u r i n g installation,
* U s e all the n e w parts s u p p l i e d in the fuel filter
replacement kit

11-350
Fuel Punnp/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e fuel tank unit f s e e p a g e 11-347).

2, R e m o v e t h e fuel l e v e l s e n s o r (fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g
unit) (A) f r o m t h e f u e l tank unit ( B ) .

3, C h e c k t h e s e i t e m s before installing t h e fuel tank

unit:

* W h e n connecting the wire h a r n e s s , make s u r e

t h e c o n n e c t i o n i s s e c u r e a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r (C) is
firmly l o c k e d into p l a c e .
* W h e n installing t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t
m a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e . B e c a r e f u l
not to b e n d or t w i s t it e x c e s s i v e l y .

4 Install t h e parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
W h e n i n s t a l l i n g the fuel tank u n i t a l i g n t h e m a r k s
o n t h e unit a n d t h e fuel tank { s e e p a g e 11-348).
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Tank Replacement

1. Drain the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-335). 5. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift.

2. R e i n s t a l l the fuel tank unit w i t h o u t c o n n e c t i n g the 6. D i s c o n n e c t the h o s e (A) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r .

fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting ( s e e p a g e 11-348).

3. R e m o v e the fuel fill pipe c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 11-354).

4. D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A) ( s e e p a g e

11-340) (and on all m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , d i s c o n n e c t
t h e fuel fill tube (B) f r o m t h e fuel fill pipe).
S l i d e b a c k the c l a m p s , t h e n t w i s t the h o s e a s y o u
pull to a v o i d d a m a g i n g t h e m .

Ail m o d e l s except P Z E V

7. R e m o v e the h o s e (B) f r o m the c l a m p (C).

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the h o s e .

8. R e m o v e the e x h a u s t pipe ( s e e p a g e 9-8).

9. R e m o v e the right s i d e m i d d l e floor u n d e r c o v e r

( s e e p a g e 20-276).

11-352
10. R e m o v e t h e fuel t a n k protector (A).

11, R e m o v e t h e right p a r k i n g brake c a b l e m o u n t i n g bolts ( s e e p a g e 19-41).

12, P l a c e a Jack or o t h e r s u p p o r t u n d e r t h e fuel t a n k ( B ) .

13, R e m o v e t h e s t r a p bolts (C) a n d t h e s t r a p s (D).

14, R e m o v e t h e fuel tank.

15, Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

NOTE:
* N e w fuel t a n k s h a v e a ring pull (E) at t h e f u e l v a p o r h o s e c o n n e c t o r (F). W h e n y o u c o n n e c t t h e h o s e a n d c o n f i r m
that t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e , r e m o v e t h e ring pull by pulling it d o w n .
* B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e f u e l fill pipe a n d t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k for dirt, a n d c l e a n t h e m if n e e d e d , t a k i n g
c a r e not to d a m a g e t h e fuel fill p i p e a n d o t h e r p a r t s ,
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g t h e f u e l t a n k p r o t e c t o r , m a k e s u r e to Insert it In t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e c l i p ( G ) .

11-353
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation

1. Drain the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e 11-335). PZEV model

2. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p .

3. R e m o v e the left rear w h e e l .

4. R e m o v e the fuel fill pipe c o v e r (A).

6. R e m o v e the fuel fill pipe (C).

7. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

N O T E : B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e fuel fill pipe a n d

q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting, c h e c k for dirt, a n d c l e a n it if
5. D i s c o n n e c t the q u i c k - c o n n e c t fittings (A) ( s e e p a g e n e e d e d , taking c a r e not to d a m a g e the fuel fill pipe
11-340) (and on all m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V , d i s c o n n e c t a n d other parts.
the fuel fill t u b e (B) f r o m the fuel fill pipe. S l i d e b a c k
the c l a m p , t h e n t w i s t the h o s e a s y o u pull to a v o i d 8. After installing the parts, m e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e (A)
damaging them). b e t w e e n the fuel filler pipe c o v e r (B) a n d the left
rear d a m p e r s p r i n g outline (C) at a point 5.9 in.
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V (150 m m ) to 8.2 in. (210 m m ) f r o m the left rear
d a m p e r s p r i n g b a s e (D). M a k e s u r e the c l e a r a n c e
(A) is m o r e t h a n 0.81 in. (20.7 m m ) .

N O T E : T o m e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e , r a i s e the v e h i c l e
on the lift.

11-354
Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test
N O T E : F o r t h e fuel g a u g e s y s t e m circuit diagram, refer 7. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4 P
to t h e G a u g e s C i r c u i t D i a g r a m f s e e p a g e 22-308). c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3 with the
ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). T h e r e s h o u l d be battery
1. C h e c k t h e N o . 5 M E T E R (7,5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s voltage.
under-dash fuse/relay box before testing.
* If t h e v o l t a g e is O K , g o to s t e p 8.
2. C h e c k for b o d y e l e c t r i c a l s y s t e m D T C s . • If t h e v o l t a g e is not a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k for:
- a s h o r t in the P U R w i r e to g r o u n d ,
* If n o p r o b l e m i s f o u n d , g o to s t e p 3. - a n o p e n in t h e P U R or O R N w i r e .
• If D T C B l 175 or B 1 1 7 6 is i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
Indicated D T C s troubleshooting. F U E L T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R

3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K fO).

4 R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225). PUR

1 2
5, R e m o v e the a c c e s s p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e floor.
3 4
ORN

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0),

9. R e m o v e the fuel tank unit f r o m t h e fuel tank

( s e e p a g e 11-347).

6, D i s c o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r (B).

(confd)

11-355
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test Low Fuel Indicator Test
(cont'd)
1. D o t h e g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c t e s t ( s e e p a g e 22-304).

10. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n fuel tank unit 4P * If the l o w fuel Indicator f l a s h e s , g o to s t e p 2.

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 3 with the float • if the l o w fuel- indicator d o e s not f l a s h , r e p l a c e
at E ( E M P T Y ) , L O W ( L O W F U E L I N D I C A T O R ) , 1/2 the g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).
(HALF F U L L ) , and F (FULL) positions.
If y o u do not get the f o l l o w i n g r e a d i n g s , r e p l a c e the 2. C h e c k f o r b o d y electrical s y s t e m D T C s ,
fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit ( s e e p a g e 11-351).
* If a n y D T C s a r e indicated,-do the Indicated D T C s
Float F 1/2 E LOW troubleshooting.
Position 6.1 in. 3.8 in. 1.6 in. 0.6 In. • If no D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 3.
(155.2 mm) (97.6 mm) (40.8 m m ) (15.9 m m )
Resistance 19 to 196.7 to 503.8 to 7 7 2 to 3. Do the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit test ( s e e p a g e
(Q) 21 206.7 589.4 788 11-355).

11. R e c o n n e c t the fuel tank unit 4 P c o n n e c t o r .

12, R e m o v e the No. 15 B A C K U P (10 A ) f u s e f r o m the

u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x for at least 10 s e c o n d s ,
t h e n reinstall it.

13. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

14, C h e c k that the pointer of the fuel g a u g e i n d i c a t e s F

with the float at F.

• If the pointer of t h e fuel g a u g e d o e s not Indicate F,

r e p l a c e the g a u g e a s s e m b l y .
• If the g a u g e Is O K , the test Is c o m p l e t e .

NOTE:
• T h e pointer of the fuel g a u g e r e t u r n s to the
bottom of t h e g a u g e dial w h e n the ignition s w i t c h
Is In L O C K (0) a n d A C C (I), r e g a r d l e s s of the fuel
level.
• R e m o v e the No. 15 B A C K U P (10 A ) f u s e f r o m the
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x for at least 10 s e c o n d s
after c o m p l e t i n g t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , o t h e r w i s e It
m a y take up to 20 m i n u t e s for t h e fuel g a u g e to
Indicate the c o r r e c t fuel l e v e l .

11-356
Intake Air System
Component Location index

a e 1 1 3 6 1
THROTTLE B O D Y P 9 ~
T e s t , p a g e 11 - 3 5 8
C l e a n i n g , p a g e 11-359
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-362
D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 11-363

11-357
intake Air S f stem
Throttle Body Test

Carbon Accumulation Check Throttle Position Learning Check

N O T E : If the m a l f u n c t i o n Indicator l a m p (MIL) h a s b e e n N O T E : If the m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) h a s b e e n
reported o n , c h e c k for d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ( D T C s ) . reported o n , c h e c k for d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ( D T C s ) .

1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the data fink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )

(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d . (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .

A A

2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with t h e E C M / 3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the E C M /

P C M . if It d o e s n ' t g o to the D L C circuit P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , g o to t h e D L C circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

4. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at 4. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S .

- 3,000 r p m without l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let It 5. Do the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K in the E T C S T E S T . If
Idle.' n e e d e d , c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

5. C h e c k the R E L T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T with
the H D S . T h e r e a d i n g s h o u l d be b e l o w 2.46 d e g . If It
is not, c l e a n t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359). •

11-358
Throttle Body Cleaning Air Cleaner Removal/Installation
1. D i s c o n n e c t the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
ACAUTION (A).
Do n o t ! rise it y o j r f i n g e r s into t h e i n s t a l l e d throttle \
b o d y w h e n y o u turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft) or
w h i l e the ignition s w i t c h i s O N (SI), If y o u d o , y o u j
will s e r i o u s l y i n j u r e y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e throttle v a l v e
is a c t i v a t e d , i

1, C h e c k for d a m a g e to t h e air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t . If t h e
air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t i s d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it
f s e e p a g e 11-360),

2, R e m o v e the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-382).

3, C l e a n off t h e c a r b o n f r o m the throttle v a l v e a n d

i n s i d e t h e throttle b o d y with a p a p e r t o w e l s o a k e d
in throttle plate a n d i n d u c t i o n c l e a n e r .

NOTE:
* R e m o v e t h e throttle b o d y to c l e a n it.
* B e c a r e f u l not t o p i n c h y o u r f i n g e r s .
* T o avoid removing the m o l y b d e n u m coating, do
not c l e a n the b e a r i n g a r e a of t h e throttle s h a f t ( A ) . B
* D o n o t s p r a y throttle plate a n d induction c l e a n e r
directly o n t h e throttle b o d y . 2. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B) a n d t h e bolts (C).
* U s e H o n d a g e n u i n e throttle plate a n d i n d u c t i o n
cleaner. 3. L o o s e n the b a n d (D), t h e n r e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r
h o u s i n g (E).

4. Install t h e parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

N O T E : W h e n torqusng the -screw of t h e h o s e b a n d

( F ) , align t h e e d g e of t h e h o s e b a n d (G) with t h e
m a r k (H) p a i n t e d o n t h e h o s e b a n d .

4, install t h e throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-362).

5. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ( s e e p a g e 11-4).

8, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d w a i t
2 seconds.

7. D o t h e E C M / P C M Idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317),

11-359
Intake Air System
Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement

1. O p e n the air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g c o v e r (A).

2. R e m o v e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t (B) f r o m the air

c l e a n e r h o u s i n g (C).

3. C h e c k the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t for d a m a g e or

c l o g g i n g . If it is d a m a g e d or c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e i t

N O T E : Do not u s e c o m p r e s s e d air to c l e a n the air

cleaner element

4. C l e a n a n d r e m o v e a n y d e b r i s f r o m i n s i d e the air
cleaner.

5. Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

• If y o u did not r e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t , this

p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e .
• If the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e q u i r e d air c l e a n e r
r e p l a c e m e n t , r e s e t the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r
( s e e p a g e 3-7).
• If y o u r e p l a c e the air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t , reset the
E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S , a n d d o t h e E C M / P C M
idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).

11-360
Intake Air Resonator Removal/Installation
1 , D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 22-90). 6. R e m o v e t h e front b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 20-239).

2, R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r ( s e e p a g e 11-3591 7 . R e m o v e the intake asr r e s o n a t o r (A).

22-90).
4, R e m o v e t h e front grille c o v e r .

* 2-door (see page 20-257)

* 4-door | s e e page 20-257)

5. R e m o v e the w a t e r s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d t h e intake air

duct ( B ) .

11-361
Intake Air System
Throttle Body Removal/Installation

ACAUTION
Do not insert y o u r f i n g e r s into the installed throttle b o d y w h e n y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to O N (11) or w h i l e t h e
ignition s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u will s e r i o u s l y injure y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e throttle v a l v e is a c t i v a t e d .

N O T E : If y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g or c l e a n i n g the throttle b o d y , start at s t e p 1. If y o u a r e r e m o v i n g the throttle b o d y , start at

s t e p 4.

1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C w h i l e the e n g i n e is s t o p p e d .

2. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U on the H D S .

3. Do the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K in the E T C S T E S T .

4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

5. R e m o v e the Intake air d u c t (A).

6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e throttle b o d y c o n n e c t o r (B).

7. D i s c o n n e c t a n d plug t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (C).

8. R e m o v e the throttle b o d y (D).

9. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l with a n e w g a s k e t ( E ) .

N O T E : W h e n torquing the s c r e w of the h o s e b a n d (F), align the e d g e of the h o s e b a n d (G) with the m a r k (H)
painted on the h o s e b a n d .

After installing the throttle b o d y , d o t h i s :

• Refill the radiator with e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
• Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).

11-362
Throttle Body Disassembly/Reassembly

THROTTLE BODY
Catalytic Converter System

Component Location Index

* UNDER-FLOOR T H R E E W A Y
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-368

W A R M UP THREE W A Y E N G I N E CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/

CATALYTIC CONVERTER POWERTRAIN CONTROL M O D U L E (PCM)
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-367 U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-216

11-364
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below 5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0420 in the
Threshold D T C s M E N U with t h e H D S .

NOTE; Does the screen indicate FAILED?

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d a!! f r e e z e data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general Y E S — " G o to s t e p 6.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
* If s o m e of t h e D T C s listed b e l o w a r e s t o r e d at t h e N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
s a m e time a s D T C P0420, troubleshoot t h e m f i r s t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s time, If t h e s c r e e n
t h e n r e c h e c k f o r D T C PQ420. i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p driving until a r e s u l t
P 0 1 3 7 , P 0 1 3 8 : S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s O U T O F
P 0 1 4 1 : S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) h e a t e r C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 4 a n d
* PQ3GQ: R a n d o m m i s f i r e recheck.
P 0 3 0 1 — P 0 3 Q 4 : N o . 1, N o , 2, No. 3, or No. 4 c y l i n d e r
misfire detected 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
* P o o r quality fuel m a y c a u s e t h i s D T C .
7. R e p l a c e t h e W U - T W C ( s e e p a g e 11-367).
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
9. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with t h e H D S .
3, S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T In P o r N, M/T In 10. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it 11-317).
idle,
11. S t a r t the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
4, T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in
neutral) until the radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
* E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) idle.
a b o v e 158 *F { 7 0 * 0
* Vehicle s p e e d between 45—75 mph (72™ 12. T e s t - d r i v e for a b o u t 10 m i n u t e s , v a r y i n g t h e v e h i c l e
120 k m / h ) for 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h c r u i s e speed.
control set
* V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h (88 — 13. C h e c k t h e C A T A M O N I T O R C O N D I T I O N in the
120 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
t h e throttle folly c l o s e d ) . R e p e a t t h i s t h r e e or
more times Is the condition OK ?
* M a i n t a i n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d at 5 5 m p h (88 k m / h )
for 5 - m i n u t e s or m o r e with c r u i s e control s e t Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.

N O — G o to s t e p 11 a n d r e c h e c k .

(confd)

11-365
Catalytic Converter System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : •

• E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 ° F ( 7 0 °C)
• V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 — 7 5 m p h (88 —
120 km/h) for 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e (with
the throttle fully c l o s e d ) . R e p e a t this three or
more times.
• Maintain the v e h i c l e s p e e d at 55 m p h (88 km/h)
for 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h c r u i s e control s e t

15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC P0420 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k the fuel quality, t h e n go to s t e p 1.

N O ™ G o to s t e p 16.

16. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0420 in the

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 15,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k the fuel

quality, then go to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , keep driving until a result c o m e s o n . Sf
the s c r e e n indicates O U T O F C O N D I T I O N or N O T
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 11.

11-366
Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation
1, R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift. 8. R e m o v e the u p p e r c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A).

4, R e m o v e the W U - T W C bracket I B ) . 10. R e m o v e the c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A).

5. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e .

6. R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e fsee p a g e 20-289).

7. R e m o v e the A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-209).

11. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

• with n e w gaskets.

11-367
Catalytic Converter System
Under-floor TWC Removal/Installation

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift.

2. R e m o v e the e x h a u s t pipe h a n g e r s (A).

3. R e m o v e the under-floor T W C ( B ) .

4. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h n e w g a s k e t s (C) a n d n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts (D).

11-368
PCV System w*
Component Location Index

PCV V A L V E
inspection, page 11-370
Replacement page 11-370

11-369
PCV System
PCV Valve Inspection PCV Valve Replacement

1. C h e c k the P C V v a l v e (A), h o s e s (B), a n d 1. D i s c o n n e c t the P C V h o s e .

c o n n e c t i o n s for l e a k s or restrictions.
2. R e m o v e the P C V v a l v e (A).
B

2, A t idle, m a k e s u r e t h e r e is a clicking s o u n d f r o m the

P C V v a l v e w h e n the h o s e b e t w e e n the P C V v a l v e
a n d intake m a n i f o l d Is lightly p i n c h e d (A) w i t h y o u r
f i n g e r s or pliers.
If t h e r e Is no clicking s o u n d , c h e c k the P C V v a l v e 3. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l
w a s h e r for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . If the w a s h e r is O K , w i t h a n e w w a s h e r (B).
r e p l a c e the P C V v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k .

11-370
EVAP System
Component Location indeic

U p d a t e , p a g e 11-215
S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-21.8

FUEL TANIC V A P O R C O N T R O L V A L V E

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SHUT VALVE

(EVAP) C A N I S T E R Replacement,
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-402 P^9© 1 1 - 4 0 5

11-371
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0443: E V A P Canister Purge Valve 7. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.
Circuit Malfunction
Is there vacuum?
Special Tools Required
V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
or e q u i v a l e n t c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
N O — G o t o s t e p 14.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t a n d review the genera! 8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
9. D i s c o n n e c t the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). connector.

2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 1 0 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 a n d body ground,
3. Start t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m without load ( A / T in P o r IM, M/T in EVAP CANISTER P U R G E V A L V E 2 P CONNECTOR
neutral), until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

PCS fYEL/BLU)
is DTC P0443 indicated?

Y E S — G o to step 5.'

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s Wire side of f e m a l e terminals

at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e
ECM/PCM. •
Is there continuity?
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d a l l o w t h e
e n g i n e to c o o l to b e l o w 131 °F (55 °C). Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.

6. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e purge N O — G o t o step 23.

v a l v e (B) in the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t , a n d c o n n e c t a
v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, to t h e h o s e .

11-372
11. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . 17. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r purge
v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

EVAP CANISTER PURGE V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R

13. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r purge
v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

E V A P C A N I S T E R PURGE V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR

IGI (BLK/YEL)

PCS f Y E L / B L U l

Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Y E S — G o to s t e p 18,

I s there continuity? N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P

c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the N o , 7 A C G (15 A) f u s e
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P In the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n go
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (B3), t h e n to s t e p 24.
g o to s t e p 24,
18, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O — G o to s t e p 30,
19, J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
1 4 T o r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
20, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P),
15. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
connector,

16. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

(confd)

11-373
EVAP System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

21.. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 22. At the v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n

t e r m i n a l B 3 a n d E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2P E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2. No. 1 a n d No. 2.

EVAP CANISTER PURGE V A L V E 2P CONNECTOR

E V A P C A N I S T E R P U R G E V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R

1
Wire side of female terminals PCS (YEL/BLU)

1 2

PCS (YEL/BLU) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

3 8 | 9 110 |_
13 1 4 1 5 16 17 18 19 / 21
24 2 6 27 28
>< >< / 25

31 32 33 34 35 38 38 /
T e r m i n a l s i d e of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
/143 H * ! 46
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
is there about 23—26 Q at room temperature?
Is there continuity?
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 30.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 22.
W O — G o to s t e p 23.
1MO—Repair o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (B3), t h e n 23. R e p l a c e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
g o to s t e p 24. 11-405).

24. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

25. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

26. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

27. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

11-374
28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 34. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 4 4 3 in t h e
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
is DTC P0443 indicated?
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
f ^ O — G o t o s t e p 29. ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 3 3 , g o to t h e indicated
29. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 4 4 3 In t h e D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 11
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
WO—If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
Does the screen indicate PASSED? c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
Y E S - — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 8 , (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n go to s t e p 3 2 . If the E C M / P C M
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , O U T O F C O N D I T I O N , or N O T
MO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r C O M P L E T E D , keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. Sf
the screen indicates E X E C U T I N G , O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N , or N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until
a result c o m e s o n .

30. R e c o n n e c t at! c o n n e c t o r s .

3 1 . U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M { s e e p a g e 11-7).

3 2 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let It idle.

33. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P0443 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e
E C M / P C M If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o
to s t e p 3 2 . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1,

MO—Go to s t e p 34,

11-375
EVAP System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0451: FTP Sensor Circuit Range/ 11. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Performance Problem
Is DTC P0451 indicated?
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e .
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ' i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). g o to s t e p 1.
* If D T C P2422 is s t o r e d at t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 0 4 5 1 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C P 2 4 2 2 f i r s t , t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C N O — G o to s t e p 12.
P0451.
12. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0451 in the
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). D T C s M E N U with t h e H D S .

2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . Does the screen indicate PASSED?

3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle for 1 m i n u t e . Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 11,
4. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0451 in the g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
D T C s •MENU with the H D S .
N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
Does the screen indicate FAILED? c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5. I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling until a
result c o m e s o n .
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
' poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P
s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s
on.

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404).

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

8. R e s e t the E C M / P C M with the H D S .

9. Do the E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-317).

10, Start the e n g i n e , a n d let It Idle for 1 m i n u t e .

11-376
D T C P0452: F T P S e n s o r Circuit L o w Voltage 10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a 11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK 13. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T with the

HDS.
2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
is about 7.3 kPa (-2.16 in.Hg, — 55 mmHg), or
3, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (OK
0.3 ¥ or less indicated?
4, R e m o v e t h e fuel fill c a p .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 20.
5, Turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
N O — G o t o s t e p 14.
6, C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the 14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n F T P s e n s o r 3 P
HDS. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

is about - 7,3 kPa (-2,16 in.Hg, - 55 mmHg), or F T P S E M S O B 3P C O W M E C T O R

0.3 ¥ or iess indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10,

N O — G o to s t e p 7.
V C C S (YEL)

7, Install t h e fuel fill c a p .

8, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .

9, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 4 5 2 in the W i r e side of female terminals

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the screen indicate FAILED? Is there about 5 ¥?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10. Y E S — G o to s t e p 24.

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent N O — G o to s t e p 15.
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P
s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s
on.

(cont'd)

11-377
EVAP System

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

15. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 20. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

16. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 21. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 22. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

18. C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 to 23. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n F T P s e n s o r 3 P

b o d y g r o u n d with a j u m p e r w i r e . c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

FTP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R FTP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

A \

V C C 6 (YEL) F T P ( L T GRN)

JUMPER WIRE

Wire side of female terminals W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals

19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r is there continuity?

terminal A20 and body ground.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A27) a n d the F T P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
EClVt/PCfVi C O N N E C T O R A (49P)

VCCS (YEL) W O — G o to s t e p 3 2 .
" lr~TL

26 27 28
7fe|/^3*J36l36

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 2 .

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (A20) a n d the F T P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 26.

1.1-378
24. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), 35. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . .

25. R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r f s e e p a g e 11-404). Is DTC P0452 indicated ?

26. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
27. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III). the E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known- -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 34.
28. Reset the E C M / P C M with the H D S . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.

29. D o t h e ECM/PCM idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e N O — G o to s t e p 36.

11-317).
36. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 0 4 5 2 In t h e
3 0 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P0452 indicated? Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — C h e c k f o r poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
g o t o s t e p 1. s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
N O — G o to s t e p 3 1 . D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 5 , g o to the indicated
D T C s troubleshooting. •
3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 5 2 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . N O — I f t h e s c r e e n Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r
Does the screen indicate PASSED? a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other t h e n g o to s t e p 34. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e I n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 0 , go to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • C O M P L E T E D , keep Idling until a result c o m e s o n .

N O — f f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. Sf t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a
result c o m e s o n ,

3 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

33. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M sf it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

34 Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

11-379
EVAP System

DTC Troubleshooting (confd)

DTC P0453: FTP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 12. C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2

a n d N o . 3 with a j u m p e r w i r e .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general F T P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information f s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
1
2. C l e a r t h e D T C with t h e H D S .
F T P f L T GRIM) S G 6 (BLK)

3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

4. R e m o v e the fuel fill c a p . JUMPER WIRE

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Wire s i d e of f e m a l e terminals

6. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R In t h e D A T A L I S T with t h e
HDS. 13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V 14. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

HDS.
". or more indicated?
Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg) s or 4.7 V
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10. or more indicated?

N O — G o to s t e p 7. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15.

7. Install t h e fuel fill c a p . N O — G o t o step 26.

8. Start t h e e n g i n e . 15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n F T P s e n s o r 3 P
9. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0453 In t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.
D T C s M E N U with t h e H D S .
FTP S E N S O R 3PC O N N E C T O R
Does the screen indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.

N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
VCC6 (YEL) SG6 (BLK)
failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p Idling until a result c o m e s
on.
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
10. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r . Is there about 5 V?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 1 .

N O — G o to s t e p 16.

11-380
16. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 21. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

17. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S , 2 2 . J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .

18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 23. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

13, C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 to 24. C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 to

body ground with a jumper wire. b o d y g r o u n d with a j u m p e r w i r e .

FTP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R F T P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

1 2 1 •2 3
SG6 (BLK) FTP ( L T G R N )

J U M P E R WIRE JUMPER WIRE

Wire side of female terminals W i r e side of female terminals

20, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n ECfVI/PCfVI c o n n e c t o r 25. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A10 and body ground. terminal A27 and body ground.

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O RA (49P)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A imp}

SGS (BLK)

^ ;i>[/T/V1l5 .S /JtS 19 20 21
; 291 ac y, a? y i "s&; as ji s
FTP (LTGRN)
| iXJ 41 [42'143^JX|46

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals

is there continuity? is there continuity ?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 34, Y E S — G o t o step 34.

M 0 — - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / N O — - R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M ( A I D ) a n d t h e F T P s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 28. P C M (A27) a n d the F T P s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 28,

(confd)

11-381
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd)

26. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 37. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

27. R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404). Is DTC P0453 indicated?

28. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . If
29. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M - ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 36.
30. R e s e t the E C M / P C M ' w i t h the H D S . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

3 1 . D o the E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e N O — G o t o step 38.

11-317).
38. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0453 in t h e
3 2 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0453 indicated? Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
go to s t e p 1. s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
N O — G o to s t e p 33. D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 7 , go to the i n d i c a t e d
D T C s troubleshooting. •
33. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0453 in the
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r
Does the screen indicate PASSED? a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other t h e n g o to s t e p 36. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 2 , g o t o s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H C O M P L E T E D , keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .

N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r
a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a "
result c o m e s o n .

34. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

35. "Update t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

36. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

11-382
DTC P0455: EVAP System Large Leak 2. C h e c k t h e fuel fill c a p s e a l (A) a n d the fuel fill pipe
Detected m a t i n g s u r f a c e (B). V e r i f y that the fuel fill c a p tether
c o r d (C) is not c a u g h t u n d e r the c a p .
DTC P0456: EVAP System Very Small Leak
Detected
B

T h e fuel s y s t e m is d e s i g n e d to a l l o w s p e c i f i e d
m a x i m u m v a c u u m a n d p r e s s u r e c o n d i t i o n s . Do not
deviate from the v a c u u m and p r e s s u r e tests a s
i n d i c a t e d in t h e s e p r o c e d u r e s . E x c e s s i v e p r e s s u r e /
v a c u u m w o u l d d a m a g e the E V A P c o m p o n e n t s or
c a u s e e v e n t u a l f u e l tank f a i l u r e .

Special Tools Required

V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A
or equivalent, commercially available

NOTE: is the fuei fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d fuei fiii pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l under the cap?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3).
* F r e s h f u e l h a s a h i g h e r volatility that will c r e a t e Y E S — R e p l a c e the fuel fill c a p or the fuel fill p i p e ,
g r e a t e r p r e s s u r e / V a c u u m . T h e o p t i m u m c o n d i t i o n for t h e n go to s t e p 29.
t e s t i n g is l e s s t h a n a full tank of f r e s h f u e l . If p o s s i b l e ,
to a s s i s t in leak d e t e c t i o n , a d d 1 g a l l o n of f r e s h fuel to NO—Goto step3.
the tank ( a s long a s it will not fill t h e tank), j u s t before
starting t h e s e p r o c e d u r e s . 3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

1, C h e c k t h e fuel fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N 4. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .

T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d turn 1/4 turn after i f s tight,
t h e n it c l i c k s . 5. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U with the HDS.
is the correct fuei fiii cap installed and properly
Is the result OK?
tightened?
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2, t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , or
N O — R e p l a c e or tighten t h e c a p , t h e n g o to s t e p 29. the E V A P canister vent shut v a l v e , and the E C M /
PCM.B

N O — G o to s t e p 6.

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

(cont'd)

11-383
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. C h e c k for a poor c o n n e c t i o n or d a m a g e at the fuel 9. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (engine s i d e ) (A) f r o m

tank v a p o r recirculation t u b e . the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) in the e n g i n e
compartment, and connect a v a c u u m pump/gauge,
Is the tube OK? 0—30 in.Hg, to the p u r g e v a l v e a s s h o w n .

A
YES—Gotostep8.

NO-
* R e p l a c e the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation t u b e ,
t h e n go to s t e p 29.
• If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the fuel tank ( s e e p a g e
11-352), t h e n go to s t e p 29.

8. D i s c o n n e c t the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation tube

(A) a n d f r e s h air h o s e (B) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r
(C), a n d plug the E V A P c a n i s t e r port (D).

10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .

12. A p p l y v a c u u m to the h o s e until the F T P r e a d s

1.90 V ( - 0 . 5 9 in.Hg, - 1 5 . 1 mmHg).

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to e x c e e d the v a c u u m . If y o u
e x c e e d the v a c u u m , t h e F T P s e n s o r c a n be
damaged.

13. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O F F in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m p u m p /
gauge.

14. M o n i t o r the F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T for

1 m i n u t e w i t h the H D S .

Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V

(0.1 in.Hg, 0.5 mmHg)?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 1 5 .

W O — G o t o s t e p 20.

11-384
15. R e c o n n e c t toe v a c u u m h o s e ( e n g i n e s i d e ) to the 19. C h e c k for a l o o s e or d a m a g e d E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
E V A P canister purge valve. line b e t w e e n the E V A P c a n i s t e r a n d the E V A P •
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , or a leaking E V A P c a n i s t e r .
18, D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e ( E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e )
(A) f r o m t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) in the Are the line and the EVAP canister OK?
engine compartment, and connect a v a c u u m pump
/ g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, to the v a c u u m h o s e a s s h o w n . Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e s e parts, t h e n go to s t e p 28:

A
• F T P s e n s o r O-ring
• E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e O-ring
• E V A P canister

W O — R e c o n n e c t or repair the- E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
line, t h e n go to s t e p 23,

20, R e c o n n e c t t h e f r e s h air h o s e (A) to the E V A P

c a n i s t e r (B).

17. A p p l y v a c u o m to the h o s e until t h e F T P r e a d s

1,90 V (—0.59 in.Hg, - 1 5 . 1 m m H g ) .

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to e x c e e d t h e v a c u u m . If y o u
e x c e e d the vacuum, the F T P s e n s o r c a n be
damaged,

18, M o n i t o r t h e F T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T for
1 minute with the H D S .

Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V

(0.1 in.Hg t 0.5 mmHg)?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 19.

N O — R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
( s e e p a g e 11 -405), t h e n go to s t e p 28.

(confd)

11-385
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

21. R e c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (engine s i d e ) to the 26. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O F F in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U "

E V A P canister purge valve. w i t h the H D S .

22. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m , h o s e ( E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e ) 27. C h e c k t h e s e parts for l o o s e n e s s or d a m a g e :

(A) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e (B) in the
engine compartment, and connect a v a c u u m pump • F u e l fill pipe
/ g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, to t h e v a c u u m h o s e a s s h o w n .
• F u e l v a p o r return pipe
A
Are the parts OK ?

if
Y E S — C h e c k the fuel t a n k unit b a s e g a s k e t
( s e e p a g e 11-348), a n d c h e c k the fuel tank, t h e n g o
to s t e p 28.

N O — R e p a i r or r e p l a c e t h e d a m a g e d parts, t h e n g o
to s t e p 28.

28. R e c o n n e c t all h o s e s a n d c o n n e c t o r s .

B 29. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

30. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

31. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

3 2 . Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
23. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U M E N U w i t h the H D S . •
w i t h the H D S .
Is the result OK?
24. A p p l y v a c u u m to the h o s e until the F T P r e a d s
1.90 V ( - 0 . 5 9 in.Hg, —15.1 mmHg). Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . •

N O T E : B e careful not to e x c e e d the v a c u u m . If y o u N O — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s

e x c e e d the v a c u u m , the F T P s e n s o r c a n be at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ,
damaged. the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
25. Monitor the F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T for
1 m i n u t e w i t h the H D S .

Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V

(0.1 in.Hg, 2.5 mmHg)?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
(see page 11-405), t h e n g o to s t e p 28.

N O — G o t o s t e p 26.

11-386
DTC P0457: EVAP System Leak Detected/Fuel 5. Do t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N
Fill Cap Loose or Missing M E N U w i t h the H D S .

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data Is the result OK?

and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 11-3). Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
1. C h e c k the f u e l fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N at t h e F T P s e n s o r or the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t
T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d t u r n 1/4 turn after it's tight, v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . •
t h e n it c l i c k s ,
N O — G o to s t e p 6.
Is the correct fuei fiii cap installed and properly
tightened? 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Y E S — G o to s t e p 2. 7. R e m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e f r o m the
E V A P c a n i s t e r (see page 11-405).
TO—Replace o r tighten t h e c a p , t h e n go to s t e p 19.
8. C o n n e c t the 2 P c o n n e c t o r to t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
2. C h e c k the fuel fill c a p s e a l (A) a n d the fuel fill pipe shut valve.
m a t i n g s u r f a c e IB). Verify that the fuel fill c a p tether
c o r d iC) i s not c a u g h t u n d e r the c a p . 9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

10. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .

11. C h e c k t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (A)
operation.

is the fuel fiii cap seal missing or damaged, is the

fuel fiii pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
under the cap?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the f u e l fill c a p or the fuel fill pipe,

t h e n g o to s t e p 19.
Does the valve operate?
M O — G o to s t e p 3.
Y E S — - C h e c k the routing of the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If). t u b e , t h e n go to s t e p 18.

4. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . N O — G o t o s t e p 12.

(cont'd)

11-387
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. Turn-the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC P0496: EVAP System High Purge Flow
Detected
13. R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
( s e e p a g e 11-405). N O T E ; B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

15. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

16. D o the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e fsee p a g e 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

11-317).
3. Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
17. Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S .
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
is the result OK?
Is the result OK?
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m i s O K at this
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . • t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r purge v a l v e ,
N O — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the E C M /
at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t PCM.B
v a l v e , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
N O — G o t o s t e p 4."
18. Reinstall the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e .
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
5. R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ( s e e p a g e
20. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . 11-405).

21. Do the E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11-317).
7. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
22. Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U w i t h the H D S , 8. Do the E C M / P C M idle-learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-317).
Is the result OK?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . 11

N O — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the F T P s e n s o r , the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t
v a l v e , a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

11-388
9, D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N DTC P0497: EVAP System Low Purge Flow
M E N U with the H D S , Detected

is the result OK? Special Tools Required

* V a c u u m / p r e s s u r e g a u g e , 0 — 4 in.Hg 0 7 J A 2 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 B
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , • * V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A
or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
N O — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e F T P s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the E C M / and a n y on-board s n a p s h o t , and review the general
PCM, t h e n g o to s t e p 1, t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).

1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

3. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in the I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U with the H D S .

is the result OK?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , the F T P s e n s o r ,
a n d t h e E C M / P C M . II

N O — G o to s t e p 4.

4. T u r n t h e Ignition switch-to L O C K (0).

5. C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s , b l o c k a g e , or d a m a g e
in the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e line b e t w e e n the throttle
b o d y a n d the E V A P c a n i s t e r .

is the iino OK?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — R e c o n n e c t or repair t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
line, t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

(cont'd)

11-389
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the E V A P 7. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the p u r g e

c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B). line (at the E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e ) , a n d c o n n e c t a
T-fitting (B) f r o m the v a c u u m g a u g e a n d the
v a c u u m , p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, to t h e h o s e a s
shown.

©7JAZ-00100OB

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

9. A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa (0.6 i n . H g , 15 m m H g ) of v a c u u m
to the h o s e .

10. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N MENU

w i t h the H D S .

Does the vacuum release immediately?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15. ,

N O — G o t o s t e p 11.

11. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O F F in the I N S P E C T I O N MENU

w i t h the H D S .

11-390
12, D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e f A ) f r o m t h e E V A P 15. C o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 i n . H g , to
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e I B ) . C o n n e c t a T-fitting CO the v a c u u m -hose (A) a s s h o w n .
from the v a c u u m g a u g e and the v a c u u m p u m p /
g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 i n . H g , to t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
vafve a s s h o w n ,

16. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

Is there vacuum?
07JAZ-OO1OOOB
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 17.

N O — C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e at t h e E V A P p u r g e line
13, A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa (0.8 in.Hg, 15 m m H g ) of v a c u u m b e t w e e n t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
to the h o s e . p u r g e v a l v e , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

14 S e l e c t E V A P P C S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

with the H D S ,
18. R e m o v e t h e F T P s e n s o r w i t h its c o n n e c t o r
Does the vacuum release immediately? c o n n e c t e d ( s e e p a g e 11-404).

Y E S — C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e in the E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e line b e t w e e n t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
a n d t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

N O — R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
( s e e p a g e 11-405), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

(cont'd)

11-391
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

19. C o n n e c t a T-fitting (A) to the v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 24. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

0 — 3 0 in.Hg, t h e n c o n n e c t the v a c u u m p u m p to the
F T P s e n s o r (B) a s s h o w n . 2 5 . R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .

26. Do t h e E C M / P C M Idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317).

27. Do the E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T In the I N S P E C T I O N

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Is the result OK?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . •

N O — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , the F T P s e n s o r ,
a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

20. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

21. C h e c k a n d r e c o r d the F T P S E N S O R r e a d i n g in the

D A T A L I S T with the H D S .

22. S l o w l y a p p l y a b o u t 1.3 kPa (0.4 in.Hg, 10 m m H g ) of

• v a c u u m to the h o s e .

23. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS.

Does the value change?

Y E S — C h e c k for d e b r i s or b l o c k a g e at the E V A P
c a n i s t e r port, t h e n go to s t e p 24.

N O — R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404),
t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

11-392
DTC P0498: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
Circuit Low Voltage s h u t v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t a n d r e v i e w t h e general E V A P C A N I S T E R V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3),

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
+ B (WHT)

3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P0498 indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6. W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals

N O — G o t o s t e p 4,
is there battery voitage?
4. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S . Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.

5. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P

canister vent shut valve and the PGM-FI subrelay,
is DTC P0498 indicated? t h e n g o to s t e p 18.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8, 10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s 11. A t t h e v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n
t i m e , C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s E V A P canister vent shut valve 2P connector
at the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2,
ECWPCM.B
E V A P C A N I S T E R V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P
connector.
1 2
8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Terminal side of male terminals

Is there about 25— 30 Q at room temperature?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.

N O — G o to s t e p 17.

(confd)

11-393
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . 16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l A11 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l A11 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . V S V .(RED)

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
|l|l^3,ljlXl6l7|;
T?P/Y|15|16M18
xl9h°l,
20

m
22 23 24 > < 25 > < 27 28
V S V (BED) ' j29130 XI32|xl84|35j36
1X141 42l43l44\A*

l2Z/^M6l7|l8|l9|20|2l|
22 23
30
2 4
X 25 X
26 27 28

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?
Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 5 .

Is there continuity? N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P

c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (A11),
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E V A P t h e n go to s t e p 18.
c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (A11),
t h e n g o to s t e p 18. 17. R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
( s e e p a g e 11-405).
N O — G o to s t e p 15.
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
15. C o n n e c t E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 to b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
jumper wire.

E V A P CANISTER V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R

Xv ,
\\z
V S V (RED)

JUMPER WIRE

Wire side of female terminals

11-394
13, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 2 5 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,

2 0 . R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S . 26. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e . p a g e 11-7).
11-317).
27. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N In the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
22. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S .
w i t h the H D S .
28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
23. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
I s DTC P0498 indicated?
I s DTC P0498 indicated?
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n g o to s t e p 27. If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
M O — G o to s t e p 24. g o to s t e p 1.

24. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0498 in t h e N O — G o to s t e p 29.

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
29. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0498 In the
Does the screen indicate PASSED? D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , Sf a n y other Does the screen indicate PASSED?

T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 2 3 ,
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s updated,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
MO—if the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 28, g o to the indicated
1, If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to D T C s troubleshooting, •
step 22.
N O — I f the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the E V A P c a n i s t e r
v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
(see p a g e 11-7), then g o to s t e p 27. If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 27.

11-395
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0499: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 8. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for D T C P0499 in t h e
Circuit High Voltage D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Does the screen indicate PASSED?

and any on-board s n a p s h o t , a n d review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3). . Y E S — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original E C M / P C M •
(see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 7, go to t h e indicated
D T C s troubleshooting. •
3. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the H D S . N O — I f the s c r e e n I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the E V A P c a n i s t e r
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M
w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M
Is DTC P0499 indicated? (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to s t e p 6. If the E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the s c r e e n Indicates
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d the
E C M / P C M . Ill

5. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

6. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the H D S .

7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0499 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d
the E C M / P C M . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n g o to s t e p 6. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.

N O — G o to s t e p 8.

11-396
DTC P14E4: FTP Sensor Range/Performance 11. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
Problem
12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
DTC P2422: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
Stuck Closed Malfunction 13. R e m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e f r o m t h e
E V A P c a n i s t e r ( s e e p a g e 11-405).
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
and a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w t h e g e n e r a l 14. C o n n e c t the 2P c o n n e c t o r to the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). shut valve.

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI),

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S , 16. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the H D S .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
17. C h e c k the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (A)
4. R e m o v e the fuel flit c a p , a n d w a i t 1 m i n u t e . operation.

A
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

6. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,

Is it between - 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and

0,2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2A and 2.8 V?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7,

N O — G o to s t e p 18.

7. Install the fuel fill c a p .

8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Does the valve operate?

9. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at Y E S — C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e in t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r ,

3,,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in v e n t h o s e s , a n d drain joint, t h e n reinstall the E V A P
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let It c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d g o to s t e p 24.
idle,
N O — R e p l a c e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
10. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P 1 4 5 4 in t h e ( s e e p a g e 11-405), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the screen indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.

WO—If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent

failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the F T P
s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e , a n d the
E C M / P C M . A l s o c h e c k for a b l o c k a g e in the v e n t
h o s e s a n d t h e d r a i n joint. If the s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s
on.

(cont'd)

11-397
EVAP System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

18. D i s c o n n e c t the air t u b e (A) f r o m the F T P s e n s o r (B). 21. R e m o v e the F T P s e n s o r (A) f r o m the E V A P c a n i s t e r
w i t h its c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t e d ( s e e p a g e 11-404).

19. C h e c k the F T P S E N S O R In the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

HDS. 22. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Is it between - 0,67 and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 23. C h e c k the F T P S E N S O R in the D A T A L I S T w i t h the

0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V?

HDS.

Y E S — C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e In the F T P s e n s o r air Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and
t u b e or v e n t t h e n go to s t e p 24. 0.2 in.Hg, -5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V?

N O — G o t o s t e p 20. Y E S — C h e c k for d e b r i s or c l o g g i n g at the E V A P

c a n i s t e r a n d the F T P s e n s o r port, t h e n g o to
20. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). s t e p 24.

N O — R e p l a c e the F T P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 11-404),
t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

11-398
24. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N fll), DTC P145C: EVAP System Purge Flow
Malfunction
25. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the H D S .
NOTE:
2 6 . Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
11-317). a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w the g e n e r a l
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
2 7 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at * If D T C P 1 4 5 C is i n d i c a t e d a l o n e , do t h e
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P or N, M/T in t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for D T C P 0 4 9 6 a n d P0497 u s i n g
neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it freeze data for P 1 4 5 C .
idle, * If D T C P0497 a n d P 1 4 5 C a r e s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e ,
c h e c k for a p o o r c o n n e c t i o n , a b l o c k a g e , or d a m a g e
2 8 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . at the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e line b e t w e e n t h e E V A P
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d the E V A P c a n i s t e r , or a s t u c k
Is DTC P1454 and/or P2422 Indicated? closed E V A P canister purge valve.
* • If a n y of D T C s listed b e l o w a r e Indicated at the s a m e
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t i m e a s D T C P 1 4 5 C , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e D T C s first,
t e r m i n a l s at the F T P s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t t h e n r e c h e c k for P 1 4 5 C .
s h u t v a l v e , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
P0496, P0497: E V A P s y s t e m purge flow
N O — G o to s t e p 29.

2 9 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for D T C P I 454 in t h e
D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 28,
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II

N O — I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P s e n s o r ,
the E V A P canister vent shut v a l v e , a n d the E C M /
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , k e e p idling until a result c o m e s o n .

11-399
EVAP System
Fuel Cap Warning Message System Troubleshooting

Special Tools Required 3. Reinstall a n d tighten the fuel fill c a p .

• V a c u u m / p r e s s u r e g a u g e , 0—4 in.Hg 0 7 J A Z - 0 0 1 0 0 0 B
* V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, S n a p - o n Y A 4 0 0 0 A 4. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
5. Start the e n g i n e . Hold the e n g i n e s p e e d at
Do this p r o c e d u r e if the fuel c a p w a r n i n g m e s s a g e 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
c o m e s o n frequently, or if the m e s s a g e d o e s not g o off neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
after the fuel fill c a p is tightened a n d the v e h i c l e is Idle for 1 minute.
driven several days.
6. T e s t drive at 45 m p h (72 km/h) for 1 minute or m o r e .
1.. C h e c k the fuel fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N
T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d turn 1/4 after it's tight, t h e n it Does fuei cap warning message come on?
clicks.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.
Is the correct fuel fill cap installed and properly
tightened? N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
time.B
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2.
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O — R e p l a c e or tighten the c a p , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
8. D i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m the E V A P
2. C h e c k the fuel fill c a p s e a l (A) a n d the fuel fill pipe c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) In the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t ,
mating s u r f a c e (B). Verify that the fuel fill c a p tether a n d c o n n e c t a T-fitting (C) f r o m the v a c u u m g a u g e
c o r d (C) is not c a u g h t u n d e r the c a p . a n d the v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e 0 — 3 0 in.Hg, to the
E V A P canister purge valve a s s h o w n .

Is the fuei fiii cap sea! missing or damaged, is the

fuei fill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
under the cap?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the fuel fill c a p or the fuel fill pipe,

t h e n go to s t e p 13. Q7JAZ-00100OB

N O — G o t o s t e p 3.

11-400
 9. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

10. A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa CO.© in.Hg, 15 m m H g ) of v a c u u m

to t h e h o s e .

11. S e l e c t t h e E V A P P C S O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the H D S .

Does the vacuum release Immediately?

Y E S — C h e c k for a b l o c k a g e In t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
p u r g e line b e t w e e n t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
a n d t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.

N O — R e p l a c e the E V A P canister purge valve

( s e e p a g e 11 -405), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.

12. R e c o n n e c t all h o s e s ,

13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

14. R e s e t the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ,

15. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-317),

18. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T In P or N, M/T in
neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle for 1 m i n u t e .

17. T e s t - d r i v e at 45 m p h (72 k m / h ) for 1 m i n u t e or m o r e .

Does the fuei cap message come on?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k .

NO—Troubleshooting is complete. •

11-401
EVAP System
EVAP Canister Replacement

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift. 6. R e m o v e the bolt (A), a n d d i s c o n n e c t the h o s e s (B),

the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (C),
2. R e m o v e the w h e e l s e n s o r h a r n e s s c l a m p s (A) a n d the F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r (D).

(10.5 kgf-m, 7 6 Ibf-ft) 27 N « m

Replace. 12.8 kgf-m, 2 0 Ibf-ft)

3. S u p p o r t the rear s u b f r a m e w i t h a t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k
a n d a w o o d e n block a s s h o w n .
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m,
4. R e m o v e the rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (B) a n d 7.2 Ibf-ft)
(O.
7. R e m o v e the bolts ( E ) , t h e n r e m o v e the E V A P
5. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k a n d rear s u b f r a m e c a n i s t e r a s s e m b l y (F).
a b o u t 50 m m .

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the c o n n e c t i n g
parts.

11-402
 4?*
8. R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r (A) f r o m the E V A P 11, Install the E V A P c a n i s t e r a s s e m b l y to the body.
c a n i s t e r bracket (B).
N O T E : A t t a c h the bracket a r m (A) to the b o d y a s
. 9.8 N-m shown.
/ (1,0 kgf-m, 7.2 I W - f t )

A'

9, R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (A) a n d 12. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

F T P s e n s o r IB) f r o m the c a n i s t e r (C). U s e n e w bolts w h e n y o u install t h e rear s u b f r a m e .

13. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

10. R e a s s e m b l e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D)
a n d a n e w retainer ( E L t h e n install the E V A P
canister bracket

N O T E : Do not c o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h oil.

11-403
EVAP System

2. R e m o v e the bolts ( E L a n d m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r

a s s e m b l y (F) to the rear.

11-404
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve EVAP Canister Purge Valve
Replacement Replacement

1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P 1. D i s c o n n e c t the E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
connector I A). c o n n e c t o r (A).

2, R e m o v e the c a p I B ) .

2. D i s c o n n e c t the h o s e s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the E V A P

c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (C).

3. Install the parts in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

3. R e m o v e the E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (C).

4. Install the parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h n e w O - r i n g s ID) a n d a n e w c a p .

N O T E : D o not c o a t the O - r i n g s w i t h oil.

11-405
Transaxle

Clutch
Manual Transmission ....
Automatic Transmission
Driveline/Axie
Clutch

Clutch
Special Tools . 12-2
Component Location Index 12-3
System Description 12-4
Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding 12-6
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch,
and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment .......... 12-7
Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement 12-9
Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement 12-10
Slave Cylinder Replacement .............. 12-12
Clutch Hose Replacement ....—................. 12-14
Clutch Replacement . 12-16
Clutch
Special Tools

Ref. No. Tool d u m b e r Description Qty

® 07JAF-PM7011A Clutch Alignment Disc
® 07LAB-PV00100 R i n g G e a r Holder 1
© 07PAF-0020GG0 Clutch Alignment Tool Set 1
© 07PAF-0020370 C l u t c h A l i g n m e n t Pilot, 21. m m 1
© 07ZAF-PR8A100 Clutch Alignment Shaft 1
© 07746-0010800 B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t 22 x 24 m m 1
® 07749-0010000 Driver H a n d l e , 1 5 x 135L 1
® 07936-3710100 R e m o v e r Handle 1
07936-371020A Slide Hammer 1
® 07936-3710600 Bearing Remover Shaft 1

© ® © © ®

12-2
Component Location Index

CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER

Clutch H y d r a u l i c S y s t e m B l e e d i n g , p a g e 12-8
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 12-10

RESERVOIR HOSE CLUTCH ASSIST SPRING

C L U T C H RESERVOIR CLUTCH PEDAL A S S E M B L Y

R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 12-9

CLUTCH INTERLOCK
SWITCH
T e s t , p a g e 4-9
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-7

CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
Test, p a g e 4-45
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-7

CLEVIS PIN

CLUTCH MASTER
CYLINDER SEAL
Replace.

CLUTCH PEDAL
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-7

CLUTCH LINE

CLUTCH DISC
Inspection and
R e m o v a l , s t e p 8 o n p a g e 12-17
installation,
s t e p 24 o n p a g e 12-20

CRANKSHAFT PILOT
PUSHING PRESSURE PLATE
Inspection, Inspection and
step 20 o n p a g e 12-19 R e m o v a l , s t e p 1 o n p a g e 12-16
Replacement, Installation,
s t e p 22 o n p a g e 12-20 s t e p 24 o n p a g e 12-20

ROLL PINS
Replace,

FLYWHEEL
Inspection,
s t e p 12 o n p a g e 1 2 - 1 8
Replacement,
s t e p 16 o n p a g e 1 2 - 1 9 RELEASE BEARING
SLAVE CYLINDER R e m o v a l , s t e p 1 o n p a g e 12-21
Replacement, CLUTCH HOSE " n s p e c t i o n , s t e p 4 o n p a g e 12-21
p a g e 12-12 Replacement, I n s t a l l a t i o n , s t e p 5 o n p a g e 12-22
p a g e 12-14
CLUTCH HOSE CLIPS
Replace.

12-3
Clutch
System Description

Delay Orifice Mechanism

Function
T h e d e l a y orifice m e c h a n i s m i m p r o v e s clutch operation by d e l a y i n g t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r r e l e a s e s p e e d w h e n the clutch
p e d a l is s u d d e n l y r e l e a s e d . T h e d e l a y orifice m e c h a n i s m is built into the s l a v e c y l i n d e r .

D E L A Y ORIFICE M E C H A N I S M

S L A V E CYLINDER

12-4
RuicI B o w Operation
W h e n t h e c l u t c h p e d a l i s p r e s s e d , t h e fluid p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o v e s t h e o n e - w a y v a l v e in the
d i r e c t i o n s h o w n In t h e illustration. T h e fluid f l o w s t h r o u g h t w o p a s s a g e s : the orifice part a n d the filter part. St t h e n
f l o w s out to t h e p i s t o n c y l i n d e r to r e l e a s e the p r e s s u r e plate a n d c l u t c h d i s c joint.

ORIFICE P A R T o f F L O W ONE-WAY VALVE

V
FLOW to PISTON CYLINDER

FLUID f r o m
MASTER CYLINDER

FILTER P A R T o f F L O W f B l o c k e d )

W h e n the c l u t c h p e d a l is r e l e a s e d , the f l u i d - p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e piston c y l i n d e r m o v e s the o n e - w a y v a l v e in the direction

s h o w n in t h e illustration. T h e o n e - w a y v a l v e b l o c k s t h e filter-part p a s s a g e a n d d e l a y s the c l u t c h r e l e a s e s p e e d by
returning t h e fluid to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r t h r o u g h o n l y the orifice-part p a s s a g e .

ORIFICE F A R T o f F L O W
ONE-WAY VALVE
FLUID f r o m ' M CYLINDER

FLUID t o
WASTER CYLINDER
;- VN * — ^ w r ; ; , ^ ^ . ^ >, S%j«'

FILTER PART o f F L O W {Blocked')

12-5
Clutch
Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding

NOTE: 3. A t t a c h o n e e n d of a c l e a r t u b e to the b l e e d e r s c r e w
• Do not r e u s e the d r a i n e d fluid. A l w a y s u s e H o n d a (A), a n d put t h e other e n d into a c o n t a i n e r . L o o s e n
D O T S Brake Fluid from an u n o p e n e d container. t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w to a l l o w air to e s c a p e f r o m the
U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n system.
a n d s h o r t e n the life of t h e s y s t e m ,
• M a k e s u r e no dirt or o t h e r f o r e i g n matter is a l l o w e d
to c o n t a m i n a t e the brake fluid.
• Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
t h e paint or plastic. If brake fluid d o e s c o n t a c t the
paint or p l a s t i c , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .
• If m a y be n e c e s s a r y to limit the m o v e m e n t of the
r e l e a s e fork with a block of w o o d to r e m o v e all the air
f r o m the s y s t e m ,
• U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.

1. D o the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

2. M a k e s u r e the brake fluid level in the c l u t c h

r e s e r v o i r (A) is at the M A X (upper) level line (B). 4. M a k e s u r e t h e r e is a n a d e q u a t e s u p p l y of fluid in
t h e r e s e r v o i r , t h e n s l o w l y p u s h t h e clutch p e d a l all
the w a y d o w n . Before releasing the pedal, have an
a s s i s t a n t t e m p o r a r i l y tighten t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w .
L o o s e n t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w , a n d p u s h the clutch
p e d a l d o w n a g a i n . R e p e a t t h i s s t e p until no m o r e
b u b b l e s a p p e a r at the c l e a r t u b e .

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the fluid level o n the r e s e r v o i r

d o e s not g o b e l o w M I N .

5. T i g h t e n t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w s e c u r e l y .

6. Refill t h e brake fluid in t h e r e s e r v o i r to the M A X

(upper) level Sine.

7. Do t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).

12-6
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch
Adjustment
MOTE: 2. L o o s e n the clutch pedal position s w i t c h locknut (A),
* F o r a c r u i s e control p r o b l e m , c h e c k the c l u t c h pedal a n d b a c k off the c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h (B)
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 4-45). until it n o l o n g e r t o u c h e s the c l u t c h pedal (C).
* F o r a c l u t c h interlock o p e r a t i o n p r o b l e m , c h e c k the
c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h { s e e p a g e 4-9).
* R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s floor m a t b e f o r e a d j u s t i n g the
clutch pedal.
* If t h e r e is n o c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
piston a n d p u s h r o d , t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g will be "held
a g a i n s t the d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g , w h i c h c a n result in
c l u t c h s l i p p a g e or o t h e r c l u t c h p r o b l e m s .

1, D i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r a n d the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .

3. L o o s e n the clutch p u s h r o d locknut (D), a n d turn the

p u s h r o d (E) in or out to get the s p e c i f i e d height (F),
a n d the s t r o k e (G) at t h e clutch p e d a l . Sf a d j u s t i n g
t h e p u s h r o d c a u s e s the c l u t c h p e d a l to c o n t a c t the
c l u t c h pedal position s w i t c h , back off the s w i t c h
further.

F C l u t c h P e d a l Height: 174 m m (6.85 in.)

G Clutch Pedal Stroke: 1 3 0 - 1 4 0 m m
( 5 . 1 2 - 5 . 5 1 in.)

(confd)

12-7
Clutch
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position ch and Clutch Interlock Switch
#

Adjustment (cont'd)
4. T i g h t e n the clutch p u s h rod locknut (A). 8. L o o s e n t h e clutch interlock s w i t c h locknut (A),

(1.7 kgf-m, 12 Ibf-ft)

5. W i t h the clutch p e d a l r e l e a s e d , turn in the clutch

p e d a l position s w i t c h (B) until it c o n t a c t s the c l u t c h
pedal.

8. T u r n in the clutch p e d a l position s w i t c h a n

additional 3/4 to 1 turn. M a k e s u r e the c l u t c h p e d a l
- height didn't c h a n g e . 9. F u l l y p r e s s the c l u t c h p e d a l to the floor, t h e n
r e l e a s e the c l u t c h p e d a l 9 — 1 2 m m (0.35—0.47 in.)
7, W h i l e holding the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h , a n d hold it t h e r e .
• tighten the locknut (C).
10. A d j u s t the position of the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (B)
s o the e n g i n e starts w i t h the c l u t c h p e d a l in t h i s
position.

11. W h i l e holding the c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h , tighten

the locknut.

12. C h e c k the c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n .

13. C o n n e c t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r

a n d the clutch interlock s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r , t h e n
c h e c k the c r u i s e control a n d c l u t c h interlock
operation.

12-8
Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement
1, D i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h 7. Install the c l u t c h p e d a l a s s e m b l y (A).
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h
B
c o n n e c t o r (B).

2, Pry out the Sock pin { Q , a n d pull the c l e v i s pin (D)

out of t h e c l e v i s . 8. Install the c l u t c h pedal m o u n t i n g bolt (B) a n d the
m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts (C).
3, R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts IE) a n d
c l u t c h p e d a l m o u n t i n g bolt (F). 9. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the c l e v i s pin (D) a n d
t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s (E) of the c l e v i s a n d the p e d a l .
4, R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l a s s e m b l y ( G ) . S l i d e the c l e v i s pin into the c l e v i s , t h e n install a Sock
pin (F).
5, R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h (H) a n d
t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (I). 10. A d j u s t the c l u t c h p e d a l , the c l u t c h pedal position
s w i t c h , a n d the clutch interlock s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
8. L o o s e l y Install t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position s w i t c h (A) 12-7).
a n d t h e c l u t c h interlock s w i t c h (Bh
N O T E : C o n n e c t the s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r s (G) after
adjusting them.

(Multipurpose)
11. C h e c k the clutch o p e r a t i o n .

12-9
Clutch
Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement

NOTE: 3. R e m o v e the r e s e r v o i r m o u n t i n g bolt (A) a n d t h e

• U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d damaging'painted retaining clip (B) t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h line (C)
surfaces, f r o m the c l u t c h m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (D), a n d r e m o v e the
* Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e O-ring (E), Plug or w r a p the e n d of the clutch line
the paint or plastic. If brake fluid d o e s contact the w i t h a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l to p r e v e n t brake fluid f r o m
paint or plastic, w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r . coming out

1. R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d the brake fluid f r o m the clutch

m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r w i t h a s y r i n g e or other
suitable device.

2. Pry out the lock pin (A), a n d pull the c l e v i s pin IB)
out of the c l e v i s . R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
m o u n t i n g nuts (C).

4. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (A) a n d clutch m a s t e r

c y l i n d e r s e a l (B).

12-10
5, Install a n e w m a s t e r c y l i n d e r s e a l (A), t h e n install 7. T o p r e v e n t the retaining clip (A) f r o m c o m i n g off,
the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (B). pry a p a r t t h e tip of the clip (B) w i t h a s c r e w d r i v e r .

8. M a k e s u r e the h o s e c l a m p s (A) a r e p o s i t i o n e d on
6, Install a n e w O - r i n g (A) o n the c l u t c h Sine (B), t h e n the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (B) a n d r e s e r v o i r (C) a s s h o w n .
install t h e c l u t c h line in t h e c l u t c h m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
(C) w i t h a n e w retaining clip (D). Install the m a s t e r
c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r m o u n t i n g bolt I E ) ,

NOTE:
* A p p l y the s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N 0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M ) on
t h e O-rsng a n d the e n d of t h e c l u t c h line,
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the
t e r m i n a l part of t h e c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .

S x 1,0 m m
D 3.8 N - m
2.8—3.0 m m
Replace. (1.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)
C 0 . 1 1 0 ~ 0 . 1 1 8 In.)

{P/N Q8C30-B0234M*
\

(P/IM 08C30-B0234M)

(cont'd)

12-11
Clutch
Clutch Master Cylinder Slave Cylinder Replacement
Replacement (cont'd)
NOTE:
* U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
9, Install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A). surfaces.
* Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; It m a y d a m a g e
the paint or p l a s t i c . If brake fluid d o e s contact the
paint or p l a s t i c , w a s h It off I m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on the
t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s
or g l o v e s .

1. Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

2. - R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (A), the bracket

m o u n t i n g nut (B), a n d the s l a v e c y l i n d e r (C).

10. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the c l e v i s pin (B) a n d

the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s (C) of the c l e v i s a n d the p e d a l .
S l i d e the c l e v i s pin Into the c l e v i s , t h e n install a lock
pin (D).

11. B l e e d the clutch h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 12-6).

12. A d j u s t the c l u t c h p e d a l , t h e c l u t c h p e d a l position

s w i t c h , a n d the clutch Interlock s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
12-7).

13. C h e c k the clutch o p e r a t i o n , a n d c h e c k for l e a k s ,

14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

12-12
3 , R e m o v e t h e roll p i n s (A), D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h line 5. Pull b a c k t h e boot (A), a n d a p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e
(8), a n d r e m o v e t h e O - r i n g ( Q . Plug or w r a p the (P/N 08C30-B0234IV1) to t h e boot a n d s l a v e c y l i n d e r .
e n d of t h e c l u t c h line w i t h a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l to R e i n s t a l l t h e boot.
p r e v e n t b r a k e fluid f r o m c o m i n g out.

4, Install a n e w O-ring (A) o n t h e c l u t c h line (B), install

t h e c l u t c h line in t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r ( C ) , a n d install
t h e n e w roll p i n s CD).

Replace. mm 08C30-B0234M) ( P / N 08798-9002)

6. A p p l y a light c o a t of s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e
(P/N 08C3O-BD234P)
(P/N 08798-9002) to the e n d of t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r
p u s h r o d . T i g h t e n t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g bolts
a n d t h e bracket m o u n t i n g n u t

1. B l e e d the c l u t c h h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 12-6).

8. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n , a n d c h e c k for l e a k s .

9. Do t h e battery Installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
22-90).

10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

12-13
Clutch
Clutch Hose Replacement

NOTE: 3. D i s c o n n e c t the c l u t c h h o s e (A) f r o m the clutch lines

• R e p l a c e the clutch h o s e it is t w i s t e d , c r a c k e d , or if it (B).
leaks..
• U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.
• Do not spill brake fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
the paint or plastic; if brake fluid d o e s c o n t a c t the
paint or p l a s t i c , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w a t e r .

1. D o the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

2. R e m o v e the battery b a s e bolts (A), l o o s e n the t w o

bolts (B), r e m o v e the c a b l e c l a m p (C), a n d the
h a r n e s s bracket bolt (D), t h e n r e m o v e the battery
b a s e (E).

4, R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d the c l u t c h h o s e c l i p s (A) f r o m
the clutch h o s e (B).

5. R e m o v e the clutch h o s e f r o m clutch h o s e b r a c k e t s .

12-14
8. Install t h e c l u t c h h o s e (A) into t h e c l u t c h h o s e 8, B l e e d the c l u t c h h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 12-6).
b r a c k e t s w i t h t h e n e w c l u t c h h o s e c l i p s IB),
9. D o the f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :

• C h e c k the c l u t c h h o s e a n d line joint for l e a k s , a n d

tighten if n e c e s s a r y .
• C h e c k the c l u t c h h o s e for interference a n d
twisting.

10, Install the battery b a s e (A) a n d the c a b l e c l a m p (B).

7. C o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h l i n e s (A) to t h e c l u t c h h o s e (B).

11. D o the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

15 m - m 11.5 kgl-m, 11 lbf»ft!
22-90).

12. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e .

12-15
Clutch

Clutch Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the ring g e a r h o l d e r (A), the clutch a l i g n m e n t

* Clutch alignment disc 07JAF-PM7011A tool s e t (B), a n d the 21 m m c l u t c h a l i g n m e n t pilot
* R i n g g e a r holder 0 7 L A B - P V 0 0 1 0 0 (C).
* C l u t c h a l i g n m e n t tool s e t 0 7 P A F - 0 0 2 0 0 G 0 .
* C l u t c h a l i g n m e n t p i l o t 21 m m 0 7 P A F - 0 0 2 0 3 7 0
07PAF-0020370
* C l u t c h a l i g n m e n t shaft 0 7 Z A F - P R 8 A 1 0 0
* B e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t 22 x 24 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 8 0 0
• D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 135L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* R e m o v e r handle 07936-3710100
* B e a r i n g r e m o v e r shaft 0 7 9 3 6 - 3 7 1 0 6 0 0
* Slide hammer 07936-371020A

Engine Side

Pressure Plate inspection a n d R e m o v a l

1. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-7).

07LAB-PV00100
2. C h e c k the e v e n n e s s of the height of t h e d i a p h r a g m
s p r i n g f i n g e r s u s i n g the c l u t c h a l i g n m e n t d i s c (A),
clutch a l i g n m e n t shaft (B), r e m o v e r h a n d l e (C), a n d
a feeler g a u g e (D). If the height difference is m o r e
than the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the p r e s s u r e plate. 4. T o p r e v e n t w a r p i n g , l o o s e n the p r e s s u r e plate
m o u n t i n g bolts (D) in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in s e v e r a l
S t a n d a r d (News- 0.6 m m 10,02 in.) m a x . s t e p s , t h e n r e m o v e the p r e s s u r e plate (E).
s e r v i c e Limit: 0.8 m m 10.03 In.)
5. i n s p e c t the f i n g e r s of the d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g (A) for
' w e a r at the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g c o n t a c t a r e a .

07ZAF-PB8A100

12-16
6, i n s p e c t the p r e s s u r e plate s u r f a c e I A) for w e a r , Clutch Disc Inspection and Removal
cracks, and burning.
8. R e m o v e the clutch d i s c (A), t h e clutch a l i g n m e n t
tool s e t (B), a n d the 21 m m c l u t c h a l i g n m e n t pilot
(C).

7. I n s p e c t for w a r p a g e u s i n g a straight e d g e f A ) a n d a
f e e l e r g a u g e (8). M e a s u r e a c r o s s t h e p r e s s u r e plate
( C h If the m o s t m e a s u r e m e n t difference is m o r e
t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e t h e p r e s s u r e plate.
9. I n s p e c t the lining of the clutch d i s c for s i g n s of
S t a n d a r d {Mew}: 0.03 m m (0.001 in.I m a x . s l i p p a g e or oil. If the clutch d i s c looks burnt or is oil
Service Limit: 0.15 m m (0.006 in.) s o a k e d , r e p l a c e the clutch d i s c . If the clutch d i s c is
oil s o a k e d , find a n d repair the s o u r c e of the oil leak.

10. M e a s u r e t h e clutch d i s c t h i c k n e s s . If the

m e a s u r e m e n t is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the clutch d i s c .

Standard (New): 7.30—7.90 m m

( 0 . 2 8 7 - 0 . 3 1 1 In.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 6,0 m m (0.24 in.)

(confd)

12-17
Clutch
Clutch Replacement {cont'd)

11. M e a s u r e t h e d e p t h s of the rivets f r o m the c l u t c h Flywheel inspection

d i s c lining s u r f a c e (A) to the rivets (B) on both s i d e s .
Sf the m e a s u r e m e n t is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, 12. R e m o v e the ring g e a r holder.
r e p l a c e the clutch d i s c .
13. I n s p e c t the ring g e a r t e e t h for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
S t a n d a r d (New): 1.15-1.75 mm
( © . 0 4 5 - 0 = 0 6 9 In.) 14. I n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c m a t i n g s u r f a c e o n the
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.7 m m (0.03 In.) f l y w h e e l for w e a r , c r a c k s , a n d b u r n i n g .

15. M e a s u r e the f l y w h e e l (A) runout u s i n g a dial

indicator (B). T h r o u g h at least t w o full t u r n s w i t h
p u s h i n g a g a i n s t the f l y w h e e l e a c h t i m e y o u turn it
to take up t h e c r a n k s h a f t t h r u s t w a s h e r c l e a r a n c e . If
the m e a s u r e m e n t is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d ,
r e p l a c e the f l y w h e e l , a n d r e c h e c k the runout; t h e n
go to s t e p 16.

Standard (New): 0.05 m m (0.002 in.) m a x .

S e r v i c e Limit: 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)

12-18
Flywheel Replacement C r a n k s h a f t PISot B o s h i n g I n s p e c t i o n

18, Install t h e ring g e a r h o l d e r (A). 20. i n s p e c t the c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g for w e a r a n d

damage.

21. i n s p e c t the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the c r a n k s h a f t pilot

b u s h i n g w i t h y o u r finger. If the c r a n k s h a f t pilot
b u s h i n g is not s m o o t h , r e p l a c e it; t h e n g o to s t e p
22.

17. L o o s e n the f l y w h e e l m o u n t i n g bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s

pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s . R e m o v e t h e bolts, t h e n
r e m o v e t h e f l y w h e e l a n d the ring g e a r holder,

18, Install t h e f l y w h e e l o n the c r a n k s h a f t , a n d install

the m o u n t i n g bolts f i n g e r - t i g h t

19, Install t h e ring g e a r h o l d e r (A), t h e n t o r q u e the

f l y w h e e l m o u n t i n g b o l t s IB) in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern
in s e v e r a l s t e p s .

(cont'd)

12-19
Clutch
Clutch Replacement (cont'd!

C r a n k s h a f t Pilot B o s h i n g R e p l a c e m e n t C i y t e h D i s c a n d P r e s s u r e P l a t e Installation

22. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g (A) u s i n g the 24. T e m p o r a r i l y install the clutch d i s c onto the s p l i n e s
slide h a m m e r (B), the r e m o v e r h a n d l e (C), a n d the of the t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t . M a k e s u r e the clutch
bearing r e m o v e r shaft (D). d i s c s l i d e s freely on the masnshaft.

25. A p p l y a light c o a t of s u p e r high t e m p urea g r e a s e

(P/N 08798-9002) to the c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g (A).

23. Install a n e w c r a n k s h a f t pilot b u s h i n g (A) into the

c r a n k s h a f t u s i n g the 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (B)
a n d the 22 x 24 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (C). 26. A p p l y s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e (P/N
08798-9002) to the s p l i n e s (B) of the clutch d i s c (C),
t h e n install the clutch d i s c u s i n g the clutch
a l i g n m e n t tool s e t (D), a n d t h e 21 m m clutch
a l i g n m e n t pilot (E).

27. Install the p r e s s u r e plate (A) a n d the m o u n t i n g

bolts (B) finger-tight.

12-20
28, T o r q u e t h e m o u n t i n g bolts (A) in a c r i s s c r o s s Transmission Side
pattern. T i g h t e n the bolts in s e v e r a l s t e p s to
p r e v e n t w a r p i n g the d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g . Release Bearing Removal

Specified Torque: 2 5 N-m 12.6 k g f . m , 19 ibfftf 1. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-7).

CP 2. R e m o v e the r e l e a s e fork boot (A) f r o m the clutch

h o u s i n g (B).

3. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e fork (C) f r o m t h e clutch

2 9 , R e m o v e t h e ring g e a r holder (B), the c l u t c h h o u s i n g by s q u e e z i n g the r e l e a s e fork s e t s p r i n g (D)
a l i g n m e n t tool s e t (C), and the 21 m m c l u t c h w i t h pliers. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g (E).
alignment pilot
Release Bearing inspection
30, Make s u r e t h e d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g f i n g e r s a r e all the
same height 4, C h e c k the play of the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g by s p i n n i n g it
by h a n d . If t h e r e is e x c e s s i v e p l a y or n o i s e , r e p l a c e
3 1 , D o t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g i n s p e c t i o n , a n d r e p l a c e it if the release bearing.
necessary.
N O T E : T h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g is p a c k e d w i t h g r e a s e .
3 2 , Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f s e e p a g e 13-16). Do not w a s h it in s o l v e n t .

(cont'd)

12-21
Clutch
Clutch Replacement (cont'd)
Release Bearing Installation 6. W i t h the r e l e a s e fork (A) slid b e t w e e n the r e l e a s e
b e a r i n g p a w l s (B), install the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g o n the
5, A p p l y s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e (P/N m a i n s h a f t w h i l e inserting the r e l e a s e fork t h r o u g h -
08798-9002) to the r e l e a s e fork (A), the r e l e a s e fork the hole (C) in the c l u t c h h o u s i n g .
bolt (B), the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g (C), a n d the r e l e a s e
E
b e a r i n g g u i d e (D) in the s h a d e d a r e a s , t h e n s e t the
r e l e a s e fork s e t s p r i n g (E).

N O T E : R e p l a c e t h e r e l e a s e fork bolt if n e c e s s a r y .

7. A l i g n t h e detent (D) of the r e l e a s e fork w i t h the

r e l e a s e fork bolt (E), t h e n p r e s s the detent of the
r e l e a s e fork o v e r the r e l e a s e fork bolt s q u a r e l y .

8. Install the r e l e a s e fork boot (F). M a k e s u r e the boot

s e a l s a r o u n d the r e l e a s e fork a n d clutch h o u s i n g .

9. M o v e the r e l e a s e fork (A) right a n d left to m a k e

s u r e that it fits p r o p e r l y a g a i n s t the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g
(B) a n d that the r e l e a s e b e a r i n g s l i d e s s m o o t h l y .
W i p e off a n y e x c e s s g r e a s e .

10. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-16).

12-22
Manual Transmission

Manual Transmission Countershaft Inspection 13-46

Special Tools ............................ 13-2 Countershaft Reassembly 13-47
Component Location Index .... 13-3 Synchro Sleeve and Hub
Symptom Troubleshooting Inspection and
Index ...................................... 13-4 Reassembly ......... 13-53
Transmission Fluid Inspection Synchro Ring and Gear
and Replacement ............ 13-5 Inspection 13-53
Back-up Light Switch Test ....... 13-6 Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal
Transmission Removal ........... 13-7 Replacement ........... 13-55
Transmission Installation ........ 13-16 Countershaft Bearing
Transmission Disassembly ..... 13-25 Replacement 13-56
Reverse Shift Fork Clearance Masnshaft Thrust Clearance
Inspection ....................... . 13-30 Adjustment ......... 13-57
Change Lever Clearance Transmission Reassembly ...... 13-60
Inspection ............................. 13-30 Gearshift Mechanism
Change Lever Assembly Replacement 13-64
Disassembly/Reassembly ... 13-31 Shift Lever Housing
Shift Fork Clearance Replacement 13-65
Inspection ............................. 13-32
Shift Fork M/T Differential
Disassembly/Reassembly ... 13-33 Component Location Index .... 13-67
Mainshaft Assembly Backlash Inspection ................. 13-68
Clearance Inspection ........... 13-34 Differential Carrier, Final Driven
Mainshaft Disassembly ........... 13-36 Gear Replacement ............... 13-68
Mainshaft Inspection ............... 13-37 Carrier Bearing
Mainshaft Reassembly ............ 13-39 Replacement 13-69
Countershaft Assembly Oil Seal Replacement .............. 13-70
Clearance Inspection ..... 13-43 Differential Thrust Clearance
Countershaft Disassembly ...... 13-45 Adjustment 13-71
Manual Transmission
SpeciaS Tools

Ref. N o . Tool Number Description Qty

*© 07GAJ-PG20110 Catch Adapter 1
*© 07GAJ-PG2013Q Base Adapter 1
© 07JAD-PL90100 Oil S e a l Driver, 6 5 m m 1
© 07NAD-P20A100 Oil S e a l Driver A t t a c h m e n t 1
© 070AG-SJAA10S S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin 1
07736-A01000B A d j u s t a b l e B e a r i n g Puller, 2 0 — 4 0 m m 1
© 07746-0010300 B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 42 x 47 m m 1
® 07746-0030100 Inner Driver H a n d l e , 40 m m 1
© 07746-0030300 Inner B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 3 0 m m 1
® 07749-0010000 Driver H a n d l e , 15 x 135L 1
* : Part of M a i n s h a f t I n s p e c t i o n T o o l S e t , 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 0 2 .
* *: M u s t be u s e d w i t h c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 3/8"-16 U N F S l i d e H a m m e r .

© © © © @

13-2
Component Location Index

GEARSHIFT M E C H A N I S M
Replacement, page 13-64

SHIFT LEVER H O U S I N G
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 13-65

BACK-UP L I G H T S W I T C H
Test, p a g e 13-6

•TRANSMISSION
R e m o v a l , p a g e 13-7
TRANSMISSION F L U I D Installation, page 13-16
Inspection a n d Replacement D i s a s s e m b l y , page 13-25
page 13-5 Reassembly, page 13-60

C H A N G E LEVER A S S E M B L Y
D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-31

C H A N G E LEVER
Clearance Inspection SHIFT FORK
p a g e 13-30 Clearance Inspection, page 13-32
Disassembly/Reassembly, page 13-33

DIFFERENTIAL

COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY
Clearance Inspection, page 13-43

COUNTERSHAFT
MAINSHAFT D i s a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-45
Disassembly, p a g e 13-36 Inspection, page 13-48
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 13-37 R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-47
R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-39 Bearing Replacement,
Bearing a n d Oil Seal Replacement, page 13-56
p a g e 13-55
Thrust Clearance Adjustment,
p a g e 13-57
SYNCHRO SLEEVE arid H U B MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY
Inspection a n d Reassembly, Clearance Inspection, page 13-34
page 13-53
SYNCHRO RING a n d GEAR
Inspection, page 13-53

REVERSE IDLER G E A R
Manual Transmission

Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Diagnostic procedyre
H a r d to shift into 1st g e a r 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
2. C h e c k t h e clutch ( s e e p a g e 12-16).
3. C h e c k the c h a n g e lever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 13-30).
4. C h e c k the 1st s y n c h r o ring a n d 1st g e a r (see p a g e 13-53).
5. C h e c k the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
Hard to shift into 2 n d g e a r 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
2. C h e c k the c h a n g e lever a s s e m b l y (see page 13-30).
3. C h e c k the 2 n d s y n c h r o ring a n d 2nd g e a r ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
4. C h e c k the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
Hard to shift into 3rd g e a r 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F ( s e e p a g e 13-5).
2. C h e c k the c h a n g e l e v e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 13-30)=
3. C h e c k the 3rd s y n c h r o ring a n d 3rd g e a r ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
4. C h e c k the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
Hard to shift into 4th g e a r 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
2. C h e c k the c h a n g e lever a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 13-30).
3. C h e c k t h e 4th s y n c h r o ring a n d 4th g e a r (see p a g e 13-53).
4. C h e c k the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub (see p a g e 13-53).
Hard to shift into 5th g e a r 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F (see p a g e 1 3 - 5 ) .
2. C h e c k the c h a n g e l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 3 - 3 0 ) .
3. C h e c k t h e 5th s y n c h r o ring a n d 5th g e a r ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
4. C h e c k t h e 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d hub ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
Hard to shift into r e v e r s e 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
2. C h e c k t h e clutch ( s e e p a g e 12-16).
3. C h e c k the c h a n g e Sever a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 13-30).
. 4. C h e c k the r e v e r s e shift fork a n d r e v e r s e idler g e a r (see p a g e 13-30).
5. Check reverse gears.
N o i s e f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F ( s e e p a g e 13-5).
2. C h e c k the M T F level (unfilled or in s u r p l u s the t r a n s m i s s i o n with the
MTF).
3. C h e c k the t r a n s m i s s i o n g e a r s .
4. C h e c k the t r a n s m i s s i o n b e a r i n g s .
5. C h e c k t h e differential carrier, the final d r i v e n g e a r , a n d the c a r r i e r
bearings.
Shift Sever d o e s not o p e r a t e 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
smoothly 2. C h e c k the shift c a b l e s a n d their joints (see p a g e 13-64).
3. C h e c k the shift l e v e r h o u s i n g with the shift l e v e r shaft.
T r a n s m i s s i o n j u m p s out of g e a r 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e the M T F (see p a g e 13-5).
2. C h e c k t h e detent ball s p r i n g s ( s e e p a g e 13-25).
3. C h e c k t h e teeth of the s y n c h r o rings a n d the g e a r s ( s e e p a g e 13-53).
4. C h e c k for bent, d e f o r m , or d a m a g e of the shift forks.

13-4
Transmission Fluid Inspection and Replacement
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, a n d m a k e s u r e it is 7. Install t h e front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-274).
securely supported.
8. L o w e r the v e h i c l e on the lift.
2. R e m o v e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d f s e e p a g e 20-274),
9. C o n n e c t the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) to the
3 . R e m o v e t h e oil filler plug (A) a n d s e a l i n g w a s h e r data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
( B ) , c h e c k the condition of the M T F , a n d m a k e s u r e
it Is at the p r o p e r level (C). 10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

11. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
a n d the e n g i n e control m o d u l e ( E C M ) . If it d o e s n ' t
c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit
( s e e p a g e 11-192).

12. S e l e c t B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L w i t h the H D S .

13. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T in the G A U G E S M E N U w i t h
the H D S .

14. S e l e c t R E S E T in the M A I N T E N A N C E M I N D E R w i t h
A' the H D S .

15. S e l e c t R E S E T T I N G T H E M T F L I F E with-the H D S
4. If the fluid is dirty, r e m o v e the d r a i n plug (A) a n d ( s e e p a g e 3-6).
the s e a l i n g w a s h e r (B), a n d drain the M T F .

5. Install the d r a i n plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r ,

a n d refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h M T F to the proper
l e v e l A l w a y s use Honda Manual Transmission
Fluid (MTF).

Fluid Capacity:
1.9 L (2.0 U S qt) a t fluid change
2,0 L 12,1 U S qt) a t overhaul

8, Install the filler plug (C) w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(D).

13-5
Manual Transmission
Back-up Light Switch Test

1. D i s c o n n e c t the back-up light s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r 3. R e m o v e the back-up light s w i t c h (A). C h e c k for

continuity b e t w e e n b a c k - u p light s w i t c h 2 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e s h o u l d
be continuity w h e n the s w i t c h e n d (B) is p r e s s e d ,
a n d no continuity w h e n the s w i t c h e n d is r e l e a s e d .
If the result is faulty, r e p l a c e the back-up light
s w i t c h , if the s w i t c h is O K , c h e c k the r e v e r s e shift
piece in the t r a n s m i s s i o n .

2. • C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n back-up light s w i t c h

2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e
s h o u l d be continuity o n l y w h e n the shift lever is in
r e v e r s e . If the result is faulty, go to s t e p 3.

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH 2 P C O N N E C T O R

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH 2 P CONNECTOR

1 2.

T e r m i n a l side of m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Terminal side of male terminals

4. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t (P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 08718-0009) to the
t h r e a d s of the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h , a n d install it o n
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

5. C o n n e c t the back-up light s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r .

13-6
Transmission Removal
Special Tools Required 5. R e m o v e the battery b a s e bolts" (A), l o o s e n the t w o
* Engine support hanger, A and R e d s AAR-T1258 * bolts (B), r e m o v e the c a b l e c l a m p CO a n d the
- Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 * h a r n e s s bracket bolt CD), t h e n r e m o v e the battery
* Front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 8 * base IE).
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857.

N O T E : U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.

1. S e c u r e the hood- in the w i d e o p e n position w i t h the

s u p p o r t strut,

2, R e n i o v e the front grille c o v e r ,

6. R e m o v e t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g bolts (A) a n d
t h e bracket m o u n t i n g nut I B ) , t h e n c a r e f u l l y m o v e
t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r out of the w a y to a v o i d b e n d i n g
the c l u t c h line.

N O T E : Do not p r e s s the c l u t c h p e d a l after the s l a v e

cylinder has been removed.

3, Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 22-90),

4, R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y f s e e p a g e 11-359).

(confd)

13-7
Manual Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)

7. R e m o v e the nut (A) a n d the c l a m p (B), t h e n m o v e 9. D i s c o n n e c t the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d

the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x (C) out of the w a y . s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A), the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d the h a r n e s s c l a m p (C).

8. R e m o v e the lock p i n s f A ) , the shift c a b l e bracket 10. R e m o v e the bolts (A), the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B), a n d
bolt (B), a n d the shift c a b l e bracket (C), t h e n the bracket (C).
d i s c o n n e c t the shift c a b l e s (D) f r o m the c h a n g e
lever a s s e m b l y (E). C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e both c a b l e s
- a n d the bracket t o g e t h e r to a v o i d b e n d i n g the
cables.

13-8
11. R e m o v e the h o s e f r o m t h e c l a m p (A) a n d the n u t s 13. A t t a c h the e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
IB), t h e n r e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e (C). to t h e t h r e a d e d hole in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

VSB02C000015

1 2 * R e m o v e the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r
h o s e (A) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (B). 14. Install the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r (A) to the v e h i c l e ,
a n d attach the hook (B) to the e n g i n e h a n g e r
a d a p t e r (C). T i g h t e n the w i n g nut (D) by h a n d , a n d
lift a n d s u p p o r t the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n .

B C
VSB02C0O0015

(confd)

13^3
Manual Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)

15. R e m o v e the front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p nuts (A), t h e 17. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g line holder m o u n t i n g

front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), a n d the v a c u u m h o s e bolts (A).
bracket ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the front e n g i n e m o u n t
A
bolt (D), a n d d i s c o n n e c t the v a c u u m h o s e (E).

18. R e m o v e the t w o heat s h i e l d bolts (A), the heat

s h i e l d (B), a n d the t w o p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x
m o u n t i n g bracket bolts (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e p o w e r
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bracket (D).

13-10
19. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x stiffener bolts 21. R e m o v e the three upper transmission mount
(A) a n d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g stiffener plates (B). bracket bolts (A), t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t
b r a c k e t (B), t h e g r o u n d c a b l e m o u n t bolt (C), a n d
t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (D).

2 0 , R e m o v e t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket
bolts (A),
22. R e m o v e - t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A).
N O T E : D o not r e m o v e the T O R X bolt (B) f r o m the
u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t . If t h e T O R X bolt is
r e m o v e d , t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be
replaced a s an assembly.

(cont'd)

13-11
Manual Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)

23. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on .a lift, a n d m a k e s u r e it is 30, R e m o v e the' r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bracket bolts..

securely supported.

24. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

25. R e m o v e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d .

31. R e m o v e the s u b f r a m e m i d m o u n t bolts (A) a n d the

s u b f r a m e m i d m o u n t (B) f r o m both s i d e s .

26. Drain the M T F . Reinstall the drain plug u s i n g a n e w

s e a l i n g w a s h e r ( s e e p a g e 13-5).

27. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e 18-31).

28. S e p a r a t e the knuckle ball joint f r o m the l o w e r a r m

( s e e p a g e 18-21).

29. R e m o v e e x h a u s t pipe A a n d the g a s k e t s (B).

13-12
3 2 , R e m o v e the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m o u n t i n g 34. A t t a c h t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r (A) to t h e front
n u t s {A}. s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e a n d h a n g t h e belt of the
s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r o v e r the front of the s u b f r a m e ,
t h e n s e c u r e the belt with its s t o p .

VSB02C000016

3 3 , R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g line h o l d e r bolt (A) a n d

the p o w e r s t e e r i n g line f r o m t h e c l a m p (B). 35, R a i s e t h e j a c k a n d line up the s l o t s in t h e front
s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a r m s with the bolt h o l e s o n the
j a c k b a s e , t h e n s e c u r e l y attach t h e m with four bolts.

36. R e m o v e t h e four front stiffener. bolts (A), the front

stiffeners (B), the four r e a r s t i f f e n e r s bolts (C), a n d
t h e rear stiffeners (D), t h e n r e m o v e the front
s u s p e n s i o n subframe (Eh

A C C A

(cont'd)

13-13
Manual Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)

3 7 . R e m o v e the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A) 39. Drive the i n b o a r d joint (A) of t h e right driveshaft off
a n d t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t (B). of the intermediate s h a f t u s i n g a drift a n d a
hammer.

N O T E : Do not pull on the d r i v e s h a f t , or the i n b o a r d

joint m a y c o m e apart.

3 8 . Pry the left driveshaft i n b o a r d joint (A) f r o m the

differential u s i n g a p r y b a r .

NOTE;
• Do not pull on t h e driveshaft:, or the i n b o a r d joint 40. R e m o v e t h e intermediate shaft ( s e e p a g e 16-23).
m a y c o m e apart. Pull the i n b o a r d joint straight
out to a v o i d d a m a g i n g t h e oil s e a l . 41. R e m o v e the c l u t c h c o v e r (A) a n d the C K P s e n s o r
• B e careful not to d a m a g e the oil s e a l w i t h the c o v e r (Bj.
prybar.

42. S u p p o r t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h a t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k .

13-14
43. R e m o v e the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t i n g bolts.

Front side

44, Pull the t r a n s m i s s i o n a w a y f r o m t h e e n g i n e until

t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t c l e a r s the clutch
p r e s s u r e plate,

4 5 , S l o w l y l o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n a b o u t 150 m m (6 in).

C h e c k o n c e a g a i n that all h o s e s a n d h a r n e s s e s a r e
d i s c o n n e c t e d a n d free f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
l o w e r it c o m p l e t e l y .
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation

Special Tools Required 3. P l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k ,

* Engine support hanger, A a n d Reds A A R - T 1 2 5 6 * a n d r a i s e it to e n g i n e l e v e l .
* E n g i n e hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
* Front s u b f r a m e adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 * 4. A l i g n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n m a s n s h a f t a n d t h e c l u t c h
* Subframe alignment p i n 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S p r e s s u r e plate, t h e n m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i n w a r d
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l tools a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a until t h e r e is n o g a p b e t w e e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857= h o u s i n g a n d t h e e n g i n e block.

N O T E : U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted 5. Install t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t i n g bolts.

surfaces.
F r o n t sid©
1. I n s p e c t t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e 12-21), a n d
reinstall t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g a n d t h e r e l e a s e fork
w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e g r e a s e ( s e e p a g e 12-22).

2. M a k e s u r e t h e t w o d o w e l pins (A) a r e installed in

12 x 1.25 m m
the c l u t c h h o u s i n g .
64M-m
(6,5 k g f - m ,
4 7 Ibf-ft)

1 2 x 1.25 m m

(6.5 k g f . m
47 Ibf-ft)

Bear side

1 2 M 1.25 m m
64 N-m
(6.5 k g f . m ,
4 7 Ibf-ft)

13-16
 6. Install t h e c l u t c h c o v e r (A) a n d the C K P s e n s o r 10. S u p p o r t the front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e w i t h t h e
cover IB), front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a n d a j a c k .

6 x 1.0 mm
12 N-m
<1.2 kgf-m,
8 J Ibf-ft)

VSB02C000016

11 P o s i t i o n t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x w a s h e r s (A) on the
front s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e (B), a n d Sift the
s u b f r a m e u p to the b o d y .
7, Install the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-28).

12x1.25 mm
8, Install both d r i v e s h a f t s ( s e e p a g e 16-20). 9 3 N-m
(9.5 k g f - m ,
6 9 Ibf-ft)
3, Install t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t (A) w i t h n e w Replace.
bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n Jack.

1 0 M 1.25 m m
54 N-m
(5.5 k g f - m ,
40 Ibfft)
Replace.

12 M 1.25 m m 1 4 M 1.5 m m 1 2 x 1.25 m m

54 N»m 1 0 3 n-m 5 4 N-m
(5.5 k g f - m , (10.5 k g f - m , (5.5 k g ^ - m .
4 0 Ibf-ft) 75.9 Ibfft) 40IM-1
Replace.

12. L o o s e l y install the n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts

C O , t h e n e w r e a r stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts (D), t h e
front stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts ( E ) , the front
s t i f f e n e r s (F), a n d t h e rear stsffeners ( G ) .

(confd)

13-17
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

13. Partially tighten the right r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g 22. Install the p o w e r s t e e r i n g line h o l d e r bolt (A) a n d
bolt (A); insert t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin t h r o u g h t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g line to t h e c l a m p (B).
t h e positioning slot (B) o n t h e r e a r stiff ener,
A
t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C) o n t h e s u b f r a m e , 6 x 1 . 0 "mm
a n d into the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e b o d y , t h e n 9.8 N - m
tighten the s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

A
14x1.5 mm
103 N-m (10.5 kgf-m, 7 5 . 9 Ibf-ft)

23. Install the l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m o u n t i n g

nuts.

0 7 O A G - SJ A A 1 O S

14. Partially tighten t h e left rear s u b f r a m e mounting

bolt in t h e s a m e m a n n e r a s in s t e p 13.

15. Partially tighten t h e right a n d left front s u b f r a m e

m o u n t i n g bolts.

16. ' T i g h t e n the right r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e s p e c i f i e d

t o r q u e w i t h t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in the
positioning hole.

4 4 N-m
17. T i g h t e n the left r e a r m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e s p e c i f i e d
(4.5 kgf-m,
t o r q u e w i t h the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin i n the 3 3 Ibf-ft)
positioning hole.

18. T i g h t e n the right a n d left front m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e

specified torque.

19. C h e c k that the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e s a n d s l o t s a r e

a l i g n e d u s i n g the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n .

20. T i g h t e n t h e r e a r a n d front stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts

to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

21. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r .

13-18
24. Install t h e s u b f r a m e m i d m o u n t o n both s i d e s w i t h 2 6 . Install e x h a u s t pipe A w i t h t h e n e w g a s k e t s (B), t h e
n e w bolts. b o l t s , t h e s p r i n g s , a n d t h e n e w nuts a s s h o w n .

22 N-m 2 5 Ibf-ft)
12.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft) Replace.
2 5 , Install t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t bolts w i t h
n e w bolts. 2 7 , C o n n e c t t h e knuckle ball joint onto t h e l o w e r a r m
( s e e p a g e 18-21).

(cont'd)

13-19
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

3 1 . Install the front w h e e l s , a n d s e t t h e m in the 3 5 . Install the n e w u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket

straight-ahead position. bolts (A).

3 2 . L o w e r the v e h i c l e o n the lift.

3 3 . Install the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A).

12 x 1.25 mm
S4N-m
(6.5 kgf-m, 4 7 I b f - f t ) 36. Install the s t e e r i n g stiffener plates (A)-, a n d l o o s e l y
tighten the n e w p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r box m o u n t i n g
34. Install the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket (A) bolts (B) a n d t h e stiffener plate bolts (C).
w i t h n e w bolts, a n d c o n n e c t the g r o u n d c a b l e (B)
by installing its m o u n t i n g b o l t N O T E : M a k e s u r e the l o w e r w a s h e r s p l a c e d in s t e p
11 a r e c o r r e c t l y p o s i t i o n e d before installing the
12 x 1.25 m m
5 4 N-m
bolts.
15.5 k g f - m ,
40 Ibf-ft) 6x1.0 m m
Replace. 9.8 N-m

13-20
 0 ®

3 7 . Install the p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g 40. Install t h e t h r e e n e w r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bolts (A)

b r a c k e t (A), a n d tighten t h e bolts to t h e s p e c i f i e d a n d t h e t w o n e w rear e n g i n e m o u n t bracket bolts
t o r q u e , t h e n install t h e heat s h i e l d (B). (B).

A B
12x1.25 m m 12x1.25 mm

3 8 . T i g h t e n t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r
b o x m o u n t i n g bolts a n d the stiffener plate bolts to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a l t e r n a t e l y in t w o s t e p s .

3 9 . install t h e r e a r p o w e r s t e e r i n g line h o l d e r s (A), 41. Install the n e w front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), the
front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), a n d the v a c u u m h o s e
6x1.0 mm
9,8 n-m bracket CO w i t h n e w n u t s , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m
11,0 k g f . m , h o s e (D).
1,2 Ibf-ft)

(cont'd)

13-21
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

42. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r a n d the e n g i n e 4 5 . Install the bracket (A) a n d the h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).

h a n g e r adapter f r o m the e n g i n e . •

6 x 1.0 m m
4 3 . Install the e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) c a n i s t e r 9 . 8 N-m
h o s e (A) a n d the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (B). (1.0 k g f - m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
A

46. Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A). C o n n e c t the output

shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B) a n d
the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C).

Install the strut b r a c e (A) w i t h the nuts (B), t h e n

install the h o s e to the c l a m p (C).

B
8 1 1 . 2 5 mm
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)

13-22
 0®
47. A p p l y a light c o a t of s i l i c o n e g r e a s e {P/N 49. A p p l y a light c o a t of s u p e r high t e m p u r e a g r e a s e
0 8 C 3 Q - B 0 2 3 4 M ) to the c a b l e e n d s (A) a n d c o n n e c t (P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2 ) to the e n d of the s l a v e c y l i n d e r
the c a b l e e n d to t h e c h a n g e l e v e r a s s e m b l y (B), p u s h rod. install the s l a v e c y l i n d e r a n d the bracket
t h e n install t h e shift c a b l e b r a c k e t (C) a n d the lock m o u n t i n g nut. B e careful not to b e n d the clutch line,
p i n s fDL D o not b e n d or d a m a g e t h e shift c a b l e s .

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on
t h e t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .

8 x 1.25 mm

50. Install t h e battery b a s e (A) a n d the c a b l e c l a m p (B).

48. install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x (A).

(cont'd)

13-23
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

51. Install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

5 2 . D o the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).

53. Install the front grille c o v e r .

54. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

55. C h e c k the shift lever a n d the c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n .

' 56. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

13-24
 0 0

Transmission Disassembly
Exploded View-Clutch Housing

DIFFERENTIAL A S S E M B L Y 28 m m SPRING WASHER ® BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH

S H I F T FORK A S S E M B L Y BALL BEARING 2 9 N - m ( 3 . 0 kgf m , 2 2 I b f - f t )
6 mm F L A N G E B O L T 28 x 43 x 7 m m OIL SEAL @ CLUTCH HOUSING
13 N*fn I O k g f . p i , 9 . 4 I b f - f t ! Replace. @ BAFFLE PLATE
BEARING S E T P L A T E REVERSE IDLER G E A R S H A F T ® 72 m m S N A P RING
COUNTERSHAFT A S S E M B L Y REVERSE IDLER G E A R
N E E D L E BEARING 6 m m SPECIAL BOLT
_ OIL GUIDE PLATE C 1 5 N-m ( 1 . 5 k g f m , 1 1 I b f - f t !
(B 1 4 x 2 0 m m D O W E L PM REVERSE SHIFT FORK
<D MAGNET REVERSE LOCKCAIV!
® MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY 35 x §8 x 8 m m OIL SEAL
® 28 m m WASHER Replace.

(confd)

1 3™25
IVfetifial Transmiss
f
Transmission Disassembly fcont dJ

Exploded View-Transmission Housing

® TRANSMISSION H O U S I N G ) DETENT BOLT @ 32 m m SEALING CAP

® 10 m m SEALING W A S H E R 2 2 N - m 12.2 k g f - m , 1 6 I b f - f t ) 3 4 N - m (3.5 k g f - m , 2 5 Ibf-ft)
Replace. 512 m m S E A L I N G W A S H E R ® 10 m m FLANGE BOLT
( S l O m m FLANGE BOLT Replace. 4 4 N-m ( 4 . 5 k g f - m , 3 3 I b f - f t )
4 4 N - m |4.5 k g f - m , 33 Ibf-ft) ) SPRING @ 20 m m BOLT
® 8 m m FLANGE BOLT ) STEEL BALL 4 4 N - m (4.5 k g f - m , 3 3 I b f - f t )
2 7 N - m 12.8 k g f - m , 2 0 I b f - f t ) ) TRANSMISSION HANGER B @ 20 m m SEALING WASHER
© TRANSMISSION HANGER A ) TRANSMISSION HANGER C Replace. •
CD I N T E R L O C K B O L T ) 20 m m SEALING WASHER ® OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
3 9 N - m 14.0 k g f - m , 2 9 I b f - f t ) Replace. SPEED SENSOR
® O I L G U I D E P L A T E i¥S ) FILLER P L U G ® O-RING
® 7 2 m m SHIM 4 4 N - m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft) Replace.
® OIL GUTTER PLATE ) 4 0 x 5 6 x 8 m m OIL SEAL @ PLAIN WASHER
® §0 m m SHIM Replace. ® 6 m m FLANGE BOLT
© 8 x 1 4 m m DOWEL PIN ) 14 m m S E A L I N G W A S H E R 1 2 N - m ( 1 . 2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t )
® C H A N G E LEVER A S S E M B L Y Replace.
© 6mm FLANGE BOLT ) DRAIN PLUG
12 N - m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft) 3 9 N - m 14.0 k g f - m , 2 9 I b f - f t )

13-26
N O T E : P l a c e t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g o n t w o p i e c e s of w o o d 5. R e m o v e the d r a i n plug (A), the filler plug (B), the
thick e n o u g h to k e e p t h e m a i n s h a f t f r o m hitting t h e 10 m m f l a n g e bolt ( Q , a n d the s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D).
workbench,

1. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g a n d t h e r e l e a s e fork
( s e e p a g e 12-21).

2, R e m o v e t h e detent bolts (A), t h e 12 m m s e a l i n g

w a s h e r s (B), t h e s p r i n g s (D), the s t e e l balls ( E ) , a n d
t h e b a c k - u p light s w i t c h (F).

6. R e m o v e the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r ( E L the plain w a s h e r (F), a n d the O-ring (G).

7, L o o s e n the 8 m m f l a n g e bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s
pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m with
t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r A a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r B.

3. R e m o v e t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r C , t h e 20 m m bolt ( 6 ) ,
a n d the 20 m m s e a l i n g w a s h e r (H).

4. R e m o v e t h e interlock bolt (A), t h e c h a n g e l e v e r

a s s e m b l y (B), a n d t h e 3 x 1 4 m m d o w e l p i n s (C).

(confd)

13-27
Manual Transmission
Transmission Disassembly (cont'd)

8. R e m o v e the 32 m m s e a l i n g c a p (A). 11. R e m o v e the r e v e r s e lock c a m (A).

12. R e m o v e the r e v e r s e idler g e a r (A) a n d the r e v e r s e

idler g e a r shaft (B).

9. W h i l e e x p a n d i n g the 72 m m s n a p ring (B) o n t h e

c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g w i t h s n a p ring pliers, lift
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (C). R e l e a s e t h e s n a p ring
pliers, and remove the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing and
the t h r e e 14 x 20 m m d o w e l p i n s (D).

10. R e m o v e the baffle plate (A).

13-28
13, R e m o v e the r e v e r s e shift fork (Ah 16. R e m o v e the differential a s s e m b l y (A) a n d the
m a g n e t (B).
A

14, A p p l y t a p e to t h e m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s to protect t h e
s e a l , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t a s s e m b l y (A) a n d
the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y (B) w i t h the shift fork
a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m the c l u t c h h o u s i n g (D).

17. R e m o v e the oil gutter plate (A), 72 m m s h i m (B),

a n d oil g u i d e plate M.

15, R e m o v e the 2 8 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r IE) a n d t h e

28 m m w a s h e r IF).

13-2
Manual Transmission
Reverse Shift Fork CSearanee Change Lever Clearance inspection
inspection
1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c h a n g e lever
(A) a n d the s e l e c t lever (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C). If
1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the r e v e r s e idler the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, go to
g e a r (A) a n d the r e v e r s e shift fork (B) w i t h a f e e l e r s t e p 2.
g a u g e (C). Sf the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit,
go to s t e p 2. Standard: 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.50 m m (0.020 in.)
Standard: 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 5 9 m m { 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 3 In.)
Serwlce L i m i t : 1.2 m m (0.047 in.)

2. M e a s u r e the g r o o v e w i d t h of the c h a n g e lever.

2. M e a s u r e the w i d t h of the r e v e r s e shift fork. * If the g r o o v e w i d t h is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d ,

r e p l a c e the c h a n g e lever.
9
• If the w i d t h is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the If the g r o o v e w i d t h is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
r e v e r s e shift fork. the s e l e c t lever.
* If the w i d t h is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
r e v e r s e idler g e a r . S t a n d a r d : 1 5 . 0 0 - 1 5 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 1 - 0 . 5 9 4 In.)

S t a n d a r d : 1 3 . 4 - 1 3 . 7 m m ( 0 . 5 2 8 - 0 . 5 3 9 In.)

13-30
Change Lever Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly
N O T E : Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all the p a r t s in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y g r e a s e to c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s a s s h o w n .
Do not w a s h t h e r u b b e r p a r t s w i t h s o l v e n t .

SELECT LEVER
DUST SEAL Be careful, n o t t o d a m a g e t h e d u s t seal
Replace. w h e n installing f t

6 x 1,0 mm
1 2 N-m
11.2 kgf-m, 8-7 Ibf-ft) C H A N G E LEVER COVER

BREATHER CAP
T u r n it t o w a r d t h e f r o n t
of t h e vehicle, then install

SHIFT A R M COVER

8 m m SPECIAL BOLT
3 1 N-m
13,2 kgf-m, 23 ibf-ft)

SELECT STOP PLATE

8 m m SPRING W A S H E R

REVERSE LOCK C A M STRIKER

H3^31
Manual Transmission
Shift Fork Clearance inspection

1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h shift fork (A) 3. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the shift fork (A)

a n d Its m a t c h i n g s y n c h r o s l e e v e (B). If the a n d the shift a r m (B). If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the
c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, go to s t e p 2. • s e r v i c e limit, go to s t e p 4.

Standard: 0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 5 m m 1 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 6 In.! Standard: 0 . 2 - 0 . 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.)

S e r v i c e Limit: 1.0 m m (0.039 in.) S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.6 m m (0.024 in.)

A
4. M e a s u r e the w i d t h of the shift a r m .
2. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of the shift fork f i n g e r s .
• If the w i d t h is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
• Sf the t h i c k n e s s is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e shift a r m .
the shift fork. * Sf the w i d t h is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
• If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the shift fork.
synchro sleeve and synchro hub a s a s e t
• Sf o n e a r m of the shift fork s h o w s m o r e w e a r t h a n S t a n d a r d : 1 6 . 9 - 1 7 . 0 m m ( 0 . 6 6 5 - 0 . 6 6 9 in.)
o t h e r s , the fork m a y be bent a n d n e e d s to be
replaced.

S t a n d a r d : 7 . 4 - 7 , 6 m m ( 0 . 2 9 - 0 . 3 0 in.)

13-32
Shift Fork Disassembly/Reassembly
N O T E : Prior to r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all the p a r t s in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F to all c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s .

5TH SHIFT FORK

Io W W
Manual Transmission

Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Inspection

1. S u p p o r t the bearing inner r a c e w i t h a n appropriate 3. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 3 r d g e a r .

s i z e d s o c k e t (A), a n d p u s h d o w n o n the m a i n s h a f t
(B). • If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e 3rd g e a r .
* If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b a n d 3rd/4th s y n c h r o
s l e e v e a s a set.

Standard: 2 3 . 9 2 - 2 3 . 3 7 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 2 3 . 8 0 m m (0.937 in.)

2. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 2 n d g e a r (C) a n d
3rd g e a r (D) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (E).

* If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e l i m i t go to
step 3.
• If the c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, .go to
step 4. 4. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 4th g e a r (A) a n d
the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (B) with a dial
Standard: 0 . 0 6 - 0 , 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.) Indicator (C).
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.25 m m (0.010 in.)
* If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, go to
s t e p 5.
* If the c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, g o to
s t e p 7.

Standard: 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.25 m m (0.010 in.)

13-34
5. M e a s u r e the length CD of the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e 7. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the 4th/5th g e a r
collar a s s h o w n , d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (A) a n d 5th g e a r (B) w i t h a dial
indicator (C).
* If t h e length (J)fs not w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r . * If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to
* If the length (D is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p 8.
s t e p 6. " * If t h e c l e a r a n c e is within the s e r v i c e limit, go to
s t e p 10=
S t a n d a r d : 2 4 , 0 3 - 2 4 , 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 4 6 - 0 . 9 4 8 in.)
Standard: 0 . 0 6 - 0 , 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.25 m m (0.010 i n j

8, M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s of 4th g e a r .

• If trie t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit,
r e p l a c e 4th g e a r , 8. M e a s u r e the length © o f t h e 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e
• If t h e t h i c k n e s s i s within the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e collar a s s h o w n .
t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b a n d 3rd/4th s y n c h r o
sleeve a s a set, * Sf the length @ is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
t h e 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e - c o l l a r .
Standard: 2 3 . 9 2 — 2 3 . 9 7 m m f0.942~~0.944 I n j * If t h e length © is within t h e s t a n d a r d , g o to
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 3 . 8 0 m m {0*937 In.i s t e p 9.

S t a n d a r d : 2 4 . 0 3 - 2 4 . 0 8 m m (0.948—-0.948 In.}

0
®

(cont'd)

13-35
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Mainshaft Disassembly
Inspection (cont'd)
N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w in the M a i n s h a f t
Reassembly, as needed, w h e n removing components
9. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 5th g e a r . p r e s s e d onto the m a i n s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 13-39).

* If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, 1. R e m o v e the a n g u l a r ball b e a r i n g (A) a n d the

r e p l a c e 5th g e a r . t a p e r e d c o n e ring u s i n g a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e .
* If the t h i c k n e s s is within the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r (B) a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
the 5th s y n c h r o h u b a n d 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a s a b e a r i n g puller (C)'. M a k e s u r e t h e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r
set. is u n d e r the t a p e r e d c o n e ring.

Standard: 2 3 . 9 2 - 2 3 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 9 4 2 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 2 3 . 8 0 m m (0.937 In.) C

2. S u p p o r t 5th g e a r (A) on steel b l o c k s , a n d p r e s s the

m a i n s h a f t out of t h e 5th s y n c h r o h u b (B) a n d 5th
gear.
10.- M e a s u r e the length of the M B S d i s t a n c e collar.
If the length is not w i t h i n s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the N O T E : Do not u s e a j a w - t y p e puller; it c a n d a m a g e
M B S d i s t a n c e collar. the g e a r teeth.

Standard: 23.95-24.05 m m ( 0 . 9 4 3 - 0 3 4 7 I n j

13-36
 Mainshaft Inspection
3. S u p p o r t 3 r d g e a r (A) o n steel b l o c k s , a n d p r e s s the 1. I n s p e c t the g e a r a n d b e a r i n g c o n t a c t a r e a s for w e a r
m a i n s h a f t out of the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b (B) a n d . a n d d a m a g e , t h e n m e a s u r e the m a i n s h a f t at points
3rd g e a r , A , B , C , D, a n d E . If a n y part of the m a i n s h a f t is l e s s
t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e it.
N O T E : Do not u s e a j a w - t y p e puller; it c a n d a m a g e
t h e g e a r teeth, Standard:
A Ball Bearing Contact Area
(Transmission Housing Side):
2 7 . 9 8 7 - 2 8 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 1 0 1 9 - 1 . 1 0 2 4 in.)
B 4th/5th G e a r Distance Collar Contact Area:
3 1 . 9 8 4 - 3 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 5 9 2 - 1 . 2 5 9 8 in.)
C Needle Bearing Contact Area:
3 8 . 9 8 4 - 3 9 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 3 4 8 - 1 . 5 3 5 4 in.)
D Ball Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side):
2 7 . 9 7 7 - 2 7 . 9 9 0 m m - ( 1 . 1 0 1 5 — 1 . 1 0 2 0 in.)
E Bushing Contact Area:
2 0 . 8 0 — 2 0 . 8 5 m m ( 0 . 8 1 9 - 0 . 8 2 1 in.)
Service Limit:
A : 2 7 . 9 3 m m (1.100 in.)
B: 31.93 m m f l . 2 5 7 in.)
C : 3 8 . 9 3 m m (1.533 in J
D: 2 7 . 9 2 m m (1.099 in.)
E : 2 0 . 7 5 m m (0.817 in.)

(confd)

13-37
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft inspection (cont'd!

2. I n s p e c t the runout by s u p p o r t i n g both e n d s of the

m a i n s h a f t . T h e n rotate the m a i n s h a f t t w o c o m p l e t e
t u r n s w h i l e m e a s u r i n g w i t h a dial g a u g e . Sf the
runout e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the
mainshaft.

Standard: 0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)

13-38
 0 0

Mainshaft Reassembly
Exploded View

ANGULAR BALL BEARING

C h e c k f o r vvea r a n d
3RD/4TH operation,
SYNCHRO Note the direction of
SLEEVE Installation.
\ o t e the direction
of installation.
TAPERED CONE RING

3RO/4TH
SYNCHRO HUB WfBS D I S T A N C E C O L L A R
ft X Note the direction
^^(^S^^S of installation. SYNCHRO RING

•SYNCHRO SPRING SYNCHRO SPRING

-SYNCHRO RING*
5TH SYNCHRO SLEEVE
Note the direction
of installation.
SYNCHRO CONE*

STH SYNCHRO H U B

INNER RING*
SYNCHRO SPRING

3RD GEAR
SYNCHRO RING

NEEDLE BEARING 5TH GEAR

Check f o r w e a r and
operation,

NEEDLE BEARINGS
HI Check for w e a r a n d
operation.
4TH/5TH GEAR DISTANCE COLLAR

\
IVIAINSHAFT

4TH GEAR

INNER RING*

SYNCHRO CONE*

SYNCHRO RING*

SYNCHRO SPRING

: The c o m p o n e n t s of the double cone synchro assembly.

(confd)

13-39
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Reassembly (cont'd)

Special Tools Required 3. Install the d o u b l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h

* Inner driver h a n d l e , 40 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 the s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) by aligning the s y n c h r o c o n e
• Inner bearing driver a t t a c h m e n t , 30 m m f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the h o l e s (D> in 3rd g e a r .
07746-0030300

N O T E : Refer to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , during

this p r o c e d u r e .

1. C l e a n all the parts in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y

M T F to all contact s u r f a c e s .

2. Install the n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) a n d 3rd g e a r (B) onto

the m a i n s h a f t (C).

4. Install the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b (A) by a l i g n i n g t h e

s y n c h r o ring f i n g e r s (B) w i t h the g r o o v e s (C) in the
3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b .

N O T E : M a k e s u r e to install the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b

in the direction s h o w n .
A

13-40
5. P r e s s on the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b (A) u s i n g the 7, Install the d o u b l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h
40 m m i n n e r driver h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C). t h e s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o ring
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the g r o o v e s (D) in the 3rd/4th
synchro hub.

6. install the 3rd;4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e (A) by a l i g n i n g

the s t o p s CB| of t h e 3rd/4th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d the 8. Install 4th g e a r (A) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o c o n e
3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b . After installing, c h e c k the f i n g e r s (B) w i t h the h o l e s (C) in 4th g e a r .
o p e r a t i o n of t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b set.

(cont'd)

13-41
Manual Transmission

Mainshaft Reassembly (cont'd)

9. Install the 4th/5th g e a r d i s t a n c e collar (A) w i t h the 12. P r e s s on the 5th s y n c h r o h u b (A) u s i n g the 40 m m
n e e d l e b e a r i n g s (B) a n d 5th g e a r (C). inner driver h a n d l e (B), the 3 0 m m inner b e a r i n g
driver a t t a c h m e n t (C), a n d a p r e s s (D).

B
07746-0030100

07746-0030300

13. Install the 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e (A) by aligning the

s l o t s of the 5th s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d the 5th s y n c h r o
h u b (6). After i n s t a l l i n g , c h e c k the operation of the
10. Install the s y n c h r o ring (D) w i t h the s y n c h r o s p r i n g 5th s y n c h r o h u b set.
(E) onto 5th gear.
N O T E : M a k e s u r e to align the s l o t s in the 5th
11. Install the 5th s y n c h r o h u b (A) b y a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o hub a s s h o w n .
s y n c h r o ring f i n g e r s (B) w i t h the g r o o v e s (C) in the
5th s y n c h r o h u b .

13-42
 Countershaft Assembly Clearance
Inspection
14. install the s y n c h r o ring (A) w i t h the s y n c h r o s p r i n g
(B) fey a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o ring f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the
g r o o v e s (D) in the 5th s y n c h r o h u b . N O T E : B e f o r e i n s p e c t i o n , m a k e s u r e the s p e c i a l bolt is
t i g h t e n e d to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e ( s e e p a g e 13-47).

1. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 1st g e a r (A) a n d

the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e collar (B) w i t h a feeler g a u g e
(O. •

* if the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to

s t e p 2.
* If the c l e a r a n c e is within the s e r v i c e limit, go to
s t e p 4.

Standard: 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m { 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.25 m m 10,010 in.)

15, Install the MBS g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (E) a n d t h e

t a p e r e d c o n e ring (F).

16, P r e s s o n the n e w a n g u l a r ball b e a r i n g (A) u s i n g the

4 0 m m i n n e r d r i v e r h a n d l e ( B L the 3 0 m m inner
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t ( C ) , a n d a p r e s s (D).
2. M e a s u r e the length of the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r
as shown.

• If the length Is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e

the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e collar.
• If the length is within t h e s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p 3.
07746-0030300
S t a n d a r d : 2 3 . 0 3 - 2 3 . 0 8 m m 1 6 . 9 0 7 - 0 3 0 9 in.)

(confd)

13-43
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Assembly Clearance In ;tion (cont'd)

3. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 1st g e a r . 5. M e a s u r e the length of the 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e collar.

•• If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e l i m i t • If the length is not w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e

r e p l a c e 1st .gear. t h e 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e collar.
• If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e * If the length is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , go to s t e p 6.
the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b a n d r e v e r s e g e a r a s a s e t .
S t a n d a r d : 2 8 . 0 3 - 2 8 . 0 8 m m ( 1 . 1 0 4 - 1 . 1 0 6 In.)
Standard: 2 2 . 9 2 - 2 2 . 9 7 m m f 0 . 9 O 2 - 0 . 9 O 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 22.87 m m C0.900 In.)

6. M e a s u r e the t h i c k n e s s of 2 n d g e a r .

4. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 2 n d g e a r (A) a n d • If the t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the s e r v i c e limit,

3rd g e a r (B) with a-feeler g a u g e (C). If the c l e a r a n c e r e p l a c e 2nd gear..
e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, g o to s t e p 5. * If the t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e
the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b a n d r e v e r s e g e a r a s a s e t .
Standard: 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 6 m m f 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.25 m m (0.010 in.) Standard: 2 7 . 9 2 - 2 7 . 9 7 m m ( 1 . 0 9 9 - 1 . 1 0 1 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 27.87 m m (1.097 In.)

13-44
Countershaft Disassembly
M O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w in the C o u n t e r s h a f t 5. S u p p o r t 4th g e a r (A) on s t e e l b l o c k s (B), t h e n u s e a
Reassembly, as needed, w h e n removing components p r e s s (C) a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t CD) to p r e s s the-
p r e s s e d o n t o t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 13-47). c o u n t e r s h a f t (E) out of 4th g e a r a n d 5th g e a r .

1, S e c u r e l y c l a m p the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y in a
bench vise with w o o d blocks.

6. S u p p o r t 2 n d g e a r (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s (B), t h e n u s e a
p r e s s {€) a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t (D) to p r e s s the
c o u n t e r s h a f t IE) out of 2 n d g e a r a n d 3rd g e a r .

2. R e m o v e t h e s p e c i a l bolt Heft-hand t h r e a d s ) .

3, S u p p o r t t h e ball b e a r i n g (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s (B),

then u s e a p r e s s {Q a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t (D) to p r e s s
the c o u n t e r s h a f t o u t of the bail b e a r i n g .

4. R e m o v e t h e 3 5 m m s h i m a n d the d i s t a n c e collar.

13-45
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Inspection

1. I n s p e c t the g e a r a n d b e a r i n g c o n t a c t a r e a s for w e a r 2. Inspect the runout by s u p p o r t i n g both e n d s of the

a n d d a m a g e , then m e a s u r e t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t at c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e n rotate the c o u n t e r s h a f t t w o
points A , B , a n d C . If a n y part of the c o u n t e r s h a f t is c o m p l e t e t u r n s w h i l e m e a s u r i n g w i t h a dial g a u g e .
l e s s than the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e i t If the runout e x c e e d s the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the
countershaft.
Standard:
A Ball B e a r i n g C o n t a c t A r e a Standard: 0.02 m m 10.001 in.) m a x .
(Transmission Housing Side): S e r v i c e L i m i t : O.05 m m I0.002 in.)
3 0 . 0 2 0 - 3 0 . 0 3 3 m m ( 1 . 1 8 1 9 - 1 . 1 8 2 4 in.)
B 1st G e a r D i s t a n c e C o l l a r C o n t a c t A r e a :
3 9 . 9 3 7 - 3 9 . 9 5 0 m m ( 1 . 5 7 2 3 - 1 . 5 7 2 8 in.)
C Needle Bearing Contact Area
(Clutch H o u s i n g S i d e ) :
4 0 . 0 0 0 - 4 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 8 - 1 . 5 7 5 4 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit:
A : 29.97 m m (1.180 in.)
B: 39.88 m m f1.570 in.)
C : 39.95 m m (1.573 in.)

13-46
Countershaft Reassembiy
Exploded View

REVERSE GEAR SPECIAL BOLT

{1ST/2ND S Y N C H R O SLEEVE1 NOTE: Left-hand threads.
1 1 9 U-m { 1 2 . 1 kgf-m, 8 7 . 5 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

BALL BEARING
Check for w e a r a n d operation.
Note the direction of
installation.
1 S T / 2 WD
SYNCHRO HUB
Note the direction
35 m m S H I M
of installation.

DISTANCE COLLAR
SYNCHRO SPRING

5TH G E A R
SYNCHRO RING*

SYNCHRO C O N E *
4TH G E A R

INNER RING*

3RD G E A R

1ST GEAR
2ND G E A R

NEEDLE BEARING
NEEDLE BEARING Check for w e a r and
Check for wear operation.
and operation.
2ND GEAR
DISTANCE COLLAR
1ST G E A R
DISTANCE COLLAR FRICTION DAMPER
Check f o r w e a r and d a m a g e .
Note the direction of installation.

INNER R I N G *

SYNCHRO CONE*

COUNTERSHAFT SYNCHRO RING*

SYNCHRO SPRING

*: The c o m p o n e n t s of the triple cone synchro assembly.

(cont'd)

13-47
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly (cont'd)

Special Tools Required 4. Install the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b (A) by aligning t h e

• Inner d r i v e r h a n d l e , 40 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 s y n c h r o ring f i n g e r s (B) w i t h the g r o o v e s (C) in the
• Inner b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t , 30 m m 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b .
07746-0030300

N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this p r o c e d u r e .

1. C l e a n all parts in s o l v e n t , dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F

to all c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s .

2. Install the 1st g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (A) w i t h the

n e e d l e b e a r i n g (B) a n d 1st g e a r (C) onto the
c o u n t e r s h a f t (D).

c
5. Install r e v e r s e g e a r (A) b y a l i g n i n g the s l o t s of
r e v e r s e g e a r a n d the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b (B). After
installing, c h e c k the o p e r a t i o n of the 1st/2nd
s y n c h r o h u b set.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e to align t h e s l o t s in the 1st/2nd

synchro hub a s s h o w n .

3. install the triple c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h the

s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o c o n e
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the g r o o v e s (D) in 1st g e a r .

13-48
8, Install the triple c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h the 8. Install t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A).
s y n c h r o s p r i n g IB) by a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o ring
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (D) in t h e 1st/2nd
s y n c h r o hub.

7, Install t h e 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (A) a n d friction 9. Install 2 n d g e a r (B) by a l i g n i n g the s y n c h r o c o n e

d a m p e r IB) b y a l i g n i n g the friction d a m p e r f i n g e r s f i n g e r s (C) w i t h the g r o o v e s (D) in 2 n d g e a r ,
(C) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (D) In the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b .
10. S u p p o r t the c o u n t e r s h a f t (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s , t h e n
p r e s s o n 3rd g e a r (B) u s i n g the 40 m m inner d r i v e r
h a n d l e (C) a n d a p r e s s (D).

N O T E : Do not e x c e e d the m a x i m u m p r e s s u r e .

D
25,480 N
(2,600 kgf,
5,730 Sbf)

07746-0030190

(confd)

13-49
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly (cont'd!

11. P r e s s on 4th g e a r (A) u s i n g the 40 m m inner driver 13. Install the d i s t a n c e collar (A), the 3 5 m m s h i m (B),
h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C). a n d t e m p o r a r i l y p r e s s o n the u s e d old ball b e a r i n g
(C) u s i n g the 40 m m i n n e r driver h a n d l e (D), the
N O T E : Do not e x c e e d the m a x i m u m p r e s s u r e . 30 m m inner bearing d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t ( E ) , a n d a
p r e s s (F).

NOTE:
• U s e a n y size of 3 5 m m s h i m , a n d note s i z e y o u
u s e d . M e a s u r e m e n t s taken in the f o l l o w i n g s t e p s
will d e t e r m i n e the c o r r e c t s h i m to u s e for final
assembly.
• M a k e s u r e the ball b e a r i n g is installed in the
c o r r e c t direction.

12. P r e s s on 5th g e a r (A) u s i n g the 40 m m inner driver

h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C).

N O T E : Do not e x c e e d the m a x i m u m p r e s s u r e .

13-50
 1®
14. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e b e a r i n g (A) a n d 15. If the m e a s u r e d c l e a r a n c e in s t e p 14 is not w i t h i n
t h e 3 5 mm s h i m (B) with a f e e l e r g a u g e C O . the s t a n d a r d ; s e l e c t a n o t h e r s u i t a b l e 3 5 m m s h i m
f r o m t h e t a b l e , t h e n go to next s t e p to r e p l a c e t h e
S t a n d a r d : 0.04—0.10 m m (0.0016—0.0039 In.) 3 5 m m s h i m a n d the ball b e a r i n g with a n e w o n e . If
t h e m e a s u r e d c l e a r a n c e in s t e p 14 is w i t h i n the
s t a n d a r d , go to the next s t e p to r e p l a c e t h e o n l y t h e
ball b e a r i n g with a n e w o n e .

35 m m S h i m
Type Part-Number Thickness
A 23981-PPP-000 0.87 m m (0.034 in.)
AA 23981 - P P P - 3 0 0 0.91 m m (0,036 in.)
B 23982-PPP-G00 0.95 m m (0.037 in.)
AB 23982-PPP-90O 0.99 m m (0.039 in.)
C 23983-PPP-000 1,03 m m (0.041 in.)
AC 23983-PPP-900 1.07 m m (0.042 in.)
D 23984-PPP-000 1.11 m m (0.044 in.)
AD 23984-PPP-900 1.15 m m (0.045 in.)
E 23985-PPP-00Q •1.19 m m (0.047 in.)
AE 239S5-PPP-900 1.23 m m (0.048 in.)
F 23986-PPP-000 1.27 m m (0,050 in.)
AF 23988-PPP-900 1.31 m m (0.052 in.)
G 23987-PPP-000 • 1.35 m m (0.053 in.)
AG 23987-PPP-900 1.39 m m (0.055 in.)
H 23988-PPP-000 1.43 m m (0.056 in.)
AH 23988-PPP-900 1.47 m m (0.058 in.)
J 23989-PPP-000 1.51 m m (0.060 in,)
AJ 23989-PPP-900 1.55 m m (0.061 in.)
K 23990-PPP-000 1,59 m m (0.063 in.)
AK 23990-PPP-900 1.63 m m (0.064 in.)
L 23991-PPP-000 1.67 m m (0.066 in.).
AL 23991-PPP-900 1.71 m m (0.067 in.)
M 23992-PPP-000 1 J 5 m m (0.069 in.)
AM 23992-PPP-900 1 J 9 m m (0.070 in.)'
N 23993-PPP-000 1.83 m m (0.072 in.)
AIM 23993-PPP-900 1.87 m m (0.074 in.)
P 23994-PPP-00Q 1.91 m m (0.075 in.)
AP 23994-PPP-900 1.95 m m (0.077 in.)
Q 23995-PPP-0O0 1.99 m m (0.078 in.)

(confd)

13-51
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly (cont'd)

16. R e m o v e t h e ball b e a r i n g a n d the 3 5 m m s h i m u s i n g 19. S e c u r e l y c l a m p the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y in a

a p r e s s (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 13-45). b e n c h v i s e w i t h w o o d , b l o c k s (A).

17. Install the c o r r e c t 3 5 m m s h i m (A) a n d n e w ball

b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 40 m m i n n e r d r i v e r h a n d l e (C),
t h e 30 m m inner b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (D), a n d
a p r e s s (E).

NOTE:
* If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the 3 5 m m s h i m w i t h the
correct o n e s e l e c t e d in s t e p 15.
* M a k e s u r e the ball b e a r i n g is i n s t a l l e d in the
correct direction.

•A

20. T i g h t e n the n e w s p e c i a l bolt (B) (left-hand t h r e a d s ) ,

A

N O T E : A p p l y n e w M T F to the bolt t h r e a d s a n d
flange.

18. C h e c k the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the b e a r i n g a n d the

35 m m s h i m with a feeler gauge.

13-52
 00
Synchro Sleeve and Hub Inspection Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection
and Reassembly
1. I n s p e c t t h e s y n c h r o r i n g s for s c o r i n g , c r a c k s , a n d
d a m a g e (A).
1. I n s p e c t t h e g e a r teeth on all s y n c h r o h u b s a n d
s y n c h r o s l e e v e s for w e a r ( r o u n d e d off c o r n e r s ) .

2 . Install e a c h s y n c h r o h u b (A) in its m a t i n g s y n c h r o

s l e e v e (B), a n d c h e c k for f r e e m o v e m e n t . IVSake
s u r e to m a t c h t h e t h r e e s e t s of l o n g e r teeth (C)
(120 d e g r e e s apart) on the s y n c h r o s l e e v e with the
t h r e e s e t s of d e e p e r g r o o v e s ID) in the s y n c h r o h u b .

NOTE;
* Do not install t h e s y n c h r o s l e e v e with its l o n g e r
teeth In the 1st/2nd a n d 5th s y n c h r o h u b s l o t s (E)
b e c a u s e it w i l l d a m a g e the s p r i n g ring.
* If r e p l a c e m e n t is r e q u i r e d , a l w a y s r e p l a c e the
s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d s y n c h r o hub a s a set.
Example of synchro ring teeth

GOOD WORN

2. I n s p e c t t h e i n s i d e of e a c h s y n c h r o ring (B) for w e a r .

I n s p e c t t h e teeth (C) o n e a c h s y n c h r o ring for w e a r
( r o u n d e d off)-.

3. I n s p e c t t h e teeth (A) o n e a c h s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d
m a t c h i n g teeth on e a c h g e a r for w e a r ( r o u n d e d off).

E x a m p l e o f s y n c h r o sfeew® teeth a n d g e a r t e e t h

GOOD WORM

(cont'd)

13-53
Manual Transmission
Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection (cont'd)

4* I n s p e c t the s y n c h r o teeth o n g e a r for s c o r i n g ,

c r a c k s , a n d d a m a g e (A).

5. Inspect the thrust s u r f a c e (B) o n e a c h g e a r h u b for S y n c h r o ring-to-gear

wear.

6. Inspect the c o n e s u r f a c e (C) o n e a c h g e a r h u b for

wear and roughness.

7. I n s p e c t the teeth on all g e a r s (D) for u n e v e n w e a r ,

scoring, and cracks.

8. C o a t the c o n e s u r f a c e of e a c h g e a r w i t h M T F , a n d
p l a c e its s y n c h r o ring o n it. Rotate the s y n c h r o ring,
m a k i n g s u r e that it d o e s not s l i p .

9. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h g e a r (A) a n d
its s y n c h r o ring (B) all a r o u n d the g e a r . Hold the
s y n c h r o ring a g a i n s t the g e a r e v e n l y w h i l e
m e a s u r i n g the c l e a r a n c e . If the c l e a r a n c e is l e s s D o y b l e corte s y n c h r o a n d triple c o n e s y n c h r o - t o -
t h a n the s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the s y n c h r o ring a n d gear
gear.

Synchro Ring-to-Gear Clearance

Standard: 0 . 7 0 — 1 . 4 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 in.)
Service Limit 0.4 m m 10=016 In.)

Doyfole C o n e S y n c h r o a n d T r i p l e C©rt@ S y n c h r o - t o -
Gear Clearance
Standard:
® : O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g (B) t o S y n c h r o C o n e (C)
0 . 7 0 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.)
© : S y n c h r o C o n e (C) t© G e a r (A)
0 . 5 0 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 1 In.)
® : O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g IB) t o G e a r (A)
0 . 9 5 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 6 6 In.)
S e r v i c e Limit:
© : 0.3 m m (0.012 In.)
® : 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
(D: 0.6 m m (0.024 In.)

13-54
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement
S p e c i a l T o o l s Recfyfred 3 . Drive in t h e n e w oil s e a l f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n s i d e
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r , 8 5 m m 0 7 J A D - P L 9 G 1 0 0 u s i n g t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e
* A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 0 ™ 4 0 m m 0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B 42 x 47 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (Bh
* B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 42 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0
* Driver h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* Slide h a m m e r , 3/8"-16 UMF commercially available

1, R e m o v e t h e ball b e a r i n g (A) f r o m the c l u t c h

h o u s i n g (B) u s i n g the 2 0 — 4 0 mm a d j u s t a b l e
b e a r i n g puller {€) a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
3 / 8 " - 1 6 UMF s l i d e h a m m e r (D).

4. D r i v e in the n e w ball b e a r i n g (A) f r o m the

t r a n s m i s s i o n s i d e u s i n g t h e 6 5 m m oil s e a l d r i v e r
(B).

2, R e m o v e t h e oil s e a l IA) f r o m the c l u t c h h o u s i n g . B e

c a r e f u l w h e n r e m o v i n g the oil s e a l s o the c l u t c h
h o u s i n g is not damaged,

13-55
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Position oil g u i d e plate C a n d t h e n e w n e e d l e

* Oil s e a l driver, 6 5 m m 0 7 J A D - P L 9 0 1 0 0 b e a r i n g (A) in the bore of the c l u t c h h o u s i n g (B).
* A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 0 — 4 0 m m 0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B
* S l i d e h a m m e r , 3/8"-16 UMF c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e

1. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g s e t plate (A) f r o m the clutch

h o u s i n g (B).

4. Install the n e e d l e b e a r i n g u s i n g t h e 65 m m oil s e a l

driver (D).

5. Install the b e a r i n g s e t plate (A) w i t h bolts (B).

2. R e m o v e the n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) u s i n g the
2 0 — 4 0 m m a d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller (B) a n d a
commercially available 3/8"-16 U N F slide h a m m e r
(D), then r e m o v e oil g u i d e plate C .

.C

13-56
Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment
Special Tools Required 2. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the 28 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r (A) a n d
* Catch adapter 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 1 0 the 2 8 m m w a s h e r (B) before installing t h e m on the
* Base adapter 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 3 0 c l u t c h h o u s i n g s i d e ball b e a r i n g (C). Note the
installation direction of the s p r i n g w a s h e r .
1, R e m o v e the 72 m m s h i m (A) a n d oil g u i d e plate M
f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (B}«

O —

3. A s s e m b l e all of the m a i n s h a f t c o m p o n e n t s .

N O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d ,
d u r i n g the a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 13-39).

4. Install the m a i n s h a f t a s s e m b l y into the clutch

housing.

5. P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g o v e r the m a i n s h a f t
a n d onto the clutch h o u s i n g .

6. T i g h t e n t h e clutch a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g s w i t h
s e v e r a l 8 m m bolts.

N O T E : It is not n e c e s s a r y to u s e s e a l i n g a g e n t
b e t w e e n t h e h o u s i n g for this p r o c e d u r e .

7. Lightly tap o n the m a i n s h a f t w i t h a p l a s t i c h a m m e r .

(cont'd)

13-57
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)

8. A t t a c h the c a t c h a d a p t e r (A) a n d b a s e a d a p t e r (B) to 11. Z e r o a dial g a u g e (A) on the e n d of t h e m a i n s h a f t .

the mainshaft a s follows:
A
* B a c k out the c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt (C), a n d l o o s e n O7GAJ-PG2011O
the t w o h e x bolts (D).
* Fit the holder o v e r t h e m a i n s h a f t s o its lip is
t o w a r d s the t r a n s m i s s i o n .
* A l i g n the c a t c h a d a p t e r Sip a r o u n d the g r o o v e at
the inside of the m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s , then tighten
the hex bolts.

A
07GAJ-PG20110

07GAJ-PG20130

12. T u r n t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt (B) c l o c k w i s e ; s t o p

t u r n i n g w h e n the dial g a u g e h a s r e a c h e d its
07GAJ-PG2O130 m a x i m u m m o v e m e n t T h e r e a d i n g on t h e dial
g a u g e is the a m o u n t of m a i n s h a f t t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e .

LL N O T E : Do not turn t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt m o r e t h a n

60 d e g r e e s after the n e e d l e of the dial g a u g e s t o p s
9. F u l l y s e a t the m a i n s h a f t by t a p p i n g its e n d w i t h a moving. Applying more p r e s s u r e with the catch
plastic h a m m e r . a d a p t e r bolt c o u l d d a m a g e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .

10. T h r e a d the c a t c h a d a p t e r bolt in until it j u s t c o n t a c t s

the w i d e s u r f a c e of t h e b a s e a d a p t e r .

13-58
 0 ®

13. If the r e a d i n g is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , the c l e a r a n c e 72 m m S h i m

is c o r r e c t If t h e r e a d i n g is not w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , Type Part Number Thickness
select the appropriate s h i m n e e d e d from the table, AA 23957-P21-000 1.38 m m (0.054 i n j
a n d recheck the thrust clearance, AB 23958-P21-000 1.41 m m (0.056 i n j
AC 23959-P21-000 1.44 m m (0,057 i n j
S t a n d a r d : 0.11—0.17 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 7 I n j AD 23960-P21-000 1,47 m m (0.058 i n j
AE 23961-P21-000 1.50 m m (0.059 i n j
{Example} AF 23962-P21-000 1.53 m m (0.060 i n j
Measure reading: 1,93 mm (0.076 in.) AG 23963-P21-000 1.56 m m (0.061 in.)
AH 23964-P21-000 1 3 9 m m (0.063 i n j
S u b t r a c t t h e total c l e a r a n c e m e a s u r e m e n t f r o m the Al 23965-P21-000 1.62 m m (0.064 in.)
m i d d l e of t h e c l e a r a n c e s t a n d a r d 0,14 m m AJ 23966-P21-000 1.65 m m (0.065 I n j
(0,0056 i n j . AK 23967-P21-000 1.68 m m (0.066 i n j
AL 23968-P21-000 1.71 m m (0.067 in.)
1,93 — 0,14 ( 0 . 0 7 6 — 0 . 0 0 6 ) = 1,79 mm (0.070 in.) AM 23969-P21-000 . 1.74 m m (0.069 i n j
AN 23970-P21-000 1.77 m m (0.070 i n j
S e l e c t t h e s h i m c l o s e s t to the a m o u n t c a l c u l a t e d , AO 23971-P21-000 1.80 m m (0,071 in.)
for e x a m p l e t h e 1,80 m m (0.071 i n j s h i m . AP 23972-PPP-J00 > m m (0.072 in J
AG 23973-PPP-J00 • , ; m m (0.073 in.)
14. W i t h oil g u i d e plate fvl a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s i z e AR 23974-PPP-J00 1.89 m m (0.074 i n j
s h i m i n s t a l l e d in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , c h e c k AS 23975-PPP-J00 1.92 m m (0,076 i n j
t h e t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e a g a i n to v e r i f y t h e c l e a r a n c e is AT 23976-PPP-J00 1.95 m m (0.077 i n j
within the standard. AV 23977-PPP-J00 1.98 m m (0.078 in.)
AW 23978-PPP-J00 2.01 m m (0.079 i n j
72 m m S h i m AX -23979-PPP-J00 2.04 m m (0.080 i n j
Type Part N u m b e r Thickness
r
AY 23980-PPP-J00 2.07 m m (0.081 i n j
A 23931-P21-000 0.80 m m (0,024 i n j AZ . 2398T-PPP-J00 2.10 m m (0.083 in.)
B 23932-P21-000 0,63 m m (0.025 i n j BA 23982-PPP-J00 • 2.13 m m (0.084 i n j .
r c ~ ~ 23933-P21-000 0.66 m m (0,026 i n j BB 23983-PPP-JG0 ,2.16 m m (0.085 i n j
D 23934-P21-000 0,69 m m (0.027 i n j BC 23984-PPP-J00 2.19 m m (0.086 i n j
E 23935-P21-G00 0.72 m m (0,028 i n j BD 23985-PPP-J00 2.22 m m (0.087 in.)
F 23936-P21-000 0,75 m m (0.030 i n j BE 23986-PPP-J00 •2.25 m m (0.089 i n j
G 23937-P21-00O 0,78 m m (0,031 in.)
H 23938-P21-000 0,81 m m (0.032 i n j
I 23939-P21-000 0.84 m m (0.033 i n j
u J 23940-P21-000 0.87 m m (0.034 i n j
K 23941-P21-000 0,90 m m (0,035 i n j
L 23942-P21-000 0.93 m m (0.037 i n j
M 23943-P21-000 0,96 m m (0,038 i n j
N 23944-P21-000 0,99 m m (0.039 i n j
O 23945-P21-000 1.02 m m (0.040 i n j
P 23946-P21-000 1,05 m m (0,041 in.)
Q 23947-P21-000 1,08 m m (0.043 i n j
R" 23948-P21-000 1,11 m m (0,044 i n j
s 23949-P21-000 1.14 m m (0.045 i n j
T 23950-P21-000 1.17 m m (0.046 i n j
U 23951-P21-000 1.20 m m (0.047 in.)
V 23952-P21-000 1.23 m m (0.048 in J
w 23953-P21-000 1.26 m m (0.050 i n j
X 23954-P21-000 1,29 m m (0,051 i n j
23955-P21-000 1.32 m m (0.052 in.)
5
2 23956-P21-000 1 3 5 m m (0.053 I n j

13-59
M a n u a l Transmission

Transmission Reassembly

N O T E : Prior to r e a s s e m b l y , c l e a n all parts in s o l v e n t 4. install the r e v e r s e shift fork (A).

dry t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F to a n y c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s .
6 x 1 . 0 mm
15 N-m (1.5 kgf-m, 11 Ibf-ft)
1. Install the m a g n e t (A) a n d differential a s s e m b l y (B).

N O T E : C l e a n the m a g n e t a n y t i m e the t r a n s m i s s i o n
is d i s a s s e m b l e d .

5. Install the r e v e r s e idler g e a r (A) a n d the r e v e r s e

idler g e a r shaft (B) by a l i g n i n g the m a r k (C) on the
clutch h o u s i n g w i t h the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft
hole (D).

2. Install the 28 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r (A) a n d the 28 m m

w a s h e r (B) o v e r t h e ball b e a r i n g (C). Note the
installation direction of the s p r i n g w a s h e r .

3. A p p l y v i n y l t a p e to the m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s (D) to
protect the s e a l , Install the m a i n s h a f t a s s e m b l y (E)
a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y (F) w i t h the shift
fork a s s e m b l y (G), a s a n a s s e m b l y .

13-60
8, Install t h e r e v e r s e lock c a m {Ah 8. S e l e c t - t h e p r o p e r size 72 m m s h i m (A) a c c o r d i n g to
the m e a s u r e m e n t s m a d e d u r i n g the M a i n s h a f t
T h r u s t C l e a r a n c e A d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 13-57).
install the oil gutter plate (B), oil g u i d e plate M, a n d
t h e 7 2 m m s h i m into t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (C).

7. Install t h e baffle plate (A).

9. C l e a n a n y dirt or oil f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g

sealing surface.

10. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 e v e n l y to the c l u t c h
- h o u s i n g m a t i n g surface-of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n -
h o u s i n g . Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of
a p p l y i n g t h e liquid g a s k e t . .

NOTE:
* If-apply liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , the •
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
* If too m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g the
liquid g a s k e t r e m o v e t h e o l d liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t .

(confd)

13-61
Manual Transmission
Transmission Reassembly (cont'd)

11. Install the t h r e e 14 x 20 m m d o w e l p i n s (A). 15. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t (P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , o r 08718-0009) to the
t h r e a d s of the 32 m m s e a l i n g c a p , a n d install it o n
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

16. Install t h e 8 m m f l a n g e bolts finger-tight w i t h

t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r A a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r B.

12. S e t the t a p e r e d c o n e ring (B) a s s h o w n . P l a c e t h e

transmission housing on the clutch housing,
m a k i n g s u r e to line up the s h a f t s . 17. T i g h t e n the 8 mm" f l a n g e bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s
pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s .
13. W h i l e e x p a n d i n g t h e 72 m m s n a p ring (C) on t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g u s i n g s n a p ring p l i e r s , Specified! T o r q u e : 8x1,25 mm
p u s h the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g d o w n to start the 27 N-m (2.8 k g f - m , 2 0 Ibf-ft)
c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g t h r o u g h t h e s n a p ring.
R e l e a s e the p l i e r s , a n d p u s h d o w n t h e h o u s i n g until
it b o t t o m s a n d the s n a p ring s n a p s in p l a c e in the
c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g s n a p ring g r o o v e .

N O T E : Install the 3 2 m m s e a l i n g c a p (D) after

setting in the 7 2 m m s n a p ring.

14. M a k e s u r e t h e 7 2 m m s n a p ring (A) is s e c u r e l y

s e a t e d in t h e g r o o v e of the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g .

Dimension © a s installed: 3 3 — 6 . 0 m m
( 0 . 1 3 - 0 . 2 4 in.)

13-62
18. C l e a n a n y dirt or oil f r o m t h e c h a n g e l e v e r 22, Install t h e filler p l u g (A) with a n e w w a s h e r finger-
assembly sealing surface. tight, a n d install the d r a i n plug (B) a n d t h e 10 m m
f l a n g e bolt (C) w i t h n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D).
19, A p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
B
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , o r 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 e v e n l y to t h e 39 N-m
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m a t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e c h a n g e
l e v e r a s s e m b l y , Install the c o m p o n e n t within
5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g t h e liquid g a s k e t .

NOTE:
* If a p p l y liquid g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d after a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid g a s k e t , r e m o v e t h e old liquid g a s k e t a n d
r e s i d u e , t h e n r e a p p l y n e w liquid g a s k e t .

6 M 1.0 mm

1 2 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

23. A p p l y t h e M T F to t h e n e w O-ring ( E ) , a n d Install t h e

n e w O - r i n g , t h e plain w a s h e r (F), a n d t h e output
shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r ( G ) .

24. Install t h e s t e e l balls (A), t h e s p r i n g s (B), t h e detent

_.. Liquid gasket bolts (D) w i t h n e w 12 m m s e a l i n g w a s h e r s ( E h

20. install t h e 8 x 1 4 m m d o w e l p i n s (A) a n d t h e c h a n g e

l e v e r a s s e m b l y (B).

44 N-m 44 N - m 29 N-m
(4.5 k g f - m , (4.5 kgf-m, (3.0 kg!-in,
33 Ibf-ft) 33 Ibf-ft) 22 Ibf-ft)
6x1.0 m m B
12 N - m C O k g f m , 8 , 7 lbf.ft)
25. Install t h e 20 m m bolt (F) w i t h t h e n e w 20 m m
21. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t (P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , sealing w a s h e r (G), a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n hanger C .
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 ) to t h e
t h r e a d s of t h e Interlock bolt (C), a n d install it o n t h e 26. A p p l y liquid g a s k e t (P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
transmission housing. 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , or 08718-0009) to t h e
t h r e a d s of the b a c k - u p light s w i t c h (H), a n d install it
in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

13-63
Manual Transmission
Gearshift Mechanism Replacement
N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u
h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .

LOCK PINS

13-64
Shift Lewer Housing Replacement
Special Tools Required 4. U n l o c k t h e retainer (A).
K T C trim tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* : Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7

NOTE:
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components,
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ,
d a s h b o a r d , a n d related parts.

1 . R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l f s e e p a g e 20-146).

2, R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s .

5. Rotate the s o c k e t holder retainer (B)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (C) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h the
retainer lock (D) into the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer to
lock the retainer.

8, S l i d e the s o c k e t holder ( E ) , a n d t h e shift c a b l e (F)

out of the shift c a b l e bracket (G). Do not r e m o v e the
shift c a b l e b y pulling the shift c a b l e g u i d e (H).
3. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A), the w a s h e r (B), a n d the
bolts, 7. R e m o v e the shift lever a s s e m b l y (A) f r o m the shift
c a b l e (B) a n d the s e l e c t c a b l e (C).

(confd)

13-65
Manual Transmission
Shift Lever Housing Replacement (cont'd)

8. A l i g n the s o c k e t h o l d e r (A) on the shift c a b l e s (B) 9. Install the bolts, the w a s h e r (A), a n d the cotter pin
w i t h the siot in the bracket b a s e ( C ) , t h e n s l i d e the (B), t h e n b e n d the cotter pin e n d s .
h o l d e r into the b a s e . Install t h e shift c a b l e e n d s (D)
to t h e shift lever a s s e m b l y (E) t h e n install t h e shift N O T E : Y o u c a n install the cotter pin f r o m either
lever a s s e m b l y . direction.

N O T E : W h e n installing the shift c a b l e (shift lever § x 1.25 m m

22 N-m (2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
s i d e ) , position the s e r r a t e d s i d e (F) f a c i n g up.

' A B
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N - m ( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)

10. Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s .

11. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-146).

13-66
M/T Differential IPS
Component Location Index

13-67
M/T '-Differential

Backlash Inspection Differential Carrier, Final Driven

Gear Replacement
1. P l a c e t h e differential a s s e m b l y o n V - b l o c k s (A), a n d
install the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (B) a n d the left
d r i v e s h a f t (C). 1. L o o s e n the bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern i n s e v e r a l
s t e p s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e bolts a n d the final d r i v e n
g e a r (A) f r o m the differential c a r r i e r (B).

1 1 x 1 . 0 m m (10)

1 2 1 N-m (12.3 k g f - m , 8 9 . 0 I b f - f t )

2. M e a s u r e the b a c k l a s h of both pinion g e a r s ID) w i t h

a dial indicator ( E ) . If t h e b a c k l a s h is not w i t h i n the
s t a n d a r d , c h e c k t h e differential c a r r i e r c o n d i t i o n ,
a n d r e p l a c e it if n e c e s s a r y .

Standard (New): 0.028-0.103 mm 2. Install the final d r i v e n g e a r w i t h the c h a m f e r o n the

{ 0 . 0 0 1 1 - 0 . 0 0 4 1 in.) Inside d i a m e t e r f a c i n g the c a r r i e r . T i g h t e n the bolts
In a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s .

13-68
Carrier Bearing Replacement
S p e c i a l Tudte Required 3. Install t h e n e w b e a r i n g s (A) w i t h t h e 40 m m inner .
loner d r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 " d r i v e r h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C). P r e s s o n e a c h
b e a r i n g until it bottoms. T h e r e s h o u l d b e no
1, C h e c k the c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s for w e a r a n d r o u g h c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e bearings a n d t h e differential
rotation, Sf t h e y rotate s m o o t h l y a n d their rollers carrier,
s h o w n o s i g n s of w e a r , the b e a r i n g s a r e O K .
N O T E : P l a c e t h e s e a l (D) part of t h e b e a r i n g
2, R e m o v e t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s (A) w i t h a t o w a r d s t h e o u t s i d e of t h e differential, t h e n Install It.
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g puller (B).

13-69
M/T Differential
Oil Seal Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. Install the n e w oil s e a l in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
* Driver h a n d l e , 15 x 135L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 w i t h the 15 x 135L d r i v e r h a n d l e (A) a n d the oil s e a l
• Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 0 7 N A D - P 2 0 A 1 G 0 driver a t t a c h m e n t (B).

1. R e m o v e the oil s e a l (A) f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g IB).

N O T E : B e careful not to d a m a g e the t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g w h i l e r e m o v i n g the oil s e a l s .

4. Install the n e w oil s e a l in the c l u t c h h o u s i n g w i t h

the 15 x 135L driver h a n d l e (A) a n d the oil s e a l
driver a t t a c h m e n t (B).

2. R e m o v e the oil s e a l (A) f r o m the c l u t c h h o u s i n g (B).

13-70
 IP
Differential Thrust Clearance Adjustment
Special Tools Required 4. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g onto the clutch
Inner d r i v e r h a n d l e , 40 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 h o u s i n g , t h e n tighten the 8 m m f l a n g e bolts in a
c r i s s c r o s s pattern in s e v e r a l s t e p s ( s e e s t e p 17 o n
1 . R e m o v e the left d r i v e s h a f t s i d e oil s e a l f r o m the p a g e 13-62).
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 13-70).
Specified Torque: 8 x 1.25 mm
2. if y o u r e m o v e d the 80 m m s h i m f r o m the 27 M°m {2.8 k g f - m , 2 0 Ibf-ft)
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , reinstall the s a m e s i z e d
shim, 5. ' U s e t h e 40 m m inner driver h a n d l e to b o t t o m the
differential a s s e m b l y in the clutch h o u s i n g .

00746-0030100

2, Install the differential a s s e m b l y into the clutch

housing.

6. M e a s u r e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 80 m m s h i m a n d the
b e a r i n g outer r a c e in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

S t a n d a r d : 0—0.10 m m (0—0.0039 in.)

(confd)

13-71
M/T Differential

Differential Thrust Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)

7. If the c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s the s t a n d a r d , s e l e c t a n e w
80 m m s h i m f r o m the f o l l o w i n g table. If the
c l e a r a n c e m e a s u r e d in s t e p 6 is within the s t a n d a r d ,
g o t o step 10.

80 m m S h i m
Type Fart Mumber Thickness
A 41441-PL3-B00 1.00 m m (0.039 in.)
B 41442-PL3-B00 1.10 m m (0.043 in.)
c - 41443-PL3-B00 1.20 m m (0.047 in.)
D 41444-PL3-B00 1.30 m m (0.051 in.)
E 41445-PL3-B00 1.40 m m (0.055 in.)
F 41446-PL3-B00 1.50 m m (0.059 in.)
G 41447-PL3-B00 1.60 m m (0.063 in.)
H 41448-PL3-B00 1.70 m m (0.067 in.)
J 41449-PL3-B00 1.80 m m (0.071 in.)
K 41450-PL3-B00 1.05 m m (0.041 in.)
L 41451-PL3-BQ0 1.15 m m (0.045 in.)
IW1 41452-PL3-B00 1.25 m m (0.049 in.)
N 41453-PL3-B00 1.35 m m (0.053 in.)
P 41454-PL3-B00 1.45 m m (0.057 in.)
Q 41455-PL3-B00 1.55 m m (0.061 In.)
R 41456-PL3-B00 1.65 m m (0.065 in.)
S 41457-PL3-B00 1.75 m m (0.069 in.)

8. R e m o v e the bolts a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

9. R e p l a c e the thrust s h i m s e l e c t e d in s t e p 1 then

(

r e c h e c k the c l e a r a n c e .

10. Install the n e w left d r i v e s h a f t s i d e oil s e a l to the

t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 13-70).

11. Reinstall the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

13-72
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is
required)
T h e A c c o r d S R S I n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g In the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the
g l o v e b o x , s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s in the front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the r o o t a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in t h e front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e t h e S R S is i n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l ,
I t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e stems r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer,

* T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or d e a t h in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a deafer.
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g i n c o r r e c t r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury
c a u s e d b y unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
* Do not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N III), or for at l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , t h e
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or t h e a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r s a r e identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s are located in the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e b o x , in the front s e a t s ,
in t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d t h e floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e circuits.
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission A / T Interlock System
Special Tools 14-2 Component Location Index . 14-287
General Troubleshooting Information ...... 14-4 Circuit Diagram 14-288
D T C Troubleshooting Index ....................... 14-10 Shift Lock S y s t e m Circuit
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index ............. 14-14 Troubleshooting 14-289
Component Location Index 14-25 * Key Interlock S y s t e m Circuit
S y s t e m Description 14-26 Troubleshooting 14-294
DTC Troubleshooting 14-79 * Key Interlock Solenoid Test 14-295
Road Test 14-206 Shift Lock Solenoid Test 14-296
Stall S p e e d Test 14-208 Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement 14-297
Pressure Test 14-209 Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion
Shift Solenoid Valve T e s t 14-212 Replacement , -14-299
Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Shift Lock Release, Release S p r i n g , and
Wire Harness Replacement 14-216 Release Shaft Replacement 14-300
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Park Pin Switch T e s t 14-301
Valve Park Pin Switch Replacement 14-302
Solenoid Valve A Test 14-218
Solenoid Valve A Replacement ............. 14-220 Transmission End Cower
Solenoid Valve B T e s t 14-221 E n d C o v e r Removal 14-307
Solenoid-Valve B Replacement ............. 14-225 Park Lever Stop
Solenoid Valve C T e s t 14-223 Inspection and Adjustment .................... 14-309
Solenoid Valve C Replacement 14-225 Idler G e a r Shaft Bearing Replacement ..... 14-309
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) S p e e d S e n s o r Selector Control Shaft Oil S e a l
.Replacement 14-226 Replacement ................................. 14-310
Output Shaft (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r Selector Control Shaft Bearing
Replacement 14-226 Replacement 14-310
2nd Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid P r e s s u r e A T F Feed Pipe Replacement 14-311
Switch Replacement 14-227 E n d Cover Installation 14-367
3rd Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid Pressure
Switch Replacement 14-227 Transmission Housing
A T F Temperature S e n s o r Housing and Shaft A s s e m b l y Removal .... 14-312
Test/Replacement ................................... 14-228 Bearing Removal ........................................ 14-315
A T F Level Check 14-230 Bearing Installation 14-316
A T F Replacement 14-231 Reverse Idler G e a r
T r a n s m i s s i o n R e m o v a l .............................. 14-232 R e m o v a l and Installation 14-317
T r a n s m i s s i o n Installation 14-243 Shaft A s s e m b l y and Housing
Drive Plate R e m o v a l and Installation ........ 14-257 Installation 14-362
A T F Cooler Cleaning ................................... 14-258
A T F Cooler Hose Replacement 14-260 Valwe Body
A T F Filter Replacement 14-261 Valve Body and A T F Strainer R e m o v a l .... 14-318
Shift Lever Removal 14-262 Valve Body Repair 14-320
Shift Lever Installation 14-264 Valve Body Valve Installation .................... 14-321
Shift Lever D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y ...... 14-267 Main Valve Body D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
Shift Cable Replacement ............................ 14-269 and R e a s s e m b l y 14-322
Shift Cable Adjustment 14-272 A T F P u m p Inspection 14-323
Regulator Valve Body D i s a s s e m b l y ,
A / T Gear Position Indicator Inspection, and R e a s s e m b l y 14-324
Component Location Index 14-276 S e r v o Body D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
Circuit Diagram 14-277 and R e a s s e m b l y ...................................... 14-325
T r a n s m i s s i o n Range Switch T e s t .............. 14-278 Shift Solenoid Valve
T r a n s m i s s i o n Range Switch R e m o v a l and Installation 14-326
Replacement 14-280 Valve Body and A T F Strainer
A / T G e a r Position Indicator Panel Installation ............................................... 14-360
Light H a r n e s s Replacement 14-282
Torque Converter Housing
Mainshaft Bearing and OiS S e a l
Replacement ............................. 14-327
Countershaft Bearing R e p l a c e m e n t .......... 14-328
S e c o n d a r y Shaft Bearing Replacement ... 14-329
Selector Control Shaft Oil S e a l
Replacement ........................................... 14-330

Shafts and Clutches

Mainshaft D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
and R e a s s e m b l y ...................................... 14-331
Mainshaft 5th G e a r Axial Clearance
Inspection ............................................... 14-332
Countershaft D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
and R e a s s e m b l y .................. ........... 14-334
Countershaft R e v e r s e Selector Hub and
3rd G e a r R e m o v a l ................................. 14-335
Countershaft 3rd G e a r and R e v e r s e
Selector Hub Installation ...„....„„.„.....:.. 14-336
S e c o n d a r y Shaft D i s a s s e m b l y , Inspection,
a n d R e a s s e m b l y .............. .................. 14-337
S e c o n d a r y Shaft Idler G e a r
R e m o v a l a n d Installation ........................ 14-338
S e c o n d a r y Shaft 2nd G e a r Axial Clearance
Inspection 14-333
S e c o n d a r y Shaft 1st G e a r Axial Clearance
Inspection ............................................ 14-340
idler G e a r Shaft
R e m o v a l and installation ........................ 14-342
Idler Gear/Idler G e a r Shaft
Replacement ............................................ 14-343
Clutch D i s a s s e m b l y 14-344
Clutch Inspection .............. 14-348
Clutch Wave-plate P h a s e Difference
Inspection .................................... 14-349
Clutch C l e a r a n c e Inspection ...................... 14-350
1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch R e a s s e m b l y ........ 14-353
4th a n d 5th Clutch R e a s s e m b l y ................. 14-357

A / T Differential
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ....................... 14-374
Backlash inspection ............................... 14-374
Carrier Bearing Replacement .................... 14-375
Differential Carrier and Final Driven G e a r
Replacement ............................................ 14-375
Oil S e a l Replacement ................................. 14-376
Carrier Bearing Outer Race
Replacement .................... 14-377
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection ........... 14-378
Automatic Transmission
Special Tools

Ref. N o . Tool Number Description •Qty

® 07GAB-PF50101 M a i n s h a f t Holder 1
® 07HAC-PK40102 H o u s i n g Puller 1
© 07HAJ-PK40201 Preload Inspection Tool 1
© 07JAD-PH80101 Oil S e a l Driver A t t a c h m e n t 1
® 07LAD-PW50601 A t t a c h m e n t 40 m m 1
07LAE-PX40000 C l u t c h Spring. C o m p r e s s o r S e t 1
© 07MAJ-PY4011A ' A / T P r e s s u r e H o s e , 2,210 m m 3
® 07MAJ-PY40120 A / T Pressure Hose Adapter 3
® 07NAD-PX4G100 A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 80 m m 1
© 07QAD-P0A0100 A t t a c h m e n t , 42 m m L D . 1
© 07ZAE-PRP0100 Clutch C o m p r e s s o r Attachment 1

_ ® J 070AG-SJAA10S S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin 1-

® <D © ®

© ® © © ®

® ®

14-2
 0 0

R e i No. Tool Number Description Qty

0 7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 0 or 0 7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 1 A / T Oil P r e s s u r e G a u g e S e t T

® 0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B or G 7 7 3 8 - A 0 1 0 0 0 A A d j u s t a b l e B e a r i n g Puller, 25-™40 m m 1

®
©
07746-0010100
07746-0010300
A t t a c h m e n t , 32 x 35 m m -
Attachment 42 x 47 mm
1
1
® 07746-0010400 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
® 07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 1

® .
07746-0010800
07746-001A800
Attachment, 72
Attachment, 22 x 24 m m
x 75 mm 1
1

®
®
07746-0030100
07749-0010000
D r i v e r H a n d l e , 40 m m I.D.
Driver
1
1
@ 07947-SD90101 Oil S e a l D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t 1

® G7947-ZVG0100 Oil S e a l D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t
® : M u s t b e u s e d w i t h c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r .
1

14-3
A u t o m a t i c Transmission
General Troubleshooting Information

How to Check for DTCs with the Honda If the D indicator or the m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p
Diagnostic System (HDSJ (MIL) h a s b e e n reported o n , or if a driveability p r o b l e m
is s u s p e c t e d , f o l l o w this p r o c e d u r e :
W h e n the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) s e n s e s a n
a b n o r m a l i t y in the input or output s y s t e m / t h e D 1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C . ( S e e the H D S u s e r ' s
indicator (A) in the g a u g e control m o d u l e (B) will m a n u a l for s p e c i f i c i n s t r u c t i o n s . )
u s u a l l y blink.
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the
B H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If It d o e s not, g o
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-192).

3. S e l e c t A / T s y s t e m , a n d o b s e r v e the D T C in t h e
D T C s M E N U on the H D S s c r e e n .

4. R e c o r d the freeze data a n d the o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t s

for all fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C s a n d A / T D T C s .

5. If there is a fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C , first c h e c k the

fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e D T C .

6. C l e a r the D T C a n d the data.

W h e n the H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) is c o n n e c t e d • 7. Drive the v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r the

to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the s a m e c o n d i t i o n s a s t h o s e indicated b y the freeze
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d , it will indicate the d a t a , a n d t h e n r e c h e c k for a D T C . If t h e A / T D T C
d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e ( D T C ) w h e n the ignition s w i t c h r e t u r n s , g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
is t u r n e d to O N (II) a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m e n u is s e l e c t e d . If the D T C d o e s not return, t h e r e w a s a n
intermittent p r o b l e m within the c i r c u i t M a k e s u r e
all p i n s a n d t e r m i n a l s in the circuit a r e tight.

S f mptom Troubleshooting Versus DTC

Troubleshooting

S o m e s y m p t o m s will not trigger D T C s or c a u s e the D

indicator to blink. If t h e M I L w a s reported O N or t h e D
indicator h a s b e e n blinking, c h e c k for D T C s . Sf t h e
v e h i c l e h a s a n a b n o r m a l s y m p t o m , a n d t h e r e are no
D T C s s t o r e d , do the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . C h e c k
the list of p r o b a b l e c a u s e ( s ) for the s y m p t o m , in t h e
s e q u e n c e listed, until y o u find the p r o b l e m .

14-4
H o w to C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e S C S M o d e If t h e D i n d i c a t o r a n d t h e M I L c o m e on at the- s a m e t i m e ,
(retrieving t h e flash eodes) or if a drivability p r o b l e m is s u s p e c t e d , f o l l o w t h i s
procedure:
M O T E : T i l e p r e f e r r e d m e t h o d i s to u s e t h e H D S to
retrieve the D T C s . 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C . ( S e e t h e H D S u s e r ' s
m a n u a l for s p e c i f i c instructions.)
W h e n t h e P C M s e n s e s a n a b n o r m a l i t y in.the input o r
output s y s t e m , t h e D i n d i c a t o r (A) in t h e g a u g e control 2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II). M a k e s u r e t h e
m o d u l e IB) will u s u a l l y blink. H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If it d o e s not, g o
to t h e D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-192).

3. S e l e c t S C S m o d e , t h e n o b s e r v e t h e D indicator in
t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e . C o d e s 1 t h r o u g h 9 a r e
i n d i c a t e d by individual s h o r t blinks. C o d e 10 a n d
a b o v e a r e indicated, by a s e r i e s of long a n d s h o r t
blinks. O n e long blink e q u a l s 10 s h o r t blinks. A d d
the long a n d s h o r t blinks together to d e t e r m i n e t h e
code.

E M a m p I e : D T C P 0 7 0 5 (51

S h o r t blinks (five!

OH

W h e n t h e D indicator h a s b e e n r e p o r t e d o n , c o n n e c t t h e OFF

H D S to t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e
d a s h b o a r d , T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), s e l e c t
S C S m o d e , t h e n t h e D Indicator will indicate (flash) t h e E x a m p l e : D T C P0717 (15)
DTC.

LTU
L o n g b l i n k ( o n c e ) Short b l i n k s ( l i v e )

OFF

10 + 15

4. R e c o r d all fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C s a n d A / T D T C s .

5. If t h e r e is a fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C , first c h e c k t h e
fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e D T C .

6. C l e a r t h e D T C a n d t h e data.

7. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r t h e
s a m e conditions a s those indicated by the freeze
d a t a , a n d t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C s . If t h e A / T D T C
r e t u r n s , g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . .
If t h e D T C d o e s not return, t h e r e w a s a n
intermittent p r o b l e m w i t h i n t h e c i r c u i t M a k e s u r e
all p i n s a n d t e r m i n a l s in the circuit a r e tight.

(confd)

14-5
Automatic Transmission
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

How t© Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM 4. W h e n d i a g n o s i s / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is d o n e at the

Connectors P C M c o n n e c t o r , u s e the t e r m i n a l test port (A) a b o v e
the t e r m i n a l y o u n e e d to c h e c k .
N O T E : T h e P C M o v e r w r i t e s data a n d m o n i t o r s the E V A P
s y s t e m for about 40 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is
t u r n e d to L O C K (0). J u m p i n g the S C S Sine after turning
the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) c a n c e l s t h i s f u n c t i o n .
D i s c o n n e c t i n g the P C M d u r i n g t h i s f u n c t i o n , without
j u m p i n g the S C S line first, c a n d a m a g e the P C M .

1. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

2. R e m o v e the bolts (D).

D
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

5. C o n n e c t o n e s i d e of the patch c o r d s (A) t e r m i n a l s to

a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e digital m u l t i m e t e r (B),
a n d c o n n e c t the other s i d e of the patch c o r d
t e r m i n a l s to a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b a n a n a j a c k
( P o m o n a E l e c t r o n i c s T o o l No. 3 5 6 3 or e q u i v a l e n t )
(C).

3. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C .
c
N O T E : P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e s y m b o l s
(A=n, B = A , C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d o n t h e m for
identification. 6. G e n t l y insert the pin p r o b e ( m a l e ) into the t e r m i n a l
test port f r o m the t e r m i n a l s i d e . Do not f o r c e the
tips into the t e r m i n a l s .

* F o r a c c u r a t e r e s u l t s , a l w a y s u s e the pin
p r o b e (male).
* T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s , d o not i n s e r t test e q u i p m e n t
p r o b e s , p a p e r c l i p s , or other s u b s t i t u t e s a s
t h e y c a n d a m a g e the t e r m i n a l s . D a m a g e d
t e r m i n a l s c a u s e a poor c o n n e c t i o n a n d a n
incorrect m e a s u r e m e n t
* D o not p u n c t u r e the i n s u l a t i o n o n a w i r e .
P u n c t u r e s c a n c a u s e poor or intermittent
electrical c o n n e c t i o n s .

14-6
Clear A/T DTCs Procedure How to End a Troybleshooting Session
(reqyired after any troubleshooting}
1. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C (A) located u n d e r t h e
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d . N O T E : R e s e t t h e P C M w i t h the H D S w h i l e the e n g i n e is
stopped.

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d w a i t for

30 s e c o n d s .

3 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d

d i s c o n n e c t the H D S f r o m t h e D L C .

4. D o the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).

5. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P or N, a n d

w a r m ft up to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the
radiator f a n c o m e s on).

6. T o verify that the p r o b l e m is r e p a i r e d , test-drive the

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N 111). v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s at s p e e d s o v e r 31 m p h
(50 k m / h ) or u n d e r the s a m e c o n d i t i o n s a s t h o s e
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If indicated by the freeze data.
it d o e s not, g o to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 11-1921

4. C l e a r t h e D T C ( s ) o n the H D S s c r e e n ,

OBD Status

T h e O B D s t a t u s s h o w s the c u r r e n t s y s t e m s t a t u s of
e a c h D T C a n d all of t h e p a r a m e t e r s . T h i s function is
u s e d to s e e if the t e c h n i c i a n ' s repair w a s s u c c e s s f u l l y
c o m p l e t e d . T h e r e s u l t s of d i a g n o s t i c t e s t s for the D T C
are displayed a s :

* P A S S E D : The on-board diagnosis has successfully

completed,
* F A I L E D : T h e on-board d i a g n o s i s h a s f i n i s h e d but
failed.
* N O T C O M P L E T E D : T h e on-board diagnosis w a s
r u n n i n g but Is out of the e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s of the D T C .

(cont'd)
Automatic Transmission
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

Substituting the PCM 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .

Special Tools Reqyired 7. Do the battery r e m o v a l ' p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).

• H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet tester
• H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d an iN workstation" 8. R e m o v e the bolts (D).
w i t h H D S a n d C M update s o f t w a r e
* H D S pocket tester
* G N A 6 0 0 a n d an IN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
update s o f t w a r e
U s e a n y o n e of t h e s e u p d a t e t o o l s .

N O T E : U s e t h i s p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u h a v e to substitute
a known-good P C M during a troubleshooting procedure.

1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )

(A) located u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .

9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C , t h e n
r e m o v e the P C M a s s e m b l y (E).

N O T E : P C M c o n n e c t o r s A, B, a n d C h a v e s y m b o l s
(A=D, B=A # C = 0 ) e m b o s s e d on t h e m for "
identification.
A
10. R e m o v e the c o v e r (A) a n d the bracket (B) f r o m the
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). P C M (C).

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If
it d o e s not, g o to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-192). If y o u a r e returning f r o m D L C
circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , s k i p s t e p s 5 a n d 6, a n d t h e n
c l e a n the throttle b o d y after substituting the P C M
( s e e p a g e 11-359).

4. S e l e c t the I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the H D S .

5. S e l e c t the E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t the T P P O S I T I O N
C H E C K , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .

N O T E : If the T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
c o n t i n u e this p r o c e d u r e .

14-8
11, Install a k n o w n - g o o d P C M In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of Failure Reproduction Technique
removal,
M a k e s u r e to f o l l o w t h e s e points w h i l e the v e h i c l e is
12, D o the battery Installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e r a i s e d o n a lift for the test-drive.
22-90),
* D i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g the V S A O F F s w i t c h .
M O T E : W h i l e d o i n g the battery installation • V S A D T C s m a y c o m e on w h e n t e s t - d r i v i n g o n a lift. Sf
p r o c e d u r e , d o not start the e n g i n e , the V S A D T C ( s ) c o m e o n , c l e a r the D T C f s ) w i t h the
HDS.
13, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h t o O N 111).

N O T E : D T C P 0 6 3 0 "VIM Not P r o g r a m m e d or
M i s m a t c h " m a y be s t o r e d b e c a u s e the V I N h a s not
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d Into t h e P C M ; i g n o r e i t a n d
continue this procedure,

14, M a n u a l l y input t h e V I N to t h e P C M w i t h the H D S .

15, S e l e c t t h e I M M O B I S Y S T E M w i t h t h e H D S ,

18, E n t e r t h e i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e u s i n g t h e P C M
r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e in the H D S ; t h i s a l l o w s y o u
to start t h e e n g i n e .

17. U p d a t e t h e P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215),

18. R e s e t t h e PCM: w i t h the H D S .

19. l i t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K failed in s t e p 5 c l e a n
#

the throttle b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11-359).

2 0 . Do the P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-317).

21. Do t h e C K P pattern l e a r n p r o c e d u r e f s e e p a g e 11-5).

14-9
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting Index

N O T E : B e f o r e you t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data and any o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w G e n e r a l

T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).

DTC m
Two Drive D MIL Detection item Page

Det@€tion
Indicator
o
P 0 6 2 F (0) ' • • Blinks . -ON or Powertrairi Control M o d u l e ( P C M ) Internal ( s e e p a g e 14-79)
( 3 )
OFF* Control M o d u l e K e e p A l i v e M e m o r y (KAM)
Error
P 0 7 0 5 (5)* (2)
Blinks ON S h o r t in T r a n s m i s s i o n R a n g e S w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-80)
Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)

o OFF ON O p e n In T r a n s m i s s i o n R a n g e S w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-90)
M 2 )
P0706 ( 6 )
Circuit
P0711 (28)* (2)
Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in A T F T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-93)
Circuit
P0712(28)* (2)
Blinks OFF S h o r t in A T F T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r C i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 14-95)
P0713(28) M 2 )
Blinks • OFF O p e n in A T F T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r C i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 14-97)
P0716(15)*' (2)
Blinks ON P r o b l e m In Input S h a f t (Mainshaft) S p e e d • ( s e e p a g e 14-99)
S e n s o r Circuit
P0717(15) M 2 )
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Input S h a f t (Masnshaft) S p e e d ( s e e p a g e 14-99)
S e n s o r C i r c u i t (No S i g n a l Input)

o Blinks ON Input S h a f t (Mainshaft) S p e e d S e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-104)

(2)
P0718(15)*
Intermittent F a i l u r e
P0721 ( 9 ) ,(2)
Blinks ON P r o b l e m In Output S h a f t (Countershaft) ( s e e p a g e 14-109)
S p e e d S e n s o r Circuit
P0722 (9)* (2)
Blinks ON P r o b l e m In O u t p u t S h a f t ( C o u n t e r s h a f t ) ( s e e p a g e 14-109)
S p e e d S e n s o r Circuit (No S i g n a l Input)

o Output S h a f t (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-114) -

M 2 )
P0723 ( 9 ) Blinks ON
Intermittent F a i l u r e
P0731 (64)
o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 1st C l u t c h a n d 1st C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (1st G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
( s e e p a g e 14-118)

P0732 (64)
o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 2 n d C l u t c h a n d 2 n d C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (2nd G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
( s e e p a g e 14-120)

P 0 7 3 3 (64)
o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 3rd C l u t c h a n d 3 r d C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (3rd G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
( s e e p a g e 14-121)

P0734 (64)
o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 4th C l u t c h a n d 4th C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c C i r c u i t (4th G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
(see p a g e 14-123)

P0735 (64)
o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 5th C l u t c h a n d 5th C l u t c h
H y d r a u l i c Circuit (5th G e a r Incorrect Ratio)
( s e e p a g e 14-124)

P0741 (40)
o Blinks OFF Torque Converter Clutch Hydraulic Circuit
Stuck O F F
( s e e p a g e 14-126)

P0747 (76)
o Blinks ON A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d
Valve A Stuck ON
(see page"14-127)

14-10
 00
OTC' m
Two Drive D Detection Item Page
Cyele Indicator
Detection
P 0 7 5 2 (70) o Blinks ON • Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A S t u c k O N ( s e e p a g e 14-129)
P0756(71) o Blinks ON Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B S t u c k O F F ( s e e p a g e 14-130)
P0757 (71) o Blinks ON Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B S t u c k O N ( s e e p a g e 14-130)
P0761 (72) o Blinks ON Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C S t u c k O F F ( s e e p a g e 14-132).
P0771 174) o Blinks ON Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E S t u c k O F F ( s e e p a g e 14-133)
P 0 7 7 6 (77) o Blinks ON A / T Clutch P r e s s u r e Control Solenoid ( s e e p a g e 14-135)
Valve B Stuck O F F
P0777 (77) o Blinks • ON A / T Clutch P r e s s u r e Control Solenoid ( s e e p a g e 14-135)
Valve B Stuck O N
PG78CM45) o Blinks ON Shift Control S y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 14-136)
P0796(78) o Blinks ON A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e 14-137) _
Valve C Stuck O F F
P 0 7 9 7 (78) o Blinks ON A / T Clutch P r e s s u r e Control Solenoid ( s e e p a g e 14-137)
Valve C Stuck O N
P0842 m r m

o Blinks ON S h o r t in 2 n d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid ( s e e p a g e 14-139)

P r e s s u r e S w i t c h Circuit, or 2 n d C l u t c h
T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON
P0843{25)*® o Blinks ON O p e n in 2 n d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid ( s e e p a g e 14-141)
P r e s s u r e S w i t c h Circuit, or 2 n d C l u t c h
T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid P r e s s u r e Switch Stuck
OFF
P0847 mV<* o Blinks : OFF S h o r t in 3rd C l u t c h - T r a n s m i s s i o n F l u i d ( s e e p a g e 14-143)
Pressure S w i t c h C i r c u i t or 3rd Clutch
T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON
P 0 8 4 8 (2&V*> o Blinks OFF O p e n in 3 r d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid ( s e e p a g e 14-145)
P r e s s u r e S w i t c h Circuit, or 3 r d C l u t c h
T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
OFF

NOTE:
* ft); T h e D T C i n p a r e n t h e s e s is the f l a s h c o d e the D indicator i n d i c a t e s w h e n t h e d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r { D L C ! is
c o n n e c t e d to t h e H D S , a n d in t h e S C S m o d e .
* 12}: T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
* (3): T h e M I L c o m e s o n w h e n the P G M - F I s y s t e m d e t e c t s t h e s a m e failure.

(confd)

14-11
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting index (cont'd)

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w G e n e r a l

T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).

DTC

P0962(16)
*(11

M 2 )
Tw© Drive
Gyde
Detection
D
Indicator

Blinks
o
MIL

ON
Detection Item

P r o b l e m in A / T - C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l
Page

( s e e page-14-148)
Solenoid Valve A Circuit
P0963(16)* (2)
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A / T Clutch Pressure Control ( s e e p a g e 14-152)
Solenoid Valve A
P0966 ( 2 3 ) M 2 )
Blinks . ON P r o b l e m in A / T Clutch Pressure Control (see p a g e 14-154)
Solenoid V a l v e B Circuit
P0967 ( 2 3 ) M 2 )
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( s e e p a g e 14-157)
.Solenoid Valve B
P0970 ( 2 9 ) M 2 )
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( s e e p a g e 14-159)
S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Circuit
P0971 ( 2 9 r (2)
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( s e e p a g e 14-162)
Solenoid Valve C
P0973 o r i 2 }
Blinks • ON • S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A C i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 14-164)'
P0974 (7)* (2)
Blinks ON O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A C i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 14-166).
P0976 ( 8 ) M2>
Blinks ON S h o r t in S h i f t . S o l e n o i d V a l v e B C i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 14-169)
P0977 ( 8 ) M 2 )
Blinks • ON O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B Circuit ( s e e p a g e 14-172)
P0979 (22)* > (2
Blinks ON S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Circuit ( s e e p a g e 14-175)
P0980 (22)* (2)
Blinks ON O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Circuit ( s e e p a g e 14-177)
P0982 (60)* (2>
Blinks ON S h o r t In Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D Circuit ( s e e p a g e 14-181)
P0983 (60) M2>
Blinks ON O p e n in S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e D.Circuit ( s e e p a g e 14-183)
P0985 ( 6 1 ) M2)
Blinks ON S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E C i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 14-187)
M 2 )
P0986 ( 6 1 ) Blinks ON O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E Circuit ( s e e p a g e 14-189)
P 1 6 C 0 (99) OFF ON P C M A / T Control S y s t e m Incomplete ( s e e p a g e 14-192)
Update
P1717 ( 6 2 ) M 2 )
O Blinks OFF Open in-Transmission Range Switch A T P ( s e e p a g e 14-193)
R V S S w i t c h Circuit

14-12
 DTC M 1 >
Two Drive D MIL Detection item Page
Cycle Indicator
o
P 1 7 3 0 (45) O Blinks ON • P r o b l e m in Shift Control S y s t e m : ( s e e p a g e 14-195)
• Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s A or D S t u c k O F F
• Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B S t u c k O N
• Shift V a l v e s A , B, or D S t u c k
P I 731 (45) o Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Shift Control S y s t e m : (see p a g e 14-197)
* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E S t u c k O N
* Shift V a l v e E S t u c k
* A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid
Valve A Stuck O F F
P 1 7 3 2 {45) o Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Shift C o n t r o l S y s t e m : ( s e e p a g e 14-198)
• Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O N
* Shift V a l v e s B o r C S t u c k
P 1 7 3 3 {45) o Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Shift C o n t r o l S y s t e m : ( s e e p a g e 14-200)
* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D S t u c k O N
* Shift V a l v e D S t u c k
* A / T Clutch Pressure Control-Solenoid
Valve C Stuck O F F
P1734{45) o Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Shift C o n t r o l S y s t e m : ( s e e p a g e 14-201)
• Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O F F
• Shift V a l v e s B or C S t u c k
U 0 0 2 9 1107) Blinks O N or F - C A N Malfunction ( s e e p a g e 14-203)
, 3 }
OFF* " ( F - C A N B U S - O F F (PCM))
00122(107) Blinks OFF F - C A N Malfunction ( s e e p a g e 14-204)
( P C M - V S A M o d u l a t o r - C o n t r o l Unit)
UQ155(107> Blinks O N or F - C A N Malfunction ( s e e p a g e 14-205)
OFF*® ( P C M - G a u g e Control Module)

MOTE:
* (1}: T h e O T C in p a r e n t h e s e s is the f l a s h c o d e t h e D indicator i n d i c a t e s w h e n t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) is
c o n n e c t e d to t h e H D S , a n d in t h e S C S m o d e ,
* (2): T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In the
transmission.
* {3|: T h e M I L c o m e s o n w h e n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m d e t e c t s t h e s a m e failure.

14-13
Automatic Transmission
Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Probable Cause(s) Motes

W h e n y o u turn the • F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line error • C h e c k the F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line for a D T C
Ignition s w i t c h to • G a u g e control m o d u l e defective (see page-11-182).
O N (III the D • P C M defective * C h e c k the A / T g e a r position indicator drive circuit
indicator c o m e s on In the g a u g e control m o d u l e by u s i n g t h e g a u g e
a n d s t a y s on in all control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e
shift l e v e r 22-304).
p o s i t i o n s , or It
n e v e r c o m e s on at
all
A / T g e a r position • F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line e r r o r * C h e c k the F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n line for a D T C
indicator d o e s not * G a u g e control m o d u l e defective ( s e e p a g e 11-182).
c o m e on w h i l e the • P C M defective * C h e c k the A / T g e a r position Indicator d r i v e circuit
shift l e v e r Is In that * T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch in t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e by u s i n g the g a u g e
position defective control m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function ( s e e p a g e
22-304).
* I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
14-278)."
Shift lever c a n n o t * A c c e l e r a t o r pedal position s e n s o r * I n s p e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r s i g n a l ( s e e p a g e 11-258).
be m o v e d f r o m P circuit * T r o u b l e s h o o t the shift lock s y s t e m circuit
w h i l e p r e s s i n g on * A c c e l e r a t o r pedal position s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-289).
t h e brake pedal defective * T e s t the shift lock s o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e 14-296).
* B r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h circuit * I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
* B r a k e pedal position s w i t c h 14-278).
defective
* Shift lock s o l e n o i d defective
* Shift lock s o l e n o i d control circuit
* Shift lock m e c h a n i s m defective
* Throttle b o d y d e f e c t i v e
* T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch A T P P
switch stuck O F F
* T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch A T P P
s w i t c h line o p e n e d
Ignition s w i t c h * Interlock control s y s t e m circuit * T r o u b l e s h o o t the key Interlock s y s t e m circuit
c a n n o t be m o v e d * K e y interlock s o l e n o i d s t u c k O N ( s e e p a g e 14-294).
from A C C E S S O R Y * Park pin s w i t c h stuck O F F * I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
(I) to L O C K (0) (key- * T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch 14-278).
is p u s h e d In, the
shift lever in P)
H D S d o e s not D L C circuit e r r o r T r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
c o m m u n i c a t e with
t h e PCSVi: or the
vehicle

14-14
 Symptom Probable Causefs! Notes
E n g i n e r u n s , but 1. L o w A T F level * C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the A T F c o o l e r
v e h i c l e d o e s not 2. Shift c a b l e broken or out of . l i n e s for l e a k s a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . If.
m o v e in a n y g e a r adjustment n e c e s s a r y , c l e a n the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s .
3. C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n the shift * C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift lever a n d
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y the s e l e c t o r control shaft.
is w o r n * I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of the A T F p u m p a n d the
• 4. A T F p u m p w o r n o r binding - torque converter housing m a y c a u s e A T F p u m p
5, R e g u l a t o r v a l v e s t u c k or s p r i n g - s e i z u r e . T h e s y m p t o m s a r e m o s t l y a n rpnrt-
worn • reSated ticking n o i s e o r a high p i t c h e d s q u e a k .
6. A T F strainer clogged * C h e c k the line p r e s s u r e .
7, M a i n s h a f t w o r n or d a m a g e d * B e careful not to d a m a g e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
8, Float g e a r s w o r n or d a m a g e d h o u s i n g w h e n r e p l a c i n g the m a i n ball b e a r i n g .
9. Transrntssion-to-engine Y o u m a y also damage the A T F pump w h e n you
a s s e m b l y error t o r q u e d o w n the m a i n v a l v e body. T h i s will result
10. Axle disengaged in A T F p u m p s e i z u r e if not d e t e c t e d . U s e the
proper tools.
* Install t h e m a i n s e a l f l u s h w i t h the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . If y o u p u s h It Into t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g until it b o t t o m s out, it will
block the fluid return p a s s a g e a n d result In
damage.
* C h e c k the A T F s t r a i n e r for d e b r i s . If the A T F
s t r a i n e r Is c l o g g e d w i t h particles of s t e e l or
a l u m i n u m , i n s p e c t the A T F p u m p . If the A T F
p u m p is O K , find the d a m a g e d c o m p o n e n t s that
c a u s e d the d e b r i s . If no c a u s e for c o n t a m i n a t i o n
is f o u n d , r e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
* I n s p e c t the differential pinion g e a r s for w e a r . If
t h e differential pinion g e a r s a r e w o r n , r e p l a c e the
differential a s s e m b l y , r e p l a c e t h e A T F s t r a i n e r ,
t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d c l e a n the
torque converter, cooler, and lines,
V e h i c l e m o v e s in 2 1. 1st a c c u m u l a t o r d e f e c t i v e • C h e c k the 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e .
a n d R, but n o t in D, 2. 1 st g e a r s w o r n or d a m a g e d • I n s p e c t t h e clutch p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
0 3 or 1
? 3. 1 st c l u t c h d e f e c t i v e v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k t h e s p r i n g retainer
a n d t h e retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d -
plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d t h e plates
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t ' I n s p e c t the - •
- c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e height.-If the height Is out of
t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d
the p l a t e s a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
c l u t c h end-plate.
• I n s p e c t the 1st clutch f e e d pipe. If the 1st clutch
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e t h e e n d c o v e r .
• R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft if the b u s h i n g for the
1st c l u t c h f e e d pipe Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .

(confd)

14-15
Automatic Transmission
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)

Symptom Probable Causefs) Notes

V e h i c l e m o v e s in D, 1. 2 n d a c c u m u l a t o r defective * C h e c k the 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e .
D 3 , 1 a n d R, but
f 2. 2 n d g e a r s w o r n or d a m a g e d • Inspect the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
not in 2 3. 2 n d clutch defective v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
a n d the retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t
the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the clutch end-plate a n d t h e
top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t
the clutch d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d
d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e
t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the clutch w a v e - p l a t e height
If the h e i g h t is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e -
plate. If the d i s c s a n d the plates are O K , a d j u s t the
c l e a r a n c e w i t h t h e clutch end-plate.
V e h i c l e m o v e s in D, 1. Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective • C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
D 3 2, a n d 1, but
r 2. Shift fork shaft s t u c k connectors.
not in R . 3. Shift v a l v e E defective ' • Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
4. 4th/reverse accumulator O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
defective • C h e c k for a m i s s i n g shift fork bolt on the shift fork
5. 4th c l u t c h defective shaft.
6. R e v e r s e g e a r s w o r n or • C h e c k the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e .
damaged • I n s p e c t the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
v a l v e , a n d t h e O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer for
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n
the clutch end-plate a n d the top d i s c . If the
c l e a r a n c e is out of t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch
d i s c s a n d t h e plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the
d i s c s are w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a set. •
Inspect the clutch w a v e - p l a t e height. If t h e height is
out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e , if the d i s c s
a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch end-plate.
• Inspect the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r g e a r teeth c h a m f e r s ,
a n d i n s p e c t the e n g a g e m e n t teeth c h a m f e r s of t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d the r e v e r s e g e a r . R e p l a c e
the r e v e r s e g e a r s a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r if t h e y
a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d . If the t r a n s m i s s i o n m a k e s a
c l i c k i n g , g r i n d i n g , or w h i r r i n g n o i s e , a l s o r e p l a c e
the m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r , the r e v e r s e idler g e a r , a n d
the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r .
Poor acceleration; 1. L o w A T F lever * C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s
flares w h e n 2. Shift c a b l e broken or out of for l e a k s a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . If n e c e s s a r y , c l e a n
starting off In D, D 3 , adjustment the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s .
a n d R; stall s p e e d 3. A T F p u m p w o r n or binding . • C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift l e v e r a n d
high in 2 a n d 1, 4. R e g u l a t o r v a l v e stuck or s p r i n g the s e l e c t o r control shaft.
a n d In D a n d D3 in worn * I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of t h e A T F p u m p a n d the
1st a n d 2 n d 5. A T F strainer clogged torque converter housing m a y c a u s e A T F p u m p
6. Torque converter check valve seizure. T h e s y m p t o m s are mostly an rpm-related
defective ticking n o i s e or a high pitched s q u e a k .
* C h e c k the A T F s t r a i n e r for d e b r i s . If the ATF"
s t r a i n e r is c l o g g e d w i t h p a r t i c l e s of s t e e l or
a l u m i n u m , i n s p e c t the A T F p u m p . If the A T F p u m p
is O K , find the d a m a g e d c o m p o n e n t s that c a u s e d
the d e b r i s . If no c a u s e for c o n t a m i n a t i o n Is f o u n d ,
r e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .

14-16
 Sympftom Probable Caysefs) Notes
Poor acceleration; 2nd c l u t c h defective • C h e c k the 2nd clutch pressure.
flares w h e n * I n s p e c t the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
starting off In D, 0 3 , v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
a n d R; stall s p e e d a n d the retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
h i g h w h e n starting I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d -
off in 2 plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the plates
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t . . I n s p e c t the
c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e height. If the height Is out of
t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e , Sf t h e d i s c s a n d
the p l a t e s a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch end-plate.
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift c a b l e broken or out of * C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at t h e shift lever a n d
flares w h e n adjustment the s e l e c t o r control shaft.
starting off In D, 0 3 , 2, 4th clutch d e f e c t i v e • C h e c k t h e 4th clutch p r e s s u r e in D a n d R.
e
a n d R; stall s p e e d I n s p e c t the c l u t c h p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
h i g h in R v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e
b e t w e e n the clutch end-plate a n d the top d i s c . If
the c l e a r a n c e Is out of t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the
c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m
a s a s e t I n s p e c t the clutch w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t Sf
the height is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e -
plate. If the d i s c s a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the clutch end-plate.
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
stall s p e e d l o w in 2 2. Torque converter o n e - w a y clutch connectors.
a n d 1, a n d in D a n d defective * I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d t h e
0 3 in 1st a n d 2 n d 3. E n g i n e output l o w • O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
4. T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston * Replace the torque converter.
-defective
5. L o c k - u p shift v a l v e d e f e c t i v e
Poor acceleration; 1. E n g i n e output l o w Replace the torque converter.
stall s p e e d l o w in R 2. T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston
defective
3. L o c k - u p shift v a l v e defective
4. Torque converter o n e - w a y clutch
defective

(cont'd)

14-17
Automatic Transmission
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)

Symptom Probable Caysefsl Notes

E n g i n e Idle 1. L o w A T F level * C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d c h e c k the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s
vibration 2. Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for leaks a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . Sf n e c e s s a r y , c l e a n
defective the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s .
3. Drive plate defective or * I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of the A T F p u m p a n d the t o r q u e
transmission converter housing may c a u s e A T F pump seizure. T h e
misassembled s y m p t o m s a r e m o s t l y a n r p m - r e l a t e d ticking n o i s e or
4. E n g i n e output l o w a high pitched s q u e a k .
5. T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch * Inspect the A T F s t r a i n e r for c l o g g i n g with p a r t i c l e s of
piston defective steel or a l u m i n u m . If the A T F s t r a i n e r is c l o g g e d ,
6. A T F p u m p w o r n or binding replace it, a n d c l e a n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , the c o o l e r ,
7. L o c k - u p s h ift v a I v e a n d the lines.
defective * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
connectors.
* I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the .
O-rsngs for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
* C h e c k for a m i s i n s t a l l e d / d a m a g e d d r i v e plate.
* C h e c k that the Idle rpm in g e a r is the s p e c i f i e d Idle
s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316). If the idle s p e e d is c o r r e c t
a d j u s t the e n g i n e a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t s .
* R e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
V e h i c l e m o v e s in N 1. Excessive ATF • C h e c k the A T F l e v e l , a n d drain the A T F If it is o v e r -
2. F o r e i g n material in filled.
s e p a r a t o r plate orifice • C h e c k the 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e s .
- 3. Relief v a l v e defective • C h e c k the A T F s t r a i n e r for d e b r i s . If the A T F s t r a i n e r
4. 1st c l u t c h defective is c l o g g e d w i t h particles of steel or a l u m i n u m ,
5. 2 n d clutch defective I n s p e c t the A T F p u m p . If the A T F p u m p Is O K , find the
6. 3rd clutch defective d a m a g e d c o m p o n e n t s that c a u s e d the d e b r i s . If no
- 7. 4th clutch defective c a u s e for c o n t a m i n a t i o n is f o u n d , r e p l a c e the torque-
8. 5th clutch defective converter. -
9. C l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the • I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , t h e c l u t c h piston c h e c k
• c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d the top v a l v e , and'the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer a n d
d i s c Incorrect the retainer s e a l (1st, 2 n d , a n d 3rd) for w e a r a n d
10. Needle bearing seized, d a m a g e . I n s p e c t t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e clutch
w o r n , or d a m a g e d end-plate a n d the top d i s c . Sf the c l e a r a n c e is out of
11. Thrust washer seized, worn, t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the plates for
• or d a m a g e d w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d ,
replace t h e m a s a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate
height. If the height Is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the
w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the clutch e n d - p l a t e .
• I n s p e c t the 1st c l u t c h f e e d pipe. If the 1st clutch f e e d
pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e the e n d c o v e r .
• I n s p e c t the 3rd clutch f e e d pipe. If the 3rd clutch f e e d
pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O-ring u n d e r the
f e e d pipe g u i d e .
• R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft if the b u s h i n g for the 1st
or the 3rd" clutch f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
• I n s p e c t the 5th clutch f e e d pipe. If the 5th clutch f e e d
pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e It a n d the O-ring u n d e r the
f e e d pipe g u i d e .
• R e p l a c e the m a i n s h a f t If the b u s h i n g for the 5th
clutch f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .

14-18
 Symptom Probable Cause(s) Motes
L a t e shift after 1 Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E d e f e c t i v e * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
shifting f r o m N to A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control connectors.
D and D3, or s o l e n o i d v a l v e A defective • - I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
excessive shock a A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control O-rings-for w e a r a n d dam-age.
w h e n shifted into solenoid valve B defective * I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
0 and D3 4, NT clutch- p r e s s u r e control . v a l v e s A , B, a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C defective for w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
5. Shift c a b l e broken or out of v a l v e s for s e i z u r e .
adjustment * C h e c k the Input shaft (masnshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
6. C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n t h e shift a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y " Installation.
is w o r n * C h e c k for a l o o s e -shift c a b l e at the shift Sever a n d
7. Input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d the s e l e c t o r control shaft.
s e n s o r defective * C h e c k the 1st clutch p r e s s u r e .
8, Output shaft (countershaft) • I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
s p e e d s e n s o r defective v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
9. A T F temperature sensor a n d the retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
defective I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d -
10, F o r e i g n material in s e p a r a t o r plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
plate orifice t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d t h e plates
11/ S e r v o control v a l v e d e f e c t i v e for w e a r and" d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or
12. 1st-accumulator defective d a m a g e d , "replace t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the
13, 1st c h e c k ball s t u c k clutch w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t If the height is out of
14. L o c k - u p shift v a l v e defective t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d
1 st c l u t c h defective the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch e n d - p l a t e .
* I n s p e c t the 1st clutch f e e d pipe. If t h e 1st c l u t c h
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e the e n d c o v e r .
* R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft If the b u s h i n g for the
1st c l u t c h f e e d pipe Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .

(confd)

14-19
Automatic Transmission
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)

Symptom Probable Caussfs) Notes

Late shift after 1. Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
shifting f r o m N to 2. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control connectors.
R, o r e x c e s s i v e s o l e n o i d v a l v e A defective * I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
s h o c k . w h e n shifted 3. Shift c a b l e b r o k e n or out of O-rsngs for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
intoR . adjustment * I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
4. L o o s e or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r l n g s for w e a r a n d
b e t w e e n the shift c a b l e a n d d a m a g e , a n d I n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s for
t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y Is w o r n seizure.
5. Input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d * C h e c k the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
s e n s o r defective a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
6. Output shaft (countershaft) installation.
s p e e d s e n s o r defective * C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift l e v e r a n d
7. A T F temperature sensor the s e l e c t o r control shaft.
defective * I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
8. Shift fork shaft s t u c k v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
9. F o r e i g n material In s e p a r a t o r for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e
plate orifice b e t w e e n the clutch e n d - p l a t e a n d the top d i s c . Sf
10. Shift v a l v e E defective the c l e a r a n c e i s out of t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t the
11. 4th/reverse accumulator clutch d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
defective If-the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m
12. L o c k - u p shift v a l v e d e f e c t i v e a s a s e t . I n s p e c t the c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e height. If
13. 4th clutch defective the height Is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e -
plate. If the d i s c s a n d the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e .
* C h e c k for a m i s s i n g shift fork bolt on the shift
fork shaft.
* C h e c k the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e .
* I n s p e c t the s e r v o v a l v e a n d the O - r i n g .
Transmission does 1. Input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d • C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
not shift s e n s o r defective connectors.
2. Output shaft (countershaft) * C h e c k the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
s p e e d s e n s o r defective a n d t h e output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
Installation.
E x c e s s i v e s h o c k or 1. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control • C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
f l a r e s on all s o l e n o i d v a l v e B defective connectors.
upshifts a n d 2. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control • I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
downshifts s o l e n o i d v a l v e C defective v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O-rsngs for
3. Input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
s e n s o r defective v a l v e s for s e i z u r e .
4. O u t p u t shaft (countershaft) • C h e c k the Input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
s p e e d s e n s o r defective a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
5. A T F temperature sensor Installation.
defective
6. F o r e i g n material in s e p a r a t o r
plate orifice

14-20
 Symptom Probable Caysefs! Notes
E x c e s s i v e s h o c k or 1. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
f l a r e s o n 1-2 2. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control connectors.
upshift or 2-1 solenoid valve A defective * I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
downshift 3. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
solenoid valve B defective * I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
4. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control v a l v e s A , B, a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C defective . for w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
5. 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid v a l v e s for s e i z u r e .
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h defective * C h e c k t h e 1st a n d the 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e s .
6. F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r * I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , t h e c l u t c h piston c h e c k
plate orifice v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
7. 1 st a c c u m u l a t o r defective a n d t h e retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
3, 2 n d a c c u m u l a t o r defective I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d -
9. 1st c h e c k ball s t u c k plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of
10. 2 n d c h e c k ball stuck t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d the p l a t e s
11. L o c k - u p shift v a l v e d e f e c t i v e for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If t h e d i s c s a r e w o r n or
12. 1 st c l u t c h defective d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the
13. 2 n d c l u t c h defective c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t If t h e height is out of
t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d
the p l a t e s a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e with the
clutch end-plate.
* I n s p e c t the 1st clutch f e e d pipe. If the 1st clutch
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e the e n d c o v e r .
* R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y shaft i f the b u s h i n g for the
• 1st c l u t c h f e e d p i p e is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
E x c e s s i v e shock or 1. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control * "Check for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
f l a r e s o n 2-3 s o l e n o i d v a l v e B defective connectors.
upshift: or 3-2 2. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control * I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
downshift solenoid valve C defective v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for
3. 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d Inspect the s o l e n o i d
pressure switch defective v a l v e s for s e i z u r e .
4. F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r * C h e c k t h e 2 n d a n d the 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e s .
plate orifice * I n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
5. 2nd accumulator defective v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
6. 3rd a c c u m u l a t o r defective a n d the retainer s e a l for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
7. 2 n d c h e c k ball stuck I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c l u t c h e n d -
8. . 2 n d c l u t c h defective - ' plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e is out of
9. 3rd clutch d e f e c t i v e t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the clutch d i s c s a n d the plates
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t I n s p e c t the
c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t If the height is out of
t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d
the p l a t e s a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch e n d - p l a t e .
* I n s p e c t the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3 r d c l u t c h
f e e d pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O - r i n g
u n d e r the f e e d pipe g u i d e .
* R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y shaft if the b u s h i n g for the
3 r d c l u t c h f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .

(confd)

14-21
Automatic Transmission
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)

Symptom Probable Causefs} Notes

E x c e s s i v e s h o c k or 1. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
f l a r e s o n 3-4 s o l e n o i d v a l v e B defective connectors.
upshift or 4-3 2. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control * I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
downshift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C defective v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for
3. F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r . w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
plate orifice v a l v e s for s e i z u r e .
4. . 3 r d a c c u m u l a t o r defective * C h e c k the 3 r d a n d the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e s ,
5. 4 t h / r e v e r s e a c c u m u l a t o r defective * I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch piston c h e c k
6. 3rd clutch defective v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
1. 4th c l u t c h defective a n d the retainer s e a l (3rd) for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l u t c h e n d -
plate a n d the top d i s c . If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of
t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t the c l u t c h d i s c s a n d the p l a t e s
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the d i s c s are w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t . I n s p e c t the
clutch w a v e - p l a t e height. If the height is out of
t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e - p l a t e . If the d i s c s a n d
the plates a r e O K , a d j u s t the c l e a r a n c e w i t h the
clutch end-plate.
* I n s p e c t the 3rd c l u t c h f e e d pipe. If the 3rd c l u t c h
f e e d pipe Is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O - r i n g
u n d e r the f e e d pipe g u i d e .
* R e p l a c e the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t if the b u s h i n g for the
3rd clutch f e e d pipe is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .
E x c e s s i v e s h o c k or 1. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
f l a r e s on 4-5 s o l e n o i d v a l v e B defective connectors.
e
upshift or 5-4 2. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
downshift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C defective . v a l v e s B a n d C filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for
3. F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d I n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d
plate orifice v a l v e s for s e i z u r e .
4. 4th/reverse accumulator defective * .Check the 4th a n d the 5th clutch p r e s s u r e s .
5. 5th a c c u m u l a t o r defective * I n s p e c t the clutch p i s t o n , the c l u t c h piston c h e c k
6. 4th c l u t c h defective v a l v e , a n d the O - r i n g s . C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer
7. 5th c l u t c h defective • for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . I n s p e c t the c l e a r a n c e
b e t w e e n the clutch e n d - p l a t e a n d the top d i s c . If
the c l e a r a n c e Is out of t o l e r a n c e , I n s p e c t the
clutch d i s c s a n d the plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
If the d i s c s a r e w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m
a s a s e t . I n s p e c t the clutch w a v e - p l a t e height. If
the height is out of t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e the w a v e -
plate. Sf the d i s c s a n d the plates are O K , a d j u s t
the c l e a r a n c e w i t h t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e .
* I n s p e c t the 5th clutch f e e d pipe. If the 5th clutch
f e e d pipe is s c o r e d , r e p l a c e it a n d the O-ring
u n d e r the feed pipe g u i d e .
* R e p l a c e the m a i n s h a f t if the b u s h i n g for the 5th
clutch f e e d pipe Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d .

14-22
 Symptom Probable Causefs) Nates
Noise from 1. - A T F p u m p w o r n o r binding - • I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of the A T F p u m p a n d the
t r a n s m i s s i o n in all 2, Mainshaft bearing, countershaft torque converter housing m a y c a u s e A T F pump
shift l e v e r b e a r i n g , o r s e c o n d a r y shaft seizure. T h e s y m p t o m s are mostly an rpm-
positions bearing defective related ticking n o i s e o r a high pitched s q u e a k .
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
h o u s i n g w h e n r e p l a c i n g the m a i n ball b e a r i n g .
Y o u m a y a l s o d a m a g e the A T F p u m p w h e n y o u
t o r q u e d o w n the m a i n v a l v e body. T h i s w i l l result
In A T F p u m p s e i z u r e If not detected. U s e the
proper tools.
* Install the m a i n s e a l f l u s h w i t h the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . If y o u p u s h it Into the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r - h o u s i n g until it b o t t o m s out, it will
block the fluid return p a s s a g e a n d result in
damage.
* I n s p e c t the A T F s t r a i n e r for c l o g g i n g w i t h
p a r t i c l e s of s t e e l or a l u m i n u m . If the A T F s t r a i n e r
is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e it, a n d c l e a n the torque
converter, cooler, and lines,
* Inspect the m a i n s h a f t , the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d the
s e c o n d a r y shaft for w e a r or d a m a g e .
V e h i c l e d o e s not T o r q u e converter one-way clutch R e p l a c e the torque c o n v e r t e r .
accelerate above defective
31 m p h 150 k m / h )
V i b r a t i o n in all D r i v e pfate d e f e c t i v e o r t r a n s m i s s i o n * C h e c k for a m i s i n s t a 1 f e d / d a m a g e d d r i v e plate.
shift l e v e r mlsassemhfed * C h e c k that the idle r p m in g e a r is t h e s p e c i f i e d
positions idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316). If the Idle s p e e d Is
c o r r e c t , a d j u s t the e n g i n e a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n
mounts.
Shift l e v e r d o e s 1, T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
not o p e r a t e defective or out of a d j u s t m e n t connectors.
smoothly 2, S h i f t c a b l e b r o k e n or out of * I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h for
adjustment operation.
3, C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n . t h e shift * C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift l e v e r a n d
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n o r b o d y is the s e l e c t o r control shaft,
worn
Transmission does 1, Shift c a b l e - b r o k e n or out of ' * - C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at t h e shift lever a n d
not shift into P adjustment the t r a n s m i s s i o n control shaft.
2, C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n the shift * C h e c k the park p a w l s p r i n g Installation a n d the
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y Is park l e v e r s p r i n g installation. If Installation is
worn" incorrect, Install the s p r i n g c o r r e c t l y . M a k e s u r e
3, Park m e c h a n i s m defective that the park l e v e r s t o p Is not installed u p s i d e
d o w n . C h e c k the d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n the park p a w l
: shaft a n d t h e park lever roller pin. If the d i s t a n c e
is out of t o l e r a n c e , a d j u s t the d i s t a n c e w i t h the
park l e v e r stop.

Cconfd)

14-23
Automatic Transmission
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)

Symptom Probable Causefs) Notes

Torque converter 1. Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective - • C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
c l u t c h d o e s not 2. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control connectors.
disengage s o l e n o i d v a l v e A defective * Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
3. T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
defective * Inspect A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
4. L o c k - u p shift v a l v e defective v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d
5. L o c k - u p control v a l v e defective d a m a g e , a n d I n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s for
seizure.
* R e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
8
Torque converter 1. Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
clutch d o e s not 2. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control connectors.
operate s m o o t h l y s o l e n o i d v a l v e A defective * Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
3. T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
defective * Inspect A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
4. Torque converter check vaive v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d
defective d a m a g e , a n d Inspect the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s for
5. L o c k - u p shift v a i v e defective seizure.
6. L o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e defective * Replace the torque converter.
Torque converter 1. Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E defective • C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
clutch d o e s not 2. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control connectors.
engage s o l e n o i d v a l v e A defective * Inspect shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E for s e i z u r e , a n d the
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d O - r i n g s for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
s e n s o r defective • * Inspect A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
4. O u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d v a l v e A filter/gasket a n d the O - r i n g s for w e a r and.
s e n s o r defective d a m a g e , a n d I n s p e c t the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s for
5. T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston seizure.
defective • R e p l a c e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
8
6. Torque converter-check valve C h e c k the input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
defective a n d the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r
7. L o c k - u p shift v a l v e defective installation.
8. L o c k - u p control v a l v e defective
A / T g e a r position 1. T r a n s m i s s i o n range switch * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
indicator d o e s not defective or out of a d j u s t m e n t connectors.
indicate shift l e v e r 2. Shift c a b l e broken or out of * I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h o p e r a t i o n .
positions adjustment * C h e c k for a l o o s e shift c a b l e at the shift lever a n d
3. C o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n the shift the s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l shaft.
c a b l e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or b o d y is
worn
Speedometer and O u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d * C h e c k for a s t o r e d D T C , a n d c h e c k for l o o s e
o d o m e t e r do not s e n s o r defective connectors.
work * I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h o p e r a t i o n .
* C h e c k the output, shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r installation.
E n g i n e d o e s not V T E C rocker a r m s defective C h e c k the e n g i n e rocker a r m s .
rev to high r p m ,
a n d the
transmission
upshifts at l o w rpm
(engine at n o r m a l
operating
temperature)

14-24
Component Location Index

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)

SPEED SENSOR
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-226

INPUT S H A F T (MAINSHAFT!
SPEED SENSOR
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-226

POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
T e s t page 14-218
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-220

TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH

3RD C L U T C H T R A N S M I S S I O N
FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-227

SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
(Behind shift s o l e n o i d
2ND C L U T C H T R A N S M I S S I O N valve cover)
FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH T e s t page 14-212
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-227 R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-216

SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B
A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E (Behind shift s o l e n o i d
CONTROL SOLENOID V A L V E C valve cover)
T e s t , p a g e 14-223 T e s t page 14-212
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-225 R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-216

SHIFT SOLENOID
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE VALVE A
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (Behind shift solenoid
T e s t p a g e 14-221 SHIFT SOLENOID valve c o v e r )
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-225 VALVE E T e s t p a g e 14-212
{Behind s h i f t s o l e n o i d R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 14-216
valve cover)
T e s t p a g e 14-212 T e s t p a g e 14-212 ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Replacement Replacement (Behind shift solenoid valve cover)
page 14-216 p a g e 14-216 T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t page 14-228

14-25
Automatic Transmission
System Description

General Operation

T h e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n is a c o m b i n a t i o n of a t h r e e - e l e m e n t torque c o n v e r t e r a n d triple-shaft e l e c t r o n i c a l l y
controlled unit w h i c h p r o v i d e s five s p e e d s f o r w a r d a n d o n e in r e v e r s e , T h e entire unit is p o s i t i o n e d in line w i t h the
engine.

Torque Converter, Gears, and Clutches

T h e torque c o n v e r t e r c o n s i s t s of a p u m p , turbine, a n d stator a s s e m b l y in a s i n g l e u n i t T h e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g ( p u m p )
Is c o n n e c t e d to the e n g i n e c r a n k s h a f t a n d t u r n s a s the e n g i n e t u r n s . A r o u n d t h e o u t s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r Is a
ring g e a r w h i c h m e s h e s w i t h t h e starter drive g e a r w h e n the e n g i n e is b e i n g started. T h e entire t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
a s s e m b l y s e r v e s a s a f l y w h e e l w h i l e transmitting p o w e r to the t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t , the t r a n s m i s s i o n h a s t h r e e
parallel s h a f t s ; the m a i n s h a f t , the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft. T h e m a i n s h a f t is in line w i t h the e n g i n e
c r a n k s h a f t , a n d i n c l u d e s the 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s , a n d g e a r s for 5th, 4th, r e v e r s e , a n d Idler. T h e m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r
is Integral with the m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t i n c l u d e s the g e a r s for 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, 5th, r e v e r s e , park,
a n d the final drive. T h e final d r i v e g e a r is integral with the c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d t h e •
c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r c a n be l o c k e d to t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t p r o v i d i n g 4th or r e v e r s e g e a r , d e p e n d i n g . o n w h i c h w a y
the s e l e c t o r is m o v e d . T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft i n c l u d e s the 1st, 2 n d , a n d 3 r d c l u t c h e s , a n d g e a r s for 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , a n d •
Idler. T h e Idler shaft is located b e t w e e n the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft, a n d the idler g e a r t r a n s m i t s p o w e r
b e t w e e n the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft. T h e g e a r s on the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft a r e in c o n s t a n t
m e s h w i t h t h o s e on the c o u n t e r s h a f t . W h e n certain c o m b i n a t i o n s of g e a r s in the t r a n s m i s s i o n a r e e n g a g e d by the
c l u t c h e s , p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d through" the m a i n s h a f t , t h e n to the s e c o n d a r y shaft to the c o u n t e r s h a f t , or t h r o u g h
m a i n s h a f t to c o u n t e r s h a f t to p r o v i d e drive.

Electronic Control
T h e e l e c t r o n i c control s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e ( P C M ) , s e n s o r s , a n d s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . Shifting
a n d lock-up are e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d for c o m f o r t a b l e driving u n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s . T h e P C M is located In the e n g i n e
compartment.

Hydraulic Control
T h e v a l v e b o d i e s Include the m a i n v a i v e b o d y , the regulator v a l v e body, a n d the s e r v o body. T h e y a r e bolted to the
torque c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . T h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s the m a n u a l v a l v e , shift v a l v e s A , B, C , a n d E , the relief v a l v e ,
the lock-up control v a l v e , the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e , the s e r v o control v a l v e , a n d the A T F p u m p g e a r s , T h e regulator v a l v e
b o d y c o n t a i n s the regulator v a l v e , the torque c o n v e r t e r c h e c k v a i v e , the lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d the" 1st a n d 3rd
a c c u m u l a t o r s . T h e s e r v o b o d y c o n t a i n s the s e r v o v a l v e , shift v a l v e D, the a c c u m u l a t o r s for 2 n d , 4th, a n d 5th, a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E . F l u i d f r o m the regulator p a s s e s t h r o u g h the m a n u a l v a l v e to the v a r i o u s control
v a l v e s . T h e 1st, 3 r d , a n d 5th c l u t c h e s r e c e i v e fluid f r o m their r e s p e c t i v e f e e d p i p e s , a n d the 2 n d a n d 4th c l u t c h e s
r e c e i v e fluid f r o m the Internal h y d r a u l i c circuit.

Shift Control M e c h a n i s m
T o shift g e a r s , the P C M c o n t r o l s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E , a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
A , B, a n d C , w h i l e r e c e i v i n g input s i g n a l s f r o m v a r i o u s s e n s o r s a n d s w i t c h e s located t h r o u g h o u t the v e h i c l e . T h e shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s shift the p o s i t i o n s of the shift v a l v e s to s w i t c h the port leading h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to the c l u t c h . A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C regulate their r e s p e c t i v e p r e s s u r e , a n d p r e s s u r i z e the c l u t c h e s to
e n g a g e t h e m a n d their c o r r e s p o n d i n g g e a r s . T h e p r e s s u r e s of the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a l s o
a p p l y to the shift v a l v e s to s w i t c h the port.

Lock-up Mechanism
T h e lock-up m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in D (2nd, 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s ) , a n d in D3 (2nd a n d 3rd g e a r s ) . T h e p r e s s u r i z e d
fluid is d r a i n e d f r o m the b a c k of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h a fluid p a s s a g e , c a u s i n g the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h
piston to be held a g a i n s t the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r . A s this t a k e s p l a c e , the m a i n s h a f t rotates at the s a m e s p e e d a s
the e n g i n e c r a n k s h a f t . T o g e t h e r w i t h the h y d r a u l i c c o n t r o l , the P C M o p t i m i z e s the t i m i n g a n d v o l u m e of the lock-up
m e c h a n i s m . W h e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E is t u r n e d on by the P C M , shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s the lock-up
shift v a l v e on a n d off. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the lock-up control v a l v e control the d e g r e e of
lock-up.

14-26
Gear Selection
T h e shift l e v e r h a s s e v e n p o s i t i o n s ; P: P A R K , R: R E V E R S E , N: N E U T R A L , D: 1st t h r o u g h 5th g e a r r a n g e s , D3: 1st
t h r o u g h 3 r d g e a r r a n g e s , 2: 2 n d g e a r , a n d 1: 1st g e a r .

Position Description
P: P A R K F r o n t w h e e l s l o c k e d ; park p a w l e n g a g e d w i t h park g e a r on c o u n t e r s h a f t . AS! c l u t c h e s are
released.
R: R E V E R S E R e v e r s e ; r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e d w i t h c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r a n d 4th clutch e n g a g e d .
N: N E U T R A L All c l u t c h e s a r e r e l e a s e d .
D: D R I V E G e n e r a l d r i v i n g ; starts off In 1st, shifts a u t o m a t i c a l l y to 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, t h e n 5th, d e p e n d i n g o n
{1st t h r o u g h 5th) v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d throttle position. D o w n s h i f t s t h r o u g h 4th, 3 r d , 2 n d , a n d 1st on d e c e l e r a t i o n
to s t o p . T h e lock-up m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s .
D3: D R I V E U s e d for rapid a c c e l e r a t i o n at h i g h w a y s p e e d s a n d g e n e r a l d r i v i n g ; up-hiii a n d d o w n - h i l l
(1st t h r o u g h 3rd) d r i v i n g ; starts off in 1st, shifts a u t o m a t i c a l l y to 2 n d , t h e n 3 r d , d e p e n d i n g o n v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d
throttle position. D o w n s h i f t s t h r o u g h 2 n d to 1st on d e c e l e r a t i o n to s t o p , T h e lock-up
m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in 2 n d a n d 3 r d g e a r s .
2: S E C O N D U s e d for e n g i n e braking or better traction starting off on l o o s e or s l i p p e r y s u r f a c e s ; s t a y s in
2 n d g e a r ; d o e s not shift up or d o w n , •
1: F I R S T U s e d for e n g i n e braking; s t a y s in 1st g e a r ; d o e s not shift up.

Starting is p o s s i b l e o n l y in P a n d N b e c a u s e of a s l i d e - t y p e neutral-safety s w i t c h .

A u t o m a t i c T r a n s m i s s i o n fA / T ) O e a r P o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r
T h e A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator in the g a u g e control m o d u l e s h o w s w h i c h shift lever position h a s b e e n s e l e c t e d
w i t h o u t h a v i n g to look d o w n at the shift lever.

14-27
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Clutches and Gears

T h e f i v e - s p e e d a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n u s e s h y d r a u l i c a i l y - a c t u a t e d c l u t c h e s to e n g a g e or d i s e n g a g e the t r a n s m i s s i o n
g e a r s . W h e n h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is i n t r o d u c e d Into the clutch d r u m , the c l u t c h piston m o v e s . T h i s p r e s s e s the friction
d i s c s a n d the steel plates together. Socking t h e m s o t h e y do not slip. P o w e r is t h e n t r a n s m i t t e d t h r o u g h the e n g a g e d
c l u t c h pack to Its h u b - m o u n t e d g e a r . L i k e w i s e , w h e n t h e h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is bled f r o m t h e c l u t c h pack, the piston
r e l e a s e s the friction d i s c s a n d the steel plates, a n d t h e y a r e free to s l i d e p a s t e a c h other. T h i s a l l o w s the g e a r to s p i n
i n d e p e n d e n t l y o n its shaft, t r a n s m i t t i n g no p o w e r .

1st C l u t c h
T h e 1st clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 1st g e a r , a n d is located at the m i d d l e of the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t T h e 1st c l u t c h is
j o i n e d back-to-back to the 3 r d c l u t c h . T h e 1st clutch is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe within the
s e c o n d a r y shaft.

2nd Clutch
T h e 2 n d clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 2 n d g e a r , a n d is located at the e n d of the s e c o n d a r y shaft, o p p o s i t e the e n d c o v e r .
T h e 2 n d c l u t c h Is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by a circuit c o n n e c t e d to the i n t e r n a l h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t

3rd Clutch
T h e 3rd clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 3 r d g e a r , a n d Is located at the m i d d l e of the s e c o n d a r y shaft. T h e 3rd c l u t c h is
j o i n e d back-to-back to the 1st c l u t c h . T h e 3rd clutch Is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe within the
s e c o n d a r y shaft.

4th C l u t c h
T h e 4th clutch e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 4th g e a r , a s w e l l a s r e v e r s e g e a r , a n d is located at the m i d d l e of the m a i n s h a f t . T h e
4th clutch is j o i n e d back-to-back to the 5th c l u t c h . T h e 4th c l u t c h i s s u p p l i e d .hydraulic p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe
within the m a i n s h a f t .

5th C l u t c h
T h e 5th c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 5th g e a r , a n d is located at the m i d d l e of the m a i n s h a f t . T h e 5th c l u t c h is j o i n e d
back-to-back to the-4th c l u t c h . T h e 5th clutch is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e by its A T F f e e d pipe within the m a i n s h a f t .

G e a r operation
G e a r s on the m a i n s h a f t :
* 4th g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the m a i n s h a f t by the 4th c l u t c h .
* 5th g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h t h e m a i n s h a f t by the 5th c l u t c h .
*' R e v e r s e g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the m a i n s h a f t by the 4th c l u t c h .
* Idler g e a r Is s p l i n e d w i t h the m a i n s h a f t , a n d rotates w i t h the m a i n s h a f t .

G e a r s on the c o u nt e rs h a f t
* F i n a l drive g e a r is integral w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 5th, a n d park g e a r s a r e s p l i n e d w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d rotate w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* 4th g e a r a n d r e v e r s e g e a r rotate f r e e l y f r o m the c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s 4th g e a r a n d r e v e r s e
g e a r with the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b . T h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b is s p l i n e d to the c o u n t e r s h a f t s o that 4th g e a r a n d the
r e v e r s e g e a r e n g a g e w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .

G e a r s o n the s e c o n d a r y shaft:
* 1st g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the s e c o n d a r y shaft by the 1st c l u t c h .
* 2 n d g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the s e c o n d a r y shaft by the 2 n d c l u t c h .
8
3rd g e a r e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t by the 3rd c l u t c h .
* Idler g e a r Is s p l i n e d with the s e c o n d a r y shaft, a n d rotates w i t h the s e c o n d a r y shaft.

T h e idler g e a r on the idler shaft t r a n s m i t s p o w e r b e t w e e n the m a i n s h a f t a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft.

T h e r e v e r s e Idler g e a r t r a n s m i t s p o w e r f r o m the m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r to the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r , a n d c h a n g e s
rotational direction of the c o u n t e r s h a f t to r e v e r s e .

14-28
 S3
Transmission Cytaway View

COUNTERSHAFT 3RD GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER

RING GEAR

REVERSE

IDLER mm

MA&ISHAFT
IDLER G E A R
\

IVIAINSHAFT

COUNTERSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE
GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT
5TH GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT
ISLES SHAFT 2ND GEAR
IDLER G E A B
SECONDARY
SHAFT

SECONDARY COUNTERSHAFT

mm
S H A F T IDLER 1ST GEAR

2ND CLUTCH

REVERSE
SELECTOR SECONDARY
HUB SHAFT
2 N D GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR

REVERSE
SELECTOR

COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
DIFFERENTIAL
SECONDARY ASSEMBLY
SHAFT 3RD GEAR
SECONDARY
SHAFT
1ST GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR

14-29
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Power Flow

P Position
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e Is not a p p l i e d to the c l u t c h e s . P o w e r is not t r a n s m i t t e d to the c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t is
l o c k e d by the park p a w l interlocking the park g e a r .

W Position
E n g i n e p o w e r t r a n s m i t t e d f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r d r i v e s the m a i n s h a f t Idler g e a r , the Idler shaft idler g e a r , a n d the
s e c o n d a r y shaft Idler g e a r , but h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is not a p p l i e d to the c l u t c h e s . P o w e r is not t r a n s m i t t e d to the
countershaft.
In this position, the position of the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r differs a c c o r d i n g to w h e t h e r the shift l e v e r shifted f r o m D or R:
* W h e n shifted f r o m D, the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b , a n d
- 4th g e a r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
8
W h e n shifted f r o m R, the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b ,
a n d the r e v e r s e g e a r e n g a g e s w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t .

REVERSE
SELECTOR H U B
TORQUE
MAINSHAFT CONVERTER
PARK GEAR
IDLER G E A R

MAINSHAFT

FINAL DRIVE
GEAR

IDLER S H A F T

IDLER S H A F T
COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER G E A R

SECONDARY SHAFT SECONDARY S H A F T

IDLER G E A R

COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR

COUNTERSHAFT
4TH G E A R

14-30
in 1 s t G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the 1st c l u t c h , t h e n the 1st clutch e n g a g e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft 1st g e a r with the
s e c o n d a r y shaft.
* T h e m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r d r i v e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft v i a the idler shaft idler g e a r a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft idler g e a r .
* T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft 1st g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t 1st g e a r a n d t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n gear.

(cont'd)

14-31
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Power Flow (confd)

I§i 2 n d G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to t h e 2 n d c l u t c h , then the 2 n d clutch e n g a g e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft 2nd g e a r w i t h the
s e c o n d a r y shaft.
• T h e m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r d r i v e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft v i a the idler shaft idler g e a r a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t idler g e a r .
* T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft 2 n d g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t 2 n d g e a r a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
• P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n g e a r .

14-32
In 3 r d G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to t h e 3 r d c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 3rd c l u t c h e n g a g e s the s e c o n d a r y shaft 3rd g e a r w i t h the
s e c o n d a r y shaft,
* T h e m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r d r i v e s t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t v i a the idler shaft idler g e a r a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft Idler g e a r
* T h e s e c o n d a r y shaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear a n d the countershaft.
* P o w e r Is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final d r i v e g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s t h e final d r i v e n g e a r .

(confd)

14-33
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)
1
Power Flow (cont'd)

In 4 t h G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the s e r v o v a l v e to e n g a g e the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d
the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b w h i l e the shift l e v e r is in f o r w a r d r a n g e (D, D 3 , 2, a n d 1).
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a l s o a p p l i e d to the 4th c l u t c h , t h e n the 4th clutch e n g a g e s the m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r w i t h the
mainshaft.
* T h e m a i n s h a f t 4th g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t 4th g e a r a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h In turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n g e a r .

14-34
In 5 t h G e a r
* H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the 5th c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 5th clutch e n g a g e s the m a i n s h a f t 5th g e a r w i t h the
mainshaft.
* T h e m a i n s h a f t 5th g e a r d r i v e s t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 5th g e a r a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t ,
* P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to t h e final d r i v e g e a r , w h i c h in t u r n d r i v e s the final d r i v e n gear.

(cont'd)

14-35
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Power Flow (cont'd)

R Position
• H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the s e r v o v a l v e to e n g a g e the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r w i t h the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r
a n d the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b w h i l e the shift l e v e r is in R.
• H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e Is a l s o a p p l i e d to the 4th c l u t c h , t h e n the 4th clutch e n g a g e s the m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r w i t h t h e
mainshaft.
• T h e m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r v i a the r e v e r s e idler g e a r .
• T h e rotation direction of the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r Is c h a n g e d by the r e v e r s e idler g e a r .
• T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r d r i v e s the c o u n t e r s h a f t v i a the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r , w h i c h d r i v e s t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b .
® P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d to the final drive g e a r , w h i c h in turn d r i v e s the final d r i v e n g e a r .

14-36
 It®
Electronic Control S f stem

Functional Diagram

T h e e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of t h e p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) , s e n s o r s , a n d s o l e n o i d v a l v e s .
S h i f t i n g a n d l o c k - u p a r e e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d f o r c o m f o r t a b l e d r i v i n g u n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s .

T h e P C M r e c e i v e s Input s i g n a l s f r o m s e n s o r s , s w i t c h e s , a n d o t h e r c o n t r o l u n i t s , p r o c e s s e s d a t a , a n d o u t p u t s s i g n a l s
for t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l s y s t e m a n d t h e A / T c o n t r o l s y s t e m . T h e A / T c o n t r o l s y s t e m i n c l u d e s shift c o n t r o l , g r a d e l o g i c
control, clutch p r e s s u r e control, a n d lock-up control.
T h e P C M s w i t c h e s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to c o n t r o l s h i f t i n g
t r a n s m i s s i o n g e a r s a n d lock-up torque converter clutch.

PCM

Engine R P M Signal

Accelerator Puds! Position

S E N S O R S I G N A L

Throttle Position Control Module

G a u g e Cc
Sensor Signal PGM-FI Control A / T Gear Position Indicator
System
I E n g i n e Coolant
I Temperature Sensor Signal

Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal

ManHbidAbsoiufe
Pressure Sensor Signal
A / T Control System

ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal S h i f t S o l e n o i d Vai¥@ A

S e r v i c e C h e c k . Signal Shift Solenoid Valve B

Shift Control

Grade Logic Control Shift Solenoid Valve C

P
• Ascending Control
R_
Control Shift Solenoid Valve D
Transmission N Automatic
Range Five-speed
Switch Shift Solenoid Valve E a n d Reverse
Signal m
......

........ A / T Clutch Pressure

Control Solenoid Valve A

Clutch Pressure A/T Clutch Pressure

I n p u t S h a f t {Mainshaft) Control Control Solenoid Valve B
Speed Sensor Signal
A/T Clutch
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Control Solenoid Valve C
Speed Sensor Signal

2 n d C l u t c h T m n s m m s m m Fluid
Lock-up Control OP 3£
Pressure S w i t c h Sif p a i
Lock-up
Conditions
3rd Clutch Its r e m i s s i o n F l u i d Fail-safe Function Vehicle Speed Signal
Pressure Swiftah S i g n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n and Data Link Connector
Output F u n c t i o n
B r a k e Pudaf P o s i t i o n
Switch Signal
Shift Lock Control Shift Lock Solenoid

Cruise Control Downshift

Request Signal

(cont'd)

14-37
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Electronic Control System (confd)

Shift Control
T h e P C M instantly d e t e r m i n e s w h i c h g e a r s h o u l d be s e l e c t e d by v a r i o u s s i g n a l s s e n t f r o m s e n s o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , a n d
It a c t u a t e s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E to control g e a r s e l e c t i o n .

A g r a d e logic control s y s t e m h a s b e e n a d o p t e d to control shifting In D a n d D 3 . T h e P C M c o m p a r e s actual driving

c o n d i t i o n s w i t h p r o g r a m m e d d r i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , b a s e d on the input f r o m the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l position s e n s o r , t h e
e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r , the b a r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , the b r a k e pedal position s w i t c h s i g n a l , a n d t h e
shift Sever position s i g n a l , to control shifting w h i l e the v e h i c l e is a s c e n d i n g or d e s c e n d i n g a s l o p e .

PCM Gauge Control Module

A / T Gear Position
Engine RPM Signal Indicator
E n g i n e RPM Control
B
Shift Position IE
Control \K
P [D

Fail-safe C o n t r o l
Transmission
Rang® ¥ EL
Switch Signal D3
2
T Actual Driving
S h i f t Position

Bead of ATF
Accelerator Pedal Temperature
Position Sensor Signal Shift Solenoid
VatweA
Master Target of Shift Solenoid
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Shifting Position Valve B
Speed Sensor Signal
Shift Solenoid
Valve C
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) C o r r e c t i o n t©
Speed Sensor Signal Shifting Mod© Shift Solenoid
Valve D

ATF Temperature Srade Logic I Shift Solenoid

Sensor Signal > Ascending Mode Valve E
• Descending M o d e

Calculation of
Brake Pedal Position
Switch Signal

Engine Coolant Correction for Engine

Temperature Coolant Terrtperatyre
Sensor Signal Sensor Signal Data

Sensor Signal

14-38
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A, B, C , D a n d E ON a n d OFF to control g e a r s e l e c t i o n . T h e c o m b i n a t i o n of driving
R

s i g n a l s to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B C , D, a n d E a r e s h o w n in t h e table.
r

Position G e a r Position Shift Solenoid Valwes

A B C D E
D D3
f Shifting from H OFF ON ON OFF OFF
S t a y s in 1st ON ON ON OFF OFF
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 1st a n d 2 n d OFF ON ON OFF OFF
S t a y s in 2 n d OFF ON OFF ON OFF or ON
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 2 n d a n d 3rd OFF ON ON ON OFF o r ON
S t a y s in 3 r d OFF OFF ON ' OFF OFF or ON
D S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 3 r d a n d 4th OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF or ON
S t a y s in 4th ON OFF OFF OFF OFF or ON
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 4th a n d 5th ON OFF OFF ON OFF or ON
S t a y s in 5th ON OFF ON ON OFF or ON
2 2nd gear OFF ON OFF ON OFF
1 1st g e a r ON ON ON OFF OFF
R Shifting from P a n d N OFF ON OFF OFF 1
ON
S t a y s in r e v e r s e ON ON OFF OFF ON
R e v e r s e inhibit OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
P Park OFF ON OFF OFF ON
H Neutral OFF ON ON 1
OFF" OFF

(confd)

14-39
Automatic Transmission

System Description (cont'd)

Electronic Control S f stem (confd)

G r a d e Logic Control: Ascending Control

W h e n the P C M d e t e r m i n e s that t h e v e h i c l e is c l i m b i n g a hill in D a n d D 3 , t h e s y s t e m e x t e n d s t h e e n g a g e m e n t a r e a of
2 n d , 3 r d , a n d 4th g e a r s to p r e v e n t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f r o m frequently shifting b e t w e e n 2 n d a n d 3rd g e a r s , b e t w e e n 3rd
a n d 4th g e a r s , a n d b e t w e e n 4th a n d 5th g e a r s . T h e P C M d o e s this s o the v e h i c l e c a n run s m o o t h a n d h a v e m o r e p o w e r
when needed.

Shift p r o g r a m s s t o r e d in the P C M b e t w e e n 2 n d a n d 3rd g e a r s , b e t w e e n 3rd a n d 4th g e a r s , a n d b e t w e e n 4th a n d 5th

g e a r s , e n a b l e it to a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t the m o s t s u i t a b l e g e a r a c c o r d i n g to the m a g n i t u d e of a gradient.

ASCENDING MODE: Upshift Schedule

100 % i
• 4TH

F L A T R O A D 1V1GDE

G R A D U A L A S C E W D I W G IV10DE
50 - 5TH
MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE

STEEP A S C E N D I N G M O D E

H E A V Y STEEP ASCEWDING M O D E

Vehicle speed

Grade Logic Control: Descending Control

W h e n the P C M d e t e r m i n e s that t h e v e h i c l e is g o i n g d o w n a hill in D a n d D3, t h e upshift s p e e d f r o m 4th to 5th g e a r ,
f r o m 3rd t o 4th g e a r , a n d f r o m 2nd'to 3rd g e a r ( w h e n the throttle is c l o s e d ) b e c o m e s h i g h e r t h a n the s e t s p e e d for flat
road driving to e x t e n d the 4th g e a r , 3 r d g e a r , a n d 2nd g e a r driving a r e a . T h i s , in c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h e n g i n e braking f r o m
the d e c e l e r a t i o n l o c k - u p , a c h i e v e s s m o o t h d r i v i n g w h e n the v e h i c l e is d e s c e n d i n g . T h e r e a r e t h r e e d e s c e n d i n g m o d e s
w i t h different 4th g e a r d r i v i n g a r e a s , 3rd g e a r driving a r e a s , a n d 2nd g e a r driving a r e a s a c c o r d i n g to the m a g n i t u d e of
a g r a d i e n t s t o r e d in the P C M . W h e n the v e h i c l e is in 5th g e a r or 4th g e a r , a n d y o u are d e c e l e r a t i n g w h e n y o u a r e
a p p l y i n g the b r a k e s on a s t e e p hill, the t r a n s m i s s i o n will d o w n s h i f t to l o w e r g e a r . W h e n y o u a c c e l e r a t e , the
t r a n s m i s s i o n will t h e n return to a h i g h e r g e a r .

DESCENDING MODE: Downshift Sehedyle

100%

5TH

FLAT ROAD M O D E

GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE

50
M E D I U M DESCEWDIWG M O D E

STEEP DESCENDING M O D E

Vehicle speed

14-40
Shift-Hold Control
W h e n negotiating w i n d i n g r o a d s , t h e throttle is s u d d e n l y r e l e a s e d a n d the b r a k e s a r e a p p l i e d , a s is the c a s e w h e n
d e c e l e r a t i n g at t h e e n t r a n c e of a c u r v e , shift-hold control k e e p s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n In its c u r r e n t (lower) ratio a s it-
n e g o t i a t e s t h e c o r n e r a n d a c c e l e r a t e s out.
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e i s d r i v e n a g g r e s s i v e l y o n a w i n d i n g r o a d , t h e P C M will e x t e n d the e n g a g e m e n t t i m e of 3rd g e a r a n d
4th g e a r to p r e v e n t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f r o m f r e q u e n t l y shifting b e t w e e n 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s . T h i s a l l o w s the d r i v e r to
h a v e m o r e c o n t r o l for both a c c e l e r a t i o n a n d d e c e l e r a t i o n .
T h e P C M m o n i t o r s t h e a v e r a g e c h a n g e In the v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d throttle o v e r t i m e . W h e n t h e s e v a l u e s e x c e e d t h o s e
for n o r m a l d r i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , the upshift f r o m 3 r d to 4th g e a r a n d 4th to 5th g e a r is d e l a y e d . T h i s g i v e s m o r e control
o v e r p o w e r , a n d t h e e n g i n e braking w h e n t h e d r i v e r is d r i v i n g a g g r e s s i v e l y a r o u n d w i n d i n g r o a d s . T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
will r e s u m e t h e n o r m a l upshift pattern after t h e P C M d e t e r m i n e s that n o r m a l driving h a s r e s u m e d ,

^ / ^ •: T h r o t t l e r e l e a s e d a n d b r a k e s a p p l i e d

O p e r a t i o n p a t t e r n ©f

S h i f t p a t t e r n of 3rd
conventional
automatic transmission

Shift p a t t e r n of
Shift-hold C o n t r o l
automatic transmission

(cont'd)

14-41
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Electronic Control System fcont^d}

Clutch Pressure Control

T h e P C M a c t u a t e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C to c o n t r o l t h e c l u t c h p r e s s u r e . W h e n shifting
b e t w e e n Sower a n d h i g h e r g e a r s , t h e c l u t c h p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t e d by A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B,
and C e n g a g e s and d i s e n g a g e s the clutch smoothly.
T h e P C M r e c e i v e s input s i g n a l s f r o m t h e v a r i o u s s e n s o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , p r o c e s s e s d a t a , a n d o u t p u t s c u r r e n t to A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C .

PCM

PGM-FI
Ignition Timing
Control
Requirement
Input Shaft IMaioshaft) System
Speed Sensor Signal
Ji ii

O u t p u t Shaft
(Countershaft}
Actual Decision of
Speed Sensor Signal
Driving Shift Shifting
Position "Mode

Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor
Signal
1f 1
A / T Clutch
Master Target of Current Pressure Control
Controlling Current Feedback Solenoid Valves
A, B and C
f

^ \ Correction of

I
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal | Data |

Correction for Engine

Engine RPM Signal Torque Signal Data

2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Correction for Hydraulic
Pressure S w i t c h Signal Pressure A p p l y i n g
Timing
3rd Clutch.
Transmission Fluid
Pressure S w i t c h Signal Correction for Engine
Coolant Temperature
Sensor Data
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal Correction for ATF
Temperature Sensor
Signal Data

ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal

14-42
Lock-up Control
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e E c o n t r o l s t h e h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to s w i t c h t h e l o c k - u p shift v a l v e O N a n d O F F . T h e P C M a c t u a t e s
s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to s t a r t l o c k - u p . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l
s o l e n o i d valve- A a p p l i e s a n d r e g u l a t e s h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e to c o n t r o l t h e v o l u m e of t h e
lock-up.
T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m , o p e r a t e s in D ( 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s ) , a n d in D 3 ( 2 n d a n d 3 r d gears)..

PCM

Engine Coolant
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Temperature Control
Sensor Signal

Shifting Position
Transmission Range Control
Switch Signal

Gradient Control
b y fVIagrsItode

Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Signal
Control

Output Shaft Actual

{Countershaft) Driving
Speed Sensor Signal Shift
Position

Input Shaft Lock-yp Control

iiwiainsfiaftf
Speed Sensor Signal »Lock-yp ON/OFF Shift Solenoid
Control Valve E
Correction »Lock-up Condition
ATF Temperature from ATF Control
Sensor Signal Temperature
Sensor Data

Driving
E n g i n e BPM S i g n a l Shift
Position

Master Target of
Controlling Current

A / T Clutch Pressyre
Current Feedback Control Solenoid
Valve A

(confd)

14-43
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)
#
Electronic Control System (cont d)

Self-diagnosis
If t h e P C M detects the failure of a s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit it s t o r e s
.a T e m p o r a r y D T C or a D T C . D e p e n d i n g on the failure, a D T C is s t o r e d in either t h e first or the s e c o n d drive c y c l e . W h e n
a D T C is s t o r e d , the P C M blinks t h e D indicator a n d / o r t u r n s o n the m a l f u n c t i o n indicator Samp (MIL) by a s i g n a l s e n t to
the g a u g e control m o d u l e v i a F - C A N .

• O n e Drl¥@ C y c l e D e t e c t i o n M e t h o d :
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit, the
P C M s t o r e s a D T C for t h e failure a n d blinks the D indicator a n d / o r t u r n s on t h e MIL i m m e d i a t e l y .

• T w o Drive Cycle Detection Method:

W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit in
the first drive c y c l e , t h e P C M s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C . T h e D indicator a n d t h e M I L d o not t u r n s on at t h i s t i m e . If t h e
failure c o n t i n u e s in t h e s e c o n d d r i v e c y c l e , the P C M s t o r e s a D T C a n d blinks the D indicator a n d / o r t u r n s on the MIL.

Fail-safe Function
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in the s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , or f r o m a n o t h e r control unit, the
P C M i g n o r e s that s i g n a l a n d s u b s t i t u t e s a p r e - p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e for t h e m that a l l o w the a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n to
c o n t i n u e d r i v i n g , T h i s c a u s e s a D T C to be s t o r e d a n d t h e D indicator to blink a n d / o r t h e M I L to c o m e o n .

14-44
PCM A / T Control S y s t e m Electrical Connections

A/T CLUTCH PRESSOR

CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A
A/T CLUTCH F
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE 8 m

A 2 B
< »<r\j>-| - j 6 SLS
A/T CLUTCH F
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE C „ .
-OT^-
w
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
«™Of^

B R A K E LIGHTS

DATA L1MK CONNECTOR (DLC)

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

- T P -
CANH
w
CANL
ATF
TEMPE RATURE
SENSC R

INPUT' SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR

OUTPUT SHAFT
ATPP (COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
ATPR
ATPN

ATPD

•6 ATPD3

4 ATP2-1
IA19
ATPFWD
ATPRVS vcc 52E
5

> CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE SWITCH

3RD CLUTCH
LG1

J
TRANSMISSION FLUID
LG2 • P R E S S U R E SWITCH
•KTNO—--—. —

w
PCM Connector Terminal Locations

If—if 1
8J4.U2 J 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 | 5 | Sj T 8 irpoT
uTl5|18 17118

fivJ L
A • I49PJ B A C49P} C O (49P)
Terminal side of female terminals

(confd)

14-45
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)
Electronic Control System (cont'd)
P C M A / T Control S y s t e m Inputs and Outputs

PCM C o n n e c t o r T e r m i n a l L o c a t i o n s

4 1I
8 | 9 110 Ml
11 12 1 9 L / ] 21
13 j 14-115J1611T j 18"
22 23
^31 25
26 27
29 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 36 »17I J L

iX|4ljWjX|44|7R
A • (49P) B A (49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

Turin! m l Wire Color T o r m i n a ! Nam© Description Signal

Number
A1 RED V B S O L (POWER S O U R C E Power source for solenoid W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
FOR S O L E N O I D V A L V E S ) • " valves W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
A3 WHT C A N H (CAN Sends a n d receives W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): Pulses ( a b o u t 2.5 V)
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL c o m m u n i c a t i o n signal
HIGH)
A4 RED - C A N L (CAN - Sends and receives W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): Pulses ( a b o u t 2.5V)
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL c o m m u n i c a t i o n signal
LOW)
A7 RED/BLK M R L Y (PGM-FI M A I N D r i v e s PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS): A b o u t 0 V
R E L A Y 1) P o w e r s o u r c e f o r DTC W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
memory
A9 YEL/BLK IGP (POWER S O U R C E ) Power source for PCM W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
circuit W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h L O C K (0): A b o u t 0 V
A18 YEL A P S A (ACCELERATOR Detects APP sensor A signal W i t h . i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APP) f u l l y p r e s s e d : A b o u t 4.8 V
SENSOR A) W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
r e l e a s e d : A b o u t 1.0 V
A19 ORN A P S B (ACCELERATOR Detects A P P s e n s o r B s i g n a l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APR) f u l l y p r e s s e d : A b o u t 2.4 V
S E N S O R B) . W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
r e l e a s e d : A b o u t 0.5 V
A25 BRN VCC5 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 5.0 V
voltage W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
A28 RED VCC4 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 5.0 V
voltage W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h L O C K (0): A b o u t 0 V
A28 PNK S L S (SHIFT L O C K D r i v e s s h i f t lock s o l e n o i d W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II), i n P, b r a k e p e d a l
SOLENOID) pressed, and accelerator pedal released: A b o u t 0 V
A32 ORN S C S (SERVICE CHECK Detects s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l W i t h the service check signal shorted using HDS:
SIGNAL) About 0 V
W i t h t h e s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l o p e n e d : A b o u t 5.0 V
A35 GRN SG5 (SENSOR G R O U N D ) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
A36 BLU SG4 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
A42 LT G R N B K S W (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal W i t h brake pedal released: A b o u t 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal W i t h brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage

14-46
C M C O N N E C T O R B ^ 149 PI
Wire Color T e r m i n a l Mam& Description Signal

B1 BLK PG2 (PCM G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for PCM Less t h a n 0,5 V a t all t i m e s

B8 BLU/RED OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH Detects 2 n d clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (IS):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure * W i t h o u t 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : A b o u t 5.0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch signal • W i t h 2nd clutch pressure: A b o u t 0 V
B9 BLU/WHT O P 3 S W {3RD C L U T C H Detects 3rd clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure » W i t h o u t 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e : A b o u t 5.0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch signal • W i t h 3rd clutch pressure: A b o u t 0 V
810 BLK PG1 <PCM G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for PCM Less t h a n 0.5 V a t all t i m e s
B11 BLU/BLK S H A (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g In R, D (In 1 s t 4 t h , a n d 5 t h
VALVE A) valve A g e a r s ) , D 3 (in 1st g e a r ) , a n d 1 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, N , D a n d D3 (in 2 n d a n d
3rd g e a r s ) , a n d 2: A b o u t 0 V---
B12 GRN/WHT S H B (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g In P, R, N D a n d D 3 (In 1st a n d
f

V A L V E B) valve B 2 n d g e a r s ) , 2, a n d 1: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in D (3rd, 4th, a n d 5th gears)
a n d D3 (3rd gear): A b o u t 0 V
B13 RED/BLK ATPW ( T R A N S M I S S I O N Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In N: A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H N) switch N position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n N : M o r e t h a n 5.0 V
B14 BLU/BLK ATPP (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In P: A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H P) switch P position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P: M o r e t h a n 5.0 V
B15 WHT ATPR (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In R: A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H R) s w i t c h R po-sitfon s i g n a l In a n y - p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: M o r e t h a n 5.0 V
B16 RED ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D3: A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H D3) s w i t c h D3 position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D 3 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e .
B17 GRN/RED ATP2-1 {TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In 2 a n d 1 : A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H 2-1) switch 2 and 1 positions In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n 2 a n d 1 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
signal
B18 WHT/RED MM ( I N P U T S H A F T Detects i n p u t shaft W i t h I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 0 V o r a b o u t
( M A I N S H A F T ) SPEED (mainshaft) speed sensor 5.0 V
SENSOR) signal W i t h e n q i n e r u n n i n g i n N : A b o u t 2.5 V ( p u l s e s )
B19 YEL/BLU VCC2ISENSOR VOLTAGE) - Provides sensor voltage W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 5.0 V
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V

(confd)

14-47
Automatic Transmission
System Description (Gont'd)

Electronic Control Systenn (cont'd)

P C M Ail C o n t r o l S y s t e m I n p u t s a n d O u t p u t s (cont'd)

PCIVi C o n n e c t o r T e r m i n a l L o c a t i o n s

1 = 1 II II
. h i /
8 I 9 10 I
I i11| 12 13 14
2 3 6|7 8 | 9 [10 1
11 12 13 14 15 18 17|18 19 / 20 21
X
21
/ 22 23 /
15 16 17118

/ /
22 23 2 4
29 /
25
31 32|33
26 27 28
>< /
34 35 36 38
/
><
2 9 3 0 31 3 2 /
/
/ ><
/ / / / §
llXi4lkM44|/^6p «M7\ ] 43144145 146 1 I/I 4 8

A • (49P) B A (49P) C O (49P)

T e r m i n a l side-of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Terminal W i r e Color Terminal Name Description Signal

Number
B21 GRN S H C (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in N, D (in 1 s t 3 r d , a n d 5 t h
V A L V E C) valve C g e a r s ) , D3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) , a n d 1: B a t t e r y
voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P, R, D (in 2 n d a n d 4 t h
g e a r s ) , D3 (in 2 n d g e a r ) , a n d 2: A b o u t 0 V
B22 YEL/GRN ATPD (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e In D: A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H D) switch D position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
B23 RED/WHT ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION Deteets t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e In R: A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H RVS) switch R position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
B25 YEL S H E (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P a n d R: B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
V A L V E E) valve E W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in N, D a n d D3 (in 1st g e a r ) , 2,
a n d 1: A b o u t 0 V
B26 BLU/YEL LSC ( A / T C L U T C H Drives A / T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): C u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve C
S O L E N O I D V A L V E C)
B27 GRN/RED S H D (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in D (in 2 n d a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , D3
V A L V E D) valve D (in 2 n d g e a r ) , a n d ' 2 : B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P, R, N, D (in 1st, 3 r d , a n d
4 t h g e a r s ) , a n d D3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) : A b o u t 0 V
B28 RED/YEL T A T F (ATF T E M P E R A T U R E Detects A T F t e m p e r a t u r e W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 0 . 2 - 4 . 8 V
SENSOR) sensor signal depending on ATF temperature
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h L O C K (0): A b o u t 0 V
B29 BLU/YEL ATPFWD (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e In D, D3, a n d 2: A b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H FWD) s w i t c h D, D3, a n d In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D, D3, a n d 2: B a t t e r y
2 positions signal voltage
B34 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
B38 BLK/WHT NC (OUTPUT SHAFT Detects o u t p u t s h a f t W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 0 V o r a b o u t
( C O U N T E R S H A F T ) SPEED (countershaft) speed sensor 5.0 V
SENSOR) signal W i t h d r i v i n g : A b o u t 2.5 V (pulses)
B40 BRN LSB ( A / T C L U T C H Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): C u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve B
S O L E N O I D V A L V E B)
B48 RED/BLK LSA (A/T CLUTCH Drives A / T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): C u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve A
SOLENOID VALVE A)

14-48
T@ffulfill Wire Color Terminal Name Description Signal
Number
C10 8LK/RED IG1 ( I G N I T I O N S I G N A L ) Detects ignition switch With ignition s w i t c h O N (II): B a t t e r y v o l t a g e
signal With iqnition s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
C13 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): A b o u t 5.0 V
With ignition s w i t c h LOCK (0): A b o u t 0 V
C14 GRN/WHT S G I (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
C44 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for PCM Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s
C48 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) Ground circuit for PCM Less t h a n 0.5 V at all t i m e s

14-49
Automatic Transmission

System Description (cont'd)

Hydraulic Controls

Valve Bodies
T h e v a l v e b o d y I n c l u d e s the m a i n v a l v e b o d y , the regulator v a l v e b o d y , a n d the s e r v o body. T h e A T F p u m p is d r i v e n
by s p l i n e s o n the e n d of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r w h i c h Is a t t a c h e d to the e n g i n e . Fluid f l o w s t h r o u g h the regulator v a l v e
to m a i n t a i n s p e c i f i e d p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h the m a i n v a l v e b o d y to the m a n u a l v a l v e , directing p r e s s u r e to the shift v a l v e s
a n d to e a c h of the c l u t c h e s v i a the s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E a r e bolted on the s e r v o b o d y .
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C a r e m o u n t e d on the o u t s i d e of the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

14-50
Main Valve Body
T h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s t h e m a n u a l v a l v e , shift v a l v e s A , B, C , a n d E, the relief v a l v e , the lock-up control v a l v e ,
the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e , t h e s e r v o c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d the A T F p u m p g e a r s . T h e p r i m a r y function of the m a i n v a l v e body-
i s to s w i t c h fluid p r e s s u r e o n a n d off a n d to control h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e g o i n g to the h y d r a u l i c control s y s t e m .

MAIN V A L V E B O D Y SHIFT V A L V E A

CHECK VALVE

ATF PUf¥IP DRIVEN GEAR

Regylator Valve Body

T h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s the r e g u l a t o r v a l v e , the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h e c k v a l v e , t h e lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d
the 1 s t a n d 3rd accumulators.

(cont'd)

14-51
Automatic Transmission

System Description (cont'd)

Hydraulic Controls (cont'd)

Regulator Valve
T h e regulator v a l v e m a i n t a i n s c o n s t a n t h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e from' the A T F p u m p to the h y d r a u l i c control s y s t e m , w h i l e
a l s o providing fluid to the lubrication s y s t e m a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T h e fluid f r o m the A T F p u m p f l o w s t h r o u g h B
a n d C . Fluid entering f r o m B f l o w s t h r o u g h the v a l v e orifice to the A cavity. T h i s p r e s s u r e in the A c a v i t y p u s h e s the
regulator v a l v e t o w a r d the v a l v e s p r i n g s i d e , a n d this m o v e m e n t of the regulator v a l v e u n c o v e r s the fluid port to the
torque c o n v e r t e r a n d the relief v a l v e . T h e fluid f l o w s out to the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d the relief v a l v e , a n d the regulator
v a l v e returns u n d e r s p r i n g f o r c e . A c c o r d i n g to the level of the h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h B, the position of the
regulator v a l v e c h a n g e s , a n d the a m o u n t of fluid f r o m C t h r o u g h t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a l s o c h a n g e s . T h i s o p e r a t i o n is
c o n t i n u o u s , m a i n t a i n i n g the line p r e s s u r e .

To TORQUE To LUBRICATION and

CONVERTER T o RELIEF V A L V E

I' 1' — M From ATF PUMP

REGULATOR VALVE

I n c r e a s e s in h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e a c c o r d i n g to torque a r e r e g u l a t e d by the regulator v a l v e u s i n g stator t o r q u e reaction.

T h e stator shaft Is s p l i n e d w i t h the stator in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , a n d the stator shaft a r m e n d c o n t a c t s t h e regulator
s p r i n g c a p . W h e n the v e h i c l e is a c c e l e r a t i n g or c l i m b i n g (torque c o n v e r t e r r a n g e ) , stator t o r q u e reaction a c t s on the
stator shaft, a n d the stator shaft a r m p u s h e s t h e regulator s p r i n g c a p in the direction of the a r r o w in proportion to the
reaction. T h e stator reaction s p r i n g c o m p r e s s e s , a n d the regulator v a l v e m o v e s to I n c r e a s e the line p r e s s u r e w h i c h is
r e g u l a t e d by the regulator v a l v e . T h e line p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s its m a x i m u m w h e n the stator t o r q u e reaction r e a c h e s its
maximum.

STATOR SHAFT
ARM E N D

14-52
S e r v o Body
T h e s e r v o b o d y c o n t a i n s the s e r v o v a l v e , shift v a l v e D, the a c c u m u l a t o r s for 2 n d , 4th, a n d 5th, a n d shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s A, B, C, D, a n d E.

Accumulator
T h e a c c u m u l a t o r s a r e l o c a t e d in the regulator v a l v e b o d y a n d the s e r v o body. T h e regulator v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s the
1st a n d 3 r d a c c u m u l a t o r s , a n d the s e r v o b o d y c o n t a i n s t h e 2 n d , 4th, a n d 5th a c c u m u l a t o r s .

14-53
A u t o m a t i c Transmission

System Description (confd)

Hydraulic Flow

D i s t r i b u t i o n of H y d r a u l i c P r e s s u r e
A s the e n g i n e t u r n s , t h e A T F p u m p starts to o p e r a t e . A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) is d r a w n t h r o u g h t h e A T F
s t r a i n e r (filter) a n d d i s c h a r g e d into the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t T h e n , A T F f l o w i n g f r o m the A T F p u m p b e c o m e s line p r e s s u r e
that is regulated b y the regulator v a l v e . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e regulator v a l v e e n t e r s the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h t h e lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d it is d i s c h a r g e d f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h e c k
valve prevents torque converter pressure from rising.
T h e P C M t u r n s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s O N a n d O F F . T h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e intercepts line p r e s s u r e f r o m the A T F
p u m p v i a the m a n u a l v a l v e w h e n the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e is O F F . W h e n t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e is t u r n e d O N by t h e
P C M , line p r e s s u r e c h a n g e s to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e at the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e n t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e
p r e s s u r e f l o w s to the shift v a l v e . A p p l y i n g shift s o l e n o i d p r e s s u r e to the shift v a l v e s m o v e s the position of the shift
v a l v e , a n d s w i t c h e s the port of the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t T h e P C M a l s o c o n t r o l s A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
A , B , a n d C . T h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e , a n d a p p l i e s the p r e s s u r e to
the c l u t c h e s to e n g a g e s m o o t h l y . T h e c l u t c h e s r e c e i v e o p t i m u m clutch p r e s s u r e w h i c h is r e g u l a t e d b y the A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s f o r c o m f o r t a b l e driving a n d shifting u n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s .

Hydraulic pressure a t t h e p o r t f o r use in t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit

Port Hydraulic Pressure Port Hydraulic Pressure
No. No,
1, Line SB Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
3 Line SC Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
3' Line SD Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
4 Line SE Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
4' Line 10 1st clutch
4" Line 20 2 n d clutch
7 Line 30 3 r d clutch
1A Line o r A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d 40 4th c l u t c h
valve A
1B Line 50 . 5th clutch
3A Line 55 A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
3B Line 55' A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
3C Line 56 A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
5A Line 57 A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
5B Line 90 Torque converter
5C Line 91 Torque converter
5D Line 92 Torque converter
5E L i n e or A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d 93 A T F cooler
valve B
5F L i n e or A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d 94 Torque-converter
valve A o r B
5G A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B 95 Lubrication
5H A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C 96 Torque converter
5J A / T - d u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C 97 Torque converter
5K A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C 99 Suction
5L A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C X Drain
5N A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C HX High position drain
SA Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A AX Air drain

14-54
N Position
T h e P C M c o n t r o l s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . T h e c o n d i t i o n s of the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d the p o s i t i o n s of the shift
valves are a s follows:
* S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e A r e m a i n s o n the right s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B: O N , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to t h e left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C : O N , a n d shift v a l v e C m o v e s to t h e left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D: O F F , a n d shift v a l v e D r e m a i n s o n the left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e E r e m a i n s o n the left s i d e

L i n e p r e s s u r e 11) f l o w s to t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . U n d e r this

c o n d i t i o n , h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is not a p p l i e d to the c l u t c h e s ,

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , ''left" o r " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

(cont'd)

14-55
Automatic Transmission

System Description (confd)

Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)

0 Position: 1 st gear shifting from W position
T h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s r e m a i n the s a m e a s in N w h e n shifting to D f r o m M T h e m a n u a l v a l v e is m o v e d to D, and.
u n c o v e r s the line p r e s s u r e port (4) l e a d i n g to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l ' s o l e n o i d v a l v e C . H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e to the
1st clutch f r o m A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A is c r e a t e d a s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A is O F F , B a n d C r e m a i n
O N . A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) c h a n g e s to 1st clutch p r e s s u r e (10) at shift v a l v e B, a n d
f l o w s to the 1st c l u t c h . T h e 1st c l u t c h is e n g a g e d gently w h e n shifting to D f r o m N.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t

14-56
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in 1 s t g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O N , B a n d C r e m a i n O N , a n d D a n d E r e m a i n O F F , Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
p r e s s u r e I S A ) i s a p p l i e d to t h e right s i d e of shift v a l v e A . Shift v a l v e A i s m o v e d to the left s i d e to u n c o v e r the line
p r e s s u r e port l e a d i n g to t h e 1st c l u t c h , a n d to c o v e r t h e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c ontr ol s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e port.

F l u i d f l o w s to t h e 1st c l u t c h by w a y of:
L i n e p r e s s u r e { 1 } - » Shift v a l v e D — L i n e p r e s s u r e (1 A ) - * S h i f t v a l v e A — L i n e p r e s s u r e (1B> Manual valve—Line
p r e s s u r e (5A) ~* Shift v a l v e C — L i n e p r e s s u r e (5B) Shift v a l v e B — 1 s t c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) -~* 1 s t c l u t c h

1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) is a p p l i e d to the 1st c l u t c h , a n d t h e 1st c l u t c h is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y .

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s d i r e c t i o n on t h e h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t

(cont'd)

14-57
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Hydrayilc Flow (cont'd)

0 P o s i t i o n : S h i f t i n g b e t w e e n 1st g e a r a n d 2 n d g e a r
A s the s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s t h e p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O F F , B a n d C r e m a i n
O N , a n d D a n d E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e I S A ) in the right s i d e of shift v a l v e A is r e l e a s e d . Shift
v a l v e A m o v e s to the right s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e port l e a d i n g to the
1st a n d 2nd c l u t c h e s . T h e P C M c o n t r o l s the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e .
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) c h a n g e s to 1st clutch p r e s s u r e {10) at shift v a l v e B , a n d A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) at shift v a l v e A . T h e 1st a n d
2 n d c l u t c h e s a r e e n g a g e d gently.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t

14-58
D Position: Driving in 2 n d gear
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s C O F F , D O N , A a n d E r e m a i n O F F , a n d B r e m a i n s O N , Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
p r e s s u r e ( S O in t h e right s i d e of shift v a l v e C is r e l e a s e d . Shift v a l v e C m o v e s to t h e right s i d e to s w i t c h the ports. T h i s
m o v e m e n t c o v e r s the ports to block t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e at shift v a l v e s C a n d A ,
a n d u n c o v e r the line p r e s s u r e port l e a d i n g to the 2 n d c l u t c h .

F l u i d f l o w s to 2 n d clutch by w a y of:
L i n e p r e s s u r e (11 - * M a n u a l v a l v e — L i n e p r e s s u r e (4) ~* Shift v a l v e C — L i n e p r e s s u r e ( 5 E ) Shift v a l v e B — L i n e
p r e s s u r e ( 5 F ) - * S h i f t v a l v e A — 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) 2nd clutch

2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (201 is a p p l i e d to the 2 n d c l u t c h , a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y .

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " o r " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

(cont'd)

14-59
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Hydraylic Flow (cont'd)

D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 2 n d gear a n d 3rd gear

A s the s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s the p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C O N , A a n d E r e m a i n
O F F , a n d B a n d D r e m a i n O N . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e ( S O Is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e C . Shift
v a l v e C m o v e s to the left s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the
2 n d a n d 3rd c l u t c h e s . T h e P C M c o n t r o l s the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e *
A / T clutch- p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) at shift v a l v e A , a n d A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to 3rd c l u t c h p r e s s u r e "(30) at shift v a l v e A . T h e 2 n d a n d
3 r d c l u t c h e s a r e e n g a g e d gently.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

14-60
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g In 3 r d g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d D O F F , A a n d E r e m a i n O F F , a n d C r e m a i n s O N . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
p r e s s u r e ( S B ) in t h e right s i d e of shift v a l v e B i s r e l e a s e d , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to the right s i d e . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e
D p r e s s u r e (SDI in the left s i d e of shift v a l v e D is r e l e a s e d , a n d shift v a l v e D is m o v e d to the left s i d e . T h i s v a l v e ••
m o v e m e n t c a u s e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e to be d i r e c t e d to the port l e a d i n g to the 3rd
clutch.
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to (5J) at shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d to (5K) at shift
v a l v e B, a n d b e c o m e s 3rd c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (30) at shift v a l v e A . 3rd. clutch p r e s s u r e (30) is a p p l i e d to the 3rd c l u t c h , a n d
the 3rd c l u t c h i s e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y .

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

(confd)
Automatic Transmission
S f stem Description (cont'd)

Hydraulic Flow (cont'd}

D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 3rd gear a n d 4th gear
A s the' s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s the p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C O F F , a n d A , B, D, a n d
E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e ( S C ) in the right s i d e of shift v a l v e C is r e l e a s e d . Shift v a l v e C is m o v e d
to the right s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d C p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the 3rd
a n d 4th c l u t c h e s . T h e P C M c o n t r o l s the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s to regulate h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e . A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e (30) at shift v a l v e A , a n d A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 4th clutch p r e s s u r e (40) at shift v a l v e B. T h e 3rd a n d
4th c l u t c h e s a r e e n g a g e d gently.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

14-62
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g In 4 t h g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O N , a n d B, C , D, a n d E r e m a i n O F F . S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e ( S A ) is
a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e A . Shift v a l v e A is m o v e d to the left s i d e to c o v e r the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d C p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the 2 n d a n d 3 r d c l u t c h e s .
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to (5G) at shift v a l v e C , a n d b e c o m e s 4th c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e (40) at shift v a l v e B< 4th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (40) is held high by A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l - s o l e n o i d v a l v e B, a n d
the 4th c l u t c h Is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y . .

NOTE: W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit.

(confd)

14-63
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)

D P o s i t i o n : Shifting b e t w e e n 4th g e a r a n d 5th g e a r

A s the s p e e d of the v e h i c l e r e a c h e s the p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D O N , A r e m a i n s O N ,
a n d B, C , a n d E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e (SD) is a p p l i e d to the left side- of shift v a l v e D. Shift
v a l v e D is m o v e d to the right s i d e u n c o v e r i n g the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e port leading to
the 5th clutch. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (56) c h a n g e s to 4th clutch p r e s s u r e (40) at shift
v a l v e B. A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (57) c h a n g e s to (5L) at shift v a l v e D a n d to IBM) at shift
v a l v e B, a n d b e c o m e s 5th clutch p r e s s u r e (50) at shift v a l v e A . T h e 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s are e n g a g e d gently.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " Indicates direction on the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t

14-64
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g In 5 t h g e a r
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C O N , A a n d D r e m a i n O N a n d B a n d E r e m a i n O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
#

p r e s s u r e ( S C I i s a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e C . Shift v a l v e C is m o v e d to the left s i d e . T h i s d i r e c t s A / T c l u t c h

p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e to shift v a l v e B w h e r e it i s b l o c k e d . T h e p r e s s u r e in the 4th c l u t c h is
r e l e a s e d t h r o u g h shift v a l v e C .
5th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e 150) is h e l d h i g h by A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C , a n d the 5th c l u t c h is e n g a g e d
securely.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " o r " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit-

(cont'd)

14-65
'Automatic Transmission

System Description (cont'd)

Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)

2 Position
T h e P C M t u r n s the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s O F F a n d O N . T h e c o n d i t i o n s of the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d the p o s i t i o n s of
the shift v a l v e s a r e a s f o l l o w s :

• Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e A r e m a i n s on the in right s i d e

• Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B: O N , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to t h e left side"
• Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e C r e m a i n s on the in right s i d e
• Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D: O N , a n d shift v a l v e D m o v e s to the right s i d e
• Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E: O F F , a n d shift v a l v e E r e m a i n s on the in left s i d e

L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) c h a n g e s to line p r e s s u r e (4) at the m a n u a l v a l v e , a n d f l o w s to shift v a l v e C . L i n e p r e s s u r e (4) f l o w s to

shift v a i v e A v i a shift v a l v e B, a n d b e c o m e s 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e (20). 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) is a p p l i e d to the 2 n d
c l u t c h , a n d the 2 n d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d .

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

14-66
1 Position
T h e P C M t u r n s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s O F F a n d O N , T h e c o n d i t i o n s of the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d the p o s i t i o n s of
t h e shift v a l v e s a r e a s f o l l o w s :

* S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A : O N , a n d shift v a l v e A m o v e s to the left s i d e

* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B: O N , a n d shift v a l v e B m o v e s to t h e left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C : O N , a n d shift v a l v e C m o v e s to the left s i d e
* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D: O F F , a n d shift v a l v e D r e m a i n s o n the in left s i d e

* Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E : O F F , a n d shift v a l v e E r e m a i n s o n the in left s i d e

L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) b e c o m e s 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e HO) at shift v a l v e B.

F l u i d f l o w s to 1st c l u t c h by w a y of:
L i n e P r e s s u r e {1} - * S h i f t V a l v e D — L i n e P r e s s u r e (1A) - * Shift V a l v e A — L i n e P r e s s u r e (1B) Manual Valve — Line
P r e s s u r e (5A) — Shift V a l v e C — L i n e P r e s s u r e (5B) ~* S h i f t V a l v e B — 1 s t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e (10) - » 1st C l u t c h
1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) is a p p l i e d to t h e 1st c l u t c h , a n d t h e 1st c l u t c h is e n g a g e d .

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

(cont'd)

14-67
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)

R P o s i t i o n : S h i f t i n g t© R p o s i t i o n f r o m P or N p o s i t i o n
W h e n shifting to R, the PCIV1 t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d E ON, a n d A , C , a n d D a r e t u r n e d OFF. Shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B p r e s s u r e ( S B ) is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e B, a n d shift v a l v e B is m o v e d to the left s i d e . Shift -
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e ( S E ) is a p p l i e d to the left s i d e of shift v a l v e E , a n d shift v a l v e E is m o v e d to the right s i d e .
L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) c h a n g e s to (3) at the m a n u a l v a l v e , a n d f l o w s to the s e r v o v a l v e v i a shift v a l v e E . T h e s e r v o v a l v e is.
m o v e d to the r e v e r s e r a n g e position. M o v e m e n t of shift v a l v e s B a n d E , a n d the s e r v o v a l v e c r e a t e s 4th clutch line
p r e s s u r e b e t w e e n the 4th c l u t c h a n d A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . 4th clutch p r e s s u r e (40) is a p p l i e d to
the 4th c l u t c h , a n d the 4th c l u t c h is e n g a g e d gently.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

14-68
 <3®
R P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in r e v e r s e g e a r
After s t a r t i n g off in r e v e r s e g e a r , t h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O N , B a n d E r e m a i n O N , a n d C a n d D r e m a i n
O F F . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e I S A ) is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of shift v a l v e A to c o v e r the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e . .
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e port, a n d u n c o v e r s the line p r e s s u r e port leading to the 4th clutch c r e a t i n g full.line
p r e s s u r e . T h e 4th c l u t c h is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y w i t h line p r e s s u r e .

R e v e r s e Inhibitor C o n t r o l
W h e n Ft is s e l e c t e d w h i l e t h e v e h i c l e is m o v i n g f o r w a r d , the P C M c o m m a n d s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to turn O F F , a n d E
to r e m a i n O F F . S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e ( S A ) Is not a p p l i e d to shift v a l v e A s o that line p r e s s u r e (3A) is not
a p p l i e d to the s e r v o v a l v e , A l s o shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e ( S E ) is not a p p l i e d to shift v a l v e E s o that line p r e s s u r e
(21 is not a p p l i e d to t h e s e r v o v a l v e , T h e s e r v o v a l v e c a n n o t be shifted to the r e v e r s e position, a n d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e
is not a p p l i e d to t h e 4th c l u t c h f r o m t h e s e r v o v a l v e for r e v e r s e ; a s a result, p o w e r is not t r a n s m i t t e d to the r e v e r s e
direction.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

(cont'd)

14-69
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)

P Position
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d E O N , a n d A , C , a n d D O F F . L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) f l o w s to the shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s a n d A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . L i n e p r e s s u r e (3) c h a n g e s to {31 at shift v a l v e E , a n d f l o w s to
the s e r v o v a l v e . T h e s e r v o v a l v e is m o v e d to the r e v e r s e / p a r k position. H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is not a p p l i e d t o the
clutches.

14-70
L®€k»yp S f stem

T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m of t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h o p e r a t e s In D ( 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th g e a r s ) , a n d in D3 (2nd a n d

3 r d g e a r s ) . T h e p r e s s u r i z e d fluid i s d r a i n e d f r o m the b a c k of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h a fluid p a s s a g e , c a u s i n g the
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h p i s t o n to b e h e l d a g a i n s t the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r . A s t h i s t a k e s p l a c e , t h e m a i n s h a f t rotates
at the s a m e s p e e d a s t h e e n g i n e . T o g e t h e r w i t h t h e h y d r a u l i c c o n t r o l , the P C M o p t i m i z e s the t i m i n g a n d v o l u m e of the
lock-up m e c h a n i s m . W h e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E is t u r n e d o n b y the P C M , shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s the
l o c k - u p shift v a l v e o n . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e lock-up control v a l v e control the a m o u n t of
the l o c k - u p ,

T o r q u e C o n v e r t e r C l u t c h L o e k - u p OH ( E n g a g i n g T o r q u e C o n v e r t e r C l y t c h )
F l u i d in t h e c h a m b e r b e t w e e n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r a n d t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch piston is d r a i n e d off, a n d
fluid e n t e r i n g f r o m t h e c h a m b e r b e t w e e n the p u m p a n d the stator e x e r t s p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch
piston a g a i n s t the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r . T h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston e n g a g e s w i t h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r ;
t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up is O N , a n d t h e m a i n s h a f t rotates at the s a m e s p e e d a s the e n g i n e .

Power flow

The power flows by w a y of:

Engine

Drive plate

Torcpe converter cover

Torqy® converter cloteb piston

Damper spring
Turbine
1
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT

T o r c p e Converter Clytch Lock-up O F F (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch!

F l u i d e n t e r s into t h e c h a m b e r b e t w e e n the" t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston a n d p a s s e s
t h r o u g h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d g o e s out t h r o u g h t h e c h a m b e r s b e t w e e n the turbine a n d the stator, a n d b e t w e e n t h e
p u m p a n d t h e stator. A s a result, the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h piston m o v e s a w a y f r o m t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r , a n d
t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r l o c k - u p c l u t c h is r e l e a s e d ; the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up is O F F .

fVIAI^SHAFT

(confd)
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Lock-up Sf stem {cont'd!

M© L o c k - u p
T h e P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E O F F , a n d shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e C8E) is not a p p l i e d to the lock-up shift
v a l v e . T h e Sock-up shift v a l v e r e m a i n s to the right u n c o v e r i n g the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e ports l e a d i n g to the left
s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d r e l e a s i n g p r e s s u r e f r o m the right s i d e of the t o r q u e - c o n v e r t e r . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
p r e s s u r e '(9.2) c h a n g e s to ( 9 4 ) at t h e lock-up shift v a l v e , a n d e n t e r s into the left s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r to
d i s e n g a g e the torque c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h . T h i s k e e p s the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch piston k e e p s a w a y f r o m the t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r c o v e r a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch lock-up Is O F F .

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on the h y d r a u l i c circuit.

14-72
Partial Lock-yp
A s t h e s p e e d of t h e v e h i c l e r e a c h e s t h e p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e , the P C M t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E O N , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E p r e s s u r e (SE) Is a p p l i e d to the right s i d e of the l o c k - u p shift v a l v e . T h e lock-up shift v a l v e is m o v e d to
trie left s i d e to s w i t c h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e ( 9 1 ) port, w h i c h g o e s to t h e right s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , a n d
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (94) is r e l e a s e d f r o m t h e left s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (91)
f l o w s to t h e right s i d e of t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r to e n g a g e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h . T h e P C M a l s o c o n t r o l s A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to regulate A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) w h i c h Is
a p p l i e d to t h e l o c k - u p shift v a l v e a n d t h e lock-up control v a l v e . T h e position of t h e lock-up control v a l v e d e p e n d s o n
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55) a n d t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e r e l e a s e d f r o m t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r , T h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e c o n t r o l s the a m o u n t of t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up until fluid between- t h e
c l u t c h p i s t o n a n d the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r is fully r e l e a s e d ; t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h is in partial lock-up.

N O T E : W h e n u s e d , " l e f t " or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction on t h e h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t

(cont'd)

14-73
Automatic Transmission

System Description (cont'd)

Lock-up System (cont'd)

Full L o e k - i i p
W h e n the v e h i c l e s p e e d I n c r e a s e s , the P C M c o m m a n d s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A to i n c r e a s e A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (55), a n d the lock-up control v a l v e Is m o v e d to t h e left by the
I n c r e a s e d p r e s s u r e . T h e n t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (94) f r o m the left s i d e of the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r Is c o m p l e t e l y
r e l e a s e d at the lock-up control v a l v e , a n d torque c o n v e r t e r pressure- (91) e n g a g e s the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch s e c u r e l y ;
the torque c o n v e r t e r clutch Is In full lock-up.

SMOTE: W h e n u s e d , "left" or " r i g h t " i n d i c a t e s direction o n the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t

14-74
Shift Lock System

T h e shift lock s y s t e m p r e v e n t s t h e shift lever f r o m m i s - s h i f t i n g . T h e shift lock s o l e n o i d is u s u a l l y O F F . After starting

t h e e n g i n e in P, the shift l e v e r c a n n o t m o v e to a n y other position f r o m P b e c a u s e the shift lock s t o p s t o p s the lock "pin
u n l e s s t h e brake p e d a l is p r e s s e d . W h e n the-brake p e d a l is p r e s s e d a n d t h e a c c e l e r a t o r pedal Is not p r e s s e d , t h e shift
lock s o l e n o i d is O N ; the shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r in the shift lock s o l e n o i d pulls the shift Sock s t o p to r e l e a s e the lock
pin, P r e s s i n g t h e shift Sever button, a l l o w s the shift l e v e r to m o v e to a n y other position. W h e n the brake p e d a l a n d the
a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l a r e p r e s s e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , t h e shift lock s y s t e m is not u n l o c k e d .

SHIFT LOCIC S O L E M O I D : O F F SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID: O N

*: T h i s illustration s h o w s the T y p e B shift lever.

(cont'd)

14-75
Automatic Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

Shift Lock System (cont'd)

W h e n the shift lock s y s t e m d o e s not o p e r a t e for a m e c h a n i c a l or electrical t r o u b l e , y o u c a n u n l o c k the shift lock

t e m p o r a r i l y by inserting the ignition key into the shift lock r e l e a s e hole a n d p r e s s the shift lock r e l e a s e . W h e n the shift
lock r e l e a s e is p r e s s e d , t h e shift lock s t o p r e l e a s e s the lock pin, a n d the shift l e v e r c a n m o v e to a n y other p o s i t i o n .

*: This illustration shows the Type B shift lever.

14-76
Circuit Diagram - P C M A / T Control S y s t e m

UN0EB-H0OP FUSE/RELAY B O X
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
(R-MAIN)
• RED/BLK •
No. 1 7 1 1 5 1
> YEL/BLK
IGNITION SWITCH DRIVER'S UMPEB-DASH FUSE/RELAY B O X
No. 1*100 Al No. 3 i50 A) BAT / \IG1 cs No. 9 (20 A l
™ < r \ j > ~
•WHT" —-fo O f — » |
No, 10(10 A|
No, 10 |2© A)
"""KTXjO f — I G I HOT In OH (ll) Mo. 5 (7.5 A) P2®
| a n d S T A R T (III)

G A U G E CONTROL M O D U L E
POWERTRAffM CONTROL

i
M O D U L E (PCM)
E R M « 1 12V
AT T VBSOL
DIM IGI
CIRCUIT - BLK/RED •

AT-fMD
DRIVER
CIRCUIT

CANH

CANL

44
G501 G502
— WHT —
D A T A LINK
CONNECTOR
(DLC?

'r ~ " 1
iTYPE A
! SHIFT
— — RED -JH — BRI^I —
• LEVER

\«XjJ^— BLK 4H — - P N K H
' TYPE B
j SHIFT
I LEVER
: e
i K
j

LT GRM *»

PEDAL
POSITION DRIVER'S
SWITCH MULTIPLEX
CONTROL U N I T
{MICUi

rTTTTTI 7 j s j 9 h o f

mm
m 26 27 28
niEEEEtaJDSElBlElEl

143144-14SJ 46
;
148

:
(40PI B A (49P) CO(49P)
T e r m i n a l s i d e o f female t e r m i n a l s

(confd)

14-77
A u t o m a t i c Transmission
System Description (cont'd)

C i r c u i t D i a g r a m - PCM A / T C o n t r o l S y s t e m ( c o n f d)

O U T P U T SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED-SENSOR .

ACCELERATOR
PEDAL

A / T CLUTCH
PRESSURE
CONTROL

P C M C o n n e c t o r T e r m i n a l Locations

3 J 4 I / M 7
HIIDI e I a I to l
!Sj14J15

§1
13 2
3l|32|33 38L 1E1E1E3BI
IBBE3E
s2L
A • (49P) B A (49P) C O (49P)
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

14-78
 0 0

DTC Troubleshooting
D T C P062F: Povvertrain Control Module 8. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 6 2 F In the D T C s
(PCM) Internal Control Module Keep Alive M E N U with the H D S .
M e m o r y (KAM) Error
Does the HDS Indicate PASSED?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
and a n y on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M { s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 7,
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • •
2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
3, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in t h e P G M - F I c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e P C M . If t h e
S Y S T E M with the H D S , P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 8. If t h e P C M w a s
Is DTC P082F indicated In the PGM-FI s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
SYSTEM? C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

YES-™Go t o t h e D T C P 0 6 2 F t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in t h e
PGM-FI system, •

MO—Go to s t e p 4,

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s in t h e A / T
S Y S T E M with the H D S ,

is DTC P082F indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5,

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e , If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e
Indicated, g o to the indicated D T C s
troubleshooting, •

5. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-2151, o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8),

8, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 2 m i n u t e s .

7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s in t h e A / T
S Y S T E M with the H D S .

is DTC P062F indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
g o to s t e p 6, If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1.

W O - G o to s t e p S ,

14-79
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0705: Short In Transmission Range 8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
NOTE: s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No. 10.
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review T R A N S M I S S I O N RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4).
• T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In t h e
transmission.

10
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
ATPP fBLK/BLU) G N D (BLK)

2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

3. S t a r t the e n g i n e .
W i r e side of female terminals
4. W i t h the brake p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e t h e shift l e v e r
t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d In
e a c h position. is there more than 5,0 V?

5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 5 in the D T C s Y E S - G o to s t e p 15.

M E N U with the H D S .
N O — G o t o s t e p 10.
Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e s
b e t w e e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the
P C M . If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to
s t e p 3.

6. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. I n s p e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e
14-278).

Is the switch OK?

Y E S — W i t h the s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t e d , g o
to s t e p 8.

N O — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
( s e e p a g e 14-280), t h e n g o to s t e p 50.

14-80
10.. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
11, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S ,

TRANSMISSION R A N G E SWITCH CONNECTOR

12, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

13, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PCfVl c o n n e c t o r 1 2 3 4 5

terminal B14 and body ground.
6 7 8 9 10
PQM C O ^ f P J E G T O R B ( 4 3 P )
! GND (BLK)

A T P P (BLU/BLK)

J1>2 t3JAlts|l6[l7{l8"

Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 57.

Terminal side of female terminals M O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n

r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d b o d y
is there continuity? g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 2 ) , o r r e p a i r poor'
b o d y g r o u n d (G101 ), t h e n g o to s t e p 50.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n PCIVI c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 4 a n d t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 50.

N O — G o t o s t e p 14.

(confd)

14-81
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
15, M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n range 19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 7 a n d No. 10. terminal B15 and body ground.

PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)

T R A N S M I S S I O N RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
' ATPR (WHT)

7 10 31121
ATPR ( W H T ) GND (BLK)

Wire side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there more than 5.0 V? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 20. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 5 a n d the
N O — G o t o s t e p 16. t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n go to s t e p 50.

16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O — G o to s t e p 57.

17. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

18. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

14-82
2 0 . M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e 24. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No, 2 a n d N o . 10. terminal B13 and body ground.

PCM C O N N E C T O R B ( 4 9 P )
TRANSMISSION HANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

A T P N {RED/BLK)

JTJJGJ
A T P N (RED/BLK)

1 2 3 4 5 (\
6 7 8 9 10
G N D {BLK}

Wire side of female terminals

T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s

is there more than 5 , 0 V? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to step 25. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 3 a n d the
NO—Go to s t e p 2 1 . t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 50.

21. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Qt W O — G o t o s t e p 57.

2 2 . J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

23. D i s c o n n e c t PCfVi c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

(confd)

14-83
A u t o m a t i c Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

25. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e 29. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 8 a n d N o . 10. terminal B22 a n d body ground.

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

jTITf

E3EJE2I33IE3I3SIEE2E3

10 •I

ATPD {PNK) GND (BLK) ATPD (YEL/GRN)

Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o step 30. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
between P C M connector terminal B22 and the
NO™"Gotostep26. t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 5 0 .

26. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). M O — G o t o step 57.

27. J u m p t h e S C S line with t h e H D S .

28. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

14-84
30, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e 34. C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 3 a n d N o . 10. terminal B16 and body ground.

PCM CONNECTOR B (4SF)

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
ATPD3 (RED)

ATPD3 {BLU) ITTIW

1
32|33J34i^|86 /M7
mSZL
6 7 8 9 10
GND (BLK)

Wire side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o step 35. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e

between P C M connector terminal B16 a n d the
W O — G o to s t e p 31. t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 50.

31, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O — G o to s t e p 57.

3 2 , J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S ,

33* D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

(confd)

14-85
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

35. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n range 39. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 9 a n d No. 10. t e r m i n a l B17 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

ATP2-1 CGRN/RED)

1 2 3 4 5 12 13|U|15|16|17|18'

6 7 8 9 10 82133] 34

ATP2-1 (BRN) I GND (BLK)

LT
Wire side of female terminals
Terminal side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 40. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B17 a n d the
NO—Goto step36. t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 50.

36. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). W O — G o to s t e p 57.

3 7 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

3 8 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

14-86
40. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o , 5 a n d N o . 10. terminal B29 and body ground.

TRANSMISSION R A N G E S W I T C H CONNECTOR PCM C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

ATPFWD { Y E L / R E D !

6 7 8 9 10 ATPFWD ( B L U / Y E L )
GND (BLK)

Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

is there battery voltage? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to step 45, Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
between P C M connector terminal B29 and the
N O — G o t o step 41. t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 5 0 .

41. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O — G o to s t e p 57.

42. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S .

4 3 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (43P),

(cont'd)

14-87
Mit@matic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
45. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n - r a n g e 49. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n PCM- c o n n e c t o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 10. terminal B23 and body ground.

TRANSMISSION R A N G E S W I T C H C O N N E C T O R PCM C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

ATPRVS fWHT/RED)

10 ATPRVS (RED/WHT)

G N D (BLK)

Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage? Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 57. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
between P C M connector terminal B23 and the
N O — G o t o s t e p 46. t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 5 0 .

46. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O — G o to s t e p 57.

47. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

48. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

14-88
 00
50, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , 61. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

51, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (III. is DTC P07Q5 indicated?

52, C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S , Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d

in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
53, Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p
54, W i t h the b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e the shift l e v e r 59. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p for at least 1 s e c o n d in
each position, N O — G o to s t e p 62.

55, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . §2, Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0705 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
is DTC P0705 indicated?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in the w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1, c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other
M 0 — G o to s t e p 5 S . T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 6 1 ,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
58, Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 5 in t h e D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O - l f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e s
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? between the transmission range switch and the
P C M . Sf the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t© s t e p 59. If the
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 5 5 , P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 59.

N O - l f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e s
b e t w e e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s MOT
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5 3 ,

5 7 , R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

58, U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M { s e e p a g e 14-8).

59, Start the e n g i n e .

SO, W i t h the b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e the shift l e v e r

t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d in
e a c h position.

14-89
A u t o m a t i c Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range 9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Switch Circuit
10. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
NOTE:
• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d 11. Start the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g the
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). in D until the v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 25 m p h
• T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m (40 k m / h ) , t h e n s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s .
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission. 12. Monitor the. O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 6 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),
Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — G o t o step 13.
3. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it is
s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w the front w h e e l s to N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
• rotate freely, or r a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift. is c o m p l e t e . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 11.
4. Start the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g the
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever 13. Shift to D, a n d c h e c k the F o r w a r d S w i t c h ( A T P
in D until t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 25 m p h F W D ) a n d A / T D S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h the
(40 k m / h ) , t h e n - s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s . HDS.

5. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0706 in the D T C s A r e Forward Switch (ATPFWD) and A / T D Switch
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
ON?
Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 14.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 6. "
N O — G o to s t e p 16.
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent 14. Shift to D 3 , a n d c h e c k the F o r w a r d S w i t c h ( A T P
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for F W D ) a n d A / T D3 S w i t c h in the Data List with the
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the HDS.
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 4. Are Forward Switch (ATPFWD) and A/T D3
Switch ON?
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15.
7. Inspect the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e
14-278). N O — G o to s t e p 16.

is the switch OK? 15. Shift to 2, a n d c h e c k the F o r w a r d S w i t c h ( A T P F W D )

a n d A / T 2-1 S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p S .
A r e Forward S w i t c h (ATPFWD) and A / T 2-1
N O — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h Switch ON?
(see p a g e 14-280), then go to s t e p 27.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 30.
8. A d j u s t the shift c a b l e ( s e e p a g e 14-272).
N O — G o t o s t e p 16.

14-90
16. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), 19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

17, D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h 20. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
connector. s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 a n d No. 10.

13, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

ATPFWD ( Y E L / R E D )

1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8 7 8 9 10 G N D (BLK)

G N D (BLK)

W i r e side of female terminals

Wire side of female terminals is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 21.
Is there continuity?
W O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 19. transmission range switch and P C M connector
t e r m i n a l - B 2 9 , t h e n go to s t e p 24.
W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 10 a n d b o d y 21. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
g r o u n d { 6 1 0 1 } ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 8 a n d No. 10.
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 7 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
T P D (PNK) G N O (BLK)

W i r e side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 22.

W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
transmission range switch and P C M connector
•terminal B 2 2 t h e n go to s t e p 24.
r

(cont'd)

14-91
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
2 2 . M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e 24. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 a n d No. 10.
25. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

26. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

ATPD3 (BLU) 27. Start t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e

V S A O F F s w i t c h , run t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r
in D until t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 30 m p h
(48 k m / h ) , t h e n s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
6 7 8 9 10
G N D (BLK) | 28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC P0706 indicated?

Wire side o f female terminals
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals between the transmission range switch
Is there battery voltage? a n d the P C M , then g o to s t e p 1.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 3 . N O — G o to s t e p 29.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 29. ' Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 6 in t h e D T C s

transmission range switch a n d P C M connector M E N U with the H D S .
t e r m i n a l B 1 6 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 24.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
23. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 9 a n d N o . 10. Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , ff a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 8 ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

NO—Sf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to
s t e p 1. if t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 27.
G N D (BLK)

30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

3 1 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
W i r e side of female terminals s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).

is there battery voltage ? . 3 2 . Start the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e

V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r
Y E S — G o to s t e p 30. in D until t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 3 0 m p h
(48 k m / h ) , t h e n s l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B 1 7 , then g o to s t e p 24.

14-92
3 3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature
Sensor Circuit
is DTC P0706 indicated?
NOTE:
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
terminals between the transmission range switch a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with t h e H D S , a n d r e v i e w
and t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
k n o w n - g o o d PCfVl f s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p * T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
32. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
NO—Goto step34,
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
34, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 0 6 in t h e D T C s
M E N U with the H D S . 2. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r in t h e Data List w i t h
the H D S .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the ATF temperature exceed the ambient air
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is temperature?
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original P C M f s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other Y E S — R e c o r d the A T F temperature. L e a v e the
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 3 , e n g i n e off for at least 30 m i n u t e s , t h e n g o to s t e p 3.
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
M O — R e c o r d the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e . T e s t the stall
WO—If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r s p e e d R P M ( s e e p a g e 14-208) t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n g o
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the to s t e p 3.
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If t h e P C M
w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M 3. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r in t h e Data List w i t h
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 2 . If t h e P C M w a s the H D S .
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. if t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 32. Did the ATF temperature change? --

Y E S — L e a v e the e n g i n e off for at feast 30 m i n u t e s ,

t h e n g o to s t e p 4.

W O — R e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 14-228), t h e n go to s t e p 6.

4. C h e c k the E C T S e n s o r i n the Data L i s t w i t h the H D S .

Does the ECT Sensor read about the same as the

ambient air temperature?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

N O — L e a v e the e n g i n e off until t h e E C T S e n s o r

r e a d s t h e s a m e a s t h e a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 5.

(cont'd)
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

5. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r In the Data List w i t h 14. U p d a t e the P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest-

the HDS. s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
Does the ATF temperature read about the same as
ECT Sensor? 15. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 14.
16. A l l o w the e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e to c o o l to the
N O — R e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e .
fsee page 14-228), t h e n go to s t e p 6.
17. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
6. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) ,
a n d w a i t for at least 20 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive the
7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). v e h i c l e at s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h (31 km/h) for at l e a s t
5 minutes.
8. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
18. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
9. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a !
operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) . Is DTC P0711 indicated?

10. A l l o w t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e to c o o l to the Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e . t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d
the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
11. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) , 15. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.
a n d w a i t for at least 20 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive the
v e h i c l e at s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h (31 k m / h ) for at l e a s t N O — G o to s t e p 19.
5 minutes.
19. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0711 in the D T C s
12. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0711 indicated? Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is

terminals between the A T F temperature s e n s o r and c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
the P C M , then go to s t e p 1. original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 18,
N O — G o to s t e p 13. g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

13. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0711 In t h e D T C s N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

M E N U w i t h the H D S . c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 15. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 12, g o t o s t e p 15.
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 9.

14-94
PTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
Circuit h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6 a n d body g r o u n d .

MOTE: SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d ail freeze data a n d
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4),
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
1 2 3
/
a n d c a n n o t b e c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the 5 6 7 8
transmission. TATF (RED/YEL)

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

2. C h e c k the A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in t h e Data List

w i t h the H D S . Wire side of female terminals

is the ATF Temp Sensor voltage 0.07 V or less?

is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
NO—-Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 8 a n d shift
t i m e . C h e c k for a n intermittent s h o r t to b o d y s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6,
g r o u n d in the T A T F w i r e b e t w e e n the A T F then g o to s t e p 11.
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M . B
N O — G o t o s t e p 17.
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift: s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
connector.

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

S. Check: t h e A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in the Data List

with the H D S .

is the ATF Temp Sensor voltage 0.07 V or less?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — R e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 14-228), then g o to s t e p 11.

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. J u m p t h e S C S line with the H D S .

9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

(confd)

14-95
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. R e c o n n e c t aSS c o n n e c t o r s . 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

12. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). is DTC P0712 indicated?

13. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d

in the w i r e b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
14. S t a r t the e n g i n e with t h e shift l e v e r In P, a n d wast a n d the P C M . Sf the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
for at least 20 s e c o n d s . k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p
19. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
N O ™ G o to s t e p 21.
Is DTC P0712 indicated?
21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0712 in the D T C s
Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d M E N U with the H D S .
i n the w i r e b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

N O — G o t o s t e p 16. Y E S — i f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
16. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 2 In the D T C s original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
M E N U with the H D S . T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 2 0 ,
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O - I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other intermittent s h o r t to b o d y ground-in t h e w i r e
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 15, b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M .
g o to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 19. If the P C M
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 19,
b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the P C M ,
then g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14.

17. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

18. U p d a t e the P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

19. Start the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 20 s e c o n d s .

14-96
DTC P0713: Open In ATF Temperature Sensor 7. C h e c k t h e A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in t h e Data List
Circuit with the H D S .

NOTE: Does the ATF Temp Sensor voltage exceed

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d a l l freeze d a t a a n d 4,93 ¥?
any on-board snapshot with the H D S , and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e PJO—Replace the A T F temperature s e n s o r
transmission, ( s e e p a g e 14-228), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 1 .

1. T o m t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III). 8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. C h e c k t h e A T F T e m p S e n s o r v o l t a g e in t h e Data List 9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e - f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d

with the H D S . wire harness connector.

Does the ATF Temp Sensor voltage exceed 10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
4.93 V?
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3. harness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

t i m e . C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
b e t w e e n t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d the
PCM.B 1 2 3 /
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 5 6 7 8

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s TATF (RED/YEL)

connector,

5. C o n n e c t shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r
terminals No. 6 a n d No. 7 with a jumper wire. Wire side of female terminals

SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE H A R N E S S CONNECTOR

Is there about 5 V?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.
1 2 3
5 6 7 8 W O — G o to s t e p f y a

T A T F IRED/YELI S G 2 CGRN/BLK!

J U M P E R WIRE

Wire side of female terminals

8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if).

(confd)

14-97
A u t o m a t i c Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

13. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S . 18. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .

14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 19. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

15. C o n n e c t shift: s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r 20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l No. 7 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e . t e r m i n a l B 2 8 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6.

SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE PCM CONNECTOR R (49P)
HARNESS CONNECTOR
1 2 3 /
/
s | * | /
5 6 7 8 1 2 3 11 12 • / a
26 27 28
•/
i

S G 2 (GRN/BLK) 31 32[33 3A38\m,

5 6 7 8
JUMPER ¥¥IRE TATF TI il¥ (RED/Y EL)
IRED/YELJ

Wire side of female terminals Wire side of Terminal side of

female terminals female terminals

16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal B34 and body ground. is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 27.
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminal B 2 8 and the A T F temperature
•EIEEIEZSEHEDEEIEQCH^E]
s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 21.
m
21. R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s .
S G 2 (GRN/BLtCt

2 2 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2 3 . C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .
Terminal side of female terminals
24. Start the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d wast
for a t least 20 s e c o n d s .
Is there continuity?
2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 27.
Is DTC P0713 indicated?
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminal B34 and the A T F temperature Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 21. terminals between the A T F temperature s e n s o r and
t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — G o t o s t e p 26.

14-98
26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for PQ713 in t h e D T C s DTC P0716: Problem In Input Shaft
M E N U with the H D S , (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If a n y other Input)
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 25,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a a n d
MO—If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. * T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
24. transmission.-

27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 1. C h e c k for p r o p e r Input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d

s e n s o r installation ( s e e p a g e 14-226).
28. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - 2. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
29. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at l e a s t 2 0 s e c o n d s . 4. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it is
s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to
30. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . rotate f r e e l y , or r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.

is DTC P0713 indicated? 5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e

V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e In D, at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) for at l e a s t 10
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n and stop the w h e e l s .
the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 6 or P0717 In the
29. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

W O — G o t o step 31. Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

31. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 3 in the D T C s Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

M E N U with the H D S ,
N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M .
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 0 ,
g o to the I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

WO—If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e A T F
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . if t h e P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good P C M (see page
14-81 t h e n g o to s t e p 2 9 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. if the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 2 9 .

(confd)

14-99
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 11. C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

8. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h t h e H D S . 12. D i s c o n n e c t the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d

sensor connector.
9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C44 and body ground, and between 14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input shaft
terminal C48 and body ground. (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1
and body ground.

PCM C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
I N P U T S H A F T (fVIAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR

LG1 (BRN/YEL] LG2 ( B R N / Y E L ) VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

Terminal side of female t e r m i n a l s

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there continuity?
Is there about 5 V?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 15.
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminals C44, C 4 8 , and body ground N O — G o t o s t e p 21.
( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair poor g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , then go to s t e p 26.

14-100
15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input s h a f t 16. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r connector terminals
N o , 2 a n d N o . 3. 17. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

18. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
If^PUT SHAFT ( M A I N S H A F T )
S P E E D S E N S O R CONNECTOR
19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n input s h a f t

1 2 3 and body ground.

(WHT/RED) ' S G 2 tGFtfWBLK)

3
INPUT SHAFT fMAlNSHAFT)
S P E E D S E N S O R CONNECTOR

1 2 3
Wire side of female terminals N M (WHT/RED)

is there about 5 ¥?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 26, Wire side of female terminals

W O - G o to s t e p 18.
is there continuity ?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d the input
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.

W O — G o to s t e p 20.

(confd)

14-101
A u t o m a t i c Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 21. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d Input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2. 2 2 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

23. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR 24. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
CONNECTOR
t e r m i n a l B 1 9 a n d input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.

(WHT/RED)
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P! INPUT S H A F T
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR

Terminal side of Wire side of ¥CC2 (YEL/BLU)

female terminals female terminals
VCC2 ( Y E L / B L U )
}\A*U\AA?

Is there continuity?
Ill
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 25.
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals
N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d the Input s h a f t
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26. is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o step 32.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 9 a n d t h e Input shaft
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.

14-102
25, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 26. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
t e r m i n a l B 3 4 a n d Input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3, 27. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

PCM CONNECTOR B |49P) 28. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

INPUT S H A F T
fMAtWSHAFTJ
SPEED SENSOR 29. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A by p r e s s i n g the
CONNECTOR
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r
J I f ^ s H 7?sj shot
in D, a t s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) for at l e a s t
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s .
SG2
(GRN/BLK) 30. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
SG2
{GRN/BLK)
is DTC P0718 or P0717 indicated?

Terminal side of Wire side of

female terminals female terminals Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t )
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
is there continuity?
M O — G o to s t e p 3 1 .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 2 .
3 1 . Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 8 or P0717 in the
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 4 a n d t h e input shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 28. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 0 ,
g o t o t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input
shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 29.

3 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

3 3 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

3 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A b y p r e s s i n g the
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r
in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 km/h) for at least
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p the w h e e l s .

(confd)

14-103
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

3 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . DTC P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed

Sensor Intermittent Failure
Is DTC P0716 or POT 17 indicated? '
NOTE:
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input shaft (mainshaft) a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with t h e H D S , a n d r e v i e w
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , G e n e r a l - T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n • T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
g o to s t e p 34. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
1. transmission.

N O — G o to s t e p 36. 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

36. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 6 or POT 17 in the 2. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D at
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) , a n d let t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the 4. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0718 in the D T C s
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other M E N U w i t h the H D S .
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 5 ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor Y E S - - G o to s t e p 5.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If the N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good P C M failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 34. If the P C M w a s poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M .
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 34. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3.

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6, D i s c o n n e c t the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d

s e n s o r connector, and inspect the connector and
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e m a k i n g
g o o d contact.

Are the connector terminals OK?

Y E S — G o t o step7.

N O — R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s , t h e n go to
s t e p 24.

14-104
 0®
7, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10). 11. C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

a J u m p t h e SCS Sine w i t h t h e HDS, 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

9 , D i s c o n n e c t PCM c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input s h a f t

{ m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1
10, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r and body ground.
terminal C44 and body ground, and between
t e r m i n a l C48 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
S P E E D S E N S O R CONNECTOR
PCiVI CONNECTOR C (49P)

y UN ^5J6i7J8!s.hGf
V C C 2 (YEL/BLU)

LG1 (BRN/YEL) LG2 (BRN/YEL)

Wire side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

is there about 5 V?

Is there continuity? Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 11. N O — G o t o s t e p 20.

WO™™Repair o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminals €44, C48, and body ground
( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 2 2 ) , or r e p a i r p o o r g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

(cont'd)

14-105
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n input shaft 15. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
and body ground. 16. J u m p the S C S line with the H D S .

17. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
INPUT SHAFT ( M A I N S H A F T )
S P E E D S E N S O R CONNECTOR
18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n Input shaft
(masnshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
and body ground.

NM (WHT/RED)
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
S P E E D S E N S O R CONNECTOR

Wire side of female terminals N M (WHT/RED)

is there about 5 V?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. Wire side of female terminals

N O — G o t o s t e p 15.
is there continuity ?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d t h e input
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

N O — G o t o s t e p 19.

14-106
19, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 20. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 2. 21. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .

22. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
PCM C O N N E C T O R 8 f49PI INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR 23. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y - b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
CONNECTOR
t e r m i n a l B 1 9 a n d input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
NM (WHT/RED)
IWHT/RED!
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P! INPUT SHAFT
is i a j / ] 2 t
13|f4glS||i CMAINSHAFT)
L'Jfgf
H 2 48 Vj 481>1
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR

Terminal side of Wire side of VCC2 (YEL/BLU 1

female terminals female terminals
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
if 1/1*
1 1 12 1 17|18 %/i

SM
8

B
• 22 3 BIT 2
/ s (here continuity? - 2%/ 4 35|S6,/ » , ?
8

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 0 .
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals
fy©—-Repair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 8 a n d t h e input s h a f t
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24. Is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 0 .

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
connector terminal B19 and the input shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

(confd)

14-107
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

24. R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s . 30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

2 5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 3 1 . U p d a t e the P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
26. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

27. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D at 3 2 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In D at

s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) , a n d let t h e s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) , a n d let t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s . t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

2 8 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 3 3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is-DTCPOIW indicated? is DTC P0718 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — - C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e Input s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t )
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
N O — G o t o s t e p 29. go to s t e p 3 2 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
1.
29. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 8 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O — G o t o s t e p 34.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 34. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 1 8 In the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 8 , Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n • T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 3 ,
g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
g o to s t e p 2 7 .
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input
s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If t h e
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 2 . If the P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 3 2 .

14-108
 <2®
DTC P0721: Problem In Output Shaft 7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
8. J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S . •
DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No 9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
Signal input)
10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
NOTE: terminal G44 and body ground, and between "
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d terminal G48 and body ground.
any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
•General T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
PCM CONNECTOR C (49P)
* T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d by a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t b e c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission,

1. C h e c k for p r o p e r output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r installation ( s e e p a g e 14-228).
LG1 (BRN/YEL) LG2 (BBN/YEL)

2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II)."

3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
Terminal side of female terminals
4. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it Is
s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to
rotate f r e e l y , or r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift. Is there continuity?

5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g t h e Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r
in D w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 2,000 r p m for at
F M O — R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s . connector terminals C44, C48, and body ground
( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair a p o o r g r o u n d
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0721 or P 0 7 2 2 in t h e ( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
D T C s M E N U with the HDS.

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7,

MO—If the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
output s h a f t {countershaft} s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e
P C M , If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 5.

(cont'd)

14-109
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1 1 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 15. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft

(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s

_
12. D i s c o n n e c t the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d No. 2 a n d No. 3 .
sensor connector.
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR

14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft

(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l 1 2 3
No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
I SGI (GRN/WHT)

OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)

SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR

Wire side of female terminals

VCC1 (YEL/RE01

is there about 5 V?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the output s h a f t (countershaft)

s p e e d s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 26.
Wire side of female terminals
N O — G o t o s t e p 16.

Is there about 5 V?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 15.

N O — G o to s t e p 2 1 .

14-110
16, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
17, J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S . s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.

18, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
19= C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n output shaft SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
(countershaft! s p e e d s e n s o r connector terminal
No, 2 and body ground. \ i^3UM>Xl7'i'8|9ll0l
:

E3E3E3I3SIE3ES!IEIE2ED 1 2 3
O U T P U T S H A F T fCOUNTERSHAFT) NC
SPEED S E N S O R CONNECTOR (BLK/WHT)
MC (BLK/WHT!

Terminal side of Wire side of

UC I BLK/WHT) female terminals female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 2 .
W i r e side of female terminals
M O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 3 a n d t h e output s h a f t •
is there continuity? (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.

Y E S — - R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d the
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , then go
to s t e p 26,

P I O — G o to s t e p 20.

(cont'd)

14-111
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

2 1 . T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 25. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l C 1 4 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
2 2 . J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3.

.23. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). OUTPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR C (49P)

(COUNTERSHAFT)
24. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
t e r m i n a l C 1 3 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
SGI (GRN/WHT)
SGI
(GRN/WHT) J 1 j 2 ? a I M S T e"TT"7 8 |. 9 j io j
OUTPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR C (48P)
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR \w \AA*\44 j*j *j>i « LTI.

VCCT(YEL/RED) Wire side of Terminal side of

VCC1 female terminals female terminals
(YEL/REO) h la T l a U l B l B I T e l s l i o l
11J12 18jull5|l8J17|
1 2 3
Is there continuity?
|A|>1^48l^|^pBpTC^
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 2 .
Wire side of Terminal side of
female terminals female terminals
N O — R e p a i r o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the output
shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r a n d
Is there continuity? P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 1 4 , t h e n g o to s t e p 26.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 2 .

IMO—Repair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 1 3 a n d t h e output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n go to s t e p 26.

14-112
28. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 3 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

2.7, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated?

28. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S , Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t )
29. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , d i s a b l e the V S A b y p r e s s i n g t h e s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
in D at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h {20 k m / h ) for at l e a s t g o to s t e p 34. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
10 s e c o n d s , S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s , 1.

30. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . N O — G o to s t e p 36.

is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated? 36. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0721 or P 0 7 2 2 In the

D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . •
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input s h a f t f m a i n s h a f t ) Does the HDS indicate PASSED ?
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
N O — G o to s t e p 3 1 . c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
3 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0721 or P0722 In the T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 3 5 ,
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S . g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? N O — I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If the
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 30, P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . II ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 3 4 . If the PCM' w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
WO—if t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 34.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n
g o to s t e p 1, If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 2 9 .

3 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

3 3 . U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

3 4 , S t a r t the e n g i n e , d i s a b l e t h e V S A by p r e s s i n g the
V S A O F F s w i t c h , run the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r
in D at s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) for at least
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .

14-113
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

S p e e d S e n s o r Intermittent Failure
8. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
NOTE:
* B e f o r e you- t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a a n d 9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
- G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m terminal C44 and body ground, and between
- a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the terminal C48 and body ground.
transmission,

P C M C O N N E C T O R C (4SP)
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

- 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, w i t h

the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 2,000 r p m , a n d let t h e
L G 1 (BRN/YEL) L G 2 (BRN/YEL)
t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

4. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 2 3 In the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Does the HDS indicate FAILED ?

¥ES-~Gotostep5. Is there continuity?

N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.

f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
:
" p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the connector terminals C44, C48, and body ground
P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to ( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d
s t e p 3. ( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. D i s c o n n e c t the output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r , a n d i n s p e c t the c o n n e c t o r a n d
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s to be s u r e t h e y a r e m a k i n g
good contact

Are the connector terminals OK?

Y E S — G o t o step7.

N O — R e p a i r the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s , t h e n g o to
s t e p 24.

14-114
11. C o n n e c t PCM c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 14, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
:
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N 111). No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n output shaft O U T P U T S H A F T (COUNTERSHAFT)

(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
No. 1 a n d body ground.

O U T P U T SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT).
S P E E D S E W S O R CONNECTOR
NC (BLK/WHT)

VCC1 (YEL/RED)

Wire side of female terminals

Is thereabouts V?
Wire s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o to s t e p 24.
is there about 5 V?
N O — G o t o s t e p 15.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 14.

N O — G o to s t e p 2 0 .

(confd)

14-115
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

15. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d
16. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S , s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2.

17. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). OUTPUT SHAFT

P C M CONNECTOR B (49P)
(COUNTERSHAFT)
18. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n output shaft SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . J i I^Ta I 4 Ul^l T T S | 9 ho"^

E3E1E3ISSIEIISIE3E3I3
OUTPUT S H A F T fCOUNTERSHAFT) NC
14Q ISyis^j 4514aj4?1 te ( / I f BLK/WHT)
S P E E D S E N S O R CONNECTOR NC IBLIC/WHT)

T e r m i n a l side of W i r e side of
NC f BLK/WHT) female terminals female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 30.
Wire side of female terminals
N O — R e p a i r open i n the w i r e between P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d the output shaft
Is there continuity? (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24.

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 3 8 a n d the
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n go
to s t e p 24.

N O — G o to s t e p 19.

14-116
20. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), 24. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

2 1 . J u m p t h e S C S line with t h e H D S . 25, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2 2 . D i s c o n n e c t PCM c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 28. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

23. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PCIVl c o n n e c t o r 27. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r In D at

t e r m i n a l C 1 3 a n d output s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 km/h), a n d let t h e
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1. t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

O U T P U T SHAFT 28. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s with the H D S .

P C M CQWPJECTOR C ( 4 9 P )
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR is DTC P0723 indicated?
CONNECTOR

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , then g o to s t e p 1.

N O — G o to s t e p 29.

29. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 2 3 in the D T C s

Wire side o f Termirial side o f
female terminals female terminals M E N U with t h e H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

is there continuity?
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if a n y other
Y E S — G o to s t e p 30. T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 8 ,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C 1 3 a n d t h e output shaft N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 24, c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e output
s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 27.

(cont'd)

14-117
Automatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (1st Gear Incorrect
3 1 . U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest Ratio)
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8). N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
3 2 . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D at G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). •
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) , a n d l e t the
t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s . 1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
3 3 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to t h e
Is DTC P0723 indicated? p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 3. Drain t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e output shaft (countershaft) strainer. I n s p e c t t h e s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , e x c e s s i v e clutch m a t e r i a l .
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
g o to s t e p 32. Sf the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
1. clutch material?

N O — G o t o s t e p 34. Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o t o s t e p 12.

34. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 2 3 in the D T C s W O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o t o

M E N U w i t h the H D S . s t e p 4.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 4. T e s t stall s p e e d in D ( s e e p a g e 14-208).

Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is Does the stall speed test within the service limits?

c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 3 ,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • W O — S h i f t v a l v e s A a n d D are stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e
v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e t h e
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the output
s h a f t (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M . If 5. M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).
the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 32. if the P C M Is the line pressure within the service limit?
w a s substituted, go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 32, Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.

W O — R e p a i r t h e A T F p u m p a n d t h e regulator v a l v e ,
or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 12.

14-118
 6. M e a s u r e t h e 1st clutch p r e s s u r e fsee p a g e 14-209). 11. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0731 in t h e D T C s
M E N U with the HDS.
Is the 1st clutch pressure within the service
limits? Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7. Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 10,
M O — S h i f t v a l v e s B a n d C a r e stuck, R e p a i r t h e s e g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t o r r e p l a c e t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p 12. N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair the 1st
c l u t c h , o r r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). 12. If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 9.
8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
12. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r , with the shift '
9. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r , w i t h t h e shift lever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12- km/h), a n d
l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at l e a s t
w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least 12 s e c o n d s .
12 s e c o n d s .
13. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
10, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
i s D T C P0731 indicated?
Is DTC P0731 indicated?
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e
Y E S — R e p a i r t h e 1st c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e t h e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input shaft (mainshaft)
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 12. s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 4.
N O — G o to s t e p 11.
N O — G o t o s t e p 14.

14. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0731 in t h e D T C s

M E N U with the HDS.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 13,
g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . B

N O — I f t h e H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , then g o
to s t e p 4. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 12.

14-119
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd 6. M e a s u r e the 2nd clutch p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 14-209).
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (2nd Gear Incorrect
Ratio) is the 2nd clutch pressure within the service
limits?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
N O — S h i f t v a l v e s A a n d B a r e stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e the
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.

2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n Is filled to the 7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
8. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e step 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
s t r a i n e r . Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or 9. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In 2 n d g e a r , with the shift .
e x c e s s i v e clutch material. l e v e r In D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d
with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 rpm for at least
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 12 s e c o n d s .
clutch material?
10. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
• Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 12.
is DTC P0732 indicated?
N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n go to
s t e p 4. Y E S — R e p a i r the 2 n d c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p 12.
4. T e s t stall s p e e d i n D (see p a g e 14-208).
N O — G o to s t e p 11.
Is the stall speed within the service limits?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

N O — S h i f t v a l v e C Is stuck. R e p a i r shift v a l v e C a n d
the h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
t h e n go to step 12.

5. M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).

Is the line pressure within the service limit?

Y E S — G o to step 6.

N O — R e p a i r the A T F p u m p a n d the regulator v a l v e ,

or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 12.

14-120
 0 0

11, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 3 2 in the D T C s DTC P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd
MENU w i t h the H D S , Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (3rd Gear Incorrect
Ratio)
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , if a n y o t h e r a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 10, G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
go to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
1. W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a ! operating
N O - I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair the 2 n d t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p
12. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to 2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the
s t e p 9. p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .

12, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r , w i t h the shift 3. Drain t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a

l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h |12 k m / h ) , a n d s t r a i n e r . I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
w i t h t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
12 s e c o n d s .
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
13, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . clutch material?

is DTC P0732 indicated? Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

Y E S — C h e c k for poor connections or loose N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n go to

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input shaft (mainshaft) s t e p 4.
s p e e d s e n s o r arid t h e output s h a f t (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 4. 4. M e a s u r e t h e line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).

W O — G o t o s t e p 14. is the line pressure within the service limits?

14, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 3 2 in the D T C s Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

M E N U with the H D S .
N O — R e p a i r the A T F p u m p a n d the regulator v a l v e ,
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 11.

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 5. M e a s u r e t h e 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 13,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Is the 3rd clutch pressure within the service
limits?
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
s h a f t f m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o N O — S h i f t v a l v e s A a n d D a r e stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e
to s t e p 4. if the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go v a l v e s a n d the h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t or r e p l a c e the
to s t e p 12, t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

(confd)

14-121
Automatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 10. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0733 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .
7. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
8. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r , with the shift
lever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in-step 9,
12 s e c o n d s . g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

9. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair the 3rd

c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p
Is DTC P0733 indicated? 11. Sf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 8.
Y E S — R e p a i r the 3 r d c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 11. 11. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3rd g e a r , with the shift
lever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d
N O — G o t o s t e p 10. with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at l e a s t
12 s e c o n d s .

12. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC P0733 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 4.

N O — - G o to s t e p 13.

13. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 3 3 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s . o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 12,
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o
to s t e p 4. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 11.

14-122
DTC P0734: Problem In 4th Clutch and 4th 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (4th Gear Incorrect
Ratio) 7. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all f r e e z e data 8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r , w i t h the shift

and any on-board snapshot with the H D S , and review l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information fsee p a g e 14-4). w i t h the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least
12 s e c o n d s .
1, W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating
t e m p e r a t u r e {the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ! . 9. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

2, M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i s filled to the Is DTC PG734 indicated? .

p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
Y E S — R e p a i r the 4th c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
3, Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231} t h r o u g h a t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 11.
s t r a i n e r , I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch material. N O — G o t o s t e p 10.

Does the strainer have meiai debris or excessive

dutch maieriai?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

W O — R e p l a c e t h e A T F f s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o t o
s t e p 4.

4, M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-203).

is the line pressure within the service limits?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

N O — R e p a i r t h e A T F p u m p a n d the regulator v a l v e ,
or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

5, M e a s u r e t h e 4th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).

Is the 4th clutch pressure within the service

limits?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

W O — S h i f t v a l v e s B a n d C , a n d the s e r v o control
v a l v e a r e stuck. R e p a i r t h e s e v a l v e s a n d the
• h y d r a u l i c circuit, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o to s t e p 11.

(confd)

14-123
A u t o m a t i c Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0734 in the D T C s DTC P0735: Problem In 5th Clutch and 5th
M E N U with the H D S . Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (5th Gear Incorrect
Ratio)
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with t h e H D S , and- r e v i e w
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 9, G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4).
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating
N O - l f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , repair t h e 4th t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to step
11. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to 2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to t h e
s t e p 8. proper l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.

11. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r , with t h e shift 3. - Drain the A T F (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a

l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) , a n d strainer. Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s o r
w i t h the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
12 s e c o n d s .
• Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
12. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s with the H D S . clutch material?

Is DTC P0734 indicated? Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), then g o t o

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e input s h a f t (mainshaft) s t e p 4.
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 4. 4. M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).

N O — G o t o step 13. Is the line pressure within the service limits?

13. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0734 in the D T C s Y E S - G o t o s t e p 5,

M E N U with the H D S .
N O — R e p a i r the A T F p u m p a n d the regulator v a l v e ,
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? or r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to s t e p 11.

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 5. M e a s u r e the 5th clutch p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-209).

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 12,
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • is the 5th clutch pressure within the service
limits?
N O — I f the H D S indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , then g o N O — S h i f t v a l v e s A , B, a n d / o r D a r e stuck. R e p a i r
to s t e p 4. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t h e s e v a l v e s a n d t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit, o r r e p l a c e
to s t e p 11. the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

14-124
6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 10. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0735 In the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
7. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 5th g e a r , with the shift
l e v e r in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h 112 k m / h ) , a n d Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 9,
12 s e c o n d s . g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

0, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s with the H D S . NO—if the H D S indicates F A I L E D , repair the 5th

c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p
is D T C P0735 indicated? 11. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s .NOT C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 8.
Y E S — R e p a i r t h e 5th c l u t c h , or r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 11. 11. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 5th g e a r , w i t h the shift
Sever in D, at s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h {12 k m / h ) , a n d
N O — G o to s t e p 10. with the e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m for at least
12 s e c o n d s .

12. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

is DTC P0735 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the Input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 4.

N O — G o to step 13.

13. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 3 5 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 12,
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f t h e H D S indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the output shaft
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the P C M , then go
to s t e p 4. Sf the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 11.

14-125
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch 7. R u n the e n g i n e until t h e E C T S e n s o r t e m p e r a t u r e

Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF r e a c h e s 1 7 6 ° F ( 8 0 <C).

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data 8. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4). A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h
the H D S .
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on). Does the HDS indicate NORMAL ?

2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the Y E S — G o t o s t e p 9.

p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
N O — F o l l o w the instructions indicated on the H D S
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a a c c o r d i n g to the test result. G o t o step 11 if a n y part
strainer. Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or is r e p l a c e d .
e x c e s s i v e clutch m a t e r i a l .
9. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e on a level road w i t h a s t e a d y
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive s p e e d at 60 km/h (96 m p h ) for at least 20 s e c o n d s .
clutch material?
10. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0741 in the D T C s
Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 13. M E N U w i t h the H D S .

• N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n go to Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

s t e p 4.
Y E S — R e p a i r the faulty t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch -
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). m e c h a n i s m , the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch h y d r a u l i c
circuit, the lock-up shift v a l v e , or the lock-up control
5. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . v a l v e , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to step
13.
6. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
o p e r a t e s with the H D S . failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 9.
Is a clicking sound heard?

Y E S — G o t o step7.

N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E (see p a g e
14-216), then go to s t e p 11.

14-126
11. T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), DTC P0747: A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
12. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
13. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on a level road with a s t e a d y a n d a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
s p e e d at 80 m p h {96 k m / h ) for at l e a s t 20 s e c o n d s , G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
or t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e for s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r
t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s a s t h o s e i n d i c a t e d by t h e 1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
freeze data. t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).

14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the

p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.
Is DTC P0741 indicated?
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. strainer. I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
N O — G o to s t e p 15.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0741 in the D T C s clutch material?
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 13,
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other s t e p 4.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 14,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . H 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 5. If 5. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .

t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 13.
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d
Set the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0747 i n the D T C s

M E N U with t h e H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

8. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

(cont'd)

14-127
^ t o m a t i c Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

9. S e l e c t Clutch P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d 14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h Is DTC P0747 indicated?
the H D S .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
N O — G o t o s t e p 15.
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
time.!. 15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for POT47 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
NO—-Follow t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s indicated o n the H D S
a c c o r d i n g to the test result, if t h e H D S h a s not Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
d e t e r m i n e d the c a u s e of the failure, g o t o s t e p 10. If
. a n y part is r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 11. Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 14,
10. I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
v a i v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-218).
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If
Does A/T dutch pressure control solenoid vaive A the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 13.
work properly?

Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift

v a l v e s B a n d E , o r r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then
go to s t e p 13.

N O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-220), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

12. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever in D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h ail five g e a r s .

14-128
DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON 9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S .
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 14-4). Is a clicking sound heard ?

1, W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e
2, M a k e s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i s filled to the 14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever In D, a n d
3, Drain the A T F f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
strainer. I n s p e c t t h e s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch material. 11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0752 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
dutch material? Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 14. Y E S — R e p a i r shift v a l v e A , or r e p l a c e the

t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 14.
N O — R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to
s t e p 4. N O — I f t h e H D S Indicates P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
4, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If). I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 10.

5, C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d 13. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In D, a n d
7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 5 2 in the D T C s let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

MO—If the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent

failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 6.

8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

(cont'd)

14-129
A u t o m a t i c Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting f cont'd)

15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF

Is DTC P0752 indicated? DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8. N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
N O — G o to s t e p 16. G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).

16. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0752 in the D T C s 1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating

M E N U with the H D S . t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?_ 2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the

•. p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 15, 3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • strainer. Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch m a t e r i a l .
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.

N O — R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to
s t e p 4,

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

5. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 5 6 or P0757 in the

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED ?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 6.

8. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

14-130
 9. S e l e c t Shift: S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s 15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S . Is DTC P0756 or P0757 indicated?

I s a clicking sound heard ? Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10. N O — G o t o s t e p 16.

N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e 16. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0756 or P0757 in the

14-216), the n g o to s t e p 12. D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .

10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift lever in D, a n d Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 5 8 or P0757 in t h e T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 15,
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? N O — I f the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If

the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 14.
Y E S — R e p a i r shift v a l v e B, o r r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.

N O — i f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 10.

12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),

13. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

14. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift lever in D, a n d

let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

14-131
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF 9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data o p e r a t e s with the H D S .
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see page 14-4). Is a clicking sound heard?

1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.

t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C (see p a g e
2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the 14-216), then go to s t e p 12.
proper l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift Sever in D, a n d
3. Drain the A T F (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
strainer. Inspect the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch material. 11. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0761 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Does the strainer have metai debris or excessive
clutch material? Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 14. Y E S — R e p a i r shift v a l v e C , or r e p l a c e the

t r a n s m i s s i o n , then go to s t e p 14.
N O — R e p l a c e the A T F (see p a g e 14-231), then go to
s t e p 4. N O — I f the H D S indicates P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 10.

5. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S . 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift lever in D, a n d 13. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever in D, a n d
7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0761 in the D T C s let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o step8.
N O — I f the H D S indicates P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 6.

8. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

14-132
 <?0
15, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . DTC P0771: Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF

Is DTC P0761 indicated? N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and. r e v i e w
Y E S ™ G o t o s t e p 8, G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).

N O — G o to s t e p 16. 1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
16. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0761 in the D T C s
M E N U with the H D S , 2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n : is filled to t h e
p r o p e r l e v e l , . a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , Sf a n y other s t r a i n e r . I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 15, e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Does the strainer have metai debris or excessive
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If dutch material?
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 14.
Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.

N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n go to
s t e p 4.

4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

5. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e - w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0771 in t h e D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

8. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

(cont'd)

14-133
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s 15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S . Is DTC P0771 indicated?

I s a clicking sound heard? Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10. N O — G o to s t e p 16.

N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E ( s e e p a g e 16. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0771 in the D T C s

14-216), then go to s t e p 12. M E N U w i t h the H D S .

10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever in D, a n d Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
11. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0771 in the D T C s T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 15,
• M E N U w i t h the H D S . go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? N O — i f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If

the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14.
Y E S — R e p a i r shift v a l v e E , or r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 14.

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 10.

12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

13. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift lever in D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s ,
t h e n drive the v e h i c l e at s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h
(30 km/h) for at least 20 s e c o n d s .

14-134
DTC P0776: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 9. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d
Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF V a l v e B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h
DTC P0777: A/T Clutch Pressure Control the H D S .
S jlenoid Valve B Stuck ON
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
M O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4). time.H

1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating N O — F o l l o w the instructions indicated on the H D S

t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). a c c o r d i n g to the t e s t result, if the H D S h a s not
d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e of the failure, g o to s t e p 10. If
2, M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i s filled to the a n y part w a s r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 11.
p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
10. I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
3, Drain the A T F (see s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a B ( s e e p a g e 14-221).
s t r a i n e r , i n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch material. Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
work properly?
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material? Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift
v a l v e B, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 13. s t e p 13.

M O — R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to N O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

s t e p 4. v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). 11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

5. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 12. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift Sever in D, a n d 13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

Set t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s . let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

7, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 7 6 or P0777 in the

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If t h e H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

(confd)
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . DTC P0780: Shift Control System

Is DTC P0776 or P0777 indicated? NOTE:

• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
Y E S ™ G o t o s t e p 8. a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
N O — G o t o s t e p 15. * T h i s c o d e is s t o r e d w h e n e v e r D T C s P1730, P 1 7 3 1 ,
P 1 7 3 2 , P 1 7 3 3 , a n d P1734 a r e d e t e c t e d .
15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 7 6 or P0777 In the
D T C s M E N U with the H D S . 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other 3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 14, let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all-five g e a r s .
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
4. C h e c k for other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s i n d i c a t e d
N O — l f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If a l o n g w i t h D T C P0780.
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 13.
N O T E : D T C P0780 m e a n s t h e r e is o n e or m o r e A / T
D T C s r e g a r d i n g the shift control s y s t e m .

Are there other DTCs?

Y E S — G o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

• P1730 ( s e e p a g e 14-195)
• P1731 ( s e e p a g e 14-197)
• P1732 ( s e e p a g e 14-198)
• P1733 ( s e e p a g e 14-200)
• P1734 ( s e e p a g e 14-201)

N O — G o to s t e p 5.

5. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

14-136
7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . DTC P0796: A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF
is DTC P0780 indicated?
DTC P0797: A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6, If the
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. .NOTE: B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
M O — G o to s t e p 8, G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).

8. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 8 0 in t h e D T C s 1. W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
M E N U with the H D S . t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to t h e

p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e , if t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
original P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other s t r a i n e r . I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 7, e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
N O — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d a n d t h e H D S clutch material?
indicates F A I L E D , substitute a known-good P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6, If the P C M w a s Y E S — - R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6. N O — R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n -go to
s t e p 4.<

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

5. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 7 9 S or P0797 In the

D T C s M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

8. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .

(confd)

14-137
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

9. S e l e c t Clutch P r e s s u r e Control ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d 14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
" A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h Is DTC P0796 or P0797 indicated?
the HDS.
Y E S — G o t o step8.
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
N O — G o to s t e p 15.
YES—-Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
tlme.il 15. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0796 or P0797 In the
D T C s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
N O — F o l l o w the I n s t r u c t i o n s i n d i c a t e d on the H D S
a c c o r d i n g to the test result, if t h e H D S h a s not Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
d e t e r m i n e d the c a u s e of the failure, go to s t e p 10. If
a n y part w a s r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 11. Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 14,
10. I n s p e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e g o t o t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
C ( s e e p a g e 14-223).
N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If
Does A/T dutch pressure control solenoid valve C the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 13.
work properly?

Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift

v a l v e s B a n d C , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 13.

• • N O — R e p l a c e ' A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 11.

11. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). -

12. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h a l l five g e a r s .

14-138
DTC P0842: Short In 2nd Clutch Transmission 9. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 10. C h e c k the 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h In t h e Data List w i t h
ON the H D S .

NOTE: is the 2nd Pressure Switch OFF?

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review ' Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e 2nd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n go to s t e p
* T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m 15.
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission. W O — G o t o s t e p 11.

1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II). 11. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) /

2. Clear the D T C with the H D S , 12. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

3 . C h e c k the 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h In the Data List w i t h 13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). •

the H D S w h e n n o t in 2 n d g e a r .
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
Is the 2nd Pressure Switch OFF ?•• terminal B8 and body ground.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4.
PCM CONNECTOR B-449P)
HQ—Go to s t e p 7,
OP2SW (BLU/RED)
14|15|ie|l7|l8 1 9 , / 21
4. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
i/yyyi«,r«
5. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r
In D f o r a t l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .

6. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 2 in t h e D T C s
M E N U with the H D S .
Terminal side of female terminals
Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
Is there continuity?
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
MO—If the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 8 a n d the 2 n d
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s time, C h e c k f o r c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n g o
intermittent s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e to s t e p 15.
b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T M O — G o to s t e p 22.
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 4.

7., T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
pressure switch connector.

(cont'd)

14-139
Automatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

15. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 26. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Is DTC P0842 indicated?

17. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d

in the w i r e b e t w e e n the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
18. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on). u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
19. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r with the shift g o t o s t e p 1.
l e v e r in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e in 4th
g e a r for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s . N O — G o to s t e p 27.

20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . 27. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0842 In the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Is DTC P0842 Indicated?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
1. original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other .
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 2 6 ,
W O — G o to s t e p 2 1 . go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 2 In t h e D T C s N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for

M E N U w i t h the H D S . Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 20, 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b S e s h o o t i n g . i l 24.

N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S
Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 18.

22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

23. U p d a t e the P C M if st d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

24. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).

25. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r with the shift

l e v e r In D for at least 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th
g e a r for at least 2 s e c o n d s .

14-140
DTC TO843: Open In 2nd Clutch Transmission 8. T u r n the.ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 9. D i s c o n n e c t the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
OFF pressure switch connector.

NOTE: 10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
any on-board snapshot with the H D S , and review 1T. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n the 2 n d clutch
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 14-4). t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
• T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d by a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m terminal and body ground.
a n d cannot be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission, 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID
P R E S S U R E SWITCH CONNECTOR
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to ON f 11),

2, C l e a r t h e DTC w i t h the H D S ,

3, Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l OP2SW (BLU/RED)

o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .

4, Shift to 2 w h i l e p r e s s i n g t h e brake p e d a l , a n d c h e c k
If the Shift C o n t r o l i n d i c a t e s 2 in the Data List w i t h
the HDS. Wire side of female terminals

5, C h e c k t h e 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h

the H D S . is there about 5 V?

is the 2nd Pressure Switch ON? Y E S — R e p l a c e the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid

p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n go to s t e p
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8. 16.

MO—Go to s t e p 8. N O — G o t o s t e p 12.

6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift
l e v e r In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .

7, M o n i t o r t h e OBD S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 3 in the D T C s

M E N U with the HDS.

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

MO—If the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent

failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d
t h e - P C M , If the H D S i n d i c a t e s NOT C O M P L E T E D , go
to s t e p 8.

(confd)

14-141
Automatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 20. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift

lever In D for at least 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th
13. J u m p t h e S C S Sine w i t h t h e H D S . g e a r for at least 2 s e c o n d s .

14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . '

15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r is DTC P0843 indicated?

t e r m i n a l B 8 a n d the 2 n d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
pressure switch connector terminal. Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p
PCM CONNECTOR B I49P! 2ND CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID 1.
PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
N O — G o to s t e p 22,

OP2SW 22. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0843 In the D T C s

(BLU/RED) M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 21,
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Is there continuity? N O — I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 2 n d
Y E S — G o to s t e p 23. clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
W O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 19.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B8 a n d t h e 2 n d clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n go to s t e p 23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
16.
24. U p d a t e the P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
16. R e c o n n e c t a l ! c o n n e c t o r s . s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
25. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It u p to n o r m a l
18. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).

19. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l 26. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift

operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) . lever In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th
g e a r for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .

14-142
27, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 3rd Clutch
Is DTC P0843 indicated? Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
terminals between the 2nd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n NOTE:
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e PCIVL If the P C M w a s * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d PCfVI f s e e p a g e a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 5 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
g o t o s t e p 1. * T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
N O — G o to s t e p 28.. transmission.

28, Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 3 in the D T C s 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
3. C h e c k the 3 r d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is t h e H D S w h e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n is not in 3rd g e a r .
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original PCM ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other is the 3rd Pressure Switch OFF?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 7 ,
g o to t h e I n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — G o to s t e p 4.

N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r N O — G o to s t e p 7.
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 2nd
c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e 4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
P C M . If the PCM w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e {the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
g o o d PCM ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 2 5 . If the
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S 5. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r w i t h t h e shift.lever
i n d i c a t e s HOT C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 2 5 . in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .

6. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r P0847 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

NO—Sf the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent

failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e 3rd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d the P C M , If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 4.

(confd)

14-143
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'dJ

7. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 15.. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

8. D i s c o n n e c t the 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid 16. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

pressure switch connector.
17. ' C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
18. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
10. C h e c k the 3rd P r e s s u r e S w i t c h in the Data L i s t w i t h operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
the H D S .
19. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In 3 r d g e a r w i t h t h e shift
Is the 3rd Pressure Switch OFF? lever In D for at least 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e In 4th
g e a r for at least 2 s e c o n d s .
Y E S — R e p l a c e the 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n g o to s t e p 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
15.
is DTC P0847 indicated?
N O — G o t o s t e p 11.
Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
11. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the 3 r d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p
12. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . 1.

13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). N O — G o to s t e p 21.

14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 7 In the D T C s

terminal B9 and body ground. M E N U w i t h the H D S .

PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) Does the HDS indicate PASSED? .

OP3SW (BLU/WHT)"
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
i f T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 20,
18[l4fl5 1 8 ] l 7 | i a
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S
Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 18.

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B9 a n d the 3 r d
clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n g o
to s t e p 15.

N O — G o t o step 22.

14-144
22, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 3rd Clutch
23, U p d a t e t h e P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - OFF
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8).
NOTE:
24, Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l • B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e {the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) . a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
25, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r w i t h the shift • T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
l e v e r In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n drive in 4th a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
g e a r for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , transmission.

26, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

is DTC P0847 indicated? 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — C h e c k f o r intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d 3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l

in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good P C M (see page 4. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3rd g e a r w i t h the shift
14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , l e v e r in D, a n d c h e c k If the Shift C o n t r o l i n d i c a t e s 3
g o to s t e p 1. In the Data List w i t h the H D S .

M O — G o to s t e p 27, 5. C h e c k the 3rd P r e s s u r e S w i t c h In t h e Data List w i t h

the HDS..
27, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0847 in t h e D T C s
M E N U with the HDS, is the 3rd Pressure Switch ON?

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.

Y E S — I f the P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting-is N O — G o t o s t e p 8.

c o m p l e t e , If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other 6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 3rd g e a r w i t h the shift
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 6 , lever In D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , I I
7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0848 In the D T C s
N O - i f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for M E N U w i t h the H D S .
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
g o to s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p
1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
24. failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d
the P C M . If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o
to s t e p 6.

(cont'd)
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 12. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) .

9, D i s c o n n e c t the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid 13. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

pressure switch connector.
14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r •
11. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n t h e 3rd clutch t e r m i n a l B 9 a n d the 3rd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r pressure switch connector terminal.
terminal and body ground.

PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 3RD CLUTCH

3RD CLUTCH T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID TRANSMISSION FLUID
P R E S S U R E SWITCH CONNECTOR PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR

OP3SW
(BLU/WHT)
OP3SW (BLU/WHTI

Terminal side of Wire side of

female terminals female terminals
Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity?
Is there about 5 V?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 23.
Y E S — R e p l a c e the 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-227), t h e n g o to s t e p N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
16. connector terminal B9 a n d t h e 3rd clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n go to s t e p
N O — G o t o s t e p 12. 16.

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

19. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p to n o r m a l •

operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).

14-146
20. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r w i t h the shift 27. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the- H D S .
lever in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e in 4th
g e a r for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s . is DTC P0848 indicated?

21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
is DTC P0848 indicated? p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 25. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid go to step 1.
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
N O ™ ~ G o t o s t e p 28.
N O — G o to s t e p 22,
28. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 8 in t h e D T C s
2 2 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 8 4 8 in the D T C s - M E N U with the H D S .
M E N U with the H D S .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 1 , original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 27,
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 3rd
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n - f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d the
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 19. • P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), then g o t o s t e p 25, Sf the
2 3 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S
I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 25. •
24. U p d a t e the P C M if It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

25. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .

26. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r w i t h t h e shift
lever in D for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n d r i v e in 4th
g e a r for at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s .

14-147
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (confd)

DTC P0962: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
NOTE:
* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P) a n d C (49P).
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 11. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
• T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the 12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
transmission. t e r m i n a l s A1 a n d C 4 4 .

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). PCM C O N N E C T O R S

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

J T T T J 3 | 4 j 5 | 6 I 7 T 8 | 9 110 \
3. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
fflESSnBEiHIIMEEl
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

C [ASP) LG1 fBRN/YEL)

Is DTC P0962 Indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Terminal side of female terminals
N O — G o to step 5.

5. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d Is there battery voltage?

V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.
the H D S .
N O — C h e c k for a b l o w n No. 10 f u s e (10 A) in the
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. If the f u s e is O K ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
Y E S — G o to s t e p 6. t e r m i n a l A1 a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box, t h e n go to s t e p 21.
N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6. In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A at 1.0 A .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0962 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the
P C M . If the H D S indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
s t e p 5.

14-148
13. T o r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 16. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
14. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d and body ground.
valve A connector,

A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
15. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch SOLENOID V A L V E A CONNECTOR
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s No, 1 a n d No. 2.

A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E A CONNECTOR

r i
1 2

Wire side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Terminal side of male terminals Y E S — G o t o s t e p 17.

W O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n .A/T clutch

Is there 3— 10 Q? p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d b o d y g r o u n d
CG101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d
Y E S — G o to s t e p 16. ( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 21.

M O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A fsee p a g e 14-220), t h e n g o to s t e p 21.

(cont'd)

14-149
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd)

17. J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h the H D S . 20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1
18., D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). and P C M connector terminal B48.

19. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 CONTROL SOLENOID
a n d body g r o u n d . V A L V E A CONNECTOR

P r ^ / 3 | M / | 7 8[9|l0|j
4

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 11 tafia U | 1 5 16 17(18 1 9 / 2 1

SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR 22 23 24

LSA (RED/BLK)

LSA (RED/BLK)

L S A (RED/BLK)
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals

Is there continuity?
Wire side of female terminals
Y E S — G o to s t e p 27.

• Is there continuity? N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h

p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 4 8 ,
b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e t h e n go to s t e p 21.
A connector terminal No. 1 and body ground, then
g o t o s t e p 21.

N O — G o to s t e p 20.

14-150
21, R e c o n nect a! I c o n necto rs. 27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

22, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), 28. U p d a t e the PCM: If It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
23, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

24. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . 29. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 3 0 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0962 indicated? Is DTC P0962 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d PCM- ( s e e p a g e
I M O — G o t o s t e p 26. 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 29. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o step-1.
26. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 6 2 In the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O — G o to s t e p 31.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3 1 . Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0962 in t h e D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 5 , Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
p r e s s u r e control solenoid valve A and the P C M , T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 3 0 ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. if the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T g o t o the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 24.
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
connections or loose terminals between A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , If
t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 29. If t h e P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 29, ?

14-151
Aytomatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

D T C P0963: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 9. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

Control Solenoid Valve A valve A connector.

NOTE: 10. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all-freeze data a n d p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
* T h i s c o d e - i s c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
a n d c a n n o t be . c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the SOLENOID V A L V E ' A CONNECTOR
transmission,

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). n f 21

2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Terminal side of male terminals
Is DTC P0963 indicated?

Y E S — G o to step 8. Is there 3-10 Q?

W O — G o t o step 5. Y E S — G o to step 11.

5. S e l e c t Clutch P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d N O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-220), t h e n go to step 12.
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A with
the H D S . 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? and body ground.

Y E S — G o to step 6. A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL

SOLENOID V A L V E A CONNECTOR
N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6. In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A at 0.2 A .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 6 3 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Is there continuity?
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for Y E S — G o to step 18.
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
P C M . If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5. (G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair poor g r o u n d
(G101), then g o t o s t e p 12.
8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

14-152
12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 2 1 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

13, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii), is DTC P0983 indicated?

14., C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
15, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . • s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
16, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 20. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
is DTC P0963 indicated?
N O — G o to s t e p 22.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control 22. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 6 3 in t h e D T C s
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the PCfVI, t h e n g o to s t e p 1. M E N U w i t h the H D S .

J M O — G o t o s t e p 17, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

17, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 3 6 3 In t h e D T C s Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
M E N U with the H D S . c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). Sf a n y other
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 2 1 ,
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 16, N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 20. If the P C M
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M , w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. Sf the H D S i n d i c a t e s
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to step-20.
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 15.

13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19, U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d PCM {see p a g e 14-8).

20, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

14-153
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0966: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 9= D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit valve B connector.

NOTE: 10. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch

• B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
• T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the SOLENOID V A L V E B CONNECTOR
transmission.

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). I 1 I 2 I

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Terminal side of male terminals
• Is DTC P0966 indicated?

Y E S — G o t o stepS. is there 3-JO Q ? -

N O — G o to s t e p 5. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.

5. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d N O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test v a l v e B (see p a g e 14-225), t h e n go to s t e p 16.
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h
the H D S . 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? . and body ground.

Y E S — G o t o stepS.
A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E B CONNECTOR
NO—Goto step8.

6. In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B at 1.0 A .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 6 6 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAiLED? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
is there continuity?
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
P C M . If the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5. (G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n go to s t e p 16.
8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

14-154
12, J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S . 15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r terminal-No. 1
13, D i s c o n n e c t PCfVI c o n n e c t o r B (49P). and P C M connector terminal B40.

14, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
PCM CONNECTOR B (43P) A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 CONTROL SOLENOID
arid b o d y g r o u n d . V A L V E B CONNECTOR

J) 3l 9 110 | e
A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL EflGaEBiDiEEufflSEiIjEEj
SOLENOID V A L V E B CONNECTOR
L S B (BRN)
LSB (BEN)

L S B (BRN)
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female term!rials

is there continuity?.
Wire side of female terminals
Y E S — G o to s t e p 22.

i s there continuity? N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n A/T clutch

p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r -
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d P C M ' c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 4 0 ,
between A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control solenoid valve t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , t h e n
go to s t e p 16,

N O — G o to s t e p 15.

(confd)

14-155
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . •

17. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 23. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
18. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8). •

19. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . 24. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .

20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . 25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0966 indicated? is DTC P0966 indicated?

Y E S — C h e e k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a" k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
N O — G o to s t e p 21. 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1.
21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0966 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O — G o t o s t e p 26.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 26. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 6 6 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 0 , - Does the HDS indicate PASSED ?
go to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
N O ™ I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 25,
then go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 19.
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If
t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S Indicates
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.

14-156
DTCP0967: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 9. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
Control Solenoid Valve B valve B connector.

NOTE: 10. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch

* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r
any on-board snapshot with the H D S , and review t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the SOLENOID V A L V E B CONNECTOR
transmission.

1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 1 2 j

2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3, Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

4, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Terminal side of male terminals
is DTC P0967 indicated?

YES—Go to s t e p 8, Is there 3— 10 Q?

N O — G o t o s t e p 5, Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.

5, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d N O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to step 12,
A/T" c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h
the H D S , 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? and body ground.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6. A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E B CONNECTOR
N O — G o to s t e p 8.

S, In the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d V a l v e 1 j 2
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control | GND {BLK)
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B at 0.2 A.

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0967 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Is there continuity?
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for Y E S — G o t o s t e p 18.
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
PCM, If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5, (G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair poor g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , then g o to s t e p 12.
8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
(cont'd)

14-157
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 21. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (if). is DTC P0967 indicated?

14. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

terminals- b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control •
15. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d . - s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . 14-8), then g o to s t e p 20. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1.
Is DTC P0967 indicated?
N O — G o t o s t e p 22.
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e control 22. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0967 in the D T C s
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1. M E N U w i t h the H D S .

N O — G o t o s t e p 17. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

17. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0967 In the D T C s Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is

M E N U w i t h the H D S . c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? T e m p o r a r y D T C s . o r D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 2 1 ,
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b S e s h o o t i n g . i l
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 16, N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 20. If the P C M
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
then g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 20.
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 15.

18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

20. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .

14-158
 #0
DTC PQB7Q: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 3, D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit valve C connector.

NOTE: 10. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
• T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by an electrical circuit p r o b l e m A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the SOLENOID V A L V E C CONNECTOR
transmission.

1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 1 I 2I

2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

3, Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,

4, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .

Terminal side of male terminals
Is DTC P0970 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8. Is there 3- 10 Q?

N O — G o to s t e p 5. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.

5, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d N O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
A T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h
the H D S . 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? and body ground.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6. A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E C CONNECTOR
N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6, Sri the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , s e l e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C at 1.0 A .

7, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0970 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Is there continuity ?
N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5. (G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair poor g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o to s t e p 16,
8, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
(confd)

14-159
Automatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd)

12. J u m p the S C S Sine w i t h the H D S . 15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1
13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). and P C M connector terminal B26.

14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e PCIVI CONNECTOR B (49P)' A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E

control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 CONTROL SOLENOID
a n d body g r o u n d . V A L V E C CONNECTOR

A / T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL ,17|' ,

S O L E N O I D V A L V E C CONNECTOR 1 2
0
E5 i p L S C fBLU/YEL)
L S C fBLU/YEL)
\

L S C fBLU/YELl
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals

is there continuity?
Wire side of female terminals
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 22.

Is there continuity? N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch

p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r
Y E S — R e p a i r short to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 6 ,
b e t w e e n A/T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e then go to s t e p 16.
C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , then
. go to step 16.

N O — G o t o step 15.

14-160
 0®
18, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 2 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III), 23. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
18, C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

19, Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d wast for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . 24. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 1 s e c o n d .

20, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the HDS."

I s DTC P0970 indicated? is DTC P0970 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e • Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e PCM, t h e n g o to s t e p 1. s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e
N O — G o to s t e p 21. 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1.
21, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 0 in t h e D T C s
M E N U with the H D S , N O — G o to s t e p 26.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 26. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0970 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 20, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
go to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — S f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M , T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 2 5 ,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 19.
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M . Sf
the P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If the P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.

14-161
Automatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0971:.Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 9. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

Control Solenoid Valve C valve C connector.

NOTE: 10. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch

* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4),
* T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m A / T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the SOLENOID V A L V E C CONNECTOR
transmission.
n
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ( H ) .
TT2
2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

3. Start the e n g i n e , a n d wast for at least 1 s e c o n d . _5>

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Terminal side of male terminals
Is DTC P0971 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8. Is there 3-10 Q?

N O — G o t o s t e p 5. Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.

5. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d N O — R e p l a c e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

V a l v e C In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h
the H D S . - 11.- C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n .A/T clutch p r e s s u r e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? and body ground.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6. A / T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6. In-the C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
. Control . m e n u , s e l e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C at 0.2 A .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0971 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Is there continuity?
N O — i f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for Y E S — G o to s t e p 18.
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the N O — R e p a i r o p e n In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
• P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d b o d y g r o u n d
s t e p 5. (G101) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), or repair p o o r g r o u n d
( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

14-162
12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 21. - C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

13. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (11). is DTC P0971 indicated?

14. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
15. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 20. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1.
I s DTC P0971 indicated?
N O — G o to s t e p 22,
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control 22. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0971 in t h e D T C s
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e PCfVI, t h e n g o to s t e p 1. M E N U w i t h the H D S .

W O — G o to s t e p 17. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

17. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0371 in the D T C s Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is

M E N U w i t h the H D S . c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 2 1 ,
go to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . *
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 16, NO—Sf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . i l c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If
NO—Sf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r the P C M w a s updated,-substitute a k n o w n - g o o d
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 20. If the P C M
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M , w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
t h e n g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 20.
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 15.

18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

19. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).

20. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

14-163
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A 8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Circuit
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
NOTE:
* Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m t e r m i n a l s B11 a n d C 4 4 .
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission. PCM C O N N E C T O R S

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (li). SHA (BLU/BLK!

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r with the shift Sever

In D for at least 1 s e c o n d .
C (49P) LG1 (BRN/YEL)

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0973 indicated? T e r m i n a l side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Is there less than 12 Q ?
N O — G o to s t e p 5.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.
5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h the N O — G o to s t e p 22.
HDS.

Is a clicking sound heard?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.

NO—Goto stepS.

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r

in D for at least 1 s e c o n d .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 3 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o stepS.

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.

14-164
12, D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e harness- 2 0 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . -
connector,
is DTC P0973 indicated?
13* C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n PCfVI c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s B11 a n d C 4 4 . Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the
PCfVI, t h e n g o to step. 1.
PCfVI C O N N E C T O R S

N O — G o to s t e p 2 1 .

21. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 3 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 20,
Terminal side of female terminals g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O - I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
is there continuity? Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , t h e n
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B11 a n d t h e shift g o t o s t e p 19.
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n go to s t e p
16. 2 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

N O — G o to s t e p 14. 2 3 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if It d o e s not h a v e t h e latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
14, I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the shift s o l e n o i d g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-212).
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In P, a n d wast
15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A or the shift for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive the v e h i c l e in
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s f s e e p a g e 14-216), 1st g e a r w i t h the shift fever In D for at l e a s t
w h i c h e v e r f a i l e d the t e s t , t h e n g o to s t e p 16, 1 second.

18, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK

18, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

19, S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at feast 1 s e c o n d , T h e n t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
1 second,

(confd)

14-165
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A

Circuit
Is DTC P0973 indicated?
NOTE:
Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e A a n d the a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If the • T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission.
N O — G o t o s t e p 26.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
26. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 3 In the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S . 2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 25, is DTC P0974 indicated?
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
N O ™ I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e N O — G o to s t e p 5.
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the -
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good P C M 5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
(see p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h t h e
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T HDS.
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 24.
Is a clicking sound heard ?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6. Start the e n g i n e with t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at least 1 s e c o n d .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0974 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 5.

14-166
 8, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 10). 12. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
connector.
9. J u m p t h e S C S fine w i t h the H D S .
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P). t e r m i n a l B11 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r - t e r m i n a l No. 5.
11, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s 811 a n d C 4 4 .
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE PCM CONNECTOR B [ASP)
H A R N E S S CONNECTOR
PCM C O N N E C T O R S
~ SNA (BLU/BLK)

l / f s U i ^ l ^ T T a |9|iol
/
SUA fBLU/BLKl
1 2 3 EQEQESEEIESEQESCQEElSiEl
B

j 1 j 2 ? 3 j 4 J S j 8 U j s 1 9 jtGj
5 7 E3BEIE3E3E3E3E]fiE3Bl
24J><2S[><
6 8
Ha
SHA (BLU/BLK)
B |4SP| C |49P) LG1 fBRN/YEL)
Wire side of Terminal side of
female terminals female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Is there 12-25 Q ? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 14.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 2 . N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n PCM
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B11 a n d the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
N O — G o to s t e p 12, h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 16.

(cont'd)

14-167
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . .

14-216).
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON; (II).
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d the shift 18. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
solenoid valve A connector terminal.
19. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift lever In P, a n d w a i t
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in
SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE
VALVE A HARNESS CONNECTOR 1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r In D for at least
CONNECTOR 1 second.

1 2 3 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

5 6 7 8 Is DTC P0974 indicated?

SHA (BLU)
' Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e
P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.
Wire side of Terminal side of
female terminals male terminals
W O — G o t o s t e p 21.

Is there continuity? 2 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0974 In the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 16. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

W O ™ R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other

(see p a g e 14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 16. T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 20,
go to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 19.

14-168
.22, R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s , DTC F0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B
Circuit
23, U p d a t e the PCfVI if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - NOTE:
g o o d PCM { s e e p a g e 14-8), * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
24 Start t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information .(see p a g e 14-4).
for at feast 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in * T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical- circuit p r o b l e m
1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D for at least a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
1 second. transmission.

25, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S , 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).

is DTC P0974 indicated? 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — - C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the for at least 1 s e c o n d .
P C M . If t h e PCM was u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d PCM ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
is DTC P0976 indicated?
MQ—Go to s t e p 26.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
28. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 4 in the D T C s
M E N U with the H D S , W O — G o to s t e p 5.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s

T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h t h e
Y E S — I f t h e PCfVI w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is HDS.
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y o t h e r is a clicking sound heard?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 5 ,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

WO—If the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor NO—Goto step8.

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s 6. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift lever in P, a n d wast
updated, substitute a known-good P C M (see page for at least 1 s e c o n d .
14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , 7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0976 In the D T C s
go to s t e p 24, M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . Sf the
H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.

(confd)

14-169
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s

connector.
9. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S .
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P). terminals B12 and C44.

11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
PCIVI C O N N E C T O R S
terminals B12 and C44,
SHB (GRN/WHT)

PCIVI C O N N E C T O R S
P4 12 1314(15 16 T r n i
3 U ! 6 S 6 | 7
11 12 13 1415 16 1718 / 20 21
SHB (GRN/WHT) SIS 9?23 / / / / /
3l|32l33l34|35|36 29 SO 31 3 2 / / / / /
4 3 . 4(45146
| 3 j 4-ISL^l 7 j 8 | 9 |10[ I 11
B (49P) C (49P) LG1 (BRW/YEL)
W\ 23 \7p<7><. 7 ' ' A i
m 30 my/Al /
X|4a|44|45l46
/
B (4SP) C (49P) LG1 f BRN/YEL)
Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
Is there less than 12 Q? b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 2 a n d t h e shift
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n go to s t e p
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12. 16.

N O — G o t o step 22. N O — G o t o s t e p 14.

14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the shift s o l e n o i d

w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-212).

15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B or the shift

s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-216),
w h i c h e v e r failed the test, t h e n g o to s t e p 16.

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

19. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at least 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the
shift fever In D t h r o u g h 1st to 3 r d g e a r s , t h e n drive
In 3rd g e a r for at l e a s t 1 ' s e c o n d .

14-170
20, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . 25, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S .

is DTC P0976 indicated? is DTC P0976 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d

in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e
PCM, t h e n g o to s t e p 1. P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M fsee p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24, If the
f y 0 — G o t o s t e p 21. P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.

21, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 6 in t h e D T C s N O — G o t o s t e p 26.

M E N U with the H D S ,
26. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0976 in t h e D T C s
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? M E N U with the H D S .

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y other Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 0 ,
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting, • Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
M 0 ~ ~ i f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 2 5 ,
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 19, N O — I f t h e H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
22, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If the
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
23, U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s
s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8), C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.

24, S t a r t the e n g i n e with t h e shift l e v e r in P a n d w a i t

f

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e
shift l e v e r In D t h r o u g h 1st to 3 r d g e a r s , t h e n drive
in 3rd g e a r for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

14-171
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (confd)

DTC P0977: Open In Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Circuit
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
• T h i s c o d e Is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m terminals B 1 2 a n d C44.
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
PCM CONNECTORS

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N {SI). SHB ( G R N / W H T )

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . W W slTjioI

11 12 18 t4|is 18 17116 19Z
3|4|5|8l7
14115
elTTT
|l7^7r20J21
L
i^i7 ffllffiiyMaBJaa\ AfV
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D •
t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n d r i v e in 3rd g e a r for
B (49P) C (49P) LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Terminal side of female terminals
Is DTC P0977 indicated?

Y E S — G o to. s t e p & Is there 12-25 Q ?

N O — G o t o step 5. Y E S — G o t o s t e p 22.

5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s N O — G o to s t e p 12.

T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B w i t h t h e
HDS.

Is a clicking sound heard?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.

N O — G o t o s t e p 8.

6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D
t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n d r i v e in 3rd g e a r for
at least 1 s e c o n d .

7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0977 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8. i,

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M . If the H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 5.

14-172
 <^0
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 14, R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e
connector, 14-216).

13,. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e

t e r m i n a l B T 2 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d t h e shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2. solenoid valve B connector terminal.

S H U T SOLENOID WIRE PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE
HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE 8 H A R N E S S CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR

SHB (GRN/WHT! SHB (ORN)

S H E (GRN/WHT)

1 2 013 ».i«.kyi.T 34 1 2
3 !Cli3Uil5l6W|¥l9/ 3
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
S2
Wire side of Terminal side of Wire side of Terminal side of
female terminals female terminals female terminals male terminals

Is there continuity? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 14. Y E S — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 2 a n d t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e W 0 — R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 16. ( s e e p a g e 14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 16.

(cont'd)

14-173
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,

17. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 23. U p d a t e the P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
18. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

19. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t 24. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever In P, a n d w a i t -
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the
shift lever in D t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n drive shift lever In D t h r o u g h 1st to 3rd g e a r s , t h e n d r i v e
in 3 r d g e a r for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . In 3rd g e a r for at least 1 s e c o n d .

20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S , 25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0977 indicated? Is DTC P0977 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e
P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. Sf the
W O — G o to step 21. P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.

2 1 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0977 In the D T C s N O — G o t o s t e p 26.

M E N U with the H D S .
26. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0977 in the D T C s
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf a n y other Does the HDS indicate PASSED ?

T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 2 0 ,
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
MO—If the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 5 ,
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 19.
N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 24.

14-174
DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C 8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Circuit
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d 10, D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n { s e e p a g e 14-4). 11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l circuit p r o b l e m t e r m i n a l s B21 a n d C 4 4 .
and c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission. PCM C O N N E C T O R S

1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fit). SHC (GRN)

mm Jilt 'sMi 1
2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
g i ^ l g ' l g ^ i •
11 12 m u\w 20 21
/ 1^
. , .8i|a2l88|a*ta6|«/n»l/1 J 31 / /
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r ]m\4 <|«|«
in 0 for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
B149P) C I49P) L G 1 fBRN/YEL)

4, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P0979 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Is there less than 12 Q?
N O — G o to s t e p 5 .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.
5, S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h the N O — G o t o s t e p 22,
HDS.

is a clicking sound heard?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e In 1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift lever

in D for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,

7, M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 9 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8,
N O — I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . Sf t h e
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.

(cont'd)

14-175
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
12= D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s • 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
connector.
is DTC P0979 indicated?
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s B21 a n d C 4 4 . Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
PCM CONNECTORS

SHC ( G R N ) N O — G o to s t e p 21,

1 IXj3|4iX|XTTlVr9 3 14 ! 5 1 '18 71
6 9 |10|
21. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 9 In t h e D T C s
11 12 13 u|l5 18 i i | i a / 21
s M E N U w i t h the H D S .
29 SO 31 / / /
H Z mi
4146(46
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
B (49P) C (49P) LG1.(BRN/YEL)

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 2 0 ,
Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , •

N O - l f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Is there continuity? intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d i n t h e w i r e .•
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M , t h e n
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B21 a n d the shift go to s t e p 19.
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n go to s t e p
16. 2 2 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

N O — G o to s t e p 14. 2 3 . U p d a t e t h e P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a - k n o w n -
14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the shift s o l e n o i d g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-212).
24. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d wast
15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C or the shift for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e In
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-216), 1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
w h i c h e v e r failed the t e s t t h e n g o to s t e p 16. 1 second.

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h t h e shift l e v e r In D for at l e a s t
1 second.

14-176
 0®
25, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . D T C P0980: O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d Valve C
Circuit
is DTC P0979 indicated?
NOTE:
Y E S — C h e c k f o r intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d * B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the a n y on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d review
PCM. If t h e PCM w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
g o o d PCM f s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the * T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1, a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission.
NO—Go to s t e p 26.
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
28, Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 7 9 in the D T C s
IV1ENU w i t h t h e H D S . 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift Sever in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
Y E S — I f t h e PCM w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 5 , is DTC P0980 Indicated?
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — G o t o stepS.
NO-lf t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e N O — G o to s t e p 5.
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good P C M 5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C In t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If t h e P C M w a s T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h t h e
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T HDS.
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.
is a clicking sound heard?

Y E S — G o t o step6.

N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r In P, a n d w a i t

for a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 0 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o step8.

N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M , If t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.

(confd)

14-177
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S , 14. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P) a n d C (49P). 15. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 16. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l s B21 a n d C 4 4 .
12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n ' P G M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s A1 a n d C 4 4 . PCM C O N N E C T O R S

PCM C O N N E C T O R S S H C (GRIM)

V B S O L (RED)

A (49P)
•ami C (49P) L G 1 (BRN/YEL)
C (49P! L G 1 (BRN/YEL)

Terminal side of female terminals

T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is there 12-25 Q ?

Is there battery voltage? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 27.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 13. N O — G o t o s t e p 17.

N O — C h e c k for a b l o w n No. 10 f u s e (10 A ) in the

d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. If the f u s e is O K ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l A1 a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 2 1 .

14-178
 <2®
17, D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 19, R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e
connector, 14-216).

18, C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 20. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e

t e r m i n a l B21 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d t h e shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o , 1. solenoid valve C connector terminal.

SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) VALVE C H A R N E S S CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR

S H C (GRN! SHC (GRN)

SHC ( G R N )

I 2 3 E W E 1 2 3
;t2fl3|l4h5Jt6gt7Jt8J19|/1a,

5 6 7 5 6 7 8

Wire side of Terminal side of Wire side of Terminal side of

female terminals female terminals female terminals male terminals

Is there continuity? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 19. Y E S — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 21.
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B21 a n d t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e N O — R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r / t h e n g o to s t e p 2 1 . ( s e e p a g e 14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 21.

21. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

2 2 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2 3 . C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

24. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in
1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
1 second.

2 5 . C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0980 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — G o to s t e p 26.

(cont'd)

14-179
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

26. " M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0980 in the D T C s 30= C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with-the H D S ,

M E N U with the H D S .
Is DTC P0980 indicated?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 2 5 , P C M . If the PCM. w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 29. If t h e
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift N O — G o to s t e p 3 1 .
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24. 3 1 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 0 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
28. U p d a t e the P C M If It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8). c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
29. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r In P, a n d w a i t T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 30,
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive the v e h i c l e in go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
1st g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at least
1 second. N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 29. if the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D /
go to s t e p 29.

14-180
 00
DTC P0982: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve D 8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Circuit
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
NOTE:
* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n { s e e p a g e 14-4), 11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
* T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m t e r m i n a l s B27 a n d C 4 4 .
and c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In the
transmission,
PCM CONNECTORS

1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii). B (49P) C(49P)

2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift
fa V]/\/\A ^J®J£l l i d
l e v e r In D for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
SHD (GRN/RED) L 0 1 f BRN/YEL)

4, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P0982 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8,
Is there less than 12 Q?
N O — G o to s t e p 5.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.
5, S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D In the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D w i t h t h e N O — G o to s t e p 22.
HDS.

is a clicking sound heard?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

P J O — G o t o s t e p 8.

6, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r with the shift

l e v e r in D for at feast 1 s e c o n d ,

7, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0982 In the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p a

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M . If the
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 5.

(confd)

14-181
Automatic Transmission

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
connector.
Is DTC P0982 indicated?
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s B27 a n d C 4 4 . Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.
PCM CONNECTORS

B (49P) C (49P) N O — G o t o s t e p 21.

21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 2 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

SHD (GRN/RED)

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 20,
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e terminals go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O - l f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Is there continuity? intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M , t h e n
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B27 a n d the shift g o t o s t e p 19.
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to s t e p
16. 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

N O — G o t o s t e p 14. 23. U p d a t e the P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the shift s o l e n o i d g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-212).
24. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever, a n d w a i t for at
15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D or the shift least 1 s e c o n d . T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-216), with the shift lever In D for at least 1 s e c o n d .
w h i c h e v e r failed the t e s t , t h e n go to s t e p 16.

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

19. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n t e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e in
2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at least
1 second.

14-182
25, C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0983: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve D
Circuit
Is DTC P0982 indicated?
NOTE:
Y E S — C h e c k for intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d • B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all f r e e z e data a n d
in the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
PCfVl If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
g o o d P C M f s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the * T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
W O — G o to s t e p 26.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
26, Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 2 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S . 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d wast

for at least 1 s e c o n d .
Y E S — i f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e , if t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 25, is DTC P0983 indicated?
go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
N O - l f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e N O — G o to s t e p 5.
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M . If the
P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M 5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24, if the P C M w a s T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D w i t h the
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T HDS.
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.
is a ctieking sound heard?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 3 i n t h e D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O - l f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d the P C M . If the H D S Indicates
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 5.

(cont'd)
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. T u r n the ignition switch.to L O C K (0). " 13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S . 14. J u m p the S C S fine w i t h the H D S .

10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P) a n d C (49P). 15. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). • 16. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l s B27 a n d C 4 4 .
12. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s A1 a n d C 4 4 .
PCIVI C O N N E C T O R S

PCM C O N N E C T O R S B (49P) C (49P)

V B S O L (RED)

EE
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
JZL

A (4SP)

Terminal side of female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there 12-25 Q ?

Is there battery voltage? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 27.

. Y E S — G o to s t e p 13. N O — G o to-step 17.

N O — C h e c k for a b l o w n No. 10 f u s e (10 A) i n the

d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. If the f u s e Is O K ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l A1 a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box, t h e n g o to s t e p 21.

14-184
17. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 19. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e
connector. 14-216).

18. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PCIVI c o n n e c t o r 20. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e

t e r m i n a l 8 2 7 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 8 a n d the shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 8. solenoid valve D connector terminal.

SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE PCM CONNECTOR 8 (49P) SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID
HARNESS CONNECTOR H A R N E S S CONNECTOR VALVE D
CONNECTOR
r—1
1 2 3 / 1 2 3 /
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
SHB ( G R N / R E D ) SHD (GRN/RED)
SHD (YEL)

Wire side of Terminal s i d e o f Terminal side o f Wire side of

female terminals female terminals male terminals female terminals

Is there continuity? ' is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 19. Y E S — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 21.
M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B27 a n d the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e N O — R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
h a r n e s s connector, then g o t o step 21. ( s e e p a g e 14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 21.

21. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

22. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

23. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

24. S t a r t the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive t h e v e h i c l e in
2 n d g e a r w i t h the shift l e v e r in D for at l e a s t
1 second.

25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC P0983 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

N O — G o to s t e p 26.

(confd)

14-185
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

26. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 3 In t h e D T C s 30. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

M E N U with the H D S .
i s DTC P0983 indicated?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 2 5 , P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n -
g o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 29. Sf t h e
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift IMO—Go to s t e p 31.
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
t h e H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24. 3 1 . Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 3 in the D T C s
M E N U with the H D S .
27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
' Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
28. U p d a t e the P C M If it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8). c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
29. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 3 0 ,
for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n test-drive the v e h i c l e in go to t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
2nd g e a r w i t h the shift Sever in D for at least
1 second. N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 29. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
go to s t e p 29.

14-186
DTC P0385: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve E 8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Circuit
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
NOTE:
* Before y o u troubleshoot,. r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4), 11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m terminals B25 and C44.
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m In the
transmission,
PCM C0MWECTORS

1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (11). BJ49P) CC49P)

2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . m m
m
s i s : J7J18 19,

8i|ag|»lk|JBl»/laB|/|
3, Start t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift Sever in P, a n d w a i t
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . ]^g^Tg46j>l4BV|
S H E (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)

4, Check for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC P0985 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
is there less than 12 Q?
N O — G o to s t e p 5.
Y E S — G o t o step 12.
5, S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E w i t h the N O — G o t o step 22.
HDS,

isacii eking sound heard?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6,

W O — G o to s t e p 8.

8. Start t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

7. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 5 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S ,

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8,

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M . If the
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 5.

(confd)

14-187
A u t o m a t i c Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . '

connector.
Is DTC P0985 indicated?
1
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n PCM c o n n e c t o r
terminals B25 and C44. Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d
In the w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the
P C M , then g o to s t e p 1.
PCIVI C O N N E C T O R S

B (49P) C (49P) N O — G o t o s t e p 21.

314151617 mm.
12 13 14|lS
21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0985 in the D T C s
M E N U with the H D S .

140 \yiyyiAl^^uSl^l MA Does the HDS Indicate PASSED?

SHE (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 20,
Terminal side of female terminals go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O - l f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
Is there continuity? intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M , t h e n
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 5 a n d the shift go to s t e p 19.
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to step
16. 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

N O — G o to s t e p 14. 23. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
14. I n s p e c t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the shift s o l e n o i d g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-212).
24. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift Sever In P, a n d w a i t
15. R e p l a c e either shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E or the shift for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 14-216), least 1 s e c o n d .
w h i c h e v e r failed the test, t h e n g o to s t e p 16.

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

17. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

18. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

19. Start the e n g i n e w i t h the shift lever In P, a n d w a i t

for at least 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at
least 1 s e c o n d .

14-188
28. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . DTC P0986: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve E
Circuit
is DTC P098S indicated?
NOTE:
Y E S — C h e c k for Intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d • B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data a n d
In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
PCIVI. If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. if the • T h i s c o d e i s c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
transmission.
N O — G o to s t e p 26.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
26. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 0 9 8 5 in t h e D T C s
M E N U with the H D S , 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3. S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in N, a n d w a i t

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . •
Y E S — I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated sn s t e p 2 5 , is DTC P0986 Indicated?
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. H
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
MO—-If the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for
intermittent s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e N O — G o to s t e p 5.
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
PCIVI w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M 5. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E In t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
(see p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 24. If the P C M w a s T e s t M e n u , a n d test shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E with the
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T HDS.
C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 24.
is a clicking sound heard?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — G o to s t e p 8.

6. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in N, a n d wast

for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

7. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for P0986 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 5.

(confd)
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 12. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s

connector.
9. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .
13. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P). t e r m i n a l B 2 5 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3.
11. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminals B25 and C44. P C M CONNECTOR B (4SP) SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE
HARNESS CONNECTOR

PCM CONNECTORS

C (49P) SHE ( Y E L )
B (49P)
3 | 4 | / ^ Ma],
it 12 13 14J15 6 17|18 1 9 / 21 1 2 3
22 28 77
/ /
/ 5 6 7 8
1'y
36 38
ft ,! 47
1
145|46
SHE (YEL) LG1 f BRN/YEL)
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals

Terminal side of female terminals

Is there continuity?

Is there 12-25 Q ? Y E S — G o t o s t e p 14.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 22. - N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 5 a n d the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
N O — G o t o s t e p 12. h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o to s t e p 16.

14-190
 80
14, R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e 16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
14-216).
17. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 3 a n d the shift 18. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
solenoid valve E connector terminal.
19. Start the e n g i n e , w i t h the shift lever in P, a n d w a i t
for at feast 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID
H A R N E S S CONNECTOR VALVE E least 1 s e c o n d .
COMNECTOR
20. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S .
S H E (RED)
Is DTC P0988 indicated?

1 2 3 Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
5 6 7 8 t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the
P C M , t h e n g o to s t e p 1.

Terminal side of Wire side of

male terminals female terminals N O — G o to s t e p 21.

21. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P0986 in the D T C s

is there continuity? M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e E fsee p a g e Does the HDS Indicate PASSED?

14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 16.
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
M O — R e p l a c e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 20,
( s e e p a g e 14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 16, g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . ! !

N O — I f the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1. If
the H D S indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to step 19.

(confd)

14-191
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P16C0: PCM A/T Control System

incomplete Update
23. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - NOTE:
g o o d P C M ( s e e page 14-8). • B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
24. Start the e n g i n e , with the shift l e v e r in P, a n d wait G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information (see p a g e 14-4).
for at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . T h e n shift to N, a n d w a i t for at • T h i s c o d e is indicated w h e n P C M updating Is
feast 1 s e c o n d . Incomplete.
• Do not turn the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or
25. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S . A C C E S S O R Y (I) w h i l e u p d a t i n g t h e P C M . If y o u turn
the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) or A C C E S S O R Y (I)
Is DTC P0986 indicated? before c o m p l e t i o n , the P C M c a n be d a m a g e d .

Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e 1. U p d a t e the P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-215).

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the
P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - 2. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p 24. If the
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. Is DTCP16C0 indicated?

N O — G o to step-26. Y E S — R e p l a c e the P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

26. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P0986 in the D T C s N O — - P C M updating is c o m p l e t e . •

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS Indicate PASSED?

Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original P C M (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated In s t e p 25,
go to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
14-8), then go to s t e p 24. Sf the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 24.

14-192
DTC P1717: Open in Transmission Range 6. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
Switch ATPRVS Switch Circuit .switch c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

MOTE: TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

* B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4), 1 2 3 4 5
* T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d by a n electrical circuit p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e 6 7 8 9 10
transmission, GND |BLK)

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2. Shift to R, a n d c h e c k t h e A / T R S w i t c h in t h e Data
List w i t h t h e H D S , Wire side of female terminals

Is the A/T R Switch ON?

is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7,
N O — C h e c k for p r o p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
installation ( s e e p a g e 14-280), a d j u s t the shift c a b l e N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
(see p a g e 14-272), t h e n r e c h e c k . i i r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10 a n d b o d y
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) ( s e e p a g e 22-22), o r repair p o o r
3. C h e c k the R e v e r s e S w i t c h ( A T P R V S ) in the Data List g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n go to s t e p 10.
w i t h the H D S ,
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
is the Reverse Switch (ATPRVS) ON?
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 10.
time. •
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
N O - - G o to s t e p 4,

4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). ATPRVS (WHT/RED)

5. D i s c o n n e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
connector.
10
GND (BLK)

Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 2 3 a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h , t h e n g o to s t e p 10.

(confd)
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e 14. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 10 w h e n
the shift lever is In R, a n d w h e n the shift lever is Is DTC P1717 indicated?
shifted to a n y position other than R.
Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
a n d the P C M , t h e n go to s t e p 1.

ATFRVS N O — G o to s t e p 15.

2 15. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P1717 In the D T C s

1 3 4 5
M E N U w i t h the H D S .
6 7 8 9 10
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
GND

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
Terminal side of male terminals T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 14,
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Is there continuity when the shift lever is in R, and N O — I f the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor
no continuity when the shift lever is shifted to any c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the
position other than R? t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to
s t e p 1. If the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to
Y E S — G o to s t e p 16, s t e p 13.

IMO—RepSace the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h 16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

(see page 14-280), t h e n g o t o s t e p 10.
17. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest
10. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
• g o o d P C M (see page-14-8).
11. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
18. Start the e n g i n e w i t h t h e shift lever in P. Shift to N
12. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . f r o m P, t h e n shift to R, a n d w a i t for at least
2 seconds.
13. S t a r t the e n g i n e with the shift l e v e r In P. Shift to N
f r o m P, t h e n shift to R, a n d w a i t for at least
2 seconds.

14-194
 i®
19. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . DTC P1730: Problem in Shift Control System:

is DTC P1717 indicated? • Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s A or D S t u c k O F F

• Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B S t u c k O N
Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e • Shift V a l v e s A , B, or D S t u c k
terminals between the transmission range switch
a n d the P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
k n o w n - g o o d PCIVI ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
18. If t h e PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. t h e G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e
14-4).
N O — G o to s t e p 20.
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating
20. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P1717 in the D T C s t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s o n ) .
M E N U with t h e H D S .
2. M a k e s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.

Y E S — I f t h e PCM w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is 3. Drain t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a

c o m p l e t e . If the PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the s t r a i n e r . I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
o r i g i n a l PCIVI ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 19,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Does the strainer have metai debris or excessive
clutch material?
N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
connections or loose terminals between the Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M
w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231 ) t h e n go to
r

( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. If the P C M w a s s t e p 4.

s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 18. 4. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

5. C l e a r t h e D T C with t h e H D S .

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P1730 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

N O — I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , intermittent

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6,

(confd)

14-195
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8, C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . 13. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P1730 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift
Is a clicking sound heard? v a l v e s A , B, a n d D, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
t h e n go to s t e p 16.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.
N O — I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , Intermittent
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
14-216), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14. i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 12.

10. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s 14. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S . 15. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

Is a clicking sound heard? 16. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.
17. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S .
- N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B (see p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14, Is DTC P1730 indicated?

11. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
o p e r a t e s with the H D S . N O — G o t o s t e p 18.

Is a clicking sound heard? 18. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P1730 in the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D ( s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14. Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 17,
12. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift lever in D, a n d g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
NO—Sf the H D S Indicates F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If
the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 16.

14-196
 0 ®

DTC P1731: Problem in Shift Control System: 8. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E S t u c k O N 9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e E in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s

* Shift Valve E Stuck T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
* A/T Clutch P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d Valve A Stuck o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S ,
OFF
Is a clicking sound heard?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
and any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review Y E S — G o to s t e p 10,
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E ( s e e p a g e
1, W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating 14-216), t h e n go to s t e p 12.
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
10. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d
2, Make s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the V a l v e A in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d t e s t
p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A w i t h
the H D S .
3< D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a
s t r a i n e r , I n s p e c t t h e s t r a i n e r for m e t a l d e b r i s or Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive time.H
clutch material?
N O — F o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s i n d i c a t e d on the H D S
Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 14. a c c o r d i n g to the test r e s u l t , if the H D S h a s not
d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e of the failure, g o to s t e p 11, If
N O — R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to a n y part w a s r e p l a c e d , go to s t e p 12,
s t e p 4.
11. I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
4, T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll). A ( s e e p a g e 14-218).

5< C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A

work properly?
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s . Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift
v a l v e E , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p
7, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P1731 in the D T C s 14.
M E N U w i t h the H D S ,
N O — R e p l a c e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
Does the HDS indicate FAILED? v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e 14-220), t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8,

NO—-If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

(confd)

14-197
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). DTC PI732: Problem in Shift Control System:

13. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S . * Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O N

• Shift V a l v e s B or C S t u c k
14. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift l e v e r in D a n d
r

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s . N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
15. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with the H D S . G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).

Is DTC P1731 Indicated? 1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l operating

t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 8.
2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to t h e
N O — G o t o s t e p 16. p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid leaks.

16. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P1731 In the D T C s 3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a

M E N U with the H D S . s t r a i n e r . I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e c l u t c h material..
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other clutch material?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated In s t e p 15,
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 15.

N O — I f the H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , go to s t e p 8. If N O — R e p l a c e t h e A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o to
the H D S Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14. s t e p 4.

4. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (H).

5. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e with the shift lever In D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

1. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P1732 In the D T C s

M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O — I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , Intermittent

failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If the H D S
Indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

14-198
 8. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 2 in the D T C s
M E N U with the H D S .
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B Does the HDS Indicate FAILED?
operates with the H D S .
Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift
is a clicking sound heard? v a l v e s B a n d C , o r r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o to s t e p 15,
Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.
N O — I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e , Sf the H D S
14-2181, t h e n g o to s t e p 13. i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 11.

10. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e C in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s 13. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k t h a t shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S . 14. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

Is a clicking sound heard? 15. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r In D, a n d

let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C fsee p a g e
14-218), t h e n g o to s t e p 13. Is DTC P1732 indicated?

11. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
N O — G o to s t e p 17.

17. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 2 in t h e D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d In s t e p 16,
g o t o t h e Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

N O — I f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 15.

14-199
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P1733: Problem in Shift Control System: 8. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

* Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D S t u c k O N 9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
* Shift V a l v e D S t u c k T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
* A / T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control S o l e n o i d V a l v e C S t u c k o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S .
OFF
Is a clicking sound heard?
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D ( s e e p a g e
1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g 1 4 - 2 1 6 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
10. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d
2. M a k e s u r e that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to the Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test
proper l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s , A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C w i t h
the H D S .
3. Drain the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 on page-14-231) t h r o u g h a
strainer. I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
e x c e s s i v e clutch m a t e r i a l .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.
Does the strainer have metai debris or excessive
clutch material? N O — F o l l o w the i n s t r u c t i o n s indicated o n the H D S
- a c c o r d i n g to the test result, If the H D S h a s not
Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to s t e p 14. d e t e r m i n e d the c a u s e of the failure, g o to s t e p 11. If
a n y part w a s r e p l a c e d , g o to s t e p 12.
N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n g o t o
s t e p 4. 11. Inspect A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e -
C ( s e e p a g e 14-223).
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
5. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . work properly?

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s . v a l v e D, or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n go to
s t e p 14.
7. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 3 in the D T C s
M E N U w i t h the H D S . N O — R e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
C ( s e e p a g e 14-225), t h e n g o to s t e p 12.
Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o t o stepS.

N O — I f the H D S Indicates P A S S E D , intermittent

f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

14-200
 ®0
12, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ill}. DTC P1734: Problem in Shift Control System:

13, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . • Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s B or C S t u c k O F F

* Shift V a l v e s B or C S t u c k
14, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d
Set t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s . N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t with the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
15, C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s with t h e H D S . G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4).

Is DTC PI733 indicated? 1. W a r m up the e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g

t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .
Y E S — G o t o stepS,
2. M a k e s u r e that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is filled to t h e
N O — G o t o s t e p 16. p r o p e r l e v e l , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s . .

16, M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 3 in t h e D T C s 3. D r a i n the A T F ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 14-231) t h r o u g h a

M E N U with the H D S . s t r a i n e r . I n s p e c t the s t r a i n e r for metal d e b r i s or
e x c e s s i v e clutch material.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
Y E S " " T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other clutch material?
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 15,
g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o to s t e p 15.

N O — i f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If N O — R e p l a c e the A T F ( s e e p a g e 14-231), t h e n go to
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 14. s t e p 4, -

4. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

5. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e with t h e shift l e v e r in D, a n d
let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .

7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 4 in the D T C s
M E N U with the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

N O - l f t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , Intermittent
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If t h e H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 6.

(cont'd)

14-201
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . 12. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P1734 in the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .
9. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s
T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — R e p a i r the h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m related to shift
Is a clicking sound heard? v a l v e s B a n d C , or r e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 15.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.
WO—If the H D S I n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , intermittent
N O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B f s e e p a g e failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at this t i m e . If the H D S
14-216), then g o to s t e p 13. i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o to s t e p 11. •"

10. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s 13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
o p e r a t e s with the H D S . 14. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S ,

Is a clicking sound heard? 15. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
W O — R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C f s e e p a g e
14-216), t h e n g o to s t e p 13. Is DTC P1734 Indicated? '

11. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, a n d Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

let the t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five g e a r s .
W O — G o to s t e p 17.

17. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for P 1 7 3 4 In the D T C s

M E N U w i t h the H D S .

Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

Y E S — T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 16,
g o to the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

WO—If the H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o to s t e p 8. If
the H D S I n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 15.

14-202
DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (F-CAN BUS- 6. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 2 m i n u t e s .
OFF (PCM))
7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the A / T
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e data S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S .
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). Is DTC U0029 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n
g o to s t e p 6. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p
3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the P G M - F I 1.
S Y S T E M with the H D S .
N O ™ G o to s t e p 8.
Is DTC U0029 indicated in the PGM-FI SYSTEM?
8. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for U 0 0 2 9 in the D T C s
YES—Go to t h e D T C U 0 0 2 9 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in t h e M E N U w i t h the H D S .
PGM-FI S Y S T E M (see page 11-177).B
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O — G o to s t e p 4.
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in t h e A / T c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S . original P C M (see p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 7,
Is DTC U0029 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM? g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. N O — i f t h e H D S Indicates F A I L E D , c h e c k for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the P C M . If t h e
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
t i m e . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e (see p a g e 14-8), then g o to s t e p 6. If t h e P C M w a s
i n d i c a t e d , g o to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
troubleshooting. • C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 6.

5. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11 -21 -5), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

14-203
Automatic Transmission
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-VSA 6. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t for at least 2 m i n u t e s . •

Modulator-Control Unit)
7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the A / T
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S .
a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t w i t h the H D S , a n d r e v i e w
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Information ( s e e p a g e 14-4). Is DTC U0122 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). Y E S — C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . a n d t h e P C M . If the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n go to s t e p
3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s In the P G M - F I 6. If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S .
N O — G o to s t e p 8.
Is DTC U0122 indicated in the PGM-FI SYSTEM?
8. Monitor t h e O B D S T A T U S for U 0 1 2 2 in the D T C s
Y E S — G o to the D T C U 0 1 2 2 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in t h e M E N U w i t h the H D S .
PGM-FI S Y S T E M (see page 1 1 - 1 7 7 ) . •
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
W O — G o t o s t e p 4.
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the A / T c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
S Y S T E M w i t h the H D S . original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). If a n y other
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e indicated in s t e p 7,
Is DTC U0122 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM? g o to t h e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. NO—Sf t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e V S A
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d the P C M . If the P C M
t i m e . If a n y other T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
i n d i c a t e d , go to the i n d i c a t e d D T C s ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6. If t h e P C M w a s
troubleshooting. • s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If the H D S Indicates N O T
C O M P L E T E D , go to s t e p 6.
5. U p d a t e the P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).

14-204
DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-Gauge 6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d wast for at least 2 m i n u t e s .
Control Module)
7. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the A / T
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a S Y S T E M with t h e H D S .
and any on-board s n a p s h o t with the H D S , and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n f s e e p a g e 14-4). is DTC U0155 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM?

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), then go to s t e p
3. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in t h e P G M - F I 8. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
S Y S T E M with the H D S ,
N O — G o t o s t e p 8.
is DTC U0155 indicated in the PGM-FI SYSTEM?
8. Monitor the O B D S T A T U S for U 0 1 5 5 in the D T C s
Y E S — G o to t h e D T C U 0 1 5 5 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g in the M E N U w i t h the H D S .
PGM-FI S Y S T E M (see page 11-179).B
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O — G o to s t e p 4,
Y E S — I f the P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting is
4. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s in the A / T c o m p l e t e . If the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
S Y S T E M with the H D S . original P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). If a n y other.
T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e Indicated in s t e p 7,
I s DTC U0155 indicated in the A/T SYSTEM? g o t o the Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. NO—Sf t h e H D S I n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c h e c k for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the g a u g e
N O — I n t e r m §ttent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s control m o d u l e a n d the P C M . If the P C M w a s
t i m e , If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w e r e u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e
i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s 14-8), t h e n g o to s t e p 6. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
troubleshooting, • g o to s t e p 1. If the H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to s t e p 6.
5. U p d a t e t h e PCIV1 if It d o e s not h a v e the latest
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8),

14-205
Automatic Transmission
Road Test

1. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it up to n o r m a l 6. P r e p a r e the H D S to take a H I G H S P E E D S N A P S H O T

. operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). (refer to the H D S u s e r ' s g u i d e for m o r e details if
needed):
2. A p p l y the parking brake, a n d block both rear
w h e e l s . Start the e n g i n e , t h e n shift to D w h i l e * S e l e c t the High S p e e d Icon.
p r e s s i n g the brake p e d a l . P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r * Select these parameters:
p e d a l , a n d r e l e a s e it s u d d e n l y . T h e e n g i n e s h o u l d - Vehicle S p e e d
not s t a l l - Output S h a f t (Countershaft) S p e e d (rpm)
- Input S h a f t (Mainshaft) S p e e d (rpm)
• 3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 In all shift lever p o s i t i o n s . - Engine Speed
- Relative T P S e n s o r
4. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C (A) located u n d e r the - A P P S e n s o r A (V)
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d . - A T F T e m p S e n s o r (V)
- Battery Voltage
- Shift Control
- Brake Switch
* S e t the T r i g g e r T y p e to P a r a m e t e r .
* A d j u s t the P a r a m e t e r setting to A P P S e n s o r A
a b o v e 1.2 V.
* S e t the r e c o r d i n g t i m e to 60 s e c o n d s .
* S e t the trigger point to —30 s e c o n d s .

7. F i n d a suitable level r o a d . W h e n y o u a r e r e a d y to
begin the test, p r e s s O K o n the H D S .

8. Monitor the H D S a n d a c c e l e r a t e quickly until the

A P P S e n s o r A r e a d s 1.3 V. M a i n t a i n a steady-
throttle until the t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 5th g e a r ,
t h e n s l o w the v e h i c l e a n d c o m e to a s t o p .

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N 111), a n d go to the A / T 9. S a v e the s n a p s h o t If the entire e v e n t w a s r e c o r d e d

Data List. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h or i n c r e a s e the r e c o r d i n g t i m e setting a s n e c e s s a r y
the P C M . if st d o e s not, g o to the D L C circuit a n d repeat s t e p 8.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
10. A d j u s t the p a r a m e t e r setting to 2.4 V . T e s t - d r i v e the
v e h i c l e a g a i n . W h i l e m o n i t o r i n g the H D S ,
a c c e l e r a t e q u i c k l y until the A P P S e n s o r A r e a d s
2.5 V. Maintain a s t e a d y throttle until the
t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 5th g e a r (or r e a s o n a b l e
s p e e d ) , t h e n s l o w the v e h i c l e a n d c o m e to a s t o p .

11. S a v e the s n a p s h o t if the entire e v e n t w a s r e c o r d e d

or i n c r e a s e the r e c o r d i n g t i m e setting a s n e c e s s a r y
a n d repeat s t e p 10.

12. A c c e l e r a t e quickly until the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal Is to

' the floor. M a i n t a i n a s t e a d y pedal until the
t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 3rd g e a r , t h e n s l o w to a s t o p ,
a n d s a v e the s n a p s h o t

14-206
R e v i e w e a c h snapshot individually, and c o m p a r e D o w n s h i f t : P p o s i t i o n (BC24Z2 E n g i n e M o d e l )
the Shift C o n t r o l t h e A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e , a n d the A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 1.3 V
V e h i c l e S p e e d to f o l l o w i n g t h e t a b l e . L o c k - u p O F F • 2 9 - 3 4 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 5 km/h)
5th — 4th 2 9 - 3 5 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 7 km/h)
U p s h i f t : D p o s i t i o n CSC24Z2 E n g i n e M o d e l ) 4th — 3rd 1 8 - 2 2 m p h ( 2 9 - 3 5 km/h)
A F P S e n s o r A voltage: 1 3 ¥ 3 r d - * 1st 4 - 8 m p h ( 7 - 1 3 km/h)
1st - * 2 n d 9—11 m p h 1 1 4 - 1 8 k m / h ) A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 2.5 V
2nd — 3rd 1 7 - 2 1 m p h ( 2 7 - 3 3 km/h) Lock-up O F F 7 1 - 8 0 m p h ( 1 1 5 - 1 2 9 km/h)
3 r d - * 4th 2 5 - 3 0 m p h ( 4 1 - 4 9 km/h) Fully-opened throttle
4th —* 5th 3 9 - 4 5 m p h ( 6 2 - 7 2 km/h) A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 4.5 V
L o c k - u p OH 3 0 - 3 5 m p h (48—56 km/h) 5th —• 4th 1 1 3 - 1 2 3 m p h ( 1 8 2 - 1 9 8 km/h)
A P P S e n s o r A ¥ © ! t a i © : 2.5 V 4th — 3 r d 8 6 - 9 4 m p h ( 1 3 8 - 1 5 2 km/h)
1st ™* 2 n d 1 9 - 2 3 m p h {31 —37 k m / h ) 3rd 2nd 51 - 5 8 m p h ( 8 2 - 9 4 k m / h )
2nd — 3rd 3 8 - 4 4 m p h ( 6 1 - 7 1 km/h) 2 n d - - * 1st 2 5 - 3 1 m p h ( 4 0 - 5 0 km/h)
3 r d — 4th 5 5 - 6 3 m p h ( 8 9 - 1 0 1 km/h)
4th — 5th 1 0 9 - 1 1 9 m p h ( 1 7 6 - 1 9 2 km/h) >owrtshift:'P p o s i t i o n IIC24Z3 E n g i n e M o d e l !
Lock-up ON 116—126 m p h ( 1 8 6 - 2 0 2 km/h) A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 1.3 V
Fuliv-opefisd throttle Lock-up O F F 2 9 - 3 4 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 5 km/h)
A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 4.5 V 5th — 4th 2 9 - 3 5 m p h ( 4 7 - 5 7 km/h)
1st — 2 n d 3 7 - 4 3 m p h ( 5 9 - 6 9 km/h) 4th - * 3rd 1 8 - 2 2 m p h ( 2 9 - 3 5 km/h)
2nd - * 3rd 6 7 — 7 3 m p h ( 1 0 6 - 1 1 8 km/h) 3rd - * 1st 4 - 8 m p h ( 7 - 1 3 km/h)
3rd 4th 1 0 2 - 1 1 2 m p h ( 1 6 4 - 1 8 0 km/h) A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 2.5 V
Lock-up O F F 8 4 - 9 3 m p h ( 1 3 5 - 1 4 9 km/h)
Jpshift: P p o s i t i o n I K 2 4 2 3 E n g i n e M o d e l ! Fully-opened throttle
A F P S e n s o r A woftage: 1.3 V A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 4.5 V
1 s t - * 2nd 9 - 1 1 m p h ( 1 4 - 1 8 km/h) 5th 4th 1 1 3 - 1 2 3 m p h ( 1 8 2 - 1 9 8 km/h)
2nd — 3rd 1 7 - 2 1 m p h ( 2 7 - 3 3 km/h) 4th. 3rd 8 3 - 9 1 m p h ( 1 3 3 - 1 4 7 km/h)
3rd 4th 2 5 - 3 0 m p h { 4 1 - 4 9 km/h) 3rd 2nd 5 1 - 5 8 m p h ( 8 2 - 9 4 km/h)
4th - * 5 t h 3 9 - 4 5 m p h ( 6 2 - 7 2 km/h) 2 n d - * 1st 2 5 - 3 1 m p h ( 4 0 - 5 0 km/h)
L o c k - u p OU 3 0 - 3 5 m p h ( 4 8 - 5 6 km/h)
A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 23 V 14. D r i v e the v e h i c l e in 4th or 5th g e a r with the shift
1 s t - * 2nd 2 1 - 2 5 m p h ( 3 4 — 4 0 km/h) l e v e r in D, t h e n shift into 2 n d g e a r . T h e v e h i c l e
2 n d ™-* 3 r d 4 0 - 4 5 m p h (64—72 km/h) " s h o u l d i m m e d i a t e l y b e g i n to s l o w down-from- t h e
3 r d -> 4th 6 5 - 7 2 m p h ( 1 0 4 - 1 1 6 km/h) e n g i n e b r a k i n g , t h e n s l o w to a s t o p .
4th - > 5th 1 1 4 - 1 2 4 m p h ( 1 8 4 - 2 0 0 km/h)
Lock-up O N 1 1 9 - 1 3 0 m p h ( 1 9 2 - 2 1 0 km/h) 15. Shift to R, a c c e l e r a t e f r o m a s t o p at full throttle
Fufiy-opened throttle momentarily, and check for a b n o r m a l noise and
A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 4.5 V clutch s l i p p a g e . •
1st 2nd 3 9 - 4 5 mph ( 6 2 - 7 2 km/h)
2 n d — 3rd 6 5 — 7 2 m p h (104—116 km/h) 16. Park the v e h i c l e on a n u p w a r d s l o p e (about
3 r d -> 4th 102—112 m p h (164—180 km/h) 1 6 - d e g r e e s ) , a p p l y t h e b r a k e , a n d shift into P.
R e l e a s e the b r a k e ; t h e v e h i c l e s h o u l d not m o v e .

N O T E : A l w a y s u s e t h e parking brake to hold the

v e h i c l e w h e n s t o p p e d o n a n incline in g e a r .
D e p e n d i n g on t h e g r a d e of t h e incline, the v e h i c l e
c o u l d roll b a c k w a r d s if the b r a k e is r e l e a s e d ,

14-207
Automatic Transmission
Stall Speed Test

1. M a k e s u r e the t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid is filled to the 8. A l l o w 2 m i n u t e s for c o o l i n g , t h e n repeat the test

proper level ( s e e page 14-230). w i t h the shift l e v e r in D, 1, a n d R.

2. A p p l y the parking brake, a n d block all four w h e e l s . NOTE:

* Do not test stall s p e e d for m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s
3. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r the at a t i m e .
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d . * Stall s p e e d t e s t s s h o u l d be u s e d for d i a g n o s t i c
p u r p o s e s only.
*" Stall s p e e d test r e s u l t s s h o u l d be the s a m e in D,
•2,1,andR.
* Do not test stall s p e e d w i t h the A / T oil p r e s s u r e
g a u g e s Installed.

Stall S p e e d rpm
S p e c i f i c a t i o n : 2,100 r p m
S e r v i c e Limit: 1 , 9 5 0 - 2 , 2 5 0 rpm

3. If the stall s p e e d s a r e out of the s e r v i c e limit,

p r o b l e m s a n d probable c a u s e s a r e listed In the
table.

Problem Probable C a u s e s
A Stall s p e e d rpm high * A T F p u m p output
In D, 2 , 1 , a n d R low
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI), a n d go to the A / T . * C l o g g e d A T F strainer
Data List. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with * Regulator v a l v e stuck
the P C M . If It d o e s not, go to t h e D L C circuit * S l i p p i n g clutch
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192). Stall s p e e d rpm high S l i p p a g e of 1st clutch .
In 1
5. M a k e s u r e the A / C swatch is O F F . Stall s p e e d rpm high S l i p p a g e of 2nd clutch
In 2
6. Start the e n g i n e , a n d warm, it up to n o r m a l Stall s p e e d rpm high S l i p p a g e 4th clutch
operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). inR
Stall s p e e d rpm l o w * E n g i n e output l o w
7. Shift to 2 w h i l e p r e s s i n g the brake pedal firmly, In D, 2 , 1 , a n d R * E n g i n e throttle v a l v e
t h e n p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal for 6 to 3 s e c o n d s , closed
a n d note the e n g i n e s p e e d . - D o not m o v e the shift * Torque converter
lever or take y o u r foot off of the brake p e d a l , w h i l e o n e - w a y clutch
raising the e n g i n e s p e e d . slipping

14-208
Pressure Test
Special Tools Required 1. C o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the line
* A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e s e t p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (A). Do-not a l l o w d u s t or
0 7 4 0 8 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 0 or 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 2 0 4 0 1 other f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s to enter the port w h i l e -
* A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A connecting the gauge.
* A / T pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
A / T OIL P R E S S U R E
GAUGE SET
NOTE: 07406-0020400 or
07408-0020401
* D i s a b l e t h e V S A (if e q u i p p e d ) by p r e s s i n g the V S A
OFF switch.
* V S A D T C t e ) m a y c o m e o n d u r i n g t h e t e s t - d r i v e . If t h e
V S A D T C ( s ) c o m e o n , c l e a r t h e D T C f s ) with the H D S .

1. M a k e s u r e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid is filled to t h e
A/T PRESSURE A/T PRESSURE
p r o p e r level ( s e e p a g e 14-230). H O S E , 2,210 mm H O S E ADAPTER
07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120
2. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y t h e parking (3 r e q u i r e d ) (3 required)
b r a k e , block t h e r e a r w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .

3. A l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to rotate freely.

4. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .

5. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .

: >
C i T i IV

8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m It up to n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on),

9. Hold t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m w i t h the shift

l e v e r in P or N.

10. M e a s u r e the line p r e s s u r e at the line p r e s s u r e

i n s p e c t i o n port (A).
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d g o to the A / T
D a t a List. M a k e s o r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with N O T E : H i g h e r p r e s s u r e m a y be i n d i c a t e d If
t h e P C M . If it d o e s not, g o to t h e D L C circuit m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e m a d e in shift l e v e r p o s i t i o n s
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 11-192). other t h a n P or N.

Pressyre Ffyid P r e s s y r e
Standard Service Limit
L i n e (A) 927-985 kPa 877 kPa
2
(9.45-10.05 kgf/cm , 2
(8.95 k g f / c m ,
134-143 psi) 127 psi)

(cont'd)

14-209
Automatic Transmission
Pressure Test (cont'd)

11. T u r n the e n g i n e off, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the A / T oil 15. Start the e n g i n e , a n d shift into D.
p r e s s u r e g a u g e f r o m the line p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n
port. 16. Shift to 1st g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e the 1st clutch
p r e s s u r e at the 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
12. Install the s e a l i n g bolt in the line p r e s s u r e (B) w h i l e holding e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
inspection port w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r , a n d
tighten the s e a l i n g bolt to 18 N-m (1.8 kgf-m, 17. Shift up to 2 n d g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e the 2nd c l u t c h
' 13 Ibf-ft). Do not r e u s e the old s e a l i n g w a s h e r . p r e s s u r e at the 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
(C) w h i l e holding e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
13. C o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the 1st clutch
p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (B). Pressure Fluid Pressure
Standard Service Limit
1st-clutch 917-995 kPa 867 kPa
(B) (9.35-10.15 kgf/cm , 2
(8.85 k g f / c m , 2

2 n d clutch 133-144 psi) 126 psi)

(O

18. T u r n the e n g i n e off, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the A / T oil

p r e s s u r e g a u g e s f r o m the 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e a n d
the 2nd clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports.

19. Install the s e a l i n g bolts in the 1st clutch p r e s s u r e

a n d the 2 n d clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports w i t h
n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s , a n d tighten the s e a l i n g bolts
to 18 N-m (1.8 kgf-m, 13 Ibf-ft). Do not r e u s e the old
sealing w a s h e r s .

14. R e m o v e the intake air d u c t a n d the air c l e a n e r

a s s e m b l y , a n d c o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e
to the 2nd clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (C). T h e n
t e m p o r a r i l y install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y a n d the
intake air duct.

14-210
 0 0

20, C o n n e c t t h e A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the 3 r d 2 6 . P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r pedal v e r y s l o w l y to i n c r e a s e

clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port ID) a n d the 5th the e n g i n e s p e e d to 2,000 rpm. o v e r 5 s e c o n d s , a n d
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (F). hold the a c c e l e r a t o r . Shift to 3rd g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e
- the 3rd clutch p r e s s u r e at t h e 3rd c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
i n s p e c t i o n port (D) w h i l e holding e n g i n e s p e e d at
2,000 r p m .

27. Shift to 4th g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e t h e 4th c l u t c h

p r e s s u r e at the 4th clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
(E).

28. Shift to 5th g e a r , a n d m e a s u r e . 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e

at t h e 5th clutch p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (F) w h i l e
h o l d i n g e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .

Pressure Fluid P r e s s u r e
Standard Service Limit
3rd c l u t c h 917-995 kPa 867 kPa
(D) (9,35-10.15 kgf/cm , 2
(8.85 k g f / c m , 2

21,. C o n n e c t the A / T oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the 4th c l u t c h 4th c l u t c h 133-144 psi) 126 psi)
p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port (E), (E)
5th c l u t c h
(F)

23. Bring the e n g i n e b a c k to a n idle, t h e n a p p l y the

brake pedal to s t o p the w h e e l s f r o m rotating.

30. Shift to R, t h e n r e l e a s e the brake p e d a l . R a i s e the .

e n g i n e s p e e d to 2,000 r p m , a n d m e a s u r e 4th c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e at the" 4th c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n port
(E).

Pressure Fluid P r e s s u r e
Standard Service Limit
4th c l u t c h 917-995 kPa 867 kPa
2
(E) in R (9.35-10.15 kgf/cm , 2
(8.85 k g f / c m ,
2 2 , S t a r t the e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P, w h i l e 133-144 psi) 126 psi)
p r e s s i n g the b r a k e p e d a l ,
31. T u r n the e n g i n e off, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the A / T oil
2 3 . Shift to D, a n d r e l e a s e t h e brake p e d a l ; the p r e s s u r e g a u g e s f r o m the 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n is in 1st g e a r . p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports.

24, P r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l to i n c r e a s e the e n g i n e 32. Install the s e a l i n g bolts in the 3 r d , 4th, a n d 5th
s p e e d to 2,500 r p m , t h e n shift to 2 n d g e a r . c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n ports w i t h n e w s e a l i n g
w a s h e r s , a n d tighten the s e a l i n g bolts to 18 N-m
2 5 . R e l e a s e the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l s l o w l y to c l o s e t h e (1.8 kgf-m, 13 Ibf-ft). D o not r e u s e the old s e a l i n g
throttle o v e r 5 s e c o n d s ; t h e e n g i n e s p e e d washers.
d e c r e a s e s to 1,000 r p m w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n in
2nd gear.

(confd)

14-211
Automatic Transmission
Pressure Test (cont'd) Shift Solenoid Valve Test

3 3 . ff the p r e s s u r e s a r e out of the s e r v i c e limit, 1. C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r t h e

p r o b l e m s a n d p r o b a b l e c a u s e s are listed in the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
table.

Problem Probable c a u s e s
No or l o w line • Torque converter
pressure • A T F pump
• Regulator valve
• Torque converter
check valve
• Clogged A T F strainer
No or l o w 1st clutch * 1st clutch
pressure • O-rings
No or l o w 2 n d c l u t c h • 2 n d clutch
pressure •• O - r i n g s
. No or l o w 3rd clutch • 3rd clutch
• pressure * O-rings
No or l o w 4th clutch • 4th clutch . A
pressure * O-rings
No "or l o w 5th clutch * 5th clutch 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the
pressure • O-rings H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If it d o e s not, g o
No or l o w 4th clutch • Servo valve to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
p r e s s u r e in R • 4th clutch 11-192).
• O-rings
3. S e l e c t Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E in the
34. Install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y a n d the intake air M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u on the H D S .
duct.
4. C h e c k that shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C , D, a n d E
35. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d . operate w i t h the H D S . A clicking s o u n d s h o u l d be
heard.
36. C h e c k the A T F level ( s e e p a g e 14-230).
• If a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , the v a l v e s a r e O K .
T h e test is c o m p l e t e , d i s c o n n e c t the H D S .
* If no clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o to s t e p 5.

5. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y the parking

brake, block the rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e st is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .

6. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

14-212
 00
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 10. R e m o v e t h e d r a i n plug I A ) , a n d drain the a u t o m a t i c
connector. t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) .

I 1

11. Reinstall the drain plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(B).

12. R e m o v e the left front w h e e l .

13. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (A), the

Terminal side of male terminals
d o w e l p i n s (B), a n d t h e g a s k e t (C).
8, M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h of the
following terminals and body ground:

* No. 1 t e r m i n a l : S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
* N o . 2 t e r m i n a l : Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
* No. 3 t e r m i n a l : Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
* N o , 5 t e r m i n a l : Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
* No. 8 t e r m i n a l : S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D

Standard: 1 2 - 2 5 Q

* If t h e r e s i s t a n c e i s w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p
9.
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p 10.

9, C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the battery positive

t e r m i n a l to e a c h shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l individually. A clicking s o u n d
s h o u l d be h e a r d ,

* If a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , t h e v a l v e s a r e O K .
T h e test is c o m p l e t e , r e c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r .
* If n o clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o to s t e p 10.

(cont'd)

14-213
Automatic Transmission
Shift Solenoid Valve Test (cont'd)

14. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s . 17. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s

c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d r e m o v e the bolt s e c u r i n g the
C
shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (B). Install a n e w O - r i n g
(C) on a n e w shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s , a n d install
the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g . T h e n go to s t e p 2 3 .

15. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e of e a c h shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e

b e t w e e n the c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d b o d y g r o u n d :

Standard: 1 2 - 2 5 Q 18. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (F), t h e n hold the shift

s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y , a n d r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d
* If the r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p v a l v e s . Do not hold the c o n n e c t o r to r e m o v e the
16. shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s ,
* If the r e s i s t a n c e Is out of s t a n d a r d , go to s t e p 18.

16. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery

t e r m i n a l to e a c h shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e t e r m i n a l
Individually.

* If a clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , go to s t e p 17.
* If no clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o to s t e p 18.

14-214
 $0
19. Install n e w O - r i n g s (two O - r i n g s p e r shift s o l e n o i d 24. Install a n e w g a s k e t , the d o w e l p i n s , a n d the shift
v a l v e ) (G) o n t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . solenoid valve cover.

N O T E : A n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o m e s w i t h n e w 25. • Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e

O - r i n g s . If y o u install a n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,
u s e the O - r i n g s p r o v i d e d w i t h it, 14-231).

20. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) , 26. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (black c o n n e c t o r ) , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E (black c o n n e c t o r ) by holding the 27. Install the left front w h e e l .
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e the m o u n t i n g
bracket c o n t a c t s t h e s e r v o b o d y .

M O T E : Do not hold t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e

c o n n e c t o r to install t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e . B e s u r e
to hold t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y .

21. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by

h o l d i n g the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e
t h e m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t c o n t a c t s t h e bracket of shift
s o l e n o i d v a i v e D.

N O T E : D o not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A b e f o r e

installing shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D, If shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A is i n s t a l l e d b e f o r e installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e D, it m a y d a m a g e t h e h y d r a u l i c control
system.

22, Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by

h o l d i n g t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e
t h e m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t c o n t a c t s the bracket of shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E.

N O T E ; D o not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B b e f o r e

installing shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E . If shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B is i n s t a l l e d b e f o r e installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e E , it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c control
system,

23. C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s :

* R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E .
* G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e C .
* O R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B.
* B L U w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .
* Y E L , W H T , a n d W H T w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.

14-215
Automatic Transmission
Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift, or a p p l y the parking 6. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (A), the

b r a k e , block the rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of d o w e l p i n s (B), a n d t h e g a s k e t (C).

7. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s .
5. Reinstall the drain plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r
(B). • If r e p l a c i n g shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e ( s ) , go to s t e p 8.
* Sf r e p l a c i n g the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (A),
r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s . Install a
• n e w O-ring (B) o n the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r , a n d install it in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g , t h e n g o to s t e p 13.

12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

14-216
 <Z0
8, R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (F), t h e n h o l d the shift 11. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by
s o l e n o i d v a i v e b o d y , a n d r e m o v e t h e shift s o l e n o i d h o l d i n g the s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e the
v a l v e s . Do not hold t h e c o n n e c t o r to r e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bracket c o n t a c t s t h e bracket of shift
shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e , solenoid valve E.

N O T E : Do not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B b e f o r e

installing shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e E . if shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B is installed before installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e E , it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c control
system.

12. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a i v e A ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by

h o l d i n g the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e
t h e m o u n t i n g bracket c o n t a c t s the b r a c k e t of shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.

N O T E : Do not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A before

installing shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s D. If shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A is i n s t a l l e d before installing shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e D, it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c control
system.

13. C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s :

® R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E .
* G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C .
* O R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B.
• B L U w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .
• Y E L , W H T , a n d W H T w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.

14. Install a n e w g a s k e t , the d o w e l p i n s , a n d the shift

9, Install n e w O - r i n g s (two O - r i n g s per shift s o l e n o i d solenoid valve cover.
v a l v e ) (G) o n the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e ,
15. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or
M O T E : A n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o m e s w i t h n e w repair a s n e e d e d , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r
O - r i n g s , If y o u install a n e w shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e , securely.
use the O-rings provided with it
16. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e
10, Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) , 14-231).
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (black c o n n e c t o r ) , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E (black c o n n e c t o r ) by h o l d i n g the 17. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; m a k e s u r e t h e m o u n t i n g
bracket c o n t a c t s the s e r v o b o d y . 18. Install the left front w h e e l .

N O T E : D o not hold t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e

c o n n e c t o r to install the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e . B e s u r e
to hold the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y .

14-217
Automatic Transmission
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test

1. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C (A) located u n d e r the 6. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d . valve A connector.

7. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r
H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M . If it d o e s n o t go t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d N o . 2.
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e
11-192). Standard: 3 - 1 0 Q

3. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control (Linear) S o l e n o i d • If the r e s i s t a n c e Is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , go to s t e p

- V a l v e A in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u o n the 8.
HDS. • If the r e s i s t a n c e Is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A
4. T e s t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A (see p a g e 14-220).
w i t h the H D S .
8. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the n e g a t i v e battery
* If the v a l v e t e s t s O K , the test is c o m p l e t e . t e r m i n a l to A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
D i s c o n n e c t the H D S . v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
* If the v a l v e d o e s not test O K , f o l l o w the a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery
instructions on the H D S . t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
* If the v a l v e d o e s not test O K , a n d the H D S d o e s v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.
not d e t e r m i n e the c a u s e , g o to s t e p 5.
• If a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , the v a l v e Is O K , a n d
5. R e m o v e the Intake air duct. the test is c o m p l e t e , g o to s t e p 18.
8
If no clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , go to s t e p 9.

14-218
 9. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g t h e A T F c o o l e r inlet line 12. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the n e g a t i v e battery
brackets (B), then r e m o v e A / T clutch pressure t e r m i n a l to A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery
t e r m i n a l to A/T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. M a k e s u r e A / T
clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A m o v e s ,

13. D i s c o n n e c t o n e of the j u m p e r w i r e s , a n d c h e c k the

v a l v e m o v e m e n t at the fluid p a s s a g e in the v a l v e
b o d y m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e . If the v a l v e b i n d s or m o v e s
B (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft) s l u g g i s h l y , or if the s o l e n o i d v a l v e d o e s not o p e r a t e ,
r e p l a c e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
10. R e m o v e the A T F pipe (C), t h e A T F joint p i p e s (D), A.
t h e Q - r l n g s (E), a n d the g a s k e t (F).
14. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d the fluid p a s s a g e
11, C h e c k t h e fluid p a s s a g e of A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e of the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A for c o n t a m i n a t i o n . b o d y a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

15. Install a n e w g a s k e t on the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,

a n d Install the A T F pipe a n d the A T F joint p i p e s .
Install n e w O - r i n g s o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .

N O T E : B e s u r e to Install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h the blue

s i d e t o w a r d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

18. Install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .

17. S e c u r e the A T F c o o l e r Inlet line b r a c k e t s w i t h the

bolts.

18. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or

repair If n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
securely.

19. Install the intake air d u c t

14-219
Automatic Transmission

A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement

1. R e m o v e the intake air duct. 11. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n
or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
2. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d securely,
valve A connector.
12. Install the intake air duct.
3. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g the A T F c o o l e r inlet line
b r a c k e t s (B).

4. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
A.

5. R e m o v e the A T F pipe ( C ) , t h e A T F joint p i p e s (D),

the O - r i n g s ( E ) , a n d the g a s k e t (F).

6. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d the fluid p a s s a g e s

of the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

7. Install a n e w g a s k e t on the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
a n d install t h e A T F pipe a n d t h e A T F joint p i p e s .

N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h t h e blue
s i d e t o w a r d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

8. Install n e w O - r i n g s o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .

9. Install a n e w A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

valve A.

10. S e c u r e the A T F c o o l e r inlet line b r a c k e t s w i t h the

bolts.

14-220
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the 6. L o o s e n the t w o bolts located b e h i n d the battery
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d . b a s e , a n d r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the
battery b a s e , t h e n r e m o v e the battery b a s e .

7. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

valve B connector.

2, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the

H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If it d o e s n o t g o
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-192).

3, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d 8. M e a s u r e the r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
V a l v e B in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u o n the H D S . p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2.
4, T e s t A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
with the H D S . Standard: 3—10 Q

* If the v a l v e t e s t s O K , t h e test is c o m p l e t e . * If the r e s i s t a n c e is within the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p

D i s c o n n e c t the H D S . 9.
* If t h e v a l v e d o e s not t e s t O K , f o l l o w the * If the r e s i s t a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
instructions on the H D S . clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
* If t h e v a l v e d o e s not test O K , a n d t h e H D S d o e s ( s e e p a g e 14-225).
not d e t e r m i n e t h e c a u s e , g o to s t e p 5,
9. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the n e g a t i v e battery
5, Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90). t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 2, a n d c o n n e c t
a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e positive battery
t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.

* Sf a clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , the v a l v e Is O K , a n d
the test is c o m p l e t e , g o to s t e p 18.
* If no clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 10.

(cont'd)

14-221
Automatic Transmission
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test (cont'd)

10. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d 13. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the negative battery

v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r , t h e n r e m o v e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C . v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery
t e r m i n a l to c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1. M a k e s u r e
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e B m o v e s .

14. D i s c o n n e c t o n e of the j u m p e r w i r e s , a n d c h e c k the

v a l v e m o v e m e n t at the fluid p a s s a g e in the v a l v e
b o d y m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e . If the v a l v e b i n d s or m o v e s
6 x 1.0 mm s l u g g i s h l y , or if the s o l e n o i d v a l v e d o e s not o p e r a t e ,
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft) r e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
BandC.
11. R e m o v e the A T F joint p i p e s (A), the O - r i n g s (D), a n d
the g a s k e t (E). 15. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d the fluid p a s s a g e
of the s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n
12. C h e c k the fluid p a s s a g e of A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e housing.
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C for c o n t a m i n a t i o n .
16. Install a n e w g a s k e t o n the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
a n d install the A T F joint p i p e s . Install n e w O - r i n g s
o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .

N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h the blue

s i d e t o w a r d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

17. Install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B

and C.

18. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or

repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s
securely.

19. Install the battery b a s e .

20. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).

14-222
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r the 6. L o o s e n the t w o bolts located b e h i n d the battery
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d . b a s e , a n d r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the
battery b a s e , then r e m o v e the battery b a s e .

7. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d

valve C connector.

2, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to ON ill), M a k e s u r e the

H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M , If it d o e s not, go
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
11-192).

3, S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e Control ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d 8. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u o n t h e H D S . p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2.
4, T e s t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
w i t h the H D S , Standard: 3 - 1 0 Q

* If t h e v a l v e t e s t s OK, the test is c o m p l e t e . * If the r e s i s t a n c e Is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p

Disconnect the HDS. 9.
* If the v a l v e d o e s not t e s t OK, f o l l o w the * If the r e s i s t a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
i n s t r u c t i o n s o n the H D S . clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C
* If t h e v a l v e d o e s not test OK, a n d the H D S d o e s ( s e e p a g e 14-225).
not d e t e r m i n e the c a u s e , g o to s t e p 5.
9. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the n e g a t i v e battery
5, D o the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90). t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery
t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1.

* If a clicking s o u n d Is h e a r d , the v a l v e is OK, and

the test Is c o m p l e t e , g o to s t e p 18.
* If no clicking s o u n d is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 10.

(cont'd)

14-223
Automatic Transmission
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test (cont'd)

10. D i s c o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d 13, C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the negative battery

v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t h e n r e m o v e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e t e r m i n a l to A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C . v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2, a n d c o n n e c t
a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the positive battery
t e r m i n a l to c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1. M a k e s u r e
A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C m o v e s .

14. D i s c o n n e c t o n e of the j u m p e r w i r e s , a n d c h e c k the

v a l v e m o v e m e n t at the fluid p a s s a g e in the v a l v e
b o d y m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e . If the v a l v e b i n d s or m o v e s
6 x 1.0 mm s l u g g i s h l y , or if the s o l e n o i d v a l v e d o e s not o p e r a t e ,
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft) r e p l a c e A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
B a n d C.
11. R e m o v e the A T F joint p i p e s (A), t h e O - r i n g s (D), a n d
the gasket (E). 15. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d the fluid p a s s a g e
of the s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n
12. C h e c k the fluid p a s s a g e of A / T clutch p r e s s u r e housing.
control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C for c o n t a m i n a t i o n .
16. Install a n e w g a s k e t on the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
a n d install the A T F joint p i p e s . Install n e w O - r i n g s
o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .

N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t with the blue

s i d e t o w a r d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

17. Install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B

and C.

18. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or

repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s
securely.

19. Install the battery b a s e .

20. Do t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).

14-224
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement
1, D o t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90). 6. C l e a n the m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d t h e fluid p a s s a g e s
of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
2» L o o s e n t h e t w o bolts l o c a t e d b e h i n d the battery
b a s e , a n d r e m o v e t h e t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the 7. Install a n e w g a s k e t o n the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
battery b a s e , t h e n r e m o v e the battery b a s e . a n d install t h e A T F joint p i p e s .

3, D i s c o n n e c t t h e A^T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h the blue

valves B and C connectors. s i d e t o w a r d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

4, R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d 8. Install n e w O - r i n g s o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .

valves B and C,
9. Install n e w A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
Replace. valves B and C.

10. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n

or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s
securely.

11. Install the battery b a s e .

12. D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

22-90).

{1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

5. R e m o v e the A T F joint p i p e s (A), the O - r i n g s (D), a n d

the g a s k e t (E).

14-225
Automatic Transmission

Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed

Sensor Replacement Sensor Replacement

1. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y 1. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y

box, a n d s w i n g it out of the w a y . box, a n d s w i n g it out of the w a y .

2. R e m o v e the intake air duct a n d the air c l e a n e r 2. R e m o v e the intake air duct a n d t h e air c l e a n e r
assembly. assembly.

3. D i s c o n n e c t the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d 3. D i s c o n n e c t the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r , a n d r e m o v e the input shaft s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r , a n d r e m o v e the output shaft
(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r (A). (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r (A).

4. Install a n e w O-ring (B) o n a n e w input shaft

(mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r , t h e n install the input
shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n 4. Install a n e w O-ring (B) on a n e w output shaft
housing. (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r w i t h the s p e e d s e n s o r
. w a s h e r (C), t h e n install the output shaft
5. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
or repair if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r housing.
securely.
5. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n
6. Install the intake air duct a n d the air c l e a n e r or repair if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
assembly. securely.

7. Install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box. 6. Install the intake air duct a n d the air c l e a n e r
assembly.

7. Install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

14-226
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Replacement Pressure Switch Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e intake air duct. 1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y the parking

brake, block t h e r e a r w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
2, D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the 2 n d c l u t c h t h e v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h IB), a n d r e m o v e
t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . 2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .

• 3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the 3rd clutch

t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (B), t h e n r e m o v e
t h e 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h .

B
20 N-m
12.0 k g f m ,
JW Hlbf.ft)

C
Replace.

3. Install a n e w 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (C), a n d tighten
t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h to
t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e b y t u r n i n g the m e t a l part, not
t h e p l a s t i c part.

4, C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for r u s t dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n 4. Install a n e w 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e

or repair if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s w i t c h w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (C), a n d tighten
securely. t h e 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e by t u r n i n g t h e m e t a l part, not
6. install t h e intake a i r duct. the plastic part.

5. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n

or repair If n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
securely.

6. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .

14-227
Automatic Transmission
ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y the parking 6. R e m o v e t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (A), t h e

b r a k e , block the rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of d o w e l p i n s (B), a n d t h e g a s k e t (C).
• the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e It is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .

2. R e m o v e the left front w h e e l .

3. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

4. R e m o v e the drain plug (A), a n d drain the a u t o m a t i c

t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) .

A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N-m
15.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft)

6 K 1.0 mm
12ra.n1
( 1 . 2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

5. R e i n s t a l l the drain plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(R).

14-228
7, D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d
c o n n e c t o r , a n d r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e v a l v e s . T h e n r e p l a c e the A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
h a r n e s s from the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing. a n d the O - r i n g (F) w i t h n e w o n e s .

N O T E : T h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r is not a v a i l a b l e
s e p a r a t e l y f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (G).

8. M e a s u r e t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r r e s i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r 12 N<m
t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No* 7. (1.2 kgf m, 8.7 Ibfft)

S t a n d a r d : 50 Q — 2 5 k Q 10. C o n n e c t the s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s :

* if t h e r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , install the * B L U w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .

shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s a n d a n e w O - r i n g , * O R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B.
t h e n g o to s t e p 11. * G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C .
* If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is out of t h e s t a n d a r d , g o to s t e p * Y E L , W H T , a n d W H T w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift
9, s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.
* R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E.

11. Install a n e w g a s k e t , the d o w e l p i n s , a n d the shift

solenoid valve cover.

12. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, c l e a n or

repair if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r
securely.

13. Refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e
14-231).

14. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

15. Install the left front w h e e l .

14-229
Automatic Transmission

ATF Level Check

N O T E : K e e p all f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s out of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n . 6. If the A T F level is b e l o w t h e l o w e r m a r k , c h e c k for

fluid l e a k s at t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , the A T F c o o l e r
1. Park the v e h i c l e on level g r o u n d . h o s e s a n d t h e line j o i n t s , a n d the c o o l e r l i n e s . If a
p r o b l e m is f o u n d , fix it before filling the
2. W a r m up t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g transmission with A T F .
t e m p e r a t u r e (the. radiator fan c o m e s o n ) , a n d turn
the e n g i n e off. Do not a l l o w the e n g i n e to w a r m up N O T E : If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n w h e n the A T F level is
m o r e t h a n t w o c y c l e s of t h e c o o l i n g f a n . b e l o w the l o w e r m a r k , o n e or m o r e of t h e s e
s y m p t o m s m a y occur:
N O T E : C h e c k the A T F level w i t h i n 6 0 — 9 0 s e c o n d s * T r a n s m i s s i o n d a m a g e will result.
after t u r n i n g the e n g i n e off. Higher A T F level m a y • V e h i c l e d o e s not m o v e in a n y g e a r .
be indicated if the radiator f a n c o m e s on t w i c e or • V e h i c l e a c c e l e r a t e s poorly, a n d f l a r e s w h e n
more. starting off in D a n d R.
* Vibration w h e n t h e e n g i n e is idling.
3. R e m o v e t h e A T F dipstick ( y e l l o w loop) (A) f r o m the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d w i p e it w i t h a c l e a n cloth. 7. If the level is a b o v e t h e u p p e r m a r k , drain t h e A T F
to p r o p e r level ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 14-231).

N O T E : If the v e h i c l e is d r i v e n w h e n the A T F level is

a b o v e the u p p e r m a r k , t h e v e h i c l e m a y c r e e p
f o r w a r d in N, or h a v e p r o b l e m s shifting.

.8. If n e c e s s a r y , fill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F t h r o u g h

the dipstick hole to bring the fluid level b e t w e e n t h e
u p p e r m a r k a n d t h e l o w e r m a r k of the dipstick. Do
not fill the fluid a b o v e the u p p e r mark. A l w a y s u s e
H o n d a A T F - Z 1 a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) .
U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a A T F c a n affect shift quality.

9. Insert t h e dipstick (A) b a c k into the t r a n s m i s s i o n

w i t h t h e letters " A T F " pointing t o w a r d the front of
the v e h i c l e .
4. Insert the dipstick into the t r a n s m i s s i o n .

5. R e m o v e t h e dipstick, a n d c h e c k the A T F l e v e l . It
s h o u l d be b e t w e e n t h e u p p e r m a r k (A) a n d the
l o w e r m a r k (B).

14-230
ATF Replacement
N O T E : K e e p alt f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s out of the t r a n s m i s s i o n . 4. R e m o v e the A T F dipstick, a n d refill the
t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h the r e c o m m e n d e d fluid a m o u n t •
1, W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t h r o u g h t h e dipstick hole to bring t h e fluid level
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) . b e t w e e n t h e u p p e r m a r k a n d t h e l o w e r m a r k of the
dipstick. A l w a y s use Honda ATF-Z1 automatic •
2, Park the v e h i c l e o n level g r o u n d , a n d turn the t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) . U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a A T F
e n g i n e off, c a n affect shift quality.

3, R e m o v e t h e d r a i n plug (A), a n d d r a i n the a u t o m a t i c Automat!© Transmission Fluid Capacity:

t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) . T h e n reinstall t h e d r a i n 2 . 5 L 12.6 U S qt) a t c h a n g e
plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r IB). 6.5 L 16.9 U S qt) a t ©werhaul

N O T E : If A T F c o o l e r c l e a n i n g is n e c e s s a r y , refer to 5. Insert the dipstick (A) b a c k into t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n

A T F c o o l e r c l e a n i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-258). w i t h t h e letters " A T F " pointing t o w a r d t h e front of
the v e h i c l e .
A
1 8 x 1.5 i n i n
49 N-m
15 0 kgf m, 3 6 Ibf-ft)

6. C h e c k t h e A T F level ( s e e p a g e 14-230).

14-231
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Removal

Special Tools Required 5. R e m o v e the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359)

* Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 a n d the intake air duct.
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256
* Front subframe adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 6. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a box, a n d s w i n g it out of the w a y .
Tool a n d Equipment Program 888-424-6857,
7. L o o s e n the t w o bolts l o c a t e d b e h i n d the battery
NOTE: b a s e , a n d r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the
* U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted battery b a s e , t h e n r e m o v e the battery b a s e .
surfaces.
* S p e c i a l tool R e d s e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r A A R - T 1 2 5 6 8. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift, a n d m a k e s u r e it is
m u s t be u s e d w i t h the s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t i n s t a l l e d . ' securely supported.

1. S e c u r e the h o o d in the w i d e o p e n position w i t h the 9. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

s u p p o r t rod.
10. R e m o v e the s p l a s h s h i e l d .
2. Do the battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-90).
11. R e m o v e the drain plug (A), a n d drain the a u t o m a t i c
3. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r . t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) .

4. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (A).

12. R e i n s t a l l the d r a i n plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(B).

14-232
13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d 15. R e m o v e t h e A / F s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C) f r o m its
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h bracket (D), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t it.
t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (B),
a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (Q f r o m the c l a m p 16. D i s c o n n e c t the input s h a f t (mainshaft) s p e e d
b r a c k e t s (D). s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (E) a n d the output s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (F).

17. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c o v e r m o u n t i n g bolt, a n d

r e m o v e the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o v e r (G) f r o m the
A T F filter bracket (H).

18. D i s c o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s

c o n n e c t o r (A), the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (B), the A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r (C),
a n d r e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p (D) f r o m the c l a m p
bracket (E).

14. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h s u b h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m its bracket (B), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t
it

(cont'd)

14-233
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)

19. R e m o v e the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A)- f r o m the A T F 22. R e m o v e the v a c u u m h o s e (A).

c o o l e r l i n e s (B). T u r n the e n d s of the A T F c o o l e r
h o s e s up to p r e v e n t A T F f r o m f l o w i n g out, t h e n
plug the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s a n d t h e lines.

23. D i s c o n n e c t the A T F c o o l e r h o s e (A) f r o m the A T F

line (B). T u r n the e n d of the A T F c o o l e r h o s e up to
p r e v e n t A T F f r o m f l o w i n g o u t t h e n plug the h o s e
a n d line.

20. C h e c k for a n y s i g n s of l e a k a g e at t h e h o s e joints.

21. D i s c o n n e c t the 3rd c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid

p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d r e m o v e the
h a r n e s s c l a m p (B) f r o m the c l a m p b r a c k e t (C).

24. R e m o v e the A T F c o o l e r h o s e (C) f r o m the h o s e

c l a m p (D).

14-234
25, R e m o v e the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket 27. Install t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) to
bolts. t h e v e h i c l e , a n d attach t h e h o o k (A) to the slotted
h o l e in the e n g i n e hanger a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 ) .
N O T E : Do not r e m o v e t h e T O R X bolt (A) f r o m t h e T i g h t e n t h e w i n g nut (B) by h a n d to lift a n d s u p p o r t
u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t If t h e T O R X bolt is the engine.
r e m o v e d , t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be
replaced a s an assembly. NOTE:
* B e careful w h e n working around the w i n d s h i e l d .
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the h o o d o p e n e r c a b l e
w h e n Installing t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r
f A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) at the front b u l k h e a d .

26, A t t a c h t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
to the t h r e a d e d h o l e l o c a t e d o n t h e rear s i d e of t h e
cylinder head.

(cont'd)

14-235
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)

28. R e m o v e t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m its c l a m p I B ) . 3 2 . R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid return h o s e c l a m p

bolt (A),

33. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line c l a m p bolt (B).

34. R e m o v e the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bolts (A), t h e n

r e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t (B).

29. R e m o v e the front m o u n t s t o p (C) a n d the c l a m p

bracket (D), a n d r e m o v e the front m o u n t bolt ( E ) .

30. R e m o v e the heat s h i e l d m o u n t i n g bolts (A), t h e n

r e m o v e the heat s h i e l d (B).

3 1 . R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bracket
bolts ( C h

14-236
3 5 . R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e 37. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid Sine c l a m p bolt (A).
rear engine mount upper bracket IB).
A. C

—4

38. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line (B) f r o m its

c l a m p (C).

39. R e m o v e the bolts (B), a n d the s e l f - l o c k i n g nuts ( C ) .

3 6 . R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x stiffeners.

40. R e m o v e e x h a u s t pipe A .

(confd)

14-237
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)

41. R e m o v e - t h e cotter p i n s (Ah the c a s t l e nuts (B), t h e 43. R e m o v e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A), a n d

d a m p e r p i n c h bolts ( C ) , t h e d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g r e m o v e t h e d r i v e plate bolts (B) (8) w h i l e rotating
nuts (D), t h e bolts ( E ) , a n d t h e d a m p e r forks (F), t h e c r a n k s h a f t pulley.
t h e n s e p a r a t e the ball j o i n t s (G) f r o m the Sower
a r m s ( s e e p a g e 18-21).

44. V I N b e g i n s w i t h JHM: R e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r

(A), t h e n r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the shift
c a b l e bracket (B).

42. R e m o v e the cotter p i n s (H) a n d the nuts (I), t h e n

s e p a r a t e t h e tie-rod e n d ball j o i n t s f r o m t h e
"fa|yckles ( s e e s t e p 2 6 o n p a g e 17-40).

45. V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g clip (C)

a n d the control pin (D), t h e n s e p a r a t e t h e shift c a b l e
(E) f r o m t h e s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l fever (F). Do not b e n d
t h e shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .

14-238
48. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : R e m o v e the shift c a b l e c o v e r 48. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t nuts.
(A), a n d r e m o v e t h e t w o bolts s e c u r i n g t h e shift
c a b l e b r a c k e t IB).

49. R e m o v e both front s u b f r a m e m i d - m o u n t bolts.

47, VIM b e g i n s w i t h I H G : P r y up t h e lock tab of t h e lock

w a s h e r ( C ) , a n d r e m o v e the lock bolt f D) a n d t h e
lock w a s h e r , t h e n s e p a r a t e the shift c a b l e (E) f r o m
t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft (F). D o not b e n d t h e shift
cable excessively.

(cont'd)

14-239
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)
50. H a n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x to the b o d y w i t h a s t r a p . 53. R e m o v e the four bolts (A) s e c u r i n g the stiffeners,
a n d r e m o v e t h e four bolts (B) s e c u r i n g the front
51. A t t a c h the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 ) s u b f r a m e , t h e n Sower the front s u b f r a m e .
to the front s u b f r a m e by looping the s t r a p (A) o v e r
the front of the front s u b f r a m e , t h e n s e c u r e the
s t r a p with the s t o p (B), t h e n tighten the w i n g nut (C).

B B

54. P l a c e a j a c k u n d e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n .

52. R a i s e a j a c k a n d Sine up the s l o t s in the a r m s w i t h 55. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t

the- bolt h o l e s on the c o r n e r of t h e j a c k b a s e , t h e n
tighten the bolts.

14-240
58s R e m o v e t h e left s i d e d r i v e s h a f t f r o m the differential 58, R e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t
a n d the right s i d e d r i v e s h a f t f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e
shaft. C o a t all p r e c i s i o n m a c h i n e d s u r f a c e s w i t h
c l e a n e n g i n e o i l , t h e n put p l a s t i c b a g s o v e r t h e
d r i v e s h a f t e n d s . H a n g the d r i v e s h a f t s to the b o d y
with a strap.

57. R e m o v e the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft. C o a t ail p r e c i s i o n

m a c h i n e d s u r f a c e s w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e oil, t h e n put
p l a s t i c b a g s o v e r the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft e n d s .

(cont'd)

14-241
Automatic Transmission

Transmission Removal (cont'd)

59. R e m o v e the front e n g i n e m o u n t bracket. 62. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n by l o o s e n i n g the w i n g nut
on the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r , a n d tilt t h e e n g i n e
just e n o u g h for t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n to c l e a r the s i d e
f r a m e . C h e c k that the t r a n s m i s s i o n Is c o m p l e t e r y
free of the A T F a n d c o o l a n t h o s e s , v a c u u m h o s e s ,
a n d the electrical w i r i n g .

63. P l a c e the j a c k u n d e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n .

64. R e m o v e the front t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g

bolts.

60. R e m o v e the j a c k .

61. R e m o v e the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.

65. R e m o v e the c r a n k s h a f t position ( C K P ) s e n s o r c o v e r .

14-242
 Transmission Installation
6 8 . R e m o v e t h e rear t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g Special Tools Required
bolts. * Engine hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256
N O T E : Be c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the C K P s e n s o r * Front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6
and the s e n s o r harness. * S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S
T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
Tool and Equipment Program 888-424-6857.

N O T E : U s e f e n d e r c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.

1. If y o u did not c l e a n the A T F c o o l e r w h e n y o u

r e m o v e d the t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d y o u a r e installing
a n o v e r h a u l e d or r e m a n u f a c t u r e d t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
c l e a n the A T F c o o l e r ( s e e p a g e 14-258).

2. install a n e w O-ring.(A) o n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r (B),

t h e n install the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r o n the m a i n s h a f t
(C).

6 7 . C h e c k o n c e a g a i n that the t r a n s m i s s i o n is free of

v a c u u m hoses, A T F and coolant hoses, and
electrical wiring.

8 8 , S l i d e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a w a y f r o m the e n g i n e to
r e m o v e it f r o m the v e h i c l e .

6 9 . R e m o v e the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , t h e O - r i n g , a n d t h e
dowel pins.

3. Install the 14 x 20 m m d o w e l p i n s (D) in t h e t o r q u e

converter housing.

4. P l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n on a j a c k , a n d r a i s e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n to the e n g i n e l e v e l , t h e n fit the
t r a n s m i s s i o n to the e n g i n e .

70-, I n s p e c t the d r i v e plate, a n d r e p l a c e it if it is

damaged,

(confd)

14-243
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

5. Install t h e rear t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g 7. Install t h e front t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g

bolts. bolts.

12 x 1.25 mm
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e c r a n k s h a f t
64 N-m (6.5 kgf-m, 4 7 Ibf-ft) 12 x 1.25 mm
position ( C K P ) s e n s o r a n d the s e n s o r h a r n e s s .

12 x1.25 mm
6 4 N-m (6.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft)

6. Install the C K P s e n s o r c o v e r . 8. R e m o v e t h e jack.

9. Install t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.

12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

12 x 1.25 mm
6 4 SHI-iB (6.5 kgf-m, 4 7 Ibf-ft)

10. P l a c e the j a c k u n d e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .

14-244
 <3®
11. Install the front e n g i n e m o u n t bracket w i t h n e w 13. install a n e w s e t ring (A) on the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft
bolts. <B).

12 x 1.25 mm
64!Si.ni
16,5 kgf-m,
47 Ibf-ftl
Replace.

A A
"""" Replace.

14.0 kgf-m, 29 Ibf-ftl

14. C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t

c o n t a c t s the t r a n s m i s s i o n (differential) w i t h s o l v e n t ,
a n d dry w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. A p p l y A T F to the
12, install t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t bracket w i t h n e w i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft s p l i n e s (C), t h e n install the
bolts. i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft. B e s u r e not to a l l o w d u s t or
o t h e r f o r e i g n particles to e n t e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .

12x1.25 m m
15. Install n e w s e t ring (A) on the left d r i v e s h a f t (B).
IBM kgf-m, 8 5 Ibf-ftl
Replace.

A
Replace.

(cont'd)

14-245
A u t o m a t i c Transmission
Transmission installation (cont'd)

16. C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e t h e left d r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t s 20. S e t the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 ) to

t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (differential) w i t h s o l v e n t , a n d dry the front s u b f r a m e by l o o p i n g t h e s t r a p (A).over t h e
w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. T h e n install the left d r i v e s h a f t . front of the front s u b f r a m e , t h e n s e c u r e the s t r a p
B e s u r e not to a l l o w d u s t or o t h e r foreign p a r t i c l e s w i t h the s t o p (B), t h e n t i g h t e n the w i n g nut (C).
to e n t e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n . T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g knuckle
fully o u t w a r d , a n d s l i d e the d r i v e s h a f t into the
differential until y o u feel its s e t ring fully e n g a g e
the s i d e g e a r .

17. A p p l y the s u p e r h i g h - t e m p u r e a g r e a s e
(P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2 ) to t h e right d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d -
joint s p l i n e s .

18. S l i d e the right d r i v e s h a f t o v e r t h e intermediate

s h a f t s p l i n e s until y o u feel t h e d r i v e s h a f t fully
e n g a g e the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t s e t ring.

19. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t s w i t h n e w
bolts.

10 x 1.25 rnrri
5 4 N - m (5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

14-246
2 1 , R a i s e t h e front s u b f r a m e up to t h e b o d y , t h e n 22. L o o s e l y tighten the front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt
l o o s e l y install n e w front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts {A) in t h e right rear stiffener until t h e front
(A),, the s t i f f e n e r m o u n t i n g bolts (B), a n d n e w s u b f r a m e i n s u l a t o r c o n t a c t s the b o d y ; i n s e r t t h e
stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts (C). s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin ( 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 OS) t h r o u g h
the p o s i t i o n i n g slot (B) o n t h e right r e a r stiffener,
N O T E : Be careful w h e n connecting these items: t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C) o n t h e front
* F r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t a n d its bracket s u b f r a m e , a n d Into the positioning h o l e on the
* T r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t a n d front s u b f r a m e body.
* D a m p e r forks a n d lower a r m s
C

23. L o o s e l y tighten t h e front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt

In the left r e a r stiffener In t h e s a m e m a n n e r i n s t e p
22.

24. R e i n s e r t t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin t h r o u g h t h e
Replace. Replace.
p o s i t i o n i n g slot o n t h e right r e a r stiffener, t h r o u g h
t h e p o s i t i o n i n g hole o n the front s u b f r a m e , a n d Into
t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n the b o d y , t h e n tighten t h e
front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d
torque.

25. T i g h t e n the s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt in t h e left rear

stiffener in the s a m e m a n n e r in s t e p 24.

26. T i g h t e n the front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts In the

right front stiffener a n d t h e left front stiffener to t h e
specified torque.

(cont'd)

14-247
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

27. C h e c k that the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e s a n d s l o t s a r e 3 2 . V I N . b e g i n s with J H M : A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e

aligned using the subframe alignment pin. to the hole in the b u s h i n g (A) in t h e shift c a b l e e n d
(B) . A t t a c h t h e shift c a b l e e n d to the control l e v e r
28. T i g h t e n the rear a n d front stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts (C) , t h e n insert the control pin (D) into the control
•to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . l e v e r hole t h r o u g h the shift c a b l e e n d , a n d s e c u r e
the control pin with t h e s p r i n g clip (E). D o not b e n d
29. R e m o v e the j a c k a n d t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r . the shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .

30. R e p l a c e the front s u b f r a m e m i d - m o u n t m o u n t i n g

bolts.

6 x 1 . 0 mm 9.8 N-m
1 2 N-m fl.O k g f m ,
C1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft) 7.2 Ibf-ft)

33. V I N b e g i n s with J H M : Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket

(F) with t h e bolts ( G ) .

34. V I N b e g i n s with J H M : Install the shift c a b l e c o v e r

(H).

10 x 1.25 m m
44 N-m 14.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf-ft)

14-248
 <30
35. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G ; Install t h e control l e v e r (A) 38. A t t a c h the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r to t h e d r i v e plate with
o v e r the s e l e c t o r control s h a f t (B), S e c u r e the t h e eight bolts (A). Rotate the c r a n k s h a f t pulley a s
control l e v e r w i t h a n e w lock w a s h e r (C) a n d t h e n e c e s s a r y to tighten t h e bolts to 1/2 of t h e s p e c i f i e d
lock bolt (D), t h e n b e n d t h e lock tab of the Sock j t o r q u e , t h e n to the final t o r q u e , in a c r i s s c r o s s
w a s h e r a g a i n s t t h e bolt h e a d . pattern. After tightening t h e last bolt, c h e c k that the
c r a n k s h a f t rotates freely.

A
6 M 1.0 m m
12IM.ni 11.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)

1.0 m m
- 6 K
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)
0
8 x 1.0 m m
%4U>m 3 9 . Install t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (B).
{1.4 k g f - m ,
10.1 Ibf-ft)

6 x 1.0 m m 6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8 . 7 Ibf-ft) 9 . 8 N-m
(1.0 k g f - m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)

36, V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install the shift c a b l e bracket

I E ) with the b o l t s (F).

37, V I N b e g i n s with I H G : install t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r ( G ) .

(confd)

14-249
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

40. Install e x h a u s t pipe A w i t h t h e bolts, n e w self- 41. Install the d a m p e r forks (A) o v e r t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d
l o c k i n g n u t s , a n d n e w g a s k e t s (B) (C). onto the l o w e r a r m s (B) ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 18-33).
L o o s e l y install the d a m p e r p i n c h bolts (C) into t h e
d a m p e r forks.

'10 x 1.25 m m
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 36 Ibf-ft)

D
Replace.

E
12x1.25
64 N-m
(6.5 kgf-m,
47 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm 8 x 1.25 m m
33 N-m 22 N-m
I3.4 kgf-m, (2.2 kgf-m,
25 Ibf-ft) 16 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N-m
(5.5 kgf-m,
40 Ibf-ft)

J
Replace.
H
Replace.
G"
14 x 1.5 m m
78—88 N-m
( 8 . 0 - 9 . 0 kgf-m, 5 8 - 6 5 Ibf-ft)

42. C o n n e c t the d a m p e r forks a n d the l o w e r a r m s w i t h

n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolts (D), t h e n l o o s e l y
tighten a n e w m o u n t i n g n u t s ( E ) .

43. Install the ball joints (F) o n t h e l o w e r a r m s w i t h the

c a s t l e nuts (G) ( s e e p a g e 18-21).

N O T E : Do not install t h e n e w cotter p i n s (H) onto

the c a s t l e nuts until t h e c a s t l e nuts t i g h t e n e d to the
specified torque.

44. Install the tie-rod e n d ball j o i n t s to e a c h knuckle

w i t h t h e nuts (I) a n d n e w cotter p i n s (J) ( s e e s t e p 3 2
on p a g e 17-62).

14-250
 #0
45, P o s i t i o n t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x o n t h e r e a r e n g i n e 48. Install t h e w a s h e r s (A) b e t w e e n t h e s t e e r i n g
m o u n t b a s e bracket, g e a r b o x a n d t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t b a s e b r a c k e t
t h e n install t h e g e a r b o x stiffeners IB) a n d t h e bolts
48, S e c u r e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line c l a m p (A) w i t h o n t h e left s i d e of t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , a n d l o o s e l y
the b o l t tighten t h e bolts.

8 x 1.0 in in 14 M 1.5 mm
9,8 N-m 74 N-m
(7.5 kgf-m, 54 Ibf-ft) 10 x 1.25 m m
11.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
10 x 1.25 m m (6.0 kgf m, 43 Ibf-ft)
59 U-m
\ (6.0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf-ft)

47. S e c u r e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line (B) w i t h t h e

clamp (Ch

1 4 x 1.5 m m
74 N-m
(7.5 kgf-m, 54 Ibf-ft)

49. Install t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bracket bolts

(A), t h e n tighten t h e bolts o n t h e left s i d e of t h e
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

10 x 1.25 m m
38 M-m (3,9 kgf-m, 28 Ibf-ft)

S i 1.0 m m
9.8 U-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

50. Install t h e heat s h i e l d w i t h t h e bolts (B).

(confd)

14-251
Automatic Transmission

Transmission Installation (cont'd)

5 1 . InstaSS t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r b r a c k e t (A), t h e 54. S e c u r e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid line c l a m p (A) a n d

bolts (B), a n d a n e w bolt ( C ) , a n d tighten t h e bolts. the fluid return h o s e c l a m p (B) w i t h t h e bolts.

6x1.@ m m
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

52. Install the rear e n g i n e m o u n t w i t h n e w bolts (A).

A
10 x 1.25 m m
54 N-m (53 kgf-m, 4® Ibf-ft)
• Replace.

B
12x1.25 mm
78 N-m (8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

53. L o o s e l y install a n e w r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (B).

 (cont'd)

14-253
Automatic Transmission

Transmission installation (cont'd)

5 9 . T i g h t e n the front e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A). 64. C o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e (A) to the A T F c o o l e r

line (B), a n d s e c u r e It w i t h the clip ( s e e p a g e
14-260).

6 5 . Install t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e (C) on t h e c l a m p (D) at

t h e m a r k (E).

60. Install the front e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B) a n d the 6 6 . Install the v a c u u m h o s e (A).

v a c u u m h o s e c l a m p bracket (C).

6 1 . Install the v a c u u m h o s e (D) o n its c l a m p (E) at the

m a r k (F).

6 2 . T i g h t e n t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t bolt to 78 N-m

(8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft).

6 3 . T i g h t e n the t r a n s m i s s i o n u p p e r m o u n t bolts to
59 N-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf-ft).

14-254
87. C o n n e c t t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e 6 9 . C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p (A), the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e
IB) o n the c l a m p b r a c k e t (C). B c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d the A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d Install the
h a r n e s s c l a m p (D) o n t h e c l a m p bracket (E).

68, C o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A) to t h e A T F c o o l e r
l i n e s (B), a n d s e c u r e t h e h o s e s w i t h the c l i p s
( s e e p a g e 14-260).

B 7 0 . C o n n e c t the output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d

\ s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e Input shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).

i
\
i

:>W/

^7 /

(cont'd)

1 4™25§
Automatic Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)

71. C o n n e c t the A / F s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C), then install it 7 5 . Install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box.

o n its bracket (D).
76. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e
7 2 . C o n n e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h s u b h a r n e s s 14-231).
c o n n e c t o r (E), t h e n install it o n its bracket (F).
77. Install the battery b a s e .
73. Install the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o v e r (G) o n the A T F
filter bracket (H). 78. Install the air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 11-359)
a n d the intake air d u c t
74. C o n n e c t the A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h 79. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (B), 22-90).
a n d install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C) on the h a r n e s s
c l a m p b r a c k e t s (D). 80. L o o s e l y install the front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g n u t s
(A) on the front strut b r a c e (B), a n d install the h o s e
(C) on its c l a m p s (D).

A A
8 x 1 . 2 5 mm 8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m 22 N-m

14-256
 Drive Plate Removal and
Installation
81, S e t t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d shift
t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n t h r o u g h all g e a r s t h r e e t i m e s .
1. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
82, C h e c k the shift l e v e r o p e r a t i o n , t h e A / T g e a r 14-232).
p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r o p e r a t i o n , a n d t h e shift c a b l e
adjustment 2. R e m o v e t h e drive plate (A) a n d the w a s h e r (B) f r o m
the engine.
83, P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r t h e l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e
t h e front s u s p e n s i o n to l o a d it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s
w e i g h t Do n o t p l a c e t h e j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint
pin of t h e k n u c k l e .
T i g h t e n t h e d a m p e r p i n c h bolt a n d t h e d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e m o u n t i n g bolt to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

34, T i g h t e n t h e l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g c a s t l e n u t s to t h e
s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , t h e n install t h e n e w cotter p i n s
onto t h e c a s t l e nuts ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 18-21).

85. T i g h t e n t h e front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts o n top

of the d a m p e r to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e ,

86. Install t h e front w h e e l s .

87. Instal 1 t h e s p l a s h s h i e i d .
12 x 1.0 m m
74 U>m 1 7 . 5 kgf-m, 54 Ibf-ft)
8 8 . Install t h e front grille c o v e r .

89. C h e c k a n d a d j u s t t h e front w h e e l a l i g n m e n t 3. Install t h e d r i v e plate a n d the w a s h e r o n t h e e n g i n e ,

( s e e p a g e 18-5). 'and tighten the eight bolts in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in
at l e a s t t w o s t e p s .
90. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h the shift l e v e r in P or N , a n d
w a r m it up to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the 4. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-243).
radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .

9 1 . T u r n t h e e n g i n e off, a n d c h e c k t h e A T F l e v e l
( s e e p a g e 14-230).

9 2 . D o t h e r o a d test ( s e e p a g e 14-206).

14-257
Automatic Transmission

ATF Cooler Cleaning

Special Tools Required 2. Plug the c o o l e r c l e a n e r into a 110 V g r o u n d e d

* A T F cooler cleaner GHTTTCF6H electrical outlet.
• M a g n e t i c n o n b y p a s s s p i n - o n filter G T H G N B P 2
T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s are a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857. M a k e s u r e the outlet h a s no other a p p l i a n c e s
(light f i x t u r e s , d r o p lights, e x t e n s i o n c o r d s )
B e f o r e Installing a n o v e r h a u l e d or r e m a n u f a c t u r e d p l u g g e d Into it. A l s o , n e v e r plug the c o o l e r
a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n , y o u m u s t t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the c l e a n e r into a n e x t e n s i o n c o r d or drop-light;
A T F c o o l e r to p r e v e n t s y s t e m c o n t a m i n a t i o n . F a i l u r e to y o u c o u l d d a m a g e the unit.
do s o could c a u s e a repeat automatic t r a n s m i s s i o n
failure.

T h e cleaning procedure Involves heated ATF-Z1

d e l i v e r e d u n d e r high p r e s s u r e (100 psi). C h e c k the
s e c u r i t y of all h o s e s a n d c o n n e c t i o n s . A l w a y s w e a r
s a f e t y g l a s s e s or a f a c e s h i e l d , a l o n g w i t h g l o v e s a n d
p r o t e c t i v e clothing. If y o u get A T F In y o u r e y e s or o n
your skin, rinse with water Immediately.

A WARNING
* I m p r o p e r u s e of the A T F c o o l e r c l e a n e r c a n result
in b u r n s a n d other s e r i o u s i n j u r i e s .
• A l w a y s w e a r e y e protection a n d protective 3. Flip t h e H E A T toggle s w i t c h to O N ; the g r e e n
c l o t h i n g , a n d follow t h i s p r o c e d u r e . indicator a b o v e the t o g g l e s w i t c h c o m e s o n . W a i t
1 h o u r for t h e c o o l e r c l e a n e r to r e a c h its o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e . (The c o o l e r c l e a n e r is r e a d y to u s e
1. C h e c k the fluid in the c o o l e r c l e a n e r tank. (The fluid w h e n the t e m p e r a t u r e g a u g e r e a d s 140 °F to 150 °F.)
level s h o u l d be 4.5 i n c h e s f r o m the top of the filler
neck.) A d j u s t the level if n e e d e d ; do not overfill.' N O T E : If t h e red Indicator a b o v e the H E A T toggle
U s e o n l y H o n d a A T F - Z 1 ; do not u s e a n y a d d i t i v e s . s w i t c h c o m e s o n , the fluid level in t h e tank is too
l o w for t h e tank h e a t e r to w o r k ( s e e step-1 of t h i s
procedure).

4. -Select the a p p r o p r i a t e pair of fittings, a n d attach

t h e m to t h e radiator, to the h o s e s , or to t h e b a n j o
bolts for f l o w t h r o u g h the A T F c o o l e r c l e a n e r .

TO HOSE T O B A N J O BOLT

COOLER C L E A N E R

14-258
 5. C o n n e c t t h e r e d h o s e to the c o o l e r outlet line (the 12. Flip t h e M O T O R toggle s w i t c h to O N , and" let the
line that n o r m a l l y g o e s to t h e e x t e r n a l filter on the p u m p run for 5 m i n u t e s . W h i l e the p u m p is r u n n i n g ,
t r a n s mi s s i o n ) , o p e n a n d c l o s e the air p u r g e v a l v e periodically.
A l w a y s o p e n the v a l v e s l o w l y . At the e n d of the
8. C o n n e c t the b l u e h o s e to the c o o l e r inlet line. 5 - m i n u t e c l e a n i n g p e r i o d , l e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e
open.
7, C o n n e c t a s h o p air h o s e (regulated to 100 to
125 psi) to t h e air p u r g e v a l v e . N O T E : W h i l e t h e p u m p is r u n n i n g w i t h the air
p u r g e v a l v e o p e n , it is n o r m a l to s e e v a p o r c o m i n g
f r o m the filler/breather t u b e v e n t s .
T h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t fitting h a s a o n e - w a y
c h e c k v a l v e to k e e p A T F f r o m entering y o u r 13. W i t h the air p u r g e v a l v e - o p e n , flip t h e M O T O R
s h o p ' s air s y s t e m . Do not r e m o v e or r e p l a c e toggle s w i t c h to O F F . L e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e
t h e fitting. A t t a c h the c o u p l e r p r o v i d e d w i t h o p e n for at least 15 s e c o n d s to p u r g e the Sines a n d
the c o o l e r c l e a n e r to y o u r s h o p air line if h o s e s of r e s i d u a l A T F , t h e n c l o s e t h e v a l v e .
y o u r c o u p l e r is not c o m p a t i b l e .
14. D i s c o n n e c t the red a n d blue h o s e s f r o m the A T F
8. Flip t h e M O T O R toggle s w i t c h to O N ; the g r e e n cooler lines.
indicator a b o v e t h e toggle s w i t c h c o m e s o n . Let t h e
p u m p run for 5 m i n u t e s . W h i l e the p u m p is r u n n i n g , 15. C o n n e c t the red a n d blue h o s e s to e a c h other.
o p e n a n d c l o s e t h e air p u r g e v a l v e p e r i o d i c a l l y to
c a u s e agitation a n d i m p r o v e t h e c l e a n i n g p r o c e s s . 16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s h o p asr f r o m the air p u r g e v a l v e .
A l w a y s o p e n t h e v a l v e s l o w l y . At the e n d of the D i s c o n n e c t a n d s t o w the c o u p l e r if u s e d ,
5-ml note c l e a n i n g p e r i o d , l e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e
open, 17. D i s c o n n e c t a n d s t o w the fittings f r o m the A T F
c o o l e r Inlet a n d outlet l i n e s .
N O T E : W h i l e the p u m p is r u n n i n g w i t h the air
p u r g e v a l v e o p e n , it Is n o r m a l to s e e v a p o r c o m i n g 18. U n p l u g the c o o l e r c l e a n e r f r o m the 110 V outlet.
f r o m t h e filler/breather t u b e v e n t s .
Tool Maintenance

F o l l o w t h e s e i n s t r u c t i o n s to k e e p the A T F c o o l e r c l e a n e r
w o r k i n g properly:

* R e p l a c e the t w o m a g n e t i c n o n b y p a s s s p i n - o n filters
after e v e r y 20 h o u r s of u s e . B a s e d on the h o u r - m e t e r ,
or w h e n y o u notice a restriction in the A T F flow,
* C h e c k the level a n d the condition of the fluid in the
tank before e a c h u s e .
* R e p l a c e the A T F in the tank w h e n It looks dark or dirty.

9. W i t h t h e air p u r g e v a l v e o p e n , flip the M O T O R

t o g g l e s w i t c h to O F F ; t h e g r e e n Indicator g o e s off.
L e a v e the air p u r g e v a l v e o p e n for at least
15 s e c o n d s to p u r g e the l i n e s a n d h o s e s of r e s i d u a l
A T F , t h e n c l o s e the v a l v e ,

10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e red a n d blue h o s e s from: the A T F

c o o l e r . Mow c o n n e c t the red h o s e to the c o o l e r inlet
line.

11. N o w c o n n e c t t h e blue h o s e to the c o o l e r outlet line.

14-259
Automatic Transmission

N O T E : W h e n installing the h o s e c l a m p s , m a k e s u r e not to interfere to the s u r r o u n d i n g parts,

1. Install the A T F c o o l e r h o s e s o v e r the A T F c o o l e r l i n e s w i t h the c l i p s at appropriate points in r e f e r e n c e to the

f o l l o w i n g list. A l i g n the pink paint m a r k (J) to the u p s i d e , a n d the w h i t e paint m a r k (K) to the d o w n s i d e .

Point D i s t a n c e f r o m H o s e E n d t o C l i p (L) H o s e E n d C o n t a c t Point

A 6 - 8 m m ( 0 . 2 4 - 0 . 3 1 In.) A T F Filter
B 6 - 8 m m ( 0 . 2 4 - 0 . 3 1 In.) Bulge
C
D
E
F
G
H 2 - 4 m m ( 0 . 0 8 - 0 . 1 6 In.) Bulge
1

2. S e c u r e the A T F c o o l e r h o s e w i t h the c l a m p (M) at the pink paint line (N).

3. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F to the proper level ( s e e p a g e 14-230).

14-260
ATF Filter Replacement
N O T E : T h e A T F filter is not a s c h e d u l e d m a i n t e n a n c e 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A) f r o m the A T F
Item. R e p l a c e the filter o n l y if it i s l e a k i n g , or filter I B ) .
c o n t a m i n a t e d , o r w h e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is b e i n g
o v e r h a u l e d or r e p l a c e d w i t h a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d u n i t

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y the parking

b r a k e , block t h e r e a r w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of
t h e v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e It is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d ,

2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .

3« R e m o v e t h e d r a i n plug (A), a n d d r a i n the

t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid ( A T F ) .

A.

6. R e m o v e the A T F filter h o l d e r (C), a n d r e m o v e the

A T F filter.

7. Install a n e w A T F filter, a n d s e c u r e It w i t h Its h o l d e r

4. R e i n s t a l l the d r a i n plug w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r a n d bolt.
IB).,
8. C o n n e c t the A T F c o o l e r - h o s e s to the A T F filter, a n d
s e c u r e the h o s e s w i t h the c l i p s "(see p a g e 14-260).

9. Install the s p l a s h s h i e l d .

10. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 on p a g e

14-231).

14-261
A u t o m a t i c Transmission

Shift Lever Removal

1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). 5. Rotate the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h t h e
2. M o v e t h e shift l e v e r to R. retainer lock (C) Into t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer to
lock the retainer.
3. R e m o v e t h e nut s e c u r i n g t h e shift c a b l e e n d .
A

6. S l i d e (A) the s o c k e t h o l d e r (B) to r e m o v e the shift

4. U n l o c k the retainer (A). c a b l e (C) f r o m t h e shift c a b l e bracket (D). Do not
r e m o v e the shift c a b l e by pulling the shift c a b l e
g u i d e (E).

D.

14-262
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r (A) 8. R e m o v e the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r / t h e park
a n d t h e park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position indicator pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l light
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r (B). c o n n e c t o r , a n d the h a r n e s s c o v e r (G) f r o m the shift
lever b r a c k e t b a s e .
T y p e A S h i f t Lewer
9. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r m o u n t i n g bolts (D), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y (E).

14-263
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lever Installation

1. Install the shift lever a s s e m b l y (A). 3. P u s h the shift c a b l e (A) until it s t o p s , t h e n r e l e a s e i t

Pull the shift c a b l e b a c k o n e s t e p s o that the shift
T y p e A Shift Lever position is in FL Do not hold the shift c a b l e g u i d e (B)
to a d j u s t the shift c a b l e .

T y p e B Shift Lever

2. C o n n e c t the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r (B) a n d

the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position indicator
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d install the h a r n e s s
c o v e r (D) on the shift l e v e r bracket b a s e .

14-264
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO), 7. A l i g n t h e c l e a r a n c e (A) b e t w e e n t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r
(B) a n d t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (C) w i t h t h e
6. P l a c e t h e shift l e v e r in R, t h e n i n s e r t a 6.0 m m o p e n i n g (D) in the shift c a b l e bracket ( E ) , t h e n s l i d e
10.24 in.) pin (A) into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (B) o n t h e '• the h o l d e r into t h e bracket w h i l e installing t h e s h i f t '
shift l e v e r , t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n the shift c a b l e e n d (F) o v e r the m o u n t i n g s t u d (G) by
l e v e r , a n d into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e bracket. a l i g n i n g its s q u a r e hole (H) w i t h t h e s q u a r e fitting
U s e o n l y a 6.0 m m (0.24 in,) p i n w i t h no b u r r s . (I) at the bottom of t h e s t u d . D o not install the shift
c a b l e by h o l d i n g the shift c a b l e g u i d e ( J ) .
T y p e A Shift Lever
N O T E : W h e n the s o c k e t holder is i n s t a l l e d in t h e
shift c a b l e bracket, t h e retainer lock is u n h i n g e d
a n d r e l e a s e s t h e h o l d e r retainer lock, t h e n t h e
h o l d e r retainer r e t u r n s u n d e r s p r i n g f o r c e to s e c u r e
t h e shift c a b l e .

Type B Shift Lever

8. P u s h the retainer lock (A) fully to lock the s o c k e t

h o l d e r retainer (B), a n d m a k e s u r e that the retainer
lock fits Into the hinged-joint (C). If the retainer lock
d o e s not fit w i t h t h e e d g e of the hinged-joint, rotate
the h o l d e r retainer c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e p u s h i n g
the retainer lock until it locks.

(confd)

14-265
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lever Installation (cont'd)

9. C h e c k that the shift c a b l e e n d (A) is p r o p e r l y 10. If i m p r o p e r l y i n s t a l l e d , r e m o v e the shift c a b l e f r o m

installed o n the m o u n t i n g s t u d (B). the shift lever bracket b a s e , a n d reinstall the shift
c a b l e . Do not Install the shift c a b l e e n d on the
Improperly installed: m o u n t i n g s t u d w h i l e the shift c a b l e is on the shift
Sever bracket b a s e .
Cable end
positions
out of the 11. Install a n d tighten the nut on the shift c a b l e e n d .
mounting stud.

Cable end rides

on the bottom
of the mounting
stud.

Properly installed:

8 x 1.25 min
22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)

12. R e m o v e the 6.0 m m (0.24 in.) pin that w a s installed

to hold the shift lever.

13. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M o v e the shift

l e v e r to e a c h p o s i t i o n , a n d c h e c k that t h e A / T g e a r
position Indicator f o l l o w s the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
switch.

14. Shift the shift lever to P, a n d c h e c k that the shift

lock w o r k s properly. P u s h the shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d
c h e c k that the shift lever r e l e a s e s , a n d a l s o c h e c k
that the shift lever locks w h e n It is shifted b a c k to P.

15. R e i n s t a l l the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).

14-266
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly

Type A Shift Lever

M O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n t h e t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u

h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r h a n d s of g l o v e s .

' SCREWS
5 x 0.8 m m
3 N-m |0.3 kgf-m, 2 Ibf-ft!
SHIFT LEVER KNOB Replace.

SHIFT L E V E R
iCNOB C O V E R

SHIFT L E V E R ROD

SHIFT LOCK
R E L E A S E SPRING

SCREW
0.4 N»m
(0.04 kgf»m, 0.3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

A / T G E A R POSITION HARNESS
INDICATOR PANEL WIRE TIE

A/T GEAR POSmON

INDICATOR PAMEL
BASE
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID

PLUNGER
SPRING

8 x 1.25 mm SHIFT LOCK

22 N-m SOLENOID
I2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft) PLUNGER

8 M 1.25 mm
22 N-m
SILICONE G R E A S E (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)

(confd)

14-267
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly ( c o n t ' d )

Type B Shift Lewer

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u
h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s of g l o v e s .

> SCREWS
5 x 0.8 mm
3 N-m I0.3 kgf-m, 2 Ibf-ft)
>lace.

SHIFT LEVER KNOB

SHIFT L E V E R R O D

A / T G E A R POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL
LIGHT B U L B

SHIFT LOCH
STOP

A / T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL

LEVER COVER

SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID

PLUNGER
SPRING

A / T G E A R POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL B A S E SHIFT LOGIC
SOLENOID
PLUNGER

SHIFT L E V E R
BRACKET B A S E

8 x 1.25 mm
22 N-m
(2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ftl 8 x 1.25 min
22 N-m
12.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ftl

14-268
Shift Cable Replacement
1. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y t h e parking 6, Rotate t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)
brake, b l o c k t h e rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e t h e front of c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h the
the v e h i c l e , M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d . retainer lock (C) into the retainer to lock t h e retainer.

A
2. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).

3. M o v e the shift l e v e r to R,

4. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e e n d .

7, S l i d e (A) the s o c k e t h o l d e r (B) to r e m o v e the shift

c a b l e (C) f r o m t h e shift c a b l e bracket (D). Do not
r e m o v e the shift c a b l e by pulling t h e shift c a b l e
g u i d e (E).

5. U n l o c k the retainer (A). D,

(confd)

14-269
Automatic Transmission
Shift Cable Replacement (cont'd)

8. VIM b e g i n s w i t h J H M : R e m o v e the shift c a b l e c o v e r 11. V I N b e g i n s w i t h SHG: Pry up the lock t a b of the lock
w a s h e r (C), a n d r e m o v e the lock-bolt CD) a n d the
lock w a s h e r , t h e n s e p a r a t e the shift c a b l e (E) f r o m
the control shaft (F).

12. R e m o v e the heat s h i e l d .

9. V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : R e m o v e the s p r i n g clip (B) 13. R e m o v e the bolts s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e b r a c k e t

- a n d the control pin ( C ) , a n d s e p a r a t e the shift cable, (A).
e n d ID) f r o m the control l e v e r I E ) . R e m o v e the t w o
bolts s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e bracket (F).

10. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : R e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r
(A), a n d r e m o v e the t w o bolts s e c u r i n g the shift
c a b l e bracket I B ) .

14. R e m o v e the shift c a b l e g r o m m e t ( B ) , a n d pull out

the shift c a b l e (C).

15. Insert a n e w shift c a b l e t h r o u g h the g r o m m e t h o l e

CD), a n d install the g r o m m e t in its h o l e . Do not b e n d
the shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .

16. S e c u r e the shift c a b l e g r o m m e t

14-270
17. Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket. 21 VIM b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install the control l e v e r (A)
o v e r t h e s e l e c t o r control s h a f t (B). S e c u r e t h e
18, VIM b e g i n s w i t h J H M ; A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e control Sever w i t h a n e w l o c k - w a s h e r (C) a n d t h e
t o t h e h o l e in t h e b u s h i n g (A) in the shift c a b l e e n d lock bolt (D), t h e n b e n d the lock t a b of t h e Sock
(B). Attach t h e shift c a b l e e n d to t h e control l e v e r w a s h e r a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d . Do not b e n d the shift
C O , t h e n i n s e r t t h e c o n t r o l pin (D) into t h e control cable excessively.
l e v e r h o l e t h r o u g h t h e shift c a b l e e n d , a n d s e c u r e
t h e c o n t r o l pin w i t h t h e s p r i n g clip I E ) . Do not b e n d
t h e shift c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .

D
S x 1.0 mm
14 N-m
(1.4 kgf-m.

S x 1.0 m m S x 1.0 mm
G 12 M-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft) 9.8 N-m
S x 1.0 mm (1.0 kgf-m,
8 x 1.0 mm 9,8 N-m 7.2 Ibf-ftl
12 N-m (1.0 kgf-m,
11.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft) 7.2 ibf-ft)
22. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install t h e shift c a b l e bracket
19, V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M ; Install the shift c a b l e b r a c k e t (E) w i t h t h e bolts (F).
I F ! w i t h the bolts ( G ) .
23. V I N b e g i n s w i t h I H G : Install t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r ( G ) .
20, V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : Install t h e shift c a b l e c o v e r
(HI 24. Install the shift c a b l e on the shift lever, a n d a d j u s t
the shift c a b l e ( s e e p a g e 14-272),

2 5 . Install t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).

14-271
Automatic Transmission
Shift Cable Adjustment

1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). 5. Rotate the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s , a n d p u s h the
2. M o v e the shift l e v e r to R. retainer lock (C) into the retainer to lock the retainer.

A
3. R e m o v e the nut s e c u r i n g the shift c a b l e e n d .

6. S l i d e (A) the s o c k e t h o l d e r (B) to r e m o v e the shift

c a b l e (C) f r o m the shift c a b l e bracket (D). Do not
4. U n l o c k the retainer (A). r e m o v e the shift c a b l e b y pulling the shift c a b l e
g u i d e (E).

D,

14-272
7. P u s h t h e shift c a b l e (A) until it s t o p s , t h e n r e l e a s e it. 10. P l a c e the shift l e v e r in R, t h e n i n s e r t a 6.0 m m
PuSl the shift c a b l e b a c k o n e s t e p s o that t h e shift {0.24 in.) pin (A) into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (B) on the
position is in F t D o not h o l d t h e shift c a b l e g u i d e (B) shift l e v e r , t h r o u g h the p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e shift
to a d j u s t t h e shift c a b l e . l e v e r , a n d into t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e o n t h e b r a c k e t
U s e o n l y a 6.0 m m (0.24 in.) pin w i t h no b u r r s .

Type A Shift Lever

8. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d c h e c k that

t h e Ft position i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n .

T y p e B Shift Lever

9, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

(cont'd)

14-273
Automatic Transmission
Shift Cable Adjustment (cont'd)

11. C h e c k that t h e shift l e v e r is s e c u r e d in R» 14. A l i g n the c l e a r a n c e (A) b e t w e e n the s o c k e t h o l d e r

• (B) a n d the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (C) w i t h the
12, U n l o c k the retainer (A). o p e n i n g (D) in the shift c a b l e bracket ( E ) , t h e n s l i d e
t h e h o l d e r into the bracket w h i l e installing t h e shift
c a b l e e n d (F) o v e r the m o u n t i n g s t u d (G) by
a l i g n i n g its s q u a r e hole (H) w i t h the s q u a r e fitting
(I) at the-bottom of the s t u d . D o not install the shift
c a b l e by holding the shift c a b l e g u i d e ( J ) .

N O T E : W h e n the s o c k e t h o l d e r is installed in t h e
shift c a b l e b r a c k e t the r e t a i n e r lock is u n h i n g e d
a n d r e l e a s e s the h o l d e r retainer lock, t h e n the
h o l d e r retainer r e t u r n s u n d e r s p r i n g f o r c e to s e c u r e
the shift c a b l e .

13; Rotate the s o c k e t h o l d e r retainer (A)

c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) until it s t o p s to c r e a t e
c l e a r a n c e (C) b e t w e e n t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r (D) a n d the
h o l d e r retainer, a n d p u s h in the retainer (E) to lock
it.

14-274
15. P u s h the retainer lock I A ) fully to lock t h e s o c k e t 18, install a n d tighten the nut on the shift c a b l e e n d .
h o l d e r retainer I B ) , a n d m a k e s u r e that t h e retainer
lock fits into the hinged-joint (C). If the retainer lock
d o e s not fit w i t h the e d g e of the hinged-joint, rotate
the holder retainer counterclockwise while pushing
the retainer lock until it locks.

8 JC 1.25 mm
22 N<m {2.2 kgf-m, 18 ibf-ft)

19. R e m o v e the 6.0 m m (0.24 in.) pin t h a t w a s i n s t a l l e d

to hold the shift lever.

20. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), M o v e t h e shift

l e v e r to e a c h p o s i t i o n , a n d c h e c k that the A / T g e a r
position indicator f o l l o w s the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
16, C h e c k that t h e shift c a b l e e n d is p r o p e r l y installed switch.
on t h e m o u n t i n g s t u d .
2 1 . Shift the shift lever to P, a n d c h e c k that the shift
Improperly installed:
lock w o r k s properly. P u s h t h e shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d
c h e c k that the shift lever r e l e a s e s , a n d a l s o c h e c k
Cable end
positions that the shift Sever l o c k s w h e n it is shifted back to P.
out of the
mounting stud.
2 2 . Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-143).

Cable end rides

on the bottom
of the mounting
1 r stud.

Properly installed:

17, If the cable, e n d is out of position o n the m o u n t i n g

s t u d , r e m o v e t h e shift c a b l e f r o m the bracket, a n d
reinstall the shift c a b l e . Do not install t h e shift c a b l e
e n d on t h e m o u n t i n g s t u d w h i l e the shift c a b l e is o n
t h e bracket.
If t h e c a b l e e n d r i d e s o n the b o t t o m of the
m o u n t i n g s t u d , rotate the s t u d a n d align the s q u a r e
fitting w i t h the h o l e .

14-275
A/T-Gear Position Indicator
Component Location index

A / T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR

F-CAN Communication Circuit
Troubleshooting, page 11-182
Gauge Control Module Self-diagnostic Function
Indicator Drive Circuit Check, page 22-305 •
Communication Line Check, page 22-306

A / T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL LIGHT HARNESS
Replacement page 14-282

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

T e s t page 14-278
Replacement page 14-28D

POWEFfTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE ( P C M )

14-276
Circuit Diagram

UHDER-HQQD
FUSE/RELAY BOX DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX

P C M C o n n e c t o r Terminal Locations

If—T
R I 5j6I7 T8 I 9 110
01
BIlSIOEQDilSISIEIBiEIEI
E£!IBIS3IB(SBIBIfil
IE)
H

AD(49P) B A (49P) C O ( 49P)

Terminal side of female terminals

14-277
A/T Gear Position Indicator

Transmission Range Switch Test

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n a lift, or a p p l y the parking 5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s at the

b r a k e , block the rear w h e e l s , a n d raise the front of h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity
the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d . b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s in the f o l l o w i n g t a b l e for
e a c h s w i t c h position.
2. R e m o v e the left front w h e e l .
Transmission Range Switch Sobharness
3. D i s c o n n e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h Connector
s u b h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e the
c o n n e c t o r f r o m the c o n n e c t o r bracket (B). P o s i t i o n / C o n n e c t o r Terminal/Signal Connections

6 8 10

GIMD ATP ATP ATP ATP

2J_ FWD D3
RVSl

a O O
R o

N
a o o

0
a a o

03 o
a
2

1
oo
6. T r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h test is c o m p l e t e d if the
test r e s u l t s a r e O K .
if there is no continuity b e t w e e n a n y t e r m i n a l s , g o
to s t e p 7.

7. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r .

4. R e m o v e the h a r n e s s c l a m p s CO f r o m the c l a m p
bracket (D).

6 x 1,0 mm
12 N-m

14-278
 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h 11. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h , a n d c h e c k
connector. t h e e n d of the s e l e c t o r control shaft (A).

Selector Control Shaft Specifications:

W i d t h IB!: 6.1 - 6 . 2 m m 1 0 . 2 4 0 - 0 . 2 4 4 in.)
E n d G a p CO: 1 . 8 - 2 . 0 m m IO.07-~0.08 In.)

3 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the t e r m i n a l s at the

transmission range switch connector. There should
be continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in the
f o l l o w i n g t a b l e for e a c h t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
posit ion,
12. If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s of the s e l e c t o r control shaft
Transmission Range Switch Connector e n d a r e w i t h i n the s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 14-280). If the
PosiHon/Cofineetor Terminal/Signal Connections m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e out of the s t a n d a r d , repair the
s e l e c t o r control shaft e n d , a n d r e c h e c k the
8 9 10
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h continuity.
ATP ATP ATP ATP
D3 2£S_
GND
MP FWD
13. C h e c k the c o n n e c t o r s for r u s t dirt, or oil, a n d c l e a n
O o o
or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r
R O o securely.
U o o o 14. Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s to the c l a m p bracket.
D
o o

03 o o
15. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r .

2
a OK) 16. Install the left front w h e e l
1
oo
10. If the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h continuity c h e c k is
O K , r e p l a c e the faulty t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
subharness.
If there is n o continuity b e t w e e n a n y t e r m i n a l s , go
to s t e p 11,

14-279
A/T Gear Position Indicator
Transmission Range Switch Replacement

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift, or a p p l y the parking M a k e s u r e the s e l e c t o r control shaft is in the N

b r a k e , block the rear w h e e l s , a n d r a i s e the front of position. If n e c e s s a r y , m o v e the shift lever f r o m P
the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d . toN.

2. R e m o v e the left front w h e e l . N O T E : Do not u s e the s e l e c t o r control shaft to

a d j u s t the shift position. If the s e l e c t o r control shaft
3. M o v e the shift lever to N. tips a r e s q u e e z e d t o g e t h e r it will c a u s e a faulty
s i g n a l or position d u e to play b e t w e e n the s e l e c t o r
4. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r . control shaft a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h .

S e t a n e w t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) to the N
5. D i s c o n n e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h position. A l i g n the c u t o u t s (B) on the r o t a r y - f r a m e
connector. w i t h the neutral positioning c u t o u t s (C) on the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h . T h e n put a 2.0 m m
(0.08 in.) feeler g a u g e b l a d e (D) in the cutouts to
hold the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h in the N
position.

N O T E : B e s u r e to u s e a 2.0 m m (0.08 In.) blade or

e q u i v a l e n t to hold the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h in
the N position.

6. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h .

14-280
9. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) gently o n 11. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r for r u s t d i r t or oil, a n d c l e a n
the s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t IB) w h i l e h o l d i n g it in the or repair if n e c e s s a r y . T h e n c o n n e c t the
N position w i t h the 2.0 m m (0.08 in.) b l a d e (C). transmission range switch connector securely.

12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), M o v e t h e shift

l e v e r t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s , a n d c h e c k the
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n w i t h the
A / T g e a r position indicator.

13. C h e c k that the e n g i n e will start w i t h the shift l e v e r

in P a n d N, a n d will not start in a n y o t h e r shift l e v e r
position.

14. C h e c k that the back-up lights c o m e on w h e n the

shift l e v e r is in R.

15. A l l o w t h e front w h e e l s to rotate f r e e l y , t h e n start

the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k the shift l e v e r o p e r a t i o n .

16. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r (A).

6 x 1.0 mm
6x1.0 mm 12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f f t )
1 2 N - m {1.2-ltgf-m, 8,7 Ibf-ft)

17. Install the left front w h e e l .

14-281
A/T Gear Position Indicator
A/T Gear Position Indicator Pane! Light Harness Replacement

Type A Shift Lever • 4. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (B), a n d r e m o v e the shift l e v e r

knob (C) f r o m the shift lever.
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light
h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e 5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator panel light
s e p a r a t e l y . R e p l a c e the A / T g e a r position Indicator s o c k e t (D) f r o m the p a n e l b a s e (E).
p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t
6. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position Indicator panel (F),
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the Indicator p a n e l a n d the panel
base.
2. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
7= R e l e a s e the lock (A) of t h e shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d
3. W r a p the e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry r e m o v e the shift lock r e l e a s e a n d the r e l e a s e s p r i n g
off the shift lever k n o b c o v e r l o c k s , a n d r e m o v e the (B).
shift l e v e r knob c o v e r (A).

14^282
 8,. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w (A), t h e h a r n e s s w i r e tie (B), a n d 13. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s p r i n g (A) In the shift
r e m o v e the light bulb (C) f r o m the s o c k e t , lock r e l e a s e (B).

10. Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h , a n d s e c u r e t h e s w i t c h 14. Install the shift lock r e l e a s e a n d the r e l e a s e s p r i n g
with a n e w screw. o n t h e r e l e a s e shaft e n d .

11. T i e the h a r n e s s e s of t h e park pin s w f t c h / A / T g e a r

position indicator p a n e l light a n d t h e shift lock
s o l e n o i d at t h e g u i d e w i t h the h a r n e s s w i r e tie.

12. Install t h e A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l light

bulb in the s o c k e t .

(cont'd)

14-283
A/T Gear Position Indicator
A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Li Harness Replacement (cont'd)

15. M a k e s u r e that the r e l e a s e s p r i n g e n d (A) is 17. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light
installed in the shift lock r e l e a s e (B), a n d the s o c k e t (B) in the indicator p a n e l b a s e .
h o o k e d e n d (C) is o n the s t o p (D).
18. R o u t e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position
indicator panel light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e the h a r n e s s e s w i t h the
h a r n e s s w i r e tie at the g u i d e .

19. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (C).

20. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the top (D) of the shift l e v e r

rod.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on
t h e t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
h a n d s of g l o v e s .

21. Install the shift lever k n o b (E) o v e r the shift lever.

16. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator panel b a s e
(A). 22. Install the shift lever k n o b c o v e r (F) on the shift
lever knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G).

23. Install the shift lever ( s e e p a g e 14-264).

24. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).

14-284
Type B Shift Lever 4. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (B), a n d r e m o v e the shift l e v e r
knob (C) f r o m the shift lever.
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light
h a r n e s s a n d the park p i n s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e 5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l light
s e p a r a t e l y . B e p l a e e the A / T g e a r position Indicator s o c k e t (D) f r o m the indicator p a n e l b a s e (E).
p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t
6. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position Indicator p a n e l (F),
1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the Indicator p a n e l a n d the p a n e l
base.
2. R e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
7. R e m o v e the light bulb (A) f r o m the s o c k e t .
3. W r a p t h e e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry
the shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r locks, a n d r e m o v e the
shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r (A),

8. R e m o v e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s (B) a n d the shift lock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s (C) f r o m the h a r n e s s g u i d e (D).

9. Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h (E).

10. Route the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator panel Sight h a r n e s s a n d the shift Sock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s in the h a r n e s s g u i d e .

11. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light

bulb In the s o c k e t

(cont'd)

14-285
A/T Gear Position Indicator
A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Harness Replacement (cont'd)

12. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l b a s e 18. Install the shift lever knob c o v e r (F) o n the shift
lever knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G).

19. Install the shift lever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).

20. install- the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).

13. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator panel light

s o c k e t (B) In the Indicator p a n e l b a s e .

14. R o u t e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

Indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e t h e h a r n e s s e s In the
guide.

15. Install the A / T g e a r position Indicator panel (C).

16. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the top (D) of the shift l e v e r

rod.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on
the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
h a n d s of g l o v e s .

17. Install the shift l e v e r knob (E) o v e r the shift lever.

14-286
A/T interlock System
Component Location index

i STEERING LOCK A S S E M B L Y
KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
Key Interlock-System Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-294
Key Interlock Solenoid Test, page 14-296
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Shift Lock System Circuit
Troubleshooting, page 14-289
DRIVER'S UNPER-OASH
F U S E / R E L A Y BOX

P A T A LINK CONNECTOR
PLC)
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID PARK PIN SWITCH
Shift Lock System Circuit Key Interlock System Circuit
Troubleshooting, page 14-289 Troubleshooting, page 14-294
T e s t page 14-298 Test, page 14-301
Replacement, page 14-297 Replacement page 14-302
Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion
Replacement, page 14-299
Shift Lock Release, Release Spring and
Release Shaft Replacement, page 14-300

14-287
A / T Interlock System

Circuit Diagram

UNDER-HOOD-
FUSE/FtELAY BOX DRIVER'S UIMDEFt-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX

KEY
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID

DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY B O X PARK PIN
No. 32 (7.5 A) SWITCH

PCtVt C©no®ct©r Terminal Locations

3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 ' |9|10|
8

16/J18J19 20 21 13 J4|15 16
/ 21
1718 Si

25 > < ° 26 27 28 * / / ></ / / i

35 36 31 3 2 /
/ A/ / /
/ /
A• (49P) B A (4SP) C O C49P!
Terminal side of female terminals

14-288
 mm
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting
1, C o n n e c t the H D S to the D L C (A) located u n d e r the 8, M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d . c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d body g r o u n d .

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR

IGI (RED)
(Type A Shift Lever)
i IGI (BRN)
(Type B Shift Lever)

Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (if). M a k e s u r e the Y E S — G o t o step 9,

H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the P C M If it d o e s not, g o
to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g { s e e p a g e N O — C h e c k for a b l o w n No, 5 (7,5 A ) f u s e in the
11-192), d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. Sf the f u s e is O K ,
repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the shift Sock
3. S e l e c t Shift L o c k S o l e n o i d T e s t In t h e s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r a n d the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that the shift fuse/relay box. •
lock s o l e n o i d o p e r a t e s with the H D S ,
9. Shift the shift lever to P, a n d p r e s s the brake p e d a l ,
Does the shift lock solenoid work properly? Do not p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r .

Y E S — G o to s t e p 16. 10. M e a s u r e t h e voltage b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2 w h i l e p r e s s i n g
N O — G o to s t e p 4. the brake p e d a l .

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).. SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID C O N N E C T O R

5« R e m o v e t h e shift lever a s s e m b l y fsee p a g e 14-262),

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r
{see page 14-297h IGI (RED) S L S (BLK)
(Type A Shift Lever) (Type A Shift Lever)
IG1 (BRN) S L S (PNK!
7, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). (Type B Shift Lever; (Type B Shift Lever)

Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11.

N O — G o to step 12.

(confd)

14-289
A/T interlock System
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. R e l e a s e t h e brake p e d a l , a n d m e a s u r e the v o l t a g e 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d N o . 2. T h e shift l e v e r m u s t be in P. 13. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR

15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l A 2 8 a n d shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 2.
IG1 ( R E D ) SLS (BLK)
(Type A Shift Lever) (Type A Shift Lever) SHIFT LOCK PCIVI CONNECTOR A (49P)
IG1 (BRN) S L S (PNK)
( T y p e B Shift Lever) (Type B Shift Lever) SOLENOID C O N N E C T O R

SLS (BLK)
(Type A Shift Lever)
S L S (PNK)
(Type B Shift Lever)
Wire side of female terminals 1 6 7 9 1
r—l \ 1/? *J\ R^l , 1 Ki .1 .° I
1 2

Is there battery voltage?

S L S (PNK)
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 2 8 a n d the shift Wire side of Terminal side of
lock s o l e n o i d . • female terminals female terminals

N O — C h e c k the shift lock m e c h a n i s m . If the Is there continuity?

m e c h a n i s m is O K , r e p l a c e the shift lock s o l e n o i d
( s e e p a g e 14-297). • Y E S — R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n update the
P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e
( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216). I I

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 2 8 a n d the shift lock s o l e n o i d
connector. •

14-290
18, M o n i t o r the B r a k e S w i t c h in t h e D a t a L i s t w i t h t h e 21. M e a s u r e the voltage between P C M connector
H D S , a n d p r e s s t h e brake p e d a l terminal A 4 2 a n d body ground w h e n pressing the
brake p e d a l a n d w h e n t h e brake p e d a l i s r e l e a s e d .
is the Brake Switch ON?
PCIVI C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
Y E S — G o to s t e p 22*

MO—If t h e b r a k e lights c o m e o n , g o to s t e p 17. If FIT* 1

Z1 9 hil.
/, / / J 1 5 16 19 20 21
•
&><
\r
the brake lights d o not w o r k , r e p a i r t h e faulty brake 28 27

4
/
y
k1
light circuit,
\A 4
BKSW ( L T G R N )
17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO).

18. J u m p the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

19,. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). Terminal side of female terminals

20. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N III}.

Is there battery voltage when pressing the brake
pedal, and about 0 V when the pedal is released?

Y E S — R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n update t h e
P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e
(see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
(see p a g e 14-8), t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
PCM (seepage 11-216).•

l \ I O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 4 2 a n d t h e brake pedal
position s w i t c h . •

(confd)

14-291
A/T Interlock System
Shift Lock S f stem Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

2 2 . M o n i t o r the A / T P S w i t c h in the Data List w i t h the 27. Inspect the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e

H D S with the shift l e v e r in P. 14-278).

Is the A/T P Switch ON? Is the switch ON?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 34. Y E S — C h e c k for poor c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e

t e r m i n a l s at the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h . •
N O — G o to s t e p 2 3 .
N O — R e p l a c e the t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h
2 3 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
(see p a g e 14-280). •
24. D i s c o n n e c t the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
connector. 28. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

25. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 29. J u m p the S C S line w i t h the H D S .

26. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e 30. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

- s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 6 a n d No. 10. 3 1 . C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal B14 and body ground.

TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)

ATPP (BLU/BLK)

8 10
ATPP (BLK/BLU) GND (BLK) 1 «> \/y\^[^j^LmZL

Wire side of female terminals

T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e terminals
Is there battery voltage?
Is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 27.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
N O — G o to s t e p 28. b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 4 a n d the
t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r . •

N O — G o to s t e p 3 2 .

14-292
3 2 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 3 4 . C h e c k t h e A P P S E N S O R in the Data List w i t h the
terminal B14 and t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch H D S . Do not p r e s s the a c c e l e r a t o r .
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6.
Is the accelerator pedal position sensor opening
5 % and above, or the sensor voltage 1.16 V and
PCM CONNECTOR B I49P) TRANSMISSION R A N G E
SWITCH CONNECTOR above?

Y E S — C h e c k t h e A P P S E N S O R f s e e p a g e 1.1-258). •
ATPP (BLK/BLU)

3TT7 M O — R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n u p d a t e t h e
n 12 ia 18 t?|!8 19 / 1 2 3 4 5 P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e
s 25 8
?3
/ i s /
/ 6 7 8 9 10 (see p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
I-i f -1 47 -1
( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n r e c h e c k , If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s
ATPP fBLK/BLU!
a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
P C M (see page 11-216).B
Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 3 3 ,

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i i i a I B 1 4 a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
switch connector. •

3 3 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

T R A N S M I S S I O N RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
I GND (BLK)

Wire side of female terminals

is (here continuity?

Y E S — R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . T h e n u p d a t e t h e
PCM If it d o e s not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e
f s e e p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M
{ s e e p a g e 14-81 t h e n r e c h e c k . If the s y m p t o m g o e s
a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d P C M , r e p l a c e t h e original
PCM ( s e e p a g e 11-216). •

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10.and b o d y
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) , or r e p a i r p o o r g r o u n d CG101

14-293
•A/T interlock System

Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the 7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g lock

S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s for 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-19), a s s e m b l y BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 a n d b o d y
for 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d ground.
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g repair or
service.
S T E E R I N G LOGIC A S S E M B L Y SP CONNECTOR

1. R e m o v e the d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-153), a n d t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-168).
1 2 3 4 5 6
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to A C C E S S O R Y (I). T h e 1CEYSOL (BLU)
shift l e v e r m u s t b e in P.

3. D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g lock a s s e m b l y BP
connector.

4. C h e c k if the ignition s w i t c h c a n be t u r n e d to Wire side of female terminals

L O C K (0).

Can the ignition switch he turned to LOCK (0)? is there continuity?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4. Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the key interlock s o l e n o i d a n d the d r i v e r ' s
N O — R e p l a c e the ignition key c y l i n d e r / s t e e r i n g lock MICU.B
a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 17-34). •
N O — G o t o s t e p 8.
5. M a k e s u r e the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0).
8. R e m o v e the shift lever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
6. M o v e the shift l e v e r out of P.
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T
g e a r position indicator p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

PARK PIN S W I T C H /
A / T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
PANEL LIGHT CONNECTOR

PPIN (WHT)

Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position Indicator
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d the d r i v e r ' s
MICU.B

N O — G o to s t e p 10.

14-294
10, Shift t h e shift l e v e r to P. 12. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
c o n n e c t o r F (33P).
11, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T
g e a r position indicator p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r 13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No, 2, Do not p u s h the shift
l e v e r button, 14. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l No, 4 a n d
body ground.
P A R K PIN S W I T C H /
A / T G E A R POSITION INDICATOR
P A N E L LIGHT CONNECTOR
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH F U S E /
RELAY BOX CONNECTOR F (33P)

ATPP (GRN)

PPIN (GRN) GND {GRN) i t 5 118117 118 P£

2 2 23 24 25 26 27 33

1 2 3 4 5

Terminal side of male terminals

Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity ?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the park pin s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e is there about 0 V when the shift lever is in P, and
14-302). • is there battery voltage when the shift lever is out
of P?
N O — G o to s t e p 12,
Y E S — S u b s t i t u t e a known-good driver's MICU and
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m g o e s a w a y w i t h a k n o w n -
g o o d d r i v e r ' s M I C U , r e p l a c e the original d r i v e r ' s
M I C U ( s e e p a g e 22-84). •

N O — R e p a i r or s h o r t to body g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B 1 4 , the
t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch, and the driver's
MICU.H

15. Install t h e d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 5 3 ) ,
_ a n d the c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-168),

14-295
A/T Interlock System

Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Lock Solenoid Test

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in this a r e a . R e v i e w the 1. C o n n e c t the H D S to t h e D L C (A) located u n d e r the

S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s for 4-door f s e e p a g e 24-19), d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
for 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.

1. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
(see p a g e 20-153) a n d the c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-168).

2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g lock a s s e m b l y 6 P
connector.

3. Insert the Ignition key in the key c y l i n d e r , then turn

the Ignition key to A C C E S S O R Y (I).

4. C o n n e c t the p o s i t i v e battery t e r m i n a l to s t e e r i n g
lock a s s e m b l y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4, a n d A
c o n n e c t the n e g a t i v e battery t e r m i n a l to No. 3
t e r m i n a l . C h e c k that the ignition key c a n n o t be 2. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). M a k e s u r e the
t u r n e d to L O C K (0). R e l e a s e the battery t e r m i n a l s , H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the P C M . if it d o e s not, g o
a n d c h e c k that t h e key c a n be t u r n e d to L O C K (0) to the D L C circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
a n d r e m o v e d f r o m the c y l i n d e r . 11-192).

3. S e l e c t Shift L o c k S o l e n o i d T e s t in the
S T E E R I N G L O C K A S S E M B L Y BP CONNECTOR
M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d c h e c k that the shift
lock s o l e n o i d o p e r a t e s w i t h the H D S .
I 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 4. C h e c k that the shift l e v e r c a n be m o v e d out of P

L
w h e n the Shift L o c k S o l e n o i d is O N . M o v e the shift
J

i
lever back to P, a n d c h e c k that it l o c k s w i t h the Shift
L o c k S o l e n o i d is O F F .

5. C h e c k that the shift lock r e l e a s e s w h e n the shift

lock r e l e a s e is p u s h e d , a n d c h e c k that it l o c k s w h e n
Terminal side of male terminals • the shift lock r e l e a s e is r e l e a s e d .

6. If the shift lock s o l e n o i d d o e s not w o r k properly, g o

5. If the key interlock s o l e n o i d w o r k s I m p r o p e r l y , to the shift lock s y s t e m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
r e p l a c e the ignition key c y l i n d e r / s t e e r i n g lock 14-289).
a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 17-34).

6. Install t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
( s e e p a g e 20-153) a n d t h e c o l u m n c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-168).

14-296
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement

Type A Shift Lever 4. D i s c o n n e c t the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r (D).

1. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y f s e e p a g e 14-262), 5. R e p l a c e the shift lock s o l e n o i d , the s o l e n o i d

p l u n g e r ( E ) , a n d the p l u n g e r s p r i n g (F) a s s e m b l y .
2. R e l e a s e t h e Sock t a b s (A) retaining the shift lock
solenoid using thin-bladed screwdrivers. 6. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the tip (G) of the shift lock
s t o p a n d the s o l e n o i d plunger.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n
the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .

7. C o n n e c t the shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r .

8. Install the shift lock s o l e n o i d by a l i g n i n g t h e joint of

t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r w i t h the tip of t h e
shift lock s t o p , t h e n p u s h the shift lock s o l e n o i d Into
t h e shift l e v e r s e c u r e l y .

9. install the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).

(cont'd)

14-297
A/T Interlock S f stem
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement {cont'd)

Type B Shift Lewer 7. Install t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d b y aligning the joint of

the shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r w i t h the tip of the
1. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262). shift lock s t o p , t h e n p u s h t h e shift Sock s o l e n o i d into
the shift Sever s e c u r e l y .
2. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l f r o m
t h e shift lever ( s e e p a g e 14-268).- - 8. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l on t h e
shift lever ( s e e p a g e 14-268).
3. R e m o v e the shift lock s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s (A) f r o m
the h a r n e s s g u i d e . 9. T i e the h a r n e s s e s of the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r
position indicator p a n e l light a n d the shift lock
A
s o l e n o i d at the h a r n e s s d a m p .

10. Install the shift Sever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-268).

4. R e l e a s e the lock t a b (B) retaining the shift Sock

solenoid using a thin-bladed screwdriver.

5. R e p l a c e the shift lock s o l e n o i d (C), the s o l e n o i d

p l u n g e r (D), a n d the p l u n g e r s p r i n g (E) a s s e m b l y .

6. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to t h e tip (F) of the shift lock

s t o p a n d the s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r .

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on
the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .

14-298
Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement

Type A Shift Lever Type B Shift Lever

1. R e m o v e the shift lock s o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e 14-297). 1. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).

2, R e m o v e t h e shift lock s t o p (A) a n d t h e s t o p c u s h i o n 2. R e l e a s e t h e lock t a b (A) retaining the shift lock

as a s e t 'solenoid using a thin-bladed screwdriver.

3. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to t h e pin (B) o n the shift

l e v e r bracket, a n d install the shift lock s t o p o v e r t h e 3. R e m o v e the shift lock s t o p (B) a n d the s t o p c u s h i o n
pin, a s a set.

N O T E : Make s u r e not to g e t a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n 4. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the pin ( C ) o n the shift

the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , l e v e r bracket, a n d install the shift lock s t o p o v e r the
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r pin.
hands or gloves,
N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n
4. Install a n e w shift lock s t o p . t h e t e r m i n a l part of t h e c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r
5. Install the shift lock s o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e 14-296). h a n d s or g l o v e s .

5 . Install a n e w shift lock s t o p .

6, Install t h e shift lock s o l e n o i d by aligning the joint of

the shift lock s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r w i t h t h e tip of the
shift lock s t o p , t h e n p u s h the shift lock s o l e n o i d into
the shift l e v e r s e c u r e l y .

7. Install the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).

14-299
A/T,Interlock System

Shift Lock Release, Release Spring, . Release Shaft Replacement

Type A Shift Lever 6. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s p r i n g (A) in t h e shift
lock r e l e a s e (B).
T« R e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).

2. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l f r o m

the shift l e v e r

3. R e l e a s e the lock (A) of t h e shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d

r e m o v e the shift lock r e l e a s e a n d t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g
(B).

7. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s h a f t (C) in t h e shift

• lever, a n d install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e a n d t h e
r e l e a s e s p r i n g o n t h e r e l e a s e shaft e n d .
4. R e l e a s e the lock (C) of t h e shift lock r e l e a s e s h a f t ,
a n d r e m o v e t h e shaft (Dh 8. M a k e s u r e that t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g e n d (A) is
installed in t h e shift Sock r e l e a s e (B), a n d t h e
5 . R e p l a c e the shift lock r e l e a s e , t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g , or h o o k e d e n d (C) is o n t h e s t o p (D).
the r e l e a s e shaft.

9. Install t h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l o n t h e

shift lever.

10. Install t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).

14-300
Park Pin Switch Test
1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e { s e e p a g e 20-148).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r .

3. S h i f t the shift l e v e r to P, a n d c h e c k for continuity

b e t w e e n park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position indicator
p a n e l light c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2,
T h e r e s h o u l d be no continuity.

T e r m i n a l s i d e of m a l e t e r m i n a l s

4. Shift o u t of P, a n d c h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n

c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2.
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity,

5. If the park pin s w i t c h t e s t s O K , g o to s t e p 6.

If the park pin s w i t c h f a i l s the t e s t r e p l a c e the park
pin s w i t c h f s e e p a g e 14-302).

6< Install t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e f s e e p a g e 20-148).

14-301
A/T Interlock System
Park Pin Switch Replacement

Type A Shift Lever 5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l Sight

s o c k e t (D) f r o m the indicator p a n e l b a s e (Eh
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l Sight
h a r n e s s a n d the park pin s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e 6. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (F),
s e p a r a t e l y . R e p l a c e the A / T g e a r position indicator a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the indicator p a n e l a n d the p a n e l
p a n e l fight h a r n e s s a n d t h e park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t base.

1. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). 7. R e l e a s e the lock (A) of the shift lock r e l e a s e , a n d

r e m o v e the shift Sock r e l e a s e a n d the r e l e a s e s p r i n g
2. R e m o v e the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262). (B).

3. W r a p the e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry

the shift Sever knob c o v e r Socks, a n d r e m o v e the
shift lever knob c o v e r (A).

4. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (B), a n d r e m o v e the shift l e v e r

knob (C) f r o m t h e shift lever.

14-302
 8> R e m o v e t h e s c r e w (A), the h a r n e s s w i r e tie-(B), a n d 13. Install the shift lock r e l e a s e s p r i n g (A) in the shift
r e m o v e t h e fight bulb (Q f r o m the s o c k e t lock r e l e a s e (B).

10, Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h , a n d s e c u r e the s w i t c h 14. Install t h e shift lock r e l e a s e a n d t h e r e l e a s e s p r i n g

with a n e w s c r e w , o n the r e l e a s e s h a f t e n d .

11, T i e t h e h a r n e s s e s of t h e park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r

p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r p a n e l light a n d the shift lock
s o l e n o i d at t h e g u i d e w i t h the h a r n e s s w i r e tie.

12, Install t h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light

b u l b in t h e s o c k e t .

(cont'd)

14-303
A/T-Interlock System

Park Pin Switch Replacement (cont'd)

15. M a k e s u r e that the r e l e a s e s p r i n g e n d (A) is 17. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light
installed in t h e shift lock r e l e a s e (B), a n d the s o c k e t (B) in the indicator p a n e l b a s e .
h o o k e d e n d (C) is o n the s t o p (D).
18. Route the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position
indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e the h a r n e s s e s w i t h the
h a r n e s s w i r e tie at the g u i d e .

19. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (C).

C
20. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the top CD) of the shift l e v e r
rod.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on
the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .

2 1 . Install the shift Sever knob IE) o v e r the shift lever.

16. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l b a s e
22. Install the shift Sever knob c o v e r (F) o n the shift
l e v e r knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G).

23. Install the shift Sever a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).

24. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).

14-304
Type B Shift Lew©r 4. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (B), a n d r e m o v e the.shift l e v e r
k n o b (C) f r o m t h e shift lever.
N O T E : T h e A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator p a n e l light
h a r n e s s arid t h e park pin s w i t c h a r e not a v a i l a b l e 5. R e m o v e the A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator p a n e l Sight
s e p a r a t e l y . R e p l a c e t h e A / T g e a r position indicator s o c k e t (D) f r o m the indicator p a n e l b a s e ( E h
p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d t h e park pin s w i t c h a s a s e t .
6. R e m o v e t h e A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l (F),
1. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). a n d d i s a s s e m b l e the indicator p a n e l a n d t h e p a n e l
base.
2. R e m o v e t h e shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-262).
7. R e m o v e t h e light bulb (A) f r o m the s o c k e t .
3. W r a p t h e e n d of a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w i t h t a p e , pry
t h e shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r l o c k s , a n d r e m o v e t h e
shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r (A).

8. R e m o v e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s (B) a n d the shift lock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s (C) f r o m the h a r n e s s g u i d e (Dh

9. Install a n e w park pin s w i t c h ( E ) .

10. R o u t e the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s a n d t h e shift lock
s o l e n o i d h a r n e s s in the h a r n e s s g u i d e .

11. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light

b u l b in t h e s o c k e t

(confd)

14-305
A/T Interlock System
Park Pin Switch Replacement (cont'd)

12. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l b a s e 18. Install the shift l e v e r k n o b c o v e r (F) on the shift
(A). Sever knob w i t h n e w s c r e w s (G),

19. Install the shift l e v e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 14-264).

20. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e f s e e p a g e 20-148).

13. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator p a n e l light

s o c k e t (B) in the indicator p a n e l b a s e .

14. Route the park pin s w i t c h / A / T g e a r position

indicator p a n e l light h a r n e s s e s . T a k e the s l a c k out
of the h a r n e s s e s , a n d s e c u r e t h e h a r n e s s e s in the
guide.

15. Install the A / T g e a r position indicator panel (C).

16. A p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e to the top (D) of the shift l e v e r

rod.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on
the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y sf y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .

17. Install the shift Sever knob (E) o v e r the shift lever.

14-306
Transmission End Cower
End Cower Removal

S p e d a ! Tools Required
fVialrtshaft h o l d e r 0 7 G A B - P F 5 0 1 0 1

1. R e m o v e the t h r e e bolts (D) s e c u r i n g the A T F c o o l e r inlet line b r a c k e t s , the A T F filter bracket bolts ( E ) , the A T F
c o o l e r line b a n j o bolts (F), a n d r e m o v e the A T F c o o l e r f i n e / A T F filter (G) a n d t h e filter b r a c k e t s (H).

E G

2 , R e m o v e t h e A T F c o o l e r outlet line (IK

3 , R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A , the A T F joint p i p e s , the O - r i n g s , t h e A T F p i p e , a n d the

gasket.

4, R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C w i t h the h a r n e s s b r a c k e t s , t h e A T F joint p i p e s , the

O-rings, and the gasket,

5 , R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r ( J ) .

6, R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h h a r n e s s c l a m p s (K) f r o m the c l a m p bracket (L), t h e n r e m o v e the

t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (M).

7, R e m o v e t h e e n d c o v e r (N), the d o w e l p i n s , the O - r i n g s , a n d the e n d c o v e r g a s k e t .

( c o n f d )

14-307
T r a n s m i s s i o n End Cover

End Cover Removal (cont'd)

8. Install the m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r onto the m a i n s h a f t . 12. S e t a t w o - j a w (or t h r e e - j a w ) puller (A) on the

c o u n t e r s h a f t (B) w i t h a s p a c e r (C) b e t w e e n the -
puller a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t , t h e n r e m o v e t h e park
gear(D).

9. E n g a g e the park p a w l w i t h the park g e a r .

13. Install a puller (A) w i t h t w o 6 x 1.0 m m bolts (B) o n
10. C u t the lock tab (A) of the e a c h shaft locknut (B) the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r (C). S e t a s p a c e r (D)
u s i n g a c h i s e l (C). T h e n r e m o v e the l o c k n u t s a n d b e t w e e n the puller a n d the m a i n s h a f t (E), t h e n
the c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r s f r o m e a c h shaft. r e m o v e the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r .

NOTE:
* C o u n t e r s h a f t a n d s e c o n d a r y shaft locknuts h a v e
left-hand t h r e a d s .
* K e e p all of the c h i s e l e d p a r t i c l e s out of the •
transmission.
* C l e a n the old m a i n s h a f t a n d the old c o u n t e r s h a f t
locknuts; t h e y a r e u s e d to install the p r e s s fit idler
g e a r on the m a i n s h a f t , a n d the park g e a r o n the
countershaft.

B
14. R e m o v e the park p a w l (F), the park p a w l s p r i n g ( G ) ,
the park p a w l shaft (H), a n d the s t o p shaft (I).

15. R e m o v e the park l e v e r (J) f r o m the control shaft (K).

11. R e m o v e the m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r f r o m the m a i n s h a f t .

14-308
Park Lever Stop Inspection and Idler Gear Shaft Bearing
Adjustment Replacement

1. S e t the park l e v e r in t h e P position. Special Tools Required

• A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 5 — 4 0 m m
2, M e a s u r e the d i s t a n c e (A) b e t w e e n the park p a w l 07736-A01000B or07736-AQ1000A
s h a f t (B) a n d t h e park l e v e r roller pin (C), • Driver 07749-0010000
• A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 4 0 0
S t a n d a r d : 5 7 . 7 — 5 8 . 7 m m (2.27—2.31 I n J
1. R e m o v e the idler g e a r shaft b e a r i n g (A) f r o m the
e n d c o v e r (B) u s i n g the 2 5 — 4 0 m m a d j u s t a b l e
b e a r i n g puller a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r (C).
V

3. If the m e a s u r e m e n t Is out of s t a n d a r d , s e l e c t a n d
install t h e a p p r o p r i a t e park l e v e r s t o p (A) f r o m t h e
table.

2. Install a n e w b e a r i n g in t h e e n d c o v e r u s i n g the
d r i v e r a n d the 52 x 55 m m a t t a c h m e n t

PARK LEVER STOP

Mark Part t i m b e r B C
1 24537-PA9-003 11.00 m m 11,00 m m
(0,433 in.) (0.433 in.)
2 24538-PA9-003 10.80 m m 10=65 m m
( 0 . 4 2 5 in.) (0.419 in.)
3 24539-PA9-GG3 10.60 m m 10.30 m m
(0.417 in.) (0.406 in.)

4. After r e p l a c i n g the park l e v e r s t o p , m a k e s u r e the

d i s t a n c e is w i t h i n t o l e r a n c e .

14-309
Transmission End Cower
Selector Control Shaft Oil Sea! Selector Control Shaft Bearing
Replacement Replacement

Special Tools Required Special Tools Required

* Driver 07749-0010000 * Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
- A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m 07746-001A800 * A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m 07746-001A800

1. R e m o v e t h e oil s e a l (A) f r o m t h e e n d c o v e r (B). 1 . R e m o v e the oil s e a l f r o m the e n d c o v e r , t h e n

r e m o v e the b e a r i n g .
£3}

2. Install a n e w oil s e a l f l u s h to t h e e n d c o v e r u s i n g
the driver a n d the 22 x 24 m m a t t a c h m e n t .

2. Install a n e w b e a r i n g f l u s h to the e n d c o v e r u s i n g
the driver a n d the 22 x 24 m m attachment

3. Install a n e w oil s e a l .

14-310
ATF Feed Pipe Replacement
1, R e m o v e t h e s o a p r i n g s (A), the A T F f e e d p i p e s (B),
a n d t h e f e e d p i p e f l a n g e s (C) f r o m t h e e n d c o v e r fD).

N O T E : R e p l a c e t h e e n d c o v e r , if t h e 1st c l u t c h A T F
f e e d pipe I E ) r e p l a c e m e n t is r e q u i r e d .

2. Install n e w O - r i n g s I F ) o v e r t h e A T F f e e d p i p e s .

3. Install t h e A T F f e e d p i p e s in t h e e n d c o v e r b y
a l i g n i n g the f e e d pipe t a b s w i t h t h e i n d e n t a t i o n s in
the e n d c o v e r .

4. Install n e w O - r i n g s CG) in t h e e n d c o v e r , t h e n install

the f e e d pipe f l a n g e s o v e r the A T F f e e d p i p e s .

5. S e c u r e the A T F f e e d p i p e s a n d t h e f e e d pipe
flanges with the s n a p rings.
Transmission Housing
Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal

Special Tools Required

H o u s i n g puller 0 7 H A C - P K 4 0 1 0 2

1. R e m o v e the A T F f e e d pipe (A) f r o m the idler g e a r shaft, a n d r e m o v e the A T F lubrication pipe (B) f r o m the
transmission housing.

2. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (C), the d o w e l p i n s (D), a n d the g a s k e t (E).

3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s , a n d r e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (F) with the

O-ring.

4. R e m o v e the input shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (G) w i t h the O - r i n g , a n d r e m o v e the output shaft (countershaft)

s p e e d s e n s o r (H) w i t h the O-ring a n d the w a s h e r (I).

5. R e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g bolts (19 bolts) (J) a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r (K).

14-312
8, A l i g n the s p r i n g pin (A) o n the s e l e c t o r control shaft 3. R e m o v e the c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r a n d the
(B) w i t h the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g g r o o v e (C) by needle bearing.
t u r n i n g the s e l e c t o r control s h a f t w i t h the s e l e c t o r
c o n t r o l lever. 9. R e m o v e the lock bolt s e c u r i n g the r e v e r s e shift fork,
t h e n r e m o v e the r e v e r s e shift fork with the r e v e r s e
M O T E : D o not s q u e e z e the e n d of the s e l e c t o r s e l e c t o r together.
control s h a f t tips t o g e t h e r w h e n turning the -

s e l e c t o r control shaft. 10. R e m o v e t h e s e l e c t o r control l e v e r f r o m the s e l e c t o r

control shaft,

11. U n l o c k the detent s p r i n g (A) f r o m the detent a r m

(B).

7, Install the h o u s i n g puller o v e r the m a i n s h a f t , t h e n

r e m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

(confd)

14-313
Transmission Housing
Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal ( c o n t ' d )

12. R e m o v e t h e s e l e c t o r control s h a f t (A) f r o m the 14. R e m o v e the m a s n s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y ( A ) the

f

torque converter housing. c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y (B) a n d the s e c o n d a r y

shaft s u b a s s e m b l y (C) together. Do not b u m p the
c o u n t e r s h a f t on the baffle plate (D).

13. T u r n the detent a r m IB) a w a y f r o m the

c o u n t e r s h a f t (C).

15. R e m o v e the baffle plate.

16. R e m o v e the differential a s s e m b l y (E).

14-314
Bearing Removal
Special Tools Required 3. T o r e m o v e the s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g a n d the
* A t t a c h m e n t 73 x 80 m m 07NAD-PX40100 idler g e a r shaft b e a r i n g , e x p a n d e a c h s n a p ring
* Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 u s i n g s n a p ring pliers, t h e n d r i v e t h e b e a r i n g out
* A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 8 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d the 42 x 47 m m a t t a c h m e n t

1. R e m o v e t h e Idler g e a r s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 14-3421
w h e n r e m o v i n g the m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g a n d the idler
g e a r shaft b e a r i n g ,

N O T E : If y o u a r e o n l y r e m o v i n g t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t
b e a r i n g , t h e idler g e a r shaft r e m o v a l is not n e e d e d .

2, T o r e m o v e the mainshaft bearing and the

countershaft bearing from the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g , e x p a n d e a c h s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring
p l i e r s , t h e n d r i v e the b e a r i n g out u s i n g t h e d r i v e r
a n d t h e 7 8 x 80 m m a t t a c h m e n t

N O T E : D o not r e m o v e t h e s n a p ring u n l e s s it's

n e c e s s a r y to c l e a n t h e g r o o v e s in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.

14-315
Transmission Housing

Bearing Installation

Special Tools Required 4. E x p a n d the s n a p ring of t h e s e c o n d a r y shaft

* A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 8 0 m m 0 7 N A D - P X 4 0 1 0 0 b e a r i n g (A) the idler g e a r s h a f t b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g
• D r i v e r 07749-0010000 the s n a p ring p l i e r s , a n d install the b e a r i n g part-
* A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m 07746-0010300 w a y into the h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the
42 x 47 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
1. Install the b e a r i n g s in the direction s h o w n ,
07749-0010000
2. E x p a n d e a c h s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring p l i e r s , a n d
install the m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) a n d the
c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g (B) p a r t - w a y into the h o u s i n g
u s i n g the driver a n d the 7 8 x 80 m m a t t a c h m e n t .

§7749-001000© 07NAD-PX40100

07746-0010300

R e l e a s e s n a p ring p l i e r s , t h e n p u s h t h e b e a r i n g s
d o w n into the h o u s i n g until the s n a p ring s n a p s in
place around it

After installing the b e a r i n g s c h e c k that the s n a p

R e l e a s e the s n a p ring p l i e r s , t h e n p u s h the b e a r i n g rings (A) a r e s e a t e d in t h e b e a r i n g a n d t h e
d o w n into the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g until the s n a p t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g g r o o v e s , a n d that the s n a p
ring s n a p s in p l a c e a r o u n d i t ring e n d g a p s (B) a r e c o r r e c t .

B: 0 - 7 mm ( 0 - 0 . 2 8 In.)

7. Install the idler g e a r s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 14-342).

14-316
Reverse Idler Gear Removal and Installation

Removal Installation

1. R e m o v e the bolt (A) s e c u r i n g the r e v e r s e idler g e a r 1. Install the r e v e r s e idler g e a r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n

s h a f t h o l d e r (B). housing.

2. Lightly c o a t the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft (A), n e e d l e

b e a r i n g (B), a n d n e w O - r i n g s (C) w i t h lithium
grease.

2, Install a 5 x 0,8 m m bolt (C) in t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r

s h a f t (D) and pull it to r e m o v e the r e v e r s e idler
f

g e a r shaft a n d the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft h o l d e r

together,
3. A s s e m b l e n e w O - r i n g s a n d the n e e d l e bearing o n
3, R e m o v e t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r (A), the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft, t h e n install the r e v e r s e
idler g e a r shaft in the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft
h o l d e r (D). A l i g n the D - s h a p e d cut out (E) of the
A r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft with the D - s h a p e d a r e a (F)
of the r e v e r s e idler g e a r shaft holder.

4. Install t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r s h a f t / h o l d e r a s s e m b l y
on the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing.

14-317
Valve Body
Valve Body and ATF Strainer Removal

• 1. R e m o v e the A T F f e e d p i p e s (A) a n d the A T F joint p i p e s (B).

2. R e m o v e the A T F s t r a i n e r (C) (two bolts).

3. R e m o v e the regulator v a l v e b o d y (D) (eight bolts).

14-318
4, R e m o v e the stator s h a f t (E) a n d t h e stator shaft 11. T e s t the A T F s t r a i n e r by p o u r i n g - c l e a n A T F t h r o u g h
s t o p {¥} t h e n r e m o v e t h e regulator s e p a r a t o r plate
f
t h e inlet o p e n i n g , a n d r e p l a c e it if it is c l o g g e d or
( G ) a n d the t w o d o w e l p i n s (H). damaged.

5 , R e m o v e t h e s e r v o b o d y (I) (12 bolts), t h e n r e m o v e 1 2 . R e m o v e t h e O - r i n g s (W) (X) f r o m the s t a t o r shaft

t h e s e r v o s e p a r a t o r plate (J) a n d the t w o dowef a n d the A T F strainer, install n e w o n e s w h e n
p i n s IKK installing t h e v a l v e b o d i e s .

6« R e m o v e the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e s p r i n g (L) a n d t h e
c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e {M} t h e n r e m o v e the m a i n v a l v e
r

b o d y INI (three bolts). D o not let t h e t w o c h e c k b a l l s

10) fall out, a n d d o not u s e a m a g n e t to r e m o v e t h e
c h e c k b a l l s , it m a y m a g n e t i z e t h e m .

1\ R e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r shaft (P), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r (Q) a n d the A T F
pump d r i v e g e a r (R).

8. R e m o v e t h e m a i n s e p a r a t o r plate I S ) a n d t h e t w o
dowel pins 0 1 ,

9. R e m o v e the A T F m a g n e t f U ) , c l e a n a n d reinstall it
in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g IV).

m C l e a n t h e inlet o p e n i n g (A) of the A T F s t r a i n e r (6)

t h o r o u g h l y w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air, t h e n c h e c k that it
is in-good c o n d i t i o n a n d that the inlet o p e n i n g is
not c l o g g e d .

14-319
Valve Body

Valve Body Repair

N O T E : T h i s r e p a i r is only n e c e s s a r y if o n e or m o r e of 5. R e m o v e the # 6 0 0 p a p e r . T h o r o u g h l y w a s h the

the v a l v e s in a v a l v e body do not .slide s m o o t h l y in their entire v a l v e b o d y in s o l v e n t , t h e n dry it w i t h
b o r e s . U s e this p r o c e d u r e to free the v a l v e s . c o m p r e s s e d air.

1. S o a k a s h e e t of # 600 a b r a s i v e p a p e r in A T F for 6. C o a t the v a l v e w i t h A T F , t h e n d r o p it into its b o r e . It

a b o u t 30 m i n u t e s . s h o u l d drop to the bottom of the bore u n d e r its
o w n w e i g h t if not, repeat s t e p 4, t h e n r e t e s t if the
2. C a r e f u l l y tap the v a l v e b o d y s o the sticking v a l v e v a l v e still s t i c k s , r e p l a c e the v a l v e b o d y .
d r o p s out of its bore. It m a y be n e c e s s a r y to u s e a
s m a l l s c r e w d r i v e r to pry the v a l v e free. B e careful
not to s c r a t c h the bore.

3. I n s p e c t the v a l v e for a n y s c u f f m a r k s . U s e the A T F -

s o a k e d # 600 p a p e r to p o l i s h off a n y b u r r s that are
on the v a l v e , t h e n w a s h the v a l v e in s o l v e n t a n d
dry it with c o m p r e s s e d air.

4. Roll up half a s h e e t of A T F - s o a k e d # 6 0 0 p a p e r a n d
insert it in the v a l v e bore of the sticking v a l v e .
T w i s t the p a p e r slightly, s o that it u n r o l l s a n d fits
the bore tightly, t h e n p o l i s h the b o r e by twisting the
p a p e r a s y o u p u s h it in a n d o u t

N O T E : T h e v a l v e b o d y is a l u m i n u m a n d d o e s not
require m u c h p o l i s h i n g to r e m o v e a n y b u r r s .

7. R e m o v e the v a l v e , a n d t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n it a n d t h e
v a l v e b o d y w i t h s o l v e n t . Dry all p a r t s w i t h
c o m p r e s s e d air, t h e n r e a s s e m b l e u s i n g A T F a s a
lubricant

14-320
Valve Body Valve installation
1. C o a t all parts w i t h A T F before a s s e m b l y ,

2, Install the v a l v e s a n d the s p r i n g s in the s e q u e n c e

s h o w n for the m a i n v a l v e b o d y f s e e p a g e 14-322),
the regulator v a l v e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 14-3241 a n d the
s e r v o b o d y { s e e p a g e 14-325}, R e f e r to the
f o l l o w i n g v a l v e c a p illustrations, a n d install e a c h
v a l v e c a p s o t h e e n d s h o w n f a c i n g u p will be f a c i n g
t h e o u t s i d e of the v a l v e b o d y .

3. Install all the s p r i n g s a n d t h e s e a t s . Insert the

s p r i n g (A) in t h e v a l v e , t h e n install the v a l v e in the
v a l v e b o d y (B), P u s h the s p r i n g in u s i n g a
s c r e w d r i v e r , then install the s p r i n g s e a t (C).
ValveBody
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. C l e a n all parts t h o r o u g h l y in s o l v e n t a n d dry t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. B l o w out a l l p a s s a g e s .

2. D o not u s e a m a g n e t to r e m o v e the c h e c k b a l l s , it m a y m a g n e t i z e the b a l l s .

3. Inspect the v a l v e b o d y for s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .

4. C h e c k all v a l v e s for f r e e m o v e m e n t If a n y fail to s l i d e freely, d o the v a l v e b o d y repair p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-320),

5. C o a t all parts w i t h A T F during a s s e m b l y .

SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Springs S t a n d a r d ( N e w hUnlti mm (In.)
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length N o . of C o l l s
A Shift v a l v e A s p r i n g 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
B Shift v a l v e B s p r i n g 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
C Shift v a l v e C s p r i n g 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
D Relief v a l v e s p r i n g 1.0 (0.039) 9.6 (0.378) 34.1 (1.343) 10.2
E L o c k - u p control v a l v e s p r i n g 0.65 (0.026) 7.1 (0.280) 23.1 (0.909) 12.7
F Cooler check valve spring 0.85 (0.033) 6.6 (0.260) 27.0(1.063) 11.3
G S e r v o control v a l v e s p r i n g 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 35.7(1.406) 17.2
H Shift v a l v e E s p r i n g 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9

14-322
ATF Pump Inspection
1. Install t h e A T F p o m p d r i v e g e a r (A), t h e d r i v e n g e a r 2. M e a s u r e t h e s i d e c l e a r a n c e of the A T F p u m p drive
(B), a n d t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (CI in the g e a r (A) a n d the d r i v e n g e a r (B).
m a i n v a l v e b o d y f DK L u b r i c a t e ail p a r t s with A T F ,
a n d install t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r w i t h its A T F P u m p G e a r s S i d e (Radial) C l e a r a n c e
grooved a n d c h a m f e r e d side facing up. Standard (New)
A T F P u m p Drive Gear:
A B
0.210-0.265 m m (0.0083-0.0104 in.)
A T F P u m p Driven Gear:
0.070-0.125 m m (0.0028-0.0049 in.)

0 3. R e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r shaft. M e a s u r e
the thrust clearance between the A T F pump driven
g e a r (A) a n d the m a i n v a l v e b o d y (B) u s i n g a
s t r a i g h t e d g e (C) a n d a f e e l e r g a u g e (D).

A T F P u m p D r i y e / D r i v e n G e a r T h r u s t (Axial)
Clearance
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 3 - 0 . 0 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 - 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
Service Limit: 0.07 m m (0.003 in,)

C B

14-323
Valve-Body
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. C l e a n all parts t h o r o u g h l y in s o l v e n t a n d dry t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. B l o w out all p a s s a g e s .

2. Inspect the v a l v e b o d y for s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .

3. C h e c k all v a l v e s for free m o v e m e n t . If a n y fas! to s l i d e freely, d o the v a l v e b o d y repair p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 14-320),

4. Hold the regulator s p r i n g c a p in p l a c e w h i l e r e m o v i n g the stop b o l t T h e regulator spring, c a p is s p r i n g l o a d e d .

5. C o a t all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .

6. R e p l a c e the O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s .

7. W h e n r e a s s e m b l i n g the v a l v e b o d y , align the hole in the regulator s p r i n g c a p w i t h the hole in the v a l v e b o d y , t h e n

p r e s s the s p r i n g c a p into the v a l v e body, a n d tighten the s t o p b o l t

— • V A L V E CAP
V A L V E CAP C U P

SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Springs S t a n d a r d ( N e w )-Unit: m m (in.)
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length N o . of C o i l s
A Stator reaction s p r i n g 4.5 (0.177) 35.4(1.394) 30.3(1.193) 1.92
B Regulator valve spring A 1.85 (0.073) 14.7 (0.579) 83.0 (3.268) 16.9
C Regulator valve spring B 1.6 (0.063) 9.2 (0.362) 44.0(1.732) 12.5
D Torque converter check valve spring 1.2(0.047) 8.6 (0.339) 33.8(1.331) 12.2
E L o c k - u p shift v a l v e s p r i n g 1.0(0.039) 6.6 (0.260) 35.5(1.398) 18.2
F 3rd a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.4(1.157) 4.9
G 1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0(1.929) 7.1
- H 1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5(1.240) 6.6

14-324
Servo Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. C l e a n all p a r t s t h o r o u g h l y in s o l v e n t , a n d d r y t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. B l o w out all p a s s a g e s ,

2. I n s p e c t the v a l v e b o d y for s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .

3. C h e c k shift v a l v e D for f r e e m o v e m e n t If it fails to s l i d e freely, d o t h e v a l v e b o d y repair p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

14-320).

4.. W h e n r e m o v i n g a n d installing the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s , refer to the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s r e m o v a l a n d installation

f s e e p a g e 14-326).

5. C o a t all parts with A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .

8, R e p l a c e the O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s .

SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Springs S t a n d a r d ( N e w |-Unlt: m m (in.)
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length N o . of C o i l s
A Shift v a l v e D s p r i n g 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
B 4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B 2.3(0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5(1.240) • 6.6
C 4th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) 7.1
D 2nd accumulator spring B 2.1 (0.083) 10.8 (0.425) -34.0(1.339) 8.2
E 2nd accumulator spring A 2.1 (0.083) 16.6 (0.654) 48.7(1.917) 8.4
F 5th a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.9(1.177) 4.9

14-325
Valve Body

Shift Solenoid Valve Removal and Installation

NOTE: 5. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E by holding the shift

* D o not hold the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r to s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; be s u r e that the m o u n t i n g
. r e m o v e a n d to install the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . Hold bracket c o n t a c t s the s e r v o b o d y ,
the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y .
• Do not install the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A before 6. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B by holding the shift
installing the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D, a n d do not install s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; be s u r e that the m o u n t i n g
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B before shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E . If bracket c o n t a c t s the bracket o n shift s o l e n o i d
shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B a r e installed before shift vaive E.
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s D a n d E, it m a y d a m a g e the h y d r a u l i c
control s y s t e m . 7. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C b y holding the shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e body; be s u r e that the m o u n t i n g
1. R e m o v e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s by holding the bracket c o n t a c t s the s e r v o b o d y .
s o l e n o i d v a l v e body.

2.; Install n e w O - r i n g s (two O - r i n g s per shift s o l e n o i d

v a l v e ) (F) on the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s .

N O T E : A new solenoid valve c o m e s with n e w

O - r i n g s . If y o u install a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e , u s e the
O - r i n g s p r o v i d e d w i t h it.

3. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D by holding the shift

s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; be s u r e that the m o u n t i n g
bracket c o n t a c t s the s e r v o b o d y .

4, Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A by holding the shift

s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; be s u r e that the m o u n t i n g
bracket c o n t a c t s the bracket o n shift s o l e n o i d
v a l v e D.

14-326
Torque Converter Housing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement
S p e c i a l Tciols Recfyfred Install a n e w oil s e a l f l u s h w i t h the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
* A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 5 — 4 0 m m h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e driver a n d the 72 x 7 5 m m
0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 6 or 0 7 7 3 8 - A 0 1 0 0 0 A attachment,
* Driver 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 62 x 6 8 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 5 0 0 N O T E : D o not drive the oil s e a l into the t o r q u e
* Attachment 72 x 75 m m 07746-0010600 c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g until it b o t t o m s out; it will block
the fluid return p a s s a g e a n d c a u s e t r a n s m i s s i o n
1, R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g a n d the oil s e a l damage..
u s i n g the a d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller a n d a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r (A).

07749-0010000 ©7746-0010600

07736-AO1O00B or
07738-A01000A

2. Install a n e w m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g until it b o t t o m s in
the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d
t h e 82 x 88 m m a t t a c h m e n t .

07749-0010000 07748-0010500

14-327
Torque Converter Housing

Countershaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Reqyired 4. Install the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g s e c u r e l y in t h e

• A d j u s t a b l e b e a r i n g puller, 2 5 — 4 0 m m torque c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the
0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 B or 0 7 7 3 6 - A 0 1 0 0 0 A 62 x 68 m m attachment
• D r i v e r 07749-0010000
* A t t a c h m e n t 62 x 68 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 5 0 0

1. R e m o v e the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g u s i n g the
a d j u s t a b l e bearing puller a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e 3/8 "-16 s l i d e h a m m e r (A).

5. M a k e s u r e that the b e a r i n g outer r a c e notch-cut (A)

is installed at a height of 0 — 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 — 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
(B) a b o v e the torque c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e (C).
Do not install the c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g h i g h e r t h a n
0.05 m m (0.002 in.) a b o v e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing surface.

A
07736-A01000B
07736-A01000A

2. R e m o v e the A T F g u i d e plate (A), a n d c h e c k it for

w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If the g u i d e plate is w o r n or
d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.

3. Install the A T F g u i d e plate in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

h o u s i n g , a n d install a n e w c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g (B).

14-328
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement
Special Toois Required 3. R e m o v e t h e A T F g u i d e c o l l a r w i t h the O - r i n g s .
* Driver 07749-0010000 C l e a n a n d d r y the A T F g u i d e c o l l a r s u r f a c e s a n d the
* A t t a c h m e n t 6 2 x 68 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 5 0 0 t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g if n e c e s s a r y .

1. R e m o v e the s e t plate b o l t t h e n r e m o v e the lock 4. Install n e w O - r i n g s (A) on the A T F g u i d e c o l l a r (B),

w a s h e r (A) a n d t h e b e a r i n g s e t plate (B). t h e n install the A T F g u i d e c o l l a r in the t o r q u e
converter housing.

5. Install a n e w s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g (C) in the

direction s h o w n .

2, R e m o v e the s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g f A) by heating 6, Install the s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r

the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g to a b o u t 212 °F a n d the 62 x 68 m m a t t a c h m e n t a n d install it
:£
(100 €) u s i n g a h e a t g u n (B). Do not h e a t the s e c u r e l y in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 212 °F
J 100*0.

N O T E ; Let the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g c o o l to
n o r m a l t e m p e r a t u r e before installing the
s e c o n d a r y shaft b e a r i n g .

©7746-001050©

7. C h e c k that the b e a r i n g g r o o v e a l i g n s w i t h the

t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e , t h e n install the
b e a r i n g set plate w i t h a l i g n i n g the b e a r i n g g r o o v e .

8. Install a n e w lock w a s h e r a n d s e t plate b o l t t h e n

b e n d the lock tab of the lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the
bolt h e a d .

14-329
Torque Converter Housing
Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required

* Driver 07749-0010000
* Oil s e a l driver a t t a c h m e n t 07947-ZV00100

1. R e m o v e the oil s e a l (A) f r o m t h e torque c o n v e r t e r

h o u s i n g (B).

2. Install a n e w oil s e a l (A) in the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

h o u s i n g to a depth (B) of 0 . 5 — 1 . 5 m m
(0.02—0.06 in.) b e l o w the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g
s u r f a c e u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the oil s e a l d r i v e r
attachment.

14-330
Shafts and Clutches 00
Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1, i n s p e c t t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g s a n d t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g s for g a l l i n g a n d r o u g h m o v e m e n t

LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)

24 M 1.25 mm
226 N-m (23.0 kgf-m, 166 Ibf-ft)-* 0 - *
THRUST N E E D L E BEARING 167 N-m (17.0 kgf-m, 123 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
k CONICAL SPRING
I WASHER
4TH G E A R Replace.

IDLER G E A R
N E E D L E BEARING

THUUST N E E D L E BEARING

4TH G E A R COLLAR
TRANSMISSION
HOUSING BEARING
4TH/5TH C L U T C H

THRUST WASHER, 41 x ©8 mm
Selective part

MAINSHAFT
T H R U S T N E E D L E BEARING

N E E D L E BEARING

SEALING RINGS,
5TH G E A R
29 mm
Replace.
N E E D L E BEARING
T H R U S T N E E D L E BEARING

- S E T RING \j

2. I n s p e c t the s p l i n e s for e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d d a m a g e .

3. C h e c k the s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e for s c o r i n g a n d e x c e s s i v e w e a r .

4, B e f o r e installing n e w O - r i n g s , w r a p t h e shaft s p l i n e s w i t h t a p e to p r e v e n t the O-ring d a m a g e .

5, L u b r i c a t e all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .

8, Install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r a n d t h e 41 x 68 m m thrust w a s h e r In the direction s h o w n .

7. R e p l a c e t h e locknut a n d t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n a s s e m b l i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n ,

8. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e of 5th g e a r f s e e p a g e 14-332).

14-331
Shafts and Clutches

Mainshaft 5th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

R e m o v e the m a i n s h a f t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g 5. S e t the dial indicator (A) o n 5th g e a r (B).

b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-315),

Install the thrust n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A), 5th g e a r (B),

the n e e d l e bearing (C), the t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g
(D), the 41 x 68 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r ( E ) , the 4th/5th
c l u t c h (F), the 4th g e a r c o l l a r ( G ) , a n d the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g b e a r i n g (H) on the m a i n s h a f t
(I). Do not install the O - r i n g s d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n . T H R U S T WASHER,
41 x 63 mm

24 x 1.25 msn
29 N-m
13.0 kgf-m,
22 Ibf .ft)

6. Lift 5th g e a r (A) up w h i l e h o l d i n g the m a i n s h a f t ,

• a n d u s e the dial indicator (B) to r e a d the 5th g e a r
axial clearance.

7. M e a s u r e the 5th g e a r axial c l e a r a n c e in at least

t h r e e p l a c e s w h i l e m o v i n g 5th g e a r . U s e the
" a v e r a g e a s the a c t u a l c l e a r a n c e .

S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)

3. Install the idler g e a r (J) o n t h e m a i n s h a f t w i t h a

p r e s s , t h e n install the c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r (K) a n d
the locknut (L).

4. T i g h t e n the locknut to 29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft).

14-332
 8. If t h e c l e a r a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e t h e
41 x 88 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its
t h i c k n e s s (A).

9, S e l e c t a n d install a n e w t h r u s t w a s h e r , t h e n
recheck.

T H R U S T W A S H E R , 41 K 6 8 m m
No. Fart: N u m b e r Thickness
1 90414-RCT-O00 4,450 m m (0.1752 in.)
2 90415-RCT-OGO 4 . 4 7 5 m m (0.1762 in.)
3 90416-RCT-000 4,500 m m . ( 0 . 1 7 7 2 in.)
4 90417-RCT-OGO 4,525 m m (0.1781 in.)
5 9041&-RCT-000 4.550 m m (0.1791 in.)
6 90419-RCT-000 4 . 5 7 5 m m (0.1801 i n j "
7 9042&.RCT-000 4.600 m m (0.1811 in.)
8 . 90421-RCT-000 4.625 m m (0.1821 in.)
9 90422-RCT-000 4.650 m m (0.1831 in.)
10 90423-RCT-000 4.675 m m (0.1841 in.)
11 90424-RCT-000 4.700 m m (0.1850 in.)
12 90425-RCT-000 4.725 mm (0.1860 in.)
13 90426-RCT-000 4.750 mm (0.1870 in.)
14 90427-RCT-000 4,775 mm (0.1880 in.)
15 90428-RCT-000 4.800 mm (0.1890 in.)

10, After r e p l a c i n g t h e thrust w a s h e r , m a k e s u r e t h e

c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d .

11, D i s a s s e m b l e t h e i n s t a l l e d parts f r o m the m a i n s h a f t .

12, R e i n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g b e a r i n g in t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-316).
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. I n s p e c t the n e e d l e b e a r i n g s for galling a n d r o u g h movement

LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)

24 x 1.25 mm
226 N-m 123.0 kgf-m, 166 I b f - f t ) - * 0 -»
167 N-m (17.0 kgf-m, 123 Ibf-ft)

2. I n s p e c t the s p l i n e s for e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d d a m a g e .

3. C h e c k the shaft b e a r i n g s u r f a c e for s c o r i n g a n d e x c e s s i v e w e a r .

4. L u b r i c a t e all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .

5. Install the c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r , the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r , the 35 x 47 x 7.8 m m collar, a n d all g e a r s in the direction

shown.

6. R e p l a c e the locknut a n d t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n a s s e m b l i n g the t r a n s m i s s i o n . T h e

c o u n t e r s h a f t locknut h a s left-hand t h r e a d s .

7. S o m e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b s a n d 3rd g e a r s are press-fitted to the c o u n t e r s h a f t ; s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e n e e d e d to r e m o v e

t h e m ( s e e p a g e 14-335) a n d to Install t h e m ( s e e p a g e 14-336),

14-334
Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear Removal

1. Install a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r 3. S e t the c o u n t e r s h a f t (A) on a p r e s s w i t h a s p a c e r (B)

o n 4th g e a r (A). S e t t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t (B) o n a p r e s s b e t w e e n t h e p r e s s a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d
w i t h a s p a c e r {€} b e t w e e n the p r e s s a n d the r e m o v e 3rd g e a r (C),
countershaft, a n d r e m o v e the reverse selector hub
<D).

N O T E : S o m e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b s a r e not p r e s s -
fitted, a n d c a n b e r e m o v e d w i t h o u t u s i n g t h e
bearing separator a n d a press.

4, R e m o v e the 37 x 41 x 54.3 m m c o l l a r , 5th g e a r , 1st

gear, and 2nd gear.

2, R e m o v e t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g , t h e s e t ring, the
3 5 x 47 x 7.8 r u m c o l l a r , a n d t h e 31 m m c o t t e r s .

14-335
Shafts and Clutches

Countershaft 3rd Gear and Reverse Selector Hub Installation

Special Tools Required 4, S l i d e the r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b (A) o v e r the

D r i v e r h a n d l e , 40 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 c o u n t e r s h a f t , t h e n .press it In p l a c e u s i n g the 40 m m
driver a n d a p r e s s .
1. Install 2 n d g e a r , 1st g e a r , 5th g e a r , a n d the
37 x 41 x 54.3 m m c o l l a r on the c o u n t e r s h a f t . N O T E : S o m e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b s are not p r e s s -
fitted, a n d c a n be installed w i t h o u t u s i n g the 40 m m
2. S l i d e 3rd g e a r (A) o v e r the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d p r e s s driver a n d a p r e s s .
it in place u s i n g the 40 m m d r i v e r a n d a p r e s s .

3. Install the 31 m m c o t t e r s , the 35 x 47 x 7.8 m m

collar, the s e t ring, the n e e d l e b e a r i n g , a n d 4th g e a r .

14-336
Secondary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1, I n s p e c t t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g s a n d t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g s for galling a n d r o u g h m o v e m e n t

L O C K N U T I F L A N G E NUT)
24 M 1.25 m m
226 N-m
(23 kgf-m, 166 Ibf-ft) — © -
167 N-m 117.0 kgf-m, 123 Ibfft)
Replace.
Left-hand threads

THRUST NEEDLE BEARING

CONICAL
SPRING
IDLER G E A R WASHER
Replace.
3RD G E A R

NEEDLE BEARING
SECONDARY SHAFT TRANSMISSION
THRUST NEEDLE HOUSING BEARING
BEARING

3RD G E A R C O L L A R
SEALING RINGS,
29 m m
Replace.

THRUST NEEDLE 1ST/3RD C L U T C H

BEARING

NEEDLE BEARING
O-RINGS
Replace.
2ND G E A R
THRUST WASHER,
THRUST NEEDLE 40 M 51.5 m m
BEARING Selective part
THRUST WASHER,
37 x 58 m m THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
Selective part
O-BIIMGS
1ST G E A R
Replace.

NEEDLE BEARING
2ND C L U T C H

THRUST NEEDLE BEARING

S E T RING

2, I n s p e c t t h e s p l i n e s for e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d d a m a g e .

3 , C h e c k t h e s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e for s c o r i n g a n d e x c e s s i v e w e a r .

4, B e f o r e Installing n e w O - r i n g s , w r a p t h e s h a f t s p l i n e s w i t h t a p e to p r e v e n t O-ring d a m a g e .

5, L u b r i c a t e all p a r t s w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .

8, Install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r , a n d the idler g e a r in t h e direction s h o w n .

7. R e p l a c e the locknut a n d t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n a s s e m b l i n g the t r a n s m i s s i o n . T h e locknut

h a s left-hand t h r e a d s .

8, C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e of 2 n d g e a r f s e e p a g e 14-339) a n d 1st g e a r f s e e p a g e 14-340).

14-337
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Idler Gear Removal and Installation

Special Tools Required Installation

A t t a c h m e n t 42 m m I.D. 07QAD-P0A0100
Install the idler g e a r (A) in the direction s h o w n on the
Removal s e c o n d a r y shaft (B) u s i n g the 42 m m a t t a c h m e n t a n d a
press.
P l a c e a s p a c e r (A) on the s e c o n d a r y shaft (B), a n d . s e t a

14-338
Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

1. Install the t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A), t h e n e e d l e 2. M e a s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the s e t ring (A) a n d

b e a r i n g (B), 2 n d g e a r ( C ) , the thrust n e e d l e b e a r i n g the 2 n d c l u t c h g u i d e (B) u s i n g a f e e l e r g a u g e (C), in
CD), t h e 37 x 58 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r <E), a n d t h e 2 n d at l e a s t t h r e e p l a c e s . U s e the a v e r a g e a s the actual
c l u t c h | F ) o n the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t ( G ) , t h e n s e c u r e clearance.
t h e m w i t h the s e t ring (H). Do not install t h e O - r i n g s
during inspection. S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 5 In.)

tl

B / T H R U S T WASHER,
' 37 x 58 m m

(cont'd)

14-339
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection (cont'd) Clearance Inspection

'3. If t h e c l e a r a n c e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e the Special Tools Required

. 37 x 58 m m thrust w a s h e r , a n d m e a s u r e its A t t a c h m e n t 42 m m I.D. 0 7 Q A D - P 0 A 0 1 0 0
thickness.
1. R e m o v e the s e c o n d a r y s h a f t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
4. S e l e c t a n d install a n e w t h r u s t w a s h e r , then b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-315).
recheck.
2, Install the t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A), the n e e d l e
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 37 x 5 8 m m b e a r i n g (B), 1st g e a r ( C ) , the thrust n e e d l e b e a r i n g
Wo. Part N u m b e r Thiekness (D), the 40 x 51.5 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r ( E L t h e 1st/3rd
1 90511-PRP-010 3.900 m m (0.154 in.) clutch (F), a n d the 3rd g e a r c o l l a r (G) on the
2 90512-PRP-010 = 3.925 m m 10.155 in.) s e c o n d a r y shaft (H). Do not install the O - r i n g s
3 90513-PRP-01O 3.950 m m (0.156 in.) during i n s p e c t i o n .
4 90514-PRP-010 3.975 m m (0.156 in.)
5 90515-PRP-010 4.000 m m (0.157 in.)
24 M 1,25 mm
6 90516-PRP-010 4.025 m m (0.158 in.) 29 M-m 13.0 kgf-m, 22 lb!-ft!
7 90517-PRP-010 4.050 m m (0.159 in.)
8 90518-PRP-010 4.075 m m (0.160 in.)
9 90519-PRP-010 4.100 m m (0.161 in.)
10 90520-PRP-010 4.125 m m (0.162 in.)
11 90521-PRP-010 4.150 m m (0.163 in.)
12 " 90522-PRP-010 4.175 m m (0.164 in.)
13 90523-PRP-000 4.200 m m (0.165 in.)
14 90524-PRP-000 4.225 m m (0.166 in.)
15 90525-PRP-0Q0 4.250 m m (0.167 in.)
16 90526-PRP-000 4.275 m m (0.168 in.)
17 90527-PRP-000 4.300 m m (0.169 in.)
18 90528-PRP-00O 4.325 m m (0.170 in.)
19 90529-PRP-000 4.350 m m (0.171 in.)
20 90530-PRP-000 4.375 m m (0.172 in.)

After r e p l a c i n g the t h r u s t w a s h e r , m a k e s u r e the

c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n s t a n d a r d .

D i s a s s e m b l e the installed parts f r o m the s e c o n d a r y

shaft.

14-340
4. Install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r f K) a n d t h e locknut
( I t t h e n tighten t h e locknut to 29 N-m' (3.0 kgf-m, 7. M e a s u r e the 1st g e a r axial c l e a r a n c e in at least
2 2 Ibf-ft}, t h r e e p l a c e s w h i l e m o v i n g 1st gear. U s e the
a v e r a g e a s the actual c l e a r a n c e .
5, T u r n the s e c o n d a r y shaft a s s e m b l y u p s i d e d o w n ,
a n d s e t the dial indicator (A) o n 1st g e a r IB), S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 4 — 0 . 1 2 m m (0.002—0.005 In.}

J r — 4 0 x 5 1 , 5 mm

(cont'd)

14-341
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Idler Gear Shaft Removal and
Clearance Inspection (cont'd) Installation

8. If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e the 1. R e m o v e the s n a p ring (A), the cotter retainer (B),
40 x 51.5 m m thrust w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its a n d the 17 m m cotters (C). Do not distort the s n a p
thickness. ring.

9. S e l e c t a n d install a n e w t h r u s t w a s h e r , t h e n
recheck.

T H R U S T W A S H E R , 40 % 51.5 m m
No. Part N u m b e r Thickness
1 90503-RCT-000 4.80 m m (0.189 in.)
2 90504-RCT-OOG 4.85 m m (0.191 in.)
3 905.05-RCT-00Q 4.90 m m (0.193 in.)
4 9Q506-RCT-G00 4.95 m m (0.195 in.)
5 9G507-RCT-000 5.00 m m (0.197 in.)
6 90508-RCT-000 5.05 m m (0.199 in.)

10. After r e p l a c i n g the t h r u s t w a s h e r , m a k e s u r e the

c l e a r a n c e is within s t a n d a r d .

11. D i s a s s e m b l e the installed parts f r o m the s e c o n d a r y

shaft.

12. Reinstall the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g b e a r i n g in the 2. R e m o v e the idler g e a r shaft/idler g e a r a s s e m b l y (D)

t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-316), f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

3. C h e c k the s n a p ring a n d the cotter retainer for w e a r

a n d d a m a g e . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y are w o r n ,
distorted, or d a m a g e d .

4. Install the idler g e a r shaft/idler g e a r a s s e m b l y in

the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

14-342
Idler Gear/IdSer Gear Shaft Replacement
Special Tools Required 4, R e p l a c e the idler g e a r a n d / o r the idler g e a r shaft,
-Driver 07743-0010000 a n d attach t h e idler g e a r s h a f t to the idler g e a r .
* A t t a c h m e n t 32 x 3 5 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

1, R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring f r o m the idler g e a r / i d l e r

s h a f t a s s e m b l y . Do not distort t h e s n a p ring.

5. Install t h e idler g e a r shaft (A) in t h e idler g e a r (B)

u s i n g the d r i v e r , the 32 x 3 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t a n d a
press.

2, C h e c k the s n a p ring for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . R e p l a c e

it if it is w o r n , d i s t o r t e d , or d a m a g e d .

3, R e m o v e t h e idler g e a r shaft (A) f r o m the idler g e a r

(8) u s i n g t h e d r i v e r , t h e 32 x 3 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t ,
and a press.

6. Install the s n a p ring.

14-343
Shafts and Clutches
Clytch Disassembly

Special Tools Required 4. R e m o v e the clutch e n d - p l a t e (A), the d u t c h d i s c s

Clutch spring c o m p r e s s o r set 0 7 L A E - P X 4 0 0 0 0 (B) (6), the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (5), the flat-plate
CD), a n d the w a v e d s p r i n g (E) f r o m the 2nd c l u t c h
1. R e m o v e the s n a p ring u s i n g a s c r e w d r i v e r . d r u m (F).

2. R e m o v e the clutch e n d - p l a t e (A), the clutch d i s c s

(B) (5), the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (4), the clutch flat-
plate (D), a n d the w a v e d s p r i n g (E) f r o m the 1st
c l u t c h d r u m IF).

5. M a k e a r e f e r e n c e m a r k on the flat-plate.

6. R e m o v e the clutch e n d - p l a t e (A), the clutch d i s c s

(B) (6), the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (5), the clutch flat-
plate (D), a n d the w a v e d s p r i n g (E) f r o m the 3rd
clutch d r u m (F).

3. M a k e a r e f e r e n c e m a r k o n the c l u t c h flat-plate.

7. M a k e r e f e r e n c e m a r k s on the clutch flat-plate.

14-344
8, R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (A), the c l u t c h d i s c s 10. Install the c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t •
IB) (4), t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (4) a n d the w a v e d
f

s p r i n g ID) f r o m the 4th c l u t c h d r u m ( E L -07LAE-PX400O0

9. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h end-plate (A), the clutch d i s c s

(B) (4), t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s {€) (4), a n d the w a v e d
s p r i n g ID) f r o m t h e 5th c l u t c h d r u m I E ) .

11. S e t the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t (A) on

the s p r i n g retainer (B) of t h e 1st, 2 n d , a n d 3rd
c l u t c h e s s o that it p u s h e s on the c l u t c h return
s p r i n g (C). •

(cont'd)

14-345
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont'd)

12. B e s u r e the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t 14. C o m p r e s s the return s p r i n g until the s n a p ring c a n

(A) is a d j u s t e d to h a v e full c o n t a c t w i t h the s p r i n g be r e m o v e d .
retainer (B) on the 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s .

15. R e m o v e the s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring pliers.

13. C h e c k the p l a c e m e n t of the clutch s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t . If either e n d of the clutch
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t is s e t o v e r an a r e a
of the s p r i n g retainer w h i c h . Is u n s u p p o r t e d by the
return s p r i n g , the s p r i n g retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .

16. R e m o v e the c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r set.

14-346
17, R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring (A), t h e s p r i n g retainer (B), 19. 1 s t 2 n d , a n d 3rd c l u t c h e s :
a n d the return s p r i n g (C). R e m o v e the c l u t c h piston (A), r e m o v e the O-ring (B)
f r o m the p i s t o n , a n d r e m o v e the O-ring (C) f r o m t h e
clutch d r u m (D).

18. W r a p a s h o p r a g a r o u n d t h e c l u t c h d r u m (A), a n d
a p p l y air p r e s s u r e to t h e fluid p a s s a g e to r e m o v e
t h e p i s t o n I B ) . P l a c e a f i n g e r tip o n t h e other
p a s s a g e w h i l e a p p l y i n g air p r e s s u r e .

20. 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h e s :

R e m o v e t h e clutch piston (A), a n d r e m o v e the outer
O-rsng (B) a n d the inner O-ring (C) f r o m t h e p i s t o n .

14-347
Shafts and Clutches
Clytch Inspection

1. Inspect the 4th a n d 5th c l u t c h p i s t o n s a n d the clutch 1. Inspect the clutch d i s c s , the clutch plates, a n d the
piston c h e c k v a l v e s (A). clutch end-plate for w e a r , d a m a g e , a n d
discoloration.

C l u t c h D i s c s for All M o d e l s
S t a n d a r d T h i c k n e s s : 1.94 m m (0.076 in.)

Clotch Plates
Standard Thickness:
1st C l y t c h Wave-plates: 1.6 m m (0.063 in.)
Fiat-plates: 1,6 m m (0.063 in.)
2nd Clytch Wave-plates: 2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
Flat-plate: 2.0 m m 10.079 in.)
3rd Clutch Wave-plates: 1.6 m m (0.063 in.)
Flat-plates: 1 M mm (0.063 in.)
4th C l u t c h ( w a v e - p l a t e s } : 2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
5th C l y t c h ( w a v e - p l a t e s ! : 2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
2. If the clutch piston c h e c k v a l v e Is l o o s e or d a m a g e d ,
r e p l a c e the clutch piston. 8. If the clutch d i s c s are w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e
t h e m a s a s e t . If the clutch d i s c s a r e r e p l a c e d , do
3. C h e c k the s p r i n g retainer for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . the clutch c l e a r a n c e I n s p e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-350).

4. If the s p r i n g retainer is w o r n or d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it. 9. If a n y plate is w o r n , d a m a g e d , or d i s c o l o r e d ,

r e p l a c e the d a m a g e d plate w i t h a n e w plate, a n d
5. C h e c k the oil s e a l (A) o n the s p r i n g retainer of the Inspect the other w a v e - p l a t e s for a p h a s e
1st, 2 n d , a n d 3rd c l u t c h e s for w e a r , d a m a g e , a n d difference ( s e e p a g e 14-349). If the clutch plate Is
peeling. r e p l a c e d , d o the clutch c l e a r a n c e Inspection
( s e e p a g e 14-350).

10. If the clutch end-plate, is w o r n , d a m a g e d , or

d i s c o l o r e d , d o the clutch c l e a r a n c e Inspection
( s e e p a g e 14-350), t h e n r e p l a c e the clutch end-plate.

6. If the oil s e a l is w o r n , d a m a g e d , or p e e l i n g , r e p l a c e
the s p r i n g retainer.

14-348
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference Inspection
1, P l a c e t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e (A) o n a s u r f a c e plate, 5. Rotate the w a v e - p l a t e a b o u t 6 0 - d e g r e e s . T h e dial
a n d s e t a dial indicator (B) on t h e w a v e - p l a t e , - :
indicator s h o u l d be at the bottom of a p h a s e
difference (F a n d G ) , a n d zero the dial indicator.

6. M e a s u r e t h e p h a s e difference at t h e o t h e r t w o t o p s
(H a n d I) of the w a v e - p l a t e by f o l l o w i n g s t e p s 3 thru
5.

7. If t w o of the three m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e w i t h i n t h e
s t a n d a r d , t h e w a v e - p l a t e Is O K . If t w o of the t h r e e
m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e out of the standard,, r e p l a c e the
wave-plate.

2. F i n d t h e b o t t o m | C ) of a p h a s e difference of t h e
w a v e - p l a t e , z e r o t h e dial indicator a n d m a k e a
r e f e r e n c e m a r k on the bottom of the w a v e - p l a t e .

3. Rotate the w a v e - p l a t e a b o u t 6 0 - d e g r e e s apart f r o m

t h e bottom^ w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e w a v e - p l a t e by its
e d g e s . T h e dial indicator s h o u l d be at the top (D) of
a p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e . D o not rotate t h e w a v e - p l a t e
w h i l e h o l d i n g Its s u r f a c e , a l w a y s rotate it w h i l e
holding its e d g e s .

4. H e a d t h e dial indicator. T h e dial Indicator r e a d s the

p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e IE) of the w a v e - p l a t e b e t w e e n
bottom: a n d top.

S t a n d a r d P h a s e Difference:
1st C l u t c h : 0.15—0.2© m m IO.0O6-O.CIO8 I n j
2 n d Clutch: ©J - 0 , 2 m m f0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 I n j
3 r d C l u t c h : 0,1 - § . 2 m m 10.004—0*008 I n j
4 t h C l u t c h : 0.1 - § . 2 m m 10.11114-0.008 I n j
5 t h d u t c h : 0,1 — § . 2 m m (0.004—0.008 In.)

14-349
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required 4. Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in the 2 n d clutch d r u m

Clutch c o m p r e s s o r attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100 (B). Install the flat-plate ( C ) , t h e n starting w i t h the
clutch d i s c , alternately Install the clutch d i s c s (D) (6)
1. Inspect the clutch p i s t o n , the clutch d i s c s , the clutch a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5), t h e n install the c l u t c h
p l a t e s , a n d the clutch e n d - p l a t e for w e a r a n d end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c .
• d a m a g e ( s e e p a g e 14-348), a n d - I n s p e c t the c l u t c h
w a v e - p l a t e p h a s e difference ( s e e p a g e 14-349), If
necessary,

2. Install the clutch piston In t h e c l u t c h d r u m . Do not

Install the O - r i n g s d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n .

3. Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in the 1st clutch d r u m 5. Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in t h e 3 r d c l u t c h d r u m

(B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), t h e n starting (B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), t h e n starting
with the c l u t c h d i s c , alternately Install the cluteh w i t h the clutch d i s c , alternately Install the clutch
d i s c s (D) (5) a n d the clutch w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (4), t h e n d i s c s (D) (6) a n d the c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5), t h e n
install the clutch end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e Install the clutch end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e
t o w a r d the top d i s c . t o w a r d the top d i s c .

14-350
8, install the w a v e d s p r i n g f A ) In t h e 4th c l u t c h d r u m 8, Install the s n a p ring u s i n g a s c r e w d r i v e r .
(B). S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e , alternately
install t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) 14} a n d t h e c l u t c h
d i s c s ID) (4), t h e n install t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e IE)
w i t h t h e flat s i d e t o w a r d t h e top d i s c .

9. S e t a dial indicator (A) on t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (B).

7, Install the w a v e d s p r i n g (A) in t h e 5th c l u t c h d r u m

| B h S t a r t i n g with the clutch w a v e - p l a t e , alternately
install t h e c l u t c h w a ^ e - p l a t e s (C) (4) a n d the clutch
d i s c s ID) (41 t h e n install the c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (E)
w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c .

10. Z e r o the dial indicator w i t h t h e c l u t c h end-plate

lifted up to the s n a p ring (Ch "

(confd)

14-351
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont'd)

11. R e l e a s e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e to l o w e r the c l u t c h 1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES

e n d - p l a t e , t h e n put the c l u t c h c o m p r e s s o r fViark Part N u m b e r T h i c k n e s s (t)
a t t a c h m e n t on the c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (A). 1 22571-R90-003.or 2.6mm(0.102.inJ
22571-RZH-003
2 2 2 5 7 2 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
22572-RZH-0O3
07ZAE-PBP0100 3 2 2 5 7 3 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.8 m m (0,110 I n j
22573-RZH-003
4 22574-R90--OO3 or 2.9 m m (0.114 i n j
22574-RZH-003
5 2 2 5 7 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 3.0 m m (0.118 i n j
22575-RZH-003
6 22576-R90-0O3 or 3.1 m m (0.122 I n j
22576-RZH-003
7 2 2 5 7 7 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 3.2 m m (0.126 in.)
22577-RZH-003
8 22578-R90-O03 or 3.3 m m ' ( 0 . 1 3 0 I n j
22578-RZH-003
9 2 2 5 7 9 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 3.4 m m (0.134 I n j
22579-RZH-003

12. P r e s s the c l u t c h c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t d o w n with MB C L U T C H E N D - P L A T E S

147 N (15 kgf, 3 3 Ibf) (B) u s i n g a f o r c e g a u g e , a n d IViark Part N u m b e r T h i c k n e s s ft)
r e a d the dial indicator (C). ' 10 2 2 5 6 9 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.4 mm- (0.094 in.)
22569-RZH-003
13. T h e dial indicator r e a d s the c l e a r a n c e (D) b e t w e e n 11 2 2 5 7 0 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.5 m m (0.098 in.)
the c l u t c h end-plate a n d t h e top d i s c (E). T a k e 22570-RZH-003
m e a s u r e m e n t s in at l e a s t three" p l a c e s , a n d u s e the 1 22571-R90-003or 2.6 m m (0.102 in.)
a v e r a g e a s the actual c l e a r a n c e . 22571-RZH-003
2 2 2 5 7 2 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
Clearance between Clutch End-Plate and Top Disc 22572-RZH-003
Standard: 3 2 2 5 7 3 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.8 m m (0.110 i n j
1st C l u t c h : 1 . 3 8 - 1 . 5 8 mm f0.054-0.062 in.) 22573-RZH-003
2nd Clutch: 1 . 1 4 - 1 . 3 4 mm fO.045-~O.O53 in.) 4 2 2 5 7 4 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.9 m m (0.114 in.)
3rd Clutch: 1 . 2 3 - 1 . 4 3 mm {0.048-0.056 inj 22574-RZH-003
4th Clutch: 0 . 9 3 - 1 . 1 3 mm (0.037-0.044 inj 5 2 2 5 7 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 3.0 m m (0.118 in.)
5th Clutch: 0 . 9 3 - 1 . 1 3 mm (0.037—0.044 inj 22575-RZH-003
6 2 2 5 7 6 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 3.1 m m (0.122 I n j
14. If the c l e a r a n c e Is out of the s t a n d a r d , s e l e c t a n e w 22576-RZH-003
c l u t c h end-plate f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e . 7 2 2 5 7 7 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 3.2 m m (0.126 i n j
22577-RZH-003

14-352
 1st 2nd, and 3rd Clytch
Reassembly
3RD C L U T C H END-PLATES
Part Number T h i c k n e s s ft)
1 22551-R9Q-Q03 or 2.1 m m (0,083 In.) Special Tools Reqyired
22551-RZH-003 Clutch spring c o m p r e s s o r set 0 7 L A E - P X 4 0 0 0 0
2 22552-R9O-O03 or 2.2 m m (0.087 in.)
22552-RZH-003 N O T E : Hold t h e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t in a v i s e
3 22553-R90-OO3 o r 2,3 m m (0.091 in.) with soft j a w s . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e clutch
22553-RZH-0G3 drum.
4 2 2 5 5 4 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.4 m m (0.094 in.)
22554-RZH-003 1. S o a k the c l u t c h d i s c s t h o r o u g h l y in A T F for at least
5 2 2 5 5 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.5 m m (0.098 in.) 30 m i n u t e s .
22555-RZH-Q03
6 22556-R90-003 or 2.6 m m (0.102 in.) 2. Install a n e w O-ring (A) in the 1st, 2 n d , a n d 3 r d
22556-RZH-'003 clutch p i s t o n s (B), a n d install a n e w O-ring (C) on
7 2 2 5 5 7 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.7 m m (0.108 in.) the c l u t c h d r u m s (D).
22557-RZH-003
2,8 m m (0.110 in.) B
8 2 2 5 5 8 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or
22558-RZH-003
9 22559-R90-003 or 2.9 m m (0.114 i n j
22559-RZH-003

T H a n d 5TH C L U T C H EfMD-PLATES A
Mark . Part t i m b e r T h i c k n e s s ft)
1 22581»R90~003or 2 , 1 m m (0.083 in.)
! 22581-R91-003
2 22582-R9G-Q03 or 2.2 m m (0.087 in.)
22582-R91-003 C
3 22583-R90-003 or 2.3 m m (0.091 in.)
22583-R91-003
4 22584-R30-GG3 o r 2.4 m m (0.094 in.) 0
22584-R91-003
5 2 2 5 8 5 - R 9 0 - 0 0 3 or 2.5 m m (0.098 in,)
22585-R91-0G3
6 22588-R9O-0G3 or 2,6 m m (0.102 in.)
22538-R91-G03
7 22587-R90-003 or 2.7 m m (0.106 in.)
22587-R91-003
8 22588-R30-QG3 or 2,8 m m (0.110 in.)
22588-R91-003
9 22589-R90-003 or 2.9 m m (0,114 in.)
22589-R91-003

15. Install a n e w c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e , a n d r e c h e c k the

c l e a r a n c e . If t h e t h i c k e s t c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e is
i n s t a l l e d , but t h e c l e a r a n c e i s still o v e r the s e r v i c e
limit, r e p l a c e t h e c l u t c h d i s c s a n d t h e c l u t c h p l a t e s .

(confd)

14-353
Shafts and Clutches
1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)

3. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch d r u m (B). 5. Install the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t
A p p l y p r e s s u r e a n d rotate to e n s u r e proper s e a t i n g .
-O7LAE-PX40O0©
L u b r i c a t e the piston O - r i n g w i t h A T F before
installing. Do-not pinch the O - r i n g by installing the
piston with too m u c h force.

4. S e t the return s p r i n g (A) a n d the s p r i n g retainer (B)

on the clutch piston, a n d position the s n a p ring (C)
o n the s p r i n g retainer. 6. S e t the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t (A) o n
the s p r i n g retainer (B) s o that it c o m p r e s s e s the
clutch return s p r i n g (C).

N O T E : C o a t the c i r c u m f e r e n c e of the s p r i n g
retainer a n d a r e a s w h e r e the s p r i n g retainer
c o n t a c t s the clutch piston w i t h A T F before
installation.

14-354
7, C o m p r e s s the return s p r i n g c a r e f u l l y until the s n a p 10. M a k e s u r e the oil s e a l of the s p r i n g retainer (A) is
ring c a n be I n s t a l l e d . C h e c k that t h e s p r i n g retainer -properly Installed o n t h e clutch piston (B). If the oil
(A) is p r o p e r l y i n s t a l l e d o n the c l u t c h h u b (B). If s e a l w a s d a m a g e d o r c r a c k e d , r e p l a c e the s p r i n g
i m p r o p e r l y I n s t a l l e d , c h a n g e the position of the retainer.
spring c o m p r e s s o r attachment and the spring
retainer,. Improperly installed:

M O T E : Insert the s p r i n g retainer s o it c a n be

a d j u s t e d (center of t o l e r a n c e ) to p r e v e n t damaging
t h e s p r i n g retainer oil s e a l .

8, Install t h e s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring pliers.

9, R e m o v e the c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t

(cont'd)

14-355
Shafts and Clutches

1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)

11. Install the w a v e s p r i n g (A) in t h e 1st clutch d r u m (B). 13. Install t h e w a v e s p r i n g (A) in t h e 3rd clutch d r u m
Install the clutch flat-plate ( C ) , t h e n starting w i t h the (B). Install the c l u t c h flat-plate ( C ) , t h e n starting
clutch d i s c , alternately install the c l u t c h d i s c s (D) 15) with the clutch d i s c , alternately install t h e c l u t c h
a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (4). Install the clutch e n d - d i s c s (D) (6) a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5). Install the
plate (F) with the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c . clutch e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d t h e t o p
disc.

12. Install the w a v e s p r i n g (A) in the 2 n d clutch d r u m

(B). Install the c l u t c h flat-plate (C), t h e n starting
w i t h the clutch d i s c , alternately Install the clutch
d i s c s (D) (6) a n d the w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (5). Install the
clutch end-plate (F) w i t h the flat s i d e t o w a r d the top 14. Install t h e s n a p ring u s i n g a s c r e w d r i v e r to s e c u r e
disc. the clutch e n d - p l a t e .

15. C h e c k that the c l u t c h piston m o v e s by a p p l y i n g air

p r e s s u r e into fluid p a s s a g e .

14-356
4th and 5th Clytch Reassembly
Special Tools Required 4. S e t t h e return s p r i n g (A) a n d s p r i n g retainer (B) on
Clutch spring c o m p r e s s o r set 0 7 L A E - P X 4 0 0 0 0 the c l u t c h p i s t o n , a n d position the s n a p ring (C) on
the s p r i n g retainer.
1. S o a k the c l u t c h d i s c s t h o r o u g h l y in A T F for at l e a s t
30 m i n u t e s .

2. Install n e w O - r i n g s (A) o n the clutch piston (B). Do

not t w i s t t h e O - r i n g s .

5. Install the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t

07LAE-PX40000

3, Install t h e c l u t c h piston (A) in the clutch d r u m (B)

w h i l e a p p l y i n g p r e s s u r e a n d rotating to e n s u r e
p r o p e r s e a t i n g . Do not p i n c h the O - r i n g .

(confd)

14-357
Shafts and Clutches
4th and 5th Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)

6. B e s u r e the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t 8. C o m p r e s s the return s p r i n g until the s n a p ring c a n

(A) is a d j u s t e d to h a v e full c o n t a c t with the s p r i n g be Installed.
retainer (B).

a B >
Or

9. Install the s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p ring pliers.

7. C h e c k the p l a c e m e n t of the clutch s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t . If either e n d of the clutch
s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t is s e t o v e r a n a r e a
of the s p r i n g retainer that is u n s u p p o r t e d by the
return s p r i n g , the retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .

10. R e m o v e the clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r set.

14-358
12; Install the w a v e s p r i n g (A) in t h e 5th c l u t c h d r u m
| B ) , S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e , alternately
Install t h e w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (4) a n d t h e c l u t c h d i s c s
(D) C4K Install t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (E) with the flat
s i d e t o w a r d the top d i s c .

14-359
Valve- Body

Valve Body and ATF Strainer installation

Exploded View
Torque S p e c i f i c a t i o n s :
6 x 1.0 mm: 12 N-m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ftl
8 x 1.25 mm: 18 N»m (1.8 kgf-m, 13 Ibf-ftl
6 x 1.0 mm ATF FEED P I P E S , .
Eight Bolts 8 x 1 9 8 mm

/ 6 x 1.0 m m
/ T w o Bolts

ATF STRAINER

O-RING
Replace.

STATOR SHAFT STOP

STATOR S H A F T -

REGULATOR
6 x 1 . 0 mm B SEPARATOR PLATE
12 B o l t s
DOWEL P I N S ,
T w o Pins

C O O L E R CHECK
V A L V E SPRING
COOLER CHECK
VALVE
S E R V O BODY

CHECK BALL

MAIN V A L V E BODY
DOWEL PINS,
Two Pios ATF PUMP DRIVEN
G E A R SHAFT
ATF PUIVtP DRIVEN
GEAR

DOWEL PINS,
T w o Pins

MAIN
SEPARATOR
PLATE

TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING

14-360
N O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g t h e 5. If the A T F p u m p drive g e a r a n d the A T F p u m p
following p r o c e d u r e s , d r i v e n g e a r shaft do not m o v e s m o o t h l y , l o o s e n t h e
m a i n v a l v e b o d y bolts. R e a l i g n the A T F p u m p
1 . M a k e s u r e that t h e A T F m a g n e t is c l e a n a n d d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t , a n d retighten the bolts to t h e
i n s t a l l e d in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , t h e n r e c h e c k . F a i l u r e to align the
A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t c o r r e c t l y will result in
2. Install t h e m a i n s e p a r a t o r plate (A) a n d t h e t w o a s e i z e d A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r or A T F p u m p d r i v e n
dowel pins on the torque converter housing. T h e n g e a r shaft.
install the A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r (B), the A T F p u m p
d r i v e n g e a r ( C ) , a n d the A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r 6. M a k e s u r e that t h e t w o c h e c k b a l l s a n d the c o o l e r
s h a f t (Dh Install t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r w i t h its c h e c k v a l v e a r e in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y , t h e n install
grooved and chamfered side facing down. the c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e s p r i n g in t h e c o o l e r c h e c k
valve.

7. Install'the s e r v o s e p a r a t o r plate a n d t h e t w o d o w e l
pins on the main v a l v e body.

8. Install the s e r v o b o d y (12 bolts).

9. Install a n e w O-ring o n t h e A T F s t r a i n e r , a n d i n s t a l l
A
the A T F s t t a i n e r (two bolts) o n the s e r v o b o d y

BAFFLE PLATE BOLT HOLE

3 , Install the m a i n v a l v e b o d y (three bolts).

4, M a k e s u r e the A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r (A) rotates

s m o o t h l y in t h e n o r m a l b p e r a t i n g d i r e c t i o n , a n d t h e
A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (B) m o v e s s m o o t h l y in
t h e axial a n d n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g d i r e c t i o n .

1 2 N - m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)

10. Install t h e regulator s e p a r a t o r plate a n d the t w o

d o w e l p i n s o n the m a i n v a l v e b o d y .

11. Install a n e w O-ring o n the stator shaft, a n d install

the stator shaft a n d t h e stator shaft s t o p .

12. Install t h e regulator v a l v e b o d y (eight bolts).

13. Install the. A T F joint p i p e s (one bolt).

14. Install the A T F f e e d p i p e s in t h e regulator v a l v e

body a n d the servo body.

14-361
Transmission Housing
Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation

Exploded View
Torque Specifications:
6 x 1 , 0 mm: 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft! TRANSMISSION HOUSING
MOUNTING B O L T S
10 x 1,25 m i n
4 4 N-m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)
19 Bolts
ATF FEED PIPE
6 x 1.0 mm
ATF LUBRICATION PIPE
14 N-m
(1.4 kgf-m, 10 Ibf-ft) SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE COVER

6x1.0 mm

COUNTERSHAFT
SUBASSEMBLY 6 x 1.0 m m
INPUT SHAFT SHIFT SOLENOID
(MAINSHAFT) WIRE H A R N E S S
SPEED SENSOR

OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
O-RING
DETENT Replace.
SPRING
TRANSMISSION
HANGER

MAINSHAFT
SUBASSEMBLY

O-RING.
Replace.

S E N S O R WASHER

S x 1,0 m m
SECONDARY
SHAFT
SUBASSEMBLY

6 x 1.0 m m
14 N-m
(1.4 kgf-m,
10 Ibf-ft)

T O R Q U E CONVERTOR HOUSING

14-362
N O T E : R e f e r to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g t h e 6. if the detent a r m w a s r e m o v e d , install the detent
following- p r o c e d u r e , a r m (A) w i t h t h e a r m .collar (B) on the s e r v o b o d y
C O , a n d install a n e w lock w a s h e r (D) by aligning its
1, Install the differential a s s e m b l y in the t o r q u e c u t o u t (E) w i t h the a l i g n m e n t t a b (F) of the s e r v o
converter housing. b o d y . Install a n d tighten t h e bolt, t h e n b e n d the
lock tab of the lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d .
2, Install the baffle plate o n t h e s e r v o b o d y f s e e s t e p 9
o n p a g e 14-3611,

3, A s s e m b l e the m a i n s h a f t , the c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d the

s e c o n d a r y shaft,

4, J o i n the m a i n s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y ( A ) , the
countershaft s u b a s s e m b l y IB), and the secondary
s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y {€) together. T h e n install t h e m
in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . D o not b u m p the
c o u n t e r s h a f t on the baffle plate (D).

5, M a k e s u r e t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y a n d t h e
differential a s s e m b l y (E) a r e c l e a r of the baffle plate.

(cont'd)

14-363
Transmission Housing

Shaft Assembly and Housing InstaS i (cont'd)

7. Install the s e l e c t o r control shaft (A) in the t o r q u e 9. T u r n the shift fork s h a f t (A)" s o the large c h a m f e r e d
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g a l i g n i n g the m a n u a l v a l v e lever hole (B) is f a c i n g the fork bolt hole (C) of the
pin ( B ) on the s e l e c t o r control shaft w i t h the g u i d e r e v e r s e shift fork (D).
of the m a n u a l v a l v e (C). Pull the m a n u a l v a l v e
Properly iosta 1 led:
gently w h e n a l i g n i n g the m a n u a l v a l v e w i t h the
s e l e c t o r control shaft.

10. Install the r e v e r s e shift fork a n d the r e v e r s e

s e l e c t o r together o n the shift fork shaft a n d the
8. Hook the detent s p r i n g (A) to the detent a r m (B).
c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y . S e c u r e t h e r e v e r s e shift
fork to the shift fork shaft w i t h the lock bolt a n d a
n e w lock w a s h e r ( E ) , t h e n b e n d the lock tab of the
lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d .

11. Install the n e e d l e b e a r i n g a n d the countershaft"

r e v e r s e gear-on the c o u n t e r s h a f t s u b a s s e m b l y .

12. Install t h e r e v e r s e idler g e a r in the t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g ( s e e p a g e 14-317) if it w a s r e m o v e d .

13. Install the idler g e a r shaft/idler g e a r a s s e m b l y

(see p a g e 14-342), if it w a s r e m o v e d .

14-364
14. Install t h e t h r e e d o w e l p i n s (A) a n d a n e w g a s k e t (B) 17, W r a p a . s c r e w d r i v e r tip w i t h t a p e to p r e v e n t
o n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g (C). d a m a g e to the r e v e r s e idler g e a r teeth. E n g a g e t h e
r e v e r s e idler g e a r with r e v e r s e g e a r s b y rotating
10 x 1,25 m m
the r e v e r s e idler g e a r u s i n g t h e s c r e w d r i v e r .
4 4 N-m (4.5 kgf-m, 3 3 Ibf-ft)

18. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g bolts,

a n d tighten t h e 19 bolts to 44 N-m (4,5 kgf-m,
33 Ibf-ft) in at l e a s t t w o s t e p s , in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern.

15. A l i g n t h e s p r i n g pin of t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft (D)

w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g g r o o v e (E) by
t u r n i n g t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft. D o not s q u e e z e
the e n d of t h e s e l e c t o r control s h a f t tips together
w h e n t u r n i n g the s e l e c t o r control shaft. If t h e tips
a r e squeezed t o g e t h e r , it will c a u s e a faulty shift
position s i g n a l or position d u e to t h e play b e t w e e n
t h e s e l e c t o r control shaft a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
range switch.

16. P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g IF) o n the t o r q u e

c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . Do not install t h e m a i n s h a f t a n d
c o u n t e r s h a f t s p e e d s e n s o r s before installing t h e
transmission housing on the torque converter
housing.

(cont'd)

14-365
Transmission H o u s i n g

Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation (cont'd)

19. Install a n e w O-ring (A) o n t h e input shaft 2 2 . C o n n e c t the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (B), a n d Install the input to t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s :
s h a f t (masnshaft) s p e e d s e n s o r in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing. * B L U w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A .
* O R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B.
* GRN w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C .
* Y E L , W H T , a n d W H T w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift
6 M 1.0 min
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-m, * R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r to shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e E ,
8.7 Ibfft)
2 3 . Install a n e w g a s k e t ( A ) a n d the d o w e l p i n s ( B ) , t h e n
s e c u r e the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (C) w i t h t h e
bolts.

6 M 1.0 mm
12 N-m
(1.2 kgf-i
Ibf-ft)

S x 1.0 mm
12 U>m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

20. Install a n e w O-ring (C) on the output shaft

(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r (D), a n d install the
output shaft (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r w i t h the
w a s h e r (E).

21. Install the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (F) in the

t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g w i t h a n e w O-ring ( G ) .

BED - BLU
WHT

"6x 1.0 m m
12 N-m
(1.2 k g f . m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)

14-366
Transmission End Cover

End Cover Installation

Exploded View
Torque Speeif icatisns:
8 x 1.i mm: 12 M<m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 ibf-ft!

6 x 1 0 mm

SPECIAL B O L T S
28 t4>m (2.9 kgf-m, 21 Ibf-ftl

TRANSMISSION
S W I T C H COVER
S x 1.0 m m
12 B O L T S

TRANSMISSION END C O V E R

CLUTCH
CONTROL
SOLEWOID V A L V E S B and C

H A R N E S S CLAMP
BRACKETS

§ x 1.0 m m

28 N-m
LOCK WASHER (2.9 kgf-m,
Replace, 21 Ibfftl

PAftfC PAWL

PARK PAWL SPRING 6 M 1.0 m m

PARK PAWL SHAFT

A / T CLUTCH
P R E S S U R E CONTROL
§ x 1.0 m m SOLENOID V A L V E A

SHIFT C A B L E PARK L E V E R
S x 1.0 m m
C O V E R BRACKET SPRIMG
ATF PIPE

28 N-m
(2.9 kgf.m, 21 Ibf-ft) ATF FILTER B R A C K E T S

(cont'd)

14-367
Transmission End Cower
End Cover installation ( c o n t ' d )

Special Tool Required 4. Install the park lever s p r i n g (A), the park lever I B ) ,
M a i n s h a f t h o l d e r O7GAB-PF501O1 a n d the park lever s t o p (C) o n the s e l e c t o r control
shaft (D), t h e n install the lock bolt with a. n e w lock
N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g the w a s h e r . (E). Do not b e n d the lock tab of the lock
following procedure. w a s h e r until s t e p 18.

1. Install the m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r onto the m a i n s h a f t .

2. L u b r i c a t e the f o l l o w i n g parts w i t h A T F :

* S p l i n e s a n d t h r e a d s of the m a i n s h a f t . 5. Install the park p a w l shaft I F ) , the park p a w l s p r i n g

* S p l i n e s of the m a i n s h a f t Idler g e a r . ( G ) , the park p a w l (H), a n d the s t o p shaft- (I) on the
.•. T h e old c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r a n d the old l o c k n u t transmission housing.

3. Install the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r (A), the old c o n i c a l 6. L u b r i c a t e the f o l l o w i n g parts w i t h A T F :

s p r i n g w a s h e r (B), a n d the old locknut (C) on the
m a i n s h a f t (D) a n d tighten the locknut to 226 N-m
f * T h r e a d s a n d s p l i n e s of t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
(23.0 kgf-m, 166 Ibf-ft). * T h e old c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r a n d the old l o c k n u t
* A r e a s w h e r e the park g e a r c o n t a c t s the c o n i c a l
NOTE: spring washer.
* Do not tap the m a i n s h a f t idler g e a r to i n s t a l l
* U s e a t o r q u e w r e n c h to tighten the locknut. Do 7. Install the park g e a r (J), the old c o n i c a l s p r i n g
not u s e a n i m p a c t w r e n c h . w a s h e r (K), a n d the old locknut (L) on the
c o u n t e r s h a f t (M).

8. Lift the park p a w l u p , a n d e n g a g e it with" the park

g e a r , t h e n tighten the locknut to 226 N-m
(23.0 kgf-m, 166 Ibfft).

NOTE:
* Do not tap the park g e a r to install.
* U s e a torque w r e n c h to tighten the locknut. Do
not u s e a n i m p a c t w r e n c h .
* C o u n t e r s h a f t locknut h a s left-hand t h r e a d s .

9. R e m o v e the l o c k n u t s a n d the c o n i c a l s p r i n g
w a s h e r s f r o m the m a i n s h a f t a n d the c o u n t e r s h a f t .

14 368
10, L u b r i c a t e the t h r e a d s of the s h a f t s , n e w l o c k o u t s , 15. V I N b e g i n s w i t h J H M : Install the s e l e c t o r control
a n d n e w conical spring w a s h e r s with A T F . l e v e r (A) on t h e s e l e c t o r c ontr ol s h a f t (B), a n d
install t h e bolt w i t h a n e w lock w a s h e r (C), t h e n
11. Install n e w c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r s (A) w i t h f a c i n g b e n d t h e Sock tab of the lock w a s h e r a g a i n s t the
s t a m p e d m a r k s i d e u p in the d i r e c t i o n s h o w n , a n d bolt h e a d .
install a n e w m a i n s h a f t l o c k n u t (8},, a n e w
c o u n t e r s h a f t lockout { € } , a n d a n e w s e c o n d a r y Properly Installed:
s h a f t locknut (D).

C y B
Left-hand threads , X Replace.
Replace, itSh

Left-hand tbs&ads
Replace.

16. S e t the park l e v e r in the P p o s i t i o n , t h e n c h e c k that

12. T i g h t e n the l o c k o u t s to 167 N-m (17.0 kgf-m, t h e park p a w l (A) e n g a g e s t h e park g e a r (B).
123 Ibf-ft).
Properly installed:
NOTE:
* B e s u r e to install t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r s in
the d i r e c t i o n s h o w n .
* U s e a t o r q u e w r e n c h to tighten the l o c k n u t Do
not use an impact w r e n c h .
* C o u n t e r s h a f t a n d s e c o n d a r y shaft lockouts h a v e
left-hand t h r e a d s ,

13. R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r f r o m t h e m a i n s h a f t .

14. S t a k e the l o c k o u t s into t h e s h a f t s to a depth (A) of

0 . 7 — 1 . 3 m m ( 0 , 0 3 - - 0 , 0 5 i n j u s i n g a 3.5 m m p u n c h
(El

17. Sf t h e park p a w l d o e s not e n g a g e fully, d o the park

lever stop inspection a n d adjustment (see page
14-309).

18. T i g h t e n the lock bolt (C) a n d b e n d the lock t a b of

#

the lock w a s h e r (D) a g a i n s t the bolt h e a d .

(cont'd)

14-369
Transmission End Cover

End Cower installation (cont'd)

19. Install t h e A T F f e e d pipe (A) into t h e idler g e a r shaft, 2 3 . M o v e the selector-control shaft I A ) f r o m the P
a n d install the A T F lubrication pipe (B) into t h e position to the N position by turning the s e l e c t o r
transmission housing. control shaft o n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r s i d e .

N O T E : D o not s q u e e z e t h e e n d of the s e l e c t o r
control shaft tips t o g e t h e r w h e n turning the shaft. If
the tips a r e s q u e e z e d t o g e t h e r It will c a u s e a faulty
shift position s i g n a l or position d u e to the play
b e t w e e n the s e l e c t o r control shaft a n d the
transmission range switch.

20. Install a n e w g a s k e t (A) o n the t r a n s m i s s i o n

h o u s i n g , a n d Install the t w o d o w e l p i n s IB) a n d n e w
O - r i n g s (C) o v e r the top of the A T F f e e d p i p e s .

24. A l i g n the c u t o u t s (A) o n t h e rotary-frame with the

neutral positioning c u t o u t s IB) on the t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h (C), t h e n put a 2.0 m m (0.08 in.) f e e l e r
• g a u g e b l a d e (D) In the c u t o u t s to hold In the N
position.

N O T E : B e s u r e to u s e a 2.0 m m (0.08 In.) b l a d e or

e q u i v a l e n t to hold the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h In
the N p o s i t i o n .

2 1 . Install the e n d c o v e r (D), a n d tighten the t h r e e

s p e c i a l bolts (E) a n d the 6 x 1.0 m m bolts (F)
(12 bolts).

2 2 . Install the h a r n e s s c l a m p bracket (G) on the e n d

c o v e r w i t h the b o l t ( H ) .

14-370
25, Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) g e n t l y o n 27. C o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
the s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t ( B ) w h i l e h o l d i n g it in t h e • (A) s e c u r e l y , t h e n install the h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B) on
N position w i t h t h e 2.0 m m (0.08 i n . ) b l a d e (C). the c l a m p bracket (C).

not m o v e the t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h w h e n
t i g h t e n i n g the b o l t s ; R e m o v e t h e f e e l e r g a u g e , 28. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o v e r (D).

8 x 1,0 mm
12 N-m
11,2 kgf.m. 8.7 Ibf-ftl

(confd)

14-371
Transmission End Cover
End Cover Installation (cont'd)

2 9 . C l e a n t h e m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d t h e fluid p a s s a g e 3 2 . C l e a n t h e m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e a n d t h e fluid p a s s a g e
of A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d of A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g . and C and the transmission housing.

30. Install a n e w g a s k e t (B) o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n 33. Install a n e w g a s k e t (A) a n d the A T F joint p i p e s (D)

h o u s i n g , a n d install t h e A T F pipe (C) a n d t h e A T F on the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , a n d install n e w
joint p i p e s (D). O - r i n g s (E) o v e r the A T F joint p i p e s .

N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h t h e blue N O T E : B e s u r e to install a n e w g a s k e t w i t h t h e blue

s i d e t o w a r d the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g . side toward the t r a n s m i s s i o n housing.

6 x 1 . 0 mm
12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

6 x1.0 mm
12 N-m 11.2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf-ft)

31. Install a n e w O - r i n g s (E) o v e r t h e A T F joint p i p e s ,

a n d install A / T clutch p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d
valve A. 34. Install A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B
a n d C w i t h t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t s (F).

14-372
3 5 . Install t h e A T F filter b r a c k e t (A) o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g , t h e n install t h e A T F c o o l e r l i n e / A T F filter
18) w i t h t h e line b a n j o bolt {€} a n d n e w s e a l i n g
w a s h e r s (D). S e c u r e t h e A T F filter w i t h its bracket
(E).

H
28 N-m
(2.9 kgf-m, 21 Ibf-ft)

(23 kgf-m, 21 Ibf-ft)

38, S e c u r e the line b r a c k e t s (F) with t w o bolts.

3 7 , Install t h e A T F c o o l e r outlet line (G) with t h e line

b a n j o bolt (Hi a n d n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (I).

38. Install t h e b r e a t h e r c a p I A ) o n t h e b r e a t h e r pipe I B ) .

3 9 , Install the dipstick.

A/T^Differential
Component Location Index Backlash Inspection

1. Install both a x l e s into t h e A / T differential, t h e n

T H R U S T SHIM, 76 mm
Preload Inspection, p l a c e the a x l e s o n V - b l o c k s .
page 14-378
2. C h e c k the b a c k l a s h of the pinion g e a r s (A) u s i n g a
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 76.2 mm
dial indicator (B).
BEARING O U T E R RACE
Replacement, page 14-377
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 1 5 m m { © . © 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 In.}
CARRIER BEARING
Replacement, page 14-375
B

FINAL DRIVEN G E A R
Replacement
page 14-375

DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER
Backlash Inspection,
page 14-374
Replacement, page 14-375
3. Sf the b a c k l a s h is out of s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the
CARRIER BEARING differential c a r r i e r ( s e e p a g e 14-375).
Replacement, page 14-375

BEARING OUTER RACE

Replacement, page 14-377
T H R U S T W A S H E R , 80 mm

14-374
Carrier Bearing Replacement Differential Carrier and Final-Driven
Gear Replacement
Special ?0@Is Required
A t t a c h m e n t 40 m m 07LAD-PW50601
1. R e m o v e t h e final d r i v e n g e a r (A) f r o m t h e
MOTE: differential c a r r i e r (B).
* T h e bearing a n d the bearing outer race s h o u l d be
replaced a s a set. N O T E : Differential c a r r i e r - b o l t s h a v e left-hand
* Inspect a n d adjust the carrier bearing preload threads.
w h e n e v e r bearing is replaced.
10 x 1.0 m m
* C h e c k t h e b e a r i n g for w e a r a n d r o u g h rotation. If t h e
101 N-m
b e a r i n g i s O K , r e m o v a l i s not n e c e s s a r y . (10.3 kgf-m, 74.5 Ibf-ftl

1, R e m o v e t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g (A) u s i n g a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e puffer I B ) , a b e a r i n g
s e p a r a t o r f C h a n d a s p a c e r (D).

2. Install t h e final d r i v e n g e a r in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n
Install n e w c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s u s i n g t h e 40 m m o n the differential c a r r i e r .
attachment with the small end a n d a press. Press
t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g o n s e c u r e l y s o t h e r e is no 3. S e c u r e t h e final d r i v e n g e a r a n d t h e differential
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the carrier bearing a n d the c a r r i e r w i t h t h e bolts. T i g h t e n t h e bolts'to the
differential c a r r i e r , s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e in a c r i s s c r o s s pattern in at l e a s t
two steps.
07LAD-PW50601

14-375
A/T Differential

Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install a n e w oil s e a l (A) f l u s h w i t h the t r a n s m i s s i o n

• D r i v e r 07749-0010000 h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the oil s e a l d r i v e r
• Oil s e a l d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 0 7 9 4 7 - S D 9 0 1 0 1 • attachment.
* Of! s e a ! d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 0 7 J A D - P H 8 0 1 0 1

1. R e m o v e the oil s e a l f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .

2. R e m o v e the oil s e a l f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

housing.

14-376
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement
Special Tools Required 2. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g outer r a c e (A) a n d the 80 m m
* Driver 07749-0010000 thrust w a s h e r (B) f r o m the torque c o n v e r t e r
* A t t a c h m e n t , 7 8 x 80 m m Q 7 N A D - P X 4 G 1 0 0 h o u s i n g (C).
* A t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 7 5 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 8 0 0

MOTE:
* T h e b e a r i n g a n d t h e b e a r i n g outer r a c e s h o u l d be
replaced a s a set, B

* Replace the bearing with a n e w one w h e n e v e r the

outer r a c e i s r e p l a c e d ,
* Do not u s e t h e t h r u s t s h i m f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing,
* A d j u s t b e a r i n g p r e l o a d after r e p l a c i n g the b e a r i n g
a n d t h e outer r a c e .
* C o s t all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g installation.

1. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g outer r a c e (A), t h e 7 6 . 2 m m
t h r u s t w a s h e r | B ) , a n d the 76 m m t h r u s t s h i m (C)
f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) b y h e a t i n g the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g to a b o u t 2 1 2 °F (100 °C) u s i n g
a h e a t g u n ( E ) . D o not h e a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n 3. Install the 8 0 m m thrust w a s h e r a n d a n e w b e a r i n g
h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 212 °F (100 °C). outer r a c e in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .

N O T E : Let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g c o o l to r o o m 4. Install t h e b e a r i n g outer r a c e s e c u r e l y in the t o r q u e

t e m p e r a t u r e before installing t h e b e a r i n g outer c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d t h e
race. 78 x 8 0 m m a t t a c h m e n t •

(confd)

14-377
A/TDifferential
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection
Replacement (cont'd)
Special Tools Reqylred
* Driver 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
5, Install the 76 m m thrust s h i m (A), the 76.2 m m * A t t a c h m e n t 7 2 x 75 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 6 0 0
t h r u s t w a s h e r (B), a n d a n e w b e a r i n g outer r a c e (C) * P r e l o a d i n s p e c t i o n tool 0 7 H A J - P K 4 0 2 0 1
in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D).
NOTE:
N O T E : B e s u r e to install the 76.2 m m thrust w a s h e r * If the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
w i t h the " 4 1 3 3 2 R K Y " m a r k f a c i n g d o w n w a r d . h o u s i n g , the differential c a r r i e r , the c a r r i e r b e a r i n g
a n d the outer r a c e , or the thrust s h i m w e r e r e p l a c e d ,
the b e a r i n g p r e l o a d m u s t be a d j u s t e d .
* C o a t all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g installation.
* Do not u s e the thrust s h i m f r o m the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing.

1. R e m o v e the b e a r i n g outer r a c e (A), the 76.2 m m

thrust w a s h e r (B), a n d the 76 m m thrust s h i m (C)
f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) by heating the
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g to a b o u t 212 °F (100 °C) u s i n g
a heat g u n ( E L Do not heat the t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 212 °F (100 °C).

N O T E : Let the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g c o o l to r o o m
t e m p e r a t u r e before a d j u s t i n g the b e a r i n g p r e l o a d .

6. Install the b e a r i n g outer r a c e s e c u r e l y s o there is no

c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the b e a r i n g outer r a c e , the
76.2 m m thrust w a s h e r , the 76 m m thrust s h i m , a n d
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , u s i n g the driver a n d the
72 x 7 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t .

14-378
2, Install the 7 6 m m thrust s h i m (A> In the 5. Install the differential a s s e m b l y (A) in the t o r q u e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g IB). If y o u r e p l a c e the 7 6 m m c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g IB), a n d Install t h e g a s k e t (C) a n d
thrust s h i m w i t h a n e w o n e , u s e t h e s a m e t h i c k n e s s the d o w e l p i n s CD) o n the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
s h i m a s the old o n e .
10 x 1-25 mm
44 N-m (4.5 kgf-m 33 Ibf-ft)

3. install t h e 76,2 mm t h r u s t w a s h e r (C) a n d t h e

b e a r i n g outer r a c e ID) in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,

N O T E : B e s u r e to install the 76,2 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r

w i t h the " 4 1 3 8 2 EKY" mark facing downward.

4. Install the b e a r i n g outer r a c e s e c u r e l y s o t h e r e is n o

A-
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the b e a r i n g outer r a c e , the
76.2 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r , t h e 7 6 m m t h r u s t s h i m , a n d
the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , u s i n g the d r i v e r a n d the
72 x 7 5 m m a t t a c h m e n t .

6. Install the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (E) a n d the

t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r (F), t h e n t i g h t e n t h e bolts.

O7746-@@1©0§@

(confd)

14-379
A/T Differential

Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection (cont'd)

7. Rotate the differentia! a s s e m b l y In both d i r e c t i o n s If the starting t o r q u e is out of s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e t h e

to s e a t the b e a r i n g s . 76 m m thrust s h i m a n d s e l e c t a 7 6 m m t h r u s t s h i m
f r o m the f o l l o w i n g table. Install a n e w 76 m m t h r u s t
8. M e a s u r e the starting t o r q u e of t h e differential s h i m a n d r e c h e c k . T o i n c r e a s e the starting t o r q u e ,
a s s e m b l y in both d i r e c t i o n s u s i n g the p r e l o a d i n c r e a s e the t h i c k n e s s of the 76 m m t h r u s t s h i m . T o
i n s p e c t i o n tool, a t o r q u e w r e n c h (A), a n d a s o c k e t d e c r e a s e t h e starting t o r q u e , d e c r e a s e the
(B) at n o r m a l r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e . t h i c k n e s s of the 76 m m t h r u s t s h i m . C h a n g i n g t h e
76 m m thrust s h i m to the next s i z e will i n c r e a s e or
Standard d e c r e a s e starting t o r q u e a b o u t 0.3—0.4 N-m
New Bearing: 2 . 7 — 3 . 9 N-tn ( 3 - 4 kgf-cm, 2 - 3 Ibf-in.).
1 2 8 - 4 0 k g f - c m , 2 4 - 3 5 Ibf-in.)
R e u s e d B e a r i n g : 2 . 5 — 3 . 6 N-m T H R U S T S H I M , 76 m m
1 2 5 - 3 7 k g f - c m , 2 2 - 3 2 Ibf-in.) Wo. P a r t Wytnber Thickness
S 41438-PX4-700 2.05 m m (0.080 in.)
T 41439-PX4-7G0 " 2.10 m m (0.082 in.)
U 41440-PX4-700 2.15 m m (0.084 in.)
A 41441-PK4-000 . 2.20 m m (0.086 in.)
B 41442-PK4-0Q0 2.25 m m (0.088 in.)
C • 41443-PK4-00O 2.30 m m (0,090 in.)
D 41444-PK4-000 2.35 m m (0.092 in.)
E 41445-PK4-0QQ 2.40 m m (0.094 in.)
F 41446-PK4-000 2.45 m m (0.096 in.)
G 41447-PK4-0O0 2,50 m m (0.098 in.)
H 41448-PK4-000 2.55 m m (0.099 in.)
1 - 41449-PK4-0OO 2.60 m m (0.101 in.)
J 41450-PK4-000 2.65 m m (0.103 in.)
K 41451-PK4-QQ0 2.70 m m (0.105 In.)
07HAJ-PK402O1
L 41452-PK4-00O 2.75 m m (0.107 in.)
M 41453-PK4-000 2.80 m m (0.109 In.)
N 41454-PK4-0Q0 2.85 m m (0.111 in.)
0 41455-PK4-Q00 2.90 m m (0.113 in.)
P 41456-PK4-0OO 2.95 m m (0.115 in.)
Q 41457-PK4-000 3.00 mm (0.117 in.)
R 41458-PK4-000 3.05 mm (0.119 In.)
OA 41428-PRP-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)
OB 41429-PRP-00O 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)
oc 41430-PRP-000 1.65 mm (0.065 In.)
0D 41431-PRP-O00 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)
0E 41432-PRP-00G 1.75 m m (0.069 in.)
OF 41433-PRP-000 1.80 m m (0.071 in.)
0G 41434-PRP-000 1,85 m m (0.073 in.)
OH 41435-PRP-000 1.90 m m (0.075 in.)
01 41436-PRP-000 1,95 m m (0.077 In.)
0J 41437-PRP-00Q 2.00 m m (0.079 In.)
(cont'd)

14-380
T H R U S T S H I M , 7 8 m m (cont'd)
No, Part Uumbm Thickness
A 41428-PAX-000 1,575 mm (0.062 in.)
B 41429-PAX-0GO 1.625 m m (0,064 in.)
C 4143G-PAX-000 1.675 m m (0.066 in.)
D 41431-PAX-000 1.725 m m (0,068 in.)
E 41432-PAX-G00 1.775 m m (0.070 in.)
F 41433-PAX-000 1.825 m m (0.072 i n j
G 41434-PAX-000 1,875 mm (0.074 in.)
H 41435-PAX-000 1.925 m m (0.070 in.)
I 4143&PAX-000 1.975 mm (0.078 in.)
J 41437-PAX-00O 2,025 mm (0.080 in.)
K 41438-PAX-000 2 . 0 7 5 m m (0.082 in.)
L 41439-PAX-O00 2.125 m m (0,084 in.)
M 41440-PAX-000 2.175 m m (0.086 in.)
N 41441-PAX-000 2.225 mm (0.088 inj
0 41442-PAX-000 2.275 mm (0.090 inj
p 41443-PAX-00G 2.325 mm (0.092 in.)
Q 41444-PAX-000 2,375 m m (0.094 i n j
R 41445-PAX-000 2.425 m m (0.095 i n j
S 41446-PAX-000 2 , 4 7 5 m m (0.097 i n j
J 41447-PAX-000 2.525 m m (0.099 i n j
U 41448-PAX-000 2.575 m m (0.101 i n j
V 41449-PAX-000 2.625 m m (0.103 in.)
W 41450-PAX-000 2.675 m m (0.105 i n j
X 41451-PAX-000 2,725 m m (0.107 in.)
Y 41452-PAX-000 2.775 m m (0.109 i n j
Z 41453-PAX-000 2.825 m m (0.111 i n j
OA 41454-PAX-000 2.875 m m (0.113 i n J
OB 41455-PAX-000 2 . 9 2 5 m m (0.115 i n j
OC 41456-PAX-000 2.975 m m (0,117 i n j
OD 41457-PAX-0OO 3 . 0 2 5 m m (0.119 i n j
Driveline/Axle

Driveline/Axle
Special Tools „...„.....„•..,.......... ........... .......... 16-2
Component Location Index ........... ... 16-3
Driveshaft Inspection ............. ............ 16-4
Driveshaft Removal ... 16-4
Driveshaft Disassembly ...................... 16-7
Dynamic Damper Replacement ............... .. 16-10
Driveshaft Reassembly ................ ................................ 16-11
Driveshaft installation . 16-20
Intermediate Shaft Removal ......... 16-23
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly 16-23
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly 16-25
Intermediate Shaft Installation 16-28
Driveline/Axle
Special Tools

Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

© 07GAD-PH70201 Oil S e a l Driver, 64 m m 1
© 07MAC-SL0A202 Bali J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m 1
© 07MAD-PR90100 Installer A t t a c h m e n t 45 m m 1
© 07NAF-SR30101 Half S h a f t B a s e 1
© 07XAC-001030A T h r e a d e d A d a p t e r , 26 x 1.5 m m 1
© 07746-0010400 B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 1
© 07746-0030400 Inner B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 3 5 m m 1
® 07749-0010000 Driver H a n d l e , 15 x 135L 1
© 07947-SB00100 Oil S e a l Driver, 44.5 m m 1

© ©

16-2
Component Location Index

D Y N A M I C BAmmn
Replacement, page 16-10
HVTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Removal, page 16-23 DRIVESHAFT
Disassembly, page 18-23 Inspection, page 16-4
Reassembly, page 16-25 Removal, page 16-4
Installation, page 16-28 Disassembly, page 16-7
Reassembly, page 16-11
Installation, page 16-20
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Inspection Driveshaft Removal

1. C h e c k the Inboard boot (A) a n d t h e o u t b o a r d boot Special Tools Required

(B) o n the d r i v e s h a f t (C) for c r a c k s , d a m a g e , leaking
g r e a s e , a n d l o o s e boot b a n d s (D). Sf a n y d a m a g e Is Ball j o i n t r e m o v e r , 28 m m O 7 M A C - S L O A 2 0 2
f o u n d , r e p l a c e the boot a n d boot b a n d s .
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift.
C
2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .
3. Pry up t h e locking tab (A) o n the s p i n d l e nut (B),
t h e n r e m o v e the n u t

2. C h e c k the d r i v e s h a f t for c r a c k s a n d d a m a g e . If a n y B
d a m a g e Is f o u n d , r e p l a c e the d r i v e s h a f t .

3. C h e c k the Inboard joint (E) a n d the o u t b o a r d joint

(F) for c r a c k s a n d d a m a g e . If a n y d a m a g e Is f o u n d ,
r e p l a c e the Inboard joint or t h e o u t b o a r d joint a s a n
assembly.
4, Drain the t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid, t h e n reinstall t h e d r a i n
4. Hold the i n b o a r d joint a n d turn the front w h e e l by plug with a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r :
h a n d , t h e n m a k e s u r e the joint is not e x c e s s i v e l y
l o o s e . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the i n b o a r d joint or the • M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-5)
o u t b o a r d joint a s a n a s s e m b l y . * A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n f s e e p a g e 14-231)

5. Hold the stabilizer Sink joint pin (A) w i t h a h e x

w r e n c h (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e f l a n g e nut (C).
S e p a r a t e the front stabilizer Sink (D) f r o m the l o w e r
arm.

16-4
6. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g nut (A), t h e 8. Pull t h e k n u c k l e o u t w a r d , a n d s e p a r a t e t h e
d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt (B), a n d t h e d a m p e r o u t b o a r d joint f r o m t h e front h u b u s i n g a plastic
p i n c h bolt C O , t h e n r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r fork (Dh hammer.

9. Left d r i v e s h a f t : Pry the i n b o a r d joint (A) f r o m t h e

differential w i t h a prybar. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e s h a f t a s
an assembly.

7, R e m o v e the cotter pin (A) f r o m t h e knuckle ball NOTE:

joint, then r e m o v e t h e c a s t l e nut I B ) . S e p a r a t e t h e * Do not pull on the d r i v e s h a f t (B), or t h e i n b o a r d
hali joint f r o m t h e l o w e r a r m (C) u s i n g t h e ball joint joint m a y c o m e apart. Pull the i n b o a r d joint
r e m o v e r {see p a g e 13-11), straight out to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the oil s e a l .
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e oil s e a l with t h e
NOTE: prybar.
* Be c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
installing t h e r e m o v e r .
* Do not f o r c e or h a m m e r o n t h e l o w e r a r m , o r pry
between the lower arm and the knuckle. Y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e t h e ball j o i n t

(confd)

16-5
Drfvefine/Axle
Driveshaft Removal (cont'd)

10. R i g h t d r i v e s h a f t : .Drive t h e i n b o a r d joint (A) off of 12. R e m o v e the s e t ring (A) f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t .

t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft u s i n g a drift a n d a h a m m e r .
R e m o v e t h e driveshaft a s a n a s s e m b l y .

N O T E : Do not pulf o n t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B), or t h e

i n b o a r d joint m a y c o m e apart.

11. R e m o v e the s e t ring (A) f r o m t h e left d r i v e s h a f t

inboard joint

16-6
Driveshaft Disassembly
Special Tools Required L o w profile t y p e
* T h r e a d e d a d a p t e r , 26 x 1.5 m m 0 7 X A C - Q 0 1 0 3 0 A
* S l i d e h a m m e r , 5 / 8 " - 1 8 UNF commercially available
f

* Fuller, commercially available

* Boot b a n d p l i e r s , c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e

Inboard Joint Side

1, R e m o v e t h e boot b a n d s . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e
the boot,

* If t h e boot b a n d is a w e l d e d t y p e (A), cut the boot

band.
* If t h e boot b a n d i s a d o u b l e loop t y p e (B), lift up
t h e b a n d e n d { Q , a n d p u s h it Into t h e clip (D).
* If t h e boot b a n d i s a l o w profile t y p e ( E ) , p i n c h the
boot: b a n d o s i n g c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot 2. M a k e m a r k s (A) o n e a c h roller (B) a n d t h e I n b o a r d
b a n d pliers IF). joint (C) to identify t h e l o c a t i o n s of t h e rollers to the
g r o o v e s In t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t T h e n r e m o v e t h e
Welded type I n b o a r d joint on a c l e a n s h o p t o w e l (D). B e c a r e f u l
not to d r o p t h e rollers w h e n s e p a r a t i n g t h e m f r o m
the i n b o a r d j o i n t

M O T E : Do not e n g r a v e - o r s c r i b e a n y m a r k s on the
rolling s u r f a c e .

Double loop type

(confd)

16-7
Drivelihe/Axle
Driveshaft Disassembly (cont'd)

3. M a k e m a r k s (A) on the rollers (B) a n d the s p i d e r (C) Oytboard Joint Side

to Identify the l o c a t i o n s of the rollers on the s p i d e r ,
t h e n r e m o v e the rollers. 1. R e m o v e the boot b a n d s (A). Lift up the t h r e e t a b s
(B) w i t h a s c r e w d r i v e r , t h e n r e l e a s e the b a n d . B e
N O T E : Do not e n g r a v e or s c r i b e a n y m a r k s on the c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the b o o t
rolling s u r f a c e .

2. S l i d e the o u t b o a r d boot (A) partially to the i n b o a r d

4. R e m o v e the circlip (D). joint s i d e . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the boot.

A
5. M a k e . m a r k s (E) on t h e s p i d e r a n d d r i v e s h a f t (F) to
identify the position of the s p i d e r o n the shaft.

6. R e m o v e the s p i d e r .

N O T E : If n e c e s s a r y , u s e a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
puller.

7. W r a p the s p l i n e s o n the d r i v e s h a f t w i t h v i n y l t a p e
(A) to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the b o o t

8. R e m o v e the I n b o a r d b o o t B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e
t h e boot.

9. R e m o v e the v i n y l t a p e .

16-8
3, W i p e off the g r e a s e to e x p o s e the d r i v e s h a f t a n d 8, R e m o v e the s t o p ring f r o m the d r i v e s h a f t .
t h e o u t b o a r d joint i n n e r r a c e ,

4. M a k e a m a r k I A ) on the d r i v e s h a f t (B) at the s a m e

level a s the o u t b o a r d joint rim (C).

9. W r a p the s p l i n e s o n the d r i v e s h a f t w i t h v i n y l tape

(A) to p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the boot.

5, S e c u r e l y c l a m p t h e d r i v e s h a f t in a b e n c h v i s e w i t h
a shop towei.

6. R e m o v e t h e o u t b o a r d joint (A) u s i n g the

26 x 1,5 mm threaded a d a p t e r (Bf a n d a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 5/8"--18 USMF s l i d e h a m m e r
(C).

10. R e m o v e the o u t b o a r d b o o t B e c a r e f u l not to

d a m a g e the b o o t

11. R e m o v e the v i n y l tape.

7. R e m o v e the d r i v e s h a f t f r o m the b e n c h v i s e .

16
Driveline/Axle
Dynamic Damper Replacement

1. R e m o v e the Inboard joint ( s e e p a g e 16-7). 5. A d j u s t the s p e c i f i e d d i s t a n c e (A) b e t w e e n t h e

o u t b o a r d joint s i d e a n d the d y n a m i c d a m p e r e d g e .
2. R e m o v e the d y n a m i c d a m p e r b a n d ( s e e s t e p 1 o n
p a g e 16-7). .NOTE: C h e c k the t y p e of d y n a m i c d a m p e r by its
shape.
3. R e m o v e the d y n a m i c d a m p e r (A).
Left d f ivershfift
Left d r i v e s h a f t
A: 298.5-303.5 mm f l l . 7 5 - 1 1 . 9 5 In.)

R i g h t driwerslmft

A: 292.5-297.5 m m (11.52-11.71 i n . )

•A

6. Install the d y n a m i c d a m p e r b a n d ( s e e s t e p 10 o n
p a g e 16-14).

7. Install the i n b o a r d joint ( s e e p a g e 16-12).

4. Install the n e w d y n a m i c d a m p e r .

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to s w a p t h e d y n a m i c d a m p e r s .
C h e c k the t y p e of d y n a m i c d a m p e r by Its s h a p e .

16-10
Driveshaft Reassembly

Exploded View

INBOARD JOINT ROLLERS

EAR CLAMP BANDS

Replace.

Use the grease included

in the outboard boot s e t

(confd)

16-11
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)

Special Tools Required 3. Install t h e s p i d e r (A) onto the d r i v e s h a f t by a l i g n i n g

* B o o t b a n d tool, KD-3191 or e q u i v a l e n t , c o m m e r c i a l l y the m a r k s (B) y o u m a d e o n t h e s p i d e r a n d t h e e n d
available of the d r i v e s h a f t
* B o o t b a n d p l i e r s , K e n t - M o o r e J - 3 5 9 1 0 or e q u i v a l e n t
commercially available
* Boot b a n d pliers, c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e

N O T E : Refer to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this procedure.

inboard Joint Side

1. W r a p the s p l i n e s w i t h v i n y l t a p e (A) to p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the I n b o a r d b o o t

4. Install a n e w circlip (C) Into the d r i v e s h a f t g r o o v e .

A l w a y s rotate the circlip in its g r o o v e to m a k e s u r e
It Is fully s e a t e d .

5. Fit the rollers (A) onto t h e s p i d e r (B) w i t h t h e high

s h o u l d e r s f a c i n g o u t w a r d a n d note t h e s e Items:

• R e i n s t a l l the rollers in their original p o s i t i o n s o n

the s p i d e r by a l i g n i n g the m a r k s (C) y o u m a d e .
* Hold the d r i v e s h a f t pointed up to p r e v e n t the
rollers f r o m falling off.
2. Install t h e i n b o a r d boot onto the d r i v e s h a f t , t h e n
r e m o v e the v i n y l t a p e . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the
inboard b o o t

16-12
6 , P a c k t h e i n b o a r d joint w i t h t h e joint g r e a s e 8. Fit t h e boot e n d s (A) onto t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B) a n d the
i n c l u d e d In t h e n e w i n b o a r d boot s e t . i n b o a r d joint (C).

7, Fit t h e i n b o a r d joint onto the d r i v e s h a f t a n d note

these items:

* R e i n s t a l l t h e i n b o a r d joint onto the d r i v e s h a f t b y

a l i g n i n g t h e m a r k s (A) y o u m a d e o n t h e i n b o a r d
joint a n d t h e rollers.
* Hold t h e d r i v e s h a f t s o t h e i n b o a r d joint is
pointing up to p r e v e n t It f r o m falling off.

(confd)

16-13
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)

A d j u s t the length (A) of the d r i v e s h a f t s to the figure 11. Fit the boot e n d s onto t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d the
a s s h o w n , t h e n a d j u s t the boots to h a l f w a y i n b o a r d joint, t h e n install a n e w d o u b l e loop b a n d
b e t w e e n full c o m p r e s s i o n a n d full e x t e n s i o n . B l e e d (A) onto t h e boot (B).
e x c e s s air f r o m the b o o t s by inserting a flat-tipped
s c r e w d r i v e r b e t w e e n the boot a n d the joint. N O T E : P a s s the e n d of the n e w d o u b l e loop b a n d
t h r o u g h the d i p (C) t w i c e in the direction of t h e
Left d r i v e s h a f t f o r w a r d rotation of the d r i v e s h a f t .

Right driveshaft

12. Pull up the s l a c k in the b a n d by h a n d ,

Model Left/Right Speelffed L e n g t h
Driveshaft (A) 13. Mark position (A) o n the. b a n d 1 0 — 1 4 mm
K24Z2 M/T Left 554—559 m m ( 0 . 4 - 0 . 6 in.) f r o m the clip (B).
engine ( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
model Right 480-485 mm
(18.90—19.09 in.)
A/T Left 554—559 m m
( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
Right 477-482 mm
( 1 8 . 7 8 - 1 8 . 9 8 in.)
K24Z2 engine Left 554—559 m m
model ( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
Right 480—485 m m
(18.90—19.09 in.)

10. Install n e w boot b a n d s .

• F o r the d o u b l e loop t y p e , g o to s t e p 11.

• F o r the l o w profile t y p e , go to s t e p 20.

16-14
14. T h r e a d t h e f r e e e n d of t h e b a n d t h r o u g h the n o s e 17. U n w i n d the boot b a n d t o o l , a n d c u t off the e x c e s s
s e c t i o n of t h e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot b a n d f r e e e n d of t h e b a n d to l e a v e a 5—10 m m '
tool KD-3191 or e q u i v a l e n t (A), a n d Into t h e s l o t on (0.2—0.4 In.) tail protruding f r o m the clip.
t h e w i n d i n g m a n d r e l (6).

18. B e n d t h e b a n d e n d (A) by t a p p i n g It d o w n w i t h a
hammer.

NOTE:
15, U s i n g a w r e n c h o n the w i n d i n g m a n d r e l of t h e boot * M a k e s u r e the b a n d a n d t h e clip do not Interfere
b a n d t o o l , tighten the b a n d until t h e m a r k e d s p o t with a n y t h i n g on the v e h i c l e a n d the b a n d d o e s
IC) on t h e b a n d m e e t s t h e e d g e of t h e c l i p . not m o v e .
* Clean, a n y g r e a s e r e m a i n i n g o n the s u r r o u n d i n g
16. Lift y p t h e b o o t b a n d tool to b e n d t h e f r e e e n d of surfaces.
t h e b a n d 90 d e g r e e s to t h e clip. C e n t e r - p u n c h t h e
A
c l i p , t h e n fold o v e r t h e r e m a i n i n g tail onto t h e clip.

19. R e p e a t s t e p s 11 t h r o u g h 18 for the b a n d on the

other e n d of the b o o t

(confd)

16-15
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)

20. Install the n e w l o w profile b a n d (A) onto t h e boot Outboard Joint Side
(B), t h e n hook the tab (C) of the b a n d .
1. W r a p t h e s p l i n e s w i t h v i n y l t a p e (A) to p r e v e n t
B
d a m a g i n g the o u t b o a r d boot.

2 1 . C l o s e the hook portion of the b a n d w i t h

c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot b a n d pliers f A ) , t h e n
hook the t a b s (B) of t h e b a n d . 2. Install the n e w e a r c l a m p b a n d s (B) a n d the
o u t b o a r d boot, t h e n r e m o v e the v i n y l t a p e . B e
careful not to d a m a g e the o u t b o a r d boot.

3. Install a n e w s t o p ring (A) in the d r i v e s h a f t g r o o v e

(B).

A
22. Install t h e boot b a n d on the other e n d of the boot,
Replace.
a n d r e p e a t s t e p s 20 a n d 21.

16-16
4. P a c k a b o u t . 3 5 g (1.2 oz) g r e a s e i n c l u d e d in t h e n e w 6. T o c o m p l e t e l y s e a t t h e o u t b o a r d j o i n t pick up t h e
o u t b o a r d boot s e t into t h e d r i v e s h a f t h o l e in t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d - j o i n t a n d tap or hit the a s s e m b l y
outboard joint onto a h a r d s u r f a c e f r o m a h e i g h t of a b o u t 10 c m
(4 in.).
N O T E : If y o u a r e installing a n e w o u t b o a r d joint,
t h e g r e a s e is a l r e a d y i n s t a l l e d . N O T E : D o not u s e a h a m m e r a s e x c e s s i v e f o r c e
m a y d a m a g e the d r i v e s h a f t . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n (A) of the o u t b o a r d
joint

A,

10 cm
(4 I n j

5, Insert t h e d r i v e s h a f t (A) into t h e o u t b o a r d joint (B)

until t h e s t o p ring CO is c l o s e to t h e joint.
7. C h e c k t h e a l i g n m e n t of t h e paint m a r k (A) y o u
m a d e w i t h t h e o u t b o a r d joint rim (B).

(cont'd)

16-17
DriweSirse/AxIe
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd!

8. Pack the outboard joint (A) w i t h the r e m a i n i n g joint 10. I n s p e c t the length (A) of the d r i v e s h a f t s to the
g r e a s e i n c l u d e d in the n e w o u t b o a r d boot s e t figure a s s h o w n , t h e n a d j u s t the- b o o t s to h a l f w a y
b e t w e e n full c o m p r e s s i o n a n d full e x t e n s i o n .
Total grease quantity
Left d r i v e s h a f t
Model Quantity
K24Z2 M/T - 1 4 0 — 1 5 0 g (4.9—5.3 oz)
engine A/T 1 0 5 — 1 1 5 g -(3.7—4.1 oz)
model
K24Z3 engine model 1 4 0 — 1 5 0 g (4.9—5.3 oz)
m m r=3(

Right driveshaft

m m

Model Left/Right Specified Length

Driveshaft (A)
Use the grease included K24Z2 M/T Left 554—559 m m
in the outboard boot set.
engine (21.81—22.01 in.)
9. Fit the boot e n d s (A) onto the d r i v e s h a f t (B) a n d the model Right 480—485 m m
o u t b o a r d joint (C). B l e e d a n y e x c e s s air f r o m the ( 1 8 . 9 0 - 1 9 . 0 9 in.)
boot by inserting a flat-tipped s c r e w d r i v e r b e t w e e n A/T Left 554—559 m m
the boot a n d the j o i n t - ( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
Right 477—482 m m
( 1 8 . 7 8 - 1 8 . 9 8 in.)
K24Z3 engine Left 554—559 m m
model ( 2 1 . 8 1 - 2 2 . 0 1 in.)
Right 480—485 m m
( 1 8 . 9 0 - 1 9 . 0 9 in.)

16-18
11. C l o s e t h e e a r portion (A) of t h e b a n d w i t h
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e boot b a n d pliers {Kent-
M o o r e J - 3 5 9 1 0 or e q u i v a l e n t ) I B ) .

12. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the c l o s e d e a r portion

of t h e b a n d . If t h e c l e a r a n c e Is not w i t h i n t h e
s t a n d a r d , c l o s e t h e e a r portion of t h e b a n d tighter.

13. R e p e a t s t e p s 11 a n d 12 for t h e b a n d o n t h e other

e n d of t h e b o o t
Drfveline/Axle
Driveshaft Installation

N O T E : B e f o r e starting installation, m a k e s u r e the 3. Install a n e w s e t ring (A) onto-the s e t ring g r o o v e

m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the joint a n d the s p l i n e d s e c t i o n a r e (B) of the intermediate shaft.
clean.

1. A p p l y a b o u t 5 g (0.18 oz) m o l y 60 p a s t e
(P/N 08734-0001) to t h e c o n t a c t a r e a (A) of the
o u t b o a r d joint a n d t h e front w h e e l b e a r i n g .

N O T E : T h e p a s t e h e l p s to p r e v e n t n o i s e a n d
vibration.

4. A p p l y 0.5—1.0 g (0.02—0.04 oz) of s u p e r high t e m p

u r e a g r e a s e (P/N 08798-9002) to the w h o l e s p l i n e d
s u r f a c e (A) of the right d r i v e s h a f t . After a p p l y i n g
g r e a s e , r e m o v e the g r e a s e f r o m the s p l i n e d
g r o o v e s at intervals of 2 — 3 s p l i n e s a n d f r o m t h e
2. Install a n e w s e t ring (A) onto the s e t ring g r o o v e s e t ring g r o o v e (B) s o that air c a n b l e e d f r o m t h e
(B) of the left d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d j o i n t Intermediate shaft.

A
Replace.

16-20
5, C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e the d r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t s t h e 7. Install t h e o u t b o a r d joint (A) into the front h u b o n
differential t h o r o u g h l y w i t h s o l v e n t or brake the knuckle.
c l e a n e r , a n d d r y w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.

N O T E : D o not w a s h t h e r u b b e r p a r t s w i t h s o l v e n t

6, Insert t h e i n b o a r d e n d f A ) of t h e d r i v e s h a f t Into the

differential (B) or i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (Q until the s e t
ring (D) l o c k s In the g r o o v e I E ) .

N O T E : I n s e r t t h e d r i v e s h a f t horizontally to p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g t h e oil s e a l .

Left

/ /
3t 8. W i p e off a n y g r e a s e c o n t a m i n a t i o n f r o m the ball •
joint t a p e r e d s e c t i o n a n d t h r e a d s , t h e n Install the
knuckle (A) onto the l o w e r a r m (B). B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e the ball joint boot (C). W i p e off t h e g r e a s e
b e f o r e tightening the nut at t h e ball j o i n t T o r q u e
t h e c a s t l e nut CD) to t h e l o w e r t o r q u e s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
Eight t h e n tighten it only far e n o u g h to a l i g n t h e slot with
the ball joint pin hole.

NOTE:
* M a k e s u r e the ball joint boot is not d a m a g e d or
cracked.
* D o not align the nut by l o o s e n i n g it.

14 M 1.5 mm
7 8 - 8 8 N-m
( 8 . 0 - 9 . 0 kgf-m, E
5 8 - 6 5 Ibf-ft) Replace,

9. Install a n e w cotter pin (E) Into the ball joint pin

h o l e , a n d b e n d the cotter pin a s s h o w n .

(confd)

16-21
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Installation (cont'd)

10. Install the d a m p e r fork (A) o v e r t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d 13. P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r t h e l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e

onto the l o w e r a r m . Install the d a m p e r in the the s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
d a m p e r fork s o the a l i g n i n g t a b (B) is a l i g n e d with
the slot in the d a m p e r fork. L o o s e l y install the N O T E : Do not put the floor j a c k u n d e r the ball j o i n t
d a m p e r pinch bolt (C).
14. T i g h t e n the d a m p e r p i n c h bolt a n d t h e d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .

15. A p p l y a s m a l l a m o u n t of e n g i n e oil to t h e s e a t i n g
s u r f a c e of the. n e w s p i n d l e nut (A).

Replace.

11. L o o s e l y install a n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt

(D) a n d a n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g nut ( E ) .

12. C o n n e c t the front stabilizer link (A) to the l o w e r a r m ,

a n d l o o s e l y install a n e w f l a n g e n u t Hold the
stabilizer link joint pin (B) w i t h a h e x w r e n c h { Q , 16. Install the s p i n d l e nut, t h e n tighten it. After
a n d tighten the n e w f l a n g e nut (D), . t i g h t e n i n g , u s e a drift to s t a k e the s p i n d l e nut
s h o u l d e r (B) a g a i n s t the d r i v e s h a f t .

17. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of t h e brake d i s c a n d t h e
w h e e l t h e n install the front w h e e l s .

18. T u r n the w h e e l by h a n d , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e r e is no
interference b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d
surrounding parts.

19. Refill the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d

t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid:

(4.0 kgf.m, * M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-5)

29 Ibf-ft) * A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-231)
Replace.

20. R e m o v e the floor j a c k , t h e n l o w e r t h e v e h i c l e on

the lift.

21. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

22. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

16-22
Intermediate Shaft Removal Intermediate Shaft Disassembly

1, D r a i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid. R e i n s t a l l the d r a i n S p e c i a l Tools R e q y i r e d

plug using a n e w sealing w a s h e r : * Half shaft b a s e 0 7 N A F - S R 3 0 1 0 1
* Oil s e a l d r i v e r , 4 4 . 5 m m 0 7 9 4 7 - S B 0 0 1 0 0
* M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n { s e e p a g e 13-5)
• A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-231) 1. R e m o v e the h e a t s h i e l d (A).

2 . R e m o v e t h e right d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-4),

3, R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolt (A) a n d t h e t w o d o w e l bolts

(BK

4. R e m o v e the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (A) f r o m the

differential. Hold the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t horizontally
until it is c l e a r of t h e differential to p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the oil s e a l (B).

(confd)

16-23
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly (cont'd)

3. P r e s s the Intermediate shaft (A) out of the 5. P r e s s the Intermediate s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) out of t h e
intermediate shaft b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g the half shaft b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g the 44,5 m m oil s e a l
b a s e (C) a n d a p r e s s . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e d r i v e r (C), the half shaft b a s e (D) a n d a p r e s s ,
r

b e a r i n g s u p p o r t ring (D) o n the Intermediate s h a f t

during d i s a s s e m b l y . PRESS

07NAF-SR30101

4. R e m o v e the internal s n a p ring (A) f r o m the b e a r i n g

s u p p o r t (B).

16-24
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly

exploded View

(cont'd)

16-25
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly (coi

Special Tools Required 3. Install the Internal s n a p ring (A) in t h e g r o o v e (B) of

• O i l s e a l driver, 64 m m 0 7 G A D - P H 7 0 2 0 1 the b e a r i n g s u p p o r t .
* Half shaft b a s e 0 7 N A F - S R 3 0 1 0 1
* B e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 07746-0010400
* Inner b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t 3 5 m m
07746-0030400
* Driver h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
* Installer a t t a c h m e n t 4 5 m m 0 7 M A D - P R 9 0 1 0 0

N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w , a s n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this procedure.

1. C l e a n the d i s a s s e m b l e d parts with s o l v e n t , a n d dry

t h e m with c o m p r e s s e d air.

N O T E : Do not w a s h t h e r u b b e r parts with s o l v e n t .

2. P r e s s the n e w i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) into 4. P r e s s the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (A) Into the shaft

the b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g t h e 52 x 55 m m b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g the 3 5 m m I n n e r b e a r i n g driver
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t ( C ) , the 15 x 1 3 5 L driver a t t a c h m e n t (C) a n d a p r e s s .
h a n d l e (D), the half s h a f t b a s e ( E ) , a n d a p r e s s .

PRESS

16-26
5. Install the e x t e r n a l s n a p ring I A ) m the g r o o v e of 7. Install t h e h e a t s h i e l d (A).
t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t f B).
6 M 1.0 m m
9.8 U-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

6* Install a n e w outer s e a l (A) into t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t

| B ) u s i n g t h e 45 m m installer a t t a c h m e n t ( C ) ,
8 4 m m oil s e a l d r i v e r <D>, t h e half s h a f t b a s e ( E ) ,
a n d a p r e s s . P r e s s in t h e s e a l until it i s 4 ± 0.2 m m
(0.16 ± 6 . 0 0 8 in.) (F) b e l o w the s u r f a c e of the
bearing support end.

PRESS

E
07NAF-SR30101

16-27
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft installation
5. Install t h e right d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 16-20).
1. C l e a n the a r e a s w h e r e the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft
c o n t a c t s the differential t h o r o u g h l y with s o l v e n t or 6. Refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d
brake c l e a n e r , a n d dry with c o m p r e s s e d air. t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid:

N O T E : Do not w a s h t h e r u b b e r parts with s o l v e n t . • M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-5)

* A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-231)
2. Install a n e w s e t ring (A) onto t h e s e t ring g r o o v e
(B) of the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (C). 7. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

8. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

3. Insert the i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t into the differential

correctly.

N O T E : Insert the i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft c a r e f u l l y to

p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g the oil s e a l (D).

4. Install the f l a n g e bolt (A) a n d t w o d o w e l bolts (B).

16-28
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
" Portions of materials contained herein have been reprinted under
license from America Honda Motor Co., Inc. License Agreement AH220 ."
 INTRODUCTION

- H o w to U s e T h i s Manual
This manual Is divided Into multiple sections, The first page of
each section is marked with a black tab that lines up with its
corresponding thumb index tab on this page and the back cover,
You can quickly find the first page of e a c h section without
looking through a full table of contents. The symbols printed at
the top corner of each page can also be used a s a quick
reference s y s t e m , Maintenance
Each section includes:
1, A table of contents, or an exploded view index showing:
* Parts d i s a s s e m b l y sequence,
* Bolt torques and thread sizes.
* Page references to descriptions in text,
2, D i s a s s e m b l y / a s s e m b l y procedures and tools,
3, Inspection,
4, Test!ng/troubIeshootrng. Engine Mechanical'.
5, Repair.
8. Adjustments,

Engine Cooling
* Safety IVIessages
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. To help
you make informed decisions, w e have provided safety
m e s s a g e s , and other safety information throughout this manual.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with servicing this vehicle. You must use
your own good judgment. *Transaxle
Y o u will find important safety information in a variety of forms
including:
* Safety L a b e l s — on the vehicle,
* Safety M e s s a g e s — preceded by a safety alert symbol j j ^ and 'Steering
one of three signal words, D A N G E R , W A R N I N G , or C A U T I O N .
T h e s e signal w o r d s m e a n :
Suspension
tS93J[flPil Y o u W I L L be KILLED or S E R I O U S L Y HURT if
(Including TPMS)
you don't follow instructions.
Y o u C A N be KILLED or S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
you don't follow instructions, Brakes
W3I11I53 Y o u C A N be H U R T if you don't follow
(Including VSA)
instructions,
* Instructions — how to service this vehicle correctly and safely.

Body
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest
product information available at the time of printing, W e reserve
the right to make c h a n g e s at anytime without notice, No part of *Heating, Ventilation,
this publication may be reproduced, or stored in a retrieval
s y s t e m , or transmitted, in any form by any m e a n s , electronic,
and Air Conditioning
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of the publisher. T h i s includes text,
figures, and tables. Body Electrical
A s you read this m a n u a l you will find information that is
preceded by a MOTICE s y m b o l . The purpose of this m e s s a g e is *Audio, Navigation,
to help prevent d a m a g e to your vehicle, other property, or the
environment.
and Telematics

First E d i t i o n 11-2008 H O N D A IVIOTQR CO., L T D . ^Restraints

All Rights Reserved Service Publication Office
Specifications apply to USA and Canada

As sections with * include S R S components;

§p&cial precautions are required when servicing.

I l p i p i l marked sections are not included in this

- V manual, see Volume 1. 2008-09 Accord
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If steering maintenance is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s airbag in the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e

g l o v e b o x , s e a t belt t e n s i o n e r s in the front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of the roof, a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in the front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e the S R S is i n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l .
I t e m s m a r k e d with a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) on the c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or are located n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or replacing t h e s e i t e m s r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer.

e
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g the S R S i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury or death in the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal
or s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g incorrect r e m o v a l a n d installation of the S R S , c o u l d lead to p e r s o n a l injury
c a u s e d by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e curtain a i r b a g s .
* Do not b u m p or i m p a c t the S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e i m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear s a f i n g s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h is in O N (II), or for at least 3 m i n u t e s after the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S electrical c o n n e c t o r s are identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e box, in the front s e a t s ,
in t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical test e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e c i r c u i t s .
Steering

Power Steering
Special Tools .. ......... .... . 17-2
Component Location Index ........ ...... ............ 17-3
Symptom Troubleshooting Index 1 7 - 4
Symptom Troubleshooting .... .................... ... 17-7
Steering Wheel Rotational Play Check ......... ...... 17-9
Power Assist Check ... 17-9
Steering Linkage and Gearbox Inspection 17-10
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 7 - 1 1

Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-001000A or

T/N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 ..................... 1 7 - 1 2

Fluid Leakage Inspection ......................... ..... 17-13

Fluid Replacement ............ 17-14
Power Steering Hose, Line, and
Pressure Switch Replacement .... * ... —... 17-15
Pump Replacement ............. .... ....... ............ 17-16
Pump Overhaul .......... ..... 17-17
* Steering Wheel Removal ...... ......... 17-24
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly 17-25
* Steering Wheel Installation ......... ...... 17-27
* Steering Column Removal and Installation .... 17-28
Steering Column Inspection ........................ . 17-32
Steering Lock Replacement ..... ......... . 17-34
Rack Guide Adjustment ................. ...... ........ 17-35
Steering Gearbox Removal ..... . 17-36
Steering Gearbox Overhaul 17-43
Steering Gearbox Installation ..... 17-58
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement .... ...... 17-66
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement 17-67
Power Steering
Special Tools
B e l No. Tool Number Description Qty
© 07HAG-SF1020A Piston S e a l Ring S i z i n g T o o l 1
® 07JAD-PL9A100 Oil s e a l Driver 65 mm' 1
® 07MAA-SL00100 L o c k n u t W r e n c h , 40 m m 1
® 07MAC-SL0A202 Ball J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m 1
© 07NAG-SR3090A V a l v e S e a l Ring S i z i n g T o o l 1
® 07YAG-S2X0100 S l e e v e S e a l Ring Guide 1
® G7ZAG-S5A0100 S l e e v e S e a l Ring Sizing T o o l , 36 m m 1
® 07RAK-S040111 P/S Joint Adapter (Pump) 1
® 07RAK-S040122 P / S J o i n t A d a p t e r (Hose) 1
® 07TAF-SZ50100 Cylinder End Seal Remover Attachment 1
® 07XAG-S0KA200 Piston S e a l Ring G u i d e 1
® 070AG-SJAA10S S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin 1
® 07406-0010001 P/S Pressure Gauge 1
@ 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or 07406-001A101 P/S Pressure Gauge 1
® 07746-0010100 A t t a c h m e n t 32 x 35 m m 1
® 07746-0030300 A t t a c h m e n t , 30 m m I.D. 1
® 07946-1870100 A t t a c h m e n t 28 x 30 m m 1
® 07749-0010000 Driver H a n d l e , 1 5 x 1 3 5 L 1
® 07965-SA50500 Front Hub D i s / A s s e m b l y T o o l 1

® @ ® ® ®

® © ® ®

17-2
Component Location Index

f DRIVER'S AIRBAG
Replacement page 24-205

f STEERING WHEEL
POWER S T E E R I N G FLUID RESERVOIR R e m o v a l page 17-24
Fluid Leakage Inspection, page 17-13 Disassembly/Reassembly,
Fluid R e p l a c e m e n t ! , page 17-14 page 17-25
Power Steering Hose, Line, and Installation, page 17-27
Pressure Switch Replacement, page 17-15

P O W E R STEERING PUMP
Drive Belt Inspection, page 4-29
Drive Belt Replacement, page 4-30
Pump Pressure Test
with T/N 07406-0010001, page 17-11
Pump Pressure Test
with T/N 07406-001000A or 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 ,
page 17-12
Pump Replacement page 17-18
Pump Overhaul, page 17-17

STEERING C O L U M N
Removal and Installation,
page 17-28
Inspection, page 17-32
Steering Lock Replacement
page 17-34

POWER STEERING G E A R B O X
Rack Guide Adjustment page 17-35
R e m o v a l , page 17-38
Overhaul, page 17-43
Installation, page 17-58
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement page 17-66
Gearbox IV!aunt Cushion Replacement page 17-67

17-3
Power Steering
Symptom Troubleshooting SndeM
Find the s y m p t o m in the c h a r t b e l o w , a n d do the related p r o c e d u r e s Sn the o r d e r listed until y o u find the c a u s e .
Symptom Proeedurefs! A l s o c h e c k for
Hard s t e e r i n g T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-7). • Modified s u s p e n s i o n
• Damaged
suspension
• Incorrect tire s i z e s ,
tire v a r i e t i e s , a n d air
pressure
Assist C h e c k the rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 17-35), Front w h e e l alignment
(excessively ( s e e p a g e 18-5)
light s t e e r i n g at
high s p e e d ) !

S h o c k or 1. C h e c k t h e drive belt for s l i p p a g e ( s e e p a g e 4-30).

vibration w h e n 2. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p fluid p r e s s u r e w i t h T / N 0 7 4 0 6 -
the steering- 0010001 ( s e e p a g e 17-11), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or
w h e e l is t u r n e d T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 17-12).
to full lock 3. C h e c k the rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 17-35).
4. O v e r h a u l t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
Steering wheel 1. C h e c k c y l i n d e r lines for d e f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 17-15). Damaged suspension
will not return 2. C h e c k the ball joints for b i n d i n g .
smoothly 3. C h e c k w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
4. O v e r h a u l t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
U n e v e n or rough 1. C h e c k for l o w fluid level in t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g r e s e r v o i r d u e to
steering p o s s i b l e l e a k s in s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-14).
2. C h e c k the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
3. C h e c k for l o w or erratic e n g i n e idle s p e e d ( s e e p a g e 11-316).
4. C h e c k for air in the p o w e r s t e e r i n g s y s t e m d u e to air e n t e r i n g i
the inlet s i d e of the p u m p .
5. C h e c k the rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 17-35).
6. O v e r h a u l t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
Steering wheel 1. C h e c k for l o w fluid level in the p o w e r s t e e r i n g r e s e r v o i r d u e to
kicks b a c k during p o s s i b l e l e a k s in t h e s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-14).
wide turns 2. C h e c k the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
3. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p fluid p r e s s u r e with T / N 07406-
0010001 ( s e e p a g e 17-11), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A o r
T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 ( s e e p a g e 17-12). .... ™„ „_ L.. ... „ „

17-4
 Symptom Pmcedumis) A l s o c h e c k for
Humming noise 1, C h e c k w h e n the n o i s e o c c u r s : * Pump pressure
f r o m the p o w e r * If t h e n o i s e is h e a r d during the first 2 — 3 m i n u t e s after starting * Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
steering s y s t e m the e n g i n e in c o l d w e a t h e r , t h i s is n o r m a l , - Restriction in t h e
* If t h e n o i s e is h e a r d w h e n t h e w h e e l is t u r n e d w i t h the v e h i c l e h i g h - p r e s s u r e line
s t o p p e d , t h i s is n o r m a l d u e to the fluid p u l s a t i o n . - Restriction in the
2, C h e c k for air b u b b l e s in the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, leak on the l o w - p r e s s u r e line
inlet s i d e of the p u m p .
3, C h e c k for particle c o n t a m i n a t i o n of fluid a n d a restricted filter in
the reservoir,
4, C h e c k f o r t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e h o s e t o u c h i n g t h e s u b f r a m e or body.
5, C h e c k for a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n torque c o n v e r t e r n o i s e .
Power steering 1* C h e c k for l o o s e s t e e r i n g c o m p o n e n t s (tie-rod a n d ball joints).
rack, rattle or T i g h t e n or r e p l a c e a s n e c e s s a r y .
chattering 2, C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft for w o b b l i n g . If the s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n w o b b l e s , replace the steering c o l u m n a s s e m b l y
f s e e p a g e 17-28),
3, C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p pulley on the s h a f t c o m p , for
d a m a g e a n d deterioration, r e p l a c e t h e shaft c o m p , if n e c e s s a r y
( s e e p a g e 17-17).
4, C h e c k t h e rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t { s e e p a g e 17-35),
Hissing from the * C h e c k t h e fluid l e v e l . If low, fill the r e s e r v o i r to the p r o p e r level * A i r in the P / S fluid
power steering a n d c h e c k for l e a k s ( s e e p a g e 17-14). * Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
system/foaming * C h e c k the r e s e r v o i r for leaks.
fluid * C h e c k for c r u s h e d inlet h o s e or l o o s e h o s e c l a m p a l l o w i n g air into
the s u c t i o n s i d e of t h e s y s t e m f s e e p a g e 17-15).
* C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p shaft oil s e a l for l e a k s .
Noise from the * C o m p a r e t h e p u m p n o i s e at n o r m a l operating t e m p e r a t u r e to * P/S pump pressure
power steering a n o t h e r like v e h i c l e ( p u m p n o i s e d u r i n g t h e first 2 — 3 m i n u t e s * A i r in the P / S fluid
pump after starting the e n g i n e in c o l d w e a t h e r is n o r m a l ) .
* R e m o v e a n d i n s p e c t t h e p u m p for w e a r a n d d a m a g e ( s e e p a g e
17-16).
Squeaking from C h e c k the drive belt ( s e e p a g e 4-30).
the p o w e r
steering pump
Fluid leaks from * F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the top of the v a l v e b o d y u n i t O v e r h a u l the v a l v e Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
the steering b o d y unit ( s e e s t e p 2 3 o n p a g e 17-48).
gearbox * F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e boot. R e p l a c e the v a l v e oil s e a l
on the pinion shaft. R e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l on the g e a r b o x
s i d e ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e boot. R e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
e n d s e a l o n t h e c y l i n d e r s i d e ( s e e p a g e 17-43).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m pinion shaft n e a r the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint b o l t
O v e r h a u l t h e v a l v e b o d y unit ( s e e s t e p 2 3 o n p a g e 17-48).
* F l u i d l e a k s f r o m t h e s t e e r i n g d a m p i n g v a l v e c o v e r s on the v a l v e
b o d y u n i t R e p l a c e the v a l v e h o u s i n g .

(confd)

17-5
Power Steering
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
Symptom Proeedurefs) A l s o c h e c k for
Fluid l e a k s f r o m • F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the c y l i n d e r line c o n n e c t i o n s (flare nuts). T i g h t e n Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
the p o w e r the c o n n e c t i o n a n d retest ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
s t e e r i n g line • Fluid l e a k s f r o m a d a m a g e d c y l i n d e r line(s). R e p l a c e the c y l i n d e r
line(s) ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
• Fluid l e a k s f r o m the p u m p outlet h o s e or return Sine fitting on the
v a l v e b o d y unit (flare nuts). Tighten.the fitting a n d r e t e s t If it still
l e a k s , r e p l a c e the h o s e , the line (see p a g e 17-15), or v a l v e b o d y
unit a s n e c e s s a r y .
Fluid l e a k s f r o m • Fluid l e a k s f r o m the p u m p s e a l . R e p l a c e t h e p u m p s e a l ( s e e p a g e Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
the p o w e r 17-17).
steering pump • F l u i d l e a k s f r o m the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p h o u s i n g . R e p l a c e the
leaking O - r i n g s or s e a l s ( s e e p a g e 17-17), a n d if n e c e s s a r y r e p l a c e
the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p (see p a g e 17-16).
Fluid leaks from • F l u i d l e a k s f r o m a r o u n d the r e s e r v o i r c a p b e c a u s e fluid level is too Fluid contamination
the power h i g h . Drain the r e s e r v o i r to the proper level ( s e e p a g e 17-14). If the
steering fluid is a e r a t e d c h e c k for a n air leak on the inlet s i d e of p u m p .
reservoir • Fluid l e a k s f r o m r e s e r v o i r . C h e c k the r e s e r v o i r for c r a c k s a n d
replace a s necessary.
Fluid l e a k s f r o m * C h e c k the fitting for l o o s e bolts. If the bolts are tight, r e p l a c e the Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
the p o w e r fitting O - r i n g ( s e e p a g e 17-15).
steering p u m p • Fluid l e a k s at the s w a g g e d j o i n t R e p l a c e the p u m p outlet h o s e
outlet h o s e (see p a g e 17-15).
(high-pressure)
Fluid leaks from C h e c k the h o s e for d a m a g e , deterioration, or i m p r o p e r a s s e m b l y Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
the power (see p a g e 17-15). R e p l a c e or repair a s n e c e s s a r y .
steering p u m p
inlet h o s e
(low-pressure)

17-6
 •

Symptom Troubleshooting
Hard Steering 4. M e a s u r e t h e p u m p relief p r e s s u r e at idle.

NOTE: is the pressure 8,140- 8,830 kPa (83- 90 kgf/crrf,

* C o m p a r e to a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e that is the s a m e
1,180- 1,280 psi) or more?
trim level.
* C h e c k for s u s p e n s i o n d a m a g e ,
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5 .
* C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g align merit,
* C h e c k t h e tire condition a n d p r e s s u r e .
N O — G o to s t e p 9 .
1, C h e c k the p o w e r a s s i s t f s e e p a g e 17-9). 5 . U s i n g a s p r i n g s c a l e , m e a s u r e t h e p o w e r a s s i s t in
both d i r e c t i o n s , to the left a n d to t h e right. •
Is the initial turning load more than 29 N (3.0 kgf,
BM ibf) ? Are the two measurements within 5.0 N (0,51 kgf,
1.12 ibf) of each other?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2.
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.
M O — P o w e r a s s i s t is O K at t h i s t i m e . C o m p a r e to a
known-good vehicle. • N O — G o to s t e p 11.

2, C o n n e c t the P / S joint a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) , P / S joint 6= M e a s u r e the fluid p r e s s u r e w i t h both p r e s s u r e

a d a p t e r Chose), a n d P / S p r e s s u r e g a u g e T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - g a u g e v a l v e s o p e n (if s o e q u i p p e d ) , w h i l e turning
0010001 f s e e p a g e 17-11), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or the s t e e r i n g w h e e l fully to the left a n d fully to the
T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 f s e e p a g e 17-12) to the p u m p . right.

3, M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e fluid p r e s s u r e f r o m the p u m p is the pressure 8,140- 8,830 kPa (83- 90 kgf/cnf,

at idle. 1,180— 1,280 psi) or more in both directions?

is the pressure 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm ,213 2

psi) or Y E S — G o to s t e p 7 s

less?
N O — F a u l t y s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x . O v e r h a u l the
Y E S — G o to s t e p 4. s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (see p a g e 17-43). •

N O — G o to s t e p 8 .

(confd)

17-7
Power Steering

Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)

7. A d j u s t the rack g u i d e ( s e e p a g e 17-35), a n d r e t e s t 11. C h e c k the c y l i n d e r l i n e s for d e f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e
17-15).
Is the steering OK ?
Are any of the iine(s) deformed?
Y E S — R e p a i r is c o m p l e t e d . B
Y E S — R e p l a c e the d e f o r m e d l i n e ( s ) . B
N O — F a u l t y steering g e a r b o x . O v e r h a u l the
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-43). • N O — G o to s t e p 12.

8. C h e c k the outlet a n d return h o s e s a n d lines 12. C h e c k for a bent rack s h a f t or m i s a d j u s t e d rack

b e t w e e n the p u m p a n d the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x for g u i d e (too tight).
clogging and deformation.
Is the rack shaft bent or the rack guide adjusted
Are the iines dogged or deformed? too tight?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the lines. • Y E S — R e p l a c e the rack s h a f t , or r e a d j u s t the rack

g u i d e p r e l o a d , If
N O — F a u l t y v a l v e body u n i t O v e r h a u l the s t e e r i n g
g e a r b o x ( s e e page 17-43). • N O — F a u l t y v a l v e b o d y u n i t R e p l a c e the v a l v e
body u n i t . B
9. D i s a s s e m b l e the p u m p ( s e e p a g e 17-17).

10. C h e c k the f l o w control v a l v e for s m o o t h m o v e m e n t

a n d l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 12 on p a g e 17-18).

is the fiow controi vaive OK?

Y E S — F a u l t y p u m p a s s e m b l y . R e p l a c e the p u m p
a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 17-16). •

N O — F a u l t y flow control v a l v e . R e p l a c e the f i o w

control v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 7 - 1 7 ) . •

17-8
Steering Wheel Rotational Play Power Assist Check
Cheek
N O T E : T h i s test s h o u l d be d o n e w i t h original e q u i p m e n t
tires a n d w h e e l s at the c o r r e c t tire p r e s s u r e .
1 * T u r n the front w h e e l s to the s t r a i g h t a h e a d position.
1. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid level ( s e e p a g e
2, M e a s u r e h o w f a r y o u c a n t u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l 17-14),
left and right w i t h o u t m o v i n g t h e front w h e e l s .
2. Start t h e e n g i n e , let it Idle, a n d turn t h e s t e e r i n g
• If the play is w i t h i n t h e limit, the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s to w a r m up
a n d the s t e e r i n g l i n k a g e s a r e O K , the fluid.
* If t h e play e x c e e d s the limit, a d j u s t the rack g u i d e
{ s e e p a g e 17-35), If the play Is still e x c e s s i v e after 3. A t t a c h a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e s p r i n g s c a l e to the
rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t , i n s p e c t the s t e e r i n g s t e e r i n g w h e e l . W i t h the e n g i n e idling a n d the
linkage a n d s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 1 7 - 1 0 ) . v e h i c l e on a c l e a n , dry floor, pull the s c a l e a s
s h o w n a n d r e a d it a s s o o n a s the tires begin to turn.
Rotational play: § — 1 0 trim ( 0 - - 0 . 3 9 in.)
• If t h e s c a l e r e a d s no m o r e t h a n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x a n d p u m p a r e O K .
* If the s c a l e r e a d s m o r e t h a n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the s t e e r i n g s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-7).

Initial t u r n i n g l o a d : 2 9 N {3.0 k g i 6.6 Ibf)

17-9
Power Steering
Steering Linkage and Gearbox Inspection

17-10
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-0010001
Special Tools Required 5. Fully o p e n t h e shut-off v a l v e (A).
• P/S joint a d a p t e r (pump) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 1 1
• P / S joint adapter (hose) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 2 2
B A

• P / S pressure g a u g e 07408-0010001

C h e c k the fluid p r e s s u r e a s f o l l o w s to d e t e r m i n e
w h e t h e r t h e trouble Is in the p u m p or s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .

1. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid level ( s e e p a g e
17-14).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e (A) f r o m t h e

p u m p outlet with c a r e s o a s not to spill t h e p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid on the f r a m e a n d other parts, t h e n
install the P>'S joint a d a p t e r { p u m p } o n t h e p u m p
outlet (BU

Sx 1.0 mm
1 1 N - m 11.1 k g f - m , 8 , 0 I b f f t ) 6. Fully o p e n t h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e (B).
'.-S040122

7. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

07406-0010001
8. T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l
t i m e s to w a r m t h e fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e at
c
1 5 8 T (70 €).

9. M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e fluid p r e s s u r e w h i l e the
e n g i n e is idling. If the p u m p i s in g o o d c o n d i t i o n ,
the g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d n o m o r e t h a n 1,470 kPa
2
(15kgf/cm ,213pssK
07RAK-S040111 If the r e a d i n g i s h i g h , c h e c k for:

• C l o g g e d or d e f o r m e d inlet or return line b e t w e e n

t h e p u m p a n d the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
S x 1.0 m m
* C l o g g e d v a l v e body u n i t
11 N-m
(1.1 k g f - m
8.0 i b f f t ) 10. C l o s e t h e shut-off v a l v e , then c l o s e t h e p r e s s u r e
control v a l v e g r a d u a l l y until t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e
n e e d l e i s stable. R e a d t h e p r e s s u r e .
3, C o n n e c t the P/S faint a d a p t e r (hose) to t h e P / S
p r e s s u r e g a u g e , t h e n c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e [NOTICE]
to t h e P/S joint a d a p t e r Chose). D o not keep t h e shut-off v a l v e c l o s e d m o r e
t h a n 5 s e c o n d s or t h e p u m p c o u l d be
4, install t h e P/S p r e s s u r e g a u g e to t h e P / S joint d a m a g e d by o v e r - h e a t i n g .
adapter (pump).
11. I m m e d i a t e l y o p e n t h e shut-off v a l v e fully."
If t h e p u m p Is in g o o d condition, t h e g a u g e s h o u l d
2
r e a d at least 3 , 1 4 0 - 8 , 8 3 0 kPa ( 8 3 - 9 0 k g f / c m ,
1,180—1,280 psi). A l o w reading m e a n s t h e p u m p
output is too l o w for full a s s i s t R e p a i r or r e p l a c e
the p u m p .

17-11
Power Steering
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 0740( D00A or T/N 07406-001A101
Special Tools Required 5. F u l l y o p e n the shut-off v a l v e (A),
• P / S joint a d a p t e r (pump) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 G 1 1 1
• P / S joint a d a p t e r (hose) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 2 2
• P / S p r e s s u r e g a u g e 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A or 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1

C h e c k t h e fluid p r e s s u r e a s f o l l o w s to d e t e r m i n e
w h e t h e r the trouble is in the p u m p or s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .

1. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid.level ( s e e p a g e
17-14).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e (A) f r o m the

p u m p outlet with c a r e s o a s not to spill the p o w e r
s t e e r i n g fluid on the f r a m e a n d other p a r t s , t h e n
install the P / S joint a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) on the p u m p
o u t l e t (B).

8 x 1.0 mm
6 . Start the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle.

7. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l
t i m e s to w a r m the fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e at
153 °F (70 0 .

8. M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e fluid p r e s s u r e w h i l e the
e n g i n e is idling. If t h e p u m p is in g o o d c o n d i t i o n ,
the g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d no m o r e t h a n 1,470 kPa
2
(15 k g f / c m , 213 p s i ) .
If the r e a d i n g is h i g h , c h e c k for:

* C l o g g e d or d e f o r m e d inlet o r return line b e t w e e n

the p u m p a n d the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
* Clogged valve body unit

3, C l o s e the shut-off v a l v e g r a d u a l l y , a n d r e a d the

pressure.

[NOTICE l
Do not keep the shut-off v a l v e c l o s e d m o r e
than 5 s e c o n d s or the p u m p c o u l d be
d a m a g e d by o v e r - h e a t i n g .
3. C o n n e c t the P / S joint a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) to the P / S
p r e s s u r e g a u g e , t h e n c o n n e c t the p u m p outlet h o s e 10. I m m e d i a t e l y o p e n the shut-off v a l v e fully.
to the P / S joint a d a p t e r . ( h o s e ) . If the p u m p ' i s in g o o d c o n d i t i o n , the g a u g e s h o u l d
2
r e a d at least 8 , 1 4 0 - 8 , 8 3 0 kPa ( 8 3 - 9 0 k g f / c m ,
4. Install the P / S p r e s s u r e g a u g e to the P / S joint 1,180—1,280 psi). A l o w r e a d i n g m e a n s the p u m p
adapter (pump). output is too Sow for full a s s i s t . R e p a i r or r e p l a c e
the p u m p .

17-12
Fluid Leakage inspection

PUMP ASSEMBLY
Check f o r leaks at the pump
seal, and the Inlet and outlet fittings.
H O S E S and LINES
Inspect hoses for damage, leaks, Interference, and twisting.
Inspect fluid lines for damage, rusting, and leaks.
Check for leaks at the hose and line Joints, and at connections.

GEARBOX and
V A L V E BODY UNIT
Check for leaks
at the mating surface
and flare nut connections.

H O S E S and LIMES
Inspect hoses for damage, leaks, interference, and twisting.
Inspect fluid lines for damage, rusting, and leaks.
Check for leaks at hose and the line Joints, and at the connections.

17-13
Power Steering
Fluid Replacement

C h e c k the reservoir (A) at regular intervals, a n d a d d the 1. R e m o v e the r e s e r v o i r f r o m its holder. R a i s e the
r e c o m m e n d e d fluid a s n e c e s s a r y . A l w a y s u s e H o n d a r e s e r v o i r , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the return h o s e (A) to
P o w e r S t e e r i n g Fluid. U s i n g a n y other t y p e of p o w e r drain the r e s e r v o i r . T a k e c a r e not to spill the fluid
s t e e r i n g fluid or a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid c a n c a u s e on the v e h i c l e . W i p e off a n y spilled fluid at o n c e .
i n c r e a s e d w e a r , fluid l e a k s , a n d poor s t e e r i n g in c o l d
weather. N O T E : Inspect the r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n for a n y debris. If
the r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e the
N O T E : If the fluid is c o n t a m i n a t e d , the s c r e e n in the reservoir.
r e s e r v o i r m a y be partially b l o c k e d . Inspect the r e s e r v o i r
s c r e e n for a n y d e b r i s . If the r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n is c l o g g e d ,
replace the reservoir.

S y s t e m capacity:
1.05 L ( 1 . 1 1 U S . qt) a t d i s a s s e m b l y
Reservoir capacity:
0.32 L (0.34 U S . qt)

2 . C o n n e c t a h o s e (B) of suitable d i a m e t e r to the

d i s c o n n e c t e d return h o s e , a n d put the h o s e e n d In a
suitable container.

3. Start the e n g i n e , let it run at Idle, a n d turn the

s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s .
W h e n fluid s t o p s r u n n i n g out of the h o s e , s h u t off
the e n g i n e . D i s c a r d the fluid.

N O T E : S t o p the motor i m m e d i a t e l y o n c e the fluid

s t o p s running out of the h o s e to p r e v e n t p u m p
damage.

4. Reinstall the return h o s e on the reservoir,

5. Fill the r e s e r v o i r to the u p p e r level line (C).

6. Start the e n g i n e a n d run it at Idle, t h e n turn the

s t e e r i n g f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s to bleed air
f r o m the s y s t e m .

7. R e c h e c k the fluid level a n d a d d s o m e If n e c e s s a r y .

Do not fill the r e s e r v o i r b e y o n d the upper level line,

8. If the fluid is c o n t a m i n a t e d , dark, or d i s c o l o r e d ,

repeat the p r o c e d u r e a s n e c e s s a r y until the s y s t e m
is c l e a n .

17-14
Power Steering Hose, Line, and Pressure Switch Replacement
N o t e t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g installation:
* C o n n e c t e a c h h o s e to t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g line s e c u r e l y until it c o n t a c t s t h e s t o p o n the Sine. Install t h e c l a m p or
a d j u s t a b l e c l a m p at t h e s p e c i f i e d d i s t a n c e f r o m the h o s e e n d a s s h o w n ,
* C h e c k all c l a m p s for deterioration or d e f o r m a t i o n ; r e p l a c e t h e c l a m p s w i t h n e w o n e s if n e c e s s a r y .
* A d d t h e r e c o m m e n d e d p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s p e c i f i e d level on t h e r e s e r v o i r a n d c h e c k for l e a k s .

A D J U S T A B L E HOSE CLAMP (A) HOSE CLAMP (B)

2.5—5,5 mm
f@J0-O.22 I n j

2,5—5,5 mm 2.©—4.© m m
( 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 2 in.) C0.@8—O.16 In.)

POWER STEERING Sic 1.0 m m

P R E S S U R E SWITCH 9.8 N-m I N L E T LIME
12 N-fti 11,2 kgf-m, 8.7 Ibf .ft) (1.0 k g f - m , 7 . 2 Ibf-ft)
RETURN LINE
6x1.0 mm v

11 N m \ 16 x 1,5 mm
(1.1 k g f - m , 8.0 Ibf-ftl N-m (2S k g f - m , 21 Ibf-ft)
x

R E T U R N «OSE

17 N-m
18 x 1,6 mm (1.7 kgf-m, 12 Ibf-ft)
47 N - m
{4.8 kgf«m 35 Ibf-ft)
?

6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
H.O k g f - m , 12, Ibf-ft)

17-15
Power Steering
Pump Replacement
1, P l a c e a suitable c o n t a i n e r u n d e r the v e h i c l e to 9. T i g h t e n the p u m p m o u n t i n g bolts to the s p e c i f i e d
c a t c h a n y s p i l l e d fluid. torque.

2. Drain t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid f r o m the r e s e r v o i r 10. Install the drive belt (A).

( s e e p a g e 17-14).
Note t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g d r i v e belt installation:
3. R e m o v e the drive belt (A) f r o m the p u m p pulley • Inspect the belt for w e a r a n d c r a c k s . R e p l a c e the
( s e e p a g e 4-30). belt if n e c e s s a r y .
• M a k e s u r e that the belt Is properly p o s i t i o n e d o n
the p u l l e y s (B).
• Do not get p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid or g r e a s e o n t h e
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , alternator, A / C c o m p r e s s o r , a n d
drive belt, or pulley f a c e s . C l e a n off a n y fluid or
g r e a s e before Installation.

4. C o v e r the a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , alternator, a n d A / C
c o m p r e s s o r with s e v e r a l s h o p t o w e l s to protect 11. Fill the r e s e r v o i r to the u p p e r level line ( s e e p a g e
t h e m f r o m s p i l l e d p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid. D i s c o n n e c t 17-14).
the p u m p inlet h o s e (B) a n d p u m p outlet h o s e (C)
f r o m the p u m p (D), a n d plug t h e m . T a k e c a r e not to 12. Start the e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k for fluid l e a k s .
spill the fluid on t h e b o d y or parts. W i p e off a n y
spilled fluid at o n c e . Do not turn the s t e e r i n g w h e e l
with t h e p u m p r e m o v e d .

5. R e m o v e the p u m p m o u n t i n g bolts (E).

6. C o v e r the o p e n i n g of the p u m p w i t h a p i e c e of t a p e
to p r e v e n t foreign material f r o m entering the p u m p .

7. T r a n s f e r the p u m p inlet h o s e a n d p u m p outlet h o s e

f r o m the original p u m p onto the n e w p u m p with a
n e w O-ring (F).

8. L o o s e l y install the p u m p In the p u m p bracket with

the m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e n tighten the p u m p fittings
to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

17-16
Pump Overhaul
Exploded View
Replace t h e pump as an assembly if any of the parts indicated with an asterisk (*) are worn or damaged.
6 x 1 . 0 rum
8 x 1.25 mm 1 N-m
2d N - m 14.8 x 1.9 mm
(1.1 kgf.m, 8.0 Ibf-ft)
(2.0 k g f - m , U B r f - f t ) O-RING
Rep-lace.

V A N E S 19 plates)

SLIPPER S E A L
(White color)
Replace.

RUBBER S E A L
f Black color)
Replace.

57.2 K 1.9 m m
O-RING
Replace.

* P U M P H O U S I N G CAP
S N - m (0.9 k g f - m , 7 Ibf-ft)

• P R E S S U R E CONTROL
V A L V E SPRING

* P R E S S U R E CONTROL V A L V E

18.7 x 1,8 m m
O-RING
Replace,
* P R E S S U R E CONTROL V A L V E CAP
43 N-m (5.0 kgi>m 36 Ibf-ft)
(

(confd)

17-17
Power Steering
Pump Overhaul (cont'd)
Special Tools Required Inspection
* A t t a c h m e n t 32 x 35 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
• D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 135 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 10. C h e c k the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e for w e a r , b u r r s ,
a n d other d a m a g e to the e d g e s of the g r o o v e s In
Disassembly the v a l v e .

N O T E : R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d during the

following procedure.

1. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p ( s e e p a g e 17-16).

2. Drain the r e m a i n i n g fluid f r o m the p o w e r s t e e r i n g

pump.

" 3. R e m o v e the Inlet joint a n d O - r i n g .

4. R e m o v e the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e c a p , O - r i n g ,
p r e s s u r e control v a l v e , a n d s p r i n g .

5. R e m o v e the p u m p h o u s i n g c a p a n d p u m p p r e l o a d
spring. 11. Inspect the bore of the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e on
the p u m p h o u s i n g for s c r a t c h e s a n d w e a r .
6. R e m o v e the p u m p c o v e r , p u m p c o v e r s e a l , a n d
O-rings. 12. S l i p the p r e s s u r e control v a i v e back in t h e p u m p
h o u s i n g , a n d c h e c k that it m o v e s In a n d out
7. R e m o v e the s n a p ring, t h e n r e m o v e the rotor, s m o o t h l y . If O K , go to s t e p 13; if not, r e p l a c e the
. v a n e s , c a m ring, outer c a s e , s i d e plate, a n d O - r i n g s . p u m p a s an a s s e m b l y . T h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e
(A) Is not a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
8. R e m o v e the-shaft c o m p . by t a p p i n g the shaft e n d
w i t h a soft f a c e h a m m e r .

9. R e m o v e the p u m p s e a l f r o m the p u m p h o u s i n g .

17-18
13,. A t t a c h a h o s e I A ) to the e n d of t h e p r e s s u r e control Reassembly
v a l v e 181 a s s h o w n . T h e n s u b m e r g e t h e p r e s s u r e
c o n t r o l v a i v e in a c o n t a i n e r of p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid 14. Install t h e n e w p u m p s e a l (A) (with its g r o o v e d s i d e
{Ch and a p p l y c o m p r e s s e d air in the h o s e . f a c i n g in) into the p u m p h o u s i n g (B) by h a n d , t h e n
d r i v e it in u s i n g the driver h a n d l e a n d a t t a c h m e n t
• If air b u b b l e s leak t h r o u g h the v a l v e at l e s s t h a n until the p u m p s e a l is f l u s h w i t h the p u m p h o u s i n g ,
2
9 8 kPa (1.0 k g f / c m , 1 4 . 2 p s i ) , r e p l a c e the p u m p a n d the s e a l Is fully s e a t e d in the p u m p h o u s i n g .
a s a n a s s e m b l y . T h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e i s not
07746-0010100 07749-0010000
available separately.
• If the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e is O K , s e t it a s i d e for
r e a s s e m b l y later.

V _ /
15. Install the shaft conrsp. Into the p u m p h o u s i n g .

16. C o a t t h e n e w O-ring (A) with p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid,

a n d Install It into the g r o o v e In the p u m p h o u s i n g
(B).

(confd)

17-19
Power Steering
Pump Overhaul (cont'd)
17. C o a t the n e w 57.2 m m O-ring (A) with p o w e r 21. Install the c a m ring (A) by a l i g n i n g t h e slot (B).
s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it into t h e g r o o v e in the o u t s i d e of t h e c a m ring w i t h t h e slot (C) in t h e outer
s i d e plate (B). case.

18. S e t the s i d e plate with t h e slot (C) f a c i n g up, a n d

align the hole ID) in the s i d e plate a n d the slot (E) in 22. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the r u b b e r s e a l (D)
the p u m p h o u s i n g . (black) a n d s l i p p e r s e a l (E) (white), a n d install them'
in the slot (F) of the c a m ring.
19. Install the outer c a s e (A) b y a l i g n i n g the slot (B)
i n s i d e the p u m p h o u s i n g with the roll pin hole (C)
o n the s i d e plate.

20. Install the roll pin (D) into the s e t h o l e .

17-20
2 5 , S e t the 9 v a n e s (C) into the g r o o v e s In the rotor.
M a k e sum that the g o l d - c o l o r e d e n d s (D) of the
v a n e s a r e In c o n t a c t w i t h t h e s l i d i n g s u r f a c e of the
c a m ring,

(confd)

17-21
Power Steering
Pump Overhaul (cont'd)

28. P u s h in the c a m ring (A) f r o m the p u m p h o u s i n g 3 1 . A l i g n the bolt h o l e s in the c o v e r (A) w i t h the
c a p hole (B) w i t h a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r to m a k e s u r e t h r e a d e d h o l e s in the p u m p h o u s i n g . Install the
the c a m ring is fully s e a t e d a g a i n s t the outer c a s e . f l a n g e bolts l o o s e l y f i r s t t h e n tighten the f l a n g e
bolts to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e alternately in t w o or
more steps.

8 x 1.25 mm
20 N-m (2.0 kgf.m, 14 Ibf-ftl

29. C o a t the n e w p u m p c o v e r s e a l (A) with p o w e r

s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it into the g r o o v e in the
p u m p c o v e r IB).

32. Install the p u m p p r e l o a d s p r i n g (A) in the p u m p

h o u s i n g (B).

30. Install the p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y o v e r the p u m p

h o u s i n g (C). 33. Install the p u m p h o u s i n g c a p (C) on the p u m p
h o u s i n g , a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d torque.

N O T E : B e careful not to d a m a g e the p u m p outlet

h o s e c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e (D) p u m p h o u s i n g w h e n
installing the h o u s i n g c a p .

17-22
34. Install t h e s p r i n g (A) in the p u m p h o u s i n g . 3 9 . C h e c k that the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p t u r n s
s m o o t h l y by turning t h e pulley by h a n d . If it is h a r d
,B .^A to t u r n , l o o s e n t h e four f l a n g e bolts o n t h e p u m p
c o v e r , t h e n retighten t h e m in t h e s a m e m a n n e r a s
in s t e p 3 1 . Retest. If the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p Is still
h a r d to t u r n , r e p l a c e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p .

40. R e i n s t a l l the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p ( s e e - p a g e 17-16).

D
48 N*m
IS.d icgf »m,
38 ibf-ftl

35, C o a t t h e p r e s s u r e control v a l v e (B| with p o w e r

s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it in t h e p u m p h o u s i n g .

36. C o a t the n e w 18.7 m m O-ring (C) w i t h p o w e r

s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it o n t h e p r e s s u r e control
v a l v e c a p (D),

3 7 , Install the p r e s s u r e control v a l v e c a p o n t h e p u m p

h o u s i n g , a n d tighten It to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

3 8 . C o a t t h e n e w 14,8 m m O - r i n g (A) with p o w e r

s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d install it o n t h e inlet joint IB).
Install the inlet joint w i t h a f l a n g e bolt (C) on t h e
p u m p h o u s i n g , a n d tighten to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

C
6 x 1.0 m m
11 N-m
(1,1 kgf-m,

17-23
Power Steering
Steering Wheel Removal

S R S c o m p o n e n t s are located in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w t h e 5. Install a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e s t e e r i n g w h e e l

S R S c o m p o n e n t locations: 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-19), puller (A) on the s t e e r i n g w h e e l (B). F r e e the
2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21} a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft by
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or turning the p r e s s u r e bolt (C) of the puller.
service.
Note t h e s e i t e m s w h e n r e m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g
1. Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e wheel:
( s e e p a g e 22-89). • Do not tap o n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l or t h e s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n shaft w h e n r e m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g w h e e l .
2. A l i g n the front w h e e l s straight a h e a d , t h e n r e m o v e • If y o u t h r e a d t h e puller bolts (D) into the w h e e l
t h e d r i v e r ' s airbag f r o m the s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b m o r e t h a n five t h r e a d s , t h e bolts will hit the
( s e e p a g e 24-205). c a b l e reel a n d d a m a g e i t T o p r e v e n t t h i s , install
a pair of j a m nuts five t h r e a d s up on e a c h puller
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c a b l e reel s u b h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (A). bolt.

4. L o o s e n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt (B). 6. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l puller, t h e n r e m o v e the

s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt a n d s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m the
steering column.

17-24
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly
4-door

A • : Screw, 3 B • : Ssrew, 6 C • : Screw, 2 0 • : S&ew, 6 E • : Screw, 2 F • : Serew, 2

r n o C© 1 3
0^2220 (Jon©

COVER C A B L E REEL S U B H A R N E S S

A C C E S S PANEL

*: With N a v i g a t i o n

(confd)

17-25
Power Steering
Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly (cont'd)
2-door

A • : Screw, 3 B • : Screw, 6 C • : Screw, 2 D • : Screw, 6 E • : Screw, 2 F • : Screw, 1

17-26
Steering Wheel Installation
1, B e f o r e installing the s t e e r i n g w h e e l , m a k e s u r e the 3. Install t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l bolt (A), a n d tighten It to
front w h e e l s a r e pointing straight a h e a d , t h e n the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . C o n n e c t the c a b l e reel
c e n t e r t h e c a b l e reel (A). D o this by first rotating the s u b h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B). M a k e s u r e the w i r e
c a b l e reel c l o c k w i s e until it s t o p s . T h e n rotate it h a r n e s s is routed a n d f a s t e n e d properly.
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e a b o u t t h r e e full t u r n s . T h e a r r o w
m a r k f 8 l o n the c a b l e reel label s h o u l d point
straight up,

B. A

4, Install the d r i v e r ' s airbag ( s e e p a g e 24-205).

5, Do the battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
2. P o s i t i o n the t w o t a b s (A) of the turn s i g n a l ( s e e p a g e 22-89), a n d do t h e s e t a s k s :
c a n c e l i n g s l e e v e IB) a s s h o w n . Install the s t e e r i n g
w h e e l o n to the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft, m a k i n g s u r e * T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a n d c h e c k that
t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b (C) e n g a g e s t h e p i n s (D) of the S R S indicator c o m e s on for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
the c a b l e reel a n d t a b s of the turn s i g n a l c a n c e l i n g a n d t h e n g o e s off.
s l e e v e . D o not tap on t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l or s t e e r i n g * M a k e s u r e the horn a n d turn s i g n a l s w i t c h e s
c o l u m n shaft w h e n installing the s t e e r i n g w h e e l . w o r k properly.
* M a k e s u r e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s w i t c h e s w o r k
properly.

6, After installation, c h e c k the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s p o k e

a n g l e . If the s t e e r i n g s p o k e a n g l e s to the right a n d
left a r e not e q u a l (steering w h e e l Is not c e n t e r e d ) ,
c o r r e c t the e n g a g e m e n t of the w h e e l / c o l u m n shaft
splines.

17-27
Power Steering
Steering Column Removal and Installation
S R S c o m p o n e n t s are located in this a r e a . R e v i e w the 6. L o o s e n the u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (A), a n d
S R S c o m p o n e n t locations: 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-19), r e m o v e the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (B). D i s c o n n e c t
2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d the s t e e r i n g joint (C) by m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g joint
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or t o w a r d the c o l u m n . Do not d i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g
service. joint f r o m the c o l u m n shaft (D).

Removal NOTE:
* If the c e n t e r g u i d e (E) is in p l a c e a n d h a s not
1. A d j u s t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to the full tilt d o w n m o v e d , l e a v e it in p l a c e .
position, a n d to the full t e l e s c o p i c out position. * If the c e n t e r g u i d e h a s c o m e off, d i s c a r d i t

A
2. Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
8 x 1 , 2 5 mm
( s e e p a g e 22-89).

3. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205), a n d

the s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-24).

4. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e
20-168).

5. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).

17-28
 7, D i s c o n n e c t the w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r s f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s s e m b l y / c a b l e reel (A).

8 x 1,25 mm
16 N-m (1.6 kgf-m, 12'Ibf-ft)

8. R e m o v e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s s e m b l y / c a b l e reel f r o m the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n shaft by r e m o v i n g the t h r e e

s c r e w s (B),

9, D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e ignition s w i t c h , a n d r e l e a s e the w i r e h a r n e s s c l i p s f r o m the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n .

10. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n (C) b y r e m o v i n g the attaching nuts a n d bolts.

(confd)

17-29
Power Steering
Steering Column Removal and Installation fcont^d)

Installation A l i g n the bolt h o l e (A) on the s t e e r i n g joint w i t h the

g r o o v e (B) a r o u n d the pinion s h a f t , t h e n l o o s e l y
1. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of install the- l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (C). B e s u r e t h a t
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e I t e m s : the joint bolt is s e c u r e l y in t h e g r o o v e in the pinion
shaft.
* M a k e s u r e the w i r e s a r e not c a u g h t or p i n c h e d by
a n y parts.
• T i g h t e n the t h r e e s c r e w s (A) In the s e q u e n c e
. shown.

8 x 1.25 mm
28 N-m
(23 kgf-m, 21 ibf-ft!

8 x 1.25 mm
28 N-m
(2.9 k g f - m , 21 I b f - f t )

5. • Pull o n the s t e e r i n g joint to m a k e s u r e that the

2. C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g rack w i t h i n Its s t r o k e . s t e e r i n g joint Is fully s e a t e d , t h e n tighten the l o w e r
joint bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
3. S l i p the l o w e r e n d of the s t e e r i n g joint (A) on to the
. pinion s h a f t (B). 6. T i g h t e n the u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt to the
specified torque.
NOTE:
* Pinion shaft w i t h c e n t e r g u i d e ; install the s t e e r i n g
joint by a l i g n i n g t h e c e n t e r g u i d e .
* Pinion s h a f t w i t h o u t c e n t e r g u i d e ; position the
s t e e r i n g c o l u m n by a l i g n i n g the g a p (C) w i t h i n
the a n g l e .

17-30
 7, Install t h e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).

8. Install the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f s e e p a g e 17-27), a n d the

d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205),

9. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s f s e e p a g e
20-168).

10. D o t h e battery termirial r e c o n n e c t ! o n p r o c e d u r e

( s e e p a g e 22-89), a n d d o t h e s e t a s k s :

* T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N Hi) a n d c h e c k that

t h e S R S indicator c o m e s o n for a b o u t 8 s e c o n d s
a n d t h e n g o e s off.
* Make s u r e the horn a n d turn signal s w i t c h e s
work properly,
* Make s u r e the steering wheel s w i t c h e s work
properly.

11, After i n s t a l l a t i o n , d o t h e s e c h e c k s :

* C h e c k the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s p o k e a n g l e . If t h e
s t e e r i n g s p o k e a n g l e s to t h e right a n d left a r e not
e q u a l ( s t e e r i n g w h e e l a n d rack a r e not c e n t e r e d ) ,
c o r r e c t t h e e n g a g e m e n t of the joint/pinion shaft
splines,
* S e t t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to t h e c e n t e r tilt p o s i t i o n ,
a n d to t h e c e n t e r t e l e s c o p i c p o s i t i o n , t h e n d o the
front toe I n s p e c t i o n f s e e p a g e 18-5).
Power Steering
Steering Column Inspection

Inspection

1. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-28).

2. Do t h e s e c h e c k s :

• C h e c k for l o o s e b e a r i n g m o u n t i n g nuts (A). If t h e y a r e l o o s e , r e p l a c e the c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y .

• C h e c k the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ball b e a r i n g s (B) a n d t h e s t e e r i n g joints (C) for play a n d p r o p e r m o v e m e n t If a n y
b e a r i n g is n o i s y or h a s e x c e s s i v e play, r e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y .
• C h e c k the sliding c a p s u l e s (D) for distortion or b r e a k a g e . Sf t h e r e is distortion or b r e a k a g e , r e p l a c e t h e s t e e r i n g
column a s an a s s e m b l y .
• C h e c k the tilt m e c h a n i s m a n d t e l e s c o p i c m e c h a n i s m for m o v e m e n t a n d d a m a g e .

3. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-30).

17-32
Check of Tilting Force Cheek of Telescoping Force

1. S e t t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l In t h e straight a h e a d driving 1. S e t t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l in t h e straight a h e a d driving

position,, a n d l o o s e n t h e lock lever fully. p o s i t i o n , a n d l o o s e n t h e lock l e v e r fully.

2. A t t a c h t h e s p r i n g s c a l e to t h e h i g h e s t point of t h e 2. A t t a c h t h e s p r i n g s c a l e to t h e c e n t e r point of t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l , a n d tilt t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to t h e steering w h e e l a s s h o w n .
lowest position.

3 , Pull t h e spring: s c a l e straight u p , a n d r e a d t h e f o r c e 3. Pull t h e s p r i n g s c a l e , a n d r e a d t h e f o r c e required to

r e q u i r e d t o m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n . m o v e the steering column during telescoping.

4, A t t a c h t h e s p r i n g s c a l e to t h e l o w e s t point of t h e T e l e s c o p i n g fore©:
steering wheel. S t a n d a r d : 135 N (13.8 kgf, 3 0 , 3 IMj m a x .

5, Poll t h e s p r i n g s c a l e straight d o w n , a n d r e a d t h e 4. If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is h i g h e r t h a n s p e c i f i e d ,
f o r c e required to m o v e the steering c o l u m n . replace the steering column a s an a s s e m b l y
( s e e p a g e 17-28).
Tilting feree (tifiward/ctownward):
S t a n d a r d : 7 0 N {7.1 kgf, 1 5 Itrf) m a x .

8,. If the m e a s u r e m e n t is h i g h e r t h a n s p e c i f i e d ,
r e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y
f s e e p a g e 17-28).

(confd)

17-33
Power Steering
Steering Column Inspection Steering Lock Replacement
(cont'd)
1. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-28).

Check of Lock Lever Force 2. C e n t e r - p u n c h both of the t w o s h e a r bolts, a n d drill

their h e a d s off w i t h a 5 m m (3/16 in.) drill bit. B e
1, M o v e the lock lever (A) f r o m the l o o s e n e d position c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the s w i t c h b o d y w h e n
to the l o c k e d position t h r e e to five t i m e s , t h e n r e m o v i n g the s h e a r bolts.
r e l e a s e the Sock lever. A d j u s t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n
to the c e n t e r tilt position a n d a l s o to the full
t e l e s c o p i c out p o s i t i o n , a n d hold the s t e e r i n g w h e e l .

3. R e m o v e the s h e a r bolts f r o m the s w i t c h body.

4. Install the s w i t c h b o d y w i t h o u t the key i n s e r t e d .

5. L o o s e l y tighten t h e n e w s h e a r bolts.

6. Insert the ignition key, a n d c h e c k for p r o p e r

2. U s i n g a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e p u s h - p u l l g a u g e , o p e r a t i o n of the s t e e r i n g w h e e l lock a n d that the
p u s h up the lock l e v e r at 10 m m (0.39 in.) f r o m its ignition key t u r n s freely.
e n d , a n d m e a s u r e the f o r c e r e q u i r e d to m o v e the
lock lever. 7. T i g h t e n the s h e a r bolts (A) until the h e x h e a d s (B)
t w i s t off.
Lock lever force:
5 0 - 8 5 N 15.1 —8.7 kgf, 1 1 - 1 9 Ibf) mm, A

3. If the m e a s u r e m e n t is h i g h e r t h a n s p e c i f i e d ,
r e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n a s a n a s s e m b l y
(see p a g e 17-28).

8. R e w r i t e the n e w i m m o b i l i z e r control u n i t - r e c e i v e r
( s e e p a g e 22-402), a n d m a k e s u r e the i m m o b i l i z e r
s y s t e m w o r k s properly.

9. Install the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n ( s e e p a g e 17-30).

17-34
Rack Gyide Adjustment
Special T o o l s Ftecfyirad 4. T i g h t e n the rack g u i d e s c r e w (A) to 2 5 N-m
L o c k n u t w r e n c h , 40 m m G 7 M A A - S L 0 0 1 0 0 (2,5 kgf-m, 18 Ibf-ft), t h e n l o o s e n it.

15±5°
1. S e t t h e w h e e l s in t h e s t r a i g h t a h e a d p o s i t i o n .

2 . L o o s e n t h e r a c k g u i d e s c r e w locknut (A) w i t h t h e
locknut w r e n c h , t h e n r e m o v e t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w
IB).

\ \ O7MAA-SL0O10O

A A'

5. Retighten t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w to 3.9 N-rrs

(0,4 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft), then back it off to t h e s p e c i f i e d
angle.

0
Specified retyrn angle: 1 5 ± 5
3. R e m o v e t h e o l d s e a l a n t f r o m t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w
{A}, a n d a p p l y n e w s e a l a n t ( T h r e e B o n d 1215 or 6. Hold t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w s t a t i o n a r y w i t h a w r e n c h ,
Loctite 5 § 9 9 ) to t h e middle of t h e t h r e a d s (B). a n d tighten t h e locknut by h a n d until it's fully
L o o s e l y install t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w on t h e s t e e r i n g seated.
gearbox,
7. Install t h e locknut w r e n c h o n the locknut (B), a n d
M O T E : If m o r e t h a n 5 m i n u t e s h a s p a s s e d after • h o l d the rack g u i d e s c r e w s t a t i o n a r y w i t h a w r e n c h .
a p p l y i n g t h e s e a l a n t , r e m o v e t h e old s e a l a n t a n d T i g h t e n t h e locknut to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
residue, a n d reapply n e w s e a l a n t
8. C h e c k for u n u s u a l s t e e r i n g effort t h r o u g h t h e
complete turning range.

9. C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l rotation p l a y ( s e e p a g e
17-9) a n d the p o w e r a s s i s t ( s e e p a g e 17-9).

17-35
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal

Special Tools Reqylred 7. L o o s e n the u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (A), a n d

* B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 07IV1AC-SL0A202 r e m o v e the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (B). D i s c o n n e c t
* E n g i n e hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 * the s t e e r i n g joint (C) by m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g joint
* Front subframe adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 * t o w a r d the c o l u m n . Do not d i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g
* Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 * joint f r o m the c o l u m n s h a f t (D).
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l tools a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857.

N o t e t h e s e stems d u r i n g r e m o v a l :
* U s i n g s o l v e n t a n d a b r u s h , w a s h a n y oil a n d dirt off
the v a l v e b o d y unit, it's l i n e s , a n d the e n d of the
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x . B l o w dry w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e s u r e to r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l before
. d i s c o n n e c t i n g the s t e e r i n g joint, or d a m a g e to the
c a b l e reel c a n o c c u r .
* L o w e r the front s u b f r a m e f r o m the b o d y a n d r e m o v e
t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x t h r o u g h t h e g a p p r o d u c e d by
l o w e r i n g the front s u b f r a m e .

1. D r a i n the p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid ( s e e p a g e 17-14).

2. D o the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89).

3. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s 8. R e m o v e the c e n t e r g u i d e (A) (if e q u i p p e d ) f r o m the

in the p r o p e r locations ( s e e p a g e 1-11). top of the pinion shaft (B), a n d d i s c a r d it. T h e c e n t e r
g u i d e is for f a c t o r y a s s e m b l y u s e only.
4. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

5. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205), a n d

t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-24).

6. R e m o v e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).

9. A p p l y v i n y l t a p e to the s p l i n e s on the pinion shaft.

17-36
10. R e m o v e the h o o d s u p p o r t r o d , t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n 14. A t t a c h t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 )
to p r o p t h e h o o d in t h e w i d e - o p e n p o s i t i o n . to t h e t h r e a d e d hole in t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .

I VSB02C000015

11. R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :

* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-257) 15, Install t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) ,

* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-2571 t h e n attach t h e hook to the slotted h o l e in the
h a n g e r adapter. T i g h t e n the w i n g nut (A) b y h a n d to
12. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) f s e e p a g e lift a n d s u p p o r t the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
20-289).
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l w h e n w o r k i n g a r o u n d the
13. R e m o v e t h e P / S heat s h i e l d (A). windshield.

(confd)

17-37
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal (cont'd)

16. • R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t (A). 17. A / T : R e m o v e the rear e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r bracket

(A) f r o m the b a s e bracket (B). "
A/T

10 x 1.25 mm
Replace.

M/T
18. R e m o v e the inlet line c l a m p bolt (A) a n d the return
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
Replace. line c l a m p bolt (B).

12 x 1.25 m m 12 x 1.25 m m
Replace. Replace.
19. L o o s e n the flare n u t s , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e inlet line
CO a n d the return line (D).

17-38
 ®
20. R e m o v e t h e inlet line c l a m p bolt (A) a n d t h e return 24. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e
h o s e c l a m p bolt i B h of t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , t h e n r e m o v e t h e g e a r b o x
. m o u n t i n g bracket (A) a n d m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (B).

25. R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts (A) a n d t h e f l a n g e bolts

2 1 , R e l e a s e t h e return h o s e c l a m p (C), a n d r e m o v e the (B) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ,
return hose CD), a n d r e m o v e t h e stiffener p l a t e s (C) a n d the w a s h e r s
(Dl
22, R e m o v e the return line c l a m p bolt (A).
A
14 x 1.5 mm
Replace.

2 3 . R e l e a s e the return line d a m p I B ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e

return line (CK

(confd)

17-39
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal ( c o n t ' d )
26. R e m o v e cotter pin (A) f r o m t h e tie-rod ball j o i n t 3 2 . Attach t h e front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 )
t h e n r e m o v e the nut (B) on both s i d e s . to the s u b f r a m e by looping the s t r a p (A) o v e r the

28. R a i s e the v e h i c l e on a lift.

3 3 . R e m o v e t h e front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g bolts
29. R e m o v e the front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e page 20-274). on the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e .

17-40
3 4 , R e m o v e t h e front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t (A) o n 3 6 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolts (A) f r o m the front
the d r i v e r ' s s i d e , s u b f r a m e front stiffeners (B).

14 x 1.5 m m
Replace,

10 x 1 . 2 & m m
Repl8€8,

12.x 1.25 m m
Replace,

12x1.25 mm

3 5 . R e m o v e the f l a n g e n u t s <A) f r o m the l o w e r

transmission mount
3 7 . L o o s e n t h e front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (C) s o
t h e y a r e a b o u t 20 m m (13/16 in.) f r o m the m o u n t i n g
s u r f a c e . Do not l o o s e n the front s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y .

3 8 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolts (A) a n d front s u b f r a m e

<5> m o u n t i n g bolts (B) f r o m t h e front s u b f r a m e rear
s t i f f e n e r s (C).

10 x 1 . 2 5 m m

(confd)

17-41
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal (cont'd)
39. L o w e r the j a c k s l o w l y until the front s u b f r a m e h a s 41. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t h r o u g h the
d r o p p e d a b o u t 69 m m (2 11/16 in.). f e n d e r w e l l o p e n i n g on t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e .

42. R e m o v e the pinion s h a f t g r o m m e t (A) f r o m the top

of the v a l v e h o u s i n g .

•A

40. C a r e f u l l y m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t o w a r d the

d r i v e r ' s s i d e until the pinion s h a f t c l e a r s the
f e n d e r w e l l o p e n i n g on the b o d y .

43. After r e m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , m a k e s u r e

that no p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid g e t s on the g e a r b o x
m o u n t c u s h i o n s , the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g , t h e s u r f a c e
of t h e front s u b f r a m e , a n d stiffener. W i p e off a n y
s p i l l e d fluid at o n c e .

17-42
Steering Gearbox Overhaul
Exploded V i e w
CYLINDER LINE A
FLARE NUTS
17 M*m
(1.7 k g f m , 12 Ibf-ft!

SNAP RING
Replace.

FLARE HUTS
SLEEVE SEAL
28 N-rn
RINGS
I2.7 k g f - m , 20 Ibf - f t )
Replace.

SLEEVE

V A L V E OIL S E A L
RING
CYLINDER END S E A L Replace,
Replace.
\ BACKUP MUG

PINION SHAFT
V A L V E OIL S E A L
Replace.

CYLINDER END LOCKNUT

98.1 N - m
{1CM>kgf*m, 7 2 . 3 Ibf-ft) RACK GUIDE
SCREW

GEARBOX 'MOUNTING
CUSHION
C Y L I N D E R EUB S E A L nspectfor damage
Replace. and deterioration.

RUBBER S T O P
Replace, ^
CO

LOCK fyui
44 N«m RACK END PISTON S E A L RING
145 k g f - m , 33 Ibf-ft) 93 N-m 19.5 kgf-m, 69 Ibf-ft) Replace.
Inspect for faulty BOOT
movement and damage. Inspect for damage and deterioration.
TIE-ROD END
BALL JOINT BOOT
Inspect for damage and deterioration.

(confd)

17-43
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 4. R e m o v e the e n d plug (A) f r o m t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g ,
* Cylinder end seal remover attachment t h e n r e m o v e the self-locking nut (B) f r o m the pinion
07TAF-SZ50100 shaft e n d .
* V a l v e s e a l ring sizing tool 0 7 N A G - S R 3 0 9 0 A
* S l e e v e s e a l ring guide G 7 Y A G - S 2 X 0 1 0 0
* S l e e v e s e a l ring sizing tool, 36 m m 0 7 Z A G - S 5 A 0 1 0 0
* Attachment, 2 8 x 3 0 m m 07946-1870100
* Driver h a n d l e , 1 5 x 135 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 .
* Piston s e a l ring guide 0 7 X A G - S 0 K A 2 0 0
* Oil seal-driver, 65 m m 0 7 J A D - P L 9 A 1 0 0
* A t t a c h m e n t 30 m m L D . 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 3 0 0
* Piston s e a l ring sizing tool 0 7 H A G - S F 1 0 2 0 A
* P i n c e r s Oetiker 1098 or e q u i v a l e n t c o m m e r c i a l l y
available

Disassembly

1. R e m o v e the steering g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-36).

2. R e m o v e the tie-rod e n d f r o m the rack e n d . 5. R e m o v e the boot b a n d s (A) a n d tie-rod c l i p s (B).

Pull the boot a w a y f r o m the e n d s of the s t e e r i n g
3. Drill a 4.0 m m (0.16 in.) d i a m e t e r hole about 2 . 5 — gearbox.
3.0 m m (0.10—0.12 in.) in depth in the staked-points
(A) o n the e n d plug (B) a n d the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g (C).

A
Replace.'

17-44
6, H o l d the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d 8. Hold the flat s u r f a c e s e c t i o n s (A) of the s t e e r i n g
w o o d e n b l o c k s IB) a s s h o w n . Do not c l a m p the rack IB) w i t h o n e w r e n c h , a n d u n s c r e w both rack
c y l i n d e r part of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e . e n d s (C) w i t h a n o t h e r w r e n c h . B e c a r e f u l not to

9. R e m o v e the lock w a s h e r (D) a n d r u b b e r s t o p (E).

11. R e m o v e the s p r i n g {C}, a n d the rack g u i d e ID) f r o m

the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g .

(confd)

17-45
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd)
12. R e m o v e the c y l i n d e r fine A a n d B f r o m the s t e e r i n g 15. A p p l y v i n y l tape (A) to the e n d of the s t e e r i n g rack
gearbox. a n d the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g . Drill a 3 . 0 — 4 . 0 m m (0.12
—0.16 in.) d i a m e t e r hole a b o u t 2 . 5 — 3 . 0 m m (0.10—
A
0.12 in.) in depth in the s t a k e d point (B) o n the
c y l i n d e r . Do not a l l o w metal s h a v i n g s to enter the
c y l i n d e r s i d e o n the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g . After
r e m o v i n g the c y l i n d e r e n d {€}, r e m o v e a n y b u r r s at
the s t a k e d point.

N O T E : A p p l y v i n y l tape (D) to the drill, a n d do not

drill t h e depth m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y .

13. Drain the fluid f r o m the c y l i n d e r fittings by s l o w l y

m o v i n g the s t e e r i n g r a c k b a c k a n d forth.

14. R e m o v e the t w o f l a n g e bolts, t h e n r e m o v e the

v a l v e b o d y unit (A) f r o m the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g IB).
R e m o v e the O-ring (C).

16. Hold the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d

wooden b l o c k s (B) a s s h o w n . Do not c l a m p the
cylinder part of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e .
Remove the v i n y l t a p e . T h e n r e m o v e the c y l i n d e r
e n d (C).

17-46
17, Install a c o m m e r c i a l t y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r 2 1 . T u r n the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l r e m o v e r a t t a c h m e n t s o it
f A'l o n t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g a s s h o w n . will fit t h r o u g h the rack g u i d e hole of the g e a r b o x
h o u s i n g , t h e n position t h e s e a l r e m o v e r o n the
b a c k u p ring (A). M a k e s u r e that the s e a l r e m o v e r is
s e c u r e l y p o s i t i o n e d o n the b a c k u p ring.

A.

18. P l a c e a n appropriate size d e e p s o c k e t w r e n c h IB)

o n the s t e e r i n g rack {Q, 22. Insert a 2 4 " long 3 / 8 " d r i v e e x t e n s i o n (A), on t h e
cylinder e n d seal remover a t t a c h m e n t Place the
19. S e t t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x in a p r e s s s o t h e g e a r b o x g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a p r e s s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
h o u s i n g s i d e points u p w a r d , t h e n p r e s s the b a c k u p ring (B) a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l (C) f r o m t h e
c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l (D) a n d s t e e r i n g rack out of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g by p r e s s i n g on t h e 2 4 " long 3 / 8 "
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , Hold the s t e e r i n g rack to k e e p It drive extension.
f r o m falling w h e n p r e s s e d c l e a r . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e t h e inner s u r f a c e of the c y l i n d e r s i d e o n Note t h e s e items, w h e n p r e s s i n g the b a c k u p ring
t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g w i t h the tool, and cylinder end seal:
* K e e p t h e tool straight to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the
2 0 . C a r e f u l l y pry t h e p i s t o n s e a l ring (A) a n d O-ring (B) c y l i n d e r w a l l C h e c k the tool a n g l e , a n d c o r r e c t it
off t h e r a c k p i s t o n . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e if n e c e s s a r y , w h e n r e m o v i n g t h e b a c k u p ring a n d
i n s i d e of t h e s e a l ring g r o o v e a n d p i s t o n e d g e s cylinder end seal.
w h e n removing: t h e s e a l ring. * U s e a p r e s s to r e m o v e t h e b a c k u p ring a n d
c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l . Do not try to r e m o v e t h e
b a c k u p ring a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l by striking t h e
tool; striking the tool w o u l d b r e a k t h e b a c k u p ring
a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l , a n d t h e b a c k u p ring a n d
c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l w o u l d r e m a i n In the g e a r b o x
housing.

Replace, ~ Replace.

(confd)

17-47
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd)

2 3 . A p p l y v i n y l tape (A) to the s p l i n e s o n the pinion 2 5 . W i t h y o u r finger, c h e c k t h e inner w a l l of the v a l v e

shaft. h o u s i n g w h e r e the s e a l ring s l i d e s . If t h e r e is a s t e p
in the w a l l , the h o u s i n g is w o r n . R e p l a c e i t

i l l

26. C h e c k for w e a r , b u r r s , a n d o t h e r d a m a g e to the

e d g e s of the g r o o v e s in the s l e e v e .

N O T E : T h e pinion shaft a n d s l e e v e a r e a p r e c i s i o n
m a t c h e d s e t . If either t h e pinion shaft or s l e e v e
m u s t be r e p l a c e d , r e p l a c e both parts a s a s e t

17-48
2 7 . R e m o v e t h e s o a p ring (A) a n d s l e e v e IB) f r o m the 29, U s i n g a cutter or a n e q u i v a l e n t tool, cut the v a l v e
p i n i o n s h a f t (C). s e a l ring (A) a n d O-ring (B) at the cutting g r o o v e
position { € } in t h e pinion shaft. R e m o v e the v a l v e
s e a l ring a n d O - r i n g . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the
e d g e s of the pinion shaft g r o o v e a n d outer s u r f a c e
w h e n r e m o v i n g the v a l v e s e a l ring a n d O-ring,

28. U s i n g a cutter or a n e q u i v a l e n t tool, c u t a n d

r e m o v e t h e four s e a l r i n g s f r o m t h e s l e e v e . B e
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e e d g e s of t h e s l e e v e
g r o o v e s a n d outer s u r f a c e w h e n r e m o v i n g the s e a l
rings.

30. R e m o v e the v a l v e oil s e a l (A) a n d roller b e a r i n g (B)

out of t h e v a l v e h o u s i n g u s i n g a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s
a n d a n a p p r o p r i a t e size s o c k e t w r e n c h .

31. C l e a n the d i s a s s e m b l e d parts w i t h s o l v e n t a n d dry

t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. Do not dip r u b b e r parts
in the s o l v e n t

(confd)

17-49
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd)

Reassembly 37. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s u r f a c e of the

s l e e v e s e a l ring g u i d e . S l i p t w o n e w s e a l rings (A)
3 2 . A p p l y vinyl tape (A) to the s p l i n e s a n d s t e p p e d o v e r the ring guide f r o m t h e s m a l l e r d i a m e t e r e n d ,
portion of the shaft, a n d c o a t the s u r f a c e of the a n d e x p a n d t h e m . Install o n l y t w o rings at a t i m e
v i n y l t a p e with p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid. f r o m e a c h e n d of the pinion shaft s l e e v e (B).

Note t h e s e i t e m s w h e n Installing the s e a l ring:

• Do not o v e r - e x p a n d the s e a l ring. Install the r e s i n
s e a l rings w i t h c a r e s o a s .not to d a m a g e t h e m .
After Installation, m a k e s u r e y o u c o n t r a c t the s e a l
rings u s i n g the sizing tool.
* T h e r e a r e t w o t y p e s of s l e e v e s e a l rings; black
a n d b r o w n . Do not m i x the different t y p e s of
rings a s t h e y are not c o m p a t i b l e .

Replace.

3 3 . Fit the n e w O-ring (B) in the g r o o v e of the pinion

shaft. T h e n s l i d e the n e w v a l v e s e a l ring (C) o v e r
the shaft a n d in the g r o o v e on the pinion s h a f t

34. R e m o v e the vinyl t a p e , a n d a p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g

§
fluid to the s u r f a c e of the v a l v e s e a l ring (A).

38. A l i g n the ring g u i d e w i t h e a c h g r o o v e in the s l e e v e ,

a n d slide a s l e e v e s e a l ring Into e a c h g r o o v e . After,
installation, c o m p r e s s the s e a l r i n g s w i t h y o u r
fingers temporarily.

39. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s e a l rings on the

s l e e v e , a n d to the entire Inside s u r f a c e of the s l e e v e
s e a l ring sizing tool, t h e n s l o w l y insert t h e s l e e v e
into the sizing tool.

35. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the i n s i d e of the v a l v e

s e a l ring sizing tool. S e t the larger d i a m e t e r e n d of
the sizing tool o v e r the v a l v e s e a l ring, a n d m o v e
the sizing tool up a n d d o w n s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e
the v a l v e s e a l ring fit in the pinion shaft g r o o v e .

36. R e m o v e the sizing tool, turn it o v e r , s l i d e the

s m a l l e r d i a m e t e r e n d o v e r the v a l v e s e a l ring.
M o v e st up a n d d o w n s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e the 40. M o v e the s l e e v e b a c k a n d forth s e v e r a l t i m e s to
v a l v e s e a l ring fit s n u g l y in t h e pinion shaft g r o o v e . m a k e s u r e the s e a l r i n g s fit s n u g l y in t h e s l e e v e .
M a k e s u r e the s e a l rings a r e not t w i s t e d .

17-50
41. A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to the s u r f a c e of the 44. A p p l y v i n y l t a p e (A) to the pinion s h a f t / s l e e v e (B),
pinion s h a f t !AK S l i d e t h e s l e e v e (B) onto t h e pinion t h e n c o a t the v i n y l tape w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid.
shaft b y a l i g n i n g t h e locating pin (C) o n the pinion
shaft w i t h the c u t o u t CD) In the s l e e v e . T h e n install
the n e w s n a p ring (E> s e c u r e l y in t h e pinion shaft
g r o o v e . B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e v a l v e s e a l
ring w h e n installing the s l e e v e .

45. insert the pinion s h a f t / s l e e v e into the v a l v e h o u s i n g

CO, B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e v a l v e s e a l rings
ID).
4 2 . A p p l y p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid to t h e s e a l ring lip of the
n e w v a l v e oil s e a l (A), t h e n install the s e a l in t h e 46. R e m o v e the vinyl tape f r o m the pinion shaft, t h e n
v a l v e h o u s i n g (B) u s i n g a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s a n d r e m o v e a n y r e s i d u e f r o m the t a p e a d h e s i v e .
driver h a n d l e . Install the s e a l w i t h its g r o o v e d s i d e
f a c i n g the tool. 47. P r e s s the n e w v a l v e oil s e a l (A) into the v a l v e
h o u s i n g w i t h a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s . C h e c k that the
pinion s h a f t / s l e e v e t u r n s s m o o t h l y by h a n d after
installing it.

43. P r e s s the roller b e a r i n g (Q into the v a l v e h o u s i n g

with a hydraulic press and attachment. 48. C o a t the piston s e a l ring g u i d e w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g
fluid, t h e n s l i d e it onto the rack, big e n d first.

(cont'd)

17-51
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd)
49. Position the n e w O-ring (A) a n d n e w piston s e a l 53. W r a p v i n y l t a p e a r o u n d t h e rack teeth a n d rack e n d
ring (B) o n the piston s e a l ring g u i d e , t h e n s l i d e e d g e s , t h e n c o a t the s u r f a c e of t h e t a p e w i t h p o w e r
t h e m d o w n t o w a r d the big e n d of t h e tool. s t e e r i n g fluid. M a k e s u r e that t h e v i n y l t a p e is
w r a p p e d c a r e f u l l y s o that t h e r e is no s t e p p e d
Note t h e s e stems during r e a s s e m b l y : portion.
* Do not o v e r e x p a n d t h e r e s i n s e a l rings. Install
the r e s i n s e a l rings w i t h c a r e s o a s not to d a m a g e
t h e m . After installation, m a k e s u r e y o u contract
t h e s e a l ring u s i n g t h e s i z i n g tool.
* R e p l a c e the p i s t o n ' s O-ring a n d s e a l ring a s a s e t .

54. C o a t the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of t h e n e w c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l
(A) w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, t h e n install It onto the
s t e e r i n g rack with its g r o o v e d s i d e t o w a r d the
p i s t o n . W h e n installing the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l , be
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e lip of the s e a l w i t h the
50. Pull the O-ring off into t h e piston g r o o v e , t h e n pull e d g e s or teeth of t h e s t e e r i n g rack.
t h e piston s e a l ring off into t h e piston g r o o v e on
A
top of the O - r i n g . Replace.

51. C o a t the piston s e a l ring (A) a n d the Inside of the

piston s e a l ring s i z i n g tool w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid,
t h e n c a r e f u l l y s l i d e t h e tool onto t h e rack a n d o v e r
t h e piston s e a l ring.

07HAG-SF1020A

52. M o v e the sizing tool back a n d forth s e v e r a l t i m e s to 55. R e m o v e the v i n y l tape f r o m the s t e e r i n g rack, t h e n
m a k e t h e piston s e a l ring fit s n u g l y In t h e piston. remove any adhesive residue.

17-52
 El
56. Install the n e w b a c k u p ring (A) o n the s t e e r i n g rack, 58. Insert a n appropriate s i z e s o c k e t w r e n c h (A) onto
t h e n place the b a c k u p ring a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l IB) the s t e e r i n g rack a s s h o w n .
a g a i n s t the piston (C).

5 7 . A p p l y s t e e r i n g g r e a s e to the s t e e r i n g rack teeth,

t h e n insert t h e s t e e r i n g rack into the g e a r b o x 59. Install the b a c k u p ring -(B) a n d c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l (C)
h o u s i n g . B e careful not to d a m a g e the i n n e r Into the bottom of the c y l i n d e r by p r e s s i n g on the
s u r f a c e of t h e c y l i n d e r w a l l w i t h t h e rack e d g e s . tool w i t h a p r e s s . D o not p u s h o n the tool w i t h
e x c e s s i v e force a s it m a y d a m a g e the b a c k u p ring
and cylinder end seal.

60. R e m o v e the tool, a n d c e n t e r t h e s t e e r i n g rack.

61 C o a t t h e Inside s u r f a c e of the n e w c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l
(A) a n d s t e e r i n g rack w i t h p o w e r steering fluid,
t h e n install the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l onto the s t e e r i n g
rack w i t h its g r o o v e d s i d e t o w a r d the c y l i n d e r .

(08C35-B0534L)

62. P u s h in the c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l with y o u r finger. B e

careful not to d a m a g e the s u r f a c e of the s e a l w i t h
the t h r e a d s a n d b u r r s at the s t a k e d position of the
cylinder housing.

(confd)

17-53
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd}

63. Hold the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d 66. C o a t the n e w O-ring.(A) w i t h s t e e r i n g g r e a s e , a n d

w o o d e n b l o c k s (B). Do not c l a m p the c y l i n d e r part c a r e f u l l y fit it on the v a l v e h o u s i n g .
of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e .

67. A p p l y s t e e r i n g g r e a s e to the ball b e a r i n g (B) In the

64. C o a t the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the c y l i n d e r e n d (A) with g e a r b o x h o u s i n g , then install t h e v a l v e b o d y unit
p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, t h e n Install the c y l i n d e r e n d (C) by e n g a g i n g the g e a r s . Note the v a l v e b o d y unit
by s c r e w i n g It Into the c y l i n d e r (B). T i g h t e n the installation position (direction of the Sine
c y l i n d e r e n d to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . connections}.

68. L o o s e l y Install the f l a n g e bolts (D).

69. Install the c y l i n d e r line A a n d B to t h e s t e e r i n g

gearbox.

Note t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y :
* T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e j o i n t s of t h e c y l i n d e r lines.
T h e joints m u s t be free of foreign m a t e r i a l .
* Install the c y l i n d e r lines by tightening the flare
nuts b y h a n d first, t h e n tighten the flare nuts to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

65. S t a k e the point of the c y l i n d e r s h o w n {opposite

f r o m w h e r e the stake w a s r e m o v e d during
• disassembly).

(1.7 kgf-m, 12 Ibf-ft)

17-54
70, A p p l y s t e e r i n g g r e a s e to the s l i d i n g s u r f a c e of the 74. Install a n e w rubber stop (A) a n d a n e w lock w a s h e r
rack g u i d e (A), a n d install it onto the g e a r b o x (B). Align the lock w a s h e r t a b s (C) w i t h the s l o t s (D)
housing. o n the rack e n d (E) w h i l e h o l d i n g the Sock w a s h e r in
p l a c e . R e p e a t t h i s s t e p for t h e other s i d e of the rack.

7 1 . R e m o v e the o l d s e a l a n t f r o m the rack g u i d e s c r e w

|B)> t h e n a p p l y n e w s e a l a n t ( T h r e e B o n d 1215 or
Loctite 56991 to the m i d d l e of the t h r e a d s . Install
the s p r i n g (CI, rack g u i d e s c r e w , a n d locknut (D). 7 5 . Hold the flat s u r f a c e s e c t i o n s of the s t e e r i n g rack
w i t h o n e w r e n c h , a n d tighten both rack e n d s with
N O T E : If m o r e t h a n 5 m i n u t e s h a s p a s s e d after another w r e n c h . B e careful not to d a m a g e the rack
a p p l y i n g the s e a l a n t , r e m o v e the old s e a l a n t a n d s u r f a c e w i t h the w r e n c h .
residue, a n d reapply n e w s e a l a n t
76. B e n d the lock w a s h e r (A) b a c k a g a i n s t the flat s p o t s
7 2 . A d j u s t t h e rack g u i d e s c r e w ( s e e p a g e 17-35). After o n the rack e n d joint h o u s i n g .
a d j u s t i n g , c h e c k that the rack m o v e s s m o o t h l y by
s l i d i n g it right a n d left,

7 3 . Hold t h e g e a r b o x h o u s i n g u s i n g a C - c l a m p (A) a n d
w o o d e n b l o c k s IB) a s s h o w n . D o not c l a m p the
c y l i n d e r part of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g in a v i s e .

(confd)

17-55
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Overhaul (cont'd)

77. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to t h e c i r c u m f e r e n c e of 82. T i g h t e n the flange bolts (A) to the s p e c i f i e d torque.

t h e rack e n d joint h o u s i n g (A).

A
20 Hm (2.0 kgf-m, 14 Ibf-ft)

78. A p p l y a light c o a t of s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N 8 3 . After tightening, u s e a drift to s t a k e (A) the g e a r b o x

0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 1 3 ) to the boot g r o o v e s (B) on the rack e n d . h o u s i n g s h o u l d e r a g a i n s t the e n d plug (B).

N O T E : M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n
the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s ,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r
h a n d s or g l o v e s .

7 9 . C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g rack w i t h i n its stroke.

80. Install the n e w self-locking nut (A) onto the pinion

s h a f t e n d , a n d tighten to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

81. R e m o v e the old s e a l a n t f r o m the t h r e a d s on the

g e a r b o x h o u s i n g (B), a n d a p p l y n e w s e a l a n t (Three
B o n d 1215 or Loctite 5699) all the w a y a r o u n d the
t h r e a d s on the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g a n d the n e w e n d
plug (C). Install the e n d p l u g onto the g e a r b o x
h o u s i n g , a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d torque.

N O T E : If m o r e t h a n 5 m i n u t e s h a s p a s s e d after
a p p l y i n g the s e a l a n t , r e m o v e the old s e a l a n t a n d
r e s i d u e , a n d reapply n e w s e a l a n t

17-56
8 4 , C l e a n off a n y g r e a s e or c o n t a m i n a t i o n f r o m t h e 87. C l o s e t h e e a r portion (A) of t h e boot b a n d (B) with
boot installation g r o o v e s (A) a r o u n d on t h e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e p i n c e r s , Oetiker 1098 or
g e a r b o x h o u s i n g . Install t h e b o o t s (B) o n the rack e q u i v a l e n t (C).
e n d s with t h e tie-rod c l i p s ( C ) , a n d fit t h e boot e n d
in the installation g r o o v e s in t h e h o u s i n g p r o p e r l y .

D
88. S l i d e t h e rack right a n d left to be c e r t a i n that t h e
8 5 , After i n s t a l l i n g t h e b o o t s , w i p e t h e g r e a s e off t h e b o o t s a r e not d e f o r m e d or t w i s t e d .
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n (D) of the rack e n d .
89. Install t h e tie-rod e n d to the rack e n d .
8 6 . Install the n e w boot b a n d s (A) by a l i g n i n g the t a b s
(B) with t h e h o l e s fC) o n the b a n d . 90. Install t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-58).

17-57
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox installation

Special Tools Reqylred 4. T u r n the lip (A) of the pinion shaft g r o m m e t

* S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S
• E n g i n e hanger adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 *
• Front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 *
• Engine support hanger, A and R e d s AAR-T1256 *
* : T h e s e s p e c i a l t o o l s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a
Tool and Equipment Program, 888-424-6857.

1. B e f o r e installing the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , m a k e s u r e
that no p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid is o n t h e mating
s u r f a c e of the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x a n d the front
s u b f r a m e . T o prevent t h e g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bolts
f r o m l o o s e n i n g after the installation, r e m o v e a n y
p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid f r o m the m o u n t c u s h i o n s a n d
the bolt h o l e s .

2. W r a p v i n y l t a p e o v e r the s p l i n e s o n the pinion shaft

5. S l i d e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (B) b e t w e e n the front

s u b f r a m e a n d the b o d y f r o m the d r i v e r ' s s i d e .

6. C a r e f u l l y m o v e the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t o w a r d the

p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e until the pinion shaft c l e a r s the
f e n d e r w e l l o p e n i n g on the body.

3. Install the pinion shaft g r o m m e t (B). A l i g n the slot

(C) in the pinion shaft g r o m m e t w i t h the lug portion
(D) o n the v a l v e h o u s i n g . M a k e s u r e t h e r e is no g a p
b e t w e e n the g r o m m e t a n d the v a l v e h o u s i n g .
7. C o n t i n u e m o v i n g the g e a r b o x t o w a r d the
p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e until the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x Is in
position.

17-58
 Install t h e w a s h e r s (A), the stiffener p l a t e s (B), t h e 12. Install the front s u b f r a m e front s t i f f e n s r s (A) a n d
n e w m o u n t i n g bolts ( C ) , a n d the f l a n g e bolts CD) o n t h e front s u b f r a m e rear s t i f f e n e r s I B ) , t h e n l o o s e l y
t h e drh/efs s i d e of the g e a r b o x . T h e n l o o s e l y install install t h e n e w front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (C),
the m o u n t i n g bolts a n d the f l a n g e bolts. n e w t h e f l a n g e bolts (D), a n d the f l a n g e bolts (E).

10 x 1,25 mm 12 x 1.25 mm
59 N-m |6 0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf-ft) C
14 x 1.5 m m
74 N«m
17.5 kgf-m,
54 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

14 M 1.5 mm
10 x 1.25 mm Replace.
14 x 1.5 mm
¥SBO2C@0OO1@ Replace.
IBM kgf-m,
43 Ibfft)

12 x 1.25 mm
Replace.

1 4 K 1.5 mm
Replace.

P o s i t i o n the cutout (A) o n the m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (B) 13. A l i g n t h e front s u b f r a m e u s i n g the 15.7 m m e n d of

a s s h o w n , a n d install it o n the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e of t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n . V e r t i c a l l y Install the
the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x . s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin, a n d a l i g n t h e right r e a r
c o r n e r of the front s u b f r a m e a n d t h e v e h i c l e f r a m e
D
h o l e s , t h e n l o o s e l y tighten t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
10 K 1.25 in
38 M*m bolt (A) until the front s u b f r a m e c o n t a c t s the b o d y
C3.S kgf-m, frame.
28 Ibf-ft!

©70AG-SJAA10S
10. install the g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t (C) o v e r the
A
m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n , a n d tighten the f l a n g e bolts (D) 14 x 1.5 mm
to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . Replace,

11, T i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e bolts o n t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e 14. L o o s e l y tighten the left rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g

s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e a l t e r n a t e l y bolt w i t h the s a m e p r o c e d u r e a s the right r e a r
in t w o s t e p s . u s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin.

(confd)

17-59
Power Steering

Steering Gearbox Installation (cont'd)

15. T i g h t e n the right rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g boSt (A) 19. T i g h t e n the f l a n g e bolts (A) to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e w i t h t h e s u b f r a m e
a l i g n m e n t pin Installed.

12 x 1.25 mm
93 N-m
(9.5 kgf-m, 69 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

20. Install the f l a n g e n u t s (A) to t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n

16. T i g h t e n t h e left rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt to t h e m o u n t , a n d tighten t h e m to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e w i t h the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin
Installed.

17. T i g h t e n the s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (A) to the

specified torque.

B
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm

A
1 0 x 1 25 untn
44 N-m (4.5 kgf.m, 33 Ibf-ft)

f 10.5 kgf.m, 75.9 Ibf-ft)

Replace.

18. T i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e bolts (B) to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

17-60
21. install t h e n e w front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g 24. A / T : Install t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r bracket (A)
bolts on t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e , a n d tighten t h e m to t h e to t h e b a s e b r a c k e t (B) with a n e w m o u n t i n g bolt (C)
specified torque, a n d m o u n t i n g bolts (D), a n d tighten t h e m to the
specified torque.

44 M>m {43 kgf-m, 33 Ibf-ft)

Replace.

2 2 , Install t h e n e w front s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g
bolts o n t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e , a n d tighten t h e m to
the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

23, L o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n jack s u p p o r t i n g the front

subframe.

(confd)

17-61
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Installation (cont'd)

25. Install t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t (A) w i t h n e w 28. Install t h e n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt (A) a n d

m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d lightly tighten t h e m . the n e w m o u n t i n g nut (B), a n d l o o s e l y tighten the
nut.
A/T

10 x 1.25 mm

16.5 icgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft)

Replace.

29. Install e x h a u s t pipe A ( s e e p a g e 9-8).

M/T
30. Install t h e front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-274).
1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm 12 M 1.25 mm
78 IM-m f8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ftl 78 N-m
Replace. 18.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft) 31. L o w e r the vehicle.

32. O n both s i d e s , w i p e off a n y g r e a s e c o n t a m i n a t i o n

f r o m the ball joint t a p e r e d s e c t i o n a n d t h r e a d s .
R e c o n n e c t t h e tie-rod ball joint (A) to t h e k n u c k l e .
Install the nut (B), a n d tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d
torque.

26. R e m o v e the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r , t h e h a n g e r
b a l a n c e bar, a n d the h a n g e r a d a p t e r s e t .

27. T i g h t e n the rear e n g i n e m o u n t m o u n t i n g bolts to

the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

(5.5 kgf-m, 40 Ibf-ft)

33. Install a n e w cotter pin (C), a n d b e n d it a s s h o w n .

17-62
34* L o o s e l y c o n n e c t t h e return line a n d inlet line to the 39. Install t h e inlet line c l a m p bracket bolt (A) a n d t h e
valve housing by hand, return line c l a m p bolt (B), a n d tighten t h e m to the
specified torque.
3 5 , Install t h e return fine c l a m p bolt (A), a n d tighten it
to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

47 N-m 28 N-m
14.8 kgf-m, 35 Ibf-ft) 12.9 kgf°m, 21 Ibf-ft)

40. T i g h t e n t h e flare nuts to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

B

41. Install t h e P / S h e a t s h i e l d (A) w i t h t h e f l a n g e bolts,

3 6 . Install the return line (B) to t h e return hose clamp a n d tighten t h e m to the s p e c i f i e d torque.
(C), a n d c l a m p i t

37, i n s t a l l t h e inlet line c l a m p bracket bolt (A) a n d t h e

return h o s e c i a r n p b r a c k e t bolt (B), a n d tighten
t h e m to the specified torque.

38. Install t h e return h o s e (C) t o t h e return h o s e c l a m p

(D), a n d c l a m p it.

(confd)

17-63
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox installation (cont'd)

42. Install the strut b r a c e ( s e e p a g e 20-289). 48. S l i p the l o w e r e n d of t h e s t e e r i n g joint (A) onto the
pinion shaft (B) taking c a r e to align the g a p (C)
43. Install the front grille c o v e r : within the a n g l e .

^ 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-257) N O T E : Pick up t h e t a b s (D) of t h e pinion shaft

* 4-door (see page 20-257) g r o m m e t , a n d turn up t h e Sip of the pinion shaft
g r o m m e t s e c u r e l y in p l a c e . M a k e s u r e that light
44. P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r the l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e d o e s not enter f r o m the s p a c e b e t w e e n the pinion
t h e s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t s h a f t g r o m m e t a n d t h e body.
Do not p l a c e the j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint pin of the
knuckle.

45. T i g h t e n the d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e

holding the m o u n t i n g bold to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque
(see s t e p 28).

46. Install the front w h e e l s , t h e n s e t the w h e e l s in t h e

straight a h e a d position.

N O T E : Before installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g

s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the i n s i d e of the
wheel.

47. C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g rack w i t h i n its stroke.

17-64
4 9 , A l i g n t h e bolt hole (A) on t h e s t e e r i n g joint w i t h the 53. Install t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 17-27), a n d the
g r o o v e fBl a r o u n d the pinion s h a f t , t h e n l o o s e l y d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g ( s e e p a g e 24-205).
install the l o w e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt (C). B e s u r e that
t h e joint bolt i s s e c u r e l y in the g r o o v e in the pinion 54. Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
shaft. (see p a g e 22-89), a n d d o t h e s e t a s k s :

* T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS) a n d c h e c k that

t h e S R S indicator c o m e s o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s
a n d t h e n g o e s off.
* M a k e s u r e t h e horn a n d turn s i g n a l s w i t c h e s
w o r k properly.
* M a k e s u r e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l s w i t c h e s w o r k
properly.

55. Fill the s y s t e m w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g fluid, a n d b l e e d

air f r o m the s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 17-14).

56. After installation, d o t h e s e c h e c k s .

* S t a r t the e n g i n e , a l l o w it to idle,- a n d turn the

s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l t i m e s to
w a r m up t h e fluid. C h e c k t h e g e a r b o x for l e a k s
( s e e p a g e 17-13).
50. Poll o n the s t e e r i n g joint to m a k e s u r e that t h e * C h e c k the steering w h e e l spoke angle.
s t e e r i n g joint i s fully s e a t e d , t h e n tighten t h e l o w e r * if s t e e r i n g s p o k e a n g l e s to t h e right a n d left a r e
joint bolt t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . not e q u a l (steering w h e e l a n d rack are not
c e n t e r e d ) , c o r r e c t the e n g a g e m e n t of the joint/
51, T i g h t e n t h e u p p e r s t e e r i n g joint bolt ID) to the pinion shaft serrations.
specified torque. * S e t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to t h e c e n t e r tilt p o s i t i o n ,
a n d to the c e n t e r t e l e s c o p i c p o s i t i o n , t h e n d o t h e
5 2 , Install t h e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A). ' front toe i n s p e c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

17-65
Power Steering
Tie-rod Bail Joint Boot Replacement
Special Tools Required 6. Install the n e w tie-rod ball joint boot (A) u s i n g the
F r o n t h u b d s s / a s s e m b l y tool 0 7 9 6 5 - S A 5 0 5 0 0 front h u b d i s / a s s e m b l y tool. T h e boot m u s t not
h a v e a g a p at the boot installation s e c t i o n s (B).
1. D i s c o n n e c t the tie-rod ball joint f r o m the knuckle " After installing the b o o t c h e c k t h e ball pin t a p e r e d
( s e e s t e p 26 on p a g e 17-40). s e c t i o n for g r e a s e c o n t a m i n a t i o n , a n d w i p e it if
necessary.
2. R e m o v e the tie-rod e n d f r o m t h e rack e n d .
07965-SA50500
3. R e m o v e the tie-rod ball joint boot f r o m the tie-rod
e n d , a n d w i p e the old g r e a s e off the ball pin.

4. Pack t h e l o w e r a r e a of the ball pin (A) w i t h f r e s h

multipurpose grease.

7. Install the t i e - r o d e n d to t h e rack e n d .

8. C o n n e c t t h e tie-rod ball joint to the knuckle ( s e e

s t e p 3 2 on p a g e 17-62).

5. Pack the interior of t h e n e w tie-rod ball joint boot 9. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if

(B) a n d lip (C) w i t h f r e s h m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e . n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

Note t h e s e i t e m s w h e n installing n e w g r e a s e :
* K e e p g r e a s e off t h e boot m o u n t i n g a r e a (D) a n d
the t a p e r e d s e c t i o n (E) of t h e ball pin.
* Do not a l l o w d u s t dirt, or other foreign m a t e r i a l s
to enter the boot.

17-66
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ( s e e p a g e 17-36). 4. A p p l y a m i l d s o a p a n d w a t e r s o l u t i o n to the n e w
g e a r b o x m o u n t c u s h i o n s u r f a c e (A), t h e n p l a c e it on
2. Position a 40 m m s o c k e t w r e n c h (A) o n t h e f l a n g e the g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n h o l e .
part: of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g with a w a s h e r (B), a
10 x 150 m m f l a n g e bolt \Q a n d a 10 m m nut (D) a s
shown.,

5. Position a 40 m m s o c k e t w r e n c h o n the flange part

of the g e a r b o x h o u s i n g with a w a s h e r , a flange b o l t
a n d a nut a s s h o w n .

3, Hold t h e f l a n g e bolt w i t h a w r e n c h , a n d tighten t h e 6 . Install the g e a r b o x m o u n t c u s h i o n by tightening the

nut w i t h a w r e n c h . R e m o v e the g e a r b o x m o u n t nut until t h e m o u n t c u s h i o n e d g e s (B) c o n t a c t t h e
cushion IE), gearbox flange surface. .

7. Install the s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x f s e e p a g e 17-58).

17-67
Suspension

Front and Rear Suspension

Special Tools ............................. 18-2
Component Location Index 18-3
Wheel Alignment * .......... .... . 18-5
Wheel Bearing End Play inspection ........ 18-8
Wheel Runout Inspection ...................... .... 18-8
Wheel Bolt Replacement ..... ... . 18-3
Bali Joint Removal . . 18-11
Bail Joint Boot Inspection/Replacement ..... 18-12

Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement . 18-13
Upper Arm Replacement 18-19
Lower Arm Removal/Installation ..... 18-21
Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation 18-24
Stabilizer Bar Replacement . 18-25
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation . 18-31
Damper/Spring Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly 18-34

Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement . . 18-38
Upper Arm Replacement 18-42
Lower Arm A Replacement 18-45
Control Arm Replacement 18-45
Lower Arm B Replacement .. ............ 18-46
Stabilizer Link Removal/installation 18-47
Stabilizer Bar Replacement 18-48
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation 18-49
Damper/Spring Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly ........... . 18-52

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) ...... 18-55

Front and Rear Suspension
Special Tools

Ref. N o . Tool Uumber Description Oty

© 07AAF-SDAA100 Ball J o i n t T h r e a d Protector, 12 m m
© 07GAD-SD40101 B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 90 m m 1
© 07GAF-SD40100 Hub D i s / A s s e m b l y T o o ! 1
® 07MAC-SL0A102 Ball J o i n t R e m o v e r , 32 m m 1
© 07MAC-SL0A202 Bali J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m 1
© G7GAG-5JAA10S S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin 1
© 070AG-SJAQ300 • Ball J o i n t Boot Clip G u i d e , 45 m m 1 -
® 070AF-TA0A100 B u s h i n g Driver 1
© 070AF-TA0A220 Bushing Receiver Set 1
® 07746-0010600 B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 7 5 m m 1
® 07749-0010000 Driver Handle 1
® 07965-SD90100 Support Base 1
07974-SA50700 Ball J o i n t Boot C l i p G u i d e , 39 x 41 m m 1

® ® ® ® @

18-2
Component Location index
Front S u s p e n s i o n

DAMPER/SPRING
Removal, page 18-31
Installation, page 18-32
Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly,
page 13-34

UPPER ARM
Replacement, page 18-19
BALL JOINT
Boot Inspection/Replacement,
page 18-12
K^UCfCLE/HUB/
WHEEL BEARING
(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
Knuckle/Hub Replacement,
page 18-14
Wheel Bearing Replacement,
page 18-17
BALL JOINT
Boot Inspection/Replacement,
page 18-12

STA1!UZ£1SA«
Replacement,
page 18-2§
STABtUZERUNK
Removal/Installation
page 18-24

LOWER ARM
Removal/Installation, page 18-21
Compliance Bushing Replacement, page 18-23

WHEEL BOLT
Replacement, page 18-9
Front and Bear Suspension
Component Location Index (cont'd)
Rear Syspension

DAMPER/SPRING
R e m o v a l , p a g e 18-49
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 18-50
Disassembly, Inspection, a n d Reassembly,
p a g e 18-52

18-4
Wheel Alignment
T h e s u s p e n s i o n c a n be a d j u s t e d for front a n d rear toe, 6. C h e c k the s u s p e n s i o n ball j o i n t s . (Hold a tire with
y o u r h a n d s , a n d m o v e it up a n d d o w n a n d right a n d
Pre-AIignment Checks left to c h e c k for m o v e m e n t )

F o r p r o p e r I n s p e c t i o n and a d j u s t m e n t of the w h e e l
a l i g n m e n t , do t h e s e c h e c k s :

1. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e to a v o i d a n Incorrect

measurement,

2 ; M a k e s u r e t h e s u s p e n s i o n is not m o d i f i e d .

3. M a k e s u r e the fuel tank is full, a n d that t h e s p a r e

tire, t h e j a c k , a n d the t o o l s a r e in p l a c e on the
vehicle.

4. C h e c k the tire s i z e a n d tire p r e s s u r e .

T i r e s i z e (4-door):
LX, LX-P,L X PZEV, and LX-P PZEV models:
Front/Rear: P215/60R16 94H 7. B e f o r e d o i n g a l i g n m e n t i n s p e c t i o n s , be s u r e to
E X , E X - L , E X PZEV, and E X - L P Z E V models: r e m o v e all extra w e i g h t f r o m t h e v e h i c l e , a n d no
t r a i t / R e a r : P225/50R17 93V o n e s h o u l d be inside the v e h i c l e (driver or
T i r e s i z e (2-door): passengers).
Front/Rear: P225/50R17 93V
8. B o u n c e the v e h i c l e up a n d d o w n s e v e r a l t i m e s to
T i r e p r e s s u r e (4ndoor) fat c o l d ! : stabilize the s u s p e n s i o n .
L X , L X - P , L X P Z E V , a n d LX»P P Z E V models:
2
F r o n t / R e a r : 2 1 0 k P a 12,1 k g f / c m , 3 0 psi) 9. C h e c k that the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n is s e t at the c e n t e r
E X , EX-L, E X PZEV, and EX-LPZEV models: tilt a n d t e l e s c o p i c position.
2
F r o n t / R o a r : 2 2 0 k P a {2.2 k g f / c m , 3 2 psi)
T i r e p r e s s u r & (2-door) (at c o l d ! : Caster Inspection
2
F r o n t / R e a r : 2 2 0 k P a (2.2 k g f / o m , 3 2 psi)
U s e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e c o m p u t e r i z e d four w h e e l
5 . C h e c k t h e r u n o u t of the w h e e l s a n d t i r e s ( s e e p a g e a l i g n m e n t e q u i p m e n t to m e a s u r e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t
18-8). (caster, c a m b e r , toe, a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w t h e
e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions.

1. C h e c k the c a s t e r a n g l e .

C a s t e r angle:
4-do©r:3 48 Q r + 0
* 2 5
'-iw
+ 0
2-door:3°47' ^-^os
f M a x i m y m difference b e t w e e n t h e right a n d left
side: 0 ° 4 5 ' )

• If the m e a s u r e m e n t is w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
m e a s u r e the c a m b e r a n g l e ,
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t is not within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
c h e c k for bent or d a m a g e d s u s p e n s i o n
components.

(confd)

18-5
F r o n t - a n d Rear Suspension

Wheel Alignment (cont'd)

Camber Inspection Front Toe Inspection/Adjustment

U s e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e c o m p u t e r i z e d four w h e e l U s e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e c o m p u t e r i z e d four w h e e l
a l i g n m e n t e q u i p m e n t to m e a s u r e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a l i g n m e n t e q u i p m e n t to m e a s u r e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t
(caster, c a m b e r , toe, a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w the (caster, c a m b e r , toe, a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w the
e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions. equipment manufacturer's instructions.

1. C h e c k the c a m b e r a n g l e . 1 . S e t the s t e e r i n g c o l u m n to the m i d d l e tilt a n d

t e l e s c o p i c p o s i t i o n s . C e n t e r the s t e e r i n g w h e e l
C a m b e r angle: s p o k e s , a n d install a s t e e r i n g w h e e l holder tool.
Front O°00 # + 3 & ,
.-45<

Rear: - 1 2 . C h e c k the toe with the w h e e l s pointed straight

{Mammum difference b e t w e e n t h e right a n d left ahead.
side: 0 ° 3 0 ' )
F r o n t toe-in: 0 ± 2 m m f 0 ± 0 . 0 8 i n j
• If the m e a s u r e m e n t is within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
m e a s u r e the toe-in. * If a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to s t e p 3 .
* If the m e a s u r e m e n t is not within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , * If no a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to rear toe
c h e c k for bent or d a m a g e d s u s p e n s i o n inspection/adjustment
components.
3 . L o o s e n the tie-rod locknuts (A) w h i l e holding t h e
flat s u r f a c e s e c t i o n s (B) of the tie-rod e n d w i t h a
w r e n c h , a n d turn both t i e - r o d s (G) until the front toe
is within s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .

4. After a d j u s t i n g , tighten the tie-rod locknuts to the

s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e . R e p o s i t i o n the r a c k - e n d
boot if it is t w i s t e d or d i s p l a c e d .

5. G o t o rear toe i n s p e c t i o n / a d j u s t m e n t .

18-6
Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment Turning Angle Inspection

U s e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e c o m p u t e r i z e d four w h e e l U s e c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e c o m p u t e r i z e d four w h e e l
a l i g n m e n t e q u i p m e n t to m e a s u r e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a l i g n m e n t e q u i p m e n t to m e a s u r e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t
(caster, c a m b e r , t o e , a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w t h e ( c a s t e r c a m b e r , t o e , a n d turning a n g l e ) . F o l l o w the
r

e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions, equipment manufacturer's instructions.

1u R e l e a s e t h e parking brake to a v o i d a n i n c o r r e c t 1. T u r n the w h e e l right a n d left w h i l e a p p l y i n g the

measurement. b r a k e , a n d m e a s u r e the t u r n i n g a n g l e of both
wheels.
2, C h e c k the toe.
forming angle:
R e a r toe-in: 2 ± 2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 ± 0 . 0 8 i n j Inward: 3S°0O'±2°
O y t w a r d freference): 31 ° 5 0 '
* if a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to s t e p 3.
* If n o a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o to turning a n g l e
inspection.

3. Hold t h e a d j u s t i n g bolt (A) o n the rear control a r m

( 8 ) , a n d l o o s e n the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut (C).

2 . If the m e a s u r e m e n t is not within t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,

e v e n up both s i d e s of the tie-rod t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n
length w h i l e a d j u s t i n g the front toe. If st is c o r r e c t ,
but the turning a n g l e is not within the
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , c h e c k for bent or d a m a g e d
suspension components.

4, R e p l a c e the self-locking nut w i t h a n e w o n e , a n d

lightly tighten It.

N O T E : A l w a y s u s e a n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nut w h e n e v e r
ft h a s b e e n t i g h t e n e d to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

5, A d j u s t the rear toe by turning the a d j u s t i n g bolt

until the toe is c o r r e c t

8, T i g h t e n the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut w h i l e holding the

a d j u s t i n g bolt to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .

18-7
Front arid Bear Suspension
Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection Wheel Runout Inspection

1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t ft w i t h s a f e t y stands" 1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s

in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11). in the proper l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).

2. R e m o v e the w h e e l s . 2. C h e c k for a bent or d e f o r m e d w h e e l .

3. Install s u i t a b l e flat w a s h e r s (A) a n d the w h e e l nuts. 3 . S e t up t h e dial g a u g e a s s h o w n , a n d m e a s u r e the.

T i g h t e n the nuts to the s p e c i f i e d torque to hold the axial runout by turning the w h e e l .
brake d i s c s e c u r e l y a g a i n s t t h e h u b .
Front a n d rear w h e e l axial runoyt:
Front Standard:
S t e e l w h e e l : 0 ™ 1 . 0 m m f 0 - 0 . 0 4 in.)
A l u m i n u m w h e e l : 0—0.7 m m (0—0.03 i n j
S e r v i c e limit: 2.0 m m {0.08 in.)

4. Attach the dial g a u g e . P l a c e the dial g a u g e a g a i n s t

t h e hub flange.

5. M e a s u r e the b e a r i n g e n d p l a y w h i l e m o v i n g t h e
brake d i s c i n w a r d a n d o u t w a r d .

W h e e l bearing end play:

F r o n t / R e a r : 0 - 0 . 0 5 m m CO—0,002 in.)

6. If the b e a r i n g e n d play m e a s u r e m e n t is m o r e t h a n
t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e the w h e e l b e a r i n g or the h u b
b e a r i n g unit.

18-8
 Wheel Bolt Replacement
4, B e s e t t h e dial g a u g e to the position s h o w n , a n d Special Tools Required
m e a s u r e the radial runout. Ball joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2

F r o n t a n d rear w h e e l r a d i a l r u n o u t :
Standard: * Do not u s e a h a m m e r or i m p a c t tools ( p n e u m a t i c
Steal wheel: 0 - 1 . 0 m m In.) or electric) to r e m o v e a n d install the w h e e l bolts.
A l u m i n u m w h e e l : 0—0.7 m m (0—0.03 i n j • B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e t h r e a d s of the
S e r v i c e limit. 1.5 m m (0,06 i n j w h e e l bolts,

Front

1. R e m o v e the front hub ( s e e p a g e 18-14).

2. S e p a r a t e the w h e e l bolt (A) f r o m t h e h u b (B) u s i n g

a hydraulic press. Support the hub with hydraulic
p r e s s a t t a c h m e n t s (C) or e q u i v a l e n t t o o l s .

N O T E : Before installing t h e - n e w w h e e l bolt, c l e a n

t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s on the bolt a n d t h e hub.

Press

5. If t h e w h e e l runout is not within the s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,

c h e c k t h e w h e e l b e a r i n g e n d p l a y ( s e e p a g e 18-8),
a n d m a k e s o r e the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s on the brake
d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l a r e c l e a n .

6. If t h e b e a r i n g e n d p l a y is w i t h i n the s p e c i f i c a t i o n
but t h e w h e e l runout is m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e limit,
replace the w h e e l .

3. Insert the n e w w h e e l bolt into t h e h u b w h i l e

aligning the s p l i n e d s u r f a c e s on the h u b hole with
the w h e e l bolt,

NOTE:
* D e g r e a s e all a r o u n d the w h e e l bolt.
* M a k e s u r e the w h e e l bolt is installed v e r t i c a l l y in
relation to the hub d i s c s u r f a c e .

4. Install the w h e e l bolt u s i n g a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s until

the w h e e l bolt s h o u l d e r is fully s e a t e d .

5. Install the front hub (see p a g e 18-14).

. N O T E : If y o u c a n n o t tighten the w h e e l nut to the

s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e w h e n installing the w h e e l ,
r e p l a c e the front hub a s a n a s s e m b l y .

(confd)

18-9
front and Rear Suspension
Wheel Bolt Replacement (cont'd)

Rear 4. Insert the n e w w h e e l bolt (A) into t h e h u b (B) w h i l e

a l i g n i n g the s p l i n e d s u r f a c e s (C) on t h e h u b hole
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with safety s t a n d s w i t h the w h e e l b o l t A d j u s t the m e a s u r e m e n t (D)
in the p r o p e r locations ( s e e p a g e 1-11). with the w a s h e r s (P/N 9 4 1 0 1 - 1 2 8 0 0 or equivalent)
(E), then install a nut (P/N 9 0 3 0 4 - S C 2 - 0 0 0 or
2. R e m o v e the rear brake d i s c ( s e e p a g e 19-34). e q u i v a l e n t ) (F) h a n d - t i g h t

3. S e p a r a t e the w h e e l bolt (A) f r o m the hub (B) u s i n g NOTE:

t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( C ) , a n d keep t h e j a w (D) of * D e g r e a s e all a r o u n d t h e w h e e l bolt a n d the
ball joint r e m o v e r vertical a g a i n s t the w h e e l bolt t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n of t h e nut.
(see page 18-11). * M a k e s u r e the w h e e l bolt Is installed vertically in
relation to the h u b d i s c s u r f a c e .
NOTE: * Do not Install the nut a n d w a s h e r s that h a v e b e e n
* If the a n g l e of t h e r e m o v e r a g a i n s t the w h e e l bolt u s e d a s t o o l s on a v e h i c l e .
is not s q u a r e , r e a d j u s t the ball joint r e m o v e r by
turning the h e a d (E) of the a d j u s t i n g bolt (F).
o
11—14 m m
* Before installing t h e n e w w h e e l bolt, c l e a n the ( 0 . 4 3 - 0 . 5 5 In.)
mating s u r f a c e s on the bolt a n d the h u b .

5. T i g h t e n t h e nut until the w h e e l bolt is d r a w n fully

Into the hub. Do not e x c e e d the m a x i m u m t o r q u e
limit. M a k e s u r e t h e r e is no g a p (G) b e t w e e n t h e
bolt a n d the h u b .

Limited torque:
©7MAC-SL0A202
108 N-m (11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 Sbfft) m a x .

6. Install the rear brake d i s c ( s e e p a g e 19-34).

NOTE:
* If y o u c a n n o t tighten the w h e e l nut to the
s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e w h e n installing the w h e e l ,
r e p l a c e the rear h u b b e a r i n g unit a s a n a s s e m b l y .
•• Before installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the Inside of the
wheel.

18-10
Ball Joint Removal
S p a e l a l T o o l s RcKiiiired 3. L o o s e n t h e p r e s s u r e bolt (A), a n d install the ball
• Ball joint t h r e a d protector, 12 m m 0 7 A A F - S D A A 1 0 0 joint r e m o v e r a s s h o w n . Insert t h e j a w s carefully,
- B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 3 2 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 1 0 2 m a k i n g s u r e not to d a m a g e the ball joint b o o t
* Ball joint r e m o v e r , 2 8 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2 A d j u s t the j a w s p a c i n g by turning the a d j u s t i n g bolt
(BK

A l w a y s u s e a ball joint r e m o v e r to d i s c o n n e c t a ball N O T E : F a s t e n the safety c h a i n (C) s e c u r e l y to a

j o i n t D o not strike the h o u s i n g or a n y other part of s u s p e n s i o n a r m or the s u b f r a m e (D). Do not f a s t e n
t h e ball joint c o n n e c t i o n to d i s c o n n e c t it, it to a brake line or w i r e h a r n e s s .

1. install a h e x nut (A) o r the ball joint t h r e a d protector

| B | onto t h e t h r e a d s of the ball joint iC),

N O T E : Using: a h e x nut, m a k e s u r e the nut i s f l u s h

w i t h the ball joint pin e n d to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the
t h r e a d e d e n d of the ball joint p i n .

4. After a d j u s t i n g the adjusting bolt, m a k e s u r e the

h e a d of the adjusting bolt is in the position s h o w n
to a l l o w the j a w (E) to pivot.

5. W i t h a w r e n c h , tighten the p r e s s u r e bolt until the

2. A p p l y g r e a s e to t h e bail joint r e m o v e r on the a r e a s ball joint psn p o p s l o o s e f r o m the ball joint
s h o w n {Ah T h i s w i l l e a s e Installation of t h e tool a n d c o n n e c t i n g hole. If n e c e s s a r y , a p p l y penetrating
p r e v e n t damage to the p r e s s u r e bolt (B) t h r e a d s . t y p e lubricant to l o o s e n the ball joint psn,

N O T E : Do not u s e p n e u m a t i c or electric t o o l s on
the pressure bolt

6. R e m o v e the ball joint r e m o v e r , t h e n r e m o v e the

nut f r o m the e n d of the ball joint p i n , a n d pull t h e
ball joint out of the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g hole.
I n s p e c t the ball joint boot, a n d r e p l a c e It if
damaged.

07M AC-SL0A102 or 07MAC-SL0A202

18-11
Front and Rear Suspension
Ball Joint Boot Inspection/Replacement
Special Tools Required 7, T h e front knuckle ball joint or the rear u p p e r a r m
* Ball joint boot clip g u i d e , 45 m m O 7 O A G - S J A 0 3 O 0 ball joint: A d j u s t the depth by t u r n i n g the ball joint
• Ball joint boot clip g u i d e , 3 9 x 41 m m 07974-SA50700 boot clip g u i d e (A) until its b a s e is j u s t a b o v e the
g r o o v e a r o u n d (B) the bottom of the b o o t T h e n
1. C h e c k . t h e ball joint boot for w e a k n e s s , d a m a g e , slide the clip (C) o v e r the ball joint boot clip g u i d e
c r a c k s , a n d g r e a s e leaks. a n d into position on the b o o t

NOTE;
* If t h e ball joint boot is d a m a g e d with g r e a s e l e a k s ,
r e p l a c e the appropriate part a s a n a s s e m b l y .
* If the ball joint boot is soft a n d c r a c k e d without
g r e a s e l e a k s , go to s t e p 2. R e p l a c e the
appropriate ball joint b o o t

2. D i s c o n n e c t the a p p r o p r i a t e ball joint c o n n e c t i o n ,

a n d r e m o v e the c o m p o n e n t including the ball j o i n t

* T h e front knuckle ( s e e p a g e 18-14}

* T h e front u p p e r a r m ( s e e p a g e 18-19)
* T h e rear upper a r m ( s e e p a g e 18-42)

3. R e m o v e the boot clip a n d the b o o t 8, T h e front u p p e r a r m ball joint: A d j u s t the ball joint
boot clip g u i d e with t h e a d j u s t i n g bolt (A) until its
4. Pack the interior a n d lip (A) of a n e w boot with b a s e is j u s t a b o v e the g r o o v e a r o u n d (B) the
g r e a s e . K e e p the g r e a s e off of the boot-to-housing bottom of the b o o t T h e n s l i d e the clip (C) o v e r the
mating s u r f a c e s ( B ) . ball joint boot clip g u i d e a n d into position o n the
boot

5. P a c k f r e s h g r e a s e into the b a s e (C). Do not let dirt

or other foreign m a t e r i a l s get into the b o o t
a After installing a boot, w i p e a n y g r e a s e off the
6. Install the boot on the ball joint, t h e n s q u e e z e it e x p o s e d portion of the ball joint pin.
gently to force out a n y air, t h e n w i p e the g r e a s e off
t h e t a p e r e d portion of t h e ball joint pin (D). 10. Install all the r e m o v e d parts.

18-12
Front Suspension

Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement

Exploded View
KNUCKLE
Check for deformation and damage.

WHEEL B E A R I N G
CMAGNETIC ENCODER)
Replace.
SPLASH GUARD
Check for corrosion,
deformation,
and damage.
F R O N T KNUCKLE Replace if rusted.
RING
Check for deformation
and damage.
Replace,
6 K 1.0 m m
9.8 U>m (1..0 kgf.m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

BALL JOINT BOOT

Check for deterioration
and damage.

C A S T L E UUJ
14 x 1.5 m m
7 8 - 8 8 N-m
I8.O--9.0 k g f - m , 5 8 - - 6 5 Ibf-ftl

FRONT BRAKE DISC

Check for wear, damage, and rust.

FLAT S C R E W
8 x 1M m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)

FRONT HUB
Check for damage and cracks,

SPINDLE NUT
2 6 x 1 . 6 mm
329 N-m
C33.5 kgf-ni, 242 Ibf-ft)
Replace,

Apply a small amount

of engine oil to the seating
surface of the nut

(confd)

18-13
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 3. R e m o v e the brake h o s e b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
• B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 2 8 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2
• H u b d i s / a s s e m b l y tool 0 7 G A F - S D 4 0 1 0 0
8 x 1,25 m m
* Bearing driver attachment, 72 x 75 m m 07746-0010600 22 N - m
* Driver handle 07749-0010000 {2.2 kgf-m,
16 Ibf-ft)
• Bearing driver attachment, 78 x 90 m m
07GAD-SD40101
* Support base 07965-SD90100

Knoekle/Hyb Replacement

1. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s In t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).
12 x 1,25 m m
108 N-m
2. R e m o v e t h e w h e e l n u t s a n d t h e front w h e e l . (11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 Ibf-ft)

R e m o v e t h e brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts

I B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m t h e
k n u c k l e . T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y or t h e brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of
w i r e to h a n g t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m t h e
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . D o not t w i s t t h e brake h o s e
excessively.

R e m o v e t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket
(A) a n d t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (B) f r o m t h e
knuckle. D o not d i s c o n n e c t t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
connector.
108 N-m
111.0 k g f - m , 6 x 1.0 m m
79.6 Ibf-ft) 9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

18-14
 8. R a i s e the s t a k e (A), then r e m o v e t h e s p i n d l e nut IB), 11. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the knuckle ball
joint, t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a s t l e nut (B>.

N O T E : D uring installation, insert the n e w cotter pin

into the ball joint pin h o l e f r o m the front to the rear
of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d b e n d its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k
the ball joint pin hole direction' before c o n n e c t i n g
the ball joint.

B FRONT
26 x 1,5 m m
329 N-m
(333 kgf-m,
242-lbf-ft>
Replace.

FROiSiT

7* R e m o v e the front brake d i s c { s e e p a g e 19-22),

8, C h e c k the front h u b for d a m a g e a n d c r a c k s .

07MAC-SL0A2Q2

9. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the tie-rod e n d ball

joint, t h e n r e m o v e t h e nut (8). 14 M 1.5 mm
7 8 - 8 8 N-m
( 8 . 0 - 9 . 0 kgf-m,
N O T E : D u r i n g installation, install the n e w cotter pin 5 8 - 8 5 Ibf-ft)
after tightening the nut, a n d b e n d Its e n d a s s h o w n .
12. D i s c o n n e c t the knuckle ball joint f r o m the l o w e r
a r m u s i n g t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e 18-11).
/* 07f¥iAC-SL0A2@2

NOTE:
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
installing t h e r e m o v e r .
8
Do not force o r h a m m e r o n t h e l o w e r a r m , o r pry
b e t w e e n t h e l o w e r a r m a n d t h e knuckle. Y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e t h e ball joint.

12 x 1,25 mm
54 M m
(5.5 kgf.m, 40 Ibf-ft)
A
Replace,

10. D i s c o n n e c t the tie-rod e n d bail joint f r o m the

knuckle u s i n g t h e ball joint t h r e a d protector a n d t h e
ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e 18-11).

(confd)

18-15
Front Suspension
Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
13. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball 16. Install the k n u c k l e / h u b in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
j o i n t t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut (B). r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

N O T E : During installation, insert the n e w cotter pin * First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
into the ball joint pin hole f r o m the front to t h e rear tighten the bolts a n d the n u t s , t h e n r a i s e the
of the v e h i c l e , a n d b e n d its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
the ball joint pin hole direction before c o n n e c t i n g b e f o r e fully tightening to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
the ball j o i n t v a l u e s . Do not p l a c e the j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint
pin of the knuckle.
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
c o n n e c t i n g the knuckle.
* Before c o n n e c t i n g t h e "ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the t a p e r e d portion of the
ball joint pin, the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , a n d
the t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of
the c a s t l e nut.
O7MAC-SL0A2O2 * T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to t h e l o w e r t o r q u e
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e n tighten It o n l y far e n o u g h to
align the. slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not -
10 x 1.25 m m align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g I t
4 4 - 5 2 U-m
14.5-5,3 kgf-m, * U s e a n e w s p i n d l e nut on r e a s s e m b l y .
3 3 - 3 8 Ibf-ft) * Before Installing the s p i n d l e nut, a p p l y a s m a l l
A
Rsplscs. a m o u n t of e n g i n e oil to the s e a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
nut. After t i g h t e n i n g , u s e a drift to s t a k e the
14. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r a r m ball joint f r o m the s p i n d l e nut s h o u l d e r a g a i n s t the driveshaft.
knuckle u s i n g the ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e * Before installing the brake d i s c , c l e a n the mating
18-11). s u r f a c e s of the front h u b a n d the Inside of the
brake d i s c .
15. R e m o v e the d r i v e s h a f t o u t b o a r d joint (A) f r o m the * B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the mating
knuckle (B) by t a p p i n g the d r i v e s h a f t e n d (C) with a s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the Inside of the
soft f a c e h a m m e r w h i l e d r a w i n g the h u b o u t w a r d , wheel.
then r e m o v e the k n u c k l e / h u b .
17. C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ; a n d a d j u s t It If
NOTE: n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
• Do not pull the d r i v e s h a f t e n d o u t w a r d . T h e
d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d joint m a y c o m e apart,
* During installation, a p p l y g r e a s e to t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the w h e e l b e a r i n g a n d the driveshaft
o u t b o a r d joint ( s e e s t e p 1 on p a g e 16-20).

18-16
Wheel Bearing Replacement 3. R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring (A) a n d t h e s p l a s h g u a r d (B)
f r o m the knuckle (C).
1. S e p a r a t e the h u b (A) f r o m t h e k n u c k l e fB) u s i n g the
h u b d i s a s s e m b l y tool a n d a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s . Hold
t h e knuckle with the a t t a c h m e n t (C) of the h y d r a u l i c
p r e s s or e q u i v a l e n t tool. B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e
or d e f o r m t h e s p l a s h g u a r d CD), Hold onto the h u b
to k e e p it f r o m falling w h e n p r e s s e d c l e a r .

4. P r e s s the w h e e l bearing, (A) out of t h e knuckle (B)

u s i n g the b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t the driver
handle, and a press.

Press
I 07749-0010000

2, P r e s s t h e w h e e l b e a r i n g inner r a c e (A) off of t h e

hub 18} u s i n g the h u b d i s / a s s e m b l y tool, a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r (C), a n d a
press.

5. W a s h the knuckle a n d the h u b t h o r o u g h l y in high

f l a s h point s o l v e n t before r e a s s e m b l y .

(confd)

18-17
Front Suspension

Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement (cont'd)

6. P r e s s a n e w w h e e l b e a r i n g (A) into the knuckle (B) 7. C h e c k the front knuckle ring (A) for d a m a g e or
u s i n g the old b e a r i n g ( C ) , a s t e e l plate (D), the d e f o r m a t i o n , a n d r e p l a c e it if n e c e s s a r y .
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t the s u p p o r t b a s e , a n d a
press. N O T E : W h e n installing the n e w front knuckle-ring,
position the knuckle ring notch portion (B) t o w a r d
NOTE: cut out (C) n e a r the ball joint in the knuckle, a n d
• Install the w h e e l b e a r i n g w i t h the w h e e l s p e e d align the c e n t e r of the knuckle ring ledge portion
s e n s o r m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r (E) (brown c o l o r ) , (D) w i t h t h e c e n t e r of the w h e e l s e n s o r hole (E) on
t o w a r d t h e i n s i d e of the k n u c k l e . the knuckle a s s h o w n .
* R e m o v e a n y oil, g r e a s e , d u s t , metal d e b r i s , a n d
other foreign m a t e r i a l f r o m the e n c o d e r s u r f a c e .
• K e e p a n y m a g n e t i c t o o l s a w a y f r o m the e n c o d e r
surface.
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the e n c o d e r s u r f a c e
w h e n y o u insert the w h e e l b e a r i n g .

07GAD-SD4O1O1 07965-SD90100 8. Install the s n a p ring (A) s e c u r e l y in the k n u c k l e (B).

9, Install the s p l a s h g u a r d (C), a n d tighten the s c r e w s

(D) to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .

18-18
 Upper Arm Replacement
10. Install the h u b (A) onto t h e knuckle (B) u s i n g t h e Special Tools Required
b e a r i n g driver a t t a c h m e n t , the d r i v e r h a n d l e , the Bail Joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A G - S L 0 A 2 0 2
s u p p o r t b a s e , a n d a h y d r a u l i c p r e s s , B e c a r e f u l not
to d a m a g e the s p l a s h g u a r d (C). 1, R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
Press
1-11). •

2 . R e m o v e , the front w h e e l .

3. R e m o v e t h e front d a m p e r / s p r i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-31),

4, R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball

joint, t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut IB),

07965-SD90100

1 0 x 1 . 2 5 mm
Replace.

5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r a r m ball joint f r o m the

knuckle u s i n g the ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e
18-11).

6. R e m o v e the u p p e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts (A), t h e n

r e m o v e the u p p e r a r m (B).

(confd)

18-19
Front Suspension
Upper Arm Replacement (cont'd)

7. Install the u p p e r a r m (A), a n d lightly tighten the 11. P l a c e the floor j a c k u n d e r the l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e
n e w u p p e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts (B), t h e n c o n n e c t the s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
the k n u c k l e , a n d lightly tighten t h e c a s t l e nut (C).
12. T i g h t e n the c a s t l e nut (A) o n t h e u p p e r a r m ball
NOTE: joint to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
• B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
c o n n e c t i n g the k n u c k l e . NOTE:
8
B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g the ball joint, d e g r e a s e the * T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to t h e l o w e r t o r q u e
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d t h e t a p e r e d portion of the s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e n tighten it o n l y far e n o u g h to
ball joint pin, the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , a n d a l i g n the slot w i t h the ball joint pin h o l e . Do not
the t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of align t h e c a s t l e nut b y l o o s e n i n g It
the c a s t l e nut. * Insert the n e w cotter pin (B) Into the ball joint pin
hole f r o m the front to the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d
b e n d Its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k t h e ball joint pin
hole direction b e f o r e - c o n n e c t i n g the ball j o i n t

B
10 x 1.25 m m
31 N - m (3.2 k g f - m , 23 I b f f t )
Replace.
13. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the b r a k e d i s c a n d the
8. P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r the l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e I n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n Install the front w h e e l .
the s u s p e n s i o n until t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e top
(D) of the u p p e r a r m ball joint a n d t h e b a c k s i d e of 14. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t st if
the f e n d e r cut out point (E) is 40 m m (1.6 in.), t h e n n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).
tighten the u p p e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts to the
specified torque value.

N O T E : T o m e a s u r e the s p e c i f i e d c l e a r a n c e ,
t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e the front i n n e r f e n d e r
( s e e p a g e 20-273).

9. L o w e r t h e floor j a c k

10. Install the front d a m p e r / s p r i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-32).

18-20
Lower Arm Removal/Installation
Sp#ef s i T r o t s R e q u i r e d 5. R e m o v e t h e cotter pin (A) f r o m the knuckle ball
* B a l l joint r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2 joint, t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut (B).
* B u s h i n g driver 070AF-TA0A100
* B u s h i n g r e c e i v e r set G 7 0 A F - T A O A 2 2 0 N O T E : D u r i n g Installation, insert the n e w cotter pin
Into the ball joint pin hole f r o m the front to the rear
Removal/Installation of the v e h i c l e , a n d b e n d its e n d a s s h o w n . C h e c k
the ball joint pin hole direction before c o n n e c t i n g
1. R a i s e t h e front of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with t h e ball j o i n t
s a f e t y s t a n d s In the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).

2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l .
FROISfT

3. R e m o v e the clamper p i n c h bolt (A) a n d the d a m p e r

fork m o u n t i n g nut (B) w h i l e holding t h e m o u n t i n g
bolt (C>, then r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r fork ID) f r o m t h e
d a m p e r a n d the l o w e r a r m .
FROfHtr

NOTE:
• D u r i n g installation, Insert t h e a l i g n i n g tab (E) on
t h e d a m p e r unit into t h e slot (F) of the d a m p e r
©7MAC SL0A2O2
fork.
* U s e t h e n e w damper fork m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e
n e w m o u n t i n g nut, a n d torque the nut w h i l e 14K 1.5 m m
h o l d i n g t h e bolt d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y . 7 8 - 8 8 N-m
(8.0—9.0 kgf-n
5 8 - 6 5 Ibf-ft)
10x1.25 mm
mm*m 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e knuckle ball joint f r o m the l o w e r
£M* kgf-m, 36 ibf-ft) a r m u s i n g t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e 18-11).

NOTE:
* B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
installing the r e m o v e r .
* Do not f o r c e or h a m m e r on t h e l o w e r a r m , or pry
b e t w e e n t h e l o w e r a r m a n d the knuckle. Y o u
c o u l d d a m a g e the ball j o i n t

\ s
8
12 x 1 . 2 5 mm
m N-m ($.5 k9f-m, 4 7 Ibfft! Replace,
Replace.

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e stabilizer link f r o m the l o w e r a r m

( s e e p a g e 18-24$,

(confd)

18-21
Front Suspension
Lower Arm Removal/Installation ( c o n t ' d )
7. R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d 8. Install the l o w e r a r m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v e the l o w e r a r m (A). r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems:

N O T E : U s e n e w l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolts during • First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly

reassembly. tighten the bolts a n d the n u t s , t h e n r a i s e the
s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
before fully tightening it to the s p e c i f i e d torque
v a l u e s . Do not p l a c e the j a c k a g a i n s t the ball joint
pin of the knuckle.
• B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
c o n n e c t i n g the k n u c k l e .
• B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d t h e t a p e r e d portion of the
ball joint pin, the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , a n d
the t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of
the c a s t l e nut.
• T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to the l o w e r torque
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e n tighten it o n l y far e n o u g h to
align the slot w i t h the ball joint pin hole. Do not
align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g i t .
12 x 1.25 mm • B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
14 x 1.5 mm 64 N-m s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d the i n s i d e of the
88IM-m (6.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft!
(9.0 kgf.m, 65 Ibf-ft) Replace. wheel.
Replace.
9. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

18-22
 1
Compliance Bushing Replacement 3, P r e s s out t h e c o m p l i a n c e b u s h i n g (A) w i t h t h e
b u s h i n g d r i v e r , the b u s h i n g r e c e i v e r s e t
1. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r a r m . (attachment A ) , and a hydraulic press, and r e m o v e
t h e b u s h i n g f r o m t h e l o w e r a r m (B).
2. M a r k a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (A) o n the bottom of the
l o w e r arm n e x t to t h e a l i g n i n g m a r k s (8) o n the N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e i n s i d e of t h e
compliance boshing. b u s h i n g h o l e on the l o w e r a r m .

N O T E : T h e compliance bushing h a s a specific

Installation p o s i t i o n . T u r n the l o w e r a r m s o that its
b o t t o m s i d e i s u p . P o s i t i o n the b u s h i n g identifying
m a r k | C ) f a c e u p a n d n e a r the tab CD) o n the l o w e r
a r m , T h e n align t h e b u s h i n g a l i g n i n g m a r k s o n the
b u s h i n g a n d the l o w e r a r m .
If the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s a r e g o n e , align the a n g l e (E)
between the lower a r m a n d the bushing a s s h o w n .

Aligning the marking position

A l i g n i n g t h e a n § f s (reference)

(confd)

18-23
Front Suspension
Lower Arm Removal/Installation Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation
(cont'd)
1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with
s a f e t y s t a n d s In the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
4. C l e a n the mating s u r f a c e s of t h e n e w c o m p l i a n c e 1-11).
b u s h i n g (A) a n d the l o w e r a r m (B).
2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l .

3. R e m o v e the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut (A) a n d the flange nut

(B) w h i l e holding the r e s p e c t i v e joint pin (C) w i t h a
h e x w r e n c h ( D ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e stabilizer link (E).

4. Install t h e stabilizer link on. the stabilizer bar ( R a n d

5. M a k e s u r e of the c o m p l i a n c e b u s h i n g Installation the l o w e r a r m (G) with the joint p i n s s e t at the
direction, align t h e b u s h i n g a l i g n i n g m a r k s with the c e n t e r of their r a n g e of m o v e m e n t
Sower a r m , t h e n p r e s s In t h e b u s h i n g Into the l o w e r
a r m u s i n g the b u s h i n g d r i v e r , t h e b u s h i n g r e c e i v e r N O T E : T h e stabilizer link h a s a paint m a r k (H). T h e
set (attachments A and B), and a hydraulic press. left stabilizer link Is m a r k e d with y e l l o w p a i n t a n d
t h e right stabilizer link Is m a r k e d with w h i t e p a i n t
NOTE:
• P r e s s in t h e b u s h i n g f r o m t h e bottom s i d e of the 5. Install the n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nut a n d t h e n e w f l a n g e
Sower a r m . nut, a n d tighten t h e m to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s
* After Installation, c h e c k the protrusion (C) of the w h i l e holding the r e s p e c t i v e joint pin w i t h a h e x
b u s h i n g outer s l e e v e (D) t h r o u g h the l o w e r a r m wrench.
b u s h i n g hole (E).
6. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e
6. Install the l o w e r a r m . I n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n Install the front w h e e l ,

7. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e .

8. After 5 m i n u t e s of d r i v i n g , tighten the s e l f - l o c k i n g

nut a g a i n to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .

18-24
 fH
Stabilizer Bar Replacement
S p e c i a l T#©is R e q u i r e d 7. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g a n d the s t e e r i n g w h e e l
*-Engine h a n g e r a d a p t e r V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 5 * ( s e e p a g e 17-24).
* Engine support hanger, A and R e d s AAR-T1256 *
* Front subframe adapter V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 * 3. R e m o v e the s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r (A).
* S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 O A G - S J A A 1 O S
/ B
* : A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d / 8 M 1.25 m m
Equipment Program, 888-424-6357. / 28 N * m (2.9 k g f m , 21 Ibf-ft)

1. Note t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g r e p l a c e m e n t :

* B e s u r e to r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g w h e e l before
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the s t e e r i n g j o i n t D a m a g e to the
c a b l e reel can o c c u r .
* L o w e r t h e front s u b f r a m e f r o m the body, a n d
r e p l a c e the front stabilizer b a r t h r o u g h the g a p
c r e a t e d by l o w e r i n g the front s u b f r a m e .

2 . R e m o v e t h e h o o d s u p p o r t rod, t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n
to p r o p the h o o d in the w i d e o p e n position. 28 N-m {23 kgf-m, 21 Ibf-ft)

3. L o o s e n the s t e e r i n g joint u p p e r bolt (B), a n d

r e m o v e the s t e e r i n g joint l o w e r bolt (C), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g joint f r o m t h e pinion shaft.

NOTE:
* If the c e n t e r guide is in p l a c e a n d h a s not m o v e d ,
l e a v e st in p l a c e .
• If the c e n t e r g u i d e h a s c o m e off d i s c a r d i t

10. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p r e s s u r e ( P S P )
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A).

3, R e m o v e the front grille c o v e r :

* 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-257}
* 4-door fsee page 20-257)

4, Do the battery t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e
fsee p a g e 22-89).

5, R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).

8. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

(confd)

18-25
Front Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement (cont'd)

11. R e m o v e the p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p outlet h o s e 13. Attach the e n g i n e h a n g e r a d a p t e r ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 T 5 )

m o u n t i n g bolt (A). to the t h r e a d e d hole in the c y l i n d e r h e a d .

A
6 M 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf.m, / ,<^>v_

12. R e m o v e the front strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) 14. Install the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) ,

( s e e p a g e 20-289). t h e n attach the hook to the slotted hole in the
h a n g e r a d a p t e r . T i g h t e n the w i n g nut (A) by h a n d to
lift a n d s u p p o r t the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n .

N O T E : B e careful w h e n w o r k i n g a r o u n d t h e
windshield.

18-26
 SI
15. R e m o v e the e n g i n e m o u n t bo ft (A) f r o m t h e rear 16. R a i s e the v e h i c l e o n the lift to full height.
e n g i n e m o u n t IB) a n d t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t
b r a c k e t {CK 17. R e m o v e t h e front s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-274).

N O T E : U s e a n e w e n g i n e m o u n t bolt d u r i n g 18. R e m o v e t h e nuts (A) s e c u r i n g of the l o w e r

reassembly. transmission mount

A/T

12 x 1.25 m m
78 N-m (8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

10 x 1.25 mm
44 N-m (4.5 kgf-m, 33 Ibf-ft)

19. R e m o v e the e x h a u s t pipe A h a n g e r (A) f r o m the

front s u b f r a m e . •
M/T

1 2 x 1 , 2 5 mm
IB H-m {8.0 kgf-m, 58 Ibf-ft!
Replace.

(confd)

18-27
Front Suspension

Stabilizer Bar Replacement (cont'd)

20. A t t a c h the front s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r I V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 ) 23. D i s c o n n e c t both s i d e s of t h e stabilizer link f r o m the

to the s u b f r a m e , h a n g t h e belt of t h e s u b f r a m e stabilizer bar ( s e e p a g e 18-24).
a d a p t e r o v e r the front of the s u b f r a m e , t h e n s e c u r e
the belt with its s t o p . 24. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (A) on both s i d e s of the
front s u b f r a m e front b r a c k e t (B).

VSB02CO0O016

12 x 1.25 m m

21. R a i s e the j a c k , Sine up the s l o t s in the front

s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r a r m s w i t h the bolt h o l e s on the 25. L o o s e n the front s i d e of the front s u b f r a m e
jack b a s e , t h e n s e c u r e l y a t t a c h t h e m w i t h four bolts. m o u n t i n g bolts (C) until t h e r e Is 20 m m (13/16 in.)
d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e bolt s e a t a n d the m o u n t i n g
22. R e m o v e the front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts (A) on s u r f a c e . Do not l o o s e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e
both s i d e s of the m i d d l e m o u n t than necessary.

N O T E : U s e n e w m o u n t i n g bolts d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .

10 x 1.25 mm
49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 38 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

18-23
 1
2 8 , R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolts (A) on both s i d e s of t h e 29. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (A) a n d the b u s h i n g
front s u b f r a m e r e a r b r a c k e t (B). h o l d e r s I B ) , t h e n r e m o v e the b u s h i n g s (C).

o N O T E : D u r i n g Installation, align the paint m a r k s <D)

\ o n the stabilizer bar w i t h the s i d e of the b u s h i n g s .

12 x 1.25 mm 14 x 1.5 mm
Replace, Replace.

27. L o o s e n the r e a r s i d e of the front s u b f r a m e

m o u n t i n g bolts (C) until t h e r e is 30 m m (1 3/16 in.)
d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e bolt s e a t a n d the m o u n t i n g
s u r f a c e . D o not l o o s e n the m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e
than necessary.

2 8 , L o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k w i t h t h e front
s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r s l o w l y until t h e front s u b f r a m e 30. M o v e the stabilizer b a r t o w a r d the p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e ,
(D) h a s d r o p p e d a b o u t 30 m m (1 3/16 in.). • a n d r e m o v e the stabilizer bar,

M O T E : Do not try to l o w e r t h e front s u b f r a m e 31. Install the stabilizer bar.

b e y o n d t h e l o o s e n e d s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts
clearance. NOTE:
* Note the right a n d left direction of t h e stabilizer
bar.
. * Note the direction of installation for the b u s h i n g s .

(confd)

18-29
Front Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement (cont'd)

3 2 . A l i g n the front s u b f r a m e u s i n g the s u b f r a m e 35. T o r q u e t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts to the

a l i g n m e n t pin. V e r t i c a l l y Install t h e s u b f r a m e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s starting with t h e right-rear
a l i g n m e n t p i n , a n d align t h e right-rear c o r n e r of the b o l t ' U s e t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin w h e n
front s u b f r a m e a n d v e h i c l e f r a m e h o l e s , t h e n tightening t h e rear s i d e bolts (A).
l o o s e l y tighten.the n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt (A)
until the front s u b f r a m e c o n t a c t s t h e b o d y f r a m e . NOTE:
* T o r q u e t h e bolts in t h e s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
* B e f o r e tightening the n e w front s i d e s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts (B), r a i s e t h e j a c k a n d l o o s e l y
install t h e 12 m m f l a n g e bolts (C) to align t h e
s u b f r a m e front bracket.

12 x 1.26 m m
93 N-m 19.5 kgf.m, 69 Ibf-ft)
Replace, ^ -
/ / 14x1.5 mm
/ / 1 0 3 N - m ( 1 0 . 5 k g f m , 7 5 . 9 Ibf-ft)

mm
Replace.

3 3 . L o o s e l y tighten the left-rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g

bolt u s i n g t h e s a m e p r o c e d u r e a s t h e right-rear
with the subframe alignment pin.

34. L o o s e l y Install the n e w 12 m m f l a n g e bolts (B) to

the s u b f r a m e rear bracket.

103 N-m 1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
110.5 kgf-m, 75.9 Ibf-ft) 54 N-m
Replace. (5.5 k g f - m , 40 Ibf-ft)

36. C h e c k all of t h e front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d

retighten if n e c e s s a r y .

18-30
 D
Damper/Spring Removal and
Installation
3 7 . Install all of the r e m o v e d p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l , s o d note t h e s e i t e m s :
Removal
* R e f e r to stabilizer link r e m o v a l / i n s t a l l a t i o n to
c o n n e c t the stabilizer b a r to the finks ( s e e p a g e 1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t st w i t h
18-24). s a f e t y s t a n d s in the proper l o c a t i o n s (see p a g e
* If t h e c e n t e r g u i d e is in p l a c e , u s e it to d e t e r m i n e 1-11).
the s t e e r i n g joint installation a n g l e .
* If the c e n t e r g u i d e i s g o n e , c h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g 2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l .
joint installation a n g l e f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 17-30).
* C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l installation (see p a g e 3. R e m o v e the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket
17-27). m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
* W h e n c o n n e c t i n g the r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t to the
rear e n g i n e m o u n t bracket, first lightly tighten
t h e m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n r e m o v e t h e e n g i n e
s u p p o r t h a n g e r , a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d
torque value.
* B e f o r e installing t h e w h e e l , c l e a n t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l .

3 8 . D o t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t t o n p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 22-89), t h e n turn t h e ignition s w i t c h to
O N {!!) a n d c h e c k that the S R S indicator s h o u l d
c o m e o n for a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o off.

3 9 . C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y f s e e p a g e 18-5).
4. R e m o v e the d a m p e r p i n c h bolt (A) a n d t h e d a m p e r
fork m o u n t i n g nut (B) w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e m o u n t i n g
bolt (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r fork (D) f r o m the
d a m p e r a n d the Sower a r m .

A
10 x 1.25 mm

Replace.

(confd)

18-31
Front'Suspension
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation (cont'd)

5. R e m o v e t h e front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts (A) (if installation

equipped).
1. Position the d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A) in t h e b o d y w i t h the
A a l i g n i n g tab (B) f a c i n g i n s i d e .
8 x 1.25 mm

N O T E : B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the body.

1 0 x 1 . 2 5 mm
Replace.

6. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (B) f r o m t h e
top of t h e d a m p e r . Do not let the d a m p e r / s p r i n g
d r o p d o w n u n d e r its o w n w e i g h t

7. R e m o v e the d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A).

N O T E : B e careful not to d a m a g e the body. 2. L o o s e l y install the n e w d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A)

to the top of t h e d a m p e r .

B
8 M 1.25 mm
22 N-m A
12.2 kgf.m, 16 Ibf -ft) 10 x 1.25 mm
55 N-m
|5.6 kgf-m,
41 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

3. L o o s e l y Install t h e front strut b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts

(B) (if e q u i p p e d ) .

18-32
 1
4, Install the clamper fork (A) o v e r the d r i v e s h a f t a n d 7. P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r the l o w e r a r m , a n d r a i s e
onto t h e l o w e r a r m IB). Install the a l i g n i n g t a b (C) the s u s p e n s i o n to load it with t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
o n t h e d a m p e r unit into t h e slot (D) of t h e d a m p e r
fork, 8. T i g h t e n t h e d a m p e r p i n c h bolt a n d the d a m p e r fork
m o u n t i n g nut w h i l e h o l d i n g the m o u n t i n g bolt to
t h e s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e s .
10x1.25 mm
mm*m
C5.&k:gfm, 36 Ibf-ft} 9. T i g h t e n the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g n u t s a n d front strut
b r a c e m o u n t i n g nuts (if e q u i p p e d ) on top of t h e
d a m p e r to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque v a l u e s .

10. Install t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket (A).

.A

12 x 1,25 m m
84 N m |6 5 kgf m, 47 lbf-ftj
Replace. 6 x 1.0 mm
9,8 N-m
5. L o o s e l y install t h e d a m p e r p i n c h bolt (E) into t h e
V I d.Okgfm,
7.2 Ibfft)
d a m p e r fork.

6. C o n n e c t the d a m p e r fork a n d t h e l o w e r a r m w i t h 11. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of t h e b r a k e d i s c a n d t h e

t h e n e w d a m p e r fork m o u n t i n g bolt (F), t h e n lightly i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front w h e e l .
tighten t h e new m o u n t i n g nut ( G ) .
12. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

18-33
Front Suspension

Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

Exploded View
SELF-LOCKING NUT
10 M 1.25 mm
29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
DAMPER MOUNTING WASHER
Check for deformation.
DAMPER MOUNTING BUSHING
Check for weakness
and damage.
DAMPER MOUNTING COLLAR

DAMPER MOUNTING B A S E
Check for deformation.

DAMPER MOUNTING BUSHING

Check for weakness
and damage.

DAMPER SPRING
Check for damage.
SPRING MOUNTING CUSHION
Check for deterioration
and damage.

BUMP STOP PLATE

BUMP STOP
Check for weakness,
oil contamination, and damage.
DUST COVER PLATE

DUST COVER LOWER MOUNT

Check for deterioration
and damage.

D U S T COVER E N D / S L E E V E
Check for deterioration and damage

DAMPER UNIT
Check for oil leaks, gas leaks,
and smooth operation.

18-34
N O T E ; W h e n c o m p r e s s i n g the c l a m p e r s p r i n g / u s e a Inspection
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e strut s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r
( B r a n i c k M S T - 5 8 0 A or M o d e l 7 2 0 0 , or equivalent) 1. R e a s s e m b l e all the parts, e x c e p t for the d a m p e r
a c c o r d i n g to the m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions. spring,

Disassembly 2. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r a s s e m b l y by h a n d , a n d
c h e c k for s m o o t h operation t h r o u g h a full stroke,
1. C o m p r e s s t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g , t h e n r e m o v e the self- both c o m p r e s s i o n a n d e x t e n s i o n . T h e d a m p e r
locking nut (A) w h i l e holding t h e d a m p e r shaft w i t h should extend smoothly and constantly w h e n
a h e x w r e n c h (B). Do not c o m p r e s s the d a m p e r c o m p r e s s i o n is r e l e a s e d . Sf it d o e s not, the g a s is
s p r i n g m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y to r e m o v e the self- leaking a n d the d a m p e r s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d .
locking nut.

2, R e l e a s e the p r e s s u r e f r o m the strut s p r i n g 3. C h e c k for oil l e a k s , a b n o r m a l n o i s e s , a n d binding

c o m p r e s s o r , t h e n d i s a s s e m b l e the d a m p e r a s during these tests.
s h o w n in t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w .

(confd)

18-35
Front Suspension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly (cont'd)

Reassembly 5. Position the tab (A) o n the s p r i n g m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n

f a c i n g f o r w a r d but t o w a r d the i n s i d e of t h e v e h i c l e .
1. Install t h e s p r i n g m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (A) on the
d a m p e r m o u n t i n g b a s e (B) by a l i g n i n g the tab (C) Left
a n d notch (D).
FROfMT

Right

FROfSIT
2. Install all the parts e x c e p t the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g
w a s h e r a n d the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut onto the d a m p e r
unit by referring to the E x p l o d e d V i e w .

3. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r s p r i n g u s i n g a strut s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r . Do not c o m p r e s s the s p r i n g
excessively. @°±3

4. A l i g n the l o w e r e n d (A) of the d a m p e r s p r i n g w i t h

the s t e p p e d part (B) of the d u s t c o v e r l o w e r m o u n t
a n d the l o w e r s p r i n g s e a t o n d a m p e r unit.

6. A l i g n the a n g l e of the s t u d (B) on the d a m p e r

m o u n t i n g b a s e (C) w i t h the a l i g n i n g tab (D) on the
bottom of t h e d a m p e r unit a s s h o w n .

18-36
7 . install the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g w a s h e r (A) a n d the
n e w self-locking nut (B).

8
1Qx1*25mm
m N-m |3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

8, H o l d t h e d a m p e r shaft w i t h a h e x w e n c h ( C ) , a n d
tighten; t h e self-locking nut to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
value.

9, R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r / s p r i n g f r o m the strut s p r i n g
compressor.
Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement

Exploded View

FLAT S C R E W
6 x 1,0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

1 S^SO
Special Tools Required 6. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (Ah
Ball joint r e m o v e r , 32 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 1 0 2
8 x 1.25 m m
Hub Bearing Unit Replacement 22fM-m
(2.2 k g f - m ,
16 Ibf-ft)
1. R a i s e t h e r e a r of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).

2. R e m o v e the w h e e l n u t s , a n d the rear w h e e l .

12 M 1.25 m m
108 M-m
(11.0 kgf-m,
73,6 Ibf ft)

7, R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts

<B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m the
k n u c k l e . T o prevent d a m a g e to the c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y o r the brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t piece of
w i r e to h a n g the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e
(11.0 kgf.m, excessively.
" ibf-ft)
8. R e m o v e the t w o w a s h e r s (A).
3, R e l e a s e t h e parking brake l e v e r fully,
N O T E : During installation, m a k e s u r e the w a s h e r s
4, L o o s e n the p a r k i n g b r a k e c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut a r e Installed b e t w e e n t h e brake c a l i p e r bracket a n d
fsee p a g e 19-8). the k n u c k l e .

5, f l e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolt (A) f r o m the a r m (BK T h e n

d i s c o n n e c t t h e parking brake c a b l e f r o m t h e lever

A
8 x 1,25 mm 9. R e m o v e the rear brake d i s c ( s e e p a g e 19-34),
22 n-m
[2.2 kgf.ni,
16 Ibf-ft)

(cont'd)

18-39
Rear -Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement (cont'd)
10. R e m o v e the hub b e a r i n g unit (A) a n d the O-rsng (B). Knuckle Replacement

1. R e m o v e the hub b e a r i n g u n i t

2. R e m o v e the s p l a s h g u a r d (A),

12 x 1.5 mm
98.1 N-m
(10.0 kgf-m, 7Z3 Ibf-ft)

11. C h e c k the h u b b e a r i n g unit for d a m a g e a n d c r a c k s .

6 M 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
12. Install the h u b b e a r i n g unit in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of (1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 Ibf-ft}
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
3. R e m o v e the lock psn (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball
* U s e a n e w O-rsng on r e a s s e m b l y . j o i n t t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut (B).
* After installing t h e brake c a l i p e r , m a k e s u r e the
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n l o w e r a r m B a n d the parking N O T E : D u r i n g installation, install the lock psn a s
b r a k e c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 mm, (3/16 in.). s h o w n after tightening the n e w c a s t l e n u t
* - B e f o r e installing the brake d i s c , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s of the h u b b e a r i n g unit and-the brake
disc.
* B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the mating
s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e - i n s i d e of the 07MAC-SL0A102

wheel.

13. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t It if
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 18-5).

14 M 1.5 m m
6 9 - 7 8 N-m
(7.0-8.0 kgf-m,
5 1 - 5 8 Ibf-ft!
Replace.

4. D i s c o n n e c t the u p p e r a r m ball joint f r o m the

knuckle u s i n g t h e ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e
18-11).

NOTE:
• B e careful not to d a m a g e the ball joint boot w h e n
installing the r e m o v e r .
* During installation, to c o n n e c t t h e ball j o i n t r a i s e
the s u s p e n s i o n w i t h a j a c k ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e
18-43).

18-40
5, R e m o v e t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (A) f r o m t h e :
8. R e m o v e the control a r m m o u n t i n g s e l f - l o c k i n g nut
k n u c k l e , D o not d i s c o n n e c t t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (A) a n d the w a s h e r f B).
connector,
N O T E : U s e a n e w self-locking nut d u r i n g
6 x 1.0 mm reassembly.
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)

12 x 1.25 mm
59 M-m
(6.0 kgf-m,
43 Ibf-ft)
6* R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e nut (A) w h i l e h o l d i n g the joint Replace.
pin fB> w i t h a h e x w r e n c h ( C ) , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e
stabilizer link CD) f r o m the k n u c k l e , a n d r e m o v e the 9. R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m m o u n t i n g bolt (A), a n d t h e
brake h o s e bracket I E ) , l o w e r a r m B m o u n t i n g bolt (B), t h e n r e m o v e the
knuckle (Ch
N O T E : U s e the n e w f l a n g e nut d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
N O T E : U s e n e w m o u n t i n g bolts d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y ,

/« 12 x 1,25 m m
84 U*m C8.5 kgf-m, 47 Ibf-ft)
c
Replace. ,

x 1.25 mm
12 x 1,25 mm
(4.5 kgf-m, 59 U-m
33 ibf-ft) C6.0 kgf-m,
Replace. 43 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

1 2 x 1 . 2 5 mm
5 9 N-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

7. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g bolt (F).

N O T E : U s e t h e n e w m o u n t i n g bolt during
reassembly,

(confd)

18-41
Rear Suspension
Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Upper Arm Replacement
Replacement (cont'd)
Special Tools Required
Ball joint r e m o v e r , 32 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 1 G 2
10. Install the knuckle In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e Items: 1. R a i s e t h e rear of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with
s a f e t y s t a n d s In t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
* First Install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly 1-11). .
tighten the bolts a n d the n u t s , t h e n r a i s e the
s u s p e n s i o n to l o a d it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t 2. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l .
before fully tightening to the s p e c i f i e d torque
values. 3. R e m o v e t h e rear d a m p e r / s p r i n g f s e e p a g e 18-49).
* B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
connecting the knuckle. 4. R e l e a s e the parking brake l e v e r fully.
* B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g the ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the t a p e r e d portion of the 5. L o o s e n the parking brake c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut
ball joint pin, t h e ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , a n d (see p a g e 19-8),
the t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of
the c a s t l e n u t 6. R e m o v e t h e flange bolt (A) f r o m the a r m IB). T h e n
* T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to t h e l o w e r t o r q u e d i s c o n n e c t t h e parking brake c a b l e f r o m the lever
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e n tighten it o n l y far e n o u g h to (C).
align t h e slot w i t h t h e ball joint pin hole. Do not
align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g it.
* B e f o r e Installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s o n the brake d i s c a n d the Inside-of the
wheel.

11. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t It If
n e c e s s a r y { s e e p a g e 18-5),

18-42
7, R e m o v e t h e brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g b o l t s 8. R e m o v e t h e lock pin (A) f r o m the u p p e r a r m ball
fA), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (B) f r o m the j o i n t t h e n r e m o v e the c a s t l e nut (B).
k n u c k l e . T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y or t h e brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of N O T E : D u r i n g Installation, install the lock pin a s
w i r e to h a n g t h e c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the s h o w n after tightening the c a s t l e n e w n u t
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the b r a k e h o s e
excessively.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e w a s h e r s CO position o n
r e a s s e m b l y , if t h e y a r e r e m o v e d ( s e e s t e p 8 o n
p a g e 18-33).

(7.0—8.0 kgf-m, A
5 1 - 5 8 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

9. D i s c o n n e c t the upper a r m ball joint f r o m the

knuckle u s i n g the ball joint r e m o v e r ( s e e p a g e
18-1 I K

NOTE:
* B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
Installing the r e m o v e r .
* D u r i n g installation, to c o n n e c t t h e ball joint,
p o s i t i o n a floor jack u n d e r t h e c o n n e c t i n g point
of t h e knuckle a n d l o w e r a r m A , a n d r a i s e the
s u s p e n s i o n with the jack.

(confd)

18-43
Rear-Suspension
Upper Arm Replacement (cont'd)

10. R e m o v e the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r h a r n e s s bracket 12. Install t h e u p p e r a r m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of

(A). r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s ;

* First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly

tighten the bolts a n d the n u t s , t h e n r a i s e the
s u s p e n s i o n to load it w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
before fully tightening to the s p e c i f i e d torque
values.
• B e careful not to d a m a g e t h e ball joint boot w h e n
c o n n e c t i n g the knuckle.
• Before c o n n e c t i n g the ball joint, d e g r e a s e the
t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the t a p e r e d portion of the
ball joint pin, the ball joint c o n n e c t i n g h o l e , and.
the t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n a n d the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of
the c a s t l e n u t
* T o r q u e the c a s t l e nut to the l o w e r t o r q u e
s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e n tighten it o n l y far e n o u g h to
align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not
11. R e m o v e the upper a r m m o u n t i n g bolts (A), then align the c a s t l e nut by l o o s e n i n g it,
r e m o v e the u p p e r a r m (B). * After installing t h e brake c a l i p e r , m a k e s u r e the
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n l o w e r a r m B a n d t h e parking
N O T E : U s e n e w m o u n t i n g bolts d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y . brake c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 m m (3/16 in.).
• B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s on the brake d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e
wheel.

13. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 18-5).

A
1 2 x 1.25 mm
59 N-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 ibf-ft!
Replace.

18-44
Lower Arm A Replacement Control Arm Replacement
1. R a i s e t h e rear of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h 1. R a i s e the rear of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with
s a f e t y s t a n d s in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e s a f e t y s t a n d s In the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11). 1-11).

2 . R e m o v e the r e a r w h e e l , 2. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l .

3, R e m o v e t h e parking b r a k e c a b l e m o u n t i n g bolt (B). 3* R e m o v e t h e control a r m m o u n t i n g s e l f - l o c k i n g nut

fA) a n d t h e w a s h e r IB) f r o m t h e k n u c k l e s i d e .
/ 12 x 1.25 mm
/ mum N O T E : U s e a n e w self-locking nut d u r i n g
> 16.0 kgf-m, 43 Ibf.ft)
Replace reassembly.

C A y

Replace. / 12x1.25 m m
v / CO M.m

Replace,

4, R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m A m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e n
remove lower arm A.

N O T E : U s e n e w m o u n t i n g bolts d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
Replace.

5, Install l o w e r a r m A In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s : 4. M a r k the c a m p o s i t i o n s of the a d j u s t i n g bolt ( Q a n d
t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate CD) with t h e f r a m e ,
* First install all of t h e c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
tighten t h e bolts, t h e n r a i s e t h e s u s p e n s i o n to 5, R e m o v e t h e self-Socking nut (E) w h i l e h o l d i n g the
l o a d It with t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t before fully a d j u s t i n g bolt, t h e n r e m o v e t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate,
tightening to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s * t h e a d j u s t i n g bolt, a n d the control a r m IF),
* B e f o r e installing t h e w h e e l , c l e a n t h e m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s o n t h e brake d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of the N O T E : U s e a n e w a d j u s t i n g bolt a n d a n e w self-
wheel l o c k i n g nut d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .

6, C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5),

(confd)

18-45
Bear Suspension
Control Arm Replacement (cont'd) Lower Arm B Replacement
6. Install t h e control a r m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of 1. R a i s e the rear of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems: s a f e t y s t a n d s in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).
• First install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly
tighten the bolts a n d t h e n u t s , t h e n r a i s e t h e 2. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l .
s u s p e n s i o n to load it with t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t
before fully tightening to the s p e c i f i e d torque 3. R e m o v e the l o w e r a r m B m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e n
values. r e m o v e l o w e r a r m B.
• Position the e x t e n d e d s u r f a c e s of the c a m on t h e
a d j u s t i n g bolt a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate f a c i n g N O T E : U s e n e w m o u n t i n g bolts d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
down.
• A l i g n the c a m p o s i t i o n s of the a d j u s t i n g bolt a n d
t h e a d j u s t i n g c a m plate w i t h the m a r k e d
p o s i t i o n s on t h e f r a m e w h e n tightening the self-
locking n u t
• B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s on the b r a k e d i s c a n d the i n s i d e of the
wheel.

7. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

59 M-m (6.0 kgf-m, 43 ibfft)

Replace.

4. Install l o w e r a r m B In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* First Install all of the c o m p o n e n t s , a n d lightly

tighten the bolts, t h e n r a i s e the s u s p e n s i o n to
load It with the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t before fully
tightening to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .
* M a k e s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n l o w e r a r m B
a n d the parking brake c a b l e Is m o r e t h a n 5 m m
(3/16 In.).
'• B e f o r e Installing t h e w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s o n t h e b r a k e d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e
wheel.

5. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

18-46
 •
Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation
1. R a i s e t h e r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It with 8. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of t h e - b r a k e d i s c - a n d the
s a f e t y s t a n d s in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear w h e e l
1-11).
7. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e .
2 . R e m o v e the r e a r w h e e l
8. After 5 m i n u t e s of d r i v i n g , tighten t h e s e l f - l o c k i n g
3. R e m o v e the flange nut (A) a n d t h e self-locking nut nut a g a i n to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .
{8) w h i l e h o l d i n g the r e s p e c t i v e j o i n t pin (C) w i t h a
hex w r e n c h {D), t h e n r e m o v e the stabilizer link I E ) .

4, Install t h e stabilizer link o n the stabilizer b a r IF) a n d

the knuckle a d d i n g in the brake h o s e bracket (G)
w i t h the joint p i n s s e t at t h e c e n t e r of their r a n g e of
movement.

MOTE:
* T h e stabilizer link h a s a paint m a r k CHh T h e paint
m a r k i n d i c a t e s t h e difference b e t w e e n the left
a n d right stabilizer links.
* Install the e n d of t h e stabilizer link w i t h the paint
m a r k in t h e u p p e r p o s i t i o n .

5. Install t h e f l a n g e nut a n d the n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t

a n d tighten t h e m to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s
w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e r e s p e c t i v e joint pin with a h e x
wrench.

18-47
Rear Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement

1. R a i s e the rear of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h 5. Install the stabilizer bar in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e I t e m s :
1-11).
* Note the right a n d left direction of the stabilizer
2. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l s . bar.
* Note the direction of installation for the b u s h i n g .
9
3. D i s c o n n e c t both stabilizer links f r o m the stabilizer R e f e r to the stabilizer link r e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n to
bar ( s e e p a g e 18-47). c o n n e c t the stabilizer b a r to the links ( s e e p a g e
18-47).
4. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (A) a n d the b u s h i n g * B e f o r e installing the w h e e l , c l e a n the m a t i n g
h o l d e r s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the b u s h i n g s (C) a n d the s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e
stabilizer bar (D), wheel.

N O T E : During installation, align the paint m a r k s (E) 6. C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it If

on the stabilizer bar w i t h the s i d e of the b u s h i n g s . n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

18-48
Damper/Spring Removal and Installation
Removal 4, R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A) f r o m t h e
top of the d a m p e r .
1. R a i s e the r e a r of t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
Ml).

2. R e m o v e t h e r e a r w h e e l ,

3. F o l d d o w n t h e rear s e a t - b a c k , t h e n r e m o v e the lid

(A).

N O T E : F o r 4-door, lift up the t a b (B) i n s i d e

u n d e r n e a t h t h e lid first u s i n g a flat-tipped
screwdriver, then release the hooks.

4~door

5. R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e nut (A) w h i l e h o l d i n g the joint

pin (B) with a h e x w r e n c h (C), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the
stabilizer link (D) f r o m the k n u c k l e , a n d r e m o v e the
brake h o s e bracket (E).

N O T E : U s e a n e w f l a n g e nut d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .

6, R e m o v e the d a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g bolt (F).

N O T E : U s e t h e n e w m o u n t i n g bolt d u r i n g
reassembly.

(confd)

18-49
Rear Suspension
Damper/Spring Removal arid installation (cont'd!
7. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A) by l o w e r i n g the rear installation
suspension.
1. L o w e r t h e rear s u s p e n s i o n , a n d position t h e
N O T E : Be careful not to d a m a g e the body. d a m p e r / s p r i n g (A) In the b o d y w i t h the w e l d e d nut
(B) on the bottom of t h e d a m p e r f a c i n g f o r w a r d .

NOTE:
• B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e t h e b o d y .
* M a k e s u r e the d a m p e r is installed in t h e c o r r e c t
direction.

FRONT

2. L o o s e l y Install the n e w d a m p e r m o u n t i n g nuts (A)

to t h e top of the d a m p e r .

10 x 1.25 mm
55 N-m
(5.6 kgf-m,
41 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

18-50
 1
3 . L o o s e l y Install t h e n e w c l a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g 7. Install the lid (Ah a n d s e t the r e a r s e a t - b a c k to the
bolt | A | o n the bottom of t h e d a m p e r , C o n n e c t t h e original p o s i t i o n .
s t a b i l i z e r link IB) to the brake h o s e bracket (C) to t h e
knuckle, a n d l o o s e l y install t h e n e w f l a n g e nut (D).

4, P l a c e a floor j a c k u n d e r t h e c o n n e c t i n g point of t h e
knuckle and lower a r m A, and raise the suspension
to l o a d w i t h the v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t .

5. Tighten the d a m p e r l o w e r m o u n t i n g bolt a n d t h e

f l a n g e nut w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e joint pin I E } w i t h t h e
h e x w r e n c h {F) to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e s .

8. Tighten: the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g n u t s o n top of t h e

damper to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e v a l u e .

8. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s of the brake d i s c a n d t h e
i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install the r e a r w h e e l ,

9, C h e c k the w h e e l a l i g n m e n t a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

18-51
Bear Suspension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

Exploded View
SELF-LOCKING NUT
1© x 1.25.mm
29 N-m (3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft)
Replace.

DAMPER MOUNTING WASHER

Check for deformation.

DAMPER MOUNTING BUSHING

Check for weakness
and damage.

DAMPER MOUNTING COLLAR

DAMPER MOUNTING B A S E
Check for deformation.

DAMPER MOUNTING BUSHING

Check for weakness
and damage.
DAMPER SPRING
Check for damage, SPRING MOUNTING
CUSHION
Check for deterioration
and damage.

Check for oil leaks, gas leaks,

and smooth operation.

18-52
N O T E : W h e n c o m p r e s s i n g the d a m p e r spring, u s e a Inspection
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e strut s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r
( B r a n l c k M S T - 5 8 0 A o r M o d e l 7 2 0 0 , or e q u i v a l e n t ) 1. R e a s s e m b l e all p a r t s , e x c e p t for t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g ,
a c c o r d i n g to t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t r u c t i o n s ,
2. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r a s s e m b l y b y h a n d , a n d
Disassembly c h e c k for s m o o t h o p e r a t i o n t h r o u g h a full s t r o k e ,
both c o m p r e s s i o n a n d e x t e n s i o n . T h e d a m p e r
1. C o m p r e s s t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g , t h e n r e m o v e t h e self- should extend smoothly and constantly w h e n
locking out {A} w h i l e holding t h e d a m p e r s h a f t w i t h c o m p r e s s i o n is r e l e a s e d . If it d o e s not, t h e g a s is
a h e x w r e n c h ( B l . D o not c o m p r e s s the d a m p e r leaking a n d the d a m p e r s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d .
s p r i n g m o r e t h a n n e c e s s a r y to r e m o v e t h e self-
locking o u t

2 . R e l e a s e t h e p r e s s u r e from t h e strut s p r i n g 3. C h e c k for oil l e a k s , a b n o r m a l n o i s e s , a n d b i n d i n g

c o m p r e s s o r then d i s a s s e m b l e the d a m p e r a s during these tests.
s h o w n in the E x p l o d e d V i e w ,

(confd)

18-53
Rear-Siispension
Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly fcont'd)

Reassembly 5. A l i g n the a n g l e of t h e s t u d (A) o n t h e d a m p e r

m o u n t i n g b a s e (B) w i t h t h e w e l d e d nut (C) on t h e
1. Install the s p r i n g m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (A) o n t h e bottom of t h e d a m p e r unit a s s h o w n .
d a m p e r m o u n t i n g b a s e (B) by a l i g n i n g t h e t a b s (C)
Left Flight
a n d n o t c h e s (D).
FRONT FRONT

C
8°±3 €
8°±3

6. Install the d a m p e r m o u n t i n g w a s h e r (A), a n d

2. Install all the parts e x c e p t t h e d a m p e r mounting l o o s e l y install t h e n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g nut (B).
w a s h e r a n d the s e l f - l o c k i n g nut onto t h e d a m p e r
unit b y referring to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w .

3. C o m p r e s s the d a m p e r spring- u s i n g a strut s p r i n g

c o m p r e s s o r . D o not c o m p r e s s t h e s p r i n g
• excessively.

4. A l i g n t h e l o w e r e n d (A) of t h e d a m p e r s p r i n g w i t h
t h e s t e p p e d part (B) of t h e d u s t c o v e r l o w e r m o u n t
a n d the l o w e r s p r i n g s e a t o n t h e d a m p e r unit.

10 x 1.25 m m
29 N-m(3.0 kgf-m 22 Ibf-ftl
y

Replace.

7. Hold t h e d a m p e r shaft w i t h a h e x w r e n c h (C), a n d

tighten t h e self-locking nut to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
value.

8. R e m o v e the d a m p e r / s p r i n g f r o m t h e strut s p r i n g
compressor.

18-54
Suspension

Front and Rear Suspension ............ 18-2

Front Suspension ................... . 18-13
Rear Suspension 18-38
TPMS fTire Pressure Monitoring System)
Component Location index * ..... 18-56
General Troubleshooting Information ..... 18-57
Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID ........... 18-60
Tire Pressure Sensor Location ........... ....... 18-61
DTC Troubleshooting Index .... ..... — ..... 18-63
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............. 18-64
System Description ...... .. ............. ... 18-65
Circuit Diagram ...................... . 18-69
DTC Troubleshooting ........ ...... 18-71
Symptom Troubleshooting ....... 18-79
T P M S Control Unit Replacement - 18-83
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement .......... 18-84
TPMS
Component Location Index

TIRE POSITION No. 1

18-56
General Troubleshooting Information
System Indicator DTC 11,13,15,17

T h e T P M S (tire p r e s s u r e m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m ) h a s t h e If the s y s t e m d e t e c t s l o w p r e s s u r e in a n y of t h e four

l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator a n d the T P M S indicator. t i r e s , the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s o n , a n d the
control unit s e t s o n e or m o r e of t h e s e c o d e s : D T C 11,
1 3 , 1 5 , 1 7 . W h e n the tire p r e s s u r e returns to n o r m a l ,
a n d t h e T P M S control unit r e c e i v e s the n o r m a l p r e s s u r e
s i g n a l f r o m t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , the control unit
t u r n s off the i n d i c a t o r s .
H o w e v e r TPIV1S control unit still r e t a i n s the D T C ( s ) .

N O T E : It is n e c e s s a r y to test-drive the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h
(45 k m / h ) or m o r e for at least 1 m i n u t e s o that tire
pressure s e n s o r transmits the signal.

Pressure Changing by Temperature

T i r e p r e s s u r e s i n c r e a s e slightly a s t h e t e m p e r a t u r e in
the t i r e s r i s e s d u r i n g d r i v i n g ,
P r e s s u r e s c a n a l s o i n c r e a s e or d e c r e a s e slightly with
c h a n g e s in o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e .
A t e m p e r a t u r e c h a n g e of a b o u t 18 °F (10 °C) c h a n g e s
2
tire p r e s s u r e by a b o u t 10 kPa (0.1 k g f / c m , 1 . 5 psi), Sf the *
t o w Tire Pressure TPMS Indicator
Indicator
t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s , tire p r e s s u r e c o u l d d e c r e a s e j u s t
e n o u g h to turn o n the low tire p r e s s u r e indicator, but
The Low Tire Pressure Indicator later, the tire t e m p e r a t u r e c o u l d i n c r e a s e e n o u g h to
turn t h e indicator off. T o r e s o l v e a c o m p l a i n t of s u c h
* If the s y s t e m d e t e c t s l o w p r e s s u r e In a n y of t h e four intermittent i n d i c a t i o n s , confirm- a n d c l e a r t h e s t o r e d
tires, the low tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s o n . D T C ( s ) a n d c h e c k the.tire p r e s s u r e s . T h e n e x p l a i n to the
* W h e n t h i s h a p p e n s , inflate the air a n d test-drive the c u s t o m e r h o w t e m p e r a t u r e c h a n g e s c a n affect the
v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e for at l e a s t 1 system.
m i n u t e , a n d the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator will g o off,
* If t h e control unit d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m In the s y s t e m Kf/cro'. kPa)
d u r i n g a n indication of l o w tire p r e s s u r e , it t u r n s off
the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator, s t o r e s the D T C ( s ) , a n d
t u r n s o n t h e T P M S indicator.

The TPMS Indicator

* If a p r o b l e m is d e t e c t e d in the s y s t e m , the T P M S
indicator c o m e s o n .
* If l o w tire p r e s s u r e a n d a p r o b l e m in t h e s y s t e m a r e
d e t e c t e d , o n l y the T P M S indicator c o m e s o n .

If t h e s y s t e m is O K , t h e T P M S i n d i c a t o r a n d the l o w tire
p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o m e o n w h e n y o u turn the
ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),. a n d t h e n g o off 2 s e c o n d s
11.4,140$
later. If t h e y d o n ' t t h e r e is a p r o b l e m with t h e s y s t e m .

—w o ats w m C
-4 32 68 104 1*0 f

(confd)

18-57
TPMS

Genera! Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

Problems That Are Mot System Faylts How t© Troubleshoot DTCs

* Tire S e a l a n t D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e s a s s u m e the c a u s e of
Fluid s e a l a n t u s e d to repair a p u n c t u r e d tire c a n the p r o b l e m is still p r e s e n t a n d the T P M S indicator is
d a m a g e t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r m o u n t e d o n e a c h still o n . Do not u s e a t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e u n l e s s
w h e e l . It c a n p r e v e n t the s y s t e m f r o m detecting the the s y s t e m h a s s e t the D T C listed for it.
c o r r e c t tire p r e s s u r e , w h i c h s e t s a D T C 1 1 , 1 3 , 15, or
17 e v e n t h o u g h the s y s t e m is n o r m a l . N O T E : F o r D T C s 11, 13, 15, a n d 17 (tire l o w tire
* Cold Weather p r e s s u r e ) , t h e T P M S indicator c o m e s o n o n l y if the
W h e n t h e w e a t h e r is e x t r e m e l y c o l d , about —40 °F D T C s a r e c a u s e d by a s y s t e m p r o b l e m rather t h a n l o w
(—40 °C) or c o l d e r , the output of t h e lithium battery in tire p r e s s u r e .
e a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r m a y d r o p far e n o u g h that
the control unit s e t s a D T C for Sow battery v o l t a g e (31, 1. A s k t h e c u s t o m e r to d e s c r i b e the c o n d i t i o n s w h e n
3 3 , 3 5 , or 37) e v e n t h o u g h the s y s t e m is n o r m a l . the indicator c a m e o n , a n d try to r e p r o d u c e the
* N o n - T P M S W h e e l s (Including S p a r e T i r e ) s a m e c o n d i t i o n s for t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . F i n d out if the
Vehicles equipped with T P M S must use w h e e l s made c u s t o m e r c h e c k e d a n d / o r a d j u s t e d tire p r e s s u r e s
for the s y s t e m . E v e r y T P M S w h e e l h a s a n e x c l u s i v e s i n c e the indicator c a m e o n .
m a r k ; do- not u s e a n y other t y p e of w h e e l .
W h e n a flat tire is r e p l a c e d w i t h the s p a r e tire, t h e 2. If a n indicator d o e s not c o m e o n d u r i n g the test-
T P M S indicator c o m e s o n ( D T C 3 2 , 3 4 , 36, or 38) d r i v e , c h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s , p o o r c o n t a c t d u e
b e c a u s e t h e s y s t e m is no l o n g e r r e c e i v i n g the s i g n a l to d a m a g e d t e r m i n a l s , etc. before y o u start
f r o m the flat tire's transmitter. troubleshooting.
T h i s is not a p r o b l e m w i t h the s p a r e tire.
3. After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , repair a n d c l e a r the D T C s ,
How a Diagnostic Trouble Code {DTC) Is Set a n d test-drive the v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e no i n d i c a t o r s
c o m e on.
* W h e n the s y s t e m d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m , the T P M S
control-unit s e t s a c o d e , but shifts to fail-safe m o d e , 4. C h e c k for D T C s f r o m other control units that a r e
a n d d o e s not alert t h e d r i v e r to low-tire p r e s s u r e s . c o n n e c t e d v i a F - C A N . If t h e r e a r e D T C s that a r e
* If the T P M S control unit l o s e s p o w e r , or fails, the related to F - C A N , the m o s t likely c a u s e w a s that the
T P M S indicator c o m e s o n , but no D T C a r e set. ignition s w i t c h w a s t u r n e d to O N (IS) w i t h the T P M S
* T h e m e m o r y c a n hold all the D T C s that c o u l d control unit c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t e d . C l e a r the
p o s s i b l y be s e t . H o w e v e r , w h e n the s a m e D T C is D T C s . C h e c k for P G M - F I a n d T P M S c o d e s , a n d
d e t e c t e d m o r e t h a n o n c e , the m o s t recent o n e ' t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e first.
o v e r w r i t e s the p r e v i o u s o n e , s o o n l y the latest D T C of
e a c h t y p e is s t o r e d .
* D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d in a s c e n d i n g o r d e r , not in the
order they occurred.
* S e t D T C s a r e s t o r e d in the E E P R O M (nonvolatile
m e m o r y ) , t h e y c a n n o t be c l e a r e d by d i s c o n n e c t i n g
the battery. T o c l e a r a D T C , c o n n e c t t h e H D S (Honda
D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ) to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ,
a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .

18-58
 1
Mom to Retrieve DTCs How to Clear DTCs

1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K 10), c o n n e c t t h e 1. W i t h t h e ignition- s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t t h e

H D S { H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ) to t h e d a t a link H D S to the d a t a Sink c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) located
c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) fA ) located under the d r i v e r ' s s i d e u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
of the d a s h b o a r d .

A
A
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
2, T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to OH (ill
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
2, M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e a n d the T P M S control unit. If it d o e s n ' t ,
a n d t h e T P M S control u n i t If it d o e s n ' t , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-132).
4. C l e a r the D T G ( s ) by f o l l o w i n g t h e s c r e e n p r o m p t s
4, F o l l o w t h e p r o m p t s o n the H D S to d i s p l a y the o n the H D S .
D T C f s ) o n t h e s c r e e n . After d e t e r m i n i n g the D T C ,
refer to t h e D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , N O T E : S e e t h e H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c
instructions.
N O T E : S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c
Instructions. 5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

5, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

18-59
TPMS
Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID

Special Tools Required 5. F o l l o w H D S s c r e e n p r o m p t s to turn on t h e T P M S

T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool A K S 0 6 2 0 0 0 6 s e n s o r initializer tool (A). V e r i f y that the p o w e r
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment s w i t c h (B) is in t h e " L o w " p o s i t i o n .
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
N O T E : If the p o w e r s w i t c h is in the " H i g h " position,
All four tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r IDs m u s t be m e m o r i z e d to m o r e t h a n o n e s e n s o r or s e n s o r s on other v e h i c l e s
the T P M S control unit w h e n e v e r y o u do a n y of t h e s e m a y be a c t i v a t e d . M a k e s u r e the p o w e r s w i t c h is in
actions: the " L o w " position.

• R e p l a c e the T P M S control unit.

• R e p l a c e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ,
• S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d w h e e l w i t h tire p r e s s u r e
sensor.

NOTE:
• T o e n s u r e the control unit m e m o r i z e s the c o r r e c t ID,
t h e v e h i c l e with the n e w s e n s o r m u s t be at l e a s t 10 ft
(3 m ) a w a y f r o m other v e h i c l e s that h a v e tire
pressure sensors.
• W h e n d o i n g a tire rotation, m e m o r i z i n g the s e n s o r s
in not n e e d e d .

1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the

A
HDS .to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) located AKSO62O0O6
u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
Hold the T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool n e a r o n e
w h e e l , m e m o r i z e the p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID by
following the s c r e e n prompts on the H D S .

NOTE:
* If y o u turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) before
m e m o r i z i n g all four s e n s o r I D s , the m e m o r i z i n g
ID is c a n c e l e d .
* If m o r e t h a n o n e s e n s o r ID is d i s p l a y e d on t h e
H D S , verify that t h e p o w e r s w i t c h is in the
" L O W " p o s i t i o n , the v e h i c l e h a s not b e e n d r i v e n
for 5 m i n u t e s , a n d t h e r e a r e no other v e h i c l e s
w i t h i n 10 ft (3 m ) .
* S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c i n s t r u c t i o n s .

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e

a n d the T P M S control unit. If it d o e s n ' t
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).

AKS©62©0©6
4. S e l e c t S e n s o r ID L e a r n i n g f r o m t h e m o d e m e n u on
the H D S .

18-60
 Tire Pressure Sensor Location
7 . R e p e a t s t e p 8 for e a c h w h e e l until all four s e n s o r Special Tools Required
IDs a r e m e m o r i z e d , W h e n all f o u r IDs a r e T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool A K S 0 6 2 0 0 0 6
m e m o r i z e d , t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator blinks, A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
8. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
NOTE:
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m t h e D L C , * T h i s p r o c e d u r e l o c a t e s w h e r e the tire p r e s s u r e
s e n s o r s 1, 2 , 3 , 4 a r e m o u n t e d , w h e n a c t i v a t e d by the
10. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool.
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e , * Position t h e v e h i c l e at least 10 ft (3 m) a w a y f r o m
other v e h i c l e s that h a v e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .
11. Make s u r e t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator d o e s not
blink. 1, W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the
H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) located
1 2 . M a k e s u r e t h e tires a r e inflated to the s p e c i f i e d tire u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
p r e s s u r e fisted o n t h e d o o r j a m b sticker.

2, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N f i l l

3, M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
a n d t h e T P M S control u n i t If it d o e s n ' t ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit f s e e p a g e 11-192).

4, S e l e c t F u n c t i o n T e s t f r o m the m o d e m e n u , t h e n
s e l e c t S e n s o r Position C h e c k o n t h e H D S .

(confd)

18-61
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Location (cont'd)

5. F o l l o w H D S s c r e e n p r o m p t s to turn on the T P M S 6. F o l l o w the p r o m p t s o n the H D S to activate the tire

s e n s o r initializer too! (A). Verify that the p o w e r p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s u s i n g the T P M S s e n s o r initializer
s w i t c h (B) is in t h e " L o w " p o s i t i o n . tool. Start with t h e left-front (LF) w h e e l .

N O T E : If t h e p o w e r s w i t c h is in t h e " H i g h " p o s i t i o n , NOTE:

m o r e t h a n o n e s e n s o r or s e n s o r s o n other v e h i c l e s * S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c i n s t r u c t i o n s .
m a y be a c t i v a t e d . M a k e s u r e the p o w e r s w i t c h is in * Initialize the w h e e l in the s e q u e n c e s h o w n .
the " L o w " position.

AKS0620006

A INITIALIZATION S E Q U E N C E :
AKS082000S

© Bight-front (RF) CD R i g h t - r e a r ( R R )

® Left-rear.(LR)
(D L e f t - f r o n t ( L F )

7. C h e c k the H D S s c r e e n , a n d note the a c t i v e s e n s o r

reception o r d e r of tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 1, 2, 3, 4.

NOTE:
* If the s e n s o r d o e s not r e s p o n d to the T P M S
s e n s o r initializer t o o l , m a k e s u r e the tool w a s
t u r n e d on properly. R e f e r to the H D S .
* If the tool start m o d e is O K , t h e n rotate the tire
1/4 turn a n d retry.
* If the s e n s o r still d o e s not r e s p o n d after o n e full
rotation of the tire, t h e n c h e c k for D T C 3 2 , 34, 3 6 ,
a n d 38 w i t h t h e H D S .

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

18-62
 1 ®* TPMS

DTC Troubleshooting Index

DTC Detection Item Troubleshooting
* ~ 11 Tire 1 L o w Air Pressure ( s e e p a g e .18-71)
13 Tire 2 L o w Air Pressure ( s e e p a g e 18-71)
15 JI re 3 L o w Ai r P r e s s u re ( s e e p a g e 18-71)
17 Tire 4 L o w Air Pressure (see p a g e 18-71)
21 Tire 1 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e (see p a g e 18-72)
22 Tire 2 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e (see p a g e 18-72)
23 Tire 3 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e (see. p a g e 18-72)
24 T i r e 4 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e (see p a g e 18-72)
31 T i r e 1 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r L o w Battery V o l t a g e ( s e e p a g e 18-73)
32 Tire 1 Pressure S e n s o r S i g n a l Failure (see p a g e 18-74) .
33 T i r e 2 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r L o w Battery V o l t a g e (see p a g e 18-73)
34 Tire 2 Pressure S e n s o r Signal Failure ( s e e p a g e 18-74)
35 T i r e 3 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r L o w Battery V o l t a g e ( s e e p a g e 18-73)
38 Tire 3 Pressure S e n s o r Signal Failure ( s e e p a g e 18-74)
37 T i r e 4 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r L o w Battery V o l t a g e ( s e e p a g e 18-73)
38 Tire 4 Pressure S e n s o r Signal Failure ( s e e p a g e 18-74)
41 Abnormal Signal Reception Error ( s e e p a g e 18-75)
51 Tire 1 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Registration Error ( s e e p a g e 18-75)
53 Tire 2 Pressure S e n s o r Registration Error ( s e e p a g e 18-75)
55 Tire 3 Pressure S e n s o r Registration Error ( s e e p a g e 18-75)
57 Tire 4 Pressure S e n s o r Registration Error (see page 18-75)
81 T P M S Control Unit F a i l u r e (see page 18-76)
83 Ho V S P S i g n a l (see page 18-77)
85 F-CAN Communication Failure (see page 18-77)
91 T i r e 1 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Internal E r r o r ( s e e p a g e 18-78)
93 Tire 2 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Internal E r r o r ( s e e p a g e 18-78)
85 T i r e 3 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Internal E r r o r ( s e e p a g e 18-78)
97 T i r e 4 P r e s s u r e S e n s o r Internal E r r o r ( s e e p a g e 18-78)

18-63
TPMS
Symptom Troubleshooting index

Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o e h e e k for

H D S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e with the T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e
T P M S control unit or t h e v e h i c l e 11-192)
L o w tire p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r d o e s not c o m e S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-79)
o n , a n d no D T C s a r e s t o r e d
L o w tire p r e s s u r e - i n d i c a t o r d o e s not g o off, S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-80)
and no D T C s are stored
T P M S indicator d o e s not c o m e o n , a n d no S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-81)
D T C s are stored
T P M S indicator d o e s not go off, a n d no S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 18-81)
D T C s are stored

18-64
 1
System Description

T P M S Control Unit inputs and O u t p u t s for 20P C o n n e c t o r

W i r e side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Terminal W i r e color Terminal sign Description Signal

number (Terminal name)
1 WHT CAN H (F-CAN F-CAN Ignition s w i t c h O N (If): p u l s e s
communication communication
s i g n a l high) circuit
4 BLK G N D (Ground) G r o u n d for t h e L e s s t h a n 0,1 V at all t i m e s
T P M S - c o n t r o l unit
7 LT BLU K - L I N E (Data link Communications
connector) with the H D S
8 BRN IG1 (Ignition Power source for Ignition s w i t c h O N (II): battery v o l t a g e
s w i t c h 1) activating t h e Ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0): l e s s t h a n 0.1 V
system
10 WHT +B (Battery P o w e r s o u r c e for Battery v o l t a g e at a 11 t i m e s
positive) the TPIV1S control
unit
11 BED C A N L (F-CAN F-CAN Ignition s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
communication communication
signal low) circuit

(confd)

18-65
TPMS
S y s t e m Description ( c o n t ' d )

System Structure
O n c e the v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) the T P M S control unit m o n i t o r s all four tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s a n d
r

the s y s t e m function. Sf it d e t e c t s l o w p r e s s u r e in a tire, it alerts the driver b y turning on the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator.
If it d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m in t h e s y s t e m , it t u r n s on the T P M S indicator.

C o n t r o l unit
M o u n t e d o v e r the a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e , t h e T P M S c o n t r o l unit r e c e i v e s w i r e l e s s p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID s i g n a l s e v e r y
t i m e t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d s e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) . It a l s o r e c e i v e s w i r e l e s s s i g n a l s f r o m the t r a n s m i t t e r s for tire
p r e s s u r e a n d the s e n s o r c o n d i t i o n , a n d it c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r s a n d c o n t r o l s the s y s t e m . T h e T P M S control unit
c a n n o t directly d e t e r m i n e the position (location) of a tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) on the v e h i c l e s i n c e it is a w i r e l e s s s y s t e m .
T h e T P M S control unit a s s u m e s a s e n s o r is in the s a m e location on the v e h i c l e a s it w a s w h e n it w a s last m e m o r i z e d .
T P M S s e n s o r l o c a t i o n s will c h a n g e d u r i n g s c h e d u l e d v e h i c l e m a i n t e n a n c e (tire rotation).

N O T E : T o d e t e r m i n e the a c t u a l location of e a c h T P M S w h e e l s e n s o r on the v e h i c l e , do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r

location p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 18-61). O n c e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r l o c a t i o n s a r e i d e n t i f i e d / w r i t e the s e n s o r ID on t h e
s i d e w a l l of the tire with a tire c r a y o n to e l i m i n a t e c o n f u s i o n .

indicators
T w o i n d i c a t o r s a r e in the g a u g e control m o d u l e : T h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s on w h e n a n y tire p r e s s u r e i s
low, a n d the T P M S indicator that c o m e s on o n l y if t h e r e ' s a p r o b l e m with t h e s y s t e m .
T h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator alerts the d r i v e r that a tire(s) p r e s s u r e is low, but d o e s not s p e c i f y the tire(s) location.

Tire Position No. 1 Vehicle Tire Position No. 4

Gauge Control Module

Tire Pressure Sensor Indicators (LED) Tire Pressure Sensor

(sensor-transmitter fsensor-transsnltter
with acceleration sensor) with acceleration sensor)

Communication
via F-CAW
Wheel Wheel
(TPMS type! Control Unit (TPMS type)
(with radio
freqyenev

Tire Position No. 2 T Tire Position No. 3

m m

Tire Pressure Sensor Tire Pressure Sensor

(sensor-transmitter (sensor-transmitter
with acceleration sensor) with acceleration sensor)

Wheel Wheel
{TPMS t y p e ) CTPtVIStype)

18-66
 1
Tire pressure sensor
E a c h s e n s o r is a n integrated unit m a d e u p of t h e tire v a l v e s t e m , a p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , a n d a transmitter. T h e unit is
a t t a c h e d t o the i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , a r o u n d t h e v a l v e s t e m . T h e s e n s o r t r a n s m i t s t h e internal tire information to t h e
c o n t r o l unit o n c e e v e r y 80 s e c o n d s w h e n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) . W h e n t h e T P M S control unit
r e c e i v e s a tire p r e s s u r e s i g n a l that i s l e s s t h a n 188 kPa (1.7 k g f / c m , 2 4 psi) w i t h 16 inch w h e e l s , o r 175 kPa (1.8 k g f / c m ,
2 2

2 5 psi) w i t h 17 i n c h w h e e l s , t h e T P M S control unit t h e n t u r n s o n t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator, W h e n that t i r e ' s

2 2
p r e s s u r e i s i n c r e a s e d to m o r e t h a n 190 kPa (1.9 k g f / e m , 28 psi) with 16 i n c h w h e e l s , o r 200 kPa (2,0 k g f / c m , 2 9 psi)
w i t h 17 i n c h w h e e l s , a n d t h e v e h i c l e i s d r i v e n a b o v e 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) t h e t r a n s m i t t e r s e n d s t h e tire p r e s s u r e s i g n a l to
the control u n i t a n d t h e n t h e control unit t u r n s t h e indicator off,
1

N O T E : D o not m i x t h e T P M S tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s or w h e e l s w i t h other T P M S t y p e s . B e s u r e to u s e t h e c o r r e c t t y p e

s e n s o r s a n d w h e e l s for this s y s t e m .
S e n s o r are active:

* W h e n t h e w h e e l rotates o v e r 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) the s e n s o r d e t e c t s t h e m o m e n t u m , a n d s w i t c h e s t h e s e n s o r to t h e

normal function m o d e .
* T h e L F ( l o w f r e q u e n c y ! s i g n a l o f t h e T P M S initializer tool m a k e s t h e s e n s o r a c t i v e e v e n t h o u g h t h e v e h i c l e is s t o p p e d .
T h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r g o e s into s l e e p m o d e w h e n the a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r detects the w h e e l is s t a t i o n a r y for
5 m i n u t e s or m o r e .

Wheels
T h e T P M S w i l l not w o r k u n l e s s T P M S t y p e w h e e l s a r e installed o n t h e v e h i c l e . T h e r e a r e s i x different t y p e of w h e e l s
used,
* A l u m i n u m w h e e l t y p e : T h e original e q u i p m e n t w h e e l s h a v e a " T P M S " , ' T A C T , o r " T E O " m a r k (A) o n t h e m . T h e
w h e e l s a l s o h a v e c o u n t e r w e i g h t s I B ) i n c o r p o r a t e d o n t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e of t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (C), to
counterbalance the w e i g h t of t h e s e n s o r .
* S t e e l w h e e l t y p e : T h e original e q u i p m e n t w h e e l s h a v e a " T P M S " m a r k (A) o n t h e m , a n d a c o u n t e r w e i g h t (B)
b a l a n c e s t h e w e i g h t of t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (C) b y a size difference in t h e w h e e l d i s c h o l e s .

Aluminum wheels

(cont'd)

18-67
TPMS

System Description (cont'd)

System Communication

* W h e n the v e h i c l e is t r a v e l i n g m o r e t h a n 28 m p h (45 km/h), a n R F (radio f r e q u e n c y ) b a n d w a v e s i g n a l is t r a n s m i t t e d

f r o m e a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r to the control unit.
* W h e n the w h e e l s rotate, t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s m o m e n t u m is d e t e c t e d , s w i t c h i n g t h e m f r o m s l e e p m o d e to
n o r m a l function ( a w a k e ) m o d e . After the v e h i c l e is s t a t i o n a r y for 5 m i n u t e s , the s e n s o r s . s w i t c h f r o m n o r m a l
function m o d e back to s l e e p m o d e to e x t e n d their battery life,
* E a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r h a s its o w n ID to p r e v e n t j a m m i n g by s i m i l a r s y s t e m s on other v e h i c l e s . After m e m o r i z i n g
ail the s e n s o r IDs, t h e control unit r e c o g n i z e s o n l y t h o s e s p e c i f i c s i g n a l s .
* A n ID c a n n o t be m e m o r i z e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y . T h e control unit k n o w s w h i c h ID b e l o n g s to e a c h tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r .
T h i s r e c u r r i n g ID c o n f i r m a t i o n p r e v e n t s a n y c o n f u s i o n in the s y s t e m a s a result of n o r m a l tire rotation.

N O T E : B e careful not to b e n d the b r a c k e t s on t h e T P M S control unit. M i s a l i g n m e n t of the control unit c o u l d interfere

with s e n d i n g and receiving signals.

Control Unit Tire Pressure Sensor

(with an internal Radio Frequency Antenna) (Sensor-transmitter with acceleration sensor)

18-68
 1
Circuit Diagram

UNDEB-HQOD DRIVER'S U N D E R - D A S H
FUSE/RELAY B O X FUSE/RELAY B O X

N o , 29
173 A)
BLK/REO -

IGNITION S W I T C H
17.8 A)

SGI H O T I n O M f i l l a

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

POWER CIRCUIT

LOWTti T P M S CONTROL UM!T

INDICATOR

-WHT-
CANH
WMS INDICATOR
11

n INDICATOR
©RIVER
CIRCUIT

ECM/PCM VOLTAGE
REGULATOR

-RED «
D A T A LINK
C O N N E C T O R IDLCJ
- LT B L U **
K-L1ME

— BLK —

1 -*-:12V
-0:5V

(cont'd)

18-69
TPHS
Circuit Diagram {cont'd!

DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH

F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R N (16P)
F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R P (20P)
• n S I
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12
10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals

G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR

1 n
1 2 7 7 / 6 /
, 8 9 10, / 16

17 18 1 9 / / '22 I 21\ 24I 2E> 2i3 2 1 2 2> 2 9 3 0

R

/'32
Wire side of female terminals

T P M S C O N T R O L U N I T 20P - C O N N E C T O R

V77 10

11
/ / / / /\/ / / /
Wire side of female terminals

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R fDLC)

12 14

117X1X1X1151161/1181191201211 f
22 23
3 & >
26 27 28
29 30 32|X 3 4 3 5 36J/1X/ 7 Terminal side of female terminals

0 i l 421431441X146 L X I X I /

Terminal side of female terminals

18-70
 1
DTC Troubleshooting
D T C 11,13,15,17: Tire Low Air Pressure 5. Note t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r b y t h e
indicated D T C .
N O T E : if l o w tire p r e s s u r e is d e t e c t e d , t h e control unit
s e t s o n e o r m o r e of t h e s e D T C s a n d t u r n s o n t h e l o w
? DTC Tire Pressure S e n s o r Number
tire p r e s s u r e Indicator, if the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator 11 No. 1
c o m e s o n d u e to true l o w tire p r e s s u r e , a n d t h e 13 No. 2
c u s t o m e r c o r r e c t s it before bringing t h e v e h i c l e in, t h e 15 No. 3
D T C s w i l l h a v e been s t o r e d , but t h e indicator will b e off. - 17 No. 4

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 6. Do t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to

d e t e r m i n e t h e affected tire location a n d relate it to
2 . Make s u r e t h e t i r e s a r e inflated to t h e s p e c i f i e d tire the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61).
p r e s s u r e listed o n t h e d o o r j a m b sticker,
1. C h e c k t h e T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3 , o r T I R E 4 A I R
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 2 8 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e P R E S S U R E in t h e T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S ,
for at least 1 m i n u t e . a n d c o m p a r e it w i t h t h e actual m e a s u r e d tire
pressure.
Does the low ike pressure indicator go off?
is the -indicated tire pressure on the HDS within
2
Y E S — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for a n d 40 kPa (0.4 kgf/cm , 6 psi) of the actual tire
repair t h e c a u s e of air l o s s . • pressure?

W O — G o to s t e p 4, Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

4. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h the H D S . ISIO—Replace t h e appropriate tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r

fsee page 18-84KH

8. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .

9. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) o r m o r e
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e .

10. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC 11, 13, 15, or 17 indicated?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
18-83). •

N O — I f a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t
the a p p r o p r i a t e D T C . If no D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t h e
s y s t e m i s O K at this t i m e . •

18-71
TPMS
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 21,22.23,24: Tire Pressure Sensor 6. Do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r l o c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e to

Abnormally High Temperature d e t e r m i n e the affected tire location a n d relate it to
the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61).
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
7. C h e c k t h e T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3, or T I R E 4 A I R
2. M a k e s u r e the tires h a v e c o o l e d d o w n . T E M P E R A T U R E in the T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h the
HDS,
N O T E : A n a b n o r m a l rise in t h e internal t e m p e r a t u r e
of the tires c a n be c a u s e d by is 176 °F (80 °C) or more indicated?
* E x c e s s i v e braking
* F a i l u r e to r e l e a s e the p a r k i n g brake (rear t i r e s Y E S — R e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
only) (see p a g e 1 8 - 8 4 ) . B
* L e a v i n g the v e h i c l e r u n n i n g w h i l e p a r k e d (front
tires only) NO—Go to s t e p 8,
* I m p r o p e r a s s e m b l y of a w h e e l a n d tire
8. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e
for at least 1 m i n u t e . 9. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e
for at least 1 m i n u t e .
Does the TPMS indicator go off?
10. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r the D T C
w i t h the H D S . • Is DTC 21,22,23, or 24 indicated?

W O — G o to step 4, Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor

c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
(see p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . •
5 . Note the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by the
indicated D T C . MO—If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t
t h e a p p r o p r i a t e D T C . If no D T C a r e i n d i c a t e d , the
DTC Tire Pressure S e n s o r Number s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . •
21 No. 1
22 No. 2
23 No. 3
24 No. 4

18-72
 1
DTC 31,33,35,37: Tire Pressure Sensor Low Do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
Battery Voltage d e t e r m i n e the'affected tire location a n d relate it to
the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61).
N O T E : T h i s problem o c c u r s w h e n the temperature
a r o u n d the s e n s o r Is — 4 0 °F {—40 * C ) or l e s s , N o t e t h a t Did each tire pressure sensor respond to the
the d i a g n o s i s m u s t b e m a d e In a p l a c e w h e r e a m b i e n t TPMS initializer too!?
t e n i p e r a t u r e i s — 40 (—40 °C) or m o r e .
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.
1, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 2 8 m p h 145 k m / h } o r m o r e
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e . N O — C h e c k that the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r is p r o p e r l y
m o u n t e d . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire
Does the TPMS indicator go off? p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 18-84KM

Y E S — T h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r t h e D T C C h e c k t h e T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3 , or T I R E 4
w i t h the H O S . B P R E S S U R E S E N S O R T R A N S M I T T E R B A T T E R Y in
t h e T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
M O — G o to s t e p 2 .
Is LOW indicated?
2 , C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
3, Mote the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r f s ) n u m b e r by the ( s e e p a g e 18-84). •
indicated D T C ,
N O — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
DTC Tire Pressure S e n s o r Number c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
31 No. 1 s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S c o n t r o l unit
33 . No. 2 ( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . i l
35 No. 3
37 No, 4

18-73
TPMS
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 32,34,36,38: Tire Pressure Sensor 6. D o t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to

Signal Failure d e t e r m i n e the affected tire location a n d relate it to
the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61).
N O T E : I n s p e c t for a n aftermarket electrical d e v i c e
interfering w i t h the R F s i g n a l f r o m the s e n s o r s w h e n Did each tire pressure sensor respond to the
d r i v i n g the v e h i c l e (inverter, battery c h a r g e r , TPMS initializer tool?
r a d i o t e l e g r a p h , etc).
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 7.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
NO—-Cheek for a n aftermarket electrical d e v i c e
2. M a k e s u r e all four w h e e l s a r e T P M S w h e e l s with interfering w i t h the R F s i g n a l s f r o m the s e n s o r s . If
the m o u n t e d tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s . t h e r e a r e no electrical d e v i c e s c a u s i n g i n t e r f e r e n c e ,
r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
Are TPMS type wheels with a tire pressure sensor ( s e e p a g e 18-84). •
mounted on the vehicle?
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t 5
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3. m i n u t e s or m o r e .

N O — I n s t a l l the T P M S w h e e l , a n d t h e n m e m o r i z e 8. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e

t h e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID w i t h t h e H D S ( s e e p a g e for at least 1 m i n u t e .
18-60).B
S. C h e c k t h e T I R E No. 1 , T I R E No. 2 , T I R E No. 3 , or
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ll). T I R E No. 4 P R E S S U R E S E N S O R T R A N S M I T T E R
S T A T U S in t h e T P M S D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is NORMAL indicated for all four tires within one
5. Note the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by t h e full turn of each tire?
indicated D T C .
Y E S — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r the D T C
DTC Tire Pressure Sensor Number with the H D S . H
32 No. 1
34 No. 2 N O — R e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
36 No. 3 (see p a g e 18-84). •
38 No. 4

18-74
 1
DTC 41: Abnormal Signal Reception Error DTC 51,53,55,57: Tire Pressure Sensor
Registration Error
NOTE:
* I n s p e c t for a n a f t e r m a r k e t e l e c t r i c a l d e v i c e interfering NOTE:
w i t h t h e B F s i g n a l f r o m the s e n s o r s w h e n d r i v i n g t h e * T h e r e D T C s will o n l y s e t d u r i n g initialization w i t h the
v e h i c l e {inverter, battery c h a r g e r , r a d i o t e l e g r a p h , HDS.
etc!. • I n s p e c t for a n aftermarket e l e c t r i c a l d e v i c e interfering
• If D T C 3 2 , 3 4 , 3 6 , or 3 8 is a l s o s e t , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e with the R F s i g n a l f r o m the s e n s o r s w h e n d r i v i n g the
D T C s first. v e h i c l e (inverter, battery c h a r g e r , r a d i o t e l e g r a p h , etc).

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) . 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).-

2. M a k e s u r e all four w h e e l s a r e TPfVIS w h e e l s with 2. M a k e s u r e all four w h e e l s a r e T P M S w h e e l s w i t h

p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s . the m o u n t e d tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .

Are TPMS type wheels with tire pressure sensors Are TPMS type wheels with a tire pressure sensor
mounted on the vehicle? mounted on the vehicle?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 3. Y E S — G o to s t e p 3.

N O — i n s t a l l the T P M S w h e e l , a n d then m e m o r i z e N O — I n s t a l l the T P M S w h e e l , a n d t h e n m e m o r i z e

t h e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID with the H D S ( s e e p a g e the p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID with the H D S ( s e e p a g e
18-60}.» 18-6G).H

3. M e m o r i z e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r IDs with the H D S 3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

f s e e p a g e 18-60).
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
Did each tire pressure sensor respond to the
TPMS initializer tool? 5. Note t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by t h e
indicated D T C .
Y E S — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e , c l e a r t h e D T C
with t h e H D S . B DTC Tire Pressure S e n s o r Number
51 No. 1
N O — R e p l a c e the T P M S control unit fsee p a g e 53 No. 2
18-83KB 55 | No. 3
57 No. 4

(confd)

18-75
TPMS
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

6. Do the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to DTC 81: TPMS Control Unit Failure

d e t e r m i n e the affected tire location a n d relate it to
the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61). N O T E : L o w battery v o l t a g e c a n c a u s e t h i s D T C . M a k e
s u r e t h e battery is fully c h a r g e d a n d in g o o d condition
Did each tire pressure sensor respond to the (see p a g e 22-88).
TPMS initializer tool?
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
N O — C h e c k f o r a n aftermarket electrical d e v i c e
interfering with the R F s i g n a l s f r o m the s e n s o r s . If 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to' L O C K (0), t h e n turn the
t h e r e are no electrical d e v i c e s c a u s i n g interference, Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a g a i n .
• r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
(see p a g e 18-84). • 4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t 5 Is DTC 81 indicated?

m i n u t e s or m o r e .
Y E S — R e p l a c e the T P M S control unit ( s e e p a g e
8. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 km/h) or m o r e 18-83). 11
for at least 1 minute.
N O — T h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e
9. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . t e r m i n a l s a n d poor c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S
control u n i t •
is DTC 51, 53, 55, or 57 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
(see p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . • -

N O — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C l e a r the D T C
withtheHDS.il

18-76
 I
DTC 83: No VSP Signal DTC 85: F-CAN Communication Failure

M O T E : If D T C 85 s t o r e d at the s a m e t i m e a s D T C 8 3 , N O T E : C h e c k the fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s y s t e m s D T C s w i t h

t r o u b l e s h o o t D T C 8 5 first, t h e n r e c h e c k for D T C 8 3 . t h e H D S , a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t the E C M / P C M a n d F - C A N
c o m m u n i c a t i o n e r r o r s first ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N I!!},
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
2. Clear the D T C with the H D S .
2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h 110 km/h) or m o r e .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn the
4. C h e c k the s p e e d o m e t e r , ignition s w i t c h to O N (II) a g a i n .

Does the speedometer register speed? 4. W a l t a b o u t 5 s e c o n d s ,

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. 5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

N O — U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the is DTC 35 indicated?

latest s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d
a n d D T C s a r e not I n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is N O — T h e s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e
c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d a n d t e r m i n a l s a n d poor c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S
D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / control u n i t s
P C M f s e e p a g e 11-216). •
6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .
5. C h e c k t h e V E H I C L E S P E E D in the T P M S D A T A L I S T
w i t h the H D S . Does the speedometer work?

is the vehicle speed indicated? Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.

Y E S — T h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s t i m e . • N O — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit 7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

f s e e p a g e 13-83), a n d r e c h e c k . •
8. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

Does the speedometer work?

Y E S - — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d recheck- I I

N O — T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d

r e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , t h e n c h e c k a n d •
t r o u b l e s h o o t the fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s
( s e e p a g e 11-3). •

(confd)

18-77
TPMS

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC 91,93,95,97: Tire Pressure Sensor

Internal Error
11. S h o r t t h e S C S line with t h e H D S .
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
2. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S .
13. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
3. Note the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) n u m b e r by t h e
14. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit indicated D T C .
2 0 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d the E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A (43P) t e r m i n a l s individually ( s e e table). DTC Tire Pressors S e n s o r Nyrnber
91 No. 1
Terminal T P M S Control ECM/PCM 93 No. 2
Name Unit 20P Connector A 95 No. 3
Connector (49P) T e r m i n a l 97 No. 4
Terminal
CAN L No. 11 No. 4 4. Do t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
CAN H No. 1 No. 3 d e t e r m i n e the affected tire location a n d relate it to
the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61).
TPMS CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR
Wire side of female terminals
Did each tire pressure sensor respond to the
CAN H (WHT)
TPMS initializer tool?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

CAN L (RED) N O — C h e c k that the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r is p r o p e r l y

m o u n t e d . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 18-84). •

CAN H (WHT) CAN L (RED) 5. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

TH7 1
3 /19 hoi
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e
for at least 1 m i n u t e .
11 / / i / ] 1 5 18 19 20 21
Ai
22 23 24
29 30 /
25
34 3536
></ 26 27 28 i
/
•

7. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

M41
42143144 \ X \ 48 is DTC 91, 93, 95, or 97 indicated?
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (48P)
Terminal side of female terminals Y E S — R e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
(see p a g e 18-84) a n d r e c h e c k . Sf D T C s a r e still
Is there continuity? p r e s e n t , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control
unit ( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . H
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit a n d G 5 0 3 . If NO-—If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t
n e c e s s a r y , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control the a p p r o p r i a t e D T C . If no D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , the
unit ( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . 11 s y s t e m is O K at this t i m e . •

N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S
control unit a n d the E C M / P C M . •

18-78
Symptom Troubleshooting
Low tire pressure Indieator does not come § , D o t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r location p r o c e d u r e to
on, arid no DTCs are stored d e t e r m i n e t h e affected tire location a n d relate it to
the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r n u m b e r ( s e e p a g e 18-61).
M O T E : C h e c k for g a u g e D T C s with t h e H D S ( s e e p a g e
22-3K If g a u g e D T C s a r e s t o r e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e Did each tire pressure sensor respond to the
D T C s first, TPMS initializer tool?

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N ill). Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

2, C h e c k the l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator for s e v e r a l N O — C h e c k that the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r is p r o p e r l y

s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to m o u n t e d . If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e tire
O N (If). p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 18-84). I I

Did the indicator come on and then go off? 6 . C h e c k the T I R E 1, T I R E 2, T I R E 3, or T I R E 4 A I R

P R E S S U R E in the T P M S D A T A L I S T with the H D S ,
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3. a n d c o m p a r e with the actual m e a s u r e d tire
pressure.
N O — D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-304). Sf n e c e s s a r y , substitute a is the indicated tire pressure on the HDS within
k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 40 kPa (OA kgf/cm , 6 psi) of the actual tire
2

22-324), a n d r e c h e c k . • pressure?

3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 28 m p h (45 k m / h ) or m o r e Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
for at l e a s t 1 m i n u t e ,
N O — R e p l a c e the appropriate tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
4. S t o p the v e h i c l e , a n d l o w e r t h e p r e s s u r e in e a c h ( s e e p a g e 18-84).B
tire until t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e indicator c o m e s on
(see table). 7 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

NOTE:
* Reinflate the tire before c o n t i n u i n g to t h e next
tire.
* After noting w h e t h e r t h e l o w tire p r e s s u r e
i n d i c a t o r c a m e o n , m a k e s u r e it g o e s off w h e n
y o u reinflate t h e tire before p r o c e e d i n g to the
next tire,
* If 5 m i n u t e s l i a s p a s s e d s i n c e f i n i s h i n g the last
test-drive, reactivate t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tire
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r u s i n g t h e T P M S s e n s o r initializer
too! ( s e e p a g e 13-81).

Model Specified Tire Pressure L o w e r

Limit
18 i n c h w h e e l s 2
168 kPa (1.7 k g f / c m , 24 psi)
2
17 I n c h or 175 kPa (1.8 k g f / c m , 2 5 psi)
larger w h e e l s

Does the indicator come on when the pressure

drops below the specified tire pressure lower
iimit?

Y E S — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . •

N O — G o to s t e p 5,

(confd)

18-79
TPMS
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r , Low tire pressure indicator does not go off,
and no DTCs are stored
9. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n T P M S control unit
2 0 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 4 a n d No. 8. 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

TPMS CONTROL UNIT 2 0 P CONNECTOR

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

GND (BLK) IGI (BRN) 4. C h e c k the Sow tire p r e s s u r e indicator for s e v e r a l

s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to
O N (II).

Did the indicator come on and then go off?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor
Wire side of female terminals c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e T P M S control unit. Sf n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
(see p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . •
Is there battery voltage?
N O — D o the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for the g a u g e control
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-304). If n e c e s s a r y , substitute a
t h e T P M S control unit a n d the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
t h e driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B 22-324), a n d r e c h e c k . •

W O — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control u n i t If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S c o n t r o l unit
(see p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . •

18-80
 1
TPMS indicator does not come on, and no TPMS indicator does not go off, and no DTCs
DTCs are stored are stored

1. T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). N O T E : C h e c k for g a u g e D T C s w i t h the H D S (see p a g e

22-3). If g a u g e D T C s are s t o r e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
2. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r . D T C s first.

3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI). 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

4. C h e c k the T P M S indicator for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s 2. C h e c k t h e T P M S indicator for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s

w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II). w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II).

Did the indicator come on? Did the indicator come on and then go off?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor Y E S — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . •
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control unit. If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit MO—Goto step3.
( s e e p a g e 18-831 a n d r e c h e c k , •
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0)..
N O — D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for the g a u g e control
m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-304). If n e c e s s a r y , substitute a 4. C h e c k the N o . 29 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.
22-324), a n d r e c h e c k , •
is the fuse blown?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the No. 2 9 (7.5 A ) f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k .

If the f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t to b o d y
g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit
a n d the No. 29 (7.5 A) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. a

W O — R e i n s t a l l the f u s e , t h e n go to s t e p 5.

5. C h e c k the No. 5 (7.5 A) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -

d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box.

is the fuse blown?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the N o . 5 (7.5 A) f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If
the f u s e b l o w s a g a i n , c h e c k for a s h o r t to b o d y
g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit
a n d the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y box. •

W O — R e i n s t a l l the fuse,"then go to s t e p 6.

6. D i s c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

(confd)

18-81
TPMS
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d 10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
T P M S c o n t r o l unit 20P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 10.
11. R e c o n n e c t the T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .

T P M S C O N T R O L UISSIT 2©P C O N N E C T O R
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

13. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
T P M S control unit 20P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4.

T P M S C O N T R O L UNIT 2 0 P C O N N E C T O R

GND (B LX)

m
Wire side of female terminals
n
1
II
—n
7 8 '10
/

1
'A/
is there battery voitage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.
Wire side of female terminals
W O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the TPIVIS
control unit a n d the No. 29 (7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box, • is there 0.1 ¥ or more?

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Y E S — R e p a i r o p e n or high r e s i s t a n c e in the w i r e

b e t w e e n the T P M S control unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d
9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d (G503KB
T P M S control unit 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 8.
N O — D o the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for t h e g a u g e control
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-304). If t h e g a u g e control
T P M S C O N T R O L U N I T 2 0 P CONNECTOR
m o d u l e is O K , c h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a n d poor
c o n n e c t i o n s at the T P M S control u n i t If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit
( s e e p a g e 18-83), a n d r e c h e c k . •
i|/l/ifiZklZ

Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the T P M S
control unit a n d the No. 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s
under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B

18-82
TPMS Control Unit Replacement
N O T E : M&kB sum t h e T P M S control unit m o u n t i n g 4. R e m o v e the T P M S control unit (A) f r o m the bracket
b r a c k e t is not bent or t w i s t e d a s this m a y affect its (B).
c o m m u n i c a t i o n : with the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s .
N O T E : W h i l e s e p a r a t i n g the T P M S control unit
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). f r o m t h e b r a c k e t r e l e a s e t h e hook (C) on the T P M S
control unit u s i n g a"flat-tipped s c r e w d r i v e r (D), a n d
2, R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolt (A), then r e m o v e the T P M S p u s h it up to r e m o v e the bracket.
control unit f B) w i t h t h e bracket (C).

N O T E : T h e T P M S control unit is located o v e r the

a c c e l e r a t o r pedal m o d u l e .

A
6 x 1.0 mm

C B

5. Install t h e n e w T P M S control unit i n the r e v e r s e

o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the T P M S control unit is properly

installed. Y o u will h e a r a click w h e n the T P M S
control unit is s e c u r e l y m o u n t e d o n the bracket.

3 . D i s c o n n e c t the TPfviS control unit c o n n e c t o r (D). 6. C o n n e c t the H D S , a n d m e m o r i z e the tire p r e s s u r e

s e n s o r IDs u s i n g the T P M S initializer tool ( s e e p a g e
18-60).

18-83
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement

Removal Position the w h e e l s o the tire m a c h i n e (A) a n d tire

iron (B) a r e next to the v a l v e s t e m (C) a n d will m o v e
1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h safety s t a n d s a w a y f r o m it w h e n the m a c h i n e s t a r t s . T h e n
in the proper locations ( s e e p a g e 1-11). r e m o v e the tire f r o m the w h e e l .

2. R e m o v e the w h e e l with the faulty s e n s o r .

3. R e m o v e the tire v a l v e s t e m c a p a n d the v a l v e s t e m

c o r e , a n d let the tire deflate.

4. R e m o v e a n y b a l a n c e w e i g h t s , a n d t h e n break the
b e a d l o o s e f r o m the w h e e l w i t h a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e tire c h a n g e r (A).

Note t h e s e i t e m s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the tire

pressure sensor:
* Do the outside of the w h e e l f i r s t
* Position the w h e e l a s s h o w n s o the v a l v e
s t e m (B) is 90 d e g r e e s f r o m the b e a d
b r e a k e r (C) a s s h o w n . 6. R e m o v e the v a l v e s t e m nut (A) a n d the w a s h e r (B),
* Do not position the b e a d b r e a k e r of the tire t h e n r e m o v e the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r w i t h the v a l v e
c h a n g e r too c l o s e to t h e r i m . s t e m (C) f r o m the w h e e l .

N O T E : C h e c k the nut a n d the w a s h e r ; if t h e y h a v e

deterioration or d a m a g e , r e p l a c e w i t h n e w o n e s
during r e a s s e m b l y .

18-84
7. R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d t h e v a l v e s t e i n g r o m m e t (A) Installation
f r o m t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r I B ) .
' NOTE:
NOTE: * U s e o n l y w h e e l s that h a v e a " T P M S " , " T A G " , or
* T h e v a l v e stern g r o m m e t m i g h t s t a y in the w h e e l ; " T E G " s t a m p (A) on the i n s i d e of the a l u m i n u m
m a k e e y r e y o y r e m o v e it. w h e e l s , a n d the o u t s i d e of the s t e e l w h e e l s .
* Always use a n e w valve stem grommet • T h e v e h i c l e m a y be e q u i p p e d w i t h o n e of the s i x
w h e n e v e r t h e tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r h a s b e e n t y p e s of w h e e l s .
r e m o v e d f r o m the w h e e l . W h e n o n l y r e m o v i n g a
Type 1 falymirtum wheel! Type 2 falyminum wheel)
tire f r o m t h e w h e e l , r e p l a c e t h e v a l v e s t e m
g r o m m e t if It Is p o s s i b l e .

Typ© 3 falomlnym wheel) JfpB 4 ( a l u m i n u m wh@@l|

T y p e 6 (steel w h e e l )

(cont'd)

18-85
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor.Replacement (cont'd)
1. B e f o r e installing the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , c l e a n the L u b e the tire b e a d s p a r i n g l y w i t h a p a s t e - t y p e tire
m a t i n g s u r f a c e s on the s e n s o r a n d the w h e e l . m o u n t i n g lubricant, a n d position the w h e e l s o the
tire m a c h i n e (A) a n d tire iron (B) a r e next to the
2. Install the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (A) a n d the w a s h e r v a l v e s t e m (C) a n d will m o v e a w a y f r o m it w h e n
(B) to the w h e e l (C), a n d tighten the v a l v e s t e m nut the m a c h i n e starts. T h e n install the tire onto t h e
(D) finger tight. M a k e s u r e the p r e s s u r e s e n s o r is wheel.
resting on the w h e e l .

N O T E : Install the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s o that the

s e n s o r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e (E) d o e s not e x t e n d b e y o n d
the protrusion (F) on the w h e e l to p r e v e n t the
s e n s o r h o u s i n g f r o m b e i n g c a u g h t on the b e a d of
the tire w h e n a s s e m b l i n g the tire.

OUTSIDE

5. W i t h a dry air s o u r c e , inflate the tire to 300 kPa

2
(3.1 k g f / c m , 44 psi) to s e a t the tire b e a d to the r i m ,
WHEEL CENTER D t h e n a d j u s t the tire p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 18-5), a n d
4 N-m
install the v a l v e s t e m c a p .
(0.4 k g f - m , 3 ibf-ft)

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the tire b e a d is s e a t e d on both

s i d e s of the rim uniformly.

6. C h e c k a n d a d j u s t the w h e e l b a l a n c e , t h e n install the

w h e e l s on the v e h i c l e .

7. R e m o v e the j a c k s t a n d s , a n d l o w e r the v e h i c l e .
T o r q u e the w h e e l nuts to s p e c i f i c a t i o n s . '

8. C o n n e c t the H D S , a n d m e m o r i z e the p r e s s u r e
s e n s o r IDs u s i n g the T P M S s e n s o r initializer tool
( s e e p a g e 18-60).

3. T i g h t e n the v a l v e s t e m nut to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e

w h i l e holding the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r .

NOTE:
• Do not u s e air or electric i m p a c t t o o l s to tighten a
v a l v e s t e m nut.
• Do not twist the tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r to a d j u s t its
position w i t h the w h e e l , a s t h i s will d a m a g e or
d e f o r m the v a l v e s t e m g r o m m e t . -

18-86
Brakes

Conventional Brake Components

Special Tools ......................... ............. ..... ***** 19-2
Component Location Index . ... 19-3
Brake System Inspection and Test ............ ...... .. 19-4
Symptom Troubleshooting .. ........... . 19-5
Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch
Adjustment .......... .............. . 19-6
Parking Brake Inspection and Adjustment * 19-7
Brake System Bleeding ......... ............ 19-9
Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram ... 19-10
Parking Brake Switch Test ...... ........... 19-11
Brake Fluid Level Switch Test .......... 19-11
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement 19-12
Front Brake Disc Inspection ...... 19-20
Front Brake Disc Replacement .. 19-22
Front Brake Caliper Overhaul ................. ............... 19-23
Master Cylinder Replacement .... ........ 19-25
Master Cylinder Inspection ................ ... .... - 19-26
Brake Booster Test ............. ............... . 19-27
Brake Booster Replacement ............... ...... ... 19-28
Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement ..... 19-29
Rear Brake Disc Inspection -. 19-32
Rear Brake Disc Replacement .............. ......... 19-34
Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul 19-36
Brake Pedal Replacement ...................... 19-37
Brake Hose and Line Inspection .... 19-38
Brake Hose Replacement .......... ......... ... 19-39
Parking Brake Cable Replacement ............. ...» 19-41

VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)

System Components 19-43
Conventional Brake Components
Special Tools

Ret No. Tool Wymber Description Qty

© 07AAE-SEPA101 B r a k e C a l i p e r Piston C o m p r e s s o r 1

19-2
Component Location Index

MASTER CYLINDER
Brake System Bleeding, page 19-9
Replacement, page 19-25
Inspection, page 19-26

BRAKE BOOSTER
Test, page 19-27
Replacement, page 19-28

BRAKE S Y S T E M INDICATOR
Circuit Diagram, page 19-10
Parking Brake Switch Test, page 19-11
Brake Fluid Level Switch T e s t page 19-11

BRAKE HOSE and LINE

Inspection, page 19-38
Brake Hose
Replacement, page 19-39

REAR BRAKE
Pad Inspection and
Replacement, page 19-29
Disc inspection, page 19-32
Disc Replacement, page 19-34
Caliper Overhaul, page 19-36
FRONT BRAKE
Pad Inspection and Replacement, page 19-12 PARKING BRAKE
Disc inspection, page 19-20 Inspection and Adjustment, page 19-7
Disc Replacement, page 19-22 Cable Replacement page 19-41
Caliper Overhaul, page 19-23
BRAKE PEDAL
Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal
Position Switch Adjustment, page 19-8
Replacement, page 19-37

19-3
C o n v e n t i o n a l Brake Components

Brake System Inspection and Test

I n s p e c t the brake s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s listed. R e p a i r or r e p l a c e a n y parts that are leaking or d a m a g e d .

C o m p o n e n t Inspections:
Component Procedure A l s o c h e c k for
Master Cylinder L o o k for d a m a g e or s i g n s of fluid l e a k a g e at: B u l g i n g s e a l at r e s e r v o i r c a p . T h i s is a
* R e s e r v o i r or r e s e r v o i r g r o m m e t s . s i g n of fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n .
* Line joints.
* B e t w e e n master cylinder and booster.
Brake Hoses L o o k for d a m a g e or s i g n s of fluid l e a k a g e at: B u l g i n g , t w i s t e d , or'bent l i n e s .
• L i n e j o i n t s a n d banjo bolt c o n n e c t i o n s .
* H o s e s a n d l i n e s , a l s o i n s p e c t for t w i s t i n g or
damage.
Caliper L o o k for d a m a g e or s i g n s of fluid l e a k a g e at: S e i z e d or sticking c a l i p e r p i n s .
• Piston s e a l .
• B a n j o bolt c o n n e c t i o n s .
• Bleed screw.
V S A ModuSator- L o o k for d a m a g e or s i g n s of fluid l e a k a g e at:
controS Unit • Line joints.
* Modulator-control unit

Brake System Test

Brake pedal sinks/fades w h e n braking

1. S e t the parking b r a k e , a n d start t h e e n g i n e , t h e n turn off the A / C . A l l o w the e n g i n e to w a r m up to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g

t e m p e r a t u r e (radiator f a n c o m e s o n t w i c e ) .

2. Attach a 50 m m (2 in.) p i e c e of m a s k i n g t a p e a l o n g the bottom of the s t e e r i n g w h e e l , a n d d r a w a horizontal

r e f e r e n c e m a r k a c r o s s it.

3. W i t h the t r a n s m i s s i o n in neutral f M/T) or P or N ( A / T ) , p r e s s a n d hold the brake pedal Sightly (about the s a m e
p r e s s u r e n e e d e d to k e e p a n A / T - e q u t p p e d v e h i c l e f r o m c r e e p i n g ) , t h e n r e l e a s e the parking brake.

4. W h i l e still holding t h e brake p e d a l , hook t h e e n d of the t a p e m e a s u r e b e h i n d the brake p e d a l , t h e n pull t h e t a p e up

to the s t e e r i n g w h e e l Note the m e a s u r e m e n t b e t w e e n the brake pedal a n d the r e f e r e n c e m a r k o n the s t e e r i n g
wheel.

5. A p p l y s t e a d y p r e s s u r e to the brake p e d a l for 3 m i n u t e s .

6. W a t c h the tape m e a s u r e .

* If the m e a s u r e m e n t i n c r e a s e s 10 m m (3/8 in.) or l e s s , the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r is O K .

* If the m e a s u r e m e n t i n c r e a s e s m o r e t h a n TO m m (3/8 in.), r e p l a c e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

19-4
Symptom Troubleshooting
Rapid brake pad wear, vehicle vibration 5. L o o s e n t h e h y d r a u l i c l i n e s at the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ,
Carter a long drive), or high, hard brake pedal t h e n s p i n the w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake d r a g ,

N O T E : M a k e s u r e that t h e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e Installed is there brake drag at any of the wheels?

correctly.
U p p e r c a l i p e r pin 8 a n d l o w e r c a l i p e r pin A a r e different, Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6.
if t h e p i n s a r e Installed In t h e w r o n g l o c a t i o n , it w i l l
c a u s e v i b r a t i o n , u n e v e n or rapid b r a k e p a d w e a r ; a n d N O — C h e c k the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r for
p o s s i b l y u n e v e n tire w e a r , F o r p r o p e r c a l i p e r pin c o n t a m i n a t i o n in t h e brake fluid. If y o u find
l o c a t i o n : N I S S I N t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-23), A K E B O N O type c o n t a m i n a t i o n , f l u s h the entire brake s y s t e m of all
f s e e p a g e 19-24), c o n t a m i n a t e d fluid, If t h e b r a k e fluid is O K , r e p l a c e
t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25). M
1. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e until t h e b r a k e s d r a g or until the
p e d a l i s h i g h a n d hard, T h i s c a n take 20 or m o r e 6. L o o s e n t h e b l e e d s c r e w s at e a c h c a l i p e r , t h e n s p i n
brake p e d a l a p p l i c a t i o n s d u r i n g a n e x t e n d e d test- the w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake d r a g .
drive,
I s there brake drag at any of the wheels?
2. W i t h the e n g i n e r u n n i n g , r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift,
a n d s p i n all f o u r w h e e l s b y h a n d . Y E S — C h e c k the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r for
c o n t a m i n a t i o n in the brake fluid. If y o u find
Is there brake drag at any of the wheels? c o n t a m i n a t i o n , f l u s h t h e entire brake s y s t e m of all
c o n t a m i n a t e d fluid. If the brake fluid is O K ,
Y E S — G o to s t e p 3. d i s a s s e m b l e a n d repair the c a l i p e r o n t h e w h e e l ( s )
withbrakedrag.il
N O — L o o k for other c a u s e s of p a d w e a r , h i g h p e d a l ,
or v e h i c l e vibration:. • N O — L o o k for a n d r e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d b r a k e lines.
If all brake l i n e s a r e O K , r e p l a c e t h e V S A
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to LOCK (0), p r e s s t h e m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141). •
brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s to d e p l e t e t h e v a c u u m in
the brake booster, a n d then spin the w h e e l s again
to c h e c k for b r a k e d r a g .

Is there brake drag at any of the wheels?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 4,

N O — R e p l a c e the b r a k e b o o s t e r { s e e p a g e 19-28). •

4. W i t h o u t r e m o v i n g the b r a k e l i n e s , unbolt a n d
s e p a r a t e t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r f r o m t h e brake
b o o s t e r , t h e n s p i n t h e w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake
drag,

is there brake drag at any of the wheels?

Y E S — G o t o stepS,

M O — C h e c k t h e brake p e d a l position s w i t c h
a d j u s t m e n t a n d p e d a l free p l a y ( s e e p a g e 19-6), •

19-5
Conventional Brake Components

Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment

Pedal Height 4. L o o s e n the p u s h r o d locknut (A), a n d s c r e w the

p u s h r o d (B) in or out w i t h p l i e r s until t h e s t a n d a r d
1= T u r n the brake pedal position s w i t c h pedal height f r o m t h e floor is r e a c h e d . After
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d pull it b a c k until it is no a d j u s t m e n t , tighten t h e locknut firmly. Do not
l o n g e r t o u c h i n g the brake p e d a l . a d j u s t the pedal h e i g h t w i t h t h e p u s h r o d p r e s s e d .

2. R e m o v e the footrest ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 20-141),

then, r e m o v e - t h e s t e e r i n g joint c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
17-28).

3. Pull b a c k the c a r p e t , a n d find the cutout (A) in the

insulator. M e a s u r e the p e d a l height (B) f r o m left
s i d e m i d d l e of the p e d a l p a d (C) to the floor (D)
without the insulator a s s h o w n .

Standard pedal height (with carpet removed):

M / T : 156 m m ( 6 1 / 8 I n j
A / T : 155 m m (6 1/18 I n j

M/T

0
Brake Pedal Position S w i t c h C l e a r a n c e

5. Lift up on t h e brake p e d a l by h a n d . P u s h in the

brake p e d a l position s w i t c h until its p l u n g e r is fully
p r e s s e d (threaded e n d (A) t o u c h i n g the p a d (B) o n
the p e d a l a r m ) . T u r n the s w i t c h 45 ° c l o c k w i s e to
lock i t T h e g a p b e t w e e n t h e b r a k e p e d a l position
s w i t c h a n d the p a d is a u t o m a t i c a l l y a d j u s t e d to
0.7 m m (0.028 in.) by locking the s w i t c h . M a k e s u r e
the brake lights go off w h e n the p e d a l is r e l e a s e d .

6. Install all r e m o v e d p a r t s in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.

7. C h e c k the brake p e d a l free play.

19-6
 ®
Parking Brake Inspection and
Adjustment
Pedal Free Play

1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), i n s p e c t t h e Inspection

p l a y (A) at t h e brake p e d a l p a d (B) b y p u s h i n g t h e
b r a k e p e d a l by h a n d . If t h e b r a k e p e d a l f r e e p l a y is 1. Pull t h e p a r k i n g brake l e v e r (A) w i t h 196 N (20 kgf,
o u t of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , a d j u s t t h e brake p e d a l position 44 Ibf) of f o r c e to fully a p p l y t h e p a r k i n g brake. T h e
s w i t c h CC). If t h e brake p e d a l free p l a y i s insufficient, parking brake l e v e r s h o u l d be l o c k e d w i t h i n the
it m a y r e s u l t in b r a k e d r a g , s p e c i f i e d n u m b e r of c l i c k s .

F r e e p l a y : 1—5 m m 1 1 / 1 6 — 3 / 1 6 in.) Lever locked clicks: 7 to 9

Puffed back with

2. If t h e n u m b e r of l e v e r c l i c k s i s not a s s p e c i f i e d ,
adjust the parking brake.

(confd)

19-7
Conventional Brake Components

Parking Brake Inspection and Adjustment (cont'd)

Adjustment 6. M a k e s u r e t h e l e v e r (A) on t h e rear brake c a l i p e r

c o n t a c t s the a r m (B).
1. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e l e v e r fully.
N O T E ; T h e l e v e r will c o n t a c t t h e a r m w h e n t h e
2. Pull out t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e rear t r i m (A) ( s e e p a g e parking brake a d j u s t i n g nut is l o o s e n e d .
20-149).

7. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the b r a k e d i s c
3. L o o s e n the parking b r a k e a d j u s t i n g nut (B). a n d the i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear -
wheels.
4. R a i s e the rear of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 8. Pull t h e parking brake l e v e r 1 click.
1-11).
9. T i g h t e n the parking brake a d j u s t i n g nut until the
5. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l s . parking b r a k e s d r a g slightly w h e n t h e rear w h e e l s
are turned.

10. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e Sever fully, a n d c h e c k

that the parking b r a k e s d o not d r a g w h e n the rear
w h e e l s a r e t u r n e d . R e a d j u s t if n e c e s s a r y .

11. M a k e s u r e the parking brake l e v e r is w i t h i n the

s p e c i f i e d n u m b e r of c l i c k s (7 to 9 clicks).

12. Install the c e n t e r c o n s o l e rear t r i m ( s e e p a g e

20-149).

19-8
Brake System Bleeding
NOTE; 4. A t t a c h a length of c l e a r d r a i n t u b e (A) to t h e b l e e d
* D o not r e u s e the d r a i n e d fluid. U s e o n l y c l e a n H o n d a s c r e w ( B ) t h e n l o o s e n t h e b l e e d s c r e w to a l l o w asr
r

D O T 3 Brake Fluid from an u n o p e n e d container, to e s c a p e f r o m t h e s y s t e m . T h e n tighten the b l e e d

U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n screw securely.
a n d s h o r t e n the life of the s y s t e m .
* M a k e s u r e no dirt o r other foreign matter i s a l l o w e d N O T E : T h e illustrations s h o w t h e N I S S I N t y p e .
to c o n t a m i n a t e the brake fluid,
* D o not spill b r a k e fluid o n t h e v e h i c l e , it m a y d a m a g e Front
the paint; If brake fluid d o e s c o n t a c t t h e paint, w a s h it
B
off i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r , NISSIN type:
* T h e r e s e r v o i r c o n n e c t e d to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m u s t S N-m (0.9 kgf-m, 7 Ibf-ft)
be at t h e M A X (upper) level m a r k at t h e start of t h e Afceeoiyotype:
8 N-m (0.8 kgf-m, 8 Ibf-ft)
b l e e d i n g p r o c e d u r e a n d c h e c k e d after b l e e d i n g e a c h
w h e e l l o c a t i o n . A d d fluid a s r e q u i r e d .

1, IVIake s u r e the brake fluid level in t h e r e s e r v o i r (A)

is at the M A X (upper) level line I B ) .

B
9 N-m 10.9 kgf-m, 7 fbfftj

2 , H a v e s o m e o n e s l o w l y p u m p t h e brake p e d a l
several times, then apply steady pressure.

3, Start t h e b l e e d i n g at t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the front

brake s y s t e m ,

N O T E : B l e e d t h e c a l i p e r s in t h e s e q u e n c e s h o w n .

BLEEDIMG S E Q U E M C E :

CD F r o n t R i g h t (1; Rear R i g h t

5. Refill t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r to t h e M A X
• (upper) level line.

6. R e p e a t t h e p r o c e d u r e for e a c h brake circuit until

t h e r e a r e n o air b u b b l e s in t h e fluid.

0 Front Left

19-9
Conventional Brake Components
Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram

G A U G E CONTROL MODULE

INDICATOR D R I V E R C I R C U I T 3@
= WHT V S A MODULATOR-
C O N T R O L UNIT
B R A K E S Y S T E M INDICATOR 29
B
RED I E B D INDICATOR!

23

GRN LTGRN

BRAKE FLUID
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
LEVEL SWITCH
C L O S E D : Parking brake applied
C L O S E D : Float d o w n
O P E N : Parking brake released
O P E N : Float op

BLK

G302

19-10
Parking Brake Switch Test Brake Fluid Level Switch Test
N O T E : If both t h e A B S / V S A Indicator a n d t h e b r a k e 1. D i s c o n n e c t the brake fluid level s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r ,
s y s t e m : indicator c o m e o n at t h e s a m e t i m e , c h e c k the
V S A s y s t e m for D T C s first f s e e p a g e 19-461. 2. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s (1) a n d
• (2) w i t h t h e float in the d o w n p o s i t i o n a n d in t h e up
1 „ R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). position.

2. D i s c o n n e c t the parking brake s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A) NOTE:

f r o m the parking brake s w i t c h (B). * R e m o v e the b r a k e fluid c o m p l e t e l y f r o m the
r e s e r v o i r . W i t h the float d o w n , t h e r e s h o u l d be
continuity,
• Fill t h e r e s e r v o i r w i t h brake fluid to the M A X
{upper) level (A). W i t h t h e float up, there s h o u l d
be no continuity. .
• If both t h e A B S / V S A indicator a n d t h e brake
s y s t e m indicator c o m e o n at t h e s a m e t i m e ,
c h e c k the V S A s y s t e m for D T C s first ( s e e p a g e
19-46).
* If t h e parking brake s w i t c h a n d brake fluid level
s w i t c h a r e O K , but t h e brake s y s t e m indicator
- d o e s not f u n c t i o n , d o the g a u g e control m o d u l e
s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function (see p a g e 22-304).

3, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e s w i t c h t e r m i n a l
{€) a n d b o d y g r o u n d .

* W i t h the p a r k i n g brake l e v e r p u l l e d , t h e r e s h o u l d
be continuity.
* W i t h the parking b r a k e l e v e r r e l e a s e d , t h e r e
s h o u l d be no continuity,

N O T E : If the parking b r a k e s w i t c h a n d t h e b r a k e
fluid l e v e l s w i t c h a r e O K , but the brake s y s t e m 3. R e c o n n e c t t h e brake fluid level s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .
indicator d o e s not f u n c t i o n , d o the g a u g e control
m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c function f s e e p a g e 22-304)=

4, R e c o n n e c t the p a r k i n g brake s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .

5, Install t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148).

19-11
Conventional Brake Components
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement

Special Tools Required 5. C h e c k the t h i c k n e s s (A) of the i n n e r p a d (B) a n d the

B r a k e c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r 0 7 A A E - S E P A 1 0 1 outer p a d ( C ) . Do not i n c l u d e t h e t h i c k n e s s of the
b a c k i n g plate.

Brake pad thickness:

F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t r e g a r d l e s s of Standard: 1 0 . 5 — 1 1 . 2 m m 1 0 . 4 1 - 0 . 4 4 in.)
m a t e r i a l c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l d be h a z a r d o u s to y o u r Service limit 1.6 m m f0.06 i n j
health.
* A v o i d breathing d u s t p a r t i c l e s .
• N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e or b r u s h to c l e a n brake
assemblies. U s e an O S HA-ap proved v a c u u m
cleaner.

inspection - WfSSlW Type

1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It w i t h

s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).

2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

3. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (A). 6. If a n y of the brake p a d t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the

s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the front brake p a d s a s a s e t
A
Sx 1.25 mm,
7. Pivot the c a l i p e r d o w n into p o s i t i o n . Install the
f l a n g e bolt (A), a n d tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e
w h i l e h o l d i n g the c a l i p e r pin (B) w i t h a w r e n c h . B e
c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the pin b o o t

A
10 x 1.0 mm
50 N-m
15.1 kgf-m
3 7 Ibf-ft) A.

10 x 1.0 mm

R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolt (B) w h i l e h o l d i n g the

c a l i p e r pin (C) with a w r e n c h . B e c a r e f u l not to
d a m a g e the psn boot, a n d pivot the c a l i p e r (D) up
out of the w a y . C h e c k t h e h o s e a n d pin boots for
d a m a g e a n d deterioration.

8. Install the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (C).

9. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c

a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
wheels.

19-12
 ®
Replacement - NISSIN Type 7. R e m o v e t h e p a d retainers (A).

1. R e m o v e s o m e b r a k e fluid f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

2, R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h

s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e
1-11).

3. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s ,

4, R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt f A ) .

8. C l e a n the c a l i p e r bracket (B) t h o r o u g h l y ; r e m o v e

a n y r u s t a n d c h e c k for g r o o v e s a n d c r a c k s .
Verify that t h e c a l i p e r p i n s (C) m o v e in a n d out
s m o o t h l y . C l e a n a n d lube if n e e d e d .

9. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c , a n d c h e c k for d a m a g e a n d

c r a c k s ( s e e p a g e 19-20).
c
10. A p p l y a thin coat of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N
5, R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e bolt (B) w h i l e holding the 08798-9010) to the retainer m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
c a l i p e r pin fC) w i t h a w r e n c h . B e c a r e f u l not to c a l i p e r b r a c k e t (indicated by the a r r o w s a n d s h a d e d
d a m a g e t h e pin boot, a n d pivot the c a l i p e r (D) up area).
out of t h e w a y , C h e c k the h o s e a n d the pin boots
for d a m a g e a n d deterioration. 11. Install t h e p a d retainers. W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
p a s t e off the retainers. K e e p the a s s e m b l y paste off
6. R e m o v e t h e p a d s h i m s (A) a n d t h e brake p a d s (B). the brake d i s c a n d the brake p a d s .

(confd)

19-13
Conventional Brake Components
Front Brake Pad inspection and Replacement (cont'd)
12. M o u n t the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool (A) 15. A p p l y a thin c o a t of lvl-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N
on the c a l i p e r b o d y (B). 08798-9010) to the pad s i d e of the s h i m s (A), the
back of the brake p a d s (B) a n d the other a r e a s
indicated by the a r r o w s . W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
p a s t e off the p a d s h i m s a n d the brake p a d s friction
m a t e r i a l . K e e p g r e a s e a n d a s s e m b l y paste off the
brake d i s c s a n d the brake p a d s . C o n t a m i n a t e d
brake d i s c s or brake p a d s r e d u c e s t o p p i n g ability.

13. P r e s s in the piston w i t h the brake c a l i p e r piston

c o m p r e s s o r tooS s o the c a l i p e r will fit o v e r t h e
brake p a d s . M a k e s u r e the piston boot is in position
to prevent d a m a g i n g it w h e n pivoting the c a l i p e r
down.

N O T E : B e careful w h e n p r e s s i n g in the p i s t o n ;
brake fluid might o v e r f l o w f r o m the m a s t e r
c y l i n d e r ' s r e s e r v o i r . If b r a k e fluid g e t s on a n y
painted s u r f a c e , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .

14. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool.

16. Install the brake p a d s a n d the p a d s h i m s correctly.

Install the brake p a d w i t h the w e a r indicator (C) on
the u p p e r i n s i d e . If y o u a r e r e u s i n g the brake p a d s ,
a l w a y s reinstall t h e brake p a d s in their original
p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t a m o m e n t a r y l o s s of braking
efficiency.

19-14
17. Pivot the c a l i p e r d o w n into p o s i t i o n . Install t h e 19. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c
f l a n g e b o i l (A), a n d tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d torque a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c a l i p e r pin IB) w i t h a w r e n c h wheels.
b e i n g c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e the p i n boot.
20. P r e s s the brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e s u r e
t h e b r a k e s work.

N O T E : E n g a g e m e n t m a y require a g r e a t e r pedal
stroke i m m e d i a t e l y after t h e brake p a d s h a v e b e e n
r e p l a c e d a s a s e t S e v e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of t h e brake
p e d a l will r e s t o r e the n o r m a l p e d a l stroke.

21. A d d brake fluid a s n e e d e d .

2 2 . After installation, c h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line

j o i n t s or c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten if n e c e s s a r y .
T e s t - d r i v e the V e h i c l e , t h e n r e c h e c k for l e a k s
( s e e p a g e 19-38).

18. Install t h e brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (C).

(confd)

19-15
Conventional Brake Components
f
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont d)

inspection - A K E B O N O Type 4. Sf a n y of the brake p a d t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the

s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the front brake p a d s a s a s e t .
1. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s fsee p a g e 5. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c
1-11). a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
wheels.
2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

3. C h e c k the t h i c k n e s s (A) of the inner p a d (B) a n d the

outer p a d (C). Do not i n c l u d e the t h i c k n e s s of the
b a c k i n g plate.

Brake pad thickness:

Standard: 1 0 . 5 — 1 0 . 8 m m 10.41 — 0,43 i n j
S e r v i c e limit: 1.6 m m (0.06 in.)

19-16
Re
p l
ace
m e
n t-AK
EBONOType 7. R e m o v e the p a d retainers (A).

1. R e m o v e s o m e brake fluid f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

2. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).

3. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s .

4. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (A).

8. C l e a n the c a l i p e r bracket (B) t h o r o u g h l y ; r e m o v e

a n y rust, a n d c h e c k for g r o o v e s a n d c r a c k s .
Verify that the c a l i p e r p i n s (C) m o v e in a n d out
s m o o t h l y . C l e a n a n d lube if n e e d e d .

9. I n s p e c t t h e brake d i s c , a n d c h e c k for d a m a g e a n d
c r a c k s ( s e e p a g e 19-20).

10. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y paste (P/N

08798-9010) to the retainer m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
5. R e m o v e the flange bolt (B), a n d pivot the c a l i p e r (C) c a l i p e r bracket (indicated by the a r r o w s a n d s h a d e d
up out of the w a y . C h e c k the h o s e a n d pin boots for area).
d a m a g e a n d deterioration.
11. Install the p a d retainers. W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
6. R e m o v e the p a d s h i m s (A) a n d the b r a k e p a d s (B). paste off the retainers. K e e p the a s s e m b l y paste off
the brake d i s c a n d the brake p a d s .

(confd)

19-17
Conventional Brake Components
Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont'd)

12. M o u n t the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool (A) 15. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N
o n the c a l i p e r body (B). 08798-9010) to the p a d s i d e of the s h i m s (A), the
back of the brake p a d s (B) a n d t h e other a r e a s
indicated by the a r r o w s . W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y
paste off the p a d s h i m s a n d t h e brake p a d s friction
m a t e r i a l K e e p g r e a s e a n d a s s e m b l y p a s t e off the
brake d i s c s a n d the brake p a d s . C o n t a m i n a t e d
brake d i s c s or brake p a d s r e d u c e s t o p p i n g ability.

13. P r e s s in the piston w i t h the brake c a l i p e r piston

c o m p r e s s o r tool s o the c a l i p e r will fit o v e r the
b r a k e p a d s . M a k e s u r e t h e piston boot is in position
to prevent d a m a g i n g it w h e n pivoting the c a l i p e r
down.

N O T E : B e careful w h e n p r e s s i n g in the p i s t o n ;
brake fluid might o v e r f l o w - f r o m the m a s t e r
c y l i n d e r ' s r e s e r v o i r . Sf brake fluid g e t s o n a n y
painted s u r f a c e , w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r .

14. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r piston c o m p r e s s o r tool.

16. Install the brake p a d s a n d p a d s h i m s c o r r e c t l y .
Install the brake p a d w i t h t h e w e a r indicator CO on
the u p p e r i n s i d e . Sf y o u a r e r e u s i n g the brake p a d s ,
a l w a y s reinstall t h e brake p a d s in their original
p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t a m o m e n t a r y l o s s of braking
efficiency.

19-18
 ti
17, Pivot the c a l i p e r d o w n into position, install the 19. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c
f l a n g e bolt f A), a n d tighten it to the s p e c i f i e d torque. a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
wheels.

20. P r e s s the b r a k e pedal s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e s u r e

the b r a k e s w o r k .

N O T E : E n g a g e m e n t m a y require a greater pedal

stroke i m m e d i a t e l y after the b r a k e p a d s h a v e b e e n
r e p l a c e d a s a s e t S e v e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of the brake
pedal will restore the n o r m a l p e d a l stroke.

21. A d d brake fluid a s n e e d e d .

22. After installation, c h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line

joints or c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten if n e c e s s a r y .
T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e , t h e n r e c h e c k for leaks
fsee p a g e 19-38).

18. install the b r a k e h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (B).

19-19
Conventional Brake Components
Front Brake Disc Inspection
Runout 7. If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, refinish
the brake d i s c w i t h a H o n d a - a p p r o v e d c o m m e r c i a l l y
1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h a v a i l a b l e o n - c a r brake lathe.
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s fsee p a g e
1-11). I¥lax* r e f i n i s h i o g limit:
MISSIS type: 26.0 m m f 1.02 So.)
2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l s . A K E B O W O t y p e : 2.1.0 m m (0.83 in.)

3. R e m o v e the brake p a d s : N I S S I N type ( s e e p a g e NOTE:

19-13), A K E B O N O t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-17). * If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit for
r e f i n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 19-22).
4. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c to w h e e l s u r f a c e for d a m a g e * If the brake d i s c is r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e ,
a n d c r a c k s . C l e a n the brake d i s c t h o r o u g h l y , a n d c h e c k t h e n e w d i s c for r u n o u t If the n e w d i s c is
r e m o v e all rust. out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e f i n i s h the d i s c

5. Install suitable flat w a s h e r s (A) a n d the w h e e l nuts 8. Install the brake p a d s : N I S S I N t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-13),
I B ) , a n d tighten t h e w h e e l nuts to the s p e c i f i e d A K E B O N O t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-17).
torque to hold t h e brake d i s c s e c u r e l y a g a i n s t the
hub. 9. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c
a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the front
wheels.

12 x 1.5 mm
108 N-m (11.0 kgf«m, 7S.6 Ibf-ft)

6. S e t up t h e dial g a u g e a g a i n s t the brake d i s c a s

s h o w n , a n d m e a s u r e the runout at 10 m m (3/8 in.)
f r o m the outer e d g e of the brake d i s c .

Brake disc ronout:

S e r v l e e limit: 0=04 m m {©.0016 In.)

19-20
Thickness and Parallelism 5. If t h e b r a k e d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit for
p a r a l l e l i s m , refinish t h e b r a k e d i s c w i t h a H o n d a -
1. R a i s e t h e front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with a p p r o v e d c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e on c a r brake lathe.
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s fsee p a g e
1-11). N O T E : If t h e brake d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit
for r e f i n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 19-22).
2 . R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l s .
6. Install t h e brake p a d s : NISSSN t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-13),
3. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p a d s : N I S S I N t y p e f s e e p a g e A K E B O N O type ( s e e p a g e 19-17).
19-13), A K E B O N O t y p e ( s e e p a g e 19-17).
7. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
4. U s i n g a m i c r o m e t e r , m e a s u r e t h e brake d i s c a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front
t h i c k n e s s at eight p o i n t s , a b o u t 45 ° apart a n d wheels.
10 m m C3/8 in.) m f r o m t h e o u t e r e d g e of t h e brake
d i s c . R e p l a c e t h e b r a k e d i s c if the s m a l l e s t
m e a s u r e m e n t i s l e s s t h a n the m a x . refinishing limit.

Brake disc thickness:

Standard:
N i S S I N type: 2 7 . 9 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 - 1 , 1 1 In.!
A K E B O N O t y p e : 2 2 . 9 - 2 3 . 1 mm f O . 9 0 - 0 . 9 1 in.)
M a x , r s f i f i i s l i i n g limit:
mSSm type: IBM mm 11,02 In.)
A K E B O N O t y p e : 2 1 . 0 m m (0.83 In.f
B r a k e d i s c p a r a l l e l i s m : § , 0 1 5 m m (0,0008 in.) m a x .

N O T E : T h i s is the m a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e difference
b e t w e e n the t h i c k n e s s m e a s u r e m e n t s .

19-21
Conventional Brake Components
Front Brake Disc Replacement

N O T E : K e e p a n y g r e a s e off the brake d i s c a n d brake 5. R e m o v e the brake d i s c f l a t h e a d s c r e w s (A).

pads.

1. R a i s e the front of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with

s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s (see p a g e
1-11).

2. R e m o v e the front w h e e l .

3. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (A).

S x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

6. R e m o v e the brake d i s c (B) f r o m the front hub.

N O T E : Sf the brake d i s c is s t u c k to t h e front h u b ,

t h r e a d t w o 8 x 1.25 m m bolts (C) into the brake d i s c
to p u s h it a w a y f r o m the front h u b . T u r n e a c h bolt
90 d e g r e e s at a t i m e to p r e v e n t t h e brake d i s c f r o m
binding.

7. Install the brake d i s c in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

4. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts removal.
(B), then r e m o v e the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m the
knuckle. T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e c a l i p e r N O T E : B e f o r e installing t h e brake d i s c , c l e a n t h e
a s s e m b l y or brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of w i r e mating s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the front hub a n d the
to h a n g the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the inside of the brake d i s c .
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e
excessively. 8. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c r u n o u t ( s e e p a g e 19-20).

9. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front
wheel.

19-22
Front Brake Caliper Overhaul

ACAUTION
F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t , r e g a r d l e s s of m a i e i al c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l o be? h a z a r d o u s 10 y o u r health.
8

* A v o i d breathing d u s t particles.
* N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e or b r u s h to c l e a n b r a k e a s s e m b l i e s , U s e a n O S H A - a p p r o v e d v a c u u m c l e a n e r .

NISSIN Type
.-•ij

R e m o v e , d i s a s s e m b l e , I n s p e c t r e a s s e m b l e , a n d install the c a l i p e r , a n d note t h e s e items:

N O T E : P a k e s u r e that t h e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e installed c o r r e c t l y . U p p e r c a l i p e r pin B a n d lower c a l i p e r pin A a r e d i f f e r e n t

If t h e s e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e Installed in the w r o n g l o c a t i o n , it w i l l c a u s e v i b r a t i o n , u n e v e n or rapid p a d w e a r , a n d p o s s i b l y
u n e v e n tire w e a r ,

* Do not spill brake fluid on the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, w a s h it off
Immediately with water,
* T o p r e v e n t d r i p p i n g brake fluid, c o v e r d i s c o n n e c t e d h o s e joints w i t h r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s ,
* C l e a n all parts in brake fluid a n d air dry; b l o w out all p a s s a g e s w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts a r e free of dirt a n d other f o r e i g n particles.
* R e p l a c e parts w i t h n e w o n e s a s s p e c i f i e d in the illustration.
* Make s u r e no dirt or other foreign m a t t e r g e t s in the brake fluid.
* M a k e s u r e n o g r e a s e o r oil g e t s o n t h e brake d i s c s or t h e p a d s . .
* W h e n r e u s i n g b r a k e p a d s , a l w a y s reinstall t h e m in their original p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t l o s s of braking efficiency.
* D o not r e u s e d r a i n e d brake fluid, U s e only c l e a n H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e Fluid f r o m a n u n o p e n e d c o n t a i n e r . U s i n g a
n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d s h o r t e n the life of the s y s t e m .
* C o a t t h e p i s t o n , t h e piston s e a l g r o o v e , a n d the c a l i p e r bore w i t h c l e a n brake fluid.
* U s e r e c o m m e n d e d g r e a s e s in t h e front c a l i p e r s e t .
* After installing t h e c a l i p e r , c h e c k the brake h o s e a n d line for l e a k s , i n t e r f e r e n c e , a n d t w i s t i n g .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e
s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .

c=*=3SlDi : Honda s i l i c o n grease t P / N 08C30»B0234M)

(confd)

19-23
Conventional Brake Components
Front Brake Caliper Overhaul (cont'd)

AKEBONO Type

R e m o v e , d i s a s s e m b l e , i n s p e c t r e a s s e m b l e , a n d install the c a l i p e r , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

N O T E : M a k e s u r e that the c a l i p e r p i n s a r e installed c o r r e c t l y . U p p e r c a l i p e r psn B a n d l o w e r c a l i p e r pin A a r e different.

Sf t h e s e c a l i p e r p i n s a r e i n s t a l l e d in t h e w r o n g location, it will c a u s e v i b r a t i o n , u n e v e n or rapid p a d w e a r , a n d p o s s i b l y
u n e v e n tire w e a r .

* Do not spill brake fluid on t h e v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e t h e paint; if b r a k e fluid g e t s o n t h e paint, w a s h st off

i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .
* T o p r e v e n t dripping b r a k e f l u i d , c o v e r d i s c o n n e c t e d h o s e j o i n t s w i t h r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s ,
* C l e a n all parts In brake fluid a n d air dry; b l o w out all p a s s a g e s with c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts a r e free of dirt a n d other foreign particles.
* R e p l a c e parts with n e w o n e s a s s p e c i f i e d In the illustration.
* M a k e s u r e no dirt or other f o r e i g n matter g e t s In the brake fluid.
* M'ake s u r e no g r e a s e or oil g e t s o n t h e brake d i s c s or t h e p a d s . •
* W h e n r e u s i n g brake p a d s , a l w a y s reinstall t h e m in their original p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t l o s s of braking efficiency.
* Do not r e u s e d r a i n e d brake fluid. U s e o n l y c l e a n H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e F l u i d f r o m a n u n o p e n e d c o n t a i n e r . U s i n g a
n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d s h o r t e n the life of the s y s t e m .
* C o a t the p i s t o n , the piston s e a l g r o o v e , a n d the c a l i p e r bore w i t h c l e a n brake fluid.
* U s e r e c o m m e n d e d g r e a s e s in t h e front c a l i p e r s e t .
* After installing the c a l i p e r , c h e c k t h e brake h o s e a n d line for l e a k s , Interference, a n d t w i s t i n g .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e
s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .

c^SlSb : Honda silicone grease {PM 08C30-B0234M)

19-24
Master Cylinder Replacement
3. D i s c o n n e c t the brake fluid level s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
* Do not spill brake fluid o n t h e v e h i c l e ; It m a y
d a m a g e the paint; if brake fluid g e t s o n t h e p a i n t
w a s h it off i m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r ,
* B e c a r e f u l not to d a m a g e o r d e f o r m t h e brake
l i n e s d u r i n g r e m o v a l a n d installation.
* Plug t h e e n d s of t h e h o s e s a n d the joints to
p r e v e n t spilling brake fluid.

1. R e m o v e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box m o u n t nut
(A) a n d r e l e a s e the c l i p I B ) , t h e n m o v e t h e u n d e r -
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x IC) a s i d e .

A
9,8 IM-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7 2 Ibf ft)

4. D i s c o n n e c t the brake l i n e s (B) f r o m the m a s t e r

c y l i n d e r (C). T o prevent s p i l l s , c o v e r t h e h o s e j o i n t s
w i t h c l e a n r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s .

B 5. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g nuts (D) a n d

the w a s h e r s (E).

6. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r f r o m the brake b o o s t e r

(F). B e careful not to b e n d or d a m a g e the brake
2, R e m o v e t h e r e s e r v o i r c a p a n d t h e brake fluid f r o m l i n e s w h e n r e m o v i n g the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .
the master cylinder reservoir with a syringe.
7. R e m o v e the rod s e a l (G) f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

N O T E : During installation, s e t a n e w rod s e a l onto

the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r with its g r o o v e d s i d e (H)
t o w a r d the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

(confd)

19-25
Conventional Brake Components
Master Cylinder Replacement Master Cylinder inspection
(cont'd)
1. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25),

8. Install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of 2. Inspect a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts are free
* C o a t the inner bore lip a n d the outer of dirt a n d other f o r e i g n particles.
c i r c u m f e r e n c e of the n e w rod s e a l w i t h the S h i n - * Do not try to d i s a s s e m b l e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
E t s u s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N 08798-9013). a s s e m b l y . R e p l a c e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a s s e m b l y
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n the w i t h a n e w part if n e c e s s a r y .
t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , * Do not-allow dirt or foreign m a t t e r to
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r c o n t a m i n a t e the brake fluid.
h a n d s or g l o v e s .
* C h e c k the brake p e d a l height a n d free play after RESERVOIR CAP
installing the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r , a n d a d j u s t it if Check for blockage
of vent holes.
n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 19-6).

RESERVOIR S E A L
9. Install the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box. Check for damage
and deterioration.
10. B l e e d the brake s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).
STRAIWER
Remove accumulated
11. S p i n the w h e e l s to c h e c k for brake d r a g . sediment

RESERVOIR MASTER CYLINDER

Check for damage. Check for leaks,
rust, and damage.

3. Install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25).

19-26
 ®
Brake Booster Test
Functional Test 3. D i s c o n n e c t the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (A) at
the b o o s t e r . T h e c h e c k v a l v e (B) is built into the
1, W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), p r e s s the hose.
b r a k e p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s to deplete t h e v a c u u m
r e s e r v o i r , t h e n p r e s s the brake p e d a l h a r d , a n d h o l d N O T E : If the c h e c k v a l v e is faulty, r e p l a c e the brake
it for 15 s e c o n d s . If t h e brake p e d a l s i n k s , either the booster v a c u u m hose/check valve a s an a s s e m b l y .
m a s t e r c y l i n d e r i s b y p a s s i n g internally, or t h e
b r a k e s y s t e m : is leaking. I n s p e c t the brake h o s e s A
arid l i n e s f s e e p a g e 13-38).

2, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h the brake p e d a l p r e s s e d . If t h e
b r a k e p e d a l s i n k s slightly, the v a c u u m b o o s t e r is
o p e r a t i n g n o r m a l l y . If the brake p e d a l height d o e s
not v a r y , d o the brake s y s t e m t e s t ( s e e p a g e 19-4).

Leak Test

1. P r e s s the brake p e d a l w i t h t h e e n g i n e r u n n i n g , then

s t o p t h e e n g i n e . T h e brake p e d a l height s h o u l d not
v a r y w h i l e p r e s s e d for 3 0 s e c o n d s .

* If t h e p e d a l height r i s e s , g o to s t e p 6.
* If it d o e s not r i s e , g o to s t e p 2. 4. S t a r t the e n g i n e , a n d let it idle. T h e r e s h o u l d be
v a c u u m available.
2. Start the e n g i n e a n d let it idle for 3 0 s e c o n d s . T u r n
t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t * If n o v a c u u m is a v a i l a b l e , the c h e c k v a l v e is not
3 0 s e c o n d s , P r e s s the brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s w o r k i n g properly. R e p l a c e the brake b o o s t e r
u s i n g n o r m a l p r e s s u r e , W h e n t h e p e d a l is first v a c u u m h o s e a n d the c h e c k v a l v e , a n d retest.
p r e s s e d , it s h o u l d be Sow. O n c o n s e c u t i v e * If v a c u u m is f o u n d , g o to s t e p 5.
a p p l i c a t i o n s , t h e p e d a l height s h o u l d g r a d u a l l y r i s e .
D o e s the p e d a l rise o n e a c h c o n s e c u t i v e 5. W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), r e c o n n e c t t h e
application? v a c u u m h o s e to the brake booster,

* If is r i s e s , the b o o s t e r is O K , 6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d then p i n c h the brake b o o s t e r

* If it d o e s not r i s e , g o to s t e p 3. v a c u u m h o s e b e t w e e n the c h e c k v a l v e a n d the
booster.

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d w a i t

30 s e c o n d s . P r e s s the brake p e d a l s e v e r a l t i m e s
u s i n g n o r m a l p r e s s u r e . W h e n the pedal is first
p r e s s e d , it s h o u l d be low. O n c o n s e c u t i v e
a p p l i c a t i o n s , the p e d a l height s h o u l d g r a d u a l l y rise.

* If the p e d a l position d o e s not v a r y , i n s p e c t the

s e a l b e t w e e n the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a n d the booster.
If the s e a l is O K , r e p l a c e the brake b o o s t e r .
* If the p e d a l position v a r i e s , r e p l a c e the brake
booster v a c u u m hose/check valve a s an
assembly.

19-27
Conventional Brake Components
Brake Booster Replacement
1. R e m o v e the c o w l c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-261). 6. R e m o v e the brake l i n e s (A) f r o m the h o s e c l a m p (B).

2. R e m o v e the strut b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) ( s e e p a g e

20-289).

3. R e m o v e the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( s e e p a g e 19-25).

4. D i s c o n n e c t the brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (A)

f r o m the brake b o o s t e r .

7. R e m o v e the lock pin (A) a n d the c l e v i s pin (B), t h e n

d i s c o n n e c t the y o k e f r o m the brake p e d a l .

5. R e m o v e the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box bracket (A),

t h e n r e m o v e the e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B).

6K 1.0 m m

8 x 1.25 mm
12 N-m
(1.2 k g f - m ,
8.7 I b f - f t )

8. R e m o v e the brake b o o s t e r m o u n t i n g nuts (C).

S x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 I b f - f t )

19-28
 Rear Brake Pad Inspection and
Replacement
9, R e m o v e the brake b o o s t e r (A) f r o m the e n g i n e
compartment.

m a m ACAUTION
* B e c a r e f u l n o t to d a m a g e t h e brake F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t , r e g a r d l e s s of
b o o s t e r m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e s a n d the material c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l d be h a z a r d o u s to y o u r
t h r e a d s o n the b o o s t e r bolts. health.
* B e c a r e f u l not to b e n d or d a m a g e the * A v o i d breathing dust particles.
brake l i n e s , * N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e o r b r u s h to c l e a n b r a k e
a s s e m b l i e s . U s e an O S H A - a p p r o v e d v a c u u m
N O T E : U s e t h e n e w b r a k e b o o s t e r g a s k e t IB) cleaner.
during reassembly.

Inspection

1. R a i s e the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
safety s t a n d s in the proper l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).

2. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l s .

3. C h e c k the t h i c k n e s s (A) of the Inner p a d IB) a n d the

outer p a d (C). Do not I n c l u d e the t h i c k n e s s of the
b a c k i n g plate.

Brake pad thickness:

Standard: 8 3 - 9 , 0 mm (0.33-0,35 Inj
10. Install the b r a k e b o o s t e r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of S e r v i c e limit: 1.0 m m 10=04 I n j
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e items:

* install the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r after installing t h e

brake b o o s t e r f s e e p a g e 19-25,1
* C h e c k the brake p e d a l height a n d free p l a y after
installing t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y f s e e p a g e 13-6).
* B l e e d t h e brake s y s t e m fsee p a g e 19-9),

4. If a n y of the brake p a d t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n the

s e r v i c e limit, r e p l a c e the rear brake p a d s a s a set,

5. C l e a n the mating s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c

a n d the i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install the rear
wheels.

(confd)

19-29
Conventional Brake Components
Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement (cont'd)
Replacement 6. R e m o v e the p a d s h i m (A) a n d the brake p a d s (B).

1. R e m o v e s o m e brake fluid f r o m the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r .

2. R a i s e the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
1-11).

3. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l s .

4. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (A).

.25 mm

7. R e m o v e the p a d r e t a i n e r s (A).

.0 mm

5. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts (B) w h i l e holding

r e s p e c t i v e c a l i p e r pin (C) w i t h a w r e n c h . B e careful
not to d a m a g e the pin b o o t a n d r e m o v e the c a l i p e r
(D). C h e c k the h o s e , the pin b o o t s , a n d the parking
brake c a b l e boots for d a m a g e a n d deterioration.

N O T E : Do not twist the brake h o s e a n d the parking

brake c a b l e to p r e v e n t d a m a g e .

8. C l e a n the c a l i p e r bracket (B) t h o r o u g h l y ; r e m o v e

a n y r u s t a n d c h e c k for g r o o v e s a n d c r a c k s .
Verify that the c a l i p e r p i n s (C) m o v e in a n d out
s m o o t h l y . C l e a n a n d lube if n e e d e d .

9. I n s p e c t the brake d i s c , a n d c h e c k for d a m a g e a n d

c r a c k s ( s e e p a g e 19-32).

10. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e (P/N

0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 1 0 ) to the retainer m a t i n g s u r f a c e of the
c a l i p e r bracket (indicated by the a r r o w s a n d s h a d e d
area).

11. Install the p a d r e t a i n e r s . W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y

p a s t e off the r e t a i n e r s . K e e p the a s s e m b l y p a s t e off
the brake d i s c a n d the brake p a d s .

19-30
12. A p p l y a thin c o a t of M-77 a s s e m b l y p a s t e 14. Rotate t h e c a l i p e r piston (A) c l o c k w i s e into the
(P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 1 0 ) to t h e p a d s i d e of t h e s h i m s (A), c y l i n d e r , t h e n align the cutout (B) in t h e piston w i t h
the b a c k of t h e b r a k e p a d s (B), a n d the other a r e a s t h e t a b (C) o n t h e i n n e r p a d by t u r n i n g the piston .
indicated by the arrows. W i p e e x c e s s a s s e m b l y back. L u b r i c a t e the boot w i t h r u b b e r g r e a s e to
p a s t e off t h e p a d s h i m a n d the brake p a d s friction a v o i d t w i s t i n g the piston boot. If t h e piston boot is
m a t e r i a l K e e p g r e a s e a n d a s s e m b l y p a s t e off t h e t w i s t e d , back it out s o it is p o s i t i o n e d properly.
brake d i s c s a n d t h e p a d s . C o n t a m i n a t e d brake
d i s c s o r b r a k e p a d s r e d u c e s t o p p i n g ability. N O T E : B e c a r e f u l w h e n m o v i n g the piston b a c k in
t h e c a l i p e r ; brake fluid m i g h t o v e r f l o w f r o m the
master cylinder's reservoir.

E D
8 x 1 . 2 5 mm 8 x1,0 mm
22 N-m 23 N-m
(2.2 kgff-m, 16 Ibf.ft) (2.3 kgf-m.

13. Install t h e b r a k e p a d s a n d p a d s h i m c o r r e c t l y ,
Install the brake p a d w i t h the w e a r indicator (C) o n
t h e b o t t o m i n s i d e , If y o u a r e r e u s i n g t h e b r a k e p a d s ,
a l w a y s reinstall t h e brake p a d s in their original
p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t a m o m e n t a r y l o s s of braking
efficiency, 15. Install t h e c a l i p e r . Install t h e f l a n g e bolts CD), a n d
tighten it to t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e w h i l e h o l d i n g the
r e s p e c t i v e c a l i p e r pin w i t h a w r e n c h b e i n g c a r e f u l
not to d a m a g e the pin boots a n d parking b r a k e
cable boots.

16. Install t h e brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (E).

(confd)

19-31
Conventional Brake Components
Rear Brake Pad inspection and Rear Brake Disc Inspection
Replacement {cont'd!
Rynout

17. C l e a n the mating s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n the brake d i s c 1. R a i s e the rear of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h

a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install the rear safety s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
wheels. 1-11).

18. P r e s s the brake pedal s e v e r a l t i m e s to m a k e s u r e 2. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l s .

the brakes work.
3. R e m o v e the brake p a d s ( s e e p a g e 19-30).
N O T E : E n g a g e m e n t m a y require a greater p e d a l
stroke i m m e d i a t e l y after the brake p a d s h a v e b e e n 4. Inspect the brake d i s c to- w h e e l s u r f a c e for d a m a g e
r e p l a c e d a s a s e t S e v e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of the brake a n d c r a c k s . C l e a n the brake d i s c t h o r o u g h l y , a n d
p e d a l will restore the n o r m a l p e d a l stroke. r e m o v e all rust.

19. A d d brake fluid a s n e e d e d . 5. Install s u i t a b l e flat w a s h e r s (A) a n d the w h e e l nuts

(B), a n d tighten the w h e e l nuts to the s p e c i f i e d
20. After installation, c h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line torque to hold the brake d i s c s e c u r e l y a g a i n s t the
joints or c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten if n e c e s s a r y . hub,
T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e , t h e n r e c h e c k for l e a k s
( s e e p a g e 19-38).

(11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 Ibf-ft)

6. S e t up the dial g a u g e a g a i n s t the brake d i s c a s

s h o w n , a n d m e a s u r e the runout at 10 m m (3/8 in.)
f r o m the outer e d g e of the brake d i s c .

Brake disc runout:

S e r v i c e limit: 0.04 m m (0.0016 in.)

19-32
7. If t h e brake d i s c Is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit, refinish Thickness and Parallelism
t h e brake d i s c w i t h a H o n d a - a p p r o v e d c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e o n - c a r b r a k e lathe. 1. R a i s e the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it with
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e
M a x . reflfilsfilrtg limit: 8.0 m i n (0.31 I n j 1-11).

NOTE: 2. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l s .
* If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit for
r e f l n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it f s e e p a g e 19-34). 3. R e m o v e t h e brake p a d s ( s e e p a g e 19-30).
* If t h e brake d i s c is r e p l a c e d with a n e w o n e ,
c h e c k the n e w d i s c for r u n o u t If the n e w d i s c is 4. U s i n g a m i c r o m e t e r , m e a s u r e t h e b r a k e d i s c
out of s p e c i f i c a t i o n , refinish t h e d i s c . t h i c k n e s s at eight points, a b o u t 45 ° apart a n d
10 m m (3/8 in.) in f r o m t h e outer e d g e of t h e brake
B, Install the b r a k e p a d s f s e e p a g e 19-30). d i s c . R e p l a c e t h e brake d i s c if t h e s m a l l e s t
m e a s u r e m e n t is l e s s t h a n t h e m a x i m u m - r e f i n i s h i n g
9. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c limit.
a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e r e a r
wheels^* Brake disc thickness:
S t a n d a r d : 8 . 9 - 9 . 1 m m (0.35—0.36 in.)
Max. reflrtishiog limit: 8.0 m m 10.31 In.)
Brake disc parallelism:
0.015 m m 10.0000 in.) m a x .

N O T E : T h i s is t h e m a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e difference
between the thickness.measurements.

5. If the brake d i s c is b e y o n d the s e r v i c e limit for

p a r a l l e l i s m , refinish t h e brake d i s c w i t h a
Honda-approved commercially available on-car
brake lathe.

N O T E : If t h e brake d i s c is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e limit for

r e f i n i s h i n g , r e p l a c e it ( s e e p a g e 19-34),

6. Install t h e brake p a d s ( s e e p a g e 19-30).

7. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear
wheels.

19-33
Conventional Brake Components
Rear Brake Disc Replacement
N O T E : K e e p a n y g r e a s e off the brake d i s c a n d brake 7. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt (A).
pads.
A
8 x 1.25 mm
1. R a i s e the r e a r of the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h 22 N-m
s a f e t y s t a n d s in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft)
1-11).

2. R e m o v e the rear w h e e l .

3. R e l e a s e the parking brake l e v e r fully.

4. L o o s e n the parking brake c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut

( s e e p a g e 19-8).

5, R e m o v e the flange bolt (A) f r o m the a r m (B).

8. R e m o v e the brake c a l i p e r bracket m o u n t i n g bolts

(B), a n d r e m o v e the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m t h e
knuckle. T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the c a l i p e r
a s s e m b l y or brake h o s e , u s e a s h o r t p i e c e of w i r e
to h a n g the c a l i p e r a s s e m b l y f r o m the
u n d e r c a r r i a g e . Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e a n d the
parking brake c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y .

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the p l a t e s (D) a r e in position on

r e a s s e m b l y , if t h e y a r e r e m o v e d ( s e e s t e p 8 on
p a g e 18-39).

19-34
 9 , R e m o v e t h e brake d i s c ffathead s c r e w s (A),

C
8 K 1.25 m m

10. R e m o v e the b r a k e d i s c (B) f r o m the h u b b e a r i n g

unit

N O T E : If the b r a k e d i s c i s s t o c k to t h e h u b b e a r i n g
u n i t t h r e a d t w o 8 x 1.25 m m bolts {€) into t h e brake
d i s c t o p u s h It a w a y f r o m t h e h u b b e a r i n g unit.
T u r n e a c h bolt 30 d e g r e e s at a t i m e to p r e v e n t the
brake disc from binding.

11. Install t h e b r a k e d i s c in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* A d j u s t t h e parking b r a k e ( s e e p a g e 19-8).
* B e f o r e installing t h e brake d i s c , c l e a n the m a t i n g
s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e h u b b e a r i n g unit a n d t h e
I n s i d e of the b r a k e d i s c ,

12. I n s p e c t the b r a k e d i s c r u n o u t ( s e e p a g e 19-32).

13. After install t h e b r a k e c a l i p e r , m a k e s u r e the

c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e l o w e r a r m B a n d parking
b r a k e c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 m m (0.20 in.).

14. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
a n d t h e i n s i d e of the w h e e l then install t h e rear
wheel.

19-35
Conventional Brake Components

Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul

F r e q u e n t inhalation of brake p a d d u s t r e g a r d l e s s of material c o m p o s i t i o n , c o u l d be h a z a r d o u s to y o u r h e a l t h .

* A v o i d breathing dust particles.
* N e v e r u s e a n air h o s e or b r u s h to c l e a n brake a s s e m b l i e s . U s e a n O S H A - a p p r o v e d v a c u u m c l e a n e r .

R e m o v e , d i s a s s e m b l e , i n s p e c t , r e a s s e m b l e , a n d install the c a l i p e r , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* Do not spill brake fluid on the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e t h e paint; if brake fluid g e t s on the paint, w a s h it off
i m m e d i a t e l y with w a t e r .
* T o p r e v e n t dripping brake fluid, c o v e r d i s c o n n e c t e d h o s e joints with r a g s or s h o p t o w e l s .
* C l e a n all parts in brake fluid a n d air dry; b l o w out all p a s s a g e s with c o m p r e s s e d air.
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all parts a r e free of dirt a n d other foreign p a r t i c l e s .
* R e p l a c e parts with n e w o n e s a s s p e c i f i e d in the illustration.
* M a k e s u r e no dirt or other foreign matter g e t s in the brake fluid.
* M a k e s u r e no g r e a s e or oil g e t s on the brake d i s c s or t h e p a d s .
* W h e n r e u s i n g brake p a d s , a l w a y s reinstall t h e m in their original p o s i t i o n s to p r e v e n t l o s s of braking efficiency.
* D o not r e u s e d r a i n e d brake fluid. U s e o n l y c l e a n H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e Fluid f r o m a n u n o p e n e d c o n t a i n e r . U s i n g a
n o n - H o n d a brake fluid c a n c a u s e c o r r o s i o n a n d s h o r t e n t h e life of the s y s t e m .
* C o a t the piston, the piston s e a l g r o o v e , a n d the c a l i p e r bore w i t h c l e a n brake fluid.
* U s e r e c o m m e n d e d g r e a s e s in the rear c a l i p e r s e t
* After installing the c a l i p e r , c h e c k the brake h o s e a n d line for l e a k s , interference, a n d t w i s t i n g .
* M a k e s u r e not to get a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on the t e r m i n a l part of the c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e
s i l i c o n e g r e a s e on y o u r h a n d s or g l o v e s .

(P/N 08C3O-BO234SVS)

BLEED SCREW

(0.9 kgf-m, 7 Ibfft) BRAKE HOSE

/ / B A N J O BOLT

X / BRAKE PADS
/ \ WEAR INDICATOR
CALIPER PSN PIM BOOT Install inner brake pad
Replace. with its wear indicator

19-36
Brake Pedal Replacement

1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (A).

2 , R e m o v e t h e lock pin (B) a n d the c l e v i s pin (C).

3, R e m o v e the b r a k e p e d a l s u p p o r t m e m b e r CD).

4. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g bolt (E)
a n d nuts {F>,

5, R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l w i t h b r a c k e t ( G ) .

6 . R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (H) by
t u r n i n g It c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e .

7. Install in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

8, A d j u s t the b r a k e p e d a l arid t h e b r a k e p e d a l position

s w i t c h f s e e p a g e 13-6).
Conventional Brake Components
Brake Hose and Line Inspection
1. I n s p e c t the brake h o s e s for d a m a g e , d e t e r i o r a t i o n , l e a k s , i n t e r f e r e n c e , a n d t w i s t i n g .

2. C h e c k the brake l i n e s for d a m a g e , r u s t i n g , a n d l e a k s . A l s o c h e c k for bent brake Sines.

3. C h e c k for l e a k s at h o s e a n d line j o i n t s a n d c o n n e c t i o n s , a n d retighten If n e c e s s a r y .

4. C h e c k the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit for d a m a g e a n d l e a k s .

Connection Component Connected to Specified Torque Value Mote

Point
A Front brake caliper Brake hose 3 5 N-m (3.6 kgf-m, 2 6 Ibf-ft) B a n j o bolt
Bleed s c r e w 9 N-m (0.9 kgf-m, 7 Ibf-ft)
( N I S S I N type)
Bleed screw 8 N-m (0.8 kgf-m, 6 Ibf-ft)
( A K E B O N O type)
B R e a r brake c a l i p e r Brake hose 3 5 N-m (3.6 kgf-m, 2 6 Ibf-ft) B a n j o bolt
Bleed s c r e w 9 N-m (0.9 kgf-m, 7 Ibf-ft)
C Brake hose B r a k e line 15 N-m (1.5 kgf.m, 11 Ibf-ft) F l a r e nut
D Master cylinder B r a k e line 22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft) F l a r e nut
E V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit B r a k e line 22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 Ibf-ft) F l a r e nut
(12 m m nut)
B r a k e Sine 15 N-m (1.5 kgf-m, 11 Ibf-ft)
(10 m m nut)

1938
Brake Hose Replacement
NOTE: 5. Install t h e b r a k e h o s e (A) with t h e m o u n t i n g bolt (B).
* B e f o r e r e a s s e m b l i n g , c h e c k that all p a r t s a r e f r e e of
dirt and o t h e r f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s ,
* R e p l a c e parts w i t h n e w o n e s w h e n e v e r s p e c i f i e d to
do s o .
* Do not s p i l l b r a k e fluid on the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
t h e paint; if b r a k e fluid g e t s o n t h e p a i n t w a s h it off
immediately with water,
* Plug t h e e n d s of t h e h o s e s a n d t h e j o i n t s to p r e v e n t
s p i l l i n g b r a k e fluid,

Front

1 , R e m o v e t h e front w h e e l .

2 , D i s c o n n e c t the b r a k e line {A} f r o m the brake h o s e

(B), t h e n r e m o v e the b r a k e h o s e clip (C).

6. C o n n e c t t h e brake h o s e to the c a l i p e r with t h e

b a n j o bolt (C) a n d n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D),

7. Install a n e w brake h o s e clip (A) to t h e b r a k e h o s e

(B) o n t h e b r a c k e t t h e n c o n n e c t the b r a k e line i C h
D o not t w i s t the brake h o s e .

c
A 10 K 1.0 m m
Rer lace. 15 N-m {1.5 kgf-m, 11 Ibf-ft)

3 . R e m o v e the b a n j o bolt (A), a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e

brake h o s e iB) o m the c a l i p e r .
l r

8. After installing the brake h o s e , b l e e d the b r a k e

s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).

9. D o t h e f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :

* C h e c k the brake h o s e a n d line joint for l e a k s , a n d

tighten if n e c e s s a r y .
* C h e c k the brake h o s e s for i n t e r f e r e n c e a n d
twisting.

10. C l e a n t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e brake d i s c
a n d t h e i n s i d e of t h e w h e e l , t h e n install t h e front
4. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt ( C ) t h e n
f
wheel.
r e m o v e the b r a k e h o s e .
(confd)

19-39
Conventional Brake Components

Brake Hose Replacement (cont'd)

Rear 5. Install the brake h o s e (A) w i t h t h e m o u n t i n g bolt (B).

1. R e m o v e t h e rear w h e e l

. 2. D i s c o n n e c t the b r a k e line (A) f r o m the brake h o s e

(B), t h e n r e m o v e the b r a k e h o s e clip (C).

10 x 1 . 0 mm
3 5 N-m
(3.6 kgf-m, 26 Ibf-ft!

6. C o n n e c t t h e brake h o s e to the c a l i p e r w i t h the

b a n j o bolt (C) a n d n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (D).

7. Install a n e w brake h o s e clip (A) to the brake h o s e

(B) o n the b r a c k e t t h e n c o n n e c t the brake line (C).
Do not t w i s t the brake h o s e .

8. After installing the brake h o s e s , b l e e d t h e brake

4. R e m o v e the brake h o s e m o u n t i n g bolt ( B ) , t h e n s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).
r e m o v e the brake h o s e .
9. Do t h e f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :

* C h e c k t h e brake h o s e a n d line joint for l e a k s , a n d

tighten if n e c e s s a r y .
• C h e c k t h e brake h o s e for i n t e r f e r e n c e a n d
twisting.

10. C l e a n the m a t i n g s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n t h e b r a k e d i s c
a n d the i n s i d e of the w h e e l , t h e n install t h e rear
wheel.

19-40
Parking Brake Cable Replacement
Exploded View

R I G H T PARKING B R A K E C A B L E
Check f o r faulty m o v e m e n t .

BOOT
8 M 1,25 m m
Check f o r deterioration
22 N<m and damage.
(2.2 k g f . m , 16 Ibf-ft)

8x1.25 m m
32 N - m
(3.3 k g f . m , 24 Ibf-ftl

1.4N.m
C0.14 kgf-i
1.0 Ibf4t|

8 x 1.25 m m
PARKING B R A K E L E V E R 22 N - m
C h e c k f o r smooth ( 2 . 2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
operation.
PARKING BffAKE
LINK WIRE SWITCH
Do not scratch t h e
wire while handling
and assembling.

(confd)

19-41
Conwentional Brake Components

Parking Brake Cable Replacement (cont'd)

NOTE:
* T h e parking brake c a b l e s m u s t not be bent or
d i s t o r t e d . T h i s w i l l lead to stiff o p e r a t i o n a n d
p r e m a t u r e c a b l e failure.
• R e f e r to the E x p l o d e d V i e w a s n e e d e d d u r i n g t h i s
procedure.

1. R e l e a s e the parking b r a k e l e v e r fully.

2. L o o s e n t h e parking b r a k e c a b l e a d j u s t i n g nut
( s e e p a g e 19-8).

3. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolt (A) f r o m t h e a r m (B).

8 x 1.25 mm
22 N - m
D (2.2 kgf-m,
10 Ibf-ft)

4. D i s c o n n e c t the parking b r a k e c a b l e f r o m t h e Sever

(C).

5. R e m o v e the parking b r a k e c a b l e m o u n t i n g
h a r d w a r e , then r e m o v e the c a b l e .

6. Install the parking brake c a b l e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r

of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems:

* B e c a r e f u l not to b e n d or distort t h e c a b l e a n d
boot (D).
* M a k e s u r e the c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the l o w e r a r m
B a n d parking b r a k e c a b l e is m o r e t h a n 5 m m
(3/16 in.).
* A d j u s t t h e parking brake ( s e e p a g e 19-8).

19-42
Brakes

Conventional Brake Components ..................... 19-1

VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components

Component Location Index ... ........ ... 19-44
General Troubleshooting Information ........... ....... 19-46
DTC Troubleshooting Index ... ...... . 19-49
Symptom Troubleshooting Index .............. 19-55
System Description ............. ................... . .. 19-56
Circuit Diagram .................. ............ 19-64
DTC Troubleshooting 19-67
Symptom Troubleshooting 19-133
Steering Angle Sensor Replacement .............. 19-137
Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Sensor Replacement ......................... 19-138
VSA Sensor Neutral Position Memorization .. 19-138
VSA OFF Switch Test 19-139
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Update .... 19-140
VSA Modulator-Control Unit
Removal and installation ......................................... 19-141
Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement .... . ..... 19-144
VSA System Components
Component Location index

f V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT /HUB BEARING UNIT

Update, page 19-140 (MAGNETIC ENCODER)
Removal and Installation, page 19-141 Replacement, page 18-38

' RIGHT-REAR W H E E L
SPEED SENSOR
Replacement, page 19-145

HUB BEARING UNIT

(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
WHEEL BEARING Replacement, page 18-38
(MAGNETICI ENCODER)
Ef
Replacement,, fpage 18-13
LEFT-REAR W H E E L
SPEED SENSOR
RIGHT-FRONT W H E E L Replacement, page 19-145
SPEED SENSOR
Replacement, page 19-144
W H E E L BEARING
(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
Replacement, page 18-13
LEFT-FRONT W H E E L
SPEED SENSOR
Replacement, page 19-144

19-44
 / STEERING ANGLE S E N S O R
/ Replacement, page 19-137

YAW RATE-LATERAL
ACCELERATION S E N S O R
Replacement page 19-138
WSA System Components
General Troubleshooting Information

System Indicator ABS Indicator

T h i s s y s t e m h a s four indicators: T h e A B S indicator c o m e s o n w h e n t h e A B S function is

lost. T h e b r a k e s still w o r k like a c o n v e n t i o n a l s y s t e m .
* A B S indicator (A)
* B r a k e s y s t e m Indicator (B) B r a k e S y s t e m Indicator
• V S A indicator (C)
• V S A activation indicator (D) T h e brake s y s t e m indicator c o m e s on w h e n the E B D
function is lost, the parking b r a k e is a p p l i e d , a n d / o r the
brake fluid level is low.

N O T E : If t w o or m o r e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s fail, t h e
brake s y s t e m indicator will c o m e o n .

VSA Indicator

T h e V S A indicator c o m e s o n w h e n the V S A function is

lost.

V S A A c t i v a t i o n Indicator

T h e V S A activation indicator blinks w h e n the V S A

function is activating. T h e V S A activation indicator
W h e n the s y s t e m is O K , e a c h indicator c o m e s on for c o m e s on a n d s t a y s o n w h e n the V S A is t u r n e d O F F by
a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s after t u r n i n g t h e ignition s w i t c h to u s i n g the V S A O F F s w i t c h , or w h e n t h e V S A function is
O N (If), then g o e s off. lost.
W h e n the s y s t e m d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m , a D T C will be s e t
a n d , d e p e n d i n g u p o n the f a i l u r e , the V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit will d e t e r m i n e w h i c h indicator(s) will be
t u r n e d o n . Sf the p r o b l e m g o e s a w a y ( s y s t e m returns to
n o r m a l ) , the indicator(s) will be c o n t r o l l e d in the
f o l l o w i n g w a y d e p e n d i n g u p o n the D T C that w a s set:

* T h e indicator(s) will c o m e o n a n d s t a y on w h e n the

ignition s w i t c h is O N (II).
* T h e indicator(s) will a u t o m a t i c a l l y go off.
* T h e i n d i c a t o r s ) will go off after t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n .

19-46
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) How to Troubleshoot DTCs
* T h e m e m o r y c a n hold all D T C s . H o w e v e r , w h e n t h e T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p r o c e d u r e s a s s u m e that t h e c a u s e
s a m e D T C is detected more than once, the more of the p r o b l e m i s still p r e s e n t a n d t h e A B S a n d / o r V S A
recent D T C is written o v e r t h e e a r l i e r o n e . T h e r e f o r e , indicator is still o n . F o l l o w i n g a t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
w h e n t h e s a m e p r o b l e m is d e t e c t e d r e p e a t e d l y , it is p r o c e d u r e for a c o d e that h a s b e e n c l e a r e d but d o e s not
memorized a s a s i n g l e D T C , reset c a n result in incorrect d i a g n o s i s .
* T h e D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d in a s c e n d i n g n u m b e r o r d e r ,
not i n t h e o r d e r t h e y o c c u r , 1 . Question the customer about the conditions w h e n
* T h e D T C s a r e m e m o r i z e d in t h e E E P R O I V L T h e r e f o r e , the p r o b l e m o c c u r r e d , a n d try to r e p r o d u c e t h e
the memorized D T C s c a n n o t b e e r a s e d by s a m e c o n d i t i o n s f o r t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . F i n d out
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the battery. D o t h e s p e c i f i e d w h e n t h e A B S a n d / o r V S A indicator c a m e o n , s u c h
procedures to c l e a r the D T C s . a s d u r i n g activation, after a c t i v a t i o n , w h e n t h e
v e h i c l e w a s t r a v e l i n g at a c e r t a i n s p e e d , etc. If
Self-diagnosis necessary, have the c u s t o m e r demonstrate the
concern.
* S e l f - d i a g n o s i s c a n be c l a s s i f i e d into t w o c a t e g o r i e s :
- Initial d i a g n o s i s : D o n e right after t h e ignition s w i t c h 2. W h e n t h e A B S or V S A indicator d o e s not c o m e o n
is turned to OH III) a n d until the A B S a n d V S A d u r i n g t h e test-drive, c h e c k for l o o s e c o n n e c t o r s ,
i n d i c a t o r s g o off. p o o r c o n t a c t of the t e r m i n a l s , etc. in the circuit
- R e g u l a r d i a g n o s i s : D o n e right after t h e initial i n d i c a t e d by t h e D T C before y o u start
d i a g n o s i s until t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to troubleshooting.
L O C K (0).
* W h e n the s y s t e m detects a problem, the V S A 3. After t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , or the r e p a i r s a r e d o n e , c l e a r
modulator-control unit shifts to f a i l - s a f e m o d e . the D T C s , a n d test-drive t h e v e h i c l e u n d e r t h e s a m e
c o n d i t i o n s that originally s e t the D T C s . M a k e s u r e
Kickback the A B S a n d V S A indicators d o not c o m e o n .

T h e p u m p motor operates w h e n the V S A modulator- 4. C h e c k for D T C s f r o m other s y s t e m s w h i c h a r e

c o n t r o l unit is functioning, a n d t h e fluid in t h e r e s e r v o i r c o n n e c t e d v i a F - C A N . If t h e r e a r e D T C s that a r e
is f o r c e d out to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r , c a u s i n g kickback at related to F - C A N , t h e m o s t likely c a u s e w a s that t h e
the b r a k e p e d a l ignition s w i t c h w a s t u r n e d to O N (II) with t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t e d .
Pump Motor C l e a r t h e D T C s . C h e c k for fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s c o d e s
first, t h e n V S A c o d e s ,
* T h e p u m p motor operates w h e n the V S A modulator-
c o n t r o l unit Is f u n c t i o n i n g . Intermittent Failures
* T h e V S A modulator-control unit c h e c k s t h e p u m p
m o t o r o p e r a t i o n o n e t i m e after c o m p l e t i n g initial T h e t e r m "intermittent f a i l u r e " m e a n s a s y s t e m m a y
diagnosis during regular diagnosis w h e n the vehicle h a v e h a d a failure, but it c h e c k s O K n o w . If t h e
is driven o v e r 10 m p h ( 1 5 k m / h ) . i n d i c a t o r s ) of t h e s y s t e m d o e s not c o m e o n , c h e c k for
l o o s e c o n n e c t o r s or poor c o n t a c t s in t h e t e r m i n a l s
Brake Fluid Replacement/Air Bleeding related to the circuit that y o u a r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

B r a k e fluid r e p l a c e m e n t a n d a i r b l e e d i n g p r o c e d u r e s
a r e identical t o t h e p r o c e d u r e s u s e d o n v e h i c l e s w i t h o u t
t h e V S A s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9),

(confd)

19-47
V S A - S y s t e m Components

General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

How to Use the HDS (

H o
n da Diagnostic How to Retrieve DT
C s
System)
1. W i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the
1. If t h e s y s t e m indicators s t a y o n , c o n n e c t t h e H D S to H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) u n d e r t h e
t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d ,
2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e

/ a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t If it d o e s n ' t
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192),

4. F o l l o w the p r o m p t s on the H D S to d i s p l a y the

D T C ( s ) o n t h e s c r e e n . After d e t e r m i n i n g the D T C ,
refer to the D T C t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Do t h e all
s y s t e m s D T C check, and troubleshoot any
powertrain D T C s first

5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

How to Clear DT
C s
A
1. W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the
2. Turn-the ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). H D S to t h e data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) u n d e r the
d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s with the v e h i c l e
a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t If it d o e s n ' t 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
4. C h e c k the d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e ( D T C ) for all a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t If it d o e s n ' t
s y s t e m s , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e p o w e r t r a i n D T C s first t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
a n d note it. T h e n refer to t h e indicated D T C s
troubleshooting, and do the appropriate 4. C l e a r the D T C ( s ) by f o l l o w i n g the s c r e e n p r o m p t s
troubleshooting procedure. on the H D S .

NOTE: 5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

* T h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i l l be s t o p p e d w h e n
the v e h i c l e s p e e d is at 31 m p h (50 k m / h ) or m o r e ,
* T h e H D S c a n r e a d the D T C , t h e c u r r e n t d a t a , a n d
other s y s t e m d a t a .
* F o r s p e c i f i c o p e r a t i o n s , refer to the Help m e n u
that c a m e with the H D S .

19-48
DTC Troubleshooting Index
DTC Detection Item ABS Brake VSA VSA Note
System Indicator Activation
Indicator Indicator
11 1 - 1 3 Right-front W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-67)
1
14 Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor Power Source ON ; OFF ON ON (see-page 19-71)
Malfunction
12 -11 R i g h t - f r o n t W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-72)
Intermittent Interrtiptron
-12 Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short t o the Other ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-73)
Sensor Circuit
-21 Right-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF* ON . ON (see p a g e 19-74)
-22 Right-front Wheel S p e e d Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-75)
119 m p h {30 k m / h i o r M o r e )
-23 Right-f rent W h e e l Speed Sensor installation Error ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-76)
(0 t o 9 m p h 10 t o 15 km/h))
~~13 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction ON ON/OFF' ON ON (see p a p e 19-67)
-14 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Power Source ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-71)
Malfunction
~14 L e f t - f r o n t W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r ON ON/OFF * ON ON (see p a g e 19-72)
Intermittent Interruption
-12 left-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short t o the Other ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see page. 19-73)
.Sensor Circuit _ __
-21 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error OH ON/OFF ON ON (see p a a e 19-74)
-22 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF" ON. ON (see p a g e 19-75)
(19 m p h (30 k n V h * o r W o r e )
-23 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF' ON ON (see p a g e 19-76)
10 t o 9 m p h ( 0 t o 1 5 k n V h ) >
15 -13 Risht-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON/OFF' ON ON (see p a p e 19-07)
-14 Right-rear W h e e l Speed S e n s o r P o w e r S o u r c e ON OFF - ON ON • '(see p a g e 19-71)
Malfunction
~~16~ -11 R i g h t - r e a r W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-72)
Intermittent Interruption
Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor S h o r t t o t h e Other ON ON/OFF" ON ON (see p a g e 19-73)
Sensor Circuit
. -21 Right-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r ON . ON/OFF' ON ON (see p a g e 19-74)
-22 Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF" ON ON (see p a g e 19-75)
\19 m p h 130 km/h? o r M o r e )
-23 Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF' ON ON (see p a g e 19-76)
C Q t o S m p M O t o 15 k m / h } )
17 -13 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-67)
-14 Left-^aar W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r P o w e r S o u r c e ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-71)
Malfunction
18 -11 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r ON :
ON/OFF * ON ON (see p a g e 19-72)
Intermittent Interruption
-12 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r S h o r t t o t h e O t h e r ON : ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-73)
Sensor Circim
-21 Left-rear W h e e l S o e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r ON : ON/OFF' ON ON (see p a p e 19-74)
-22 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r ON ON/OFF* ON ON ( s e e p a g e 19-75)
i 19 m p h (30 km*h> o r M o r e )
-23 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r I n s t a l l a t i o n E r r o r ON ON/OFF * ON ON (see p a g e 19-70)
10 t o 9 m p h < 0 t o 15 k m / h ) )
-11 Right-front Magnetic Encoder Malfunction ON ON/OFF* ON ON - ( s e e p a g e 19-77)
(Pulse Missing)
22 -11 Left-front Magnetic Encoder Malfunction ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-77)
(Pulse M i s s i n g )
23 -11 R i g h t - r e a r M a g n e t i c E n c o d e r M a l f u n c t i o n (Pulse ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-77)

24 -11 Left-rear M a g n e t i c E n c o d e r M a l f u n c t i o n (Pulse ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see p a g e 19-77)

fVlissinq)
* : Brake s y s t e m inenrator t u r n s 0 U w h e n t w o o r m o r e w h e e l s f a i l .

(confd)

19-49
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
DTC D e t e c t i o n Stem ABS Brake VSA VSA Wote
Indicator System Indicator Activation
Indicator Indicator
25 -12 Y a w Rate S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF O N ON (see p a g e 19-78)
(Open, Short)
-13 Y a w Rate S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-78)
-17 Y a w Rate-Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r P o w e r OFF OFF. O N ON (see p a g e 19-78)
Source Voltage Malfunction
-18 Y a w Rate-Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r I n t e r n a ! OFF OFF ON O N (see p a g e 19-78)
Circuit Malfunction
-21 Y a w Rate S e n s o r N e u t r a l P o s i t i o n M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF O N O N (see page 19-78)
-22 Y a w Rate S e n s o r S t u c k OFF • OFF O N ON (see page 19-79)
-23 Y a w Rate S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n OFF OFF ON O N (see page 19-79)
-24 Y a w Rate S e n s o r G a i n L o w OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-80)
-25 Y a w Rate S e n s o r G a i n H i g h OFF OFF ON O N (see page 19-80)
26 •12 Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t OFF • OFF ON ON (see page 19-80)
Malfunction {Open, Short)
-13 Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-80)
Malfunction
-21 Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r N e u t r a l P o s i t i o n OFF OFF O N ON (see p a g e 19-80)
Malfunction
-22 Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r S t u c k OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-81)
-23 Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-80)
Interruption
-24 Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r G a i n L o w OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-80)
-25 Lateral A c c e l e r a t i o n S e n s o r G a i n H i g h OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-80)
. 27 -11 S t e e r i n g A n g l e S e n s o r D l A G S i g n a l E r r o r (Initial) OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-82)
-21 Steering Angle Sensor Stuck Neutral Position OFF OFF O N ON (see p a g e 19-84)
-22 Steering A n g l e Sensor Stuck Offset Position OFF OFF ON ON (seepage 19-84)
-23 Steering Angle Sensor Counter Malfunction OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-85)
-24 Steering Angle'Sensor Exchange Malfunction OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-86)
-26 Steering A n g l e Sensor DlAG Signal Error (Main) OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-82)
31 . -01, A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON O N ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Initial Pulse)
-02 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Initial F e e d b a c k S i g n a l )
-11 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON O N O N . ( s e e p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback S i g n a l )
-21 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Pulse)
•-22 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Speculative)
-23 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON . ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
-24 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON - ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback S i g n a l / S o l e n o i d Stuck ON)
32 -01 A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Initial Pulse)
-21 A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON QN- ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Pulse)
-22 A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Speculative)
-23 A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction O N ON ON O N (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Stuck O N )
33 -01 A B S L e f t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d i n i t i a l Pulse)
-02 A B S L e f t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n O N ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(initial F e e d b a c k S i g n a l )
-11 A B S Left-front Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON • ON . ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback S i g n a l )
-21 A B S L e f t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Pulse)
-22 A B S L e f t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON O N ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Speculative)
-23 A B S L e f t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON O N ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
-24 A B S L e f t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback S i g n a l / S o l e n o i d S t u c k O N )

19-50
 DTC Detection Item A B S Brake V S A VSA Mote
Indicator System Indicator ActiVation
Indicator Indicator
34 i -01 A B S Left-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON- (see p a g e 19-87)
f S o l e n o i d I n i t i a l Pulse)
-21 A B S Left-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see page 19-87)
{ S o l e n o i d Pulse)
-22 A B S Left-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Speculative)
-23 A B S Left-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
35 -01 A B S B i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
I S o l e n o I c l Initial Pulse)
-02 A B S R i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(initial F e e d b a c k S i q o a f )
-11 A B S R i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback Signal)
-21 A B S R i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
{ S o l e n o i d Pulse)
-22 A B S R i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
{Solenoid Speculative)
-23 A B S R i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
{ S o l e n o i d Stuck ON)
-24 A B S Right-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback Signet/Solenoid Stuck O N )
36 -01 A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Initial Pulse)
-21 A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Pulse)
-22 A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Speculative)
-23 A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
37 -01 A B S Left-rear I n l e t S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Initial Pulse)
-02 A B S Left-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(initial F e e d b a c k S i g n a l )
-11 A S S Left-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback S i g n a l )
-21 A B S Left-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
^Solenoid Poise)
-22 A B S L e f t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Speculative)
-23 A B S Left-rear i n l e t S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
( S o i e n o i d S t u c k ON)
-24 A B S Left-rear inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Feedback Signal/Solenoid Stuck O N )
33 -01 A B S Left-rear Outlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see page 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d I n i t i a l Pulse)
-21 A B S Left-rear Outlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON ( s e e p a g e 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Pulse)
-22 A B S Left-rear O u t l e t S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Soienoid Speculative)
-23 A B S Left-rear Outlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-87)
(Solenoid Stuck ON)
41 -21 Riant-front W h e e l L o c k ON ON/OFF' ON ON : (see page 19-88)
42 -21 Left-front W h e e l L o c k ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see page 19-88)
43 -21 Right-rear W h e e l Lock ON ON/OFF* ON ON (see page 19-88)
44 -21 Left-rear W h e e l Lock ON ON/OFF* ON • ON = t (see page 19-88)
51 -11 M o t o r Lock ON OFF ON ON ; (see page 19-90)
-12 Motor D r i v e C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-91)
-IS M o t o r Drive Circuit Malfunction ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-90)
52 -12 M o t o r S t u c k OFF ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-93)
53 -01 Motor R e l a y Stuck O N 1 ON OFF ON ON (see page 19-94)
-12 Motor R e l a y Stuck O N 2 ON . OFF ON QN (see page 19-94) . .
* : Brake system indicator turns O N w h e n t w o or m o r e wheels fail.

(confd)

19-51
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
DTC Detection item ABS Brake VSA VSA Note
Indicator System Indicator Activation
Indicator Indicator
54 -03 Fail-safe Relay 1 S t u c k O N ON ON ON ON (see page 19-95)
-04 Fail-safe Relay 1 S t u c k OFF (Initial) ON ON ON ON (see page 19-95)
-21 Fail-safe Relay 1 S t u c k OFF ( M a i n ) ON ON ON • ON (see page 19-95)
56 -01 . initial V I G FET S t u c k OFF (Initial) ON ON ON ON (see page 19-97)
-02 Initial VSG FET S t u c k O N ON ON ON ON (see page 19-97)
-11 VIG FET S t u c k OFF ( M a i n ) ON ON ON ON (see page 19-97)
61 -01 V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l U n i t Initial IG L o w V o l t a g e ON ON ON ON (see page 19-98)
-21 VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source Low ON ON ON ON (see page 19-98)
Voltage 1
-22 VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source L o w ON OFF ON ON - (see p a g e 19-98)
Voltage 2
-23 VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source L o w ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-98)
Voltages
62 -21 V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l U n i t IG H i g h V o l t a g e ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-99)
64 -11 Steering A n g l e Sensor Power Circuit L o w Voltage ON OFF ON ON . (see p a g e 19-100)
-12 Steering A n g l e Sensor Power Circuit High Voltage ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-101)
65 -21 Brake F l u i d Level S t u c k O N OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-102)
66 -11 Pressure S e n s o r ( I n s i d e o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-104)
Unit) Malfunction
-12 Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A ModuSator-controS ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-105)
Unit) Malfunction
-14 Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-104)
Unit) Malfunction
-15 Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-108)
Unit) Malfunction
-16 Pressure S e n s o r ( I n s i d e o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-104)
Unit) M a l f u n c t i o n
-17 Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-104)
Unit) M a l f u n c t i o n
-18 Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-104)
Unit) M a l f u n c t i o n
-19 Pressure S e n s o r (Inside o f V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-104)
Unit) M a l f u n c t i o n
68 -21 Brake Pedal P o s i t i o n S w i t c h S t u c k OFF OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-109)
-22 Brake Pedal P o s i t i o n S w i t c h S t u c k O N OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-112)
71 -21 R i g h t - f r o n t o r Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e . ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
- Malfunction
-22 Left-front or Right-rear Different Diameter Tire ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-23 Right-front and Right-rear Different Diameter Tire ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-24 Left-front a n d Left-rear Different Diameter Tire ON ON ON ON. (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-25 Right-front and Left-front Different Diameter Tire ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-26 R i g h t - r e a r a n d Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-27 R i g h t - f r o n t o r Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
• Malfunction
-28 Left-front or Right-rear Different Diameter Tire OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-29 Right-front and Right-rear Different Diameter Tire OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-2A L e f t - f r o n t a n d Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-2B Right-front and Left-front Different Diameter Tire OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction
-2C R i g h t - r e a r a n d Left-rear D i f f e r e n t D i a m e t e r T i r e OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-114)
Malfunction

19-52
 DTC | Detection Item ABS Brake VSA VSA Note
System Indicator Activation
Indicator Indicator
81 -01 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-02 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-03 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-05 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-08 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-07 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-116)
Malfunction
-09 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
»11 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t {CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-117)
Malfunction
-21 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
• Malfunction
• -22 C e n t r a l P i o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a ! Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
i:
-23 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-24 : C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-25 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-31 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-32 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON O N -. ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-33 Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-35 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-36 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see page-19-115)
Malfunction
-37 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-38 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON ( s e e p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-39 Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON ( s e e p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-3A C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
i Malfunction
-3C C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
. Malfunction
-3D ' Centra? P r o c e s s i n g U n i t ( C P U ! I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-120)
Malfunction
-3€ > Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit . ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-120)
Malfunction
-42 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-51 Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-118)
Malfunction
-52 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l Circuit ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-117)
Malfunction

(cont'd)

19-53
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
DTC Detection Item ABS Brake VSA VSA Note
Indicator System Indicator Activation
Indicator indicator
81 - -53 Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-118)
Malfunction
-54 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction
ON
ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-117)

-55 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-118)

Malfunction
-56 Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a ! C i r c u i t
Malfunction
ON
ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-117)

-57 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-118)

Malfunction
-58 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction
ON
ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-117)

-59 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction
ON
ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-120)

-71 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t ON OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)

Malfunction
-72 Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) i n t e r n a l C i r c u i t ON ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)
Malfunction
-80 Central P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t
Malfunction
ON
ON ON ON (see p a g e 19-115)

83 -13 ECM/PCM C o m m u n i c a t i o n Error (Engine OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-121)

Malfunction)
- i r E C M / P C M C o m m u n i c a t i o n E r r o r (A/T M a l f u n c t i o n ) OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-121)
84 -21 V S A Sensor Neutral Position not W r i t i n g OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-122)
86 -01 F-CAN B u s - o f f M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-123)
-11 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E C M / P C M M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-124)
-21 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E n g i n e M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-124)
-22 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E n g i n e M a l f u n c t i o n I OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-124)
-23 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E n g i n e M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-124)
-24 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E n g i n e M a l f u n c t i o n O F F I OFF ON ON (see page 19-124)
-25 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E n g i n e M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-124)
-31 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h G a u g e C o n t r o l M o d u l e OFF OFF ON ON (see page 19-126)
Malfunction
- 4 1 - F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h E A T M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-124)
-71 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h Y a w Rate-Lateral OFF OFF ON ON (see p a g e 19-128)
Acceleration Sensor Malfunction
107 -22 C e n t r a l P r o c e s s i n g U n i t (CPU) I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t OFF OFF OFF ON (see p a g e 19-130)
Malfunction
108 -21 Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction OFF OFF OFF ON (see paqe 19-131)
121 -01 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON
ON ON ON (see page 19-132)
-02 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
ON ON
ON ON (see page 19-132)
-11 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
ON
ON
ON
ON "
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
page
page
19-132)
19-132)
-24 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON (see page 19-132)
122 -01
-21
V S A Solenoid Valve Malfunction
VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
page
page
19-132)
19-132)
-22 VSA Solenoid Vaive Malfunction ON
ON ON ON (see page 19-132)
-23 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON
ON ON ON (see page 19-132)
123 -01 • V S A S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON
I ON ON ON (see page 19-132)
-02 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON
ON ON ON (see page 19-132)
-11
-21
VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
page
page
19-132)
19-132)
-24 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON , _ ON ON (see page 19-132)
124 -01 VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON
ON ON ON (see page 19-132)
-21
-22
VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
VSA Solenoid Valve Malfunction
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(see
(see
page
page
19-132)
19-132)
-23 VSA Solenoid Vaive Malfunction l_ ON , .j ON ON QN . (see page 19-132)
*1: A/T

19-54
Symptom Troubleshooting Index
W h e n the v e h i c l e h a s o n e of t h e s e s y m p t o m s , c h e c k for V S A d i a g n o s t i c trouble c o d e s ( D T C s ) w i t h the H D S . If t h e r e
a r e n o D T C s , d o t h e d i a g n o s t i c p r o c e d u r e for t h e s y m p t o m , in t h e s e q u e n c e listed, until y o u find t h e c a u s e .

Symptom Diagnostic procedure

H P S d o e s not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - T r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit f s e e p a g e 11-192),
c o n t r o l unit or t h e v e h i c l e
V S A activation indicator d o e s not c o m e o n at start-up 1. Do the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(bulb c h e c k ) ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
2. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s not
h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), or
•substitute a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
f s e e p a g e 19-141), then r e t e s t If it Is O K , the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Is c o m p l e t e , If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141).
V S A a c t i v a t i o n indicator d o e s not g o off, a n d no D T C s - 1. S y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-133).
are stored 2. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s not
h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), or
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 19-141), then r e t e s t If it is O K , the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
Is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
substituted., r e p l a c e t h e original V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control -unit ( s e e p a g e 19-141). •
A B S indicator, b r a k e s y s t e m indicator, a n d V S A 1. D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
indicator d o not c o m e o n ( s e e p a g e 22-304).
2, U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s not
h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), or
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 19-141), t h e n retest. If it is O K , the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the original V S A m o d u l a t o r -
c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 19-141).
A B S indicator, brake s y s t e m Indicator, a n d V S A 1, C h e c k for F - C A N D T C s , a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t a n d r e p a i r
indicator d o not g o off t h o s e first ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
2, D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-304).
3, S y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 19-134),

19-55
VSA System Components

System Description
V S A Modulator-Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 36P Connector

1 / 3 4 / 6 / B 9 10 11 12 13
14 /
/ / / 18 1 /I 2 1 . /
35 36
25 26 27 /
V 34

Wire side of female terminals

Terminal Wire color Terminal D@scripti©n Signal

number sign
1 RED CAN-L F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n circuit
3 LT B L U K-LINE Communication with H D S
4 PUR RR-GNO Detects right-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
6 GRN FL-GND Detects left-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
8 RED RL-GND Detects left-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
9 ORN svcc P o w e r s o u r c e for the s t e e r i n g W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (SI): a b o u t 5.0 V
angle sensor
10 PUR FR-GND Detects right-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
11 GRN STR-A Detects s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
signal
12 WHT FSR+B P o w e r s o u r c e for the fail-safe Battery v o l t a g e at all t i m e s
relay
13 RED MR+B P o w e r s o u r c e for the m o t o r Battery v o l t a g e at all t i m e s
relay
14 WHT CAN-H F - C A N c o m m u n i c a t i o n circuit
18 PNK RR+B Detects right-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
19 ORN FL+B Detects left-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal

19-56
Terminal W i r e color Terminal Description Signal
number sign
21 BLU RL+B D e t e c t s left-rear w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
23 LT G R N FR+B D e t e c t s right-front w h e e l s p e e d
sensor signal
25 RED WEN Detects write enable signal
26 BLU STR-D Detects steering angle s e n s o r
signal
27 LTGRN STR-B Detects steering angle s e n s o r
signal
30 GRY IG1 P o w e r s o u r c e for activating t h e W i t h ignition s w i t c h O N (II):
system battery v o l t a g e
34 BRN SGlMD G r o u n d for the s t e e r i n g a n g l e
sensor
35 BLK GND Ground for the V S A modulator- C o u n t i nutty
c o n t r o l unit
38 BLIC MR-GMD G r o u n d for the p u m p m o t o r C o u n t i nuity

(confd)

19-57
VISA System Components
System Description (cont'd)

System Outline

T h i s s y s t e m is c o m p o s e d of the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s , t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r , t h e
y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r , a n d t h e s y s t e m i n d i c a t o r s in t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e . T h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -
c o n t r o l unit c o n t r o l s t h e A B S , E B D , T C S V S A , a n d brake a s s i s t w i t h t h e brake p r e s s u r e of e a c h w h e e l a n d r e d u c e s
f

engine torque.

BRAKE
VSA PARKING
FLUID PEDAL
OFF BRAKE
POSITION!
LEVEL
SWITCH SWITCH

GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ECM/PCM

• V S A cofitfol suable/disable
® P a r k i n g forsk©
lmBl
s w i t c h signal • T h r o t t l e ©pen anal© s l a n a l
8
SSl£! 8 u y «witch s i g n a l , Engine t o r q u e c o n t r o l r e q u e s t • E n g l n s revoluti
• Control m o d e signal • Brake pedal _
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h stiff na
TE-LATERAL
Y A W RATE- • Service c h e c k s i g n a l
ACCELERA*

•Yawr

STEERING A N G L E

CONTROL
UNIT

II TPMS
11 indicator
• signal

V
CONTROL UW8T

VSA MODULATOR-
C O N T R O L UWIT

V
MODULATOR UNIT

i via F-CAN

19-58
A B S Features

Anti-lock Control
W i t h o u t A B S , w h e n the b r a k e p e d a l i s p r e s s e d w h i l e d r i v i n g , t h e w h e e l s s o m e t i m e s lock before the v e h i c l e c o m e s to a
s t o p . In s u c h a n e v e n t , t h e m a n e u v e r a b i l i t y of t h e v e h i c l e is r e d u c e d if t h e front w h e e l s are l o c k e d , a n d t h e stability of
t h e v e h i c l e Is reduced if the r e a r w h e e l s are l o c k e d , c r e a t i n g a n e x t r e m e l y u n s t a b l e c o n d i t i o n . W i t h A B S , t h e s y s t e m
p r e c i s e l y c o n t r o l s t h e s l i p rate of t h e w h e e l s to e n s u r e m a x i m u m grip f o r c e f r o m t h e t i r e s , a n d it t h e r e b y e n s u r e s
m a n e u v e r a b i l i t y a n d stability of t h e v e h i c l e . T h e A B S c a l c u l a t e s the s l i p rate of t h e w h e e l s b a s e d on the four w h e e l
s p e e d s , a n d t h e n it c o n t r o l s t h e brake fluid p r e s s u r e to r e a c h t h e target s l i p rate."

G r i p f o r c e of t i r e a n d r o a d s u r f a c e

COEFFICIENT O F T A R G E T SLIP BATE

FRiCTiOfM
ROTATIONAL
DIRECTION

SLIP RATE

Main Control
T h e control unit d e t e c t s t h e w h e e l s p e e d b a s e d on t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s i g n a l s it r e c e i v e s , t h e n it c a l c u l a t e s the
v e h i c l e s p e e d b a s e d o n t h e d e t e c t e d w h e e l s p e e d . T h e control unit d e t e c t s t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d d u r i n g d e c e l e r a t i o n
b a s e d o n the w h e e l s p e e d s ,

T h e c o n t r o l unit c a l c u l a t e s t h e s l i p rate of e a c h w h e e l , a n d t r a n s m i t s t h e control s i g n a l to the m o d u l a t o r unit s o l e n o i d

v a l v e w h e n t h e s l i p rate is h i g h ,

T h e h y d r a u l i c control h a s t h r e e m o d e s : P r e s s u r e i n t e n s i f y i n g , p r e s s u r e r e d u c i n g , a n d p r e s s u r e retaining.

(cont'd)

19-59
VSA System Components
System Description (cont'd)

EBD Features

T h e e l e c t r o n i c b r a k e distribution ( E B D ) feature h e l p s control v e h i c l e braking b y a d j u s t i n g t h e rear brake f o r c e in

a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e a r w h e e l load before t h e A B S o p e r a t e s . B a s e d on t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r s i g n a l s , t h e control-
unit u s e s t h e m o d u l a t o r to control t h e rear b r a k e s individually. W h e n t h e r e a r w h e e l s p e e d is l e s s t h a n t h e front w h e e l
s p e e d , t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit retains t h e c u r r e n t rear brake fluid p r e s s u r e b y c l o s i n g t h e inlet v a l v e in t h e
m o d u l a t o r . A s t h e r e a r w h e e l s p e e d i n c r e a s e s a n d a p p r o a c h e s t h e front w h e e l s p e e d , t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
i n c r e a s e s t h e r e a r b r a k e fluid p r e s s u r e b y m o m e n t a r i l y o p e n i n g t h e inlet v a l v e . T h i s w h o l e p r o c e s s i s r e p e a t e d v e r y
rapidly. W h i l e this is h a p p e n i n g , kickback m a y be felt at t h e b r a k e p e d a l .

W i t h EBD under HEAVY LOAD

REAR W H E E L
at REAR WHEELS
BRAKE PRESSURE

W i t h EBD ynder LIGHT LOAD

at REAR WHEELS

FRONT WHEEL BRAKE PRESSURE

TCS Features

W h e n a drive w h e e l l o s e s traction o n a s l i p p e r y road s u r f a c e a n d starts to s p i n , t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a p p l i e s

b r a k e p r e s s u r e to t h e s p i n n i n g w h e e l a n d s e n d s a n e n g i n e t o r q u e control r e q u e s t to t h e E C M / P C M to s l o w the
s p i n n i n g w h e e l a n d keep traction.

AWTI-POWER of BRAKE FORCE

DRIVING POWER

BRAKE FORCE

V J

FORMAL ROAD SURFACE SLIPPERY R O A D SURFACE

I960
V S A System Features

Oversteer control
A p p l i e s t h e b r a k e to the front a n d rear o u t s i d e w h e e l s

with V S A

The brake makes the y a w rat© opposite

to the tyrsilog direction

Ulicf 0 F S t © 0 f € 0 H t F 0 l
• A p p l i e s the b r a k e to t h e r e a r i n s i d e w h e e l
• Controls the engine torque w h e n accelerating

without V S A
The brake increases the yaw rate toward
the turning direction

The throttle control effect;

• redyces vehicle speed
• Increases c o r n e r i n g force
VSA System Components

System Description (cont'd)

Brake Assist Features

B r a k e a s s i s t h e l p s e n s u r e that a n y d r i v e r c a n a c h i e v e the f u l l braking potential of the v e h i c l e by i n c r e a s i n g brake

s y s t e m p r e s s u r e in a p a n i c s i t u a t i o n , bringing t h e v e h i c l e Into a full A B S s t o p .
If d u r i n g a p a n i c s t o p the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit d e t e r m i n e s that t h e brake s y s t e m p r e s s u r e I n c r e a s e s . a b o v e a
t h r e s h o l d in l e s s t h a n a c e r t a i n a m o u n t of t i m e , the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit e n g a g e s b r a k e a s s i s t . •
B e c a u s e the brake s y s t e m p r e s s u r e c r o s s e d the p r e s s u r e t h r e s h o l d before the t i m e t h r e s h o l d h a d e x p i r e d , the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit g o e s Into brake a s s i s t m o d e .

B r a k e Pedal

Panic Stop with Brake Assist

Pressure
Brake A
# ssist
Begins
Panic Stop without Brake Assist

19-62
 VSA

Modulator Unit

T h e m o d u l a t o r unit c o n s i s t s of the inlet s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e outlet s o l e n o i d v a l v e , the V S A N O ( n o r m a l l y o p e n )

s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e V S A N C I n o r m a l l y c l o s e d ) s o l e n o i d v a l v e , t h e r e s e r v o i r , the p u m p , a n d t h e p u m p m o t o r .
T h e h y d r a u l i c control h a s three m o d e s of A B S a c t i o n ; p r e s s u r e i n t e n s i f y i n g , p r e s s u r e retaining, a n d p r e s s u r e r e d u c i n g .
P r e s s u r e i n t e n s i f y i n g m o d e ( V S A ) is a c o m b i n a t i o n of the T C S , V S A , a n d brake a s s i s t a c t i o n .
T h e h y d r a u l i c circuit i s a n i n d e p e n d e n t four c h a n n e l t y p e ; o n e c h a n n e l for e a c h w h e e l .

Mode V S A WO VSA NC Inlet Outlet Brake Fluid

Valve Valve Solenoid Solenoid
Valve Valve
Pressure open closed open closed M a s t e r c y l i n d e r fluid is p u m p e d out to
intensifying the c a l i p e r .
mods
Pressure open closed closed closed C a l i p e r fluid is retained b y the inlet
refeiriifig a n d outlet v a l v e s .
mode
9
Pressure open closed closed open C a l i p e r fluid f l o w s t h r o u g h the
reducing outlet v a l v e to the r e s e r v o i r ,
mode * T h e m o t o r p u m p s the r e s e r v o i r fluid
t h r o u g h the d a m p i n g c h a m b e r to
the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r * .
Pressure closed open open closed * M a s t e r c y l i n d e r fluid is p u m p e d out
intensifying by p u m p w i t h m o t o r t h r o u g h V S A
mode JVSA) WC v a l v e to the c a l i p e r .
* Caliper fluid pressure e x c e e d s
master cylinder pressure.
* : T h e m o t o r will k e e p r u n n i n g until t h e o p e r a t i o n of the o n e anti-lock brake control is f i n i s h e d w i t h the first p r e s s u r e
reducing mode,

19-63
VSA-System Components
Circuit Diagram

BATTERY

) UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY B O X DRIVER'S UWDER-DASH

IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELAY BOX

T
No. 1 (100 A) No. 3 (50 A) C5 No. 6 (7.5 Al 7

J
IG1 HOT in O N (IS) a n d START (III)

K 2 (40 A)
r—<rvi>

•—4 No. 2 (30 A)

No. 10 (20 A)

Y A W RATE-
LATERAL
POSITION SWITCH
V S A OFF SWITCH

B
GRY « • LT GUN

88
RED * — WHT

J
GAUGE CONTROL

r
MODULE
a
RED «

BRAKE SYSTEM
INDICATOR

@
INDICATOR
®
VSA
INDICATOR •
@ • LT GRN
VSA ACTIVATION
INDICATOR
»»GRN»
®

BRAKE FLUID / f £ \
LEVEL SWITCH U U j BRAKE SWITCH DATA LINK
Closed: L o w f l u i d CONNECTOR {DLC)

BLK * LT BLU -

» W H T *»

6302
1

19-64
 V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT

CONTROL UNIT MODULATOR UNIT

5V
REGULATOR

88
WHT '
FAIL-SAFE RELAY
RED *

T
B

ECM/PCM PUMP MOTOR RELAY

A42
» LT G R N

A3
— WHT '
vcc
STft-A
A4 2? vcc
* RED * B
PUR ' m LTG

— » I L U — smo

— — ORN —

«WHT «
CAN-H CAN ' V S A 2

1 CONTROLLER
** RED ' "RED *

™ RED * » RED >

*ORN» RIGHT-FRONT
FL+B
IG1
8

ELECTRIC
WHEEL SPEED
ffi
LT GRf> CURRENT
LIMITATION

««PUR *

HF
! RIGHT-REAR
RL+B
8

1^
"3-

- B - : 12 V
-O- :5V

(confd)

19-65
VSA System Components
Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

DRIVER'S U N D E R - D A S H F U S E / R E L A Y BRAKE PEDAL POSITION

B O X C O N N E C T O R P (20P) S W I T C H 4P C O N N E C T O R

, s , n
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
1 2 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 3

G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 3 2 P CONNECTOR

T77-
n o
1 2 , 6, / 8 9 10, // 13,

A/
17 18 19 '22! 23 24• 2E 2t> 2 7 2 £> 2 9 3 0 32

VSA OFF SWITCH YAW RATE-LATERAL BRAICE FLUID

5P C O N N E C T O R ACCELERATION SENSOR LEVEL SWITCH
BP C O N N E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R

/ 4 5

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH STEERING ANGLE SENSOR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

IP C O N N E C T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R

f
1 2 3 4 5 {±12}
VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P C O N N E C T O R

1
/I 3 6 / 8 9 10 11
12 13
14,/ / /
' l 8 19 / ' 2 1 / 23 y
/
35 36
25 26 2 7 / / 30 ///>

Wire side of female terminals

ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)

DATA LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)

r
3 4 / 6 7 0
1
11
A/ / 1 5 16 19 2 0 21
i

I
22 23 24 25 X 26 27 28
7 I
14 16J
29 30
/ 34 3 5 3 6 / /
41 42 43 44 X 46 / / /

Terminal side of female terminals

19-66
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC 11-13: Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor 8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the a p p r o p r i a t e V S A
Circuit Malfunction m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r w h e e l s p e e d
s e n s o r + B a n d G N D t e r m i n a l s ( s e e table).
DTC 13-13: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor
Circuit Malfunction PTC V S A Modylator-eontr©! Unit 36P
•> Connector Terminal
DTC 15-13: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor 11-13 No. 2 3 No. 10
Circuit Malfunction 13-13 No. 19 No. 6
15-13 No, 18 No. 4
DTC 17-13: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor 17-13 No. 21 No. 8
Circuit Malfunction
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL U N I T 3 6 P CONNECTOR
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
PL-GMD (GRN)
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . RR-GND (PUB) RL-GMD (RED)
FR-GND (PUR)
3=
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn St to 12
O N (ill a g a i n ,
35

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S , m + B (PNK) FR + B (LT GRN)

is DTC 11-13, 13-13 f 15-13, and/or 17-13 FL + B (ORN) RL -f B (BLU)

indicated? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5,
is there continuity?
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e , C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the
s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r and the V S A
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , R e f e r to intermittent modulator-control u n i t !
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47). •
N O — G o to s t e p 9.
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

8. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P
connector.

(confd)

19-87
VSA System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e V S A 10. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e V S A

modulator-control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d modulator-control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d
the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l ( s e e the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l ( s e e
table). table).

DTC VSA Modulator- Apprapriats wneoi DTC VSA Modulator- Appropriate wneei
control Unit 38P Speed Sensor 2P control Unit 36P Speed Sensor 2P
Counselor Tsruiinal Connector Terminal C©nri@stof Tur mini! Conri8€tor luminal
11-13 No. 23 Right-front 11-13 No, 10 Right-front
13-13 No. 19 Left-front 13-13 ' No. 8 Left-front
15-13 No. 18 Right-rear 15-13 No. 4 Right-rear
17-13 No. 21 Left-rear 17-13 No. 8 Left-rear

W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR
Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals

LEFT- BIGHT- RIGHT- LEFT- RIGHT- LEFT- LEFT- RIGHT-

FRONT BEAR FRONT REAR REAR FRONT REAR FRONT

<2|T> <2p> <2|T> <2p>

FL+B RR+B FR + B RL4-B RR-GND FL-GND RL-GND FR-GND
CORN) (PNK) (LT GRN) CBLU) (PUR! (GRN) (RED) (PUR)

FL-GND(GRN) RL-GND
HTWf 1/1 6l7T8l9ll0llll 12 13 (RED)
fel2SJZ7|/Hl30|/1Kl/|^.l 35 38
RR-GNDfPUR) FR-GNP(PUR)
-1
R R + B (PNK) F R + B (LTGRN) J 1 | / | 3 | 4 M 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12 13
FL + B (ORN) RL + B (BLU) |14 l / i / l / 1 1 8 1 1 9 | / t 21 l / | 2 3 | / l
|25|26|27[/L/|30L/l/|/|34| 35 36

V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR J

Wire side of female terminals
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
Wire side of female terminals
is there continuity?
is there continuity?
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 10.
Y E S — G o to s t e p 11.
M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
appropriate wheel s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the V S A N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
modulator-control u n i t • appropriate wheel s p e e d s e n s o r and the V S A
modulator-control unit. I I

19-68
11. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
a p p r o p r i a t e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector terminal (see table}. 13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the
a p p r o p r i a t e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
DTC , V S A Modylator-eontrel Unit 3§P connector terminal (see table).
Connector Terminal
11-13 No, 23 N o . 10 DTC V S A Modulator-control Unit 36P
13-13 - No, 19 No, 8 Connector Terminal
15-13 N o , 18 No. 4 11-13 No. 2 3 N o . 10
17-13 N o , 21 No, 8 13-13 N o . 19 No. 6
15-13 N o , 18 No. 4
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 3SP CONNECTOR
17-13 - No. 21 No.e
FL-ONO (GRN) RL-GND (RED) V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
PR-GWP (PUR)
FL-GND (GRN) RL-GND-(RED)
12 13 RR-GND (PUR) FR-GND (PUR)

12 13

FR 4-B ( L T G R N )
FL + B iQHN}
RR+B(PNK) F R + e (LT GRN)
F L + B (ORN) R L ' + B (BLU)

Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e is there 0.1 V or more?

between the appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r and
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t . B Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e b e t w e e n
the appropriate wheel s p e e d sensor and the V S A
M O — G o to s t e p 12, modulator-control unit.B

W O — G o to s t e p 14.

(confd)

19-69
WSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 21. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
15. S u b s t i t u t e the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r w i t h the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest softwear,. s u b s t i t u t e a
o p p o s i t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , or with a k n o w n - k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
good wheel speed sensor. 19-141).

16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 22. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (SI) a g a i n .
17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).
23. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S .
18. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .
Is DTC 11-13, 13-13, 15-13, and/or 17-13
19. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to indicated?
O N (IS) a g a i n .
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
20. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S . m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
Is DTC indicated that is indicated in step 4? k n o w n - g o o d V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n retest. Sf the V S A m o d u I a to r-co nt ro I
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 21. unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

M O — R e p l a c e the original w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r WO—If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s

( s e e p a g e 19-144). • u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). Sf a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

19-70
DTC 11-14: Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor 5. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if It d o e s
Power Source Malfunction not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
DTC 13-14: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Power Source Malfunction 19-141).

DTC 15-14: Right-redr Wheel Speed Sensor 6. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).

Power Source Malfunction
7. C h e c k f o r D T C s with the H D S .
DTC 17-14: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor
Power Source Malfunction is DTC 11-14, 13-14, 15-14, and/or 17-14
indicated?
1 T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S , m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
3. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to k n o w n - g o o d V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e
O N <!•> a g a i n . 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
4. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
WO—If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s -
is DTC 11-14, 13-14, 15-14, and/or 17-14 u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
indicated? m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5, 19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e indicated,--go to t h e
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
WO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . Check, for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2P connector and the V S A modulator-
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f s e e p a g e 19-47). •

19-71
VSA-System Components

DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd)

DTC 12-11: Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor 5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

Electrical Noise or Intermittent Interruption
6. C h e c k that the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r Is
DTC 14-11: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d ( s e e p a g e 19-144).
Electrical Noise or Intermittent Interruption
DTC Appropriate Wheel S p e e d Sensor
DTC 16-11: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor 12-11 Right-front
Electrical Noise or intermittent Interruption 14-11 Left-front
16-11 Right-rear
DTC 18-11: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor 18-11 Left-rear
Electrical Noise or Intermittent Interruption
is the wheel speed sensor installation OK?
N O T E : T h e s e D T C s m a y be c a u s e d by electrical
i n t e r f e r e n c e . C h e c k for a f t e r m a r k e t d e v i c e s installed in Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
the v e h i c l e w h e n t h e s e D T C a r e i n d i c a t e d .
NO—-Reinstall t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). the m o u n t i n g position ( s e e p a g e 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) . •

2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . 7. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if It d o e s

not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift. 19-141).

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S . 8. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

is DTC 12-11, 14-11, 16-11, and/or 18-11 N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
indicated?
9. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
Y E S — I f D T C 1 2 - 1 2 , 1 4 - 1 2 , 1 6 - 1 2 , or 18-12 is
indicated at the s a m e t i m e , d o t h e D T C 12-12, is DTC 12-11, 14-11, 16-11, and/or 18-11
14-12, 16-12, or 18-12 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first indicated?
(see p a g e 19-73). If D T C 1 2 - 1 2 , 1 4 - 1 2 , 1 6 - 1 2 , or
18-12 is not i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 5. Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . Sf t h e V S A
N O — I f a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Sf D T C s a r e not k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Indicated, there is a n Intermittent failure, the 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
b e t w e e n the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
Refer to intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A .
( s e e p a g e 19-47). • m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

19-72
DTC 12-12: Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
Short to the Other Sensor Circuit
FL-GND (GRN)
DTC 12-12
DTC 14-12: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor
RR-GMD fFURJ PR-GND CPUR)
Short to the Other Sensor Circuit
Itl/l3|4|/|-6|/f8|9|l0|ll| 12 13
DTC 16-12: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor I'4|/i/t/|l8h9l/l2ll
36 36
Short to the Other Sensor Circuit |25|26|27|/|/[30|/V 1/M
RL-GND (RED)
DTC 18-12: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor
Short to the Other Sensor Circuit
DTC 14-12
FL-GND IGRWI
1, Turn; t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N fit),

BR-GND (PUR) F R - 6 N D (PUR)

2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
rn7raT4T7[6 13
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 13 m p h
35
120 k m / h i o r m o r e , a n d go a d i s t a n c e of 3 2 8 ft
(100 m ) o r m o r e . RL-GND (RED)

M O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not on a lift.

DTC 16-12
4, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S , RR-GND (PUR)
FR-GND(PUR)
f
is DTC 12-12, 14-12, 16-12, and/ or 18-12
indicated? 12 13

36
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. MMMZlZp
FL-GND (GRN) RL-GND (REDI
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e , C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l
DTC 18-12 RL-GND (RED)
s p e e d s e n s o r 2P connector and the V S A modulator-
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47), • RR-GWD PR-GNP (PUR)

rj/l3l4j^8|^8|9|l0 13
5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
36
6, D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector (see step 3 on page 19-142), FL-GND (GRN)

Wire side of female terminals

7, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the a p p r o p r i a t e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r w h e e l s p e e d is there continuity?
s e n s o r G N D t e r m i n a l s (see table).
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n the
DTC V S A M © d y l a t o r » e @ r i t r o l Urtft 3 6 P a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the V S A
Connector Terminal m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit. •
Appropriate Other Terminals
Terminal W O — G o to s t e p 8.
12-12 No. 10 No. 8 No. 4 No. 8
14-12 Mo. 6 No, 10 Wo. 4 No. 8
18-12 No. 4 M a 10 No. 6 No. 8
18-12 No, 8 No. 10 No. 6 No, 4

(confd)

19-73
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!

• 8. R e c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 8 P DTC 12-21: Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor

connector. Installation Error

9. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s DTC 14-21: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-1401 if Installation Error
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e DTC 16-21: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor
19-141). Installation Error

10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive the v e h i c l e at 13 m p h DTC 18-21: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor
(20 km/h) or m o r e , a n d g o a d i s t a n c e of 3 2 8 ft Installation Error
(100 m) or m o r e .
1. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not on a lift. (10 km/h) or m o r e .

11. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not o n a lift.

Is DTC 12-12, 14-12, 16-12, and/or 18-12 2. C h e c k the R F , L F , R R , L R W H E E L S P E E D in the V S A

indicated? D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A A r e all four values the same?

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the w h e e l
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r -
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. - control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47). i i
N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e V S A M O — G o to s t e p 3.
modulator-control unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . B

19-74
4, C h e e k that t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r is DTC .12-22: Right-front Wheel S p e e d Sensor
p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d ( s e e p a g e 19-144). Installation Error (19 mph" (30 km/h) or More)

PTC Appropriate Wheel S p e e d Sensor DTC 14-22: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor
12-21 Right-front- Installation Error (19 mph (30 km/h) or More)
14-21 Left-front
16-21 Right-rear DTC 16-22: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor
18-21 Left-rear Installation Error (19 mph (30 km/h) or More)

is the wheel speed sensor installation OK? DTC 18-22: Left-rear Whee! Speed Sensor
Installation Error (19 mph (30 km/h).or More)
Y E S — R e p l a c e the appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
fsee page 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) . • 1. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e b e t w e e n
19 m p h (30 k m / h ) a n d 31 m p h (50 km/h) for
N O — R e i n s t a l l the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k 70 s e c o n d s o r m o r e .
t h e m o u n t i n g p o s i t i o n ( s e e p a g e 19-144), •
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a Sift,

2. C h e c k the R F , L F , R R , L R W H E E L S P E E D in t h e V S A
D A T A L I S T with t h e H D S .

A r e ail four values the same?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47), •

MO—Go to s t e p 3.

3 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

4. C h e c k that the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r i s
p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d ( s e e p a g e 19-144).

DTC Appropriate Wheel S p e e d S e n s o r

12-22 Right-front
14-22 Left-front
16-22 Right-rear
18-22 Left-rear

is the wheel speed sensor installation OK?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-144). •

W O — R e i n s t a l l the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k
t h e m o u n t i n g position ( s e e p a g e 19-144). •

19-75
VSA System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 12-23: Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor 4. C h e c k that the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r is

Installation Error (0 to 9 mph (0 to 15 km/h)) p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d ( s e e p a g e 19-144).

DTC 14-23: Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor DTC Appropriate Wheel S p e e d S e n s o r

Installation Error (0 to 9 mph (0 to 15 km/h))- : 12-23 Right-front
14-23 Left-front
DTC 16-23: Right-rear Wheel Speed Sensor • 16-23 Right-rear
Installation Error (0 to 9 mph (0 to 15 km/h)) 18-23 Left-rear

DTC 18-23: Left-rear Wheel Speed Sensor is the wheel speed sensor installation OK?
Installation Error (0 to 9 mph (0 to 15 km/h))
Y E S — - R e p l a c e the appropriate w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r
1. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . Drive t h e v e h i c l e b e t w e e n (see page 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) . •
1 m p h (1 k m / h ) a n d 9 m p h (15 k m / h ) .
N O — R e i n s t a l l the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r , a n d c h e c k
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a Sift. t h e m o u n t i n g position ( s e e p a g e 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) . •

2. C h e c k the R F , L F , R R , L R W H E E L S P E E D in t h e V S A
D A T A LIST with the H D S .

Are ail four values the same?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the w h e e l
s p e e d s e n s o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47). •

NO—Goto stepS.

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

19-76
DTC 21-11: Right-front Magnetic Encoder 6. I n s p e c t t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r for
Malfunction {Pulse Missing) d a m a g e , d e b r i s , a n d c o r r e c t installation.

DTC 22-11: Left-front Magnetic Encoder DTC Appropriate Note

Malfunction (Pulse Missing) Magnetic
Encoder
DTC 23-11: Right-rear Magnetic Encoder 21-11 Right-front R e m o v e the
Malfunction (Pulse Missing) 22-11 Left-front driveshaft
o u t b o a r d joint
DTC 24-11: Left-rear Magnetic Encoder from the
Malfunction {Pulse Missing) appropriate w h e e l
hub (see page
1, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 18-14).
23-11 Right-rear R e m o v e the hub
2 , C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S . 24-11 Left-rear b e a r i n g unit
( s e e p a g e 18-39).
3, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 13 m p h
(20 k m / h ) or m o r e , a n d g o a d i s t a n c e of 3 2 8 ft is the magnetic encoder surface OK?
(100 m ) or m o r e .
Y E S — R e m o v e the d e b r i s f r o m t h e m a g n e t i c
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift. e n c o d e r , or r e p l a c e the w h e e l b e a r i n g (front) or t h e
h u b b e a r i n g unit (rear):H
4, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
* Front: R e p l a c e the front w h e e l b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e
is DTC 21-11, 22-11 t 23-1 f, and/or 24-11 18-14).
indicated? • R e a r : R e p l a c e the rear h u b b e a r i n g unit ( s e e p a g e
18-39).
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5,
N O — C l e a n off d u s t or dirt f r o m the a p p r o p r i a t e
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r s u r f a c e o n t h e w h e e l b e a r i n g or
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e w h e e l the h u b b e a r i n g unit, t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k .
s p e e d s e n s o r 2P connector a n d the V S A modulator- If the D T C is stiff" p r e s e n t , r e p l a c e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
c o n t r o l unit 3 8 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent w h e e l b e a r i n g or h u b b e a r i n g u n i t
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 13-47). •

5, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

19-77
VSA'System Components
#
DTC Troubleshooting (cont d)

DTC 25-12: Yaw Rate Sensor Interna! Circuit DTC 25-17: Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Malfunction (Open, Short) Sensor Power Source Voltage Malfunction

DTC 25-13: Yaw Rate Sensor internal Circuit DTC 25-18: Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration
Malfunction Sensor Internal Circuit Malfunction

DTC 25-21: Yaw Rate Sensor Neutral Position 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Malfunction
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (Ii).
3. Do t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S . (see p a g e 19-138).

3. Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

fsee p a g e 19-138). O N (SI) a g a i n .

4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to 5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

O N (II) a g a i n .
I s DTC 25-17 or 25-18 indicated?
5. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S .
Y E S — I f D T C 61-01, 6 1 - 2 1 , 6 1 - 2 2 , 6 1 - 2 3 , a n d / o r
is DTC 25-12, 25-13, or 25-21 indicated? 62-21 is Indicated at the s a m e t i m e , c h e c k the
battery p e r f o r m a n c e ( s e e p a g e 22-88), a n d d o the
Y E S — R e p l a c e the y a w r a t e - l a t e r a l ' a c c e l e r a t i o n alternator a n d regulator circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). • ( s e e p a g e 4-27). If D T C 6 1 - 0 1 , 6 1 - 2 1 , 61-22, 6 1 - 2 3 ,
a n d / o r 62-21 Is not i n d i c a t e d at t h e s a m e t i m e ,
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this r e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
time.B ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
timej

19-78
DTC 25-22: Yaw Rate Sensor Stuck DTC 25=23: Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit
Intermittent Interruption
1. T o r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N til),
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
3 . Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral p o s i t i o n m e m o r i z a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 19-138). 3. Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 19-138).
4. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e , D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
(10 km/h) or m o r e . 4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
"ON (II) a g a i n .
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.
5. W a i t 10 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
6. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC 25-22 indicated?
is DTC 25-23 indicated? •
Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
N O — I f a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •
i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , If D T C s a r e not
i n d i c a t e d . Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m is O K at WO—Intermittent failure, the s y s t e m ss O K at this
this t i m e . H time.H

6. C h e c k t h e L A T E R A L A C C E L E R A T I O N S E N S O R a n d
Y A W R A T E S in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

is Q°/s indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •

7. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . C h e c k the Y A W R A T E S in
t h e V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e d r i v i n g in
corners.

Does the indicated value change?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

fmie.fi

N O — R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
sensor (see page 19-138).•

19-79
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 25-24: Yaw Rate Sensor Gain Low DTC 26-12: Lateral Acceleration Sensor
Internal Circuit Malfunction (Open, Short)
DTC 25-25: Yaw Rate Sensor Gain High
DTC 26-13: Lateral Acceleration Sensor
DTC 26-24: Lateral Acceleration Sensor Gain Internal Circuit Malfunction
Low
DTC 26-21: Lateral Acceleration Sensor
DTC 26»25: Lateral Acceleration Sensor Gain Neutral Position Malfunction
High
DTC 26-23: Lateral Acceleration Sensor
1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). Circuit Intermittent Interruption

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . N O T E : W h i l e d o i n g this t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , a v o i d

vibration or s h a k i n g of t h e v e h i c l e .
3. Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 19-138). 1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

4. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive the v e h i c l e at 10 m p h 2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

(15 k m / h ) or m o r e .
3. Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not o n a lift. (see p a g e 19-138).

5. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S . 4.. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to

O N (II) a g a i n .
Is DTC 25-24, 25-25, 26-24, or 26-25 indicated?
5. W a i t 15 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
Y E S — R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). • 6. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this Is DTC 26-12, 26-13, 26-21, or 26-23 indicated?

tsme.B
Y E S - — R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time.B

19-80
DTC 26-22: Lateral Acceleration Sensor Stuck 7. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . C h e c k the Y A W R A T E S in
the V S A D A T A L I S T with the H D S w h i l e driving In
1, Torn, t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). corners.

2 , C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . Does the indicated value change?

3, D o the V S A s e n s o r neutral position memorization Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this

{ s e e p a g e 19-138). time, H

4, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h N O — R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n

H O k m / h ) or m o r e . s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •

N O T E ; D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not o n a lift.

5, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,

is DTC 26-22 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — I f a n y other D T C s a r e Indicated, go to the

Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
I n d i c a t e d , intermittent failure, the s y s t e m Is O K at
this t i m e . B

6, C h e c k the L A T E R A L A C C E L E R A T I O N S E N S O R a n d
Y A W R A T E S in the V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

is 0 °/s indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •

19-81
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 27-11: Steering Angle Sensor DIAG 8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d

Signal Error {Initial} s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2r

No. 3, No. 4, a n d No. 5 individually.

DTC 27-26: Steering Angle Sensor DIAG
Signal Error (Main) STEERING A.N OLE S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS).

1 2 3 4 5
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . [SVCC(ORN)
STR-B
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (II) a g a i n .

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC 27-11 or 27-26 indicated? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.
is there continuity?
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d In the w i r e
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e V S A b e t w e e n t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A
modulator-controS unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to modulator-control u n i t . B
Intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
19-47). • N O — G o t o s t e p 9.

5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137).

7. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

19-82
9. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - 10. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d t h e ( s e e p a g e 19-137).
steering angle s e n s o r 5P connector terminal
i n d i v i d u a l l y { s e e table). 11. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

Sign V S A t¥t©d«iat©r~ Steering Angle 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft).

control Un§t36P Sensor 5P
Connector Connector 13. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
Terminal Terminal
svcc No. 9 No. 5 14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
STR-A N o . 11 No. 2 O N (II) a g a i n .
N o . 28 No. 3
STR-B N o . 27 No. 4 15. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
SOND No. 34 No. 1
is DTC 27-11 or 27-26 indicated?
S11ER1NG A N G L E S E N S O R 5 P CONNECTOR
Wire sicie of female terminals
Y E S - G o to s t e p 16,

SGND mm}
N O — R e p l a c e the original s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
STR~A (mm
s ( s e e p a g e 19-137). •
1 2 3 4 5
16. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).

17. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n . .

18. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC 27-11 or 27-26 indicated?

V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L U N I T 3 6 P COfyiMECTOR Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In t h e V S A
Wire side of female terminals m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
is there continuity? k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t Sf t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Y E S — G o to s t e p 10, unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the s t e e r i n g N O — I f the V S A modulator-control unit w a s

angle s e n s o r a n d the V S A modulator-control u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
unit • m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A modulator-control unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

19-83
VSA-System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC..27-21: Steering Angle Sensor Stuck 1. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d

Neutral Position s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2,
No. 3, a n d No. 4 Individually.
DTC 27-22: Steering Angle Sensor Stuck
Offset Position STEERING ANGLE S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft).

1 2 3 4 5
2. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l left a n d right 90 d e g r e e s or STR-B
m o r e . C h e c k the S T E E R I N G A N G L E in the V S A (PUR)
D A T A L I S T w i t h the H D S .

is there + 90 °or more, and -90 °or less?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e Wire side of female terminals
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r S P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e is there 0.1 V or more ? •
19-47). •
Y E S ™ R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r In the w i r e b e t w e e n
N O — G o t o s t e p 3, the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control u n i t . B
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
N O — R e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
4. D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r 19-137LB
(see p a g e 19-137).

5. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

19-84
DTC 27-23: Steering Angle Sensor Counter 10, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
Malfunction 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 2 a n d No. 4.

1, T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

S T E E R I N G A N G L E S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR

2, Clear the D T C with the HDS.

3, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 1
r
1 2 3 4 5
4, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , STR-A ( G R N ) ^ ^ STR-B fPUR!

5, T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l
times.

a C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S . Wire side of female terminals

I s DTC 27-23 indicated?

is there continuity?
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the
NO—-intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at this s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r -
time, C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e control u n s t . B
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to N O — G o t o s t e p 11.
intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
19-47). • 11. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 5 a n d No. 2 , a n d No. 5
7, T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), a n d N o . 4 individually.

8, D i s c o n n e c t the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
STEERING ANGLE S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
( s e e p a g e 19-137).

9, D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142), STR-A SVCC

1 2 3 4 5
STR-B (PUR)

Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the
steering angle s e n s o r and the V S A modulator-
control u n i t . f l

N O — G o to s t e p 12.

(confd)

19-85
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r DTC 27-24: Steering Angle Sensor Exchange
5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d No. 2, a n d No.. 1 Malfunction
a n d No. 4 individually.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), a n d s e t the front
w h e e l s to the straight a h e a d position.
STEERING A N G L E S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR

2. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l o n e turn to the left. C h e c k

the S T E E R I N G A N G L E in the V S A D A T A L I S T w i t h
SGND STR-A (GRN) the H D S .
i f
1 2 3 4 5
is there about 288 degrees to 432 degrees
S T R - B (PUR) positive?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B
Wire side of female terminals
M O — R e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
19-137KH
Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e s b e t w e e n the "

s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A - m o d u l a t o r -
control u n i t . H

N O — R e p l a c e the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
19-137).B

19-86
DTC31-xx*: A B S Right-front Inlet Solenoid 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK
Valve Malfunction
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
DTC32-xx*: ABS Right-front Outlet Solenoid
Valve Malfunction 3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (SI) a g a i n .
DTC 33-xx*: ABS Left-front Inlet Solenoid
Valve Malfunction 4. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S ,

DTC 34~xx*: ABS Left-front Outlet Solenoid r

Is DTC 31 -xx, 32-xx, 33-xx, 34-xx y 36-xx,
Valve Malfunction 37-xx, or 38-xx indicated?

DTC-35-xx*: ABS Right-rear inlet Solenoid Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

Valve Malfunction
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
DTC 36-xx*: A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid time.a
Vafve Malfunction

DTC37-xx*: ABS Left-rear Inlet Solenoid

Valve Malfunction

DTC 38-xx*: ABS Left-rear Outlet Solenoid

Valve Malfunction

* : A n y t w o - c h a r a c t e r s u b c o d e ( s e e table)

Subcode Willnii0ti©ii Note SDTC}

01 S o l e n o i d Initial 31-01,32-01,33-01,
Pulse 34-01,35-01,36-01,
37-01,38-01
02 Initial F e e d b a c k 31-02,33-02, 35-02,
Signal 37-02
11 Feedback Signal 31-11,33-11,35-11,
37-11
21 Solenoid Pulse 31-21,32-21,33-21,
34-21,35-21,38-21,
37-21,38-21
22 Solenoid 31-22, 32-22, 33-22,
Speculative 34-22, 35-22, 36-22,
37-22, 38-22
23 Solenoid Stuck 3 1 - 2 3 , 3 2 - 2 3 , 33-23,
ON 34-23, 35-23, 36-23,
37-23, 38-23
24 Feedback Signal/ 3 1 - 2 4 , 3 3 - 2 4 , 35-24,
Solenoid Stuck 37-24
ON

(confd)

19-87
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

5. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s DTC 41-21: Right-front Wheel Lock

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a DTC 42-21: Left-front Wheel Lock
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). DTC 43-21: Right-rear Wheel Lock

6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to DTC 44-21: Left-rear Wheel Lock

O N (IS) a g a i n .
T h e D T C s m a y be indicated u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
7. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
• T h e v e h i c l e g o e s into a s p i n .
Is DTC 31-xx, 32-xx, 33-xx, 34-xx, 35-xx, 36-xx, • T h e A B S or V S A c o n t i n u e s to o p e r a t e for a l o n g t i m e .
37-XX, or 38-xx indicated? • S n o w , dirt, or d e b r i s b u i l d - u p on t h e w h e e l s p e e d
s e n s o r or m a g n e t i c e n c o d e r .
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In the V S A • IV11 s a d j u s t e d b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h .
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A • C o n t a m i n a t e d b r a k e fluid.
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 1. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l in the p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1.
2. T u r n the a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l by h a n d .
N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A DTC Appropriate Wheel
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 41-21 Right-front
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 42-21 Left-front
19-141). Sf a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to the 43-21 Right-rear
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . I I 44-21 Left-rear

is there brake drag?

Y E S — R e p a i r t h e brake d r a g . B

N O — G o to s t e p 3.

19-88
3. C h e c k that t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r is 10. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
p r o p e r l y m o u n t e d f s e e p a g e 13-144),
is DTC 41-21, 42-21, 43-21, and/or 44-21
is the wheel speed sensor instaiiaiion OK ? indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 4. Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
NO—Reinstall the w h e e l s p e e d sensor, and check m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
t h e m o u n t i n g position f s e e p a g e 1 9 - 1 4 4 ) . • k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N ill), unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

5. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s

u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
S* T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . Drive the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
(10 k m / h ) for 20 s e c o n d s or m o r e . original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not on a lift. Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . : •

7, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC 41-21, 42-21 43-21, and/or 44-21

indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 8.

NO-™If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the

i n d i c a t e d D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
i n d i c a t e d , intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m Is O K at
this time. •

8, U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). if
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-1411.

9, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
CIO km/h} for 2 0 s e c o n d s or m o r e .

N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not o n a lift.

19-89
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 51-11: Motor Lock 7. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If it d o e s

not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
DTC 51-13: Motor Drive Circuit Malfunction the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). 19-141).

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . 8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to

O N (II) a g a i n .
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), then turn it to
O N (If) a g a i n . 9. W a i t 5 s e c o n d s .

4. W a i t 5 s e c o n d s . 10. O p e r a t e a n y o n e of the four s o l e n o i d s , a s listed, In

t h e V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with the H D S .
5. O p e r a t e a n y o n e of the four s o l e n o i d s , a s listed, in
the V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with t h e H D S . -LFT FT SOLENOID
-RT FT SOLENOID
-LFT FT SOLENOID -LFT REAR S O L E N O I D
-RT FT SOLENOID -RT REAR SOLENOID
-LFT REAR SOLENOID
-RT REAR SOLENOID 11. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

6. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S . Is DTC 51-11 or 51-13 indicated?

is DTC 51-11 or 51-13 indicated? Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
Y E S — G o to s t e p 7 . m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
t i m e , 11 unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. H

19-90
DTC 51-12: Motor Drive Circuit Malfunction 8, C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 13 a n d
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). body ground.

2. C l e a r the D T C with the H D S .

V S A MOOULATOR-COMTROL UNIT 3SP COPJNECT0R
—
MR + B (RED) I
3 . T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to
f r-—i i—
D M (III a g a i n .
| 1 1 / | 3 | 4 | / | 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12 13

I'-«I/1/H18|19I/121|/|23|/1
\*\*\WV\*VV\A*\
4. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 35 36

J
Is DTC 51-12 indicated?

Y E S — G o to step 5,.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i i u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s Wire side of female terminals

t i m e , C h e c k f o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g { s e e p a g e is there continuity?
19-47). •
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
5. Turn t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). b e t w e e n t h e N o . 2 (30 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box and the V S A modulator-control
6. C h e c k t h e N o . 2 !30 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / unit.H
relay box,
W O — I n s t a l l a n e w N o . 2 (30 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r -
is the fuse blown? h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box, t h e n g o to s t e p S .

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7, 3. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
connector.
PI0™~rleInstafi t h e c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
1, D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142). 11. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .

13. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC 51-12 indicated?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
( s e e p a g e 19-141).

W O — T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . H

(confd)

19-91
VSA-System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P 16. R e c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P

c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142). connector.

15. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r - 17. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 13 a n d not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
body ground. t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A moduSator-control unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
MB + B (RED)
18. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
I 1 t.
1
i
| 1 | / 1 3 ] 4 | / 1 8 M 8 | 9 | 1 0 [ 1 1 | 12 13 O N (II) a g a i n .

|14|/1/1/|18|19|/|21|/|23|/|
|25|26|27|/|/|30|/|/|/|34| 35 38 19. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,

Is DTC51-12 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
Wire side of female terminals m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n retest. If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Is there battery voltage? unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

Y E S — G o to s t e p 16. N O — I f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 2 m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
(30 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t . B 19-141). If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •

19-92
P T C 52-12: Motor Stuck OFF 9. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (ii). is DTC 52-12 indicated?

2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S , Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
O N III) a g a i n , k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
4, O p e r a t e a n y o n e of t h e four s o l e n o i d s , a s l i s t e d , In unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
t h e V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with t h e H D S .
N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
-LFT FT SOLENOID u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
-RT FT S O L E N O I D m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
-LFT REAR SOLENOID o r i g i n a l V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
-RT REAR SOLENOID 19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
5* C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC 52-12 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time.B

6. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If It d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (11) a g a i n ,

8. O p e r a t e a n y o n e of the four s o l e n o i d s , a s listed, in

the V S A F U N C T I O N T E S T five t i m e s with t h e H D S .

-LFT FT SOLENOID
-RT FT SOLENOID
-LFT REAR SOLENOID
-RT REAR SOLENOID

19-93
VSA S f stem Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 53-01: Motor Relay Stuck ON 1 7. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -

c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 6 a n d
DTC 53-12: Motor Relay Stuck ON 2 body ground.

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). V S A M O D U U I T O R - C O N T R O L UNIT 3SP C O N N E C T O R

2. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S . f r—i r—" " I

I H / 1 3 | 4 H 6 | / | 8 [ 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12 13
|14 | / 1 / | / | l 8 | l 9 | / | 21 l / l 2 3 [ / ]
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to 35 36
|25|26|27|/1/| 301/1/1/134|
O N (SI) a g a i n .
V 1
: ' , —' J
M R - G N D CBLIC)
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC 53-01 or 53-12 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. W i r e side of female terminals

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the V S A Is there continuity?
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r t o
intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e Y E S — G o t o step8.
19-47). •
N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the V S A
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( G 2 0 2 ) . l

6. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

19-94
 8, R e c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P DTC 54-03: Fail-safe Relay 1 Stuck ON
connector,
DTC 54-04: Fail-safe Relay 1 Stuck OFF
9. U p d a t e t h e V S A modulator-controf unit if it d o e s (Initial)
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a DTC 54-21: Fail-safe Relay 1 Stuck OFF (Main)
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II),

10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

OH (111 a g a i n .
3. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
11. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S . O N (II) a g a i n .

is DTC 53-01 or 53-12 indicated? 4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A is DTC 54-03, 54-04, or 54-21 indicated?

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 § P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l MO—Intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. time.fl

MO—If the V S A modulator-controf unit w a s 5. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0),

u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e * If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the 6. C h e c k t h e N o . 2 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
•19-141). If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e relay box.
Indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
is the fuse hi own?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 7.

N O — R e i n s t a l ! t h e c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 14.
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

(confd)

19-95
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r - 9. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P

c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 12 a n d connector.
body ground.
10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 3SP CONNECTOR
11. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
FSB + B (WHT)
\
12. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to
[11/13(41/161/18191101111 12 13
MH/I/|18|19L/21/123M O N (II) a g a i n .
35 36
| 2 5 | 2 6 | 2 7 [ / | / | 30 [/I/I/34|
13. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC 54-03, 54-04, or 54-21 indicated?

Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit
Wire side of female t e r m i n a l s ( s e e p a g e 19-141).

N O — T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . •
Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n the N o . 2 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box and the V S A modulator-control
unitH

N O — I n s t a l l a n e w N o . 2 (40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r -
h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 9.

19-96
14. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If it d o e s DTC 56-01: Initial VIG FET Stuck OFF (Initial)
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140), If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a DTC 56-02: Initial VIG FET Stuck ON
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e
19-1411.. DTC 56-11: VIG FET Stuck OFF (Main)

15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

O N (I!) a g a i n .
2. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .
16. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to
is DTC 54-03, 54-04, or 54-21 indicated? O N (fl) a g a i n .

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A 4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a is DTC 56-01 56-02, or 56-11 indicated?
k n o w n - g o o d ¥ S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-1411 then r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l Y E S - ™ G o t o s t e p 5.
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
N O — I f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s tirne.B
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the 5. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
indicated D T C s troubleshooting, • k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).

6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .

7. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S .

is DTC 56-01, 56-02, or 56-11 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , go to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

19-97
VSA S f stem Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

D T C 61-01: VSA Modulator-control Unit Initial 7. C o m p a r e t h e v o l t a g e n o t e d in s t e p 5 to t h e v o l t a g e

IG Low Voltage in s t e p 6.

D T C 61-21: VSA Modulator-control Unit Is the difference between the two voltage
Power Source Low Voltage 1 readings less then 3 V?

D T C 61-22: VSA Modulator-control Unit Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s

Power Source Low Voltage 2 t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
D T C 61-23: VSA Modulator-control Unit Intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
Power Source Low Voltage 3 .19-47). If the c o d e r e s e t s after c l e a r i n g , g o to s t e p 8.

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (It). N O — G o to s t e p 8.

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S . 8. U p d a t e the V S A modulator-controS unit If it d o e s

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start the the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
engine. k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start the
Is DTC 61-01, 61-21, 61-22, or 61-23 indicated? engine,

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5. 10. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this is DTC 61-01, 61-21, 61-22, or 61-23 indicated?

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
Intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
19-47KB m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
5. C h e c k a n d note B A T T E R Y v o l t a g e In the V S A D A T A 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
L I S T w i t h the H D S , unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

6. U s i n g a v o l t m e t e r , m e a s u r e a n d note the v o l t a g e N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s

b e t w e e n the battery t e r m i n a l s . u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
N O T E : If the v o l t a g e Is b e l o w 9.5 V , c h e c k t h e original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
battery ( s e e p a g e 22-88), a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t the 19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the
alternator regulator circuit ( s e e p a g e 4-27). indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

19-98
DTC 62-21: V S A Modulator-control Unit IG 8. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
High Voltage not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 13-140). If
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
1» T u r n i l i a ignition s w i t c h to O N ill), k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
2 . C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
9. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start the
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n start the engine.
engine.
10, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
is DTC 62-21 indicated?
is DTC 6 2 - 2 1 indicated?
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5, m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
' m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
time.S 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1,
5. C h e c k a n d note B A T T E R Y v o l t a g e in t h e V S A D A T A
L I S T with the H D S , N O — I f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
6. U s i n g a v o l t m e t e r , m e a s u r e a n d note the v o l t a g e m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
b e t w e e n t h e battery t e r m i n a l s , original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o the
M O T E : If t h e v o l t a g e is b e y o n d 15.1 V , t r o u b l e s h o o t indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
t h e a l t e r n a t o r regulator c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 4-27),

7. C o m p a r e t h e v o l t a g e n o t e d in s t e p 5 to the v o l t a g e
in s t e p 6 ,

is the difference between the two voitage

readings less than BY?

Y E S —Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e V S A
m o d u i a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 8 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
13-47}, If the c o d e r e s e t s after c l e a r i n g , g o to
s t e p 8 . II

MO—Go to s t e p 8.

19-99
VSA S fstem Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 64-11: Steering Angle Sensor Power 9. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

Circuit Low Voltage
10. U p d a t e the V S A modulator-controS unit if it d o e s
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (11). not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). Sf
the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
3. ' T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (II) a g a i n . O N (II) a g a i n .

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 12. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

Is DTC 64-11 indicated? Is DTC 64-11 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5, Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
WO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A

t i m e . !
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137). N O — I f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142). original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
S P connector terminal No. 5 a n d body ground.

S T E E R I N G A N G L E S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4 5

S V C C CORN)

W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

Is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n the s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A
modulator-controS u n i t . H

W O — G o to s t e p 9.

19-100
DTC 64-12: Steeping Angle Sensor Power 8. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
Circuit High Voltage
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to OH (SI). s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y
ground.
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
S T E E R I N G AfSfGLE S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 ) , t h e n turn It to
OH ill) a g a i n .

4 C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
1 2 3 4 5
is DTC 64-12 indicated? SVCC (ORN)

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5 ,

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the W i r e side of female terminals
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r a n d the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P connector. R e f e r to
intermittent failures t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e is there 0.1 V or more?.
19-47). I I
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
5 . T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r -
controS u n i t . H
§, D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
{ s e e p a g e 19-1371 N O — G o to s t e p 10.

7, Disconnect the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P

c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142),

(confd)

19-101
VSA System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC 65-21: Brake Fluid Level Stuck ON

11. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . N O T E : B l e e d i n g the brake s y s t e m w h i l e t h e ignition

s w i t c h is O N c a n c a u s e t h i s D T C .
12. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If 1. C h e c k t h e brake fluid level in t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e reservoir.
19-141).
Is the brake fluid level OK?
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (II) a g a i n . Y E S — G o t o s t e p 2.
N O — D o t h e brake p a d i n s p e c t i o n : F r o n t ( s e e p a g e
14. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S . 19-12), rear (see p a g e 19-29), c h e c k for brake fluid
leaks or r e p l a c e w o r n brake p a d s , t h e n g o to s t e p 2
Is DTC 64-12 indicated? and recheck.

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A 2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

modulator-control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
modulator-control unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a 3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), then r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l 4. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
O N (SI) a g a i n .
N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A 5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
modulator-control unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e Is DTC 65-21 indicated?
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f ailu r e, t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.H

6. R e l e a s e t h e parking b r a k e .

7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .

8. C h e c k t h e brake s y s t e m indicator In t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e .

Does the indicator come on then go off?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 13.

N O — G o t o s t e p 9.

19-102
 9. C h e c k t h e B R A K E F L U I D L E V E L S W I T C H i n t h e V S A 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b r a k e fluid-level
D A T A L I S T with the H D S . switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body
ground.
Does the HDS indicate the BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
SWITCH as OFF? BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH 2F CONNECTOR

Y E S — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k , If n o D T C s
a r e i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l g a u g e control
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324).

N O — G o to s t e p 10.

10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e fluid l e v e l s w i t c h 2 P
connector, then check the B R A K E F L U I D L E V E L
S W I T C H in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T . Wire side of female terminals

Does the HDS indicate OFF?

is there continuity ?
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e b r a k e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (the brake
fluid l e v e l s w i t c h Is i n c l u d e d ) ( s e e p a g e 19-25). Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the brake
NO—Go to s t e p 11. fluid level s w i t c h . •

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P N O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
connector, m o d u l e , t h e n g o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If n o D T C s
a r e i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l g a u g e control
m o d u l e f s e e p a g e 22-324).

(confd)

19-103
VSA System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

13. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s DTC 6 6 - 1 1 : Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e DTC 6 6 - 1 4 : Pressure Sensor (inside of VSA
19-141). Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction

14. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to DTC 6 6 - 1 6 : Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA
O N (If) a g a i n . Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction

15. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC 6 6 - 1 7 : Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA

Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction
is DTC 65-21 indicated?
DTC 6 6 - 1 8 : Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . Sf the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a DTC 6 6 - 1 9 : Pressure Sensor (inside of VSA
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 2. 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).

WO—If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
o r i g i n a l V S A modulator-controS unit ( s e e p a g e O N (SI) a g a i n .
19-141). Sf a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • 4. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S .

is DTC 66-11, 66-14, 66-16, 66-17, 66-18, or 66-19

indicated?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 5.

fMO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this

t i m e . II

19-104
5. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s DTC 68-12: Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140). If Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (ft).
19-141).
2. C l e a r t h e D T C with the H D S .
6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K 1 0 ) , t h e n start t h e
engine, 3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to
O N (II) a g a i n .
7. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,
4. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S .
I s DTC 66-11, 66-14, 66-16, 66-17, 66-18, or 66-19
indicated? is DTC 66-12 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , l i t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e time.B
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. 5. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

N O — I f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
updated, t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A ( s e e p a g e 19-137).
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
o r i g i n a l V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
19-141), If a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 on p a g e 19-142).
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

(confd)

19-105
V S A . S y s t e m Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd!
8. C h e c k for continuity between steering angle sensor 9. T u r n t h e ignition -switch to O N (IS).
BP Gonnector terminal N o . 5 and body ground.
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e
• s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y
S T E E R I N G A1MGLE S E N S O R 5 P CONNECTOR
ground.

S T E E R I N G A N G L E S E P J S 0 R 5P C O N W E C T O R

SVCC (ORN)
c
1 2 3 4 5
SVCC (OEM)

Wire side of female terminals

Is there continuity ? Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
between the steering angle sensor a n d the V S A is there 0.1 V or more?
modulator-control unit.H
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
N O — G o to s t e p 9. the steering angle s e n s o r and the V S A modulator-
control unit. •

N O — G o t o s t e p 11.

19-106
 VSA

11. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 13. .-Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .

12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r - 14. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 9 a n d not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), If
s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5. the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
STEERIMG A N G L E SENSOR 5F CONNECTOR
19-141).
Wire side of female terminals

s ? 15. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

1 2 3 4 5 O N (II) a g a i n .
JSVCC (ORN)

16. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,

S ¥ € C (ORN) is DTC 66-12 indicated?

-\
-1
12 13 Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
UA\ A A , / l i a h o l Aot Ao^'= A
35 36 m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
J m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
VSA M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L UNIT36P CONNECTOR
W i r e side of female t e r m i n a l s 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
is there continuity?
MO—If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
Y E S — G o to'step 1 3 . u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
1\10—Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the s t e e r i n g original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
a n g l e s e n s o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l 19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
umt« indicated D T C s troubleshooting.II

19-107
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 66-15: Pressure Sensor (Inside of VSA 7. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

Modulator-control Unit) Malfunction not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
N O T E : B r a k e fluid l e a k s f r o m b r a k e s y s t e m c a n c a u s e k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
this D T C , C h e c k for b r a k e fluid l e a k s first. 19-141).

1. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . 8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
9. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
2. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
is DTC 66-15 indicated?
3. R a i s e the v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t It w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
In t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11). Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
4. T u r n all f o u r w h e e l s by h a n d . m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Is there brake drag? 19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
Y E S — R e p a i r the b r a k e d r a g . I I
N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
N O — G o to s t e p 5. u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
5. - T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o t o the
6. C h e c k the B R A K E P R E S S In the V S A D A T A L I S T indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e m o v i n g the brake p e d a l .

Does the indicated value change?

Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s
time.H

N O — G o t o s t e p 7.

19-108
DTC 68-21: Brake Pedal Position Switch Stuck 6. C o n n e c t the brake pedal position s w i t c h 4 P
OFF c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d N o . 2 w i t h a j u m p e r
wire.
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR
2 . C h e c k t h e B R A K E P R E S S in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T
w i t h t h e H D S , D o not p r e s s the brake p e d a l .
J U M P E R WIRE

is there 10 MP a or less? BED r i LTOBN

1
X
Y E S — G o to step 3. 3 4

N O — C h e c k for b r a k e d r a g or a m i s a d j u s t e d b r a k e
pedal p o s i t i o n s w i t c h . If t h e y a r e n o r m a l , g o to s t e p
25.
Wire ssde of female t e r m i n a l s
3. C h e c k t h e B R A K E S W I T C H in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T
with the H D S while moving the brake pedal,
7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Does it indicate ON when the pedai is pressed,
and OFF when the pedai is reieased? 8. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H in the V S A D A T A L I S T
with the HDS.
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this
t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e brake Does it indicate ON?
pedai position switch 4P connector, E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A C49P), a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l Y E S — C h e c k t h e brake pedal position s w i t c h
unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r t o intermittent f a i l u r e s a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e 19-8). If it i s O K , r e p l a c e the
troubleshooting (see page 19-47l.il brake pedal position s w i t c h . •

TO—Go to s t e p 4 , W O — G o to s t e p 9.

4 . T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K ( 0 1 9. Disconnect the j u m p e r wire,

5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l position s w i t c h 4 P 10. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

connector,

(confd)

19-109
V S A S f stem Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

11. C h e c k t h e No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e In the u n d e r - h o o d 15. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n brake pedal position
f u s e / r e l a y box. s w i t c h 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
Is the fuse blown?
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4 P CONNECTOR
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 12.
LT G R N
IMO—-Reinstall t h e c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 21.
1 2
12. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n brake p e d a l position
s w i t c h 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y
3
[X 4
ground.

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4 P CONNECTOR

RED Wire s i d e of female terminals

1 2

3 >< is there continuity?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h a n d the
ECM/PCM. •

Wire side of female terminals WO—Install a n e w No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in the under-

h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 16.

is there continuity? 16. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e 17. U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

b e t w e e n the No. 10 (20 A ) f u s e in the u n d e r - h o o d s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a k n o w n -
f u s e / r e l a y box a n d the brake p e d a l position g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).
switch. •
18. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
W O — G o t o s t e p 13.
19. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
13. S h o r t the S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . (10 k m / h ) or m o r e .

14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a lift.

20. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC 68-21 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A (49P). If the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7),
t h e n retest. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to
s t e p 1.

N O — T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . •

19-110
2 1 , M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n brake p e d a l position 24. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n brake pedal position
switch 4P connector terminal No, 1 and body s w i t c h 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d E C M / P C M
ground, c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l No. 42.

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A C49P)
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR Terminal side of female terminals

BED
f—1 TxtlTTTTTe X9|10|.
1 19 20 21
2
22 23 24 2 6 2 7 28
3
X *- 29 30

BKSW (LT GRN)

LTGRN
Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

USE
BRAICE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR
Y E S — G o to s t e p 2 2 . Wire side-of female terminals

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the N o . 10 Is there continuity ?

(20 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d
t h e brake p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h . • Y E S — U p d a t e the E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), or substitute a
22. S h o r t t h e S C S line w i t h the H D S . k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), then go to
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If the E C M / P C M w a s updated
2 3 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). a n d D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s
c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d a n d
D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e t h e original E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M a n d the brake pedal position s w i t c h . •

(confd)

19-111
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
25. U p d a t e t h e V S A moduIator-controS unit sf it d o e s DTC 68=22: Brake Pedal Position Switch Stuck
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If ON
the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If).
19-141).
2. C h e c k the B R A K E P R E S S in t h e V S A D A T A L I S T
26. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h w i t h the H D S . D o not p r e s s the brake p e d a l .
(10 k m / h ) or m o r e .
Is there 10 MP a or more?
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
Y E S — C h e c k the brake p e d a l h e i g h t ( s e e p a g e 19-6).
27. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S . If the brake p e d a l height is O K , go to s t e p 10.

Is DTC 68-21 indicated? N O — G o t o s t e p 3.

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A 3. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H In the V S A D A T A L I S T

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A w i t h the H D S w h i l e m o v i n g the brake p e d a l .
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e Does it indicate ON when the pedal is pressed,
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l and OFF when the pedal is released?
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
Y E S — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
NO—If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s time.H
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e N O — G o to s t e p 4.
o r i g i n a l V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the 4. C h e c k the B R A K E S W I T C H In the V S A D A T A L I S T
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • w i t h the H D S , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the brake pedal
position s w i t c h 4 P c o n n e c t o r .

Does the indicator change from ON to OFF?

Y E S — R e p l a c e the brake p e d a l position s w i t c h

(see p a g e 19-6). •

N O — G o t o s t e p 5.

19-112
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 10. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
6. S h o r t the S C S Sine w i t h the H D S . t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 19-141).

8. T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N III). 11. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn It to

O N (II) a g a i n .
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b r a k e pedal position
switch 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body 12. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
ground.
is DTC 68-22 indicated ?
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In t h e V S A
LTGRfy m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
1 2 k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
3
X4 19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

N O — l f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
Wire side of female terminals original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e
Indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
Is there 0,1 ¥ or more?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r In t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
t h e E C M / P C M a n d t h e brake p e d a l position
switch, •

N O — U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the
latest s o f t w a r e fsee p a g e 11-215), or s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o to
s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k , If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d
a n d D T C s a r e not i n d i c a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Is
complete, l i t h e E C M / P C M w a s substituted and
D T C s a r e not I n d i c a t e d , r e p l a c e the o r i g i n a l E C M /
P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-216).

19-113
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 71-21: Right-front or Left-rear Different 1. C h e c k the t i r e s for p r o p e r inflation a n d t h e c o r r e c t

Diameter Tire Malfunction size ( s e e p a g e 18-5).

DTC 71-22: Left-front or Right-rear Different 2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Diameter Tire Malfunction
3. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
DTC 71-23: Right-front and Right-rear
Different Diameter Tire Malfunction 4. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

DTC 71-24: Left-front and Left-rear Different N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.
Diameter Tire Malfunction
5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC 71-25: Right-front and Left-front
Different Diameter Tire Malfunction Is DTC 71-21, 71-22, 71-23, 71-24, 71-25, 71-26,
71-27, 71-23, 71-29, 71-2A, 71-2B, or 71-2C
DTC 71-26: Right-rear and Left-rear Different indicated?
Diameter Tire Malfunction
Y E S — R e p l a c e t i r e s a s n e e d e d until all their
DTC 71-27: Right-front or Left-rear Different diameters match fsee page 1 8 - 5 ) . l
Diameter Tire Malfunction
IMO—Intermittent f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
DTC 71-28: Left-front or Right-rear Different time.B
Diameter Tire Malfunction

DTC 71-29: Right-front and Right-rear

Different Diameter Tire Malfunction

DTC 71-2A: Left-front and Left-rear Different

Diameter Tire Malfunction

DTC 71-2B: Right-front and Left-front

Different Diameter Tire Malfunction

DTC 71-2C: Right-rear and Left-rear Different

Diameter Tire Malfunction

N O T E : T h e D T C will be i n d i c a t e d w h e n the v e h i c l e h a s a
different d i a m e t e r tire(s) c o m p a r e d to t h e other t i r e s .

DTC Sectional IMote

71-21 Right-front or left-rear
71-22 Left-front or right-rear
71-23 Right-front a n d right-rear
71-24 Left-front a n d left-rear
71-25 Right-front a n d left-front
71-26 Right-rear a n d left-rear
71-27 Right-front or left-rear
71-28 Left-front or right-rear
71-29 Right-front a n d right-rear
71-2 A Left-front a n d left-rear
71-2B Right-front a n d left-front
71-2C Right-rear a n d left-rear

19-114
DTC 81-KJC*: Central Processing Unit (CPU) 5. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
Internal Circuit Malfunction not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
* : A n y two-character subcode (Except these k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
combinations: D T C 81-07,81-11, 81-3D, 81-3E, 19-141).
81-51,81-52, 81-53, 31-54, 81-55, 81-56, 81-57,
8 1 - 5 8 , a n d 81-591 6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (II) a g a i n .
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N III).
7. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S .
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC 81-XX indicated?
3, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
OM (if) a g a i n , Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
4, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
is DTC 81-xx indicated? 19-141), t h e n retest. If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
Y E S - i f D T C 81-07, 81-11, 81-3D, 81-3E, 81-51,
8 1 - 5 2 , 8 1 - 5 3 , 8 1 - 5 4 , 8 1 - 5 5 , 8 1 - 5 6 , 8 1 - 5 7 , 8 1 - 5 8 , or N O — I f t h e V S A modulator-controS unit w a s
8 1 - 5 9 is i n d i c a t e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , d o the u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
a p p r o p r i a t e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first. Sf D T C 8 1 - 0 7 , m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
8 1 - 1 1 , 8 1 - 3 D , 8 1 - 3 E , 8 1 - 5 1 , 8 1 - 5 2 , 8 1 - 5 3 , 81-54, original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
8 1 - 5 5 , 8 1 - 5 6 , 8 1 - 5 7 , 81-58, or 8 1 - 5 9 is not i n d i c a t e d . 19-141). Sf a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
G o to s t e p 5, indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.*

19-115
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting {cont'd)

DTC 81-07: Central Processing Unit (CPU) 9. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s t e e r i n g a n g l e

Internal Circuit Malfunction s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 a n d b o d y
ground.
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
STEERING A N G L E S E N S O R BP CONNECTOR
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . S V C C CORN)

Is DTC 81-07 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
Wire side of female terminals
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at this
time.B
Is there 0.1 V or more?
5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r the steering angle s e n s o r and the V S A modulator-
( s e e p a g e 19-137). control u n i t •

7. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P N O — G o t o s t e p 10.

c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

19-116
10, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). DTC 81-11: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
internal Circuit Malfunction
11, R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s ,
DTC 81-52: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
12, U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s Internal Circuit Malfunction
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e f s e e p a g e 19-140), If
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a DTC 81-54: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f s e e p a g e Internal Circuit Malfunction
19-141).
DTC 81-56: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
13, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to Interna! Circuit Malfunction
QH {!!} a g a i n .
DTC 81-58: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
14, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Internal Circuit Malfunction
Is DTC 81-07 indicated?
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 S P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit { s e e p a g e 3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e .
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. N O T E : Drive t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a lift,

N O — i f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s 4. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S .

u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , If the V S A is DTC 81-11 81-52, 81-54, 81-56, or 81-58
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the indicated?
o r i g i n a l V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). if a n y o t h e r D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to t h e Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at this
time.H

(confd)

19-117
VSA System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

5. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s DTC 81-51: Central Processing Unit (CPU)

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If Internal Circuit Malfunction
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e DTC 81-53: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
19-141). Internal Circuit Malfunction

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . DTC 81-55: Central Processing Unit (CPU)

Internal Circuit Malfunction
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift.
DTC 81-57: Central Processing Unit (CPU)
7. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Internal Circuit Malfunction

Is DTC 81-11, 81-52, 81-54, 81-56, or 81-58 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

indicated?
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S .
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A 3. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not on a lift.
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , go to s t e p 1. 4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s is DTC 81-51, 81-53, 81-55, or 81-57 indicated?

u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , go to the N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • time.H

5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

19-118
8, M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d the 9. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
a p p r o p r i a t e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s ( s e e table), 10. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A modulator-controS unit 3 6 P
connector.
PTC V S A Modulator-control Unit 36P
Coiinsctor Terminal 11. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
81-51 Mo. 23 not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), If
81-53 No. 19 the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
81-55 N o . 18 k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
81-57 No* 21 19-141).

V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR

12. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .

N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.

13. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

is DTC 81-51, 81-53, 81-55, or 81-57 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Wire side of f e m a l e terminals 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l •
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1,
is there 0.1 V or more?
N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to p o w e r in the w i r e b e t w e e n u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
t h e a p p r o p r i a t e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
m o d y Iator-controI u n It. • original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
MQ—Go to s t e p 9. indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

19-119
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 81-3D: Centra! Processing Unit (CPU) 6. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

Interna! Circuit Malfunction not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
DTC 81-3E: Central Processing Unit (CPU) k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Internal Circuit Malfunction 19-141).

DTC 81-59: Central Processing Unit (CPU) 7. S t a r t the e n g i n e .

Internal Circuit Malfunction
8. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (IS). times.

2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 9. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S ,

3. Start the e n g i n e . Is DTC 81-3D, 81-3E, or 81-59 indicated?

4. T u r n the s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock s e v e r a l Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A

times. m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
Is DTC 81-3D, 81-3E, or 81-59 indicated? unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6. N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
N O — i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s moduIator-controI unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
time, a original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

19-120
DTC 83-13: ECM/PCM Communication Error 7. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e .
(Engine Malfunction)
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.
DTC 83-14: ECM/PCM Communication Error
!A/T Malfunction} 8. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to O N (UK Is DTC 83-13 or 83-14 indicated?

2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S . Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.

3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . N O — I f the E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , troubleshooting
is c o m p l e t e . If the E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
N O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a Sift. r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e ' 1 1 - 2 1 6 ) . •

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC 83-13 or 83-14 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t failure, the s y s t e m is O K at this

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector A !48P| a n d the V S A modulator-control
ytiff 3 S F c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent f a i l u r e s
troubleshooting fsee page 19-47XH

5. U p d a t e the E G M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e { s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M f s e e p a g e 11-7).

6. C l e a r the D T C w i t h the H D S ,

(confd)

19-121
VSA System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

9. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s DTC 84-21: VSA Sensor Neutral Position not

not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140).- If Writing
t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
19-141).
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
10. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .
3. Do t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral p o s i t i o n m e m o r i z a t i o n
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a .lift. ( s e e p a g e 19-138).

11. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

• O N (II) a g a i n .
is DTC 83-13 or 83-14 indicated?
5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A Is DTC 84-21 indicated?
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A moduSator-control
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. N O — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . •

N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s 6. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf t h e V S A not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). Sf
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the 19-141).
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . •
7. D o t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
( s e e p a g e 19-138).

8. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .

9. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Is DTC 84-21 indicated?

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

19-122
DTC 86-01: F-CAN Bus-off Malfunction 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d E C M / P C M
1, T y r o t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l ( s e e table).

2, C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Sign V S A Modulator- ECM/PCM

control U n r t 3 6 P Connector A
3, T o r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n it to Connector (4SP) T e r m i n a l
O N (ll) a g a i n . Terminal
CAN-L No. 1 No. 4
4, C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . CAN-H No. 14 No. 3

V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 38P CONNECTOR

I s DTC 86-01 indicated?
Wire side of female terminals

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. CAN-L (RED)
f— J

CAN-H "'" --V-^H - •••• *

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m i s O K at t h i s (WHT) .1 i / l 3 | 4 M 6 | / l 8 | 9 | l 0 | l l |
12 13

t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M |25|26|27M/|30|/M/|34| 35 36
c o n n e c t o r A (49P) a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l k » • L —

unit 3 8 P c o n n e c t o r , R e f e r to intermittent f a i l u r e s
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47). •

5, T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). CAN-H (WHT) CAN-L (RED!

8, S h o r t t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
20
222324 28 27 28
7, D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
29 3 0
?
|>"|4lk2t43i44M^p
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 8 P
c o n n e c t o r f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142). E C M / P C M CONNECTOR A (49P)
Terminal side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10.

M O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M a n d t h e V S A modulator-controS u n i t •

(confd)

19-123
WSA System Components

DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

10. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC 86-11: F-CAN Communication with

ECM/PCM Malfunction
11. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 13-140). If • DTC 8 6 - 2 1 : F-CAN Communication with
• the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a Engine Malfunction
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). DTC 8 § ~ 2 2 : F-CAN Communication with
Engine Malfunction
12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (II) a g a i n . DTC 8 6 - 2 3 : F-CAN Communication with
Engine Malfunction
13. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC 8 6 - 2 4 : F-CAN Communication with
is DTC 86-01 indicated? Engine Malfunction

Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A DTC 8 6 - 2 5 : F-CAN Communication with

modulator-controS unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A Engine Malfunction
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e DTC 8 6 - 4 1 : F-CAN Communication with EAT
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l Malfunction
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI).
NO—if t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If the V S A 2. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
o r i g i n a l V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the (10 k m / h ) or m o r e .
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
N O T E : Drive t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a- Sift.

4. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S .

Is DTC 88-11 86-21, 86-22, 86-23, 86-24, 86-25,

and/or 86-41 indicated?

Y E S — I f D T C 86-01 is i n d i c a t e d at the s a m e t i m e , do
the D T C 86-01 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first ( s e e p a g e
19-123). If D T C 86-01 is not i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 5.

MO—If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the

indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
i n d i c a t e d , intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at
t h i s t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n E C M /
P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P) a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to intermittent
f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 19-47). Ill

19-124
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 10. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . •

6. S h o r t t h e S C S Hoe w i t h the H D S . 11. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s not h a v e the latest

s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11-215), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
7. D i s c o n n e c t ECiWPCfVf c o n n e c t o r A C49P), g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P 12. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h the H D S .

c o n n e c t o r { s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).
13. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
9. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - (10 k m / h ) o r m o r e .
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l ( s e e table). N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n the r o a d , not o n a lift.

Sign VSA Modulator- ECM/PCM 14. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

control Unit 36P Connector A
Connector I49P) T e r m i n a l is DTC 86-11, 86-21, 86-22, 86-23, 86-24, 88-25,
Terminal and/or 86-41 indicated?
CAN-L No. 1 No. 4
CAN-H Mo. 14 No. 3 Y E S — G o to s t e p 15.

V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L UNIT 36P CONNECTOR NO—If the E C M / P C M w a s updated, troubleshooting

Wire side of female terminals
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
CAN-L {RED) r e p l a c e t h e original E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-218). W
3 j — j A
mm) »U'':3ML*i6|/l8|9|lO|ltJ 12 13
H*4''l. ' / i - 8 N l / | y ! ^ 2 3 l / I
y
35 36
|25;26|27yi*l30!/V1/l3i|
J

CAN-H fWHTf CAIM-L (RED)

* 3; ^ ;
A s 7 ^ ] 9 )ioL
2 3 21
2 7 28

I- •4^U^•4o!44^^4eLlL ^ i

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R AI49P1
Terminal side of female terminals

is there continuity?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 10,

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the
E C M / P C M a n d the V S A modulator-control u n i t I

(confd)

19-125
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

15. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit If it d o e s DTC 86-31: F-CAN Communication with

not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If Gauge Control Module Malfunction
t h e a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).
19-141).
2. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
16. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e . D r i v e the v e h i c l e at 7 m p h
(10 km/h) or m o r e . 3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (II) a g a i n .
N O T E : Drive the v e h i c l e on t h e r o a d , not o n a lift.
4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
17. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC 86-31 indicated?
Is DTC 86-11 } 86-21, 86-22, 86-23, 86-24, 86-25,
and/or 86-41 Indicated? Y E S — I f D T C 86-01 is i n d i c a t e d at the s a m e t i m e , d o
the D T C 86-01 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first ( s e e p a g e
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A 19-123). Sf D T C 86-01 is not i n d i c a t e d , go to s t e p 5.
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a N O — I f a n y other D T C s a r e I n d i c a t e d , g o to the
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s a r e not
19-141), t h e n retest. If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l i n d i c a t e d , intermittent f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1. this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n t h e
g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e V S A
MO—If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . R e f e r to
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 19-47).B
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e 5. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. • O N (II) a g a i n .

Does the gauge indicators come on?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6.

N O — D o the g a u g e control m o d u l e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
( s e e p a g e 22-304). I I

6. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector.

8. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).

19-126
9 , C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n the V S A m o d u l a t o r - 10. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
c o n t r o l unit 3©P c o n n e c t e r t e r m i n a l a n d g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r terminal (see table), 11. U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140), If
Sign V S A Modulator- G a y g e Control t h e unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
control Unit 3 6 F Module 32P k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Connector Connector 19-141).
Terminal Terminal
No, 1 No. 29 12. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO), t h e n turn it to
CAN-H No, 14 No. 30 O N (II) a g a i n .

V S A WlQDUt A T C R - C O N T R O L UNIT 36P CONNECTOR

13. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S ,
\ \ ire Side of female terminals

is DTC 86-31 indicated ?

. l ! 1 3 ^ J *b „ {
S | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12 13
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
\Zk2*\r\ ; ' K 1/|/|34 35 36 m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
CAW-H fWHT! k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e

@ 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

L ... , . J N O - ~ l f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
/ i s i s ho u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , If t h e V S A
[l7|l8J19[/1/'i22|23i24|S|26|2?i^i29!30|/J32
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
CAM-L fREDJ CAM-H (WHTJ
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
Wire side of female terminals

is there, continuity?

¥ E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s In t h e g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r . If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a known-good gauge control module,
t h e n g o to s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k . If n o D T C s a r e
indicated, replace the original g a u g e control
m o d u l e { s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) . If D T C 88-31 r e s e t s , g o
to s t e p 10.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit.B

19-127
V S A System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 86-71: F-CAN Communication with Yaw 8. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -

Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Malfunction control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d t h e y a w
rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r
1. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N (SI). terminal (see table)..

2. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S . Sign V S A Modulator- Y a w Rate-lateral

control Unit 36P Acceleration
3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to Connector Sensor 5P
O N (If) a g a i n . Terminal Connector
Terminal
4. C h e c k for D T C s with t h e H D S . CAN-L No. 1 No. 4
CAN-H No. 14 No. 3
Is DTC 86-71 indicated?
V S A MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR
Wire side of female terminals
Y E S — I f D T C 86-01 is i n d i c a t e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , d o
the D T C 86-01 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g first ( s e e p a g e CAN-L (RED)
" 19-123). If D T C 86-01 is not i n d i c a t e d , g o to s t e p 5.
MH3|4|/|6|/l8|9h0|lT] 12 13
]141/1/I/I181191/1211/1231/|
N O — I f a n y other D T C s are. i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e 35 38
|25|26|27^|30|/W|34|
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If D T C s .are not
indicated, intermittent failure, t h e s y s t e m is O K at CAN-H (WHT)
this t i m e . C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e y a w rate-
lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r a n d the

ma
• V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . Refer to CAN-H (WHT)
• intermittent f a i l u r e s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e
19-47). •
| CAN-L (RED)
5. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
Wire side of female terminals
6.. D i s c o n n e c t t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
5P c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
Is there continuity?

7.. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
Y E S — G o to s t e p 9.
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).
N 0 ~ ~ R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e y a w rate-
lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control u n i t . B

19-128
 9 , T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h t o O H III), 11. T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n y a w rate-lateral 12. R e c o n n e c t t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r

a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r BP c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 5P c o n n e c t o r .
and body ground,
13. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

Y A W RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION
S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n y a w rate-lateral
acceleration s e n s o r 5P connector terminal No. 5
and body ground.

YAW RATE-LATERAL ACCELERATION

S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR

Wire side of female terminals BLK

is there battery voitage?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 11, Wire s i d e o f female terminals

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the N o . 6
(7.5 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y is there 0.1 V or iess?
b o x a n d t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r . I
Y E S — R e p l a c e t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n
s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). •

W O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the y a w rate-

lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d
(G503).»

19-129
MSA S f stem Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 107-22:Central Processing Unit(CPU) 6. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

Internal Circuit Malfunction not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) to c o o l the V S A k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t a n d w a i t 1 h o u r or m o r e . 19-141).

2. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II). 7. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .
3. C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
8. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
4. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to
O N (II) a g a i n . Is DTC 107-22 indicated?

5. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S . Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in the V S A

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
Is DTC 107-22 indicated? m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 6. 1 9 - 1 4 1 ) t h e n r e t e s t If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
r

unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
N O — T h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . •
NO—Sf t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . Sf the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •

19-130
DTC 108-21: Steering Angle Sensor 11. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s
Malfunction not h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , s u b s t i t u t e a
1, Turn: the ignition s w i t c h to O N (If), k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).
2, C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
12. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e .
3, Test-drive the vehicle,
N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not o n a lift.
M O T E : D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e on the r o a d , not o n a lift.
13. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .
4, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
is DTC 108-21 indicated?
is DTC 108-21 indicated?
Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
Y E S — G o to s t e p 5. m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s . u p d a t e d , substitute a
N O — i n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , the s y s t e m is O K at t h i s k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
time.B 19-141), t h e n r e t e s t If the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
5, T o r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K CO),
N O — I f t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
6, S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if the V S A
( s e e p a g e 19-137). m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
7 , T o r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to O N 111). 19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to the
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
8, C l e a r the D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

9, T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e ,

N O T E : D r i v e the v e h i c l e o n t h e r o a d , not on a lift,

10, C h e c k for D T C s w i t h the H D S .

is DTC 108-21 indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 11*

N O — R e p l a c e t h e original s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r
( s e e p a g e 19-137). I I

19-131
VSA System Components
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC 121-xx*: VSA Solenoid Valve 5. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

Malfunction not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). If
the unit a l r e a d y h a s the latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
DTC 122-xx*: VSA Solenoid Valve k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
Malfunction 19-141).

DTC 123-xx*: VSA Solenoid Valve 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

Malfunction O N (II) a g a i n .

DTC 124-xx*: VSA Solenoid Valve 7. C h e c k for D T C s with the H D S .

Malfunction
Is DTC 121-xx, 122-xx, 123-xx, or 124-xx
*: A n y t w o - c h a r a c t e r s u b c o d e ( s e e table) indicated?

DTC Sectional Valve Y E S — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A

121 -01 Right-front Regulator m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
-02 and m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , substitute a
-11 I eft-rear k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
-21 19-141), t h e n retest. If t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
-24 unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.
122 -01 Suction
-21 N O — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
-22 u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
-23 m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
123 -01 Left-front Regulator original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
-02 and 19-141). If a n y other D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o to t h e
-11 right-rear indicated D T C s troubleshooting. •
-21
-24
124 -01 Suction
-21
-22
-23

1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

2. C l e a r the D T C with t h e H D S .

3. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (Oh t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .

4. C h e c k for D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

I s D T C 121-xx, 122-xx, 123-xx, or 124-xx

indicated?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 5.

N O — I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B

19-132
Symptom Troubleshooting
¥SA activation Indicator does riot go off, and 7. C h e c k for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A O F F s w i t c h 5 P
no DTCs are stored c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No, 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d ,

1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II). V S A O F F SWITCH 5P C O N M E C T 0 B

2. C h e c k t h e V S A a c t i v a t i o n i n d i c a t o r for s e v e r a l
s e c o n d s w h e n t h e ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to
O N (II).
BEN
Does the indicator come on then go off?

Y E S — T h e s y s t e m Is O K at t h i s t i m e . a

N O — G o to step 3.
Wire side of female terminals
3 . T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

4. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A O F F s w i t c h 5 P c o n n e c t o r . is there continuity ?

5. C h e c k t h e V S A O F F s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 19-139). Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d t h e V S A
Is the VSA OFF switch OK? O F F switch. •

Y E S — G o to s t e p 6. N O — S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d g a u g e control
m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324), t h e n g o to s t e p 1 a n d
N O — R e p l a c e the V S A O F F s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e r e c h e c k . If it is O K , r e p l a c e t h e original g a u g e
19-139KB control m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e 22-324). •

6. D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector,

19-133
VSA S f stem Components
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)

A B S indicator^ brake system indicator, and 6. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

V S A indicator-do not go off
7. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).
8. C h e c k the A B S indicator, the brake s y s t e m
2. C h e c k the No. 6 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - indicator a n d the V S A i n d i c a t o r for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s
d a s h f u s e / r e l a y box. w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II).

Is the fuse blown? Does the indicators come on then go off?

Y E S — G o t o s t e p 3. Y E S — T h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . •

M O — R e i n s t a l l the c h e c k e d f u s e , t h e n g o to s t e p 9. N O — R e p l a c e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit

(see page 19-141).B
3. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A modulator-controS unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142). 9. D i s c o n n e c t the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P
c o n n e c t o r ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 19-142).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
BP c o n n e c t o r ( s e e p a g e 19-138). 10. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o O N (II).

5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r - 11. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -

control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 0 a n d control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 3 0 a n d
body ground. body ground.

V S A MQDULATOR-COfMTROL OMIT 36P CONNECTOR V S A IVIODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR

"' >
M1/|3|4|/|6L/|8|9|10|11| 12 13 M/13|4MBM8|9|10|11| 12
13
Il4l/ly1/h8|l9|/|2l|/l23l/|
|14|/VI/118|19|/1211/|23|/] 35 36
|25|26|27|/1/l3*W\A»\ 35 36
1 1 J
|25|28|27|/l/l3 ° I / W l » i
1
<— J
1G1 (GRY) IG1 (GRY)

Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals

is there continuity? is there battery voltage?

Y E S — R e p a i r s h o r t to b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e Y E S — G o to s t e p 12.
b e t w e e n the No. 6 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d the V S A modulator-control N O — R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 6
unit or the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r . • (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y
box a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit. •
N O — I n s t a l l the n e w No. 6 (7.5 A ) f u s e in the d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o to s t e p 6. 12. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to- L O C K (0).

19-134
13, C h e c k f o r continuity b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r - 15. D i s c o n n e c t the g a u g e control m o d u l e 3 2 P
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 5 a n d connector.
body ground,
16, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -
control unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d g a u g e
V S A IVfODUtATOH-COWTROL U N I T 3§P COPJWECT0H
• control m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l ( s e e t a b l e ) .

13 Sign V S A Modulator- G a u g e Control

14 \A/YW^[A^ \AMA control U n i t S S P Module 32P
35 36
Connector Connector
Terminal Terminal
mm (BLK)
CAN-L No. 1 ~ Nof29
CAN-H • No. 14 • No. 30..

V S A f¥IODULATGR~COMTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR

Wire side of female terminals
Wire side of female terminals

12 13
Is there continuity?
|25|26|27|/|/|30M/1/134| 35 36
Y E S — G o t o s t e p 14. J

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the V S A
I CAIM H (WHT)
CA!*

m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( G 2 0 2 ) . l

14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -
/l8|9|lO/l/h3L/Ml6|
c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 12 a n d
|17|18|191/V122|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/13Z
body ground,

CAN-L (RED) CAN-H ( W H T )

V S A IVIGDULATOR-GQOTRGl UNIT 3§P CONNECTOR
G A U G E CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR
FSR+B(WHT) Wire side of female terminals
f 1 t 1 —1 1
1 1 | / | 3 U | / I 6 | / 1 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12 13
is there continuity?
I f i / t f ,K ! , \ f v\ If < i f f I Z !
1 B
1
35 36
J Y E S — G o t o s t e p 17.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l
unitB
Wire side of female terminals

is there battery voltage?

Y E S — G o to s t e p 15.

N O — R e p a i r o p e n In the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o , 2
(40 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y box a n d
the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t B

(confd)

19-135
VSA System Components
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)

17. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

18. U p d a t e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit if it d o e s

not h a v e the latest s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 19-140). Sf
the unit a l r e a d y h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e , substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141).

19. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0), t h e n turn it to

O N (II) a g a i n .

20. C h e c k the A R S indicator, t h e b r a k e s y s t e m

indicator a n d t h e V S A indicator for s e v e r a l s e c o n d s
w h e n the ignition s w i t c h is t u r n e d to O N (II).

Does the indicators come on then go off?

Y E S — I f the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s
u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e the
original V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-14D.H

N O — C h e c k for l o o s e t e r m i n a l s in t h e V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r . If the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
19-141), t h e n retest. Sf t h e V S A modulator-controS
unit w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to s t e p 1.

19-136
Steering Angle Sensor Replacement
N O T E : D o not d a m a g e o r d r o p the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r is s e n s i t i v e to s h o c k a n d v i b r a t i o n .

1. W i t h t h e w h e e l s in the s t r a i g h t - a h e a d p o s i t i o n a n d the s t e e r i n g w h e e l c e n t e r e d , r e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l
( s e e p a g e 17-24),

2. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n c o v e r s f s e e p a g e 20-168) a n d the c a b l e reel ( s e e p a g e 24-218).

3. R e m o v e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h a s s e m b l y ( s e e s t e p 7 o n p a g e 17-29),

4. R e m o v e t h e c o m b i n a t i o n light s w i t c h (A) a n d t h e w i p e r / w a s h e r s w i t c h (B) f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h b o d y

a s s e m b l y (C).

5, Install t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h b o d y a s s e m b l y in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

NOTE:
* Do not r e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g a n g l e s e n s o r f r o m the c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h b o d y .
* W h e n installing t h e c a b l e r e e l , s e t t h e turn s i g n a l c a n c e l i n g s l e e v e position s o that the a r r o w points straight up
f s e e p a g e 24-219).
* N o t e t h a t t h e t i g h t e n i n g o r d e r is s p e c i f i e d for t h e c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h m o u n t i n g s c r e w s ( s e e p a g e 17-30).

19-137
VSA System Components
Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration VSA Sensor Neutral Position
Sensor Replacement Memorization

NOTE: N O T E : Do not p r e s s the brake p e d a l d u r i n g this

* D o not d a m a g e or d r o p t h e s e n s o r a s it is s e n s i t i v e . procedure.
• D o not u s e p o w e r t o o l s w h e n r e p l a c i n g the s e n s o r .
1. Park t h e v e h i c l e o n a flat a n d level s u r f a c e , w i t h the
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). s t e e r i n g w h e e l in the straight a h e a d p o s i t i o n .

2. R e m o v e the c e n t e r c o n s o l e ( s e e p a g e 20-148). 2. W i t h the ignition s w i t c h in L O C K (0), c o n n e c t the

H D S to the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A) u n d e r t h e
3. R e m o v e the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
(A) m o u n t i n g bolts.

3. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II).

4. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the v e h i c l e
a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit. If it d o e s n ' t ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t the D L C circuit ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
4. D i s c o n n e c t the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r
5 P c o n n e c t o r (B). 5. " S e l e c t V S A A D J U S T M E N T w i t h the H D S , a n d
f o l l o w the s c r e e n p r o m p t s .
5. C h e c k for d e f o r m a t i o n In the bracket (C). If
n e c e s s a r y r e p l a c e it. N O T E : S e e the H D S Help m e n u for s p e c i f i c
instructions.
6. Install the y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r in
t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l . 6. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

7. Do the V S A s e n s o r neutral position memorization

( s e e p a g e 19-138).

19-138
VSA OFF Switch Test
1. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0). 5. C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n V S A O F F s w i t c h 5P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 4 a n d No. 5. T h e r e s h o u l d
2. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r be c o n t i n u i t y at all t i m e s .
f s e e p a g e 20-153).

V S A O F F SWITCH 5 P CONNECTOR
3. P u s h out t h e VSA O F F s w i t c h (A) f r o m the d r i v e r ' s
dashboard lower cover.

S I I!

u
1 2 / 4 5
d

Terminal side of male terminals

6. Install t h e V S A O F F s w i t c h in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
removal.

4, C h e c k for continuity b e t w e e n the VSA O F F s w i t c h

5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d No. 2. T h e r e
s h o u l d b e continuity w h e n the button is p r e s s e d ,
a n d n o continuity w h e n the button i s r e l e a s e d .

V S A OFF SWITCH BP COWWECTOR

1 f t it
1 2
/ 5
si

Terminal side of male terminals

19-139
VSA System Components
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Update

Special Tools Required 1. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h to O N (II), but d o not start

* H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m ( H D S ) tablet tester the engine.
* H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n
w i t h H D S a n d C M update s o f t w a r e 2, C o n n e c t the H D S to the d a t a link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
* H D S pocket tester (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r the d r i v e r ' s s i d e of the d a s h b o a r d .
* G N A - 6 0 0 a n d a n iN w o r k s t a t i o n w i t h H D S a n d C M
update software
U s e a n y o n e of t h e s e u p d a t e t o o l s .

NOTE:
* U s e t h i s p r o c e d u r e w h e n y o u n e e d to update the
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit at a n y t i m e .
* M a k e s u r e the H D S / H I M h a s t h e latest s o f t w a r e
version.
* B e f o r e y o u update t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit,
m a k e s u r e the battery in t h e v e h i c l e is fully c h a r g e d ,
a n d c o n n e c t a j u m p e r battery (not a battery c h a r g e r )
to m a i n t a i n s y s t e m v o l t a g e .
* N e v e r turn the ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0) or A C C (I)
d u r i n g the u p d a t e . If t h e r e is a p r o b l e m w i t h the
u p d a t e , l e a v e the ignition s w i t c h in O N (II). A
* T o p r e v e n t V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit d a m a g e , d o
not o p e r a t e a n y t h i n g e l e c t r i c a l ( h e a d l i g h t s , a u d i o 3. M a k e s u r e the H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
s y s t e m , b r a k e s , A / C , p o w e r w i n d o w s , d o o r l o c k s , etc.) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit. Sf it d o e s n ' t ,
d u r i n g the update. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g the D L C c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 11-192).
* T o e n s u r e the latest p r o g r a m is i n s t a l l e d , d o a V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit u p d a t e w h e n e v e r the V S A 4. S e l e c t t h e u p d a t e m o d e , a n d f o l l o w the s c r e e n
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is s u b s t i t u t e d or r e p l a c e d . p r o m p t s to update t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit.
* Y o u c a n n o t update a V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit w i t h
a p r o g r a m it a l r e a d y h a s . It will o n l y a c c e p t a n e w 5. If t h e s o f t w a r e in t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is
program. t h e latest, d i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S / H I M f r o m the D L C . If
* High t e m p e r a t u r e in the e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t m i g h t t h e s o f t w a r e in the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is
c a u s e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit to b e c o m e too not t h e latest, f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s on t h e s c r e e n .
hot to run the u p d a t e . If t h e e n g i n e h a s b e e n r u n n i n g
before t h i s p r o c e d u r e , o p e n t h e h o o d a n d c o o l the 6. Do t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral position m e m o r i z a t i o n
engine compartment. p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 19-138).
* If y o u n e e d to d i a g n o s e t h e H o n d a interface m o d u l e
(HIM) b e c a u s e the H I M ' s red ( # 3 ) light c a m e o n or
w a s f l a s h i n g d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e , l e a v e the ignition •
s w i t c h in O N (II) w h e n y o u d i s c o n n e c t the HIM f r o m
the data link c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) . T h i s will p r e v e n t V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit d a m a g e .
* D T C s s t o r e d in m e m o r y a r e c l e a r e d w h e n the V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit is u p d a t e d .

19-140
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation
NOTE: 2, R e m o v e t h e s u c t i o n line m o u n t bolt (A) f r o m the
* D o not s p i l l b r a k e fluid o n the v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e bracket.
t h e paint; if b r a k e fluid g e t s o n t h e paint, w a s h it off
Immediately with water,
* B e c a r e f u l not to damage o r d e f o r m t h e b r a k e l i n e s
d u r i n g r e m o v a l a n d installation,
* P i y g t h e e n d s of the h o s e s a n d j o i n t s to p r e v e n t
s p i l l i n g b r a k e fluid,

Renidwa!

1, T u r n t h e Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

(confd)

19-141
VSA System Components
VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation (cont'd)
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r (A) by p u s h i n g the Sock (B) a n d pulling d o w n the l e v e r
(C); the c o n n e c t o r d i s c o n n e c t s itself.

4. D i s c o n n e c t the s i x brake l i n e s f r o m the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t

N O T E : B r a k e lines a r e c o n n e c t e d to the m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (D) a n d to the left-rear ( E ) , the right-front (F), the left-front
( G ) , a n d the right-rear (H) brake s y s t e m s .

5. R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1 2 m m f l a n g e bolts (I) a n d 6 x 1 6 m m f l a n g e bolt ( J ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit

(K) w i t h t h e bracket (L) f r o m the b o d y .

6. R e m o v e the r e c e i v e r line (M) f r o m the b r a c k e t t h e n r e m o v e the c l i p s (N).

7. R e m o v e the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit f r o m the bracket.

19-142
Installation

1, Install the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit onto the bracket.

2, Install the c l i p s to t h e bracket, t h e n install t h e r e c e i v e r line.

3, install t h e b r a c k e t w i t h t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit to the b o d y .

4, R e c o n n e c t t h e s i x b r a k e l i n e s , t h e n tighten t h e flare n u t s to the s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

5, A l i g n the c o n n e c t i n g s u r f a c e of t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r to the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit.

6, Pull up t h e l e v e r of t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n c o n f i r m the c o n n e c t o r is fully s e a t e d .

7, install t h e s u c t i o n line m o u n t bolt to the bracket.

8, B l e e d the brake s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 19-9).

9, D o t h e V S A s e n s o r neutral p o s i t i o n m e m o r i z a t i o n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 19-138).

10, Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e A B S a n d t h e V S A i n d i c a t o r s g o off.

11, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d m a k e s u r e the A B S a n d t h e V S A i n d i c a t o r s d o not c o m e o n ,

M O T E : Sf t h e b r a k e p e d a l i s s p o n g y , t h e r e m a y b e air t r a p p e d in t h e m o d u l a t o r w h i c h c o u l d t h e n be i n d u c e d into
t h e n o r m a l brake s y s t e m d u r i n g m o d u l a t i o n . B l e e d t h e b r a k e s y s t e m a g a i n ( s e e p a g e 19-9).

19-143
VSA System Components
Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement

Front

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. R e l e a s e the c l a m p (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).

3. R e m o v e t h e bolts a n d t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (C).

4. Install the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* Install t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c a r e f u l l y to a v o i d t w i s t i n g the w i r e s .
* If the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o m e s in c o n t a c t w i t h the w h e e l b e a r i n g , it is faulty, i n v e s t i g a t e the c a u s e before
r e p l a c i n g the s e n s o r .

5. Start the e n g i n e , a n d m a k e s u r e the A B S a n d the V S A Indicators g o off.

6. T e s t - d r i v e the v e h i c l e , a n d m a k e s u r e the A B S a n d the V S A Indicators d o not c o m e o n .

19-144
Rear

1. T u r n the Ignition s w i t c h to L O C K (0).

2. R e l e a s e the c l a m p (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).

3, R e m o v e the c l a m p s , the bolt, a n d t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r (C).

4, Install the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e items:

* Install the w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c a r e f u l l y to a v o i d t w i s t i n g the w i r e s .

* If t h e w h e e l s p e e d s e n s o r c o m e s in c o n t a c t w i t h the h u b b e a r i n g unit, it is faulty. Investigate the c a u s e before
replacing the sensor.

5, S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e A B S a n d the V S A i n d i c a t o r s g o off.

6, T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e A B S a n d the V S A i n d i c a t o r s d o not c o m e o n .

19-145
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) f If body maintenance is required)

T h e A c c o r d S R S i n c l u d e s a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the

g l o v e b o x , s e a t b e i i t e n s i o n e r s in t h e front s e a t belt retractors, s i d e curtain a i r b a g s in the s i d e s of t h e roof, a n d s i d e
a i r b a g s in t h e front s e a t - b a c k s . Information n e c e s s a r y to s a f e l y s e r v i c e the S R S is I n c l u d e d in t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l ,
i t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e or a r e l o c a t e d n e a r S R S c o m p o n e n t s . S e r v i c i n g ,
d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or r e p l a c i n g t h e s e stems r e q u i r e s s p e c i a l p r e c a u t i o n s a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by a n a u t h o r i z e d
Honda dealer,

* T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e S R S I n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l injury or d e a t h In the e v e n t of a s e v e r e frontal

o r s i d e c o l l i s i o n , all S R S s e r v i c e w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e b y a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a d e a l e r .
* I m p r o p e r s e r v i c e p r o c e d u r e s , i n c l u d i n g i n c o r r e c t r e m o v a l a n d Installation of t h e S R S , c o u l d l e a d to p e r s o n a l Injury
c a u s e d b y unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the a i r b a g s , s i d e a i r b a g s , a n d / o r s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s .
* D o not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e S R S unit, front i m p a c t s e n s o r s , s i d e I m p a c t s e n s o r s , or rear safsng s e n s o r w h e n the
ignition s w i t c h i s in O N (II), or for at feast 3 m i n u t e s after t h e ignition s w i t c h Is t u r n e d to L O C K (0); o t h e r w i s e , the
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , or the a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
* S R S e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r s a r e Identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . R e l a t e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h e s t e e r i n g
c o l u m n , front c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e the g l o v e b o x , in t h e front s e a t s ,
in t h e roof s i d e , a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not u s e electrical t e s t e q u i p m e n t on t h e s e c i r c u i t s .

EH
Body
Special T o o l s .. 20-2 Interior Trim
Component Location Index 20-95
Doors Trim Removal/Installation - Door A r e a s ... 20-97
Component Location Index 20-3 * Trim Removal/Installation- Pillar A r e a s ... 20-101
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation ..... 20-12 * Trim Removal/Installation
Front Door Outer Handle Replacement .... 20-19 - Rear Side A r e a 20-118
Front Door Latch Replacement 20-23 * Trim Removal/Installation
Front Door G l a s s and Regulator - R e a r Shelf A r e a 20-119
Replacement . 20-26 Trim Removal/Installation
Front Door S a s h Inner Trim -TrunkArea 20-123
Replacement 20-29 Trim Removal/installation
Front Door S a s h Outer Trim - T r u n k Lid 20-126
Replacement ................... 20-31 Sunvssor Removal/Installation 20-127
Front Door G i a s s Outer Weatherstrip G r a b Handle Removal/Installation ............ 20-129
Replacement 20-31 * Headliner Removal/Installation 20-131
Front Door Outer Molding * Carpet Replacement 20-140
Replacement ............. 20-33
Front Door Weatherstrip Consoles
Replacement 20-34 Center Console Panel
Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation 20-35 Removal/Installation 20-146
Rear Door Outer Handle Replacement ..... 20-38 Center Console Removal/Installation ....... 20-148
Rear Door Latch Replacement 20-40 Center Console Rear Trim
Rear Door G l a s s and Regulator Removal/Installation 20-149
Replacement 20-42 Console A r m r e s t Removal/Installation 20-150
Rear Door S a s h Inner Trim
Replacement 20-45 Dashboard
Rear Door S a s h Outer Trim Instrument Visor Removal/Installation 20-152
Replacement 20-46 Driver's Dashboard Lower C o v e r
Rear Door G l a s s Outer Weatherstrip Removal/Installation ............................... 20-153
Replacement 20-47 Driver's Outer Dashboard Trim
Rear Door Outer Molding Replacement ... 20-48 Removal/Installation 20-154
Rear Door Weatherstrip Replacement 20-49 Driver's Inner Dashboard Trim
Door G l a s s Adjustment 20-50 Removal/Installation 20-154
Door Position Adjustment 20-51 Center Pocket Removal/Installation 20-155
Door Striker Adjustment 20-53 * Dashboard Center Lower Cover
R e m ova S/Snsta Station 20-157
Mirrors Center Display Visor
Component Location Index ....................... 20-54 Removal/Installation 20-158
Power Mirror Replacement 20-55 P a s s e n g e r ' s Dashboard Trim
Mirror Holder Replacement 20-56 Removal/Installation 20-160
. Mirror Housing Cover Replacement ......... 20-57 Glove Box Lock Cylinder Replacement .... 20-160
Rearview Mirror Replacement .................. 20-57 * Glove Box Removal/Installation ................ 20-161
* Glove Box Striker Replacement 20-163
Glass Dashboard Side Vent
C o m p o n e n t Location Index 20-59 Removal/Installation 20-163
Windshield Replacement 20-61 Dashboard Center Vent
R e a r v i e w Mirror Harness C o v e r B a s e Removal/Installation 20-164
Replacement 20-66 Side Defogger Vent Trim
Rear W i n d o w Replacement 20-67 Removal/Installation 20-165
Quarter G l a s s Replacement 20-76 Driver's Outer Middle Pad
Removal/Installation 20-166
Moonroof Driver's Inner Middle Pad
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ............ 20-81 Removal/Installation 20-166
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index ............. 20-82 * P a s s e n g e r ' s Middle Pad
G l a s s Position Adjustment 20-83 Removal/Installation 20-167
G l a s s Replacement 20-83 C o l u m n Cover Removal/Installation 20-168
G l a s s Weatherstrip Replacement 20-84 * Dashboard/Steering Hanger B e a m
W i n d Deflector Replacement 20-85 Removal/Installation ............................... 20-169
Drain Channel Replacement ...................... 20-86 Dashboard/Steering Hanger B e a m
S u n s h a d e Replacement 20-87 Disassembly/Reassembly 20-175
Motor Replacement 20-88
* F r a m e and Drain T u b e Replacement ........ 20-88
Drain Channel Slider and .
Cable A s s e m b l y Replacement 20-91
Closing Force and Opening Drag Check ... 20-93
Seats Exterior Trim
C o m p o n e n t Location Index ....................... 20-178 Front Grille Cover Replacement . 20-257
Front S e a t Active Head Restraint Front Grille Replacement 20-258
Inspection ................................................ 20-180 Front Fender Trim-Replacement ................ 20-260
* Front S e a t Removal/Installation ................ 20-181 Cowt Cover Replacement 20-261
* Front S e a t Recline Motor Replacement «... 20-187 Roof Molding Replacement ....................... 20-263
* Front S e a t L u m b a r Support Side SHI Protection T a p e Replacement .... 20-267
Replacement ............... ....................... 20-188 Trunk Lower Trim Replacement ................ 20-269
* Front S e a t Slide Motor Replacement ....... 20-189 Emblem/Sticker Replacement 20-271
Front S e a t Slide Lever Replacement ........ 20-191
Front S e a t Torsion Bar Replacement ........ 20-191 Feriderwe!!
Rear S e a t A c c e s s Cable Replacement ...... 20-192 Front Inner Fender Replacement .............. 20-273
Front S e a t f r a m e Replacement ................. 20-193 Front S p l a s h S h i e l d Replacement 20-274
* Front Seat-back C o v e r Replacement ........ 20-199 Front Fender Fairing Replacement ........... 20-275
* Front S e a t C u s h i o n C o v e r Middle Floor Undercover Replacement ... 20-276
Replacement ............................................ 20-209 Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement 20-277
* Rear S e a t Removal/Installation ................. 20-223 Rear Inner Fender Replacement ................ 20-277
Rear Seat-back Latch Replacement .......... 20-226 Rear Air Outlet Replacement ..................... 20-278
Rear Seat-back R e l e a s e Lever/Cable
Removal/Installation ............................... 20-227 Openers
Rear S e a t A r m r e s t Replacement ............... 20-228 C o m p o n e n t Location Index ....................... 20-279
Trunk Pass-through Lid Hood Opener Cable Replacement 20-280
Lock Cylinder Replacement ................... 20-230 * Trunk Lid Opener Cable/Fuel Fill Door
Trunk Pass-through Lid Replacement ...... 20-231 Opener Cable Replacement 20-281
Rear S e a t A r m r e s t B e v e r a g e Holder Hood Latch Replacement 20-285
Replacement .......................................... 20-231 Hood Release Handle Replacement .......... 20-286
Rear Seat-back: C o v e r Replacement ......... 20-232 Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door-
Rear S e a t Side Bolster C o v e r Opener Replacement 20-286
Replacement ......................................... 20-236 Trunk Lid Latch Replacement .................... 20-288
Rear S e a t C u s h i o n C o v e r Replacement .... 20-237
Frame
Bumpers F r a m e Brace Replacement .............. 20-289
Front B u m p e r Removal/Installation .......... 20-239 Rear W h e e l h o u s e G u s s e t
Front B u m p e r F o g Light Cover Replacement 20-289
Replacement ................................... 20-242 Middle C r o s s - m e m b e r G u s s e t
Front Air Spoiler Replacement .................. 20-243 Replacement 20-290
Rear B u m p e r Removal/Installation ........... 20-244 S u b f r a m e Replacement ............................. 20-291
Rear B u m p e r Finisher Cover F r a m e Repair Chart ................. . 20-294
Replacement .......... ............................. 20-247

Hood
Hood Adjustment ....................................... 20-248
Hood S e a l and Hood Molding
Replacement ................................ 20-249
Hood Insulator Replacement ..................... 20-250

Trunk Lid
Trunk Lid Adjustment ................................. 20-251
Trunk Lid T o r s i o n Bar Replacement ......... 20-252
Trunk Lid Weatherstrip Replacement ....... 20-253
Trunk Lid C u s h i o n Replacement ............... 20-253
Trunk Lid D y n a m i c Damper
Replacement .............. 20-254

Fuel Fill Door

Fuel Fill Door Adjustment .......................... 20-255
Fuel C a p Adapter Replacement 20-256
Body
Special Tools
Ref. N o . Tool Wumber Description Qty
® 07 A A F - S N A A 1 0 0 Torsion Bar A s s e m b l y Tool 1
© Q70AG-SJAA10S S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin 1

© ®

20-2
Doors
Component Location index
2-€l«KIf

POWER W1MDOW SWITCH

(cont'd)

20-3
Doors
Component Location Index (cont'd)
2-door (cont'd!

DOOR
PLASTIC C O V E R Position Adjustment, page 20-51

SPEAKER DOOR WEATHERSTRIP

Replacement, page 20-34

20-4
20*5
Doors
Component Location Index (cont'd)

4-door Front Door

DOOR GLASS-INNER
WEATHERSTRIP

206
 :ER

DOOR S A S H INNER T R I M
Replacement page 20-30

(confd)

20-7
JP'QOfS

Component Location index (cont'd)

4-door F r o n t D o o r ( c o n f d )

GLASS
Replacement page 20-26
Adjustment, page 20-50

IMMOBILIZER and
SECURITY LABEL G L A S S R U N CHANNEL

DOOR PANEL BRACKET

CENTER LOWER CHANNEL

FRONT LOWER CHANNEL

LOCK CYLINDER
(Driver's)

INNER HANDLE

STRIKER
Adjustment, page 20-53
INNER HANDLE CAP
LATCH
Replacement, page 20-23
INNER HANDLE CABLE

20-8
4-cto©? R e a r Bom

DOOR G L A S S INNER
WEATHERSTRIP

POWER WINDOW SWITCH

(com
2
Doors
Component Location Index (cont'd)
4 - d o o r R e a r D o o r (cont'd)

20-10
INNER HANDLE CAP

20-11
Doors
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 5. R e m o v e the front pull pocket c a p (A), a n d r e m o v e

• K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * the s c r e w .
• T r i m p a d r e m o v e r , S n a p - o n A 1 7 7 A or e q u i v a l e n t
Fastener Location
commercially available
• A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t • : Screw, 1
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857

2-door

NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r a n d related parts.
• U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing components.

1. R e m o v e the t w e e t e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-55).

2. R a i s e t h e g l a s s fully.

3. P u s h o n the bottom of the i n n e r h a n d l e c a p (A)

w h i l e p u s h i n g on the u p p e r h o o k (B) w i t h t h e
appropriate t r i m tool, t h e n pull b a c k the c a p to
r e m o v e ft
6. Pry up t h e notch (A) of the front d o o r p a n e l c a p (B),
t h e n pull b a c k t h e c a p to d e t a c h the h o o k s ( C ) , a n d
r e l e a s e the h o o k s {D) t h e n r e m o v e the c a p .
f

Fastener Location
• : Serew, 1

4. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (A, B) s e c u r i n g the i n n e r h a n d l e
(O.
Fastener Locations
A • : Screw, 2 B • : Screw, 1

7. R e m o v e the s c r e w , a n d d i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r
w i n d o w s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (E) a n d t h e p o w e r m i r r o r
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (F).

20-12
 Am*

8. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w i t h a s little b e n d i n g a s 10. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w h i l e pulling, the i n n e r

p o s s i b l e to a v o i d c r e a s i n g o r b r e a k i n g it. h a n d l e (B) out t h r o u g h the h o l e In the d o o r p a n e l .

-1 S t a r t at t h e b o t t o m e d g e of t h e d o o r p a n e l ,
release the clips with a commercially available
trim pad remover.
~2 D e t a c h t h e y p p e r c l i p s .
- 3 S t a r t i n g at t h e r e a r , pull the d o o r p a n e l u p w a r d .

N O T E : T h e Inner h a n d l e c a b l e (B) a n d t h e latch

c a b l e (C) a r e c o n n e c t e d to the inner h a n d l e (D).
Do not pull t h e d o o r p a n e l up t o o far, or t h e s e
c a b l e s w i l l be d a m a g e d .

Fastener Locations
i > : Clip, 10
{Gray}

11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e inner h a n d l e c a b l e (A) a n d the latch

c a b l e (B) f r o m t h e i n n e r h a n d l e ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e
the handle.

- 4 D e t a c h t h e Inner h a n d l e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s (D, E ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f r o m
the cable fasteners.
-2 D e t a c h t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r I F ) , a n d r e m o v e
t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r ( G ) f r o m the Inner
h a n d l e by p i n c h i n g its t a b s out.

N O T E : If t h e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s a r e d a m a g e d or
stress-whitened, replace t h e m with n e w ones.

9, W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l (A) a w a y f r o m t h e
d o o r , r e m o v e t h e Inner h a n d l e {8} f r o m t h e d o o r
p a n e l b y r e l e a s i n g t h e h o o k s fC).

C B

(confd)

20-13
Doors

Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (cont'd)

12. R e m o v e t h e o r n a m e n t p a n e l (A). 13. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s (A, B, C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the grip

b a s e (D) a n d the u p p e r grip bracket (E) f r o m t h e
-1 R e m o v e the s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of the d o o r d o o r p a n e l (F).
p a n e l (B).
Fastener Locations
-2 R e l e a s e the h o o k s (C) f r o m b a c k of the d o o r
panel. A • . Screw, 2 B • : Seerw, 3 C • : Serew, 1
-3 D e t a c h the h o o k s (D) a n d t h e c l i p s f r o m t h e
grip b a s e (E).

Fastener Locations
• : Screw, 4 > : Clip, 3

20-14
14, R e m o v e the s w i t c h p a n e l (A) a n d t h e a r m r e s t (B) a s 16. Install the d o o r panel in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of
a n a s s e m b l y f r o m t h e d o o r p a n e l (C). r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

-1 R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of the d o o r * If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
panel. replace t h e m with n e w ones.
-2 Poll out a l o n g t h e e d g e of the a r m r e s t to * Replace any d a m a g e d cable fasteners with n e w
release all of t h e h o o k s (D). ones.
-3 Pull out a l o n g t h e e d g e o f t h e switch p a n e l to * T h e latch c a b l e (A) s h o u l d be f i x e d to the c a b l e
release t h e h o o k s (E) a n d to d e t a c h the c l i p s . f a s t e n e r (B) w i t h the latch in the u n l o c k e d
position a s s h o w n .
Fastener Loeatians
* M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in
• : Screw, 7 f > : Clip, 3 properly, and the c a b l e s are connected securely.
* M a k e s u r e t h e w i n d o w a n d p o w e r d o o r lock
o p e r a t e properly.
* W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
plastic c o v e r is installed properly a n d s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .

4 7 m m 11.85 in.)

15. R e m o v e the s c r e w s , a n d r e l e a s e the hook (A), t h e n

s e p a r a t e the s w i t c h p a n e l (B) a n d the a r m r e s t (C).

Fastener Locations
• : Screw, 3

20-15
Doors
Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (confd)

Special T o o l s R e q u i r e d 5. Pry up the n o t c h (A) of t h e lid (B), t h e n pull back t h e

* K T C t r i m too! s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * l i d , and r e m o v e the s c r e w .
* T r i m p a d r e m o v e r , S n a p - o n A 1 7 7 A or e q u i v a l e n t
Fastener Location
commercially available
• : Screw, 1
* Available through the Honda Tool a n d Equipment
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7

4-door

NOTE:
® T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r a n d related parts,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing.components.

1 . R e m o v e t h e t w e e t e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 20-55).

2. R a i s e t h e g l a s s fully.

3. P u s h on the b o t t o m of the i n n e r h a n d l e c a p (A) 6. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l (A) with a s little b e n d i n g a s

w h i l e p u s h i n g o n t h e u p p e r h o o k (B) with the p o s s i b l e to a v o i d c r e a s i n g or b r e a k i n g st
a p p r o p r i a t e trim t o o l , t h e n pull back the c a p to
r e m o v e it. -1 S t a r t at the bottom e d g e of the d o o r p a n e l ,
r e l e a s e the c l i p s w i t h a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
trim pad remover.
-2 D e t a c h t h e u p p e r c l i p s .
-3 S t a r t i n g at the r e a r , pull the d o o r p a n e l u p w a r d .

N O T E : T h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (B) a n d the latch

c a b l e (C) a r e c o n n e c t e d to t h e i n n e r h a n d l e CD).
Do not pull t h e d o o r p a n e l up too far, o r t h e s e
c a b l e s will be d a m a g e d .

>:Clip,8
IGray)

4. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s s e c u r i n g t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (A).

FustimOT Loci
• : Screw, 2

20-16
7 . W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) a w a y f r o m the 9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (A) a n d t h e latch
d o o r , r e m o v e t h e i n n e r h a n d l e IB) f r o m t h e d o o r c a b l e I B ) f r o m t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (C), t h e n r e m o v e
p a n e l b y r e l e a s i n g t h e h o o k s (C). the handle.

-1 D e t a c h t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s (D, E ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e - f r o m
the cable fasteners.
-2 D e t a c h t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (F), a n d r e m o v e
t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (G) f r o m t h e i n n e r
h a n d l e by p i n c h i n g Its t a b s o u t

N O T E : If t h e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s a r e d a m a g e d or
stress-whitened, replace t h e m with n e w ones.

c s

8, R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w h i l e pulling t h e i n n e r
h a n d l e |B1 o u t t h r o u g h t h e h o l e In the d o o r p a n e l
W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l a w a y f r o m t h e d o o r ,
d i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C),
t h e p o w e r m i r r o r s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (D), a n d t h e
c o u r t e s y light b u l b s o c k e t ( E ) , a n d d e t a c h t h e
h a r n e s s c l i p (F).
10, R e m o v e t h e s w i t c h p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e d o o r p a n e l
B
(B).

-1 D e t a c h t h e rear clip.
-2 Pull out a l o n g the e d g e of t h e p a n e l to r e l e a s e
all of t h e h o o k s (C).
-3 Pull t h e s w i t c h p a n e l r e a r w a r d t o r e l e a s e t h e
front h o o k (D).

Fastener Location

t>: Clip, 1

(confd)

20-17
Doors
Front Door Pane! Removal/Installation (cont'd)

11. R e m o v e a n d l o o s e n t h e s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of t h e 13. Install the d o o r p a n e l In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

d o o r p a n e l (A), a n d r e l e a s e t h e h o o k (B), t h e n r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
r e m o v e the a r m r e s t (C).
* If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
Fastener Locations
replace them with n e w ones.
• : Screw, 5 • Replace any d a m a g e d cable fasteners with n e w
ones.
• T h e latch c a b l e (A) s h o u l d be f i x e d to the c a b l e
f a s t e n e r (B) w i t h t h e latch in the u n l o c k e d
position a s s h o w n .
* M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in
properly, and the c a b l e s are c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e t h e w i n d o w a n d p o w e r d o o r Sock
operate properly.
• W h e n reinstalling t h e d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
plastic c o v e r is i n s t a l l e d p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .

12. R e m o v e the s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of the d o o r p a n e l (A),

a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B, C, D), t h e n r e m o v e the
o r n a m e n t p a n e l (E).

Fastener Locations
• : Screw, 6

46.5 m m {1.83 In.)

20-18
Front Door Outer Handle Replacement
N O T E : Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . 4. R e m o v e t h e m a i n t e n a n c e c a p (A) (2-door) or t h e
h o l e s e a l IB) (4-door).
1. B e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l :
2-door
• 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12}
• 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-16}

2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r d o o r lock a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r
f A ) , a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B).

2-door

3, R e m o v e t h e r e a r plug c a p {Q, t h e n r e m o v e t h e
p l a s t i c c o v e r CD} a s n e e d e d .

N O T E : R e m o v e t h e g l u e f r o m t h e d o o r s u r f a c e . If
t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r is d a m a g e d o r t o r n , r e p l a c e it.

(confd)

20-19
Doors
Front Door Outer Handle Replacer (cont'd!

5. D r i v e r ' s door: Pull both s i d e f l a n g e s (A) of the 6. 2-door: Pull the g l a s s run c h a n n e l (A) a w a y a s
retainer (B) o u t w a r d , a n d pull t h e m i d d l e f l a n g e n e e d e d , a n d r e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n r e m o v e the
portion CO of the o u t e r c a s i n g c o v e r (D) o u t t h e n c e n t e r l o w e r c h a n n e l (B) by pulling it d o w n w a r d .
d i s c o n n e c t t h e c y l i n d e r c a b l e (E) f r o m the latch.
Fastener Location
4-door is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
• : Bolt 1

6 x 1.0 mm
8 N-m
(0.8 kgf-m, 6 IbMt)

20-20
7. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e o u t e r h a n d l e c o v e r (A) f r o m 8. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the lock
o u t s i d e of t h e d o o r , l o o s e n t h e bolt ( d r i v e r ' s door) c y l i n d e r (B) ( d r i v e r ' s d o o r ) or the o u t e r h a n d l e
until it c a n b e p u l l e d o u t h a l f - w a y b y h a n d , or h o l d e r (C) ( p a s s e n g e r ' s door) f r o m t h e outer h a n d l e
r e m o v e t h e bolt ( p a s s e n g e r ' s d o o r ) , a n d t h e n b a s e (D).
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s ( B ) of t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r ,
then r e m o v e the cover, Driver's door

Driver's door

Fastener Location
• : Bolt, 1
©x 1.0 film
3.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)

P a s s e n g e r ' s door

P a s s e n g e r ' s door

Fastener Location
• : Bolt, 1
/ 8 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
11.0 kgf-m, 7,2 Ibf-ft)

(confd)

20-21
Doors
Front Door Outer Handle Replacement (cont'd)

9. D r i v e r ' s door: If t h e retainer (A) of t h e lock c y l i n d e r 11. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A, B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e outer

c a b l e (B) is d a m a g e d , r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s ( C ) , t h e n h a n d l e front s e a l (C) a n d t h e outer h a n d l e rear s e a l
r e p l a c e it. (D).

D B

12. R e m o v e t h e outer h a n d l e b a s e (A).

-1 D e t a c h t h e rod f a s t e n e r (B).
-2 W i t h a clip r e m o v e r , d i s c o n n e c t t h e outer
10. Pull the outer h a n d l e (A) b a c k , a n d out a s s h o w n to h a n d l e rod (C).
r e m o v e it f r o m the d o o r . T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h -3 L o o s e n t h e n u t
the d o o r . -4 R e l e a s e the h o o k ID), a n d s l i d e the outer
h a n d l e b a s e f o r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e s p e c i a l bolt
(E) f r o m t h e d o o r p a n e l

Fast@ii6f L o c a t i o n

20-22
 Front Door Latch Replacement
13. R e m o v e t h e rod f a s t e n e r (A) f r o m t h e outer h a n d l e N O T E : Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
b a s e (B), t h e n r e p l a c e ft w i t h a n e w o n e .
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l a n d t h e i n n e r h a n d l e :

* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12)
* 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-16)

2. R e m o v e t h e plastic c o v e r , a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 o n
p a g e 20-19).

3. D e t a c h the rod f a s t e n e r , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e outer

h a n d l e rod f r o m the outer h a n d l e b a s e ( s e e s t e p 12
o n p a g e 20-22).

4. D r i v e r ' s door: D i s c o n n e c t the c y l i n d e r c a b l e f r o m

t h e latch ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 20-20).

5. 2-door: Pull the g l a s s run c h a n n e l a w a y a s n e e d e d ,

a n d r e m o v e t h e bolt, t h e n r e m o v e the c e n t e r l o w e r
c h a n n e l by pulling it d o w n w a r d ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e
20-20).

6. 4-door: Pull t h e g l a s s run c h a n n e l (A) a w a y a s

14 Install t h e h a n d l e m the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , n e e d e d , a n d r e m o v e the bolt, t h e n r e m o v e t h e
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s : c e n t e r Sower c h a n n e l (B) by pulling it d o w n w a r d .

Fastener Loeatioo
* R e i n s t a l l the lock c y l i n d e r ( d r i v e r ' s door) or the
o u t e r h a n d l e h o l d e r ( p a s s e n g e r ' s door) before • : Bolt, 1
installing t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r .
* M a k e s u r e t h a t the actuator c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d
in p r o p e r l y , a n d t h a t t h e c y l i n d e r c a b l e a n d the
o u t e r h a n d l e rod a r e c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e the d o o r key c y l i n d e r / d o o r l o c k s
operate properly,
* Make s u r e t h e d o o r handle w o r k s p r o p e r l y .
* W h e n r e i n s t a l l i n g the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
p l a s t i c c o v e r is Installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .

(cont'd)

20-23
Doors
Front Door Latch Replacement fcont'd)

7. D e t a c h the c a b l e c l i p s (A). R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s 4-door

(B, C ) s e c u r i n g t h e latch (D), t h e n r e m o v e t h e latch
Fastener Locations
t h r o u g h t h e hole in t h e d o o r . T a k e c a r e not to b e n d
t h e outer h a n d l e rod ( E h t h e latch c a b l e (F), a n d t h e B • : Screw, 3 C • : Screw, 1
inner handle cable (G).

2-door

Fastener Locations
B • : Screw, 3 C• : Screw, 1

6 x 1.0 mm
6 N-m
10.6 kgf-m,
4lbf
~" f-ft)

6 x 1.0 mm
6M.nn
(0.6 kgf-m,
4 Ibf-ft)

§ x 1.0 m m
6 N-m
(0.6 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft)

8 M 1.0 m m
6 N-m
(0.6 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft)

20-24
8. R e m o v e t h e s p o n g e s e a l (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w , 10. Install t h e latch in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
t h e n r e m o v e t h e latch protector (B) by r e l e a s i n g t h e note t h e s e i t e m s :
h o o k (C), a n d r e m o v e the s p o n g e s e a l ID) f r o m the
latch, * B e f o r e reinstalling the c a b l e s to t h e Satch f A ) ,
c l e a n t h e fatch s u r f a c e w h e r e t h e n e w s p o n g e
Fastener Location
s e a l s will be a t t a c h e d w i t h isopropyf a l c o h o l , a n d
• : Screw, 1 attach t h e n e w s p o n g e s e a l s (B, C ) to t h e fatch a s
• shown.
* After reinstalling t h e latch c a b l e "(D) a n d t h e o u t e r
h a n d l e c a b l e (E) to the latch, attach t h e n e w
s p o n g e s e a l IF) to the c a b l e c o n n e c t i n g p o r t i o n s
on t h e latch a s s h o w n .
* B e f o r e reinstalling the latch protector ( G ) , r e p l a c e
the i n s i d e s p o n g e s e a l CM) a n d t h e o u t s i d e
s p o n g e s e a l II) w i t h n e w o n e s :
. - S c r a p e off t h e old s p o n g e s e a l s f r o m the
protector, a n d c l e a n the protector s u r f a c e s w i t h
isopropyf a l c o h o l .
- A t t a c h the n e w inside s p o n g e s e a l to the i n s i d e
f a c e of the protector a s s h o w n .
- After reinstalling the fatch protector to t h e latch,
a t t a c h t h e n e w o u t s i d e s p o n g e s e a l to the
protector a n d t h e latch a s s h o w n .
* M a k e s u r e that t h e a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d
in p r o p e r l y , a n d that the c y l i n d e r c a b l e a n d the
outer h a n d l e rod a r e c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e t h e d o o r l o c k s a n d o p e n s properly.
8
3* D i s c o n n e c t the latch c a b l e (A) a n d the inner h a n d l e W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
c a b l e (B) f r o m the latch (C), a n d r e m o v e t h e s p o n g e plastic c o v e r is installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
s e a l s (D, E l a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .

20-25
Doors
Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement

N O T E : Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . 3. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r d o o r lock actuator c o n n e c t o r

(A), a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B). R e m o v e t h e
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l : plug c a p s (C). 4-door: D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r m i r r o r
c o n n e c t o r (Dh
• 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-12}
* 4-door ( s e e p a g e 20-16) 2-efoor

2. 2-door: R e m o v e the s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e the d o o r

p a n e l bracket (A).

Fastener Locations
• : Screw, 2

4-door

4. P a s s the w i r e h a r n e s s (E) t h r o u g h t h e slit (F) in the

plastic c o v e r ( G ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r .

N O T E : R e m o v e the g l u e f r o m the d o o r s u r f a c e . Sf
t h e plastic c o v e r is d a m a g e d or t o r n , r e p l a c e i t .

20-26
5. 4-door: R e m o v e t h e b o l t s , arid r e l e a s e the h o o k (A)> 6. C a r e f u l l y r a i s e t h e g l a s s (A) until y o u c a n s e e the
t h e n r e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l b r a c k e t (B). bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e m . C a r e f u l l y pull the g l a s s
out t h r o u g h t h e w i n d o w s l o t . T a k e c a r e not to d r o p
Fasttnar Locations
the g l a s s i n s i d e the door.
• :Bolt 2
2»d®or
D
Fastener Locations

• :BoIt2

6 M 1.0 m m
9.8:N-m 11.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

4-door

Fastener Locations

• : Bolt 2

S x 1.0 mm
9,8 N-m {1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 IfeMt)

(confd)

20-27
Poors
Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement (cont'd)

7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m the r e g u l a t o r (B). 9. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to all t h e s l i d i n g

s u r f a c e s of t h e r e g u l a t o r (A) w h e r e s h o w n . 4 - d o o r
2-d0@r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .

Fastener Locations
C • : Bolt 5 D • : Bolt 1
(Black) (Silver)
6 x 1.0 rnsn
9.8 M>m
(1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

10. Install t h e g l a s s a n d r e g u l a t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems:

* Roll t h e g l a s s up a n d d o w n to s e e if it m o v e s
freely without binding.
6 x 1.0 m m
* M a k e s u r e that t h e r e i s n o c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
g l a s s a n d g l a s s r u n c h a n n e l w h e n t h e g l a s s is
4«d0©r closed.
* A d j u s t t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e g l a s s a s n e c e s s a r y
Fastener Locations
( s e e p a g e 20-50).
C •:Bolt,5 D ^ : Bolt 1 * D o t h e p o w e r w i n d o w c o n t r o l unit r e s e t
(Black) (Sliver)
procedure (see page 22-251).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m * W h e n reinstalling the door panel, m a k e s u r e the
(1.0 kgf-i plastic c o v e r is i n s t a l l e d p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
! Ibf-ft)
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .
* C h e c k for w a t e r - l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).
* T e s t - d r i v e a n d c h e c k for w i n d n o i s e a n d rattles.
* Make s u r e the power door locks, w i n d o w s a n d
power mirror operate properly.

6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

8. R e m o v e t h e bolts ( C ) , a n d l o o s e n t h e bolts (D).

R e l e a s e t h e hook ( E ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e g u l a t o r
t h r o u g h t h e h o l e in t h e d o o r .

20-28
 eg
Front Door Sash inner Trim Replacement

2-door 4. install t h e t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

note t h e s e i t e m s :
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
* If the clip is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-12). it w i t h a n e w o n e .
* P u s h t h e h o o k s a n d t h e c l i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
2, L o w e r t h e g l a s s fully.

3, R e m o v e t h e d o o r s a s h i n n e r t r i m (A).

-1 D e t a c h t h e c l i p s f a s t e n i n g t h e t r i m .
-2 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of the t r i m to
r e l e a s e the h o o k strip (B) f r o m the d o o r g l a s s
o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e A-pilfar portion a n d t h e
roof portion of t h e d o o r s a s h .
-3 R e l e a s e t h e hook (C) f r o m t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l ID) at the rear c o r n e r portion of t h e
door s a s h .
-4 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of t h e t r i m to
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k strip I E ) f r o m t h e d o o r g l a s s
o p e n i n g f l a n g e at the B-pillar portion of t h e
door s a s h ,

-5 R e l e a s e t h e r e a r h o o k (F) f r o m t h e d o o r .

Fastener Location
t> : Clip, 1
fGrayf

20-29
Doors
Front Door Sash Inner Trim Replacement (cont'd)

4-door USA-procfyced models

Location
N O T E : T a k e e a r e not to s c r a t c h the door,
>:Clip,1
(Gray)
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-16).

2. L o w e r t h e g l a s s fully.

3. R e m o v e t h e front d o o r s a s h i n n e r t r i m (A).

-1 D e t a c h the clip f a s t e n i n g t h e t r i m .
-2 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of the t r i m to
r e l e a s e the h o o k s or t h e hook s t r i p s (B) f r o m
t h e d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at the A - p i l l a r
portion a n d the roof portion of t h e d o o r s a s h .
-3 R e l e a s e the hook (C) f r o m t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l (D) at t h e r e a r c o r n e r portion of the
door s a s h .
-4 Pull back a l o n g the o u t s i d e e d g e of the trim to
r e l e a s e the h o o k s or the hook s t r i p s (E) f r o m
t h e d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e B-pillar
portion of the d o o r s a s h .
-5 R e l e a s e the rear hook (F) f r o m the door.

Japan-produced models
4. install the t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
Fastener Location note t h e s e i t e m s :
t>: Clip, 1
(Gray)
* If t h e c l i p is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
it w i t h a n e w o n e .
* P u s h the h o o k s a n d t h e c l i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

20-30
Front Door Sash Outer Trim Front Door Glass Outer
Replacement Weatherstrip Replacement

NOTE;
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r .
• 4-door is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r Is s i m i l a r . NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g ( s e e p a g e 20-33). * T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .

2. Pull t h e d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (A) u p to r e l e a s e t h e 1. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :
h o o k s (B) f r o m t h e d o o r , a n d r e l e a s e the t r i m f r o m
b e t w e e n t h e d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (C) a n d * Door panel
t h e d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e t r i m . T a k e c a r e not to - 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12)
d a m a g e the door g l a s s outer weatherstrip. - 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-18)
* Plastic c o v e r , a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e
20-19)
* P o w e r m i r r o r ( s e e p a g e 20-55)

2. R a i s e t h e g l a s s fully.

3 . R e m o v e the s c r e w s f r o m the front a n d rear e d g e s

of t h e d o o r .

Fastener Locations
• : Screw, 2

3 . Install t h e t r i m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

(confd)

20-31
Doors
Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement (cont'd)

4. F r o m the inside of t h e d o o r , s l i d e the c l i p s (A) of t h e 5, Pull up t h e d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (A), t h e n

d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) to r e l e a s e t h e r e m o v e it.
h o o k s (C) f r o m the f l a n g e s (D) of t h e d o o r p a n e l

2-door

6. If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
them with n e w ones.

7. B e f o r e installing t h e d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p ,
align t h e c l i p s of the w e a t h e r s t r i p to t h e f l a n g e s
w h e r e t h e c l i p s s h o u l d be e n g a g e d by s l i d i n g t h e m .

A' A
(Engaged (Released 8. P u s h the clip p o r t i o n s of the front d o o r g l a s s o u t e r
position! position! w e a t h e r s t r i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

4-ctoor

A A
(Engaged (Released
position) position)

20-32
Front Door Outer Molding Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. W h i l e r e m o v i n g the u p p e r e d g e o f the d o o r o u t e r
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * m o l d i n g (A) f r o m t h e e d g e of t h e s a s h , c u t the
* A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h t h e H o n d a Toot a n d E q u i p m e n t d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) w i t h a utility knife,
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857 t h e n r e m o v e the m o l d i n g f r o m the s a s h , a n d
r e m o v e t h e m o l d i n g f r o m b e t w e e n the d o o r g l a s s
NOTE: o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (C) a n d t h e d o o r .
* If y o u r e m o v e t h e d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g , r e p l a c e It w i t h
a n e w o n e b e c a u s e it will b e n d d u r i n g r e m o v a l .
* Put o n g l o v e s t o p r o t e c t y o u r h a n d s ,
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
* U s e t h e appropriate tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
a v o i d damage w h e n removing components.
* 4-door is s h o w n ; 2-door is similar.

1. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r m i r r o r f s e e p a g e 2 0 - 5 5 ) .

2. U s i n g a c l i p r e m o v e r , d e t a c h t h e c l i p , t h e n pull b a c k
t h e d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p {A) a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w .
t

Fastener Locations

|>:€isp,1 ^ : S c r e w , 1'
fBiackl

4. S c r a p e off r e m a i n i n g d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e
f r o m the s a s h , t h e n c l e a n t h e s a s h s u r f a c e with a
s h o p t o w e l d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l .

5. Install t h e n e w d o o r outer m o l d i n g in the r e v e r s e

o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

V
* I n s e r t t h e front e d g e of the m o l d i n g b e t w e e n the
d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the d o o r
properly.
* P u s h a d h e s i v e portions into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* fvlake s u r e t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r s i d e s of the
m o l d i n g a r e c a t c h i n g t h e e d g e s of t h e s a s h
properly.
* P u s h the d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p c l i p into p l a c e
securely.

20-33
Doors
Front Door Weatherstrip Replacement
NOTE: 4-door
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
Fastener Locations
• T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r .
A ^ : Bolt 1 B D> C l i p , 16 C > : Clip, 4
• T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e t h e front u p p e r c o r n e r clip (Left: O r a n g e ! (Gray)
(black) (4-door) a n d the r e a r u p p e r c o r n e r c l i p s (black) (Right; Purple!
in t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p b e c a u s e t h e s e c l i p s a r e not a b l e to
replace with n e w ones,
* U s e a clip r e m o v e r to r e m o v e t h e c l i p s .
O j > : Clip, 2
(Black)
1. A t t h e A-pillar, r e m o v e t h e d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g
bolt (A).

2»ci©or

Fastener Locations
A • : Bolt 1 B 0 : Clip, 17 C >:Clip,5
(Left: Psnfc! (White!
(Right: I Blue)

D > : Clip, 1 E [> : Ciip 1 r F >:Clip,1

(Black! (White! (Orange)

8x1.25 m m
29 N - m
(3.0 kgf'm, 22 Ibf-ft)

2. D e t a c h the c l i p s ( B , C , D, E , F ) , a n d r e l e a s e t h e d o o r
w e a t h e r s t r i p (G) f r o m the h o l d e r (H) of t h e d o o r
s a s h , t h e n r e m o v e the w e a t h e r s t r i p .

3. Install t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace them with n e w ones.
* M a k e s u r e the w e a t h e r s t r i p is i n s t a l l e d in the
holder securely.'
8 x 1 . 2 5 mm * A p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d lock to the
29 N-m d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g bolt b e f o r e - i n s t a l l a t i o n .
(3.0 kgf-m, 22 Ibf-ft! 9
C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).

20-34
Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation
Special Tools Required 4. Pry up t h e n o t c h (A) of t h e lid (B), t h e n pull b a c k t h e
* K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * lid, a n d r e m o v e the s c r e w .
* T r i m p a d r e m o v e r , S n a p - o n A 1 7 7 A or e q u i v a l e n t
Fsst®n@f Location
commercially available
* Available through the Honda Tool a n d Equipment
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7

4-door

NOTE:
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r a n d related p a r t s .
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e t o o l f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.

1, R a i s e the g l a s s folly.

2, P u s h o n the b o t t o m of t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a p (A)
w h i l e p u s h i n g o n t h e u p p e r h o o k (B) w i t h the
a p p r o p r i a t e t r i m tool, t h e n pull b a c k t h e c a p to 5, R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w i t h . a s little b e n d i n g a s
remove it p o s s i b l e to a v o i d c r e a s i n g or b r e a k i n g i t

-1 S t a r t at the bottom, e d g e of t h e d o o r p a n e l ,
release the clips with a c o m m e r c i a l l y available
trim pad remover.
-2 D e t a c h the u p p e r c l i p s .
-3 S t a r t i n g at t h e rear, pull t h e d o o r p a n e l u p w a r d .

N O T E : T h e inner h a n d l e c a b l e (B) a n d latch

c a b l e (C) a r e c o n n e c t e d to t h e I n n e r h a n d l e <D).
D o not pull the d o o r p a n e l up too far, or t h e s e
c a b l e s w i l l be d a m a g e d .

Fast@o©f L o c a t i o n s
>:Clip.8
IGrayl

3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s s e c u r i n g t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (A).

Fastener Legations
• : Ssr@w 2 r

(confd)

20-35
Doors
Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation (cont'd)

6. W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l (A) a w a y f r o m the D i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (A) a n d t h e Satch

d o o r , r e m o v e the i n n e r h a n d l e (B) f r o m t h e d o o r c a b l e (B) f r o m t h e i n n e r h a n d l e (C), t h e n r e m o v e
p a n e l b y r e l e a s i n g the h o o k s (C). the h a n d l e .

-1 D e t a c h t h e i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f a s t e n e r s (D, E ) ,
t h e n d i s c o n n e c t the i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e f r o m
the c a b l e f a s t e n e r s .
-2 D e t a c h t h e latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (F), a n d r e m o v e
the latch c a b l e f a s t e n e r (G) f r o m the i n n e r
h a n d l e by p i n c h i n g its t a b s out.

N O T E : If the c a b l e f a s t e n e r s a r e d a m a g e d or
stress-whitened, replace t h e m with n e w ones.

7. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l (A) w h i l e pulling t h e i n n e r
h a n d l e (B) out t h r o u g h t h e h o l e in the d o o r p a n e l
W h i l e h o l d i n g the d o o r p a n e l a w a y f r o m t h e d o o r ,
d i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C).

9. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r w i n d o w s w i t c h p a n e l (A) f r o m
t h e d o o r p a n e l (B).

-1 D e t a c h the rear clip.

-2 Pull out a l o n g the e d g e of t h e p a n e l to r e l e a s e
all of t h e h o o k s (C).
-3 Pull the s w i t c h p a n e l r e a r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e
front hook (D).

Fasten©?" Location
t> : Clip, 1

20-36
10, R e m o v e a n d l o o s e n t h e s c r e w s f r o m back of t h e 12, Install t h e d o o r p a n e l in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
d o o r p a n e l (A), a n d r e l e a s e t h e hook (B), t h e n r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
r e m o v e t h e a r m r e s t a s s e m b l y (€).
* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
Fastener Locations
. • replace t h e m with n e w ones.
• : Screw, 5 * R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d c a b l e f a s t e n e r s with n e w
ones.
* T h e latch c a b l e (A) s h o u l d be f i x e d to t h e c a b l e
• f a s t e n e r IB) w i t h the latch in t h e u n l o c k e d
position a s s h o w n .
* M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly,
a n d the c a b l e s are connected securely.
* M a k e s u r e t h e w i n d o w a n d p o w e r d o o r lock
o p e r a t e properly.
* W h e n reinstalling t h e d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e the
p l a s t i c c o v e r is installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .

11. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s f r o m b a c k of t h e d o o r p a n e l (A),
a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s { B , C , D), t h e n r e m o v e the
ornament panel IE).

Fastener Locations
• : Screw, 5

0= 47 m m (1.85 in.)

20-37
Doors
Rear Door Outer Handle Replacement

4-door 5. W h i l e h o l d i n g the outer h a n d l e c o v e r (A) f r o m

o u t s i d e of the d o o r , r e m o v e t h e bolt, a n d t h e n
N O T E : Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B) of t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r ,
t h e n r e m o v e the c o v e r .
1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e ! ( s e e p a g e 20-35).
Fastener Location
• : Bolt, 1
2. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r d o o r lock a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r 6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m
(A), a n d d e t a c h t h e h a r n e s s c l i p s (B). (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

3. R e m o v e the rear plug c a p ( C ) , t h e n r e m o v e the

p l a s t i c c o v e r (D) a s n e e d e d . 6. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e outer
h a n d l e h o l d e r (B) f r o m the outer h a n d l e b a s e (C).

N O T E : R e m o v e the g l u e f r o m t h e d o o r s u r f a c e . If
t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r is d a m a g e d or t o r n , r e p l a c e it.

4. R e m o v e t h e hole seat (A).

20-38
1, Pull the o u t e r h a n d l e (A) b a c k , a n d out a s s h o w n to 9. R e m o v e the outer h a n d l e b a s e (A).
r e m o v e It f r o m t h e d o o r , T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h
the d o o r . -1 D e t a c h t h e rod f a s t e n e r (B).
-2 W i t h a clip r e m o v e r , d i s c o n n e c t the outer
h a n d l e rod (C).
-3 L o o s e n t h e nut.
-4 R e l e a s e the hook (Q) a n d s l i d e the outer
f

h a n d l e b a s e f o r w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e s p e c i a l bolt
IE) f r o m the d o o r p a n e l .

Fastener Location
• : Nut 1

8. R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A, B) t h e n r e m o v e the outer

f

h a n d l e front s e a l (C) a n d the outer h a n d l e r e a r s e a l

(D).

0 B

(cont'd)

20-39.
Doors
Rear Door Outer Handle Rear Door Latch Replacement
Replacement (cont'd)
4-door

10. R e m o v e the rod f a s t e n e r (A) f r o m the outer h a n d l e SMOTE: Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .

b a s e (B), then replace'it w i t h a n e w o n e .
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l a n d the i n n e r h a n d l e
( s e e p a g e 20-35).

2. R e m o v e t h e plastic c o v e r a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 on
p a g e 20-38).

3. D e t a c h t h e rod f a s t e n e r , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e outer
h a n d l e rod f r o m the outer h a n d l e b a s e ( s e e s t e p 9
o n p a g e 20-39).

4. D e t a c h the c a b l e clip (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s

(B, C ) s e c u r i n g t h e latch (D), t h e n r e m o v e latch
t h r o u g h the hole in t h e d o o r . T a k e c a r e not to b e n d
the outer h a n d l e rod ( E ) , the latch c a b l e (F), or the
A
i n n e r h a n d l e c a b l e (G).
Replace.
Fastener Locations
B • : Screw, 3 C • : Screw, 1
11. Install t h e h a n d l e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* R e i n s t a l l the outer h a n d l e h o l d e r before installing

t h e outer h a n d l e c o v e r .
* M a k e s u r e the outer h a n d l e rod is c o n n e c t e d
securely.
* M a k e s u r e the d o o r l o c k s o p e r a t e properly.
* M a k e s u r e the d o o r h a n d l e w o r k s properly.
* W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
plastic c o v e r is installed p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .

6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 m m
6 N-m 6 N-m
(0.6 kgf.m, (0.6 kgf-m, 4 Ibf-ft)
4 lb!-ft)

20-40
5, R e m o v e t h e s p o n g e s e a l f A ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w , 7. Install t h e latch in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
t h e n r e m o v e t h e latch protector IB) by r e l e a s i n g t h e note t h e s e stems:
h o o k i C h arid r e m o v e t h e s p o n g e s e a l CD) f r o m t h e
latch. * B e f o r e r e i n s t a l l i n g the c a b l e s to t h e latch (A),
c l e a n t h e latch s u r f a c e w h e r e t h e n e w s p o n g e
Fastener Location s e a l s will b e a t t a c h e d w i t h i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l , a n d
• ; Screw, 1 attach t h e n e w s p o n g e s e a l s ( B , C ) to the Satch a s
shown.
* After reinstalling the latch c a b l e (D) a n d t h e o u t e r
h a n d l e c a b l e (E) to t h e l a t c h , attach t h e n e w
s p o n g e s e a l IF) to t h e c a b l e c o n n e c t i n g p o r t i o n s
o n the latch a s s h o w n .
* B e f o r e reinstalling t h e Satch protector ( G ) , r e p l a c e
t h e i n s i d e s p o n g e s e a l |H) a n d t h e o u t s i d e
s p o n g e s e a l (I) w i t h n e w o n e s : •
- S c r a p e off t h e old s p o n g e s e a l s f r o m t h e
protector, a n d c l e a n t h e protector s u r f a c e s w i t h
isopropyl alcohol.
- A t t a c h t h e n e w i n s i d e s p o n g e s e a l to t h e i n s i d e
f a c e of t h e protector a s s h o w n . "
- After reinstalling t h e latch protector to the latch,
attach t h e n e w o u t s i d e s p o n g e s e a l to the
protector a n d t h e Satch a s s h o w n . •
* M a k e s u r e the actuator c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in
p r o p e r l y , a n d t h e outer h a n d l e rod is c o n n e c t e d
securely.
* Make s u r e the door locks a n d o p e n s properly.
* W h e n reinstalling the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
8, D i s c o n n e c t t h e latch c a b l e (A) a n d t h e i n n e r h a n d l e plastic c o v e r i s i n s t a l l e d p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
c a b l e IB) f r o m t h e latch ( C ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e s p o n g e a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r . •
s e a l s (D, E h
B F

20-41
Doors
Rear Door Glass and Regulator Replacement

4-door 4. C a r e f u l l y m o v e the g l a s s (A) until y o u c a n s e e t h e

bolts, t h e n r e m o v e t h e m . R e l e a s e the g l a s s f r o m
N O T E : Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . t h e h o l d e r (B), t h e n r e m o v e it f r o m the r e g u l a t o r (C),
a n d c a r e f u l l y l o w e r t h e g l a s s . T a k e c a r e not to d r o p
1. R e m o v e t h e d o o r p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-35), the g l a s s inside the door.

Fnst0P@r L o c a t i o n s
2. D i s c o n n e c t the p o w e r d o o r lock a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r
• ;B©!t,2
(A), a n d d e t a c h the h a r n e s s c l i p s (B). R e m o v e the
plug c a p s (C).

6 M 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m (1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)

R e m o v e t h e bolt (A) f r o m the r e a r l o w e r c h a n n e l (B),

Pull the g l a s s run c h a n n e l (C) a w a y a s n e e d e d , a n d
r e m o v e the s c r e w (D).

Fastener Locations
A • : Bolt, 1 D •
3. P a s s the w i r e h a r n e s s (D) t h r o u g h t h e hole (E) in t h e
p l a s t i c c o v e r (F), t h e n r e m o v e t h e p l a s t i c c o v e r .

N O T E : R e m o v e the g l u e f r o m t h e d o o r s u r f a c e . Sf
t h e plastic c o v e r is d a m a g e d or t o r n , r e p l a c e it.

6x1
8 N-m
(0.8 kgf-m, 6 Ibf-ft)

20-42
8. Pull t h e g l a s s r u n c h a n n e l (A) a w a y a s n e e d e d . Pull 8. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e the g l a s s (A) out t h r o u g h the
t h e rear Sower c h a n n e l I B ) f o r w a r d f r o m the quarter w i n d o w s l o t T a k e c a r e not to d r o p t h e g l a s s i n s i d e
g l a s s s e a l ( C ) , t h e n r e l e a s e the u p p e r h o o k ID) f r o m the door.
t h e d o o r R e m o v e t h e rear l o w e r c h a n n e l f r o m t h e
A
rear d o o r g l a s s I E ) , t h e n pull the c h a n n e l u p to
r e m o v e it.

9. R e m o v e t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s (A). T a k e c a r e not to
d a m a g e t h e outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (B).

7. R e m o v e t h e r e a r l o w e r c h a n n e l (A) f r o m t h e g l a s s
r u n c h a n n e l {8},

(confd)

20-43
Doors
Rear Door Glass and Regulator Replacement (cont'd)

10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) f r o m t h e regulator (B). 12. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to all t h e s l i d i n g

s u r f a c e s of the regulator (A) w h e r e s h o w n .
Fast@n6i* Locations
C>:Bolt,4 D^:BoIt1
• (Black) (Silver) -

6 x 1.0 mm •
'S.SN-m -
(1.0 kgf-m,
7.2 Ibf-ft)

13. Install the g l a s s a n d regulator in the r e v e r s e o r d e r

of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* Roll the g l a s s up a n d d o w n to verify that if it

6 x 1.0 m m
m o v e s freely without binding.
9.8 N-m
(1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 Ibf-ft) * M a k e s u r e that t h e r e is no c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
g l a s s a n d g l a s s run c h a n n e l w h e n t h e g l a s s is
11. R e m o v e t h e bolts (C), a n d l o o s e n the bolt (D), t h e n closed.
r e m o v e the regulator t h r o u g h t h e h o l e in the d o o r . * A d j u s t the position of t h e g l a s s a s n e c e s s a r y
( s e e p a g e 20-50).
* Do t h e p o w e r w i n d o w control unit r e s e t
p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 22-251).
* W h e n r e i n s t a l l i n g the d o o r p a n e l , m a k e s u r e t h e
plastic c o v e r is i n s t a l l e d p r o p e r l y a n d s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l out w a t e r .
* C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).
* T e s t - d r i v e a n d c h e c k for w i n d n o i s e a n d rattles.
* M a k e s u r e the p o w e r d o o r l o c k s a n d w i n d o w s
operate properly.

20-44
Rear Door Sash Inner Trim Replacement
4-door USA-produced models

N O T E : T a k e c a r e not t o s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .

1. R e m o v e the d o o r p a n e l f s e e p a g e 20-35).

2. L o w e r t h e g l a s s fully.

3. R e m o v e t h e rear d o o r s a s h I n n e r t r i m (A).

-1 Pull b a c k t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of t h e trim to r e l e a s e
the r e a r h o o k I B ) f r o m t h e d o o r .
-2 Poll b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of the t r i m to
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s o r t h e hook s t r i p s (C) f r o m
t h e d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e q u a r t e r
g l a s s portion a n d t h e roof portion of t h e d o o r
sash,
-3 R e l e a s e t h e h o o k CD) f r o m t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l (E) at t h e front c o r n e r o f t h e d o o r s a s h .
-4 Pull b a c k a l o n g t h e o u t s i d e e d g e of t h e t r i m to
r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s o r h o o k strip IF) f r o m the
d o o r g l a s s o p e n i n g f l a n g e at t h e B-pillar
portion of t h e d o o r s a s h .
-5 R e l e a s e t h e front h o o k (G) f r o m t h e d o o r . 4. Install t h e t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
p u s h t h e h o o k s or hook s t r i p s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
Japan-produced models

20-45
Doors
Rear Door Sash Outer Trim Replacement

4-door If the d o o r s a s h outer t r i m (A) w i l l be r e p l a c e d , or

t h e c l i p s (B) a r e r e m o v e d f r o m the d o o r , i n s e r t the
N O T E : T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r . t r i m b e t w e e n the d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p ' ( C )
a n d t h e d o o r , a n d install t h e t r i m by p u s h i n g o n the
1. R e m o v e the d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g ( s e e p a g e 20-48). clip p o r t i o n s until t h e c l i p s s n a p into p l a c e .

2. ' Pull t h e d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (A) u p to r e l e a s e the

t r i m f r o m the c l i p s , a n d r e l e a s e t h e t r i m f r o m
b e t w e e n t h e d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) a n d
t h e d o o r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e t r i m . T a k e c a r e not to
d a m a g e the d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p .

Fastener L o c a t i o n s
>:Clip,2

If the c l i p s (A) a r e not r e m o v e d f r o m the d o o r ,

install the d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (B) b y i n s e r t i n g it to
the clips a n d between the d o o r glass weatherstrip
(C) a n d the d o o r .

3. If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , or the
t r i m will be r e p l a c e d , r e m o v e t h e c l i p s f r o m the
door.

4. If t h e o l d t r i m w i l l be r e i n s t a l l e d , a n d the c l i p s a r e
d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e t h e m w i t h
new ones.

7. R e i n s t a l l the d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g ( s e e p a g e 20-48).

20-46
Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
4-cfoor 4. F r o m t h e i n s i d e of the d o o r , s l i d e t h e c l i p s (A) of the
d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) to r e l e a s e the
h o o k s (C) f r o m t h e f l a n g e s (D) of the d o o r p a n e l .

NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s ,
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the d o o r .

1. R e m o v e t h e s e I t e m s :

* D o o r p a n e l f s e e p a g e 20-351
* P l a s t i c c o v e r , a s n e e d e d ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e
20-38)

2. R a i s e t h e g l a s s fully.

3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s f r o m the front a n d r e a r edge

of t h e d o o r ,

Fastener Locations

A
(Engaged
position)

5. Pull u p t h e d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p (A) w h i l e
p a s s i n g t h e front a n d r e a r e d g e s of the
w e a t h e r s t r i p o v e r the d o o r s a s h o u t e r t r i m (B) a n d
t h e d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g (C), t h e n r e m o v e the
weatherstrip.

6. If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
t h e m with n e w ones.

7. B e f o r e installing the d o o r g l a s s o u t e r w e a t h e r s t r i p ,
a l i g n the c l i p s of t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p to t h e f l a n g e s
w h e r e t h e c l i p s s h o u l d be e n g a g e d by s l i d i n g t h e m .

8. P u s h the clip portions of t h e rear d o o r g l a s s o u t e r

w e a t h e r s t r i p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

20-47
Doors
Rear Door Outer Molding Replacement

Special Tools Required W h i l e r e m o v i n g the u p p e r e d g e of the d o o r outer

K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * m o l d i n g (A) f r o m the e d g e of t h e s a s h , cut t h e
• A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) w i t h a utility knife,
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857 then remove the molding from the s a s h , and
r e m o v e t h e m o l d i n g f r o m b e t w e e n the d o o r g l a s s
4-door outer w e a t h e r s t r i p (C) a n d the d o o r .

NOTE:
• If y o u r e m o v e the d o o r o u t e r m o l d i n g , r e p l a c e it w i t h
a n e w o n e b e c a u s e it will b e n d d u r i n g r e m o v a l .
• Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
• T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r .
• U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing components.

1. U s i n g a clip r e m o v e r , d e t a c h t h e c l i p s (A), t h e n pull

b a c k the d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e
s c r e w s ( C , D).

Fastener Locations
A > : Clip, 3 C • : Screw, 1 D • : Screw, 2
(Black)

3. S c r a p e off r e m a i n i n g d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e tape
f r o m the s a s h , t h e n c l e a n t h e s a s h s u r f a c e w i t h a
s h o p t o w e l d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l .

4. Install t h e n e w d o o r outer m o l d i n g in t h e r e v e r s e
o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* Insert the r e a r e d g e of t h e m o l d i n g b e t w e e n the

d o o r g l a s s outer w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d t h e d o o r
properly.
• P u s h a d h e s i v e p o r t i o n s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* M a k e s u r e t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r s i d e s of t h e
m o l d i n g a r e c a t c h i n g t h e e d g e s of the s a s h
properly.
• P u s h the d o o r w e a t h e r s t r i p c l i p s into p l a c e
securely.

20-48
Rear Door Weatherstrip Replacement
2. D e t a c h t h e c l i p s ( B , C , D), a n d r e l e a s e the d o o r
w e a t h e r s t r i p (E) f r o m t h e h o l d e r (F) of the d o o r
MOTE: s a s h , t h e n r e m o v e the w e a t h e r s t r i p .
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h t h e d o o r . 3, Install t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of
* T a k e c a r e not to d a m a g e the front u p p e r c o r n e r clip r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e stems:
(black) a n d rear u p p e r c o m e r c l i p s (black) in t h e
w e a t h e r s t r i p b e c a u s e t h e s e c l i p s a r e not a b l e to * If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace with n e w ones. replace t h e m with n e w ones.
* U s e a c l i p r e m o v e r t o r e m o v e the c l i p s . * M a k e s u r e t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p is i n s t a l l e d in t h e
holder securely.
1, At the B-piilar, r e m o v e t h e d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g • A p p l y m e d i u m strength liquid t h r e a d lock to the
bolt (A). d o o r c h e c k e r m o u n t i n g bolt b e f o r e installation.
• C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 o n p a g e 20-51).
Fastener Locations
A • . Bolt, 1 B f> : Clip, 14 C > : Clip, 4
(Left: Yellow! {Gray}
{Right: Green!

20-49
Doors
Door Glass Adjustment

N O T E : C h e c k the w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the g l a s s run 4-door rear

c h a n n e l for d a m a g e or d e t e r i o r a t i o n , a n d r e p l a c e t h e m
A
if n e c e s s a r y .

1. P l a c e the v e h i c l e o n a f i r m , level s u r f a c e .

2. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :

• Door panel:
- 2-door ( s e e p a g e 20-12)
- 4-door front d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-16)
- 4-door rear d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-35)
* Plastic c o v e r :
- F r o n t d o o r ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 20-19)
- R e a r d o o r ( s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 20-38)

3. C a r e f u l l y m o v e the g l a s s (A) until y o u c a n s e e t h e

g l a s s m o u n t i n g bolts (B), t h e n l o o s e n t h e m .
B
2-cIoor 6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 ibf-ft)

4. P u s h the g l a s s a g a i n s t t h e run c h a n n e l (C), t h e n

tighten t h e g l a s s m o u n t i n g bolts.

5. C h e c k that the g l a s s m o v e s s m o o t h l y .

6. R a i s e the g l a s s fully, a n d c h e c k for g a p s . A l s o m a k e

s u r e that the g l a s s (A) c o n t a c t s t h e g l a s s run
c h a n n e l (B) e v e n l y .

6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N-m (1.0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibfft)

4-door front

7. A t t a c h the p l a s t i c c o v e r m a k i n g s u r e ft is s e a l e d
a r o u n d its o u t s i d e p e r i m e t e r to s e a l c u t w a t e r .
9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)

20-50
 Door Position Adjustment
8. R e i n s t a l l the d o o r p a n e l : N O T E : C h e c k for a f l u s h fit w i t h t h e b o d y , t h e n c h e c k for
e q u a l g a p s b e t w e e n t h e front, r e a r , a n d b o t t o m d o o r
* 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-12). e d g e s a n d t h e b o d y . C h e c k that t h e d o o r a n d b o d y
* 4 - d o o r front d o o r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 6 L e d g e s are parallel.
* 4-door r e a r d o o r f s e e p a g e 20-35),
1. P l a c e t h e v e h i c l e on a f i r m , level s u r f a c e w h e n
9. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s , R u n w a t e r o v e r t h e roof a n d adjusting the doors,
o n t h e s e a l i n g a r e a a s s h o w n , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
2. A d j u s t at t h e h i n g e s (A):
* U s e a 12 m m (1/2 in.) d i a m e t e r h o s e (A).
* A d j u s t the rate of w a t e r f l o w a s s h o w n (B). * P a d a floor j a c k (B) w i t h s h o p t o w e l s ( C ) , t h e n u s e
* D o not u s e a nozzle, t h e j a c k to s u p p o r t the d o o r to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to
* H o l d t h e h o s e a b o u t 300 m m (12 in.) a w a y f r o m t h e d o o r w h i l e a d j u s t i n g it.
t h e d o o r (C). * O n t h e front door: R e m o v e t h e front i n n e r f e n d e r
( s e e p a g e 20-273). L o o s e n t h e h i n g e m o u n t i n g
bolts (D) s l i g h t l y , a n d m o v e t h e d o o r b a c k w a r d or
f o r w a r d , up or d o w n a s n e c e s s a r y to e q u a l i z e the
gaps.
* O n t h e r e a r door: L o o s e n the h i n g e m o u n t i n g
bolts (E) slightly, a n d m o v e t h e d o o r b a c k w a r d or
f o r w a r d , up o r d o w n a s n e c e s s a r y to e q u a l i z e the
gaps.

2-cfoor

(confd)

20-51
Doors
Door Position Adjustment (cont'd)

4-door front 3. If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e d o o r m o u n t i n g bolts w i t h

t h e a d j u s t i n g bolts {P/N 9 0 1 0 2 - S F A - 3 0 5 ) m a d e
s p e c i f i c a l l y for d o o r a d j u s t m e n t , t h e n a d j u s t at t h e
door: L o o s e n t h e d o o r m o u n t i n g bolts (F) slightly,
a n d m o v e t h e d o o r u p or d o w n a s n e c e s s a r y to
e q u a l i z e the g a p s , a n d m o v e it in or out until is not
flush with the body.

4. C h e c k that the d o o r a n d t h e b o d y e d g e s a r e p a r a l l e l .
Sf n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e d o o r c u s h i o n s (A) to m a k e
t h e rear of t h e d o o r s f l u s h w i t h t h e b o d y .

8 x 1.25 mm F
29 N-m 8x1.25 mm
C3.0 k g f - m , 29 N-m
22 l b ! - f t ) (3.0 k g f - m , 2 2 Ibf-ft)

4-door rear
5. A p p l y t o u c h - u p paint to t h e h i n g e m o u n t i n g bolts,
a n d a r o u n d the hinges.

6. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s ( s e e s t e p 9 on p a g e 20-51).

E
8 x 1.25 m m
2 9 N - m (3.0 k g f - m , 2 2 Ibf-ft)

20-52
Door Striker Adjustment
Make s u r e the door latches securely without s l a m m i n g
it. If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e striker (A): T h e striker n u t s
a r e f i x e d , but t h e s t r i k e r c a n be a d j u s t e d slightly u p or
d o w n , a n d in o r o u t

1. L o o s e n the s c r e w s (B).

18 N-m 11,8 k g f m , 13 Ibf-ft)

2* W r a p t h e striker w i t h a s h o p t o w e l , t h e n a d j u s t the
striker b y t a p p i n g it w i t h a p l a s t i c h a m m e r (C). D o
not t a p the striker t o o h a r d .

3. Lightly t i g h t e n t h e s c r e w s ,

4. H o l d t h e o u t e r h a n d l e o u t a n d p u s h t h e d o o r
a g a i n s t t h e b o d y to b e s u r e t h e striker a l l o w s a
f l u s h f i t . If the d o o r l a t c h e s p r o p e r l y , tighten the
s c r e w s and recheck.
Mirrors
Component Location Index

T W E E T E R COVER

Without aytoroati© dimming mirror With automatic dimming mirror

Replacement, page 20-57

20-54
 S3
Power Mirror Replacement
5. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e mirror, s q u e e z e the retaining
t a b s o n the c o n n e c t o r clip (A), t h e n p u s h out to
1, L o w e r t h e d o o r g l a s s fully. r e m o v e t h e m i r r o r (B). T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the
door.
2. W i t h y o u r h a n d , c a r e f u l l y pull the t o p e d g e of t h e
d o o r t w e e t e r c o v e r (A) out to d e t a c h the u p p e r
h o o k s IB) a n d t h e clip, a n d r e m o v e t h e c o v e r b y
lifting it u p w a r d to r e l e a s e t h e b o t t o m h o o k s { Q .
D i s c o n n e c t t h e d o o r t w e e t e r c o n n e c t o r ID).

Fastener Location
[ > ; Clip, 1
{Gray!

6. Install the m i r r o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e stems:
C
* M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.
3. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A). * If the clip is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e
it w i t h a n e w o n e .
F a s t e n e r Locations * P u s h the clip a n d the u p p e r h o o k s o n the c o v e r
• . Hut 3 into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

4. W h i l e h o l d i n g the m i r r o r , r e m o v e the nuts s e c u r i n g

t h e niirror.

20-55
Mirrors
Mirror Holder Replacement

N O T E : Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . 5. B e f o r e reinstalling t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r to t h e i n n e r

h o l d e r (A) on the a c t u a t o r , c h e c k the a c t u a t o r r o d s
1. C a r e f u l l y p u s h on t h e top e d g e of t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r (B) a n d t h e a c t u a t o r b o o t s (C). M a k e s u r e t h e
(A) by h a n d . a c t u a t o r r o d s a r e s e c u r e l y m o u n t e d in t h e h o l e s ,
a n d that t h e boots p r o p e r l y c o v e r e a c h r o d .

2. Put a s h o p t o w e l in the o p e n i n g b e t w e e n the

b o t t o m e d g e of the m i r r o r h o l d e r a n d t h e m i r r o r
h o u s i n g (B) to p r e v e n t s c r a t c h e s . Insert a flat-tip
s c r e w d r i v e r w r a p p e d w i t h protective tape to t h e
g u i d e n o t c h e s CQ of the m i r r o r h o l d e r , a n d d e t a c h
the bottom c l i p s (D).

3. U s e a heat g u n to a p p l y h e a t to t h e o p e n i n g
b e t w e e n t h e mirror h o l d e r (A) a n d the m i r r o r
h o u s i n g . C a r e f u l l y pull out t h e b o t t o m e d g e of the
m i r r o r h o l d e r to s e p a r a t e the a d h e s i v e (B), a n d
t h e n r e l e a s e the s i d e c l i p s (C).

N O T E : Do not heat t h e p l a s t i c p a r t s too m u c h or 6. If e q u i p p e d , r e c o n n e c t t h e m i r r o r d e f o g g e r

you may damage them. connectors.

7. R e a t t a c h the h o o k s of t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r to the
a c t u a t o r , t h e n position the m i r r o r h o l d e r o n t h e
actuator. C a r e f u l l y p u s h o n t h e clip p o r t i o n s of the
E m i r r o r h o l d e r until t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r l o c k s into
place.

8. C h e c k the a c t u a t o r o p e r a t i o n .

4. S e p a r a t e the m i r r o r h o l d e r f r o m t h e a c t u a t o r (D) by
r e l e a s i n g the h o o k s ( E ) . If e q u i p p e d , d i s c o n n e c t t h e
m i r r o r d e f o g g e r c o n n e c t o r s (F).

20-56
 E3
Mirror Housing Cower Replacement Rearview Mirror Replacement

1. R e m o v e the m i r r o r h o l d e r ( s e e p a g e 20-56). Without Automatic Dimming Mirror

2 , F r o m t h e m i r r o r h o l d e r o p e n i n g , r e l e a s e the h o o k s 1. T u r n t h e r e a r v i e w m i r r o r b a s e (A) 90 °.
(A) of t h e m i r r o r h o u s i n g c o v e r I B ) .

B.

3 . R e l e a s e the h o o k s (A), t h e n r e m o v e the m i r r o r

housing c o v e r (B).
2. S l i d e the r e a r v i e w mirror (A) d o w n t o w a r d the
b o t t o m of the w i n d s h i e l d to d e t a c h it f r o m the
s p r i n g (B) in t h e m o u n t (C).

4. Install the m i r r o r h o u s i n g c o v e r sn the r e v e r s e o r d e r

of r e m o v a l .

3. Sf n e c e s s a r y , r e m o v e the s p r i n g f r o m the m o u n t .

4. Install the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of

removal.

(cont'd)

20-57
M i r r o r s

Rearview Mirror Replacement (cont'd)

With Automatic Dimming Mirror 3= U s i n g a T O R X T 2 0 bit, l o o s e n t h e T O R X s c r e w , t h e n
slide the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r (A) r e a r w a r d a n d off the
1. P r y out the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s l o w e r c o v e r (A) m o u n t (B).
to d e t a c h the h o o k s (B), t h e n s l i d e the l o w e r c o v e r
Fastener Location
r e a r w a r d , a n d r e m o v e the l o w e r c o v e r by
d e t a c h i n g the h o o k s (C) of the r e a r v i e w m i r r o r • : Screw, 1
h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e (D).

3/8-24 UNF
4l\|.m
( 0 . 4 k g f . m , 3 Ibf-ft)

2. D i s c o n n e c t the c o n n e c t o r (A).

4. install the mirror in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

• B e f o r e installing the mirror, r e m o v e the T O R X

s c r e w , a n d a p p l y m e d i u m s t r e n g t h liquid t h r e a d
lock to it.
• M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d in properly.

20-58
Glass
Component Location Index

UPPER CLIP, 2
WINDSHIELD UPPER S E A L (Self-adhesive-type, glass side}
REARVIEW MIRROR
H A R N E S S COVER B A S E
WINDSHIELD F O L D I N G |4-d0©r)
;
Replacement, page 20-68

RUBBER DAM A

WINDSHIELD
Replacement, p a g e 20-61 RUBBER DAM B

2-door

FASTENER, 2 UPPER CLIP, 2

{ S e f i F - a d h e s i v e - t Y p e , glass i {Self-adhesive-type* glass side)
C R e q u i r a d for r e p l a c e m e n t or reinstallation)
UPPER RUBBER DAM

RUBBER DAM, 2

REAR WINDOW
Replacement, page 20-67

(confd)

20-59
Glass
Component Location index (cont'd)
4-door

Replacement, page 20-67

2-door

( S e l f - a d h e s i v e - t y p e , glass side) Replacement page 20-271

20-60
Windshield Replacement
SMOTE: 5. A p p l y protective t a p e a l o n g the e d g e of the
* Put o n g l o v e s to p r o t e c t y o u r h a n d s . d a s h b o a r d a n d b o d y . U s i n g a n a w l , m a k e a hole
* W e a r e y e protection w h i l e cutting g l a s s a d h e s i v e through the rubber d a m a n d a d h e s i v e from inside
with a piano wire, t h e v e h i c l e at a c o r n e r of t h e w i n d s h i e l d . P u s h a
* U s e s e a t c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the s e a t . p i e c e of p i a n o w i r e t h r o u g h t h e h o l e , a n d w r a p
* W h e n replacing a broken windshield, a commercially e a c h e n d a r o u n d a p i e c e of w o o d .
a v a i l a b l e w i n d s h i e l d cutter c a n be efficiently u s e d for
cutting a d h e s i v e . F o r d e t a i l s , f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s 6. W i t h a h e l p e r o n t h e o u t s i d e , pull t h e p i a n o w i r e (A)
of t h e tool m a n u f a c t u r e r . b a c k a n d forth in a s a w i n g m o t i o n . Hold the p i a n o
w i r e a s c l o s e to the w i n d s h i e l d (B) a s p o s s i b l e to
1. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s : p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the b o d y a n d d a s h b o a r d .
C a r e f u l l y c u t t h r o u g h the r u b b e r d a m a n d a d h e s i v e
* C o w l c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 20-261) (C) a r o u n d the entire w i n d s h i e l d .
* Rearview mirror
- Without automatic d i m m i n g mirror fsee page
20-57)
- With automatic d i m m i n g mirror (see page
20-58)
* A - p i l t a r t r t m , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-101)
* R o o f m o l d i n g s , both s i d e s ( s e e p a g e 20-263)

2, R e m o v e the m o l d i n g (A) f r o m t h e u p p e r e d g e of t h e
w i n d s h i e l d f B}. If n e c e s s a r y , c u t t h e m o l d i n g w i t h a
utility knife.

3. If t h e old w i n d s h i e l d w i l l b e r e i n s t a l l e d , m a k e
a l i g n m e n t m a r k s a c r o s s the g l a s s a n d t h e b o d y
with a grease pencil. 7. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e the w i n d s h i e l d .

4. Pull d o w n t h e front portion of t h e h e a d l i n e r

( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 3 1 ) , T a k e c a r e not to b e n d t h e
headliner e x c e s s i v e l y , or y o u m a y c r e a s e or break
it

(confd)

20-61
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)

8. U s e a putty knife to s c r a p e old a d h e s i v e s m o o t h to 12. A t t a c h the r u b b e r dam. A , a n d the u p p e r c l i p s (B)

a t h i c k n e s s of a b o u t 2 m m (0.08 i n j on the b o n d i n g with a d h e s i v e t a p e to the i n s i d e f a c e of t h e
s u r f a c e a r o u n d the entire w i n d s h i e l d o p e n i n g w i n d s h i e l d (C) a s s h o w n . B e f o r e installing t h e
flange: u p p e r c l i p s , a p p l y p r i m e r to t h e a r e a w h e r e t h e
a d h e s i v e t a p e will be a p p l i e d to the- i n s i d e f a c e of
• D o not s c r a p e d o w n to the p a i n t e d s u r f a c e of t h e the windshield: •
b o d y ; d a m a g e d paint will interfere with p r o p e r
bonding. • B e s u r e the r u b b e r d a m a n d the u p p e r c l i p s line
••' R e m o v e - t h e r u b b e r d a m s f r o m the b o d y . . up w i t h the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (D).
• W i t h the printed d o t s (E) o n t h e w i n d s h i e l d a s a
9, C l e a n t h e b o d y b o n d i n g s u r f a c e w i t h a s h o p t o w e l g u i d e , attach the r u b b e r d a m A to both bottom
d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l , After c l e a n i n g , c o r n e r s of the w i n d s h i e l d .
k e e p oil, g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n t h e * B e s u r e t h e c o n v e x portion (F) of the left a n d right
clean surface. c l i p s f a c e s the right s i d e .
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e
10. If t h e old w i n d s h i e l d will be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a putty a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d .
knife to s c r a p e off old a d h e s i v e , u p p e r c l i p s , a n d
rubber d a m s from the w i n d s h i e l d . C l e a n the inside Bobber dam adhesive tape:
f a c e a n d the e d g e of t h e w i n d s h i e l d w i t h i s o p r o p y l T h i c k n e s s 0.16 m m (0.006 in.)
a l c o h o l w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d . M a k e W i d t h 3.5 m m 10.14 I n j
s u r e t h e b o n d i n g s u r f a c e is kept free of w a t e r , oil, Upper clip adhesiwe tape:
and grease. T h i c k n e s s 0.4 m m - (0.016 In.)
W i d t h 10 m m (0.39 in.)
11. W i t h a u t o m a t i c d i m m i n g r e a r v i e w mirror. If the
w i n d s h i e l d will be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e , attach
the n e w r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e to the
i n s i d e f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 20-66).

20-62
13, A t t a c h t h e r u b b e r d a m B w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e to t h e 14. Attach the m o l d i n g (A) w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) to the
i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d (A) a s s h o w n . u p p e r e d g e of the w i n d s h i e l d (C). B e c a r e f u l not to
t o u c h the w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e a d h e s i v e will be
* B e s u r e t h e r u b b e r d a m l i n e s up w i t h the applied.
a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (C).
* W i t h the e d g e CD) of the black c e r a m i c on t h e fielding adhesive tape:
w i n d s h i e l d a s a g u i d e , attach the rubber d a m B to T h i c k n e s s 0.8 m m I0.03 in.)
the windshield. W i d t h 4 m m (0.16 In.)
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h the w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e
a d h e s i v e w i l l be a p p l i e d . 2»d©©r

Rubber dam adhesive tape:

T h i c k n e s s 0.16 m m (0.006 In.!
W i d t h 3.5 m m (0.14 in.)

(confd)

20-63
 Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)

15. A t t a c h the m o l d i n g u p p e r s e a l (A) w i t h a d h e s i v e 18. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , a p p l y a light c o a t of g l a s s

t a p e to the i n s i d e s u r f a c e of the m o l d i n g (B) a s p r i m e r to t h e w i n d s h i e l d (A) a l o n g t h e e d g e of t h e
shown. m o l d i n g (B) a n d r u b b e r d a m s ( Q a s s h o w n , t h e n
lightly w i p e it off w i t h g a u z e or c h e e s e c l o t h :

• A p p l y g l a s s p r i m e r to t h e m o l d i n g .
* Do not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to the w i n d s h i e l d , a n d
do not get b o d y a n d g l a s s p r i m e r s p o n g e
a p p l i c a t o r s m i x e d up.
• Never touch the primed surfaces with your h a n d s .
If y o u d o , a d h e s i v e m a y not b o n d to t h e
w i n d s h i e l d p r o p e r l y , c a u s i n g a leak after the
w i n d s h i e l d is i n s t a l l e d .
* Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials a w a y
from the primed s u r f a c e s .

'///////// • Apply glass primer here.

16. S e t t h e w i n d s h i e l d in t h e o p e n i n g , a n d c e n t e r it. C
M a k e a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (A) a c r o s s the w i n d s h i e l d
a n d t h e b o d y w i t h a g r e a s e p e n c i l at the four points
s h o w n . M a k e s u r e the p i n s (B) of both u p p e r c l i p s
(C) c o n t a c t w i t h the e d g e of t h e b o d y h o l e s . B e
c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e a d h e s i v e
will be a p p l i e d .

20-64
 E2
19. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , c a r e f u l l y a p p l y a fight 2 1 . Put t h e . c a r t r i d g e in a c a u l k i n g g u n , a n d run a
c o a t of b o d y p r i m e r to a n y e x p o s e d paint or m e t a l c o n t i n u o u s b e a d of a d h e s i v e (A) a r o u n d the
a r o u n d t h e f l a n g e w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e w i l l be w i n d s h i e l d (B) a l o n g the e d g e of t h e m o l d i n g (C)
a p p l i e d . L e t t h e p r i m e r d r y for at l e a s t 10 m i n u t e s ; a n d t h e r u b b e r d a m s CD) a s s h o w n . A p p l y a d h e s i v e
w i t h i n 3 0 m i n u t e s after a p p l y i n g t h e g l a s s p r i m e r .
* D o not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to a n y r e m a i n i n g M a k e a slightly thicker b e a d at e a c h c o r n e r .
original a d h e s i v e o n t h e f l a n g e .
2 mm. 10.08 In.)
* B e c a r e f u l not to m i x u p the b o d y a n d g l a s s
primer sponge applicators.
* N e v e r t o u c h the p r i m e d s u r f a c e s w i t h y o u r h a n d s .

: Apply body primer t© exposed paint as s h o w n .

20 m m

20. C u t a " V " in t h e e n d of the nozzle (A) o n t h e

adhesive cartridge a s s h o w n .

A'

8 m m 10.31 In.)

(confd)

20-65
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd) Rearview Mirror Harness Cover
Base Replacement
22. U s e s u c t i o n c u p s to hold the w i n d s h i e l d o v e r the
o p e n i n g , align it with the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s m a d e in
s t e p 16, a n d s e t it d o w n on a d h e s i v e . Lightly p u s h 4-door with Automatic Dimming Rearwiew
o n t h e w i n d s h i e l d until its e d g e s a r e fully s e a t e d o n IVIirror
a d h e s i v e all the w a y a r o u n d .
NOTE:
N O T E : Do not o p e n or c l o s e a n y of the d o o r s for * Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
a b o u t a n h o u r until a d h e s i v e is dry. • W e a r e y e protection w h i l e cutting the g l a s s a d h e s i v e
with piano wire.
23. S c r a p e or w i p e the e x c e s s a d h e s i v e off w i t h a putty
knife or t o w e l . T o r e m o v e a d h e s i v e f r o m a p a i n t e d 1. R e m o v e t h e s e stems:
s u r f a c e or the w i n d s h i e l d , w i p e w i t h a soft s h o p
towel d a m p e n e d with isopropyl alcohol. • H e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131)
• R e a r v i e w mirror ( s e e p a g e 20-58)
24. After a d h e s i v e h a s d r i e d , s p r a y w a t e r o v e r the
w i n d s h i e l d a n d c h e c k for l e a k s . M a r k leaking a r e a s , 2. C a r e f u l l y c u t t h r o u g h a d h e s i v e t a p e u n d e r the
a n d let the w i n d s h i e l d d r y , t h e n s e a l w i t h s e a l a n t . r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e u s i n g the p i a n o
Let t h e v e h i c l e s t a n d for at l e a s t 4 h o u r s after wire, then remove the b a s e .
w i n d s h i e l d installation. If the v e h i c l e h a s to be u s e d
w i t h i n the first 4 h o u r s , it m u s t be d r i v e n s l o w l y . 3. U s e a putty knife to scrape" off all of old a d h e s i v e
t a p e f r o m the w i n d s h i e l d . C l e a n the i n s i d e f a c e of
25. R e i n s t a l l all r e m a i n i n g r e m o v e d parts. the w i n d s h i e l d w i t h i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l w h e r e the
n e w r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e is to be
N O T E : A d v i s e the c u s t o m e r not to do the f o l l o w i n g a p p l i e d . M a k e s u r e the b o n d i n g s u r f a c e is kept free
t h i n g s for 2 to 3 d a y s : of w a t e r , oil a n d g r e a s e .
* S l a m the d o o r s with all the w i n d o w s rolled up.
e
T w i s t the body e x c e s s i v e l y ( s u c h a s w h e n g o i n g 4. If the old r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e ( A ) '
in a n d out of d r i v e w a y s at a n a n g l e or driving will be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a putty knife to s c r a p e off all
over rough, uneven roads). of old a d h e s i v e t a p e f r o m t h e b a s e . C l e a n t h e b a s e
s u r f a c e w i t h i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . A p p l y p r i m e r to the
a r e a w h e r e the n e w d o u b l e - s i d e d a d h e s i v e t a p e (B)
w i l l be a p p l i e d to the b a s e , a n d attach a d h e s i v e
t a p e to the b a s e .

Adhesive tape: T h i c k n e s s 0.8 m m (0.031 in.)

W i d t h 7 m m ( 0.28 In.)

(0.04 In.)

20-66
 Rear Window Replacement
5< B e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r NOTE:
b a s e {A},, a p p l y p r i m e r to the a r e a w h e r e the * Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e will be applied to the inside * W e a r e y e protection w h i l e cutting t h e g l a s s a d h e s i v e
f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d . L e t the p r i m e r d r y at l e a s t with a piano wire.
10 m i n u t e s , then a t t a c h the m i r r o r to the * U s e s e a t c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g a n y s u r f a c e s .
w i n d s h i e l d w i t h i n 12 h o u r s , * Do not d a m a g e t h e r e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r grid l i n e s ,
w i n d o w a n t e n n a grid l i n e s , a n d t e r m i n a l s .
• : Apply primer here.
1, R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :

- T r u n k lid
* C - p i l l a r t r i m , both s i d e s :
- 2-door (see page 20-110)
- 4-door ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 115}
* R e a r s h e l f ( s e e p a g e 20-119)

2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e w i n d o w a n t e n n a c o n n e c t o r s (A) a n d
r e a r w i n d o w d e f o g g e r c o n n e c t o r s (B). 4 -door is
s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
12,99 i n j

8 mm
10,31 in.)

3. If t h e old r e a r w i n d o w will be r e i n s t a l l e d , m a k e
6 mm 1

alignment m a r k s a c r o s s the g l a s s a n d the body

(0,24 in.)
with a g r e a s e pencil.
8. A t t a c h t h e r e a r v i e w m i r r o r h a r n e s s c o v e r b a s e w i t h
a d h e s i v e t a p e (B) to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of t h e
windshield a s s h o w n , then press a d h e s i v e portions
Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

7. R e i n s t a l l all r e m a i n i n g r e m o v e d p a r t s .

(confd)

20-67
Glass
Rear Window Replacement {cont'd)

4. Pull d o w n t h e r e a r portion of t h e h e a d l i n e r (A) b y 6. R e m o v e the l o w e r r u b b e r d a m (A) f r o m t h e l o w e r

d e t a c h i n g t h e c l i p s . T a k e c a r e not to b e n d t h e e d g e of the r e a r w i n d o w (B). Sf n e c e s s a r y , c u t t h e
h e a d l i n e r e x c e s s i v e l y , o r y o u m a y c r e a s e or b r e a k r u b b e r d a m w i t h a utility knife. 4-door is s h o w n ;
i t 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r . 2 - d o o r Is s i m i l a r .

Fast6fi6r Locutions
>:Clip,2

7. W i t h a h e l p e r o n the o u t s i d e , pull the p i a n o w i r e (A)

b a c k a n d forth In a s a w i n g m o t i o n . Hold the p i a n o
w i r e a s c l o s e to t h e r e a r w i n d o w (B) a s p o s s i b l e to
5. A p p l y protective t a p e a l o n g t h e i n s i d e a n d o u t s i d e p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the b o d y , a n d c a r e f u l l y cut
e d g e s of t h e b o d y . U s i n g a n a w l , m a k e a h o l e t h r o u g h t h e a d h e s i v e (C) a r o u n d t h e entire r e a r
t h r o u g h a d h e s i v e f r o m i n s i d e t h e v e h i c l e at a w i n d o w . 4-door Is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .
c o r n e r of t h e r e a r w i n d o w . P u s h a p i e c e of p i a n o
w i r e t h r o u g h the h o l e , a n d w r a p e a c h e n d a r o u n d a A
p i e c e of w o o d .

20-68
C u t t i n g p o s i t i o n s - 2-d®or 8. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e r e a r w i n d o w .

A
9. U s e a putty knife to s c r a p e old a d h e s i v e s m o o t h to
a t h i c k n e s s of a b o u t 2 m m (0.08 in.) o n t h e b o n d i n g
s u r f a c e a r o u n d the entire r e a r w i n d o w o p e n i n g
flange:

• D o not s c r a p e d o w n to t h e p a i n t e d s u r f a c e of the
b o d y ; d a m a g e d paint will interfere w i t h p r o p e r
bonding.
• R e m o v e the fasteners from the body.

10. C l e a n t h e b o d y b o n d i n g s u r f a c e w i t h a s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d in i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After c l e a n i n g ,
k e e p o i l , g r e a s e , a n d -water f r o m getting - on t h e .
surface."

11. If t h e old r e a r w i n d o w will be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a

putty knife to s c r a p e off all of o l d a d h e s i v e , the
fasteners, and the rubber d a m s f r o m the rear
w i n d o w . C l e a n t h e i n s i d e f a c e a n d t h e e d g e of the
Cutting positions - 4-door rear w i n d o w with isopropyl alcohol w h e r e n e w
a d h e s i v e will b e a p p l i e d . M a k e s u r e t h e b o n d i n g
s u r f a c e is kept f r e e of w a t e r , o i l , a n d g r e a s e .

(cont'd)
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)

12. A p p l y p r i m e r to the e d g e of t h e rear w i n d o w (A) 13. A t t a c h t h e u p p e r r u b b e r d a m (A), t h e s i d e r u b b e r

w h e r e the l o w e r r u b b e r d a m a d h e s i v e t a p e will b e d a m s (B), t h e u p p e r c l i p s ( C ) , a n d the f a s t e n e r s (D)
attached a s s h o w n . Attach the lower rubber d a m with a d h e s i v e t a p e to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of the rear
(B) w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e (C) to the l o w e r e d g e of the w i n d o w (E) a s s h o w n . B e f o r e installing the u p p e r
rear window: c l i p s , a p p l y p r i m e r to.the a r e a w h e r e a d h e s i v e t a p e
will be a p p l i e d to the i n s i d e f a c e of the w i n d s h i e l d :
* After installing the r u b b e r d a m , c u t the e n d s (D)
of t h e r u b b e r d a m a s s h o w n . • First attach t h e u p p e r r u b b e r d a m , t h e n attach the
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e w i n d s h i e l d w h e r e s i d e r u b b e r d a m s a r o u n d t h e e d g e of the rear
a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d . w i n d o w . B e s u r e t h e top of t h e s i d e r u b b e r d a m
* 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r i s s i m i l a r . c o n t a c t s w i t h t h e b o t t o m of t h e u p p e r r u b b e r
d a m . Sf n e c e s s a r y , c u t the e x c e s s r u b b e r d a m s .
L o w e r rubber d a m a d h e s i v e tape: • B e s u r e t h e u p p e r c l i p s a n d the f a s t e n e r s line u p
T h i c k n e s s 0.2 m m (0.008 in.) w i t h t h e a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (F).
W i d t h 4 m m (0.16 in.) • B e s u r e t h e c o n v e x portion (G) of t h e left a n d
right c l i p s f a c e t h e right s i d e .
WM : Apply primer here.
• B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e rear w i n d o w w h e r e
a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d .

U p p e r clip a d h e s i v e tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.4 m m (0.016 in.)
W i d t h 10 m m (0.39 in.)
Rubber dam adhesive tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.1.6 m m (0.006 in.)
W i d t h 3.5 m m (0.14 in.)
Fastener adhesive tape:
T h i c k n e s s 0.8 m m (0.03 in.)
W i d t h 7 m m {0.28 In.)

2-d©@r

F A

20-70
4-door 14. A t t a c h t h e f a s t e n e r s (A) w i t h a d h e s i v e t a p e to the
r e a r w i n d o w o p e n i n g f l a n g e CB) of the b o d y o n both
sides.

Fastener adhesive tape:

T h i c k n e s s 0.6 m m (0.024 i n j
W i d t h 7.5 m m (0.3 i n j

2-door

(035 i n j

4-door

(1.2 in.)

(cont'd)

20-71
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)

15. S e t t h e r e a r w i n d o w in t h e o p e n i n g , a n d c e n t e r i t 17. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , a p p l y a light c o a t of g l a s s

M a k e a l i g n m e n t m a r k s (A) a c r o s s the r e a r w i n d o w p r i m e r to the r e a r w i n d o w (A) a l o n g the e d g e of t h e
a n d b o d y w i t h a g r e a s e p e n c i l at t h e four points r u b b e r d a m s (B) a s s h o w n , t h e n lightly w i p e it off
s h o w n . M a k e s u r e t h e p i n s (B) of both u p p e r c l i p s w i t h g a u z e or c h e e s e c l o t h :
(C) c o n t a c t with the e d g e of t h e b o d y h o l e s . B e
c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e r e a r w i n d o w w h e r e * W i t h the printed d o t s (C) o n t h e rear w i n d o w a s a
a d h e s i v e will be a p p l i e d . 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is g u i d e , a p p l y the g l a s s p r i m e r to both c o r n e r '
similar. p o r t i o n s of the rear w i n d o w .
* Do not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to the r e a r w i n d o w ,
a n d d o not get b o d y a n d g l a s s p r i m e r s p o n g e
a p p l i c a t o r s m i x e d up.
• N e v e r t o u c h the p r i m e d s u r f a c e s w i t h y o u r h a n d s .
If y o u d o , a d h e s i v e m a y not b o n d to t h e r e a r
w i n d o w p r o p e r l y , c a u s i n g a leak after the rear
w i n d o w is i n s t a l l e d .
• Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials a w a y
from the primed surfaces.

2-door

////////. "• Apply glass primer here.

B
- 12 mm
(0.47 In.)
11 mm f
10.43 In.) I

16. R e m o v e t h e r e a r w i n d o w .

20-72
4-door 18. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , c a r e f u l l y a p p l y a light
c o a t of b o d y p r i m e r to a n y e x p o s e d paint or m e t a l
: Apply glass primer here. a r o u n d t h e f l a n g e w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e wilt be
12 m m a p p l i e d . L e t t h e p r i m e r dry for at l e a s t 10 m i n u t e s :

11 m m *
(0.43 in.) I_ * D o not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to a n y r e m a i n i n g
original a d h e s i v e o n the f l a n g e .
* B e c a r e f u l not to m i x up the b o d y a n d g l a s s
primer sponge applicators.
* Never touch the primed surfaces with y o u r
hands.

2-door

V//////// : Apply body primer to any exposed

shown.

/20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 i n j (0.79 in.]

20 mm
(0.79 in.)

(confd)

20-73
Glass

Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)

4-door 20. Put t h e c a r t r i d g e o n a c a u l k i n g g u n , a n d run a
c o n t i n u o u s b e a d of a d h e s i v e (A) to the r e a r w i n d o w
: Apply foody primer t© any exposed paint as (B) a l o n g the e d g e of t h e r u b b e r d a m s (C) a s
shown,
shown:
/ 2 0 mm
(0.79 in.)
_
mm f 20 m m
10.2 in.) (0.79 in.)
* W i t h t h e printed d o t s (D) o n the 'rear w i n d o w a s a
g u i d e , a p p l y a d h e s i v e to both s i d e p o r t i o n s of the
rear w i n d o w .
* A p p l y a d h e s i v e w i t h i n 30 m i n u t e s after a p p l y i n g
t h e g l a s s p r i m e r . M a k e a s l i g h t l y t h i c k e r b e a d at
each corner.

2-door

2 m m (0.08 in.)

13 mm
(0.51 in.)

8 m m (0.31 in.)
3 mm
(0.12 in.)

19. C u t a " V " in the e n d of t h e nozzle (A) o n the

a d h e s i v e cartridge a s s h o w n .

13 mm (0.51 In.)

3 mm
(0.12 in.)
1 mm
c (0.04 in.]
1 mm
(0.04 in.)
8 m m (0.31 in.)

1 mm
10.04 in.)

2 mm
(0.08 in.) 2 mm
(0.08 in

20-74
4-door 21. U s e s u c t i o n c u p s to h o l d the r e a r w i n d o w o v e r the
o p e n i n g , a l i g n it w i t h the a l i g n m e n t m a r k s y o u
2 m m (0.08 in.)
. m a d e in s t e p 15, a n d s e t st d o w n o n a d h e s i v e .
13 mm T i ^ - A Lightly p u s h o n the rear w i n d o w until Its e d g e s a r e
C051 in.) ^ l i | fully s e a t e d o n a d h e s i v e all t h e w a y a r o u n d .

8 mm 10,31 in.) N O T E : D o not o p e n or c l o s e a n y of t h e d o o r s for

a b o u t a n h o u r until a d h e s i v e is dry.

2 2 . S c r a p e or w i p e the e x c e s s a d h e s i v e o f f . with a putty

knife or t o w e l . T o r e m o v e a d h e s i v e f r o m a painted
s u r f a c e or the r e a r w i n d o w , u s e a soft s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d with isopropyl alcohol.

2 3 . After a d h e s i v e h a s d r i e d , s p r a y w a t e r o v e r t h e rear
w i n d o w a n d c h e c k for l e a k s . M a r k t h e leaking a r e a s ,
let the rear w i n d o w dry, t h e n s e a l w i t h s e a l a n t . Let
t h e v e h i c l e s t a n d for at l e a s t 4 h o u r s after rear
w i n d o w installation. If the v e h i c l e h a s to- be u s e d
w i t h i n t h e first 4 h o u r s , it m u s t be d r i v e n s l o w l y .

24. R e i n s t a l l all r e m a i n i n g r e m o v e d parts.

N O T E : A d v i s e the c u s t o m e r not to d o the f o l l o w i n g

t h i n g s for 2 to 3 d a y s :
• S l a m t h e d o o r s with all the w i n d o w s rolled up.
* T w i s t the b o d y e x c e s s i v e l y ( s u c h a s w h e n g o i n g
in a n d out of d r i v e w a y s at a n a n g l e o r d r i v i n g
over rough, uneven roads).

20-75
Glass

Quarter Glass Replacement

2-door 3. A p p l y protective t a p e a l o n g t h e i n s i d e a n d o u t s i d e
e d g e s of t h e b o d y . F r o m pillar s i d e t h e v e h i c l e , u s e
NOTE: a utility knife (A) to c u t t h e front c l i p s (B) of t h e
• Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g (C).
• W e a r e y e protection w h e n r e m o v i n g t h e g l a s s w i t h
piano wire.
• U s e s e a t c o v e r s to a v o i d d a m a g i n g a n y s u r f a c e s .
• T h e q u a r t e r g l a s s c l i p s a n d t h e m o l d i n g c l i p s will
n e e d r e p l a c e m e n t b e c a u s e t h e y will be d a m a g e
during glass removal.

f. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :

• C - p i l l a r t r i m (see page 2 0 - 1 1 0 )
• R e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-118)
• B-pillar u p p e r trim ( s e e p a g e 20-105)

2. R e m o v e t h e front s e a l (A) f r o m t h e front e d g e of t h e

q u a r t e r g l a s s (B). If n e c e s s a r y , c u t t h e s e a l w i t h a
utility knife.

4. U s i n g a n a w l , m a k e a h o l e t h r o u g h a d h e s i v e f r o m
i n s i d e the v e h i c l e at a front c o r n e r portion of t h e
q u a r t e r g l a s s . P u s h a p i e c e of p i a n o w i r e t h r o u g h
t h e h o l e , a n d w r a p e a c h e n d a r o u n d a p i e c e of
wood.

5. W i t h a h e l p e r o n t h e o u t s i d e , pull t h e p i a n o w i r e (A)
b a c k a n d forth in a s a w i n g m o t i o n . Hold t h e p i a n o
w i r e a s c l o s e to the q u a r t e r g l a s s (B) a s p o s s i b l e to
p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e b o d y , a n d c a r e f u l l y cut
t h r o u g h t h e a d h e s i v e ( C ) in t h e s t r a i g h t a r e a s a n d
t h e front c o r n e r s , but not t h e r e a r c o r n e r (D).

20-76
 Cutting positions 7. U s e a putty knife to s c r a p e old a d h e s i v e s m o o t h to
a t h i c k n e s s of a b o u t 2 m m (0.08 in.) o n t h e b o n d i n g
s u r f a c e a r o u n d t h e entire q u a r t e r g l a s s o p e n i n g
flange:

• Do not s c r a p e d o w n to t h e p a i n t e d s u r f a c e of t h e
b o d y ; d a m a g e d paint w i l l interfere w i t h p r o p e r
bonding.
* R e m o v e t h e c l i p s from-the b o d y .

8. C l e a n t h e b o d y b o n d i n g s u r f a c e w i t h a s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d in I s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l . After c l e a n i n g ,
k e e p o i l , g r e a s e , a n d w a t e r f r o m getting o n the
surface.

9. R e m o v e t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g f r o m t h e q u a r t e r
8, F r o m I n s i d e t h e v e h i c l e , c u t t h r o u g h t h e a d h e s i v e g l a s s . If t h e o l d q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g is to be
(A) of quarter g l a s s r e a r c o r n e r a n d t h e r e a r c l i p ( B ) r e i n s t a l l e d , r e p l a c e the m o l d i n g c l i p s w i t h n e w
w i t h a utility knife (C>. ones.

10. If t h e old q u a r t e r g l a s s is to be r e i n s t a l l e d , u s e a
putty knife to s c r a p e off all of o l d a d h e s i v e a n d t h e
d a m a g e d c l i p s f r o m the q u a r t e r g l a s s . C l e a n the
i n s i d e f a c e a n d the e d g e of t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s w i t h
I s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e is to be
a p p l i e d . M a k e s u r e t h e b o n d i n g s u r f a c e is kept f r e e
of w a t e r , o i l , a n d g r e a s e .

(confd)

20-77
Glass-

Quarter Glass Replacement (cont'd)

11. A t t a c h t h e front s e a l ( A ) , t h e u p p e r c l i p (B), t h e 12. Install t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s m o l d i n g (A).
l o w e r clip (C), a n d t h e r e a r c l i p (D) w i t h a d h e s i v e
t a p e to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s (E) a s -1 Hold t h e m o l d i n g u p o n t h e g l a s s , a n d fit t h e
s h o w n . B e f o r e Installing t h e front s e a l , a p p l y • h o o k s (B) of t h e m o l d i n g to t h e e d g e of t h e
p r i m e r to t h e i n s i d e f a c e of t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s . g l a s s rear c o r n e r first.
- 2 F r o m t h e rear c o r n e r to t h e front, h o o k t h e
* B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e g l a s s w h e r e a d h e s i v e l o w e r c l i p s (C) a n d u p p e r c l i p s (D) of t h e
will b e a p p l i e d . m o l d i n g to a l o n g t h e e d g e s of t h e g l a s s .
* B e s u r e to Install t h e u p p e r clip a n d rear clip w i t h -3 P u s h t h e m o l d i n g Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
their c o n v e x p o r t i o n s (F) d o w n w a r d .
* B e s u r e to install t h e l o w e r clip w i t h its c o n v e x NOTE:
portion ( G ) u p w a r d . * T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or d a m a g e t h e
molding.
Clip adhesive tape: * B e c a r e f u l not to t o u c h t h e g l a s s w h e r e
T h i c k n e s s 1.2 m m (0.047 i n j a d h e s i v e will b e a p p l i e d .
W i d t h 10 m m (0.39 i n j * B e s u r e t h e front s e a l c o n t a c t s t h e u p p e r a n d
Front seal adhesive tape: l o w e r e n d s of t h e m o l d i n g .
T h i c k n e s s 0.16 m m (0.006 in.)
B
W i d t h 3.5 m m (0.14 in.)

Apply primer here.

20-78
1 3 , W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , a p p l y a light c o a t of g l a s s 14. W i t h a s p o n g e a p p l i c a t o r , c a r e f u l l y a p p l y a light
p r i m e r a l o n g t h e e d g e of the q u a r t e r g l a s s (A) a n d c o a t of b o d y p r i m e r to a n y e x p o s e d paint or m e t a l
t h e front s e a l ( B ) a s s h o w n , t h e n lightly w i p e it off a r o u n d t h e f l a n g e w h e r e n e w a d h e s i v e will be
with gauze or c h e e s e c l o t h : a p p l i e d . L e t the p r i m e r dry for at l e a s t 10 m i n u t e s :

* W i t h t h e printed d o t s {€) o n t h e q u a r t e r g l a s s a s a * D o not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to a n y r e m a i n i n g

guide, apply the g l a s s primer to the rear corner, o r i g i n a l a d h e s i v e o n the f l a n g e .
u p p e r c o r n e r a n d l o w e r c o r n e r p o r t i o n s of t h e * B e c a r e f u l not to m i x up t h e b o d y a n d g l a s s
quarter glass. primer s p o n g e applicators.
* Do not a p p l y b o d y p r i m e r to the q u a r t e r g l a s s , * N e v e r touch the primed s u r f a c e s with your hands.
a n d d o not get b o d y a n d g l a s s p r i m e r s p o n g e
'''>',' : A p p l y b o d y p r i m e r t o a n y e x p o s e d p a i n t as
a p p l i c a t o r s m i x e d up,
shown.
* N e v e r touch the primed s u r f a c e s with your h a n d s ,
10 m m
If y o u d o , a d h e s i v e m a y not b o n d to the q u a r t e r (0.39 i n . )
g l a s s p r o p e r l y , c a u s i n g a leak after t h e q u a r t e r
g l a s s Is installed. 20 m m
(0.79 in.)
* K e e p water, dust, and abrasive materials a w a y
f r o m the p r i m e d s u r f a c e s .

i A p p l y glass printer here.

4.5 m m
10,18 I n . !
20 m m
(0.79 i n j

20 m m
(0.79 i n j

10 m m
(0.39 i n j

15. C u t a " V " in t h e e n d of the nozzle (A) on t h e

a d h e s i v e cartridge a s s h o w n .

2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 In,

13 m m (0.51 in.)

8 m m 10.31 I n . )

(confd)

20-79
Glass
Quarter Glass Replacement (cont'd!

16. Put t h e cartridge in a c a u l k i n g g u n , a n d run a b e a d 17. U s e s u c t i o n c u p s (A) to hold the q u a r t e r g l a s s (B)

of a d h e s i v e (A) a r o u n d the e d g e of the q u a r t e r o v e r the o p e n i n g , align it w i t h the c l i p s ( C ) , a n d s e t
g l a s s (B) a n d a l o n g t h e front s e a l -(C) a s s h o w n . it d o w n o n a d h e s i v e . Lightly p u s h on the q u a r t e r
W i t h the printed dots o n the q u a r t e r g l a s s a s a g l a s s until Its e d g e s a r e fully s e a t e d o n a d h e s i v e a l l
g u i d e , a p p l y a d h e s i v e to the r e a r c o r n e r , u p p e r the w a y a r o u n d .
c o r n e r a n d l o w e r c o r n e r p o r t i o n s of the q u a r t e r
g l a s s . A p p l y a d h e s i v e w i t h i n 30 m i n u t e s after N O T E : Do not o p e n or c l o s e a n y of the d o o r s for
a p p l y i n g the g l a s s p r i m e r . M a k e a slightly t h i c k e r a b o u t a n h o u r until a d h e s i v e Is dry.
b e a d at e a c h c o r n e r .

2 mm 10.08 In.)

13 m m
10.51

8 mm (0.31 In.)
6.5 m m
(0.26 in.)

18. S c r a p e or w i p e t h e e x c e s s a d h e s i v e off w i t h a putty

knife or t o w e l . T o r e m o v e a d h e s i v e f r o m a painted
s u r f a c e or the q u a r t e r g l a s s , u s e a soft s h o p t o w e l
d a m p e n e d with Isopropyl alcohol.

19. After a d h e s i v e h a s d r i e d , s p r a y w a t e r o v e r the

q u a r t e r g l a s s a n d c h e c k for l e a k s . M a r k the leaking
a r e a s , let the q u a r t e r g l a s s dry, t h e n s e a l w i t h
s e a l a n t . L e t the v e h i c l e s t a n d for at l e a s t 4 h o u r s
after q u a r t e r g l a s s installation. If t h e v e h i c l e h a s to
be u s e d within the first 4 h o u r s , it m u s t be d r i v e n
slowly.

2 0 . Reinstall a l l remaining r e m o v e d parts.

N O T E : A d v i s e the c u s t o m e r not to d o t h e f o l l o w i n g
t h i n g s for 2 to 3 d a y s :
• S l a m the d o o r s w i t h all t h e w i n d o w s rolled u p .
* T w i s t the b o d y e x c e s s i v e l y ( s u c h a s w h e n g o i n g
in a n d out of d r i v e w a y s at a n a n g l e or .driving
over rough, uneven roads).

20-80
Moonroof
Component Location i n d e x

G L A S S WEATHERSTRIP
Replacement page 20-84

D R A I N CHANNEL
Replacement page 20-86

GLASS
Position Adjustment, page 20-83
Replacement p a g e :
C
Closing Force and Opening Drag
Check, page 20-93

BRACKET C O V E R

SUNSHADE

Replacement page 20-87

S U N S H A D E REAR HOOK

W I N D DEFLECTOR REAR S U N S H A D E B A S E SLIDER

R e p l a c e m e n t , page 20-85
S U N S H A D E SLIDER SPACER

FRONTSUNSHADE
B A S E SLIDER

CABLE TUBE
REAR B R A C K E T

CABLE A S S E M B L Y
Replacement page 20-91

IWIOTOR
Replacement, page 20-88

DRAIN CHANNEL SLIDER

Replacement page 20-91

\ \ / BEAR DRAIN T U B E
FRONT DRAIN VALVE \ \J£ Replacement
\\ page 20-88

•i REAR
R*' DRAIN V A L V E

FRAIVtE
FRONT DRAIN T U B E Replacement, page 20-88
Replacement page 20-88
MOONROOF S U B H A R N E S S

20-81
Moonroof
Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Diagnostic procedure

Water leaks from moonroof 1. C h e c k for a c l o g g e d d r a i n t u b e .
2. C h e c k for a g a p b e t w e e n the g l a s s w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the roof p a n e l
( s e e p a g e 20-83).
3. C h e c k for a d e f e c t i v e or a n I m p r o p e r l y installed g l a s s w e a t h e r s t r i p or d r a i n
channel.
4. C h e c k for a g a p b e t w e e n the d r a i n s e a l a n d t h e roof p a n e l ,
5. A d j u s t the m o o n r o o f p o s i t i o n .
Wind noise from moonroof 1. C h e c k for e x c e s s i v e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n the g l a s s w e a t h e r s t r i p a n d the roof
panel.
2. A d j u s t the m o o n r o o f p o s i t i o n .
Motor noise from moonroof 1. C h e c k for a l o o s e m o t o r .
2. C h e c k for a w o r n g e a r or b e a r i n g .
3. C h e c k for a d e f o r m e d c a b l e a s s e m b l y .
4. C h e c k for dirt or d e b r i s .
M o o n r o o f g l a s s d o e s not m o v e , 1. C h e c k for f o r e i g n m a t t e r s t u c k b e t w e e n the g u i d e rail a n d the s l i d e r .
but m o t o r t u r n s 2. M a k e s u r e t h e c a b l e a s s e m b l y is a t t a c h e d p r o p e r l y .
3. C h e c k for a l o o s e i n n e r c a b l e .
4. C h e c k for a d e f e c t i v e g e a r or inner c a b l e .
M o o n r o o f g l a s s d o e s not m o v e 1. C h e c k for a run d o w n battery.
a n d m o t o r d o e s not turn ( g l a s s 2. C h e c k for a b l o w n f u s e .
c a n be m o v e d w i t h 4 m m 3. C h e c k for a faulty m o o n r o o f s w i t c h .
hexagonal wrench) 4. C h e c k for a d e f e c t i v e m o t o r control unit.
M o o n r o o f g l a s s d o e s not s t o p at 1. R e s e t the m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
proper flush closed position 2. C h e c k g l a s s position adjustment.
M o o n r o o f g l a s s m o v e s in a R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
j e r k i n g m o t i o n ( m o v e s 40 m m
(1.57 in.), s t o p s for 0.4 s e c o n d s ,
and repeats)
D u r i n g auto c l o s e o p e r a t i o n , 1. C h e c k for dirt a n d d e b r i s in t h e track.
moonroof glass reverses w h e n 2. R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
no o b j e c t is t r a p p e d
M o o n r o o f g l a s s m o v e s , but R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).
t h e r e Is- n o A U T O f u n c t i o n

20-82
Glass Position Adjustment Glass Replacement
T h e roof p a n e l (A) s h o u l d be e v e n w i t h t h e g l a s s 1. C l o s e t h e g l a s s fully.
w e a t h e r s t r i p I B ) , to w i t h i n 0 + 1 / — 1 m m
( 0 + 0 . 0 4 / — 0 . 0 4 In,) all t h e w a y a r o u n d . If n o t m a k e t h e 2. S l i d e t h e s u n s h a d e all the w a y b a c k .
following adjustment:
3. Pry out t h e lid (A), r e m o v e t h e s c r e w ( B ) , a n d
0+1/-1 m m B r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t
c o v e r (D). R e p e a t o n the o p p o s i t e s i d e . U s e a
T O R X T 2 5 bit to r e m o v e t h e bolts (E) f r o m t h e g l a s s
b r a c k e t s (F) on both s i d e s .

Fastener Locations

1. R e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t c o v e r ,

2 , A d j u s t t h e g l a s s (A).

-4 U s i n g a T O R X T 2 5 bit, s l i g h t l y l o o s e n t h e bolts.
-2 M o v e the g l a s s u p o r d o w n .
-3 T i g h t e n a l l bolts s e c u r e l y .
4. R e m o v e t h e g l a s s (A) by lifting it u p . D o not
F a s t e n e r Locations
d a m a g e t h e roof p a n e l .
• : Bolt, 4

5. Install t h e g l a s s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
then do t h e s e items:

• D o t h e g l a s s position a l i g n m e n t p r o c e d u r e
( s e e p a g e 20-83).
• R e s e t t h e m o o n roof c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
3, If n e c e s s a r y , r e p e a t o n t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e . 22-342).

4, R e s e t t h e m o o n roof c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342). 6. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s . U s e f r e e - f l o w i n g w a t e r f r o m

a h o s e w i t h o u t a nozzle. Do not u s e h i g h - p r e s s u r e
water.

N O T E : It is n o r m a l for s o m e w a t e r to s e e p p a s t t h e
m o o n roof into t h e m o o n roof f r a m e , a n d exit
t h r o u g h the d r a i n s .

20-83
Moonroof
Glass Weatherstrip Replacement

1. R e m o v e t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83). 5. A l i g n t h e s e a m (A) of t h e n e w w e a t h e r s t r i p (B) to

t h e m a r k (C) o n the m a s k i n g t a p e (D). M a k e s u r e t h e
2. P l a c e a p i e c e of m a s k i n g t a p e (A) o n the m i d d l e of h o l e s a r e pointed In t h e s a m e direction a s n o t e d in
t h e front e d g e of t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s (B). M a k e s u r e s t e p 4.
that the t a p e is o n t h e g l a s s o n l y a n d not t o u c h i n g
B
t h e soft r u b b e r of t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p .

D A
3. P l a c e a m a r k (C) o n t h e m a s k i n g t a p e that a l i g n s
w i t h the s e a m (D) of t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p .

4. P u s h d o w n on the t o p of t h e old w e a t h e r s t r i p with 6. P r e s s t h e ridge of t h e n e w w e a t h e r s t r i p Into t h e

y o u r t h u m b until a s m a l l s e c t i o n s e p a r a t e s f r o m the groove on the moonroof g l a s s w h e r e the m a s k i n g
m o o n r o o f g l a s s . O n c e a s e c t i o n h a s s t a r t e d to t a p e Is m a r k e d . W o r k t o w a r d o n e c o r n e r ; t h e n go
s e p a r a t e , grip it a n d pull o u t w a r d , w o r k i n g a r o u n d b a c k to t h e m i d d l e a n d w o r k t o w a r d t h e o p p o s i t e
t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s until t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p Is c o r n e r . B e c a r e f u l not to s t r e t c h the w e a t h e r s t r i p .
c o m p l e t e l y r e m o v e d (note t h e l o c a t i o n s of t h e
h o l e s in t h e w e a t h e r s t r i p ) . 7. C o n t i n u e p r e s s i n g a l o n g o n e s i d e , f r o m c o r n e r to
corner; then press along the opposite side, from
c o r n e r to c o r n e r .

8. A t the rear of t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s , c o n t i n u e
p r e s s i n g f r o m o n e c o r n e r to t h e m i d d l e ; t h e n p r e s s
f r o m the o p p o s i t e c o r n e r to t h e m i d d l e until the
strip Is c o m p l e t e l y I n s t a l l e d .

9. R e i n s t a l l t h e m o o n r o o f g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83).

10. C h e c k for p r o p e r fit of t h e n e w w e a t h e r s t r i p by

opening a n d c l o s i n g the moonroof.

20-84
Wind Deflector Replacement
1. O p e n t h e g l a s s fully, 4= Pry up o n t h e d e f l e c t o r b a s e s (A), a n d r e l e a s e t h e
h o o k s (B), t h e n r e m o v e the b a s e s w i t h s p r i n g s (C)
2. R e m o v e t h e links (A) f r o m both s i d e s . from- both s i d e s .

3 . R e m o v e t h e w i n d d e f l e c t o r (A).

A
5. Install t h e d e f l e c t o r In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

6. R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342).

20-85
IVkioffiroof
Drain Channel Replacement

. 1. R e m o v e the moonroof g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83). 4. PuSI the rear e d g e of the d r a i n c h a n n e l (A) up w h i l e

p u s h i n g both c l i p s (B), a n d r e l e a s e t h e c h a n n e l
2. W i t h t h e m o o n r o o f s w i t c h , m o v e both g l a s s f r o m both h o o k s (C) of t h e d r a i n c h a n n e l s l i d e r by
b r a c k e t s (A) to the position w h e r e t h e m o o n r o o f pulling it r e a r w a r d .
n o r m a l l y tilts up a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e d r a i n c h a n n e l
r o d s (B) on both s i d e s .

B ^ >^

3. S l i d e the d r a i n c h a n n e l (A) f o r w a r d .

5. R e m o v e the d r a i n c h a n n e l .

6. Install t h e c h a n n e l in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

* P u s h the clip p o r t i o n s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

* C h e c k the g l a s s p o s i t i o n a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e
20-83).

7. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s . L e t the w a t e r run f r e e l y f r o m

• a h o s e w i t h o u t a nozzle. D o not u s e a h i g h - p r e s s u r e
spray.

20-86
Sunshade Replacement
1, R e m o v e t h e d r a i n c h a n n e l ( s e e p a g e 20-88). 6. R e m o v e t h e s u n s h a d e (A).

2, S l i d e t h e s u n s h a d e (A) until y o u c a n s e e both

s u n s h a d e s l i d e r s p a c e r s (B).

Fastener Locations
• : Screw, 4

7 . R e m o v e both front s u n s h a d e b a s e s l i d e r s (A) a n d

both r e a r s u n s h a d e b a s e s l i d e r s (B).

3. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e both s p a c e r s .

4, W h i l e lifting t h e front portion of t h e s u n s h a d e (A),

m o v e t h e s u n s h a d e f o r w a r d until y o u c a n s e e both
s u n s h a d e r e a r h o o k s IB). Do not d a m a g e t h e
s u n s h a d e and the hooks.

Fastener Locations
8. Install the s u n s h a d e in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
• : Screw, 4
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

• C h e c k t h e g l a s s position a d j u s t m e n t ( s e e p a g e
20-83).
• R e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e
22-342).

9. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s . Let t h e w a t e r run f r e e l y f r o m

a h o s e w i t h o u t a nozzle. D o not u s e a h i g h - p r e s s u r e
spray. •

5 , R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n r e m o v e both h o o k s .

20-87
Moohfoof

Motor Replacement Frame and Drain Tube Replacement

1. R e m o v e the h e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131). S R S c o m p o n e n t s , a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the

S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21),
2. Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . D i s c o n n e c t the 4-door ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e s c r e w s , t h e n p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s or
r e m o v e the motor (B). service.

Fastener Locations
1. R e m o v e t h e s e stems:
• : Screw, 3
* H e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131)
• M o o n r o o f g l a s s ( s e e p a g e 20-83)

2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r a i n t u b e s (A).

4 N-m
(0.4 kgf-m, 3 Ibf-ft)

3. Install t h e m o t o r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,
a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :

• M a k e s u r e the c o n n e c t o r is p l u g g e d In p r o p e r l y .
• R e s e t the m o o n r o o f c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e
22-342).
• C h e c k the m o t o r o p e r a t i o n .

20-88
3. W i t h a n a s s i s t a n t h o l d i n g t h e f r a m e (A), r e m o v e the F r o n t D r a i n Tub®
bolts I B , C ) s t a r t i n g at t h e rear, a n d r e l e a s e t h e rear
h o o k s (D) by m o v i n g t h e f r a m e f o r w a r d , 5. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :

2-door 9
Front d o o r sill trim
- 2-door { s e e p a g e 20-97)
Fastener Locations
- 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
B • : Bolt 8 C • : Bolt 1
* Kick p a n e l
- 2 - d o o r ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 20-98)
- 4-door ( s e e s t e p 5 on p a g e 20-99)

6. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e :

* G l o v e box (see page'20-161)

* S t e r e o amplifier (see page 23-115).

7. D e t a c h the clip (A) s e c u r i n g the front d r a i n t u b e (B).

T o r e m o v e a front d r a i n v a l v e (C) f r o m the b o d y , tie
a string to the t o p e n d of the d r a i n t u b e , t h e n pull
the d r a i n tube d o w n out of the A-pillar. L e a v e the
s t r i n g in the pillar to u s e w h e n reinstalling the d r a i n
tube.

4-door

Fastener Locations
B • : Bolt, 9

4, W i t h t h e h e l p of a n a s s i s t a n t c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e
f r a m e t h r o u g h t h e front d o o r o p e n i n g . T a k e c a r e
not to s c r a t c h t h e interior t r i m a n d b o d y , or t e a r the
seat covers.

(confd)

20-89
Mbonlroof
Frame and Drain Tube Replacement :'d)
Bear Drain Tube 4-door

8. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s f r o m the trunk c o m p a r t m e n t
( s e e p a g e 20-123):

• S p a r e tire lid
• T r u n k rear trim p a n e l
• T r u n k rear s i d e t r i m p a n e l

9. D e t a c h the clip (A) s e c u r i n g t h e r e a r d r a i n t u b e (B)

(2-door). T o r e m o v e a r e a r d r a i n v a l v e (C) f r o m t h e
b o d y , tie a string to the top e n d of the rear d r a i n
t u b e , t h e n pull the drain t u b e d o w n out of the
C-pillar. L e a v e the string in t h e pillar to u s e w h e n
reinstalling the drain t u b e .

2-door

20-90
 Drain-Channel-Slider and Cable
Assembly Replacement
10. Install t h e f r a m e a n d t h e d r a i n t u b e In t h e r e v e r s e
o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
1. R e m o v e t h e f r a m e ( s e e p a g e 20-88).
* Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes
a n d t h e d r a i n v a l v e s u s i n g c o m p r e s s e d air, 2. R e m o v e t h e s e parts f r o m t h e f r a m e :
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g , t i e t h e string that w a s left in t h e
pillar to t h e t o p e n d of t h e n e w dram t u b e a n d * S u n s h a d e ( s e e p a g e 20-87)
pull i t u p into t h e r o o t * M o o n r o o f m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 20-88)
* Check the frame seal,
* C l e a n t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f r a m e . 3. R e m o v e t h e a l u m i n u m t a p e (A). 4-door: D e t a c h t h e
* W h e n Installing t h e f r a m e , first a t t a c h t h e r e a r c l i p s (B) s e c u r i n g the m o o n r o o f s u b h a r n e s s (C).
h o o k s into the b o d y h o l e s . 4 - d o o r i s s h o w n ; 2-door is s i m i l a r .
* M a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t o r s a r e p l u g g e d in
properly.
* W h e n c o n n e c t i n g t h e d r a i n t u b e , s l i d e it o v e r t h e
f r a m e n o z z l e at l e a s t 10 m m (0.39 in.).
* Install the t u b e c l i p (A) o n t h e dram tube (B) a s
shown.
* After all p a r t s a r e I n s t a l l e d , i n c l u d i n g t h e
h e a d l i n e r , r e s e t t h e m o o n r o o f control unit
(see page 22-342).
* Do the g l a s s position alignment procedure
f s e e p a g e 20-83).

Upward 4, Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . R e m o v e the

s c r e w s (A, B) s e c u r i n g t h e c a b l e t u b e r e a r b r a c k e t s
(C). R e m o v e the c a b l e t u b e s i d e b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g
bolts (D) a n d t h e c a b l e t u b e m o u n t i n g s c r e w s (E)
f r o m both s i d e s of the f r a m e (F). 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ;
2-door is similar.

Fastener Locations

B A^:Screw,2 B^:Serew,2 D • : Bolt,2

11. C h e c k for w a t e r l e a k s , Let the w a t e r run f r e e l y f r o m

a h o s e w i t h o u t a nozzle. D o not u s e a h i g h - p r e s s u r e
spray.

(confd)

20-91
Moonroof
Drain Channel Slider and Gable Assembly Replacement ( c o n t ' d )
5. T u r n both c a b l e t u b e s i d e b r a c k e t s (A) up to r e l e a s e 8. R e m o v e the drain c h a n n e l s l i d e r s (A) f r o m both
the h o o k s fB) f r o m t h e h o l e s in both s i d e s of the - sides.
frame.

9. S l i d e the c a b l e a s s e m b l y (A) a n d both g l a s s

b r a c k e t s (B) back, r e m o v e the deflector s l i d e r s (C)
f r o m both g l a s s b r a c k e t s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m f r o m
the f r a m e ID).

6. Pivot the g l a s s b r a c k e t s (C) d o w n by s l i d i n g the link

lifters (D) b a c k , t h e n s l i d e both g l a s s b r a c k e t s b a c k
w i t h the link lifters.

7. S l i d e the c a b l e a s s e m b l y (E) h a l f - w a y back.

20-92
 Closing Force and Opening Drag
Check
10. Install t h e s l i d e r a n d c a b l e a s s e m b l y in the r e v e r s e
o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d note t h e s e i t e m s :
1. R e m o v e t h e h e a d l i n e r ( s e e p a g e 20-131).
* D a m a g e d p a r t s s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d .
* A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e to the g l a s s bracket 2. C l o s i n g f o r c e c h e c k :
(A) a n d t h e g u i d e rail portion of the f r a m e (B)
Indicated b y t h e a r r o w s , * W i t h a s h o p t o w e l (A) o n t h e l e a d i n g e d g e of t h e
* B e f o r e r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e m o t o r , m a k e s u r e both g l a s s (B), attach a s p r i n g s c a l e (C) a s s h o w n .
link lifters a r e p a r a l l e l , a n d in the tilt-up position. * H a v e a n a s s i s t a n t h o l d the s w i t c h to c l o s e the
* B e f o r e r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e m o t o r , install t h e f r a m e g l a s s w h i l e y o u m e a s u r e the f o r c e r e q u i r e d to
a n d the g l a s s , then c h e c k the opening drag s t o p It.
f s e e p a g e 20-93). * R e a d t h e f o r c e a s s o o n a s the g l a s s s t o p s m o v i n g ,
* After r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e motor, r e s e t the m o o n r o o f then Immediately release the switch a n d the
c o n t r o l unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342). spring scale.

C l o s i n g f o r c e : 2 0 0 - 2 9 0 N ( 2 0 - 3 0 kgf, 4 4 - 6 6 IbfJ

3. If t h e f o r c e in not w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e m o v e the
m o o n r o o f m o t o r ( s e e p a g e 20-88), a n d c h e c k t h e
following items:

• C h e c k t h e g e a r teeth a n d the i n n e r c a b l e for

b r e a k a g e a n d d a m a g e . If the g e a r teeth a r e
b r o k e n , r e p l a c e the motor. If t h e Inner c a b l e is
d a m a g e d , r e m o v e the f r a m e ( s e e p a g e 20-88),
a n d r e p l a c e the c a b l e ( s e e p a g e 20-91).
• C h e c k the m o o n r o o f motor ( s e e p a g e 22-344). If
t h e m o t o r fails to run or d o e s n ' t t u r n s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e it.
• C h e c k t h e o p e n i n g d r a g . G o t o s t e p 4.

(confd)

20-93
Moonroof

Closing Force and Opening Drag Check (cont'd)

4. O p e n i n g d r a g c h e c k : Protect t h e l e a d i n g e d g e of the
g l a s s w i t h a s h o p t o w e l (A). M e a s u r e the effort
r e q u i r e d to o p e n t h e g l a s s u s i n g a s p r i n g s c a l e (B)
as shown.

5. If the load is o v e r 40 N (4 kgf, 9 Ibf), c h e c k :

• T h e s i d e c l e a r a n c e a n d g l a s s position a d j u s t m e n t
( s e e p a g e 20-83).
* F o r b r o k e n or d a m a g e d s l i d i n g parts. If a n y
s l i d i n g parts a r e d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m .

6. R e s e t the m o o n r o o f control unit ( s e e p a g e 22-342)

after reinstalling the m o o n r o o f motor.

20-94
Interior Trim
Component Location index
2-door

/ C-P1LLAR TRIM
Removal/Installation, page 20-110
REAR S H E L F
Removal/Installation, page 20-119
HEAR SIDE TRIM PANEL
Removal/Installation, page 20-118
GRAB HANDLE
Removal/Installation, page 20-129
DOOR OPENING S E A L
Removaf/fnstallatson, page 20-97
SUNVISOR
Removal/Installation, page 20-127
A-PILLARTRIM
Removal/Installation,
page 20-101

HEAOLINER
Removal/Installation,
page 20-131
FRONT CARPET
TRUNK U D " Replacement, page 20-140
TRIM PANEL
Bamoval/I nsta 11 at to n KICK PANEL
page 20-126 Removal/Installation,
page 20-98
DOOR SILL TRIM
REAR TRIM PANEL Removal/Installation, page 20-97
Removai/instaliatlon
p a g e 20-124 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
Removal/Installation, page 20-105
TOOL BOX SPACER
Removal/Installation, REAR CARPET
page 20-125 Replacement page 20-144
SPARE TIRE LID
SPARE TIRE PAN CARPET Removal/Installation, page 20-123
Removal/Installation
page 20-125 TRUNK SIDE TRIM PANEL
Removal/Installation,
page 20-124

20-95
Interior Trim
Component Location Index (cont'd)

4-d@©r

/ C E L L A R TRIM
Removal/Installation, page 20-115
/BEAR SHELF
Removal/Installation, page 20-119
I REAR DOOR OPENING S E A L
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , page 20-100
/B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
Removal/Installation, page 20-107
<
. GRAB HANDLE
Removal/Installation, page 20-129
* FRONT DOOR OPENING S E A L
Removal/Installation, page 20-99
- S U N VISOR
Removal/Installation, page 20-127
- A-PiLLAR TRIM
Removal/Installation,
page 20-101

TRUNK LID HEADLINER

TRIM PANEL Removal/Installation,
Removal/ page 20-131
Installation, v
CARPET ( o n e - p i e c e type)/
page 20-126
FRONT CARPET
(two-piece type)
TRUNK SIDE Replacement, page 20-140
TRIM PANEL
KICK PANEL
Removal/
Removal/Installation,
Installation, page 20-99
page 20-124
* FRONT DOOR SILL TRIM
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , page 20-99
REAR TRIM PANEL
Removal/installation, ^ B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM
page 20-124 Removal/Installation, page 20-107

TOOL BOX S P A C E R * REAR CARPET (two-piece type)

Removal/Installation, Replacement, page 20-144
page 20-125
REAR DOOR SILL TRIM
Removal/Installation, page 20-100
S P A R E TIRE PAN CARPET
Removal/Installation, SPARE TIRE LID
page 20-125 Removal/Installation, page 20-124

20-96
Trim Removal/Installation - Door Areas

Special Toots Required D e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A) a n d t h e t a b s IB) f r o m t h e kick

K T C t r i m too! s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * p a n e l (C) a n d the rear s i d e t r i m p a n e l (D), a n d pull
* Available through the Honda Tool a n d Equipment the d o o r sill t r i m (E) up by h a n d to d e t a c h t h e c l i p s ,
Program; call 888-424-6857 t h e n r e m o v e it.

Door Sill Area - 2-door Driver's side

Fastener Locations

D>:€fip,6
(Orange!
NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s ,
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e too! f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing components,

1, D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the front s i d e c a p f r o m t h e

d o o r sill t r i m f s e e s t e p 1 o n p a g e 20-286).

2 , D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the trunk ltd/fuel fill d o o r

o p e n e r lock c y l i n d e r , a n d l o o s e n t h e o p e n e r
m o u n t i n g bolt f s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 20-286).

3, D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s e c u r i n g t h e d o o r
sill t r i m a n d trunk lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill d o o r o p e n e r
( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 20-287).

Passenger's side

Fastener Locations

E>:CIfp,6
(Orange}

(cont'd)

20-97
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Door > (cont'd)

5. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s kick p a n e l (A) or the 6. Pull out the d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (A) f r o m the t r i m
p a s s e n g e r ' s kick p a n e l (B). h o o k s (B) a n d a r o u n d the d o o r o p e n i n g f l a n g e , t h e n
r e m o v e the s e a l .
~1 Pull out the door o p e n i n g s e a ! (C) a s n e e d e d
f r o m the kick p a n e l h o o k s (D) a n d the d o o r
o p e n i n g flange.
-2 Pull the kick p a n e l b a c k b y h a n d to d e t a c h the
clips, then r e m o v e i t .

Driver's side

Fastener Locations
>:Clip,2
(Gray)

7. install the trim in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

note t h e s e i t e m s :

* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace them with n e w o n e s .
* P u s h the c l i p s , the h o o k s ; a n d the t a b s into p l a c e
securely.
* D r i v e r ' s s i d e : B e f o r e t i g h t e n i n g the trunk lid/fuel
fill d o o r o p e n e r m o u n t i n g b o l t position the d o o r
sill t r i m a g a i n s t t h e o p e n e r f i r m l y by s c r e w i n g
the t r i m onto the o p e n e r .

Passenger's side

Fastener Locations
>:Clip,2
(Gray!

20-98
 1
Special Tools Required Passenger's side
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
Fastener Locations
* Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
>:Clip,4
Program; call 888-424-6857

Front Door Sill Area -4-door

NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s t o protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d t h e
panels,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e t o o ! f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.

1. D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the front s i d e c a p f r o m t h e

f r o n t d o o r sill t r i m ( s e e s t e p 1 o n p a g e 20-286).

2, D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e the trunk lid/fuel fill d o o r

o p e n e r lock c y l i n d e r , a n d l o o s e n t h e o p e n e r
m o u n t i n g bolt f s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 2 0 - 2 8 8 ) .

8* D r i v e r ' s s i d e : R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s e c u r i n g the front 5. R e m o v e the d r i v e r ' s kick p a n e l (A) or t h e . -

d o o r sill t r i m a n d trunk lid o p e n e r / f u e l fill d o o r p a s s e n g e r ' s kick p a n e l (B).
o p e n e r f s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 20-287).
-1 Pull out t h e d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (C) a s n e e d e d
4. D e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A) a n d t a b s (B) f r o m t h e kick f r o m ' t h e kick p a n e l h o o k s (D) a n d t h e d o o r
p a n e l ! C ! a n d t h e B-pillar l o w e r t r i m (D), a n d pull opening flange.
t h e f r o n t d o o r sill t r i m I E ) u p b y h a n d to d e t a c h t h e -2 Pull t h e kick p a n e l b a c k by h a n d to d e t a c h t h e
c l i p s , t h e n r e m o v e it. clips, then remove it

Driver's side Driver's side

Fastener Locations
t> : Clip, 4 >:Clip,2
{Orange] (Gray)

(confd)

20-99
interior Trim
Trim Removal/installation - Door Areas (cont'd)

Passenger's side Special Tools Required

K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
Fastener Locations
* Available through the Honda Tool and E q u i p m e n t
>:Clip,2 P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7
(Gray)

Re
arDo
or Sill Ar
ea

NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to bend-or s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d t h e
panels.
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing components.

1. R e m o v e t h e rear s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225).

2. D e t a c h t h e h o o k s (A) a n d t h e t a b (B) f r o m t h e
B-pillar l o w e r t r i m (C), a n d pull the r e a r d o o r sill
t r i m CD) up by h a n d to d e t a c h the c l i p s ( E , F ) , t h e n
r e m o v e it f r o m the r e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l ( G ) .
Pull out the front d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (A) f r o m the
Fastener Locations
t r i m h o o k s (B) a n d a r o u n d t h e front d o o r o p e n i n g
flange, then r e m o v e the seal. E t> ; Clip. 3 F t> : Clip, 1
(Gray) (Green)

Install the t r i m in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d
note t h e s e i t e m s :

• If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace them with n e w ones.
• P u s h the c l i p s , the h o o k s , a n d t h e t a b s into p l a c e
securely.
• D r i v e r ' s s i d e : B e f o r e t i g h t e n i n g the trunk lid/fuel
fill d o o r o p e n e r m o u n t i n g bolt, p o s i t i o n the front
d o o r sill t r i m a g a i n s t t h e o p e n e r f i r m l y by
s c r e w i n g t h e t r i m onto t h e o p e n e r .

20-100
 Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar
Areas
3 . Pull o u t t h e r e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l (A) f r o m t h e
t r i m h o o k s f B) a n d a r o u n d t h e r e a r d o o r o p e n i n g
flange, then r e m o v e the seal. Special Tools Required
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857

A-PilSar Trim

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d In t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21),
4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service.

NOTE:
4, Install t h e t r i m In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d * F o l l o w t h e A-ps liar t r i m Installation p r o c e d u r e
note t h e s e i t e m s : c a r e f u l l y ; i m p r o p e r installation c o u l d c a u s e the s i d e
c u r t a i n a i r b a g s to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y
* Sf the clips a r e d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d , c a u s e injury.
replace t h e m with n e w o n e s . 8
Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* P u s h t h e c l i p s , the h o o k s , a n d t h e t a b into p l a c e * U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
securely. avoid damage when removing components.
9
T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d the p a n e l s .
8
T h e u p p e r c l i p in t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m (A) c o n s i s t s of a
p l a s t i c g r o m m e t (B) a n d a m e t a l psn (C). T h e g r o m m e t
e x p a n d e d by t h e pin s e c u r e s it t o t h e b o d y p a n e l (D).
T h e p r o j e c t i o n s (E) o n t h e psn b r e a k d u r i n g r e m o v a l ,
s o the clip m u s t b e r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e w h e n the
t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .

(confd)

20-101
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas (cont'd)

1. Pull the d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l a w a y f r o m the A-pillar 3. Pull the top of t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m ( A ) back by h a n d to

as needed: r e m o v e the u p p e r clip (B) f r o m t h e b o d y (C).

* 2 - d o o r ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e 20-98)
* ^ 4-door ( s e e s t e p 6 on p a g e 20-100)

2. Hit the u p p e r clip In the A - p i l l a r t r i m (A) with a

r u b b e r mallet. T h e clip Is l o c a t e d u n d e r the point
w h e r e t h e triangle m a r k (B) o n t h e e d g e of t h e t r i m
i n d i c a t e s . Hitting t h e clip b r e a k s t h e p r o j e c t i o n s (C)
o n t h e pin (D) a n d p u s h e s It into t h e g r o m m e t (E) o n
t h e b o d y (F).

N O T E : T h e u p p e r c l i p m u s t be r e p l a c e d with a n e w
o n e w h e n the A - p i l l a r t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .

20-102
4. Pull t h e A-pillar t r i m (A) by h a n d to d e t a c h t h e c l i p s . 5. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
Pull t h e t r i m up f r o m t h e d a s h b o a r d (B), t h e n replace the A-pillar trim with a n e w one (see page
remove it 24-202).

Fastener Locations
6. If the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s not b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
>:Clip,2 c h e c k t h e A-psSlar trim (A) a n d note t h e f o l l o w i n g ;
(Green)

* T o p r e v e n t the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s f r o m
deploying improperly and possibly causing
injury, i n s p e c t t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m a n d r e p l a c e it if it
h a s a n y of the f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y cracks, deformations, or stress-whitened
a r e a s in t h e A-pillar trim
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n i n g in the clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (B)
* R e p l a c e the u p p e r clip (C) w i t h a n e w o n e .
* If the c l i p s (D) a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e m with n e w o n e s .

(confd)

20-103
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar / (cont'd)

7. If t h e n e w A-pillar t r i m (A) will be i n s t a l l e d , before 10. R e i n s t a l l the A - p i l l a r t r i m (A).

installing t h e t r i m , t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e t h e n e w
u p p e r clip (B). A Insert t h e bottom of t h e t r i m into the
d a s h b o a r d (B).
-2 P l a c e t h e t r i m o v e r t h e A - p i l l a r ( C ) , a n d fit its
u p p e r clip (D), the l o w e r c l i p s , a n d the pin (E)
into t h e h o l e s (F) in t h e A - p i l l a r , t h e n lightly
p u s h t h e trim' into p l a c e .

NOTE:
® M a k e s u r e the s i d e curtain a i r b a g is not
t u c k e d u n d e r t h e c l i p s or t r i m ribs.
• Do not p u s h too h a r d o n t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m . If
y o u p u s h too h a r d , the clip will be d a m a g e d ,
a n d it will not h o l d t h e t r i m p r o p e r l y .
* G e n t l y tug on t h e A - p i l l a r t r i m to verify that
all c l i p s a r e s e c u r e l y f a s t e n e d .
8. C h e c k the o v e r l a p b e t w e e n t h e h e a d l i n e r a n d the
Fastener Locations
A-pillar t r i m , a n d if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t it ( s e e p a g e
24-204).

9. C a r e f u l l y install t h e n e w u p p e r clip (A) to t h e

A-pillar t r i m (B). B e s u r e that the g r o m m e t (C) is
n e a r e s t to the top of t h e pin (D) a s s h o w n .

11. R e i n s t a l l the d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l .

20-104
 7
Special Tools Required 4. R e m o v e the B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (A).
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment -1 D e t a c h t h e l o w e r h o o k s (B) a n d the l o w e r clip
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7 (C).
-2 Pull the bottom of the t r i m b a c k to r e l e a s e the
B-Pillar Upper Trim »2-door u p p e r pin (D) f r o m the hole in the body.
•-3 D e t a c h t h e u p p e r clip (E).
-4 Pull t h e t r i m d o w n to r e l e a s e t h e u p p e r hook
- (F) f r o m the hole in t h e b o d y .
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
Fastener Locations
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d t h e
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s { s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e C>:Clip,1 E > : Clip, 1
(Green) (Gray)
doing repairs O F service,

MOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.

1. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :

* D o o r sill t r i m f s e e p a g e 20-97)
* Door opening seal, a s needed fsee step 6 on page
20-98)
* F r o n t s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r bolt, d r i v e r ' s s i d e
{ s e e s t e p 2 on p a g e 24-5)
* F r o n t s e a t belt l o w e r a n c h o r plate, p a s s e n g e r ' s
s i d e ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 24-5)
* R e a r side trim panel, a s needed (see page
20-118)

2. L o w e r t h e c o a t h a n g e r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e s c r e w f s e e
B
s t e p 1 o n p a g e 20-110).

3 , Pull d o w n the roof portion of t h e C-piffar t r i m f r o m

t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m b y d e t a c h i n g t h e h o o k s a n d
the c l i p f s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 20-111).

(confd)

20-105
.Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas (cont'd)

Left B-pillar u p p e r t r i m : R e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (A), t h e n Install t h e t r i m in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

r e m o v e the c a p (B) f r o m t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (C). note t h e s e i t e m s :

* if t h e c l i p s (A) a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h s t e n e d ,
replace t h e m with n e w o n e s .
* If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e
t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m a n d all c l i p s on the t r i m
with n e w o n e s ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
* T o p r e v e n t the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s f r o m
deploying improperly and possibly causing
injury, i n s p e c t t h e t r i m a n d r e p l a c e it if it h a s a n y
of the f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y c r a c k s or d e f o r m a t i o n s in t h e B-pillar
u p p e r t r i m (B) a n d t h e u p p e r h o o k ( C ) , or a n y
s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in t h e u p p e r part of the
trim
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the c l i p s
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (D)
* Replace any d a m a g e d parts with n e w ones.
* M a k e s u r e the t o p of t h e t r i m o v e r l a p s with the
h e a d l i n e r c o r r e c t l y ( s e e p a g e 24-204).
6. P a s s t h e front s e a t belt (A) l o w e r a n c h o r out * M a k e s u r e t h e pin on t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m is
t h r o u g h a h o l e in t h e B-pillar u p p e r trim. (B), t h e n e n g a g e d to t h e h o l e in the b o d y w h e n installing
r e m o v e the trim. the trim.
* M a k e s u r e t h e u p p e r h o o k is i n s t a l l e d into t h e
hole in the b o d y s e c u r e l y .
* P u s h the clip a n d the l o w e r h o o k s into p l a c e
securely.
* B e f o r e installing t h e l o w e r a n c h o r , m a k e s u r e
- t h e r e a r e no t w i s t s or kinks in the s e a t b e l t

Trim Inspection

20-106
Special Tools Required 3. R e m o v e the B-pillar l o w e r t r i m (A).
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment -1 Pull the u p p e r portion of t h e t r i m b a c k to
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857 d e t a c h the u p p e r h o o k s (B).
-2 D e t a c h t h e l o w e r clip by pulling the bottom of
B-Pillar Upper/Lower Trim - the t r i m b a c k by h a n d .

Fastener Location
> : Clip, 1
(Gray)
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s f s e e p a g e 24-19} a n d t h e
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before
doing repairs or service,

MOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s t o protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.

1. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :

* F r o n t d o o r s i l l t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-99)
* R e a r d o o r sill t r i m ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 1 0 0 )
* Front door opening seal, a s needed (see step 6
on page 20-100)
* R e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l , a s n e e d e d { s e e s t e p 3 on
page 20-101)

2. S l i d e the front s e a t f o r w a r d fully.

4. R e m o v e the front s e a t belt Sower a n c h o r ( s e e p a g e
24-8).

(confd)

20-107
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas (cont'd)

5. R e m o v e t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (A). 6. P a s s t h e front s e a t belt (A) l o w e r a n c h o r out

t h r o u g h a hole in t h e s l i d e r (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
-1 Pull the bottom of t h e t r i m b a c k b y h a n d to B-piilar u p p e r t r i m (C).
d e t a c h the l o w e r h o o k s (B).

20-108
7. Install t h e t r i m In t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d Slider engagement with shoulder anchor adjuster
note t h e s e i t e m s :

* If t h e c l i p f A ) Is d a m a g e d o r s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
r e p l a c e It with a n e w o n e ,
* If t h e s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e
t h e B-piliar u p p e r t r i m , the B-pIISar l o w e r t r i m ,
a n d the clip on the trim with n e w o n e s fsee page
24-202).
* T o prevent the s i d e curtain airbags from
deploying improperly and possibly causing
injury, i n s p e c t t h e t r i m a n d r e p l a c e It If it h a s a n y
of t h e f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y c r a c k s or d e f o r m a t i o n s In t h e B-pillar
u p p e r t r i m IB) a n d the u p p e r h o o k s C O , or a n y
s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in t h e u p p e r part of t h e
trim
- A n y c r a c k s o r d e f o r m a t i o n s in t h e B-pillar
l o w e r t r i m | D | , o r a n y b r e a k a g e s In t h e part (E)
fitted w i t h the B-pillar u p p e r t r i m
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e (F)
* R e p l a c e a n y d a m a g e d parts with n e w o n e s .
* M a k e s u r e t h e t o p of t h e t r i m o v e r l a p s with t h e
h e a d l i n e r c o r r e c t l y f s e e p a g e 24-204).
* M a k e s u r e t h e pin (G) o n t h e front s e a t belt
s h o u l d e r a n c h o r a d j u s t e r (H) and the hole ft) o n
t h e b a c k of t h e s l i d e r a r e e n g a g e d w h e n
installing t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m .
* Make s u r e t h e u p p e r h o o k s a r e i n s t a l l e d Into t h e
h o l e s In the b o d y s e c u r e l y .
* P u s h the c l i p a n d t h e h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
* B e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e a n c h o r bolt, m a k e s u r e t h e r e
a r e n o t w i s t s or kinks in t h e s e a t belt.

Trim inspection

20-109
interior Trim

Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas (cont'd)

Special Tools Reqyired 1. L o w e r the c o a t h a n g e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e the s c r e w .

K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
Fastener Location
* A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7 • : Screw, 1

C-Pillar Trim - 2-door

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d the
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before
d o i n g r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e .

NOTE:
• F o l l o w the C - p i l l a r t r i m installation p r o c e d u r e
c a r e f u l l y ; i m p r o p e r installation c o u l d c a u s e the s i d e
c u r t a i n a i r b a g to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y
c a u s e injury. 2. Pry out the C-pillar lid c a p (A) w i t h the a p p r o p r i a t e
• Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s . t r i m tool, t h e n r e m o v e it.
• U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C trim tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.
• T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d the p a n e l s .
• T h e rear clip in the C - p i l l a r t r i m (A) c o n s i s t s of a
p l a s t i c g r o m m e t (B) a n d a m e t a l pin (C). T h e g r o m m e t
e x p a n d e d by the pin s e c u r e s it to the b o d y p a n e l (D).
T h e p r o j e c t i o n s (E) on the pin break d u r i n g r e m o v a l ,
s o the clip m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e w h e n the
t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .

20-110
3, U s i n g a pair of p l i e r s , r e m o v e the C-pillar lid clip (A) Pull d o w n the front e d g e of the C-pillar t r i m (A)
b y p i n c h i n g its h o o k s . f r o m t h e B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (B) b y d e t a c h i n g the
h o o k s (C), a n d pull d o w n t h e roof portion of t h e
C-pillar t r i m by d e t a c h i n g the c l i p s a n d r e l e a s i n g
the projection (D).

Fastener Locations
t>:Clip,2
(Gray)

Hit t h e s u r f a c e of t h e C-pillar t r i m (A) j u s t u p o n t h e

rear c l i p w i t h a r u b b e r m a l l e t Hitting the clip b r e a k s
the p r o j e c t i o n s | B ) o n t h e pin fC) a n d p u s h e s it into
the g r o m m e t (D) o n the b o d y ( E ) .

N O T E : T h e r e a r c l i p m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w
o n e w h e n t h e C-pillar t r i m i s r e i n s t a l l e d .

(confd)

20-111
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas (cont'd)

6. R e m o v e the C-pillar t r i m (A). 7, If the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d ,

r e p l a c e the C-pillar t r i m , t h e C-pillar lid G a p , a n d the
-1 Pull the top of the t r i m b a c k by h a n d to r e m o v e t r i m c l i p s w i t h n e w o n e s ( s e e p a g e 24-202).
the rear clip IB) f r o m the b o d y (C).
-2 Pull the bottom of the t r i m out by h a n d to 8. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s not b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
d e t a c h the h o o k s (D) f r o m t h e rear s i d e t r i m c h e c k the C-pillar t r i m (A) a n d note the f o l l o w i n g :
p a n e l (E) a n d the r e a r s h e l f (F).
-3 R e l e a s e the rear hook (G) f r o m the rear s h e l f by * T o p r e v e n t the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s f r o m
pulling the t r i m f o r w a r d . deploying improperly and possibly causing
Injury, I n s p e c t the C-pillar t r i m a n d r e p l a c e It if It
• h a s a n y of the f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y c r a c k s , d e f o r m a t i o n s , or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d
a r e a s In the C-pillar t r i m , t h e C-pIilar lid (B), or
the C-pillar b r a c k e t s (C).
- A n y C-pillar b r a c k e t s w h i c h h a v e c o m e off t h e
C-pillar t r i m or the C-pillar lid.
A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in t h e clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (D).
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the
C-pillar lid c a p (E).
* R e p l a c e the rear clip (F) w i t h a n e w o n e .
* If the c l i p s (G) are d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace them with n e w ones.

20-112
 9, If n e w C - p i l l a r t r i m (A) w i l l be i n s t a l l e d , before 1 2 . R e i n s t a l l the C-pillar lid clip (A) to the C-psllar lid (B).
installing t h e t r i m , t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e t h e n e w
r e a r c l i p (B).

10. C h e c k t h e o v e r l a p b e t w e e n the h e a d l i n e r a n d t h e
C - p i l l a r trim:, a n d i f n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t it f s e e p a g e
24-204}.

11. C a r e f u l l y reinstall t h e n e w r e a r clip (A) to the

C-pillar t r i m (8). B e s u r e that t h e g r o m m e t (C) is
n e a r e s t to t h e t o p of t h e pin ID) a s s h o w n .

(confd)

20-113
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar At (cont'd)

14. R e i n s t a l l the C-pillar t r i m (A). 15. Fit the projection (A) a n d the c l i p s into the h o l e s in
the b o d y , t h e n p u s h the roof portion of the C-pillar
-1 Insert the rear h o o k (B) a n d the bottom h o o k s t r i m (B) until its c l i p s s n a p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y , a n d
(C) of the t r i m into the r e a r s h e l f (D) a n d t h e p u s h the front e d g e of the t r i m until Its h o o k s (C)
rear s i d e trim p a n e l (E). s n a p Into the B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (D) s e c u r e l y .
»2 P l a c e the trim o v e r the C-pillar (F), a n d fit its
Fastener Locations
r e a r clip (G) into the hole in the body. A l i g n the
C-pillar lid clip (H) w i t h the h o l e s in the >:C!ip,2
CGray)
h e a d l i n e r (I) a n d the s i d e curtain a i r b a g bracket
( J ) , t h e n lightly p u s h t h e t r i m into p l a c e .
-3 Install the C-pillar lid c a p (K) fully into the clip.

NOTE:
* M a k e s u r e t h e s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g is not
t u c k e d u n d e r t h e c l i p s or trim. ribs.
* Do not p u s h too h a r d o n the C-pillar t r i m . If
y o u p u s h too h a r d , the clip w i l l be d a m a g e d ,
a n d it will not h o l d t h e t r i m properly.
* G e n t l y tug on t h e C-pillar t r i m to verify that
all c l i p s a r e s e c u r e l y f a s t e n e d .

16. R e i n s t a l l the s c r e w u n d e r t h e c o a t h a n g e r (A).

Fastener Location
• : Screw, 1

20-114
Special Tools Required 1. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment • R e a r seat c u s h i o n (see page 20-225)
Program; call 888-424-6857 • R e a r s e a t s i d e bolster ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
• Rear door opening s e a l , a s needed (see step 3 on
C-PHIar Trim - 4-door p a g e 20-101)

2. F o l d t h e s e a t - b a c k d o w n .

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the 3. Hit t h e u p p e r clip in the C-pillar t r i m (A) w i t h a

S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e r u b b e r mallet. T h e clip Is l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e point
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before " w h e r e t h e triangle m a r k IB) o n t h e e d g e of the t r i m
d o i n g r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e , I n d i c a t e s . Hitting the clip b r e a k s the p r o j e c t i o n s (C)
o n t h e pin (D) a n d p u s h e s it into t h e g r o m m e t (E) o n
NOTE: the b o d y (F).
* F o l l o w t h e C-pillar t r i m installation p r o c e d u r e
c a r e f u l l y ; i m p r o p e r installation c o u l d c a u s e t h e s i d e N O T E : T h e u p p e r clip m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w
c u r t a i n airbag: to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y o n e w h e n the C-pillar t r i m Is r e i n s t a l l e d .
c a u s e injury.
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
3
* U s e the a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m too! s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.
* T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d the p a n e l s .
* T h e u p p e r c l i p in t h e C-pillar t r i m (A) c o n s i s t s of a
p l a s t i c g r o m m e t | B l a n d a m e t a l pin (C). T h e g r o m m e t
expanded b y t h e pin s e c u r e s It to the b o d y p a n e l (D).
T h e u p p e r c l i p m u s t be r e p l a c e d w i t h a n e w o n e
w h e n t h e t r i m is r e i n s t a l l e d .

(confd)

20-115
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas (cont'd)

Pull the top of the C-pillar t r i m (A) back by h a n d to 6. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s b e e n d e p l o y e d ,

r e m o v e the u p p e r clip (B) f r o m the b o d y (C). r e p l a c e the C-pillar t r i m a n d all of its c l i p s w i t h n e w
parts ( s e e p a g e 24-202).

7. If the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g h a s not b e e n d e p l o y e d ,
c h e c k the C-pillar t r i m (A) a n d note the f o l l o w i n g :

* T o p r e v e n t the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s f r o m
deploying improperly and possibly causing
injury, i n s p e c t the C-pillar t r i m a n d r e p l a c e it if it
h a s a n y of the f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :
- A n y c r a c k s , d e f o r m a t i o n s , or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d
a r e a s in the C-pillar t r i m
- A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d a r e a s in the clip
s e a t i n g s u r f a c e s (B)
• R e p l a c e the u p p e r clip (C) w i t h a n e w o n e .
' * If the c l i p s (D) a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace them with n e w ones.

5. Pull the C-pillar t r i m (A) by h a n d to d e t a c h the c l i p s

a n d to r e l e a s e the h o o k s (B), t h e n pull the t r i m out
f r o m the rear s h e l f (C).

Fastener Locations
>:Clip,3
(Gray!

20-116
 8. If n e w C-ptliar t r i m (A) w i l l b e i n s t a l l e d , before 11. R e i n s t a l l the C-pillar t r i m (A).
installing t h e t r i m , t e m p o r a r i l y r e m o v e the n e w
upper clip IB), -1 S e t t h e b o t t o m h o o k s (B) of the t r i m to t h e r e a r
shelf (C).
-2 P l a c e t h e t r i m o v e r the C-pillar (D), a n d fit its
u p p e r clip (E) a n d the l o w e r c l i p s into t h e h o l e s
(F) in the C-pillar, t h e n lightly p u s h t h e t r i m into
place.

• NOTE:
* M a k e s u r e the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g is not
t u c k e d u n d e r t h e c l i p s o r t h e t r i m ribs.
* Do not p u s h too h a r d o n t h e C-pillar t r i m . If
y o u p u s h too h a r d , the c l i p w i l l b e d a m a g e d ,
a n d it w i l l not h o l d t h e t r i m p r o p e r l y .
* G e n t l y tug o n t h e Capillar t r i m to verify that
all c l i p s a r e s e c u r e l y f a s t e n e d .
9. C h e c k t h e o v e r l a p b e t w e e n t h e h e a d l i n e r a n d
Fastener Locations
C - p i l l a r t r i m , a n d If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t it f s e e p a g e
24-204). >:Clip,3
(Gray)

10. C a r e f u l l y reinstall the n e w u p p e r clip (A) to the

C - p i l l a r t r i m CBh B e s u r e that the g r o m m e t (C) is
n e a r e s t to the top of the pin {0} a s s h o w n .

13. R e i n s t a l l the rear d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l .

20-117
Interior Trim

Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Side Area

Special Tools Required 3. R e m o v e the r e a r s i d e t r i m p a n e l (A).

K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment -1 R e m o v e t h e clip (B).
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7 -2 G e n t l y pull the r e a r s h e l f (C) b a c k to r e l e a s e the
p r o j e c t i o n s (D) a n d d e t a c h t h e h o o k (E) f r o m
2-door the p a n e l .
-3 D e t a c h the c l i p s (F) by pulling the p a n e l back.
~4 R e l e a s e the h o o k s (G) a n d the t a b s (H) f r o m the
B-pillar u p p e r t r i m (I),
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w the
Fastener Locations
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s { s e e p a g e 24-21) a n d t h e
p r e c a u t i o n s a n d p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) before * B > : Clip, 1 F [> : Clip, 6
(Gray)
d o i n g r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e .

NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h the t r i m a n d t h e
panels.
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components. '

1. R e m o v e t h e s e i t e m s :

* Door sill t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-97)

* C-pillar t r i m ( s e e p a g e 20-110)
* R e a r s e a t - b a c k ( s e e p a g e 20-223)
* R e a r s e a t c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e 20-225)

2. L o w e r the rear s e a t pivot b r a c k e t (A).

Install the p a n e l in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d note t h e s e I t e m s :

* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace them with n e w o n e s .
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

20-118
Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Shelf Area

Special Tools Required 3. F o r s o m e m o d e l s : D i s c o n n e c t t h e A c t i v e N o i s e

K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * C a n c e l l a t i o n ( A N C ) rear m i c r o p h o n e s u b h a r n e s s
* Available through the Honda Tool a n d E q u i p m e n t c o n n e c t o r (A).
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-8857
2-door
Rear Shelf

S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in t h i s a r e a . R e v i e w t h e
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2-door ( s e e p a g e 24-21),
4 - d o o r I s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d the p r e c a u t i o n s a n d
p r o c e d u r e s ( s e e p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g r e p a i r s or
service,

NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e r e a r s h e l f a n d t h e
trim.
« U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.

1. R e m o v e t h e s e I t e m s :

* R e a r s e a t c u s h i o n , 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 20-225)
* R e a r s e a t s i d e b o l s t e r , both s i d e s , 4-door
( s e e p a g e 20-225)
• R e a r d o o r o p e n i n g s e a l , a s n e e d e d , 4-door ( s e e
s t e p 3 on: p a g e 20-101)
• C - p i i l a r t r i m , both s i d e s :
- 2-door fsee page 20-110)
- 4-door {see page 20-115)

2. F r o m the trunk c o m p a r t m e n t turn t h e high m o u n t

brake light s o c k e t (A) 4 5 ° c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to
r e m o v e t h e s o c k e t . 4 - d o o r is s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r is
S i m liar.

(confd)

20-119
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/installation - Rear Shelf Area (cont'd)'

4. R e m o v e the c l i p s s e c u r i n g the rear s h e l f (A), a n d 5. R e m o v e the rear s h e l f (A). B e c a r e f u l not to

r e m o v e the w a s h e r s (B) f r o m b e t w e e n the rear d a m a g e the s p e a k e r s .
s h e l f a n d body. 4-door is s h o w n ; 2-door is s i m i l a r .
-1 Pull up the entire r e a r s h e l f to d e t a c h the c l i p s .
Fastener Locations
-2 Lift the rear s h e l f u p w a r d a n d f o r w a r d to
> : Clip, 3 r e l e a s e the rear h o o k (B) from, t h e b o d y , a n d
r e l e a s e e a c h a n c h o r rod (C) out t h r o u g h the
hole in the rear s h e l f .
-3 Pull both rear s e a t belts (D) (4-door) a n d rear
c e n t e r s e a t belt (E) out t h r o u g h the slits (F) in
the rear shelf.

2-do@r

Fastener Locations
t> : Clip, 7
(Gray)

20-120
 6. D e t a c h the h o o k s (A) f r o m u n d e r the rear s h e l f (B),
a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e rear
Fastener L0cati©«s
s p e a k e r grille (D). T h e left s i d e is s h o w n ; the right
> : Clip, 8 s i d e is s y m m e t r i c a l .
IGrayl

2-door

O E

(confd)
interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Shelf Area (cont'd)

7." Install t h e s h e l f in the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d Rear Parcel Shelf Dynamic Damper - 2-door

note t h e s e Items:
NOTE:
• U s i n g a clip r e m o v e r , r e m o v e a n y c l i p s left In the • Put on g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
b o d y , a n d reinstall t h e m on the rear shelf. • T a k e c a r e not to s c r a t c h the b o d y .
• If the c l i p s are d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace t h e m with n e w o n e s . 1. R e m o v e the rear shelf.
• B e careful not to d a m a g e the s p e a k e r s .
• W h e n installing the r e a r s h e l f , s l i p the r e a r s e a t 2. R e m o v e the bolts (A), t h e n r e m o v e the rear p a r c e l
belt a n d the rear c e n t e r s e a t belt t h r o u g h the slits s h e l f d y n a m i c d a m p e r (B). T a k e c a r e not to hit the
in the rear s h e l f properly. rear w i n d o w w h e n r e m o v i n g the bolts.
• P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k s into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .
• M a k e s u r e the high m o u n t brake light s o c k e t is
A
c o n n e c t e d s e c u r e l y , a n d the A c t i v e N o i s e 6 x 1.0 mm
Cancellation (ANC) rear microphone s u b h a r n e s s 9.8 U-m
c o n n e c t o r (for s o m e m o d e l s ) is p l u g g e d in (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 Ibf-ft)
properly.

3. install t h e d a m p e r in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

20-122
Trim Removal/installation - Trunk Area
S p e c i a l To®ls R e q u i r e d 3. R e m o v e t h e s p a r e tire lid (A). 4-door is s h o w n ;
K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 * 2-door is s i m i l a r ,
* A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857

MOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s t o protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d or s c r a t c h t h e t r i m a n d the
panels,
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e t o o l f r o m t h e K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage when removing components.

1. F o l d the r e a r s e a t - b a c k d o w n ,

2, R e m o v e t h e c l i p that s e c u r e s t h e s p a r e tire lid (A)

a n d t h e s e a t - b a c k c o v e r (B) to the b o d y . 2 - d o o r is
s h o w n ; 4 - d o o r is s i m i l a r .

(confd)

20-123
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area (cont'd!
4. R e m o v e the trunk lid w e a t h e r s t r i p n e a r the trunk 6. R e m o v e the c l i p s (A, B ) , a n d pull t h e trunk s i d e t r i m
rear trim panel. panel (C) out f r o m u n d e r the rear s h e l f CD) a n d t h e
rear s e a t - b a c k ( E ) , t h e n r e m o v e the p a n e l . 4-door is
5. D e t a c h the c l i p s (A, B ) , a n d r e l e a s e the h o o k s (C) s h o w n ; 2-door Is similar..
a n d the p r o j e c t i o n s (D) by pulling the trunk rear
t r i m p a n e l (E) up, t h e n r e m o v e it.

Fastener Locations
A > : Clip, 2 B > : Clip, 3
2-door

Fastener Locations
A > : Clip, 1 B > : Clip. 4
(Gray)

4-d©©r

Fastener Locations

B > : Clip, 4
(Gray)

20-124
7. R e m o v e the tool b o x s p a c e r (A). 4-door Is s h o w n ; 10. D e t a c h t h e c l i p s (A) a n d the h a r n e s s h o l d e r s (B)
2 - d o o r is s i m i l a r . f r o m the s t u d bolts, t h e n r e m o v e the rear
w h e e l h o u s e Insulator (C). 4-door i s s h o w n ; 2 - d o o r
Is s i m i l a r .

Fastener Locations
A t> ' Clip B [> : Harness holder
2-door, 3 2-door, 1
4-door, 2 4-door, 2

8. R e m o v e t h e s p a r e tire.

9, R e m o v e t h e c l i p s , t h e n r e m o v e the s p a r e tire p a n
c a r p e t (A). 4-door is s h o w n ; 2-door is s i m i l a r .

Fastener Locations
t > : Clip, 2 C,

11. Install the t r i m In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l , a n d

note t h e s e I t e m s :

* If the c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
replace them with n e w o n e s .
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k s Into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

20-125
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Lid

Special Tools Required 4-door

K T C trim tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
Fastener Locations
* Available through the Honda Tool a n d Equipment
P r o g r a m ; call 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 6 8 5 7 A > : Clip, 11 B >:Clip,1

NOTE:
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d - o r s c r a t c h t h e p a n e l .
* U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool s e t to
avoid damage w h e n removing components.

1. R e m o v e t h e c l i p s (A, B ) , a n d p a s s the trunk Sid

h i n g e s IC) of both s i d e s a n d t h e trunk lid h a n d l e (D)
t h r o u g h the slits (E) a n d t h e h o l e (F) In the trunk lid
trim panel (G), then r e m o v e the panel.

2-door

Fastener Locations
A O : Clip, 13

2. Pivot the trunk lid h a n d l e (A) d o w n on t h e f o r w a r d

h o o k s IB) w h i l e p r y i n g t h e rear hook CC), t h e n
r e m o v e the h a n d l e .

3. Install the p a n e l In the r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l ,

a n d note t h e s e I t e m s :

• If t h e c l i p s a r e d a m a g e d or s t r e s s - w h i t e n e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e m with n e w o n e s .
* P u s h the c l i p s a n d the h o o k into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

20-126
Sunvisor Removal/Installation
3. Pull t h e s u n v i s o r (A) d o w n to r e l e a s e the pin (B)
of t h e bracket c o v e r (C) f r o m t h e h o l e in the b o d y ,
NOTE: a n d d i s c o n n e c t the v a n i t y m i r r o r light c o n n e c t o r (D).
* Put o n g l o v e s to protect y o u r h a n d s .
* T a k e c a r e not to b e n d o r s c r a t c h t h e h e a d l i n e r ,

1, Insert a flat-tip s c r e w d r i v e r w r a p p e d w i t h
protective t a p e t h r o u g h the h o l e in t h e front s i d e of
t h e b r a c k e t c o v e r ( A ) , a n d p u s h in o n t h e h o o k (B).

4. T u r n t h e h o l d e r (A) 45 ° c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d
r e m o v e it f r o m the h o l d e r g r o m m e t (B) by pulling
the holder d o w n .

2* W h i l e p u s h i n g In o n the h o o k (A), r e l e a s e t h e
s u n v i s o r f Bf f r o m t h e h o l d e r (C) a n d rotatate t h e
tlhe s u n v i s o r b a c k w a r d a b o u t 4 5 ° . M a k e s u r e t h e
h o o k s l i d e s i n t h e bracket c o v e r a s y o u rotate t h e
sunvisor.

c-

(confd)

20-127
Iiiterlor Trim
Sunvisor Removal/Installation (cont'd)

Pry out t h e h o l d e r g r o m m e t (A) f r o m t h e b o d y by ' Install the h o l d e r (A) to t h e h o l d e r g r o m m e t (B) by

p i n c h i n g its h o o k s (B). t u r n i n g it 45 ° c l o c k w i s e , a n d Install t h e m to the
b o d y a s a n a s s e m b l y by p u s h i n g it until the h o o k s
(C) s n a p into p l a c e s e c u r e l y .

6. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e t h e
s u n v i s o r w i t h a n e w o n e f s e e p a g e 24-202).
10. C o n n e c t t h e v a n i t y m i r r o r light c o n n e c t o r (A), a n d
7. If t h e s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s not d e p l o y e d , I n s p e c t s e t t h e s u n v i s o r (B) by I n s e r t i n g t h e bracket (C) a n d
the s u n v i s o r for d a m a g e . A d a m a g e d s u n v i s o r m a y the pin (D) of the b r a c k e t c o v e r (E) into the h o l e s In
c a u s e the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s to d e p l o y i m p r o p e r l y , the body.
p o s s i b l y c a u s i n g Injury. R e p l a c e t h e s u n v i s o r if it
h a s a n y of t h e f o l l o w i n g d a m a g e :

* A n y c r a c k s In the s u n v i s o r bracket (A)

* Any cracks in the s u n v i s o r bracket c o v e r (B) *
* Any bends or c r a c k s in t h e s u n v i s o r s t a y s h a f t (C)
* Any cracks In the s u n v i s o r b a s e (D)
* Any cracks in the v a n i t y m i r r o r b a s e (E)

8. Sf t h e h o l d e r g r o m m e t is d a m a g e d or s t r e s s -
w h i t e n e d , r e p l a c e it w i t h a n e w o n e .

20-128
 Grab Handle Removal/Installation
11. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e b r a c k e t c o v e r (A), rotate t h e Special Tools Required
s u n v i s o r (B) f o r w a r d until t h e hook (CI s n a p s into K T C t r i m tool s e t S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
p l a c e . T h e n m a k e s u r e t h e s u n v i s o r d o e s not c o m e * A v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h the H o n d a T o o l a n d E q u i p m e n t
off t h e b o d y b y pulling it d o w n . S e t t h e s u n v i s o r to P r o g r a m ; call 888-424-6857
t h e h o l d e r (D).
N O T E : U s e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e tool f r o m the K T C t r i m tool
s e t to a v o i d d a m a g e w h e n r e m o v i n g c o m p o n e n t s .

1 . L o w e r t h e g r a b h a n d l e (A), t h e n pull out t h e c a p s

CB) by p r y i n g up at the n o t c h e s '(C) w i t h a s m a l l flat-
tip s c r e w d r i v e r .

2. W h i l e p i n c h i n g t h e c l i p s (AJ, r e l e a s e t h e h o o k s (B),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e g r a b h a n d l e (C).

(confd)

20-129
Interior Trim
Grab Handle Removal/Installation (cont'd)

3. U s i n g a pair of p l i e r s , r e m o v e t h e c l i p s (A) by 6. Install the c l i p s (A) to the g r a b h a n d l e (B), t h e n

p i n c h i n g the h o o k s . Install the c a p s (C) fully Into the c l i p s .

4. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s d e p l o y e d , r e p l a c e the

g r a b h a n d l e w i t h a n e w o n e ( s e e p a g e 24-202). 7. P o s i t i o n the g r a b h a n d l e (A) o n t h e bracket (B), a n d
p u s h on the g r a b h a n d l e until the c l i p s (C) s n a p Into
5. If the s i d e curtain a i r b a g h a s not d e p l o y e d , to place securely.
p r e v e n t the s i d e c u r t a i n a i r b a g s f r o m d e p l o y i n g
i m p r o p e r l y a n d p o s s i b l y c a u s i n g injury, I n s p e c t
r e m o v e d p i e c e s a n d r e p l a c e t h e m If t h e y h a v e a n y
of t h e s e t y p e s of d a m a g e :

* A n y c r a c k s or d a m a g e In the g r a b h a n d l e (A).
• A n y c r a c k s or s t r e s s - w h i t e n i n g In the c a p s (B).

20-130
Headliner Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 4. R e m o v e t h e roof c o n s o l e (A).

K T C trim too! set S O J A T P 2 0 1 4 *
* Available through the Honda Tool a n d Equipment -1 R e m o v e the l e n s e s (B).
P r o g r a m ; calf 8 8 8 - 4 2 4 - 8 8 5 7 -2. R e m o v e the s c r e w s (C), t h e n puff o u t t h e front
I n d i v i d u a l m a p light (D).
S R S c o m p o n e n t s a r e l o c a t e d in this a r e a , R e v i e w t h e -3 D i s c o n n e c t t h e front i n d i v i d u a l m a p fight
S R S c o m p o n e n t l o c a t i o n s , 2 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e 24-21), - c o n n e c t o r ( E ) . If e q u i p p e d , d i s c o n n e c t t h e
4 - d o o r f s e e p a g e 24-19) a n d t h e p r e c a u t i o n